House Bill hb2017e1

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.




                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1                      A bill to be entitled

  2         An act relating to education and matters

  3         connected therewith; creating the "Florida K-20

  4         Education Code"; creating ch. 1000, F.S.,

  5         entitled "K-20 General Provisions," consisting

  6         of part I relating to general provisions, part

  7         II relating to systemwide definitions, and part

  8         III relating to educational compacts; creating

  9         ch. 1001, F.S., entitled "K-20 Governance,"

10         consisting of part I relating to state-level

11         governance, part II relating to school district

12         governance, part III relating to community

13         colleges, and part IV relating to state

14         universities; creating ch. 1002, F.S., entitled

15         "Student and Parental Rights and Educational

16         Choices," consisting of part I relating to

17         general provisions, part II relating to student

18         and parental rights, part III relating to

19         educational choice, and part IV relating to

20         home education, private schools, and other

21         education options; creating ch. 1003, F.S.,

22         entitled "Public K-12 Education," consisting of

23         part I relating to general provisions, part II

24         relating to school attendance, part III

25         relating to control of students, part IV

26         relating to public K-12 educational

27         instruction, part V relating to specialized

28         instruction for certain public K-12 students,

29         and part VI relating to pilot public K-12

30         education programs; creating ch. 1004, F.S.,

31         entitled "Public Postsecondary Education,"


                                  1

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         consisting of part I relating to general

  2         provisions, part II relating to state

  3         universities, part III relating to community

  4         colleges, and part IV relating to workforce

  5         development education; providing

  6         appropriations; creating ch. 1005, F.S.,

  7         entitled "Nonpublic Postsecondary Education,"

  8         consisting of part I relating to general

  9         provisions, part II relating to the Commission

10         for Independent Education, and part III

11         relating to licensure of nonpublic

12         postsecondary educational institutions;

13         creating ch. 1006, F.S., entitled "Support for

14         Learning and Student Services," consisting of

15         part I relating to public K-12 education

16         support for learning and student services and

17         part II relating to postsecondary educational

18         institutions; creating ch. 1007, F.S., entitled

19         "Access and Articulation," consisting of part I

20         relating to general provisions, part II

21         relating to articulation, and part III relating

22         to access to postsecondary education; creating

23         ch. 1008, F.S., entitled "Assessment and

24         Accountability," consisting of part I relating

25         to assessment, part II relating to

26         accountability, and part III relating to the

27         Council for Education Policy Research and

28         Improvement; creating ch. 1009, F.S., entitled

29         "Educational Scholarships, Fees, and Financial

30         Assistance," consisting of part I relating to

31         general provisions, part II relating to


                                  2

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         postsecondary student fees, part III relating

  2         to financial assistance, part IV relating to

  3         prepaid college board programs, and part V

  4         relating to the Florida higher education loan

  5         authority; creating ch. 1010, F.S.,  entitled

  6         "Financial Matters," consisting of part I

  7         relating to general accounting requirements,

  8         part II relating to financial reporting, part

  9         III relating to audit requirements and

10         procedures, part IV relating to bonding, and

11         part V relating to trust funds; creating ch.

12         1011, F.S., entitled "Planning and Budgeting,"

13         consisting of part I relating to preparation,

14         adoption, and implementation of budgets, part

15         II relating to funding for school districts,

16         part III relating to funding for workforce

17         education, part IV relating to funding for

18         community colleges, and part V relating to

19         funding for state universities; creating ch.

20         1012, F.S., entitled "Personnel," consisting of

21         part I relating to general provisions, part II

22         relating to K-20 personnel issues, part III

23         relating to public schools personnel, part IV

24         relating to public postsecondary educational

25         institutions personnel, part V relating to

26         professional development, and part VI relating

27         to the interstate compact on qualifications of

28         educational personnel; creating ch. 1013, F.S.,

29         entitled "Educational Facilities," consisting

30         of part I relating to functions of the

31         Department of Education, part II relating to


                                  3

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         use and management of educational facilities,

  2         part III relating to planning and construction

  3         of educational facilities, and part IV relating

  4         to funding for educational facilities;

  5         reenacting and amending s. 20.15, F.S.,

  6         relating to the Department of Education, to

  7         conform; amending ss. 11.061, 11.40, 11.45,

  8         23.1225, 24.121, 39.0015, 39.407, 61.13015,

  9         105.061, 110.1228, 110.123, 110.151, 110.181,

10         110.205, 112.1915, 112.313, 120.52, 120.55,

11         120.81, 121.051, 121.091, 145.131, 145.19,

12         153.77, 159.27, 163.3177, 163.3191, 195.096,

13         196.012, 196.031, 196.1983, 200.001, 200.065,

14         200.069, 201.24, 210.20, 212.04, 212.0602,

15         212.08, 213.053, 215.20, 215.82, 216.181,

16         216.301, 218.39, 220.183, 222.22, 250.115,

17         255.0515, 255.0516, 265.2861, 265.603, 267.173,

18         267.1732, 282.005, 282.103, 282.105, 282.106,

19         282.3031, 282.3063, 282.310, 284.34, 285.18,

20         287.042, 287.055, 287.064, 288.039, 288.8175,

21         295.01, 295.015, 295.016, 295.017, 295.018,

22         295.019, 295.0195, 316.003, 316.027, 316.515,

23         316.6145, 316.615, 316.70, 316.72, 318.12,

24         318.14, 320.08058, 320.20, 320.38, 322.031,

25         322.091, 322.095, 322.21, 333.03, 364.508,

26         380.0651, 381.003, 381.005, 381.0056, 381.0302,

27         391.055, 393.0657, 394.4572, 394.495, 394.498,

28         395.602, 395.605, 397.405, 397.451, 397.951,

29         402.22, 402.302, 402.3057, 409.145, 409.1757,

30         409.2598, 409.9071, 409.908, 409.9122, 411.01,

31         411.203, 411.223, 414.1251, 440.16, 445.04,


                                  4

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         445.0121, 445.024, 447.203, 447.301, 447.403,

  2         450.081, 450.121, 458.3145, 458.324, 459.0125,

  3         468.1115, 468.607, 468.723, 471.0035, 476.114,

  4         476.144, 476.178, 477.0132, 477.019, 477.0201,

  5         477.023, 480.033, 481.229, 488.01, 553.415,

  6         559.902, 589.09, 627.733, 627.742, 627.912,

  7         633.445, 633.50, 732.402, 784.081, 817.566,

  8         817.567, 877.18, 921.187, 943.10, 943.22,

  9         944.801, 948.03, 984.03, 984.05, 984.151,

10         984.19, 985.03, 985.04, 985.316, and 985.412,

11         F.S.; conforming provisions and cross

12         references; providing purpose of this act;

13         authorizing activities relating to the

14         reorganization of the Department of Education

15         and implementation of changes to the state

16         system of education; repealing s. 187.201(1),

17         F.S., relating to the education goals and

18         policies of the State Comprehensive Plan;

19         repealing s. 2 of ch. 2000-181, Laws of

20         Florida, relating to the repeal of s. 236.081,

21         F.S., effective June 30, 2004; repealing part I

22         of ch. 243, F.S., relating to the educational

23         institutions law, and ch. 228, 229, 230, 231,

24         232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 239, 240, 241,

25         242, 244, and 246, F.S., relating to public

26         education general provisions, functions of

27         state educational agencies, the district school

28         system, personnel of the school system,

29         compulsory school attendance and child welfare,

30         courses of study and instructional aids,

31         transportation of school children, educational


                                  5

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         facilities, finance and taxation of schools,

  2         financial accounts and expenditures for public

  3         schools, vocational, adult, and community

  4         education, postsecondary education, distance

  5         learning, specialized state educational

  6         institutions, educational compacts, and

  7         nonpublic postsecondary institutions; providing

  8         duties of the Division of Statutory Revision;

  9         providing for review of ch. 1000-1013, F.S.,

10         during the 2003 Regular Session; providing for

11         severability; providing effective dates.

12  

13  Be It Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida:

14  

15         Section 1.  Chapter 1000, Florida Statutes, shall be

16  entitled "K-20 General Provisions" and shall consist of ss.

17  1000.01-1000.21.

18         Section 2.  Part I of chapter 1000, Florida Statutes,

19  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of

20  ss. 1000.01-1000.06.

21         Section 3.  Section 1000.01, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1000.01  The Florida K-20 Education System; technical

24  provisions.--

25         (1)  NAME.--Chapters 1000 through 1013 shall be known

26  and cited as the "Florida K-20 Education Code."

27         (2)  LIBERAL CONSTRUCTION.--The provisions of the

28  Florida K-20 Education Code shall be liberally construed to

29  the end that its objectives may be effected.  It is the

30  legislative intent that if any section, subsection, sentence,

31  


                                  6

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  clause or provision of the Florida K-20 Education Code is held

  2  invalid, the remainder of the code shall not be affected.

  3         (3)  PURPOSE.--The purpose of the Florida K-20

  4  Education Code is to provide by law for a state system of

  5  schools, courses, classes, and educational institutions and

  6  services adequate to allow, for all Florida's students, the

  7  opportunity to obtain a high quality education. The Florida

  8  K-20 education system is established to accomplish this

  9  purpose; however, nothing in this code shall be construed to

10  require the provision of free public education beyond grade

11  12.

12         (4)  UNIFORM SYSTEM OF PUBLIC K-12 SCHOOLS

13  INCLUDED.--As required by s. 1, Art. IX of the State

14  Constitution, the Florida K-20 education system shall include

15  the uniform system of free public K-12 schools.  These public

16  K-12 schools shall provide 13 consecutive years of

17  instruction, beginning with kindergarten, and shall also

18  provide such instruction for students with disabilities,

19  gifted students, limited English proficient students, and

20  students in Department of Juvenile Justice programs as may be

21  required by law.  The funds for support and maintenance of the

22  uniform system of free public K-12 schools shall be derived

23  from state, district, federal, and other lawful sources or

24  combinations of sources, including any fees charged

25  nonresidents as provided by law.

26         (5)  EDUCATION GOVERNANCE TRANSFERS.--

27         (a)  Effective July 1, 2001:

28         1.  The Board of Regents is abolished.

29         2.  All of the powers, duties, functions, records,

30  personnel, and property; unexpended balances of

31  appropriations, allocations, and other funds; administrative


                                  7

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authority; administrative rules; pending issues; and existing

  2  contracts of the Board of Regents are transferred by a type

  3  two transfer, pursuant to s. 20.06(2), to the Florida Board of

  4  Education.

  5         3.  The State Board of Community Colleges is abolished.

  6         4.  All of the powers, duties, functions, records,

  7  personnel, and property; unexpended balances of

  8  appropriations, allocations, and other funds; administrative

  9  authority; administrative rules; pending issues; and existing

10  contracts of the State Board of Community Colleges are

11  transferred by a type two transfer, pursuant to s. 20.06(2),

12  from the Department of Education to the Florida Board of

13  Education.

14         5.  The Postsecondary Education Planning Commission is

15  abolished.

16         6.  The Council for Education Policy Research and

17  Improvement is created as an independent office under the

18  Office of Legislative Services.

19         7.  All personnel, unexpended balances of

20  appropriations, and allocations of the Postsecondary Education

21  Planning Commission are transferred to the Council for

22  Education Policy Research and Improvement.

23         8.  The Articulation Coordinating Committee and the

24  Education Standards Commission are transferred by a type two

25  transfer, pursuant to s. 20.06(2), from the Department of

26  Education to the Florida Board of Education.

27         (b)  Effective January 7, 2003:

28         1.  The Florida Board of Education is renamed the State

29  Board of Education.

30         2.  The Secretary of the Florida Board of Education is

31  renamed the Commissioner of Education.


                                  8

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  All rules of the State Board of Education, the

  2  Commissioner of Education, and the Department of Education,

  3  and all rules of the district school boards, the community

  4  college boards of trustees, and the state university boards of

  5  trustees, in effect on January 2, 2003, remain in effect until

  6  specifically amended or repealed in the manner provided by

  7  law.

  8         (d)  Effective January 7, 2003:

  9         1.  The administrative rules of the Department of

10  Education and the Commissioner of Education shall become the

11  rules of the State Board of Education.

12         2.  The administrative rules of the State Board of

13  Education shall become the rules of the appointed State Board

14  of Education.

15         (e)  All administrative rules of the State Board of

16  Education, the Commissioner of Education, and the Department

17  of Education are transferred by a type two transfer, as

18  defined in s. 20.06(2), Florida Statutes, to the appointed

19  State Board of Education.

20         (f)  This act creating the Florida K-20 Education Code

21  shall not affect the validity of any judicial or

22  administrative action involving the Department of Education,

23  pending on January 7, 2003. This act shall not affect the

24  validity of any judicial or administrative action involving

25  the Commissioner of Education or the State Board of Education,

26  pending on January 7, 2003, and the appointed State Board of

27  Education shall be substituted as a party of interest in any

28  such action.

29         Section 4.  Section 1000.02, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                  9

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1000.02  Policy and guiding principles for the Florida

  2  K-20 education system.--

  3         (1)  It is the policy of the Legislature:

  4         (a)  To achieve within existing resources a seamless

  5  academic educational system that fosters an integrated

  6  continuum of kindergarten through graduate school education

  7  for Florida's students.

  8         (b)  To promote enhanced academic success and funding

  9  efficiency of educational delivery systems by aligning

10  responsibility with accountability.

11         (c)  To provide consistent education policy across all

12  educational delivery systems, focusing on students.

13         (d)  To provide substantially improved articulation

14  across all educational delivery systems.

15         (e)  To provide for the decentralization of authority

16  to the schools, community colleges, universities, and other

17  education institutions that deliver educational services to

18  the public.

19         (f)  To ensure that independent education institutions

20  and home education programs maintain their independence,

21  autonomy, and nongovernmental status.

22         (2)  The guiding principles for Florida's K-20

23  education system are:

24         (a)  A coordinated, seamless system for kindergarten

25  through graduate school education.

26         (b)  A system that is student-centered in every facet.

27         (c)  A system that maximizes education access and

28  allows the opportunity for a high-quality education for all

29  Floridians.

30         (d)  A system that safeguards equity and supports

31  academic excellence.


                                  10

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  A system that provides for local operational

  2  flexibility while promoting accountability for student

  3  achievement and improvement.

  4         Section 5.  Section 1000.03, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1000.03  Function, mission, and goals of the Florida

  7  K-20 education system.--

  8         (1)  Florida's K-20 education system shall be a

  9  decentralized system without excess layers of bureaucracy. The

10  State Board of Education may appoint on an ad hoc basis a

11  committee or committees to assist it on any and all issues

12  within the K-20 education system. Florida's K-20 education

13  system shall maintain a systemwide technology plan based on a

14  common set of data definitions.

15         (2)(a)  The Legislature shall establish education

16  policy, enact education laws, and appropriate and allocate

17  education resources.

18         (b)  The State Board of Education shall oversee the

19  enforcement of all laws and rules, and the timely provision of

20  direction, resources, assistance, intervention when needed,

21  and strong incentives and disincentives to force

22  accountability for results.

23         (c)  The Commissioner of Education shall serve as chief

24  executive officer of the K-20 education system. The

25  commissioner shall be responsible for enforcing compliance

26  with the mission and goals of the K-20 education system. The

27  commissioner's office shall operate all statewide functions

28  necessary to support the State Board of Education and the K-20

29  education system.

30         (3)  Public education is a cooperative function of the

31  state and local educational authorities. The state retains


                                  11

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  responsibility for establishing a system of public education

  2  through laws, standards, and rules to assure efficient

  3  operation of a K-20 system of public education and adequate

  4  educational opportunities for all individuals. Local

  5  educational authorities have a duty to fully and faithfully

  6  comply with state laws, standards, and rules and to

  7  efficiently use the resources available to them to assist the

  8  state in allowing adequate educational opportunities.

  9         (4)  The mission of Florida's K-20 education system is

10  to allow its students to increase their proficiency by

11  allowing them the opportunity to expand their knowledge and

12  skills through adequate learning opportunities, in accordance

13  with the mission statement and accountability requirements of

14  s. 1008.31.

15         (5)  The priorities of Florida's K-20 education system

16  include:

17         (a)  Learning and completion at all levels, including

18  increased high school graduation rate and readiness for

19  postsecondary education without remediation.--All students

20  demonstrate increased learning and completion at all levels,

21  graduate from high school and are prepared to enter

22  postsecondary education without remediation.

23         (b)  Student performance.--Students demonstrate that

24  they meet the expected academic standards consistently at all

25  levels of their education.

26         (c)  Alignment of standards and resources.--Academic

27  standards for every level of the K-20 education system are

28  aligned, and education financial resources are aligned with

29  student performance expectations at each level of the K-20

30  education system.

31  


                                  12

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Educational leadership.--The quality of

  2  educational leadership at all levels of K-20 education is

  3  improved.

  4         (e)  Workforce education.--Workforce education is

  5  appropriately aligned with the skills required by the new

  6  global economy.

  7         (f)  Parental, student, family, educational

  8  institution, and community involvement.--Parents, students,

  9  families, educational institutions, and communities are

10  collaborative partners in education, and each plays an

11  important role in the success of individual students.

12  Therefore, the State of Florida cannot be the guarantor of

13  each individual student's success. The goals of Florida's K-20

14  education system are not guarantees that each individual

15  student will succeed or that each individual school will

16  perform at the level indicated in the goals.

17         Section 6.  Section 1000.04, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1000.04  Components for the delivery of public

20  education within the Florida K-20 education system.--Florida's

21  K-20 education system provides for the delivery of public

22  education through publicly supported and controlled K-12

23  schools, community colleges, state universities and other

24  postsecondary educational institutions, other educational

25  institutions, and other educational services as provided or

26  authorized by the Constitution and laws of the state.

27         (1)  PUBLIC K-12 SCHOOLS.--The public K-12 schools

28  include charter schools and consist of kindergarten classes;

29  elementary, middle, and high school grades and special

30  classes; workforce development education; area technical

31  centers; adult, part-time, career and technical, and evening


                                  13

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  schools, courses, or classes, as authorized by law to be

  2  operated under the control of district school boards; and lab

  3  schools operated under the control of state universities.

  4         (2)  PUBLIC POSTSECONDARY EDUCATIONAL

  5  INSTITUTIONS.--Public postsecondary educational institutions

  6  include workforce development education; community colleges;

  7  colleges; state universities; and all other state-supported

  8  postsecondary educational institutions that are authorized and

  9  established by law.

10         (3)  FLORIDA SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF AND THE BLIND.--The

11  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind is a component of

12  the delivery of public education within Florida's K-20

13  education system.

14         (4)  THE FLORIDA VIRTUAL SCHOOL.--The Florida Virtual

15  School is a component of the delivery of public education

16  within Florida's K-20 education system.

17         Section 7.  Section 1000.05, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1000.05  Discrimination against students and employees

20  in the Florida K-20 public education system prohibited;

21  equality of access required.--

22         (1)  This section may be cited as the "Florida

23  Educational Equity Act."

24         (2)(a)  Discrimination on the basis of race, ethnicity,

25  national origin, gender, disability, or marital status against

26  a student or an employee in the state system of public K-20

27  education is prohibited. No person in this state shall, on the

28  basis of race, ethnicity, national origin, gender, disability,

29  or marital status, be excluded from participation in, be

30  denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination

31  under any public K-20 education program or activity, or in any


                                  14

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  employment conditions or practices, conducted by a public

  2  educational institution that receives or benefits from federal

  3  or state financial assistance.

  4         (b)  The criteria for admission to a program or course

  5  shall not have the effect of restricting access by persons of

  6  a particular race, ethnicity, national origin, gender,

  7  disability, or marital status.

  8         (c)  All public K-20 education classes shall be

  9  available to all students without regard to race, ethnicity,

10  national origin, gender, disability, or marital status;

11  however, this is not intended to eliminate the provision of

12  programs designed to meet the needs of students with limited

13  proficiency in English, gifted students, or students with

14  disabilities or programs tailored to students with specialized

15  talents or skills.

16         (d)  Students may be separated by gender for any

17  portion of a class that deals with human reproduction or

18  during participation in bodily contact sports.  For the

19  purpose of this section, bodily contact sports include

20  wrestling, boxing, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball,

21  and other sports in which the purpose or major activity

22  involves bodily contact.

23         (e)  Guidance services, counseling services, and

24  financial assistance services in the state public K-20

25  education system shall be available to students equally.

26  Guidance and counseling services, materials, and promotional

27  events shall stress access to academic, career and technical

28  opportunities for students without regard to race, ethnicity,

29  national origin, gender, disability, or marital status.

30         (3)(a)  No person shall, on the basis of gender, be

31  excluded from participating in, be denied the benefits of, or


                                  15

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be treated differently from another person or otherwise be

  2  discriminated against in any interscholastic, intercollegiate,

  3  club, or intramural athletics offered by a public K-20

  4  educational institution; and no public K-20 educational

  5  institution shall provide athletics separately on such basis.

  6         (b)  Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a),

  7  a public K-20 educational institution may operate or sponsor

  8  separate teams for members of each gender if the selection for

  9  such teams is based upon competitive skill or the activity

10  involved is a bodily contact sport.  However, when a public

11  K-20 educational institution operates or sponsors a team in a

12  particular sport for members of one gender but does not

13  operate or sponsor such a team for members of the other

14  gender, and athletic opportunities for that gender have

15  previously been limited, members of the excluded gender must

16  be allowed to try out for the team offered.

17         (c)  This subsection does not prohibit the grouping of

18  students in physical education classes and activities by

19  ability as assessed by objective standards of individual

20  performance developed and applied without regard to gender.

21  However, when use of a single standard of measuring skill or

22  progress in a physical education class has an adverse effect

23  on members of one gender, the educational institution shall

24  use appropriate standards which do not have such effect.

25         (d)  A public K-20 educational institution which

26  operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club,

27  or intramural athletics shall provide equal athletic

28  opportunity for members of both genders.  In determining

29  whether equal opportunities are available, the Commissioner of

30  Education shall consider, among other factors:

31  


                                  16

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Whether the selection of sports and levels of

  2  competition effectively accommodate the interests and

  3  abilities of members of both genders.

  4         2.  The provision of equipment and supplies.

  5         3.  Scheduling of games and practice times.

  6         4.  Travel and per diem allowances.

  7         5.  Opportunities to receive coaching and academic

  8  tutoring.

  9         6.  Assignment and compensation of coaches and tutors.

10         7.  Provision of locker room, practice, and competitive

11  facilities.

12         8.  Provision of medical and training facilities and

13  services.

14         9.  Provision of housing and dining facilities and

15  services.

16         10.  Publicity.

17  

18  Unequal aggregate expenditures for members of each gender or

19  unequal expenditures for male and female teams if a public

20  K-20 educational institution operates or sponsors separate

21  teams do not constitute nonimplementation of this subsection,

22  but the Commissioner of Education shall consider the failure

23  to provide necessary funds for teams for one gender in

24  assessing equality of opportunity for members of each gender.

25         (e)  A public K-20 educational institution may provide

26  separate toilet, locker room, and shower facilities on the

27  basis of gender, but such facilities shall be comparable to

28  such facilities provided for students of the other gender.

29         (4)  Educational institutions within the state public

30  K-20 education system shall develop and implement methods and

31  strategies to increase the participation of students of a


                                  17

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  particular race, ethnicity, national origin, gender,

  2  disability, or marital status in programs and courses in which

  3  students of that particular race, ethnicity, national origin,

  4  gender, disability, or marital status have been traditionally

  5  underrepresented, including, but not limited to, mathematics,

  6  science, computer technology, electronics, communications

  7  technology, engineering, and career and technical education.

  8         (5)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

  9  implement this section.

10         (6)  The functions of the Office of Equal Educational

11  Opportunity of the Department of Education shall include, but

12  are not limited to:

13         (a)  Requiring all district school boards, community

14  college boards of trustees, and state university boards of

15  trustees to develop and submit plans for the implementation of

16  this section to the Department of Education.

17         (b)  Conducting periodic reviews of public K-20

18  educational agencies to determine compliance with this section

19  and, after a finding that an educational agency is not in

20  compliance with this section, notifying the agency of the

21  steps that it must take to attain compliance and performing

22  followup monitoring.

23         (c)  Providing technical assistance, including

24  assisting public K-20 educational agencies in identifying

25  unlawful discrimination and instructing them in remedies for

26  correction and prevention of such discrimination and

27  performing followup monitoring.

28         (d)  Conducting studies of the effectiveness of methods

29  and strategies designed to increase the participation of

30  students in programs and courses in which students of a

31  particular race, ethnicity, national origin, gender,


                                  18

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  disability, or marital status have been traditionally

  2  underrepresented and monitoring the success of students in

  3  such programs of courses, including performing followup

  4  monitoring.

  5         (e)  Requiring all district school boards, community

  6  college boards of trustees, and state university boards of

  7  trustees to submit data and information necessary to determine

  8  compliance with this section.  The Commissioner of Education

  9  shall prescribe the format and the date for submission of such

10  data and any other educational equity data. If any board does

11  not submit the required compliance data or other required

12  educational equity data by the prescribed date, the

13  commissioner shall notify the board of this fact and, if the

14  board does not take appropriate action to immediately submit

15  the required report, the State Board of Education shall impose

16  monetary sanctions.

17         (f)  Based upon rules of the State Board of Education,

18  developing and implementing enforcement mechanisms with

19  appropriate penalties to ensure that public K-12 schools,

20  community colleges, and state universities comply with Title

21  IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 and subsection (3) of

22  this section. However, the State Board of Education may not

23  force an educational agency to conduct, nor penalize an

24  educational agency for not conducting, a program of athletic

25  activity or athletic scholarship for female athletes unless it

26  is an athletic activity approved for women by a recognized

27  association whose purpose is to promote athletics and a

28  conference or league exists to promote interscholastic or

29  intercollegiate competition for women in that athletic

30  activity.

31  


                                  19

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (g)  Reporting to the Commissioner of Education any

  2  district school board, community college board of trustees, or

  3  state university board of trustees found to be out of

  4  compliance with rules of the State Board of Education adopted

  5  as required by paragraph (f) or paragraph (3)(d).  To penalize

  6  the board, the State Board of Education shall:

  7         1.  Declare the educational agency ineligible for

  8  competitive state grants.

  9         2.  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.192,

10  direct the Comptroller to withhold general revenue funds

11  sufficient to obtain compliance from the educational agency.

12  

13  The educational agency shall remain ineligible and the funds

14  shall not be paid until the agency comes into compliance or

15  the State Board of Education approves a plan for compliance.

16         (7)  A person aggrieved by a violation of this section

17  or a violation of a rule adopted under this section has a

18  right of action for such equitable relief as the court may

19  determine.  The court may also award reasonable attorney's

20  fees and court costs to a prevailing party.

21         Section 8.  Section 1000.06, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1000.06  Display of flags.--Every public K-20

24  educational institution that is provided or authorized by the

25  Constitution and laws of Florida shall display daily the flag

26  of the United States and the official flag of Florida when the

27  weather permits upon one building or on a suitable flagstaff

28  upon the grounds of each public postsecondary educational

29  institution and upon every district school board building or

30  grounds except when the institution or school is closed for

31  vacation, provided that, if two or more buildings are located


                                  20

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  on the same or on adjacent sites, one flag may be displayed

  2  for the entire group of buildings.

  3         Section 9.  Part II of chapter 1000, Florida Statutes,

  4  shall be entitled "Systemwide Definitions" and shall consist

  5  of s. 1000.21.

  6         Section 10.  Section 1000.21, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1000.21  Systemwide definitions.--As used in the

  9  Florida K-20 Education Code:

10         (1)  "Articulation" is the systematic coordination that

11  provides the means by which students proceed toward their

12  educational objectives in as rapid and student-friendly manner

13  as their circumstances permit, from grade level to grade

14  level, from elementary to middle to high school, to and

15  through postsecondary education, and when transferring from

16  one educational institution or program to another.

17         (2)  "Commissioner" is the Commissioner of Education.

18         (3)  "Community college," except as otherwise

19  specifically provided, includes the following institutions and

20  any branch campuses, centers, or other affiliates of the

21  institution:

22         (a)  Brevard Community College.

23         (b)  Broward Community College.

24         (c)  Central Florida Community College.

25         (d)  Chipola Junior College.

26         (e)  Daytona Beach Community College.

27         (f)  Edison Community College.

28         (g)  Florida Community College at Jacksonville.

29         (h)  Florida Keys Community College.

30         (i)  Gulf Coast Community College.

31         (j)  Hillsborough Community College.


                                  21

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (k)  Indian River Community College.

  2         (l)  Lake City Community College.

  3         (m)  Lake-Sumter Community College.

  4         (n)  Manatee Community College.

  5         (o)  Miami-Dade Community College.

  6         (p)  North Florida Community College.

  7         (q)  Okaloosa-Walton Community College.

  8         (r)  Palm Beach Community College.

  9         (s)  Pasco-Hernando Community College.

10         (t)  Pensacola Junior College.

11         (u)  Polk Community College.

12         (v)  St. Johns River Community College.

13         (w)  St. Petersburg College.

14         (x)  Santa Fe Community College.

15         (y)  Seminole Community College.

16         (z)  South Florida Community College.

17         (aa)  Tallahassee Community College.

18         (bb)  Valencia Community College.

19         (4)  "Department" is the Department of Education.

20         (5)  "Parent" is either or both parents of a student,

21  any guardian of a student, any person in a parental

22  relationship to a student, or any person exercising

23  supervisory authority over a student in place of the parent.

24         (6)  "State university," except as otherwise

25  specifically provided, includes the following institutions and

26  any branch campuses, centers, or other affiliates of the

27  institution:

28         (a)  The University of Florida.

29         (b)  The Florida State University.

30         (c)  The Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

31  University.


                                  22

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  The University of South Florida.

  2         (e)  The Florida Atlantic University.

  3         (f)  The University of West Florida.

  4         (g)  The University of Central Florida.

  5         (h)  The University of North Florida.

  6         (i)  The Florida International University.

  7         (j)  The Florida Gulf Coast University.

  8         (k)  New College of Florida.

  9         (7)  "Sunshine State Standards" are standards that

10  identify what public school students should know and be able

11  to do. These standards delineate the academic achievement of

12  students for which the state will hold its public schools

13  accountable in grades K-2, 3-5, 6-8, and 9-12, in the subjects

14  of language arts, mathematics, science, social studies, the

15  arts, health and physical education, foreign languages,

16  reading, writing, history, government, geography, economics,

17  and computer literacy.

18         Section 11.  Part III of chapter 1000, Florida

19  Statutes, shall be entitled "Educational Compacts" and shall

20  consist of ss. 1000.31-1000.34.

21         Section 12.  Section 1000.31, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1000.31  Regional education; state policy.--It is

24  hereby declared to be the policy of the state to promote the

25  development and maintenance of regional education services and

26  facilities in the Southern States in the professional,

27  technological, scientific, literary and other fields so as to

28  provide greater educational advantages for the citizens of the

29  state and the citizens in the several states in said region;

30  and it is found and determined by the Legislature of the state

31  that greater educational advantages and facilities for the


                                  23

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  citizens of the state in certain phases of the professional,

  2  technological, scientific, literary and other fields in

  3  education can best be accomplished by the development and

  4  maintenance of regional educational services and facilities,

  5  under the plan embodied in "The Regional Pact" hereinafter

  6  adopted; and this law shall be liberally construed to

  7  accomplish such purposes.

  8         Section 13.  Section 1000.32, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1000.32  Regional compact.--The compact entered into by

11  the state and other Southern States by and through their

12  respective governors on February 8, 1948, as amended, relative

13  to the development and maintenance of regional education

14  services and schools in the Southern States in the

15  professional, technological, scientific, literary and other

16  fields so as to promote greater educational facilities for the

17  citizens of the several states who reside in said region, a

18  copy of said compact, as amended, being as follows:

19  

20                       THE REGIONAL COMPACT

21                           (as amended)

22  

23         WHEREAS, The States who are parties hereto have during

24  the past several years conducted careful investigation looking

25  toward the establishment and maintenance of jointly owned and

26  operated regional educational institutions in the Southern

27  States in the professional, technological, scientific,

28  literary, and other fields, so as to provide greater

29  educational advantages and facilities for the citizens of the

30  several states who reside within such region; and

31  


                                  24

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         WHEREAS, Meharry Medical College of Nashville,

  2  Tennessee, has proposed that its lands, buildings, equipment,

  3  and the net income from its endowment be turned over to the

  4  Southern States, or to an agency acting in their behalf, to be

  5  operated as a regional institution for medical, dental and

  6  nursing education upon terms and conditions to be hereafter

  7  agreed upon between the Southern States and Meharry Medical

  8  College, which proposal, because of the present financial

  9  condition of the institution, has been approved by the said

10  states who are parties hereto; and

11         WHEREAS, the said states desire to enter into a compact

12  with each other providing for the planning and establishment

13  of regional educational facilities;

14         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual

15  agreements, covenants and obligations assumed by the

16  respective states who are parties hereto (hereinafter referred

17  to as "states"), the said several states do hereby form a

18  geographical district or region consisting of the areas lying

19  within the boundaries of the contracting states which, for the

20  purposes of this compact, shall constitute an area for

21  regional education supported by public funds derived from

22  taxation by the constituent states and derived from other

23  sources for the establishment, acquisition, operation and

24  maintenance of regional educational schools and institutions

25  for the benefit of citizens of the respective states residing

26  within the region so established as may be determined from

27  time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of

28  this compact.

29         The states do further hereby establish and create a

30  joint agency which shall be known as the Board of Control for

31  Southern Regional Education (hereinafter referred to as the


                                  25

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  "board"), the members of which board shall consist of the

  2  governor of each state, ex officio, and four additional

  3  citizens of each state to be appointed by the governor

  4  thereof, at least one of whom shall be selected from the field

  5  of education, and at least one of whom shall be a member of

  6  the legislature of that state.  The governor shall continue as

  7  a member of the board during his or her tenure of office as

  8  governor of the state, but the members of the board appointed

  9  by the governor shall hold office for a period of four years

10  except that in the original appointments one board member so

11  appointed by the governor shall be designated at the time of

12  his or her appointment to serve an initial term of two years,

13  one board member to serve an initial term of three years, and

14  the remaining board member to serve the full term of four

15  years, but thereafter the successor of each appointed board

16  member shall serve the full term of four years.  Vacancies on

17  the board caused by death, resignation, refusal or inability

18  to serve, shall be filled by appointment by the governor for

19  the unexpired portion of the term.  The officers of the board

20  shall be a chair, a vice chair, a secretary, a treasurer, and

21  such additional officers as may be created by the board from

22  time to time.  The board shall meet annually and officers

23  shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting.

24  The board shall have the right to formulate and establish

25  bylaws not inconsistent with the provisions of this compact to

26  govern its own actions in the performance of the duties

27  delegated to it including the right to create and appoint an

28  executive committee and a finance committee with such powers

29  and authority as the board may delegate to them from time to

30  time.  The board may, within its discretion, elect as its

31  chair a person who is not a member of the board, provided such


                                  26

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  person resides within a signatory state, and upon such

  2  election such person shall become a member of the board with

  3  all the rights and privileges of such membership.  This

  4  paragraph as amended in 1957 shall be effective when eight or

  5  more of the states party to the compact have given legislative

  6  approval to the amendment.

  7         It shall be the duty of the board to submit plans and

  8  recommendations to the states from time to time for their

  9  approval and adoption by appropriate legislative action for

10  the development, establishment, acquisition, operation and

11  maintenance of educational schools and institutions within the

12  geographical limits of the regional area of the states, of

13  such character and type and for such educational purposes,

14  professional, technological, scientific, literary, or

15  otherwise, as they may deem and determine to be proper,

16  necessary or advisable.  Title to all such educational

17  institutions when so established by appropriate legislative

18  actions of the states and to all properties and facilities

19  used in connection therewith shall be vested in said board as

20  the agency of and for the use and benefit of the said states

21  and the citizens thereof, and all such educational

22  institutions shall be operated, maintained and financed in the

23  manner herein set out, subject to any provisions or

24  limitations which may be contained in the legislative acts of

25  the states authorizing the creation, establishment and

26  operation of such educational institutions.

27         In addition to the power and authority heretofore

28  granted, the board shall have the power to enter into such

29  agreements or arrangements with any of the states and with

30  educational institutions or agencies, as may be required in

31  the judgment of the board, to provide adequate services and


                                  27

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  facilities for the graduate, professional, and technical

  2  education for the benefit of the citizens of the respective

  3  states residing within the region, and such additional and

  4  general power and authority as may be vested in the board from

  5  time to time by legislative enactment of the said states.

  6         Any two or more states who are parties of this compact

  7  shall have the right to enter into supplemental agreements

  8  providing for the establishment, financing and operation of

  9  regional educational institutions for the benefit of citizens

10  residing within an area which constitutes a portion of the

11  general region herein created, such institutions to be

12  financed exclusively by such states and to be controlled

13  exclusively by the members of the board representing such

14  states provided such agreement is submitted to and approved by

15  the board prior to the establishment of such institutions.

16         Each state agrees that, when authorized by the

17  legislature, it will from time to time make available and pay

18  over to said board such funds as may be required for the

19  establishment, acquisition, operation and maintenance of such

20  regional educational institutions as may be authorized by the

21  states under the terms of this compact, the contribution of

22  each state at all times to be in the proportion that its

23  population bears to the total combined population of the

24  states who are parties hereto as shown from time to time by

25  the most recent official published report of the bureau of the

26  census of the United States of America; or upon such other

27  basis as may be agreed upon.

28         This compact shall not take effect or be binding upon

29  any state unless and until it shall be approved by proper

30  legislative action of as many as six or more of the states

31  whose governors have subscribed hereto within a period of


                                  28

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  eighteen months from the date hereof. When and if six or more

  2  states shall have given legislative approval to this compact

  3  within said eighteen months period, it shall be and become

  4  binding upon such six or more states sixty days after the date

  5  of legislative approval by the sixth state and the governors

  6  of such six or more states shall forthwith name the members of

  7  the board from their states as hereinabove set out, and the

  8  board shall then meet on call of the governor of any state

  9  approving this compact, at which time the board shall elect

10  officers, adopt bylaws, appoint committees and otherwise fully

11  organize.  Other states whose names are subscribed hereto

12  shall thereafter become parties hereto upon approval of this

13  compact by legislative action within two years from the date

14  hereof, upon such conditions as may be agreed upon at the

15  time.  Provided, however, that with respect to any state whose

16  constitution may require amendment in order to permit

17  legislative approval of the compact, such state or states

18  shall become parties hereto upon approval of this compact by

19  legislative action within seven years from the date hereof,

20  upon such conditions as may be agreed upon at the time.

21         After becoming effective this compact shall thereafter

22  continue without limitation of time; provided, however, that

23  it may be terminated at any time by unanimous action of the

24  states and provided further that any state may withdraw from

25  this compact if such withdrawal is approved by its

26  legislature, such withdrawal to become effective two years

27  after written notice thereof to the board accompanied by a

28  certified copy of the requisite legislative action, but such

29  withdrawal shall not relieve the withdrawing state from its

30  obligations hereunder accruing up to the effective date of

31  such withdrawal. Any state so withdrawing shall ipso facto


                                  29

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  cease to have any claim to or ownership of any of the property

  2  held or vested in the board or to any of the funds of the

  3  board held under the terms of this compact.

  4         If any state shall at any time become in default in the

  5  performance of any of its obligations assumed herein or with

  6  respect to any obligation imposed upon said state as

  7  authorized by and in compliance with the terms and provisions

  8  of this compact, all rights, privileges and benefits of such

  9  defaulting state, its members on the board and its citizens

10  shall ipso facto be and become suspended from and after the

11  date of such default.  Unless such default shall be remedied

12  and made good within a period of one year immediately

13  following the date of such default this compact may be

14  terminated with respect to such defaulting state by an

15  affirmative vote of three-fourths of the members of the board

16  (exclusive of the members representing the state in default),

17  from and after which time such state shall cease to be a party

18  to this compact and shall have no further claim to or

19  ownership of any of the property held by or vested in the

20  board or to any of the funds of the board held under the terms

21  of this compact, but such termination shall in no manner

22  release such defaulting state from any accrued obligation or

23  otherwise affect this compact or the rights, duties,

24  privileges or obligations of the remaining states thereunder.

25         IN WITNESS WHEREOF this compact has been approved and

26  signed by governors of the several states, subject to the

27  approval of their respective legislatures in the manner

28  hereinabove set out, as of the 8th day of February, 1948.

29         STATE OF FLORIDA BY Millard F. Caldwell, Governor.

30  STATE OF MARYLAND BY Wm. Preston Lane, Jr., Governor.  STATE

31  OF GEORGIA BY M. E.  Thompson, Governor.  STATE OF LOUISIANA


                                  30

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  BY J. H. Davis, Governor.  STATE OF ALABAMA BY James E.

  2  Folsom, Governor. STATE OF MISSISSIPPI BY F. L. Wright,

  3  Governor. STATE OF TENNESSEE BY Jim McCord, Governor.  STATE

  4  OF ARKANSAS BY Ben Laney, Governor. COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA

  5  BY Wm. M. Tuck, Governor.  STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA BY R. Gregg

  6  Cherry, Governor. STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA BY J.  Strom

  7  Thurmond, Governor.  STATE OF TEXAS BY Beauford H. Jester,

  8  Governor.  STATE OF OKLAHOMA BY Roy J. Turner, Governor. STATE

  9  OF WEST VIRGINIA BY Clarence W. Meadows, Governor.

10  

11  be and the same is hereby approved and the State of Florida is

12  hereby declared to be a party to said compact and the

13  agreements, covenants and obligations contained therein are

14  hereby declared to be binding upon the State of Florida.

15         Section 14.  Section 1000.33, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1000.33  Copies to other states approving.--After the

18  effective date of this law the Secretary of State of Florida

19  shall furnish to each of the states approving the said compact

20  an engrossed copy of this bill.

21         Section 15.  Section 1000.34, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1000.34  Member jurisdictions.--The compact for

24  education is entered into with all jurisdictions legally

25  joining therein and enacted into law in the following form:

26  

27                      COMPACT FOR EDUCATION

28  

29                            ARTICLE I

30  

31         PURPOSE AND POLICY.--


                                  31

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         A.  It is the purpose of this compact to:

  2         1.  Establish and maintain close cooperation and

  3  understanding among executive, legislative, professional

  4  educational and lay leadership on a nationwide basis at the

  5  state and local levels.

  6         2.  Provide a forum for the discussion, development,

  7  crystallization and recommendation of public policy

  8  alternatives in the field of education.

  9         3.  Provide a clearinghouse of information on matters

10  relating to educational problems and how they are being met in

11  different places throughout the nation, so that the executive

12  and legislative branches of state government and of local

13  communities may have ready access to the experience and record

14  of the entire country, and so that both lay and professional

15  groups in the field of education may have additional avenues

16  for the sharing of experience and the interchange of ideas in

17  the formation of public policy in education.

18         4.  Facilitate the improvement of state and local

19  educational systems so that all of them will be able to meet

20  adequate and desirable goals in a society which requires

21  continuous qualitative and quantitative advance in educational

22  opportunities, methods and facilities.

23         B.  It is the policy of this compact to encourage and

24  promote local and state initiative in the development,

25  maintenance, improvement and administration of educational

26  systems and institutions in a manner which will accord with

27  the needs and advantages of diversity among localities and

28  states.

29         C.  The party states recognize that each of them has an

30  interest in the quality and quantity of education furnished in

31  each of the other states, as well as in the excellence of its


                                  32

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  own educational systems and institutions, because of the

  2  highly mobile character of individuals within the nation, and

  3  because the products and services contributing to the health,

  4  welfare and economic advancement of each state are supplied in

  5  significant part by persons educated in other states.

  6  

  7                            ARTICLE II

  8  

  9         STATE DEFINED.--

10         As used in this compact, "state" means a state,

11  territory, or possession of the United States, the District of

12  Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

13  

14                           ARTICLE III

15  

16         THE COMMISSION.--

17         A.  The Education Commission of the States, hereinafter

18  called "the commission," is hereby established.  The

19  commission shall consist of seven members representing each

20  party state.  One of such members representing Florida shall

21  be the governor; two shall be members of the state senate

22  appointed by the president; two shall be members of the house

23  of representatives appointed by the speaker; and two shall be

24  appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the governor.  The

25  guiding principle for the composition of the membership on the

26  commission shall be that the members, by virtue of their

27  training, experience, knowledge or affiliations be in a

28  position collectively to reflect broadly the interests of the

29  state government, higher education, the state education

30  system, local education, lay and professional, public and

31  nonpublic educational leadership.  Of those appointees, one


                                  33

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall be the head of a state agency or institution, designated

  2  by the governor, having responsibility for one or more

  3  programs of public education.  In addition to the members of

  4  the commission representing the party states, there may be not

  5  to exceed ten nonvoting commissioners selected by the steering

  6  committee for terms of one year.  Such commissioners shall

  7  represent leading national organizations of professional

  8  educators or persons concerned with educational

  9  administration.

10         B.  The members of the commission shall be entitled to

11  one vote each on the commission.  No action of the commission

12  shall be binding unless taken at a meeting at which a majority

13  of the total number of votes on the commission are cast in

14  favor thereof. Action of the commission shall be only at a

15  meeting at which a majority of the commissioners are present.

16  The commission shall meet at least once a year.  In its

17  bylaws, and subject to such directions and limitations as may

18  be contained therein, the commission may delegate the exercise

19  of any of its powers to the steering committee or the

20  executive director, except for the power to approve budgets or

21  requests for appropriations, the power to make policy

22  recommendations pursuant to Article IV and adoption of the

23  annual report pursuant to Article III, J.

24         C.  The commission shall have a seal.

25         D.  The commission shall elect annually, from among its

26  members, a chair, who shall be a governor, a vice chair and a

27  treasurer.  The commission shall provide for the appointment

28  of an executive director.  Such executive director shall serve

29  at the pleasure of the commission, and, together with the

30  treasurer and such other personnel as the commission may deem

31  


                                  34

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  appropriate, shall be bonded in such amount as the commission

  2  shall determine.  The executive director shall be secretary.

  3         E.  Irrespective of the civil service, personnel or

  4  other merit system laws of any of the party states, the

  5  executive director, subject to the approval of the steering

  6  committee, shall appoint, remove or discharge such personnel

  7  as may be necessary for the performance of the functions of

  8  the commission, and shall fix the duties and compensation of

  9  such personnel.  The commission in its bylaws shall provide

10  for the personnel policies and programs of the commission.

11         F.  The commission may borrow, accept or contract for

12  the services of personnel from any party jurisdiction, the

13  United States, or any subdivision or agency of the

14  aforementioned governments, or from any agency of two or more

15  of the party jurisdictions or their subdivisions.

16         G.  The commission may accept for any of its purposes

17  and functions under this compact any and all donations and

18  grants of money, equipment, supplies, materials and services,

19  conditional or otherwise, from any state, the United States,

20  or any other governmental agency, or from any person, firm,

21  association, foundation, or corporation, and may receive,

22  utilize and dispose of the same.  Any donation or grant

23  accepted by the commission pursuant to this paragraph or

24  services borrowed pursuant to paragraph F of this Article

25  shall be reported in the annual report of the commission.

26  Such report shall include the nature, amount and conditions,

27  if any, of the donation, grant, or services borrowed, and the

28  identity of the donor or lender.

29         H.  The commission may establish and maintain such

30  facilities as may be necessary for the transacting of its

31  


                                  35

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  business. The commission may acquire, hold, and convey real

  2  and personal property and any interest therein.

  3         I.  The commission shall adopt bylaws for the conduct

  4  of its business and shall have the power to amend and rescind

  5  these bylaws.  The commission shall publish its bylaws in

  6  convenient form and shall file a copy thereof and a copy of

  7  any amendment thereto, with the appropriate agency or officer

  8  in each of the party states.

  9         J.  The commission annually shall make to the governor

10  and legislature of each party state a report covering the

11  activities of the commission for the preceding year. The

12  commission may make such additional reports as it may deem

13  desirable.

14  

15                            ARTICLE IV

16  

17         POWERS.--

18         In addition to authority conferred on the commission by

19  other provisions of the compact, the commission shall have

20  authority to:

21         1.  Collect, correlate, analyze and interpret

22  information and data concerning educational needs and

23  resources.

24         2.  Encourage and foster research in all aspects of

25  education, but with special reference to the desirable scope

26  of instruction, organization, administration, and

27  instructional methods and standards employed or suitable for

28  employment in public educational systems.

29         3.  Develop proposals for adequate financing of

30  education as a whole and at each of its many levels.

31  


                                  36

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  Conduct or participate in research of the types

  2  referred to in this article in any instance where the

  3  commission finds that such research is necessary for the

  4  advancement of the purposes and policies of this compact,

  5  utilizing fully the resources of national associations,

  6  regional compact organizations for higher education, and other

  7  agencies and institutions, both public and private.

  8         5.  Formulate suggested policies and plans for the

  9  improvement of public education as a whole, or for any segment

10  thereof, and make recommendations with respect thereto

11  available to the appropriate governmental units, agencies and

12  public officials.

13         6.  Do such other things as may be necessary or

14  incidental to the administration of any of its authority or

15  functions pursuant to this compact.

16  

17                            ARTICLE V

18  

19         COOPERATION WITH FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.--

20         A.  If the laws of the United States specifically so

21  provide, or if administrative provision is made therefor

22  within the federal government, the United States may be

23  represented on the commission by not to exceed ten

24  representatives.  Any such representative or representatives

25  of the United States shall be appointed and serve in such

26  manner as may be provided by or pursuant to federal law, and

27  may be drawn from any one or more branches of the federal

28  government, but no such representative shall have a vote on

29  the commission.

30         B.  The commission may provide information and make

31  recommendations to any executive or legislative agency or


                                  37

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  officer of the federal government concerning the common

  2  educational policies of the states, and may advise with any

  3  such agencies or officers concerning any matter of mutual

  4  interest.

  5  

  6                            ARTICLE VI

  7  

  8         COMMITTEES.--

  9         A.  To assist in the expeditious conduct of its

10  business when the full commission is not meeting, the

11  commission shall elect a steering committee of thirty-two

12  members which, subject to the provisions of this compact and

13  consistent with the policies of the commission, shall be

14  constituted and function as provided in the bylaws of the

15  commission.  One-fourth of the voting membership of the

16  steering committee shall consist of governors, one-fourth

17  shall consist of legislators, and the remainder shall consist

18  of other members of the commission.  A federal representative

19  on the commission may serve with the steering committee, but

20  without vote. The voting members of the steering committee

21  shall serve for terms of two years, except that members

22  elected to the first steering committee of the commission

23  shall be elected as follows: sixteen for one year and sixteen

24  for two years.  The chair, vice chair, and treasurer of the

25  commission shall be members of the steering committee and,

26  anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding,

27  shall serve during their continuance in these offices.

28  Vacancies in the steering committee shall not affect its

29  authority to act, but the commission at its next regularly

30  ensuing meeting following the occurrence of any vacancy shall

31  fill it for the unexpired term.  No person shall serve more


                                  38

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  than two terms as a member of the steering committee; provided

  2  that service for a partial term of one year or less shall not

  3  be counted toward the two term limitations.

  4         B.  The commission may establish advisory and technical

  5  committees composed of state, local, and federal officials,

  6  and private persons to advise it with respect to any one or

  7  more of its functions.  Any advisory or technical committee

  8  may, on request of the states concerned, be established to

  9  consider any matter of special concern to two or more of the

10  party states.

11         C.  The commission may establish such additional

12  committees as its bylaws may provide.

13  

14                           ARTICLE VII

15  

16         FINANCE.--

17         A.  The commission shall advise the governor or

18  designated officer or officers of each party state of its

19  budget and estimated expenditures for such period as may be

20  required by the laws of that party state.  Each of the

21  commission's budgets of estimated expenditures shall contain

22  specific recommendations of the amount or amounts to be

23  appropriated by each of the party states.

24         B.  The total amount of appropriation requests under

25  any budget shall be apportioned among the party states.  In

26  making such apportionment, the commission shall devise and

27  employ a formula which takes equitable account of the

28  populations and per capita income levels of the party states.

29         C.  The commission shall not pledge the credit of any

30  party states. The commission may meet any of its obligations

31  in whole or in part with funds available to it pursuant to


                                  39

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Article III, G of this compact, provided that the commission

  2  takes specific action setting aside such funds prior to

  3  incurring an obligation to be met in whole or in part in such

  4  manner.  Except where the commission makes use of funds

  5  available to it pursuant to Article III, G thereof, the

  6  commission shall not incur any obligation prior to the

  7  allotment of funds by the party states adequate to meet the

  8  same.

  9         D.  The commission shall keep accurate accounts of all

10  receipts and disbursements. The receipts and disbursements of

11  the commission shall be subject to the audit and accounting

12  procedures established by its bylaws. However, all receipts

13  and disbursements of funds handled by the commission shall be

14  audited yearly by a qualified public accountant, and the

15  report of the audit shall be included in and become part of

16  the annual reports of the commission.

17         E.  The accounts of the commission shall be open at any

18  reasonable time for inspection by duly constituted officers of

19  the party states and by any persons authorized by the

20  commission.

21         F.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to

22  prevent commission compliance with laws relating to audit or

23  inspection of accounts by or on behalf of any government

24  contributing to the support of the commission.

25  

26                           ARTICLE VIII

27  

28         ELIGIBLE PARTIES; ENTRY INTO AND WITHDRAWAL.--

29         A.  This compact shall have as eligible parties all

30  states, territories, and possessions of the United States, the

31  District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.  In


                                  40

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  respect of any such jurisdiction not having a governor, the

  2  term "governor," as used in this compact, shall mean the

  3  closest equivalent official of such jurisdiction.

  4         B.  Any state or other eligible jurisdiction may enter

  5  into this compact and it shall become binding thereon when it

  6  has adopted the same; provided that in order to enter into

  7  initial effect, adoption by at least ten eligible party

  8  jurisdictions shall be required.

  9         C.  Adoption of the compact may be either by enactment

10  thereof or by adherence thereto by the governor; provided that

11  in the absence of enactment, adherence by the governor shall

12  be sufficient to make his or her state a party only until

13  December 31, 1967. During any period when a state is

14  participating in this compact through gubernatorial action,

15  the governor shall appoint those persons who, in addition to

16  himself or herself, shall serve as the members of the

17  commission from his or her state, and shall provide to the

18  commission an equitable share of the financial support of the

19  commission from any source available to him or her.

20         D.  Except for a withdrawal effective on December 31,

21  1967, in accordance with paragraph C of this article, any

22  party state may withdraw from this compact by enacting a

23  statute repealing the same, but no such withdrawal shall take

24  effect until one year after the governor of the withdrawing

25  state has given notice in writing of the withdrawal to the

26  governors of all other party states.  No withdrawal shall

27  affect any liability already incurred by or chargeable to a

28  party state prior to the time of such withdrawal.

29  

30                            ARTICLE IX

31  


                                  41

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         CONSTRUCTION AND SEVERABILITY.--

  2         This compact shall be liberally construed so as to

  3  effectuate the purposes thereof.  The provisions of this

  4  compact shall be severable, and if any phrase, clause,

  5  sentence or provision of this compact is declared to be

  6  contrary to the constitution of any state or of the United

  7  States, or the application thereof to any government, agency,

  8  person or circumstance is held invalid, the validity of the

  9  remainder of this compact and the applicability thereof to any

10  government, agency, person or circumstance shall not be

11  affected thereby.  If this compact shall be held contrary to

12  the constitution of any state participating therein, the

13  compact shall remain in full force and effect as to the state

14  affected as to all severable matters.

15         Section 16.  Chapter 1001, Florida Statutes, shall be

16  entitled "K-20 Governance" and shall consist of ss.

17  1001.01-1001.75.

18         Section 17.  Part I of chapter 1001, Florida Statutes,

19  shall be entitled "State-Level Governance" and shall consist

20  of ss. 1001.01-1001.28.

21         Section 18.  Part I.a. of chapter 1001, Florida

22  Statutes, shall be entitled "State Board of Education" and

23  shall consist of ss. 1001.01-1001.03.

24         Section 19.  Section 1001.01, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1001.01  State Board of Education generally.--

27         (1)  The State Board of Education is established as a

28  body corporate. The board shall be a citizen board consisting

29  of seven members who are residents of the state appointed by

30  the Governor to staggered 4-year terms, subject to

31  confirmation by the Senate. Members of the board shall serve


                                  42

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  without compensation but shall be entitled to reimbursement of

  2  travel and per diem expenses in accordance with s. 112.061.

  3  Members may be reappointed by the Governor for additional

  4  terms not to exceed 8 years of consecutive service.

  5         (2)  The State Board of Education shall select a chair

  6  and a vice chair from its appointed members. The chair shall

  7  serve a 2-year term and may be reselected for one additional

  8  consecutive term.

  9         (3)  Four members of the state board shall constitute a

10  quorum. No business may be transacted at any meeting unless a

11  quorum is present.

12         Section 20.  Section 1001.02, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1001.02  General powers of State Board of Education.--

15         (1)  The State Board of Education is the chief

16  implementing and coordinating body of public education in

17  Florida, and it shall focus on high-level policy decisions. It

18  has authority to adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and

19  120.54 to implement the provisions of law conferring duties

20  upon it for the improvement of the state system of K-20 public

21  education.  Except as otherwise provided herein, it may, as it

22  finds appropriate, delegate its general powers to the

23  Commissioner of Education or the directors of the divisions of

24  the department.

25         (2)  The State Board of Education has the following

26  duties:

27         (a)  To adopt comprehensive educational objectives for

28  public education.

29         (b)  To adopt comprehensive long-range plans and

30  short-range programs for the development of the state system

31  of public education.


                                  43

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  To exercise general supervision over the divisions

  2  of the Department of Education as necessary to ensure

  3  coordination of educational plans and programs and resolve

  4  controversies and to minimize problems of articulation and

  5  student transfers, to ensure that students moving from one

  6  level of education to the next have acquired competencies

  7  necessary for satisfactory performance at that level, and to

  8  ensure maximum utilization of facilities.

  9         (d)  To adopt for state universities and community

10  colleges, and from time to time modify, minimum and uniform

11  standards of college-level communication and computation

12  skills generally associated with successful performance and

13  progression through the baccalaureate level and to identify

14  college-preparatory high school coursework and

15  postsecondary-level coursework that prepares students with the

16  academic skills necessary to succeed in postsecondary

17  education.

18         (e)  To adopt and submit to the Governor and

19  Legislature, on or before September 1 of each year, a

20  coordinated K-20 education budget that estimates the

21  expenditure requirements for the State Board of Education,

22  including the Department of Education, the Commissioner of

23  Education, and all of the boards, institutions, agencies, and

24  services under the general supervision of the State Board of

25  Education for the ensuing fiscal year. Any program recommended

26  by the State Board of Education which will require increases

27  in state funding for more than 1 year must be presented in a

28  multiyear budget plan.

29         (f)  To hold meetings, transact business, keep records,

30  adopt a seal, and perform such other duties as may be

31  


                                  44

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  necessary for the enforcement of all laws and rules relating

  2  to the state system of public education.

  3         (g)  To approve plans for cooperating with the Federal

  4  Government.

  5         (h)  To approve plans for cooperating with other public

  6  agencies in the development of rules and in the enforcement of

  7  laws for which the state board and such agencies are jointly

  8  responsible.

  9         (i)  To review plans for cooperating with appropriate

10  nonpublic agencies for the improvement of conditions relating

11  to the welfare of schools.

12         (j)  To create such subordinate advisory bodies as are

13  required by law or as it finds necessary for the improvement

14  of education.

15         (k)  To constitute any education bodies or other

16  structures as required by federal law.

17         (l)  To assist in the economic development of the state

18  by developing a state-level planning process to identify

19  future training needs for industry, especially high-technology

20  industry.

21         (m)  To assist in the planning and economic development

22  of the state by establishing a clearinghouse for information

23  on educational programs of value to economic development.

24         (n)  To adopt cohesive rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1)

25  and 120.54, within statutory authority, for education

26  systemwide issues.

27         (o)  To authorize the allocation of resources in

28  accordance with law and rule.

29         (p)  To contract with independent institutions

30  accredited by an agency whose standards are comparable to the

31  minimum standards required to operate a postsecondary


                                  45

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educational institution at that level in the state. The

  2  purpose of the contract is to provide those educational

  3  programs and facilities which will meet needs unfulfilled by

  4  the state system of public postsecondary education.

  5         (q)  To recommend that a district school board take

  6  action consistent with the state board's decision relating to

  7  an appeal of a charter school application.

  8         (r)  To enforce systemwide education goals and

  9  policies.

10         (s)  To establish a detailed procedure for the

11  implementation and operation of a systemwide K-20 technology

12  plan that is based on a common set of data definitions.

13         (t)  To establish accountability standards for existing

14  legislative performance goals, standards, and measures, and

15  order the development of mechanisms to implement new

16  legislative goals, standards, and measures.

17         (u)  To adopt criteria and implementation plans for

18  future growth issues, such as new colleges and universities

19  and campus mergers, and to provide for cooperative agreements

20  between and within public and private education sectors.

21         (v)  To develop, and periodically review for

22  adjustment, a coordinated 5-year plan for postsecondary

23  enrollment and annually submit the plan to the Legislature.

24         (w)  To approve a new program at the professional level

25  or doctoral level, if:

26         1.  The university has taken into account the need and

27  demand for the program, the university's mission, and similar

28  program offerings by public and nonpublic counterparts.

29         2.  The addition of the program will not alter the

30  university's emphasis on undergraduate education.

31  


                                  46

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (x)  To review, and approve or disapprove, degree

  2  programs identified as unique pursuant to s. 1007.25.

  3         (y)  To recommend to the Legislature a plan for

  4  implementing block tuition programs and providing other

  5  incentives to encourage students to graduate within 4 years.

  6         (3)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

  7  establish the criteria for assigning, reviewing, and removing

  8  limited-access status to an educational program. The State

  9  Board of Education shall monitor the extent of limited-access

10  programs within the state universities and report to the

11  Legislature admissions and enrollment data for limited-access

12  programs. Such report shall be submitted annually by December

13  1 and shall assist in determining the potential need for

14  academic-program contracts with independent institutions

15  pursuant to paragraph (2)(p). The report must specify, for

16  each limited-access program within each institution, the

17  following categories, by race and gender:

18         (a)  The number of applicants.

19         (b)  The number of applicants granted admission.

20         (c)  The number of applicants who are granted admission

21  and enroll.

22         (d)  The number of applicants denied admission.

23         (e)  The number of applicants neither granted admission

24  nor denied admission.

25  

26  Each category must be reported for each term. Each category

27  must be reported by type of student, including the following

28  subcategories: native students, community college associate in

29  arts degree transfer students, and other students. Each

30  category and subcategory must further be reported according to

31  the number of students who meet or exceed the minimum


                                  47

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  eligibility requirements for admission to the program and the

  2  number of students who do not meet or exceed the minimum

  3  eligibility requirements for admission to the program.

  4         (4)  The State Board of Education shall review, and

  5  approve or disapprove, baccalaureate-degree programs that

  6  exceed 120 semester hours, after considering accreditation

  7  requirements, employment and earnings of graduates,

  8  comparative program lengths nationally, and comparisons with

  9  similar programs offered by independent institutions. By

10  December 31 of each year, the State Board of Education must

11  report to the Legislature any degrees in the state

12  universities that require more than 120 hours, along with

13  appropriate evidence of need. At least every 5 years, the

14  State Board of Education must determine whether the programs

15  still require more than the standard length of 120 hours.

16         (5)(a)  The State Board of Education shall adopt a

17  systemwide strategic plan that specifies goals and objectives

18  for the state universities and community colleges. In

19  developing this plan, the State Board of Education shall

20  consider the role of individual public and independent

21  institutions within the state. The plan shall provide for the

22  roles of the universities and community colleges to be

23  coordinated to best meet state needs and reflect

24  cost-effective use of state resources. The strategic plan must

25  clarify mission statements and identify degree programs to be

26  offered at each university and community college in accordance

27  with the objectives provided in this subsection. The

28  systemwide strategic plan must cover a period of 5 years, with

29  modification of the program lists after 2 years. Development

30  of each 5-year plan must be coordinated with and initiated

31  after completion of the master plan. The systemwide and


                                  48

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  university and community college strategic plans must

  2  specifically include programs and procedures for responding to

  3  the educational needs of teachers and students in the public

  4  schools of this state. The state board shall submit a report

  5  to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of

  6  Representatives upon modification of the system plan.

  7         (b)  The State Board of Education shall develop

  8  long-range plans and annual reports for financial aid in this

  9  state. The long-range plans shall establish goals and

10  objectives for a comprehensive program of financial aid for

11  Florida students and shall be updated every 5 years. The

12  annual report shall include an assessment of progress made in

13  achieving goals and objectives established in the long-range

14  plans and recommendations for repealing or modifying existing

15  financial aid programs or establishing new programs. A

16  long-range plan shall be submitted by January 1, 2004, and

17  every 5 years thereafter. An annual report shall be submitted

18  on January 1, 2004, and in each successive year that a

19  long-range plan is not submitted, to the President of the

20  Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

21         (6)  The State Board of Education shall coordinate the

22  programs with the Council for Education Policy Research and

23  Improvement, including doctoral programs. The programs shall

24  be reviewed every 5 years or whenever the state board

25  determines that the effectiveness or efficiency of a program

26  is jeopardized. The State Board of Education shall define the

27  indicators of quality and the criteria for program review for

28  every program. Such indicators include need, student demand,

29  industry-driven competencies for advanced technology and

30  related programs, and resources available to support

31  


                                  49

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  continuation. The results of the program reviews must be tied

  2  to the university and community college budget requests.

  3         (7)  The State Board of Education shall:

  4         (a)  Provide for each community college to offer

  5  educational training and service programs designed to meet the

  6  needs of both students and the communities served.

  7         (b)  Specify, by rule, procedures to be used by the

  8  boards of trustees in the annual evaluations of presidents and

  9  review the evaluations of presidents by the boards of

10  trustees.

11         (c)  Establish an effective information system that

12  will provide composite data concerning the community colleges

13  and state universities and ensure that special analyses and

14  studies concerning the institutions are conducted, as

15  necessary, for provision of accurate and cost-effective

16  information concerning the institutions.

17         (d)  Establish criteria for making recommendations for

18  modifying district boundary lines for community colleges.

19         (e)  Establish criteria for making recommendations

20  concerning all proposals for the establishment of additional

21  centers or campuses for community colleges and state

22  universities.

23         (f)  Examine the annual administrative review of each

24  community college and state university.

25         (g)  Specify, by rule, the degree program courses that

26  may be taken by students concurrently enrolled in

27  college-preparatory instruction.

28         (h)  Adopt and submit to the Legislature a 3-year list

29  of priorities for fixed-capital-outlay projects.

30         (8)  The State Board of Education is responsible for

31  reviewing and administering the state program of support for


                                  50

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the community colleges and, subject to existing law, shall

  2  establish the tuition and out-of-state fees for

  3  college-preparatory instruction and for credit instruction

  4  that may be counted toward an associate in arts degree, an

  5  associate in applied science degree, or an associate in

  6  science degree.

  7         (9)  The State Board of Education shall prescribe

  8  minimum standards, definitions, and guidelines for community

  9  colleges and state universities that will ensure the quality

10  of education, coordination among the community colleges and

11  state universities, and efficient progress toward

12  accomplishing the community college and state university

13  mission. At a minimum, these rules must address:

14         (a)  Personnel.

15         (b)  Contracting.

16         (c)  Program offerings and classification, including

17  college-level communication and computation skills associated

18  with successful performance in college and with tests and

19  other assessment procedures that measure student achievement

20  of those skills. The performance measures must provide that

21  students moving from one level of education to the next

22  acquire the necessary competencies for that level.

23         (d)  Provisions for curriculum development, graduation

24  requirements, college calendars, and program service areas.

25  These provisions must include rules that:

26         1.  Provide for the award of an associate in arts

27  degree to a student who successfully completes 60 semester

28  credit hours at the community college.

29         2.  Require all of the credits accepted for the

30  associate in arts degree to be in the statewide course

31  


                                  51

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  numbering system as credits towards a baccalaureate degree

  2  offered by a state university.

  3         3.  Require no more than 36 semester credit hours in

  4  general education courses in the subject areas of

  5  communication, mathematics, social sciences, humanities, and

  6  natural sciences.

  7  

  8  The rules should encourage community colleges to enter into

  9  agreements with state universities that allow community

10  college students to complete upper-division-level courses at a

11  community college. An agreement may provide for concurrent

12  enrollment at the community college and the state university

13  and may authorize the community college to offer an

14  upper-division-level course or distance learning.

15         (e)  Student admissions, conduct and discipline,

16  nonclassroom activities, and fees.

17         (f)  Budgeting.

18         (g)  Business and financial matters.

19         (h)  Student services.

20         (i)  Reports, surveys, and information systems,

21  including forms and dates of submission.

22         Section 21.  Section 1001.03, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1001.03  Specific powers of State Board of Education.--

25         (1)  PUBLIC K-12 STUDENT PERFORMANCE STANDARDS.--The

26  State Board of Education shall approve the student performance

27  standards known as the Sunshine State Standards in key

28  academic subject areas and grade levels.

29         (2)  DIRECT-SUPPORT ORGANIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

30  EDUCATION.--The State Board of Education shall govern issues

31  relating to use of property, facilities, and personal services


                                  52

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  between the Department of Education and its direct-support

  2  organization and shall certify that the organization operates

  3  at all times in a manner consistent with the goals and best

  4  interest of the department, pursuant to s. 1001.24.

  5         (3)  PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATES.--The State Board of

  6  Education shall classify school services, designate the

  7  certification subject areas, establish competencies, including

  8  the use of technology to enhance student learning, and

  9  certification requirements for all school-based personnel, and

10  prescribe rules in accordance with which the professional,

11  temporary, and part-time certificates shall be issued by the

12  Department of Education to applicants who meet the standards

13  prescribed by such rules for their class of service, as

14  described in chapter 1012.

15         (4)  PROFESSIONAL TEACHER ASSOCIATIONS.--The State

16  Board of Education shall ensure that not-for-profit,

17  professional teacher associations that offer membership to all

18  teachers, noninstructional personnel, and administrators, and

19  that offer teacher training and staff development at no fee to

20  the district, shall be given equal access to voluntary teacher

21  meetings, be provided access to teacher mailboxes for

22  distribution of professional literature, and be authorized to

23  collect voluntary membership fees through payroll deduction.

24         (5)  IDENTIFICATION OF CRITICAL TEACHER SHORTAGE

25  AREAS.--The State Board of Education shall identify critical

26  teacher shortage areas pursuant to s. 1012.07.

27         (6)  CAPITAL OUTLAY BOND AND MOTOR VEHICLE TAX

28  ANTICIPATION CERTIFICATE RESOLUTIONS.--The State Board of

29  Education shall issue bonds and approve resolutions regarding

30  the expenditure of funds for capital projects and purposes

31  pursuant to the State Constitution and other applicable law.


                                  53

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  ARTICULATION ACCOUNTABILITY.--The State Board of

  2  Education shall develop articulation accountability measures

  3  that assess the status of systemwide articulation processes,

  4  and shall establish an articulation accountability process in

  5  accordance with the provisions of chapter 1008.

  6         (8)  SYSTEMWIDE ENFORCEMENT.--The State Board of

  7  Education shall enforce compliance with law and state board

  8  rule by all school districts and public postsecondary

  9  institutions, in accordance with the provisions of s. 1008.32.

10         (9)  MANAGEMENT INFORMATION DATABASES.--The State Board

11  of Education shall continue to collect and maintain, at a

12  minimum, the management information databases for state

13  universities, and all other components of the public K-20

14  education system as such databases existed on June 30, 2002.

15         (10)  COMMON PLACEMENT TESTING FOR PUBLIC POSTSECONDARY

16  EDUCATION.--The State Board of Education shall develop and

17  implement a common placement test to assess the basic

18  computation and communication skills of students who intend to

19  enter a degree program at any community college or state

20  university.

21         (11)  MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR NONPUBLIC POSTSECONDARY

22  EDUCATION.--The State Board of Education shall adopt minimum

23  standards relating to nonpublic postsecondary education and

24  institutions, in accordance with the provisions of chapter

25  1005.

26         (12)  COMMON POSTSECONDARY DEFINITIONS.--The State

27  Board of Education shall adopt, by rule, common definitions

28  for associate in science degrees and for certificates.

29         (13)  CYCLIC REVIEW OF POSTSECONDARY ACADEMIC

30  PROGRAMS.--The State Board of Education shall provide for the

31  cyclic review of all academic programs in community colleges


                                  54

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and state universities at least every 7 years. Program reviews

  2  shall document how individual academic programs are achieving

  3  stated student learning and program objectives within the

  4  context of the institution's mission. The results of the

  5  program reviews shall inform strategic planning, program

  6  development, and budgeting decisions at the institutional

  7  level.

  8         (14)  UNIFORM CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR SCHOOL DISTRICT

  9  ADMINISTRATIVE AND MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL.--The State Board of

10  Education shall recommend to the Legislature by February 1,

11  2003, a uniform classification system for school district

12  administrative and management personnel that will facilitate

13  the uniform coding of administrative and management personnel

14  to total district employees.

15         Section 22.  Part I.b. of chapter 1001, Florida

16  Statutes, shall be entitled "Commissioner of Education" and

17  shall consist of ss. 1001.10-1001.11.

18         Section 23.  Section 1001.10, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1001.10  Commissioner of Education; general powers and

21  duties.--The Commissioner of Education is the chief

22  educational officer of the state, and is responsible for

23  giving full assistance to the State Board of Education in

24  enforcing compliance with the mission and goals of the

25  seamless K-20 education system. The commissioner has the

26  following general powers and duties:

27         (1)  To appoint staff necessary to carry out his or her

28  powers and duties.

29         (2)  To advise and counsel with the State Board of

30  Education on all matters pertaining to education; to recommend

31  to the State Board of Education actions and policies as, in


                                  55

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the commissioner's opinion, should be acted upon or adopted;

  2  and to execute or provide for the execution of all acts and

  3  policies as are approved.

  4         (3)  To keep such records as are necessary to set forth

  5  clearly all acts and proceedings of the State Board of

  6  Education.

  7         (4)  To have a seal for his or her office with which,

  8  in connection with his or her own signature, the commissioner

  9  shall authenticate true copies of decisions, acts, or

10  documents.

11         (5)  To recommend to the State Board of Education

12  policies and steps designed to protect and preserve the

13  principal of the State School Fund; to provide an assured and

14  stable income from the fund; to execute such policies and

15  actions as are approved; and to administer the State School

16  Fund.

17         (6)  To take action on the release of mineral rights

18  based upon the recommendations of the Board of Trustees of the

19  Internal Improvement Trust Fund.

20         (7)  To submit to the State Board of Education, on or

21  before August 1 of each year, recommendations for a

22  coordinated K-20 education budget that estimates the

23  expenditures for the State Board of Education, including the

24  Department of Education, the Commissioner of Education, and

25  all of the boards, institutions, agencies, and services under

26  the general supervision of the State Board of Education for

27  the ensuing fiscal year. Any program recommended to the State

28  Board of Education that will require increases in state

29  funding for more than 1 year must be presented in a multiyear

30  budget plan.

31  


                                  56

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  To develop and implement a plan for cooperating

  2  with the Federal Government in carrying out any or all phases

  3  of the educational program and to recommend policies for

  4  administering funds that are appropriated by Congress and

  5  apportioned to the state for any or all educational purposes.

  6         (9)  To develop and implement policies for cooperating

  7  with other public agencies in carrying out those phases of the

  8  program in which such cooperation is required by law or is

  9  deemed by the commissioner to be desirable and to cooperate

10  with public and nonpublic agencies in planning and bringing

11  about improvements in the educational program.

12         (10)  To prepare forms and procedures as are necessary

13  to be used by district school boards and all other educational

14  agencies to assure uniformity, accuracy, and efficiency in the

15  keeping of records, the execution of contracts, the

16  preparation of budgets, or the submission of reports; and to

17  furnish at state expense, when deemed advisable by the

18  commissioner, those forms that can more economically and

19  efficiently be provided.

20         (11)  To implement a program of school improvement and

21  education accountability designed to provide all students the

22  opportunity to make adequate learning gains in each year of

23  school as provided by statute and State Board of Education

24  rule based upon the achievement of the state education goals,

25  recognizing the following:

26         (a)  The State Board of Education is the body corporate

27  responsible for the supervision of the system of public

28  education.

29         (b)  The district school board is responsible for

30  school and student performance.

31  


                                  57

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The individual school is the unit for education

  2  accountability.

  3         (d)  The community college board of trustees is

  4  responsible for community college performance and student

  5  performance.

  6         (e)  The university board of trustees is responsible

  7  for university performance and student performance.

  8         (12)  To establish a Citizen Information Center

  9  responsible for the preparation, publication, and distribution

10  of materials relating to the state system of seamless K-20

11  public education.

12         (13)  To prepare and publish annually reports giving

13  statistics and other useful information pertaining to the

14  Opportunity Scholarship Program.

15         (14)  To have printed or electronic copies of school

16  laws, forms, instruments, instructions, and rules of the State

17  Board of Education and provide for their distribution.

18         (15)  To develop criteria for use by state

19  instructional materials committees in evaluating materials

20  submitted for adoption consideration. The criteria shall, as

21  appropriate, be based on instructional expectations reflected

22  in curriculum frameworks and student performance standards.

23  The criteria for each subject or course shall be made

24  available to publishers of instructional materials pursuant to

25  the requirements of chapter 1006.

26         (16)  To prescribe procedures for evaluating

27  instructional materials submitted by publishers and

28  manufacturers in each adoption.

29  

30  The commissioner's office shall operate all statewide

31  functions necessary to support the State Board of Education


                                  58

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and the K-20 education system, including strategic planning

  2  and budget development, general administration, and assessment

  3  and accountability.

  4         Section 24.  Section 1001.11, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1001.11  Commissioner of Education; other duties.--

  7         (1)  The Commissioner of Education must independently

  8  perform the following duties:

  9         (a)  Cooperate with and coordinate responses to

10  requests from the members of the Legislature.

11         (b)  Serve as the primary source of information to the

12  Legislature, including the President of the Senate and the

13  Speaker of the House of Representatives, concerning the State

14  Board of Education and the K-20 education system.

15         (c)  Develop and implement a process for receiving and

16  processing requests, in conjunction with the Legislature, for

17  the allocation of PECO funds for qualified postsecondary

18  education projects.

19         (d)  Integrally work with the boards of trustees of the

20  state universities, colleges, and community colleges.

21         (e)  Monitor the activities of the State Board of

22  Education and provide information related to current and

23  pending policies to the members of the boards of trustees of

24  the community colleges and state universities.

25         (f)  Ensure the timely provision of information

26  requested by the Legislature from the State Board of

27  Education, the commissioner's office, and the Department of

28  Education.

29         (2)(a)  The Commissioner of Education shall recommend

30  to the State Board of Education performance goals addressing

31  the educational needs of the state for the K-20 education


                                  59

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  system. The Council for Education Policy Research and

  2  Improvement, as an independent entity, shall develop a report

  3  card assigning grades to indicate Florida's progress toward

  4  meeting those goals. The annual report card shall contain

  5  information showing Florida's performance relative to other

  6  states on selected measures, as well as Florida's ability to

  7  meet the need for postsecondary degrees and programs and how

  8  well the Legislature has provided resources to meet this need.

  9  The information shall include the results of the National

10  Assessment of Educational Progress or a similar national

11  assessment program administered to students in Florida. By

12  January 1 of each year, the Council for Education Policy

13  Research and Improvement shall submit the report card to the

14  Legislature, the Governor, and the public.

15         (b)  Prior to the regular legislative session, the

16  Commissioner of Education shall present to the Legislature a

17  plan for correcting any deficiencies identified in the report

18  card.

19         (3)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the

20  contrary, the Commissioner of Education, in conjunction with

21  the Legislature, must recommend funding priorities for the

22  distribution of capital outlay funds for public postsecondary

23  educational institutions, based on priorities that include,

24  but are not limited to, the following criteria:

25         (a)  Growth at the institutions.

26         (b)  Need for specific skills statewide.

27         (c)  Need for maintaining and repairing existing

28  facilities.

29         (4)  The commissioner shall develop and implement an

30  integrated K-20 information system for educational management

31  in accordance with the requirements of chapter 1008.


                                  60

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  The commissioner shall design and implement a

  2  statewide program of educational assessment that provides

  3  information for the improvement of the operation and

  4  management of the public schools, including schools operating

  5  for the purpose of providing educational services to youth in

  6  Department of Juvenile Justice programs, in accordance with

  7  the requirements of chapter 1008.

  8         (6)  The commissioner is responsible for implementing

  9  and maintaining a system of intensive school improvement and

10  stringent education accountability, in accordance with the

11  requirements of chapter 1008.

12         Section 25.  Part I.c. of chapter 1001, Florida

13  Statutes, shall be entitled "Department of Education" and

14  shall consist of ss. 1001.20-1001.28.

15         Section 26.  Section 1001.20, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1001.20  Department under direction of state board.--

18         (1)  The Department of Education shall be organized

19  consistently with the requirements of s. 20.15, and shall act

20  as an administrative and supervisory agency under the

21  implementation direction of the State Board of Education.

22         (2)  The department is to be located in the offices of

23  the Commissioner of Education and shall assist in providing

24  professional leadership and guidance and in carrying out the

25  policies, procedures, and duties authorized by law or by the

26  State Board of Education or found necessary by it to attain

27  the purposes and objectives of this code.

28         (3)  The Department of Education shall maintain an

29  Office of the Commissioner of Education that includes the

30  general areas of operation that are common to all delivery

31  sectors, such as administration, communication, legal


                                  61

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  services, financial aid, and government and public relations,

  2  in order to increase efficiency, improve service delivery to

  3  students, and fully support the operational needs of the State

  4  Board of Education.

  5         (4)  The Department of Education shall establish the

  6  following offices within the Office of the Commissioner of

  7  Education which shall coordinate their activities with all

  8  other divisions and offices:

  9         (a)  Office of Technology and Information

10  Services.--Responsible for developing a systemwide technology

11  plan, making budget recommendations to the commissioner,

12  providing data collection and management for the system, and

13  coordinating services with other state, local, and private

14  agencies. The office shall develop a method to address the

15  need for a statewide approach to planning and operations of

16  library and information services to achieve a single K-20

17  education system library information portal and a unified

18  higher education library management system. The Florida

19  Virtual High School shall be administratively housed within

20  the office.

21         (b)  Office of Workforce and Economic

22  Development.--Responsible for evaluating the role of each

23  sector of education in Florida's workforce and economic

24  development, assessing the specific work skills and variety of

25  careers provided, and reporting to the State Board of

26  Education the effectiveness of each sector.

27         (c)  Office of Educational Facilities and SMART Schools

28  Clearinghouse.--Responsible for validating all educational

29  plant surveys and verifying Florida Inventory of School Houses

30  (FISH) data.  The office shall provide technical assistance to

31  public school districts when requested.


                                  62

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Office of Student Financial

  2  Assistance.--Responsible for providing access to and

  3  administering state and federal grants, scholarships, and

  4  loans to those students seeking financial assistance for

  5  postsecondary study pursuant to program criteria and

  6  eligibility requirements.

  7         (e)  Office of Inspector General.--Organized using

  8  existing resources and funds and responsible for promoting

  9  accountability, efficiency, and effectiveness and detecting

10  fraud and abuse within school districts, community colleges,

11  and state universities in Florida. If the Commissioner of

12  Education determines that a district school board or public

13  postsecondary educational institution board is unwilling or

14  unable to address substantiated allegations made by any person

15  relating to waste, fraud, or financial mismanagement, the

16  office shall conduct, coordinate, or request investigations

17  into substantiated allegations made by any person relating to

18  waste, fraud, or financial mismanagement within school

19  districts, community colleges, and state universities in

20  Florida. The office shall have access to all information and

21  personnel necessary to perform its duties and shall have all

22  of its current powers, duties, and responsibilities authorized

23  in s. 20.055.

24         Section 27.  Section 1001.21, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1001.21  Office of Private Schools and Home Education

27  Programs.--The state recognizes the contributions of private

28  schools and home education programs in providing alternatives

29  to public school education. These nongovernmental educational

30  systems serve the public, but are not considered to be a part

31  of the public system of education.


                                  63

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The Office of Private Schools and Home Education

  2  Programs is established within the Department of Education.

  3  The Department of Education and the Commissioner of Education

  4  have no authority over the institutions or students served by

  5  the office. The office shall:

  6         (a)  Serve the interests of students and the parents of

  7  students in private schools and home education programs.

  8         (b)  Serve the interests of private institutions.

  9         (c)  Provide general information to the public about

10  private and home education delivery systems.

11         (2)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint an

12  executive director for the office who shall:

13         (a)  Serve as a source of communication between private

14  schools, home education programs, the Commissioner of

15  Education, and the State Board of Education.

16         (b)  Evaluate pending policy to ensure that the policy

17  does not subject private schools and home education programs

18  to additional regulation or mandates.

19         (c)  Establish a clearinghouse of information for the

20  public.

21         (d)  Foster a collaborative spirit and working

22  relationship among private schools, home education programs,

23  and the public sector.

24         (e)  Identify and convey the best practices of private

25  schools and home education programs for the benefit of the

26  public and private education delivery sectors.

27         (f)  Represent issues and concerns relating to home

28  education programs and private schools on all applicable ad

29  hoc advisory bodies.

30         Section 28.  Section 1001.22, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                  64

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1001.22  Commission for Independent Education.--The

  2  Commission for Independent Education shall authorize granting

  3  of certificates, diplomas, and degrees for independent

  4  postsecondary educational institutions pursuant to chapter

  5  1005.

  6         Section 29.  Section 1001.23, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1001.23  Specific powers and duties of the Department

  9  of Education.--In addition to all other duties assigned to it

10  by law or by rule of the State Board of Education, the

11  department shall:

12         (1)  Adopt the school readiness uniform screening

13  developed by the Florida Partnership for School Readiness, in

14  accordance with the criteria itemized in chapter 1008.

15         (2)  Implement a training program to develop among

16  state and district educators a cadre of facilitators of school

17  improvement in accordance with the provisions of chapter 1008.

18         (3)  Identify the needs of the state system of public

19  education as they relate to the development and production of

20  materials used in instruction, in accordance with the

21  requirements of chapter 1006.

22         (4)  After complying with the provisions of s. 257.37,

23  the Department of Education may:

24         (a)  Photograph, microphotograph, or reproduce on film

25  or prints, documents, records, data, and information of a

26  permanent character and destroy any of the documents after

27  they have been photographed and after audit of the department

28  has been completed for the period embracing the dates of the

29  instruments. Photographs or microphotographs in the form of

30  film or prints made in compliance with the provisions of this

31  subsection shall have the same force and effect as the


                                  65

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  originals would have, and shall be treated as originals for

  2  the purpose of their admissibility in evidence. Duly certified

  3  or authenticated reproductions of such photographs or

  4  microphotographs shall be admitted in evidence equally with

  5  the original photographs or microphotographs.

  6         (b)  Destroy general correspondence that is over 3

  7  years old; records of bills, accounts, vouchers, and

  8  requisitions that are over 5 years old and copies of which

  9  have been filed with the Comptroller; and other records,

10  papers, and documents over 3 years old that do not serve as

11  part of an agreement or understanding and do not have value as

12  permanent records.

13         Section 30.  Section 1001.24, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1001.24  Direct-support organization; use of property;

16  board of directors; audit.--

17         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--For the purposes of this section,

18  the term:

19         (a)  "Department of Education direct-support

20  organization" means an organization:

21         1.  That is a corporation not for profit that is

22  incorporated under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved

23  by the Department of State.

24         2.  That is organized and operated exclusively to

25  receive, hold, invest, and administer property and to make

26  expenditures to or for the benefit of public prekindergarten

27  through 12th grade education in this state.

28         3.  That the State Board of Education, after review,

29  has certified to be operating in a manner consistent with the

30  goals and best interest of the Department of Education.

31  


                                  66

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  "Personal services" includes full-time or

  2  part-time personnel, as well as payroll processing.

  3         (2)  USE OF PROPERTY.--The State Board of Education:

  4         (a)  May permit the use of property, facilities, and

  5  personal services of the department by the direct-support

  6  organization, subject to the provisions of this section.

  7         (b)  Shall prescribe by rule conditions with which the

  8  direct-support organization must comply in order to use

  9  property, facilities, or personal services of the department.

10  Such rules shall provide for budget and audit review and for

11  oversight by the department.

12         (c)  Shall not permit the use of property, facilities,

13  or personal services of the direct-support organization if

14  such organization does not provide equal employment

15  opportunities to all persons, regardless of race, color,

16  national origin, sex, age, or religion.

17         (3)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.--The board of directors of the

18  department direct-support organization shall be appointed by

19  the commissioner and shall include representation from

20  business, industry, and other components of Florida's economy.

21         (4)  ANNUAL AUDIT.--Each direct-support organization

22  shall provide for an annual financial audit of its accounts

23  and records to be conducted by an independent certified public

24  accountant in accordance with rules adopted by the Auditor

25  General pursuant to s. 11.45(8). The annual audit report shall

26  be submitted, within 9 months after the end of the fiscal

27  year, to the Auditor General for review. The Auditor General

28  and the Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government

29  Accountability shall have the authority to require and receive

30  from the organization or from its independent auditor any

31  records relative to the operation of the organization. The


                                  67

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  identity of donors who desire to remain anonymous shall be

  2  protected, and that anonymity shall be maintained in the

  3  auditor's report. All records of the organization other than

  4  the auditor's report, management letter, and any supplemental

  5  data requested by the Auditor General and the Office of

  6  Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability shall be

  7  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

  8         Section 31.  Section 1001.25, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1001.25  Educational television.--

11         (1)  ESTABLISHMENT AND UTILIZATION OF NETWORK.--The

12  department may establish a television network connecting such

13  communities or such stations as it designates. For this

14  purpose, it may lease facilities in the name of the state from

15  communications' common carriers and use such transmission

16  channels as are necessary; however, if the department decides,

17  upon investigation, that it could more economically construct

18  and maintain such transmission channels, it may design,

19  construct, operate, and maintain them, including a television

20  microwave network. The network shall be utilized primarily for

21  the instruction of students at existing and future public and

22  private educational institutions and of the general public, as

23  practical. The origination and transmission of all programs

24  over such networks shall be as directed under policies

25  approved by the State Board of Education. The department may

26  cooperate with and assist all local and state educational

27  agencies in making surveys pertaining to the use and economics

28  of educational television in the fields of primary,

29  elementary, secondary, or college level education and in the

30  field of adult education, and may assist all public agencies

31  


                                  68

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in the planning of programs calculated to further the

  2  education of the state's citizens.

  3         (2)  POWERS OF DEPARTMENT.--

  4         (a)  The department may encourage:

  5         1.  The extension of educational television network

  6  facilities.

  7         2.  The coordination of Florida's educational

  8  television with that of other states and with the Federal

  9  Government.

10         3.  The further development of educational television

11  within the state.

12         (b)  The department shall provide through educational

13  television and other electronic media a means of extending

14  educational services to all the state system of public

15  education, except the state universities, which provision by

16  the department is limited by paragraph (c) and by s.

17  1006.26(1). The department shall recommend to the State Board

18  of Education rules necessary to provide such services.

19         (c)  The department may provide equipment, funds, and

20  other services to extend and update both the existing and the

21  proposed educational television and radio systems of

22  tax-supported and nonprofit, corporate-owned facilities.  All

23  stations funded must be qualified by the Corporation for

24  Public Broadcasting.  New stations eligible for funding shall

25  provide a first service to an audience that is not currently

26  receiving a broadcast signal or provide a significant new

27  program service as defined by State Board of Education rules.

28  Funds appropriated to the department for educational

29  television and funds appropriated to the department for

30  educational radio may be used by the department for either

31  educational television or educational radio, or both.


                                  69

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  PROHIBITED USE, PENALTY.--

  2         (a)  None of the facilities, plant, or personnel of any

  3  educational television system that is supported in whole or in

  4  part by state funds shall be used directly or indirectly for

  5  the promotion, advertisement, or advancement of any political

  6  candidate for any municipal, county, legislative,

  7  congressional, or state office.  However, fair, open, and free

  8  discussion between political candidates for municipal, county,

  9  legislative, congressional, or state office may be permitted

10  in order to help materially reduce the excessive cost of

11  campaigns and to ensure that the state's citizens are fully

12  informed about issues and candidates in campaigns. The

13  provisions of this paragraph apply to the advocacy for, or

14  opposition to, any specific program, existing or proposed, of

15  governmental action which includes, but is not limited to,

16  constitutional amendments, tax referenda, and bond issues. The

17  provisions of this paragraph shall be in accordance with rules

18  of the State Board of Education.

19         (b)  Violation of any prohibition contained in this

20  section is a misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as

21  provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

22         (4)  DUTY OF DEPARTMENT.--The department is responsible

23  for identifying the needs of the state system of public

24  education as they relate to the development and production of

25  materials used in instruction. When such identified needs are

26  considered to be best satisfied by the production of new

27  materials, the department may commission or contract for the

28  production of such materials.

29         Section 32.  Section 1001.26, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31         1001.26  Public broadcasting program system.--


                                  70

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  There is created a public broadcasting program

  2  system for the state. The department shall administer this

  3  program system pursuant to rules adopted by the State Board of

  4  Education. This program system must complement and share

  5  resources with the instructional programming service of the

  6  Department of Education and educational UHF, VHF, ITFS, and FM

  7  stations in the state. The program system must include:

  8         (a)  Support for existing Corporation for Public

  9  Broadcasting qualified program system educational radio and

10  television stations and new stations meeting Corporation for

11  Public Broadcasting qualifications and providing a first

12  service to an audience that does not currently receive a

13  broadcast signal or providing a significant new program

14  service as defined by rule by the State Board of Education.

15         (b)  Maintenance of quality broadcast capability for

16  educational stations that are part of the program system.

17         (c)  Interconnection of all educational stations that

18  are part of the program system for simultaneous broadcast and

19  of such stations with all universities and other institutions

20  as necessary for sharing of resources and delivery of

21  programming.

22         (d)  Establishment and maintenance of a capability for

23  statewide program distribution with facilities and staff,

24  provided such facilities and staff complement and strengthen

25  existing or future educational television and radio stations

26  in accordance with paragraph (a) and s. 1001.25(2)(c).

27         (e)  Provision of both statewide programming funds and

28  station programming support for educational television and

29  educational radio to meet statewide priorities. Priorities for

30  station programming need not be the same as priorities for

31  programming to be used statewide.  Station programming may


                                  71

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  include, but shall not be limited to, citizens' participation

  2  programs, music and fine arts programs, coverage of public

  3  hearings and governmental meetings, equal air time for

  4  political candidates, and other public interest programming.

  5         (2)(a)  The Department of Education is responsible for

  6  implementing the provisions of this section pursuant to part

  7  III of chapter 287 and may employ personnel, acquire equipment

  8  and facilities, and perform all duties necessary for carrying

  9  out the purposes and objectives of this section.

10         (b)  The department shall provide through educational

11  television and other electronic media a means of extending

12  educational services to all the state system of public

13  education. The department shall recommend to the State Board

14  of Education rules necessary to provide such services.

15         (c)  The department is authorized to provide equipment,

16  funds, and other services to extend and update both the

17  existing and the proposed educational television and radio

18  systems of tax-supported and nonprofit, corporate-owned

19  facilities.  All stations funded must be qualified by the

20  Corporation for Public Broadcasting.  New stations eligible

21  for funding shall provide a first service to an audience that

22  is not currently receiving a broadcast signal or provide a

23  significant new program service as defined by State Board of

24  Education rules.  Funds appropriated to the department for

25  educational television and funds appropriated to the

26  department for educational radio may be used by the department

27  for either educational television or educational radio, or for

28  both.

29         (3)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for

30  the proper enforcement and carrying out of these provisions.

31  


                                  72

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 33.  Section 1001.27, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1001.27  State satellite network.--

  4         (1)  There is created a state satellite network, which

  5  shall provide one-way video and audio transmissions with

  6  regional access for all Floridians, state agencies, county and

  7  municipal governments, business and industry, and other public

  8  and private entities to participate in classroom instruction,

  9  continuing education, special events programs, and one-way

10  video teleconferencing.

11         (2)  The network shall consist of compatible satellite

12  receiving equipment at public educational institutions in each

13  of the 28 community college regions.

14         (3)  The department, in consultation with the

15  Department of Management Services, shall implement the

16  provisions of this section and coordinate the network.

17  Specifically, the department shall:

18         (a)  Provide for technical analysis of suitable

19  existing satellite receiving equipment at Florida public

20  postsecondary institutions for inclusion in the network.

21         (b)  Acquire by competitive sealed bid and place

22  appropriate receiving equipment in those community college

23  regions of the state in which such equipment is presently not

24  available at a public postsecondary educational institution.

25         (c)  Develop an implementation plan that provides for

26  designation of a site in each community college region for

27  inclusion in the initial network.  Criteria for selection

28  shall include:

29         1.  Accessibility to a substantial portion of the

30  population of the region.

31  


                                  73

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Demonstrated institutional commitment to support

  2  and encourage use of the network both within the region and

  3  statewide.

  4         3.  Willingness to complement state support with

  5  matching institutional resources.

  6         4.  Evidence of cooperation and coordinated planning

  7  with other postsecondary institutions in the region.

  8         5.  Availability of existing telecommunications

  9  equipment which is compatible or adaptable for use in the

10  network.

11         (d)  Identify additional sites for inclusion in the

12  network in the event that demand exceeds the capacity of the

13  initial network.

14         (e)  Coordinate scheduling and encourage use of the

15  network.

16         (f)  Develop operating procedures for the system and

17  recommend fee schedules for both public and private entities

18  wishing to transmit or receive programming through the

19  network. Scheduling procedures shall assign the highest

20  priority to educational programming.

21         (g)  Provide training for institutional, state agency,

22  and other personnel in effective techniques for the use of the

23  network.

24         (h)  Provide initial startup support for operations,

25  maintenance, and publicity costs of the network. Continuation

26  costs in these areas shall be recovered through user fees and

27  local resources.

28         (4)  All audio components of this system that are not

29  transmitted simultaneously with video to a domestic satellite

30  shall be transmitted through common carriers regulated

31  pursuant to chapter 364.


                                  74

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  The State Board of Education may adopt any rules

  2  necessary for the implementation of this section.

  3         (6)  This section shall be implemented only to the

  4  extent specifically authorized and funded by law.

  5         Section 34.  Section 1001.28, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1001.28  Distance learning duties.--The duties of the

  8  Department of Education concerning distance learning include,

  9  but are not limited to, the duty to:

10         (1)  Facilitate the implementation of a statewide

11  coordinated system and resource system for cost-efficient

12  advanced telecommunications services and distance education

13  which will increase overall student access to education.

14         (2)  Coordinate the use of existing resources,

15  including, but not limited to, the state's satellite

16  transponders on the education satellites, the SUNCOM Network,

17  the Florida Information Resource Network (FIRN), the

18  Department of Management Services, the Department of

19  Corrections, and the Department of Children and Family

20  Services' satellite communication facilities to support a

21  statewide advanced telecommunications services and distance

22  learning network.

23         (3)  Assist in the coordination of the utilization of

24  the production and uplink capabilities available through

25  Florida's public television stations, eligible facilities,

26  independent colleges and universities, private firms, and

27  others as needed.

28         (4)  Seek the assistance and cooperation of Florida's

29  cable television providers in the implementation of the

30  statewide advanced telecommunications services and distance

31  learning network.


                                  75

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  Seek the assistance and cooperation of Florida's

  2  telecommunications carriers to provide affordable student

  3  access to advanced telecommunications services and to distance

  4  learning.

  5         (6)  Coordinate partnerships for development,

  6  acquisition, use, and distribution of distance learning.

  7         (7)  Secure and administer funding for programs and

  8  activities for distance learning from federal, state, local,

  9  and private sources and from fees derived from services and

10  materials.

11         (8)  Manage the state's satellite transponder resources

12  and enter into lease agreements to maximize the use of

13  available transponder time.  All net revenue realized through

14  the leasing of available transponder time, after deducting the

15  costs of performing the management function, shall be recycled

16  to support the public education distance learning in this

17  state based upon an allocation formula of one-third to the

18  Department of Education, one-third to community colleges, and

19  one-third to state universities.

20         (9)  Hire appropriate staff which may include a

21  position that shall be exempt from part II of chapter 110 and

22  is included in the Senior Management Service in accordance

23  with s. 110.205.

24  

25  Nothing in this section shall be construed to abrogate,

26  supersede, alter, or amend the powers and duties of any state

27  agency, district school board, community college board of

28  trustees, university board of trustees, or the State Board of

29  Education.

30  

31  


                                  76

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 35.  Part II of chapter 1001, Florida Statutes,

  2  shall be entitled "School District Governance" and shall

  3  consist of ss. 1001.30-1001.55.

  4         Section 36.  Section 1001.30, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1001.30  District unit.--Each county shall constitute a

  7  school district and shall be known as the school district of

  8  .... County, Florida.  Each district shall constitute a unit

  9  for the control, organization, and administration of schools.

10  The responsibility for the actual operation and administration

11  of all schools needed within the districts in conformity with

12  rules and minimum standards prescribed by the state, and also

13  the responsibility for the provision of any desirable and

14  practicable opportunities authorized by law beyond those

15  required by the state, are delegated by law to the school

16  officials of the respective districts.

17         Section 37.  Section 1001.31, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1001.31  Scope of district system.--A district school

20  system shall include all public schools, classes, and courses

21  of instruction and all services and activities directly

22  related to education in that district which are under the

23  direction of the district school officials.  A district school

24  system may also include alternative site schools for

25  disruptive or violent youth. Such schools for disruptive or

26  violent youth may be funded by each district or provided

27  through cooperative programs administered by a consortium of

28  school districts, private providers, state and local law

29  enforcement agencies, and the Department of Juvenile Justice.

30  Pursuant to cooperative agreement, a district school system

31  shall provide instructional personnel at juvenile justice


                                  77

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  facilities of 50 or more beds or slots with access to the

  2  district school system database for the purpose of accessing

  3  student academic, immunization, and registration records for

  4  students assigned to the programs. Such access shall be in the

  5  same manner as provided to other schools in the district.

  6         Section 38.  Section 1001.32, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1001.32  Management, control, operation,

  9  administration, and supervision.--The district school system

10  must be managed, controlled, operated, administered, and

11  supervised as follows:

12         (1)  DISTRICT SYSTEM.--The district school system shall

13  be considered as a part of the state system of public

14  education.  All actions of district school officials shall be

15  consistent and in harmony with state laws and with rules and

16  minimum standards of the state board and the commissioner.

17  District school officials, however, shall have the authority

18  to provide additional educational opportunities, as desired,

19  which are authorized, but not required, by law or by the

20  district school board.

21         (2)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD.--In accordance with the

22  provisions of s. 4(b) of Art. IX of the State Constitution,

23  district school boards shall operate, control, and supervise

24  all free public schools in their respective districts and may

25  exercise any power except as expressly prohibited by the State

26  Constitution or general law.

27         (3)  DISTRICT SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT.--Responsibility

28  for the administration and management of the schools and for

29  the supervision of instruction in the district shall be vested

30  in the district school superintendent as the secretary and

31  


                                  78

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  executive officer of the district school board, as provided by

  2  law.

  3         (4)  SCHOOL PRINCIPAL OR HEAD OF

  4  SCHOOL.--Responsibility for the administration of any school

  5  or schools at a given school center, for the supervision of

  6  instruction therein, and for providing leadership in the

  7  development or revision and implementation of a school

  8  improvement plan required pursuant to s. 1001.42(16) shall be

  9  delegated to the school principal or head of the school or

10  schools in accordance with rules established by the district

11  school board.

12         Section 39.  Section 1001.33, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1001.33  Schools under control of district school board

15  and district school superintendent.--Except as otherwise

16  provided by law, all public schools conducted within the

17  district shall be under the direction and control of the

18  district school board with the district school superintendent

19  as executive officer.

20         Section 40.  Part II.a. of chapter 1001, Florida

21  Statutes, shall be entitled "District School Boards" and shall

22  consist of ss. 1001.34-1001.452.

23         Section 41.  Section 1001.34, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1001.34  Membership of district school board.--Each

26  district school board shall be composed of not less than five

27  members. Each member of the district school board shall be a

28  qualified elector of the district in which she or he serves,

29  shall be a resident of the district school board member

30  residence area from which she or he is elected, and shall

31  maintain said residency throughout her or his term of office.


                                  79

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 42.  Section 1001.35, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1001.35  Term of office.--District school board members

  4  shall be elected at the general election in November for terms

  5  of 4 years.

  6         Section 43.  Section 1001.36, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1001.36  District school board member residence

  9  areas.--

10         (1)  For the purpose of electing district school board

11  members, each district shall be divided into at least five

12  district school board member residence areas, which shall be

13  numbered one to five, inclusive, and which shall, as nearly as

14  practicable, be equal in population.

15         (a)  For those school districts, which have seven

16  district school board members, the district may be divided

17  into five district school board member residence areas, with

18  two district school board members elected at large, or the

19  district may be divided into seven district school board

20  member residence areas.  In the latter case, the residence

21  areas shall be numbered one to seven inclusive and shall be

22  equal in population as nearly as practicable.

23         (b)  For those school districts which have seven

24  district school board members, the number of district school

25  board member residence areas shall be determined by resolution

26  passed by a majority vote of the district school board.

27         (2)  Any district school board may make any change that

28  it deems necessary in the boundaries of any district school

29  board member residence area at any meeting of the district

30  school board, provided that such changes shall be made only in

31  odd-numbered years and that no change that would affect the


                                  80

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  residence qualifications of any incumbent member shall

  2  disqualify such incumbent member during the term for which he

  3  or she is elected.

  4         (3)  Such changes in boundaries shall be shown by

  5  resolutions spread upon the minutes of the district school

  6  board, shall be recorded in the office of the clerk of the

  7  circuit court, and shall be published at least once in a

  8  newspaper published in the district within 30 days after the

  9  adoption of the resolution, or, if there be no newspaper

10  published in the district, shall be posted at the county

11  courthouse door for 4 weeks thereafter. A certified copy of

12  this resolution shall be transmitted to the Department of

13  State.

14         Section 44.  Section 1001.361, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1001.361  Election of board by districtwide

17  vote.--Notwithstanding any provision of local law or any

18  county charter, the election of members of the district school

19  board shall be by vote of the qualified electors of the entire

20  district in a nonpartisan election as provided in chapter 105.

21  Each candidate for district school board member shall, at the

22  time she or he qualifies, be a resident of the district school

23  board member residence area from which the candidate seeks

24  election. Each candidate who qualifies to have her or his name

25  placed on the ballot shall be listed according to the district

26  school board member residence area in which she or he resides.

27  Each qualified elector of the district shall be entitled to

28  vote for one candidate from each district school board member

29  residence area.  The candidate from each district school board

30  member residence area who receives the highest number of votes

31  


                                  81

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in the general election shall be elected to the district

  2  school board.

  3         Section 45.  Section 1001.362, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1001.362  Alternate procedure for the election of

  6  district school board members to provide for single-member

  7  representation.--

  8         (1)  This section shall be known and may be referred to

  9  as "The School District Local Option Single-Member

10  Representation Law of 1984."

11         (2)  District school board members shall be elected to

12  office in accordance with the provisions of ss. 1001.36 and

13  1001.361, or as otherwise provided by law, unless a

14  proposition calling for single-member representation within

15  the residence areas of the district is submitted to and

16  approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting on

17  such proposition in the manner provided in subsection (3).

18         (a)  If the district school board is composed of five

19  members, such proposition shall provide that the five members

20  shall reside one in each of five residence areas, the areas

21  together covering the entire district and as nearly equal in

22  population as practicable, pursuant to s. 1001.36, each of

23  whom shall be elected only by the qualified electors who

24  reside in the same residence area as the member.

25         (b)  If the district school board is composed of seven

26  members, at the option of the school board, such proposition

27  shall provide that:

28         1.  Five of the seven members shall reside one in each

29  of five residence areas, the areas together covering the

30  entire district and as nearly equal in population as

31  practicable, pursuant to s. 1001.36, each of whom shall be


                                  82

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  elected only by the qualified electors who reside in the same

  2  residence area as the member, and two of the seven members

  3  shall be elected at large; or

  4         2.  All seven members shall reside one in each of seven

  5  residence areas, the areas together covering the entire

  6  district and as nearly equal in population as practicable,

  7  pursuant to s. 1001.36, each of whom shall be elected only by

  8  the qualified electors who reside in the same residence area

  9  as the member.

10         (c)  All members shall be elected for 4-year terms, but

11  such terms shall be staggered so that, alternately, one more

12  or one less than half of the members elected from residence

13  areas and, if applicable, one of the members elected at large

14  from the entire district are elected every 2 years.  Any

15  member may be elected to an initial term of less than 4 years

16  if necessary to achieve or maintain such system of staggered

17  terms.

18         (3)  A proposition calling for single-member

19  representation within the residence areas of the district

20  shall be submitted to the electors of the district at any

21  primary, general, or otherwise-called special election, in

22  either manner following:

23         (a)  The district school board may adopt a formal

24  resolution directing an election to be held to place the

25  proposition on the ballot.

26         (b)  The electors of the school district may petition

27  to have the proposition placed on the ballot by presenting to

28  the school board petitions signed by not less than 10 percent

29  of the duly qualified electors residing within the school

30  district.  The number of signatures required shall be

31  determined by the supervisor of elections according to the


                                  83

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  number of registered electors in the district as of the date

  2  the petitioning electors register as a political committee as

  3  provided in subsection (4).

  4         (4)  The electors petitioning to have the proposition

  5  placed on the ballot shall register as a political committee

  6  pursuant to s. 106.03, and a specific person shall be

  7  designated therein as chair of the committee to act for the

  8  committee.

  9         (5)(a)  Each petition form circulated for single-member

10  representation within the residence areas of a district where

11  the school board is composed of five members shall include the

12  wording: "As a registered elector of the school district of

13  .... County, Florida, I am petitioning for a referendum

14  election to determine whether the five school board members of

15  said district shall be elected from single-member residence

16  areas by electors residing in each of those areas only."

17         (b)  Each petition form circulated for single-member

18  representation within the residence areas of a district where

19  the district school board is composed of seven members, none

20  of whom are to be elected at large, shall include the wording:

21  "As a registered elector of the school district of ....

22  County, Florida, I am petitioning for a referendum election to

23  determine whether the seven members of said district shall be

24  elected from single-member residence areas by electors

25  residing in each of those areas only."

26         (c)  Each petition form circulated for single-member

27  representation within the residence areas of a district where

28  the school board is composed of seven members, two of whom are

29  to be elected at large, shall include the wording:  "As a

30  registered elector of the school district of .... County,

31  Florida, I am petitioning for a referendum election to


                                  84

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  determine whether five of the seven district school board

  2  members of said district shall be elected from single-member

  3  residence areas by electors residing in each of those areas

  4  only, with the two remaining members being elected at large."

  5  

  6  The petition shall also include space for the signature and

  7  address of the elector.  Each signature obtained shall be

  8  dated when made and is valid for a period of 4 years following

  9  that date.

10         (6)  Upon the filing of the petitions with the district

11  school board by the chair of the committee, the district

12  school board shall submit the petitions to the supervisor of

13  elections for verification of the signatures. Within a period

14  of not more than 30 days, the supervisor of elections shall

15  determine whether the petitions contain the required number of

16  valid signatures.  The supervisor of elections shall be paid

17  by the committee seeking verification the sum of 10 cents for

18  each name checked.

19         (7)  If it is determined that the petitions have the

20  required signatures, the supervisor of elections shall certify

21  the petitions to the district school board, which shall adopt

22  a resolution requesting that an election date be set to

23  conform to the earliest primary, general, or otherwise-called

24  special election that occurs not less than 30 days after

25  certification of the petitions.  If it is determined that the

26  petitions do not contain the required signatures, the

27  supervisor of elections shall so notify the district school

28  board, which shall file the petitions without taking further

29  action, and the matter shall be at an end. No additional names

30  may be added to the petitions, and the petitions may not be

31  used in any other proceeding.


                                  85

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  No special election may be called for the sole

  2  purpose of presenting the proposition to the vote of the

  3  electors.

  4         (9)  Any district adopting any of the propositions set

  5  forth in this section may thereafter return to the procedures

  6  otherwise provided by law by following the same procedure

  7  outlined in subsection (3).

  8         (10)  No district school board member elected prior to

  9  or at the election that approves any revision as permitted

10  herein shall be affected in his or her term of office.  The

11  resolution adopted by the district school board under

12  paragraph (3)(a) or subsection (7) which presents the proposed

13  revision to the electorate for approval shall specify an

14  orderly method and procedure for implementing the revision

15  contemplated in the resolution.

16         Section 46.  Section 1001.363, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1001.363  District school board members to represent

19  entire district.--Each district school board of each district

20  shall represent the entire district.  Each member of the

21  district school board shall serve as the representative of the

22  entire district, rather than as the representative of a

23  district school board member residence area.

24         Section 47.  Section 1001.37, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1001.37  District school board members shall

27  qualify.--Before entering upon the duties of office after

28  being elected, or, if appointed, within 10 days after

29  receiving notice of appointment, each member of the district

30  school board shall take the prescribed oath of office.

31  


                                  86

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 48.  Section 1001.371, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1001.371  Organization of district school board.--On

  4  the third Tuesday after the first Monday in November of each

  5  year, the district school board shall organize by electing a

  6  chair. It may elect a vice chair, and the district school

  7  superintendent shall act ex officio as the secretary.  If a

  8  vacancy should occur in the position of chair, the district

  9  school board shall proceed to elect a chair at the next

10  ensuing regular or special meeting.  At the organization

11  meeting, the district school superintendent shall act as chair

12  until the organization is completed.  The chair and secretary

13  shall then make and sign a copy of the proceedings of

14  organization, including the schedule for regular meetings and

15  the names and addresses of all district school officers, and

16  annex their affidavits that the same is a true and correct

17  copy of the original, and the secretary shall file the

18  document within 2 weeks with the Department of Education.

19         Section 49.  Section 1001.372, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1001.372  District school board meetings.--

22         (1)  REGULAR AND SPECIAL MEETINGS.--The district school

23  board shall hold not less than one regular meeting each month

24  for the transaction of business according to a schedule

25  arranged by the district school board and shall convene in

26  special sessions when called by the district school

27  superintendent or by the district school superintendent on

28  request of the chair of the district school board, or on

29  request of a majority of the members of the district school

30  board; provided that actions taken at special meetings shall

31  have the same force and effect as if taken at a regular


                                  87

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  meeting; and provided further that in the event the district

  2  school superintendent should fail to call a special meeting

  3  when requested to do so, as prescribed herein, such a meeting

  4  may be called by the chair of the district school board or by

  5  a majority of the members of the district school board by

  6  giving 2 days' written notice of the time and purpose of the

  7  meeting to all members and to the district school

  8  superintendent, in which event the minutes of the meeting

  9  shall set forth the facts regarding the procedure in calling

10  the meeting and the reason therefor and shall be signed either

11  by the chair or by a majority of the members of the district

12  school board.

13         (2)  PLACE OF MEETINGS.--

14         (a)  Except as provided in paragraph (b), all regular

15  and special meetings of the district school board shall be

16  held in the office of the district school superintendent or in

17  a room convenient to that office and regularly designated as

18  the district school board meeting room.

19         (b)  Upon the giving of due public notice, regular or

20  special meetings of the district school board may be held at

21  any appropriate public place in the county.

22         (c)  For purpose of this section, due public notice

23  shall consist of publication in a newspaper of general

24  circulation in the county or in each county where there is no

25  newspaper of general circulation in the county an announcement

26  over at least one radio station whose signal is generally

27  received in the county, a reasonable number of times daily

28  during the 48 hours immediately preceding the date of such

29  meeting, or by posting a notice at the courthouse door if no

30  newspaper is published in the county, at least 2 days prior to

31  the meeting.


                                  88

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  REMOVAL OF PERSONS INTERFERING WITH MEETINGS.--The

  2  presiding officer of any district school board may order the

  3  removal, from a public meeting held by the district school

  4  board, of any person interfering with the expeditious or

  5  orderly process of such meeting, provided such officer has

  6  first issued a warning that continued interference with the

  7  orderly processes of the meeting will result in removal.  Any

  8  law enforcement authority or a sergeant-at-arms designated by

  9  the officer shall remove any person ordered removed pursuant

10  to this section.

11         (4)  MAJORITY A QUORUM.--A majority shall constitute a

12  quorum for any meeting of the district school board.  No

13  business may be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is

14  present, except that a minority of the district school board

15  may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is

16  present.

17         Section 50.  Section 1001.38, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1001.38  Vacancies; how filled.--The office of any

20  district school board member shall be vacant when the member

21  removes his or her residence from the district school board

22  member residence area from which he or she was elected.  All

23  vacancies on the district school board shall be filled by

24  appointment by the Governor.

25         Section 51.  Section 1001.39, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1001.39  District school board members; travel

28  expenses.--

29         (1)  In addition to the salary provided in s. 1001.395,

30  each member of a district school board shall be allowed, from

31  the district school fund, reimbursement of travel expenses as


                                  89

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorized in s. 112.061, except as provided in subsection

  2  (2).  Any travel outside the district shall also be governed

  3  by the rules of the State Board of Education.

  4         (2)  Each district school board may reimburse a

  5  district school board member for travel expenses for travel

  6  from the member's residence incurred in the performance of a

  7  public purpose authorized by law to be performed by the

  8  district school board, including, but not limited to,

  9  attendance at regular and special board meetings.  Mileage

10  allowance in the amount provided by law for reimbursement of

11  travel expenses, when authorized, shall be computed from the

12  member's place of residence to the place of the meeting or

13  function and return.

14         Section 52.  Effective upon this act becoming a law,

15  section 1001.395, Florida Statutes, is created to read:

16         1001.395  District school board members;

17  compensation.--

18         (1)  Each district school board shall determine the

19  salary of its members at its first regular public meeting in

20  October of each year.  The salary shall be set at any amount

21  up to but not more than the lowest entry-level bachelor's

22  degree step on the teacher pay scale in the district or the

23  current salary of the district school board member, whichever

24  is less.  The proposed salary to be adopted shall be noticed

25  at the time of the meeting notice and shall not be increased

26  during the public meeting.  The salary adopted by the district

27  school board shall be in effect during the succeeding 12

28  months.

29         (2)  This section shall apply to members of the

30  district school board elected on or after November 2002.

31  


                                  90

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 53.  Section 1001.40, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1001.40  District school board to constitute a

  4  corporation.--The governing body of each school district shall

  5  be a district school board.  Each district school board is

  6  constituted a body corporate by the name of "The School Board

  7  of .... County, Florida."  In all suits against district

  8  school boards, service of process shall be had on the chair of

  9  the district school board or, if he or she cannot be found, on

10  the district school superintendent as executive officer of the

11  district school board or, in the absence of the chair and the

12  district school superintendent, on another member of the

13  district school board.

14         Section 54.  Section 1001.41, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1001.41  General powers of district school board.--The

17  district school board, after considering recommendations

18  submitted by the district school superintendent, shall

19  exercise the following general powers:

20         (1)  Determine policies and programs consistent with

21  state law and rule deemed necessary by it for the efficient

22  operation and general improvement of the district school

23  system.

24         (2)  Adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54

25  to implement the provisions of law conferring duties upon it

26  to supplement those prescribed by the State Board of Education

27  and the Commissioner of Education.

28         (3)  Prescribe and adopt standards as are considered

29  desirable by it for improving the district school system.

30  

31  


                                  91

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  Contract, sue, and be sued.  The district school

  2  board shall constitute the contracting agent for the district

  3  school system.

  4         (5)  Perform duties and exercise those responsibilities

  5  that are assigned to it by law or by rules of the State Board

  6  of Education or the Commissioner of Education and, in addition

  7  thereto, those that it may find to be necessary for the

  8  improvement of the district school system in carrying out the

  9  purposes and objectives of the education code.

10         (6)  Assign students to schools.

11         (7)  Enter into agreements for accepting credit card,

12  charge card, and debit card payments as compensation for

13  goods, services, tuition, and fees, as authorized by law.

14         Section 55.  Section 1001.42, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1001.42  Powers and duties of district school

17  board.--The district school board, acting as a board, shall

18  exercise all powers and perform all duties listed below:

19         (1)  REQUIRE MINUTES AND RECORDS TO BE KEPT.--Require

20  the district school superintendent, as secretary, to keep such

21  minutes and records as are necessary to set forth clearly all

22  actions and proceedings of the school board.

23         (a)  Minutes, recording.--The minutes of each meeting

24  shall be reviewed, corrected if necessary, and approved at the

25  next regular meeting, provided that this action may be taken

26  at an intervening special meeting if the district school board

27  desires.  The minutes shall be kept as a public record in a

28  permanent location.

29         (b)  Minutes, contents.--The minutes shall show the

30  vote of each member present on all matters on which the

31  district school board takes action.  It shall be the duty of


                                  92

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  each member to see to it that both the matter and his or her

  2  vote thereon are properly recorded in the minutes.  Unless

  3  otherwise shown by the minutes, it shall be presumed that the

  4  vote of each member present supported any action taken by the

  5  district school board in either the exercise of, violation of,

  6  or neglect of the powers and duties imposed upon the district

  7  school board by law or rule, whether such action is recorded

  8  in the minutes or is otherwise established.  It shall also be

  9  presumed that the policies, appointments, programs, and

10  expenditures not recorded in the minutes but made and actually

11  in effect in the district school system were made and put into

12  effect at the direction of the district school board, unless

13  it can be shown that they were done without the actual or

14  constructive knowledge of the members of the district school

15  board.

16         (2)  CONTROL PROPERTY.--Subject to rules of the State

17  Board of Education, control property and convey the title to

18  real and personal property.

19         (3)  ADOPT SCHOOL PROGRAM.--Adopt a school program for

20  the entire school district.

21         (4)  ESTABLISHMENT, ORGANIZATION, AND OPERATION OF

22  SCHOOLS.--Adopt and provide for the execution of plans for the

23  establishment, organization, and operation of the schools of

24  the district, including, but not limited to, the following:

25         (a)  Schools and enrollment plans.--Establish schools

26  and adopt enrollment plans that may include school attendance

27  areas and open enrollment provisions.

28         (b)  Elimination of school centers and consolidation of

29  schools.--Provide for the elimination of school centers and

30  the consolidation of schools.

31  


                                  93

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Adequate educational facilities for all children

  2  without tuition.--Provide adequate educational facilities for

  3  all children without payment of tuition.

  4         (d)  Cooperate with school boards of adjoining

  5  districts in maintaining schools.--Approve plans for

  6  cooperating with school boards of adjoining districts in this

  7  state or in adjoining states for establishing school

  8  attendance areas composed of territory lying within the

  9  districts and for the joint maintenance of district-line

10  schools or other schools which are to serve those attendance

11  areas.  The conditions of such cooperation shall be as

12  follows:

13         1.  Establishment.--The establishment of a school to

14  serve attendance areas lying in more than one district and the

15  plans for maintaining the school and providing educational

16  services to students shall be effected by annual resolutions

17  spread upon the minutes of each district school board

18  concerned, which resolutions shall set out the territorial

19  limits of the areas from which children are to attend the

20  school and the plan to be followed in maintaining and

21  operating the school.

22         2.  Control.--Control of the school or schools involved

23  shall be vested in the district school board of the district

24  in which the school or schools are located unless otherwise

25  agreed by the district school boards.

26         3.  Settlement of disagreements.--In the event an

27  agreement cannot be reached relating to such attendance areas

28  or to the school or schools therein, the matter may be

29  referred jointly by the cooperating district school boards or

30  by either district school board to the Department of Education

31  


                                  94

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for decision under rules of the State Board of Education, and

  2  its decision shall be binding on both school boards.

  3         (e)  Classification and standardization of

  4  schools.--Provide for the classification and standardization

  5  of schools.

  6         (f)  Opening and closing of schools; fixing uniform

  7  date.--Adopt policies for the opening and closing of schools

  8  and fix uniform dates.

  9         (g)  Observance of school holidays and vacation

10  periods.--Designate the observance of school holidays and

11  vacation periods.

12         (h)  Career and technical classes and schools.--Provide

13  for the establishment and maintenance of career and technical

14  schools, departments, or classes, giving instruction in career

15  and technical education as defined by rules of the State Board

16  of Education, and use any moneys raised by public taxation in

17  the same manner as moneys for other school purposes are used

18  for the maintenance and support of public schools or classes.

19         (i)  District school boards may establish public

20  evening schools.--Have the authority to establish public

21  evening schools.

22         (j)  Cooperate with other agencies in joint

23  projects.--Cooperate with other agencies in joint projects.

24         (k)  Planning time for teachers.--The district school

25  board may adopt rules for planning time for teachers in

26  accordance with the provisions of chapter 1012.

27         (l)  Exceptional students.--Provide for an appropriate

28  program of special instruction, facilities, and services for

29  exceptional students as prescribed by the State Board of

30  Education as acceptable in accordance with the provisions of

31  s. 1003.57.


                                  95

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (m)  Alternative education programs for students in

  2  residential care facilities.--Provide in accordance with the

  3  provisions of chapter 1006, educational programs according to

  4  rules of the State Board of Education to students who reside

  5  in residential care facilities operated by the Department of

  6  Children and Family Services.

  7         (n)  Educational services in detention facilities.--In

  8  accordance with the provisions of chapter 1006, district

  9  school boards shall offer services to students in detention

10  facilities.

11         (5)  PERSONNEL.--Designate positions to be filled,

12  prescribe qualifications for those positions, and provide for

13  the appointment, compensation, promotion, suspension, and

14  dismissal of employees, subject to the requirements of chapter

15  1012. Notwithstanding s. 1012.55 or any other provision of law

16  or rule to the contrary, the district school board may,

17  consistent with adopted district school board policy relating

18  to alternative certification for school principals, appoint

19  persons to the position of school principal who do not hold

20  educator certification.

21         (6)  CHILD WELFARE.--In accordance with the provisions

22  of chapters 1003 and 1006, provide for the proper accounting

23  for all children of school age, for the attendance and control

24  of students at school, and for proper attention to health,

25  safety, and other matters relating to the welfare of children.

26         (7)  COURSES OF STUDY AND OTHER INSTRUCTIONAL

27  MATERIALS.--Provide adequate instructional materials for all

28  students in accordance with the requirements of chapter 1006.

29         (8)  TRANSPORTATION OF STUDENTS.--After considering

30  recommendations of the district school superintendent, make

31  provision for the transportation of students to the public


                                  96

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  schools or school activities they are required or expected to

  2  attend; authorize transportation routes arranged efficiently

  3  and economically; provide the necessary transportation

  4  facilities, and, when authorized under rules of the State

  5  Board of Education and if more economical to do so, provide

  6  limited subsistence in lieu thereof; and adopt the necessary

  7  rules and regulations to ensure safety, economy, and

  8  efficiency in the operation of all buses, as prescribed in

  9  chapter 1006.

10         (9)  SCHOOL PLANT.--Approve plans for locating,

11  planning, constructing, sanitating, insuring, maintaining,

12  protecting, and condemning school property as prescribed in

13  chapter 1013 and as follows:

14         (a)  School building program.--Approve and adopt a

15  districtwide school building program.

16         (b)  Sites, buildings, and equipment.--

17         1.  Select and purchase school sites, playgrounds, and

18  recreational areas located at centers at which schools are to

19  be constructed, of adequate size to meet the needs of

20  projected students to be accommodated.

21         2.  Approve the proposed purchase of any site,

22  playground, or recreational area for which district funds are

23  to be used.

24         3.  Expand existing sites.

25         4.  Rent buildings when necessary.

26         5.  Enter into leases or lease-purchase arrangements,

27  in accordance with the requirements and conditions provided in

28  s. 1013.15(2), with private individuals or corporations for

29  the rental of necessary grounds and educational facilities for

30  school purposes or of educational facilities to be erected for

31  school purposes.  Current or other funds authorized by law may


                                  97

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be used to make payments under a lease-purchase agreement.

  2  Notwithstanding any other statutes, if the rental is to be

  3  paid from funds received from ad valorem taxation and the

  4  agreement is for a period greater than 12 months, an approving

  5  referendum must be held.  The provisions of such contracts,

  6  including building plans, shall be subject to approval by the

  7  Department of Education, and no such contract shall be entered

  8  into without such approval. As used in this section,

  9  "educational facilities" means the buildings and equipment

10  that are built, installed, or established to serve educational

11  purposes and that may lawfully be used. The State Board of

12  Education may adopt such rules as are necessary to implement

13  these provisions.

14         6.  Provide for the proper supervision of construction.

15         7.  Make or contract for additions, alterations, and

16  repairs on buildings and other school properties.

17         8.  Ensure that all plans and specifications for

18  buildings provide adequately for the safety and well-being of

19  students, as well as for economy of construction.

20         (c)  Maintenance and upkeep of school plant.--Provide

21  adequately for the proper maintenance and upkeep of school

22  plants, so that students may attend school without sanitary or

23  physical hazards, and provide for the necessary heat, lights,

24  water, power, and other supplies and utilities necessary for

25  the operation of the schools.

26         (d)  Insurance of school property.--Carry insurance on

27  every school building in all school plants including contents,

28  boilers, and machinery, except buildings of three classrooms

29  or less that are of frame construction and located in a tenth

30  class public protection zone as defined by the Florida

31  Inspection and Rating Bureau, and on all school buses and


                                  98

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  other property under the control of the district school board

  2  or title to which is vested in the district school board,

  3  except as exceptions may be authorized under rules of the

  4  State Board of Education.

  5         (e)  Condemnation of buildings.--Condemn and prohibit

  6  the use for public school purposes of any building that can be

  7  shown for sanitary or other reasons to be no longer suitable

  8  for such use and, when any building is condemned by any state

  9  or other government agency as authorized in chapter 1013, see

10  that it is no longer used for school purposes.

11         (10)  FINANCE.--Take steps to assure students adequate

12  educational facilities through the financial procedure

13  authorized in chapters 1010 and 1011 and as prescribed below:

14         (a)  Provide for all schools to operate at least 180

15  days.--Provide for the operation of all public schools, both

16  elementary and secondary, as free schools for a term of at

17  least 180 days or the equivalent on an hourly basis as

18  specified by rules of the State Board of Education; determine

19  district school funds necessary in addition to state funds to

20  operate all schools for such minimum term; and arrange for the

21  levying of district school taxes necessary to provide the

22  amount needed from district sources.

23         (b)  Annual budget.--Cause to be prepared, adopt, and

24  have submitted to the Department of Education as required by

25  law and rules of the State Board of Education, the annual

26  school budget, such budget to be so prepared and executed as

27  to promote the improvement of the district school system.

28         (c)  Tax levies.--Adopt and spread on its minutes a

29  resolution fixing the district school tax levy, provided for

30  under s. 9, Art. VII of the State Constitution, necessary to

31  carry on the school program adopted for the district for the


                                  99

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  next ensuing fiscal year as required by law, and fixing the

  2  district bond interest and sinking fund tax levy necessary for

  3  districts against which bonds are outstanding; and adopt and

  4  spread on its minutes a resolution suggesting the tax levy

  5  provided for in s. 9, Art. VII of the State Constitution,

  6  found necessary to carry on the school program adopted for the

  7  district for the next ensuing fiscal year.

  8         (d)  School funds.--Require that an accurate account is

  9  kept of all funds that should be transmitted to the district

10  school board for school purposes at various periods during the

11  year from all sources and, if any funds are not transmitted

12  promptly, take the necessary steps to have such funds made

13  available.

14         (e)  Borrow money.--Borrow money, as prescribed in ss.

15  1011.12-1011.16, when necessary in anticipation of funds

16  reasonably to be expected during the year as shown by the

17  budget.

18         (f)  Financial records and accounts.--Provide for

19  keeping of accurate records of all financial transactions.

20         (g)  Approval and payment of accounts.--Implement a

21  system of accounting and budgetary control to ensure that

22  payments do not exceed amounts budgeted, as required by law;

23  make available all records for proper audit by state

24  officials; and have prepared required periodic statements to

25  be filed with the Department of Education as provided by rules

26  of the State Board of Education.

27         (h)  Bonds of employees.--Fix and prescribe the bonds,

28  and pay the premium on all such bonds, of all school employees

29  who are responsible for school funds in order to provide

30  reasonable safeguards for all such funds or property.

31  


                                 100

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (i)  Contracts for materials, supplies, and

  2  services.--Contract for materials, supplies, and services

  3  needed for the district school system.  No contract for

  4  supplying these needs shall be made with any member of the

  5  district school board, with the district school

  6  superintendent, or with any business organization in which any

  7  district school board member or the district school

  8  superintendent has any financial interest whatsoever.

  9         (j)  Purchasing regulations to be secured from

10  Department of Management Services.--Secure purchasing

11  regulations and amendments and changes thereto from the

12  Department of Management Services and prior to any purchase

13  have reported to it by its staff, and give consideration to

14  the lowest price available to it under such regulations,

15  provided a regulation applicable to the item or items being

16  purchased has been adopted by the department. The department

17  should meet with educational administrators to expand the

18  inventory of standard items for common usage in all schools

19  and postsecondary educational institutions.

20         (k)  Protection against loss.--Provide for adequate

21  protection against any loss or damage to school property or

22  loss resulting from any liability for which the district

23  school board or its officers, agents, or employees may be

24  responsible under law.  In fulfilling this responsibility, the

25  district school board may purchase insurance, to be

26  self-insured, to enter into risk management programs managed

27  by district school boards, school-related associations, or

28  insurance companies, or to have any combination thereof in any

29  area to the extent the district school board is either

30  authorized or required by law to contract for insurance.  Any

31  risk management program entered into pursuant to this


                                 101

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  subsection shall provide for strict accountability of all

  2  funds to the member district school boards and an annual audit

  3  by an independent certified public accountant of all receipts

  4  and disbursements.

  5         (l)  Internal auditor.--The district school board may

  6  employ an internal auditor to perform ongoing financial

  7  verification of the financial records of the school district.

  8  The internal auditor shall report directly to the district

  9  school board or its designee.

10         (m)  Financial and performance audits.--In addition to

11  the audits required by ss. 11.45 and 218.39, the district

12  school board may contract with an independent certified public

13  accountant to conduct a financial or performance audit of its

14  accounts and records retained by it and paid from its public

15  funds.

16         (11)  RECORDS AND REPORTS.--Provide for the keeping of

17  all necessary records and the making of all needed or required

18  reports, as follows:

19         (a)  Forms, blanks, and reports.--Require all employees

20  to keep accurately all records and to make promptly in the

21  proper form all reports required by law or by rules of the

22  State Board of Education.

23         (b)  Reports to the department.--Require that the

24  district school superintendent prepare all reports to the

25  Department of Education that may be required by law or rules

26  of the State Board of Education; see that all such reports are

27  promptly transmitted to the department; withhold the further

28  payment of salary to the superintendent or employee when

29  notified by the department that he or she has failed to file

30  any report within the time or in the manner prescribed; and

31  continue to withhold the salary until the district school


                                 102

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board is notified by the department that such report has been

  2  received and accepted, provided that when any report has not

  3  been received by the date due and after due notice has been

  4  given to the district school board of that fact, the

  5  department, if it deems necessary, may require the report to

  6  be prepared by a member of its staff, and the district school

  7  board shall pay all expenses connected therewith.  Any member

  8  of the district school board who is responsible for the

  9  violation of this provision is subject to suspension and

10  removal.

11         (c)  Reports to parents.--Require that, at regular

12  intervals, reports are made by school principals or teachers

13  to parents, apprising them of the progress being made by the

14  students in their studies and giving other needful

15  information.

16         (12)  COOPERATION WITH OTHER DISTRICT SCHOOL

17  BOARDS.--May establish and participate in educational

18  consortia that are designed to provide joint programs and

19  services to cooperating school districts, consistent with the

20  provisions of s. 4(b), Art. IX of the State Constitution. The

21  State Board of Education shall adopt rules providing for the

22  establishment, funding, administration, and operation of such

23  consortia.

24         (13)  ENFORCEMENT OF LAW AND RULES.--Require that all

25  laws and rules of the State Board of Education or of the

26  district school board are properly enforced.

27         (14)  SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM.--Assume such

28  responsibilities and exercise such powers and perform such

29  duties as may be assigned to it by law or as may be required

30  by rules of the State Board of Education or, as in the opinion

31  of the district school board, are necessary to ensure school


                                 103

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  lunch services, consistent with needs of students; effective

  2  and efficient operation of the program; and the proper

  3  articulation of the school lunch program with other phases of

  4  education in the district.

  5         (15)  PUBLIC INFORMATION AND PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT

  6  PROGRAM.--

  7         (a)  Adopt procedures whereby the general public can be

  8  adequately informed of the educational programs, needs, and

  9  objectives of public education within the district, including

10  educational opportunities available through the Florida

11  Virtual School.

12         (b)  Encourage teachers and administrators to keep

13  parents informed of student progress, student programs,

14  student attendance requirements pursuant to ss. 1003.26,

15  1003.27, 414.1251, and 984.151, and availability of resources

16  for academic assistance.

17         (16)  IMPLEMENT SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT AND

18  ACCOUNTABILITY.--Maintain a system of school improvement and

19  education accountability as provided by statute and State

20  Board of Education rule. This system of school improvement and

21  education accountability shall be consistent with, and

22  implemented through, the district's continuing system of

23  planning and budgeting required by this section and ss.

24  1008.385, 1010.01, and 1011.01. This system of school

25  improvement and education accountability shall include, but is

26  not limited to, the following:

27         (a)  School improvement plans.--Annually approve and

28  require implementation of a new, amended, or continuation

29  school improvement plan for each school in the district,

30  except that a district school board may establish a district

31  school improvement plan that includes all schools in the


                                 104

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district operating for the purpose of providing educational

  2  services to youth in Department of Juvenile Justice programs.

  3  Such plan shall be designed to achieve the state education

  4  priorities pursuant to s. 1000.03(5) and student performance

  5  standards. Each plan shall also address issues relative to

  6  budget, training, instructional materials, technology,

  7  staffing, student support services, specific school safety and

  8  discipline strategies, and other matters of resource

  9  allocation, as determined by district school board policy, and

10  shall be based on an analysis of student achievement and other

11  school performance data.

12         (b)  Approval process.--Develop a process for approval

13  of a school improvement plan presented by an individual school

14  and its advisory council. In the event a district school board

15  does not approve a school improvement plan after exhausting

16  this process, the Department of Education shall be notified of

17  the need for assistance.

18         (c)  Assistance and intervention.--

19         1.  Develop a 2-year plan of increasing individualized

20  assistance and intervention for each school in danger of not

21  meeting state standards or making adequate progress, as

22  defined pursuant to statute and State Board of Education rule,

23  toward meeting the goals and standards of its approved school

24  improvement plan.

25         2.  Provide assistance and intervention to a school

26  that is identified as being in performance grade category "D"

27  pursuant to s. 1008.34 and is in danger of failing.

28         3.  Develop a plan to encourage teachers with

29  demonstrated mastery in improving student performance to

30  remain at or transfer to a school designated as performance

31  grade category "D" or "F" or to an alternative school that


                                 105

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  serves disruptive or violent youths. If a classroom teacher,

  2  as defined by s. 1012.01(2)(a), who meets the definition of

  3  teaching mastery developed according to the provisions of this

  4  paragraph, requests assignment to a school designated as

  5  performance grade category "D" or "F" or to an alternative

  6  school that serves disruptive or violent youths, the district

  7  school board shall make every practical effort to grant the

  8  request.

  9         4.  Prioritize, to the extent possible, the

10  expenditures of funds received from the supplemental academic

11  instruction categorical fund under s. 1011.62(1)(f) to improve

12  student performance in schools that receive a performance

13  grade category designation of "D" or "F."

14         (d)  After 2 years.--Notify the Commissioner of

15  Education and the State Board of Education in the event any

16  school does not make adequate progress toward meeting the

17  goals and standards of a school improvement plan by the end of

18  2 years of failing to make adequate progress and proceed

19  according to guidelines developed pursuant to statute and

20  State Board of Education rule. School districts shall provide

21  intervention and assistance to schools in danger of being

22  designated as performance grade category "F," failing to make

23  adequate progress.

24         (e)  Public disclosure.--Provide information regarding

25  performance of students and educational programs as required

26  pursuant to ss. 1008.385 and 1008.22 and implement a system of

27  school reports as required by statute and State Board of

28  Education rule that shall include schools operating for the

29  purpose of providing educational services to youth in

30  Department of Juvenile Justice programs, and for those

31  schools, report on the elements specified in s. 1003.52(20).


                                 106

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Annual public disclosure reports shall be in an easy-to-read

  2  report card format and shall include the school's student and

  3  school performance grade category designation and performance

  4  data as specified in state board rule.

  5         (f)  School improvement funds.--Provide funds to

  6  schools for developing and implementing school improvement

  7  plans. Such funds shall include those funds appropriated for

  8  the purpose of school improvement pursuant to s. 24.121(5)(c).

  9         (17)  LOCAL-LEVEL DECISIONMAKING.--

10         (a)  Adopt policies that clearly encourage and enhance

11  maximum decisionmaking appropriate to the school site. Such

12  policies must include guidelines for schools in the adoption

13  and purchase of district and school site instructional

14  materials and technology, staff training, school advisory

15  council member training, student support services, budgeting,

16  and the allocation of staff resources.

17         (b)  Adopt waiver process policies to enable all

18  schools to exercise maximum flexibility and notify advisory

19  councils of processes to waive school district and state

20  policies.

21         (c)  Develop policies for periodically monitoring the

22  membership composition of school advisory councils to ensure

23  compliance with requirements established in s. 1001.452.

24         (d)  Adopt policies that assist in giving greater

25  autonomy, including authority over the allocation of the

26  school's budget, to schools designated as performance grade

27  category "A," making excellent progress, and schools rated as

28  having improved at least two performance grade categories.

29         (18)  OPPORTUNITY SCHOLARSHIPS.--Adopt policies

30  allowing students attending schools that have been designated

31  as performance grade category "F," failing to make adequate


                                 107

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  progress, for 2 school years in a 4-year period to attend a

  2  higher performing school in the district or an adjoining

  3  district or be granted a state opportunity scholarship to a

  4  private school, in conformance with s. 1002.38 and State Board

  5  of Education rule.

  6         (19)  AUTHORITY TO DECLARE AN EMERGENCY.--May declare

  7  an emergency in cases in which one or more schools in the

  8  district are failing or are in danger of failing and negotiate

  9  special provisions of its contract with the appropriate

10  bargaining units to free these schools from contract

11  restrictions that limit the school's ability to implement

12  programs and strategies needed to improve student performance.

13         (20)  SCHOOL-WITHIN-A-SCHOOL.--In order to reduce the

14  anonymity of students in large schools, adopt policies to

15  encourage any school that does not meet the definition of a

16  small school, as established by s. 1013.43(2), to subdivide

17  into schools-within-a-school, that shall operate within

18  existing resources in accordance with the provisions of

19  chapter 1003.

20         (21)  FLORIDA VIRTUAL SCHOOL.--Provide students with

21  access to enroll in courses available through the Florida

22  Virtual School and award credit for successful completion of

23  such courses. Access shall be available to students during or

24  after the normal school day, and through summer school

25  enrollment.

26         (22)  ADOPT RULES.--Adopt rules pursuant to ss.

27  120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement this section.

28         Section 56.  Section 1001.43, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1001.43  Supplemental powers and duties of district

31  school board.--The district school board may exercise the


                                 108

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  following supplemental powers and duties as authorized by this

  2  code or State Board of Education rule.

  3         (1)  STUDENT MANAGEMENT.--The district school board may

  4  adopt programs and policies to ensure the safety and welfare

  5  of individuals, the student body, and school personnel, which

  6  programs and policies may:

  7         (a)  Prohibit the possession of weapons and drugs on

  8  campus, student hazing, and other activities that could

  9  threaten the operation of the school or the safety and welfare

10  of the student body or school personnel.

11         (b)  Require uniforms to be worn by the student body,

12  or impose other dress-related requirements, if the district

13  school board finds that those requirements are necessary for

14  the safety or welfare of the student body or school personnel.

15         (c)  Provide procedures for student dismissal

16  precautions and for granting permission for students to leave

17  school grounds during school hours, including releasing a

18  student from school upon request by a parent or for public

19  appearances of school groups.

20         (d)  Provide procedures for managing protests,

21  demonstrations, sit-ins, walk-outs, or other acts of civil

22  disobedience.

23         (e)  Provide procedures for detaining students and for

24  readmission of students after expulsion.

25         (f)  Regulate student automobile use and parking.

26         (2)  FISCAL MANAGEMENT.--The district school board may

27  adopt policies providing for fiscal management of the school

28  district with respect to school purchasing, facilities,

29  nonstate revenue sources, budgeting, fundraising, and other

30  activities relating to the fiscal management of district

31  


                                 109

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  resources, including, but not limited to, the policies

  2  governing:

  3         (a)  Sales calls and demonstrations by agents,

  4  solicitors, salespersons, and vendors on campus; local

  5  preference criteria for vendors; specifications for quantity

  6  purchasing; prioritization of awards for bids; declining bid

  7  awards; and purchase requisitions, approvals, and routing.

  8         (b)  Sales by booster clubs; marathon fundraisers; and

  9  student sales of candy, paper products, or other goods

10  authorized by the district school board.

11         (c)  Inventory and disposal of district property; use

12  of safe-deposit boxes; and selection of real estate

13  appraisers.

14         (d)  Payment of contractors and other service

15  providers.

16         (e)  Accounting systems; petty cash accounts procedures

17  and reporting; school activities funds procedures and

18  reporting; management and reporting of grants from private

19  sources; and management of funds, including auxiliary

20  enterprise funds.

21         (f)  District budgeting system, including setting

22  budget deadlines and schedules, budget planning, and

23  implementation and determination of budget priorities.

24         (3)  INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS.--The district school board may

25  adopt policies providing for innovative teaching techniques,

26  teaching programs and methods, instructional aids and

27  objectives, extracurricular and interscholastic activities,

28  and supplemental programs including, but not limited to,

29  policies providing for:

30         (a)  Use of technology, including appropriate use of

31  the Internet as a tool for learning.


                                 110

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Instructional priorities and objectives, pilot

  2  projects and evaluations, curriculum adoption and design, and

  3  lesson planning.

  4         (c)  Extracurricular and interscholastic activities,

  5  including field trips, publishing a student newspaper and

  6  other publications, and special programs relating to the arts,

  7  music, or other topics of current interest.

  8         (d)  Participation in physical education programs,

  9  including appropriate physical education attire and protective

10  gear; programs for exceptional students; summer school; and

11  the Title I program, including comparability procedures.

12         (4)  FACILITIES MANAGEMENT.--The district school board

13  may adopt policies providing for management of the physical

14  campus and its environs, including, but not limited to, energy

15  conservation measures; building and ground maintenance;

16  fencing, landscaping, and other property improvements; site

17  acquisition; new construction and renovation; dedication and

18  rededication or naming and renaming of district buildings and

19  other district facilities; and development of facilities

20  management planning and priorities.

21         (5)  SCHOOL COMMUNITY RELATIONS.--The district school

22  board may adopt policies governing public gifts and donations

23  to schools; input from the community concerning instruction

24  resources; advertising in schools; participation in community

25  affairs, including coordination with local governments and

26  planning authorities; protocols for interagency agreements;

27  business community partnerships; community use of school

28  facilities; public solicitations in schools, including the

29  distribution and posting of promotional materials and

30  literature; visitors to the school campus; school advisory

31  councils; and parent volunteers and chaperones.


                                 111

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  LEGAL ISSUES.--The district school board may adopt

  2  policies and procedures necessary to implement federal

  3  mandates and programs, court orders, and other legal

  4  requirements of the state.

  5         (7)  FIRST AID AND EMERGENCIES.--The district school

  6  board may adopt programs and policies to ensure appropriate

  7  response in emergency situations; the provision of first aid

  8  to individuals, the student body, and school personnel; and

  9  the effective management of student illness, which programs

10  and policies may include, but are not limited to:

11         (a)  The provision of first aid and emergency medical

12  care and the provision of school health care facilities and

13  services.

14         (b)  The provision of school safety patrol.

15         (c)  Procedures for reporting hazards, including

16  threats of nature, bomb threats, threatening messages, and

17  similar occurrences, and the provision of warning systems

18  including alarm systems and other technical devices.

19         (d)  Procedures for evacuating the classrooms,

20  playground, or any other district facility.

21         (e)  Procedures for reporting accidents, including

22  traffic accidents and traffic violations involving

23  district-owned vehicles.

24         (f)  Student insurance programs.

25         (8)  STUDENT ASSESSMENT AND AFFAIRS.--The district

26  school board may adopt policies and procedures governing

27  attendance monitoring and checks; truancy; graduation

28  requirements and graduation exercises; fees, fines, and

29  charges imposed on students; evaluation of student records and

30  transcripts; transfer of student records; grading and academic

31  evaluation of students; tests and examinations, including


                                 112

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  early examinations; guidance and counseling; and student

  2  participation in competitions, student performances and

  3  exhibitions, contests for students, and social events.

  4         (9)  ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT SERVICES.--The district

  5  school board may adopt policies and procedures governing

  6  purchase of property insurance, including comprehensive

  7  general liability insurance; transportation of students for

  8  extracurricular activities and special events, including

  9  transportation of students in privately owned vehicles;

10  transportation of district personnel, including personal use

11  of district owned vehicles; computer security and computer

12  room access and computer database resources; mail and delivery

13  services, including use of couriers; copyright compliance;

14  computerized data systems, including computer use,

15  transmission of data, access to the Internet, and other

16  technology-based services.

17         (10)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD GOVERNANCE AND

18  OPERATIONS.--The district school board may adopt policies and

19  procedures necessary for the daily business operation of the

20  district school board, including, but not limited to, the

21  provision of legal services for the district school board;

22  conducting a district legislative program; district school

23  board member participation at conferences, conventions, and

24  workshops, including member compensation and reimbursement for

25  expenses; district school board policy development, adoption,

26  and repeal; district school board meeting procedures,

27  including participation via telecommunications networks, use

28  of technology at meetings, and presentations by nondistrict

29  personnel; citizen communications with the district school

30  board and with individual district school board members;

31  collaboration with local government and other entities as


                                 113

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required by law; and organization of the district school

  2  board, including special committees and advisory committees.

  3         (11)  PERSONNEL.--The district school board may adopt

  4  policies and procedures necessary for the management of all

  5  personnel of the school system.

  6         (12)  COOPERATION WITH COMMUNITY COLLEGES.--The

  7  district school board shall work with the community colleges

  8  in the district to ensure that the community college students

  9  have access to remedial education.

10         Section 57.  Section 1001.44, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1001.44  Technical centers.--

13         (1)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD MAY ESTABLISH OR ACQUIRE

14  TECHNICAL CENTERS.--Any district school board, after first

15  obtaining the approval of the Department of Education, may, as

16  a part of the district school system, organize, establish and

17  operate a technical center, or acquire and operate a technical

18  school previously established.

19         (2)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARDS OF CONTIGUOUS DISTRICTS MAY

20  ESTABLISH OR ACQUIRE TECHNICAL CENTERS.--The district school

21  boards of any two or more contiguous districts may, upon first

22  obtaining the approval of the department, enter into an

23  agreement to organize, establish and operate, or acquire and

24  operate, a technical center under this section.

25         (3)  TECHNICAL CENTER PART OF DISTRICT SCHOOL SYSTEM

26  DIRECTED BY A DIRECTOR.--

27         (a)  A technical center established or acquired under

28  provisions of law and minimum standards prescribed by the

29  commissioner shall comprise a part of the district school

30  system and shall mean an educational institution offering

31  terminal courses of a technical nature, and courses for


                                 114

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  out-of-school youth and adults; shall be subject to all

  2  applicable provisions of this code; shall be under the control

  3  of the district school board of the school district in which

  4  it is located; and shall be directed by a director responsible

  5  through the district school superintendent to the district

  6  school board of the school district in which the center is

  7  located.

  8         (b)  Each technical center shall maintain an academic

  9  transcript for each student enrolled in the center.  Such

10  transcript shall delineate each course completed by the

11  student. Courses shall be delineated by the course prefix and

12  title assigned pursuant to s. 1007.24.  The center shall make

13  a copy of a student's transcript available to any student who

14  requests it.

15         Section 58.  Section 1001.451, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1001.451  Regional consortium service

18  organizations.--In order to provide a full range of programs

19  to larger numbers of students, minimize duplication of

20  services, and encourage the development of new programs and

21  services:

22         (1)  School districts with 20,000 or fewer unweighted

23  full-time equivalent students may enter into cooperative

24  agreements to form a regional consortium service organization.

25  Each regional consortium service organization shall provide,

26  at a minimum, three of the following services: exceptional

27  student education; teacher education centers; environmental

28  education; federal grant procurement and coordination; data

29  processing; health insurance; risk management insurance; staff

30  development; purchasing; or planning and accountability.

31  


                                 115

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)(a)  Each regional consortium service organization

  2  that consists of four or more school districts is eligible to

  3  receive, through the Department of Education, an incentive

  4  grant of $25,000 per school district to be used for the

  5  delivery of services within the participating school

  6  districts.

  7         (b)  Application for incentive grants shall be made to

  8  the Commissioner of Education by July 30 of each year for

  9  distribution to qualifying regional consortium service

10  organizations by January 1 of the fiscal year.

11         Section 59.  Section 1001.452, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1001.452  District and school advisory councils.--

14         (1)  ESTABLISHMENT.--

15         (a)  The district school board shall establish an

16  advisory council for each school in the district and shall

17  develop procedures for the election and appointment of

18  advisory council members. Each school advisory council shall

19  include in its name the words "school advisory council." The

20  school advisory council shall be the sole body responsible for

21  final decisionmaking at the school relating to implementation

22  of the provisions of ss. 1008.345, and 1001.42(16). A majority

23  of the members of each school advisory council must be persons

24  who are not employed by the school. Each advisory council

25  shall be composed of the principal and an appropriately

26  balanced number of teachers, education support employees,

27  students, parents, and other business and community citizens

28  who are representative of the ethnic, racial, and economic

29  community served by the school.  Technical center and high

30  school advisory councils shall include students, and middle

31  and junior high school advisory councils may include students.


                                 116

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  School advisory councils of technical and adult education

  2  centers are not required to include parents as members.

  3  Council members representing teachers, education support

  4  employees, students, and parents shall be elected by their

  5  respective peer groups at the school in a fair and equitable

  6  manner as follows:

  7         1.  Teachers shall be elected by teachers.

  8         2.  Education support employees shall be elected by

  9  education support employees.

10         3.  Students shall be elected by students.

11         4.  Parents shall be elected by parents.

12  

13  The district school board shall establish procedures for use

14  by schools in selecting business and community members that

15  include means of ensuring wide notice of vacancies and of

16  taking input on possible members from local business, chambers

17  of commerce, community and civic organizations and groups, and

18  the public at large. The district school board shall review

19  the membership composition of each advisory council. If the

20  district school board determines that the membership elected

21  by the school is not representative of the ethnic, racial, and

22  economic community served by the school, the district school

23  board shall appoint additional members to achieve proper

24  representation. The commissioner shall determine if schools

25  have maximized their efforts to include on their advisory

26  councils minority persons and persons of lower socioeconomic

27  status. Although schools are strongly encouraged to establish

28  school advisory councils, the district school board of any

29  school district that has a student population of 10,000 or

30  fewer may establish a district advisory council which shall

31  include at least one duly elected teacher from each school in


                                 117

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the district.  For the purposes of school advisory councils

  2  and district advisory councils, the term "teacher" shall

  3  include classroom teachers, certified student services

  4  personnel, and media specialists.  For purposes of this

  5  paragraph, "education support employee" means any person

  6  employed by a school who is not defined as instructional or

  7  administrative personnel pursuant to s. 1012.01 and whose

  8  duties require 20 or more hours in each normal working week.

  9         (b)  The district school board may establish a district

10  advisory council representative of the district and composed

11  of teachers, students, parents, and other citizens or a

12  district advisory council that may be comprised of

13  representatives of each school advisory council.  Recognized

14  schoolwide support groups that meet all criteria established

15  by law or rule may function as school advisory councils.

16         (c)  For those schools operating for the purpose of

17  providing educational services to youth in Department of

18  Juvenile Justice programs, district school boards may

19  establish a district advisory council with appropriate

20  representatives for the purpose of developing and monitoring a

21  district school improvement plan that encompasses all such

22  schools in the district, pursuant to s. 1001.42(16)(a).

23         (2)  DUTIES.--Each advisory council shall perform such

24  functions as are prescribed by regulations of the district

25  school board; however, no advisory council shall have any of

26  the powers and duties now reserved by law to the district

27  school board. Each school advisory council shall assist in the

28  preparation and evaluation of the school improvement plan

29  required pursuant to s. 1001.42(16). With technical assistance

30  from the Department of Education, each school advisory council

31  shall assist in the preparation of the school's annual budget


                                 118

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and plan as required by s. 1008.385(1). A portion of funds

  2  provided in the annual General Appropriations Act for use by

  3  school advisory councils must be used for implementing the

  4  school improvement plan.

  5         Section 60.  Part II.b. of chapter 1001, Florida

  6  Statutes, shall be entitled "District School Superintendents"

  7  and shall consist of ss. 1001.46-1001.53.

  8         Section 61.  Section 1001.46, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1001.46  District school superintendent; election and

11  term of office.--The district school superintendent shall be

12  elected for a term of 4 years or until the election or

13  appointment and qualification of his or her successor.

14         Section 62.  Section 1001.461, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1001.461  District school superintendent; procedures

17  for making office appointive.--

18         (1)  Pursuant to the provisions of s. 5, Art. IX of the

19  State Constitution, the district school superintendent shall

20  be appointed by the district school board in a school district

21  wherein the proposition is affirmed by a majority of the

22  qualified electors voting in the same election making the

23  office of district school superintendent appointive.

24         (2)  To submit the proposition to the electors, the

25  district school board by formal resolution shall request an

26  election, that shall be at a general election or a statewide

27  primary or special election. The board of county

28  commissioners, upon such timely request from the district

29  school board, shall cause to be placed on the ballot at such

30  election the proposition to make the office of district school

31  superintendent appointive.


                                 119

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Any district adopting the appointive method for

  2  its district school superintendent may after 4 years return to

  3  its former status and reject the provisions of this section by

  4  following the same procedure outlined in subsection (2) for

  5  adopting the provisions thereof.

  6         Section 63.  Section 1001.462, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1001.462  Oath of district school

  9  superintendent.--Before entering upon the duties of his or her

10  office, the district school superintendent shall take the oath

11  of office prescribed by the State Constitution.

12         Section 64.  Section 1001.463, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1001.463  Vacancy in office of district school

15  superintendent.--The office of district school superintendent

16  in any district shall be vacant when the district school

17  superintendent removes his or her residence from the district.

18         Section 65.  Section 1001.464, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1001.464  District school superintendent to devote full

21  time to office.--The position of district school

22  superintendent shall be considered a full-time position.

23         Section 66.  Section 1001.47, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1001.47  District school superintendent; salary.--

26         (1)  Each district school superintendent shall receive

27  as salary the amount indicated pursuant to this section.

28  However, a district school board, by majority vote, may

29  approve a salary in excess of the amount specified in this

30  section.

31  


                                 120

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Notwithstanding the provisions of chapter 145 to

  2  the contrary, the annual salaries of elected district school

  3  superintendents for 1993 and each year thereafter shall be

  4  established at the same amounts as the district school

  5  superintendents were paid for fiscal year 1991-1992, adjusted

  6  by each annual increase provided for in chapter 145.

  7         (3)  This section does not apply to a district school

  8  superintendent appointed pursuant to the terms of s. 1001.50.

  9         (4)(a)  There shall be an additional $2,000 per year

10  special qualification salary for each district school

11  superintendent who has met the certification requirements

12  established by the Department of Education. Any district

13  school superintendent who is certified during a calendar year

14  shall receive in that year a pro rata share of the special

15  qualification salary based on the remaining period of the

16  year.

17         (b)  In order to qualify for the special qualification

18  salary provided by paragraph (a), the district school

19  superintendent must complete the requirements established by

20  the Department of Education within 6 years after first taking

21  office.

22         (c)  After a district school superintendent meets the

23  requirements of paragraph (a), in order to remain certified

24  the district school superintendent shall thereafter be

25  required to complete each year a course of continuing

26  education as prescribed by the Department of Education.

27         (5)(a)  The Department of Education shall provide a

28  leadership development and performance compensation program

29  for district school superintendents, comparable to chief

30  executive officer development programs for corporate executive

31  officers, to include:


                                 121

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  A content-knowledge-and-skills phase consisting of:

  2  creative leadership models and theory, demonstration of

  3  effective practice, simulation exercises and personal skills

  4  practice, and assessment with feedback, taught in a

  5  professional training setting under the direction of

  6  experienced, successful trainers.

  7         2.  A competency-acquisition phase consisting of

  8  on-the-job application of knowledge and skills for a period of

  9  not less than 6 months following the successful completion of

10  the content-knowledge-and-skills phase. The

11  competency-acquisition phase shall be supported by adequate

12  professional technical assistance provided by experienced

13  trainers approved by the department. Competency acquisition

14  shall be demonstrated through assessment and feedback.

15         (b)  Upon the successful completion of both phases and

16  demonstrated successful performance, as determined by the

17  department, a district school superintendent shall be issued a

18  Chief Executive Officer Leadership Development Certificate and

19  shall be given an annual performance salary incentive of not

20  less than $3,000 or more than $7,500 based upon his or her

21  performance evaluation.

22         (c)  A district school superintendent's eligibility to

23  continue receiving the annual performance salary incentive is

24  contingent upon his or her continued performance assessment

25  and followup training prescribed by the department.

26         Section 67.  Section 1001.48, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1001.48  Secretary and executive officer of the

29  district school board.--The district school superintendent

30  shall be the secretary and executive officer of the district

31  school board, provided that when the district school


                                 122

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  superintendent is required to be absent on account of

  2  performing services in the volunteer forces of the United

  3  States or in the National Guard of the state or in the regular

  4  Army or Navy of the United States, when said district school

  5  superintendent shall be called into active training or service

  6  of the United States under an Act of Congress or pursuant to a

  7  proclamation by the President of the United States, the

  8  district school superintendent shall then be entitled to a

  9  leave of absence not to exceed the remaining portion of the

10  term for which he or she was elected.

11         Section 68.  Section 1001.49, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1001.49  General powers of district school

14  superintendent.--The district school superintendent shall have

15  the authority, and when necessary for the more efficient and

16  adequate operation of the district school system, the district

17  school superintendent shall exercise the following powers:

18         (1)  GENERAL OVERSIGHT.--Exercise general oversight

19  over the district school system in order to determine problems

20  and needs, and recommend improvements.

21         (2)  ADVISE, COUNSEL, AND RECOMMEND TO DISTRICT SCHOOL

22  BOARD.--Advise and counsel with the district school board on

23  all educational matters and recommend to the district school

24  board for action such matters as should be acted upon.

25         (3)  RECOMMEND POLICIES.--Recommend to the district

26  school board for adoption such policies pertaining to the

27  district school system as the district school superintendent

28  may consider necessary for its more efficient operation.

29         (4)  RECOMMEND AND EXECUTE RULES.--Prepare and organize

30  by subjects and submit to the district school board for

31  adoption such rules to supplement those adopted by the State


                                 123

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Board of Education as, in the district school superintendent's

  2  opinion, will contribute to the efficient operation of any

  3  aspect of education in the district. When rules have been

  4  adopted, the district school superintendent shall see that

  5  they are executed.

  6         (5)  RECOMMEND AND EXECUTE MINIMUM STANDARDS.--From

  7  time to time prepare, organize by subject, and submit to the

  8  district school board for adoption such minimum standards

  9  relating to the operation of any phase of the district school

10  system as are needed to supplement those adopted by the State

11  Board of Education and as will contribute to the efficient

12  operation of any aspect of education in the district and

13  ensure that minimum standards adopted by the district school

14  board and the state board are observed.

15         (6)  PERFORM DUTIES AND EXERCISE

16  RESPONSIBILITIES.--Perform such duties and exercise such

17  responsibilities as are assigned to the district school

18  superintendent by law and by rules of the State Board of

19  Education.

20         Section 69.  Section 1001.50, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1001.50  Superintendents employed under Art. IX of the

23  State Constitution.--

24         (1)  In every district authorized to employ a district

25  school superintendent under Art. IX of the State Constitution,

26  the district school superintendent shall be the executive

27  officer of the district school board and shall not be subject

28  to the provisions of law, either general or special, relating

29  to tenure of employment or contracts of other school

30  personnel. The district school superintendent's duties

31  


                                 124

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  relating to the district school system shall be as provided by

  2  law and rules of the State Board of Education.

  3         (2)  The district school board of each of such

  4  districts shall enter into contracts of employment with the

  5  district school superintendent and shall adopt rules relating

  6  to his or her appointment.

  7         (3)  The district school board of each such district

  8  shall pay to the district school superintendent a reasonable

  9  annual salary. In determining the amount of compensation to be

10  paid, the board shall take into account such factors as:

11         (a)  The population of the district.

12         (b)  The rate and character of population growth.

13         (c)  The size and composition of the student body to be

14  served.

15         (d)  The geographic extent of the district.

16         (e)  The number and character of the schools to be

17  supervised.

18         (f)  The educational qualifications, professional

19  experience, and age of the candidate for the position of

20  district school superintendent.

21         Section 70.  Section 1001.51, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1001.51  Duties and responsibilities of district school

24  superintendent.--The district school superintendent shall

25  exercise all powers and perform all duties listed below and

26  elsewhere in the law, provided that, in so doing, he or she

27  shall advise and counsel with the district school board. The

28  district school superintendent shall perform all tasks

29  necessary to make sound recommendations, nominations,

30  proposals, and reports required by law to be acted upon by the

31  district school board.  All such recommendations, nominations,


                                 125

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  proposals, and reports by the district school superintendent

  2  shall be either recorded in the minutes or shall be made in

  3  writing, noted in the minutes, and filed in the public records

  4  of the district school board. It shall be presumed that, in

  5  the absence of the record required in this section, the

  6  recommendations, nominations, and proposals required of the

  7  district school superintendent were not contrary to the action

  8  taken by the district school board in such matters.

  9         (1)  ASSIST IN ORGANIZATION OF DISTRICT SCHOOL

10  BOARD.--Preside at the organization meeting of the district

11  school board and transmit to the Department of Education,

12  within 2 weeks following such meeting, a certified copy of the

13  proceedings of organization, including the schedule of regular

14  meetings, and the names and addresses of district school

15  officials.

16         (2)  REGULAR AND SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE DISTRICT

17  SCHOOL BOARD.--Attend all regular meetings of the district

18  school board, call special meetings when emergencies arise,

19  and advise, but not vote, on questions under consideration.

20         (3)  RECORDS FOR THE DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD.--Keep

21  minutes of all official actions and proceedings of the

22  district school board and keep such other records, including

23  records of property held or disposed of by the district school

24  board, as may be necessary to provide complete information

25  regarding the district school system.

26         (4)  SCHOOL PROPERTY.--Act for the district school

27  board as custodian of school property.

28         (5)  SCHOOL PROGRAM; PREPARE PLANS.--Supervise the

29  assembling of data and sponsor studies and surveys essential

30  to the development of a planned school program for the entire

31  district and prepare and recommend such a program to the


                                 126

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district school board as the basis for operating the district

  2  school system.

  3         (6)  ESTABLISHMENT, ORGANIZATION, AND OPERATION OF

  4  SCHOOLS, CLASSES, AND SERVICES.--Recommend the establishment,

  5  organization, and operation of such schools, classes, and

  6  services as are needed to provide adequate educational

  7  opportunities for all children in the district.

  8         (7)  PERSONNEL.--Be responsible, as required herein,

  9  for directing the work of the personnel, subject to the

10  requirements of chapter 1012.

11         (8)  COURSES OF STUDY AND OTHER INSTRUCTIONAL

12  AIDS.--Recommend such plans for improving, providing,

13  distributing, accounting for, and caring for textbooks and

14  other instructional aids as will result in general improvement

15  of the district school system, as prescribed in chapter 1006.

16         (9)  TRANSPORTATION OF STUDENTS.--Provide for student

17  transportation as prescribed in s. 1006.21.

18         (10)  SCHOOL PLANT.--Recommend plans, and execute such

19  plans as are approved, regarding all phases of the school

20  plant program, as prescribed in chapter 1013.

21         (11)  FINANCE.--Recommend measures to the district

22  school board to assure adequate educational facilities

23  throughout the district, in accordance with the financial

24  procedure authorized in chapters 1010 and 1011 and as

25  prescribed below:

26         (a)  Plan for operating all schools for minimum

27  term.--Determine and recommend district funds necessary in

28  addition to state funds to provide for at least a 180-day

29  school term or the equivalent on an hourly basis as specified

30  by rules adopted by the State Board of Education and recommend

31  


                                 127

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  plans for ensuring the operation of all schools for the term

  2  authorized by the district school board.

  3         (b)  Annual budget.--Prepare the annual school budget

  4  to be submitted to the district school board for adoption

  5  according to law and submit this budget, when adopted by the

  6  district school board, to the Department of Education on or

  7  before the date required by rules of the State Board of

  8  Education.

  9         (c)  Tax levies.--Recommend to the district school

10  board, on the basis of the needs shown by the budget, the

11  amount of district school tax levy necessary to provide the

12  district school funds needed for the maintenance of the public

13  schools; recommend to the district school board the tax levy

14  required on the basis of the needs shown in the budget for the

15  district bond interest and sinking fund of each district; and

16  recommend to the district school board to be included on the

17  ballot at each district millage election the school district

18  tax levies necessary to carry on the school program.

19         (d)  School funds.--Keep an accurate account of all

20  funds that should be transmitted to the district school board

21  for school purposes at various periods during the year and

22  ensure, insofar as possible, that these funds are transmitted

23  promptly and report promptly to the district school board any

24  delinquencies or delays that occur in making available any

25  funds that should be made available for school purposes.

26         (e)  Borrowing money.--Recommend when necessary the

27  borrowing of money as prescribed by law.

28         (f)  Financial records and accounting.--Keep or have

29  kept accurate records of all financial transactions.

30         (g)  Payrolls and accounts.--Maintain accurate and

31  current statements of accounts due to be paid by the district


                                 128

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school board; certify these statements as correct; liquidate

  2  district school board obligations in accordance with the

  3  official budget and rules of the district school board; and

  4  prepare periodic reports as required by rules of the State

  5  Board of Education, showing receipts, balances, and

  6  disbursements to date, and file copies of such periodic

  7  reports with the Department of Education.

  8         (h)  Bonds for employees.--Recommend the bonds of all

  9  school employees who should be bonded in order to provide

10  reasonable safeguards for all school funds or property.

11         (i)  Contracts.--After study of the feasibility of

12  contractual services with industry, recommend to the district

13  school board the desirable terms, conditions, and

14  specifications for contracts for supplies, materials, or

15  services to be rendered and see that materials, supplies, or

16  services are provided according to contract.

17         (j)  Investment policies.--After careful examination,

18  recommend policies to the district school board that will

19  provide for the investment or deposit of school funds not

20  needed for immediate expenditures which shall earn the maximum

21  possible yield under the circumstances on such investments or

22  deposits. The district school superintendent shall cause to be

23  invested at all times all school moneys not immediately needed

24  for expenditures pursuant to the policies of the district

25  school board.

26         (k)  Protection against loss.--Recommend programs and

27  procedures to the district school board necessary to protect

28  the school system adequately against loss or damage to school

29  property or against loss resulting from any liability for

30  which the district school board or its officers, agents, or

31  employees may be responsible under law.


                                 129

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (l)  Millage elections.--Recommend plans and procedures

  2  for holding and supervising all school district millage

  3  elections.

  4         (m)  Budgets and expenditures.--Prepare, after

  5  consulting with the principals of the various schools,

  6  tentative annual budgets for the expenditure of district funds

  7  for the benefit of public school students of the district.

  8         (n)  Bonds.--Recommend the amounts of bonds to be

  9  issued in the district and assist in the preparation of the

10  necessary papers for an election to determine whether the

11  proposed bond issue will be approved by the electors and, if

12  such bond issue be approved by the electors, recommend plans

13  for the sale of bonds and for the proper expenditure of the

14  funds derived therefrom.

15         (12)  RECORDS AND REPORTS.--Recommend such records as

16  should be kept in addition to those prescribed by rules of the

17  State Board of Education; prepare forms for keeping such

18  records as are approved by the district school board; ensure

19  that such records are properly kept; and make all reports that

20  are needed or required, as follows:

21         (a)  Forms, blanks, and reports.--Require that all

22  employees accurately keep all records and promptly make in

23  proper form all reports required by the education code or by

24  rules of the State Board of Education; recommend the keeping

25  of such additional records and the making of such additional

26  reports as may be deemed necessary to provide data essential

27  for the operation of the school system; and prepare such forms

28  and blanks as may be required and ensure that these records

29  and reports are properly prepared.

30         (b)  Reports to the department.--Prepare, for the

31  approval of the district school board, all reports that may be


                                 130

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required by law or rules of the State Board of Education to be

  2  made to the department and transmit promptly all such reports,

  3  when approved, to the department, as required by law.  If any

  4  such reports are not transmitted at the time and in the manner

  5  prescribed by law or by State Board of Education rules, the

  6  salary of the district school superintendent must be withheld

  7  until the report has been properly submitted. Unless otherwise

  8  provided by rules of the State Board of Education, the annual

  9  report on attendance and personnel is due on or before July 1,

10  and the annual school budget and the report on finance are due

11  on the date prescribed by the commissioner.

12  

13  Any district school superintendent who knowingly signs and

14  transmits to any state official a false or incorrect report

15  shall forfeit his or her right to any salary for the period of

16  1 year from that date.

17         (13)  COOPERATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES.--

18         (a)  Cooperation with governmental agencies in

19  enforcement of laws and rules.--Recommend plans for

20  cooperating with, and, on the basis of approved plans,

21  cooperate with federal, state, county, and municipal agencies

22  in the enforcement of laws and rules pertaining to all matters

23  relating to education and child welfare.

24         (b)  Identifying and reporting names of migratory

25  children, other information.--Recommend plans for identifying

26  and reporting to the Department of Education the name of each

27  child in the school district who qualifies according to the

28  definition of a migratory child, based on Pub. L. No. 95-561,

29  and for reporting such other information as may be prescribed

30  by the department.

31  


                                 131

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  ENFORCEMENT OF LAWS AND RULES.--Require that all

  2  laws and rules of the State Board of Education, as well as

  3  supplementary rules of the district school board, are properly

  4  observed and report to the district school board any violation

  5  that the district school superintendent does not succeed in

  6  having corrected.

  7         (15)  COOPERATE WITH DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD.--Cooperate

  8  with the district school board in every manner practicable to

  9  the end that the district school system may continuously be

10  improved.

11         (16)  VISITATION OF SCHOOLS.--Visit the schools;

12  observe the management and instruction; give suggestions for

13  improvement; and advise supervisors, principals, teachers,

14  patrons, and other citizens with the view of promoting

15  interest in education and improving the school conditions of

16  the district.

17         (17)  CONFERENCES, INSTITUTES, AND STUDY COURSES.--Call

18  and conduct institutes and conferences with employees of the

19  district school board, school patrons, and other interested

20  citizens; organize and direct study and extension courses for

21  employees, advising them as to their professional studies; and

22  assist patrons and people generally in acquiring knowledge of

23  the aims, services, and needs of the schools.

24         (18)  PROFESSIONAL AND GENERAL IMPROVEMENT.--Attend

25  such conferences for district school superintendents as may be

26  called or scheduled by the Department of Education and avail

27  himself or herself of means of professional and general

28  improvement so that he or she may function most efficiently.

29         (19)  RECOMMEND REVOKING CERTIFICATES.--Recommend in

30  writing to the Department of Education the revoking of any

31  certificate for good cause, including a full statement of the


                                 132

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reason for the district school superintendent's

  2  recommendation.

  3         (20)  MAKE RECORDS AVAILABLE TO SUCCESSOR.--Leave with

  4  the district school board and make available to his or her

  5  successor, upon retiring from office, a complete inventory of

  6  school equipment and other property, together with all

  7  official records and such other records as may be needed in

  8  supervising instruction and in administering the district

  9  school system.

10         (21)  RECOMMEND PROCEDURES FOR INFORMING GENERAL

11  PUBLIC.--Recommend to the district school board procedures

12  whereby the general public can be adequately informed of the

13  educational programs, needs, and objectives of public

14  education within the district.

15         (22)  SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT AND ACCOUNTABILITY.--Recommend

16  procedures for implementing and maintaining a system of school

17  improvement and education accountability as provided by

18  statute and State Board of Education rule.

19         (23)  OTHER DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.--Perform such

20  other duties as are assigned to the district school

21  superintendent by law or by rules of the State Board of

22  Education.

23         Section 71.  Section 1001.52, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1001.52  Reproduction and destruction of district

26  school records.--

27         (1)  The purpose of this section is to reduce the

28  present space required by the district school systems for the

29  storage of their records and to permit the district school

30  superintendent to administer the affairs of the district

31  school system more efficiently.


                                 133

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  After complying with the provisions of s. 257.37,

  2  the district school superintendent may photograph,

  3  microphotograph, or reproduce documents, records, data, and

  4  information of a permanent character which in his or her

  5  discretion he or she may select, and the district school

  6  superintendent may destroy any of the said documents after

  7  they have been reproduced and after audit of the district

  8  school superintendent's office has been completed for the

  9  period embracing the dates of said instruments. Information

10  made in compliance with the provisions of this section shall

11  have the same force and effect as the originals thereof would

12  have, and shall be treated as originals for the purpose of

13  their admissibility into evidence. Duly certified or

14  authenticated reproductions shall be admitted into evidence

15  equally with the originals.

16         (3)  After complying with the provisions of s. 257.37,

17  the district school superintendent may, in his or her

18  discretion, destroy general correspondence that is over 3

19  years old and other records, papers, and documents over 3

20  years old that do not serve as part of an agreement or

21  understanding and do not have value as permanent records.

22         Section 72.  Section 1001.53, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1001.53  District school superintendent responsible for

25  enforcement of attendance.--The district school superintendent

26  shall be responsible for the enforcement of the attendance

27  provisions of chapters 1003 and 1006. In a district in which

28  no attendance assistant is employed, the district school

29  superintendent shall have those duties and responsibilities

30  and exercise those powers assigned by law to attendance

31  assistants.


                                 134

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 73.  Part II.c. of chapter 1001, Florida

  2  Statutes, shall be entitled "School Principals" and shall

  3  consist of s. 1001.54.

  4         Section 74.  Section 1001.54, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1001.54  Duties of school principals.--

  7         (1)  A district school board shall employ, through

  8  written contract, public school principals. The school

  9  principal has authority over school district personnel in

10  accordance with s. 1012.28.

11         (2)  Each school principal shall provide leadership in

12  the development or revision and implementation of a school

13  improvement plan, pursuant to s. 1001.42(16).

14         (3)  Each school principal must make the necessary

15  provisions to ensure that all school reports are accurate and

16  timely, and must provide the necessary training opportunities

17  for staff to accurately report attendance, FTE program

18  participation, student performance, teacher appraisal, and

19  school safety and discipline data.

20         (4)  Each school principal is responsible for the

21  management and care of instructional materials, in accordance

22  with the provisions of chapter 1006.

23         Section 75.  Part III of chapter 1001, Florida

24  Statutes, shall be entitled "Community Colleges" and shall

25  consist of ss. 1001.61-1001.65.

26         Section 76.  Section 1001.61, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read: 

28         1001.61  Community college boards of trustees;

29  membership.--

30         (1)  Community college boards of trustees shall be

31  comprised of five members when a community college district is


                                 135

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  confined to one school board district; seven members when a

  2  community college district is confined to one school board

  3  district and the board of trustees so elects; and not more

  4  than nine members when the district contains two or more

  5  school board districts, as provided by rules of the State

  6  Board of Education.  However, Florida Community College at

  7  Jacksonville shall have an odd number of trustees.

  8         (2)  Trustees shall be appointed by the Governor and

  9  confirmed by the Senate in regular session.

10         (3)  Members of the board of trustees shall receive no

11  compensation but may receive reimbursement for expenses as

12  provided in s. 112.061.

13         (4)  At its first regular meeting after July 1 of each

14  year, each community college board of trustees shall organize

15  by electing a chair, whose duty as such is to preside at all

16  meetings of the board, to call special meetings thereof, and

17  to attest to actions of the board, and a vice chair, whose

18  duty as such is to act as chair during the absence or

19  disability of the elected chair. It is the further duty of the

20  chair of each board of trustees to notify the Governor, in

21  writing, whenever a board member fails to attend three

22  consecutive regular board meetings in any one fiscal year,

23  which absences may be grounds for removal.

24         (5)  A community college president shall serve as the

25  executive officer and corporate secretary of the board of

26  trustees and shall be responsible to the board of trustees for

27  setting the agenda for meetings of the board of trustees in

28  consultation with the chair. The president also serves as the

29  chief administrative officer of the community college, and all

30  the components of the institution and all aspects of its

31  


                                 136

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  operation are responsible to the board of trustees through the

  2  president.

  3         Section 77.  Section 1001.62, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read: 

  5         1001.62  Transfer of benefits arising under local or

  6  special acts.--All local or special acts in force on July 1,

  7  1968, that provide benefits for a community college through a

  8  district school board shall continue in full force and effect,

  9  and such benefits shall be transmitted to the community

10  college board of trustees.

11         Section 78.  Section 1001.63, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read: 

13         1001.63  Community college board of trustees; board of

14  trustees to constitute a corporation.--Each community college

15  board of trustees is constituted a body corporate by the name

16  of "The District Board of Trustees of ...(name of community

17  college)..., Florida" with all the powers and duties of a body

18  corporate, including a corporate seal, the power to contract

19  and be contracted with, to sue or be sued, to plead and be

20  impleaded in all courts of law or equity, and to give and

21  receive donations. In all suits against a board of trustees,

22  service of process shall be made on the chair of the board of

23  trustees or, in the absence of the chair, the corporate

24  secretary or designee of the chair.

25         Section 79.  Section 1001.64, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1001.64  Community college boards of trustees; powers

28  and duties.--

29         (1)  The boards of trustees shall be responsible for

30  cost-effective policy decisions appropriate to the community

31  college's mission, the implementation and maintenance of


                                 137

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  high-quality education programs within law and rules of the

  2  State Board of Education, the measurement of performance, the

  3  reporting of information, and the provision of input regarding

  4  state policy, budgeting, and education standards.

  5         (2)  Each board of trustees is vested with the

  6  responsibility to govern its respective community college and

  7  with such necessary authority as is needed for the proper

  8  operation and improvement thereof in accordance with rules of

  9  the State Board of Education.

10         (3)  A board of trustees shall have the power to take

11  action without a recommendation from the president and shall

12  have the power to require the president to deliver to the

13  board of trustees all data and information required by the

14  board of trustees in the performance of its duties.

15         (4)(a)  The board of trustees, after considering

16  recommendations submitted by the community college president,

17  may adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to

18  implement the provisions of law conferring duties upon it.

19  These rules may supplement those prescribed by the State Board

20  of Education if they will contribute to the more orderly and

21  efficient operation of community colleges.

22         (b)  Each board of trustees is specifically authorized

23  to adopt rules, procedures, and policies, consistent with law

24  and rules of the State Board of Education, related to its

25  mission and responsibilities as set forth in s. 1004.65, its

26  governance, personnel, budget and finance, administration,

27  programs, curriculum and instruction, buildings and grounds,

28  travel and purchasing, technology, students, contracts and

29  grants, or college property.

30         (5)  Each board of trustees shall have responsibility

31  for the use, maintenance, protection, and control of community


                                 138

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  college owned or community college controlled buildings and

  2  grounds, property and equipment, name, trademarks and other

  3  proprietary marks, and the financial and other resources of

  4  the community college. Such authority may include placing

  5  restrictions on activities and on access to facilities,

  6  firearms, food, tobacco, alcoholic beverages, distribution of

  7  printed materials, commercial solicitation, animals, and

  8  sound.

  9         (6)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for the

10  establishment and discontinuance of program and course

11  offerings in accordance with law and rule; provision for

12  instructional and noninstructional community services,

13  location of classes, and services provided; and dissemination

14  of information concerning such programs and services. New

15  programs must be approved pursuant to s. 1004.03.

16         (7)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for:

17  ensuring that students have access to general education

18  courses as identified in rule; requiring no more than 60

19  semester hours of degree program coursework, including 36

20  semester hours of general education coursework, for an

21  associate in arts degree; notifying students that earned hours

22  in excess of 60 semester hours may not be accepted by state

23  universities; notifying students of unique program

24  prerequisites; and ensuring that degree program coursework

25  beyond general education coursework is consistent with degree

26  program prerequisite requirements adopted pursuant to s.

27  1007.25(5).

28         (8)  Each board of trustees has authority for policies

29  related to students, enrollment of students, student records,

30  student activities, financial assistance, and other student

31  services.


                                 139

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Each board of trustees shall govern admission of

  2  students pursuant to s. 1007.263 and rules of the State Board

  3  of Education. A board of trustees may establish additional

  4  admissions criteria, which shall be included in the district

  5  interinstitutional articulation agreement developed according

  6  to s. 1007.235, to ensure student readiness for postsecondary

  7  instruction. Each board of trustees may consider the past

  8  actions of any person applying for admission or enrollment and

  9  may deny admission or enrollment to an applicant because of

10  misconduct if determined to be in the best interest of the

11  community college.

12         (b)  Each board of trustees shall adopt rules

13  establishing student performance standards for the award of

14  degrees and certificates pursuant to s. 1004.68.

15         (c)  Boards of trustees are authorized to establish

16  intrainstitutional and interinstitutional programs to maximize

17  articulation pursuant to s. 1007.22.

18         (d)  Boards of trustees shall identify their core

19  curricula, which shall include courses required by the State

20  Board of Education, pursuant to the provisions of s.

21  1007.25(6).

22         (e)  Each board of trustees must adopt a written

23  antihazing policy, provide a program for the enforcement of

24  such rules, and must adopt appropriate penalties for

25  violations of such rules pursuant to the provisions of s.

26  1006.63(1)-(3).

27         (f)  Each board of trustees may establish a uniform

28  code of conduct and appropriate penalties for violation of its

29  rules by students and student organizations, including rules

30  governing student academic honesty. Such penalties, unless

31  otherwise provided by law, may include fines, the withholding


                                 140

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of diplomas or transcripts pending compliance with rules or

  2  payment of fines, and the imposition of probation, suspension,

  3  or dismissal.

  4         (g)  Each board of trustees pursuant to s. 1006.53

  5  shall adopt a policy in accordance with rules of the State

  6  Board of Education that reasonably accommodates the religious

  7  observance, practice, and belief of individual students in

  8  regard to admissions, class attendance, and the scheduling of

  9  examinations and work assignments.

10         (9)  A board of trustees may contract with the board of

11  trustees of a state university for the community college to

12  provide college-preparatory instruction on the state

13  university campus.

14         (10)  Each board of trustees shall establish fees

15  pursuant to ss. 1009.22, 1009.23, 1009.25, 1009.26, and

16  1009.27.

17         (11)  Each board of trustees shall submit an

18  institutional budget request, including a request for fixed

19  capital outlay, and an operating budget to the State Board of

20  Education for approval in accordance with guidelines

21  established by the State Board of Education.

22         (12)  Each board of trustees shall account for

23  expenditures of all state, local, federal and other funds in

24  the manner described by the Department of Education.

25         (13)  Each board of trustees is responsible for the

26  uses for the proceeds of academic improvement trust funds

27  pursuant to s. 1011.85.

28         (14)  Each board of trustees shall develop a strategic

29  plan specifying institutional goals and objectives for the

30  community college for recommendation to the State Board of

31  Education.


                                 141

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (15)  Each board of trustees shall develop an

  2  accountability plan pursuant to s. 1008.45.

  3         (16)  Each board of trustees must expend performance

  4  funds provided for workforce development education pursuant to

  5  the provisions of s. 1011.80.

  6         (17)  Each board of trustees is accountable for

  7  performance in certificate career education and diploma

  8  programs pursuant to s. 1008.44.

  9         (18)  Each board of trustees shall establish the

10  personnel program for all employees of the community college,

11  including the president, pursuant to the provisions of chapter

12  1012 and rules and guidelines of the State Board of Education,

13  including: compensation and other conditions of employment;

14  recruitment and selection; nonreappointment; standards for

15  performance and conduct; evaluation; benefits and hours of

16  work; leave policies; recognition; inventions and work

17  products; travel; learning opportunities; exchange programs;

18  academic freedom and responsibility; promotion; assignment;

19  demotion; transfer; ethical obligations and conflict of

20  interest; restrictive covenants; disciplinary actions;

21  complaints; appeals and grievance procedures; and separation

22  and termination from employment.

23         (19)  Each board of trustees shall appoint, suspend, or

24  remove the president of the community college.  The board of

25  trustees may appoint a search committee. The board of trustees

26  shall conduct annual evaluations of the president in

27  accordance with rules of the State Board of Education and

28  submit such evaluations to the State Board of Education for

29  review. The evaluation must address the achievement of the

30  performance goals established by the accountability process

31  implemented pursuant to s. 1008.45 and the performance of the


                                 142

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  president in achieving the annual and long-term goals and

  2  objectives established in the community college's employment

  3  accountability program implemented pursuant to s. 1012.86.

  4         (20)  Each board of trustees is authorized to enter

  5  into contracts to provide a State Community College System

  6  Optional Retirement Program pursuant to s. 1012.875 and to

  7  enter into consortia with other boards of trustees for this

  8  purpose.

  9         (21)  Each board of trustees is authorized to purchase

10  annuities for its community college personnel who have 25 or

11  more years of creditable service and who have reached age 55

12  and have applied for retirement under the Florida Retirement

13  System pursuant to the provisions of s. 1012.87.

14         (22)  A board of trustees may defray all costs of

15  defending civil actions against officers, employees, or agents

16  of the board of trustees pursuant to s. 1012.85.

17         (23)  Each board of trustees has authority for risk

18  management, safety, security, and law enforcement operations.

19  Each board of trustees is authorized to employ personnel,

20  including police officers pursuant to s. 1012.88, to carry out

21  the duties imposed by this subsection.

22         (24)  Each board of trustees shall provide rules

23  governing parking and the direction and flow of traffic within

24  campus boundaries. Except for sworn law enforcement personnel,

25  persons employed to enforce campus parking rules have no

26  authority to arrest or issue citations for moving traffic

27  violations. The board of trustees may adopt a uniform code of

28  appropriate penalties for violations. Such penalties, unless

29  otherwise provided by law, may include the levying of fines,

30  the withholding of diplomas or transcripts pending compliance

31  with rules or payment of fines, and the imposition of


                                 143

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  probation, suspension, or dismissal. Moneys collected from

  2  parking rule infractions shall be deposited in appropriate

  3  funds at each community college for student financial aid

  4  purposes.

  5         (25)  Each board of trustees constitutes the

  6  contracting agent of the community college. It may when acting

  7  as a body make contracts, sue, and be sued in the name of the

  8  board of trustees. In any suit, a change in personnel of the

  9  board of trustees shall not abate the suit, which shall

10  proceed as if such change had not taken place.

11         (26)  Each board of trustees is authorized to contract

12  for the purchase, sale, lease, license, or acquisition in any

13  manner (including purchase by installment or lease-purchase

14  contract which may provide for the payment of interest on the

15  unpaid portion of the purchase price and for the granting of a

16  security interest in the items purchased) of goods, materials,

17  equipment, and services required by the community college. The

18  board of trustees may choose to consolidate equipment

19  contracts under master equipment financing agreements made

20  pursuant to s. 287.064.

21         (27)  Each board of trustees shall be responsible for

22  managing and protecting real and personal property acquired or

23  held in trust for use by and for the benefit of such community

24  college.  To that end, any board of trustees is authorized to

25  be self-insured, to enter into risk management programs, or to

26  purchase insurance for whatever coverage it may choose, or to

27  have any combination thereof, in anticipation of any loss,

28  damage, or destruction. A board of trustees may contract for

29  self-insurance services pursuant to s. 1001.64(27).

30         (28)  Each board of trustees is authorized to enter

31  into agreements for, and accept, credit card, charge card, and


                                 144

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  debit card payments as compensation for goods, services,

  2  tuition, and fees. Each community college is further

  3  authorized to establish accounts in credit card, charge card,

  4  and debit card banks for the deposit of sales invoices.

  5         (29)  Each board of trustees may provide incubator

  6  facilities to eligible small business concerns pursuant to s.

  7  1004.79.

  8         (30)  Each board of trustees may establish a technology

  9  transfer center for the purpose of providing institutional

10  support to local business and industry and governmental

11  agencies in the application of new research in technology

12  pursuant to the provisions of s. 1004.78.

13         (31)  Each board of trustees may establish economic

14  development centers for the purpose of serving as liaisons

15  between community colleges and the business sector pursuant to

16  the provisions of s. 1004.80.

17         (32)  Each board of trustees may establish a child

18  development training center pursuant to s. 1004.81.

19         (33)  Each board of trustees is authorized to develop

20  and produce work products relating to educational endeavors

21  that are subject to trademark, copyright, or patent statutes

22  pursuant to chapter 1004.

23         (34)  Each board of trustees shall administer the

24  facilities program pursuant to chapter 1013, including but not

25  limited to: the construction of public educational and

26  ancillary plant; the acquisition and disposal of property;

27  compliance with building and life safety codes; submission of

28  data and information relating to facilities and construction;

29  use of buildings and grounds; establishment of safety and

30  sanitation programs for the protection of building occupants;

31  and site planning and selection.


                                 145

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (35)  Each board of trustees may exercise the right of

  2  eminent domain pursuant to the provisions of chapter 1013.

  3         (36)  Each board of trustees may enter into

  4  lease-purchase arrangements with private individuals or

  5  corporations for necessary grounds and buildings for community

  6  college purposes, other than dormitories, or for buildings

  7  other than dormitories to be erected for community college

  8  purposes. Such arrangements shall be paid from capital outlay

  9  and debt service funds as provided by s. 1011.84(2), with

10  terms not to exceed 30 years at a stipulated rate. The

11  provisions of such contracts, including building plans, are

12  subject to approval by the Department of Education, and no

13  such contract may be entered into without such approval.

14         (37)  Each board of trustees may purchase, acquire,

15  receive, hold, own, manage, lease, sell, dispose of, and

16  convey title to real property, in the best interests of the

17  community college.

18         (38)  Each board of trustees is authorized to borrow

19  funds and incur debt, including entering into lease-purchase

20  agreements and the issuance of revenue bonds as specifically

21  authorized and only for the purposes authorized in ss.

22  1009.22(6) and (9) and 1009.23(11) and (12). At the option of

23  the board of trustees, bonds may be issued which are secured

24  by a combination of revenues authorized to be pledged to bonds

25  pursuant to ss. 1009.22(6) and 1009.23(11) or ss. 1009.22(9)

26  and 1009.23(12). Lease-purchase agreements may be secured by a

27  combination of revenues as specifically authorized pursuant to

28  ss. 1009.22(7) and 1009.23(10).

29         (39)  Each board of trustees shall prescribe conditions

30  for direct-support organizations to be certified and to use

31  community college property and services. Conditions relating


                                 146

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to certification must provide for audit review and oversight

  2  by the board of trustees.

  3         (40)  Each board of trustees may adopt policies

  4  pursuant to s. 1010.02 that provide procedures for

  5  transferring to the direct-support organization of that

  6  community college for administration by such organization

  7  contributions made to the community college.

  8         (41)  The board of trustees shall exert every effort to

  9  collect all delinquent accounts pursuant to s. 1010.03.

10         (42)  Each board of trustees shall implement a plan, in

11  accordance with guidelines of the State Board of Education,

12  for working on a regular basis with the other community

13  college boards of trustees, representatives of the university

14  boards of trustees, and representatives of the district school

15  boards to achieve the goals of the seamless education system.

16         (43)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for

17  compliance with state and federal laws, rules, regulations,

18  and requirements.

19         (44)  Each board of trustees may adopt rules,

20  procedures, and policies related to institutional governance,

21  administration, and management in order to promote orderly and

22  efficient operation, including, but not limited to, financial

23  management, budget management, physical plant management, and

24  property management.

25         (45)  Each board of trustees may adopt rules and

26  procedures related to data or technology, including, but not

27  limited to, information systems, communications systems,

28  computer hardware and software, and networks.

29         (46)  Each board of trustees may consider the past

30  actions of any person applying for employment and may deny

31  


                                 147

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  employment to a person because of misconduct if determined to

  2  be in the best interest of the community college.

  3         Section 80.  Section 1001.65, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read: 

  5         1001.65  Community college presidents; powers and

  6  duties.--The president is the chief executive officer of the

  7  community college, shall be corporate secretary of the

  8  community college board of trustees, and is responsible for

  9  the operation and administration of the community college.

10  Each community college president shall:

11         (1)  Recommend the adoption of rules, as appropriate,

12  to the community college board of trustees to implement

13  provisions of law governing the operation and administration

14  of the community college, which shall include the specific

15  powers and duties enumerated in this section. Such rules shall

16  be consistent with law, the mission of the community college

17  and the rules and policies of the State Board of Education.

18         (2)  Prepare a budget request and an operating budget

19  pursuant to s. 1011.30 for approval by the community college

20  board of trustees at such time and in such format as the State

21  Board of Education may prescribe.

22         (3)  Establish and implement policies and procedures to

23  recruit, appoint, transfer, promote, compensate, evaluate,

24  reward, demote, discipline, and remove personnel, within law

25  and rules of the State Board of Education and in accordance

26  with rules or policies approved by the community college board

27  of trustees.

28         (4)  Govern admissions, subject to law and rules or

29  policies of the community college board of trustees and the

30  State Board of Education.

31  


                                 148

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  Approve, execute, and administer contracts for and

  2  on behalf of the community college board of trustees for

  3  licenses; the acquisition or provision of commodities, goods,

  4  equipment, and services; leases of real and personal property;

  5  and planning and construction to be rendered to or by the

  6  community college, provided such contracts are within law and

  7  guidelines of the State Board of Education and in conformance

  8  with policies of the community college board of trustees, and

  9  are for the implementation of approved programs of the

10  community college.

11         (6)  Act for the community college board of trustees as

12  custodian of all community college property and financial

13  resources. The authority vested in the community college

14  president under this subsection includes the authority to

15  prioritize the use of community college space, property,

16  equipment, and resources and the authority to impose charges

17  for the use of those items.

18         (7)  Establish the internal academic calendar of the

19  community college within general guidelines of the State Board

20  of Education.

21         (8)  Administer the community college's program of

22  intercollegiate athletics.

23         (9)  Recommend to the board of trustees the

24  establishment and termination of programs within the approved

25  role and scope of the community college.

26         (10)  Award degrees.

27         (11)  Recommend to the board of trustees a schedule of

28  tuition and fees to be charged by the community college,

29  within law and rules of the State Board of Education.

30         (12)  Organize the community college to efficiently and

31  effectively achieve the goals of the community college.


                                 149

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (13)  Review periodically the operations of the

  2  community college in order to determine how effectively and

  3  efficiently the community college is being administered and

  4  whether it is meeting the goals of its strategic plan adopted

  5  by the State Board of Education.

  6         (14)  Enter into agreements for student exchange

  7  programs that involve students at the community college and

  8  students in other institutions of higher learning.

  9         (15)  Approve the internal procedures of student

10  government organizations and provide purchasing, contracting,

11  and budgetary review processes for these organizations.

12         (16)  Ensure compliance with federal and state laws,

13  rules, regulations, and other requirements that are applicable

14  to the community college.

15         (17)  Maintain all data and information pertaining to

16  the operation of the community college, and report on the

17  attainment by the community college of institutional and

18  statewide performance accountability goals.

19         (18)  The college president shall certify to the

20  department a project's compliance with the requirements for

21  expenditure of PECO funds prior to release of funds pursuant

22  to the provisions of chapter 1013.

23         (19)  Each community college president must provide to

24  the law enforcement agency and fire department that has

25  jurisdiction over the community college a copy of the floor

26  plans and other relevant documents for each educational

27  facility as defined in s. 1013.01(6). After the initial

28  submission of the floor plans and other relevant documents,

29  the community college president shall submit, by October 1 of

30  each year, revised floor plans and other relevant documents

31  


                                 150

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for each educational facility that was modified during the

  2  preceding year.

  3         (20)  Each community college president shall establish

  4  a committee to consider requests for waivers from the

  5  provisions of s. 1008.29 and approve or disapprove the

  6  committee's recommendations.

  7         (21)  Community college presidents shall jointly

  8  develop and implement with school superintendents a

  9  comprehensive articulated acceleration program, including a

10  comprehensive interinstitutional articulation agreement, for

11  the students enrolled in their respective school districts and

12  service areas pursuant to the provisions of s. 1007.235.

13         (22)  Each president of a community college shall have

14  authority, after notice to the student of the charges and

15  after a hearing thereon, to expel, suspend, or otherwise

16  discipline any student who is found to have violated any law,

17  ordinance, or rule or regulation of the State Board of

18  Education or of the board of trustees of the community college

19  pursuant to the provisions of s. 1006.62.

20         (23)  Each community college president shall submit an

21  annual employment accountability plan to the Department of

22  Education pursuant to the provisions of s. 1012.86.

23         (24)  The community college presidents, or the

24  presidents' designees, shall annually evaluate each department

25  chairperson, dean, provost, and vice president in achieving

26  the annual and long-term goals and objectives of the community

27  college's employment accountability plan.

28         (25)  The authority vested with a community college

29  shall be vested with the president of the community college or

30  his or her designee.

31  


                                 151

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 81.  Part IV of chapter 1001, Florida Statutes,

  2  shall be entitled "State Universities" and shall consist of

  3  ss. 1001.71-1001.75.

  4         Section 82.  Section 1001.71, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1001.71  University boards of trustees; membership.--

  7         (1)  University boards of trustees shall be comprised

  8  of 12 members appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the

  9  Senate in the regular legislative session immediately

10  following his or her appointment. In addition, the student

11  body president elected on the main campus of the university

12  shall serve ex officio as a voting member of his or her

13  university board of trustees. There shall be no state

14  residency requirement for university board members, but the

15  Governor shall consider diversity and regional representation.

16         (2)  Members of the boards of trustees shall receive no

17  compensation but may be reimbursed for travel and per diem

18  expenses as provided in s. 112.061.

19         (3)  The Governor may remove a trustee upon the

20  recommendation of the State Board of Education, or for cause.

21         (4)  Boards of trustees' members shall be appointed for

22  staggered 4-year terms, and may be reappointed for additional

23  terms not to exceed 8 years of service.

24         (5)  Each board of trustees shall select its chair and

25  vice chair from the appointed members at its first regular

26  meeting after July 1. The chair shall serve for 2 years and

27  may be reselected for one additional consecutive term. The

28  duties of the chair shall include presiding at all meetings of

29  the board of trustees, calling special meetings of the board

30  of trustees, attesting to actions of the board of trustees,

31  and notifying the Governor in writing whenever a board member


                                 152

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fails to attend three consecutive regular board meetings in

  2  any fiscal year, which failure may be grounds for removal. The

  3  duty of the vice chair is to act as chair during the absence

  4  or disability of the chair.

  5         (6)  The university president shall serve as executive

  6  officer and corporate secretary of the board of trustees and

  7  shall be responsible to the board of trustees for all

  8  operations of the university and for setting the agenda for

  9  meetings of the board of trustees in consultation with the

10  chair.

11         Section 83.  Section 1001.72, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1001.72  University boards of trustees; boards to

14  constitute a corporation.--

15         (1)  Each board of trustees shall be a public body

16  corporate by the name of "The (name of university) Board of

17  Trustees," with all the powers of a body corporate, including

18  a corporate seal, the power to contract and be contracted

19  with, to sue and be sued, to plead and be impleaded in all

20  courts of law or equity, and to give and receive donations. In

21  all suits against a board of trustees, service of process

22  shall be made on the chair of the board of trustees or, in the

23  absence of the chair, on the corporate secretary or designee.

24         (2)  It is the intent of the Legislature that the

25  university boards of trustees are not departments of the

26  executive branch of state government within the scope and

27  meaning of s. 6, Art. IV of the State Constitution.

28         (3)  The corporation is constituted as a public

29  instrumentality, and the exercise by the corporation of the

30  power conferred by this section is considered to be the

31  performance of an essential public function.  The corporation


                                 153

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall constitute an agency for the purposes of s. 120.52. The

  2  corporation is subject to chapter 119, subject to exceptions

  3  applicable to the corporation, and to the provisions of

  4  chapter 286; however, the corporation shall be entitled to

  5  provide notice of internal review committee meetings for

  6  competitive proposals or procurement to applicants by mail or

  7  facsimile rather than by means of publication. The corporation

  8  is not governed by chapter 607, but by the provisions of this

  9  part.

10         (4)  No bureau, department, division, agency, or

11  subdivision of the state shall exercise any responsibility and

12  authority to operate any state university except as

13  specifically provided by law or rules of the State Board of

14  Education. This section shall not prohibit any department,

15  bureau, division, agency, or subdivision of the state from

16  providing access to programs or systems or providing other

17  assistance to a state university pursuant to an agreement

18  between the board of trustees and such department, bureau,

19  division, agency, or subdivision of the state.

20         Section 84.  Section 1001.73, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1001.73  University board empowered to act as

23  trustee.--

24         (1)  Whenever appointed by any competent court of the

25  state, or by any statute, or in any will, deed, or other

26  instrument, or in any manner whatever as trustee of any funds

27  or real or personal property in which any of the institutions

28  or agencies under its management, control, or supervision, or

29  their departments or branches or students, faculty members,

30  officers, or employees, may be interested as beneficiaries, or

31  otherwise, or for any educational purpose, a university board


                                 154

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of trustees is hereby authorized to act as trustee with full

  2  legal capacity as trustee to administer such trust property,

  3  and the title thereto shall vest in said board as trustee. In

  4  all such cases, the university board of trustees shall have

  5  the power and capacity to do and perform all things as fully

  6  as any individual trustee or other competent trustee might do

  7  or perform, and with the same rights, privileges, and duties,

  8  including the power, capacity, and authority to convey,

  9  transfer, mortgage, or pledge such property held in trust and

10  to contract and execute all other documents relating to said

11  trust property which may be required for, or appropriate to,

12  the administration of such trust or to accomplish the purposes

13  of any such trust.

14         (2)  Deeds, mortgages, leases, and other contracts of

15  the university board of trustees relating to real property of

16  any such trust or any interest therein may be executed by the

17  university board of trustees, as trustee, in the same manner

18  as is provided by the laws of the state for the execution of

19  similar documents by other corporations or may be executed by

20  the signatures of a majority of the members of the board of

21  trustees; however, to be effective, any such deed, mortgage,

22  or lease contract for more than 10 years of any trust

23  property, executed hereafter by the university board of

24  trustees, shall be approved by a resolution of the State Board

25  of Education; and such approving resolution may be evidenced

26  by the signature of either the chair or the secretary of the

27  State Board of Education to an endorsement on the instrument

28  approved, reciting the date of such approval, and bearing the

29  seal of the State Board of Education.  Such signed and sealed

30  endorsement shall be a part of the instrument and entitled to

31  record without further proof.


                                 155

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Any and all such appointments of, and acts by, the

  2  Board of Regents as trustee of any estate, fund, or property

  3  prior to May 18, 1949, are hereby validated, and said board's

  4  capacity and authority to act as trustee subject to the

  5  provisions of s. 1000.01(5)(a) in all of such cases is

  6  ratified and confirmed; and all deeds, conveyances, lease

  7  contracts, and other contracts heretofore executed by the

  8  Board of Regents, either by the signatures of a majority of

  9  the members of the board or in the board's name by its chair

10  or chief executive officer, are hereby approved, ratified,

11  confirmed, and validated.

12         (4)  Nothing herein shall be construed to authorize a

13  university board of trustees to contract a debt on behalf of,

14  or in any way to obligate, the state; and the satisfaction of

15  any debt or obligation incurred by the university board as

16  trustee under the provisions of this section shall be

17  exclusively from the trust property, mortgaged or encumbered;

18  and nothing herein shall in any manner affect or relate to the

19  provisions of ss. 1010.61-1010.619, or s. 1013.78.

20         Section 85.  Section 1001.74, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1001.74  Powers and duties of university boards of

23  trustees.--

24         (1)  The boards of trustees shall be responsible for

25  cost-effective policy decisions appropriate to the

26  university's mission, the implementation and maintenance of

27  high-quality education programs within law and rules of the

28  State Board of Education, the measurement of performance, the

29  reporting of information, and the provision of input regarding

30  state policy, budgeting, and education standards.

31  


                                 156

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Each board of trustees is vested with the

  2  authority to govern its university, as necessary to provide

  3  proper governance and improvement of the university in

  4  accordance with law and with rules of the State Board of

  5  Education. Each board of trustees shall perform all duties

  6  assigned by law or by rule of the State Board of Education or

  7  the Commissioner of Education.

  8         (3)  A board of trustees shall have the power to take

  9  action without a recommendation from the president and shall

10  have the power to require the president to deliver to the

11  board of trustees all data and information required by the

12  board of trustees in the performance of its duties.

13         (4)  Each board of trustees may adopt rules pursuant to

14  ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the provisions of law

15  conferring duties upon it.  Such rules must be consistent with

16  rules of the State Board of Education.

17         (5)  Each board of trustees shall have the authority to

18  acquire real and personal property and contract for the sale

19  and disposal of same and approve and execute contracts for the

20  purchase, sale, lease, license, or acquisition of commodities,

21  goods, equipment, contractual services, leases of real and

22  personal property, and construction.  The acquisition may

23  include purchase by installment or lease-purchase. Such

24  contracts may provide for payment of interest on the unpaid

25  portion of the purchase price. Title to all real property

26  acquired prior to January 7, 2003, and to all real property

27  acquired with funds appropriated by the Legislature shall be

28  vested in the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement

29  Trust Fund and shall be transferred and conveyed by it.

30  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subsection, each

31  board of trustees shall comply with the provisions of s.


                                 157

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  287.055 for the procurement of professional services as

  2  defined therein.

  3         (6)  Each board of trustees shall have responsibility

  4  for the use, maintenance, protection, and control of

  5  university-owned or university-controlled buildings and

  6  grounds, property and equipment, name, trademarks and other

  7  proprietary marks, and the financial and other resources of

  8  the university. Such authority may include placing

  9  restrictions on activities and on access to facilities,

10  firearms, food, tobacco, alcoholic beverages, distribution of

11  printed materials, commercial solicitation, animals, and

12  sound. The authority vested in the board of trustees in this

13  subsection includes the prioritization of the use of space,

14  property, equipment, and resources and the imposition of

15  charges for those items.

16         (7)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for the

17  establishment and discontinuance of degree programs up to and

18  including the master's degree level; the establishment and

19  discontinuance of course offerings; provision of credit and

20  noncredit educational offerings; location of classes; services

21  provided; and dissemination of information concerning such

22  programs and services. Approval of new programs must be

23  pursuant to criteria established by the State Board of

24  Education.

25         (8)  Each board of trustees is authorized to create

26  divisions of sponsored research pursuant to the provisions of

27  s. 1011.411 to serve the function of administration and

28  promotion of the programs of research.

29         (9)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for:

30  ensuring that students have access to general education

31  courses as identified in rule and requiring no more than 120


                                 158

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  semester hours of coursework for baccalaureate degree programs

  2  unless approved by the State Board of Education. At least half

  3  of the required coursework for any baccalaureate degree must

  4  be offered at the lower-division level, except in program

  5  areas approved by the State Board of Education.

  6         (10)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for

  7  policies related to students, enrollment of students, student

  8  activities and organizations, financial assistance, and other

  9  student services.

10         (a)  Each board of trustees shall govern admission of

11  students pursuant to s. 1007.261 and rules of the State Board

12  of Education. Each board of trustees may consider the past

13  actions of any person applying for admission or enrollment and

14  may deny admission or enrollment to an applicant because of

15  misconduct if determined to be in the best interest of the

16  university.

17         (b)  Each board of trustees shall establish student

18  performance standards for the award of degrees and

19  certificates.

20         (c)  Each board of trustees must identify its core

21  curricula and work with school districts to ensure that its

22  curricula coordinate with the core curricula and prepare

23  students for college-level work.

24         (d)  Each board of trustees must adopt a written

25  antihazing policy, appropriate penalties for violations of

26  such policy, and a program for enforcing such policy.

27         (e)  Each board of trustees may establish a uniform

28  code of conduct and appropriate penalties for violations of

29  its rules by students and student organizations, including

30  rules governing student academic honesty. Such penalties,

31  unless otherwise provided by law, may include fines, the


                                 159

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  withholding of diplomas or transcripts pending compliance with

  2  rules or payment of fines, and the imposition of probation,

  3  suspension, or dismissal.

  4         (f)  Each board of trustees shall establish a

  5  committee, at least one-half of the members of which shall be

  6  students appointed by the student body president, to

  7  periodically review and evaluate the student judicial system.

  8         (g)  Each board of trustees must adopt a policy

  9  pursuant to s. 1006.53 that reasonably accommodates the

10  religious observance, practice, and belief of individual

11  students in regard to admissions, class attendance, and the

12  scheduling of examinations and work assignments.

13         (h)  A board of trustees may establish

14  intrainstitutional and interinstitutional programs to maximize

15  articulation pursuant to s. 1007.22.

16         (i)  Each board of trustees shall approve the internal

17  procedures of student government organizations.

18         (11)  Each board of trustees shall establish fees

19  pursuant to ss. 1009.24 and 1009.26.

20         (12)  Each board of trustees shall submit an

21  institutional budget request, including a request for fixed

22  capital outlay, and an operating budget to the State Board of

23  Education for approval in accordance with guidelines

24  established by the State Board of Education.

25         (13)  Each board of trustees shall account for

26  expenditures of all state, local, federal, and other funds in

27  the manner described by the Department of Education.

28         (14)  Each board of trustees shall develop a strategic

29  plan specifying institutional goals and objectives for the

30  university for recommendation to the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 160

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (15)  Each board of trustees shall develop an

  2  accountability plan pursuant to guidelines established by the

  3  State Board of Education.

  4         (16)  Each board of trustees shall maintain an

  5  effective information system to provide accurate, timely, and

  6  cost-effective information about the university.

  7         (17)  Each board of trustees is authorized to secure

  8  comprehensive general liability insurance pursuant to s.

  9  1004.24.

10         (18)  Each board of trustees may provide for payment of

11  the costs of civil actions against officers, employees, or

12  agents of the board pursuant to s. 1012.965.

13         (19)  Each board of trustees shall establish the

14  personnel program for all employees of the university,

15  including the president, pursuant to the provisions of chapter

16  1012 and, in accordance with rules and guidelines of the State

17  Board of Education, including: compensation and other

18  conditions of employment, recruitment and selection,

19  nonreappointment, standards for performance and conduct,

20  evaluation, benefits and hours of work, leave policies,

21  recognition and awards, inventions and works, travel, learning

22  opportunities, exchange programs, academic freedom and

23  responsibility, promotion, assignment, demotion, transfer,

24  tenure and permanent status, ethical obligations and conflicts

25  of interest, restrictive covenants, disciplinary actions,

26  complaints, appeals and grievance procedures, and separation

27  and termination from employment.

28         (20)  Each board of trustees may consider the past

29  actions of any person applying for employment and may deny

30  employment to a person because of misconduct if determined to

31  be in the best interest of the university.


                                 161

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (21)  Each board of trustees shall appoint a

  2  presidential search committee to make recommendations to the

  3  full board of trustees, from which the board of trustees may

  4  select a candidate for ratification by the State Board of

  5  Education.

  6         (22)  Each board of trustees shall conduct an annual

  7  evaluation of the president in accordance with rules of the

  8  State Board of Education and submit such evaluations to the

  9  State Board of Education for review. The evaluation must

10  address the achievement of the performance goals established

11  by the accountability process implemented pursuant to s.

12  1008.46 and the performance of the president in achieving the

13  annual and long-term goals and objectives established in the

14  institution's employment equity accountability program

15  implemented pursuant to s. 1012.95.

16         (23)  Each board of trustees constitutes the

17  contracting agent of the university.

18         (24)  Each board of trustees may enter into agreements

19  for, and accept, credit card payments as compensation for

20  goods, services, tuition, and fees.

21         (25)  Each board of trustees may establish educational

22  research centers for child development pursuant to s. 1011.48.

23         (26)  Each board of trustees may develop and produce

24  work products relating to educational endeavors that are

25  subject to trademark, copyright, or patent statutes pursuant

26  to s. 1004.23.

27         (27)  Each board of trustees shall submit to the State

28  Board of Education, for approval, all new campuses and

29  instructional centers.

30  

31  


                                 162

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (28)  Each board of trustees shall administer a program

  2  for the maintenance and construction of facilities pursuant to

  3  chapter 1013.

  4         (29)  Each board of trustees shall ensure compliance

  5  with the provisions of s. 287.09451 for all procurement and

  6  ss. 255.101 and 255.102 for construction contracts, and rules

  7  adopted pursuant thereto, relating to the utilization of

  8  minority business enterprises, except that procurements

  9  costing less than the amount provided for in CATEGORY FIVE as

10  provided in s. 287.017 shall not be subject to s. 287.09451.

11         (30)  Each board of trustees may exercise the right of

12  eminent domain pursuant to the provisions of chapter 1013. Any

13  suits or actions brought by the board of trustees shall be

14  brought in the name of the board of trustees, and the

15  Department of Legal Affairs shall conduct the proceedings for,

16  and act as the counsel of, the board of trustees.

17         (31)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 253.025,

18  each board of trustees may, with the consent of the Board of

19  Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund, sell, convey,

20  transfer, exchange, trade, or purchase real property and

21  related improvements necessary and desirable to serve the

22  needs and purposes of the university.

23         (a)  The board of trustees may secure appraisals and

24  surveys. The board of trustees shall comply with the rules of

25  the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund

26  in securing appraisals. Whenever the board of trustees finds

27  it necessary for timely property acquisition, it may contract,

28  without the need for competitive selection, with one or more

29  appraisers whose names are contained on the list of approved

30  appraisers maintained by the Division of State Lands in the

31  Department of Environmental Protection.


                                 163

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The board of trustees may negotiate and enter into

  2  an option contract before an appraisal is obtained. The option

  3  contract must state that the final purchase price may not

  4  exceed the maximum value allowed by law. The consideration for

  5  such an option contract may not exceed 10 percent of the

  6  estimate obtained by the board of trustees or 10 percent of

  7  the value of the parcel, whichever is greater, unless

  8  otherwise authorized by the board of trustees.

  9         (c)  This subsection is not intended to abrogate in any

10  manner the authority delegated to the Board of Trustees of the

11  Internal Improvement Trust Fund or the Division of State Lands

12  to approve a contract for purchase of state lands or to

13  require policies and procedures to obtain clear legal title to

14  parcels purchased for state purposes. Title to property

15  acquired by a university board of trustees prior to January 7,

16  2003, and to property acquired with funds appropriated by the

17  Legislature shall vest in the Board of Trustees of the

18  Internal Improvement Trust Fund.

19         (32)  Each board of trustees shall prepare and adopt a

20  campus master plan pursuant to s. 1013.30.

21         (33)  Each board of trustees shall prepare, adopt, and

22  execute a campus development agreement pursuant to s. 1013.30.

23         (34)  Each board of trustees has responsibility for

24  compliance with state and federal laws, rules, regulations,

25  and requirements.

26         (35)  Each board of trustees may govern traffic on the

27  grounds of that campus pursuant to s. 1006.66.

28         (36)  A board of trustees has responsibility for

29  supervising faculty practice plans for the academic health

30  science centers.

31  


                                 164

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (37)  Each board of trustees shall prescribe conditions

  2  for direct-support organizations and university health

  3  services support organizations to be certified and to use

  4  university property and services. Conditions relating to

  5  certification must provide for audit review and oversight by

  6  the board of trustees.

  7         (38)  Each board of trustees shall actively implement a

  8  plan, in accordance with guidelines of the State Board of

  9  Education, for working on a regular basis with the other

10  university boards of trustees, representatives of the

11  community college boards of trustees, and representatives of

12  the district school boards, to achieve the goals of the

13  seamless education system.

14         (39)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.351, a

15  board of trustees may authorize the rent or lease of parking

16  facilities, provided that such facilities are funded through

17  parking fees or parking fines imposed by a university. A board

18  of trustees may authorize a university to charge fees for

19  parking at such rented or leased parking facilities.

20         (40)  Each board of trustees may adopt rules and

21  procedures related to data and technology, including

22  information systems, communications systems, computer hardware

23  and software, and networks.

24         (41)  A board of trustees shall perform such other

25  duties as are provided by law or rule of the State Board of

26  Education.

27         Section 86.  Section 1001.75, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1001.75  University presidents; powers and duties.--The

30  president is the chief executive officer of the state

31  university, shall be corporate secretary of the university


                                 165

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board of trustees, and is responsible for the operation and

  2  administration of the university. Each state university

  3  president shall:

  4         (1)  Recommend the adoption of rules, as appropriate,

  5  to the university board of trustees to implement provisions of

  6  law governing the operation and administration of the

  7  university, which shall include the specific powers and duties

  8  enumerated in this section. Such rules shall be consistent

  9  with the mission of the university and the rules and policies

10  of the State Board of Education.

11         (2)  Prepare a budget request and an operating budget

12  for approval by the university board of trustees.

13         (3)  Establish and implement policies and procedures to

14  recruit, appoint, transfer, promote, compensate, evaluate,

15  reward, demote, discipline, and remove personnel, within law

16  and rules of the State Board of Education and in accordance

17  with rules or policies approved by the university board of

18  trustees.

19         (4)  Govern admissions, subject to law and rules or

20  policies of the university board of trustees and the State

21  Board of Education.

22         (5)  Approve, execute, and administer contracts for and

23  on behalf of the university board of trustees for licenses;

24  the acquisition or provision of commodities, goods, equipment,

25  and services; leases of real and personal property; and

26  planning and construction to be rendered to or by the

27  university, provided such contracts are within law and rules

28  of the State Board of Education and in conformance with

29  policies of the university board of trustees, and are for the

30  implementation of approved programs of the university.

31  University presidents shall comply with the provisions of s.


                                 166

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  287.055 for the procurement of professional services and may

  2  approve and execute all contracts on behalf of the board of

  3  trustees for planning, construction, and equipment. For the

  4  purposes of a university president's contracting authority, a

  5  "continuing contract" for professional services under the

  6  provisions of s. 287.055 is one in which construction costs do

  7  not exceed $1 million or the fee for study activity does not

  8  exceed $100,000.

  9         (6)  Act for the university board of trustees as

10  custodian of all university property.

11         (7)  Establish the internal academic calendar of the

12  university within general guidelines of the State Board of

13  Education.

14         (8)  Administer the university's program of

15  intercollegiate athletics.

16         (9)  Recommend to the board of trustees the

17  establishment and termination of undergraduate and

18  master's-level degree programs within the approved role and

19  scope of the university.

20         (10)  Award degrees.

21         (11)  Recommend to the board of trustees a schedule of

22  tuition and fees to be charged by the university, within law

23  and rules of the State Board of Education.

24         (12)  Organize the university to efficiently and

25  effectively achieve the goals of the university.

26         (13)  Review periodically the operations of the

27  university in order to determine how effectively and

28  efficiently the university is being administered and whether

29  it is meeting the goals of its strategic plan adopted by the

30  State Board of Education.

31  


                                 167

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  Enter into agreements for student exchange

  2  programs that involve students at the university and students

  3  in other institutions of higher learning.

  4         (15)  Provide purchasing, contracting, and budgetary

  5  review processes for student government organizations.

  6         (16)  Ensure compliance with federal and state laws,

  7  rules, regulations, and other requirements that are applicable

  8  to the university.

  9         (17)  Maintain all data and information pertaining to

10  the operation of the university, and report on the attainment

11  by the university of institutional and statewide performance

12  accountability goals.

13         (18)  Adjust property records and dispose of

14  state-owned tangible personal property in the university's

15  custody in accordance with procedures established by the

16  university board of trustees.  Notwithstanding the provisions

17  of s. 273.055(5), all moneys received from the disposition of

18  state-owned tangible personal property shall be retained by

19  the university and disbursed for the acquisition of tangible

20  personal property and for all necessary operating

21  expenditures. The university shall maintain records of the

22  accounts into which such moneys are deposited.

23         (19)  The powers, duties, and authority vested with a

24  university shall be vested with the president of the

25  university or his or her designee.

26         Section 87.  Chapter 1002, Florida Statutes, shall be

27  entitled "Student and Parental Rights and Educational Choices"

28  and shall consist of ss. 1002.01-1002.44.

29         Section 88.  Part I of chapter 1002, Florida Statutes,

30  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of s.

31  1002.01.


                                 168

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 89.  Section 1002.01, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1002.01  Definitions.--

  4         (1)  A "home education program" means the sequentially

  5  progressive instruction of a student directed by his or her

  6  parent in order to satisfy the attendance requirements of ss.

  7  1002.41, 1003.01(4), and 1003.21(1).

  8         (2)  A "private school" is a nonpublic school defined

  9  as an individual, association, copartnership, or corporation,

10  or department, division, or section of such organizations,

11  that designates itself as an educational center that includes

12  kindergarten or a higher grade or as an elementary, secondary,

13  business, technical, or trade school below college level or

14  any organization that provides instructional services that

15  meet the intent of s. 1003.01(14) or that gives preemployment

16  or supplementary training in technology or in fields of trade

17  or industry or that offers academic, literary, or career and

18  technical training below college level, or any combination of

19  the above, including an institution that performs the

20  functions of the above schools through correspondence or

21  extension, except those licensed under the provisions of

22  chapter 1005. A private school may be a parochial, religious,

23  denominational, for-profit, or nonprofit school. This

24  definition does not include home education programs conducted

25  in accordance with s. 1002.41.

26         Section 90.  Part II of chapter 1002, Florida Statutes,

27  shall be entitled "Student and Parental Rights" and shall

28  consist of ss. 1002.20-1002.22.

29         Section 91.  Section 1002.20, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 169

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1002.20  K-12 student and parent rights.--K-12 students

  2  and their parents are afforded numerous statutory rights

  3  including, but not limited to, the following:

  4         (1)  SYSTEM OF EDUCATION.--In accordance with s. 1,

  5  Art. IX of the State Constitution, all K-12 public school

  6  students are entitled to a uniform, safe, secure, efficient,

  7  and high quality system of education, one that allows students

  8  the opportunity to obtain a high quality education. Parents

  9  are responsible to ready their children for school; however,

10  the State of Florida cannot be the guarantor of each

11  individual student's success.

12         (2)  ATTENDANCE.--

13         (a)  Compulsory school attendance.--The compulsory

14  school attendance laws apply to all children between the ages

15  of 6 and 16 years, as provided in s. 1003.21(1) and (2)(a),

16  and, in accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.21(1) and

17  (2)(a):

18         1.  A student who attains the age of 16 years during

19  the school year has the right to file a formal declaration of

20  intent to terminate school enrollment if the declaration is

21  signed by the parent. The parent has the right to be notified

22  by the school district of the district's receipt of the

23  student's declaration of intent to terminate school

24  enrollment.

25         2.  Students who become or have become married or who

26  are pregnant and parenting have the right to attend school and

27  receive the same or equivalent educational instruction as

28  other students.

29         (b)  Regular school attendance.--Parents of students

30  who have attained the age of 6 years by February 1 of any

31  school year but who have not attained the age of 16 years must


                                 170

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  comply with the compulsory school attendance laws. Parents

  2  have the option to comply with the school attendance laws by

  3  attendance of the student in a public school; a parochial,

  4  religious, or denominational school; a private school; a home

  5  education program; or a private tutoring program, in

  6  accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.01(14).

  7         (c)  Absence for religious purposes.--A parent of a

  8  public school student may request and be granted permission

  9  for absence of the student from school for religious

10  instruction or religious holidays, in accordance with the

11  provisions of s. 1003.21(2)(b).

12         (d)  Dropout prevention and academic intervention

13  programs.--The parent of a public school student has the right

14  to receive written notice by certified mail prior to placement

15  of the student in a dropout prevention and academic

16  intervention program and shall be notified in writing and

17  entitled to an administrative review of any action by school

18  personnel relating to the student's placement, in accordance

19  with the provisions of s. 1003.53(5).

20         (3)  HEALTH ISSUES.--

21         (a)  School-entry health examinations.--The parent of

22  any child attending a public or private school shall be exempt

23  from the requirement of a health examination upon written

24  request stating objections on religious grounds in accordance

25  with the provisions of s. 1003.22(1) and (2).

26         (b)  Immunizations.--The parent of any child attending

27  a public or private school shall be exempt from the school

28  immunization requirements upon meeting any of the exemptions

29  in accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.22(5).

30         (c)  Biological experiments.--Parents may request that

31  their child be excused from performing surgery or dissection


                                 171

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in biological science classes in accordance with the

  2  provisions of s. 1003.47.

  3         (d)  Reproductive health and disease education.--A

  4  public school student whose parent makes written request to

  5  the school principal shall be exempted from the teaching of

  6  reproductive health or any disease, including HIV/AIDS, in

  7  accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.42(3).

  8         (e)  Contraceptive services to public school

  9  students.--In accordance with the provisions of s.

10  1006.062(7), students may not be referred to or offered

11  contraceptive services at school facilities without the

12  parent's consent.

13         (f)  Career and technical education courses involving

14  hazardous substances.--High school students must be given

15  plano safety glasses or devices in career and technical

16  education courses involving the use of hazardous substances

17  likely to cause eye injury, in accordance with the provisions

18  of s. 1006.65.

19         (g)  Substance abuse reports.--The parent of a public

20  school student must be timely notified of any verified report

21  of a substance abuse violation by the student, in accordance

22  with the provisions of s. 1006.09(8).

23         (h)  Inhaler use.--Asthmatic students whose parent and

24  physician provide their approval to the school principal may

25  carry a metered dose inhaler on their person while in school.

26  The school principal shall be provided a copy of the parent's

27  and physician's approval.

28         (4)  DISCIPLINE.--

29         (a)  Suspension of public school student.--In

30  accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.09(1)-(4):

31  


                                 172

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  A student may be suspended only as provided by rule

  2  of the district school board. A good faith effort must be made

  3  to immediately inform the parent by telephone of the student's

  4  suspension and the reason.  Each suspension and the reason

  5  must be reported in writing within 24 hours to the parent by

  6  U.S. mail. A good faith effort must be made to use parental

  7  assistance before suspension unless the situation requires

  8  immediate suspension.

  9         2.  A student with a disability may only be recommended

10  for suspension or expulsion in accordance with State Board of

11  Education rules.

12         (b)  Expulsion.--Public school students and their

13  parents have the right to written notice of a recommendation

14  of expulsion, including the charges against the student and a

15  statement of the right of the student to due process, in

16  accordance with the provisions of s. 1001.51(8).

17         (c)  Corporal punishment.--In accordance with the

18  provisions of s. 1003.32, corporal punishment of a public

19  school student may only be administered by a teacher or school

20  principal within guidelines of the school principal and

21  according to district school board policy. Another adult must

22  be present and must be informed in the student's presence of

23  the reason for the punishment. Upon request, the teacher or

24  school principal must provide the parent with a written

25  explanation of the reason for the punishment and the name of

26  the other adult who was present.

27         (5)  SAFETY.--In accordance with the provisions of s.

28  1006.13(5), students who have been victims of certain felony

29  offenses by other students, as well as the siblings of the

30  student victims, have the right to be kept separated from the

31  


                                 173

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  student offender both at school and during school

  2  transportation.

  3         (6)  EDUCATIONAL CHOICE.--

  4         (a)  Public school choices.--Parents of public school

  5  students may seek whatever public school choice options that

  6  are applicable to their students and are available to students

  7  in their school districts. These options may include

  8  controlled open enrollment, lab schools, charter schools,

  9  charter technical career centers, magnet schools, alternative

10  schools, special programs, advanced placement, dual

11  enrollment, International Baccalaureate, early admissions,

12  credit by examination or demonstration of competency, the New

13  World School of the Arts, the Florida School for the Deaf and

14  Blind, and the Florida Virtual High School. These options may

15  also include the public school choice options of the

16  Opportunity Scholarship Program and the McKay Scholarships for

17  Students with Disabilities Program.

18         (b)  Private school choices.--Parents of public school

19  students may seek private school choice options under certain

20  programs.

21         1.  Under the Opportunity Scholarship Program, the

22  parent of a student in a failing public school may request and

23  receive an opportunity scholarship for the student to attend a

24  private school in accordance with the provisions of s.

25  1002.38.

26         2.  Under the McKay Scholarships for Students with

27  Disabilities Program, the parent of a public school student

28  with a disability who is dissatisfied with the student's

29  progress may request and receive a McKay Scholarship for the

30  student to attend a private school in accordance with the

31  provisions of s. 1002.39.


                                 174

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Under the corporate income tax credit scholarship

  2  program, the parent of a student who qualifies for free or

  3  reduced-price school lunch may seek a scholarship from an

  4  eligible nonprofit scholarship-funding organization in

  5  accordance with the provisions of s. 220.187.

  6         (c)  Home education.--The parent of a student may

  7  choose to place the student in a home education program in

  8  accordance with the provisions of s. 1002.41.

  9         (d)  Private tutoring.--The parent of a student may

10  choose to place the student in a private tutoring program in

11  accordance with the provisions of s. 1002.43(1).

12         (7)  NONDISCRIMINATION.--All education programs,

13  activities, and opportunities offered by public educational

14  institutions must be made available without discrimination on

15  the basis of race, ethnicity, national origin, gender,

16  disability, or marital status, in accordance with the

17  provisions of s. 1000.05.

18         (8)  STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES.--Parents of public

19  school students with disabilities and parents of public school

20  students in residential care facilities are entitled to notice

21  and due process in accordance with the provisions of ss.

22  1003.57 and 1003.58. Public school students with disabilities

23  must be provided the opportunity to meet the graduation

24  requirements for a standard high school diploma in accordance

25  with the provisions of s. 1003.43(4). Certain public school

26  students with disabilities may be awarded a special diploma

27  upon high school graduation.

28         (9)  BLIND STUDENTS.--Blind students have the right to

29  an individualized written education program and appropriate

30  instructional materials to attain literacy, in accordance with

31  provisions of s. 1003.55.


                                 175

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (10)  LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT STUDENTS.--In

  2  accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.56, limited English

  3  proficient students have the right to receive ESOL (English

  4  for Speakers of Other Languages) instruction designed to

  5  develop the student's mastery of listening, speaking, reading,

  6  and writing in English as rapidly as possible, and the

  7  students' parents have the right of parental involvement in

  8  the ESOL program.

  9         (11)  BASIC RELIGIOUS FREEDOMS.--In accordance with the

10  joint statement of current case law by the American Jewish

11  Congress, the ACLU, the Anti-Defamation League, and others:

12         (a)  Right to pray.--Students have the right to pray

13  individually or in groups or to discuss their religious views

14  with their peers so long as they are not disruptive.

15         (b)  Right to express.--Students may express their

16  religious beliefs in the form of reports, homework, and

17  artwork, and such expressions are constitutionally protected.

18  Teachers may not reject or correct such submissions simply

19  because they include a religious symbol or address religious

20  themes.

21         (c)  Right to distribute.--Students have the right to

22  distribute religious literature to their schoolmates, subject

23  to those reasonable time, place, and manner or other

24  constitutionally acceptable restrictions imposed on the

25  distribution of all nonschool literature.

26         (d)  Right to participate.--Student participation in

27  before-school or after-school events, such as "See you at the

28  pole," is permissible.

29         (e)  Right to speak.--Students have the right to speak

30  to, and attempt to persuade, their peers about religious

31  topics just as they do with regard to political topics.


                                 176

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  Right to meet.--Student religious clubs in

  2  secondary schools must be permitted to meet and to have equal

  3  access to campus media to announce their meetings if a school

  4  receives federal funds and permits any student noncurricular

  5  club to meet during noninstructional time.

  6         (12)  PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE.--A public school student

  7  must be excused from reciting the pledge of allegiance upon

  8  written request by the student's parent, in accordance with

  9  the provisions of s. 1003.44.

10         (13)  STUDENT RECORDS.--

11         (a)  Parent rights.--Parents have rights regarding the

12  student records of their children, including right of access,

13  right of waiver of access, right to challenge and hearing, and

14  right of privacy, in accordance with the provisions of s.

15  1002.22.

16         (b)  Student rights.--In accordance with the provisions

17  of s. 1008.386, a student is not required to provide his or

18  her social security number as a condition for enrollment or

19  graduation.

20         (14)  STUDENT REPORT CARDS.--Students and their parents

21  have the right to receive student report cards on a regular

22  basis that clearly depict and grade the student's academic

23  performance in each class or course, the student's conduct,

24  and the student's attendance, in accordance with the

25  provisions of s. 1003.33.

26         (15)  STUDENT PROGRESS REPORTS.--Parents of public

27  school students shall be apprised at regular intervals of the

28  academic progress and other needed information regarding their

29  child, in accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.02(1)(h)2.

30         (16)  SCHOOL ACCOUNTABILITY AND SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT

31  RATING REPORTS.--Parents of public school students are


                                 177

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  entitled to an easy-to-read report card about the grade

  2  designation, school accountability including the school

  3  financial report, and school improvement rating of their

  4  child's school in accordance with the provisions of ss.

  5  1008.22, 1003.02(3), and 1010.215(5).

  6         (17)  ATHLETICS; PUBLIC HIGH SCHOOL.--

  7         (a)  Eligibility.--Eligibility requirements for all

  8  students participating in high school athletic competition

  9  must allow a student to be eligible in the school in which he

10  or she first enrolls each school year, or makes himself or

11  herself a candidate for an athletic team by engaging in

12  practice before enrolling, in accordance with the provisions

13  of s. 1006.20(2)(a).

14         (b)  Medical evaluation.--Students must satisfactorily

15  pass a medical evaluation each year before participating in

16  athletics, unless the parent objects in writing based on

17  religious tenets or practices, in accordance with the

18  provisions of s. 1006.20(2)(d).

19         (18)  EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES.--In accordance with

20  the provisions of s. 1006.15:

21         (a)  Eligibility.--Students who meet specified academic

22  and conduct requirements are eligible to participate in

23  extracurricular activities.

24         (b)  Home education students.--Home education students

25  who meet specified academic and conduct requirements are

26  eligible to participate in extracurricular activities at the

27  public school to which the student would be assigned or could

28  choose to attend according to district school board policies,

29  or may develop an agreement to participate at a private

30  school.

31  


                                 178

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Charter school students.--Charter school students

  2  who meet specified academic and conduct requirements are

  3  eligible to participate in extracurricular activities at the

  4  public school to which the student would be assigned or could

  5  choose to attend according to district school board policies,

  6  unless such activity is provided by the student's charter

  7  school.

  8         (d)  Discrimination prohibited.--Organizations that

  9  regulate or govern extracurricular activities of public

10  schools shall not discriminate against any eligible student

11  based on an educational choice of public, private, or home

12  education.

13         (19)  INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS.--

14         (a)  Core courses.--Each public school student is

15  entitled to sufficient instructional materials in the core

16  courses of mathematics, language arts, social studies,

17  science, reading, and literature, in accordance with the

18  provisions of ss. 1003.02(1)(d) and 1006.40(2).

19         (b)  Curricular objectives.--The parent of each public

20  school student has the right to receive effective

21  communication from the school principal as to the manner in

22  which instructional materials are used to implement the

23  school's curricular objectives, in accordance with the

24  provisions of s. 1006.28(3)(a).

25         (c)  Sale of instructional materials.--Upon request of

26  the parent of a public school student, the school principal

27  must sell to the parent any instructional materials used in

28  the school, in accordance with the provisions of s.

29  1006.28(3)(c).

30         (d)  Dual enrollment students.--Instructional materials

31  purchased by a district school board or community college


                                 179

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board of trustees on behalf of public school dual enrollment

  2  students shall be made available to the dual enrollment

  3  students free of charge, in accordance with the provisions of

  4  s. 1007.271(14) and (15).

  5         (20)  JUVENILE JUSTICE PROGRAMS.--Students who are in

  6  juvenile justice programs have the right to receive

  7  educational programs and services in accordance with the

  8  provisions of s. 1003.52.

  9         (21)  PARENTAL INPUT AND MEETINGS.--

10         (a)  Meetings with school district personnel.--Parents

11  of public school students may be accompanied by another adult

12  of their choice at any meeting with school district personnel.

13         (b)  School district best financial management practice

14  reviews.--Public school students and their parents may provide

15  input regarding their concerns about the operations and

16  management of the school district both during and after the

17  conduct of a school district best financial management

18  practices review, in accordance with the provisions of s.

19  1008.35.

20         (c)  District school board educational facilities

21  programs.--Parents of public school students and other members

22  of the public have the right to receive proper public notice

23  and opportunity for public comment regarding the district

24  school board's educational facilities work program, in

25  accordance with the provisions of s. 1013.35.

26         (22)  TRANSPORTATION.--

27         (a)  Transportation to school.--Public school students

28  shall be provided transportation to school, in accordance with

29  the provisions of s. 1006.21(3)(a).

30         (b)  Hazardous walking conditions.--K-6 public school

31  students shall be provided transportation if they are


                                 180

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  subjected to hazardous walking conditions, in accordance with

  2  the provisions of ss. 1006.21(3)(b) and 1006.23.

  3         (c)  Parental consent.--Each parent of a public school

  4  student must be notified in writing and give written consent

  5  before the student may be transported in a privately owned

  6  motor vehicle to a school function, in accordance with the

  7  provisions of s. 1006.22(2)(b).

  8         Section 92.  Section 1002.21, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1002.21  Postsecondary student and parent rights.--

11         (1)  STUDENT RECORDS.--Parents have rights regarding

12  the student records of their children, and students 18 years

13  of age and older have rights regarding their student records,

14  including right of access, right of waiver of access, right to

15  challenge and hearing, and right of privacy, in accordance

16  with the provisions of ss. 1002.22, 1005.36, and 1006.52.

17         (2)  LEARNING DISABLED STUDENTS.--Impaired and learning

18  disabled students may be eligible for reasonable substitution

19  for admission, graduation, and upper-level division

20  requirements of public postsecondary educational institutions,

21  in accordance with the provisions of s. 1007.264.

22         (3)  EXPULSION, SUSPENSION, DISCIPLINE.--Public

23  postsecondary education students may be expelled, suspended,

24  or otherwise disciplined by the president of a public

25  postsecondary educational institution after notice to the

26  student of the charges and a hearing on the charges, in

27  accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.62.

28         (4)  RELIGIOUS BELIEFS.--Public postsecondary

29  educational institutions must provide reasonable

30  accommodations for the religious practices and beliefs of

31  individual students in regard to admissions, class attendance,


                                 181

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and the scheduling of examinations and work assignments, in

  2  accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.53, and must provide

  3  and describe in the student handbook a grievance procedure for

  4  students to seek redress when they feel they have been

  5  unreasonably denied an educational benefit due to their

  6  religious beliefs or practices.

  7         (5)  STUDENT HANDBOOKS.--Each state university and

  8  community college shall provide its students with an

  9  up-to-date student handbook that includes student rights and

10  responsibilities, appeals processes available to students,

11  contact persons available to help students, student conduct

12  code, and information regarding HIV and AIDS, in accordance

13  with the provisions of s. 1006.50.

14         (6)  STUDENT OMBUDSMAN OFFICE.--Each state university

15  and community college shall maintain a student ombudsman

16  office and established procedures for students to appeal to

17  the office regarding decisions about the student's access to

18  courses and credit granted toward the student's degree, in

19  accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.51.

20         Section 93.  Section 1002.22, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1002.22  Student records and reports; rights of parents

23  and students; notification; penalty.--

24         (1)  PURPOSE.--The purpose of this section is to

25  protect the rights of students and their parents with respect

26  to student records and reports as created, maintained, and

27  used by public educational institutions in the state. The

28  intent of the Legislature is that students and their parents

29  shall have rights of access, rights of challenge, and rights

30  of privacy with respect to such records and reports, and that

31  rules shall be available for the exercise of these rights.


                                 182

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section:

  2         (a)  "Chief executive officer" means that person,

  3  whether elected or appointed, who is responsible for the

  4  management and administration of any public educational body

  5  or unit, or the chief executive officer's designee for student

  6  records; that is, the district school superintendent, the

  7  director of an area technical center, the president of a

  8  public postsecondary educational institution, or their

  9  designees.

10         (b)  "Directory information" includes the student's

11  name, address, telephone number if it is a listed number, date

12  and place of birth, major field of study, participation in

13  officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height

14  of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and

15  awards received, and the most recent previous educational

16  agency or institution attended by the student.

17         (c)  "Records" and "reports" mean official records,

18  files, and data directly related to students that are created,

19  maintained, and used by public educational institutions,

20  including all material that is incorporated into each

21  student's cumulative record folder and intended for school use

22  or to be available to parties outside the school or school

23  system for legitimate educational or research purposes.

24  Materials that shall be considered as part of a student's

25  record include, but are not necessarily limited to:

26  identifying data, including a student's social security

27  number; academic work completed; level of achievement records,

28  including grades and standardized achievement test scores;

29  attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence,

30  aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results;

31  health data; family background information; teacher or


                                 183

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  counselor ratings and observations; verified reports of

  2  serious or recurrent behavior patterns; and any other

  3  evidence, knowledge, or information recorded in any medium,

  4  including, but not limited to, handwriting, typewriting,

  5  print, magnetic tapes, film, microfilm, and microfiche, and

  6  maintained and used by an educational agency or institution or

  7  by a person acting for such agency or institution. However,

  8  the terms "records" and "reports" do not include:

  9         1.  Records of instructional, supervisory, and

10  administrative personnel, and educational personnel ancillary

11  to those persons, that are kept in the sole possession of the

12  maker of the record and are not accessible or revealed to any

13  other person except a substitute for any of such persons.  An

14  example of records of this type is instructor's grade books.

15         2.  Records of law enforcement units of the institution

16  that are maintained solely for law enforcement purposes and

17  that are not available to persons other than officials of the

18  institution or law enforcement officials of the same

19  jurisdiction in the exercise of that jurisdiction.

20         3.  Records made and maintained by the institution in

21  the normal course of business that relate exclusively to a

22  student in his or her capacity as an employee and that are not

23  available for use for any other purpose.

24         4.  Records created or maintained by a physician,

25  psychiatrist, psychologist, or other recognized professional

26  or paraprofessional acting in his or her professional or

27  paraprofessional capacity, or assisting in that capacity, that

28  are created, maintained, or used only in connection with the

29  provision of treatment to the student and that are not

30  available to anyone other than persons providing such

31  


                                 184

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  treatment.  However, such records shall be open to a physician

  2  or other appropriate professional of the student's choice.

  3         5.  Directory information as defined in this section.

  4         6.  Other information, files, or data that do not

  5  permit the personal identification of a student.

  6         7.  Letters or statements of recommendation or

  7  evaluation that were confidential under Florida law and that

  8  were received and made a part of the student's educational

  9  records prior to July 1, 1977.

10         8.  Copies of the student's fingerprints.  No public

11  educational institution shall maintain any report or record

12  relative to a student that includes a copy of the student's

13  fingerprints.

14         (d)  "Student" means any child or adult who is enrolled

15  or who has been enrolled in any instructional program or

16  activity conducted under the authority and direction of an

17  institution comprising a part of the state system of public

18  education and with respect to whom an educational institution

19  maintains educational records and reports or personally

20  identifiable information, but does not include a person who

21  has not been in attendance as an enrollee at such institution.

22         (3)  RIGHTS OF PARENT OR STUDENT.--The parent of any

23  student who attends or has attended any public school, area

24  technical center, or public postsecondary educational

25  institution shall have the following rights with respect to

26  any records or reports created, maintained, and used by any

27  public educational institution in the state.  However,

28  whenever a student has attained 18 years of age, or is

29  attending a postsecondary educational institution, the

30  permission or consent required of, and the rights accorded to,

31  the parents of the student shall thereafter be required of and


                                 185

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  accorded to the student only, unless the student is a

  2  dependent student of such parents as defined in 26 U.S.C. s.

  3  152 (s. 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954). The State

  4  Board of Education shall adopt rules whereby parents or

  5  students may exercise these rights:

  6         (a)  Right of access.--

  7         1.  Such parent or student shall have the right, upon

  8  request directed to the appropriate school official, to be

  9  provided with a list of the types of records and reports,

10  directly related to students, as maintained by the institution

11  that the student attends or has attended.

12         2.  Such parent or student shall have the right, upon

13  request, to be shown any record or report relating to such

14  student maintained by any public educational institution.

15  When the record or report includes information on more than

16  one student, the parent or student shall be entitled to

17  receive, or be informed of, only that part of the record or

18  report that pertains to the student who is the subject of the

19  request.  Upon a reasonable request therefor, the institution

20  shall furnish such parent or student with an explanation or

21  interpretation of any such record or report.

22         3.  Copies of any list, record, or report requested

23  under the provisions of this paragraph shall be furnished to

24  the parent or student upon request.

25         4.  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

26  be followed by all public educational institutions in granting

27  requests for lists, or for access to reports and records or

28  for copies or explanations thereof under this paragraph.

29  However, access to any report or record requested under the

30  provisions of subparagraph 2. shall be granted within 30 days

31  after receipt of such request by the institution.  Fees may be


                                 186

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  charged for furnishing any copies of reports or records

  2  requested under subparagraph 3., but such fees shall not

  3  exceed the actual cost to the institution of producing such

  4  copies.

  5         (b)  Right of waiver of access to confidential letters

  6  or statements.--A parent or student shall have the right to

  7  waive the right of access to letters or statements of

  8  recommendation or evaluation, except that such waiver shall

  9  apply to recommendations or evaluations only if:

10         1.  The parent or student is, upon request, notified of

11  the names of all persons submitting confidential letters or

12  statements.

13         2.  Such recommendations or evaluations are used solely

14  for the purpose for which they were specifically intended.

15  

16  Such waivers may not be required as a condition for admission

17  to, receipt of financial aid from, or receipt of any other

18  services or benefits from, any public agency or public

19  educational institution in this state.

20         (c)  Right to challenge and hearing.--A parent or

21  student shall have the right to challenge the content of any

22  record or report to which such person is granted access under

23  paragraph (a), in order to ensure that the record or report is

24  not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the

25  privacy or other rights of the student and to provide an

26  opportunity for the correction, deletion, or expunction of any

27  inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise inappropriate data or

28  material contained therein.  Any challenge arising under the

29  provisions of this paragraph may be settled through informal

30  meetings or discussions between the parent or student and

31  appropriate officials of the educational institution. If the


                                 187

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  parties at such a meeting agree to make corrections, to make

  2  deletions, to expunge material, or to add a statement of

  3  explanation or rebuttal to the file, such agreement shall be

  4  reduced to writing and signed by the parties; and the

  5  appropriate school officials shall take the necessary actions

  6  to implement the agreement.  If the parties cannot reach an

  7  agreement, upon the request of either party, a hearing shall

  8  be held on such challenge under rules adopted by the State

  9  Board of Education. Upon the request of the parent or student,

10  the hearing shall be exempt from the requirements of s.

11  286.011.  Such rules shall include at least the following

12  provisions:

13         1.  The hearing shall be conducted within a reasonable

14  period of time following the request for the hearing.

15         2.  The hearing shall be conducted, and the decision

16  rendered, by an official of the educational institution or

17  other party who does not have a direct interest in the outcome

18  of the hearing.

19         3.  The parent or student shall be afforded a full and

20  fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues

21  raised under this paragraph.

22         4.  The decision shall be rendered in writing within a

23  reasonable period of time after the conclusion of the hearing.

24         5.  The appropriate school officials shall take the

25  necessary actions to implement the decision.

26         (d)  Right of privacy.--Every student shall have a

27  right of privacy with respect to the educational records kept

28  on him or her. Personally identifiable records or reports of a

29  student, and any personal information contained therein, are

30  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

31  No state or local educational agency, board, public school,


                                 188

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  technical center, or public postsecondary educational

  2  institution shall permit the release of such records, reports,

  3  or information without the written consent of the student's

  4  parent, or of the student himself or herself if he or she is

  5  qualified as provided in this subsection, to any individual,

  6  agency, or organization.  However, personally identifiable

  7  records or reports of a student may be released to the

  8  following persons or organizations without the consent of the

  9  student or the student's parent:

10         1.  Officials of schools, school systems, technical

11  centers, or public postsecondary educational institutions in

12  which the student seeks or intends to enroll; and a copy of

13  such records or reports shall be furnished to the parent or

14  student upon request.

15         2.  Other school officials, including teachers within

16  the educational institution or agency, who have legitimate

17  educational interests in the information contained in the

18  records.

19         3.  The United States Secretary of Education, the

20  Director of the National Institute of Education, the Assistant

21  Secretary for Education, the Comptroller General of the United

22  States, or state or local educational authorities who are

23  authorized to receive such information subject to the

24  conditions set forth in applicable federal statutes and

25  regulations of the United States Department of Education, or

26  in applicable state statutes and rules of the State Board of

27  Education.

28         4.  Other school officials, in connection with a

29  student's application for or receipt of financial aid.

30         5.  Individuals or organizations conducting studies for

31  or on behalf of an institution or a board of education for the


                                 189

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive

  2  tests, administering student aid programs, or improving

  3  instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as

  4  will not permit the personal identification of students and

  5  their parents by persons other than representatives of such

  6  organizations and if such information will be destroyed when

  7  no longer needed for the purpose of conducting such studies.

  8         6.  Accrediting organizations, in order to carry out

  9  their accrediting functions.

10         7.  School readiness coalitions and the Florida

11  Partnership for School Readiness in order to carry out their

12  assigned duties.

13         8.  For use as evidence in student expulsion hearings

14  conducted by a district school board pursuant to the

15  provisions of chapter 120.

16         9.  Appropriate parties in connection with an

17  emergency, if knowledge of the information in the student's

18  educational records is necessary to protect the health or

19  safety of the student or other individuals.

20         10.  The Auditor General and the Office of Program

21  Policy Analysis and Government Accountability in connection

22  with their official functions; however, except when the

23  collection of personally identifiable information is

24  specifically authorized by law, any data collected by the

25  Auditor General and the Office of Program Policy Analysis and

26  Government Accountability is confidential and exempt from the

27  provisions of s. 119.07(1) and shall be protected in such a

28  way as will not permit the personal identification of students

29  and their parents by other than the Auditor General, the

30  Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government

31  Accountability, and their staff, and such personally


                                 190

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  identifiable data shall be destroyed when no longer needed for

  2  the Auditor General's and the Office of Program Policy

  3  Analysis and Government Accountability's official use.

  4         11.a.  A court of competent jurisdiction in compliance

  5  with an order of that court or the attorney of record pursuant

  6  to a lawfully issued subpoena, upon the condition that the

  7  student and the student's parent are notified of the order or

  8  subpoena in advance of compliance therewith by the educational

  9  institution or agency.

10         b.  A person or entity pursuant to a court of competent

11  jurisdiction in compliance with an order of that court or the

12  attorney of record pursuant to a lawfully issued subpoena,

13  upon the condition that the student, or his or her parent if

14  the student is either a minor and not attending a

15  postsecondary educational institution or a dependent of such

16  parent as defined in 26 U.S.C. s. 152 (s. 152 of the Internal

17  Revenue Code of 1954), is notified of the order or subpoena in

18  advance of compliance therewith by the educational institution

19  or agency.

20         12.  Credit bureaus, in connection with an agreement

21  for financial aid that the student has executed, provided that

22  such information may be disclosed only to the extent necessary

23  to enforce the terms or conditions of the financial aid

24  agreement. Credit bureaus shall not release any information

25  obtained pursuant to this paragraph to any person.

26         13.  Parties to an interagency agreement among the

27  Department of Juvenile Justice, school and law enforcement

28  authorities, and other signatory agencies for the purpose of

29  reducing juvenile crime and especially motor vehicle theft by

30  promoting cooperation and collaboration, and the sharing of

31  appropriate information in a joint effort to improve school


                                 191

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  safety, to reduce truancy and in-school and out-of-school

  2  suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and

  3  out-of-school suspensions and expulsions that provide

  4  structured and well-supervised educational programs

  5  supplemented by a coordinated overlay of other appropriate

  6  services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy,

  7  suspensions, and expulsions, and that support students in

  8  successfully completing their education.  Information provided

  9  in furtherance of such interagency agreements is intended

10  solely for use in determining the appropriate programs and

11  services for each juvenile or the juvenile's family, or for

12  coordinating the delivery of such programs and services, and

13  as such is inadmissible in any court proceedings prior to a

14  dispositional hearing unless written consent is provided by a

15  parent or other responsible adult on behalf of the juvenile.

16  

17  This paragraph does not prohibit any educational institution

18  from publishing and releasing to the general public directory

19  information relating to a student if the institution elects to

20  do so.  However, no educational institution shall release, to

21  any individual, agency, or organization that is not listed in

22  subparagraphs 1.-13., directory information relating to the

23  student body in general or a portion thereof unless it is

24  normally published for the purpose of release to the public in

25  general.  Any educational institution making directory

26  information public shall give public notice of the categories

27  of information that it has designated as directory information

28  with respect to all students attending the institution and

29  shall allow a reasonable period of time after such notice has

30  been given for a parent or student to inform the institution

31  


                                 192

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in writing that any or all of the information designated

  2  should not be released.

  3         (4)  NOTIFICATION.--Every parent and student entitled

  4  to rights relating to student records and reports under the

  5  provisions of subsection (3) shall be notified annually, in

  6  writing, of such rights and that the institution has a policy

  7  of supporting the law; the types of information and data

  8  generally entered in the student records as maintained by the

  9  institution; and the procedures to be followed in order to

10  exercise such rights.  The notification shall be general in

11  form and in a manner to be determined by the State Board of

12  Education and may be incorporated with other printed materials

13  distributed to students, such as being printed on the back of

14  school assignment forms or report cards for students attending

15  kindergarten or grades 1 through 12 in the public school

16  system and being printed in college catalogs or in other

17  program announcement bulletins for students attending

18  postsecondary educational institutions.

19         (5)  PENALTY.--In the event that any public school

20  official or employee, district school board official or

21  employee, technical center official or employee, or public

22  postsecondary educational institution official or employee

23  refuses to comply with any of the provisions of this section,

24  the aggrieved parent or student shall have an immediate right

25  to bring an action in the circuit court to enforce the

26  violated right by injunction.  Any aggrieved parent or student

27  who brings such an action and whose rights are vindicated may

28  be awarded attorney's fees and court costs.

29         (6)  APPLICABILITY TO RECORDS OF DEFUNCT

30  INSTITUTIONS.--The provisions of this section also apply to

31  student records that any nonpublic educational institution


                                 193

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  that is no longer operating has deposited with the district

  2  school superintendent in the county where the nonpublic

  3  educational institution was located.

  4         Section 94.  Part III of chapter 1002, Florida

  5  Statutes, shall be entitled "Educational Choice" and shall

  6  consist of ss. 1002.31-1002.39.

  7         Section 95.  Section 1002.31, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1002.31  Public school parental choice.--

10         (1)  As used in this section, "controlled open

11  enrollment" means a public education delivery system that

12  allows school districts to make student school assignments

13  using parents' indicated preferential school choice as a

14  significant factor.

15         (2)  Each district school board may offer controlled

16  open enrollment within the public schools. The controlled open

17  enrollment program shall be offered in addition to the

18  existing choice programs such as magnet schools, alternative

19  schools, special programs, advanced placement, and dual

20  enrollment.

21         (3)  Each district school board shall develop a

22  controlled open enrollment plan which describes the

23  implementation of subsection (2).

24         (4)  School districts shall adhere to federal

25  desegregation requirements.  No controlled open enrollment

26  plan that conflicts with federal desegregation orders shall be

27  implemented.

28         (5)  Each school district shall develop a system of

29  priorities for its plan that includes consideration of the

30  following:

31  


                                 194

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  An application process required to participate in

  2  the controlled open enrollment program.

  3         (b)  A process that allows parents to declare school

  4  preferences.

  5         (c)  A process that encourages placement of siblings

  6  within the same school.

  7         (d)  A lottery procedure used by the school district to

  8  determine student assignment.

  9         (e)  An appeals process for hardship cases.

10         (f)  The procedures to maintain socioeconomic,

11  demographic, and racial balance.

12         (g)  The availability of transportation.

13         (h)  A process that promotes strong parental

14  involvement, including the designation of a parent liaison.

15         (i)  A strategy that establishes a clearinghouse of

16  information designed to assist parents in making informed

17  choices.

18         (6)  Plans shall be submitted to the Commissioner of

19  Education. The Commissioner of Education shall develop an

20  annual report on the status of school choice and deliver the

21  report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, and the

22  Speaker of the House of Representatives at least 90 days prior

23  to the convening of the regular session of the Legislature.

24         (7)  Notwithstanding any provision of this section, a

25  school district with schools operating on both multiple

26  session schedules and single session schedules shall afford

27  parents of students in multiple session schools preferred

28  access to the controlled open enrollment program of the school

29  district.

30         (8)  Each district school board shall annually report

31  the number of students applying for and attending the various


                                 195

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  types of public schools of choice in the district, including

  2  schools such as magnet schools and public charter schools,

  3  according to rules adopted by the State Board of Education.

  4         Section 96.  Section 1002.32, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1002.32  Developmental research (laboratory) schools.--

  7         (1)  SHORT TITLE.--This section may be cited as the

  8  "Sidney Martin Developmental Research School Act."

  9         (2)  ESTABLISHMENT.--There is established a category of

10  public schools to be known as developmental research

11  (laboratory) schools (lab schools). Each lab school shall

12  provide sequential instruction and shall be affiliated with

13  the college of education within the state university of

14  closest geographic proximity. A lab school to which a charter

15  has been issued under s. 1002.33(5)(b) must be affiliated with

16  the college of education within the state university that

17  issued the charter, but is not subject to the requirement that

18  the state university be of closest geographic proximity. For

19  the purpose of state funding, Florida Agricultural and

20  Mechanical University, Florida Atlantic University, Florida

21  State University, the University of Florida, and other

22  universities approved by the State Board of Education and the

23  Legislature are authorized to sponsor one or more lab schools.

24         (3)  MISSION.--The mission of a lab school shall be the

25  provision of a vehicle for the conduct of research,

26  demonstration, and evaluation regarding management, teaching,

27  and learning. Programs to achieve the mission of a lab school

28  shall embody the goals and standards established pursuant to

29  ss. 1000.03(5) and 1001.23(2) and shall ensure an appropriate

30  education for its students.

31  


                                 196

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Each lab school shall emphasize mathematics,

  2  science, computer science, and foreign languages. The primary

  3  goal of a lab school is to enhance instruction and research in

  4  such specialized subjects by using the resources available on

  5  a state university campus, while also providing an education

  6  in nonspecialized subjects. Each lab school shall provide

  7  sequential elementary and secondary instruction where

  8  appropriate. A lab school may not provide instruction at grade

  9  levels higher than grade 12 without authorization from the

10  State Board of Education. Each developmental research school

11  shall develop and implement a school improvement plan pursuant

12  to s. 1003.02(3).

13         (b)  Research, demonstration, and evaluation conducted

14  at a lab school may be generated by the college of education

15  and other colleges within the university with which the school

16  is affiliated.

17         (c)  Research, demonstration, and evaluation conducted

18  at a lab school may be generated by the State Board of

19  Education. Such research shall respond to the needs of the

20  education community at large, rather than the specific needs

21  of the affiliated college.

22         (d)  Research, demonstration, and evaluation conducted

23  at a lab school may consist of pilot projects to be generated

24  by the affiliated college, the State Board of Education, or

25  the Legislature.

26         (e)  The exceptional education programs offered at a

27  lab school shall be determined by the research and evaluation

28  goals and the availability of students for efficiently sized

29  programs. The fact that a lab school offers an exceptional

30  education program in no way lessens the general responsibility

31  


                                 197

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of the local school district to provide exceptional education

  2  programs.

  3         (4)  STUDENT ADMISSIONS.--Each lab school may establish

  4  a primary research objective related to fundamental issues and

  5  problems that occur in the public elementary and secondary

  6  schools of the state. A student population reflective of the

  7  student population of the public school environment in which

  8  the issues and problems are most prevalent shall be promoted

  9  and encouraged through the establishment and implementation of

10  an admission process that is designed to result in a

11  representative sample of public school enrollment based on

12  gender, race, socioeconomic status, and academic ability,

13  notwithstanding the provisions of s. 1000.05.

14         (5)  STUDENT FEES.--Each lab school may charge a

15  student activity and service fee. Any school that elects to

16  charge such a fee shall provide information regarding the use

17  of the fee as well as an annual report that documents the

18  manner in which the moneys provided by such fee were expended.

19  The annual report prescribed in this subsection shall be

20  distributed to the parents of each student. No additional fees

21  shall be charged.

22         (6)  SUPPLEMENTAL-SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS.--Each lab

23  school may accrue supplemental revenue from

24  supplemental-support organizations, which include, but are not

25  limited to, alumni associations, foundations, parent-teacher

26  associations, and booster associations. The governing body of

27  each supplemental-support organization shall recommend the

28  expenditure of moneys collected by the organization for the

29  benefit of the school. Such expenditures shall be contingent

30  upon the recommendations of the school advisory council and

31  review of the director. The director may override any proposed


                                 198

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  expenditure of the organization that would violate Florida

  2  Statutes or breach sound educational management.

  3         (7)  PERSONNEL.--

  4         (a)  Each lab school may employ either a director or a

  5  principal, or both, at the discretion of the university. The

  6  duties of such personnel shall be as follows:

  7         1.  Each director shall be the chief executive officer

  8  and shall oversee the education, research, and evaluation

  9  goals of the school. The director shall be responsible for

10  recommending policy to the advisory board. The director shall

11  be accountable for the financial resources of the school.

12         2.  Each principal shall be the chief educational

13  officer and shall oversee the educational program of the

14  school. The principal shall be accountable for the daily

15  operation and administration of the school.

16         (b)  Faculty may serve simultaneously as instructional

17  personnel for the lab school and the university with which the

18  school is affiliated. Nothing in this section is intended to

19  affect the collective bargaining rights of lab school

20  employees, except as specifically provided in this section.

21         (c)  Lab school faculty members shall meet the

22  certification requirements of ss. 1012.32 and 1012.42.

23         (8)  ADVISORY BOARDS.--Each public school in the state

24  shall establish a school advisory council that is reflective

25  of the population served by the school, pursuant to s.

26  1001.452, and is responsible for the development and

27  implementation of the school improvement plan pursuant to s.

28  1003.02(3). Lab schools shall comply with the provisions of s.

29  1001.452 in one of two ways:

30         (a)  Each lab school may establish two advisory bodies

31  as follows:


                                 199

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  An advisory body pursuant to the provisions and

  2  requirements of s. 1001.452 to be responsible for the

  3  development and implementation of the school improvement plan,

  4  pursuant to s. 1003.02(3).

  5         2.  An advisory board to provide general oversight and

  6  guidance. The dean of the affiliated college of education

  7  shall be a standing member of the board, and the president of

  8  the university shall appoint four faculty members from the

  9  related university, at least two of whom are from the college

10  of education, one layperson who resides in the county in which

11  the school is located, two parents of students who attend the

12  lab school, and one lab school student appointed by the

13  principal to serve on the advisory board. The term of each

14  member shall be for 2 years, and any vacancy shall be filled

15  with a person of the same classification as his or her

16  predecessor for the balance of the unexpired term. The

17  president shall stagger the terms of the initial appointees in

18  a manner that results in the expiration of terms of no more

19  than two members in any year. The president shall call the

20  organizational meeting of the board. The board shall annually

21  elect a chair and a vice chair. There shall be no limitation

22  on successive appointments to the board or successive terms

23  that may be served by a chair or vice chair. The board shall

24  adopt internal organizational procedures or bylaws necessary

25  for efficient operation as provided in chapter 120. Board

26  members shall not receive per diem or travel expenses for the

27  performance of their duties.  The board shall:

28         a.  Meet at least quarterly.

29         b.  Monitor the operations of the school and the

30  distribution of moneys allocated for such operations.

31  


                                 200

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         c.  Establish necessary policy, program, and

  2  administration modifications.

  3         d.  Evaluate biennially the performance of the director

  4  and principal and recommend corresponding action to the dean

  5  of the college of education.

  6         e.  Annually review evaluations of the school's

  7  operation and research findings.

  8         (b)  Each lab school may establish one advisory body

  9  responsible for the development and implementation of the

10  school improvement plan, pursuant to s. 1003.02(3), in

11  addition to general oversight and guidance responsibilities.

12  The advisory body shall reflect the membership composition

13  requirements established in s. 1001.452, but may also include

14  membership by the dean of the college of education and

15  additional members appointed by the president of the

16  university that represent faculty members from the college of

17  education, the university, or other bodies deemed appropriate

18  for the mission of the school.

19         (9)  FUNDING.--Funding for a lab school, including a

20  charter lab school, shall be provided as follows:

21         (a)  Each lab school shall be allocated its

22  proportional share of operating funds from the Florida

23  Education Finance Program as provided in s. 1011.62 and the

24  General Appropriations Act. The nonvoted ad valorem millage

25  that would otherwise be required for lab schools shall be

26  allocated from state funds. The required local effort funds

27  calculated pursuant to s. 1011.62 shall be allocated from

28  state funds to the schools as a part of the allocation of

29  operating funds pursuant to s. 1011.62. Each eligible lab

30  school shall also receive a proportional share of the sparsity

31  supplement as calculated pursuant to s. 1011.62. In addition,


                                 201

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  each lab school shall receive its proportional share of all

  2  categorical funds, with the exception of s. 1011.68, and new

  3  categorical funds enacted after July 1, 1994, for the purpose

  4  of elementary or secondary academic program enhancement. The

  5  sum of funds available as provided in this paragraph shall be

  6  included annually in the Florida Education Finance Program and

  7  appropriate categorical programs funded in the General

  8  Appropriations Act.

  9         (b)  There is created a Lab School Educational Facility

10  Trust Fund to be administered by the Commissioner of

11  Education. Allocations from such fund shall be expended solely

12  for the purpose of facility construction, repair, renovation,

13  remodeling, site improvement, or maintenance. The commissioner

14  shall administer the fund in accordance with ss. 1013.60,

15  1013.64, 1013.65, and 1013.66.

16         (c)  All operating funds provided under this section

17  shall be deposited in a Lab School Trust Fund and shall be

18  expended for the purposes of this section. The university

19  assigned a lab school shall be the fiscal agent for these

20  funds, and all rules of the university governing the budgeting

21  and expenditure of state funds shall apply to these funds

22  unless otherwise provided by law or rule of the State Board of

23  Education. The State Board of Education shall be the public

24  employer of lab school personnel for collective bargaining

25  purposes.

26         (d)  Each lab school shall receive funds for operating

27  purposes in an amount determined as follows: multiply the

28  maximum allowable nonvoted discretionary millage for

29  operations pursuant to s. 1011.71(1) by the value of 95

30  percent of the current year's taxable value for school

31  purposes for the district in which each lab school is located;


                                 202

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  divide the result by the total full-time equivalent membership

  2  of the district; and multiply the result by the full-time

  3  equivalent membership of the lab school. The amount thus

  4  obtained shall be discretionary operating funds and shall be

  5  appropriated from state funds in the General Appropriations

  6  Act to the Lab School Trust Fund.

  7         (e)  Each lab school shall receive funds for capital

  8  improvement purposes in an amount determined as follows:

  9  multiply the maximum allowable nonvoted discretionary millage

10  for capital improvements pursuant to s. 1011.71(2) by the

11  value of 95 percent of the current year's taxable value for

12  school purposes for the district in which each lab school is

13  located; divide the result by the total full-time equivalent

14  membership of the district; and multiply the result by the

15  full-time equivalent membership of the lab school. The amount

16  thus obtained shall be discretionary capital improvement funds

17  and shall be appropriated from state funds in the General

18  Appropriations Act to the Lab School Educational Facility

19  Trust Fund.

20         (f)  In addition to the funds appropriated for capital

21  outlay budget needs, lab schools may receive specific funding

22  as specified in the General Appropriations Act for upgrading,

23  renovating, and remodeling science laboratories.

24         (g)  Each lab school is designated a teacher education

25  center and may provide inservice training to school district

26  personnel. The Department of Education shall provide funds to

27  the Lab School Trust Fund for this purpose from appropriations

28  for inservice teacher education.

29         (h)  A lab school to which a charter has been issued

30  under s. 1002.33(5)(b) is eligible to receive funding for

31  charter school capital outlay if it meets the eligibility


                                 203

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  requirements of s. 1013.62. If the lab school receives funds

  2  from charter school capital outlay, the school shall receive

  3  capital outlay funds otherwise provided in this subsection

  4  only to the extent that funds allocated pursuant to s. 1013.62

  5  are insufficient to provide capital outlay funds to the lab

  6  school at one-fifteenth of the cost per student station.

  7         (10)  IMPLEMENTATION.--The State Board of Education

  8  shall adopt rules necessary to facilitate the implementation

  9  of this section.

10         (11)  EXCEPTIONS TO LAW.--To encourage innovative

11  practices and facilitate the mission of the lab schools, in

12  addition to the exceptions to law specified in s. 1001.23(2),

13  the following exceptions shall be permitted for lab schools:

14         (a)  The methods and requirements of the following

15  statutes shall be held in abeyance:  ss. 1001.30; 1001.31;

16  1001.32; 1001.33; 1001.34; 1001.35; 1001.36; 1001.361;

17  1001.362; 1001.363; 1001.37; 1001.371; 1001.372; 1001.38;

18  1001.39; 1001.395; 1001.40; 1001.41; 1001.44; 1001.46;

19  1001.461; 1001.462; 1001.463; 1001.464; 1001.47; 1001.48;

20  1001.49; 1001.50; 1001.51; 1006.12(1); 1006.21(3), (4);

21  1006.23; 1010.07(2); 1010.40; 1010.41; 1010.42; 1010.43;

22  1010.44; 1010.45; 1010.46; 1010.47; 1010.48; 1010.49; 1010.50;

23  1010.51; 1010.52; 1010.53; 1010.54; 1010.55; 1011.02(1)-(3),

24  (5); 1011.04; 1011.20; 1011.21; 1011.22; 1011.23; 1011.71;

25  1011.72; 1011.73; 1011.74; 1013.77; and 316.75.

26         (b)  With the exception of s. 1001.42(16), s. 1001.42

27  shall be held in abeyance. Reference to district school boards

28  in s. 1001.42(16) shall mean the president of the university

29  or the president's designee.

30         Section 97.  Section 1002.33, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 204

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1002.33  Charter schools.--

  2         (1)  AUTHORIZATION.--Charter schools shall be part of

  3  the state's program of public education. All charter schools

  4  in Florida are public schools. A charter school may be formed

  5  by creating a new school or converting an existing public

  6  school to charter status. A public school may not use the term

  7  charter in its name unless it has been approved under this

  8  section.

  9         (2)  PURPOSE.--The purpose of charter schools shall be

10  to:

11         (a)  Provide additional academic choices for parents

12  and students.

13         (b)  Increase learning opportunity choices for

14  students.

15         (c)  Increase learning opportunities for all students,

16  with special emphasis on expanded learning experiences for

17  students who are identified as academically low achieving.

18         (d)  Encourage the use of different and innovative

19  learning methods.

20         (e)  Improve student learning.

21         (f)  Establish a new form of accountability for

22  schools.

23         (g)  Require the measurement of learning outcomes and

24  create innovative measurement tools.

25         (h)  Make the school the unit for improvement.

26         (i)  Provide rigorous competition within the public

27  school district to stimulate continual improvement in all

28  public schools.

29         (j)  Expand the capacity of the public school system.

30         (k)  Create new professional opportunities for

31  teachers.


                                 205

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  APPLICATION FOR CHARTER STATUS.--

  2         (a)  An application for a new charter school may be

  3  made by an individual, teachers, parents, a group of

  4  individuals, a municipality, or a legal entity organized under

  5  the laws of this state.

  6         (b)  An application for a conversion charter school

  7  shall be made by the district school board, the principal,

  8  teachers, parents, and/or the school advisory council at an

  9  existing public school that has been in operation for at least

10  2 years prior to the application to convert, including a

11  public school-within-a-school that is designated as a school

12  by the district school board. An application submitted

13  proposing to convert an existing public school to a charter

14  school shall demonstrate the support of at least 50 percent of

15  the teachers employed at the school and 50 percent of the

16  parents voting whose children are enrolled at the school,

17  provided that a majority of the parents eligible to vote

18  participate in the ballot process, according to rules adopted

19  by the State Board of Education. A district school board

20  denying an application for a conversion charter school shall

21  provide notice of denial to the applicants in writing within

22  30 days after the meeting at which the district school board

23  denied the application. The notice must specify the exact

24  reasons for denial and must provide documentation supporting

25  those reasons. A private school, parochial school, or home

26  education program shall not be eligible for charter school

27  status.

28         (4)  UNLAWFUL REPRISAL.--

29         (a)  No district school board, or district school board

30  employee who has control over personnel actions, shall take

31  unlawful reprisal against another district school board


                                 206

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  employee because that employee is either directly or

  2  indirectly involved with an application to establish a charter

  3  school. As used in this subsection, the term "unlawful

  4  reprisal" means an action taken by a district school board or

  5  a school system employee against an employee who is directly

  6  or indirectly involved in a lawful application to establish a

  7  charter school, which occurs as a direct result of that

  8  involvement, and which results in one or more of the

  9  following: disciplinary or corrective action; adverse transfer

10  or reassignment, whether temporary or permanent; suspension,

11  demotion, or dismissal; an unfavorable performance evaluation;

12  a reduction in pay, benefits, or rewards; elimination of the

13  employee's position absent of a reduction in workforce as a

14  result of lack of moneys or work; or other adverse significant

15  changes in duties or responsibilities that are inconsistent

16  with the employee's salary or employment classification. The

17  following procedures shall apply to an alleged unlawful

18  reprisal that occurs as a consequence of an employee's direct

19  or indirect involvement with an application to establish a

20  charter school:

21         1.  Within 60 days after the date upon which a reprisal

22  prohibited by this subsection is alleged to have occurred, an

23  employee may file a complaint with the Department of

24  Education.

25         2.  Within 3 working days after receiving a complaint

26  under this section, the Department of Education shall

27  acknowledge receipt of the complaint and provide copies of the

28  complaint and any other relevant preliminary information

29  available to each of the other parties named in the complaint,

30  which parties shall each acknowledge receipt of such copies to

31  the complainant.


                                 207

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  If the Department of Education determines that the

  2  complaint demonstrates reasonable cause to suspect that an

  3  unlawful reprisal has occurred, the Department of Education

  4  shall conduct an investigation to produce a fact-finding

  5  report.

  6         4.  Within 90 days after receiving the complaint, the

  7  Department of Education shall provide the district school

  8  superintendent of the complainant's district and the

  9  complainant with a fact-finding report that may include

10  recommendations to the parties or a proposed resolution of the

11  complaint. The fact-finding report shall be presumed

12  admissible in any subsequent or related administrative or

13  judicial review.

14         5.  If the Department of Education determines that

15  reasonable grounds exist to believe that an unlawful reprisal

16  has occurred, is occurring, or is to be taken, and is unable

17  to conciliate a complaint within 60 days after receipt of the

18  fact-finding report, the Department of Education shall

19  terminate the investigation. Upon termination of any

20  investigation, the Department of Education shall notify the

21  complainant and the district school superintendent of the

22  termination of the investigation, providing a summary of

23  relevant facts found during the investigation and the reasons

24  for terminating the investigation. A written statement under

25  this paragraph is presumed admissible as evidence in any

26  judicial or administrative proceeding.

27         6.  The Department of Education shall either contract

28  with the Division of Administrative Hearings under s. 120.65,

29  or otherwise provide for a complaint for which the Department

30  of Education determines reasonable grounds exist to believe

31  that an unlawful reprisal has occurred, is occurring, or is to


                                 208

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be taken, and is unable to conciliate, to be heard by a panel

  2  of impartial persons. Upon hearing the complaint, the panel

  3  shall make findings of fact and conclusions of law for a final

  4  decision by the Department of Education.

  5  

  6  It shall be an affirmative defense to any action brought

  7  pursuant to this section that the adverse action was

  8  predicated upon grounds other than, and would have been taken

  9  absent, the employee's exercise of rights protected by this

10  section.

11         (b)  In any action brought under this section for which

12  it is determined reasonable grounds exist to believe that an

13  unlawful reprisal has occurred, is occurring, or is to be

14  taken, the relief shall include the following:

15         1.  Reinstatement of the employee to the same position

16  held before the unlawful reprisal was commenced, or to an

17  equivalent position, or payment of reasonable front pay as

18  alternative relief.

19         2.  Reinstatement of the employee's full fringe

20  benefits and seniority rights, as appropriate.

21         3.  Compensation, if appropriate, for lost wages,

22  benefits, or other lost remuneration caused by the unlawful

23  reprisal.

24         4.  Payment of reasonable costs, including attorney's

25  fees, to a substantially prevailing employee, or to the

26  prevailing employer if the employee filed a frivolous action

27  in bad faith.

28         5.  Issuance of an injunction, if appropriate, by a

29  court of competent jurisdiction.

30         6.  Temporary reinstatement to the employee's former

31  position or to an equivalent position, pending the final


                                 209

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  outcome of the complaint, if it is determined that the action

  2  was not made in bad faith or for a wrongful purpose, and did

  3  not occur after a district school board's initiation of a

  4  personnel action against the employee that includes

  5  documentation of the employee's violation of a disciplinary

  6  standard or performance deficiency.

  7         (5)  SPONSOR.--

  8         (a)  A district school board may sponsor a charter

  9  school in the county over which the district school board has

10  jurisdiction.

11         (b)  A state university may grant a charter to a lab

12  school created under s. 1002.32 and shall be considered to be

13  the school's sponsor. Such school shall be considered a

14  charter lab school.

15         (c)  The sponsor shall monitor and review the charter

16  school in its progress towards the goals established in the

17  charter.

18         (d)  The sponsor shall monitor the revenues and

19  expenditures of the charter school.

20         (e)  The sponsor may approve a charter for a charter

21  school before the applicant has secured space, equipment, or

22  personnel, if the applicant indicates approval is necessary

23  for it to raise working capital.

24         (f)  The sponsor's policies shall not apply to a

25  charter school.

26         (g)  A sponsor shall ensure that the charter is

27  innovative and consistent with the state education goals

28  established by s. 1000.03(5).

29         (6)  APPLICATION PROCESS AND REVIEW.--

30         (a)  A district school board shall receive and review

31  all applications for a charter school. A district school board


                                 210

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall receive and consider charter school applications

  2  received on or before October 1 of each calendar year for

  3  charter schools to be opened at the beginning of the school

  4  district's next school year, or to be opened at a time agreed

  5  to by the applicant and the district school board. A district

  6  school board may receive applications later than this date if

  7  it chooses. A sponsor may not charge an applicant for a

  8  charter any fee for the processing or consideration of an

  9  application, and a sponsor may not base its consideration or

10  approval of an application upon the promise of future payment

11  of any kind.

12         1.  In order to facilitate an accurate budget

13  projection process, a district school board shall be held

14  harmless for FTE students who are not included in the FTE

15  projection due to approval of charter school applications

16  after the FTE projection deadline. In a further effort to

17  facilitate an accurate budget projection, within 15 calendar

18  days after receipt of a charter school application, a district

19  school board or other sponsor shall report to the Department

20  of Education the name of the applicant entity, the proposed

21  charter school location, and its projected FTE.

22         2.  A district school board shall by a majority vote

23  approve or deny an application no later than 60 calendar days

24  after the application is received, unless the district school

25  board and the applicant mutually agree to temporarily postpone

26  the vote to a specific date, at which time the district school

27  board shall by a majority vote approve or deny the

28  application. If the district school board fails to act on the

29  application, an applicant may appeal to the State Board of

30  Education as provided in paragraph (b). If an application is

31  denied, the district school board shall, within 10 calendar


                                 211

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  days, articulate in writing the specific reasons based upon

  2  good cause supporting its denial of the charter application.

  3         3.  For budget projection purposes, the district school

  4  board or other sponsor shall report to the Department of

  5  Education the approval or denial of a charter application

  6  within 10 calendar days after such approval or denial. In the

  7  event of approval, the report to the Department of Education

  8  shall include the final projected FTE for the approved charter

  9  school.

10         4.  Upon approval of a charter application, the initial

11  startup shall commence with the beginning of the public school

12  calendar for the district in which the charter is granted

13  unless the district school board allows a waiver of this

14  provision for good cause.

15         (b)  An applicant may appeal any denial of that

16  applicant's application or failure to act on an application to

17  the State Board of Education no later than 30 calendar days

18  after receipt of the district school board's decision or

19  failure to act and shall notify the district school board of

20  its appeal.  Any response of the district school board shall

21  be submitted to the State Board of Education within 30

22  calendar days after notification of the appeal.  Upon receipt

23  of notification from the State Board of Education that a

24  charter school applicant is filing an appeal, the Commissioner

25  of Education shall convene a meeting of the Charter School

26  Appeal Commission to study and make recommendations to the

27  State Board of Education regarding its pending decision about

28  the appeal.  The commission shall forward its recommendation

29  to the state board no later than 7 calendar days prior to the

30  date on which the appeal is to be heard.  The State Board of

31  Education shall by majority vote accept or reject the decision


                                 212

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of the district school board no later than 60 calendar days

  2  after an appeal is filed in accordance with State Board of

  3  Education rule. The Charter School Appeal Commission may

  4  reject an appeal submission for failure to comply with

  5  procedural rules governing the appeals process. The rejection

  6  shall describe the submission errors. The appellant may have

  7  up to 15 calendar days from notice of rejection to resubmit an

  8  appeal that meets requirements of State Board of Education

  9  rule. An application for appeal submitted subsequent to such

10  rejection shall be considered timely if the original appeal

11  was filed within 30 calendar days after receipt of notice of

12  the specific reasons for the district school board's denial of

13  the charter application. The State Board of Education shall

14  remand the application to the district school board with its

15  written decision that the district school board approve or

16  deny the application. The district school board shall

17  implement the decision of the State Board of Education. The

18  decision of the State Board of Education is not subject to the

19  provisions of the Administrative Procedures Act, chapter 120.

20         (c)  The district school board shall act upon the

21  decision of the State Board of Education within 30 calendar

22  days after it is received.  The State Board of Education's

23  decision is a final action subject to judicial review.

24         (d)1.  A Charter School Appeal Commission is

25  established to assist the commissioner and the State Board of

26  Education with a fair and impartial review of appeals by

27  applicants whose charters have been denied or whose charter

28  contracts have not been renewed by their sponsors.

29         2.  The Charter School Appeal Commission may receive

30  copies of the appeal documents forwarded to the State Board of

31  Education, review the documents, gather other applicable


                                 213

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  information regarding the appeal, and make a written

  2  recommendation to the commissioner.  The recommendation must

  3  state whether the appeal should be upheld or denied and

  4  include the reasons for the recommendation being offered.  The

  5  commissioner shall forward the recommendation to the State

  6  Board of Education no later than 7 calendar days prior to the

  7  date on which the appeal is to be heard.  The state board must

  8  consider the commission's recommendation in making its

  9  decision, but is not bound by the recommendation.  The

10  decision of the Charter School Appeal Commission is not

11  subject to the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act,

12  chapter 120.

13         3.  The commissioner shall appoint the members of the

14  Charter School Appeal Commission.  Members shall serve without

15  compensation but may be reimbursed for travel and per diem

16  expenses in conjunction with their service.  One-half of the

17  members must represent currently operating charter schools and

18  one-half of the members must represent school districts.  The

19  commissioner or a named designee shall chair the Charter

20  School Appeal Commission.

21         4.  The chair shall convene meetings of the commission

22  and shall ensure that the written recommendations are

23  completed and forwarded in a timely manner.  In cases where

24  the commission cannot reach a decision, the chair shall make

25  the written recommendation with justification, noting that the

26  decision was rendered by the chair.

27         5.  Commission members shall throughly review the

28  materials presented to them from the appellant and the

29  sponsor.  The commission may request information to clarify

30  the documentation presented to it.  In the course of its

31  review, the commission may facilitate the postponement of an


                                 214

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  appeal in those cases where additional time and communication

  2  may negate the need for a formal appeal and both parties

  3  agree, in writing, to postpone the appeal to the State Board

  4  of Education.  A new date certain for the appeal shall then be

  5  set based upon the rules and procedures of the State Board of

  6  Education.  Commission members shall provide a written

  7  recommendation to the state board as to whether the appeal

  8  should be upheld or denied.  A fact-based justification for

  9  the recommendation must be included.  The chair must ensure

10  that the written recommendation is submitted to the State

11  Board of Education members no later than 7 calendar days prior

12  to the date on which the appeal is to be heard.  Both parties

13  in the case shall also be provided a copy of the

14  recommendation.

15         (e)  The Department of Education may provide technical

16  assistance to an applicant upon written request.

17         (f)  In considering charter applications for a lab

18  school, a state university shall consult with the district

19  school board of the county in which the lab school is located.

20  The decision of a state university may be appealed pursuant to

21  the procedure established in this subsection.

22         (g)  The terms and conditions for the operation of a

23  charter school shall be set forth by the sponsor and the

24  applicant in a written contractual agreement, called a

25  charter. The sponsor shall not impose unreasonable rules or

26  regulations that violate the intent of giving charter schools

27  greater flexibility to meet educational goals. The applicant

28  and sponsor shall have 6 months in which to mutually agree to

29  the provisions of the charter.  The Department of Education

30  shall provide mediation services for any dispute regarding

31  this section subsequent to the approval of a charter


                                 215

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  application and for any dispute relating to the approved

  2  charter, except disputes regarding charter school application

  3  denials. If the Commissioner of Education determines that the

  4  dispute cannot be settled through mediation, the dispute may

  5  be appealed to an administrative law judge appointed by the

  6  Division of Administrative Hearings. The administrative law

  7  judge may rule on issues of equitable treatment of the charter

  8  school as a public school, whether proposed provisions of the

  9  charter violate the intended flexibility granted charter

10  schools by statute, or on any other matter regarding this

11  section except a charter school application denial, and shall

12  award the prevailing party reasonable attorney's fees and

13  costs incurred to be paid by the losing party. The costs of

14  the administrative hearing shall be paid by the party whom the

15  administrative law judge rules against.

16         (7)  CHARTER.--The major issues involving the operation

17  of a charter school shall be considered in advance and written

18  into the charter. The charter shall be signed by the governing

19  body of the charter school and the sponsor, following a public

20  hearing to ensure community input.

21         (a)  The charter shall address, and criteria for

22  approval of the charter shall be based on:

23         1.  The school's mission, the students to be served,

24  and the ages and grades to be included.

25         2.  The focus of the curriculum, the instructional

26  methods to be used, any distinctive instructional techniques

27  to be employed, and identification and acquisition of

28  appropriate technologies needed to improve educational and

29  administrative performance which include a means for promoting

30  safe, ethical, and appropriate uses of technology which comply

31  with legal and professional standards.


                                 216

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  The current incoming baseline standard of student

  2  academic achievement, the outcomes to be achieved, and the

  3  method of measurement that will be used. The criteria listed

  4  in this subparagraph shall include a detailed description for

  5  each of the following:

  6         a.  How the baseline student academic achievement

  7  levels and prior rates of academic progress will be

  8  established.

  9         b.  How these baseline rates will be compared to rates

10  of academic progress achieved by these same students while

11  attending the charter school.

12         c.  To the extent possible, how these rates of progress

13  will be evaluated and compared with rates of progress of other

14  closely comparable student populations.

15  

16  The district school board is required to provide academic

17  student performance data to charter schools for each of their

18  students coming from the district school system, as well as

19  rates of academic progress of comparable student populations

20  in the district school system.

21         4.  The methods used to identify the educational

22  strengths and needs of students and how well educational goals

23  and performance standards are met by students attending the

24  charter school. Included in the methods is a means for the

25  charter school to ensure accountability to its constituents by

26  analyzing student performance data and by evaluating the

27  effectiveness and efficiency of its major educational

28  programs.  Students in charter schools shall, at a minimum,

29  participate in the statewide assessment program created under

30  s. 1008.22.

31  


                                 217

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         5.  In secondary charter schools, a method for

  2  determining that a student has satisfied the requirements for

  3  graduation in s. 1003.43.

  4         6.  A method for resolving conflicts between the

  5  governing body of the charter school and the sponsor.

  6         7.  The admissions procedures and dismissal procedures,

  7  including the school's code of student conduct.

  8         8.  The ways by which the school will achieve a

  9  racial/ethnic balance reflective of the community it serves or

10  within the racial/ethnic range of other public schools in the

11  same school district.

12         9.  The financial and administrative management of the

13  school, including a reasonable demonstration of the

14  professional experience or competence of those individuals or

15  organizations applying to operate the charter school or those

16  hired or retained to perform such professional services and

17  the description of clearly delineated responsibilities and the

18  policies and practices needed to effectively manage the

19  charter school. A description of internal audit procedures and

20  establishment of controls to ensure that financial resources

21  are properly managed must be included. Both public sector and

22  private sector professional experience shall be equally valid

23  in such a consideration.

24         10.  A description of procedures that identify various

25  risks and provide for a comprehensive approach to reduce the

26  impact of losses; plans to ensure the safety and security of

27  students and staff; plans to identify, minimize, and protect

28  others from violent or disruptive student behavior; and the

29  manner in which the school will be insured, including whether

30  or not the school will be required to have liability

31  


                                 218

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  insurance, and, if so, the terms and conditions thereof and

  2  the amounts of coverage.

  3         11.  The term of the charter which shall provide for

  4  cancellation of the charter if insufficient progress has been

  5  made in attaining the student achievement objectives of the

  6  charter and if it is not likely that such objectives can be

  7  achieved before expiration of the charter. The initial term of

  8  a charter shall be for 3, 4, or 5 years. In order to

  9  facilitate access to long-term financial resources for charter

10  school construction, charter schools that are operated by a

11  municipality or other public entity as provided by law are

12  eligible for up to a 15-year charter, subject to approval by

13  the district school board. A charter lab school is eligible

14  for a charter for a term of up to 15 years. In addition, to

15  facilitate access to long-term financial resources for charter

16  school construction, charter schools that are operated by a

17  private, not-for-profit, s. 501(c)(3) status corporation are

18  eligible for up to a 10-year charter, subject to approval by

19  the district school board. Such long-term charters remain

20  subject to annual review and may be terminated during the term

21  of the charter, but only for specific good cause according to

22  the provisions set forth in subsection (8).

23         12.  The facilities to be used and their location.

24         13.  The qualifications to be required of the teachers

25  and the potential strategies used to recruit, hire, train, and

26  retain qualified staff to achieve best value.

27         14.  The governance structure of the school, including

28  the status of the charter school as a public or private

29  employer as required in paragraph (12)(i).

30         15.  A timetable for implementing the charter which

31  addresses the implementation of each element thereof and the


                                 219

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  date by which the charter shall be awarded in order to meet

  2  this timetable.

  3         16.  In the case of an existing public school being

  4  converted to charter status, alternative arrangements for

  5  current students who choose not to attend the charter school

  6  and for current teachers who choose not to teach in the

  7  charter school after conversion in accordance with the

  8  existing collective bargaining agreement or district school

  9  board rule in the absence of a collective bargaining

10  agreement. However, alternative arrangements shall not be

11  required for current teachers who choose not to teach in a

12  charter lab school, except as authorized by the employment

13  policies of the state university which grants the charter to

14  the lab school.

15         (b)  A charter may be renewed every 5 school years,

16  provided that a program review demonstrates that the criteria

17  in paragraph (a) have been successfully accomplished and that

18  none of the grounds for nonrenewal established by paragraph

19  (8)(a) have been documented. In order to facilitate long-term

20  financing for charter school construction, charter schools

21  operating for a minimum of 2 years and demonstrating exemplary

22  academic programming and fiscal management are eligible for a

23  15-year charter renewal. Such long-term charter is subject to

24  annual review and may be terminated during the term of the

25  charter.

26         (c)  A charter may be modified during its initial term

27  or any renewal term upon the recommendation of the sponsor or

28  the charter school governing board and the approval of both

29  parties to the agreement.

30         (8)  CAUSES FOR NONRENEWAL OR TERMINATION OF CHARTER.--

31  


                                 220

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  At the end of the term of a charter, the sponsor

  2  may choose not to renew the charter for any of the following

  3  grounds:

  4         1.  Failure to meet the requirements for student

  5  performance stated in the charter.

  6         2.  Failure to meet generally accepted standards of

  7  fiscal management.

  8         3.  Violation of law.

  9         4.  Other good cause shown.

10         (b)  During the term of a charter, the sponsor may

11  terminate the charter for any of the grounds listed in

12  paragraph (a).

13         (c)  At least 90 days prior to renewing or terminating

14  a charter, the sponsor shall notify the governing body of the

15  school of the proposed action in writing.  The notice shall

16  state in reasonable detail the grounds for the proposed action

17  and stipulate that the school's governing body may, within 14

18  calendar days after receiving the notice, request an informal

19  hearing before the sponsor. The sponsor shall conduct the

20  informal hearing within 30 calendar days after receiving a

21  written request. The charter school's governing body may,

22  within 14 calendar days after receiving the sponsor's decision

23  to terminate or refuse to renew the charter, appeal the

24  decision pursuant to the procedure established in subsection

25  (6).

26         (d)  A charter may be terminated immediately if the

27  sponsor determines that good cause has been shown or if the

28  health, safety, or welfare of the students is threatened. The

29  school district in which the charter school is located shall

30  assume operation of the school under these circumstances. The

31  charter school's governing board may, within 14 days after


                                 221

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  receiving the sponsor's decision to terminate the charter,

  2  appeal the decision pursuant to the procedure established in

  3  subsection (6).

  4         (e)  When a charter is not renewed or is terminated,

  5  the school shall be dissolved under the provisions of law

  6  under which the school was organized, and any unencumbered

  7  public funds from the charter school shall revert to the

  8  district school board.  In the event a charter school is

  9  dissolved or is otherwise terminated, all district school

10  board property and improvements, furnishings, and equipment

11  purchased with public funds shall automatically revert to full

12  ownership by the district school board, subject to complete

13  satisfaction of any lawful liens or encumbrances. Any

14  unencumbered public funds from the charter school, district

15  school board property and improvements, furnishings, and

16  equipment purchased with public funds, or financial or other

17  records pertaining to the charter school, in the possession of

18  any person, entity, or holding company, other than the charter

19  school, shall be held in trust upon the district school

20  board's request, until any appeal status is resolved.

21         (f)  If a charter is not renewed or is terminated, the

22  charter school is responsible for all debts of the charter

23  school. The district may not assume the debt from any contract

24  for services made between the governing body of the school and

25  a third party, except for a debt that is previously detailed

26  and agreed upon in writing by both the district and the

27  governing body of the school and that may not reasonably be

28  assumed to have been satisfied by the district.

29         (g)  If a charter is not renewed or is terminated, a

30  student who attended the school may apply to, and shall be

31  


                                 222

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  enrolled in, another public school. Normal application

  2  deadlines shall be disregarded under such circumstances.

  3         (9)  CHARTER SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS.--

  4         (a)  A charter school shall be nonsectarian in its

  5  programs, admission policies, employment practices, and

  6  operations.

  7         (b)  A charter school shall admit students as provided

  8  in subsection (10).

  9         (c)  A charter school shall be accountable to its

10  sponsor for performance as provided in subsection (7).

11         (d)  A charter school shall not charge tuition or

12  registration fees, except those fees normally charged by other

13  public schools. However, a charter lab school may charge a

14  student activity and service fee as authorized by s.

15  1002.32(5).

16         (e)  A charter school shall meet all applicable state

17  and local health, safety, and civil rights requirements.

18         (f)  A charter school shall not violate the

19  antidiscrimination provisions of s. 1000.05.

20         (g)  A charter school shall provide for an annual

21  financial audit in accordance with s. 218.39.

22         (h)  No organization shall hold more than 15 charters

23  statewide.

24         (i)  In order to provide financial information that is

25  comparable to that reported for other public schools, charter

26  schools are to maintain all financial records which constitute

27  their accounting system:

28         1.  In accordance with the accounts and codes

29  prescribed in the most recent issuance of the publication

30  titled "Financial and Program Cost Accounting and Reporting

31  for Florida Schools"; or


                                 223

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  At the discretion of the charter school governing

  2  board, a charter school may elect to follow generally accepted

  3  accounting standards for not-for-profit organizations, but

  4  must reformat this information for reporting according to this

  5  paragraph.

  6  

  7  Charter schools are to provide annual financial report and

  8  program cost report information in the state-required formats

  9  for inclusion in district reporting in compliance with s.

10  1011.60(1). Charter schools that are operated by a

11  municipality or are a component unit of a parent nonprofit

12  organization may use the accounting system of the municipality

13  or the parent, but must reformat this information for

14  reporting according to this paragraph.

15         (j)  The governing board of the charter school shall

16  annually adopt and maintain an operating budget.

17         (k)  The governing body of the charter school shall

18  exercise continuing oversight over charter school operations

19  and make annual progress reports to its sponsor, which upon

20  verification shall be forwarded to the Commissioner of

21  Education at the same time as other annual school

22  accountability reports.  The report shall contain at least the

23  following information:

24         1.  The charter school's progress towards achieving the

25  goals outlined in its charter.

26         2.  The information required in the annual school

27  report pursuant to s. 1008.345.

28         3.  Financial records of the charter school, including

29  revenues and expenditures.

30         4.  Salary and benefit levels of charter school

31  employees.


                                 224

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (l)  A charter school shall not levy taxes or issue

  2  bonds secured by tax revenues.

  3         (m)  A charter school shall provide instruction for at

  4  least the number of days required by law for other public

  5  schools, and may provide instruction for additional days.

  6         (10)  ELIGIBLE STUDENTS.--

  7         (a)  A charter school shall be open to any student

  8  covered in an interdistrict agreement or residing in the

  9  school district in which the charter school is located;

10  however, in the case of a charter lab school, the charter lab

11  school shall be open to any student eligible to attend the lab

12  school as provided in s. 1002.32 or who resides in the school

13  district in which the charter lab school is located. Any

14  eligible student shall be allowed interdistrict transfer to

15  attend a charter school when based on good cause.

16         (b)  The charter school shall enroll an eligible

17  student who submits a timely application, unless the number of

18  applications exceeds the capacity of a program, class, grade

19  level, or building. In such case, all applicants shall have an

20  equal chance of being admitted through a random selection

21  process.

22         (c)  When a public school converts to charter status,

23  enrollment preference shall be given to students who would

24  have otherwise attended that public school.

25         (d)  A charter school may give enrollment preference to

26  the following student populations:

27         1.  Students who are siblings of a student enrolled in

28  the charter school.

29         2.  Students who are the children of a member of the

30  governing board of the charter school.

31  


                                 225

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Students who are the children of an employee of the

  2  charter school.

  3         (e)  A charter school may limit the enrollment process

  4  only to target the following student populations:

  5         1.  Students within specific age groups or grade

  6  levels.

  7         2.  Students considered at risk of dropping out of

  8  school or academic failure. Such students shall include

  9  exceptional education students.

10         3.  Students enrolling in a charter

11  school-in-the-workplace or charter school-in-a-municipality

12  established pursuant to subsection (16).

13         4.  Students residing within a reasonable distance of

14  the charter school, as described in paragraph (21)(c). Such

15  students shall be subject to a random lottery and to the

16  racial/ethnic balance provisions described in subparagraph

17  (7)(a)8. or any federal provisions that require a school to

18  achieve a racial/ethnic balance reflective of the community it

19  serves or within the racial/ethnic range of other public

20  schools in the same school district.

21         5.  Students who meet reasonable academic, artistic, or

22  other eligibility standards established by the charter school

23  and included in the charter school application and charter or,

24  in the case of existing charter schools, standards that are

25  consistent with the school's mission and purpose. Such

26  standards shall be in accordance with current state law and

27  practice in public schools and may not discriminate against

28  otherwise qualified individuals.

29         6.  Students articulating from one charter school to

30  another pursuant to an articulation agreement between the

31  charter schools that has been approved by the sponsor.


                                 226

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  Students with handicapping conditions and students

  2  served in English for Speakers of Other Languages programs

  3  shall have an equal opportunity of being selected for

  4  enrollment in a charter school.

  5         (g)  A student may withdraw from a charter school at

  6  any time and enroll in another public school as determined by

  7  district school board rule.

  8         (h)  The capacity of the charter school shall be

  9  determined annually by the governing board, in conjunction

10  with the sponsor, of the charter school in consideration of

11  the factors identified in this subsection.

12         (11)  PARTICIPATION IN INTERSCHOLASTIC EXTRACURRICULAR

13  ACTIVITIES.--A charter school student is eligible to

14  participate in an interscholastic extracurricular activity at

15  the public school to which the student would be otherwise

16  assigned to attend pursuant to s. 1006.15(3)(d).

17         (12)  EMPLOYEES OF CHARTER SCHOOLS.--

18         (a)  A charter school shall select its own employees. A

19  charter school may contract with its sponsor for the services

20  of personnel employed by the sponsor.

21         (b)  Charter school employees shall have the option to

22  bargain collectively. Employees may collectively bargain as a

23  separate unit or as part of the existing district collective

24  bargaining unit as determined by the structure of the charter

25  school.

26         (c)  The employees of a conversion charter school shall

27  remain public employees for all purposes, unless such

28  employees choose not to do so.

29         (d)  The teachers at a charter school may choose to be

30  part of a professional group that subcontracts with the

31  charter school to operate the instructional program under the


                                 227

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  auspices of a partnership or cooperative that they

  2  collectively own. Under this arrangement, the teachers would

  3  not be public employees.

  4         (e)  Employees of a school district may take leave to

  5  accept employment in a charter school upon the approval of the

  6  district school board. While employed by the charter school

  7  and on leave that is approved by the district school board,

  8  the employee may retain seniority accrued in that school

  9  district and may continue to be covered by the benefit

10  programs of that school district, if the charter school and

11  the district school board agree to this arrangement and its

12  financing. School districts shall not require resignations of

13  teachers desiring to teach in a charter school. This paragraph

14  shall not prohibit a district school board from approving

15  alternative leave arrangements consistent with chapter 1012.

16         (f)  Teachers employed by or under contract to a

17  charter school shall be certified as required by chapter 1012.

18  A charter school governing board may employ or contract with

19  skilled selected noncertified personnel to provide

20  instructional services or to assist instructional staff

21  members as education paraprofessionals in the same manner as

22  defined in chapter 1012, and as provided by State Board of

23  Education rule for charter school governing boards. A charter

24  school may not knowingly employ an individual to provide

25  instructional services or to serve as an education

26  paraprofessional if the individual's certification or

27  licensure as an educator is suspended or revoked by this or

28  any other state. A charter school may not knowingly employ an

29  individual who has resigned from a school district in lieu of

30  disciplinary action with respect to child welfare or safety,

31  or who has been dismissed for just cause by any school


                                 228

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district with respect to child welfare or safety. The

  2  qualifications of teachers shall be disclosed to parents.

  3         (g)  A charter school shall employ or contract with

  4  employees who have been fingerprinted as provided in s.

  5  1012.32. Members of the governing board of the charter school

  6  shall also be fingerprinted in a manner similar to that

  7  provided in s. 1012.32.

  8         (h)  For the purposes of tort liability, the governing

  9  body and employees of a charter school shall be governed by s.

10  768.28.

11         (i)  A charter school shall organize as, or be operated

12  by, a nonprofit organization. A charter school may be operated

13  by a municipality or other public entity as provided for by

14  law. As such, the charter school may be either a private or a

15  public employer.  As a public employer, a charter school may

16  participate in the Florida Retirement System upon application

17  and approval as a "covered group" under s. 121.021(34). If a

18  charter school participates in the Florida Retirement System,

19  the charter school employees shall be compulsory members of

20  the Florida Retirement System. As either a private or a public

21  employer, a charter school may contract for services with an

22  individual or group of individuals who are organized as a

23  partnership or a cooperative. Individuals or groups of

24  individuals who contract their services to the charter school

25  are not public employees.

26         (13)  NUMBER OF SCHOOLS.--

27         (a)  The number of newly created charter schools is

28  limited to no more than 28 in each school district that has

29  100,000 or more students, no more than 20 in each school

30  district that has 50,000 to 99,999 students, and no more than

31  12 in each school district with fewer than 50,000 students.


                                 229

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  An existing public school which converts to a

  2  charter school shall not be counted towards the limit

  3  established by paragraph (a).

  4         (c)  Notwithstanding any limit established by this

  5  subsection, a district school board or a charter school

  6  applicant shall have the right to request an increase of the

  7  limit on the number of charter schools authorized to be

  8  established within the district from the State Board of

  9  Education.

10         (d)  Whenever a municipality has submitted charter

11  applications for the establishment of a charter school feeder

12  pattern (elementary, middle, and senior high schools), and

13  upon approval of each individual charter application by the

14  district school board, such applications shall then be

15  designated as one charter school for all purposes listed

16  pursuant to this section.

17         (14)  CHARTER SCHOOL COOPERATIVES.--Charter schools may

18  enter into cooperative agreements to form charter school

19  cooperative organizations that may provide the following

20  services: charter school planning and development, direct

21  instructional services, and contracts with charter school

22  governing boards to provide personnel administrative services,

23  payroll services, human resource management, evaluation and

24  assessment services, teacher preparation, and professional

25  development.

26         (15)  CHARTER SCHOOL FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS;

27  INDEMNIFICATION OF THE STATE AND SCHOOL DISTRICT; CREDIT OR

28  TAXING POWER NOT TO BE PLEDGED.--Any arrangement entered into

29  to borrow or otherwise secure funds for a charter school

30  authorized in this section from a source other than the state

31  or a school district shall indemnify the state and the school


                                 230

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district from any and all liability, including, but not

  2  limited to, financial responsibility for the payment of the

  3  principal or interest. Any loans, bonds, or other financial

  4  agreements are not obligations of the state or the school

  5  district but are obligations of the charter school authority

  6  and are payable solely from the sources of funds pledged by

  7  such agreement. The credit or taxing power of the state or the

  8  school district shall not be pledged and no debts shall be

  9  payable out of any moneys except those of the legal entity in

10  possession of a valid charter approved by a district school

11  board pursuant to this section.

12         (16)  CHARTER SCHOOLS-IN-THE-WORKPLACE; CHARTER

13  SCHOOLS-IN-A-MUNICIPALITY.--

14         (a)  In order to increase business partnerships in

15  education, to reduce school and classroom overcrowding

16  throughout the state, and to offset the high costs for

17  educational facilities construction, the Legislature intends

18  to encourage the formation of business partnership schools or

19  satellite learning centers and municipal-operated schools

20  through charter school status.

21         (b)  A charter school-in-the-workplace may be

22  established when a business partner provides the school

23  facility to be used; enrolls students based upon a random

24  lottery that involves all of the children of employees of that

25  business or corporation who are seeking enrollment, as

26  provided for in subsection (10); and enrolls students

27  according to the racial/ethnic balance provisions described in

28  subparagraph (7)(a)8. Any portion of a facility used for a

29  public charter school shall be exempt from ad valorem taxes,

30  as provided for in s. 1013.54, for the duration of its use as

31  a public school.


                                 231

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  A charter school-in-a-municipality designation may

  2  be granted to a municipality that possesses a charter; enrolls

  3  students based upon a random lottery that involves all of the

  4  children of the residents of that municipality who are seeking

  5  enrollment, as provided for in subsection (10); and enrolls

  6  students according to the racial/ethnic balance provisions

  7  described in subparagraph (7)(a)8. Any portion of the land and

  8  facility used for a public charter school shall be exempt from

  9  ad valorem taxes, as provided for in s. 1013.54, for the

10  duration of its use as a public school.

11         (d)  As used in this subsection, the terms "business

12  partner" or "municipality" may include more than one business

13  or municipality to form a charter school-in-the-workplace or

14  charter school-in-a-municipality.

15         (17)  EXEMPTION FROM STATUTES.--

16         (a)  A charter school shall operate in accordance with

17  its charter and shall be exempt from all statutes in chapters

18  1000-1013. However, a charter school shall be in compliance

19  with the following statutes in chapters 1000-1013:

20         1.  Those statutes specifically applying to charter

21  schools, including this section.

22         2.  Those statutes pertaining to the student assessment

23  program and school grading system.

24         3.  Those statutes pertaining to the provision of

25  services to students with disabilities.

26         4.  Those statutes pertaining to civil rights,

27  including s. 1000.05, relating to discrimination.

28         5.  Those statutes pertaining to student health,

29  safety, and welfare.

30         (b)  Additionally, a charter school shall be in

31  compliance with the following statutes:


                                 232

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Section 286.011, relating to public meetings and

  2  records, public inspection, and criminal and civil penalties.

  3         2.  Chapter 119, relating to public records.

  4         (18)  FUNDING.--Students enrolled in a charter school,

  5  regardless of the sponsorship, shall be funded as if they are

  6  in a basic program or a special program, the same as students

  7  enrolled in other public schools in the school district.

  8  Funding for a charter lab school shall be as provided in s.

  9  1002.32.

10         (a)  Each charter school shall report its student

11  enrollment to the district school board as required in s.

12  1011.62, and in accordance with the definitions in s. 1011.61.

13  The district school board shall include each charter school's

14  enrollment in the district's report of student enrollment. All

15  charter schools submitting student record information required

16  by the Department of Education shall comply with the

17  Department of Education's guidelines for electronic data

18  formats for such data, and all districts shall accept

19  electronic data that complies with the Department of

20  Education's electronic format.

21         (b)  The basis for the agreement for funding students

22  enrolled in a charter school shall be the sum of the school

23  district's operating funds from the Florida Education Finance

24  Program as provided in s. 1011.62 and the General

25  Appropriations Act, including gross state and local funds,

26  discretionary lottery funds, and funds from the school

27  district's current operating discretionary millage levy;

28  divided by total funded weighted full-time equivalent students

29  in the school district; multiplied by the weighted full-time

30  equivalent students for the charter school. Charter schools

31  whose students or programs meet the eligibility criteria in


                                 233

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  law shall be entitled to their proportionate share of

  2  categorical program funds included in the total funds

  3  available in the Florida Education Finance Program by the

  4  Legislature, including transportation. Total funding for each

  5  charter school shall be recalculated during the year to

  6  reflect the revised calculations under the Florida Education

  7  Finance Program by the state and the actual weighted full-time

  8  equivalent students reported by the charter school during the

  9  full-time equivalent student survey periods designated by the

10  Commissioner of Education.

11         (c)  If the district school board is providing programs

12  or services to students funded by federal funds, any eligible

13  students enrolled in charter schools in the school district

14  shall be provided federal funds for the same level of service

15  provided students in the schools operated by the district

16  school board. Pursuant to provisions of 20 U.S.C. 8061 s.

17  10306, all charter schools shall receive all federal funding

18  for which the school is otherwise eligible, including Title I

19  funding, not later than 5 months after the charter school

20  first opens and within 5 months after any subsequent expansion

21  of enrollment.

22         (d)  District school boards shall make every effort to

23  ensure that charter schools receive timely and efficient

24  reimbursement, including processing paperwork required to

25  access special state and federal funding for which they may be

26  eligible. The district school board may distribute funds to a

27  charter school for up to 3 months based on the projected

28  full-time equivalent student membership of the charter school.

29  Thereafter, the results of full-time equivalent student

30  membership surveys shall be used in adjusting the amount of

31  funds distributed monthly to the charter school for the


                                 234

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  remainder of the fiscal year. The payment shall be issued no

  2  later than 10 working days after the district school board

  3  receives a distribution of state or federal funds. If a

  4  warrant for payment is not issued within 30 working days after

  5  receipt of funding by the district school board, the school

  6  district shall pay to the charter school, in addition to the

  7  amount of the scheduled disbursement, interest at a rate of 1

  8  percent per month calculated on a daily basis on the unpaid

  9  balance from the expiration of the 30-day period until such

10  time as the warrant is issued.

11         (19)  FACILITIES.--

12         (a)  A charter school shall utilize facilities which

13  comply with the State Uniform Building Code for Public

14  Educational Facilities Construction adopted pursuant to s.

15  1013.37 or with applicable state minimum building codes

16  pursuant to chapter 553 and state minimum fire protection

17  codes pursuant to s. 633.025, as adopted by the authority in

18  whose jurisdiction the facility is located.

19         (b)  Any facility, or portion thereof, used to house a

20  charter school whose charter has been approved by the sponsor

21  and the governing board, pursuant to subsection (7), shall be

22  exempt from ad valorem taxes pursuant to s. 196.1983.

23         (c)  Charter school facilities shall utilize facilities

24  which comply with the Florida Building Code, pursuant to

25  chapter 553, and the Florida Fire Prevention Code, pursuant to

26  chapter 633.

27         (d)  If a district school board facility or property is

28  available because it is surplus, marked for disposal, or

29  otherwise unused, it shall be provided for a charter school's

30  use on the same basis as it is made available to other public

31  schools in the district. A charter school receiving property


                                 235

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  from the school district may not sell or dispose of such

  2  property without written permission of the school district.

  3  Similarly, for an existing public school converting to charter

  4  status, no rental or leasing fee for the existing facility or

  5  for the property normally inventoried to the conversion school

  6  may be charged by the district school board to the parents and

  7  teachers organizing the charter school. The charter organizers

  8  shall agree to reasonable maintenance provisions in order to

  9  maintain the facility in a manner similar to district school

10  board standards. The Public Education Capital Outlay

11  maintenance funds or any other maintenance funds generated by

12  the facility operated as a conversion school shall remain with

13  the conversion school.

14         (20)  CAPITAL OUTLAY FUNDING.--Charter schools are

15  eligible for capital outlay funds pursuant to s. 1013.62.

16         (21)  SERVICES.--

17         (a)  A sponsor shall provide certain administrative and

18  educational services to charter schools. These services shall

19  include contract management services, full-time equivalent and

20  data reporting services, exceptional student education

21  administration services, test administration services,

22  processing of teacher certificate data services, and

23  information services. Any administrative fee charged by the

24  sponsor for the provision of services shall be limited to 5

25  percent of the available funds defined in paragraph (18)(b).

26         (b)  If goods and services are made available to the

27  charter school through the contract with the school district,

28  they shall be provided to the charter school at a rate no

29  greater than the district's actual cost. To maximize the use

30  of state funds, school districts shall allow charter schools

31  


                                 236

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to participate in the sponsor's bulk purchasing program if

  2  applicable.

  3         (c)  Transportation of charter school students shall be

  4  provided by the charter school consistent with the

  5  requirements of part I.e. of chapter 1006. The governing body

  6  of the charter school may provide transportation through an

  7  agreement or contract with the district school board, a

  8  private provider, or parents. The charter school and the

  9  sponsor shall cooperate in making arrangements that ensure

10  that transportation is not a barrier to equal access for all

11  students residing within a reasonable distance of the charter

12  school as determined in its charter.

13         (22)  PUBLIC INFORMATION ON CHARTER SCHOOLS.--The

14  Department of Education shall provide information to the

15  public, directly and through sponsors, both on how to form and

16  operate a charter school and on how to enroll in charter

17  schools once they are created. This information shall include

18  a standard application format which shall include the

19  information specified in subsection (7). This application

20  format may be used by chartering entities.

21         (23)  CHARTER SCHOOL REVIEW PANEL AND LEGISLATIVE

22  REVIEW.--

23         (a)  The Department of Education shall regularly

24  convene a Charter School Review Panel in order to review

25  issues, practices, and policies regarding charter schools. The

26  composition of the review panel shall include individuals with

27  experience in finance, administration, law, education, and

28  school governance, and individuals familiar with charter

29  school construction and operation. The panel shall include two

30  appointees each from the Commissioner of Education, the

31  President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of


                                 237

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Representatives. The Governor shall appoint three members of

  2  the panel and shall designate the chair. Each member of the

  3  panel shall serve a 1-year term, unless renewed by the office

  4  making the appointment. The panel shall make recommendations

  5  to the Legislature, to the Department of Education, to charter

  6  schools, and to school districts for improving charter school

  7  operations and oversight and for ensuring best business

  8  practices at and fair business relationships with charter

  9  schools.

10         (b)  The Legislature shall review the operation of

11  charter schools during the 2005 Regular Session of the

12  Legislature.

13         (24)  ANALYSIS OF CHARTER SCHOOL PERFORMANCE.--Upon

14  receipt of the annual report required by paragraph (9)(k), the

15  Department of Education shall provide to the State Board of

16  Education, the Commissioner of Education, the President of the

17  Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives an

18  analysis and comparison of the overall performance of charter

19  school students, to include all students whose scores are

20  counted as part of the statewide assessment program, versus

21  comparable public school students in the district as

22  determined by the statewide assessment program currently

23  administered in the school district, and other assessments

24  administered pursuant to s. 1008.22(3).

25         (25)  CONVERSION CHARTER SCHOOL PILOT PROGRAM.--

26         (a)  The conversion charter school pilot program is

27  hereby established with the intent to provide incentives for

28  local school districts to approve conversion charter schools.

29         (b)  The conversion charter school pilot program shall

30  be a statewide pilot program in which 10 schools shall be

31  


                                 238

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  selected based on a competitive application process in

  2  accordance with this section.

  3         (c)  The purpose of the pilot program is to produce

  4  significant improvements in student achievement and school

  5  management, to encourage and measure the use of innovative

  6  learning methods, and to make the school the unit for

  7  improvement.

  8         (d)  Each school principal or a majority of the parents

  9  of students attending the school, a majority of the school's

10  teachers, or a majority of the members of the school advisory

11  council may apply to the school district to participate in

12  this pilot program on forms which shall be provided by the

13  Department of Education. The forms shall include

14  acknowledgment by the school principal of applicable

15  provisions of this section and s. 1013.62. For purposes of

16  this paragraph, "a majority of the parents of students

17  attending the school" means more than 50 percent of the

18  parents voting whose children are enrolled at the school,

19  provided that a majority of the parents eligible to vote

20  participate in the ballot process; and "a majority of the

21  school's teachers" means more than 50 percent of the teachers

22  employed at the school, according to procedures established by

23  rule of the State Board of Education pursuant to subsections

24  (3) and (4).

25         (e)  A person or group who has applied to participate

26  in the pilot program created by this section, pursuant to

27  paragraph (d), shall not be subject to an unlawful reprisal,

28  as defined by paragraph (4)(a), as a consequence of such

29  application. The procedures established by subsections (3) and

30  (4) shall apply to any alleged unlawful reprisal which occurs

31  as a consequence of such application.


                                 239

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  A district school board shall receive and review

  2  all applications by school principals, parents, teachers, or

  3  school advisory council members to participate in the pilot

  4  project; shall select the best applications; and shall submit

  5  these applications, together with the district school board's

  6  letter of endorsement and commitment of support and

  7  cooperation toward the success of program implementation, for

  8  review by the statewide selection panel established pursuant

  9  to paragraph (g).

10         (g)  A conversion charter school pilot program

11  statewide selection panel is established. The panel shall be

12  comprised of the following nine members who are not elected

13  public officials:

14         1.  Three members shall be appointed by the Governor.

15         2.  Two members shall be appointed by the Commissioner

16  of Education.

17         3.  Two members shall be appointed by the President of

18  the Senate.

19         4.  Two members shall be appointed by the Speaker of

20  the House of Representatives.

21  

22  The panel shall review the conversion charter school pilot

23  program applications submitted by the district school boards

24  and shall select the 10 applications which the panel deems

25  best comply with the purpose of the program pursuant to

26  paragraph (c).

27         (h)  Each district school board in which there is a

28  school selected by the statewide panel for participation in

29  the pilot program shall receive a grant as provided in the

30  General Appropriations Act:

31  


                                 240

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  One hundred thousand dollars for planning and

  2  development for each conversion charter school selected; and

  3         2.a.  Eighty thousand dollars for each conversion

  4  charter school selected with 500 or fewer students;

  5         b.  One hundred thousand dollars for each conversion

  6  charter school selected with more than 500 but fewer than

  7  1,001 students; or

  8         c.  One hundred twenty thousand dollars for each

  9  conversion charter school selected with more than 1,000

10  students.

11  

12  The Commissioner of Education may reduce the district's FEFP

13  funding entitlement by the amount of the grant awarded under

14  this subsection if he or she determines that the district has

15  failed to comply with its letter of endorsement and commitment

16  of support and cooperation submitted under paragraph (f).

17         (i)  Each conversion charter school selected for

18  participation in the pilot program shall make annual progress

19  reports to the district school board and the Commissioner of

20  Education detailing the school's progress in achieving the

21  purpose of the program as described in paragraph (c).

22         (26)  RULEMAKING.--The Department of Education, after

23  consultation with school districts and charter school

24  directors, shall recommend that the State Board of Education

25  adopt rules to implement specific subsections of this section.

26  Such rules shall require minimum paperwork and shall not limit

27  charter school flexibility authorized by statute.

28         Section 98.  Section 1002.34, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1002.34  Charter technical career centers.--

31  


                                 241

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  AUTHORIZATION.--The Legislature finds that the

  2  establishment of charter technical career centers can assist

  3  in promoting advances and innovations in workforce preparation

  4  and economic development. A charter technical career center

  5  may provide a learning environment that better serves the

  6  needs of a specific population group or a group of

  7  occupations, thus promoting diversity and choices within the

  8  public education and public postsecondary technical education

  9  community in this state.  Therefore, the creation of such

10  centers is authorized as part of the state's program of public

11  education.  A charter technical career center may be formed by

12  creating a new school or converting an existing school

13  district or community college program to charter technical

14  status.

15         (2)  PURPOSE.--The purpose of a charter technical

16  career center is to:

17         (a)  Develop a competitive workforce to support local

18  business and industry and economic development.

19         (b)  Create a training and education model that is

20  reflective of marketplace realities.

21         (c)  Offer a continuum of career educational

22  opportunities using a school-to-work, tech-prep, technical,

23  academy, and magnet school model.

24         (d)  Provide career pathways for lifelong learning and

25  career mobility.

26         (e)  Enhance career and technical training.

27         (3)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section, the term:

28         (a)  "Charter technical career center" or "center"

29  means a public school or a public technical center operated

30  under a charter granted by a district school board or

31  community college board of trustees or a consortium, including


                                 242

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  one or more district school boards and community college

  2  boards of trustees, that includes the district in which the

  3  facility is located, that is nonsectarian in its programs,

  4  admission policies, employment practices, and operations, and

  5  is managed by a board of directors.

  6         (b)  "Sponsor" means a district school board, a

  7  community college board of trustees, or a consortium of one or

  8  more of each.

  9         (4)  CHARTER.--A sponsor may designate centers as

10  provided in this section.  An application to establish a

11  center may be submitted by a sponsor or another organization

12  that is determined, by rule of the State Board of Education,

13  to be appropriate. However, an independent school is not

14  eligible for status as a center.  The charter must be signed

15  by the governing body of the center and the sponsor, and must

16  be approved by the district school board and community college

17  board of trustees in whose geographic region the facility is

18  located. If a charter technical career center is established

19  by the conversion to charter status of a public technical

20  center formerly governed by a district school board, the

21  charter status of that center takes precedence in any question

22  of governance. The governance of the center or of any program

23  within the center remains with its board of directors unless

24  the board agrees to a change in governance or its charter is

25  revoked as provided in subsection (15). Such a conversion

26  charter technical career center is not affected by a change in

27  the governance of public technical centers or of programs

28  within other centers that are or have been governed by

29  district school boards. A charter technical career center, or

30  any program within such a center, that was governed by a

31  district school board and transferred to a community college


                                 243

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  prior to the effective date of this act is not affected by

  2  this provision. An applicant who wishes to establish a center

  3  must submit to the district school board or community college

  4  board of trustees, or a consortium of one or more of each, an

  5  application that includes:

  6         (a)  The name of the proposed center.

  7         (b)  The proposed structure of the center, including a

  8  list of proposed members of the board of directors or a

  9  description of the qualifications for and method of their

10  appointment or election.

11         (c)  The workforce development goals of the center, the

12  curriculum to be offered, and the outcomes and the methods of

13  assessing the extent to which the outcomes are met.

14         (d)  The admissions policy and criteria for evaluating

15  the admission of students.

16         (e)  A description of the staff responsibilities and

17  the proposed qualifications of the teaching staff.

18         (f)  A description of the procedures to be implemented

19  to ensure significant involvement of representatives of

20  business and industry in the operation of the center.

21         (g)  A method for determining whether a student has

22  satisfied the requirements for graduation specified in s.

23  1003.43 and for completion of a postsecondary certificate or

24  degree.

25         (h)  A method for granting secondary and postsecondary

26  diplomas, certificates, and degrees.

27         (i)  A description of and address for the physical

28  facility in which the center will be located.

29         (j)  A method of resolving conflicts between the

30  governing body of the center and the sponsor and between

31  consortium members, if applicable.


                                 244

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (k)  A method for reporting student data as required by

  2  law and rule.

  3         (l)  Other information required by the district school

  4  board or community college board of trustees.

  5  

  6  Students at a center must meet the same testing and academic

  7  performance standards as those established by law and rule for

  8  students at public schools and public technical centers.  The

  9  students must also meet any additional assessment indicators

10  that are included within the charter approved by the district

11  school board or community college board of trustees.

12         (5)  APPLICATION.--An application to establish a center

13  must be submitted by February 1 of the year preceding the

14  school year in which the center will begin operation. The

15  sponsor must review the application and make a final decision

16  on whether to approve the application and grant the charter by

17  March 1, and may condition the granting of a charter on the

18  center's taking certain actions or maintaining certain

19  conditions. Such actions and conditions must be provided to

20  the applicant in writing. The district school board or

21  community college board of trustees is not required to issue a

22  charter to any person.

23         (6)  SPONSOR.--A district school board or community

24  college board of trustees or a consortium of one or more of

25  each may sponsor a center in the county in which the board has

26  jurisdiction.

27         (a)  A sponsor must review all applications for centers

28  received through at least February 1 of each calendar year for

29  centers to be opened at the beginning of the sponsor's next

30  school year.  A sponsor may receive applications later than

31  this date if it so chooses. To facilitate an accurate budget


                                 245

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  projection process, a sponsor shall be held harmless for FTE

  2  students who are not included in the FTE projection due to

  3  approval of applications after the FTE projection deadline. A

  4  sponsor must, by a majority vote, approve or deny an

  5  application no later than 60 days after the application is

  6  received.  If an application is denied, the sponsor must,

  7  within 10 days, notify the applicant in writing of the

  8  specific reasons for denial, which must be based upon good

  9  cause. Upon approval of a charter application, the initial

10  startup must be consistent with the beginning of the public

11  school or community college calendar for the district in which

12  the charter is granted, unless the sponsor allows a waiver of

13  this provision for good cause.

14         (b)  An applicant may appeal any denial of its

15  application to the State Board of Education within 30 days

16  after the sponsor's denial and shall notify the sponsor of its

17  appeal. Any response of the sponsor must be submitted to the

18  state board within 30 days after notification of the appeal.

19  The State Board of Education must, by majority vote, accept or

20  reject the decision of the sponsor no later than 60 days after

21  an appeal is filed, pursuant to State Board of Education rule.

22  The State Board of Education may reject an appeal for failure

23  to comply with procedural rules governing the appeals process,

24  and the rejection must describe the submission errors. The

25  appellant may have up to 15 days after notice of rejection to

26  resubmit an appeal. An application for appeal submitted after

27  a rejection is timely if the original appeal was filed within

28  30 days after the sponsor's denial. The State Board of

29  Education shall remand the application to the sponsor with a

30  written recommendation that the sponsor approve or deny the

31  application, consistent with the state board's decision. The


                                 246

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  decision of the State Board of Education is not subject to the

  2  provisions of chapter 120.

  3         (c)  The sponsor must act upon the recommendation of

  4  the State Board of Education within 30 days after it is

  5  received, unless the sponsor determines by competent

  6  substantial evidence that approving the state board's

  7  recommendation would be contrary to law or the best interests

  8  of the students or the community. The sponsor must notify the

  9  applicant in writing concerning the specific reasons for its

10  failure to follow the state board's recommendation.  The

11  sponsor's action on the state board's recommendation is a

12  final action, subject to judicial review.

13         (d)  The Department of Education may provide technical

14  assistance to an applicant upon written request.

15         (e)  The terms and conditions for the operation of a

16  center must be agreed to by the sponsor and the applicant in a

17  written contract. The sponsor may not impose unreasonable

18  requirements that violate the intent of giving centers greater

19  flexibility to meet educational goals. The applicant and

20  sponsor must reach an agreement on the provisions of the

21  contract or the application is deemed denied.

22         (f)  The sponsor shall monitor and review the center's

23  progress towards charter goals and shall monitor the center's

24  revenues and expenditures.

25         (7)  LEGAL ENTITY.--A center must organize as a

26  nonprofit organization and adopt a name and corporate seal. A

27  center is a body corporate and politic, with all powers to

28  implement its charter program. The center may:

29         (a)  Be a private or a public employer.

30         (b)  Sue and be sued, but only to the same extent and

31  upon the same conditions that a public entity can be sued.


                                 247

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Acquire real property by purchase, lease, lease

  2  with an option to purchase, or gift, to use as a center

  3  facility.

  4         (d)  Receive and disburse funds.

  5         (e)  Enter into contracts or leases for services,

  6  equipment, or supplies.

  7         (f)  Incur temporary debts in anticipation of the

  8  receipt of funds.

  9         (g)  Solicit and accept gifts or grants for career

10  center purposes.

11         (h)  Take any other action that is not inconsistent

12  with this section and rules adopted under this section.

13         (8)  ELIGIBLE STUDENTS.--A center must be open to all

14  students as space is available and may not discriminate in

15  admissions policies or practices on the basis of an

16  individual's physical disability or proficiency in English or

17  on any other basis that would be unlawful if practiced by a

18  public school or a community college. A center may establish

19  reasonable criteria by which to evaluate prospective students,

20  which criteria must be outlined in the charter.

21         (9)  FACILITIES.--A center may be located in any

22  suitable location, including part of an existing public school

23  or community college building, space provided on a public

24  worksite, or a public building. A center's facilities must

25  comply with the State Uniform Building Code for Public

26  Educational Facilities Construction adopted pursuant to s.

27  1013.37, or with applicable state minimum building codes

28  pursuant to chapter 553, and state minimum fire protection

29  codes pursuant to s. 633.025, adopted by the authority in

30  whose jurisdiction the facility is located. If K-12 public

31  school funds are used for construction, the facility must


                                 248

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  remain on the local school district's Florida Inventory of

  2  School Houses (FISH) school building inventory of the district

  3  school board and must revert to the district school board if

  4  the consortium dissolves and the program is discontinued. If

  5  community college public school funds are used for

  6  construction, the facility must remain on the local community

  7  college's facilities inventory and must revert to the local

  8  community college board of trustees if the consortium

  9  dissolves and the program is discontinued. The additional

10  student capacity created by the addition of the center to the

11  local school district's FISH may not be calculated in the

12  permanent student capacity for the purpose of determining need

13  or eligibility for state capital outlay funds while the

14  facility is used as a center. If the construction of the

15  center is funded jointly by K-12 public school funds and

16  community college funds, the sponsoring entities must agree,

17  before granting the charter, on the appropriate owner and

18  terms of transfer of the facility if the charter is dissolved.

19         (10)  EXEMPTION FROM STATUTES.--

20         (a)  A center must operate pursuant to its charter and

21  is exempt from all statutes of the Florida School Code except

22  provisions pertaining to civil rights and to student health,

23  safety, and welfare, or as otherwise required by law.

24         (b)  A center must comply with the Florida K-20

25  Education Code with respect to providing services to students

26  with disabilities.

27         (c)  A center must comply with the antidiscrimination

28  provisions of s. 1000.05.

29         (11)  FUNDING.--

30         (a)  Each district school board and community college

31  that sponsors a charter technical career center shall pay


                                 249

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  directly to the center an amount stated in the charter.  State

  2  funding shall be generated for the center for its student

  3  enrollment and program outcomes as provided in law.  A center

  4  is eligible for funding from the Florida Workforce Development

  5  Education Fund, the Florida Education Finance Program, and the

  6  Community College Program Fund, depending upon the programs

  7  conducted by the center.

  8         (b)  A center may receive other state and federal aid,

  9  grants, and revenue through the district school board or

10  community college board of trustees.

11         (c)  A center may receive gifts and grants from private

12  sources.

13         (d)  A center may not levy taxes or issue bonds, but it

14  may charge a student tuition fee consistent with authority

15  granted in its charter and permitted by law.

16         (e)  A center shall provide for an annual financial

17  audit in accordance with s. 218.39.

18         (f)  A center must provide instruction for at least the

19  number of days required by law for other public schools or

20  community colleges, as appropriate, and may provide

21  instruction for additional days.

22         (12)  EMPLOYEES OF A CENTER.--

23         (a)  A center may select its own employees.

24         (b)  A center may contract for services with an

25  individual, partnership, or a cooperative. Such persons

26  contracted with are not public employees.

27         (c)  If a center contracts with a public educational

28  agency for services, the terms of employment must follow

29  existing state law and rule and local policies and procedures.

30         (d)  The employees of a center may bargain

31  collectively, as a separate unit or as part of the existing


                                 250

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district collective bargaining unit, as determined by the

  2  structure of the center.

  3         (e)  As a public employer, a center may participate in:

  4         1.  The Florida Retirement System upon application and

  5  approval as a "covered group" under s. 121.021(34). If a

  6  center participates in the Florida Retirement System, its

  7  employees are compulsory members of the Florida Retirement

  8  System.

  9         2.  The State Community College System Optional

10  Retirement Program pursuant to s. 1012.875(2), if the charter

11  is granted by a community college that participates in the

12  optional retirement program and meets the eligibility criteria

13  of s. 121.051(2)(c).

14         (f)  Teachers who are considered qualified by the

15  career center are exempt from state certification

16  requirements.

17         (g)  A public school or community college teacher or

18  administrator may take a leave of absence to accept employment

19  in a charter technical career center upon the approval of the

20  school district or community college.

21         (h)  An employee who is on a leave of absence under

22  this section may retain seniority accrued in that school

23  district or community college and may continue to be covered

24  by the benefit programs of that district or community college

25  if the center and the district school board or community

26  college board of trustees agree to this arrangement and its

27  financing.

28         (13)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS AUTHORITY.--The board of

29  directors of a center may decide matters relating to the

30  operation of the school, including budgeting, curriculum, and

31  operating procedures, subject to the center's charter.


                                 251

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  ACCOUNTABILITY.--Each center must submit a report

  2  to the participating district school board or community

  3  college board of trustees by August 1 of each year.  The

  4  report must be in such form as the sponsor prescribes and must

  5  include:

  6         (a)  A discussion of progress made toward the

  7  achievement of the goals outlined in the center's charter.

  8         (b)  A financial statement setting forth by appropriate

  9  categories the revenue and expenditures for the previous

10  school year.

11         (15)  TERMS OF THE CHARTER.--The term of an initial

12  charter may not exceed 5 years. Thereafter, the sponsor may

13  renew a charter for a period up to 5 years.  The sponsor may

14  refuse to renew a charter or may revoke a charter if the

15  center has not fulfilled a condition imposed under the charter

16  or if the center has violated any provision of the charter.

17  The sponsor may place the center on probationary status to

18  allow the implementation of a remedial plan, after which, if

19  the plan is unsuccessful, the charter may be summarily

20  revoked.  The sponsor shall develop procedures and guidelines

21  for the revocation and renewal of a center's charter.  The

22  sponsor must give written notice of its intent not to renew

23  the charter at least 12 months before the charter expires.  If

24  the sponsor revokes a charter before the scheduled expiration

25  date, the sponsor must provide written notice to the governing

26  board of the center at least 60 days before the date of

27  termination, stating the grounds for the proposed revocation.

28  The governing board of the center may request in writing an

29  informal hearing before the sponsor within 14 days after

30  receiving the notice of revocation.  A revocation takes effect

31  at the conclusion of a school year, unless the sponsor


                                 252

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  determines that earlier revocation is necessary to protect the

  2  health, safety, and welfare of students.  The sponsor shall

  3  monitor and review the center in its progress towards the

  4  goals established in the charter and shall monitor the

  5  revenues and expenditures of the center.

  6         (16)  TRANSPORTATION.--The center may provide

  7  transportation, pursuant to chapter 1006, through a contract

  8  with the district school board or the community college board

  9  of trustees, a private provider, or parents of students. The

10  center must ensure that transportation is not a barrier to

11  equal access for all students in grades K-12 residing within a

12  reasonable distance of the facility.

13         (17)  IMMUNITY.--For the purposes of tort liability,

14  the governing body and employees of a center are governed by

15  s. 768.28.

16         (18)  RULES.--The State Board of Education shall adopt

17  rules, pursuant to chapter 120, relating to the implementation

18  of charter technical career centers.

19         (19)  EVALUATION; REPORT.--The Commissioner of

20  Education shall provide for an annual comparative evaluation

21  of charter technical career centers and public technical

22  centers.  The evaluation may be conducted in cooperation with

23  the sponsor, through private contracts, or by department

24  staff.  At a minimum, the comparative evaluation must address

25  the demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of the

26  students served, the types and costs of services provided, and

27  the outcomes achieved.  By December 30 of each year, the

28  Commissioner of Education shall submit to the Governor, the

29  President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

30  Representatives, and the Senate and House committees that have

31  responsibility for secondary and postsecondary career and


                                 253

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  technical education a report of the comparative evaluation

  2  completed for the previous school year.

  3         Section 99.  Section 1002.35, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1002.35  New World School of the Arts.--

  6         (1)  The New World School of the Arts is created as a

  7  center of excellence for the performing and visual arts, to

  8  serve all of the State of Florida.  The school shall offer a

  9  program of academic and artistic studies in the visual and

10  performing arts which shall be available to talented high

11  school and college students.

12         (2)(a)  For purposes of governance, the New World

13  School of the Arts is assigned to Miami-Dade Community

14  College, the Dade County School District, and one or more

15  universities designated by the State Board of Education. The

16  State Board of Education shall assign to the New World School

17  of the Arts a university partner or partners. In this

18  selection, the State Board of Education shall consider the

19  accreditation status of the core programs. Florida

20  International University, in its capacity as the provider of

21  university services to Dade County, shall be a partner to

22  serve the New World School of the Arts, upon meeting the

23  accreditation criteria. The respective boards shall appoint

24  members to an executive board for administration of the

25  school. The executive board may include community members and

26  shall reflect proportionately the participating institutions.

27  Miami-Dade Community College shall serve as fiscal agent for

28  the school.

29         (b)  The New World School of the Arts Foundation is

30  created for the purpose of providing auxiliary financial

31  support for the school's programs, including, but not limited


                                 254

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to, the promotion and sponsorship of special events and

  2  scholarships. Foundation membership shall be determined by the

  3  executive board.

  4         (c)  The school may affiliate with other public or

  5  private educational or arts institutions. The school shall

  6  serve as a professional school for all qualified students

  7  within appropriations and limitations established by the

  8  Legislature and the respective educational institutions.

  9         (3)  The school shall submit annually a formula-driven

10  budget request to the commissioner and the Legislature. This

11  formula shall be developed in consultation with the Department

12  of Education and staff of the Legislature. However, the actual

13  funding for the school shall be determined by the Legislature

14  in the General Appropriations Act.

15         (4)  The State Board of Education shall utilize

16  resources, programs, and faculty from the various state

17  universities in planning and providing the curriculum and

18  courses at the New World School of the Arts, drawing on

19  program strengths at each state university.

20         Section 100.  Section 1002.36, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1002.36  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind.--

23         (1)  RESPONSIBILITIES.--The Florida School for the Deaf

24  and the Blind is a state-supported residential school for

25  hearing-impaired and visually impaired students in preschool

26  through 12th grade. The school is a part of the state system

27  of public education and shall be funded through the Department

28  of Education. The school shall provide educational programs

29  and support services appropriate to meet the education and

30  related evaluation and counseling needs of hearing-impaired

31  and visually impaired students in the state who meet


                                 255

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  enrollment criteria. Education services may be provided on an

  2  outreach basis for sensory-impaired children ages 0 through 5

  3  years and their parents. Graduates of the Florida School for

  4  the Deaf and the Blind shall be eligible for the William L.

  5  Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant Program as provided in

  6  s. 1009.89.

  7         (2)  MISSION.--The mission of the Florida School for

  8  the Deaf and the Blind is to utilize all available talent,

  9  energy, and resources to provide free appropriate public

10  education for eligible sensory-impaired students of Florida.

11  As a school of academic excellence, the school shall strive to

12  provide students an opportunity to maximize their individual

13  potential in a caring, safe, unique learning environment to

14  prepare them to be literate, employable, and independent

15  lifelong learners. The school shall encourage input from

16  students, staff, parents, and the community. As a diverse

17  organization, the school shall foster respect and

18  understanding for each individual.

19         (3)  AUDITS.--The Auditor General shall audit the

20  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind as provided in

21  chapter 11.

22         (4)  BOARD OF TRUSTEES.--

23         (a)  There is hereby created a Board of Trustees for

24  the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind which shall

25  consist of seven members. Of these seven members, one

26  appointee shall be a blind person and one appointee shall be a

27  deaf person. Each member shall have been a resident of the

28  state for a period of at least 10 years. Their terms of office

29  shall be 4 years. The appointment of the trustees shall be by

30  the Governor with the confirmation of the Senate. The Governor

31  


                                 256

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may remove any member for cause and shall fill all vacancies

  2  that occur.

  3         (b)  The board of trustees shall elect a chair

  4  annually. The trustees shall be reimbursed for travel expenses

  5  as provided in s. 112.061, the accounts of which shall be paid

  6  by the Treasurer upon itemized vouchers duly approved by the

  7  chair.

  8         (c)  The board of trustees has authority to adopt rules

  9  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement provisions

10  of law relating to operation of the Florida School for the

11  Deaf and the Blind. Such rules shall be submitted to the State

12  Board of Education for approval or disapproval. If any rule is

13  not disapproved by the State Board of Education within 60 days

14  of its receipt by the State Board of Education, the rule shall

15  be filed immediately with the Department of State. The board

16  of trustees shall act at all times in conjunction with the

17  rules of the State Board of Education.

18         (d)  The board of trustees is a body corporate and

19  shall have a corporate seal. Title to any gift, donation, or

20  bequest received by the board of trustees pursuant to

21  subsection (5) shall vest in the board of trustees. Title to

22  all other property and other assets of the Florida School for

23  the Deaf and the Blind shall vest in the State Board of

24  Education, but the board of trustees shall have complete

25  jurisdiction over the management of the school and is invested

26  with full power and authority to appoint a president, faculty,

27  teachers, and other employees and remove the same as in its

28  judgment may be best and fix their compensation; to procure

29  professional services, such as medical, mental health,

30  architectural, engineering, and legal services; to determine

31  eligibility of students and procedure for admission; to


                                 257

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  provide for the students of the school necessary bedding,

  2  clothing, food, and medical attendance and such other things

  3  as may be proper for the health and comfort of the students

  4  without cost to their parents, except that the board of

  5  trustees may set tuition and other fees for nonresidents; to

  6  provide for the proper keeping of accounts and records and for

  7  budgeting of funds; to enter into contracts; to sue and be

  8  sued; to secure public liability insurance; and to do and

  9  perform every other matter or thing requisite to the proper

10  management, maintenance, support, and control of the school at

11  the highest efficiency economically possible, the board of

12  trustees taking into consideration the purposes of the

13  establishment.

14         (e)1.  The board of trustees is authorized to receive

15  gifts, donations, and bequests of money or property, real or

16  personal, tangible or intangible, from any person, firm,

17  corporation, or other legal entity. However, the board of

18  trustees may not obligate the state to any expenditure or

19  policy that is not specifically authorized by law.

20         2.  If the bill of sale, will, trust indenture, deed,

21  or other legal conveyance specifies terms and conditions

22  concerning the use of such money or property, the board of

23  trustees shall observe such terms and conditions.

24         3.  The board of trustees may deposit outside the State

25  Treasury such moneys as are received as gifts, donations, or

26  bequests and may disburse and expend such moneys, upon its own

27  warrant, for the use and benefit of the Florida School for the

28  Deaf and the Blind and its students, as the board of trustees

29  deems to be in the best interest of the school and its

30  students. Such money or property shall not constitute or be

31  considered a part of any legislative appropriation, and such


                                 258

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  money shall not be used to compensate any person for engaging

  2  in lobbying activities before the House of Representatives or

  3  Senate or any committee thereof.

  4         4.  The board of trustees may sell or convey by bill of

  5  sale, deed, or other legal instrument any property, real or

  6  personal, received as a gift, donation, or bequest, upon such

  7  terms and conditions as the board of trustees deems to be in

  8  the best interest of the school and its students.

  9         5.  The board of trustees may invest such moneys in

10  securities enumerated under s. 215.47, and in The Common Fund,

11  an Investment Management Fund exclusively for nonprofit

12  educational institutions.

13         (f)  The board of trustees shall:

14         1.  Prepare and submit legislative budget requests,

15  including fixed capital outlay requests, in accordance with

16  chapter 216 and s. 1013.60.

17         2.  Administer and maintain personnel programs for all

18  employees of the board of trustees and the Florida School for

19  the Deaf and the Blind who shall be state employees, including

20  the personnel classification and pay plan established in

21  accordance with ss. 110.205(2)(d) and 216.251(2)(a)2. for

22  academic and academic administrative personnel, the provisions

23  of chapter 110, and the provisions of law that grant authority

24  to the Department of Management Services over such programs

25  for state employees.

26         3.  Adopt a master plan which specifies the mission and

27  objectives of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind.

28  The plan shall include, but not be limited to, procedures for

29  systematically measuring the school's progress toward meeting

30  its objectives, analyzing changes in the student population,

31  and modifying school programs and services to respond to such


                                 259

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  changes. The plan shall be for a period of 5 years and shall

  2  be reviewed for needed modifications every 2 years. The board

  3  of trustees shall submit the initial plan and subsequent

  4  modifications to the Speaker of the House of Representatives

  5  and the President of the Senate.

  6         4.  Seek the advice of the Division of Public Schools

  7  within the Department of Education.

  8         (g)  The Board of Trustees for the Florida School for

  9  the Deaf and the Blind, located in St. Johns County, shall

10  designate a portion of the school as "The Verle Allyn Pope

11  Complex for the Deaf," in tribute to the late Senator Verle

12  Allyn Pope.

13         (5)  STUDENT AND EMPLOYEE PERSONNEL RECORDS.--The Board

14  of Trustees for the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

15  shall provide for the content and custody of student and

16  employee personnel records. Student records shall be subject

17  to the provisions of s. 1002.22. Employee personnel records

18  shall be subject to the provisions of s. 1012.31.

19         (6)  USE OF OUT-OF-STATE EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES,

20  FINANCING.--

21         (a)  The Board of Trustees for the Florida School for

22  the Deaf and the Blind may expend funds for the purpose of

23  sending children under the age of 20 years, who are deaf as

24  well as blind, and for whom there are no facilities for

25  education in this state, to any school, institution, or other

26  place outside the state that provides a qualified program of

27  education for such children. Such funds may be spent for room,

28  board, tuition, transportation, and other items that are

29  necessarily relevant to the education of such children.

30         (b)  In interpreting and carrying out the provisions of

31  this act, the words "deaf-blind children," wherever used, will


                                 260

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be construed to include any child whose combination of

  2  disabilities of deafness and blindness would prevent him or

  3  her from profiting satisfactorily from educational programs

  4  provided for the blind child or the deaf child.

  5         (c)  The Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind may

  6  determine if such children should be sent to such out-of-state

  7  places, and the board of trustees may adopt rules necessary to

  8  carry out the purposes and intents of this section.

  9         (7)  LEGAL SERVICES.--The Board of Trustees for the

10  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind may provide legal

11  services for officers and employees of the board of trustees

12  who are charged with civil or criminal actions arising out of

13  and in the course of the performance of assigned duties and

14  responsibilities.  The board of trustees may provide for

15  reimbursement of reasonable expenses for legal services for

16  officers and employees of said board of trustees who are

17  charged with civil or criminal actions arising out of and in

18  the course of the performance of assigned duties and

19  responsibilities upon successful defense by the officer or

20  employee. However, in any case in which the officer or

21  employee pleads guilty or nolo contendere or is found guilty

22  of any such action, the officer or employee shall reimburse

23  the board of trustees for any legal services that the board of

24  trustees may have supplied pursuant to this section.  The

25  board of trustees may also reimburse an officer or employee

26  thereof for any judgment that may be entered against him or

27  her in a civil action arising out of and in the course of the

28  performance of his or her assigned duties and

29  responsibilities. Each expenditure by the board of trustees

30  for legal defense of an officer or employee, or for

31  reimbursement pursuant to this section, shall be made at a


                                 261

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  public meeting with notice pursuant to s. 120.525(1).  The

  2  providing of such legal services or reimbursement under the

  3  conditions described in this subsection is declared to be a

  4  school purpose for which school funds may be expended.

  5         (8)  PERSONNEL SCREENING.--

  6         (a)  The Board of Trustees of the Florida School for

  7  the Deaf and the Blind shall, because of the special trust or

  8  responsibility of employees of the school, require all

  9  employees and applicants for employment to undergo personnel

10  screening and security background investigations as provided

11  in chapter 435, using the level 2 standards for screening set

12  forth in that chapter, as a condition of employment and

13  continued employment. The cost of a personnel screening and

14  security background investigation for an employee of the

15  school shall be paid by the school.  The cost of such a

16  screening and investigation for an applicant for employment

17  may be paid by the school.

18         (b)  As a prerequisite for initial and continuing

19  employment at the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind:

20         1.  The applicant or employee shall submit to the

21  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind a complete set of

22  fingerprints taken by an authorized law enforcement agency or

23  an employee of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

24  who is trained to take fingerprints.  The Florida School for

25  the Deaf and the Blind shall submit the fingerprints to the

26  Department of Law Enforcement for state processing and the

27  Federal Bureau of Investigation for federal processing.

28         2.a.  The applicant or employee shall attest to the

29  minimum standards for good moral character as contained in

30  chapter 435, using the level 2 standards set forth in that

31  chapter under penalty of perjury.


                                 262

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         b.  New personnel shall be on a probationary status

  2  pending a determination of compliance with such minimum

  3  standards for good moral character. This paragraph is in

  4  addition to any probationary status provided for by Florida

  5  law or Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind rules or

  6  collective bargaining contracts.

  7         3.  The Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind shall

  8  review the record of the applicant or employee with respect to

  9  the crimes contained in s. 435.04 and shall notify the

10  applicant or employee of its findings. When disposition

11  information is missing on a criminal record, it shall be the

12  responsibility of the applicant or employee, upon request of

13  the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind, to obtain and

14  supply within 30 days the missing disposition information to

15  the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind.  Failure to

16  supply missing information within 30 days or to show

17  reasonable efforts to obtain such information shall result in

18  automatic disqualification of an applicant and automatic

19  termination of an employee.

20         4.  After an initial personnel screening and security

21  background investigation, written notification shall be given

22  to the affected employee within a reasonable time prior to any

23  subsequent screening and investigation.

24         (c)  The Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind may

25  grant exemptions from disqualification as provided in s.

26  435.07.

27         (d)  The Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind may

28  not use the criminal records, private investigator findings,

29  or information reference checks obtained by the school

30  pursuant to this section for any purpose other than

31  determining if a person meets the minimum standards for good


                                 263

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  moral character for personnel employed by the school.  The

  2  criminal records, private investigator findings, and

  3  information from reference checks obtained by the Florida

  4  School for the Deaf and the Blind for determining the moral

  5  character of employees of the school are confidential and

  6  exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art.

  7  I of the State Constitution.

  8         (e)  It is a misdemeanor of the first degree,

  9  punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083, for any

10  person willfully, knowingly, or intentionally to:

11         1.  Fail, by false statement, misrepresentation,

12  impersonation, or other fraudulent means, to disclose in any

13  application for voluntary or paid employment a material fact

14  used in making a determination as to such person's

15  qualifications for a position of special trust.

16         2.  Use the criminal records, private investigator

17  findings, or information from reference checks obtained under

18  this section or information obtained from such records or

19  findings for purposes other than screening for employment or

20  release such information or records to persons for purposes

21  other than screening for employment.

22         (9)  CAMPUS POLICE.--

23         (a)  The Board of Trustees for the Florida School for

24  the Deaf and the Blind is permitted and empowered to employ

25  police officers for the school, who must be designated Florida

26  School for the Deaf and the Blind campus police.

27         (b)  Each Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

28  campus police officer is a law enforcement officer of the

29  state and a conservator of the peace who has the authority to

30  arrest, in accordance with the laws of this state, any person

31  for a violation of state law or applicable county or municipal


                                 264

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  ordinance if that violation occurs on or in any property or

  2  facilities of the school. A campus police officer may also

  3  arrest a person off campus for a violation committed on campus

  4  after a hot pursuit of that person which began on campus. A

  5  campus police officer shall have full authority to bear arms

  6  in the performance of the officer's duties and carry out a

  7  search pursuant to a search warrant on the campus. Florida

  8  School for the Deaf and the Blind campus police, upon request

  9  of the sheriff or local police authority, may serve subpoenas

10  or other legal process and may make arrests of persons against

11  whom arrest warrants have been issued or against whom charges

12  have been made for violations of federal or state laws or

13  county or municipal ordinances.

14         (c)  The campus police shall promptly deliver all

15  persons arrested and charged with felonies to the sheriff of

16  the county within which the school is located and all persons

17  arrested and charged with misdemeanors to the applicable

18  authority as provided by law, but otherwise to the sheriff of

19  the county in which the school is located.

20         (d)  The campus police must meet the minimum standards

21  established by the Criminal Justice Standards and Training

22  Commission of the Department of Law Enforcement and chapter

23  943 for law enforcement officers. Each campus police officer

24  must, before entering into the performance of the officer's

25  duties, take the oath of office established by the board of

26  trustees. The board of trustees may obtain and approve a bond

27  on each campus police officer, conditioned upon the officer's

28  faithful performance of the officer's duties, which bond must

29  be payable to the Governor. The board of trustees may

30  determine the amount of the bond. In determining the amount of

31  the bond, the board may consider the amount of money or


                                 265

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  property likely to be in the custody of the officer at any one

  2  time. The board of trustees must provide a uniform set of

  3  identifying credentials to each campus police officer it

  4  employs.

  5         (e)  In performance of any of the powers, duties, and

  6  functions authorized by law, campus police have the same

  7  rights, protections, and immunities afforded other law

  8  enforcement officers.

  9         (f)  The board of trustees shall adopt rules,

10  including, without limitation, rules for the appointment,

11  employment, and removal of campus police in accordance with

12  the State Career Service System and shall establish in writing

13  a policy manual, that includes, without limitation, procedures

14  for managing routine law enforcement situations and emergency

15  law enforcement situations. The board of trustees shall

16  furnish a copy of the policy manual to each of the campus

17  police officers it employs. A campus police officer appointed

18  by the board of trustees must have completed the training

19  required by the school in the special needs and proper

20  procedures for dealing with students served by the school.

21         (10)  REPORT OF CAMPUS CRIME STATISTICS.--

22         (a)  The school shall prepare an annual report of

23  statistics of crimes committed on its campus and shall submit

24  the report to the board of trustees and the Commissioner of

25  Education. The data for these reports may be taken from the

26  annual report of the Department of Law Enforcement. The board

27  of trustees shall prescribe the form for submission of these

28  reports.

29         (b)  The school shall prepare annually a report of

30  statistics of crimes committed on its campus for the preceding

31  


                                 266

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  3 years. The school shall give students and prospective

  2  students notice that this report is available upon request.

  3         Section 101.  Section 1002.37, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1002.37  The Florida Virtual School.--

  6         (1)(a)  The Florida Virtual School is established for

  7  the development and delivery of on-line and distance learning

  8  education and shall be administratively housed within the

  9  Commissioner of Education's Office of Technology and

10  Information Services. The Commissioner of Education shall

11  monitor the school's performance and report its performance to

12  the State Board of Education and the Legislature.

13         (b)  The mission of the Florida Virtual School is to

14  provide students with technology-based educational

15  opportunities to gain the knowledge and skills necessary to

16  succeed. The school shall serve any student in the state who

17  meets the profile for success in this educational delivery

18  context and shall give priority to:

19         1.  Students who need expanded access to courses in

20  order to meet their educational goals, such as home education

21  students and students in inner-city and rural high schools who

22  do not have access to higher-level courses.

23         2.  Students seeking accelerated access in order to

24  obtain a high school diploma at least one semester early.

25         (c)  To ensure students are informed of the

26  opportunities offered by the Florida Virtual School, the

27  commissioner shall provide the board of trustees of the

28  Florida Virtual School access to the records of public school

29  students in a format prescribed by the board of trustees.

30  

31  


                                 267

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The board of trustees of the Florida Virtual School shall

  2  identify appropriate performance measures and standards based

  3  on student achievement that reflect the school's statutory

  4  mission and priorities, and shall implement an accountability

  5  system for the school that includes assessment of its

  6  effectiveness and efficiency in providing quality services

  7  that encourage high student achievement, seamless

  8  articulation, and maximum access.

  9         (2)  The Florida Virtual School shall be governed by a

10  board of trustees comprised of seven members appointed by the

11  Governor to 4-year staggered terms.  The board of trustees

12  shall be a public agency entitled to sovereign immunity

13  pursuant to s. 768.28, and board members shall be public

14  officers who shall bear fiduciary responsibility for the

15  Florida Virtual School. The board of trustees shall have the

16  following powers and duties:

17         (a)1.  The board of trustees shall meet at least 4

18  times each year, upon the call of the chair, or at the request

19  of a majority of the membership.

20         2.  The fiscal year for the Florida Virtual School

21  shall be the state fiscal year as provided in s.

22  216.011(1)(o).

23         (b)  The board of trustees shall be responsible for the

24  Florida Virtual School's development of a state-of-the-art

25  technology-based education delivery system that is

26  cost-effective, educationally sound, marketable, and capable

27  of sustaining a self-sufficient delivery system through the

28  Florida Education Finance Program, by fiscal year 2003-2004.

29  The school shall collect and report data for all students

30  served and credit awarded. This data shall be segregated by

31  private, public, and home education students by program.


                                 268

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Information shall also be collected that reflects any other

  2  school in which a virtual school student is enrolled.

  3         (c)  The board of trustees shall aggressively seek

  4  avenues to generate revenue to support its future endeavors,

  5  and shall enter into agreements with distance learning

  6  providers. The board of trustees may acquire, enjoy, use, and

  7  dispose of patents, copyrights, and trademarks and any

  8  licenses and other rights or interests thereunder or therein.

  9  Ownership of all such patents, copyrights, trademarks,

10  licenses, and rights or interests thereunder or therein shall

11  vest in the state, with the board of trustees having full

12  right of use and full right to retain the revenues derived

13  therefrom. Any funds realized from patents, copyrights,

14  trademarks, or licenses shall be used to support the school's

15  marketing and research and development activities in order to

16  improve courseware and services to its students.

17         (d)  The board of trustees shall annually prepare and

18  submit to the State Board of Education a legislative budget

19  request, including funding requests for computers for public

20  school students who do not have access to public school

21  computers, in accordance with chapter 216 and s. 1013.60. The

22  legislative budget request of the Florida Virtual School shall

23  be prepared using the same format, procedures, and timelines

24  required for the submission of the legislative budget of the

25  Department of Education.  Nothing in this section shall be

26  construed to guarantee a computer to any individual student.

27         (e)  In accordance with law and rules of the State

28  Board of Education, the board of trustees shall administer and

29  maintain personnel programs for all employees of the board of

30  trustees and the Florida Virtual School. The board of trustees

31  


                                 269

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may adopt rules, policies, and procedures related to the

  2  appointment, employment, and removal of personnel.

  3         1.  The board of trustees shall determine the

  4  compensation, including salaries and fringe benefits, and

  5  other conditions of employment for such personnel.

  6         2.  The board of trustees may establish and maintain a

  7  personnel loan or exchange program by which persons employed

  8  by the board of trustees for the Florida Virtual School as

  9  academic administrative and instructional staff may be loaned

10  to, or exchanged with persons employed in like capacities by,

11  public agencies either within or without this state, or by

12  private industry. With respect to public agency employees, the

13  program authorized by this subparagraph shall be consistent

14  with the requirements of part II of chapter 112. The salary

15  and benefits of board of trustees personnel participating in

16  the loan or exchange program shall be continued during the

17  period of time they participate in a loan or exchange program,

18  and such personnel shall be deemed to have no break in

19  creditable or continuous service or employment during such

20  time. The salary and benefits of persons participating in the

21  personnel loan or exchange program who are employed by public

22  agencies or private industry shall be paid by the originating

23  employers of those participants, and such personnel shall be

24  deemed to have no break in creditable or continuous service or

25  employment during such time.

26         3.  The employment of all Florida Virtual School

27  academic administrative and instructional personnel shall be

28  subject to rejection for cause by the board of trustees, and

29  shall be subject to policies of the board of trustees relative

30  to certification, tenure, leaves of absence, sabbaticals,

31  remuneration, and such other conditions of employment as the


                                 270

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board of trustees deems necessary and proper, not inconsistent

  2  with law.

  3         4.  Each person employed by the board of trustees in an

  4  academic administrative or instructional capacity with the

  5  Florida Virtual School shall be entitled to a contract as

  6  provided by rules of the board of trustees.

  7         5.  All employees except temporary, seasonal, and

  8  student employees may be state employees for the purpose of

  9  being eligible to participate in the Florida Retirement System

10  and receive benefits. The classification and pay plan,

11  including terminal leave and other benefits, and any

12  amendments thereto, shall be subject to review and approval by

13  the Department of Management Services and the Executive Office

14  of the Governor prior to adoption. In the event that the board

15  of trustees assumes responsibility for governance pursuant to

16  this section before approval is obtained, employees shall be

17  compensated pursuant to the system in effect for the employees

18  of the fiscal agent.

19         (f)  The board of trustees shall establish priorities

20  for admission of students in accordance with paragraph (1)(b).

21         (g)  The board of trustees shall establish and

22  distribute to all school districts and high schools in the

23  state procedures for enrollment of students in courses offered

24  by the Florida Virtual School. Such procedures shall be

25  designed to minimize paperwork and fairly resolve the issue of

26  double funding students taking courses online.

27         (h)  The board of trustees shall annually submit to the

28  State Board of Education both forecasted and actual

29  enrollments for the Florida Virtual School, according to

30  procedures established by the State Board of Education. At a

31  


                                 271

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  minimum, such procedures must include the number of public,

  2  private, and home education students served by district.

  3         (i)  The board of trustees shall provide for the

  4  content and custody of student and employee personnel records.

  5  Student records shall be subject to the provisions of s.

  6  1002.22. Employee records shall be subject to the provisions

  7  of s. 1012.31.

  8         (j)  The financial records and accounts of the Florida

  9  Virtual School shall be maintained under the direction of the

10  board of trustees and under rules adopted by the State Board

11  of Education for the uniform system of financial records and

12  accounts for the schools of the state.

13  

14  The Governor shall designate the initial chair of the board of

15  trustees to serve a term of 4 years. Members of the board of

16  trustees shall serve without compensation, but may be

17  reimbursed for per diem and travel expenses pursuant to s.

18  112.061. The board of trustees shall be a body corporate with

19  all the powers of a body corporate and such authority as is

20  needed for the proper operation and improvement of the Florida

21  Virtual School. The board of trustees is specifically

22  authorized to adopt rules, policies, and procedures,

23  consistent with law and rules of the State Board of Education

24  related to governance, personnel, budget and finance,

25  administration, programs, curriculum and instruction, travel

26  and purchasing, technology, students, contracts and grants,

27  and property as necessary for optimal, efficient operation of

28  the Florida Virtual School. Tangible personal property owned

29  by the board of trustees shall be subject to the provisions of

30  chapter 273.

31  


                                 272

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)(a)  Until fiscal year 2003-2004, the Commissioner

  2  of Education shall include the Florida Virtual School as a

  3  grant-in-aid appropriation in the department's legislative

  4  budget request to the State Board of Education, the Governor,

  5  and the Legislature, subject to any guidelines imposed in the

  6  General Appropriations Act.

  7         (b)  The Orange County District School Board shall be

  8  the temporary fiscal agent of the Florida Virtual School.

  9         (4)  Under no circumstance may the credit of the state

10  be pledged on behalf of the Florida Virtual School.

11         (5)  The board of trustees shall annually submit to the

12  Governor, the Legislature, the Commissioner of Education, and

13  the State Board of Education a complete and detailed report

14  setting forth:

15         (a)  The operations and accomplishments of the Florida

16  Virtual School.

17         (b)  The marketing and operational plan for the Florida

18  Virtual School, including recommendations regarding methods

19  for improving the delivery of education through the Internet

20  and other distance learning technology.

21         (c)  The assets and liabilities of the Florida Virtual

22  School at the end of the fiscal year.

23         (d)  A copy of an annual financial and compliance audit

24  of the accounts and records of the Florida Virtual School,

25  conducted by an independent certified public accountant and

26  performed in accordance with rules adopted by the Auditor

27  General.

28         (e)  Recommendations regarding the unit cost of

29  providing services to students. In order to most effectively

30  develop public policy regarding any future funding of the

31  Florida Virtual School, it is imperative that the cost of the


                                 273

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  program is accurately identified. The identified cost of the

  2  program must be based on reliable data.

  3         (f)  Recommendations regarding an accountability

  4  mechanism to assess the effectiveness of the services provided

  5  by the Florida Virtual School.

  6         (6)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules it

  7  deems necessary to implement reporting requirements for the

  8  Florida Virtual School.

  9         Section 102.  Section 1002.38, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1002.38  Opportunity Scholarship Program.--

12         (1)  FINDINGS AND INTENT.--The purpose of this section

13  is to provide enhanced opportunity for students in this state

14  to gain the knowledge and skills necessary for postsecondary

15  education, a technical education, or the world of work. The

16  Legislature recognizes that the voters of the State of

17  Florida, in the November 1998 general election, amended s. 1,

18  Art. IX of the Florida Constitution so as to make education a

19  paramount duty of the state. The Legislature finds that the

20  State Constitution requires the state to provide a uniform,

21  safe, secure, efficient, and high-quality system which allows

22  the opportunity to obtain a high-quality education. The

23  Legislature further finds that a student should not be

24  compelled, against the wishes of the student's parent, to

25  remain in a school found by the state to be failing for 2

26  years in a 4-year period. The Legislature shall make available

27  opportunity scholarships in order to give parents the

28  opportunity for their children to attend a public school that

29  is performing satisfactorily or to attend an eligible private

30  school when the parent chooses to apply the equivalent of the

31  public education funds generated by his or her child to the


                                 274

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  cost of tuition in the eligible private school as provided in

  2  paragraph (6)(a). Eligibility of a private school shall

  3  include the control and accountability requirements that,

  4  coupled with the exercise of parental choice, are reasonably

  5  necessary to secure the educational public purpose, as

  6  delineated in subsection (4).

  7         (2)  OPPORTUNITY SCHOLARSHIP ELIGIBILITY.--A public

  8  school student's parent may request and receive from the state

  9  an opportunity scholarship for the student to enroll in and

10  attend a private school in accordance with the provisions of

11  this section if:

12         (a)1.  By assigned school attendance area or by special

13  assignment, the student has spent the prior school year in

14  attendance at a public school that has been designated

15  pursuant to s. 1008.34 as performance grade category "F,"

16  failing to make adequate progress, and that has had two school

17  years in a 4-year period of such low performance, and the

18  student's attendance occurred during a school year in which

19  such designation was in effect;

20         2.  The student has been in attendance elsewhere in the

21  public school system and has been assigned to such school for

22  the next school year; or

23         3.  The student is entering kindergarten or first grade

24  and has been notified that the student has been assigned to

25  such school for the next school year.

26         (b)  The parent has obtained acceptance for admission

27  of the student to a private school eligible for the program

28  pursuant to subsection (4), and has notified the Department of

29  Education and the school district of the request for an

30  opportunity scholarship no later than July 1 of the first year

31  in which the student intends to use the scholarship.


                                 275

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  

  2  The provisions of this section shall not apply to a student

  3  who is enrolled in a school operating for the purpose of

  4  providing educational services to youth in Department of

  5  Juvenile Justice commitment programs. For purposes of

  6  continuity of educational choice, the opportunity scholarship

  7  shall remain in force until the student returns to a public

  8  school or, if the student chooses to attend a private school

  9  the highest grade of which is grade 8, until the student

10  matriculates to high school and the public high school to

11  which the student is assigned is an accredited school with a

12  performance grade category designation of "C" or better.

13  However, at any time upon reasonable notice to the Department

14  of Education and the school district, the student's parent may

15  remove the student from the private school and place the

16  student in a public school, as provided in subparagraph

17  (3)(a)2.

18         (3)  SCHOOL DISTRICT OBLIGATIONS.--

19         (a)  A school district shall, for each student enrolled

20  in or assigned to a school that has been designated as

21  performance grade category "F" for 2 school years in a 4-year

22  period:

23         1.  Timely notify the parent of the student as soon as

24  such designation is made of all options available pursuant to

25  this section.

26         2.  Offer that student's parent an opportunity to

27  enroll the student in the public school within the district

28  that has been designated by the state pursuant to s. 1008.34

29  as a school performing higher than that in which the student

30  is currently enrolled or to which the student has been

31  assigned, but not less than performance grade category "C."


                                 276

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The parent is not required to accept this offer in lieu of

  2  requesting a state opportunity scholarship to a private

  3  school. The opportunity to continue attending the higher

  4  performing public school shall remain in force until the

  5  student graduates from high school.

  6         (b)  The parent of a student enrolled in or assigned to

  7  a school that has been designated performance grade category

  8  "F" for 2 school years in a 4-year period may choose as an

  9  alternative to enroll the student in and transport the student

10  to a higher-performing public school that has available space

11  in an adjacent school district, and that school district shall

12  accept the student and report the student for purposes of the

13  district's funding pursuant to the Florida Education Finance

14  Program.

15         (c)  For students in the school district who are

16  participating in the state Opportunity Scholarship Program,

17  the school district shall provide locations and times to take

18  all statewide assessments required pursuant to s. 1008.22.

19         (d)  Students with disabilities who are eligible to

20  receive services from the school district under federal or

21  state law, and who participate in this program, remain

22  eligible to receive services from the school district as

23  provided by federal or state law.

24         (e)  If for any reason a qualified private school is

25  not available for the student or if the parent chooses to

26  request that the student be enrolled in the higher performing

27  public school, rather than choosing to request the state

28  opportunity scholarship, transportation costs to the higher

29  performing public school shall be the responsibility of the

30  school district. The district may utilize state categorical

31  


                                 277

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  transportation funds or state-appropriated public school

  2  choice incentive funds for this purpose.

  3         (4)  PRIVATE SCHOOL ELIGIBILITY.--To be eligible to

  4  participate in the Opportunity Scholarship Program, a private

  5  school must be a Florida private school, may be sectarian or

  6  nonsectarian, and must:

  7         (a)  Demonstrate fiscal soundness by being in operation

  8  for 1 school year or provide the Department of Education with

  9  a statement by a certified public accountant confirming that

10  the private school desiring to participate is insured and the

11  owner or owners have sufficient capital or credit to operate

12  the school for the upcoming year serving the number of

13  students anticipated with expected revenues from tuition and

14  other sources that may be reasonably expected. In lieu of such

15  a statement, a surety bond or letter of credit for the amount

16  equal to the opportunity scholarship funds for any quarter may

17  be filed with the department.

18         (b)  Notify the Department of Education and the school

19  district in whose service area the school is located of its

20  intent to participate in the program under this section by May

21  1 of the school year preceding the school year in which it

22  intends to participate. The notice shall specify the grade

23  levels and services that the private school has available for

24  the Opportunity Scholarship Program.

25         (c)  Comply with the antidiscrimination provisions of

26  42 U.S.C. s. 2000d.

27         (d)  Meet state and local health and safety laws and

28  codes.

29         (e)  Accept scholarship students on an entirely random

30  and religious-neutral basis without regard to the student's

31  past academic history; however, the private school may give


                                 278

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  preference in accepting applications to siblings of students

  2  who have already been accepted on a random and

  3  religious-neutral basis.

  4         (f)  Be subject to the instruction, curriculum, and

  5  attendance criteria adopted by an appropriate nonpublic school

  6  accrediting body and be academically accountable to the parent

  7  for meeting the educational needs of the student. The private

  8  school must furnish a school profile which includes student

  9  performance.

10         (g)  Employ or contract with teachers who hold a

11  baccalaureate or higher degree, or have at least 3 years of

12  teaching experience in public or private schools, or have

13  special skills, knowledge, or expertise that qualifies them to

14  provide instruction in subjects taught.

15         (h)  Comply with all state statutes relating to private

16  schools.

17         (i)  Accept as full tuition and fees the amount

18  provided by the state for each student.

19         (j)  Agree not to compel any student attending the

20  private school on an opportunity scholarship to profess a

21  specific ideological belief, to pray, or to worship.

22         (k)  Adhere to the tenets of its published disciplinary

23  procedures prior to the expulsion of any opportunity

24  scholarship student.

25         (5)  OBLIGATION OF PROGRAM PARTICIPATION.--

26         (a)  Any student participating in the Opportunity

27  Scholarship Program must remain in attendance throughout the

28  school year, unless excused by the school for illness or other

29  good cause, and must comply fully with the school's code of

30  conduct.

31  


                                 279

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The parent of each student participating in the

  2  Opportunity Scholarship Program must comply fully with the

  3  private school's parental involvement requirements, unless

  4  excused by the school for illness or other good cause.

  5         (c)  The parent shall ensure that the student

  6  participating in the Opportunity Scholarship Program takes all

  7  statewide assessments required pursuant to s. 1008.22.

  8         (d)  A participant who fails to comply with this

  9  subsection shall forfeit the opportunity scholarship.

10         (6)  OPPORTUNITY SCHOLARSHIP FUNDING AND PAYMENT.--

11         (a)  The maximum opportunity scholarship granted for an

12  eligible student shall be a calculated amount equivalent to

13  the base student allocation in the Florida Education Finance

14  Program multiplied by the appropriate cost factor for the

15  educational program that would have been provided for the

16  student in the district school to which he or she was

17  assigned, multiplied by the district cost differential. In

18  addition, the calculated amount shall include the per-student

19  share of instructional materials funds, technology funds, and

20  other categorical funds as provided for this purpose in the

21  General Appropriations Act.

22         (b)  The amount of the opportunity scholarship shall be

23  the calculated amount or the amount of the private school's

24  tuition and fees, whichever is less. Fees eligible shall

25  include textbook fees, lab fees, and other fees related to

26  instruction, including transportation.

27         (c)  The school district shall report all students who

28  are attending a private school under this program. The

29  students attending private schools on opportunity scholarships

30  shall be reported separately from those students reported for

31  purposes of the Florida Education Finance Program.


                                 280

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  The public or private school that provides

  2  services to students with disabilities shall receive the

  3  weighted funding for such services at the appropriate funding

  4  level consistent with the provisions of s. 1011.62(1)(e).

  5         (e)  For purposes of calculating the opportunity

  6  scholarship, a student will be eligible for the amount of the

  7  appropriate basic cost factor if:

  8         1.  The student currently participates in a Group I

  9  program funded at the basic cost factor and is not

10  subsequently identified as having a disability; or

11         2.  The student currently participates in a Group II

12  program and the parent has chosen a private school that does

13  not provide the additional services funded by the Group II

14  program.

15         (f)  Following annual notification on July 1 of the

16  number of participants, the Department of Education shall

17  transfer from each school district's appropriated funds the

18  calculated amount from the Florida Education Finance Program

19  and authorized categorical accounts to a separate account for

20  the Opportunity Scholarship Program for quarterly disbursement

21  to the parents of participating students.

22         (g)  Upon proper documentation reviewed and approved by

23  the Department of Education, the Comptroller shall make

24  opportunity scholarship payments in four equal amounts no

25  later than September 1, November 1, February 1, and April 1 of

26  each academic year in which the opportunity scholarship is in

27  force. The initial payment shall be made after Department of

28  Education verification of admission acceptance, and subsequent

29  payments shall be made upon verification of continued

30  enrollment and attendance at the private school. Payment must

31  be by individual warrant made payable to the student's parent


                                 281

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and mailed by the Department of Education to the private

  2  school of the parent's choice, and the parent shall

  3  restrictively endorse the warrant to the private school.

  4         (7)  LIABILITY.--No liability shall arise on the part

  5  of the state based on any grant or use of an opportunity

  6  scholarship.

  7         (8)  RULES.--The State Board of Education may adopt

  8  rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the

  9  provisions of this section. Rules shall include penalties for

10  noncompliance with subsections (3) and (5). However, the

11  inclusion of eligible private schools within options available

12  to Florida public school students does not expand the

13  regulatory authority of the state, its officers, or any school

14  district to impose any additional regulation of private

15  schools beyond those reasonably necessary to enforce

16  requirements expressly set forth in this section.

17         Section 103.  Section 1002.39, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1002.39  The John M. McKay Scholarships for Students

20  with Disabilities Program.--There is established a program

21  that is separate and distinct from the Opportunity Scholarship

22  Program and is named the John M. McKay Scholarships for

23  Students with Disabilities Program, pursuant to this section.

24         (1)  THE JOHN M. MCKAY SCHOLARSHIPS FOR STUDENTS WITH

25  DISABILITIES PROGRAM.--The John M. McKay Scholarships for

26  Students with Disabilities Program is established to provide

27  the option to attend a public school other than the one to

28  which assigned, or to provide a scholarship to a private

29  school of choice, for students with disabilities for whom an

30  individual education plan has been written in accordance with

31  rules of the State Board of Education. Students with


                                 282

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  disabilities include K-12 students who are mentally

  2  handicapped, speech and language impaired, deaf or hard of

  3  hearing, visually impaired, dual sensory impaired, physically

  4  impaired, emotionally handicapped, specific learning disabled,

  5  hospitalized or homebound, or autistic.

  6         (2)  SCHOLARSHIP ELIGIBILITY.--The parent of a public

  7  school student with a disability who is dissatisfied with the

  8  student's progress may request and receive from the state a

  9  John M. McKay Scholarship for the child to enroll in and

10  attend a private school in accordance with this section if:

11         (a)  By assigned school attendance area or by special

12  assignment, the student has spent the prior school year in

13  attendance at a Florida public school. Prior school year in

14  attendance means that the student was enrolled and reported by

15  a school district for funding during the preceding October and

16  February Florida Education Finance Program surveys in

17  kindergarten through grade 12.

18         (b)  The parent has obtained acceptance for admission

19  of the student to a private school that is eligible for the

20  program under subsection (4) and has notified, in writing, the

21  school district of the request for a scholarship at least 60

22  days prior to the date of the first scholarship payment.

23  

24  This section does not apply to a student who is enrolled in a

25  school operating for the purpose of providing educational

26  services to youth in Department of Juvenile Justice commitment

27  programs. For purposes of continuity of educational choice,

28  the scholarship shall remain in force until the student

29  returns to a public school or graduates from high school.

30  However, at any time, the student's parent may remove the

31  student from the private school and place the student in


                                 283

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  another private school that is eligible for the program under

  2  subsection (4) or in a public school as provided in subsection

  3  (3).

  4         (3)  SCHOOL DISTRICT AND DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

  5  OBLIGATIONS.--

  6         (a)  A school district shall timely notify the parent

  7  of the student of all options available pursuant to this

  8  section and offer that student's parent an opportunity to

  9  enroll the student in another public school within the

10  district. The parent is not required to accept this offer in

11  lieu of requesting a John M. McKay Scholarship to a private

12  school. However, if the parent chooses the public school

13  option, the student may continue attending a public school

14  chosen by the parent until the student graduates from high

15  school. If the parent chooses a public school consistent with

16  the district school board's choice plan under s. 1002.31, the

17  school district shall provide transportation to the public

18  school selected by the parent. The parent is responsible to

19  provide transportation to a public school chosen that is not

20  consistent with the district school board's choice plan under

21  s. 1002.31.

22         (b)  For a student with disabilities who does not have

23  a matrix of services under s. 1011.62(1)(e), the school

24  district must complete a matrix that assigns the student to

25  one of the levels of service as they existed prior to the

26  2000-2001 school year. The school district must complete the

27  matrix of services for any student who is participating in the

28  John M. McKay Scholarships for Students with Disabilities

29  Program and must notify the Department of Education of the

30  student's matrix level within 30 days after receiving

31  notification by the student's parent of intent to participate


                                 284

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in the scholarship program. The Department of Education shall

  2  notify the private school of the amount of the scholarship

  3  within 10 days after receiving the school district's

  4  notification of the student's matrix level. Within 10 school

  5  days after it receives notification of a parent's intent to

  6  apply for a McKay Scholarship, a district school board must

  7  notify the student's parent if the matrix has not been

  8  completed and provide the parent with the date for completion

  9  of the matrix required in this paragraph.

10         (c)  If the parent chooses the private school option

11  and the student is accepted by the private school pending the

12  availability of a space for the student, the parent of the

13  student must notify the school district 60 days prior to the

14  first scholarship payment and before entering the private

15  school in order to be eligible for the scholarship when a

16  space becomes available for the student in the private school.

17         (d)  The parent of a student may choose, as an

18  alternative, to enroll the student in and transport the

19  student to a public school in an adjacent school district

20  which has available space and has a program with the services

21  agreed to in the student's individual education plan already

22  in place, and that school district shall accept the student

23  and report the student for purposes of the district's funding

24  pursuant to the Florida Education Finance Program.

25         (e)  For a student in the district who participates in

26  the John M. McKay Scholarships for Students with Disabilities

27  Program whose parent requests that the student take the

28  statewide assessments under s. 1008.22, the district shall

29  provide locations and times to take all statewide assessments.

30         (f)  A school district must notify the Department of

31  Education within 10 days after it receives notification of a


                                 285

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  parent's intent to apply for a scholarship for a student with

  2  a disability. A school district must provide the student's

  3  parent with the student's matrix level within 10 school days

  4  after its completion.

  5         (4)  PRIVATE SCHOOL ELIGIBILITY.--To be eligible to

  6  participate in the John M. McKay Scholarships for Students

  7  with Disabilities Program, a private school must be a Florida

  8  private school, may be sectarian or nonsectarian, and must:

  9         (a)  Demonstrate fiscal soundness by being in operation

10  for 1 school year or provide the Department of Education with

11  a statement by a certified public accountant confirming that

12  the private school desiring to participate is insured and the

13  owner or owners have sufficient capital or credit to operate

14  the school for the upcoming year serving the number of

15  students anticipated with expected revenues from tuition and

16  other sources that may be reasonably expected. In lieu of such

17  a statement, a surety bond or letter of credit for the amount

18  equal to the scholarship funds for any quarter may be filed

19  with the department.

20         (b)  Notify the Department of Education of its intent

21  to participate in the program under this section by May 1 of

22  the school year preceding the school year in which it intends

23  to participate. The notice must specify the grade levels and

24  services that the private school has available for students

25  with disabilities who are participating in the scholarship

26  program.

27         (c)  Comply with the antidiscrimination provisions of

28  42 U.S.C. s. 2000d.

29         (d)  Meet state and local health and safety laws and

30  codes.

31  


                                 286

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Be academically accountable to the parent for

  2  meeting the educational needs of the student.

  3         (f)  Employ or contract with teachers who hold

  4  baccalaureate or higher degrees, or have at least 3 years of

  5  teaching experience in public or private schools, or have

  6  special skills, knowledge, or expertise that qualifies them to

  7  provide instruction in subjects taught.

  8         (g)  Comply with all state laws relating to general

  9  regulation of private schools.

10         (h)  Adhere to the tenets of its published disciplinary

11  procedures prior to the expulsion of a scholarship student.

12         (5)  OBLIGATION OF PROGRAM PARTICIPANTS.--

13         (a)  A parent who applies for a John M. McKay

14  Scholarship is exercising his or her parental option to place

15  his or her child in a private school. The parent must select

16  the private school and apply for the admission of his or her

17  child.

18         (b)  The parent must have requested the scholarship at

19  least 60 days prior to the date of the first scholarship

20  payment.

21         (c)  Any student participating in the scholarship

22  program must remain in attendance throughout the school year,

23  unless excused by the school for illness or other good cause,

24  and must comply fully with the school's code of conduct.

25         (d)  The parent of each student participating in the

26  scholarship program must comply fully with the private

27  school's parental involvement requirements, unless excused by

28  the school for illness or other good cause.

29         (e)  If the parent requests that the student

30  participating in the scholarship program take all statewide

31  assessments required pursuant to s. 1008.22, the parent is


                                 287

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  responsible for transporting the student to the assessment

  2  site designated by the school district.

  3         (f)  Upon receipt of a scholarship warrant, the parent

  4  to whom the warrant is made must restrictively endorse the

  5  warrant to the private school for deposit into the account of

  6  the private school.

  7         (g)  A participant who fails to comply with this

  8  subsection forfeits the scholarship.

  9         (6)  SCHOLARSHIP FUNDING AND PAYMENT.--

10         (a)1.  The maximum scholarship granted for an eligible

11  student with disabilities shall be a calculated amount

12  equivalent to the base student allocation in the Florida

13  Education Finance Program multiplied by the appropriate cost

14  factor for the educational program that would have been

15  provided for the student in the district school to which he or

16  she was assigned, multiplied by the district cost

17  differential.

18         2.  In addition, a share of the guaranteed allocation

19  for exceptional students shall be determined and added to the

20  calculated amount.  The calculation shall be based on the

21  methodology and the data used to calculate the guaranteed

22  allocation for exceptional students for each district in

23  chapter 2000-166, Laws of Florida.  Except as provided in

24  subparagraph 3., the calculation shall be based on the

25  student's grade, matrix level of services, and the difference

26  between the 2000-2001 basic program and the appropriate level

27  of services cost factor, multiplied by the 2000-2001 base

28  student allocation and the 2000-2001 district cost

29  differential for the sending district.  Also, the calculated

30  amount shall include the per-student share of supplemental

31  academic instruction funds, instructional materials funds,


                                 288

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  technology funds, and other categorical funds as provided for

  2  such purposes in the General Appropriations Act.

  3         3.  Until the school district completes the matrix

  4  required by paragraph (3)(b), the calculation shall be based

  5  on the matrix that assigns the student to support level I of

  6  service as it existed prior to the 2000-2001 school year.

  7  When the school district completes the matrix, the amount of

  8  the payment shall be adjusted as needed.

  9         (b)  The amount of the John M. McKay Scholarship shall

10  be the calculated amount or the amount of the private school's

11  tuition and fees, whichever is less. The amount of any

12  assessment fee required by the participating private school

13  may be paid from the total amount of the scholarship.

14         (c)  If the participating private school requires

15  partial payment of tuition prior to the start of the academic

16  year to reserve space for students admitted to the school,

17  that partial payment may be paid by the Department of

18  Education prior to the first quarterly payment of the year in

19  which the John M. McKay Scholarship is awarded, up to a

20  maximum of $1,000, and deducted from subsequent scholarship

21  payments. If a student decides not to attend the participating

22  private school, the partial reservation payment must be

23  returned to the Department of Education by the participating

24  private school. There is a limit of one reservation payment

25  per student per year.

26         (d)  The school district shall report all students who

27  are attending a private school under this program. The

28  students with disabilities attending private schools on John

29  M. McKay Scholarships shall be reported separately from other

30  students reported for purposes of the Florida Education

31  Finance Program.


                                 289

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Following notification on July 1, September 1,

  2  December 1, or February 1 of the number of program

  3  participants, the Department of Education shall transfer, from

  4  General Revenue funds only, the amount calculated under

  5  paragraph (b) from the school district's total funding

  6  entitlement under the Florida Education Finance Program and

  7  from authorized categorical accounts to a separate account for

  8  the scholarship program for quarterly disbursement to the

  9  parents of participating students. When a student enters the

10  scholarship program, the Department of Education must receive

11  all documentation required for the student's participation,

12  including the private school's and student's fee schedules, at

13  least 30 days before the first quarterly scholarship payment

14  is made for the student. The Department of Education may not

15  make any retroactive payments.

16         (f)  Upon proper documentation reviewed and approved by

17  the Department of Education, the Comptroller shall make

18  scholarship payments in four equal amounts no later than

19  September 1, November 1, February 1, and April 15 of each

20  academic year in which the scholarship is in force. The

21  initial payment shall be made after Department of Education

22  verification of admission acceptance, and subsequent payments

23  shall be made upon verification of continued enrollment and

24  attendance at the private school. Payment must be by

25  individual warrant made payable to the student's parent and

26  mailed by the Department of Education to the private school of

27  the parent's choice, and the parent shall restrictively

28  endorse the warrant to the private school for deposit into the

29  account of the private school.

30  

31  


                                 290

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  LIABILITY.--No liability shall arise on the part

  2  of the state based on the award or use of a John M. McKay

  3  Scholarship.

  4         (8)  RULES.--The State Board of Education may adopt

  5  rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to administer this

  6  section. However, the inclusion of eligible private schools

  7  within options available to Florida public school students

  8  does not expand the regulatory authority of the state, its

  9  officers, or any school district to impose any additional

10  regulation of private schools beyond those reasonably

11  necessary to enforce requirements expressly set forth in this

12  section.

13         Section 104.  Part IV of chapter 1002, Florida

14  Statutes, shall be entitled "Home Education, Private Schools,

15  Other Education Options" and shall consist of ss.

16  1002.41-1002.43.

17         Section 105.  Section 1002.41, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1002.41  Home education programs.--

20         (1)  A "home education program" is defined in s.

21  1002.01. The parent is not required to hold a valid regular

22  Florida teaching certificate.

23         (a)  The parent shall notify the district school

24  superintendent of the county in which the parent resides of

25  her or his intent to establish and maintain a home education

26  program. The notice shall be in writing, signed by the parent,

27  and shall include the names, addresses, and birthdates of all

28  children who shall be enrolled as students in the home

29  education program.  The notice shall be filed in the district

30  school superintendent's office within 30 days of the

31  establishment of the home education program. A written notice


                                 291

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of termination of the home education program shall be filed in

  2  the district school superintendent's office within 30 days

  3  after said termination.

  4         (b)  The parent shall maintain a portfolio of records

  5  and materials.  The portfolio shall consist of the following:

  6         1.  A log of educational activities that is made

  7  contemporaneously with the instruction and that designates by

  8  title any reading materials used.

  9         2.  Samples of any writings, worksheets, workbooks, or

10  creative materials used or developed by the student.

11  

12  The portfolio shall be preserved by the parent for 2 years and

13  shall be made available for inspection by the district school

14  superintendent, or the district school superintendent's agent,

15  upon 15 days' written notice. Nothing in this section shall

16  require the district school superintendent to inspect the

17  portfolio.

18         (c)  The parent shall provide for an annual educational

19  evaluation in which is documented the student's demonstration

20  of educational progress at a level commensurate with her or

21  his ability.  The parent shall select the method of evaluation

22  and shall file a copy of the evaluation annually with the

23  district school superintendent's office in the county in which

24  the student resides.  The annual educational evaluation shall

25  consist of one of the following:

26         1.  A teacher selected by the parent shall evaluate the

27  student's educational progress upon review of the portfolio

28  and discussion with the student.  Such teacher shall hold a

29  valid regular Florida certificate to teach academic subjects

30  at the elementary or secondary level;

31  


                                 292

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  The student shall take any nationally normed

  2  student achievement test administered by a certified teacher;

  3         3.  The student shall take a state student assessment

  4  test used by the school district and administered by a

  5  certified teacher, at a location and under testing conditions

  6  approved by the school district;

  7         4.  The student shall be evaluated by an individual

  8  holding a valid, active license pursuant to the provisions of

  9  s. 490.003(7) or (8); or

10         5.  The student shall be evaluated with any other valid

11  measurement tool as mutually agreed upon by the district

12  school superintendent of the district in which the student

13  resides and the student's parent.

14         (2)  The district school superintendent shall review

15  and accept the results of the annual educational evaluation of

16  the student in a home education program. If the student does

17  not demonstrate educational progress at a level commensurate

18  with her or his ability, the district school superintendent

19  shall notify the parent, in writing, that such progress has

20  not been achieved.  The parent shall have 1 year from the date

21  of receipt of the written notification to provide remedial

22  instruction to the student.  At the end of the 1-year

23  probationary period, the student shall be reevaluated as

24  specified in paragraph (1)(c). Continuation in a home

25  education program shall be contingent upon the student

26  demonstrating educational progress commensurate with her or

27  his ability at the end of the probationary period.

28         (3)  A home education program shall be excluded from

29  meeting the requirements of a school day.

30  

31  


                                 293

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  Home education students may participate in

  2  interscholastic extracurricular student activities in

  3  accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.15.

  4         (5)  Home education students may participate in the

  5  Bright Futures Scholarship Program in accordance with the

  6  provisions of ss. 1009.53-1009.539.

  7         (6)  Home education students may participate in dual

  8  enrollment programs in accordance with the provisions of s.

  9  1007.27(4) and 1007.271(10).

10         (7)  Home education students are eligible for admission

11  to community colleges in accordance with the provisions of s.

12  1007.263.

13         (8)  Home education students are eligible for admission

14  to state universities in accordance with the provisions of s.

15  1007.261.

16         (9)  Home education program students may receive

17  testing and evaluation services at diagnostic and resource

18  centers, in accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.03.

19         Section 106.  Section 1002.42, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1002.42  Private schools.--

22         (1)  DEFINITION.--A "private school" is defined in s.

23  1002.01.

24         (2)  ANNUAL PRIVATE SCHOOL SURVEY.--

25         (a)  The Department of Education shall organize,

26  maintain, and annually update a database of educational

27  institutions within the state coming within the provisions of

28  this section.  There shall be included in the database of each

29  institution the name, address, and telephone number of the

30  institution; the type of institution; the names of

31  administrative officers; the enrollment by grade or special


                                 294

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  group (e.g., career and technical education and exceptional

  2  child education); the number of graduates; the number of

  3  instructional and administrative personnel; the number of days

  4  the school is in session; and such data as may be needed to

  5  meet the provisions of this section and s. 1003.23(2).

  6         (b)  For the purpose of organizing, maintaining, and

  7  updating this database, each private school shall annually

  8  execute and file a database survey form on a date designated

  9  by the Department of Education which shall include a notarized

10  statement ascertaining that the owner of the private school

11  has complied with the provisions of paragraph (c). For the

12  purpose of this section, "owner" means any individual who is

13  the chief administrative officer of a private school.

14         (c)1.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (h),

15  each person who is an owner or who establishes, purchases, or

16  otherwise becomes an owner of a private school shall, within 5

17  days of assuming ownership of a school, file with the

18  Department of Law Enforcement a complete set of fingerprints

19  for state processing and checking for criminal background. The

20  fingerprints shall be taken by an authorized law enforcement

21  officer or an employee of the school who is trained to take

22  fingerprints.  The costs of fingerprinting, criminal records

23  checking, and processing shall be borne by the applicant or

24  private school.  The result of the criminal records checking

25  by the Department of Law Enforcement shall be forwarded to the

26  owner of the private school and shall be made available for

27  public inspection in the private school office as soon as it

28  is received.

29         2.  It shall be unlawful for a person who has been

30  convicted of a crime involving moral turpitude to own or

31  operate a private school.


                                 295

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  An owner of a private school may require school

  2  employees to file a complete set of fingerprints with the

  3  Department of Law Enforcement for processing and criminal

  4  records checking.  Findings from such processing and checking

  5  shall be reported to the owner for use in employment

  6  decisions.

  7         4.  Owners or employees of private schools who have

  8  been fingerprinted pursuant to this paragraph, s. 1012.32, or

  9  s. 402.3055 shall not be required to be refingerprinted if

10  they have not been unemployed or unassociated with a private

11  school or child care facility for more than 90 days.

12         5.  Persons holding a valid Florida teaching

13  certificate who have been fingerprinted pursuant to s. 1012.35

14  shall not be required to comply with the provisions of this

15  paragraph.

16         (d)  The data inquiries to be included and answered in

17  the survey required in paragraph (b) shall be limited to

18  matters set forth in paragraph (a). The department shall

19  furnish annually to each school sufficient copies of this

20  form.

21         (e)  To ensure completeness and accuracy of the

22  database, each existing private educational institution

23  falling within the provisions of this section shall notify the

24  Department of Education of any change in the name of the

25  institution, the address, or the chief administrative officer.

26  Each new institution shall notify the department of its

27  establishment.

28         (f)  Annually, the department shall make accessible to

29  the public data on private education in this state. Such data

30  shall include that collected pursuant to paragraph (a) and

31  from other sources.


                                 296

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (g)  The failure of any institution to submit the

  2  annual database survey form and notarized statement of

  3  compliance with the provisions of paragraph (c), as required

  4  by this section, shall be judged a misdemeanor and, upon

  5  conviction, proper authorities of such institution shall be

  6  subject to a fine not exceeding $500.  Submission of data for

  7  a nonexistent school or an institution providing no

  8  instruction or training, the purpose of which is to defraud

  9  the public, is unlawful and the person or persons responsible

10  commit a misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as

11  provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.  Persons found to be in

12  violation of subparagraph (c)2. commit a misdemeanor of the

13  first degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s.

14  775.083.

15         (h)  It is the intent of the Legislature not to

16  regulate, control, approve, or accredit private educational

17  institutions, but to create a database where current

18  information may be obtained relative to the educational

19  institutions in this state coming within the provisions of

20  this section as a service to the public, to governmental

21  agencies, and to other interested parties. It is not the

22  intent of the Legislature to regulate, control, or monitor,

23  expressly or implicitly, churches, their ministries, or

24  religious instruction, freedoms, or rites.  It is the intent

25  of the Legislature that the annual submission of the database

26  survey by a school shall not be used by that school to imply

27  approval or accreditation by the Department of Education.

28         (3)  RETENTION OF RECORDS.--

29         (a)  As used in this subsection:

30         1.  "Defunct private school" means any private school

31  that has terminated the operation of an education or training


                                 297

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  program, or that has no students in attendance, or that has

  2  dissolved as a business entity.

  3         2.  "Student records" means those records, files,

  4  documents, and other materials that contain information

  5  directly related to students that are maintained by a private

  6  school or by a person acting for such institution and that are

  7  accessible to other professional personnel to facilitate the

  8  instruction, guidance, and educational progress of students.

  9  Information contained in student records shall be classified

10  as follows:

11         a.  Permanent information, which includes verified

12  information of clear educational importance, containing the

13  following:  student's full name and any known changes thereto

14  due to marriage or adoption; authenticated birthdate, place of

15  birth, race, and sex; last known address of student; names of

16  student's parents; name and location of last school attended;

17  number of days present and absent; date enrolled; date

18  withdrawn; courses taken and record of achievement; and date

19  of graduation or program achievement.

20         b.  Temporary information, which includes verified

21  information subject to change, containing, but not limited to,

22  the following:  health information, standardized test scores,

23  honors and activities, personal attributes, work experience,

24  teacher and counselor comments, and special reports.

25         (b)  All private schools that become defunct shall

26  transfer all permanent information contained in student

27  records to the district school superintendent of the public

28  school district in which the private school was located; or,

29  if the private school is a member of a private school system

30  or association, such school may transfer such records to the

31  principal office of such system or association, which shall


                                 298

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  constitute full compliance with this subsection.  In the event

  2  that such private school system or association becomes

  3  defunct, it shall transfer all the permanent information

  4  contained in its files to the district school superintendent

  5  of the public school district in which the private school was

  6  located.

  7         (c)  All private schools that become defunct shall

  8  notify the Department of Education Office of Private Schools

  9  and Home Education Programs of the date of transfer of student

10  records, the location of storage, the custodian of such

11  records, and the number of records to be stored. The

12  department shall act as a clearinghouse and maintain a

13  registry of such transfers of student records.

14         (d)  It is not the intent of the Legislature to limit

15  or restrict the use or possession of any student records while

16  a school is operational, but to facilitate access to academic

17  records by former students seeking to continue their education

18  or training after a private school has become defunct.

19         (4)  ATTENDANCE RECORDS AND REPORTS.--All officials,

20  teachers, and other employees in parochial, religious,

21  denominational, and private schools shall keep and prepare

22  records in accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.23(2).

23         (5)  SCHOOL-ENTRY HEALTH EXAMINATIONS.--The governing

24  authority of each private school shall require students to

25  present a certification of a school-entry health examination

26  in accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.22(1) and (2).

27         (6)  IMMUNIZATIONS.--The governing authority of each

28  private school shall require students to present a

29  certification of immunization in accordance with the

30  provisions of s. 1003.22(3)-(11).

31  


                                 299

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS.--Attendance of a student

  2  at a private, parochial, religious, or denominational school

  3  satisfies the attendance requirements of ss. 1003.01(14) and

  4  1003.21(1).

  5         (8)  ATHLETIC COMPETITION.--A private school may

  6  participate in athletic competition with a public high school

  7  in accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.20(1).

  8         (9)  RECEIPT OF EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS.--The Department

  9  of Education may disseminate educational materials and sell

10  copies for educational use to private schools pursuant to s.

11  1006.39.

12         (10)  INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS.--District school boards

13  may dispose of instructional materials when they become

14  unserviceable or surplus or are no longer on state contract by

15  giving them to a private school in accordance with the

16  provisions of s. 1006.41.

17         (11)  DIAGNOSTIC AND RESOURCE CENTERS.--Diagnostic and

18  resource centers may provide testing and evaluation services

19  to private school students in accordance with the provisions

20  of s. 1006.03(3).

21         (12)  EXCEPTIONAL EDUCATION SERVICES.--District school

22  boards may provide instruction for an appropriate program of

23  special instruction, facilities, and services for exceptional

24  students through contractual arrangements with approved

25  private schools in accordance with the provisions of s.

26  1003.57.

27         (13)  PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM.--An organization

28  of private schools that has no fewer than 10 member schools in

29  this state may develop a professional development system to be

30  filed with the Department of Education in accordance with the

31  provisions of s. 1012.98(7).


                                 300

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  BUS DRIVER TRAINING.--Private school bus drivers

  2  may participate in a district school board's bus driver

  3  training program, if the district school board makes the

  4  program available pursuant to s. 1006.26.

  5         (15)  POOL PURCHASE OF SCHOOL BUSES.--

  6         (a)  Florida private schools that demonstrate a

  7  racially nondiscriminatory student admission policy may

  8  purchase school buses from the state pool purchase program as

  9  authorized in s. 1006.27(1), if the private school meets the

10  following conditions:

11         1.  Students in one or more grades, kindergarten

12  through grade 12, are provided an education program by the

13  school and the school has submitted the information required

14  pursuant to this section and the most recent school survey

15  required in subsection (2).

16         2.  All conditions of the contracts for purchasing

17  school buses between the Department of Education and the

18  companies involved, including bus specifications, ordering

19  deadlines, delivery period and procedures, and payment

20  requirements, shall be met.

21         3.  Purchase orders shall be made out to the

22  appropriate company or companies involved and shall be

23  accompanied by a certified check in the amount of 25 percent

24  of the total cost of the bus or buses as a good faith deposit

25  that the bus or buses will be purchased.

26         4.  The remainder of the total cost shall be paid upon

27  delivery of the bus or buses to the representative of the

28  private school receiving the bus or buses, or shall be paid

29  when the company informs the purchaser that the buses are

30  ready for delivery if the purchaser has specified that buses

31  are to be picked up at the company's location.  If the chassis


                                 301

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and the body are purchased from different companies, the

  2  remainder of the chassis' total cost shall be payable upon

  3  delivery of the chassis to the body manufacturer.

  4         5.  If the private school does not meet the obligation

  5  stated in subparagraph 4. within 30 calendar days after notice

  6  that the bus is ready for delivery or that the chassis has

  7  been delivered to the body manufacturer, the selling company

  8  may retain 15 percent of the amount being held by the company

  9  as a good faith deposit, and all obligations to the private

10  school may be canceled.  When the 15 percent is retained, the

11  company shall return 10 percent of the good faith deposit to

12  the nonpublic school within 15 days of cancellation of the

13  companies' objection.

14         (b)  Any bus purchased under this section may not be

15  sold, if still titled as a motor vehicle, within 5 calendar

16  years of the date of the initial Florida title being issued,

17  unless the following conditions are met:

18         1.  The bus or buses may be sold only to a Florida

19  public school district or Florida private school.  Any such

20  sale during the first 5 years shall be documented to the

21  Department of Education within 15 days after the sale.

22         2.  The bus or buses shall be advertised by the private

23  school in one major newspaper located in each of the five

24  regions of the state for 3 consecutive days and a copy of the

25  advertisement and the name of each newspaper shall be sent to

26  the Department of Education before the first day of

27  advertising the bus or buses for sale.

28         3.  The bus may not be sold at a profit.  The bus shall

29  be depreciated at a rate of 10 percent per calendar year, with

30  the first year starting on the date of issue of the initial

31  title in this state.


                                 302

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of law and

  2  rule regarding purchase of used school buses, the bus may be

  3  sold to a public school district if the conditions of

  4  subparagraph 3. are met.

  5         5.  Any public school district or private school

  6  purchasing a bus under the conditions of this subsection must

  7  accept the obligations of this subsection, and such shall be

  8  entered in the sales contract.

  9         (c)  Any private school, including the owner or

10  corporation purchasing a bus or buses under the conditions of

11  this section, that does not comply with all the conditions of

12  this section shall not be eligible for future purchases of a

13  school bus under this section.

14         (d)  Any private school interested in purchasing a bus

15  under this section shall notify, in writing, the Department of

16  Education.  The Department of Education shall send the school

17  the appropriate forms, instructions, and price quotations.

18         (e)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this

19  section, no school bus manufacturer, distributor, or dealer

20  shall be required to violate any dealer contract or franchise

21  agreement entered into before the effective date of this

22  section regarding the sale of its buses.

23         (f)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

24  pursuant to ss. 120.536 and 120.54 necessary to implement this

25  section, maintain the integrity of the school bus pool

26  purchase program, and ensure the best and lowest price for

27  purchasing school buses by the public school districts.

28         Section 107.  Section 1002.43, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1002.43  Private tutoring programs.--

31  


                                 303

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Regular attendance as defined in s. 1003.01(14)

  2  may be achieved by attendance in a private tutoring program if

  3  the person tutoring the student meets the following

  4  requirements:

  5         (a)  Holds a valid Florida certificate to teach the

  6  subjects or grades in which instruction is given.

  7         (b)  Keeps all records and makes all reports required

  8  by the state and district school board and makes regular

  9  reports on the attendance of students in accordance with the

10  provisions of s. 1003.23(2).

11         (c)  Requires students to be in actual attendance for

12  the minimum length of time prescribed by s. 1011.60(2).

13         (2)  Private tutors shall keep and prepare records in

14  accordance with the provisions of s. 1003.23(2).

15         Section 108.  Chapter 1003, Florida Statutes, shall be

16  entitled "Public K-12 Education" and shall consist of ss.

17  1003.01-1003.63.

18         Section 109.  Part I of chapter 1003, Florida Statutes,

19  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of

20  ss. 1003.01-1003.04.

21         Section 110.  Section 1003.01, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1003.01  Definitions.--As used in this chapter, the

24  term:

25         (1)  "District school board" means the members who are

26  elected by the voters of a school district created and

27  existing pursuant to s. 4, Art. IX of the State Constitution

28  to operate and control public K-12 education within the school

29  district.

30         (2)  "School" means an organization of students for

31  instructional purposes on an elementary, middle or junior high


                                 304

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school, secondary or high school, or other public school level

  2  authorized under rules of the State Board of Education.

  3         (3)(a)  "Exceptional student" means any student who has

  4  been determined eligible for a special program in accordance

  5  with rules of the State Board of Education. The term includes

  6  students who are gifted and students with disabilities who are

  7  mentally handicapped, speech and language impaired, deaf or

  8  hard of hearing, visually impaired, dual sensory impaired,

  9  physically impaired, emotionally handicapped, specific

10  learning disabled, hospital and homebound, autistic,

11  developmentally delayed children, ages birth through 5 years,

12  or children, ages birth through 2 years, with established

13  conditions that are identified in State Board of Education

14  rules pursuant to s. 1003.21(1)(e).

15         (b)  "Special education services" means specially

16  designed instruction and such related services as are

17  necessary for an exceptional student to benefit from

18  education. Such services may include: transportation;

19  diagnostic and evaluation services; social services; physical

20  and occupational therapy; job placement; orientation and

21  mobility training; braillists, typists, and readers for the

22  blind; interpreters and auditory amplification; rehabilitation

23  counseling; transition services; mental health services;

24  guidance and career counseling; specified materials, assistive

25  technology devices, and other specialized equipment; and other

26  such services as approved by rules of the state board.

27         (4)  "Career and technical education" means education

28  that provides instruction for the following purposes:

29         (a)  At the elementary, middle, and secondary school

30  levels, exploratory courses designed to give students initial

31  exposure to a broad range of occupations to assist them in


                                 305

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  preparing their academic and occupational plans, and practical

  2  arts courses that provide generic skills that may apply to

  3  many occupations but are not designed to prepare students for

  4  entry into a specific occupation. Career and technical

  5  education provided before high school completion must be

  6  designed to enhance both occupational and academic skills

  7  through integration with academic instruction.

  8         (b)  At the secondary school level, job-preparatory

  9  instruction in the competencies that prepare students for

10  effective entry into an occupation, including diversified

11  cooperative education, work experience, and job-entry programs

12  that coordinate directed study and on-the-job training.

13         (c)  At the postsecondary education level, courses of

14  study that provide competencies needed for entry into specific

15  occupations or for advancement within an occupation.

16         (5)(a)  "Suspension," also referred to as out-of-school

17  suspension, means the temporary removal of a student from all

18  classes of instruction on public school grounds and all other

19  school-sponsored activities, except as authorized by the

20  principal or the principal's designee, for a period not to

21  exceed 10 school days and remanding of the student to the

22  custody of the student's parent with specific homework

23  assignments for the student to complete.

24         (b)  "In-school suspension" means the temporary removal

25  of a student from the student's regular school program and

26  placement in an alternative program, such as that provided in

27  s. 1003.53, under the supervision of district school board

28  personnel, for a period not to exceed 10 school days.

29         (6)  "Expulsion" means the removal of the right and

30  obligation of a student to attend a public school under

31  conditions set by the district school board, and for a period


                                 306

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of time not to exceed the remainder of the term or school year

  2  and 1 additional year of attendance. Expulsions may be imposed

  3  with or without continuing educational services and shall be

  4  reported accordingly.

  5         (7)  "Corporal punishment" means the moderate use of

  6  physical force or physical contact by a teacher or principal

  7  as may be necessary to maintain discipline or to enforce

  8  school rule. However, the term "corporal punishment" does not

  9  include the use of such reasonable force by a teacher or

10  principal as may be necessary for self-protection or to

11  protect other students from disruptive students.

12         (8)  "Habitual truant" means a student who has 15

13  unexcused absences within 90 calendar days with or without the

14  knowledge or consent of the student's parent, is subject to

15  compulsory school attendance under s. 1003.21(1) and (2)(a),

16  and is not exempt under s. 1003.21(3) or s. 1003.24, or by

17  meeting the criteria for any other exemption specified by law

18  or rules of the State Board of Education. Such a student must

19  have been the subject of the activities specified in ss.

20  1003.26 and 1003.27(3), without resultant successful

21  remediation of the truancy problem before being dealt with as

22  a child in need of services according to the provisions of

23  chapter 984.

24         (9)  "Dropout" means a student who meets any one or

25  more of the following criteria:

26         (a)  The student has voluntarily removed himself or

27  herself from the school system before graduation for reasons

28  that include, but are not limited to, marriage, or the student

29  has withdrawn from school because he or she has failed the

30  statewide student assessment test and thereby does not receive

31  any of the certificates of completion;


                                 307

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The student has not met the relevant attendance

  2  requirements of the school district pursuant to State Board of

  3  Education rules, or the student was expected to attend a

  4  school but did not enter as expected for unknown reasons, or

  5  the student's whereabouts are unknown;

  6         (c)  The student has withdrawn from school, but has not

  7  transferred to another public or private school or enrolled in

  8  any career and technical, adult, home education, or

  9  alternative educational program;

10         (d)  The student has withdrawn from school due to

11  hardship, unless such withdrawal has been granted under the

12  provisions of s. 322.091, court action, expulsion, medical

13  reasons, or pregnancy; or

14         (e)  The student is not eligible to attend school

15  because of reaching the maximum age for an exceptional student

16  program in accordance with the district's policy.

17  

18  The State Board of Education may adopt rules to implement the

19  provisions of this subsection.

20         (10)  "Alternative measures for students with special

21  needs" or "special programs" means measures designed to meet

22  the special needs of a student that cannot be met by regular

23  school curricula.

24         (11)(a)  "Juvenile justice education programs or

25  schools" means programs or schools operating for the purpose

26  of providing educational services to youth in Department of

27  Juvenile Justice programs, for a school year comprised of 250

28  days of instruction distributed over 12 months. At the request

29  of the provider, a district school board may decrease the

30  minimum number of days of instruction by up to 10 days for

31  teacher planning for residential programs and up to 20 days


                                 308

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for teacher planning for nonresidential programs, subject to

  2  the approval of the Department of Juvenile Justice and the

  3  Department of Education.

  4         (b)  "Juvenile justice provider" means the Department

  5  of Juvenile Justice or a private, public, or other

  6  governmental organization under contract with the Department

  7  of Juvenile Justice that provides treatment, care and custody,

  8  or educational programs for youth in juvenile justice

  9  intervention, detention, or commitment programs.

10         (12)  "Homeless child" means:

11         (a)  One who lacks a fixed, regular nighttime

12  residence;

13         (b)  One who has a primary nighttime residence that is:

14         1.  A supervised publicly or privately operated shelter

15  designed to provide temporary living accommodations, including

16  welfare hotels, congregate shelters, and transitional housing

17  for the mentally ill;

18         2.  An institution that provides a temporary residence

19  for individuals intended to be institutionalized; or

20         3.  A public or private place not designed for, or

21  ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human

22  beings; or

23         (c)  One who temporarily resides with an adult other

24  than his or her parent because the parent is suffering

25  financial hardship.

26  

27  A child who is imprisoned, detained, or in the custody of the

28  state pursuant to a state or federal law is not a homeless

29  child.

30         (13)  "Regular school attendance" means the actual

31  attendance of a student during the school day as defined by


                                 309

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  law and rules of the State Board of Education. Regular

  2  attendance within the intent of s. 1003.21 may be achieved by

  3  attendance in:

  4         (a)  A public school supported by public funds;

  5         (b)  A parochial, religious, or denominational school;

  6         (c)  A private school supported in whole or in part by

  7  tuition charges or by endowments or gifts;

  8         (d)  A home education program that meets the

  9  requirements of chapter 1002; or

10         (e)  A private tutoring program that meets the

11  requirements of chapter 1002.

12         Section 111.  Section 1003.02, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1003.02  District school board operation and control of

15  public K-12 education within the school district.--As provided

16  in part II of chapter 1001, district school boards are

17  constitutionally and statutorily charged with the operation

18  and control of public K-12 education within their school

19  district. The district school boards must establish, organize,

20  and operate their public K-12 schools and educational

21  programs, employees, and facilities. Their responsibilities

22  include staff development, public K-12 school student

23  education including education for exceptional students and

24  students in juvenile justice programs, special programs, adult

25  education programs, and career and technical education

26  programs. Additionally, district school boards must:

27         (1)  Provide for the proper accounting for all students

28  of school age, for the attendance and control of students at

29  school, and for proper attention to health, safety, and other

30  matters relating to the welfare of students in the following

31  fields:


                                 310

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Admission, classification, promotion, and

  2  graduation of students.--Adopt rules for admitting,

  3  classifying, promoting, and graduating students to or from the

  4  various schools of the district.

  5         (b)  Enforcement of attendance laws.--Provide for the

  6  enforcement of all laws and rules relating to the attendance

  7  of students at school.

  8         (c)  Control of students.--

  9         1.  Adopt rules for the control, attendance,

10  discipline, in-school suspension, suspension, and expulsion of

11  students and decide all cases recommended for expulsion.

12         2.  Maintain a code of student conduct as provided in

13  chapter 1006.

14         (d)  Courses of study and instructional materials.--

15         1.  Provide adequate instructional materials for all

16  students as follows and in accordance with the requirements of

17  chapter 1006, in the core courses of mathematics, language

18  arts, social studies, science, reading, and literature, except

19  for instruction for which the school advisory council approves

20  the use of a program that does not include a textbook as a

21  major tool of instruction.

22         2.  Adopt courses of study for use in the schools of

23  the district.

24         3.  Provide for proper requisitioning, distribution,

25  accounting, storage, care, and use of all instructional

26  materials as may be needed, and ensure that instructional

27  materials used in the district are consistent with the

28  district goals and objectives and the curriculum frameworks

29  approved by the State Board of Education, as well as with the

30  state and school district performance standards required by

31  law and state board rule.


                                 311

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Transportation.--Make provision for the

  2  transportation of students to the public schools or school

  3  activities they are required or expected to attend,

  4  efficiently and economically, in accordance with the

  5  requirements of chapter 1006.

  6         (f)  Facilities and school plant.--

  7         1.  Approve and adopt a districtwide school facilities

  8  program, in accordance with the requirements of chapter 1013.

  9         2.  Approve plans for locating, planning, constructing,

10  sanitating, insuring, maintaining, protecting, and condemning

11  school property as prescribed in chapter 1013.

12         3.  Approve and adopt a districtwide school building

13  program.

14         4.  Select and purchase school sites, playgrounds, and

15  recreational areas located at centers at which schools are to

16  be constructed, of adequate size to meet the needs of

17  projected students to be accommodated.

18         5.  Approve the proposed purchase of any site,

19  playground, or recreational area for which school district

20  funds are to be used.

21         6.  Expand existing sites.

22         7.  Rent buildings when necessary.

23         8.  Enter into leases or lease-purchase arrangements,

24  in accordance with the requirements and conditions provided in

25  s. 1013.15(2).

26         9.  Provide for the proper supervision of construction.

27         10.  Make or contract for additions, alterations, and

28  repairs on buildings and other school properties.

29         11.  Ensure that all plans and specifications for

30  buildings provide adequately for the safety and well-being of

31  students, as well as for economy of construction.


                                 312

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         12.  Provide adequately for the proper maintenance and

  2  upkeep of school plants.

  3         13.  Carry insurance on every school building in all

  4  school plants including contents, boilers, and machinery,

  5  except buildings of three classrooms or less which are of

  6  frame construction and located in a tenth class public

  7  protection zone as defined by the Florida Inspection and

  8  Rating Bureau, and on all school buses and other property

  9  under the control of the district school board or title to

10  which is vested in the district school board, except as

11  exceptions may be authorized under rules of the State Board of

12  Education.

13         14.  Condemn and prohibit the use for public school

14  purposes of any building under the control of the district

15  school board.

16         (g)  School operation.--

17         1.  Provide for the operation of all public schools as

18  free schools for a term of at least 180 days or the equivalent

19  on an hourly basis as specified by rules of the State Board of

20  Education; determine district school funds necessary in

21  addition to state funds to operate all schools for the minimum

22  term; and arrange for the levying of district school taxes

23  necessary to provide the amount needed from district sources.

24         2.  Prepare, adopt, and timely submit to the Department

25  of Education, as required by law and by rules of the State

26  Board of Education, the annual school budget, so as to promote

27  the improvement of the district school system.

28         (h)  Records and reports.--

29         1.  Keep all necessary records and make all needed and

30  required reports, as required by law or by rules of the State

31  Board of Education.


                                 313

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  At regular intervals require reports to be made by

  2  principals or teachers in all public schools to the parents of

  3  the students enrolled and in attendance at their schools,

  4  apprising them of the academic and other progress being made

  5  by the student and giving other useful information.

  6         (2)  Require that all laws, all rules of the State

  7  Board of Education, and all rules of the district school board

  8  are properly enforced.

  9         (3)  Maintain a system of school improvement and

10  education accountability as required by law and State Board of

11  Education rule, including but not limited to the requirements

12  of chapter 1008.

13         (4)  For any school within the district that is not in

14  compliance with the small school size requirements of chapter

15  1013, in order to reduce the anonymity of students in large

16  schools, adopt policies that encourage subdivision of the

17  school into schools-within-a-school, which shall operate

18  within existing resources. A "school-within-a-school" means an

19  operational program that uses flexible scheduling, team

20  planning, and curricular and instructional innovation to

21  organize groups of students with groups of teachers as smaller

22  units, so as to functionally operate as a smaller school.

23  Examples of this include, but are not limited to:

24         (a)  An organizational arrangement assigning both

25  students and teachers to smaller units in which the students

26  take some or all of their coursework with their fellow grouped

27  students and from the teachers assigned to the smaller unit. A

28  unit may be grouped together for 1 year or on a vertical,

29  multiyear basis.

30         (b)  An organizational arrangement similar to that

31  described in paragraph (a) with additional variations in


                                 314

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  instruction and curriculum.  The smaller unit usually seeks to

  2  maintain a program different from that of the larger school,

  3  or of other smaller units. It may be vertically organized, but

  4  is dependent upon the school principal for its existence,

  5  budget, and staff.

  6         (c)  A separate and autonomous smaller unit formally

  7  authorized by the district school board or district school

  8  superintendent. The smaller unit plans and runs its own

  9  program, has its own staff and students, and receives its own

10  separate budget. The smaller unit must negotiate the use of

11  common space with the larger school and defer to the building

12  principal on matters of safety and building operation.

13         Section 112.  Section 1003.03, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1003.03  Maximum class size goals.--It is the goal of

16  the Legislature and each district school board that each

17  elementary school in the school district beginning with

18  kindergarten through grade three class sizes not exceed 20

19  students, with a ratio of one full-time equivalent teacher per

20  20 students; except that only in the case of "D" and "F"

21  schools as identified by the commissioner, the goal in

22  kindergarten through grade three shall be a ratio of one

23  full-time equivalent teacher per 15 students. For purposes of

24  any funding in the General Appropriations Act to meet these

25  goals, the district school board shall give priority to

26  identified "D" and "F" schools in the school district. Second

27  priority for the use of any funds designated for meeting these

28  goals shall be for kindergarten through grade one. Third

29  priority for the use of any funds designated for meeting these

30  goals shall be for grades two and three.

31  


                                 315

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 113.  Section 1003.04, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1003.04  Student conduct and parental involvement

  4  goals.--

  5         (1)  It is the goal of the Legislature and each

  6  district school board that each public K-12 student remain in

  7  attendance throughout the school year, unless excused by the

  8  school for illness or other good cause, and comply fully with

  9  the school's code of conduct.

10         (2)  It is the goal of the Legislature and each

11  district school board that the parent of each public K-12

12  student comply with the school's reasonable and

13  time-acceptable parental involvement requests.

14         Section 114.  Part II of chapter 1003, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "School Attendance" and shall

16  consist of ss. 1003.21-1003.29.

17         Section 115.  Section 1003.21, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1003.21  School attendance.--

20         (1)(a)1.  All children who have attained the age of 6

21  years or who will have attained the age of 6 years by February

22  1 of any school year or who are older than 6 years of age but

23  who have not attained the age of 16 years, except as otherwise

24  provided, are required to attend school regularly during the

25  entire school term.

26         2.  Children who will have attained the age of 5 years

27  on or before September 1 of the school year are eligible for

28  admission to public kindergartens during that school year

29  under rules adopted by the district school board.

30         (b)  Any child who has attained the age of 6 years on

31  or before September 1 of the school year and who has been


                                 316

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  enrolled in a public school or who has attained the age of 6

  2  years on or before September 1 and has satisfactorily

  3  completed the requirements for kindergarten in a private

  4  school from which the district school board accepts transfer

  5  of academic credit, or who otherwise meets the criteria for

  6  admission or transfer in a manner similar to that applicable

  7  to other grades, shall progress according to the district's

  8  student progression plan. However, nothing in this section

  9  shall authorize the state or any school district to oversee or

10  exercise control over the curricula or academic programs of

11  private schools or home education programs.

12         (c)  A student who attains the age of 16 years during

13  the school year is not subject to compulsory school attendance

14  beyond the date upon which he or she attains that age if the

15  student files a formal declaration of intent to terminate

16  school enrollment with the district school board. The

17  declaration must acknowledge that terminating school

18  enrollment is likely to reduce the student's earning potential

19  and must be signed by the student and the student's parent.

20  The school district must notify the student's parent of

21  receipt of the student's declaration of intent to terminate

22  school enrollment.

23         (d)  Students who become or have become married and

24  students who are pregnant shall not be prohibited from

25  attending school. These students and students who are parents

26  shall receive the same educational instruction or its

27  equivalent as other students, but may voluntarily be assigned

28  to a class or program suited to their special needs.

29  Consistent with s. 1003.54, pregnant or parenting teens may

30  participate in a teenage parent program. Pregnant students may

31  attend alternative education programs or adult education


                                 317

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  programs, provided that the curriculum allows the student to

  2  continue to work toward a high school diploma.

  3         (e)  Consistent with rules adopted by the State Board

  4  of Education, children with disabilities who have attained the

  5  age of 3 years shall be eligible for admission to public

  6  special education programs and for related services under

  7  rules adopted by the district school board. Exceptional

  8  children who are deaf or hard of hearing, visually impaired,

  9  dual sensory impaired, severely physically handicapped,

10  trainable mentally handicapped, or profoundly handicapped, or

11  who have established conditions, or exhibit developmental

12  delays, below age 3 may be eligible for special programs; or,

13  if enrolled in other school readiness programs, they may be

14  eligible for supplemental instruction. Rules for the

15  identification of established conditions for children birth

16  through 2 years of age and developmental delays for children

17  birth through 5 years of age must be adopted by the State

18  Board of Education.

19         (f)  Homeless children, as defined in s. 1003.01, must

20  have access to a free public education and must be admitted to

21  school in the school district in which they or their families

22  live. School districts shall assist homeless children to meet

23  the requirements of subsection (4) and s. 1003.22, as well as

24  local requirements for documentation.

25         (2)(a)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

26  under which students not meeting the entrance age may be

27  transferred from another state if their parents have been

28  legal residents of that state.

29         (b)  Each district school board, in accordance with

30  rules of the State Board of Education, shall adopt a policy

31  that authorizes a parent to request and be granted permission


                                 318

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for absence of a student from school for religious instruction

  2  or religious holidays.

  3         (3)  The district school superintendent may authorize

  4  certificates of exemptions from school attendance requirements

  5  in certain situations. Students within the compulsory

  6  attendance age limits who hold valid certificates of exemption

  7  that have been issued by the superintendent shall be exempt

  8  from attending school. A certificate of exemption shall cease

  9  to be valid at the end of the school year in which it is

10  issued.

11         (4)  Before admitting a child to kindergarten, the

12  principal shall require evidence that the child has attained

13  the age at which he or she should be admitted in accordance

14  with the provisions of subparagraph (1)(a)2. The district

15  school superintendent may require evidence of the age of any

16  child whom he or she believes to be within the limits of

17  compulsory attendance as provided for by law.  If the first

18  prescribed evidence is not available, the next evidence

19  obtainable in the order set forth below shall be accepted:

20         (a)  A duly attested transcript of the child's birth

21  record filed according to law with a public officer charged

22  with the duty of recording births;

23         (b)  A duly attested transcript of a certificate of

24  baptism showing the date of birth and place of baptism of the

25  child, accompanied by an affidavit sworn to by the parent;

26         (c)  An insurance policy on the child's life that has

27  been in force for at least 2 years;

28         (d)  A bona fide contemporary religious record of the

29  child's birth accompanied by an affidavit sworn to by the

30  parent;

31  


                                 319

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  A passport or certificate of arrival in the United

  2  States showing the age of the child;

  3         (f)  A transcript of record of age shown in the child's

  4  school record of at least 4 years prior to application,

  5  stating date of birth; or

  6         (g)  If none of these evidences can be produced, an

  7  affidavit of age sworn to by the parent, accompanied by a

  8  certificate of age signed by a public health officer or by a

  9  public school physician, or, if neither of these is available

10  in the county, by a licensed practicing physician licensed

11  under chapter 458, chapter 459, or chapter 460 designated by

12  the district school board, which certificate states that the

13  health officer or physician has examined the child and

14  believes that the age as stated in the affidavit is

15  substantially correct. A homeless child, as defined in s.

16  1003.01, shall be given temporary exemption from this section

17  for 30 school days.

18         Section 116.  Section 1003.22, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1003.22  School-entry health examinations; immunization

21  against communicable diseases; exemptions; duties of

22  Department of Health.--

23         (1)  Each district school board and the governing

24  authority of each private school shall require that each child

25  who is entitled to admittance to kindergarten, or is entitled

26  to any other initial entrance into a public or private school

27  in this state, present a certification of a school-entry

28  health examination performed by a physician licensed under

29  chapter 458, chapter 459, or chapter 460 within 1 year prior

30  to enrollment in school.  Each district school board, and the

31  governing authority of each private school, may establish a


                                 320

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  policy that permits a student up to 30 school days to present

  2  a certification of a school-entry health examination performed

  3  by a physician licensed under chapter 458, chapter 459, or

  4  chapter 460.  A homeless child, as defined in s. 1003.01,

  5  shall be given a temporary exemption for 30 school days. Any

  6  district school board that establishes such a policy shall

  7  include provisions in its local school health services plan to

  8  assist students in obtaining the health examinations. However,

  9  any child shall be exempt from the requirement of a health

10  examination upon written request of the parent of the child

11  stating objections to the examination on religious grounds.

12         (2)  The State Board of Education, subject to the

13  concurrence of the Department of Health, shall adopt rules to

14  govern medical examinations and immunizations performed under

15  this section.

16         (3)  The Department of Health may adopt rules necessary

17  to administer and enforce this section. The Department of

18  Health, after consultation with the Department of Education,

19  shall adopt rules governing the immunization of children

20  against, the testing for, and the control of preventable

21  communicable diseases. The rules must include procedures for

22  exempting a child from immunization requirements.

23  Immunizations shall be required for poliomyelitis, diphtheria,

24  rubeola, rubella, pertussis, mumps, tetanus, and other

25  communicable diseases as determined by rules of the Department

26  of Health.  The manner and frequency of administration of the

27  immunization or testing shall conform to recognized standards

28  of medical practice.  The Department of Health shall supervise

29  and secure the enforcement of the required immunization.

30  Immunizations required by this section shall be available at

31  no cost from the county health departments.


                                 321

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  Each district school board and the governing

  2  authority of each private school shall establish and enforce

  3  as policy that, prior to admittance to or attendance in a

  4  public or private school, grades kindergarten through 12, each

  5  child present or have on file with the school a certification

  6  of immunization for the prevention of those communicable

  7  diseases for which immunization is required by the Department

  8  of Health and further shall provide for appropriate screening

  9  of its students for scoliosis at the proper age. Such

10  certification shall be made on forms approved and provided by

11  the Department of Health and shall become a part of each

12  student's permanent record, to be transferred when the student

13  transfers, is promoted, or changes schools. The transfer of

14  such immunization certification by Florida public schools

15  shall be accomplished using the Florida Automated System for

16  Transferring Education Records and shall be deemed to meet the

17  requirements of this section.

18         (5)  The provisions of this section shall not apply if:

19         (a)  The parent of the child objects in writing that

20  the administration of immunizing agents conflicts with his or

21  her religious tenets or practices;

22         (b)  A physician licensed under the provisions of

23  chapter 458 or chapter 459 certifies in writing, on a form

24  approved and provided by the Department of Health, that the

25  child should be permanently exempt from the required

26  immunization for medical reasons stated in writing, based upon

27  valid clinical reasoning or evidence, demonstrating the need

28  for the permanent exemption;

29         (c)  A physician licensed under the provisions of

30  chapter 458, chapter 459, or chapter 460 certifies in writing,

31  on a form approved and provided by the Department of Health,


                                 322

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  that the child has received as many immunizations as are

  2  medically indicated at the time and is in the process of

  3  completing necessary immunizations;

  4         (d)  The Department of Health determines that,

  5  according to recognized standards of medical practice, any

  6  required immunization is unnecessary or hazardous; or

  7         (e)  An authorized school official issues a temporary

  8  exemption, for a period not to exceed 30 school days, to

  9  permit a student who transfers into a new county to attend

10  class until his or her records can be obtained. A homeless

11  child, as defined in s. 1003.01, shall be given a temporary

12  exemption for 30 school days. The public school health nurse

13  or authorized private school official is responsible for

14  followup of each such student until proper documentation or

15  immunizations are obtained. An exemption for 30 days may be

16  issued for a student who enters a juvenile justice program to

17  permit the student to attend class until his or her records

18  can be obtained or until the immunizations can be obtained. An

19  authorized juvenile justice official is responsible for

20  followup of each student who enters a juvenile justice program

21  until proper documentation or immunizations are obtained.

22         (6)(a)  No person licensed by this state as a physician

23  or nurse shall be liable for any injury caused by his or her

24  action or failure to act in the administration of a vaccine or

25  other immunizing agent pursuant to the provisions of this

26  section if the person acts as a reasonably prudent person with

27  similar professional training would have acted under the same

28  or similar circumstances.

29         (b)  No member of a district school board, or any of

30  its employees, or member of a governing board of a private

31  school, or any of its employees, shall be liable for any


                                 323

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  injury caused by the administration of a vaccine to any

  2  student who is required to be so immunized or for a failure to

  3  diagnose scoliosis pursuant to the provisions of this section.

  4         (7)  The parents of any child admitted to or in

  5  attendance at a Florida public or private school, grades

  6  kindergarten through 12, are responsible for assuring that the

  7  child is in compliance with the provisions of this section.

  8         (8)  Each public school, including public kindergarten,

  9  and each private school, including private kindergarten, shall

10  be required to provide to the county health department

11  director or administrator annual reports of compliance with

12  the provisions of this section. Reports shall be completed on

13  forms provided by the Department of Health for each

14  kindergarten, and other grade as specified; and the reports

15  shall include the status of children who were admitted at the

16  beginning of the school year. After consultation with the

17  Department of Education, the Department of Health shall

18  establish by administrative rule the dates for submission of

19  these reports, the grades for which the reports shall be

20  required, and the forms to be used.

21         (9)  The presence of any of the communicable diseases

22  for which immunization is required by the Department of Health

23  in a Florida public or private school shall permit the county

24  health department director or administrator or the State

25  Health Officer to declare a communicable disease emergency.

26  The declaration of such emergency shall mandate that all

27  students in attendance in the school who are not in compliance

28  with the provisions of this section be identified by the

29  district school board or by the governing authority of the

30  private school; and the school health and immunization records

31  of such children shall be made available to the county health


                                 324

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  department director or administrator. Those children

  2  identified as not being immunized against the disease for

  3  which the emergency has been declared shall be temporarily

  4  excluded from school by the district school board, or the

  5  governing authority of the private school, until such time as

  6  is specified by the county health department director or

  7  administrator.

  8         (10)  Each district school board and the governing

  9  authority of each private school shall:

10         (a)  Refuse admittance to any child otherwise entitled

11  to admittance to kindergarten, or any other initial entrance

12  into a Florida public or private school, who is not in

13  compliance with the provisions of subsection (4).

14         (b)  Temporarily exclude from attendance any student

15  who is not in compliance with the provisions of subsection

16  (4).

17         (11)  The provisions of this section do not apply to

18  those persons admitted to or attending adult education classes

19  unless the adult students are under 21 years of age.

20         Section 117.  Section 1003.23, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1003.23  Attendance records and reports.--

23         (1)  The attendance of all public K-12 school students

24  shall be checked each school day in the manner prescribed by

25  rules of the State Board of Education and recorded in the

26  teacher's register or by some approved system of recording

27  attendance.  Students may be counted in attendance only if

28  they are actually present at school or are away from school on

29  a school day and are engaged in an educational activity which

30  constitutes a part of the school-approved instructional

31  program for the student.


                                 325

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  All officials, teachers, and other employees in

  2  public, parochial, religious, denominational, and private K-12

  3  schools, including private tutors, shall keep all records and

  4  shall prepare and submit promptly all reports that may be

  5  required by law and by rules of the State Board of Education

  6  and district school boards. Such records shall include a

  7  register of enrollment and attendance and all persons

  8  described above shall make these reports therefrom as may be

  9  required by the State Board of Education. The enrollment

10  register shall show the absence or attendance of each student

11  enrolled for each school day of the year in a manner

12  prescribed by the State Board of Education. The register shall

13  be open for the inspection by the designated school

14  representative or the district school superintendent of the

15  district in which the school is located. Violation of the

16  provisions of this section shall be a misdemeanor of the

17  second degree, punishable as provided by law. This section

18  shall not apply to home education programs provided in s.

19  1002.41.

20         Section 118.  Section 1003.24, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1003.24  Parents responsible for attendance of

23  children; attendance policy.--Each parent of a child within

24  the compulsory attendance age is responsible for the child's

25  school attendance as required by law.  The absence of a

26  student from school is prima facie evidence of a violation of

27  this section; however, criminal prosecution under this chapter

28  may not be brought against a parent until the provisions of s.

29  1003.26 have been complied with. A parent of a student is not

30  responsible for the student's nonattendance at school under

31  any of the following conditions:


                                 326

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  WITH PERMISSION.--The absence was with permission

  2  of the head of the school;

  3         (2)  WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE.--The absence was without the

  4  parent's knowledge, consent, or connivance, in which case the

  5  student shall be dealt with as a dependent child;

  6         (3)  FINANCIAL INABILITY.--The parent was unable

  7  financially to provide necessary clothes for the student,

  8  which inability was reported in writing to the superintendent

  9  prior to the opening of school or immediately after the

10  beginning of such inability, provided that the validity of any

11  claim for exemption under this paragraph shall be determined

12  by the district school superintendent subject to appeal to the

13  district school board; or

14         (4)  SICKNESS, INJURY, OR OTHER INSURMOUNTABLE

15  CONDITION.--Attendance was impracticable or inadvisable on

16  account of sickness or injury, attested to by a written

17  statement of a licensed practicing physician licensed under

18  chapter 458, chapter 459, or chapter 460, or was impracticable

19  because of some other stated insurmountable condition as

20  defined by rules of the State Board of Education. If a student

21  is continually sick and repeatedly absent from school, he or

22  she must be under the supervision of a physician licensed

23  under chapter 458, chapter 459, or chapter 460 in order to

24  receive an excuse from attendance. Such excuse provides that a

25  student's condition justifies absence for more than the number

26  of days permitted by the district school board.

27  

28  Each district school board shall establish an attendance

29  policy that includes, but is not limited to, the required

30  number of days each school year that a student must be in

31  attendance and the number of absences and tardinesses after


                                 327

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which a statement explaining such absences and tardinesses

  2  must be on file at the school.  Each school in the district

  3  must determine if an absence or tardiness is excused or

  4  unexcused according to criteria established by the district

  5  school board.

  6         Section 119.  Section 1003.25, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1003.25  Procedures for maintenance and transfer of

  9  student records.--

10         (1)  Each principal shall maintain a permanent

11  cumulative record for each student enrolled in a public K-12

12  school.  Such record shall be maintained in the form, and

13  contain all data, prescribed by rule by the State Board of

14  Education. The cumulative record is confidential and exempt

15  from the provisions of s. 119.07(1) and is open to inspection

16  only as provided in chapter 1002.

17         (2)  The procedure for transferring and maintaining

18  records of students who transfer from school to school shall

19  be prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education.

20         (3)  Procedures relating to the acceptance of transfer

21  work and credit for students shall be prescribed by rule by

22  the State Board of Education.

23         Section 120.  Section 1003.26, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1003.26  Enforcement of school attendance.--The

26  Legislature finds that poor academic performance is associated

27  with nonattendance and that schools must take an active role

28  in enforcing attendance as a means of improving the

29  performance of many students. It is the policy of the state

30  that each district school superintendent be responsible for

31  enforcing school attendance of all students subject to the


                                 328

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  compulsory school age in the school district. The

  2  responsibility includes recommending to the district school

  3  board policies and procedures to ensure that schools respond

  4  in a timely manner to every unexcused absence, or absence for

  5  which the reason is unknown, of students enrolled in the

  6  schools. District school board policies must require each

  7  parent of a student to justify each absence of the student,

  8  and that justification will be evaluated based on adopted

  9  district school board policies that define excused and

10  unexcused absences. The policies must provide that schools

11  track excused and unexcused absences and contact the home in

12  the case of an unexcused absence from school, or an absence

13  from school for which the reason is unknown, to prevent the

14  development of patterns of nonattendance. The Legislature

15  finds that early intervention in school attendance matters is

16  the most effective way of producing good attendance habits

17  that will lead to improved student learning and achievement.

18  Each public school shall implement the following steps to

19  enforce regular school attendance:

20         (1)  CONTACT, REFER, AND ENFORCE.--

21         (a)  Upon each unexcused absence, or absence for which

22  the reason is unknown, the school principal or his or her

23  designee shall contact the student's parent to determine the

24  reason for the absence. If the absence is an excused absence,

25  as defined by district school board policy, the school shall

26  provide opportunities for the student to make up assigned work

27  and not receive an academic penalty unless the work is not

28  made up within a reasonable time.

29         (b)  If a student has had at least five unexcused

30  absences, or absences for which the reasons are unknown,

31  within a calendar month or 10 unexcused absences, or absences


                                 329

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for which the reasons are unknown, within a 90-calendar-day

  2  period, the student's primary teacher shall report to the

  3  school principal or his or her designee that the student may

  4  be exhibiting a pattern of nonattendance. The principal shall,

  5  unless there is clear evidence that the absences are not a

  6  pattern of nonattendance, refer the case to the school's child

  7  study team to determine if early patterns of truancy are

  8  developing. If the child study team finds that a pattern of

  9  nonattendance is developing, whether the absences are excused

10  or not, a meeting with the parent must be scheduled to

11  identify potential remedies, and the principal shall notify

12  the district school superintendent and the school district

13  contact for home education programs that the referred student

14  is exhibiting a pattern of nonattendance.

15         (c)  If an initial meeting does not resolve the

16  problem, the child study team shall implement interventions

17  that best address the problem. The interventions may include,

18  but need not be limited to:

19         1.  Frequent communication between the teacher and the

20  family;

21         2.  Changes in the learning environment;

22         3.  Mentoring;

23         4.  Student counseling;

24         5.  Tutoring, including peer tutoring;

25         6.  Placement into different classes;

26         7.  Evaluation for alternative education programs;

27         8.  Attendance contracts;

28         9.  Referral to other agencies for family services; or

29         10.  Other interventions, including, but not limited

30  to, a truancy petition pursuant to s. 984.151.

31  


                                 330

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  The child study team shall be diligent in

  2  facilitating intervention services and shall report the case

  3  to the district school superintendent only when all reasonable

  4  efforts to resolve the nonattendance behavior are exhausted.

  5         (e)  If the parent refuses to participate in the

  6  remedial strategies because he or she believes that those

  7  strategies are unnecessary or inappropriate, the parent may

  8  appeal to the district school board. The district school board

  9  may provide a hearing officer, and the hearing officer shall

10  make a recommendation for final action to the district school

11  board. If the district school board's final determination is

12  that the strategies of the child study team are appropriate,

13  and the parent still refuses to participate or cooperate, the

14  district school superintendent may seek criminal prosecution

15  for noncompliance with compulsory school attendance.

16         (f)1.  If the parent of a child who has been identified

17  as exhibiting a pattern of nonattendance enrolls the child in

18  a home education program pursuant to chapter 1002, the

19  district school superintendent shall provide the parent a copy

20  of s. 1002.41 and the accountability requirements of this

21  paragraph.  The district school superintendent shall also

22  refer the parent to a home education review committee composed

23  of the district contact for home education programs and at

24  least two home educators selected by the parent from a

25  district list of all home educators who have conducted a home

26  education program for at least 3 years and who have indicated

27  a willingness to serve on the committee. The home education

28  review committee shall review the portfolio of the student, as

29  defined by s. 1002.41, every 30 days during the district's

30  regular school terms until the committee is satisfied that the

31  home education program is in compliance with s. 1002.41(1)(b).


                                 331

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The first portfolio review must occur within the first 30

  2  calendar days of the establishment of the program. The

  3  provisions of subparagraph 2. do not apply once the committee

  4  determines the home education program is in compliance with s.

  5  1002.41(1)(b).

  6         2.  If the parent fails to provide a portfolio to the

  7  committee, the committee shall notify the district school

  8  superintendent. The district school superintendent shall then

  9  terminate the home education program and require the parent to

10  enroll the child in an attendance option that meets the

11  definition of "regular school attendance" under s.

12  1003.01(13)(a), (b), (c), or (e), within 3 days. Upon

13  termination of a home education program pursuant to this

14  subparagraph, the parent shall not be eligible to reenroll the

15  child in a home education program for 180 calendar days.

16  Failure of a parent to enroll the child in an attendance

17  option as required by this subparagraph after termination of

18  the home education program pursuant to this subparagraph shall

19  constitute noncompliance with the compulsory attendance

20  requirements of s. 1003.21 and may result in criminal

21  prosecution under s. 1003.27(2).  Nothing contained herein

22  shall restrict the ability of the district school

23  superintendent, or the ability of his or her designee, to

24  review the portfolio pursuant to s. 1002.41(1)(b).

25         (g)  If a student subject to compulsory school

26  attendance will not comply with attempts to enforce school

27  attendance, the parent or the district school superintendent

28  or his or her designee shall refer the case to the case

29  staffing committee pursuant to s. 984.12, and the district

30  school superintendent or his or her designee may file a

31  truancy petition pursuant to the procedures in s. 984.151.


                                 332

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  GIVE WRITTEN NOTICE.--

  2         (a)  Under the direction of the district school

  3  superintendent, a designated school representative shall give

  4  written notice that requires enrollment or attendance within 3

  5  days after the date of notice, in person or by return-receipt

  6  mail, to the parent when no valid reason is found for a

  7  student's nonenrollment in school. If the notice and

  8  requirement are ignored, the designated school representative

  9  shall report the case to the district school superintendent,

10  and may refer the case to the case staffing committee,

11  established pursuant to s. 984.12. The district school

12  superintendent shall take such steps as are necessary to bring

13  criminal prosecution against the parent.

14         (b)  Subsequent to the activities required under

15  subsection (1), the district school superintendent or his or

16  her designee shall give written notice in person or by

17  return-receipt mail to the parent that criminal prosecution is

18  being sought for nonattendance. The district school

19  superintendent may file a truancy petition, as defined in s.

20  984.03, following the procedures outlined in s. 984.151.

21         (3)  RETURN STUDENT TO PARENT.--A designated school

22  representative shall visit the home or place of residence of a

23  student and any other place in which he or she is likely to

24  find any student who is required to attend school when the

25  student is not enrolled or is absent from school during school

26  hours without an excuse, and, when the student is found, shall

27  return the student to his or her parent or to the principal or

28  teacher in charge of the school, or to the private tutor from

29  whom absent, or to the juvenile assessment center or other

30  location established by the district school board to receive

31  


                                 333

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  students who are absent from school. Upon receipt of the

  2  student, the parent shall be immediately notified.

  3         (4)  REPORT TO APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY.--A designated

  4  school representative shall report to the appropriate

  5  authority designated by law to receive such notices, all

  6  violations of the Child Labor Law that may come to his or her

  7  knowledge.

  8         (5)  RIGHT TO INSPECT.--A designated school

  9  representative shall have the right of access to, and

10  inspection of, establishments where minors may be employed or

11  detained only for the purpose of ascertaining whether students

12  of compulsory school age are actually employed there and are

13  actually working there regularly. The designated school

14  representative shall, if he or she finds unsatisfactory

15  working conditions or violations of the Child Labor Law,

16  report his or her findings to the appropriate authority.

17         Section 121.  Section 1003.27, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1003.27  Court procedure and penalties.--The court

20  procedure and penalties for the enforcement of the provisions

21  of this part, relating to compulsory school attendance, shall

22  be as follows:

23         (1)  COURT JURISDICTION.--The circuit court has

24  original and exclusive jurisdiction of all proceedings

25  against, or prosecutions of, students under the provisions of

26  this part. Proceedings against, or prosecutions of, parents or

27  employers as provided by this section shall be in the court of

28  each county having jurisdiction of misdemeanors wherein trial

29  by jury is afforded the defendant.

30         (2)  NONENROLLMENT AND NONATTENDANCE CASES.--

31  


                                 334

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  In each case of nonenrollment or of nonattendance

  2  upon the part of a student who is required to attend some

  3  school, when no valid reason for such nonenrollment or

  4  nonattendance is found, the district school superintendent

  5  shall institute a criminal prosecution against the student's

  6  parent.

  7         (b)  Each public school principal or the principal's

  8  designee shall notify the district school board of each minor

  9  student under its jurisdiction who accumulates 15 unexcused

10  absences in a period of 90 calendar days. Each designee of the

11  governing body of each private school, and each parent whose

12  child is enrolled in a home education program, may provide the

13  Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles with the legal

14  name, sex, date of birth, and social security number of each

15  minor student under his or her jurisdiction who fails to

16  satisfy relevant attendance requirements and who fails to

17  otherwise satisfy the requirements of s. 322.091. The district

18  school superintendent must provide the Department of Highway

19  Safety and Motor Vehicles the legal name, sex, date of birth,

20  and social security number of each minor student who has been

21  reported under this paragraph and who fails to otherwise

22  satisfy the requirements of s. 322.091. The Department of

23  Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles may not issue a driver's

24  license or learner's driver's license to, and shall suspend

25  any previously issued driver's license or learner's driver's

26  license of, any such minor student, pursuant to the provisions

27  of s. 322.091.

28         (3)  HABITUAL TRUANCY CASES.--The district school

29  superintendent is authorized to file a truancy petition, as

30  defined in s. 984.03, following the procedures outlined in s.

31  984.151. If the district school superintendent chooses not to


                                 335

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  file a truancy petition, procedures for filing a

  2  child-in-need-of-services petition shall be commenced pursuant

  3  to this subsection and chapter 984. In accordance with

  4  procedures established by the district school board, the

  5  designated school representative shall refer a student who is

  6  habitually truant and the student's family to the

  7  children-in-need-of-services and families-in-need-of-services

  8  provider or the case staffing committee, established pursuant

  9  to s. 984.12, as determined by the cooperative agreement

10  required in this section.  The case staffing committee may

11  request the Department of Juvenile Justice or its designee to

12  file a child-in-need-of-services petition based upon the

13  report and efforts of the district school board or other

14  community agency or may seek to resolve the truant behavior

15  through the school or community-based organizations or

16  agencies. Prior to and subsequent to the filing of a

17  child-in-need-of-services petition due to habitual truancy,

18  the appropriate governmental agencies must allow a reasonable

19  time to complete actions required by this section and s.

20  1003.26 to remedy the conditions leading to the truant

21  behavior. Prior to the filing of a petition, the district

22  school board must have complied with the requirements of s.

23  1003.26, and those efforts must have been unsuccessful.

24         (4)  COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS.--The circuit manager of

25  the Department of Juvenile Justice or the circuit manager's

26  designee, the district administrator of the Department of

27  Children and Family Services or the district administrator's

28  designee, and the district school superintendent or the

29  superintendent's designee must develop a cooperative

30  interagency agreement that:

31  


                                 336

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Clearly defines each department's role,

  2  responsibility, and function in working with habitual truants

  3  and their families.

  4         (b)  Identifies and implements measures to resolve and

  5  reduce truant behavior.

  6         (c)  Addresses issues of streamlining service delivery,

  7  the appropriateness of legal intervention, case management,

  8  the role and responsibility of the case staffing committee,

  9  student and parental intervention and involvement, and

10  community action plans.

11         (d)  Delineates timeframes for implementation and

12  identifies a mechanism for reporting results by the circuit

13  juvenile justice manager or the circuit manager's designee and

14  the district school superintendent or the superintendent's

15  designee to the Department of Juvenile Justice and the

16  Department of Education and other governmental entities as

17  needed.

18         (e)  Designates which agency is responsible for each of

19  the intervention steps in this section, to yield more

20  effective and efficient intervention services.

21         (5)  ATTENDANCE REGISTER AS EVIDENCE.--The register of

22  attendance of students at a public, parochial, religious,

23  denominational, or private school, or of students taught by a

24  private tutor, kept in compliance with rules of the State

25  Board of Education is prima facie evidence of the facts which

26  it is required to show.  A certified copy of any rule and a

27  statement of the date of its adoption by the State Board of

28  Education is admissible as prima facie evidence of the

29  provisions of the rule and of the date of its adoption.

30         (6)  PROCEEDINGS AND PROSECUTIONS; WHO MAY

31  BEGIN.--Proceedings or prosecutions under this chapter may be


                                 337

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commenced by the district school superintendent, by a

  2  designated school representative, by the probation officer of

  3  the county, by the executive officer of any court of competent

  4  jurisdiction, by an officer of any court of competent

  5  jurisdiction, or by a duly authorized agent of the Department

  6  of Education or the Department of Juvenile Justice. If a

  7  proceeding has been commenced against both a parent and a

  8  child pursuant to this chapter, the presiding courts shall

  9  make every effort to coordinate sanctions against the child

10  and parent, including ordering the child and parent to perform

11  community service hours or attend counseling together.

12         (7)  PENALTIES.--The penalties for refusing or failing

13  to comply with this chapter shall be as follows:

14         (a)  The parent.--

15         1.  A parent who refuses or fails to have a minor

16  student who is under his or her control attend school

17  regularly, or who refuses or fails to comply with the

18  requirements in subsection (3), commits a misdemeanor of the

19  second degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s.

20  775.083.

21         2.  The continued or habitual absence of a minor

22  student without the consent of the principal or teacher in

23  charge of the school he or she attends or should attend, or of

24  the tutor who instructs or should instruct him or her, is

25  prima facie evidence of a violation of this chapter; however,

26  a showing that the parent has made a bona fide and diligent

27  effort to control and keep the student in school shall be an

28  affirmative defense to any criminal or other liability under

29  this subsection and the court shall refer the parent and child

30  for counseling, guidance, or other needed services.

31  


                                 338

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  In addition to any other punishment, the court

  2  shall order a parent who has violated this section to send the

  3  minor student to school, and may also order the parent to

  4  participate in an approved parent training class, attend

  5  school with the student unless this would cause undue

  6  hardship, perform community service hours at the school, or

  7  participate in counseling or other services, as appropriate.

  8  If a parent is ordered to attend school with a student, the

  9  school shall provide for programming to educate the parent and

10  student on the importance of school attendance. It shall be

11  unlawful to terminate any employee solely because he or she is

12  attending school with his or her child pursuant to a court

13  order.

14         (b)  The principal or teacher.--A principal or teacher

15  in any public, parochial, religious, denominational, or

16  private school, or a private tutor who willfully violates any

17  provision of this chapter may, upon satisfactory proof of such

18  violation, have his or her certificate revoked by the

19  Department of Education.

20         (c)  The employer.--

21         1.  An employer who fails to notify the district school

22  superintendent when he or she ceases to employ a student

23  commits a misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as

24  provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

25         2.  An employer who terminates any employee solely

26  because he or she is attending school with a student pursuant

27  to court order commits a misdemeanor of the second degree,

28  punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

29         (d)  The student.--

30         1.  In addition to any other authorized sanctions, the

31  court shall order a student found to be a habitual truant to


                                 339

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  make up all school work missed and may order the student to

  2  pay a civil penalty of up to $2, based on the student's

  3  ability to pay, for each day of school missed, perform up to

  4  25 community service hours at the school, or participate in

  5  counseling or other services, as appropriate.

  6         2.  Upon a second or subsequent finding that a student

  7  is a habitual truant, the court, in addition to any other

  8  authorized sanctions, shall order the student to make up all

  9  school work missed and may order the student to pay a civil

10  penalty of up to $5, based on the student's ability to pay,

11  for each day of school missed, perform up to 50 community

12  service hours at the school, or participate in counseling or

13  other services, as appropriate.

14         Section 122.  Section 1003.28, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1003.28  Continuation of truancy remedial activities

17  upon transfer of student; retention of legal jurisdiction.--

18         (1)  If, during the activities designed to remedy

19  truant behavior as described in s. 1003.27, the parent of the

20  student who is the subject of such activities transfers the

21  student to another school district in this state in an attempt

22  to circumvent the remedial procedures which have already

23  begun, the administration of the school from which the student

24  transferred shall provide to the administration of the new

25  school, at no charge, copies of all available records and

26  documents relevant to such remedial activities, and the

27  administration of the new school shall begin remedial

28  activities in the program that most closely meets the transfer

29  student's needs.

30         (2)  In the event that a legal proceeding has

31  commenced, as provided in s. 1003.27, against a student who


                                 340

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  has been determined to be a habitual truant, the movement of

  2  the student who is the subject of such proceeding to another

  3  circuit court district in this state will not affect the

  4  jurisdiction of the court to proceed with the case under the

  5  law.

  6         Section 123.  Section 1003.29, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1003.29  Notice to schools of court action.--If a court

  9  takes action that directly involves a student's school,

10  including, but not limited to, an order that a student attend

11  school, attend school with his or her parent, perform at grade

12  level, or perform community service hours at the school, the

13  office of the clerk of the court shall provide notice to the

14  school of the court's action.

15         Section 124.  Part III of chapter 1003, Florida

16  Statutes, shall be entitled "Control of Students" and shall

17  consist of ss. 1003.31-1003.33.

18         Section 125.  Section 1003.31, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1003.31  Students subject to control of school.--

21         (1)  Subject to law and rules of the State Board of

22  Education and of the district school board, each student

23  enrolled in a school shall:

24         (a)  During the time she or he is being transported to

25  or from school at public expense;

26         (b)  During the time she or he is attending school;

27         (c)  During the time she or he is on the school

28  premises participating with authorization in a

29  school-sponsored activity; and

30         (d)  During a reasonable time before and after the

31  student is on the premises for attendance at school or for


                                 341

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorized participation in a school-sponsored activity, and

  2  only when on the premises,

  3  

  4  be under the control and direction of the principal or teacher

  5  in charge of the school, and under the immediate control and

  6  direction of the teacher or other member of the instructional

  7  staff or of the bus driver to whom such responsibility may be

  8  assigned by the principal. However, the State Board of

  9  Education or the district school board may, by rules, subject

10  each student to the control and direction of the principal or

11  teacher in charge of the school during the time she or he is

12  otherwise en route to or from school or is presumed by law to

13  be attending school.

14         (2)  There is a rebuttable presumption that the term

15  "reasonable time" means 30 minutes before or after the

16  activity is scheduled or actually begins or ends, whichever

17  period is longer.  A school or district school board may, by

18  policy or other formal action, assume a longer period of

19  supervision.  Casual or incidental contact between school

20  district personnel and students on school property shall not

21  result in a legal duty to supervise outside of the reasonable

22  times set forth in this section, provided that parents shall

23  be advised in writing twice per year or by posted signs of the

24  school's formal supervisory responsibility and that parents

25  should not rely on additional supervision.  The duty of

26  supervision shall not extend to anyone other than students

27  attending school and students authorized to participate in

28  school-sponsored activities.

29         (3)  Nothing shall prohibit a district school board

30  from having the right to expel, or to take disciplinary action

31  


                                 342

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  against, a student who is found to have committed an offense

  2  on school property at any time if:

  3         (a)  The student is found to have committed a

  4  delinquent act which would be a felony if committed by an

  5  adult;

  6         (b)  The student has had adjudication withheld for a

  7  delinquent act which, if committed by an adult, would be a

  8  felony; or

  9         (c)  The student has been found guilty of a felony.

10  

11  However, if the student is a student with a disability, the

12  disciplinary action must comply with the procedures set forth

13  in State Board of Education rule.

14         (4)  Each student enrolled in a school may be required

15  to take the following school child's daily conduct pledge:

16         (a)  I will be respectful at all times and obedient

17  unless asked to do wrong.

18         (b)  I will not hurt another person with my words or my

19  acts, because it is wrong to hurt others.

20         (c)  I will tell the truth, because it is wrong to tell

21  a lie.

22         (d)  I will not steal, because it is wrong to take

23  someone else's property.

24         (e)  I will respect my body, and not take drugs.

25         (f)  I will show strength and courage, and not do

26  something wrong, just because others are doing it.

27         (g)  I pledge to be nonviolent and to respect my

28  teachers and fellow classmates.

29         Section 126.  Section 1003.32, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 343

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1003.32  Authority of teacher; responsibility for

  2  control of students; district school board and principal

  3  duties.--Subject to law and to the rules of the district

  4  school board, each teacher or other member of the staff of any

  5  school shall have such authority for the control and

  6  discipline of students as may be assigned to him or her by the

  7  principal or the principal's designated representative and

  8  shall keep good order in the classroom and in other places in

  9  which he or she is assigned to be in charge of students.

10         (1)  Within the framework of the district school

11  board's code of student conduct, teachers and other

12  instructional personnel shall have the authority to undertake

13  any of the following actions in managing student behavior and

14  ensuring the safety of all students in their classes and

15  school:

16         (a)  Establish classroom rules of conduct.

17         (b)  Establish and implement consequences, designed to

18  change behavior, for infractions of classroom rules.

19         (c)  Have disobedient, disrespectful, violent, abusive,

20  uncontrollable, or disruptive students temporarily removed

21  from the classroom for behavior management intervention.

22         (d)  Have violent, abusive, uncontrollable, or

23  disruptive students directed for information or assistance

24  from appropriate school or district school board personnel.

25         (e)  Assist in enforcing school rules on school

26  property, during school-sponsored transportation, and during

27  school-sponsored activities.

28         (f)  Request and receive information as to the

29  disposition of any referrals to the administration for

30  violation of classroom or school rules.

31  


                                 344

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (g)  Request and receive immediate assistance in

  2  classroom management if a student becomes uncontrollable or in

  3  case of emergency.

  4         (h)  Request and receive training and other assistance

  5  to improve skills in classroom management, violence

  6  prevention, conflict resolution, and related areas.

  7         (i)  Press charges if a crime has been committed

  8  against the teacher or other instructional personnel on school

  9  property, during school-sponsored transportation, or during

10  school-sponsored activities.

11         (j)  Use reasonable force, according to standards

12  adopted by the State Board of Education, to protect himself or

13  herself or others from injury.

14         (k)  Use corporal punishment according to school board

15  policy and at least the following procedures, if a teacher

16  feels that corporal punishment is necessary:

17         1.  The use of corporal punishment shall be approved in

18  principle by the principal before it is used, but approval is

19  not necessary for each specific instance in which it is used.

20  The principal shall prepare guidelines for administering such

21  punishment which identify the types of punishable offenses,

22  the conditions under which the punishment shall be

23  administered, and the specific personnel on the school staff

24  authorized to administer the punishment.

25         2.  A teacher or principal may administer corporal

26  punishment only in the presence of another adult who is

27  informed beforehand, and in the student's presence, of the

28  reason for the punishment.

29         3.  A teacher or principal who has administered

30  punishment shall, upon request, provide the student's parent

31  


                                 345

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  with a written explanation of the reason for the punishment

  2  and the name of the other adult who was present.

  3         (2)  Teachers and other instructional personnel shall:

  4         (a)  Set and enforce reasonable classroom rules that

  5  treat all students equitably.

  6         (b)  Seek professional development to improve classroom

  7  management skills when data show that they are not effective

  8  in handling minor classroom disruptions.

  9         (c)  Maintain a positive and effective learning

10  environment that maximizes learning and minimizes disruption.

11         (d)  Work with parents and other school personnel to

12  solve discipline problems in their classrooms.

13         (3)  A teacher may send a student to the principal's

14  office to maintain effective discipline in the classroom. The

15  principal shall respond by employing appropriate

16  discipline-management techniques consistent with the student

17  code of conduct under s. 1006.07.

18         (4)  A teacher may remove from class a student whose

19  behavior the teacher determines interferes with the teacher's

20  ability to communicate effectively with the students in the

21  class or with the ability of the student's classmates to

22  learn.

23         (5)  If a teacher removes a student from class under

24  subsection (4), the principal may place the student in another

25  appropriate classroom, in in-school suspension, or in a

26  dropout prevention and academic intervention program as

27  provided by s. 1003.53; or the principal may recommend the

28  student for out-of-school suspension or expulsion, as

29  appropriate. The student may be prohibited from attending or

30  participating in school-sponsored or school-related

31  activities. The principal may not return the student to that


                                 346

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  teacher's class without the teacher's consent unless the

  2  committee established under subsection (6) determines that

  3  such placement is the best or only available alternative. The

  4  teacher and the placement review committee must render

  5  decisions within 5 days of the removal of the student from the

  6  classroom.

  7         (6)  Each school shall establish a committee to

  8  determine placement of a student when a teacher withholds

  9  consent to the return of a student to the teacher's class.

10  Committee membership must include at least the following:

11         (a)  Two teachers selected by the school's faculty.

12         (b)  One member from the school's staff who is selected

13  by the principal.

14  

15  The teacher who withheld consent to readmitting the student

16  may not serve on the committee. The teacher and the placement

17  review committee must render decisions within 5 days after the

18  removal of the student from the classroom.

19         (7)  Any teacher who removes 25 percent of his or her

20  total class enrollment shall be required to complete

21  professional development to improve classroom management

22  skills.

23         (8)  When knowledgeable of the likely risk of physical

24  violence in the schools, the district school board shall take

25  reasonable steps to ensure that teachers, other school staff,

26  and students are not at undue risk of violence or harm.

27         Section 127.  Section 1003.33, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1003.33  Report cards; end-of-the-year status.--

30         (1)  Each district school board shall establish and

31  publish policies requiring the content and regular issuance of


                                 347

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  student report cards for all elementary school, middle school,

  2  and high school students.  These report cards must clearly

  3  depict and grade:

  4         (a)  The student's academic performance in each class

  5  or course, which in grades 1 through 12 must be based upon

  6  examinations as well as written papers, class participation,

  7  and other academic performance criteria.

  8         (b)  The student's conduct and behavior.

  9         (c)  The student's attendance, including absences and

10  tardiness.

11         (2)  A student's final report card for a school year

12  shall contain a statement indicating end-of-the-year status

13  regarding performance or nonperformance at grade level,

14  acceptable or unacceptable behavior and attendance, and

15  promotion or nonpromotion.

16  

17  District school boards shall not allow schools to exempt

18  students from academic performance requirements based on

19  practices or policies designed to encourage student

20  attendance. A student's attendance record may not be used in

21  whole or in part to provide an exemption from any academic

22  performance requirement.

23         Section 128.  Part IV of chapter 1003, Florida

24  Statutes, shall be entitled "Public K-12 Educational

25  Instruction" and shall consist of ss. 1003.41-1003.491.

26         Section 129.  Section 1003.41, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1003.41  Sunshine State Standards.--Public K-12

29  educational instruction in Florida is based on the "Sunshine

30  State Standards." These standards have been adopted by the

31  State Board of Education and delineate the academic


                                 348

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  achievement of students, for which the state will hold schools

  2  accountable, in grades K-2, 3-5, 6-8, and 9-12 in the subjects

  3  of language arts, mathematics, science, social studies, the

  4  arts, health and physical education, and foreign languages.

  5  They include standards in reading, writing, history,

  6  government, geography, economics, and computer literacy.

  7         Section 130.  Section 1003.42, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1003.42  Required instruction.--

10         (1)  Each district school board shall provide all

11  courses required for high school graduation and appropriate

12  instruction designed to ensure that students meet State Board

13  of Education adopted standards in the following subject areas:

14  reading and other language arts, mathematics, science, social

15  studies, foreign languages, health and physical education, and

16  the arts.

17         (2)  Members of the instructional staff of the public

18  schools, subject to the rules of the State Board of Education

19  and the district school board, shall teach efficiently and

20  faithfully, using the books and materials required, following

21  the prescribed courses of study, and employing approved

22  methods of instruction, the following:

23         (a)  The content of the Declaration of Independence and

24  how it forms the philosophical foundation of our government.

25         (b)  The arguments in support of adopting our

26  republican form of government, as they are embodied in the

27  most important of the Federalist Papers.

28         (c)  The essentials of the United States Constitution

29  and how it provides the structure of our government.

30         (d)  Flag education, including proper flag display and

31  flag salute.


                                 349

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  The elements of civil government, including the

  2  primary functions of and interrelationships between the

  3  Federal Government, the state, and its counties,

  4  municipalities, school districts, and special districts.

  5         (f)  The history of the Holocaust (1933-1945), the

  6  systematic, planned annihilation of European Jews and other

  7  groups by Nazi Germany, a watershed event in the history of

  8  humanity, to be taught in a manner that leads to an

  9  investigation of human behavior, an understanding of the

10  ramifications of prejudice, racism, and stereotyping, and an

11  examination of what it means to be a responsible and

12  respectful person, for the purposes of encouraging tolerance

13  of diversity in a pluralistic society and for nurturing and

14  protecting democratic values and institutions.

15         (g)  The history of African Americans, including the

16  history of African peoples before the political conflicts that

17  led to the development of slavery, the passage to America, the

18  enslavement experience, abolition, and the contributions of

19  African Americans to society.

20         (h)  The elementary principles of agriculture.

21         (i)  The true effects of all alcoholic and intoxicating

22  liquors and beverages and narcotics upon the human body and

23  mind.

24         (j)  Kindness to animals.

25         (k)  The history of the state.

26         (l)  The conservation of natural resources.

27         (m)  Comprehensive health education that addresses

28  concepts of community health; consumer health; environmental

29  health; family life, including an awareness of the benefits of

30  sexual abstinence as the expected standard and the

31  consequences of teenage pregnancy; mental and emotional


                                 350

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  health; injury prevention and safety; nutrition; personal

  2  health; prevention and control of disease; and substance use

  3  and abuse.

  4         (n)  Such additional materials, subjects, courses, or

  5  fields in such grades as are prescribed by law or by rules of

  6  the State Board of Education and the district school board in

  7  fulfilling the requirements of law.

  8         (o)  The study of Hispanic contributions to the United

  9  States.

10         (p)  The study of women's contributions to the United

11  States.

12         (q)  A character-development program in the elementary

13  schools, similar to Character First or Character Counts, which

14  is secular in nature and stresses such character qualities as

15  attentiveness, patience, and initiative. Beginning in school

16  year 2004-2005, the character-development program shall be

17  required in kindergarten through grade 12.  Each district

18  school board shall develop or adopt a curriculum for the

19  character-development program that shall be submitted to the

20  department for approval. The character-development curriculum

21  shall stress the qualities of patriotism, responsibility,

22  citizenship, kindness, respect, honesty, self-control,

23  tolerance, and cooperation.

24         (r)  In order to encourage patriotism, the sacrifices

25  that veterans have made in serving our country and protecting

26  democratic values worldwide. Such instruction must occur on or

27  before Veterans' Day and Memorial Day. Members of the

28  instructional staff are encouraged to use the assistance of

29  local veterans when practicable.

30         (3)  Any student whose parent makes written request to

31  the school principal shall be exempted from the teaching of


                                 351

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reproductive health or any disease, including HIV/AIDS, its

  2  symptoms, development, and treatment.  A student so exempted

  3  may not be penalized by reason of that exemption.  Course

  4  descriptions for comprehensive health education shall not

  5  interfere with the local determination of appropriate

  6  curriculum which reflects local values and concerns.

  7         Section 131.  Section 1003.43, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1003.43  General requirements for high school

10  graduation.--

11         (1)  Graduation requires successful completion of

12  either a minimum of 24 academic credits in grades 9 through 12

13  or an International Baccalaureate curriculum. The 24 credits

14  shall be distributed as follows:

15         (a)  Four credits in English, with major concentration

16  in composition and literature.

17         (b)  Three credits in mathematics.  Effective for

18  students entering the 9th grade in the 1997-1998 school year

19  and thereafter, one of these credits must be Algebra I, a

20  series of courses equivalent to Algebra I, or a higher-level

21  mathematics course.

22         (c)  Three credits in science, two of which must have a

23  laboratory component. The State Board of Education may grant

24  an annual waiver of the laboratory requirement to a district

25  school board that certifies that its laboratory facilities are

26  inadequate, provided the district school board submits a

27  capital outlay plan to provide adequate facilities and makes

28  the funding of this plan a priority of the district school

29  board. Agriscience Foundations I, the core course in secondary

30  Agriscience and Natural Resources programs, counts as one of

31  the science credits.


                                 352

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  One credit in American history.

  2         (e)  One credit in world history, including a

  3  comparative study of the history, doctrines, and objectives of

  4  all major political systems.

  5         (f)  One-half credit in economics, including a

  6  comparative study of the history, doctrines, and objectives of

  7  all major economic systems.  The Florida Council on Economic

  8  Education shall provide technical assistance to the department

  9  and district school boards in developing curriculum materials

10  for the study of economics.

11         (g)  One-half credit in American government, including

12  study of the Constitution of the United States. For students

13  entering the 9th grade in the 1997-1998 school year and

14  thereafter, the study of Florida government, including study

15  of the State Constitution, the three branches of state

16  government, and municipal and county government, shall be

17  included as part of the required study of American government.

18         (h)1.  One credit in practical arts career and

19  technical education or exploratory career and technical

20  education. Any career and technical education course as

21  defined in s. 1003.01 may be taken to satisfy the high school

22  graduation requirement for one credit in practical arts or

23  exploratory career and technical education provided in this

24  subparagraph;

25         2.  One credit in performing fine arts to be selected

26  from music, dance, drama, painting, or sculpture.  A course in

27  any art form, in addition to painting or sculpture, that

28  requires manual dexterity, or a course in speech and debate,

29  may be taken to satisfy the high school graduation requirement

30  for one credit in performing arts pursuant to this

31  subparagraph; or


                                 353

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  One-half credit each in practical arts career and

  2  technical education or exploratory career and technical

  3  education and performing fine arts, as defined in this

  4  paragraph.

  5  

  6  Such credit for practical arts career and technical education

  7  or exploratory career and technical education or for

  8  performing fine arts shall be made available in the 9th grade,

  9  and students shall be scheduled into a 9th grade course as a

10  priority.

11         (i)  One-half credit in life management skills to

12  include consumer education, positive emotional development,

13  marriage and relationship skill-based education, nutrition,

14  prevention of human immunodeficiency virus infection and

15  acquired immune deficiency syndrome and other sexually

16  transmissible diseases, benefits of sexual abstinence and

17  consequences of teenage pregnancy, information and instruction

18  on breast cancer detection and breast self-examination,

19  cardiopulmonary resuscitation, drug education, and the hazards

20  of smoking.  Such credit shall be given for a course to be

21  taken by all students in either the 9th or 10th grade.

22         (j)  One credit in physical education to include

23  assessment, improvement, and maintenance of personal fitness.

24  Participation in an interscholastic sport at the junior

25  varsity or varsity level, for two full seasons, shall satisfy

26  the one-credit requirement in physical education if the

27  student passes a competency test on personal fitness with a

28  score of "C" or better. The competency test on personal

29  fitness must be developed by the Department of Education. A

30  district school board may not require that the one credit in

31  physical education be taken during the 9th grade year.


                                 354

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Completion of one semester with a grade of "C" or better in a

  2  marching band class or in a physical activity class that

  3  requires participation in marching band activities as an

  4  extracurricular activity shall satisfy a one-half credit

  5  requirement in physical education.  This one-half credit may

  6  not be used to satisfy the personal fitness requirement or the

  7  requirement for adaptive physical education under an

  8  individual educational plan (IEP) or 504 plan.

  9         (k)  Eight and one-half elective credits.

10  

11  District school boards may award a maximum of one-half credit

12  in social studies and one-half elective credit for student

13  completion of nonpaid voluntary community or school service

14  work.  Students choosing this option must complete a minimum

15  of 75 hours of service in order to earn the one-half credit in

16  either category of instruction.  Credit may not be earned for

17  service provided as a result of court action.  District school

18  boards that approve the award of credit for student volunteer

19  service shall develop guidelines regarding the award of the

20  credit, and school principals are responsible for approving

21  specific volunteer activities. A course designated in the

22  Course Code Directory as grade 9 through grade 12 that is

23  taken below the 9th grade may be used to satisfy high school

24  graduation requirements or Florida Academic Scholars award

25  requirements as specified in a district school board's student

26  progression plan. A student shall be granted credit toward

27  meeting the requirements of this subsection for equivalent

28  courses, as identified pursuant to s. 1007.271(6), taken

29  through dual enrollment.

30  

31  


                                 355

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Remedial and compensatory courses taken in grades

  2  9 through 12 may only be counted as elective credit as

  3  provided in subsection (1).

  4         (3)  Credit for high school graduation may be earned

  5  for volunteer activities and nonacademic activities which have

  6  been approved for such credit by the State Board of Education.

  7         (4)(a)  A district school board may require specific

  8  courses and programs of study within the minimum credit

  9  requirements for high school graduation and shall modify basic

10  courses, as necessary, to assure exceptional students the

11  opportunity to meet the graduation requirements for a standard

12  diploma, using one of the following strategies:

13         1.  Assignment of the exceptional student to an

14  exceptional education class for instruction in a basic course

15  with the same student performance standards as those required

16  of nonexceptional students in the district school board

17  student progression plan; or

18         2.  Assignment of the exceptional student to a basic

19  education class for instruction that is modified to

20  accommodate the student's exceptionality.

21         (b)  The district school board shall determine which of

22  these strategies to employ based upon an assessment of the

23  student's needs and shall reflect this decision in the

24  student's individual educational plan.

25         (c)  District school boards are authorized and

26  encouraged to establish requirements for high school

27  graduation in excess of the minimum requirements; however, an

28  increase in academic credit or minimum grade point average

29  requirements shall not apply to those students enrolled in

30  grades 9 through 12 at the time the district school board

31  increases the requirements.  In addition, any increase in


                                 356

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  academic credit or minimum grade point average requirements

  2  shall not apply to a student who earns credit toward the

  3  graduation requirements of this section for equivalent courses

  4  taken through dual enrollment.

  5         (5)  Each district school board shall establish

  6  standards for graduation from its schools, and these standards

  7  must include:

  8         (a)  Earning passing scores on the FCAT, as defined in

  9  s. 1008.22(3)(c).

10         (b)  Completion of all other applicable requirements

11  prescribed by the district school board pursuant to s.

12  1008.25.

13         (c)  Achievement of a cumulative grade point average of

14  1.5 on a 4.0 scale, or its equivalent, for students entering

15  9th grade before the 1997-1998 school year; however, these

16  students must earn a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 on

17  a 4.0 scale, or its equivalent, in the courses required by

18  subsection (1) that are taken after July 1, 1997, or have an

19  overall cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or above.

20         (d)  Achievement of a cumulative grade point average of

21  2.0 on a 4.0 scale, or its equivalent, in the courses required

22  by subsection (1), for students entering 9th grade in the

23  1997-1998 school year and thereafter.

24         (e)  For purposes of paragraphs (c) and (d):

25         1.  Each district school board shall adopt policies

26  designed to assist students in meeting these requirements.

27  These policies may include, but are not limited to:

28  forgiveness policies, summer school or before or after school

29  attendance, special counseling, volunteer and/or peer tutors,

30  school-sponsored help sessions, homework hotlines, and study

31  skills classes. Beginning in the 2000-2001 school year and


                                 357

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  each year thereafter, forgiveness policies for required

  2  courses shall be limited to replacing a grade of "D" or "F,"

  3  or the equivalent of a grade of "D" or "F," with a grade of

  4  "C" or higher, or the equivalent of a grade of "C" or higher,

  5  earned subsequently in the same or comparable course.

  6  Forgiveness policies for elective courses shall be limited to

  7  replacing a grade of "D" or "F," or the equivalent of a grade

  8  of "D" or "F," with a grade of "C" or higher, or the

  9  equivalent of a grade of "C" or higher, earned subsequently in

10  another course. Any course grade not replaced according to a

11  district school board forgiveness policy shall be included in

12  the calculation of the cumulative grade point average required

13  for graduation.

14         2.  At the end of each semester, the parent of each

15  student in grades 9, 10, 11, and 12 who has a cumulative grade

16  point average of less than 0.5 above the cumulative grade

17  point average required for graduation shall be notified that

18  the student is at risk of not meeting the requirements for

19  graduation. The notice shall contain an explanation of the

20  policies the district school board has in place to assist the

21  student in meeting the grade point average requirement.

22         3.  Special assistance to obtain a high school

23  equivalency diploma pursuant to s. 1003.435 may be given only

24  when the student has completed all requirements for graduation

25  except the attainment of the required cumulative grade point

26  average.

27  

28  The standards required in this subsection, and any subsequent

29  modifications, shall be reprinted in the Florida

30  Administrative Code even though not defined as "rules."

31  


                                 358

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  The Legislature recognizes that adult learners are

  2  unique in situation and needs.  The following graduation

  3  requirements are therefore instituted for students enrolled in

  4  adult general education in accordance with s. 1004.93 in

  5  pursuit of a high school diploma:

  6         (a)  The one credit in physical education required for

  7  graduation, pursuant to subsection (1), is not required for

  8  graduation and shall be substituted with elective credit

  9  keeping the total credits needed for graduation consistent

10  with subsection (1).

11         (b)  Each district school board may waive the

12  laboratory component of the science requirement expressed in

13  subsection (1) when such facilities are inaccessible or do not

14  exist.

15         (c)  Any course listed within the Department of

16  Education Course Code Directory in the areas of art, dance,

17  drama, or music may be undertaken by adult secondary education

18  students. Enrollment and satisfactory completion of such a

19  course shall satisfy the credit in performing fine arts

20  required for high school graduation pursuant to subsection

21  (1).

22         (7)  No student may be granted credit toward high

23  school graduation for enrollment in the following courses or

24  programs:

25         (a)  More than a total of nine elective credits in

26  remedial programs.

27         (b)  More than one credit in exploratory career

28  education courses as defined in s. 1003.01(4)(a).

29         (c)  More than three credits in practical arts family

30  and consumer sciences classes as defined in s. 1003.01(4)(a).

31  


                                 359

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Any Level I course unless the student's assessment

  2  indicates that a more rigorous course of study would be

  3  inappropriate, in which case a written assessment of the need

  4  must be included in the student's individual educational plan

  5  or in a student performance plan, signed by the principal, the

  6  guidance counselor, and the parent of the student, or the

  7  student if the student is 18 years of age or older.

  8         (8)  The State Board of Education, after a public

  9  hearing and consideration, shall make provision for

10  appropriate modification of testing instruments and procedures

11  for students with identified handicaps or disabilities in

12  order to ensure that the results of the testing represent the

13  student's achievement, rather than reflecting the student's

14  impaired sensory, manual, speaking, or psychological process

15  skills.

16         (9)  A student who meets all requirements prescribed in

17  subsections (1), (4), and (5) shall be awarded a standard

18  diploma in a form prescribed by the State Board of Education.

19  A district school board may attach the Florida gold seal

20  career and technical endorsement to a standard diploma or,

21  instead of the standard diploma, award differentiated diplomas

22  to those exceeding the prescribed minimums. A student who

23  completes the minimum number of credits and other requirements

24  prescribed by subsections (1) and (4), but who is unable to

25  meet the standards of paragraph (5)(a), paragraph (5)(b), or

26  paragraph (5)(c), shall be awarded a certificate of completion

27  in a form prescribed by the State Board of Education. However,

28  any student who is otherwise entitled to a certificate of

29  completion may elect to remain in the secondary school either

30  as a full-time student or a part-time student for up to 1

31  


                                 360

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  additional year and receive special instruction designed to

  2  remedy his or her identified deficiencies.

  3         (10)  The public hearing and consideration required in

  4  subsection (8) shall not be construed to amend or nullify the

  5  requirements of security relating to the contents of

  6  examinations or assessment instruments and related materials

  7  or data as prescribed in s. 1008.23.

  8         (11)  The Commissioner of Education may award a

  9  standard high school diploma to honorably discharged veterans

10  who started high school between 1937 and 1946 and were

11  scheduled to graduate between 1941 and 1950 but were inducted

12  into the United States Armed Forces between September 16,

13  1940, and December 31, 1946, prior to completing the necessary

14  high school graduation requirements. Upon the recommendation

15  of the commissioner, the State Board of Education may develop

16  criteria and guidelines for awarding such diplomas.

17         Section 132.  Section 1003.435, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1003.435  High school equivalency diploma program.--

20         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

21  that prescribe performance standards and provide for

22  comprehensive examinations to be administered to candidates

23  for high school equivalency diplomas. Such rules shall

24  include, but are not limited to, provisions for fees,

25  frequency of examinations, and procedures for retaking an

26  examination upon unsatisfactory performance.

27         (2)  The department may award high school equivalency

28  diplomas to candidates who meet the performance standards

29  prescribed by the State Board of Education.

30         (3)  Each district school board shall offer and

31  administer the high school equivalency diploma examinations


                                 361

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and the subject area examinations to all candidates pursuant

  2  to rules of the State Board of Education.

  3         (4)  A candidate for a high school equivalency diploma

  4  shall be at least 18 years of age on the date of the

  5  examination, except that in extraordinary circumstances, as

  6  provided for in rules of the district school board of the

  7  district in which the candidate resides or attends school, a

  8  candidate may take the examination after reaching the age of

  9  16.

10         (5)  Each district school board shall develop, in

11  cooperation with the area community college board of trustees,

12  a plan for the provision of advanced instruction for those

13  students who attain satisfactory performance on the high

14  school equivalency examination or the subject area

15  examinations or who demonstrate through other means a

16  readiness to engage in postsecondary-level academic work. The

17  plan shall include provisions for the equitable distribution

18  of generated funds to cover personnel, maintenance, and other

19  costs of offering the advanced instruction. Priority shall be

20  given to programs of advanced instruction offered in high

21  school facilities.

22         (6)(a)  All high school equivalency diplomas issued

23  under the provisions of this section shall have equal status

24  with other high school diplomas for all state purposes,

25  including admission to any state university or community

26  college.

27         (b)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

28  providing for the award of a standard high school diploma to

29  holders of high school equivalency diplomas who are assessed

30  as meeting designated criteria, and the commissioner shall

31  establish procedures for administering the assessment.


                                 362

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 133.  Section 1003.436, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1003.436  Definition of "credit".--

  4         (1)(a)  For the purposes of requirements for high

  5  school graduation, one full credit means a minimum of 135

  6  hours of bona fide instruction in a designated course of study

  7  that contains student performance standards. The State Board

  8  of Education shall determine the number of postsecondary

  9  credit hours earned through dual enrollment pursuant to s.

10  1007.271 that satisfy the requirements of a district's

11  interinstitutional articulation agreement according to s.

12  1007.235 and that equal one full credit of the equivalent high

13  school course identified pursuant to s. 1007.271(6).

14         (b)  The hourly requirements for one-half credit are

15  one-half the requirements specified in paragraph (a).

16         (2)  In awarding credit for high school graduation,

17  each district school board shall maintain a one-half credit

18  earned system that shall include courses provided on a

19  full-year basis.  A student enrolled in a full-year course

20  shall receive one-half credit if the student successfully

21  completes either the first half or the second half of a

22  full-year course but fails to successfully complete the other

23  half of the course and the averaging of the grades obtained in

24  each half would not result in a passing grade. A student

25  enrolled in a full-year course shall receive a full credit if

26  the student successfully completes either the first half or

27  the second half of a full-year course but fails to

28  successfully complete the other half of the course and the

29  averaging of the grades obtained in each half would result in

30  a passing grade, provided that such additional requirements

31  specified in district school board policies, such as class


                                 363

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  attendance, homework, participation, and other indicators of

  2  performance, shall be successfully completed by the student.

  3         Section 134.  Section 1003.437, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1003.437  High school grading system.--The grading

  6  system and interpretation of letter grades used in public high

  7  schools shall be as follows:

  8         (1)  Grade "A" equals 90 percent through 100 percent,

  9  has a grade point average value of 4, and is defined as

10  "outstanding progress."

11         (2)  Grade "B" equals 80 percent through 89 percent,

12  has a grade point average value of 3, and is defined as "above

13  average progress."

14         (3)  Grade "C" equals 70 percent through 79 percent,

15  has a grade point average value of 2, and is defined as

16  "average progress."

17         (4)  Grade "D" equals 60 percent through 69 percent,

18  has a grade point average value of 1, and is defined as

19  "lowest acceptable progress."

20         (5)  Grade "F" equals zero percent through 59 percent,

21  has a grade point average value of zero, and is defined as

22  "failure."

23         (6)  Grade "I" equals zero percent, has a grade point

24  average value of zero, and is defined as "incomplete."

25  

26  For the purposes of class ranking, district school boards may

27  exercise a weighted grading system.

28         Section 135.  Section 1003.438, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1003.438  Special high school graduation requirements

31  for certain exceptional students.--A student who has been


                                 364

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  properly classified, in accordance with rules established by

  2  the State board of Education, as "educable mentally

  3  handicapped," "trainable mentally handicapped," "hearing

  4  impaired," "specific learning disabled," "physically or

  5  language impaired," or "emotionally handicapped" shall not be

  6  required to meet all requirements of s. 1003.43 and shall,

  7  upon meeting all applicable requirements prescribed by the

  8  district school board pursuant to s. 1008.25, be awarded a

  9  special diploma in a form prescribed by the commissioner;

10  however, such special graduation requirements prescribed by

11  the district school board must include minimum graduation

12  requirements as prescribed by the commissioner. Any such

13  student who meets all special requirements of the district

14  school board for exceptionality, but is unable to meet the

15  appropriate special state minimum requirements, shall be

16  awarded a special certificate of completion in a form

17  prescribed by the commissioner.  A student who has been

18  properly classified as "profoundly handicapped" and who meets

19  the special requirements of the district school board for a

20  special diploma in accordance with requirements for any

21  exceptional student identified in this section shall be

22  awarded a special diploma; however, such a student shall

23  alternatively be eligible for a special certificate of

24  completion, in a form prescribed by the commissioner, if all

25  school requirements for students who are "profoundly

26  handicapped" have been met. However, this section does not

27  limit or restrict the right of an exceptional student solely

28  to a special diploma or special certificate of completion.

29  Any such student shall, upon proper request, be afforded the

30  opportunity to fully meet all requirements of s. 1003.43

31  


                                 365

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  through the standard procedures established therein and

  2  thereby to qualify for a standard diploma upon graduation.

  3         Section 136.  Section 1003.44, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1003.44  Patriotic programs; rules.--

  6         (1)  Each district school board may adopt rules to

  7  require, in all of the schools of the district, programs of a

  8  patriotic nature to encourage greater respect for the

  9  government of the United States and its national anthem and

10  flag, subject always to other existing pertinent laws of the

11  United States or of the state. When the national anthem is

12  played, students and all civilians shall stand at attention,

13  men removing the headdress, except when such headdress is worn

14  for religious purposes. The pledge of allegiance to the flag,

15  "I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of

16  America and to the republic for which it stands, one nation

17  under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all,"

18  shall be rendered by students standing with the right hand

19  over the heart. The pledge of allegiance to the flag shall be

20  recited at the beginning of the day in each public elementary,

21  middle, and high school in the state. Each student shall be

22  informed by posting a notice in a conspicuous place that the

23  student has the right not to participate in reciting the

24  pledge. Upon written request by his or her parent, the student

25  must be excused from reciting the pledge. When the pledge is

26  given, civilians must show full respect to the flag by

27  standing at attention, men removing the headdress, except when

28  such headdress is worn for religious purposes, as provided by

29  Pub. L. ch. 77-435, s. 7, approved June 22, 1942, 56 Stat.

30  377, as amended by Pub. L. ch. 77-806, 56 Stat. 1074, approved

31  December 22, 1942.


                                 366

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Each district school board may allow any teacher

  2  or administrator to read, or to post in a public school

  3  building or classroom or at any school-related event, any

  4  excerpt or portion of the following historic material: the

  5  national motto; the national anthem; the pledge of allegiance;

  6  the Constitution of the State of Florida, including the

  7  Preamble; the Constitution of the United States, including the

  8  Preamble; the Bill of Rights; the Declaration of Independence;

  9  the Mayflower Compact; the Emancipation Proclamation; the

10  writings, speeches, documents, and proclamations of the

11  presidents of the United States, the signers of the

12  Constitution of the United States and the Declaration of

13  Independence, and civil rights leaders; and decisions of the

14  United States Supreme Court. However, any material that is

15  read, posted, or taught pursuant to this provision may be

16  presented only from a historical perspective and in a

17  nonproselytizing manner. When less than an entire document is

18  used, the excerpt or portion must include as much material as

19  is reasonably necessary to reflect the sentiment of the entire

20  document and avoid expressing statements out of the context in

21  which they were originally made.  If the material refers to

22  laws or judicial decisions that have been superseded, the

23  material must be accompanied by a statement indicating that

24  such law or decision is no longer the law of the land. No

25  material shall be selected to advance a particular religious,

26  political, or sectarian purpose. The department shall

27  distribute a copy of this section to each district school

28  board, whereupon each district school superintendent shall

29  distribute a copy to all teachers and administrators.

30         Section 137.  Section 1003.45, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 367

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1003.45  Permitting study of the Bible and religion;

  2  permitting brief meditation period.--

  3         (1)  The district school board may install in the

  4  public schools in the district a secular program of education

  5  including, but not limited to, an objective study of the Bible

  6  and of religion.

  7         (2)  The district school board may provide that a brief

  8  period, not to exceed 2 minutes, for the purpose of silent

  9  prayer or meditation be set aside at the start of each school

10  day or each school week in the public schools in the district.

11         Section 138.  Section 1003.46, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1003.46  Health education; instruction in acquired

14  immune deficiency syndrome.--

15         (1)  Each district school board may provide instruction

16  in acquired immune deficiency syndrome education as a specific

17  area of health education.  Such instruction may include, but

18  is not limited to, the known modes of transmission, signs and

19  symptoms, risk factors associated with acquired immune

20  deficiency syndrome, and means used to control the spread of

21  acquired immune deficiency syndrome.  The instruction shall be

22  appropriate for the grade and age of the student and shall

23  reflect current theory, knowledge, and practice regarding

24  acquired immune deficiency syndrome and its prevention.

25         (2)  Throughout instruction in acquired immune

26  deficiency syndrome, sexually transmitted diseases, or health

27  education, when such instruction and course material contains

28  instruction in human sexuality, a school shall:

29         (a)  Teach abstinence from sexual activity outside of

30  marriage as the expected standard for all school-age students

31  


                                 368

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  while teaching the benefits of monogamous heterosexual

  2  marriage.

  3         (b)  Emphasize that abstinence from sexual activity is

  4  a certain way to avoid out-of-wedlock pregnancy, sexually

  5  transmitted diseases, including acquired immune deficiency

  6  syndrome, and other associated health problems.

  7         (c)  Teach that each student has the power to control

  8  personal behavior and encourage students to base actions on

  9  reasoning, self-esteem, and respect for others.

10         (d)  Provide instruction and material that is

11  appropriate for the grade and age of the student.

12         Section 139.  Section 1003.47, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1003.47  Biological experiments on living subjects.--

15         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature with respect

16  to biological experiments involving living subjects by

17  students in grades K through 12 that:

18         (a)  No surgery or dissection shall be performed on any

19  living mammalian vertebrate or bird.  Dissection may be

20  performed on nonliving mammals or birds secured from a

21  recognized source of such specimens and under supervision of

22  qualified instructors. Students may be excused upon written

23  request of a parent.

24         (b)  Lower orders of life and invertebrates may be used

25  in such experiments.

26         (c)  Nonmammalian vertebrates, excluding birds, may be

27  used in biological experiments, provided that physiological

28  harm does not result from such experiments.  Anatomical

29  studies shall only be conducted on models that are

30  anatomically correct for the animal being studied or on

31  nonliving nonmammalian vertebrates secured and from a


                                 369

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  recognized source of such specimens and under the supervision

  2  of qualified instructors.  Students may be excused from such

  3  experiments upon written request of the parent.

  4         (d)  Observational studies of animals in the wild or in

  5  zoological parks, gardens, or aquaria, or of pets, fish,

  6  domestic animals, or livestock may be conducted.

  7         (e)  Studies of vertebrate animal cells, such as red

  8  blood cells or other tissue cells, plasma or serum, or

  9  anatomical specimens, such as organs, tissues, or skeletons,

10  purchased or acquired from biological supply houses or

11  research facilities or from wholesale or retail establishments

12  that supply carcasses or parts of food animals may be

13  conducted.

14         (f)  Normal physiological and behavioral studies of the

15  human animal may be conducted, provided that such projects are

16  carefully selected so that neither physiological or

17  psychological harm to the subject can result from such

18  studies.

19         (g)  All experiments shall be carried out under the

20  supervision of a competent science teacher who shall be

21  responsible for ensuring that the student has the necessary

22  comprehension for the study to be undertaken. Whenever

23  feasible, specifically qualified experts in the field should

24  be consulted.

25         (h)  Live animals on the premises of public and private

26  elementary, middle, and high schools shall be housed and cared

27  for in a humane and safe manner.  Animals shall not remain on

28  the premises of any school during periods when such school is

29  not in session, unless adequate care is provided for such

30  animals.

31  


                                 370

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The provisions of this section shall not be

  2  construed to prohibit or constrain conventional instruction in

  3  the normal practices of animal husbandry or exhibition of any

  4  livestock in connection with any agricultural program or

  5  instruction of advanced students participating in advanced

  6  research, scientific studies, or projects.

  7         (3)  If any instructional employee of a public high

  8  school or area technical center knowingly or intentionally

  9  fails or refuses to comply with any of the provisions of this

10  section, the district school board may suspend, dismiss,

11  return to annual contract, or otherwise discipline such

12  employee as provided in s. 1012.22(1)(f) in accordance with

13  procedures established in chapter 1012.  If any instructional

14  employee of any private school knowingly or intentionally

15  fails or refuses to comply with the provisions of this

16  section, the governing authority of the private school may

17  suspend, dismiss, or otherwise discipline such employee in

18  accordance with its standard personnel procedures.

19         Section 140.  Section 1003.48, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1003.48  Instruction in operation of motor vehicles.--

22         (1)  A course of study and instruction in the safe and

23  lawful operation of a motor vehicle shall be made available by

24  each district school board to students in the secondary

25  schools in the state.  As used in this section, the term

26  "motor vehicle" shall have the same meaning as in s.

27  320.01(1)(a) and shall include motorcycles and mopeds.

28  Instruction in motorcycle or moped operation may be limited to

29  classroom instruction.  The course shall not be made a part

30  of, or a substitute for, any of the minimum requirements for

31  graduation.


                                 371

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  In order to make such a course available to any

  2  secondary school student, the district school board may use

  3  any one of the following procedures or any combination

  4  thereof:

  5         (a)  Utilize instructional personnel employed by the

  6  district school board.

  7         (b)  Contract with a commercial driving school licensed

  8  under the provisions of chapter 488.

  9         (c)  Contract with an instructor certified under the

10  provisions of chapter 488.

11         (3)(a)  District school boards shall earn funds on

12  full-time equivalent students at the appropriate basic program

13  cost factor, regardless of the method by which such courses

14  are offered.

15         (b)  For the purpose of financing the Driver Education

16  Program in the secondary schools, there shall be levied an

17  additional 50 cents per year to the driver's license fee

18  required by s. 322.21.  The additional fee shall be promptly

19  remitted to the Department of Highway Safety and Motor

20  Vehicles, which shall transmit the fee to the Treasurer to be

21  deposited in the General Revenue Fund.

22         (4)  The district school board shall prescribe

23  standards for the course required by this section and for

24  instructional personnel directly employed by the district

25  school board.  Any certified instructor or licensed commercial

26  driving school shall be deemed sufficiently qualified and

27  shall not be required to meet any standards in lieu of or in

28  addition to those prescribed under chapter 488.

29         Section 141.  Section 1003.49, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 372

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1003.49  Graduation and promotion requirements for

  2  publicly operated schools.--

  3         (1)  Each state or local public agency, including the

  4  Department of Children and Family Services, the Department of

  5  Corrections, the boards of trustees of universities and

  6  community colleges, and the Board of Trustees of the Florida

  7  School for the Deaf and the Blind, which agency is authorized

  8  to operate educational programs for students at any level of

  9  grades kindergarten through 12 shall be subject to all

10  applicable requirements of ss. 1003.43, 1008.23, and 1008.25.

11  Within the content of these cited statutes each such state or

12  local public agency or entity shall be considered a "district

13  school board."

14         (2)  The Commissioner of Education shall establish

15  procedures to extend the state-administered assessment program

16  to school programs operated by such state or local public

17  agencies or entities in the same manner and to the same extent

18  as such program is administered in each district school

19  system.

20         Section 142.  Section 1003.491, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1003.491  Career and technical education.--

23         (1)  School board, superintendent, and school

24  accountability for career and technical education within

25  elementary and secondary schools includes, but is not limited

26  to:

27         (a)  Student exposure to a variety of careers and

28  provision of instruction to explore specific careers in

29  greater depth.

30  

31  


                                 373

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Student awareness of available career and

  2  technical programs and the corresponding occupations into

  3  which such programs lead.

  4         (c)  Student development of individual career plans.

  5         (d)  Integration of academic and career and technical

  6  skills in the secondary curriculum.

  7         (e)  Student preparation to enter the workforce and

  8  enroll in postsecondary education without being required to

  9  complete college-preparatory or career and

10  technical-preparatory instruction.

11         (f)  Student retention in school through high school

12  graduation.

13         (g)  Career and technical curriculum articulation with

14  corresponding postsecondary programs in the local area

15  technical center or community college, or both.

16         (2)  No school board or public school shall require a

17  student to participate in any school-to-work or job training

18  program. A district school board or school shall not require a

19  student to meet occupational standards for grade level

20  promotion or graduation unless the student is voluntarily

21  enrolled in a job training program.

22         Section 143.  Part V of chapter 1003, Florida Statutes,

23  shall be entitled "Specialized Instruction For Certain Public

24  K-12 Students" and shall consist of ss. 1003.51-1003.58.

25         Section 144.  Section 1003.51, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1003.51  Other public educational services.--

28         (1)  The general control of other public educational

29  services shall be vested in the State Board of Education

30  except as provided herein.  The State Board of Education

31  shall, at the request of the Department of Children and Family


                                 374

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Services and the Department of Juvenile Justice, advise as to

  2  standards and requirements relating to education to be met in

  3  all state schools or institutions under their control which

  4  provide educational programs.  The Department of Education

  5  shall provide supervisory services for the educational

  6  programs of all such schools or institutions.  The direct

  7  control of any of these services provided as part of the

  8  district program of education shall rest with the district

  9  school board. These services shall be supported out of state,

10  district, federal, or other lawful funds, depending on the

11  requirements of the services being supported.

12         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt and

13  maintain an administrative rule articulating expectations for

14  high-quality, effective education programs for youth in

15  Department of Juvenile Justice programs, including, but not

16  limited to, education programs in juvenile justice commitment

17  and detention facilities. The rule shall articulate policies

18  and standards for education programs for youth in Department

19  of Juvenile Justice programs and shall include the following:

20         (a)  The interagency collaborative process needed to

21  ensure effective programs with measurable results.

22         (b)  The responsibilities of the Department of

23  Education, the Department of Juvenile Justice, district school

24  boards, and providers of education services to youth in

25  Department of Juvenile Justice programs.

26         (c)  Academic expectations.

27         (d)  Service delivery options available to district

28  school boards, including direct service and contracting.

29         (e)  Assessment procedures, which:

30         1.  Include appropriate academic and career and

31  technical assessments administered at program entry and exit


                                 375

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  that are selected by the Department of Education in

  2  partnership with representatives from the Department of

  3  Juvenile Justice, district school boards, and providers.

  4         2.  Require district school boards to be responsible

  5  for ensuring the completion of the assessment process.

  6         3.  Require assessments for students in detention who

  7  will move on to commitment facilities, to be designed to

  8  create the foundation for developing the student's education

  9  program in the assigned commitment facility.

10         4.  Require assessments of students sent directly to

11  commitment facilities to be completed within the first week of

12  the student's commitment.

13  

14  The results of these assessments, together with a portfolio

15  depicting the student's academic and career and technical

16  accomplishments, shall be included in the discharge package

17  assembled for each youth.

18         (f)  Recommended instructional programs, including, but

19  not limited to, career and technical training and job

20  preparation.

21         (g)  Funding requirements, which shall include the

22  requirement that at least 80 percent of the FEFP funds

23  generated by students in Department of Juvenile Justice

24  programs be spent on instructional costs for those students.

25  One hundred percent of the formula-based categorical funds

26  generated by students in Department of Juvenile Justice

27  programs must be spent on appropriate categoricals such as

28  instructional materials and public school technology for those

29  students.

30  

31  


                                 376

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (h)  Qualifications of instructional staff, procedures

  2  for the selection of instructional staff, and procedures to

  3  ensure consistent instruction and qualified staff year round.

  4         (i)  Transition services, including the roles and

  5  responsibilities of appropriate personnel in school districts,

  6  provider organizations, and the Department of Juvenile

  7  Justice.

  8         (j)  Procedures and timeframe for transfer of education

  9  records when a youth enters and leaves a facility.

10         (k)  The requirement that each district school board

11  maintain an academic transcript for each student enrolled in a

12  juvenile justice facility that delineates each course

13  completed by the student as provided by the State Course Code

14  Directory.

15         (l)  The requirement that each district school board

16  make available and transmit a copy of a student's transcript

17  in the discharge packet when the student exits a facility.

18         (m)  Contract requirements.

19         (n)  Performance expectations for providers and

20  district school boards, including the provision of an academic

21  improvement plan as required in s. 1008.25.

22         (o)  The role and responsibility of the district school

23  board in securing workforce development funds.

24         (p)  A series of graduated sanctions for district

25  school boards whose educational programs in Department of

26  Juvenile Justice facilities are considered to be

27  unsatisfactory and for instances in which district school

28  boards fail to meet standards prescribed by law, rule, or

29  State Board of Education policy. These sanctions shall include

30  the option of requiring a district school board to contract

31  with a provider or another district school board if the


                                 377

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educational program at the Department of Juvenile Justice

  2  facility has failed a quality assurance review and, after 6

  3  months, is still performing below minimum standards.

  4         (q)  Other aspects of program operations.

  5         (3)  The Department of Education in partnership with

  6  the Department of Juvenile Justice, the district school

  7  boards, and providers shall:

  8         (a)  Maintain model contracts for the delivery of

  9  appropriate education services to youth in Department of

10  Juvenile Justice programs to be used for the development of

11  future contracts. The model contracts shall reflect the policy

12  and standards included in subsection (2). The Department of

13  Education shall ensure that appropriate district school board

14  personnel are trained and held accountable for the management

15  and monitoring of contracts for education programs for youth

16  in juvenile justice residential and nonresidential facilities.

17         (b)  Maintain model procedures for transitioning youth

18  into and out of Department of Juvenile Justice programs. These

19  procedures shall reflect the policy and standards adopted

20  pursuant to subsection (2).

21         (c)  Maintain standardized required content of

22  education records to be included as part of a youth's

23  commitment record. These requirements shall reflect the policy

24  and standards adopted pursuant to subsection (2) and shall

25  include, but not be limited to, the following:

26         1.  A copy of the student's individual educational

27  plan.

28         2.  Assessment data, including grade level proficiency

29  in reading, writing, and mathematics, and performance on tests

30  taken according to s. 1008.22.

31  


                                 378

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  A copy of the student's permanent cumulative

  2  record.

  3         4.  A copy of the student's academic transcript.

  4         5.  A portfolio reflecting the youth's academic

  5  accomplishments while in the Department of Juvenile Justice

  6  program.

  7         (d)  Maintain model procedures for securing the

  8  education record and the roles and responsibilities of the

  9  juvenile probation officer and others involved in the

10  withdrawal of the student from school and assignment to a

11  commitment or detention facility. District school boards shall

12  respond to requests for student education records received

13  from another district school board or a juvenile justice

14  facility within 5 working days after receiving the request.

15         (4)  The Department of Education shall ensure that

16  district school boards notify students in juvenile justice

17  residential or nonresidential facilities who attain the age of

18  16 years of the provisions of law regarding compulsory school

19  attendance and make available the option of enrolling in a

20  program to attain a Florida high school diploma by taking the

21  general educational development test prior to release from the

22  facility. District school boards or community colleges, or

23  both, shall waive GED testing fees for youth in Department of

24  Juvenile Justice residential programs and shall, upon request,

25  designate schools operating for the purpose of providing

26  educational services to youth in Department of Juvenile

27  Justice programs as GED testing centers, subject to GED

28  testing center requirements. The administrative fees for the

29  general education development test required by the Department

30  of Education are the responsibility of district school boards

31  and may be required of providers by contractual agreement.


                                 379

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  The Department of Education shall establish and

  2  operate, either directly or indirectly through a contract, a

  3  mechanism to provide quality assurance reviews of all juvenile

  4  justice education programs and shall provide technical

  5  assistance and related research to district school boards and

  6  providers on how to establish, develop, and operate

  7  educational programs that exceed the minimum quality assurance

  8  standards.

  9         Section 145.  Section 1003.52, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1003.52  Educational services in Department of Juvenile

12  Justice programs.--

13         (1)  The Legislature finds that education is the single

14  most important factor in the rehabilitation of adjudicated

15  delinquent youth in the custody of the Department of Juvenile

16  Justice in detention or commitment facilities. It is the goal

17  of the Legislature that youth in the juvenile justice system

18  continue to be given the opportunity to receive a high-quality

19  education. The Department of Education shall serve as the lead

20  agency for juvenile justice education programs, curriculum,

21  support services, and resources. To this end, the Department

22  of Education and the Department of Juvenile Justice shall each

23  designate a Coordinator for Juvenile Justice Education

24  Programs to serve as the point of contact for resolving issues

25  not addressed by district school boards and to provide each

26  department's participation in the following activities:

27         (a)  Training, collaborating, and coordinating with the

28  Department of Juvenile Justice, district school boards,

29  educational contract providers, and juvenile justice

30  providers, whether state operated or contracted.

31  


                                 380

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Collecting information on the academic performance

  2  of students in juvenile justice commitment and detention

  3  programs and reporting on the results.

  4         (c)  Developing academic and career and technical

  5  protocols that provide guidance to district school boards and

  6  providers in all aspects of education programming, including

  7  records transfer and transition.

  8         (d)  Prescribing the roles of program personnel and

  9  interdepartmental district school board or provider

10  collaboration strategies.

11  

12  Annually, a cooperative agreement and plan for juvenile

13  justice education service enhancement shall be developed

14  between the Department of Juvenile Justice and the Department

15  of Education and submitted to the Secretary of Juvenile

16  Justice and the Commissioner of Education by June 30.

17         (2)  Students participating in a detention, commitment,

18  or rehabilitation program pursuant to chapter 985 which is

19  sponsored by a community-based agency or is operated or

20  contracted for by the Department of Juvenile Justice shall

21  receive educational programs according to rules of the State

22  Board of Education. These students shall be eligible for

23  services afforded to students enrolled in programs pursuant to

24  s. 1003.53 and all corresponding State Board of Education

25  rules.

26         (3)  The district school board of the county in which

27  the residential or nonresidential care facility or juvenile

28  assessment facility is located shall provide appropriate

29  educational assessments and an appropriate program of

30  instruction and special education services. The district

31  school board shall make provisions for each student to


                                 381

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  participate in basic, career and technical education, and

  2  exceptional student programs as appropriate. Students served

  3  in Department of Juvenile Justice programs shall have access

  4  to the appropriate courses and instruction to prepare them for

  5  the GED test. Students participating in GED preparation

  6  programs shall be funded at the basic program cost factor for

  7  Department of Juvenile Justice programs in the Florida

  8  Education Finance Program. Each program shall be conducted

  9  according to applicable law providing for the operation of

10  public schools and rules of the State Board of Education.

11         (4)  Educational services shall be provided at times of

12  the day most appropriate for the juvenile justice program.

13  School programming in juvenile justice detention, commitment,

14  and rehabilitation programs shall be made available by the

15  local school district during the juvenile justice school year,

16  as defined in s. 1003.01(12).

17         (5)  The educational program shall consist of

18  appropriate basic academic, career and technical, or

19  exceptional curricula and related services which support the

20  treatment goals and reentry and which may lead to completion

21  of the requirements for receipt of a high school diploma or

22  its equivalent.  If the duration of a program is less than 40

23  days, the educational component may be limited to tutorial

24  activities and career and technical employability skills.

25         (6)  Participation in the program by students of

26  compulsory school-attendance age as provided for in s. 1003.21

27  shall be mandatory. All students of noncompulsory

28  school-attendance age who have not received a high school

29  diploma or its equivalent shall participate in the educational

30  program, unless the student files a formal declaration of his

31  or her intent to terminate school enrollment as described in


                                 382

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  s. 1003.21 and is afforded the opportunity to take the general

  2  educational development test and attain a Florida high school

  3  diploma prior to release from a facility. A youth who has

  4  received a high school diploma or its equivalent and is not

  5  employed shall participate in workforce development or other

  6  career or technical education or community college or

  7  university courses while in the program, subject to available

  8  funding.

  9         (7)  An academic improvement plan shall be developed

10  for students who score below the level specified in district

11  school board policy in reading, writing, and mathematics or

12  below the level specified by the Commissioner of Education on

13  statewide assessments as required by s. 1008.25. These plans

14  shall address academic, literacy, and life skills and shall

15  include provisions for intensive remedial instruction in the

16  areas of weakness.

17         (8)  Each district school board shall maintain an

18  academic record for each student enrolled in a juvenile

19  justice facility as prescribed by s. 1003.51. Such record

20  shall delineate each course completed by the student according

21  to procedures in the State Course Code Directory. The district

22  school board shall include a copy of a student's academic

23  record in the discharge packet when the student exits the

24  facility.

25         (9)  The Department of Education shall ensure that all

26  district school boards make provisions for high school level

27  committed youth to earn credits toward high school graduation

28  while in residential and nonresidential juvenile justice

29  facilities. Provisions must be made for the transfer of

30  credits and partial credits earned.

31  


                                 383

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (10)  The district school board shall recruit and train

  2  teachers who are interested, qualified, or experienced in

  3  educating students in juvenile justice programs. Students in

  4  juvenile justice programs shall be provided a wide range of

  5  educational programs and opportunities including textbooks,

  6  technology, instructional support, and other resources

  7  available to students in public schools. Teachers assigned to

  8  educational programs in juvenile justice settings in which the

  9  district school board operates the educational program shall

10  be selected by the district school board in consultation with

11  the director of the juvenile justice facility. Educational

12  programs in juvenile justice facilities shall have access to

13  the substitute teacher pool utilized by the district school

14  board. Full-time teachers working in juvenile justice schools,

15  whether employed by a district school board or a provider,

16  shall be eligible for the critical teacher shortage tuition

17  reimbursement program as defined by s. 1009.58.

18         (11)  District school boards may contract with a

19  private provider for the provision of educational programs to

20  youths placed with the Department of Juvenile Justice and

21  shall generate local, state, and federal funding, including

22  funding through the Florida Education Finance Program for such

23  students. The district school board's planning and budgeting

24  process shall include the needs of Department of Juvenile

25  Justice programs in the district school board's plan for

26  expenditures for state categorical and federal funds.

27         (12)  The district school board shall fund the

28  educational program in a Department of Juvenile Justice

29  facility at the same or higher level of funding for equivalent

30  students in the district school system based on the funds

31  generated by state funding through the Florida Education


                                 384

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Finance Program for such students. It is the intent of the

  2  Legislature that the school district maximize its available

  3  local, state, and federal funding to a juvenile justice

  4  program.

  5         (a)  Juvenile justice educational programs shall be

  6  funded in the appropriate FEFP program based on the

  7  educational services needed by the student for Department of

  8  Juvenile Justice programs in accordance with s. 1011.62.

  9         (b)  Juvenile justice educational programs to receive

10  the appropriate FEFP funding for Department of Juvenile

11  Justice programs shall include those operated through a

12  contract with the Department of Juvenile Justice and which are

13  under purview of the Department of Juvenile Justice quality

14  assurance standards for education.

15         (c)  Consistent with the rules of the State Board of

16  Education, district school boards are required to request an

17  alternative FTE survey for Department of Juvenile Justice

18  programs experiencing fluctuations in student enrollment.

19         (d)  FTE count periods shall be prescribed in rules of

20  the State Board of Education and shall be the same for

21  programs of the Department of Juvenile Justice as for other

22  public school programs. The summer school period for students

23  in Department of Juvenile Justice programs shall begin on the

24  day immediately following the end of the regular school year

25  and end on the day immediately preceding the subsequent

26  regular school year. Students shall be funded for no more than

27  25 hours per week of direct instruction.

28         (13)  Each district school board shall negotiate a

29  cooperative agreement with the Department of Juvenile Justice

30  on the delivery of educational services to youths under the

31  


                                 385

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  jurisdiction of the Department of Juvenile Justice. Such

  2  agreement must include, but is not limited to:

  3         (a)  Roles and responsibilities of each agency,

  4  including the roles and responsibilities of contract

  5  providers.

  6         (b)  Administrative issues including procedures for

  7  sharing information.

  8         (c)  Allocation of resources including maximization of

  9  local, state, and federal funding.

10         (d)  Procedures for educational evaluation for

11  educational exceptionalities and special needs.

12         (e)  Curriculum and delivery of instruction.

13         (f)  Classroom management procedures and attendance

14  policies.

15         (g)  Procedures for provision of qualified

16  instructional personnel, whether supplied by the district

17  school board or provided under contract by the provider, and

18  for performance of duties while in a juvenile justice setting.

19         (h)  Provisions for improving skills in teaching and

20  working with juvenile delinquents.

21         (i)  Transition plans for students moving into and out

22  of juvenile facilities.

23         (j)  Procedures and timelines for the timely

24  documentation of credits earned and transfer of student

25  records.

26         (k)  Methods and procedures for dispute resolution.

27         (l)  Provisions for ensuring the safety of education

28  personnel and support for the agreed-upon education program.

29         (m)  Strategies for correcting any deficiencies found

30  through the quality assurance process.

31  


                                 386

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  Nothing in this section or in a cooperative

  2  agreement shall be construed to require the district school

  3  board to provide more services than can be supported by the

  4  funds generated by students in the juvenile justice programs.

  5         (15)(a)  The Department of Education in consultation

  6  with the Department of Juvenile Justice, district school

  7  boards, and providers shall establish objective and measurable

  8  quality assurance standards for the educational component of

  9  residential and nonresidential juvenile justice facilities.

10  These standards shall rate the district school board's

11  performance both as a provider and contractor. The quality

12  assurance rating for the educational component shall be

13  disaggregated from the overall quality assurance score and

14  reported separately.

15         (b)  The Department of Education shall develop a

16  comprehensive quality assurance review process and schedule

17  for the evaluation of the educational component in juvenile

18  justice programs. The Department of Juvenile Justice quality

19  assurance site visit and the education quality assurance site

20  visit shall be conducted during the same visit.

21         (c)  The Department of Education, in consultation with

22  district school boards and providers, shall establish minimum

23  thresholds for the standards and key indicators for

24  educational programs in juvenile justice facilities. If a

25  district school board fails to meet the established minimum

26  standards, it will be given 6 months to achieve compliance

27  with the standards. If after 6 months, the district school

28  board's performance is still below minimum standards, the

29  Department of Education shall exercise sanctions as prescribed

30  by rules adopted by the State Board of Education. If a

31  provider, under contract with the district school board, fails


                                 387

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to meet minimum standards, such failure shall cause the

  2  district school board to cancel the provider's contract unless

  3  the provider achieves compliance within 6 months or unless

  4  there are documented extenuating circumstances.

  5         (16)  The district school board shall not be charged

  6  any rent, maintenance, utilities, or overhead on such

  7  facilities. Maintenance, repairs, and remodeling of existing

  8  facilities shall be provided by the Department of Juvenile

  9  Justice.

10         (17)  When additional facilities are required, the

11  district school board and the Department of Juvenile Justice

12  shall agree on the appropriate site based on the instructional

13  needs of the students. When the most appropriate site for

14  instruction is on district school board property, a special

15  capital outlay request shall be made by the commissioner in

16  accordance with s. 1013.60. When the most appropriate site is

17  on state property, state capital outlay funds shall be

18  requested by the Department of Juvenile Justice provided by s.

19  216.043 and shall be submitted as specified by s. 216.023.

20  Any instructional facility to be built on state property shall

21  have educational specifications jointly developed by the

22  district school board and the Department of Juvenile Justice

23  and approved by the Department of Education.  The size of

24  space and occupant design capacity criteria as provided by

25  State Board of Education rules shall be used for remodeling or

26  new construction whether facilities are provided on state

27  property or district school board property.

28         (18)  The parent of an exceptional student shall have

29  the due process rights provided for in chapter 1003.

30         (19)  Department of Juvenile Justice detention and

31  commitment programs may be designated as second chance schools


                                 388

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  pursuant to s. 1003.53(1)(d). Admission to such programs shall

  2  be governed by chapter 985.

  3         (20)  The Department of Education and the Department of

  4  Juvenile Justice, after consultation with and assistance from

  5  local providers and district school boards, shall report

  6  annually to the Legislature by February 1 on the progress

  7  towards developing effective educational programs for juvenile

  8  delinquents, including the amount of funding provided by

  9  district school boards to juvenile justice programs, the

10  amount retained for administration including documenting the

11  purposes for such expenses, the status of the development of

12  cooperative agreements, the results of the quality assurance

13  reviews including recommendations for system improvement, and

14  information on the identification of, and services provided

15  to, exceptional students in juvenile justice commitment

16  facilities to determine whether these students are properly

17  reported for funding and are appropriately served.

18         (21)  The educational programs at the Arthur Dozier

19  School for Boys in Jackson County and the Florida School for

20  Boys in Okeechobee shall be operated by the Department of

21  Education, either directly or through grants or contractual

22  agreements with other public or duly accredited education

23  agencies approved by the Department of Education.

24         (22)  The State Board of Education may adopt any rules

25  necessary to implement the provisions of this section,

26  including uniform curriculum, funding, and second chance

27  schools. Such rules shall require the minimum amount of

28  paperwork and reporting.

29         (23)  The Department of Juvenile Justice and the

30  Department of Education shall, in consultation with the

31  statewide Workforce Development Youth Council, district school


                                 389

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  boards, providers, and others, jointly develop a multiagency

  2  plan for career and technical education which describes the

  3  curriculum, goals, and outcome measures for career and

  4  technical education programming in juvenile commitment

  5  facilities, pursuant to s. 985.3155.

  6         Section 146.  Section 1003.53, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1003.53  Dropout prevention and academic

  9  intervention.--

10         (1)(a)  Dropout prevention and academic intervention

11  programs may differ from traditional educational programs and

12  schools in scheduling, administrative structure, philosophy,

13  curriculum, or setting and shall employ alternative teaching

14  methodologies, curricula, learning activities, and diagnostic

15  and assessment procedures in order to meet the needs,

16  interests, abilities, and talents of eligible students. The

17  educational program shall provide curricula, character

18  development and law education, and related services that

19  support the program goals and lead to improved performance in

20  the areas of academic achievement, attendance, and discipline.

21  Student participation in such programs shall be voluntary.

22  District school boards may, however, assign students to a

23  program for disruptive students. Notwithstanding any other

24  provision of law to the contrary, no student shall be

25  identified as being eligible to receive services funded

26  through the dropout prevention and academic intervention

27  program based solely on the student being from a single-parent

28  family.

29         (b)  Students in grades 1-12 shall be eligible for

30  dropout prevention and academic intervention programs.

31  Eligible students shall be reported in the appropriate basic


                                 390

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  cost factor in the Florida Education Finance Program. The

  2  strategies and supports provided to eligible students shall be

  3  funded through the General Appropriations Act and may include,

  4  but are not limited to, those services identified on the

  5  student's academic intervention plan.

  6         (c)  A student shall be identified as being eligible to

  7  receive services funded through the dropout prevention and

  8  academic intervention program based upon one of the following

  9  criteria:

10         1.  The student is academically unsuccessful as

11  evidenced by low test scores, retention, failing grades, low

12  grade point average, falling behind in earning credits, or not

13  meeting the state or district proficiency levels in reading,

14  mathematics, or writing.

15         2.  The student has a pattern of excessive absenteeism

16  or has been identified as a habitual truant.

17         3.  The student has a history of disruptive behavior in

18  school or has committed an offense that warrants out-of-school

19  suspension or expulsion from school according to the district

20  school board's code of student conduct. For the purposes of

21  this program, "disruptive behavior" is behavior that:

22         a.  Interferes with the student's own learning or the

23  educational process of others and requires attention and

24  assistance beyond that which the traditional program can

25  provide or results in frequent conflicts of a disruptive

26  nature while the student is under the jurisdiction of the

27  school either in or out of the classroom; or

28         b.  Severely threatens the general welfare of students

29  or others with whom the student comes into contact.

30         (d)1.  "Second chance schools" means district school

31  board programs provided through cooperative agreements between


                                 391

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the Department of Juvenile Justice, private providers, state

  2  or local law enforcement agencies, or other state agencies for

  3  students who have been disruptive or violent or who have

  4  committed serious offenses. As partnership programs, second

  5  chance schools are eligible for waivers by State Board of

  6  Education rules from statutory requirements that prevent the

  7  provision of appropriate educational services to violent,

  8  severely disruptive, or delinquent students in small

  9  nontraditional settings or in court-adjudicated settings.

10         2.  District school boards seeking to enter into a

11  partnership with a private entity or public entity to operate

12  a second chance school for disruptive students may apply to

13  the Department of Education for startup grants. These grants

14  must be available for 1 year and must be used to offset the

15  startup costs for implementing such programs off public school

16  campuses. General operating funds must be generated through

17  the appropriate programs of the Florida Education Finance

18  Program. Grants approved under this program shall be for the

19  full operation of the school by a private nonprofit or

20  for-profit provider or the public entity. This program must

21  operate under rules adopted by the State Board of Education

22  and be implemented to the extent funded by the Legislature.

23         3.  A student enrolled in a sixth, seventh, eighth,

24  ninth, or tenth grade class may be assigned to a second chance

25  school if the student meets the following criteria:

26         a.  The student is a habitual truant as defined in s.

27  1003.01.

28         b.  The student's excessive absences have detrimentally

29  affected the student's academic progress and the student may

30  have unique needs that a traditional school setting may not

31  meet.


                                 392

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         c.  The student's high incidences of truancy have been

  2  directly linked to a lack of motivation.

  3         d.  The student has been identified as at risk of

  4  dropping out of school.

  5         4.  A student who is habitually truant may be assigned

  6  to a second chance school only if the case staffing committee,

  7  established pursuant to s. 984.12, determines that such

  8  placement could be beneficial to the student and the criteria

  9  included in subparagraph 3. are met.

10         5.  A student may be assigned to a second chance school

11  if the district school board in which the student resides has

12  a second chance school and if the student meets one of the

13  following criteria:

14         a.  The student habitually exhibits disruptive behavior

15  in violation of the code of student conduct adopted by the

16  district school board.

17         b.  The student interferes with the student's own

18  learning or the educational process of others and requires

19  attention and assistance beyond that which the traditional

20  program can provide, or, while the student is under the

21  jurisdiction of the school either in or out of the classroom,

22  frequent conflicts of a disruptive nature occur.

23         c.  The student has committed a serious offense which

24  warrants suspension or expulsion from school according to the

25  district school board's code of student conduct.  For the

26  purposes of this program, "serious offense" is behavior which:

27         (I)  Threatens the general welfare of students or

28  others with whom the student comes into contact;

29         (II)  Includes violence;

30         (III)  Includes possession of weapons or drugs; or

31  


                                 393

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (IV)  Is harassment or verbal abuse of school personnel

  2  or other students.

  3         6.  Prior to assignment of students to second chance

  4  schools, district school boards are encouraged to use

  5  alternative programs, such as in-school suspension, which

  6  provide instruction and counseling leading to improved student

  7  behavior, a reduction in the incidence of truancy, and the

  8  development of more effective interpersonal skills.

  9         7.  Students assigned to second chance schools must be

10  evaluated by the district school board's child study team

11  before placement in a second chance school. The study team

12  shall ensure that students are not eligible for placement in a

13  program for emotionally disturbed children.

14         8.  Students who exhibit academic and social progress

15  and who wish to return to a traditional school shall complete

16  a character development and law education program and

17  demonstrate preparedness to reenter the regular school setting

18  prior to reentering a traditional school.

19         (2)(a)  Each district school board may establish

20  dropout prevention and academic intervention programs at the

21  elementary, middle, junior high school, or high school level.

22  Programs designed to eliminate patterns of excessive

23  absenteeism or habitual truancy shall emphasize academic

24  performance and may provide specific instruction in the areas

25  of career education, preemployment training, and behavioral

26  management. Such programs shall utilize instructional teaching

27  methods appropriate to the specific needs of the student.

28         (b)  Each school that establishes a dropout prevention

29  and academic intervention program at that school site shall

30  reflect that program in the school improvement plan as

31  required under s. 1001.42(16).


                                 394

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Each district school board receiving state funding

  2  for dropout prevention and academic intervention programs

  3  through the General Appropriations Act shall submit

  4  information through an annual report to the Department of

  5  Education's database documenting the extent to which each of

  6  the district's dropout prevention and academic intervention

  7  programs has been successful in the areas of graduation rate,

  8  dropout rate, attendance rate, and retention/promotion rate.

  9  The department shall compile this information into an annual

10  report which shall be submitted to the presiding officers of

11  the Legislature by February 15.

12         (4)  Each district school board shall establish

13  procedures for ensuring that teachers assigned to dropout

14  prevention and academic intervention programs possess the

15  affective, pedagogical, and content-related skills necessary

16  to meet the needs of these students.

17         (5)  Each district school board providing a dropout

18  prevention and academic intervention program pursuant to this

19  section shall maintain for each participating student records

20  documenting the student's eligibility, the length of

21  participation, the type of program to which the student was

22  assigned or the type of academic intervention services

23  provided, and an evaluation of the student's academic and

24  behavioral performance while in the program. The school

25  principal or his or her designee shall, prior to placement in

26  a dropout prevention and academic intervention program or the

27  provision of an academic service, provide written notice of

28  placement or services by certified mail, return receipt

29  requested, to the student's parent. The parent of the student

30  shall sign an acknowledgment of the notice of placement or

31  service and return the signed acknowledgment to the principal


                                 395

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  within 3 days after receipt of the notice. The parents of a

  2  student assigned to such a dropout prevention and academic

  3  intervention program shall be notified in writing and entitled

  4  to an administrative review of any action by school personnel

  5  relating to such placement pursuant to the provisions of

  6  chapter 120.

  7         (6)  District school board dropout prevention and

  8  academic intervention programs shall be coordinated with

  9  social service, law enforcement, prosecutorial, and juvenile

10  justice agencies and juvenile assessment centers in the school

11  district. Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 1002.22, these

12  agencies are authorized to exchange information contained in

13  student records and juvenile justice records. Such information

14  is confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

15  119.07(1). District school boards and other agencies receiving

16  such information shall use the information only for official

17  purposes connected with the certification of students for

18  admission to and for the administration of the dropout

19  prevention and academic intervention program, and shall

20  maintain the confidentiality of such information unless

21  otherwise provided by law or rule.

22         (7)  The State Board of Education shall have the

23  authority pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to adopt rules

24  necessary to implement the provisions of this section; such

25  rules shall require the minimum amount of necessary paperwork

26  and reporting.

27         Section 147.  Section 1003.54, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1003.54  Teenage parent programs.--

30         (1)  Each district school board shall maintain a

31  teenage parent program.


                                 396

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  "Teenage parent programs" means educational

  2  programs designed to provide a specialized curriculum to meet

  3  the needs of students who are pregnant or students who are

  4  mothers or fathers and the children of the students.

  5         (3)(a)  The program shall provide pregnant students or

  6  students who are parents and the children of these students

  7  with a comprehensive teenage parent program. The program shall

  8  provide pregnant students or students who are parents with the

  9  option of participating in regular classroom activities or

10  enrolling in a special program designed to meet their needs

11  pursuant to s. 1003.21. Students participating in teenage

12  parent programs shall be exempt from minimum attendance

13  requirements for absences related to pregnancy or parenting,

14  but shall be required to make up work missed due to absence.

15         (b)  The curriculum shall include instruction in such

16  topics as prenatal and postnatal health care, parenting

17  skills, benefits of sexual abstinence, and consequences of

18  subsequent pregnancies. Parenting skills should include

19  instruction in the stages of child growth and development,

20  methods for aiding in the intellectual, language, physical,

21  and social development of children, and guidance on

22  constructive play activities.

23         (c)  Provision for necessary child care, health care,

24  social services, parent education, and transportation shall be

25  ancillary service components of teenage parent programs.

26  Ancillary services may be provided through the coordination of

27  existing programs and services and through joint agreements

28  between district school boards and local school readiness

29  coalitions or other appropriate public and private providers.

30  

31  


                                 397

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  The district school board shall make adequate

  2  provisions for pregnant and parenting teenagers to complete

  3  the coursework necessary to earn a high school diploma.

  4         (e)  Children enrolled in child care provided by the

  5  district shall be funded at the special program cost factor

  6  pursuant to s. 1011.62 if the parent or parents are enrolled

  7  full time in a public school in the district.

  8         (4)  Districts may modify courses listed in the State

  9  Course Code Directory for the purpose of providing teenage

10  parent programs pursuant to the provisions of this section.

11  Such modifications must be approved by the commissioner and

12  may include lengthening or shortening of the school time

13  allotted for in-class study, alternate methods of assessment

14  of student performance, and the integration of curriculum

15  frameworks or student performance standards to produce

16  interdisciplinary units of instruction.

17         (5)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

18  necessary to implement the provisions of this section.

19         Section 148.  Section 1003.55, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1003.55  Instructional programs for blind or visually

22  impaired students and deaf or hard-of-hearing students.--

23         (1)  The Department of Education may establish a

24  coordinating unit and instructional materials center for

25  visually impaired students and deaf or hard-of-hearing

26  students to provide staff and resources for the coordination,

27  cataloging, standardizing, producing, procuring, storing, and

28  distributing of braille, large print, tangible apparatus,

29  captioned films and video tapes, and other specialized

30  educational materials needed by these students and other

31  exceptional students. The coordinating unit shall have as its


                                 398

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  major purpose the improvement of instructional programs for

  2  visually impaired students and deaf or hard-of-hearing

  3  students and may, as a second priority, extend appropriate

  4  services to other exceptional students, consistent with

  5  provisions and criteria established, to the extent that

  6  resources are available.

  7         (2)  The unit shall be operated under rules adopted by

  8  the State Board of Education.

  9         (3)  As used in this section, the term:

10         (a)  "Blind student" means a student who is eligible

11  for special education services and who:

12         1.  Has a visual acuity of 20/200 or less in the better

13  eye with correcting lenses or has a limited field of vision

14  such that the widest diameter subtends an angular distance of

15  no greater than 20 degrees; or

16         2.  Has a medically indicated expectation of visual

17  deterioration.

18         (b)  "Braille" means the system of reading and writing

19  through touch commonly known as standard English braille.

20         (c)  "Individualized education program" means a written

21  statement developed for a student eligible for special

22  education services pursuant to s. 602(a)(20), Part A of the

23  Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. s.

24  1401(a).

25         (4)  In developing an individualized written education

26  program for each blind student, the presumption shall be that

27  blind students can communicate effectively and efficiently

28  with the same level of proficiency expected of the students'

29  peers of comparable ability and grade level.  Accordingly,

30  proficiency in reading and writing braille shall be considered

31  


                                 399

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  during the individualized planning and assessment processes in

  2  this context.

  3         (5)  Any publisher of a textbook adopted pursuant to

  4  the state instructional materials adoption process shall

  5  furnish the Department of Education with a computer file in an

  6  electronic format specified by the department at least 2 years

  7  in advance that is readily translatable to braille and can be

  8  used for large print or speech access.  Any textbook

  9  reproduced pursuant to the provisions of this subsection shall

10  be purchased at a price equal to the price paid for the

11  textbook as adopted.  The Department of Education shall not

12  reproduce textbooks obtained pursuant to this subsection in

13  any manner that would generate revenues for the department

14  from the use of such computer files or that would preclude the

15  rightful payment of fees to the publisher for use of all or

16  some portion of the textbook.

17         Section 149.  Section 1003.56, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1003.56  English language instruction for limited

20  English proficient students.--

21         (1)  Instruction in the English language shall be

22  provided to limited English proficient students.  Such

23  instruction shall be designed to develop the student's mastery

24  of the four language skills, including listening, speaking,

25  reading, and writing, as rapidly as possible.

26         (2)(a)  "Limited English proficient" or "limited

27  English proficiency," when used with reference to an

28  individual, means:

29         1.a.  An individual who was not born in the United

30  States and whose native language is a language other than

31  English;


                                 400

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         b.  An individual who comes from a home environment

  2  where a language other than English is spoken in the home; or

  3         c.  An individual who is an American Indian or Alaskan

  4  native and who comes from an environment where a language

  5  other than English has had a significant impact on his or her

  6  level of English language proficiency; and

  7         2.  Who, by reason thereof, has sufficient difficulty

  8  speaking, reading, writing, or listening to the English

  9  language to deny such individual the opportunity to learn

10  successfully in classrooms where the language of instruction

11  is English.

12         (b)  "Home language" or "native language," when used

13  with reference to an individual of limited English

14  proficiency, means the language normally used by such

15  individual or, in the case of a student, the language normally

16  used by the parents of the student.

17         (c)  "ESOL" means English for Speakers of Other

18  Languages and:

19         1.  When modifying instruction, the strategy used to

20  teach limited English proficient students; or

21         2.  When modifying program, the program funded in the

22  Florida Education Finance Program, listed under English for

23  Speakers of Other Languages in s. 1011.62.

24         (3)  Each district school board shall implement the

25  following procedures:

26         (a)  Develop and submit a plan for providing English

27  language instruction for limited English proficient students

28  to the Department of Education for review and approval.

29         (b)  Identify limited English proficient students

30  through assessment.

31  


                                 401

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Provide for student exit from and reclassification

  2  into the program.

  3         (d)  Provide limited English proficient students ESOL

  4  instruction in English and ESOL instruction or home language

  5  instruction in the basic subject areas of reading,

  6  mathematics, science, social studies, and computer literacy.

  7         (e)  Maintain a student plan.

  8         (f)  Provide qualified teachers.

  9         (g)  Provide equal access to other programs for

10  eligible limited English proficient students based on need.

11         (h)  Provide for parental involvement in the program.

12         (4)  Each district school board's program for limited

13  English proficient students shall be evaluated and monitored

14  periodically.

15         (5)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for

16  the purpose of implementing this section.

17         Section 150.  Section 1003.57, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1003.57  Exceptional students instruction.--Each

20  district school board shall provide for an appropriate program

21  of special instruction, facilities, and services for

22  exceptional students as prescribed by the State Board of

23  Education as acceptable, including provisions that:

24         (1)  The district school board provide the necessary

25  professional services for diagnosis and evaluation of

26  exceptional students.

27         (2)  The district school board provide the special

28  instruction, classes, and services, either within the district

29  school system, in cooperation with other district school

30  systems, or through contractual arrangements with approved

31  


                                 402

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  private schools or community facilities that meet standards

  2  established by the commissioner.

  3         (3)  The district school board annually provide

  4  information describing the Florida School for the Deaf and the

  5  Blind and all other programs and methods of instruction

  6  available to the parent of a sensory-impaired student.

  7         (4)  The district school board, once every 3 years,

  8  submit to the department its proposed procedures for the

  9  provision of special instruction and services for exceptional

10  students.

11         (5)  No student be given special instruction or

12  services as an exceptional student until after he or she has

13  been properly evaluated, classified, and placed in the manner

14  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education. The

15  parent of an exceptional student evaluated and placed or

16  denied placement in a program of special education shall be

17  notified of each such evaluation and placement or denial. Such

18  notice shall contain a statement informing the parent that he

19  or she is entitled to a due process hearing on the

20  identification, evaluation, and placement, or lack thereof.

21  Such hearings shall be exempt from the provisions of ss.

22  120.569, 120.57, and 286.011, except to the extent that the

23  State Board of Education adopts rules establishing other

24  procedures and any records created as a result of such

25  hearings shall be confidential and exempt from the provisions

26  of s. 119.07(1). The hearing must be conducted by an

27  administrative law judge from the Division of Administrative

28  Hearings of the Department of Management Services. The

29  decision of the administrative law judge shall be final,

30  except that any party aggrieved by the finding and decision

31  rendered by the administrative law judge shall have the right


                                 403

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to bring a civil action in the circuit court. In such an

  2  action, the court shall receive the records of the

  3  administrative hearing and shall hear additional evidence at

  4  the request of either party. In the alternative, any party

  5  aggrieved by the finding and decision rendered by the

  6  administrative law judge shall have the right to request an

  7  impartial review of the administrative law judge's order by

  8  the district court of appeal as provided by s. 120.68.

  9  Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, during the pendency

10  of any proceeding conducted pursuant to this section, unless

11  the district school board and the parents otherwise agree, the

12  student shall remain in his or her then-current educational

13  assignment or, if applying for initial admission to a public

14  school, shall be assigned, with the consent of the parents, in

15  the public school program until all such proceedings have been

16  completed.

17         (6)  In providing for the education of exceptional

18  students, the district school superintendent, principals, and

19  teachers shall utilize the regular school facilities and adapt

20  them to the needs of exceptional students to the maximum

21  extent appropriate. Segregation of exceptional students shall

22  occur only if the nature or severity of the exceptionality is

23  such that education in regular classes with the use of

24  supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved

25  satisfactorily.

26         Section 151.  Section 1003.58, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1003.58  Students in residential care facilities.--Each

29  district school board shall provide educational programs

30  according to rules of the State Board of Education to students

31  


                                 404

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  who reside in residential care facilities operated by the

  2  Department of Children and Family Services.

  3         (1)  The district school board shall not be charged any

  4  rent, maintenance, utilities, or overhead on such facilities.

  5  Maintenance, repairs, and remodeling of existing facilities

  6  shall be provided by the Department of Children and Family

  7  Services.

  8         (2)  If additional facilities are required, the

  9  district school board and the Department of Children and

10  Family Services shall agree on the appropriate site based on

11  the instructional needs of the students.  When the most

12  appropriate site for instruction is on district school board

13  property, a special capital outlay request shall be made by

14  the commissioner in accordance with s. 1013.60. When the most

15  appropriate site is on state property, state capital outlay

16  funds shall be requested by the Department of Children and

17  Family Services as provided by s. 216.043 and shall be

18  submitted as specified by s. 216.023. Any instructional

19  facility to be built on state property shall have educational

20  specifications jointly developed by the school district and

21  the Department of Children and Family Services and approved by

22  the Department of Education. The size of space and occupant

23  design capacity criteria as provided by state board rules

24  shall be used for remodeling or new construction whether

25  facilities are provided on state property or district school

26  board property. The planning of such additional facilities

27  shall incorporate current Department of Children and Family

28  Services deinstitutionalization plans.

29         (3)  The district school board shall have full and

30  complete authority in the matter of the assignment and

31  placement of such students in educational programs. The parent


                                 405

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of an exceptional student shall have the same due process

  2  rights as are provided under s. 1003.57(5).

  3         (4)  The district school board shall have a written

  4  agreement with the Department of Children and Family Services

  5  outlining the respective duties and responsibilities of each

  6  party.

  7  

  8  Notwithstanding the provisions herein, the educational program

  9  at the Marianna Sunland Center in Jackson County shall be

10  operated by the Department of Education, either directly or

11  through grants or contractual agreements with other public or

12  duly accredited educational agencies approved by the

13  Department of Education.

14         Section 152.  Part VI of chapter 1003, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "Pilot Public K-12 Education

16  Programs" and shall consist of ss. 1003.61-1003.63.

17         Section 153.  Section 1003.61, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1003.61  Pilot attendance project.--It is the purpose

20  of this section to require the Manatee County District School

21  Board to implement a pilot project that raises the compulsory

22  age of attendance for children from the age of 16 years to the

23  age of 18 years. The pilot project applies to each child who

24  has not attained the age of 16 years by September 30 of the

25  school year in which a school board policy is adopted.

26         (1)  Beginning July 1, 1999, the Manatee County

27  District School Board shall implement a pilot project

28  consistent with policy adopted by the school board to raise

29  the compulsory age of attendance for children from the age of

30  16 years to the age of 18 years.

31  


                                 406

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The district school board must, before the

  2  beginning of the school year, adopt a policy for raising the

  3  compulsory age of attendance for children from the age of 16

  4  years to 18 years.

  5         (a)  Before the adoption of the policy, the district

  6  school board must provide a notice of intent to adopt a policy

  7  to raise the compulsory age of attendance for children from

  8  the age of 16 years to the age of 18 years. The notice must be

  9  provided to the parent of each child who is 15 years of age

10  and who is enrolled in a school in the district.

11         (b)  Within 2 weeks after adoption of the school board

12  policy, the district school board must provide notice of the

13  policy to the parent of each child who is 15 years of age and

14  who is enrolled in a school in the district. The notice must

15  also provide information related to the penalties for refusing

16  or failing to comply with the compulsory attendance

17  requirements and information on alternative education programs

18  offered within the school district.

19         (3)  All state laws and State Board of Education rules

20  related to students subject to compulsory school attendance

21  apply to the district school board. Notwithstanding the

22  provisions of s. 1003.21, the formal declaration of intent to

23  terminate school enrollment does not apply to the district

24  school board.

25         (4)  The district school board must evaluate the effect

26  of its adopted policy raising the compulsory age of attendance

27  on school attendance and on the school district's dropout

28  rate, as well as on the costs associated with the pilot

29  project. The school district shall report its findings to the

30  President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

31  Representatives, the minority leader of each house of the


                                 407

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Legislature, the Governor, and the Commissioner of Education

  2  not later than August 1 following each year that the pilot

  3  project is in operation.

  4         Section 154.  Section 1003.62, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1003.62  Charter school districts pilot program.--The

  7  State Board of Education is authorized to enter into a

  8  performance contract with up to six district school boards for

  9  the purpose of establishing them as charter school districts.

10  The State Board of Education shall give priority to

11  Hillsborough and Volusia Counties upon the submission of a

12  completed precharter agreement or charter proposal for a

13  charter school district.  The purpose of this pilot program is

14  to examine a new relationship between the State Board of

15  Education and district school boards that may produce

16  significant improvements in student achievement and school

17  management, while complying with constitutional requirements

18  assigned to each entity.

19         (1)  CHARTER DISTRICT.--A charter school district is a

20  school district in Florida in which the district school board

21  has submitted and the State Board of Education has approved a

22  charter proposal that exchanges statutory and rule exemption

23  for agreement to meet performance goals in the proposal.  The

24  charter school district shall be chartered for 3 years, at the

25  end of which the performance shall be evaluated.

26         (2)  EXEMPTION FROM STATUTES AND RULES.--Charter school

27  districts shall be exempt from state statutes and specified

28  State Board of Education rules. The district school board of a

29  charter school district shall not be exempt from any statute

30  governing election of district school board members, public

31  meetings and public records requirements, financial


                                 408

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  disclosure, conflicts of interest, operation in the sunshine,

  2  or any provisions outside the Florida K-20 Education Code.

  3         (3)  GOVERNING BOARD.--The governing board of the

  4  charter school district shall be the duly elected district

  5  school board.  The district school board shall be responsible

  6  for supervising the schools in the charter district and is

  7  authorized to charter each of its existing public schools

  8  pursuant to s. 1002.33, apply for deregulation of its public

  9  schools pursuant to s. 1003.63, or otherwise establish

10  performance-based contractual relationships with its public

11  schools for the purpose of giving them greater autonomy with

12  accountability for performance.

13         (4)  PRECHARTER AGREEMENT.--The State Board of

14  Education is authorized to approve a precharter agreement with

15  a potential charter district.  The agreement may grant limited

16  flexibility and direction for developing the full charter

17  proposal.

18         (5)  TIME PERIOD FOR PILOT.--The pilot program shall be

19  authorized for a period of 3 full school years commencing with

20  award of a charter. The charter may be renewed upon action of

21  the State Board of Education.

22         (6)  REPORTS.--The State Board of Education shall

23  annually report on the implementation of the charter school

24  district pilot program.  Upon the completion of the first

25  3-year term, the State Board of Education, through the

26  Commissioner of Education, shall submit to the Legislature a

27  full evaluation of the effectiveness of the program.

28         (7)  RULEMAKING.--The State Board of Education shall

29  have the authority to enact rules to implement this section in

30  accordance with ss. 120.536 and 120.54.

31  


                                 409

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 155.  Section 1003.63, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1003.63  Deregulated public schools pilot program.--

  4         (1)  PILOT PROGRAM.--To provide public schools the same

  5  flexibility and accountability afforded charter schools, pilot

  6  programs for deregulated public schools shall be conducted.

  7  The following districts are authorized to conduct pilot

  8  programs in 1998-1999: Palm Beach, Pinellas, Seminole, Leon,

  9  Walton, and Citrus Counties. The schools and district school

10  boards which are participating in the pilot program as of

11  January 1, 1999, are authorized to continue the pilot program

12  through the 2003-2004 school year. Lee County is authorized to

13  conduct the pilot program beginning in the 1999-2000 school

14  year through the 2003-2004 school year.

15         (2)  PURPOSE.--The purpose of the pilot program for

16  deregulated public schools shall be to:

17         (a)  Improve student learning.

18         (b)  Increase learning opportunities for all students,

19  with special emphasis on expanded learning experiences for

20  students who are identified as academically low achieving.

21         (c)  Encourage the use of different and innovative

22  learning methods.

23         (d)  Increase choice of learning opportunities for

24  students.

25         (e)  Establish a new form of accountability for

26  schools.

27         (f)  Require the measurement of learning outcomes and

28  create innovative measurement tools.

29         (g)  Make the school the unit for improvement.

30         (h)  Relieve schools of paperwork and procedures that

31  are required by the state and the district school board for


                                 410

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  purposes other than health, safety, equal opportunity, fiscal

  2  accountability and documentation of student achievement.

  3         (3)  PROPOSAL.--

  4         (a)  A proposal to be a deregulated school must be

  5  developed by the school principal and the school advisory

  6  council. A majority of the members of the school advisory

  7  council must approve the proposal, and the principal and the

  8  school advisory council chair must sign the proposal. At least

  9  50 percent of the teachers employed at the school must approve

10  the proposal. The school must conduct a survey to show

11  parental support for the proposal.

12         (b)  A district school board shall receive and review

13  all proposals for a deregulated public school. A district

14  school board must by a majority vote approve or deny a

15  proposal no later than 30 days after the proposal is received.

16  If a proposal is denied, the district school board must,

17  within 10 calendar days, articulate in writing the specific

18  reasons based upon good cause supporting its denial of the

19  proposal.

20         (c)  The Department of Education may provide technical

21  assistance to an applicant upon written request.

22         (d)  The terms and conditions for the operation of a

23  deregulated public school shall be set forth in the proposal.

24  The district school board shall not impose unreasonable rules

25  or regulations that violate the intent of giving schools

26  greater flexibility to meet educational goals.

27         (4)  ELIGIBLE STUDENTS.--

28         (a)  A deregulated school shall be open to all students

29  residing in the school's attendance boundaries as determined

30  by the district school board.

31  


                                 411

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The deregulated public school shall have maximum

  2  flexibility to enroll students under the district school board

  3  open enrollment plan.

  4         (5)  REQUIREMENTS.--Like other public schools, a

  5  deregulated public school shall:

  6         (a)  Be nonsectarian in its programs, admission

  7  policies, employment practices, and operations.

  8         (b)  Not charge tuition or fees, except those fees

  9  normally charged by other public schools.

10         (c)  Meet all applicable state and local health,

11  safety, and civil rights requirements.

12         (d)  Not violate the antidiscrimination provisions of

13  s. 1000.05.

14         (e)  Be subject to an annual financial audit in a

15  manner similar to that of other public schools in the

16  district.

17         (6)  ELEMENTS OF THE PROPOSAL.--The major issues

18  involving the operation of a deregulated public school shall

19  be considered in advance and written into the proposal.

20         (a)  The proposal shall address, and criteria for

21  approval of the proposal shall be based on:

22         1.  The school's mission and the students to be served.

23         2.  The focus of the curriculum, the instructional

24  methods to be used, and any distinctive instructional

25  techniques to be employed.

26         3.  The current baseline standard of achievement and

27  the outcomes to be achieved and the method of measurement that

28  will be used.

29         4.  The methods used to identify the educational

30  strengths and needs of students and how well educational goals

31  and performance standards are met by students attending the


                                 412

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school. Students in deregulated public schools shall, at a

  2  minimum, participate in the statewide assessment program.

  3         5.  In secondary schools, a method for determining that

  4  a student has satisfied the requirements for graduation in s.

  5  1003.43.

  6         6.  A method for resolving conflicts between the school

  7  and the district.

  8         7.  The admissions procedures and dismissal procedures,

  9  including the school's code of student conduct.

10         8.  The ways by which the school's racial/ethnic

11  balance reflects the community it serves or reflects the

12  racial/ethnic range of other public schools in the same school

13  district.

14         9.  The financial and administrative management of the

15  school including a statement of the areas in which the school

16  will have administrative and fiscal autonomy and the areas in

17  which the school will follow district school board fiscal and

18  administrative policies.

19         10.  The manner in which the school will be insured,

20  including whether or not the school will be required to have

21  liability insurance, and, if so, the terms and conditions

22  thereof and the amounts of coverage.

23         11.  The qualifications to be required of the teachers.

24         (b)  The school shall make annual progress reports to

25  the district, which upon verification shall be forwarded to

26  the Commissioner of Education at the same time as other annual

27  school accountability reports.  The report shall contain at

28  least the following information:

29         1.  The school's progress towards achieving the goals

30  outlined in its proposal.

31  


                                 413

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  The information required in the annual school

  2  report pursuant to s. 1008.345.

  3         3.  Financial records of the school, including revenues

  4  and expenditures.

  5         4.  Salary and benefit levels of school employees.

  6         (c)  A district school board shall ensure that the

  7  proposal is innovative and consistent with the state education

  8  goals established by s. 1000.03(5).

  9         (d)  Upon receipt of the annual report required by

10  paragraph (b), the Department of Education shall provide the

11  State Board of Education, the Commissioner of Education, the

12  President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of

13  Representatives with a copy of each report and an analysis and

14  comparison of the overall performance of students, to include

15  all students in deregulated public schools whose scores are

16  counted as part of the statewide assessment tests, versus

17  comparable public school students in the district as

18  determined by FCAT and district assessment tests and, as

19  appropriate, the Florida Writes Assessment Test, and other

20  assessments administered pursuant to s. 1008.22(3).

21         (7)  EXEMPTION FROM STATUTES.--

22         (a)  A deregulated public school shall operate in

23  accordance with its proposal and shall be exempt from all

24  statutes of the Florida K-20 Education Code, except those

25  pertaining to civil rights and student health, safety, and

26  welfare, or as otherwise required by this section. A

27  deregulated public school shall not be exempt from the

28  following statutes: chapter 119, relating to public records,

29  and s. 286.011, relating to public meetings and records,

30  public inspection, and penalties. The school district, upon

31  request of a deregulated public school, may apply to the State


                                 414

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Board of Education for a waiver of provisions of law

  2  applicable to deregulated public schools under this section,

  3  except that the provisions of chapter 1010 or chapter 1011

  4  shall not be eligible for waiver if the waiver would affect

  5  funding allocations or create inequity in public school

  6  funding. The State Board of Education may grant the waiver if

  7  necessary to implement the school program.

  8         (b)  A deregulated public school may employ or contract

  9  with skilled selected noncertified personnel to provide

10  instructional services or to assist instructional staff

11  members as education paraprofessionals in the same manner as

12  defined in chapter 1012. A deregulated public school may not

13  employ an individual to provide instructional services or to

14  serve as an education paraprofessional if the individual's

15  certification or licensure as an educator is suspended or

16  revoked by this or any other state. The qualifications of

17  teachers shall be disclosed to parents.

18         (c)  A deregulated public school shall employ or

19  contract with employees who have been fingerprinted as

20  provided in s. 1012.32.

21         (8)  REVENUE.--Students enrolled in a deregulated

22  public school shall be funded in a basic program or a special

23  program in the same manner as students enrolled in other

24  public schools in the school district.

25         (9)  LENGTH OF SCHOOL YEAR.--A deregulated public

26  school shall provide instruction for at least the number of

27  days required by law for other public schools, and may provide

28  instruction for additional days.

29         (10)  FACILITIES.--A deregulated public school shall

30  utilize facilities which comply with the State Uniform

31  Building Code for Public Educational Facilities Construction


                                 415

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  adopted pursuant to s. 1013.37, or with applicable state

  2  minimum building codes pursuant to chapter 553 and state

  3  minimum fire protection codes pursuant to s. 633.025, as

  4  adopted by the authority in whose jurisdiction the facility is

  5  located.

  6         Section 156.  Chapter 1004, Florida Statutes, shall be

  7  entitled "Public Postsecondary Education" and shall consist of

  8  ss. 1004.01-1004.98.

  9         Section 157.  Part I of chapter 1004, Florida Statutes,

10  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of

11  ss. 1004.01-1004.06.

12         Section 158.  Section 1004.01, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1004.01  Statement of purpose and mission.--

15         (1)  The Legislature finds it in the public interest to

16  provide a system of postsecondary education which is of the

17  highest possible quality; which enables all students to

18  participate in the search for knowledge and individual

19  development; which stresses undergraduate teaching as its main

20  priority; which offers selected professional, graduate, and

21  research programs with emphasis on state and national needs;

22  which fosters diversity of educational opportunity; which

23  promotes service to the public; which makes effective and

24  efficient use of human and physical resources; which functions

25  cooperatively with other educational institutions and systems;

26  and which promotes internal coordination and the wisest

27  possible use of resources.

28         (2)  The mission of the state system of postsecondary

29  education is to develop human resources, to discover and

30  disseminate knowledge, to extend knowledge and its application

31  beyond the boundaries of its campuses, and to develop in


                                 416

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  students heightened intellectual, cultural, and humane

  2  sensitivities; scientific, professional, and technological

  3  expertise; and a sense of purpose. Inherent in this broad

  4  mission are methods of instruction, research, extended

  5  training, and public service designed to educate people and

  6  improve the human condition.

  7         Section 159.  Section 1004.02, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1004.02  Definitions.--As used in this chapter:

10         (1)  "Adult basic education" means courses of

11  instruction designed to improve the employability of the

12  state's workforce through instruction in mathematics, reading,

13  language, and workforce readiness skills at grade level

14  equivalency 0-8.9.

15         (2)  "Adult ESOL" or "adult ESL" means noncredit

16  English literacy courses designed to improve the employability

17  of the state's workforce through acquisition of communication

18  skills and cultural competencies that enhance ability to read,

19  write, speak, and listen in English. ESOL means English for

20  Speakers of Other Languages. ESL means English as a Second

21  Language. The two terms are interchangeable.

22         (3)  "Adult general education" means comprehensive

23  instructional programs designed to improve the employability

24  of the state's workforce through adult basic education, adult

25  secondary education, English for Speakers of Other Languages,

26  vocational-preparatory instruction, and instruction for adults

27  with disabilities.

28         (4)  "Adult high school credit program" means the award

29  of credits upon completion of courses and passing of state

30  mandated assessments necessary to qualify for a high school

31  diploma.  Except as provided elsewhere in law, the graduation


                                 417

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  standards for adults shall be the same as those for secondary

  2  students.

  3         (5)  "Adult secondary education" means courses through

  4  which a person receives high school credit that leads to the

  5  award of a high school diploma or courses of instruction

  6  through which a student prepares to take the General

  7  Educational Development test.

  8         (6)  "Adult student" is a student who is beyond the

  9  compulsory school age and who has legally left elementary or

10  secondary school, or a high school student who is taking an

11  adult course required for high school graduation.

12         (7)  "Adult with disability" means an individual who

13  has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits

14  one or more major life activities, has a record of such

15  impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment, and

16  who requires modifications to the educational program,

17  adaptive equipment, or specialized instructional methods and

18  services in order to participate in workforce development

19  programs that lead to competitive employment.

20         (8)  "Applied technology diploma program" means a

21  course of study that is part of a technical degree program, is

22  less than 60 credit hours, and leads to employment in a

23  specific occupation. An applied technology diploma program may

24  consist of either technical credit or college credit. A public

25  school district may offer an applied technology diploma

26  program only as technical credit, with college credit awarded

27  to a student upon articulation to a community college.

28  Statewide articulation among public schools and community

29  colleges is guaranteed by s. 1007.23, and is subject to

30  guidelines and standards adopted by the State Board of

31  Education pursuant to ss. 1007.24 and 1007.25.


                                 418

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (9)  "Basic literacy," means the demonstration of

  2  academic competence from 2.0 through 5.9 educational grade

  3  levels as measured by means approved for this purpose by the

  4  State Board of Education.

  5         (10)  "Beginning literacy" means the demonstration of

  6  academic competence from 0 through 1.9 educational grade

  7  levels as measured by means approved for this purpose by the

  8  State Board of Education.

  9         (11)  "College-preparatory instruction" means courses

10  through which a high school graduate who applies for any

11  college credit program may attain the communication and

12  computation skills necessary to enroll in college credit

13  instruction.

14         (12)  "Community education" means the use of a school

15  or other public facility as a community center operated in

16  conjunction with other public, private, and governmental

17  organizations for the purpose of providing educational,

18  recreational, social, cultural, health, and community services

19  for persons in the community in accordance with the needs,

20  interests, and concerns of that community, including lifelong

21  learning.

22         (13)  "Continuing workforce education" means

23  instruction that does not result in a technical certificate,

24  diploma, associate in applied science degree, or associate in

25  science degree.  Continuing workforce education is for:

26         (a)  Individuals who are required to have training for

27  licensure renewal or certification renewal by a regulatory

28  agency or credentialing body;

29         (b)  New or expanding businesses as described in

30  chapter 288;

31  


                                 419

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Business, industry, and government agencies whose

  2  products or services are changing so that retraining of

  3  employees is necessary or whose employees need training in

  4  specific skills to increase efficiency and productivity; or

  5         (d)  Individuals who are enhancing occupational skills

  6  necessary to maintain current employment, to cross train, or

  7  to upgrade employment.

  8         (14)  "Technical degree education program" means a

  9  course of study that leads to an associate in applied science

10  degree or an associate in science degree.  A technical degree

11  program may contain within it one or more program progression

12  points and may lead to certificates or diplomas within the

13  course of study.  The term is interchangeable with the term

14  "degree career education program." For licensure purposes, the

15  term "associate in science degree" is interchangeable with

16  "associate in applied science degree."

17         (15)  "Family literacy" means a program for adults with

18  a literacy component for parents and children or other

19  intergenerational literacy components.

20         (16)  "Functional literacy," which is also referred to

21  as "intermediate adult basic education," means the

22  demonstration of academic competence from 6.0 through 8.9

23  educational grade levels as measured by means approved for

24  this purpose by the State Board of Education.

25         (17)  "General Educational Development (GED) test

26  preparation" means courses of instruction designed to prepare

27  adults for success on GED subject area tests leading to

28  qualification for a State of Florida high school diploma.

29         (18)  "Lifelong learning" means a noncredit course or

30  activity offered by a school district or community college

31  that seeks to address community social and economic issues


                                 420

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  related to health and human relations, government, parenting,

  2  consumer economics, and senior citizens.

  3         (19)  "Local educational agency" means a community

  4  college or school district.

  5         (20)  "Local sponsor" means a district school board,

  6  community college board of trustees, public library, other

  7  public entity, or private nonprofit entity, or any combination

  8  of these entities, that provides adult literacy instruction.

  9         (21)  "Technical certificate program" means a course of

10  study that leads to at least one occupational completion

11  point. The program may also confer credit that may articulate

12  with a diploma or technical degree education program, if

13  authorized by rules of the State Board of Education. Any

14  credit instruction designed to articulate to a degree program

15  is subject to guidelines and standards adopted by the

16  Department of Education pursuant to chapter 1007. The term is

17  interchangeable with the term "certificate career and

18  technical education program."

19         (22)  "Occupational completion point" means the

20  occupational competencies that qualify a person to enter an

21  occupation that is linked to a career and technical program.

22         (23)  "Career and technical education planning region"

23  means the geographic area in which career and technical or

24  adult education is provided.  Each career and technical region

25  is contiguous with one of the 28 community college service

26  areas.

27         (24)  "Vocational-preparatory instruction" means adult

28  general education through which persons attain academic and

29  workforce readiness skills at the level of functional literacy

30  (grade levels 6.0-8.9) or higher so that such persons may

31  


                                 421

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  pursue technical certificate education or higher-level

  2  technical education.

  3         (25)  "Career and technical program" means a group of

  4  identified competencies leading to occupations identified by a

  5  Classification of Instructional Programs number.

  6         (26)  "Workforce development education" means adult

  7  general education or career and technical education and may

  8  consist of a continuing workforce education course or a

  9  program of study leading to an occupational completion point,

10  a technical certificate, an applied technology diploma, or a

11  technical degree.

12         (27)  "Workforce literacy" means the basic skills

13  necessary to perform in entry-level occupations or the skills

14  necessary to adapt to technological advances in the workplace.

15         Section 160.  Section 1004.03, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1004.03  Program approval.--

18         (1)  The State Board of Education shall establish

19  criteria for the approval of new programs at state

20  universities, which criteria include, but are not limited to,

21  the following:

22         (a)  New programs may not be approved unless the same

23  objectives cannot be met through use of educational

24  technology.

25         (b)  Unnecessary duplication of programs offered by

26  public and independent institutions shall be avoided.

27         (c)  Cooperative programs, particularly within regions,

28  should be encouraged.

29         (d)  New programs shall be approved only if they are

30  consistent with the state master plans adopted by the State

31  Board of Education.


                                 422

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  A new graduate-level program may be approved if:

  2         1.  The university has taken into account the offerings

  3  of its counterparts, including institutions in other sectors,

  4  particularly at the regional level.

  5         2.  The addition of the program will not alter the

  6  emphasis on undergraduate education.

  7         3.  The regional need and demand for the graduate

  8  program was addressed and the community needs are obvious.

  9         (2)  The State Board of Education shall establish

10  criteria for the approval of new programs at community

11  colleges, which criteria include, but are not limited to, the

12  following:

13         (a)  New programs may not be approved unless the same

14  objectives cannot be met through use of educational

15  technology.

16         (b)  Unnecessary duplication of programs offered by

17  independent institutions shall be avoided.

18         (c)  Cooperative programs, particularly within regions,

19  should be encouraged.

20         (d)  New programs may be approved only if they are

21  consistent with the state master plan adopted by the State

22  Board of Education.

23         Section 161.  Section 1004.04, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1004.04  Public accountability and state approval for

26  teacher preparation programs.--

27         (1)  INTENT.--The Legislature recognizes that skilled

28  teachers make an important contribution to a system that

29  allows students to obtain a high-quality education. The intent

30  of the Legislature is to establish a system for development

31  and approval of teacher preparation programs that will free


                                 423

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  postsecondary teacher preparation institutions to employ

  2  varied and innovative teacher preparation techniques while

  3  being held accountable for producing graduates with the

  4  competencies and skills necessary to achieve the state

  5  education goals; help the state's diverse student population,

  6  including students with limited English proficiency, meet high

  7  standards for academic achievement; maintain safe, secure

  8  classroom learning environments; and sustain the state system

  9  of school improvement and education accountability established

10  pursuant to ss. 1000.03(5) and 1008.345. The State Board of

11  Education shall adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and

12  120.54 that establish uniform core curricula for each

13  state-approved teacher preparation program.

14         (2)  DEVELOPMENT OF TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS.--A

15  system developed by the Department of Education in

16  collaboration with postsecondary educational institutions

17  shall assist departments and colleges of education in the

18  restructuring of their programs to meet the need for producing

19  quality teachers now and in the future. The system must be

20  designed to assist teacher educators in conceptualizing,

21  developing, implementing, and evaluating programs that meet

22  state-adopted standards. These standards shall emphasize

23  quality indicators drawn from research, professional

24  literature, recognized guidelines, Florida essential teaching

25  competencies and educator-accomplished practices, effective

26  classroom practices, and the outcomes of the state system of

27  school improvement and education accountability, as well as

28  performance measures. Departments and colleges of education

29  shall emphasize the state system of school improvement and

30  education accountability concepts and standards, including

31  Sunshine State Standards. State-approved teacher preparation


                                 424

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  programs must incorporate appropriate English for Speakers of

  2  Other Languages instruction so that program graduates will

  3  have completed the requirements for teaching limited English

  4  proficient students in Florida public schools.

  5         (3)  INITIAL STATE PROGRAM APPROVAL.--

  6         (a)  A program approval process based on standards

  7  adopted pursuant to subsection (2) must be established for

  8  postsecondary teacher preparation programs, phased in

  9  according to timelines determined by the Department of

10  Education, and fully implemented for all teacher preparation

11  programs in the state. Each program shall be approved by the

12  department, consistent with the intent set forth in subsection

13  (1) and based primarily upon significant, objective, and

14  quantifiable graduate performance measures.

15         (b)  Each teacher preparation program approved by the

16  Department of Education, as provided for by this section,

17  shall require students to meet the following as prerequisites

18  for admission into the program:

19         1.  Have a grade point average of at least 2.5 on a 4.0

20  scale for the general education component of undergraduate

21  studies or have completed the requirements for a baccalaureate

22  degree with a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0

23  scale from any college or university accredited by a regional

24  accrediting association as defined by State Board of Education

25  rule.

26         2.  Demonstrate mastery of general knowledge, including

27  the ability to read, write, and compute, by passing the

28  College Level Academic Skills Test, a corresponding component

29  of the National Teachers Examination series, or a similar test

30  pursuant to rules of the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 425

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Each teacher preparation program may waive these admissions

  2  requirements for up to 10 percent of the students admitted.

  3  Programs shall implement strategies to ensure that students

  4  admitted under a waiver receive assistance to demonstrate

  5  competencies to successfully meet requirements for

  6  certification.

  7         (4)  CONTINUED PROGRAM APPROVAL.--Notwithstanding

  8  subsection (3), failure by a public or nonpublic teacher

  9  preparation program to meet the criteria for continued program

10  approval shall result in loss of program approval. The

11  Department of Education, in collaboration with the departments

12  and colleges of education, shall develop procedures for

13  continued program approval that document the continuous

14  improvement of program processes and graduates' performance.

15         (a)  Continued approval of specific teacher preparation

16  programs at each public and nonpublic postsecondary

17  educational institution within the state is contingent upon

18  the passing of the written examination required by s. 1012.56

19  by at least 90 percent of the graduates of the program who

20  take the examination. On request of an institution, the

21  Department of Education shall provide an analysis of the

22  performance of the graduates of such institution with respect

23  to the competencies assessed by the examination required by s.

24  1012.56.

25         (b)  Additional criteria for continued program approval

26  for public institutions may be approved by the State Board of

27  Education. Such criteria must emphasize instruction in

28  classroom management and must provide for the evaluation of

29  the teacher candidates' performance in this area. The criteria

30  shall also require instruction in working with underachieving

31  students. Program evaluation procedures must include, but are


                                 426

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  not limited to, program graduates' satisfaction with

  2  instruction and the program's responsiveness to local school

  3  districts. Additional criteria for continued program approval

  4  for nonpublic institutions shall be developed in the same

  5  manner as for public institutions; however, such criteria must

  6  be based upon significant, objective, and quantifiable

  7  graduate performance measures. Responsibility for collecting

  8  data on outcome measures through survey instruments and other

  9  appropriate means shall be shared by the postsecondary

10  educational institutions and the Department of Education. By

11  January 1 of each year, the Department of Education shall

12  report this information for each postsecondary educational

13  institution that has state-approved programs of teacher

14  education to the Governor, the State Board of Education, the

15  Commissioner of Education, the President of the Senate, the

16  Speaker of the House of Representatives, all Florida

17  postsecondary teacher preparation programs, and interested

18  members of the public. This report must analyze the data and

19  make recommendations for improving teacher preparation

20  programs in the state.

21         (c)  Continued approval for a teacher preparation

22  program is contingent upon the results of annual reviews of

23  the program conducted by the postsecondary educational

24  institution, using procedures and criteria outlined in an

25  institutional program evaluation plan approved by the

26  Department of Education. This plan must incorporate the

27  criteria established in paragraphs (a) and (b) and include

28  provisions for involving primary stakeholders, such as program

29  graduates, district school personnel, classroom teachers,

30  principals, community agencies, and business representatives

31  in the evaluation process. Upon request by an institution, the


                                 427

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  department shall provide assistance in developing, enhancing,

  2  or reviewing the institutional program evaluation plan and

  3  training evaluation team members.

  4         (d)  Continued approval for a teacher preparation

  5  program is contingent upon standards being in place that are

  6  designed to adequately prepare elementary, middle, and high

  7  school teachers to instruct their students in higher-level

  8  mathematics concepts and in the use of technology at the

  9  appropriate grade level.

10         (e)  Continued approval of teacher preparation programs

11  is contingent upon compliance with the student admission

12  requirements of subsection (3) and upon the receipt of at

13  least a satisfactory rating from public schools and private

14  schools that employ graduates of the program. Employer

15  satisfaction shall be determined by an annually administered

16  survey instrument approved by the Department of Education

17  that, at a minimum, must include employer satisfaction of the

18  graduates' ability to do the following:

19         1.  Write and speak in a logical and understandable

20  style with appropriate grammar.

21         2.  Recognize signs of students' difficulty with the

22  reading and computational process and apply appropriate

23  measures to improve students' reading and computational

24  performance.

25         3.  Use and integrate appropriate technology in

26  teaching and learning processes.

27         4.  Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Sunshine

28  State Standards.

29         (f)1.  Each Florida public and private institution that

30  offers a state-approved teacher preparation program must

31  annually report information regarding these programs to the


                                 428

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  state and the general public. This information shall be

  2  reported in a uniform and comprehensible manner that is

  3  consistent with definitions and methods approved by the

  4  Commissioner of the National Center for Educational Statistics

  5  and that is approved by the State Board of Education. This

  6  information must include, at a minimum:

  7         a.  The percent of graduates obtaining full-time

  8  teaching employment within the first year of graduation.

  9         b.  The average length of stay of graduates in their

10  full-time teaching positions.

11         c.  Satisfaction ratings required in paragraph (e).

12         2.  Each public and private institution offering

13  training for school readiness related professions, including

14  training in the fields of child care and early childhood

15  education, whether offering technical credit, associate in

16  applied science degree programs, associate in science degree

17  programs, or associate in arts degree programs, shall annually

18  report information regarding these programs to the state and

19  the general public in a uniform and comprehensible manner that

20  conforms with definitions and methods approved by the State

21  Board of Education. This information must include, at a

22  minimum:

23         a.  Average length of stay of graduates in their

24  positions.

25         b.  Satisfaction ratings of graduates' employers.

26  

27  This information shall be reported through publications,

28  including college and university catalogs and promotional

29  materials sent to potential applicants, secondary school

30  guidance counselors, and prospective employers of the

31  institution's program graduates.


                                 429

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  PRESERVICE FIELD EXPERIENCE.--All postsecondary

  2  instructors, school district personnel and instructional

  3  personnel, and school sites preparing instructional personnel

  4  through preservice field experience courses and internships

  5  shall meet special requirements.

  6         (a)  All instructors in postsecondary teacher

  7  preparation programs who instruct or supervise preservice

  8  field experience courses or internships shall have at least

  9  one of the following: specialized training in clinical

10  supervision; a valid professional teaching certificate

11  pursuant to ss. 1012.56 and 1012.585; or at least 3 years of

12  successful teaching experience in prekindergarten through

13  grade 12.

14         (b)  All school district personnel and instructional

15  personnel who supervise or direct teacher preparation students

16  during field experience courses or internships must have

17  evidence of "clinical educator" training and must successfully

18  demonstrate effective classroom management strategies that

19  consistently result in improved student performance. The State

20  Board of Education shall approve the training requirements.

21         (c)  Preservice field experience programs must provide

22  specific guidance and demonstration of effective classroom

23  management strategies, strategies for incorporating technology

24  into classroom instruction, and ways to link instructional

25  plans to the Sunshine State Standards, as appropriate. The

26  length of structured field experiences may be extended to

27  ensure that candidates achieve the competencies needed to meet

28  certification requirements.

29         (d)  Postsecondary teacher preparation programs in

30  cooperation with district school boards and approved private

31  school associations shall select the school sites for


                                 430

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  preservice field experience activities. These sites must

  2  represent the full spectrum of school communities, including,

  3  but not limited to, schools located in urban settings. In

  4  order to be selected, school sites must demonstrate commitment

  5  to the education of public school students and to the

  6  preparation of future teachers.

  7         (6)  STANDARDS OF EXCELLENCE.--The State Board of

  8  Education shall approve standards of excellence for teacher

  9  preparation. These standards must exceed the requirements for

10  program approval pursuant to subsection (3) and must

11  incorporate state and national recommendations for exemplary

12  teacher preparation programs.

13         (7)  NATIONAL BOARD STANDARDS.--The State Board of

14  Education shall review standards and recommendations developed

15  by the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards and

16  may incorporate those parts deemed appropriate into criteria

17  for continued state program approval, standards of excellence,

18  and requirements for inservice education.

19         (8)  COMMUNITY COLLEGES.--To the extent practical,

20  postsecondary educational institutions offering teacher

21  preparation programs shall establish articulation agreements

22  on a core of liberal arts courses and introductory

23  professional courses with field experience components which

24  shall be offered at community colleges.

25         (9)  PRETEACHER AND TEACHER EDUCATION PILOT

26  PROGRAMS.--State universities and community colleges may

27  establish preteacher education and teacher education pilot

28  programs to encourage promising minority students to prepare

29  for a career in education. These pilot programs shall be

30  designed to recruit and provide additional academic, clinical,

31  and counseling support for students whom the institution


                                 431

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  judges to be potentially successful teacher education

  2  candidates, but who may not meet teacher education program

  3  admission standards. Priority consideration shall be given to

  4  those pilot programs that are jointly submitted by community

  5  colleges and state universities.

  6         (a)  These pilot programs shall be approved by the

  7  State Board of Education and shall be designed to provide help

  8  and support for program participants during the preteacher

  9  education period of general academic preparation at a

10  community college or state university and during professional

11  preparation in a state-approved teacher education program.

12  Emphasis shall be placed on development of the basic skills

13  needed by successful teachers.

14         (b)  State universities and community colleges may

15  admit into the pilot program those incoming students who

16  demonstrate an interest in teaching as a career, but who may

17  not meet the requirements for entrance into an approved

18  teacher education program.

19         1.  Flexibility may be given to colleges of education

20  to develop and market innovative teacher training programs

21  directed at specific target groups such as graduates from the

22  colleges of arts and sciences, employed education

23  paraprofessionals, substitute teachers, early federal

24  retirees, and nontraditional college students. Programs must

25  be submitted to the State Board of Education for approval.

26         2.  Academically successful graduates in the fields of

27  liberal arts and science may be encouraged to embark upon a

28  career in education.

29         3.  Models may be developed to provide a positive

30  initial experience in teaching in order to encourage

31  


                                 432

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  retention. Priority should be given to models that encourage

  2  minority graduates.

  3         (c)  In order to be certified, a graduate from a pilot

  4  program shall meet all requirements for teacher certification

  5  specified by s. 1012.56. Should a graduate of a pilot program

  6  not meet the requirements of s. 1012.56, that person shall not

  7  be included in the calculations required by paragraph (4)(a)

  8  and State Board of Education rules for continued program

  9  approval, or in the statutes used by the State Board of

10  Education in deciding which teacher education programs to

11  approve.

12         (d)  Institutions participating in the pilot program

13  shall submit an annual report evaluating the success of the

14  program to the Commissioner of Education by March 1 of each

15  year. The report shall contain, but shall not be limited to:

16  the number of pilot program participants, including the number

17  participating in general education and the number admitted to

18  approved teacher education programs, the number of pilot

19  program graduates, and the number of pilot program graduates

20  who met the requirements of s. 1012.56. The commissioner shall

21  consider the number of participants recruited, the number of

22  graduates, and the number of graduates successfully meeting

23  the requirements of s. 1012.56 reported by each institution,

24  and shall make an annual recommendation to the State Board of

25  Education regarding the institution's continued participation

26  in the pilot program.

27         (10)  TEACHER EDUCATION PILOT PROGRAMS FOR

28  HIGH-ACHIEVING STUDENTS.--Pilot teacher preparation programs

29  shall be established at the University of Central Florida, the

30  University of North Florida, and the University of South

31  Florida.  These programs shall include a year-long paid


                                 433

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  teaching assignment and competency-based learning experiences

  2  and shall be designed to encourage high-achieving students, as

  3  identified by the institution, to pursue a career in

  4  education.  Students chosen to participate in the pilot

  5  programs shall agree to teach for at least 1 year after they

  6  receive their degrees.  Criteria for identifying

  7  high-achieving students shall be developed by the institution

  8  and shall include, at a minimum, requirements that the student

  9  have a 3.3 grade point average or above and that the student

10  has demonstrated mastery of general knowledge pursuant to s.

11  1012.56. The year-long paid teaching assignment shall begin

12  after completion of the equivalent of 3 years of the state

13  university teacher preparation program.

14         (a)  Each pilot program shall be designed to include:

15         1.  A year-long paid teaching assignment at a specified

16  school site during the fourth year of the state university

17  teacher preparation program, which includes intense

18  supervision by a support team trained in clinical education.

19  The support team shall include a state university supervisor

20  and experienced school-based mentors.  A mentor teacher shall

21  be assigned to each fourth year employed teacher to implement

22  an individualized learning plan.  This mentor teacher will be

23  considered an adjunct professor for purposes of this program

24  and may receive credit for time spent as a mentor teacher in

25  the program.  The mentor teacher must have a master's degree

26  or above, a minimum of 3 years of teaching experience, and

27  clinical education training or certification by the National

28  Board of Professional Teaching Standards.  Experiences and

29  instruction may be delivered by other mentors, assigned

30  teachers, professors, individualized learning, and

31  


                                 434

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  demonstrations.  Students in this paid teaching assignment

  2  shall assume full responsibility of all teaching duties.

  3         2.  Professional education curriculum requirements that

  4  address the educator-accomplished practices and other

  5  competencies specified in state board rule.

  6         3.  A modified instructional delivery system that

  7  provides onsite training during the paid teaching assignment

  8  in the professional education areas and competencies specified

  9  in this subsection.  The institutions participating in this

10  pilot program shall be given a waiver to provide a modified

11  instructional delivery system meeting criteria that allows

12  earned credit through nontraditional approaches.  The modified

13  system may provide for an initial evaluation of the

14  candidate's competencies to determine an appropriate

15  individualized professional development plan and may provide

16  for earned credit by:

17         a.  Internet learning and competency acquisition.

18         b.  Learning acquired by observing demonstrations and

19  being observed in application.

20         c.  Independent study or instruction by mentor teachers

21  or adjunct teachers.

22         4.  Satisfactory demonstration of the

23  educator-accomplished practices and content area competencies

24  for program completion.

25         5.  For program completion, required achievement of

26  passing scores on all tests required for certification by

27  State Board of Education rules.

28         (b)  Beginning in July 2003, each institution

29  participating in the pilot program shall submit to the

30  Commissioner of Education an annual report evaluating the

31  effectiveness of the program.  The report shall include, but


                                 435

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall not be limited to, the number of students selected for

  2  the pilot program, the number of students successfully

  3  completing the pilot program, the number of program

  4  participants who passed all required examinations, the number

  5  of program participants who successfully demonstrated all

  6  required competencies, and a followup study to determine the

  7  number of pilot program completers who were employed in a

  8  teaching position and employers' satisfaction with the

  9  performance of pilot program completers.

10         (c)  This subsection shall be implemented to the extent

11  specifically funded in the General Appropriations Act.

12         (11)  RULES.--The State Board of Education shall adopt

13  necessary rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to

14  implement this section.

15         Section 162.  Section 1004.05, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1004.05  Substance abuse training programs.--

18         (1)  Each state university and community college may

19  develop courses designed for public school teachers,

20  counselors, physicians, law enforcement personnel, and other

21  professionals to assist them in recognizing symptoms of

22  substance abuse impairment and identifying appropriate service

23  providers for referral and treatment.

24         (2)  Such courses may be made available to students who

25  are currently enrolled and for continuing education units.

26         Section 163.  Section 1004.06, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1004.06  Prohibited expenditures.--No community

29  college, state university, community college direct-support

30  organization, or state university direct-support organization

31  shall expend any funds, regardless of source, to purchase


                                 436

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  membership in, or goods and services from, any organization

  2  that discriminates on the basis of race, national origin,

  3  gender, or religion.

  4         Section 164.  Part II of chapter 1004, Florida

  5  Statutes, shall be entitled "State Universities" and shall

  6  consist of ss. 1004.21-1004.62.

  7         Section 165.  Part II.a. of chapter 1004, Florida

  8  Statutes, shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall

  9  consist of ss. 1004.21-1004.32.

10         Section 166.  Section 1004.21, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1004.21  State universities; legislative intent.--It is

13  the legislative intent that state universities be constituted

14  as public corporations of the state and be operated by a board

15  of trustees as provided in s. 1001.74.

16         Section 167.  Section 1004.22, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1004.22  Divisions of sponsored research at state

19  universities.--

20         (1)  Each university is authorized to create, as it

21  deems advisable, divisions of sponsored research which will

22  serve the function of administration and promotion of the

23  programs of research, including sponsored training programs,

24  of the university at which they are located.  A division of

25  sponsored research created under the provisions of this

26  section shall be under the supervision of the president of

27  that university.

28         (2)  The university shall set such policies to regulate

29  the activities of the divisions of sponsored research as it

30  may consider necessary to effectuate the purposes of this act

31  and to administer the research programs in a manner which


                                 437

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assures efficiency and effectiveness, producing the maximum

  2  benefit for the educational programs and maximum service to

  3  the state.  To this end, materials that relate to methods of

  4  manufacture or production, potential trade secrets,

  5  potentially patentable material, actual trade secrets,

  6  business transactions, or proprietary information received,

  7  generated, ascertained, or discovered during the course of

  8  research conducted within the state universities shall be

  9  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1),

10  except that a division of sponsored research shall make

11  available upon request the title and description of a research

12  project, the name of the researcher, and the amount and source

13  of funding provided for such project.

14         (3)  The president of the university where a division

15  of sponsored research is created, or his or her designee, is

16  authorized to negotiate, enter into, and execute research

17  contracts; to solicit and accept research grants and

18  donations; and to fix and collect fees, other payments, and

19  donations that may accrue by reason thereof.  The president or

20  his or her designee may negotiate, enter into, and execute

21  contracts on a cost-reimbursement basis and may provide

22  temporary financing of such costs prior to reimbursement from

23  moneys on deposit in a sponsored research development fund,

24  except as may be prohibited elsewhere by law.

25         (4)  A division of sponsored research shall be financed

26  from the moneys of a university which are on deposit or

27  received for use in the research or related programs of that

28  particular university.  Such moneys shall be deposited by the

29  university in a permanent sponsored research development fund.

30         (5)  Moneys deposited in the permanent sponsored

31  research development fund of a university shall be disbursed


                                 438

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in accordance with the terms of the contract, grant, or

  2  donation under which they are received. Moneys received for

  3  overhead or indirect costs and other moneys not required for

  4  the payment of direct costs shall be applied to the cost of

  5  operating the division of sponsored research.  Any surplus

  6  moneys shall be used to support other research or sponsored

  7  training programs in any area of the university.

  8  Transportation and per diem expense allowances shall be the

  9  same as those provided by law in s. 112.061, except that

10  personnel performing travel under a sponsored research

11  subcontract may be reimbursed for travel expenses in

12  accordance with the provisions of the applicable prime

13  contract or grant and the travel allowances established by the

14  subcontractor, subject to the requirements of subsection (7),

15  or except as provided in subsection (11).

16         (6)(a)  Each university shall submit to the State Board

17  of Education a report of the activities of each division of

18  sponsored research together with an estimated budget for the

19  next fiscal year.

20         (b)  Not less than 90 days prior to the convening of

21  each regular session of the Legislature in which an

22  appropriation shall be made, the State Board of Education

23  shall submit to the chair of the appropriations committee of

24  each house of the Legislature a compiled report, together with

25  a compiled estimated budget for the next fiscal year.  A copy

26  of such report and estimated budget shall be furnished to the

27  Governor, as the chief budget officer of the state.

28         (7)  All purchases of a division of sponsored research

29  shall be made in accordance with the policies and procedures

30  of the university; however, upon certification addressed to

31  the university president that it is necessary for the


                                 439

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  efficient or expeditious prosecution of a research project,

  2  the president may exempt the purchase of material, supplies,

  3  equipment, or services for research purposes shall be exempt

  4  from the general purchasing requirement of the Florida

  5  Statutes.

  6         (8)  The university may authorize the construction,

  7  alteration, or remodeling of buildings when the funds used are

  8  derived entirely from the sponsored research development fund

  9  of a university or from that fund in combination with other

10  nonstate sources, provided that such construction, alteration,

11  or remodeling is for use exclusively in the area of research;

12  it also may authorize the acquisition of real property when

13  the cost is entirely from said funds.  Title to all real

14  property purchased prior to January 7, 2003, or with funds

15  appropriated by the Legislature shall vest in the Board of

16  Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund and shall only

17  be transferred or conveyed by it.

18         (9)  The sponsored research programs of the Institute

19  of Food and Agricultural Sciences, the University of Florida

20  Health Science Center, and the engineering and industrial

21  experiment station shall continue to be centered at the

22  University of Florida as heretofore provided by law. Indirect

23  cost reimbursements of all grants deposited in the Division of

24  Sponsored Research shall be distributed directly to the above

25  units in direct proportion to the amounts earned by each unit.

26         (10)  The operation of the divisions of sponsored

27  research and the conduct of the sponsored research program are

28  expressly exempted from the provisions of any other laws or

29  portions of laws in conflict herewith and are, subject to the

30  requirements of subsection (7), exempted from the provisions

31  of chapters 215, 216, and 283.


                                 440

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (11)  The divisions of sponsored research may pay, by

  2  advancement or reimbursement, or a combination thereof, the

  3  costs of per diem of university employees and of other

  4  authorized persons, as defined in s. 112.061(2)(e), for

  5  foreign travel up to the current rates as stated in the grant

  6  and contract terms and may also pay incidental expenses as

  7  authorized by s. 112.061(8). This subsection applies to any

  8  university employee traveling in foreign countries for

  9  sponsored programs of the university, if such travel expenses

10  are approved in the terms of the contract or grant.  The

11  provisions of s. 112.061, other than those relating to per

12  diem, apply to the travel described in this subsection.  As

13  used in this subsection, "foreign travel" means any travel

14  outside the United States and its territories and possessions

15  and Canada.  Persons traveling in foreign countries pursuant

16  to this section shall not be entitled to reimbursements or

17  advancements pursuant to s. 112.061(6)(a)2. for such travel.

18         (12)  Each division of sponsored research is authorized

19  to advance funds to any principal investigator who, under the

20  contract or grant terms, will be performing a portion of his

21  or her research at a site that is remote from the university.

22  Funds shall be advanced only to employees who have executed a

23  proper power of attorney with the university to ensure the

24  proper collection of such advanced funds if it becomes

25  necessary.  As used in this subsection, the term "remote"

26  means so far removed from the university as to render normal

27  purchasing and payroll functions ineffective.

28         (13)  Each university board of trustees is authorized

29  to adopt rules, as necessary, to administer this section.

30         Section 168.  Section 1004.23, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 441

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.23  Universities; powers; patents, copyrights, and

  2  trademarks.--Any other law to the contrary notwithstanding,

  3  each state university is authorized, in its own name, to:

  4         (1)  Perform all things necessary to secure letters of

  5  patent, copyrights, and trademarks on any work products and to

  6  enforce its rights therein.  The university shall consider

  7  contributions by university personnel in the development of

  8  trademarks, copyrights, and patents and shall enter into

  9  written contracts with such personnel establishing the

10  interests of the university and such personnel in each

11  trademark, copyright, or patent.

12         (2)  License, lease, assign, or otherwise give written

13  consent to any person, firm, or corporation for the

14  manufacture or use thereof, on a royalty basis or for such

15  other consideration as the university shall deem proper.

16         (3)  Take any action necessary, including legal action,

17  to protect the same against improper or unlawful use or

18  infringement.

19         (4)  Enforce the collection of any sums due the

20  university for the manufacture or use thereof by any other

21  party.

22         (5)  Sell any of the same and execute all instruments

23  necessary to consummate any such sale.

24         (6)  Do all other acts necessary and proper for the

25  execution of powers and duties herein conferred upon the

26  university, including adopting rules, as necessary, in order

27  to administer this section.  Any proceeds therefrom shall be

28  deposited and expended in accordance with s. 1004.22. Any

29  action taken by the university in securing or exploiting such

30  trademarks, copyrights, or patents shall, within 30 days, be

31  


                                 442

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reported in writing by the president to the Department of

  2  State.

  3         Section 169.  Section 1004.24, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1004.24  Authorization to secure liability insurance.--

  6         (1)  The State Board of Education is authorized to

  7  secure, or otherwise provide as a self-insurer, or by a

  8  combination thereof, comprehensive general liability

  9  insurance, including professional liability for health care

10  and veterinary sciences, for:

11         (a)  A university board of trustees.

12         (b)  The students and faculty of any state university.

13         (c)  The officers, employees, or agents of a university

14  board of trustees.

15         (d)  The professional practitioners practicing a

16  profession within, or by virtue of employment by, any state

17  university.

18         (e)  Any of the state universities or subdivisions

19  thereof.

20         (f)  Any not-for-profit corporation, organized pursuant

21  to chapter 617, and the directors, officers, employees, and

22  agents thereof, that is affiliated with a state university, if

23  the corporation is operated for the benefit of a state

24  university in a manner consistent with the best interests of

25  the state, and if such participation is approved by the

26  appropriate insurance trust fund council, university

27  president, and the State Board of Education.

28  

29  The State Board of Education is authorized to delegate to the

30  university boards of trustees, as appropriate, the authority

31  to secure any liability insurance for the above.


                                 443

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  In the event the State Board of Education adopts a

  2  self-insurance program, the necessary trust funds in the State

  3  Treasury may be established pursuant to law.  If the annual

  4  actuarial report to the self-insurance trust fund council is

  5  provided each year to the Auditor General within 60 days after

  6  acceptance by the council, the assets of a self-insurance

  7  program may be deposited outside the State Treasury, at the

  8  option of the State Board of Education, in accounts

  9  established pursuant to law for that purpose. Self-insurance

10  program trust funds shall be administered in accordance with

11  rules established by the State Board of Education.

12         (3)  There shall be no funds appropriated directly to

13  any insurance trust fund.  The State Board of Education is

14  authorized to accept any payments, receipts, gifts, or

15  donations made for the purposes of this section and deposit

16  such funds in the appropriate insurance trust fund.

17         (4)  No self-insurance program adopted by the State

18  Board of Education may sue or be sued.  The State Board of

19  Education shall pay, out of the assets of a trust fund

20  established pursuant to this section, any claim or judgment

21  for which the self-insurance trust funds were created and

22  which is rendered against the board.  The claims files of any

23  such program are privileged and confidential, exempt from the

24  provisions of s. 119.07(1), and are only for the use of the

25  program in fulfilling its duties. Any self-insurance trust

26  fund and revenues generated by that fund shall only be used to

27  pay claims and administration expenses.

28         (5)  The State Board of Education is authorized and

29  empowered to make such rules as may be necessary to carry out

30  the provisions of this section, including the delegation of

31  


                                 444

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authority, other than rulemaking authority, to appropriate

  2  levels of administration within the state universities.

  3         Section 170.  Section 1004.25, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1004.25  State universities; payment of costs of civil

  6  action.--A university may defray all costs of defending any

  7  civil action brought against any officer or employee of the

  8  university for any act or omission arising out of and in the

  9  course of the performance of his or her duties and

10  responsibilities, which costs may include reasonable

11  attorney's fees and expenses together with costs of appeal,

12  and may save harmless and protect such person from any

13  financial loss resulting from the lawful performance of his or

14  her duties and responsibilities.  Claims based on such actions

15  or omissions may be settled prior to or after the filing of

16  suit thereon.  The university may arrange for and pay the

17  premium for appropriate insurance to cover all such losses and

18  expenses.  The university may use funds available, not subject

19  to the obligation of contract, covenant, or trust, to carry

20  out the purposes of this section in the amount necessary.

21  Failure by the university to perform any act authorized by

22  this section shall not constitute a cause of action against

23  the university or its members, officers, or employees.

24         Section 171.  Section 1004.28, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1004.28  Direct-support organizations; use of property;

27  board of directors; activities; audit; facilities.--

28         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--For the purposes of this section:

29         (a)  "University direct-support organization" means an

30  organization which is:

31  


                                 445

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  A Florida corporation not for profit incorporated

  2  under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved by the

  3  Department of State.

  4         2.  Organized and operated exclusively to receive,

  5  hold, invest, and administer property and to make expenditures

  6  to or for the benefit of a state university in Florida or for

  7  the benefit of a research and development park or research and

  8  development authority affiliated with a state university and

  9  organized under part V of chapter 159.

10         3.  An organization that a state university board of

11  trustees, after review, has certified to be operating in a

12  manner consistent with the goals of the university and in the

13  best interest of the state. Any organization that is denied

14  certification by the board of trustees shall not use the name

15  of the university that it serves.

16         (b)  "Personal services" includes full-time or

17  part-time personnel as well as payroll processing.

18         (2)  USE OF PROPERTY.--

19         (a)  Each state university board of trustees is

20  authorized to permit the use of property, facilities, and

21  personal services at any state university by any university

22  direct-support organization, and, subject to the provisions of

23  this section, direct-support organizations may establish

24  accounts with the State Board of Administration for investment

25  of funds pursuant to part IV of chapter 218.

26         (b)  The board of trustees shall prescribe by rule

27  conditions with which a university direct-support organization

28  must comply in order to use property, facilities, or personal

29  services at any state university.  Such rules shall provide

30  for budget and audit review and oversight by the board of

31  trustees.


                                 446

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The board of trustees shall not permit the use of

  2  property, facilities, or personal services at any state

  3  university by any university direct-support organization that

  4  does not provide equal employment opportunities to all persons

  5  regardless of race, color, religion, gender, age, or national

  6  origin.

  7         (3)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.--The chair of the university

  8  board of trustees may appoint a representative to the board of

  9  directors and the executive committee of any direct-support

10  organization established under this section. The president of

11  the university for which the direct-support organization is

12  established, or his or her designee, shall also serve on the

13  board of directors and the executive committee of any

14  direct-support organization established to benefit that

15  university.

16         (4)  ACTIVITIES; RESTRICTION.--A university

17  direct-support organization is prohibited from giving, either

18  directly or indirectly, any gift to a political committee or

19  committee of continuous existence as defined in s. 106.011 for

20  any purpose other than those certified by a majority roll call

21  vote of the governing board of the direct-support organization

22  at a regularly scheduled meeting as being directly related to

23  the educational mission of the university.

24         (5)  ANNUAL AUDIT.--Each direct-support organization

25  shall provide for an annual financial audit of its accounts

26  and records to be conducted by an independent certified public

27  accountant in accordance with rules adopted by the Auditor

28  General pursuant to s. 11.45(8) and by the university board of

29  trustees.  The annual audit report shall be submitted, within

30  9 months after the end of the fiscal year, to the Auditor

31  General and the State Board of Education for review. The State


                                 447

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Board of Education, the university board of trustees, the

  2  Auditor General, and the Office of Program Policy Analysis and

  3  Government Accountability shall have the authority to require

  4  and receive from the organization or from its independent

  5  auditor any records relative to the operation of the

  6  organization. The identity of donors who desire to remain

  7  anonymous shall be protected, and that anonymity shall be

  8  maintained in the auditor's report. All records of the

  9  organization other than the auditor's report, management

10  letter, and any supplemental data requested by the State Board

11  of Education, the university board of trustees, the Auditor

12  General, and the Office of Program Policy Analysis and

13  Government Accountability shall be confidential and exempt

14  from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

15         (6)  FACILITIES.--In addition to issuance of

16  indebtedness pursuant to s. 1010.60(2), each direct-support

17  organization is authorized to enter into agreements to

18  finance, design and construct, lease, lease-purchase,

19  purchase, or operate facilities necessary and desirable to

20  serve the needs and purposes of the university, as determined

21  by the systemwide strategic plan adopted by the State Board of

22  Education.  Such agreements are subject to the provisions of

23  s. 1013.171.

24         (7)  ANNUAL BUDGETS AND REPORTS.--Each direct-support

25  organization shall submit to the university president and the

26  State Board of Education its federal Internal Revenue Service

27  Application for Recognition of Exemption form (Form 1023) and

28  its federal Internal Revenue Service Return of Organization

29  Exempt from Income Tax form (Form 990).

30         Section 172.  Section 1004.29, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 448

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.29  University health services support

  2  organizations.--

  3         (1)  Each state university is authorized to establish

  4  university health services support organizations which shall

  5  have the ability to enter into, for the benefit of the

  6  university academic health sciences center, arrangements with

  7  other entities as providers in other integrated health care

  8  systems or similar entities.  To the extent required by law or

  9  rule, university health services support organizations shall

10  become licensed as insurance companies, pursuant to chapter

11  624, or be certified as health maintenance organizations,

12  pursuant to chapter 641.  University health services support

13  organizations shall have sole responsibility for the acts,

14  debts, liabilities, and obligations of the organization.  In

15  no case shall the state or university have any responsibility

16  for such acts, debts, liabilities, and obligations incurred or

17  assumed by university health services support organizations.

18         (2)  Each university health services support

19  organization shall be a Florida corporation not for profit,

20  incorporated under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved

21  by the Department of State.

22         (3)  A state university board of trustees may

23  prescribe, by rule, conditions with which a university health

24  services support organization must comply in order to be

25  certified and to use property, facilities, or personal

26  services at any state university. The rules must provide for

27  budget, audit review, and oversight by the board of trustees.

28  Such rules shall provide that the university health services

29  support organization may provide salary supplements and other

30  compensation or benefits for university faculty and staff

31  employees only as set forth in the organization's budget,


                                 449

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which shall be subject to approval by the university

  2  president.

  3         (4)  The chair of the university board of trustees may

  4  appoint a representative to the board of directors and the

  5  executive committee of any university health services support

  6  organization established under this section.  The president of

  7  the university for which the university health services

  8  support organization is established, or the president's

  9  designee, shall also serve on the board of directors and the

10  executive committee of any university health services support

11  organization established to benefit that university.

12         (5)  Each university health services support

13  organization shall provide for an annual financial audit in

14  accordance with s. 1004.28(5). The auditor's report,

15  management letter, and any supplemental data requested by the

16  State Board of Education, the university board of trustees,

17  and the Auditor General shall be considered public records,

18  pursuant to s. 119.07.

19         Section 173.  Section 1004.30, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1004.30  University health services support

22  organization; confidentiality of information.--

23         (1)  All meetings of a governing board of a university

24  health services support organization and all university health

25  services support organization records shall be open and

26  available to the public in accordance with s. 286.011 and s.

27  24(b), Art. I of the State Constitution and chapter 119 and s.

28  24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution, respectively, unless

29  made confidential or exempt by law. Records required by the

30  Department of Insurance to discharge its duties shall be made

31  available to the department upon request.


                                 450

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The following university health services support

  2  organization's records and information are confidential and

  3  exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art.

  4  I of the State Constitution:

  5         (a)  Contracts for managed care arrangements under

  6  which the university health services support organization

  7  provides health care services, preferred provider organization

  8  contracts, health maintenance organization contracts, alliance

  9  network arrangements, and exclusive provider organization

10  contracts, and any documents directly relating to the

11  negotiation, performance, and implementation of any such

12  contracts for managed care arrangements or alliance network

13  arrangements. As used in this paragraph, the term "managed

14  care" means systems or techniques generally used by

15  third-party payors or their agents to affect access to and

16  control payment for health care services. Managed-care

17  techniques most often include one or more of the following:

18  prior, concurrent, and retrospective review of the medical

19  necessity and appropriateness of services or site of services;

20  contracts with selected health care providers; financial

21  incentives or disincentives related to the use of specific

22  providers, services, or service sites; controlled access to

23  and coordination of services by a case manager; and payor

24  efforts to identify treatment alternatives and modify benefit

25  restrictions for high-cost patient care.

26         (b)  Each university health services support

27  organization's marketing plan the disclosure of which may

28  reasonably be expected by the organization's governing board

29  to be used by a competitor or an affiliated provider of the

30  organization to frustrate, circumvent, or exploit the purposes

31  of the plan before it is implemented and which is not


                                 451

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  otherwise known or cannot be legally obtained by a competitor

  2  or an affiliated provider.  However, documents that are

  3  submitted to the organization's governing board as part of the

  4  board's approval of the organization's budget, and the budget

  5  itself, are not confidential and exempt.

  6         (c)  Trade secrets, as defined in s. 688.002, including

  7  reimbursement methodologies and rates.

  8         (d)  The records of the peer review panels, committees,

  9  governing board, and agents of the university health services

10  support organization which relate solely to the evaluation of

11  health care services and professional credentials of health

12  care providers and physicians employed by or providing

13  services under contract to the university health services

14  support organization.  The exemptions created by this

15  paragraph shall not be construed to impair any otherwise

16  established rights of an individual health care provider to

17  inspect documents concerning the determination of such

18  provider's professional credentials.

19         (3)  Any portion of a governing board or peer review

20  panel or committee meeting during which a confidential and

21  exempt contract, document, record, marketing plan, or trade

22  secret, as provided for in subsection (2), is discussed is

23  exempt from the provisions of s. 286.011 and s. 24(b), Art. I

24  of the State Constitution.

25         (4)  Those portions of any public record, such as a

26  tape recording, minutes, and notes, generated during that

27  portion of a governing board or peer review panel or committee

28  meeting which is closed to the public pursuant to this

29  section, which contain information relating to contracts,

30  documents, records, marketing plans, or trade secrets which

31  are made confidential and exempt by this section, are


                                 452

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1)

  2  and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution.

  3         (5)  The exemptions from s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a),

  4  Art. I of the State Constitution and s. 286.011 and s. 24(b),

  5  Art. I of the State Constitution provided in this section do

  6  not apply if the governing board of a university health

  7  services support organization votes to lease, sell, or

  8  transfer all or any substantial part of the facilities or

  9  property of the university health services support

10  organization to a nonpublic entity.

11         (6)  Any person may petition a court of competent

12  jurisdiction for an order for the public release of those

13  portions of any public record, such as a tape recording,

14  minutes, or notes, generated during that portion of a

15  governing board meeting which is closed to the public pursuant

16  to subsection (3), which record is made confidential and

17  exempt by subsection (4). Any action pursuant to this

18  subsection must be brought in the county where the principal

19  office of the university health services support organization

20  is located, as reflected in the records of the Secretary of

21  State. In any order for the public release of a record

22  pursuant to this subsection, the court shall make a finding

23  that a compelling public interest is served by the release of

24  the record or portions thereof which exceeds the public

25  necessity for maintaining the confidentiality of such record

26  as described in s. 2, chapter 96-171, Laws of Florida, and

27  that the release of the record will not cause damage to or

28  adversely affect the interests of private persons, business

29  entities, the university health services support organization,

30  or the affiliated university.

31  


                                 453

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  Those portions of any public record, such as a

  2  tape recording, minutes, or notes, generated during that

  3  portion of a governing board meeting at which negotiations for

  4  contracts for managed-care arrangements occur, are reported

  5  on, or are acted on by the governing board, which record is

  6  made confidential and exempt by subsection (4), shall become

  7  public records 2 years after the termination or completion of

  8  the term of the contract to which such negotiations relate or,

  9  if no contract was executed, 2 years after the termination of

10  the negotiations. Notwithstanding paragraph (2)(a) and

11  subsection (4), a university health services support

12  organization must make available, upon request, the title and

13  general description of a contract for managed-care

14  arrangements, the names of the contracting parties, and the

15  duration of the contract term. All contracts for managed-care

16  arrangements which are made confidential and exempt by

17  paragraph (2)(a), except those portions of any contract

18  containing trade secrets which are made confidential and

19  exempt by paragraph (2)(c), shall become public 2 years after

20  the termination or completion of the term of the contract.

21         (8)  A university health services support organization

22  may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to continue the

23  confidentiality of any public record made nonconfidential by

24  this section, upon a showing of good cause. In determining

25  good cause, the court shall balance the property, privacy, and

26  economic interests of any affected person or business entity

27  with those of the university health services support

28  organization and with the public interest and must make a

29  finding that a substantial public interest is served by the

30  continued confidentiality of the public record for an

31  additional time period. The length of time for this continued


                                 454

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  exemption may be no longer than is necessary to protect that

  2  substantial public interest.

  3         (9)  This act does not preclude discovery of records

  4  and information that are otherwise discoverable under the

  5  Florida Rules of Civil Procedure or any statutory provision

  6  allowing discovery or presuit disclosure of such records and

  7  information for the purpose of civil actions.

  8         Section 174.  Section 1004.31, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1004.31  Assent to Hatch Act and Morrill Land-Grant

11  Act.--The assent of the Legislature is given to the provisions

12  and requirements of the Acts of Congress commonly known as the

13  "Hatch Act of 1887," the "First Morrill Act of 1862," the

14  "Second Morrill Act of 1890," and all acts supplemental

15  thereto. The University of Florida Board of Trustees may

16  receive grants of money appropriated for the benefit of the

17  University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural

18  Sciences in the case of the First Morrill Act, the Hatch Act,

19  and all acts supplemental thereto. The Florida Agricultural

20  and Mechanical University Board of Trustees may receive grants

21  of money appropriated for the benefit of Florida Agricultural

22  and Mechanical University in the case of the Second Morrill

23  Act and all acts supplemental thereto.  The provisions of

24  chapter 3564, 1885, Laws of Florida, and s. 7, chapter 1776,

25  1870, Laws of Florida, are made applicable to said

26  universities insofar as the same are or can be made effective;

27  and all estate, right, property claim, and emoluments, and the

28  rents and issues thereof, or any substitutions thereof, and

29  all claims and demands arising or that may or can arise

30  thereunder, or any Act of Congress in that regard, are hereby

31  preserved, maintained, and transferred to the University of


                                 455

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Florida Board of Trustees and the Florida Agricultural and

  2  Mechanical University Board of Trustees for the use and

  3  benefit of said universities under the terms of said acts.

  4         Section 175.  Section 1004.32, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1004.32  New College of Florida.--

  7         (1)  MISSION AND GOALS.--New College of Florida serves

  8  a distinctive mission as the 4-year residential liberal arts

  9  honors college of the State of Florida.  To maintain this

10  mission, New College of Florida has the following goals:

11         (a)  To provide a quality education to students of high

12  ability who, because of their ability, deserve a program of

13  study that is both demanding and stimulating.

14         (b)  To engage in undergraduate educational reform by

15  combining educational innovation with educational excellence.

16         (c)  To provide programs of study that allow students

17  to design their educational experience as much as possible in

18  accordance with their individual interests, values, and

19  abilities.

20         (d)  To challenge undergraduates not only to master

21  existing bodies of knowledge but also to extend the frontiers

22  of knowledge through original research.

23         (2)  ACCREDITATION.--As soon as possible, New College

24  of Florida shall apply to the Commission on Colleges of the

25  Southern Association of Colleges and Schools for separate

26  accreditation.

27         (3)  BOARD OF TRUSTEES.--The Governor shall appoint 12

28  members to the Board of Trustees, to serve 4-year staggered

29  terms, as follows:

30         (a)  Three residents of Sarasota County.

31         (b)  Two residents of Manatee County.


                                 456

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Until the expiration date of the terms of office

  2  of the members who are on the board June 30, 2001, seven

  3  members selected from the Board of Trustees of the New College

  4  Foundation.

  5  

  6  In addition, the student body president shall serve ex officio

  7  as a voting member of the board of trustees.

  8         Section 176.  Part II.b. of chapter 1004, Florida

  9  Statutes, shall be entitled "Branch Campuses, Centers,

10  Institutes, and Special Programs" and shall consist of ss.

11  1004.33-1004.62.

12         Section 177.  Section 1004.33, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1004.33  The University of South Florida St.

15  Petersburg.--

16         (1)  The St. Petersburg campus of the University of

17  South Florida is established and shall be known as the

18  "University of South Florida St. Petersburg."

19         (a)  The Legislature intends that the University of

20  South Florida St. Petersburg be operated and maintained as a

21  separate organizational and budget entity of the University of

22  South Florida, and that all legislative appropriations for the

23  University of South Florida St. Petersburg be set forth as

24  separate line items in the annual General Appropriations Act.

25         (b)  The University of South Florida St. Petersburg

26  shall have a Campus Board and a Campus Executive Officer.

27         (c)  As soon as possible, but no later than the

28  effective date of this act, the President of the University of

29  South Florida shall begin the process of application to the

30  Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges

31  and Schools for separate accreditation of the University of


                                 457

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  South Florida St. Petersburg. If the application is not

  2  approved or is provisionally approved, the University of South

  3  Florida shall correct any identified deficiencies and shall

  4  continue to work for accreditation.

  5         (2)  The Board of Trustees of the University of South

  6  Florida shall appoint to the Campus Board, from

  7  recommendations of the President of the University of South

  8  Florida, five residents of Pinellas County. If a resident of

  9  Pinellas County is appointed to the Board of Trustees of the

10  University of South Florida, the board shall appoint that

11  member to serve jointly as a member of the Campus Board. If

12  more than one Pinellas County resident is appointed to the

13  Board of Trustees, the board shall select one joint member.

14  The Board of Trustees may reappoint a member to the Campus

15  Board for one additional term. The Campus Board has the powers

16  and duties provided by law, which include the authority to:

17         (a)  Review and approve an annual legislative budget

18  request to be submitted to the Commissioner of Education. The

19  Campus Executive Officer shall prepare the legislative budget

20  request in accordance with guidelines established by the State

21  Board of Education. This request must include items for campus

22  operations and fixed capital outlay.

23         (b)  Approve and submit an annual operating plan and

24  budget for review and consultation by the Board of Trustees of

25  the University of South Florida. The campus operating budget

26  must reflect the actual funding available to that campus from

27  separate line-item appropriations contained in each annual

28  General Appropriations Act, which line-item appropriations

29  must initially reflect the funds reported to the Legislature

30  for the University of South Florida St. Petersburg campus for

31  


                                 458

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fiscal year 2000-2001 and any additional funds provided in the

  2  fiscal year 2001-2002 legislative appropriation.

  3         (c)  Enter into central support services contracts with

  4  the Board of Trustees of the University of South Florida for

  5  any services that the St. Petersburg campus cannot provide

  6  more economically, including payroll processing, accounting,

  7  technology, construction administration, and other desired

  8  services. However, all legal services for the campus must be

  9  provided by a central services contract with the university.

10  The Board of Trustees of the University of South Florida and

11  the Campus Board shall determine in a letter of agreement any

12  allocation or sharing of student fee revenue between the

13  University of South Florida's main campus and the St.

14  Petersburg campus.

15  

16  The Board of Trustees of the University of South Florida may

17  lawfully delegate other powers and duties to the Campus Board

18  for the efficient operation and improvement of the campus and

19  for the purpose of vesting in the campus the attributes

20  necessary to meet the requirements for separate accreditation

21  by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

22         (3)  The University of South Florida St. Petersburg

23  shall be administered by a Campus Executive Officer who shall

24  be appointed by, report directly to, and serve at the pleasure

25  of the President of the University of South Florida. The

26  President shall consult with the Campus Board before hiring or

27  terminating the Campus Executive Officer. The Campus Executive

28  Officer has authority and responsibility as provided in law,

29  including the authority to:

30         (a)  Administer campus operations within the annual

31  operating budget as approved by the Campus Board.


                                 459

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Recommend to the Campus Board an annual

  2  legislative budget request that includes funding for campus

  3  operations and fixed capital outlay.

  4         (c)  Recommend to the Campus Board an annual campus

  5  operating budget.

  6         (d)  Recommend to the Campus Board appropriate services

  7  and terms and conditions to be included in annual central

  8  support services contracts.

  9         (e)  Carry out any additional responsibilities assigned

10  or delegated by the President of the University of South

11  Florida for the efficient operation and improvement of the

12  campus, especially any authority necessary for the purpose of

13  vesting in the campus attributes necessary to meet the

14  requirements for separate accreditation.

15         (4)  Students enrolled at the University of South

16  Florida, including those enrolled at a branch campus, have the

17  same rights and obligations as provided by law, policy, or

18  rule adopted by the University of South Florida, the Florida

19  Department of Education, or other lawful entity. The

20  University of South Florida shall provide a comprehensive and

21  coordinated system of student registration so that a student

22  enrolled at any campus of the University of South Florida has

23  the ability to register for courses at any other campus of the

24  University of South Florida.

25         (5)  The following entities are not affected by this

26  section and remain under the administrative control of the

27  University of South Florida:

28         (a)  The University of South Florida College of Marine

29  Science, which is a component college of the main campus.

30         (b)  The Florida Institute of Oceanography, which is a

31  Type One Institute.


                                 460

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The University of South Florida Pediatric Research

  2  Center.

  3         (d)  The University of South Florida/USGS joint

  4  facility.

  5         Section 178.  Section 1004.34, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1004.34  The University of South Florida

  8  Sarasota/Manatee.--

  9         (1)  The Sarasota/Manatee campus of the University of

10  South Florida is established and shall be known as the

11  "University of South Florida Sarasota/Manatee."

12         (a)  The Legislature intends that the University of

13  South Florida Sarasota/Manatee be operated and maintained as a

14  separate organizational and budget entity of the University of

15  South Florida and that all legislative appropriations for the

16  University of South Florida Sarasota/Manatee be set forth as

17  separate line items in the annual General Appropriations Act.

18         (b)  The University of South Florida Sarasota/Manatee

19  shall have a Campus Board and a Campus Executive Officer.

20         (c)  As soon as possible, but no later than July 1,

21  2002, the President of the University of South Florida shall

22  begin the process of application to the Commission on Colleges

23  of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools for

24  separate accreditation of the University of South Florida

25  Sarasota/Manatee. If the application is not approved or is

26  provisionally approved, the University of South Florida shall

27  correct any identified deficiencies and shall continue to work

28  for accreditation.

29         (2)  The Board of Trustees of the University of South

30  Florida shall appoint to the Campus Board, from

31  recommendations of the President of the University of South


                                 461

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Florida, three residents of Manatee County and two residents

  2  of Sarasota County, to serve 4-year staggered terms. If one or

  3  more residents of Sarasota County or Manatee County are

  4  appointed to the Board of Trustees of the University of South

  5  Florida, the board shall, at the next vacancy of the Campus

  6  Board, appoint one of those members to serve jointly as a

  7  member of the Campus Board. The Board of Trustees may

  8  reappoint a member to the Campus Board for one additional

  9  term. The Campus Board has the powers and duties provided by

10  law, which include the authority to:

11         (a)  Review and approve an annual legislative budget

12  request to be submitted to the Commissioner of Education. The

13  Campus Executive Officer shall prepare the legislative budget

14  request in accordance with guidelines established by the State

15  Board of Education. This request must include items for campus

16  operations and fixed capital outlay.

17         (b)  Approve and submit an annual operating plan and

18  budget for review and consultation by the Board of Trustees of

19  the University of South Florida. The campus operating budget

20  must reflect the actual funding available to that campus from

21  separate line-item appropriations contained in each annual

22  General Appropriations Act, which line-item appropriations

23  must initially reflect the funds reported to the Legislature

24  for the University of South Florida Sarasota/Manatee campus

25  for fiscal year 2000-2001 and any additional funds provided in

26  the fiscal year 2001-2002 legislative appropriation.

27         (c)  Enter into central support services contracts with

28  the Board of Trustees of the University of South Florida for

29  any services that the campus at Sarasota/Manatee cannot

30  provide more economically, including payroll processing,

31  accounting, technology, construction administration, and other


                                 462

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  desired services. However, all legal services for the campus

  2  must be provided by a central services contract with the

  3  university. The Board of Trustees of the University of South

  4  Florida and the Campus Board shall determine in a letter of

  5  agreement any allocation or sharing of student fee revenue

  6  between the University of South Florida's main campus and the

  7  Sarasota/Manatee campus.

  8  

  9  The Board of Trustees of the University of South Florida may

10  lawfully delegate other powers and duties to the Campus Board

11  for the efficient operation and improvement of the campus and

12  for the purpose of vesting in the campus the attributes

13  necessary to meet the requirements for separate accreditation

14  by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

15         (3)  The University of South Florida Sarasota/Manatee

16  shall be administered by a Campus Executive Officer who shall

17  be appointed by, report directly to, and serve at the pleasure

18  of the President of the University of South Florida. The

19  President shall consult with the Campus Board before hiring or

20  terminating the Campus Executive Officer. The Campus Executive

21  Officer has authority and responsibility as provided in law,

22  including the authority to:

23         (a)  Administer campus operations within the annual

24  operating budget as approved by the Campus Board.

25         (b)  Recommend to the Campus Board an annual

26  legislative budget request that includes funding for campus

27  operations and fixed capital outlay.

28         (c)  Recommend to the Campus Board an annual campus

29  operating budget.

30  

31  


                                 463

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Recommend to the Campus Board appropriate services

  2  and terms and conditions to be included in annual central

  3  support services contracts.

  4         (e)  Carry out any additional responsibilities assigned

  5  or delegated by the President of the University of South

  6  Florida for the efficient operation and improvement of the

  7  campus, especially any authority necessary for the purpose of

  8  vesting in the campus attributes necessary to meet the

  9  requirements for separate accreditation.

10         (4)  Students enrolled at the University of South

11  Florida, including those enrolled at a branch campus, have the

12  same rights and obligations as provided by law, policy, or

13  rule adopted by the University of South Florida, the Florida

14  Department of Education, or other lawful entity. The

15  University of South Florida shall provide a comprehensive and

16  coordinated system of student registration so that a student

17  enrolled at any campus of the University of South Florida has

18  the ability to register for courses at any other campus of the

19  University of South Florida.

20         (5)  Promote technology transfer between the research

21  operations of the University of South Florida and local

22  economic development agencies.

23         Section 179.  Section 1004.35, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1004.35  Broward County campuses of Florida Atlantic

26  University; coordination with other institutions.--The State

27  Board of Education and Florida Atlantic University shall

28  consult with Broward Community College and Florida

29  International University in coordinating course offerings at

30  the postsecondary level in Broward County. Florida Atlantic

31  University may contract with the Board of Trustees of Broward


                                 464

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Community College and with Florida International University to

  2  provide instruction in courses offered at the Southeast

  3  Campus. Florida Atlantic University shall increase course

  4  offerings at the Southeast Campus as facilities become

  5  available.

  6         Section 180.  Section 1004.36, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.36  Florida Atlantic University campuses.--

  9         (1)  The Broward County campuses of Florida Atlantic

10  University are hereby established as a partner of the Florida

11  Atlantic University campus in Boca Raton. The Broward County

12  campuses of Florida Atlantic University shall be known as

13  "Florida Atlantic University Broward." The Boca Raton campuses

14  of Florida Atlantic University shall be known as "Florida

15  Atlantic University Boca Raton." The office of the president

16  shall be at the campus in Boca Raton.

17         (2)  Florida Atlantic University shall develop and

18  administer a separate budget for Florida Atlantic University

19  Broward. The budget shall include, at a minimum, an allocation

20  of those operating and capital outlay funds appropriated

21  annually by the Legislature in the General Appropriations Act

22  for the Broward campuses; a proportional share, based on

23  student credit hours produced at the Broward campuses, of any

24  allocations received by the university from student tuition

25  and fees, except for athletic fees, specifically authorized by

26  law; all overhead charges from sponsored research conducted on

27  the Broward campuses; and all revenues derived from vending

28  funds, auxiliary enterprises and contracts, and grants and

29  donations, as authorized by s. 1011.91, which result from

30  activities on Broward campuses. Florida Atlantic University

31  Broward and Florida Atlantic University Boca Raton may pay


                                 465

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reasonable charges to appropriate levels of administration of

  2  Florida Atlantic University for services delivered

  3  universitywide.

  4         (3)  The Florida Atlantic University Board of Trustees

  5  shall take all actions necessary to ensure that Florida

  6  Atlantic University Broward and Florida Atlantic University

  7  Boca Raton are partners in the overall policymaking and

  8  academic governance structures of the university. Annual

  9  legislative budget requests for operations and facilities

10  shall separately identify those funds requested for Florida

11  Atlantic University Broward and Florida Atlantic University

12  Boca Raton. Florida Atlantic University Broward and Florida

13  Atlantic University Boca Raton shall have local management

14  authority over their campus faculty, staff, and programs, but

15  there shall be universitywide standards and processes for

16  evaluating requests for promotion and tenure; there shall be

17  complete transferability of credits and uniform programs

18  across campuses; and colleges operating on multiple campuses

19  shall have only one dean for each college. Florida Atlantic

20  University Broward shall establish a faculty senate and may

21  establish a direct-support organization. Any such

22  direct-support organization shall be subject to s. 1004.28(5).

23         (4)  The State Board of Education, as a function of its

24  comprehensive master planning process, shall continue to

25  evaluate the need for undergraduate programs in Broward County

26  and shall assess the extent to which existing postsecondary

27  programs are addressing those needs.

28         Section 181.  Section 1004.37, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30  

31  


                                 466

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.37  County or area extension programs; cooperation

  2  between counties and University of Florida and Florida

  3  Agricultural and Mechanical University.--

  4         (1)  The Florida Cooperative Extension Service is

  5  administered through the University of Florida and is

  6  supported programmatically by the University of Florida and

  7  Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University in

  8  collaboration with individual county governments. County or

  9  area extension programs will be developed, based on local

10  situations, needs, and problems, supported by scientific and

11  technical information developed by the University of Florida,

12  Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University, the United

13  States Department of Agriculture, and other sources of

14  research information. This information will be made available

15  through the local program, with the aid of research scientists

16  and extension specialists of the University of Florida

17  Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences and Florida

18  Agricultural and Mechanical University.

19         (2)  In each county or other geographic subdivision the

20  board of county commissioners or other legally constituted

21  governing body will annually determine the extent of its

22  financial participation in cooperative extension work. The

23  extent of such financial participation by the counties will

24  influence the number of county extension agents and clerical

25  staff employed and the scope of the local extension program.

26         (3)  Boards of county commissioners or other legally

27  constituted governing bodies will approve or disapprove of

28  persons recommended for extension positions in the county. If

29  the governing body of the county notifies the extension

30  service by resolution that it wants a list of three qualified

31  candidates, then the extension service shall, for each


                                 467

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  position, make its recommendation by submitting a list of not

  2  fewer than three qualified persons, or all qualified persons

  3  if three or fewer. From this list, the board of county

  4  commissioners, or other legally constituted governing body,

  5  shall make its selection. If none of the persons recommended

  6  are approved, the extension service shall continue to submit

  7  lists of not fewer than three additional qualified persons

  8  until one person is selected. If the governing body of the

  9  county does not forward such a resolution to the extension

10  service, the extension service shall recommend one qualified

11  candidate to the governing body. If a person recommended is

12  not approved, the extension service shall recommend another

13  qualified candidate and shall repeat this procedure as

14  necessary until one person is selected. Extension agents so

15  appointed will be staff members of the University of Florida

16  or Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University, depending

17  on the source of funds. It is the responsibility of the

18  cooperative extension service to determine qualifications for

19  positions.

20         (4)  Although county extension agents are jointly

21  employed by the state universities and federal and county

22  governments for the purposes of administration of the

23  cooperative extension service, the personnel policies and

24  procedures of the University of Florida or Florida

25  Agricultural and Mechanical University, depending on

26  appointment, will apply except in those instances when federal

27  legislation or the basic memorandum of understanding is

28  applicable.

29         (5)  The University of Florida will provide county

30  extension personnel in the county with supervision and

31  resources for planning and programming and is responsible for


                                 468

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the programming process. The Florida Cooperative Extension

  2  Service will make available needed program materials to the

  3  extension agents through the subject matter specialists or

  4  through other resource persons available from within the

  5  university. It will be responsible for maintaining a high

  6  level of technical competence in the county extension staff

  7  through a continuous program of inservice training.

  8         (6)  The county extension director will report

  9  periodically to the board of county commissioners or other

10  legally constituted governing body on programs underway and

11  results in the county. Each board of county commissioners or

12  other legally constituted governing body will develop a plan

13  which will enable it to be kept informed on the progress and

14  results of the local extension program so that its own

15  knowledge of program needs and problems may become a part of

16  the educational work carried on by the agents. Such plan shall

17  provide for a means of communicating the board's satisfaction

18  with the extension program to the county extension director

19  and the cooperative extension service.

20         Section 182.  Section 1004.38, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1004.38  Master of science program in speech-language

23  pathology; Florida International University.--A master of

24  science degree program in speech-language pathology is hereby

25  authorized at Florida International University.

26         Section 183.  Section 1004.39, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1004.39  College of law at Florida International

29  University.--

30         (1)  A college of law is authorized at Florida

31  International University.


                                 469

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The college of law at Florida International

  2  University must be operated in compliance with the standards

  3  approved by nationally recognized associations for accredited

  4  colleges of law.

  5         (3)  The college of law at Florida International

  6  University, to the extent consistent with the standards

  7  required by the American Bar Association or any other

  8  nationally recognized association for the accreditation of

  9  colleges of law, shall develop a law library collection

10  utilizing electronic formats and mediums.

11         (4)  The college of law at Florida International

12  University shall develop and institute a program that is

13  consistent with sound legal education principles as determined

14  by the American Bar Association or any other nationally

15  recognized association for the accreditation of colleges of

16  law and that, to the extent consistent with such sound legal

17  education principles, is structured to serve the legal needs

18  of traditionally underserved portions of the population by

19  providing an opportunity for participation in a legal clinic

20  program or pro bono legal service.

21         (5)  The Florida International University Board of

22  Trustees shall commence the planning of a college of law at

23  Florida International University. In planning the college of

24  law, the Florida International University Board of Trustees

25  and the State Board of Education may accept grants, donations,

26  gifts, and moneys available for this purpose, including moneys

27  for planning and constructing the college. The Florida

28  International University Board of Trustees may procure and

29  accept any federal funds that are available for the planning,

30  creation, and establishment of the college of law. Classes

31  must commence by the fall semester 2003. If the American Bar


                                 470

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Association or any other nationally recognized association for

  2  the accreditation of colleges of law issues a third

  3  disapproval of an application for provisional approval or for

  4  full approval or fails to grant, within 5 years following the

  5  graduation of the first class, a provisional approval, to the

  6  college of law at Florida International University, the State

  7  Board of Education shall make recommendations to the Governor

  8  and the Legislature as to whether the college of law will

  9  cease operations at the end of the full academic year

10  subsequent to the receipt by the college of law of any such

11  third disapproval, or whether the college of law will continue

12  operations and any conditions for continued operations. If the

13  college of law ceases operations pursuant to this section, the

14  following conditions apply:

15         (a)  The authority for the college of law at Florida

16  International University and the authority of the Florida

17  International University Board of Trustees and the State Board

18  of Education provided in this section shall terminate upon the

19  cessation of operations of the college of law at Florida

20  International University. The college of law at Florida

21  International University shall receive no moneys allocated for

22  the planning, construction, or operation of the college of law

23  after its cessation of operations other than moneys to be

24  expended for the cessation of operations of the college of

25  law. Any moneys allocated to the college of law at Florida

26  International University not expended prior to or scheduled to

27  be expended after the date of the cessation of the college of

28  law shall be appropriated for other use by the Legislature of

29  the State of Florida.

30         (b)  Any buildings of the college of law at Florida

31  International University constructed from the expenditure of


                                 471

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  capital outlay funds appropriated by the Legislature shall be

  2  owned by the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement

  3  Trust Fund and managed by the Florida International University

  4  Board of Trustees upon the cessation of the college of law.

  5  

  6  Nothing in this section shall undermine commitments to current

  7  students receiving support as of the date of the enactment of

  8  this section from the law school scholarship program of the

  9  Florida Education Fund as provided in s. 1009.70(8). Students

10  attending the college of law at Florida International

11  University shall be eligible for financial, academic, or other

12  support from the Florida Education Fund as provided in s.

13  1009.70(8) without the college's obtaining accreditation by

14  the American Bar Association.

15         (6)  The college of law at Florida International

16  University shall be dedicated to providing opportunities for

17  minorities to attain representation within the legal

18  profession proportionate to their representation in the

19  general population; however, the college of law shall not

20  include preferences in the admissions process for applicants

21  on the basis of race, national origin, or gender.

22         Section 184.  Section 1004.40, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1004.40  College of law at Florida Agricultural and

25  Mechanical University.--

26         (1)  A college of law is authorized at Florida

27  Agricultural and Mechanical University.

28         (2)  The college of law at Florida Agricultural and

29  Mechanical University must be operated in compliance with the

30  standards approved by nationally recognized associations for

31  accredited colleges of law.


                                 472

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  The college of law at Florida Agricultural and

  2  Mechanical University, to the extent consistent with the

  3  standards required by the American Bar Association or any

  4  other nationally recognized association for the accreditation

  5  of colleges of law, shall develop a law library collection

  6  utilizing electronic formats and mediums.

  7         (4)  The college of law at Florida Agricultural and

  8  Mechanical University shall develop and institute a program

  9  that is consistent with sound legal education principles as

10  determined by the American Bar Association or any other

11  nationally recognized association for the accreditation of

12  colleges of law and that, to the extent consistent with such

13  sound legal education principles, is structured to serve the

14  legal needs of traditionally underserved portions of the

15  population by providing an opportunity for participation in a

16  legal clinic program or pro bono legal service.

17         (5)  The Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University

18  Board of Trustees shall commence the planning of a college of

19  law under the auspices of Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

20  University to be located in the I-4 corridor area. In planning

21  the college of law, the Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

22  University Board of Trustees and the State Board of Education

23  may accept grants, donations, gifts, and moneys available for

24  this purpose, including moneys for planning and constructing

25  the college. The Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

26  University Board of Trustees may procure and accept any

27  federal funds that are available for the planning, creation,

28  and establishment of the college of law. Classes must commence

29  by the fall semester 2003. If the American Bar Association or

30  any other nationally recognized association for the

31  accreditation of colleges of law issues a third disapproval of


                                 473

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  an application for provisional approval or for full approval

  2  or fails to grant, within 5 years following the graduation of

  3  the first class, a provisional approval, to the college of law

  4  at Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University, the State

  5  Board of Education shall make recommendations to the Governor

  6  and Legislature as to whether the college of law will cease

  7  operations at the end of the full academic year subsequent to

  8  the receipt by the college of law of any such third

  9  disapproval, or whether the college of law will continue

10  operations and any conditions for continued operations. If the

11  college of law ceases operations of the college of law

12  pursuant to this section, the following conditions apply:

13         (a)  The authority for the college of law at Florida

14  Agricultural and Mechanical University and the authority of

15  the Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University Board of

16  Trustees and the State Board of Education provided in this

17  section shall terminate upon the cessation of operations of

18  the college of law at Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

19  University. The college of law at Florida Agricultural and

20  Mechanical University shall receive no moneys allocated for

21  the planning, construction, or operation of the college of law

22  after its cessation of operations other than moneys to be

23  expended for the cessation of operations of the college of

24  law. Any moneys allocated to the college of law at Florida

25  Agricultural and Mechanical University not expended prior to

26  or scheduled to be expended after the date of the cessation of

27  the college of law shall be appropriated for other use by the

28  Legislature of the State of Florida.

29         (b)  Any buildings of the college of law at Florida

30  Agricultural and Mechanical University constructed from the

31  expenditure of capital outlay funds appropriated by the


                                 474

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Legislature shall be owned by the Board of Trustees of the

  2  Internal Improvement Trust Fund and managed by the Florida

  3  Agricultural and Mechanical University Board of Trustees upon

  4  the cessation of the college of law.

  5  

  6  Nothing in this section shall undermine commitments to current

  7  students receiving support as of the date of the enactment of

  8  this section from the law school scholarship program of the

  9  Florida Education Fund as provided in s. 1009.70(8). Students

10  attending the college of law at Florida Agricultural and

11  Mechanical University shall be eligible for financial,

12  academic, or other support from the Florida Education Fund as

13  provided in s. 1009.70(8) without the college's obtaining

14  accreditation by the American Bar Association.

15         (6)  The college of law at Florida Agricultural and

16  Mechanical University shall be dedicated to providing

17  opportunities for minorities to attain representation within

18  the legal profession proportionate to their representation in

19  the general population; however, the college of law shall not

20  include preferences in the admissions process for applicants

21  on the basis of race, national origin, or gender.

22         Section 185.  Section 1004.41, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1004.41  University of Florida; J. Hillis Miller Health

25  Center.--

26         (1)  There is established the J. Hillis Miller Health

27  Center at the University of Florida, including campuses at

28  Gainesville and Jacksonville and affiliated teaching

29  hospitals, which shall include the following colleges:

30         (a)  College of Dentistry.

31         (b)  College of Health Professions.


                                 475

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  College of Medicine.

  2         (d)  College of Nursing.

  3         (e)  College of Pharmacy.

  4         (f)  College of Veterinary Medicine and related

  5  teaching hospitals.

  6         (2)  Each college of the health center shall be so

  7  maintained and operated as to comply with the standards

  8  approved by a nationally recognized association for

  9  accreditation.

10         (3)(a)  The University of Florida Health Center

11  Operations and Maintenance Trust Fund shall be administered by

12  the University of Florida Board of Trustees. Funds shall be

13  credited to the trust fund from the sale of goods and services

14  performed by the University of Florida Veterinary Medicine

15  Teaching Hospital. The purpose of the trust fund is to support

16  the instruction, research, and service missions of the

17  University of Florida College of Veterinary Medicine.

18         (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301, and

19  pursuant to s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the

20  end of any fiscal year shall remain in the trust fund and

21  shall be available for carrying out the purposes of the trust

22  fund.

23         (4)(a)  The University of Florida Board of Trustees

24  shall lease the hospital facilities of the health center,

25  known as the Shands Teaching Hospital and Clinics on the

26  campus of the University of Florida and all furnishings,

27  equipment, and other chattels or choses in action used in the

28  operation of the hospital, to a private not-for-profit

29  corporation organized solely for the purpose of operating the

30  hospital and ancillary health care facilities of the health

31  center and other health care facilities and programs


                                 476

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  determined to be necessary by the board of the nonprofit

  2  corporation. The rental for the hospital facilities shall be

  3  an amount equal to the debt service on bonds or revenue

  4  certificates issued solely for capital improvements to the

  5  hospital facilities or as otherwise provided by law.

  6         (b)  The University of Florida Board of Trustees shall

  7  provide in the lease or by separate contract or agreement with

  8  the not-for-profit corporation for the following:

  9         1.  Approval of the articles of incorporation of the

10  not-for-profit corporation by the University of Florida Board

11  of Trustees and the governance of the not-for-profit

12  corporation by a board of directors appointed and chaired by

13  the President of the University of Florida and vice-chaired by

14  the Vice President for Health Affairs of the University of

15  Florida.

16         2.  The use of hospital facilities and personnel in

17  support of the research programs and of the teaching role of

18  the health center.

19         3.  The continued recognition of the collective

20  bargaining units and collective bargaining agreements as

21  currently composed and recognition of the certified labor

22  organizations representing those units and agreements.

23         4.  The use of hospital facilities and personnel in

24  connection with research programs conducted by the health

25  center.

26         5.  Reimbursement to the hospital for indigent

27  patients, state-mandated programs, underfunded state programs,

28  and costs to the hospital for support of the teaching and

29  research programs of the health center.  Such reimbursement

30  shall be appropriated to either the health center or the

31  


                                 477

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  hospital each year by the Legislature after review and

  2  approval of the request for funds.

  3         (c)  The University of Florida Board of Trustees may,

  4  with the approval of the Legislature, increase the hospital

  5  facilities or remodel or renovate them, provided that the

  6  rental paid by the hospital for such new, remodeled, or

  7  renovated facilities is sufficient to amortize the costs

  8  thereof over a reasonable period of time or fund the debt

  9  service for any bonds or revenue certificates issued to

10  finance such improvements.

11         (d)  The University of Florida Board of Trustees is

12  authorized to provide to the not-for-profit corporation

13  leasing the hospital facilities and its not-for-profit

14  subsidiaries comprehensive general liability insurance

15  including professional liability from a self-insurance trust

16  program established pursuant to s. 1004.24.

17         (e)  In the event that the lease of the hospital

18  facilities to the not-for-profit corporation is terminated for

19  any reason, the University of Florida Board of Trustees shall

20  resume management and operation of the hospital facilities.

21  In such event, the Administration Commission is authorized to

22  appropriate revenues generated from the operation of the

23  hospital facilities to the University of Florida Board of

24  Trustees to pay the costs and expenses of operating the

25  hospital facility for the remainder of the fiscal year in

26  which such termination occurs.

27         (f)  The University of Florida Board of Trustees is

28  authorized to provide to Shands Jacksonville Healthcare, Inc.,

29  and its not-for-profit subsidiaries and affiliates and any

30  successor corporation that acts in support of the board of

31  trustees, comprehensive general liability coverage, including


                                 478

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  professional liability, from the self-insurance programs

  2  established pursuant to s. 1004.24.

  3         Section 186.  Section 1004.42, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1004.42  Florida State University College of

  6  Medicine.--

  7         (1)  CREATION.--There is hereby established a 4-year

  8  allopathic medical school within the Florida State University,

  9  to be known as the Florida State University College of

10  Medicine, with a principal focus on recruiting and training

11  medical professionals to meet the primary health care needs of

12  the state, especially the needs of the state's elderly, rural,

13  minority, and other underserved citizens.

14         (2)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--It is the intent of the

15  Legislature that the Florida State University College of

16  Medicine represent a new model for the training of allopathic

17  physician healers for the citizens of the state. In accordance

18  with this intent, the governing philosophy of the College of

19  Medicine should include the training of students, in a humane

20  environment, in the scientific, clinical, and behavioral

21  practices required to deliver patient-centered health care.

22  Key components of the College of Medicine, which would build

23  on the foundation of the 30-year-old Florida State University

24  Program in Medical Sciences (PIMS), would include: admission

25  of diverse types of students who possess good communication

26  skills and are compassionate individuals, representative of

27  the population of the state; basic and behavioral sciences

28  training utilizing medical problem-based teaching; and

29  clinical training at several dispersed sites throughout the

30  state in existing community hospitals, clinics, and doctors'

31  offices.  The Legislature further intends that study of the


                                 479

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  aging human be a continuing focus throughout the 4-year

  2  curriculum and that use of information technology be a key

  3  component of all parts of the educational program.

  4         (3)  PURPOSE.--The College of Medicine shall be

  5  dedicated to: preparing physicians to practice primary care,

  6  geriatric, and rural medicine, to make appropriate use of

  7  emerging technologies, and to function successfully in a

  8  rapidly changing health care environment; advancing knowledge

  9  in the applied biomedical and behavioral sciences, geriatric

10  research, autism, cancer, and chronic diseases; training

11  future scientists to assume leadership in health care delivery

12  and academic medicine; and providing access to medical

13  education for groups which are underrepresented in the medical

14  profession.

15         (4)  TRANSITION; ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE; ADMISSIONS

16  PROCESS.--The General Appropriations Act for fiscal year

17  1999-2000 included initial funding for facilities and

18  operations to provide a transition from the Program in Medical

19  Sciences (PIMS) to a College of Medicine at the Florida State

20  University. For transitional purposes, the Program in Medical

21  Sciences (PIMS) in the College of Arts and Sciences at the

22  Florida State University shall be reorganized and

23  restructured, as soon as practicable, as the Institute of

24  Human Medical Sciences. At such time as the 4-year educational

25  program development is underway and a sufficient number of

26  basic and behavioral sciences and clinical faculty are

27  recruited, the Institute of Human Medical Sciences shall

28  evolve into the Florida State University College of Medicine,

29  with appropriate departments. The current admissions procedure

30  utilized by the Program in Medical Sciences (PIMS) shall

31  provide the basis for the design of an admissions process for


                                 480

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the College of Medicine, with selection criteria that focus on

  2  identifying future primary care physicians who have

  3  demonstrated interest in serving underserved areas. Enrollment

  4  levels at the College of Medicine are planned to not exceed

  5  120 students per class, and shall be phased in from 30

  6  students in the Program in Medical Sciences (PIMS), to 40

  7  students admitted to the College of Medicine as the charter

  8  class in Fall 2001, and 20 additional students admitted to the

  9  College of Medicine in each class thereafter until the maximum

10  class size is reached.

11         (5)  PARTNER ORGANIZATIONS FOR CLINICAL INSTRUCTION;

12  GRADUATE PROGRAMS.--To provide broad-based clinical

13  instruction in both rural and urban settings for students in

14  the community-based medical education program, the College of

15  Medicine, through creation of nonprofit corporations, shall

16  seek affiliation agreements with health care systems and

17  organizations, local hospitals, medical schools, and military

18  health care facilities in the following targeted communities:

19  Pensacola, Tallahassee, Orlando, Sarasota, Jacksonville, and

20  the rural areas of the state. Selected hospitals in the target

21  communities include, but are not limited to, the following:

22         (a)  Baptist Health Care in Pensacola.

23         (b)  Sacred Heart Health System in Pensacola.

24         (c)  West Florida Regional Medical Center in Pensacola.

25         (d)  Tallahassee Memorial Healthcare in Tallahassee.

26         (e)  Florida Hospital Health System in Orlando.

27         (f)  Sarasota Memorial Health Care System in Sarasota.

28         (g)  Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville.

29         (h)  Lee Memorial Health System, Inc., in Fort Myers.

30         (i)  Rural hospitals in the state.

31  


                                 481

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The College of Medicine shall also explore all alternatives

  2  for cooperation with established graduate medical education

  3  programs in the state to develop a plan to retain its

  4  graduates in residency programs in Florida.

  5         (6)  ACCREDITATION.--The College of Medicine shall

  6  develop a program which conforms to the accreditation

  7  standards of the Liaison Committee on Medical Education

  8  (LCME).

  9         (7)  CURRICULA; CLINICAL ROTATION TRAINING SITES.--

10         (a)  The preclinical curriculum shall draw on the

11  Florida State University's Program in Medical Sciences (PIMS)

12  experience and national trends in basic and behavioral

13  sciences instruction, including use of technology for

14  distributed and distance learning. First-year instruction

15  shall include a lecture mode and problem-based learning. In

16  the second year, a small-group, problem-based learning

17  approach shall provide more advanced treatment of each

18  academic subject in a patient-centered context. Various

19  short-term clinical exposures shall be programmed throughout

20  the preclinical years, including rural, geriatric, and

21  minority health, and contemporary practice patterns in these

22  areas.

23         (b)  During the third and fourth years, the curriculum

24  shall follow a distributed, community-based model with a

25  special focus on rural health. Subgroups of students shall be

26  assigned to clinical rotation training sites in local

27  communities in roughly equal numbers, as follows:

28         1.  Group 1 - Tallahassee.

29         2.  Group 2 - Pensacola.

30         3.  Group 3 - Orlando.

31         4.  Group 4 - Sarasota.


                                 482

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         5.  Group 5 - Jacksonville.

  2         6.  Group 6 - To be determined prior to 2005, based on

  3  emerging state needs.

  4         7.  Group 7 - Rural Physician Associate Program (RPAP).

  5         (8)  MEDICAL NEEDS OF THE ELDERLY.--The College of

  6  Medicine shall develop a comprehensive program to ensure

  7  training in the medical needs of the elderly and incorporate

  8  principles embodied in the curriculum guidelines of the

  9  American Geriatric Society.  The College of Medicine shall

10  have as one of its primary missions the improvement of medical

11  education for physicians who will treat elder citizens.  To

12  accomplish this mission, the College of Medicine shall

13  establish an academic leadership position in geriatrics,

14  create an external elder care advisory committee, and

15  implement an extensive faculty development plan.  For student

16  recruitment purposes, the current Program in Medical Sciences

17  (PIMS) selection criteria shall be expanded to include

18  consideration of students who have expressed an interest in

19  elder care and who have demonstrated, through life choices, a

20  commitment to serve older persons.

21         (9)  MEDICAL NEEDS OF UNDERSERVED AREAS.--To address

22  the medical needs of the state's rural and underserved

23  populations, the College of Medicine shall develop a

24  Department of Family Medicine with a significant rural

25  training track that provides students with early and frequent

26  clinical experiences in community-based settings to train and

27  produce highly skilled primary care physicians.  The College

28  of Medicine shall consider developing new, rural-based family

29  practice clinical training programs and shall establish a

30  partnership with the West Florida Area Health Education Center

31  to assist in developing partnerships and programs to provide


                                 483

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  incentives and support for physicians to practice in primary

  2  care, geriatric, and rural medicine in underserved areas of

  3  the state.

  4         (10)  INCREASING PARTICIPATION OF UNDERREPRESENTED

  5  GROUPS.--To increase the participation of underrepresented

  6  groups and socially and economically disadvantaged youth in

  7  science and medical programs, the College of Medicine shall

  8  continue the outreach efforts of the Program in Medical

  9  Sciences (PIMS) to middle and high school minority students,

10  including the Science Students Together Reaching Instructional

11  Diversity and Excellence (SSTRIDE), and shall build an

12  endowment income to support recruitment programs and

13  scholarship and financial aid packages for these students. To

14  develop a base of qualified potential medical school

15  candidates from underrepresented groups, the College of

16  Medicine shall coordinate with the undergraduate premedical

17  and science programs currently offered at the Florida State

18  University, develop relationships with potential feeder

19  institutions, including 4-year institutions and community

20  colleges, and pursue grant funds to support programs, as well

21  as support scholarship and financial aid packages. The College

22  of Medicine shall develop plans for a postbaccalaureate,

23  1-year academic program that provides a second chance to a

24  limited number of students per year who have been declined

25  medical school admission, who are state residents, and who

26  meet established criteria as socially and economically

27  disadvantaged. The College of Medicine shall make every

28  effort, through recruitment and retention, to employ a faculty

29  and support staff that reflect the heterogeneous nature of the

30  state's general population.

31  


                                 484

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (11)  TECHNOLOGY.--To create technology-rich learning

  2  environments, the College of Medicine shall build on the

  3  considerable infrastructure that already supports the many

  4  technology resources of the Florida State University and shall

  5  expand the infrastructure to conduct an effective medical

  6  education program, including connectivity between the main

  7  campus, community-based training locations, and rural clinic

  8  locations. Additional technology programs shall include

  9  extensive professional development opportunities for faculty;

10  an on-line library of academic and medical resources for

11  students, faculty, and community preceptors; and

12  technology-sharing agreements with other medical schools to

13  allow for the exchange of technology applications among

14  medical school faculty for the purpose of enhancing medical

15  education. The College of Medicine shall explore the

16  opportunities afforded by Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville through

17  clerkships, visiting professors or lectures through the

18  existing telecommunications systems, and collaboration in

19  research activities at the Mayo Clinic's Jacksonville campus.

20         (12)  ADMINISTRATION; FACULTY.--Each of the major

21  community-based clinical rotation training sites described in

22  subsection (7) shall have a community dean and a student

23  affairs/administrative officer. Teaching faculty for the

24  community-based clinical training component shall be community

25  physicians serving part-time appointments.  Sixty faculty

26  members shall be recruited to serve in the basic and

27  behavioral sciences department. The College of Medicine shall

28  have a small core staff of on-campus, full-time faculty and

29  administrators at the Florida State University, including a

30  dean, a senior associate dean for educational programs, an

31  associate dean for clinical education, a chief


                                 485

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  financial/administrative officer, an admissions/student

  2  affairs officer, an instructional resources coordinator, a

  3  coordinator for graduate and continuing medical education, and

  4  several mission focus coordinators.

  5         (13)  COLLABORATION WITH OTHER PROFESSIONALS.--To

  6  provide students with the skills, knowledge, and values needed

  7  to practice medicine in the evolving national system of health

  8  care delivery, the College of Medicine shall fully integrate

  9  modern health care delivery concepts into its curriculum.  For

10  this purpose, the College of Medicine shall develop a

11  partnership with one or more health care organizations in the

12  state and shall recruit faculty with strong health care

13  delivery competencies. Faculty from other disciplines at the

14  Florida State University shall be utilized to develop

15  team-based approaches to core competencies in the delivery of

16  health care.

17         (14)  INDEMNIFICATION FROM LIABILITY.--This section

18  shall be construed to authorize the Florida State University

19  Board of Trustees to negotiate and purchase policies of

20  insurance to indemnify from any liability those individuals or

21  entities providing sponsorship or training to the students of

22  the medical school, professionals employed by the medical

23  school, and students of the medical school.

24         Section 187.  Section 1004.43, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1004.43  H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research

27  Institute.--There is established the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer

28  Center and Research Institute at the University of South

29  Florida.

30         (1)  The State Board of Education shall enter into an

31  agreement for the utilization of the facilities on the campus


                                 486

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of the University of South Florida to be known as the H. Lee

  2  Moffitt Cancer Center and Research Institute, including all

  3  furnishings, equipment, and other chattels used in the

  4  operation of said facilities, with a Florida not-for-profit

  5  corporation organized solely for the purpose of governing and

  6  operating the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research

  7  Institute.  This not-for-profit corporation, acting as an

  8  instrumentality of the State of Florida, shall govern and

  9  operate the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research

10  Institute in accordance with the terms of the agreement

11  between the State Board of Education and the not-for-profit

12  corporation. The not-for-profit corporation may, with the

13  prior approval of the State Board of Education, create

14  not-for-profit corporate subsidiaries to fulfill its mission.

15  The not-for-profit corporation and its subsidiaries are

16  authorized to receive, hold, invest, and administer property

17  and any moneys received from private, local, state, and

18  federal sources, as well as technical and professional income

19  generated or derived from practice activities of the

20  institute, for the benefit of the institute and the

21  fulfillment of its mission. The affairs of the corporation

22  shall be managed by a board of directors who shall serve

23  without compensation.  The President of the University of

24  South Florida and the chair of the State Board of Education,

25  or his or her designee, shall be directors of the

26  not-for-profit corporation, together with 5 representatives of

27  the state universities and no more than 14 nor fewer than 10

28  directors who are not medical doctors or state employees.

29  Each director shall have only one vote, shall serve a term of

30  3 years, and may be reelected to the board.  Other than the

31  President of the University of South Florida and the chair of


                                 487

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the State Board of Education, directors shall be elected by a

  2  majority vote of the board. The chair of the board of

  3  directors shall be selected by majority vote of the directors.

  4         (2)  The State Board of Education shall provide in the

  5  agreement with the not-for-profit corporation for the

  6  following:

  7         (a)  Approval of the articles of incorporation of the

  8  not-for-profit corporation by the State Board of Education.

  9         (b)  Approval of the articles of incorporation of any

10  not-for-profit corporate subsidiary created by the

11  not-for-profit corporation.

12         (c)  Utilization of hospital facilities and personnel

13  by the not-for-profit corporation and its subsidiaries for

14  mutually approved teaching and research programs conducted by

15  the University of South Florida or other accredited medical

16  schools or research institutes.

17         (d)  Preparation of an annual postaudit of the

18  not-for-profit corporation's financial accounts and the

19  financial accounts of any subsidiaries to be conducted by an

20  independent certified public accountant. The annual audit

21  report shall include management letters and shall be submitted

22  to the Auditor General and the State Board of Education for

23  review.  The State Board of Education, the Auditor General,

24  and the Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government

25  Accountability shall have the authority to require and receive

26  from the not-for-profit corporation and any subsidiaries or

27  from their independent auditor any detail or supplemental data

28  relative to the operation of the not-for-profit corporation or

29  subsidiary.

30         (e)  Provision by the not-for-profit corporation and

31  its subsidiaries of equal employment opportunities to all


                                 488

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  persons regardless of race, color, religion, sex, age, or

  2  national origin.

  3         (3)  The State Board of Education is authorized to

  4  secure comprehensive general liability protection, including

  5  professional liability protection, for the not-for-profit

  6  corporation and its subsidiaries pursuant to s. 1004.24.

  7         (4)  In the event that the agreement between the

  8  not-for-profit corporation and the State Board of Education is

  9  terminated for any reason, the State Board of Education shall

10  resume governance and operation of said facilities.

11         (5)  The institute shall be administered by a chief

12  executive officer who shall serve at the pleasure of the board

13  of directors of the not-for-profit corporation and who shall

14  have the following powers and duties subject to the approval

15  of the board of directors:

16         (a)  The chief executive officer shall establish

17  programs which fulfill the mission of the institute in

18  research, education, treatment, prevention, and the early

19  detection of cancer; however, the chief executive officer

20  shall not establish academic programs for which academic

21  credit is awarded and which terminate in the conference of a

22  degree without prior approval of the State Board of Education.

23         (b)  The chief executive officer shall have control

24  over the budget and the dollars appropriated or donated to the

25  institute from private, local, state, and federal sources, as

26  well as technical and professional income generated or derived

27  from practice activities of the institute.  However,

28  professional income generated by university faculty from

29  practice activities at the institute shall be shared between

30  the institute and the university as determined by the chief

31  


                                 489

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  executive officer and the appropriate university dean or vice

  2  president.

  3         (c)  The chief executive officer shall appoint members

  4  to carry out the research, patient care, and educational

  5  activities of the institute and determine compensation,

  6  benefits, and terms of service.  Members of the institute

  7  shall be eligible to hold concurrent appointments at

  8  affiliated academic institutions. University faculty shall be

  9  eligible to hold concurrent appointments at the institute.

10         (d)  The chief executive officer shall have control

11  over the use and assignment of space and equipment within the

12  facilities.

13         (e)  The chief executive officer shall have the power

14  to create the administrative structure necessary to carry out

15  the mission of the institute.

16         (f)  The chief executive officer shall have a reporting

17  relationship to the Commissioner of Education.

18         (g)  The chief executive officer shall provide a copy

19  of the institute's annual report to the Governor and Cabinet,

20  the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

21  Representatives, and the chair of the State Board of

22  Education.

23         (6)  The board of directors of the not-for-profit

24  corporation shall create a council of scientific advisers to

25  the chief executive officer comprised of leading researchers,

26  physicians, and scientists. This council shall review programs

27  and recommend research priorities and initiatives so as to

28  maximize the state's investment in the institute. The council

29  shall be appointed by the board of directors of the

30  not-for-profit corporation and shall include five appointees

31  of the State Board of Education. Each member of the council


                                 490

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall be appointed to serve a 2-year term and may be

  2  reappointed to the council.

  3         (7)  In carrying out the provisions of this section,

  4  the not-for-profit corporation and its subsidiaries are not

  5  "agencies" within the meaning of s. 20.03(11).

  6         (8)(a)  Records of the not-for-profit corporation and

  7  of its subsidiaries are public records unless made

  8  confidential or exempt by law.

  9         (b)  Proprietary confidential business information is

10  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1)

11  and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution.  However, the

12  Auditor General, the Office of Program Policy Analysis and

13  Government Accountability, and the State Board of Education,

14  pursuant to their oversight and auditing functions, must be

15  given access to all proprietary confidential business

16  information upon request and without subpoena and must

17  maintain the confidentiality of information so received. As

18  used in this paragraph, the term "proprietary confidential

19  business information" means information, regardless of its

20  form or characteristics, which is owned or controlled by the

21  not-for-profit corporation or its subsidiaries; is intended to

22  be and is treated by the not-for-profit corporation or its

23  subsidiaries as private and the disclosure of which would harm

24  the business operations of the not-for-profit corporation or

25  its subsidiaries; has not been intentionally disclosed by the

26  corporation or its subsidiaries unless pursuant to law, an

27  order of a court or administrative body, a legislative

28  proceeding pursuant to s. 5, Art. III of the State

29  Constitution, or a private agreement that provides that the

30  information may be released to the public; and which is

31  information concerning:


                                 491

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Internal auditing controls and reports of internal

  2  auditors;

  3         2.  Matters reasonably encompassed in privileged

  4  attorney-client communications;

  5         3.  Contracts for managed-care arrangements, including

  6  preferred provider organization contracts, health maintenance

  7  organization contracts, and exclusive provider organization

  8  contracts, and any documents directly relating to the

  9  negotiation, performance, and implementation of any such

10  contracts for managed-care arrangements;

11         4.  Bids or other contractual data, banking records,

12  and credit agreements the disclosure of which would impair the

13  efforts of the not-for-profit corporation or its subsidiaries

14  to contract for goods or services on favorable terms;

15         5.  Information relating to private contractual data,

16  the disclosure of which would impair the competitive interest

17  of the provider of the information;

18         6.  Corporate officer and employee personnel

19  information;

20         7.  Information relating to the proceedings and records

21  of credentialing panels and committees and of the governing

22  board of the not-for-profit corporation or its subsidiaries

23  relating to credentialing;

24         8.  Minutes of meetings of the governing board of the

25  not-for-profit corporation and its subsidiaries, except

26  minutes of meetings open to the public pursuant to subsection

27  (9);

28         9.  Information that reveals plans for marketing

29  services that the corporation or its subsidiaries reasonably

30  expect to be provided by competitors;

31  


                                 492

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         10.  Trade secrets as defined in s. 688.002, including

  2  reimbursement methodologies or rates; or

  3         11.  The identity of donors or prospective donors of

  4  property who wish to remain anonymous or any information

  5  identifying such donors or prospective donors.  The anonymity

  6  of these donors or prospective donors must be maintained in

  7  the auditor's report.

  8  

  9  As used in this paragraph, the term "managed care" means

10  systems or techniques generally used by third-party payors or

11  their agents to affect access to and control payment for

12  health care services. Managed-care techniques most often

13  include one or more of the following:  prior, concurrent, and

14  retrospective review of the medical necessity and

15  appropriateness of services or site of services; contracts

16  with selected health care providers; financial incentives or

17  disincentives related to the use of specific providers,

18  services, or service sites; controlled access to and

19  coordination of services by a case manager; and payor efforts

20  to identify treatment alternatives and modify benefit

21  restrictions for high-cost patient care.

22         (9)  Meetings of the governing board of the

23  not-for-profit corporation and meetings of the subsidiaries of

24  the not-for-profit corporation at which the expenditure of

25  dollars appropriated to the not-for-profit corporation by the

26  state are discussed or reported must remain open to the public

27  in accordance with s. 286.011 and s. 24(b), Art. I of the

28  State Constitution, unless made confidential or exempt by law.

29  Other meetings of the governing board of the not-for-profit

30  corporation and of the subsidiaries of the not-for-profit

31  


                                 493

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  corporation are exempt from s. 286.011 and s. 24(b), Art. I of

  2  the State Constitution.

  3         Section 188.  Section 1004.435, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1004.435  Cancer control and research.--

  6         (1)  SHORT TITLE.--This section shall be known and may

  7  be cited as the "Cancer Control and Research Act."

  8         (2)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--It is the finding of the

  9  Legislature that:

10         (a)  Advances in scientific knowledge have led to the

11  development of preventive and therapeutic capabilities in the

12  control of cancer.  Such knowledge and therapy must be made

13  available to all citizens of this state through educational

14  and therapeutic programs.

15         (b)  The present state of our knowledge concerning the

16  prevalence, cause or associated factors, and treatment of

17  cancer have resulted primarily from a vast federal investment

18  into basic and clinical research, some of which is expended in

19  this state. These research activities must continue, but

20  programs must be established to extend this knowledge in

21  preventive measures and patient treatment throughout the

22  state.

23         (c)  Research in cancer has implicated the environment

24  as a causal factor for many types of cancer, i.e., sunshine, X

25  rays, diet, smoking, etc., and programs are needed to further

26  document such cause and effect relationships.  Proven causes

27  of cancer should be publicized and be the subject of

28  educational programs for the prevention of cancer.

29         (d)  An effective cancer control program would mobilize

30  the scientific, educational, and medical resources that

31  


                                 494

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  presently exist into an intense attack against this dread

  2  disease.

  3         (3)  DEFINITIONS.--The following words and phrases when

  4  used in this section have, unless the context clearly

  5  indicates otherwise, the meanings given to them in this

  6  subsection:

  7         (a)  "Cancer" means all malignant neoplasms, regardless

  8  of the tissue of origin, including lymphoma and leukemia.

  9         (b)  "Council" means the Florida Cancer Control and

10  Research Advisory Council, which is an advisory body appointed

11  to function on a continuing basis for the study of cancer and

12  which recommends solutions and policy alternatives to the

13  State Board of Education and the secretary and which is

14  established by this section.

15         (c)  "Department" means the Department of Health.

16         (d)  "Fund" means the Florida Cancer Control and

17  Research Fund established by this section.

18         (e)  "Qualified nonprofit association" means any

19  association, incorporated or unincorporated, that has received

20  tax-exempt status from the Internal Revenue Service.

21         (f)  "Secretary" means the Secretary of Health.

22         (4)  FLORIDA CANCER CONTROL AND RESEARCH ADVISORY

23  COUNCIL; CREATION; COMPOSITION.--

24         (a)  There is created within the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer

25  Center and Research Institute, Inc., the Florida Cancer

26  Control and Research Advisory Council.  The council shall

27  consist of 35 members, which includes the chairperson, all of

28  whom must be residents of this state. All members, except

29  those appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives

30  and the President of the Senate, must be appointed by the

31  Governor.  At least one of the members appointed by the


                                 495

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Governor must be 60 years of age or older.  One member must be

  2  a representative of the American Cancer Society; one member

  3  must be a representative of the Florida Tumor Registrars

  4  Association; one member must be a representative of the

  5  Sylvester Comprehensive Cancer Center of the University of

  6  Miami; one member must be a representative of the Department

  7  of Health; one member must be a representative of the

  8  University of Florida Shands Cancer Center; one member must be

  9  a representative of the Agency for Health Care Administration;

10  one member must be a representative of the Florida Nurses

11  Association; one member must be a representative of the

12  Florida Osteopathic Medical Association; one member must be a

13  representative of the American College of Surgeons; one member

14  must be a representative of the School of Medicine of the

15  University of Miami; one member must be a representative of

16  the College of Medicine of the University of Florida; one

17  member must be a representative of NOVA Southeastern College

18  of Osteopathic Medicine; one member must be a representative

19  of the College of Medicine of the University of South Florida;

20  one member must be a representative of the College of Public

21  Health of the University of South Florida; one member must be

22  a representative of the Florida Society of Clinical Oncology;

23  one member must be a representative of the Florida Obstetric

24  and Gynecologic Society who has had training in the specialty

25  of gynecologic oncology; one member must be a representative

26  of the Florida Medical Association; one member must be a

27  member of the Florida Pediatric Society; one member must be a

28  representative of the Florida Radiological Society; one member

29  must be a representative of the Florida Society of

30  Pathologists; one member must be a representative of the H.

31  Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research Institute, Inc.; three


                                 496

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  members must be representatives of the general public acting

  2  as consumer advocates; one member must be a member of the

  3  House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House

  4  of Representatives; one member must be a member of the Senate

  5  appointed by the President of the Senate; one member must be a

  6  representative of the Department of Education; one member must

  7  be a representative of the Florida Dental Association; one

  8  member must be a representative of the Florida Hospital

  9  Association; one member must be a representative of the

10  Association of Community Cancer Centers; one member shall be a

11  representative from a statutory teaching hospital affiliated

12  with a community-based cancer center; one member must be a

13  representative of the Florida Association of Pediatric Tumor

14  Programs, Inc.; one member must be a representative of the

15  Cancer Information Service; one member must be a

16  representative of the Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

17  University Institute of Public Health; and one member must be

18  a representative of the Florida Society of Oncology Social

19  Workers.  Of the members of the council appointed by the

20  Governor, at least 10 must be individuals who are minority

21  persons as defined by s. 288.703(3).

22         (b)  The terms of the members shall be 4 years from

23  their respective dates of appointment.

24         (c)  A chairperson shall be appointed by the Governor

25  for a term of 2 years.  The chairperson shall appoint an

26  executive committee of no fewer than three persons to serve at

27  the pleasure of the chairperson.  This committee will prepare

28  material for the council but make no final decisions.

29         (d)  The council shall meet no less than semiannually

30  at the call of the chairperson or, in his or her absence or

31  incapacity, at the call of the secretary.  Sixteen members


                                 497

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  constitute a quorum for the purpose of exercising all of the

  2  powers of the council.  A vote of the majority of the members

  3  present is sufficient for all actions of the council.

  4         (e)  The council members shall serve without pay.

  5  Pursuant to the provisions of s. 112.061, the council members

  6  may be entitled to be reimbursed for per diem and travel

  7  expenses.

  8         (f)  No member of the council shall participate in any

  9  discussion or decision to recommend grants or contracts to any

10  qualified nonprofit association or to any agency of this state

11  or its political subdivisions with which the member is

12  associated as a member of the governing body or as an employee

13  or with which the member has entered into a contractual

14  arrangement.

15         (g)  The council may prescribe, amend, and repeal

16  bylaws governing the manner in which the business of the

17  council is conducted.

18         (h)  The council shall advise the State Board of

19  Education, the secretary, and the Legislature with respect to

20  cancer control and research in this state.

21         (i)  The council shall approve each year a program for

22  cancer control and research to be known as the "Florida Cancer

23  Plan" which shall be consistent with the State Health Plan and

24  integrated and coordinated with existing programs in this

25  state.

26         (j)  The council shall formulate and recommend to the

27  secretary a plan for the care and treatment of persons

28  suffering from cancer and recommend the establishment of

29  standard requirements for the organization, equipment, and

30  conduct of cancer units or departments in hospitals and

31  clinics in this state. The council may recommend to the


                                 498

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  secretary the designation of cancer units following a survey

  2  of the needs and facilities for treatment of cancer in the

  3  various localities throughout the state.  The secretary shall

  4  consider the plan in developing departmental priorities and

  5  funding priorities and standards under chapter 395.

  6         (k)  The council is responsible for including in the

  7  Florida Cancer Plan recommendations for the coordination and

  8  integration of medical, nursing, paramedical, lay, and other

  9  plans concerned with cancer control and research. Committees

10  shall be formed by the council so that the following areas

11  will be established as entities for actions:

12         1.  Cancer plan evaluation:  tumor registry, data

13  retrieval systems, and epidemiology of cancer in the state and

14  its relation to other areas.

15         2.  Cancer prevention.

16         3.  Cancer detection.

17         4.  Cancer patient management:  treatment,

18  rehabilitation, terminal care, and other patient-oriented

19  activities.

20         5.  Cancer education:  lay and professional.

21         6.  Unproven methods of cancer therapy:  quackery and

22  unorthodox therapies.

23         7.  Investigator-initiated project research.

24         (l)  In order to implement in whole or in part the

25  Florida Cancer Plan, the council shall recommend to the State

26  Board of Education or the secretary the awarding of grants and

27  contracts to qualified profit or nonprofit associations or

28  governmental agencies in order to plan, establish, or conduct

29  programs in cancer control or prevention, cancer education and

30  training, and cancer research.

31  


                                 499

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (m)  If funds are specifically appropriated by the

  2  Legislature, the council shall develop or purchase

  3  standardized written summaries, written in layperson's terms

  4  and in language easily understood by the average adult

  5  patient, informing actual and high-risk breast cancer

  6  patients, prostate cancer patients, and men who are

  7  considering prostate cancer screening of the medically viable

  8  treatment alternatives available to them in the effective

  9  management of breast cancer and prostate cancer; describing

10  such treatment alternatives; and explaining the relative

11  advantages, disadvantages, and risks associated therewith.

12  The breast cancer summary, upon its completion, shall be

13  printed in the form of a pamphlet or booklet and made

14  continuously available to physicians and surgeons in this

15  state for their use in accordance with s. 458.324 and to

16  osteopathic physicians in this state for their use in

17  accordance with s. 459.0125.  The council shall periodically

18  update both summaries to reflect current standards of medical

19  practice in the treatment of breast cancer and prostate

20  cancer.  The council shall develop and implement educational

21  programs, including distribution of the summaries developed or

22  purchased under this paragraph, to inform citizen groups,

23  associations, and voluntary organizations about early

24  detection and treatment of breast cancer and prostate cancer.

25         (n)  The council shall have the responsibility to

26  advise the State Board of Education and the secretary on

27  methods of enforcing and implementing laws already enacted and

28  concerned with cancer control, research, and education.

29         (o)  The council may recommend to the State Board of

30  Education or the secretary rules not inconsistent with law as

31  


                                 500

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  it may deem necessary for the performance of its duties and

  2  the proper administration of this section.

  3         (p)  The council shall formulate and put into effect a

  4  continuing educational program for the prevention of cancer

  5  and its early diagnosis and disseminate to hospitals, cancer

  6  patients, and the public information concerning the proper

  7  treatment of cancer.

  8         (q)  The council shall be physically located at the H.

  9  Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research Institute, Inc., at the

10  University of South Florida.

11         (r)  On February 15 of each year, the council shall

12  report to the Governor and to the Legislature.

13         (5)  RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION,

14  THE H. LEE MOFFITT CANCER CENTER AND RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC.,

15  AND THE SECRETARY.--

16         (a)  The State Board of Education or the secretary,

17  after consultation with the council, shall award grants and

18  contracts to qualified nonprofit associations and governmental

19  agencies in order to plan, establish, or conduct programs in

20  cancer control and prevention, cancer education and training,

21  and cancer research.

22         (b)  The H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research

23  Institute, Inc., shall provide such staff, information, and

24  other assistance as reasonably necessary for the completion of

25  the responsibilities of the council.

26         (c)  The State Board of Education or the secretary,

27  after consultation with the council, may adopt rules necessary

28  for the implementation of this section.

29         (d)  The secretary, after consultation with the

30  council, shall make rules specifying to what extent and on

31  what terms and conditions cancer patients of the state may


                                 501

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  receive financial aid for the diagnosis and treatment of

  2  cancer in any hospital or clinic selected.  The department may

  3  furnish to citizens of this state who are afflicted with

  4  cancer financial aid to the extent of the appropriation

  5  provided for that purpose in a manner which in its opinion

  6  will afford the greatest benefit to those afflicted and may

  7  make arrangements with hospitals, laboratories, or clinics to

  8  afford proper care and treatment for cancer patients in this

  9  state.

10         (6)  FLORIDA CANCER CONTROL AND RESEARCH FUND.--

11         (a)  There is created the Florida Cancer Control and

12  Research Fund consisting of funds appropriated therefor from

13  the General Revenue Fund and any gifts, grants, or funds

14  received from other sources.

15         (b)  The fund shall be used exclusively for grants and

16  contracts to qualified nonprofit associations or governmental

17  agencies for the purpose of cancer control and prevention,

18  cancer education and training, cancer research, and all

19  expenses incurred in connection with the administration of

20  this section and the programs funded through the grants and

21  contracts authorized by the State Board of Education or the

22  secretary.

23         Section 189.  Section 1004.44, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1004.44  Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health

26  Institute.--There is established the Louis de la Parte Florida

27  Mental Health Institute within the University of South

28  Florida.

29         (1)  The purpose of the institute is to strengthen

30  mental health services throughout the state by providing

31  technical assistance and support services to mental health


                                 502

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  agencies and mental health professionals.  Such assistance and

  2  services shall include:

  3         (a)  Technical training and specialized education.

  4         (b)  Development, implementation, and evaluation of

  5  mental health service programs.

  6         (c)  Evaluation of availability and effectiveness of

  7  existing mental health services.

  8         (d)  Analysis of factors that influence the incidence

  9  and prevalence of mental and emotional disorders.

10         (e)  Dissemination of information about innovations in

11  mental health services.

12         (f)  Consultation on all aspects of program development

13  and implementation.

14         (g)  Provisions for direct client services, provided

15  for a limited period of time either in the institute facility

16  or in other facilities within the state, and limited to

17  purposes of research or training.

18         (2)  The Department of Children and Family Services is

19  authorized to designate the Louis de la Parte Florida Mental

20  Health Institute a treatment facility for the purpose of

21  accepting voluntary and involuntary clients in accordance with

22  institute programs.  Clients to be admitted are exempted from

23  prior screening by a community mental health center.

24         (3)  The institute may provide direct services in

25  coordination with other agencies.  The institute may also

26  provide support services to state agencies through joint

27  programs, collaborative agreements, contracts, and grants.

28         (4)  The institute shall operate under the authority of

29  the President of the University of South Florida and shall

30  employ a mental health professional as director.  The director

31  shall hold a faculty appointment in a university's college or


                                 503

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  department related to mental health within the university.

  2  The director has primary responsibility for establishing

  3  active liaisons with the community of mental health

  4  professionals and other related constituencies in the state

  5  and may, with approval of the university president, establish

  6  appropriate statewide advisory groups to assist in developing

  7  these communication links.

  8         Section 190.  Section 1004.445, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1004.445  Florida Alzheimer's Center and Research

11  Institute.--

12         (1)  There is established the Florida Alzheimer's

13  Center and Research Institute at the University of South

14  Florida.

15         (2)(a)  The State Board of Education shall enter into

16  an agreement for the utilization of the facilities on the

17  campus of the University of South Florida to be known as the

18  Florida Alzheimer's Center and Research Institute, including

19  all furnishings, equipment, and other chattels used in the

20  operation of said facilities, with a Florida not-for-profit

21  corporation organized solely for the purpose of governing and

22  operating the Florida Alzheimer's Center and Research

23  Institute.  This not-for-profit corporation, acting as an

24  instrumentality of the state, shall govern and operate the

25  Florida Alzheimer's Center and Research Institute in

26  accordance with the terms of the agreement between the State

27  Board of Education and the not-for-profit corporation.  The

28  not-for-profit corporation may, with the prior approval of the

29  State Board of Education, create not-for-profit corporate

30  subsidiaries to fulfill its mission.  The not-for-profit

31  corporation and its subsidiaries are authorized to receive,


                                 504

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  hold, invest, and administer property and any moneys received

  2  from private, local, state, and federal sources, as well as

  3  technical and professional income generated or derived from

  4  practice activities of the institute, for the benefit of the

  5  institute and the fulfillment of its mission.

  6         (b)1.  The affairs of the not-for-profit corporation

  7  shall be managed by a board of directors who shall serve

  8  without compensation.  The board of directors shall consist of

  9  the President of the University of South Florida and the chair

10  of the State Board of Education, or their designees, five

11  representatives of the state universities, and no fewer than

12  nine nor more than 14 representatives of the public who are

13  neither medical doctors nor state employees.  Each director

14  who is a representative of a state university or of the public

15  shall serve a term of 3 years.  The chair of the board of

16  directors shall be selected by a majority vote of the

17  directors.  Each director shall have only one vote.

18         2.  The initial board of directors shall consist of the

19  President of the University of South Florida and the chair of

20  the State Board of Education, or their designees; the five

21  university representatives, of whom one shall be appointed by

22  the Governor, two by the President of the Senate, and two by

23  the Speaker of the House of Representatives; and nine public

24  representatives, of whom three shall be appointed by the

25  Governor, three by the President of the Senate, and three by

26  the Speaker of the House of Representatives.  Upon the

27  expiration of the terms of the initial appointed directors,

28  all directors subject to 3-year terms of office under this

29  paragraph shall be elected by a majority vote of the directors

30  and the board may be expanded to include additional public

31  representative directors up to the maximum number allowed.


                                 505

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Any vacancy in office shall be filled for the remainder of the

  2  term by majority vote of the directors.  Any director may be

  3  reelected.

  4         (3)  The State Board of Education shall provide in the

  5  agreement with the not-for-profit corporation for the

  6  following:

  7         (a)  Approval by the State Board of Education of the

  8  articles of incorporation of the not-for-profit corporation.

  9         (b)  Approval by the State Board of Education of the

10  articles of incorporation of any not-for-profit corporate

11  subsidiary created by the not-for-profit corporation.

12         (c)  Utilization of hospital facilities and personnel

13  by the not-for-profit corporation and its subsidiaries for

14  mutually approved teaching and research programs conducted by

15  the University of South Florida or other accredited medical

16  schools or research institutes.

17         (d)  Preparation of an annual postaudit of the

18  not-for-profit corporation's financial accounts and the

19  financial accounts of any subsidiaries to be conducted by an

20  independent certified public accountant.  The annual audit

21  report shall include management letters and shall be submitted

22  to the Auditor General and the State Board of Education for

23  review.  The State Board of Education, the Auditor General,

24  and the Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government

25  Accountability shall have the authority to require and receive

26  from the not-for-profit corporation and any subsidiaries or

27  from their independent auditor any detail or supplemental data

28  relative to the operation of the not-for-profit corporation or

29  subsidiary.

30         (e)  Provision by the not-for-profit corporation and

31  its subsidiaries of equal employment opportunities to all


                                 506

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  persons regardless of race, color, religion, gender, age, or

  2  national origin.

  3         (4)  The State Board of Education is authorized to

  4  secure comprehensive general liability protection, including

  5  professional liability protection, for the not-for-profit

  6  corporation and its subsidiaries, pursuant to s. 1004.24.

  7         (5)  In the event that the agreement between the

  8  not-for-profit corporation and the State Board of Education is

  9  terminated for any reason, the State Board of Education shall

10  assume governance and operation of the facilities.

11         (6)  The institute shall be administered by a chief

12  executive officer who shall be appointed by and serve at the

13  pleasure of the board of directors of the not-for-profit

14  corporation and who shall have the following powers and

15  duties, subject to the approval of the board of directors:

16         (a)  The chief executive officer shall establish

17  programs that fulfill the mission of the institute in

18  research, education, treatment, prevention, and early

19  detection of Alzheimer's disease; however, the chief executive

20  officer may not establish academic programs for which academic

21  credit is awarded and which terminate in the conferring of a

22  degree without prior approval of the State Board of Education.

23         (b)  The chief executive officer shall have control

24  over the budget and the moneys appropriated or donated to the

25  institute from private, local, state, and federal sources, as

26  well as technical and professional income generated or derived

27  from practice activities of the institute.  However,

28  professional income generated by university faculty from

29  practice activities at the institute shall be shared between

30  the institute and the university as determined by the chief

31  


                                 507

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  executive officer and the appropriate university dean or vice

  2  president.

  3         (c)  The chief executive officer shall appoint members

  4  to carry out the research, patient care, and educational

  5  activities of the institute and determine compensation,

  6  benefits, and terms of service.  Members of the institute

  7  shall be eligible to hold concurrent appointments at

  8  affiliated academic institutions.  University faculty shall be

  9  eligible to hold concurrent appointments at the institute.

10         (d)  The chief executive officer shall have control

11  over the use and assignment of space and equipment within the

12  facilities.

13         (e)  The chief executive officer shall have the power

14  to create the administrative structure necessary to carry out

15  the mission of the institute.

16         (f)  The chief executive officer shall have a reporting

17  relationship to the Commissioner of Education.

18         (g)  The chief executive officer shall provide a copy

19  of the institute's annual report to the Governor and Cabinet,

20  the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

21  Representatives, and the chair of the State Board of

22  Education.

23         (7)  The board of directors of the not-for-profit

24  corporation shall create a council of scientific advisers to

25  the chief executive officer comprised of leading researchers,

26  physicians, and scientists.  The council shall review programs

27  and recommend research priorities and initiatives to maximize

28  the state's investment in the institute.  The members of the

29  council shall be appointed by the board of directors of the

30  not-for-profit corporation, except for five members who shall

31  be appointed by the State Board of Education.  Each member of


                                 508

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the council shall be appointed to serve a 2-year term and may

  2  be reappointed to the council.

  3         (8)  In carrying out the provisions of this section,

  4  the not-for-profit corporation and its subsidiaries are not

  5  agencies within the meaning of s. 20.03(11).

  6         Section 191.  The sum of $20 million is appropriated

  7  for fiscal year 2002-2003 from the Public Education Capital

  8  Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund to the University of South

  9  Florida for partial construction of a $40 million research

10  facility at the university for the Florida Alzheimer's Center

11  and Research Institute.

12         Section 192.  The sum of $20 million is appropriated

13  for fiscal year 2002-2003 from the General Revenue Fund to the

14  University of South Florida for the operations of the Florida

15  Alzheimer's Center and Research Institute.  From this amount

16  $15 million shall be used by the institute to contract with

17  the following entities, at $5 million each, to support the

18  purposes of this act:  the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville,

19  Florida; the University of Florida; and the University of

20  Miami.

21         Section 193.  Section 1004.45, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1004.45  Ringling Center for Cultural Arts.--

24         (1)  The Florida State University Ringling Center for

25  Cultural Arts is created. The center consists of the following

26  properties located in Sarasota County:

27         (a)  The John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art composed

28  of:

29         1.  The art museum.

30         2.  The Ca' d'Zan (the Ringling residence).

31         3.  The Ringling Museum of the Circus.


                                 509

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The Florida State University Center for the Fine

  2  and Performing Arts, including the Asolo Theater and the

  3  Florida State University Center for the Performing Arts, both

  4  of which shall provide for academic programs in theatre,

  5  dance, art, art history, and museum management.

  6  

  7  The center shall be operated by the Florida State University,

  8  which shall be charged with encouraging participation by K-12

  9  schools and by other postsecondary educational institutions,

10  public and private, in the educational and cultural enrichment

11  programs of the center.

12         (2)(a)  The John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art is

13  designated as the official Art Museum of the State of Florida.

14  The purpose and function of the museum is to maintain and

15  preserve all objects of art and artifacts donated to the state

16  through the will of John Ringling; to acquire and preserve

17  objects of art or artifacts of historical or cultural

18  significance; to exhibit such objects to the public; to

19  undertake scholarly research and publication, including that

20  relating to the collection; to provide educational programs

21  for students at K-12 schools and those in college and graduate

22  school and enrichment programs for children and adults; to

23  assist other museums in the state and nation through education

24  programs and through loaning objects from the collection when

25  such loans do not threaten the safety and security of the

26  objects; to enhance knowledge and appreciation of the

27  collection; and to engage in other activities related to

28  visual arts which benefit the public. The museum shall also

29  engage in programs on the national and international level to

30  enhance further the cultural resources of the state.

31  


                                 510

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The Florida State University shall approve a John

  2  and Mable Ringling Museum of Art direct-support organization.

  3  Such direct-support organization shall consist of no more than

  4  31 members appointed by the president of the university from a

  5  list of nominees provided by the Ringling direct-support

  6  organization. No fewer than one-third of the members must be

  7  residents of Sarasota and Manatee Counties, and the remaining

  8  members may reside elsewhere. The current members of the Board

  9  of Trustees of the John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art may

10  be members of the direct-support organization. They shall

11  develop a charter and bylaws to govern their operation, and

12  these shall be subject to approval by the Florida State

13  University.

14         (c)  The John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art

15  direct-support organization, operating under the charter and

16  bylaws and such contracts as are approved by the university,

17  shall set policies to maintain and preserve the collections of

18  the Art Museum; the Circus Museum; the furnishings and objects

19  in the Ringling home, referred to as the Ca' d'Zan; and other

20  objects of art and artifacts in the custody of the museum.

21  Title to all such collections, art objects, and artifacts of

22  the museums and its facilities shall remain with the Florida

23  State University, which shall assign state registration

24  numbers to, and conduct annual inventories of, all such

25  properties. The direct-support organization shall develop

26  policy for the museum, subject to the provisions of the John

27  Ringling will and the overall direction of the president of

28  the university; and it is invested with power and authority to

29  nominate a museum director who is appointed by and serves at

30  the pleasure of the president of the university and shall

31  report to the provost of the university or his or her


                                 511

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  designee. The museum director, with the approval of the

  2  provost or his or her designee, shall appoint other employees

  3  in accordance with Florida Statutes and rules; remove the same

  4  in accordance with Florida Statutes and rules; provide for the

  5  proper keeping of accounts and records and budgeting of funds;

  6  enter into contracts for professional programs of the museum

  7  and for the support and maintenance of the museum; secure

  8  public liability insurance; and do and perform every other

  9  matter or thing requisite to the proper management,

10  maintenance, support, and control of the museum at the highest

11  efficiency economically possible, while taking into

12  consideration the purposes of the museum.

13         (d)  Notwithstanding the provision of s. 287.057, the

14  John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art direct-support

15  organization may enter into contracts or agreements with or

16  without competitive bidding, in its discretion, for the

17  restoration of objects of art in the museum collection or for

18  the purchase of objects of art that are to be added to the

19  collection.

20         (e)  Notwithstanding s. 273.055, the university may

21  sell any art object in the museum collection, which object has

22  been acquired after 1936, if the director and the

23  direct-support organization recommend such sale to the

24  president of the university and if they first determine that

25  the object is no longer appropriate for the collection. The

26  proceeds of the sale shall be deposited in the Ringling Museum

27  Art Acquisition, Restoration, and Conservation Trust Fund. The

28  university also may exchange any art object in the collection,

29  which object has been acquired after 1936, for an art object

30  or objects that the director and the museum direct-support

31  


                                 512

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  organization recommend to the university after judging these

  2  to be of equivalent or greater value to the museum.

  3         (f)  An employee or member of the museum direct-support

  4  organization may not receive a commission, fee, or financial

  5  benefit in connection with the sale or exchange of a work of

  6  art and may not be a business associate of any individual,

  7  firm, or organization involved in the sale or exchange.

  8         (g)  The university, in consultation with the

  9  direct-support organization, shall establish policies and may

10  adopt rules for the sale or exchange of works of art.

11         (h)  The John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art

12  direct-support organization shall provide for an annual

13  financial audit in accordance with s. 1004.28(5). Florida

14  State University is authorized to require and receive from the

15  direct-support organization, or from its independent auditor,

16  any detail or supplemental data relative to the operation of

17  such organization. Information that, if released, would

18  identify donors who desire to remain anonymous, is

19  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

20  Information that, if released, would identify prospective

21  donors is confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

22  119.07(1) when the direct-support organization has identified

23  the prospective donor itself and has not obtained the name of

24  the prospective donor by copying, purchasing, or borrowing

25  names from another organization or source. Identities of such

26  donors and prospective donors shall not be revealed in the

27  auditor's report.

28         (i)  The direct-support organization is given authority

29  to make temporary loans of paintings and other objects of art

30  or artifacts belonging to the John and Mable Ringling Museum

31  of Art for the purpose of public exhibition in art museums,


                                 513

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  other museums, or institutions of higher learning wherever

  2  located, including such museums or institutions in other

  3  states or countries. Temporary loans may also be made to the

  4  executive mansion in Tallahassee, chapters and affiliates of

  5  the John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art, and, for education

  6  purposes, to schools, public libraries, or other institutions

  7  in the state, if such exhibition will benefit the general

  8  public as the university deems wise and for the best interest

  9  of the John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art and under

10  policies established by Florida State University for the

11  protection of the paintings and other objects of art and

12  artifacts. In making temporary loans, the direct-support

13  organization shall give first preference to art museums, other

14  museums, and institutions of higher learning.

15         (j)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the

16  John and Mable Ringling Museum of Art direct-support

17  organization is eligible to match state funds in the Major

18  Gifts Trust Fund established pursuant to s. 1011.94 as

19  follows:

20         1.  For the first $1,353,750, matching shall be on the

21  basis of 75 cents in state matching for each dollar of private

22  funds.

23         2.  For additional funds, matching shall be provided on

24  the same basis as is authorized in s. 1011.94.

25         Section 194.  Section 1004.46, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1004.46  Multidisciplinary Center for Affordable

28  Housing.--

29         (1)  The Multidisciplinary Center for Affordable

30  Housing is established within the School of Building

31  Construction of the College of Architecture of the University


                                 514

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of Florida with the collaboration of other related disciplines

  2  such as agriculture, business administration, engineering,

  3  law, and medicine.  The center shall work in conjunction with

  4  other state universities. The Multidisciplinary Center for

  5  Affordable Housing shall:

  6         (a)  Conduct research relating to the problems and

  7  solutions associated with the availability of affordable

  8  housing in the state for families who are below the median

  9  income level and widely disseminate the results of such

10  research to appropriate public and private audiences in the

11  state.  Such research shall emphasize methods to improve the

12  planning, design, and production of affordable housing,

13  including, but not limited to, the financial, maintenance,

14  management, and regulatory aspects of residential development.

15         (b)  Provide public services to local, regional, and

16  state agencies, units of government, and authorities by

17  helping them create regulatory climates that are amenable to

18  the introduction of affordable housing within their

19  jurisdictions.

20         (c)  Conduct special research relating to firesafety.

21         (d)  Provide a focus for the teaching of new technology

22  and skills relating to affordable housing in the state.

23         (e)  Develop a base of informational and financial

24  support from the private sector for the activities of the

25  center.

26         (f)  Develop prototypes for both multifamily and

27  single-family units.

28         (g)  Establish a research agenda and general work plan

29  in cooperation with the Department of Community Affairs which

30  is the state agency responsible for research and planning for

31  


                                 515

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  affordable housing and for training and technical assistance

  2  for providers of affordable housing.

  3         (h)  Submit a report to the Governor, the President of

  4  the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives by

  5  January 1 of each year.  The annual report shall include

  6  information relating to the activities of the center,

  7  including collaborative efforts with public and private

  8  entities, affordable housing models, and any other findings

  9  and recommendations related to the production of safe, decent,

10  and affordable housing.

11         (2)  The Director of the Multidisciplinary Center for

12  Affordable Housing shall be appointed by the Dean of the

13  College of Architecture of the University of Florida.

14         Section 195.  Section 1004.47, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1004.47  Research activities relating to solid and

17  hazardous waste management.--Research, training, and service

18  activities related to solid and hazardous waste management

19  conducted by state universities shall be coordinated by the

20  State Board of Education. Proposals for research contracts and

21  grants; public service assignments; and responses to requests

22  for information and technical assistance by state and local

23  government, business, and industry shall be addressed by a

24  formal Type I Center process involving an advisory board of

25  university personnel appointed by the Commissioner of

26  Education and chaired and directed by an individual appointed

27  by the Commissioner of Education. The State Board of Education

28  shall consult with the Department of Environmental Protection

29  in developing the research programs and provide the department

30  with a copy of the proposed research program for review and

31  comment before the research is undertaken. Research contracts


                                 516

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall be awarded to independent nonprofit colleges and

  2  universities within the state which are accredited by the

  3  Southern Association of Colleges and Schools on the same basis

  4  as those research contracts awarded to the state universities.

  5  Research activities shall include, but are not limited to, the

  6  following areas:

  7         (1)  Methods and processes for recycling solid and

  8  hazardous waste.

  9         (2)  Methods of treatment for detoxifying hazardous

10  waste.

11         (3)  Technologies for disposing of solid and hazardous

12  waste.

13         Section 196.  Section 1004.48, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1004.48  Research protocols to determine most

16  appropriate pollutant dispersal agents.--The Center for Solid

17  and Hazardous Waste Management shall coordinate the research

18  protocols for projects to determine the most appropriate

19  dispersal agents that can be used in an environmentally safe

20  manner in Florida waters as part of a pollutant cleanup

21  activity. Such research shall be used by the Department of

22  Environmental Protection in approving the use of such agents

23  by pollutant spill cleanup contractors and others who may be

24  required to use such agents in containing and cleaning up

25  pollutant spills in the waters of the state.

26         Section 197.  Section 1004.49, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1004.49  Florida LAKEWATCH Program.--The Florida

29  LAKEWATCH Program is hereby created within the Department of

30  Fisheries and Aquaculture of the Institute of Food and

31  Agricultural Sciences at the University of Florida.  The


                                 517

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  purpose of the program is to provide public education and

  2  training with respect to the water quality of Florida's lakes.

  3  The Department of Fisheries and Aquaculture may, in

  4  implementing the LAKEWATCH program:

  5         (1)  Train, supervise, and coordinate volunteers to

  6  collect water quality data from Florida's lakes.

  7         (2)  Compile the data collected by volunteers.

  8         (3)  Disseminate information to the public about the

  9  LAKEWATCH program.

10         (4)  Provide or loan equipment to volunteers in the

11  program.

12         (5)  Perform other functions as may be necessary or

13  beneficial in coordinating the LAKEWATCH program.

14  

15  Data collected and compiled shall be used to establish trends

16  and provide general background information and shall in no

17  instance be used in a regulatory proceeding.

18         Section 198.  Section 1004.50, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1004.50  Institute on Urban Policy and Commerce.--

21         (1)  There is created the Institute on Urban Policy and

22  Commerce as a Type I Institute at Florida Agricultural and

23  Mechanical University to improve the quality of life in urban

24  communities through research, teaching, and outreach

25  activities.

26         (2)  The major purposes of the institute are to pursue

27  basic and applied research on urban policy issues confronting

28  the inner-city areas and neighborhoods in the state; to

29  influence the equitable allocation and stewardship of federal,

30  state, and local financial resources; to train a new

31  generation of civic leaders and university students interested


                                 518

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in approaches to community planning and design; to assist with

  2  the planning, development, and capacity building of urban area

  3  nonprofit organizations and government agencies; to develop

  4  and maintain a database relating to inner-city areas; and to

  5  support the community development efforts of inner-city areas,

  6  neighborhood-based organizations, and municipal agencies.

  7         (3)  The institute shall research and recommend

  8  strategies concerning critical issues facing the underserved

  9  population in urban communities, including, but not limited

10  to, transportation and physical infrastructure; affordable

11  housing; tourism and commerce; environmental restoration; job

12  development and retention; child care; public health; lifelong

13  learning; family intervention; public safety; and community

14  relations.

15         (4)  The institute may establish regional urban centers

16  to be located in the inner cities of St. Petersburg, Tampa,

17  Jacksonville, Orlando, West Palm Beach, Fort Lauderdale,

18  Miami, Daytona Beach, and Pensacola to assist urban

19  communities on critical economic, social, and educational

20  problems affecting the underserved population.

21         (5)  Before January 1 of each year, the institute shall

22  submit a report of its critical findings and recommendations

23  for the prior year to the President of the Senate, the Speaker

24  of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate

25  committees of the Legislature. The report shall be titled "The

26  State of Unmet Needs in Florida's Urban Communities" and shall

27  include, but is not limited to, a recommended list of

28  resources that could be made available for revitalizing urban

29  communities; significant accomplishments and activities of the

30  institute; and recommendations concerning the expansion,

31  improvement, or termination of the institute.


                                 519

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  The Governor shall submit an annual report to the

  2  Legislature on the unmet needs in the state's urban

  3  communities.

  4         Section 199.  Section 1004.51, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1004.51  Community and Faith-based Organizations

  7  Initiative; Community and Library Technology Access

  8  Partnership.--

  9         (1)  CREATION.--There is created the Community and

10  Faith-based Organizations Initiative which shall be

11  administered by the Institute on Urban Policy and Commerce at

12  Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University and the

13  Community and Library Technology Access Partnership which

14  shall be administered by the Division of Library and

15  Information Services of the Department of State.

16         (2)  INTENT.--The purpose of the initiative is to

17  promote community development in low-income communities

18  through partnerships with not-for-profit community and

19  faith-based organizations. The purpose of the partnership is

20  to encourage public libraries eligible for e-rate discounted

21  telecommunications services to partner with community and

22  faith-based organizations to provide technology access and

23  training to assist other state efforts to close the digital

24  divide.

25         (3)  AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.--

26         (a)  Authorized activities of the initiative.--The

27  Institute on Urban Policy and Commerce at Florida Agricultural

28  and Mechanical University may conduct the following activities

29  as part of the Community and Faith-based Organizations

30  Initiative:

31  


                                 520

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Create and operate training programs to enhance the

  2  professional skills of individuals in community and

  3  faith-based organizations.

  4         2.  Create and operate a program to select and place

  5  students and recent graduates from business and related

  6  professional schools as interns with community and faith-based

  7  organizations for a period not to exceed 1 year, and provide

  8  stipends for such interns.

  9         3.  Organize an annual conference for community and

10  faith-based organizations to discuss and share information on

11  best practices regarding issues relevant to the creation,

12  operation, and sustainability of these organizations.

13         4.  Provide funding for the development of materials

14  for courses on topics in the area of community development,

15  and for research on economic, operational, and policy issues

16  relating to community development.

17         5.  Provide financial assistance to community and

18  faith-based organizations through small grants for

19  partnerships with universities and the operation of programs

20  to build strong communities and future community development

21  leaders. The Institute on Urban Policy and Commerce at Florida

22  Agricultural and Mechanical University shall develop selection

23  criteria for awarding such grants which are based on the goals

24  of the initiative.

25  

26  The institute, to the maximum extent possible, shall leverage

27  state funding for the initiative with any federal funding that

28  the institute may receive to support similar community-based

29  activities.

30         (b)  Authorized activities of the partnership.--The

31  Division of Library and Information Services of the Department


                                 521

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of State may conduct the following activities as part of the

  2  Community and Library Technology Access Partnership:

  3         1.  Provide funding for e-rate eligible public

  4  libraries to provide technology access and training to

  5  community and faith-based organizations. Funding provided

  6  under this subparagraph must be for eligible public libraries

  7  in distressed communities in the state. The division shall

  8  consult with the Institute on Urban Policy and Commerce to

  9  identify such communities and to develop criteria to be used

10  in evaluating funding proposals. The division shall coordinate

11  with the institute to ensure that, to the maximum extent

12  possible, the division and the institute leverage their

13  resources under the programs authorized by this section in

14  order to focus efforts on addressing the most distressed

15  communities in the state. The division shall include a

16  representative of the institute on a review team to evaluate

17  funding proposals under this subparagraph.

18         2.  Provide a method of assessment and outcome

19  measurement for e-rate eligible public libraries to assess

20  progress in closing the digital divide and in training for

21  individuals to succeed in the emerging information economy.

22         (4)  ELIGIBILITY.--A community or faith-based

23  organization receiving funding or other assistance under the

24  Community and Faith-based Organizations Initiative or the

25  Community Library Technology Access Partnership must be a

26  nonprofit organization holding a current exemption from

27  federal taxation under s. 501(c)(3) or (4) of the Internal

28  Revenue Code. Funding under this section shall not be used for

29  religious or sectarian purposes.

30         Section 200.  Section 1004.52, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 522

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.52  Community computer access grant program.--

  2         (1)  The Legislature finds that there is a growing

  3  digital divide in the state, manifested in the fact that many

  4  youths from distressed urban communities do not possess the

  5  degree and ease of access to computers and information

  6  technologies which youths in other communities in the state

  7  possess. This disparity in access to rapidly changing and

  8  commercially significant technologies has a negative impact on

  9  the educational, workforce development, and employment

10  competitiveness of these needy youths, and thereby impedes the

11  economic development of the distressed urban communities in

12  which these youths reside. Although many public libraries

13  offer users access to computers and are increasingly making

14  library materials available to the public through electronic

15  means, many youths from distressed urban communities do not

16  live near a library that has such technology and do not have

17  computers to access Internet-based virtual libraries.

18  Neighborhood organizations, such as churches, are more likely,

19  however, to be located in closer proximity to the homes of

20  these youths than are educational institutions or libraries,

21  and these youths are more likely to gain the desirable

22  computer access at church-related or other neighborhood

23  facilities than at other institutions. The Legislature

24  therefore finds that a public purpose is served in enhancing

25  the ability of youths from these communities to have access to

26  computers and the Internet within the neighborhoods in which

27  they reside.

28         (2)  Subject to legislative appropriation, there is

29  created the Community High-Technology Investment Partnership

30  (CHIP) program to assist distressed urban communities in

31  securing computers for access by youths between the ages of 5


                                 523

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  years and 18 years who reside in these communities. The

  2  program shall be administered by the Institute on Urban Policy

  3  and Commerce at Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University

  4  pursuant to a performance-based contract with the Division of

  5  Library and Information Services of the Department of State.

  6  The division shall develop performance measures, standards,

  7  and sanctions for the program. Performance measures must

  8  include, but are not limited to: the number of youths

  9  obtaining access to computers purchased under this program;

10  the number of hours computers are made available to youths;

11  and the number of hours spent by youths on computers purchased

12  under this program for educational purposes. The

13  administrative costs for administration of this program cannot

14  exceed 10 percent of the amount appropriated to the division

15  for the program.

16         (3)(a)  Under this program, neighborhood facilities,

17  through their governing bodies, may apply to the institute for

18  grants to purchase computers that will be available for use by

19  eligible youths who reside in the immediate vicinity of the

20  neighborhood facility. For purposes of this program, eligible

21  neighborhood facilities include, but are not limited to,

22  facilities operated by:

23         1.  Units of local government, including school

24  districts.

25         2.  Nonprofit, faith-based organizations, including

26  neighborhood churches.

27         3.  Nonprofit civic associations or homeowners'

28  associations.

29         4.  Nonprofit organizations, the missions of which

30  include improving conditions for residents of distressed urban

31  communities.


                                 524

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  

  2  To be eligible for funding under this program, a nonprofit

  3  organization or association must hold a current exemption from

  4  federal taxation under s. 501(c)(3) or (4) of the Internal

  5  Revenue Code.

  6         (b)  Notwithstanding the eligibility of the

  7  organizations identified in paragraph (a), the institute shall

  8  give priority consideration for funding under this program to

  9  applications submitted by neighborhood churches or by

10  neighborhood-based, nonprofit organizations that have as a

11  principal part of their missions the improvement of conditions

12  for residents of the same neighborhoods in which the

13  organizations are located. The institute also shall give

14  priority consideration to organizations that demonstrate that

15  they have not been awarded community enhancement or similar

16  community support grants from state or local government on a

17  regular basis in the past. The institute shall develop

18  weighted criteria to be used in evaluating applications from

19  such churches or organizations. Funding under this section

20  shall not be used for religious or sectarian purposes.

21         (4)  The institute shall develop guidelines governing

22  the administration of this program and shall establish

23  criteria to be used in evaluating an application for funding.

24  At a minimum, the institute must find that:

25         (a)  The neighborhood that is to be served by the grant

26  suffers from general economic distress.

27         (b)  Eligible youths who reside in the vicinity of the

28  neighborhood facility have difficulty obtaining access to a

29  library or schools that have sufficient computers.

30         (c)  The neighborhood facility has developed a detailed

31  plan, as required under subsection (5), for:


                                 525

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Providing youths who reside in the vicinity of the

  2  facility with access to any computer purchased with grant

  3  funds, including evening and weekend access when libraries and

  4  schools are closed.

  5         2.  Promoting the maximum participation of neighborhood

  6  youths in use of any computers purchased with grant funds.

  7         (5)  As part of an application for funding, the

  8  neighborhood facility must submit a plan that demonstrates:

  9         (a)  The manner in which eligible youths who reside in

10  the immediate vicinity of the facility will be provided with

11  access to any computer purchased with grant funds, including

12  access during hours when libraries and schools are closed.

13         (b)  The existence of safeguards to ensure that any

14  computer purchased with grant funds is reserved for the

15  educational use of eligible youths who reside in the immediate

16  vicinity of the facility and is not used to support the

17  business operations of the neighborhood facility or its

18  governing body.

19         (c)  The existence, in the neighborhood facility, of

20  telecommunications infrastructure necessary to guarantee

21  access to the Internet through any computer purchased with

22  grant funds.

23         (6)  To the maximum extent possible, funding shall be

24  awarded under this program in a manner designed to ensure the

25  participation of distressed urban communities from regions

26  throughout the state.

27         (7)  The maximum amount of a grant which may be awarded

28  to any single neighborhood facility under this program is

29  $25,000.

30         (8)  Before the institute may allocate funds for a

31  grant under this program, the institute and the eligible


                                 526

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  neighborhood facility must execute a grant agreement that

  2  governs the terms and conditions of the grant.

  3         (9)  The institute, based upon guidance from the State

  4  Technology Office and the state's Chief Information Officer,

  5  shall establish minimum requirements governing the

  6  specifications and capabilities of any computers purchased

  7  with funds awarded under this grant program.

  8         Section 201.  Section 1004.53, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1004.53  Interdisciplinary Center for Brownfield

11  Rehabilitation Assistance.--The Center for Brownfield

12  Rehabilitation Assistance in the Environmental Sciences and

13  Policy Program is established in the College of Arts and

14  Sciences at the University of South Florida with the

15  collaboration of other related disciplines such as business

16  administration, environmental science, and medicine. The

17  center shall work in conjunction with other state

18  universities. The Center for Brownfield Rehabilitation

19  Assistance shall:

20         (1)  Conduct research relating to problems and

21  solutions associated with rehabilitation and restoration of

22  brownfield areas as defined in s. 376.79. The research must

23  include identifying innovative solutions to removing

24  contamination from brownfield sites to reduce the threats to

25  drinking water supplies and other potential public health

26  threats from contaminated sites.

27         (2)  Provide public service to local, regional, and

28  state agencies, units of government, and authorities by

29  helping them to create workable mechanisms, partnerships with

30  public and private sectors, and other techniques for

31  rehabilitating brownfield areas.


                                 527

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Conduct special research relating to risk-based

  2  corrective actions for rehabilitation of brownfield areas.

  3         (4)  Develop a base of informational and financial

  4  support from the private sector for the activities of the

  5  center.

  6         Section 202.  Section 1004.54, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.54  Learning Development and Evaluation Center.--

  9         (1)  For the purpose of providing academic support for

10  learning disabled students, the verbal communications

11  laboratory at Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University

12  is established as the Learning Development and Evaluation

13  Center.  The university shall provide housing, equipment, and

14  utilities for the center.

15         (2)  The primary objective of the center shall be to

16  provide learning disabled students with accessibility to

17  learning by providing a program for building student

18  self-acceptance, self-esteem, and faculty acceptance.  The

19  program shall also provide for diagnosing and clarifying the

20  nature of the disability and for identifying strategies that

21  can be used to enhance learning.  Services shall include:

22         (a)  Problem identification.

23         (b)  Diagnostic evaluation, including neurological,

24  psychological, speech, and hearing diagnoses.

25         (c)  Training, including tutoring and study.

26         (d)  Academic, psychological, social, and career

27  counseling.

28         (e)  Followup.

29         (f)  Maintenance of academic course requirements with

30  provision for support services to identified students.

31  


                                 528

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (g)  Modifications of methods of reaching course

  2  requirements which do not detract from the course purpose.

  3         (3)  Participants in the program shall be students with

  4  specific learning disabilities who meet eligibility criteria

  5  as defined by Rule 6A-6.03018.

  6         (4)  An outreach component shall be established which

  7  shall include:

  8         (a)  Notifying secondary schools, community colleges,

  9  career education centers, and community agencies of the

10  program.

11         (b)  Working with community colleges, technical

12  centers, and community agencies to identify students who may

13  benefit from the program.

14         (c)  Providing secondary schools, community colleges,

15  technical centers, and community agencies with a description

16  of methods used by the program for identification of students

17  who have learning disabilities.

18         (d)  Providing secondary schools, community colleges,

19  technical centers, and community agencies with a description

20  of program services and the support services available.

21         (e)  Providing on-campus and off-campus activities for

22  students, administrators, faculty, and staff to enhance

23  learning of the disabled secondary students.

24         (f)  Providing training for school district personnel

25  to enable them to develop a better understanding of the needs

26  of learning disabled students.

27         (g)  Designing, developing, and implementing, in

28  cooperation with Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

29  University, public school districts, community colleges, and

30  technical centers within the Department of Education, model

31  programs for the learning disabled student.


                                 529

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (h)  Providing assistance to community colleges and

  2  state universities in designing, developing, and evaluating

  3  model programs for learning disabled students.

  4         (i)  Establishing a procedure for the annual review and

  5  update of model programs developed for the learning disabled.

  6         (j)  Providing precollegiate residential experiences.

  7         (5)  On or before November 1, the president of the

  8  university shall submit to the State Board of Education and

  9  the Legislature a report on program effectiveness, which

10  report shall include:

11         (a)  The number of students participating in the

12  program.

13         (b)  An ongoing analysis of overall student performance

14  as a result of participation in the program.

15         (c)  A description of the methods used in identifying

16  students with learning disabilities.

17         (d)  A description of methods and materials prescribed

18  to meet the specific learning needs of each participant.

19         (e)  The number and types of disabilities of students

20  in the program.

21         (f)  How the program accomplished its objectives.

22         (g)  Procedures used to counsel and advise students

23  that would build self-acceptance and enhance learning.

24         (h)  Procedures for promoting faculty acceptance of the

25  program and its participants.

26         (i)  A detailed description of each program objective

27  and the results.

28         (j)  Projections of future participation by learning

29  disabled students based on enrollment, queries, and program

30  results.

31  


                                 530

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (k)  The number of postsecondary and secondary students

  2  participating in the program and the type of service provided.

  3         (6)  Funding of this program shall be provided for in

  4  the General Appropriations Act.

  5         Section 203.  Section 1004.55, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1004.55  Regional autism centers.--

  8         (1)  Six regional autism centers are established to

  9  provide nonresidential resource and training services for

10  persons of all ages and of all levels of intellectual

11  functioning who have autism, as defined in s. 393.063; who

12  have a pervasive developmental disorder that is not otherwise

13  specified; who have an autistic-like disability; who have a

14  dual sensory impairment; or who have a sensory impairment with

15  other handicapping conditions. Each center shall be

16  operationally and fiscally independent and shall provide

17  services within its geographical region of the state. Each

18  center shall coordinate services within and between state and

19  local agencies and school districts but may not duplicate

20  services provided by those agencies or school districts.  The

21  respective locations and service areas of the centers are:

22         (a)  The Department of Communication Disorders at

23  Florida State University, which serves Bay, Calhoun, Escambia,

24  Franklin, Gadsden, Gulf, Holmes, Jackson, Jefferson, Leon,

25  Liberty, Madison, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Taylor, Wakulla,

26  Walton, and Washington Counties.

27         (b)  The College of Medicine at the University of

28  Florida, which serves Alachua, Bradford, Citrus, Columbia,

29  Dixie, Gilchrist, Hamilton, Hernando, Lafayette, Levy, Marion,

30  Putnam, Suwannee, and Union Counties.

31  


                                 531

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The University of Florida Health Science Center at

  2  Jacksonville, which serves Baker, Clay, Duval, Flagler,

  3  Nassau, and St. Johns Counties.

  4         (d)  The Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health

  5  Institute at the University of South Florida, which serves

  6  Charlotte, Collier, DeSoto, Glades, Hardee, Hendry, Highlands,

  7  Hillsborough, Indian River, Lee, Manatee, Martin, Okeechobee,

  8  Pasco, Pinellas, Polk, St. Lucie, and Sarasota Counties.

  9         (e)  The Mailman Center for Child Development at the

10  University of Miami, which serves Broward, Dade, Monroe, and

11  Palm Beach Counties.

12         (f)  The College of Health and Public Affairs at the

13  University of Central Florida, which serves Brevard, Lake,

14  Orange, Osceola, Seminole, Sumter, and Volusia Counties.

15         (2)  There is established for each center a

16  constituency board, which shall work collaboratively with the

17  center.  Each board shall consist of no fewer than six

18  members, each of whom is either an individual who has a

19  disability that is described in subsection (1) or is a member

20  of a family that includes a person who has such a disability,

21  who are selected by each university president from a list that

22  has been developed by the Autism Society of Florida and other

23  relevant constituency groups that represent persons who have

24  sensory impairments as described in subsection (1).  As

25  representatives of the center's constituencies, these boards

26  shall meet quarterly with the staff of each of the centers to

27  provide advice on policies, priorities, and activities.  Each

28  board shall submit to the university president and to the

29  Department of Education an annual report that evaluates the

30  activities and accomplishments of its center during the year.

31  


                                 532

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  To promote statewide planning and coordination, a

  2  conference must be held annually for staff from each of the

  3  five centers and representatives from each center's

  4  constituency board. The purpose of the conference is to

  5  facilitate coordination, networking, cross-training, and

  6  feedback among the staffs and constituency boards of the

  7  centers.

  8         (4)  Each center shall provide:

  9         (a)  A staff that has expertise in autism and

10  autistic-like behaviors and in sensory impairments.

11         (b)  Individual and direct family assistance in the

12  home, community, and school.  A center's assistance should not

13  supplant other responsibilities of state and local agencies,

14  and each school district is responsible for providing an

15  appropriate education program for clients of a center who are

16  school age.

17         (c)  Technical assistance and consultation services,

18  including specific intervention and assistance for a client of

19  the center, the client's family, and the school district, and

20  any other services that are appropriate.

21         (d)  Professional training programs that include

22  developing, providing, and evaluating preservice and inservice

23  training in state-of-the-art practices for personnel who work

24  with the populations served by the centers and their families.

25         (e)  Public education programs to increase awareness of

26  the public about autism, autistic-related disabilities of

27  communication and behavior, dual sensory impairments, and

28  sensory impairments with other handicapping conditions.

29         (5)  The State Board of Education, in cooperation with

30  the regional autism centers, shall adopt the necessary rules

31  to carry out the purposes of this section.


                                 533

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 204.  Section 1004.56, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1004.56  Florida Museum of Natural History;

  4  functions.--

  5         (1)  The functions of the Florida Museum of Natural

  6  History, located at the University of Florida, are to make

  7  scientific investigations toward the sustained development of

  8  natural resources and a greater appreciation of human cultural

  9  heritage, including, but not limited to, biological surveys,

10  ecological studies, environmental impact assessments, in-depth

11  archaeological research, and ethnological analyses, and to

12  collect and maintain a depository of biological,

13  archaeological, and ethnographic specimens and materials in

14  sufficient numbers and quantities to provide within the state

15  and region a base for research on the variety, evolution, and

16  conservation of wild species; the composition, distribution,

17  importance, and functioning of natural ecosystems; and the

18  distribution of prehistoric and historic archaeological sites

19  and an understanding of the aboriginal and early European

20  cultures that occupied them.  State institutions, departments,

21  and agencies may deposit type collections from archaeological

22  sites in the museum, and it shall be the duty of each state

23  institution, department, and agency to cooperate by depositing

24  in the museum voucher and type biological specimens collected

25  as part of the normal research and monitoring duties of its

26  staff and to transfer to the museum those biological specimens

27  and collections in its possession but not actively being

28  curated or used in the research or teaching of that

29  institution, department, or agency.  The Florida Museum of

30  Natural History is empowered to accept, preserve, maintain, or

31  dispose of these specimens and materials in a manner which


                                 534

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  makes each collection and its accompanying data available for

  2  research and use by the staff of the museum and by cooperating

  3  institutions, departments, agencies, and qualified independent

  4  researchers.  The biological, archaeological, and ethnographic

  5  collections shall belong to the state with the title vested in

  6  the Florida Museum of Natural History, except as provided in

  7  s. 267.12(3).  In collecting or otherwise acquiring these

  8  collections, the museum shall comply with pertinent state

  9  wildlife, archaeological, and agricultural laws and rules.

10  However, all collecting, quarantine, and accreditation permits

11  issued by other institutions, departments, and agencies shall

12  be granted routinely for said museum research study or

13  collecting effort on state lands or within state jurisdiction

14  which does not pose a significant threat to the survival of

15  endangered wild species, habitats, or ecosystems.  In

16  addition, the museum shall develop exhibitions and conduct

17  programs which illustrate, interpret, and explain the natural

18  history of the state and region and shall maintain a library

19  of publications pertaining to the work as herein provided.

20  The exhibitions, collections, and library of the museum shall

21  be open, free to the public, under suitable rules to be

22  promulgated by the director of the museum and approved by the

23  University of Florida.

24         (2)  Any gifts, transfers, bequests, or other

25  conveyances made to the Florida State Museum are deemed to

26  have been made to the Florida Museum of Natural History.

27         Section 205.  Section 1004.57, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1004.57  Vertebrate paleontological sites and remains;

30  legislative intent and state policy.--

31  


                                 535

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  It is the declared intention of the Legislature

  2  that vertebrate paleontological sites be protected and

  3  preserved and that, pursuant thereto, vertebrate

  4  paleontological field investigation activities, including, but

  5  not limited to, collection, excavation, salvage, restoration,

  6  and cataloging of fossils, be discouraged except when such

  7  activities are carried on in accordance with both the

  8  provisions and the spirit of this act. However, it is not the

  9  intention of the Legislature that the provisions of this act

10  impede mining or quarrying for rock, gravel, fill, phosphate,

11  and other minerals, or the construction of canals or similar

12  excavations, when such activities are permitted by law.

13  Rather, it is the intent of the Legislature that mine and

14  heavy equipment operators be encouraged to cooperate with the

15  state in preserving its vertebrate paleontological heritage

16  and vertebrate fossils by notifying the Florida Museum of

17  Natural History whenever vertebrate fossils are discovered

18  during mining or digging operations and by allowing such

19  fossils to be properly salvaged and that persons having

20  knowledge of vertebrate paleontological sites be encouraged to

21  communicate such information to the museum.

22         (2)  It is hereby declared to be the public policy of

23  this state to protect and preserve vertebrate paleontological

24  sites containing vertebrate fossils, including bones, teeth,

25  natural casts, molds, impressions, and other remains of

26  prehistoric fauna, and to provide for the collection,

27  acquisition, and study of the vertebrate fossils of the state

28  which offer documentation of the diversity of life on this

29  planet.

30         (3)  It is further declared to be the public policy of

31  the state that all vertebrate fossils found on state-owned


                                 536

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  lands, including submerged lands and uplands, belong to the

  2  state with title to the fossils vested in the Florida Museum

  3  of Natural History for the purpose of administration of this

  4  section and ss. 1004.575-1004.577.

  5         Section 206.  Section 1004.575, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1004.575  Program of vertebrate paleontology within

  8  Florida Museum of Natural History.--There is established

  9  within the Florida Museum of Natural History a program of

10  vertebrate paleontology, which program has the following

11  responsibilities:

12         (1)  Encouraging the study of the vertebrate fossils

13  and vertebrate paleontological heritage of the state and

14  providing exhibits and other educational materials on the

15  vertebrate fauna to the universities and schools of the state.

16         (2)  Developing a statewide plan, to be submitted to

17  the director of the Florida Museum of Natural History, for

18  preserving the vertebrate paleontological resources of the

19  state in a manner which is consistent with the state policies

20  in s. 1004.57 and which will not unduly hamper development in

21  this state, including mining and excavating operations.

22         (3)  Locating, surveying, acquiring, collecting,

23  salvaging, conserving, and restoring vertebrate fossils;

24  conducting research on the history and systematics of the

25  fossil fauna of the state; and maintaining the official state

26  depository of vertebrate fossils.

27         (4)  Locating, surveying, acquiring, excavating, and

28  operating vertebrate paleontological sites and properties

29  containing vertebrate fossils, which sites and properties have

30  great significance to the scientific study of such vertebrate

31  


                                 537

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fossils or to public representation of the faunal heritage of

  2  the state.

  3         (5)  Enlisting the aid of professional vertebrate

  4  paleontologists, mine and quarry operators, heavy digging

  5  equipment operators, and qualified amateurs in carrying out

  6  the provisions of subsections (1)-(4), and authorizing their

  7  active support and cooperation by issuing permits to them as

  8  provided in s. 1004.576.

  9         (6)  Cooperating and coordinating activities with the

10  Department of Environmental Protection under the provisions of

11  ss. 375.021 and 375.031 and the Department of State under

12  chapter 267 in the acquisition, preservation, and operation of

13  significant vertebrate paleontological sites and properties of

14  great and continuing scientific value, so that such sites and

15  properties may be utilized to conserve the faunal heritage of

16  this state and to promote an appreciation of that heritage.

17         (7)  Designating areas as "state vertebrate

18  paleontological sites" pursuant to the provisions of this

19  section, which areas are of great and continuing significance

20  to the scientific study and public understanding of the faunal

21  history of the state.  However, no privately owned site or

22  grouping of sites shall be so designated without the express

23  written consent of the private owner of the site or group of

24  sites.  Upon designation of a state vertebrate paleontological

25  site, the owners and occupants of such site shall be given

26  written notification of such designation by the program.  Once

27  such site has been so designated, no person may conduct

28  paleontological field investigation activities on the site

29  without first securing a permit for such activities as

30  provided in s. 1004.576.

31  


                                 538

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  Arranging for the disposition of the vertebrate

  2  fossils by accredited institutions and for the temporary or

  3  permanent loan of such fossils for the purpose of further

  4  scientific study, interpretative display, and curatorial

  5  responsibilities by such institutions.

  6         Section 207.  Section 1004.576, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.576  Destruction, purchase, and sale of vertebrate

  9  fossils prohibited, exceptions; field investigation permits

10  required; penalty for violation.--

11         (1)  The destruction, defacement, purchase, and sale of

12  vertebrate fossils found on or under land owned or leased by

13  the state and on land in state-designated vertebrate

14  paleontological sites are prohibited, except that the Florida

15  Museum of Natural History may sell vertebrate fossils and may

16  adopt rules defining "nonessential vertebrate fossils" and

17  prescribing the conditions under which such fossils may be

18  sold or otherwise disposed of by a person holding a permit

19  issued by the Florida Museum of Natural History. Field

20  investigations of vertebrate fossils, including, but not

21  limited to, the systematic collection, acquisition,

22  excavation, salvage, exhumation, or restoration of such

23  fossils, are prohibited on all lands owned or leased by the

24  state and on lands in state-designated vertebrate

25  paleontological sites, unless such activities are conducted

26  under the authority of permits issued by the Florida Museum of

27  Natural History.  A permit may be granted by the Florida

28  Museum of Natural History upon application for the permit

29  accompanied by an application fee not to exceed $5. The

30  privileges authorized pursuant to the grant of a permit as

31  


                                 539

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  provided in this subsection may not be assigned or sublet to

  2  any other party.

  3         (2)  Any person who, in violation of this section,

  4  engages in any of the activities described in subsection (1)

  5  without first having obtained a permit to engage in such

  6  activity commits a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine not to

  7  exceed $500 or by imprisonment in the county jail for a period

  8  not to exceed 6 months, or both; and, in addition, he or she

  9  shall forfeit to the state all specimens, objects, and

10  materials collected and excavated in violation of this

11  section, together with all photographs and records relating to

12  such materials.

13         (3)  The Florida Museum of Natural History may

14  institute a civil action in the appropriate circuit court for

15  recovery of any unlawfully taken vertebrate fossil.  The

16  fossil shall be forfeited to the state if the Florida Museum

17  of Natural History shows by the greater weight of the evidence

18  that the fossil has been taken from a particular site within

19  this state and that the person found in possession of the

20  fossil is not authorized by law to possess such fossil.

21         Section 208.  Section 1004.577, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1004.577  Certain rights of mine or quarry operators

24  and dragline or heavy equipment operators preserved.--Nothing

25  in ss. 1004.57-1004.576 shall infringe upon the right of a

26  legitimate mine or quarry operator to extract rock, gravel,

27  fill, phosphate, or other minerals or infringe upon the right

28  of a legitimate operator of draglines or similar heavy

29  dredging, trenching, or digging equipment to construct

30  drainage canals or other excavations because of the actual or

31  potential destruction of vertebrate fossils.


                                 540

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 209.  Section 1004.58, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1004.58  Leadership Board for Applied Research and

  4  Public Service.--

  5         (1)  There is created the Leadership Board for Applied

  6  Research and Public Service to be staffed by the Institute of

  7  Science and Public Affairs at Florida State University. The

  8  purpose of the board is to focus, coordinate, and maximize

  9  university resources on current issues and events affecting

10  Florida's residents and elected officials. Emphasis shall be

11  placed on being responsive to and providing accurate, timely,

12  useful, and relevant information to decisionmakers in state

13  and local governments. The board shall set forth a process to

14  provide comprehensive guidance and advice for improving the

15  types and quality of services to be delivered by the state

16  universities. Specifically, the board shall better identify

17  and define the missions and roles of existing institutes and

18  centers at each state university, work to eliminate

19  duplication and confusion over conflicting roles and missions,

20  involve more students in learning with applied research and

21  public service activities, and be organizationally separate

22  from academic departments. The board shall meet at least

23  quarterly. The board may create internal management councils

24  that may include working institute and center directors. The

25  board is responsible for, but is not limited to:

26         (a)  Providing strategic direction, planning, and

27  accompanying decisions that support a coordinated applied

28  public service and research approach in the state.

29         (b)  Addressing state university policy matters and

30  making recommendations to the State Board of Education as they

31  relate to applied public service and research.


                                 541

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Serving as a clearinghouse for services requested

  2  by public officials.

  3         (d)  Providing support for funding and fiscal

  4  initiatives involving applied public service and research.

  5         (2)  Membership of the board shall be:

  6         (a)  The Commissioner of Education, or the

  7  commissioner's designee, who shall serve as chair.

  8         (b)  The director of the Office of Planning and

  9  Budgeting of the Executive Office of the Governor.

10         (c)  The secretary of the Department of Management

11  Services.

12         (d)  The director of Economic and Demographic Research.

13         (e)  The director of the Office of Program Policy

14  Analysis and Government Accountability.

15         (f)  The President of the Florida League of Cities.

16         (g)  The President for the Florida Association of

17  Counties.

18         (h)  The President of the Florida School Board

19  Association.

20         (i)  Five additional university president members,

21  designated by the commissioner, to rotate annually.

22         (3)  The board shall prepare a report for the State

23  Board of Education to be submitted to the Governor and the

24  Legislature by January 1 of each year which summarizes the

25  work and recommendations of the board in meeting its purpose

26  and mission.

27         Section 210.  Section 1004.59, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1004.59  Florida Conflict Resolution Consortium.--It is

30  the intent of the Legislature to reduce the public and private

31  costs of litigation; resolve public disputes, including those


                                 542

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  related to growth management issues, more quickly and

  2  effectively; and improve intergovernmental communications,

  3  cooperation, and consensus building. The Legislature hereby

  4  formally establishes the Florida Conflict Resolution

  5  Consortium as a statewide center based at Florida State

  6  University, or at another campus as may be designated by the

  7  Commissioner of Education.  The purpose of the consortium is

  8  to serve as a neutral resource to assist citizens and public

  9  and private interests in Florida to seek cost-effective

10  solutions to public disputes and problems through the use of

11  alternative dispute resolution and consensus building.

12         Section 211.  Section 1004.60, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1004.60  Research of Rosewood incident.--State

15  universities shall continue the research of the Rosewood

16  incident and the history of race relations in Florida and

17  develop materials for the educational instruction of these

18  events.

19         Section 212.  Section 1004.61, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1004.61  Partnerships to develop child protection

22  workers.--The Department of Children and Family Services is

23  directed to form partnerships with the schools of social work

24  of the state universities in order to encourage the

25  development of graduates trained to work in child protection.

26  The department shall give hiring preferences for child

27  protection jobs to graduates who have earned bachelor's and

28  master's degrees from these programs with a concentration in

29  child protection. The partnership between the Department of

30  Children and Family Services and the schools of social work

31  shall include, but not be limited to, modifying existing


                                 543

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  graduate and undergraduate social work curricula, providing

  2  field placements for students into child protection

  3  internships in the department, and collaborating in the design

  4  and delivery of advanced levels of social work practice.

  5         Section 213.  Section 1004.62, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1004.62  Incentives for urban or socially and

  8  economically disadvantaged area internships.--The Legislature

  9  establishes incentives for urban or socially and economically

10  disadvantaged area internships to give university students the

11  opportunity to study the social, economic, educational, and

12  political life of inner cities in metropolitan or socially and

13  economically disadvantaged areas of the state. The incentives

14  are for internships that are open to students in all

15  disciplines, including business, education, physical science,

16  social science, the liberal arts, and the fine arts.

17  Incentives may be given to any state university. Incentives

18  must be for one semester's duration, or more, in which an

19  intern may earn up to 12 hours of credit for the internship.

20  Student interns must work in teams to address a specific urban

21  or socially and economically disadvantaged area social problem

22  or carry out an urban or socially and economically

23  disadvantaged area social program. The results of each team's

24  work must be published in a report and distributed to the

25  colleges of education at each state university.

26         Section 214.  Part III of chapter 1004, Florida

27  Statutes, shall be entitled "Community Colleges" and shall

28  consist of ss. 1004.65-1004.81.

29         Section 215.  Part III.a. of chapter 1004, Florida

30  Statutes, shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall

31  consist of ss. 1004.65-1004.726.


                                 544

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 216.  Section 1004.65, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1004.65  Community colleges; definition, mission, and

  4  responsibilities.--

  5         (1)  Community colleges shall consist of all public

  6  educational institutions operated by community college

  7  district boards of trustees under statutory authority and

  8  rules of the State Board of Education.

  9         (2)  Each community college district authorized by law

10  and the Department of Education is an independent, separate,

11  legal entity created for the operation of a community college.

12         (3)  A community college may provide adult education

13  services, including adult basic education, adult general

14  education, adult secondary education, and general educational

15  development test instruction.

16         (4)  The community colleges are locally based and

17  governed entities with statutory and funding ties to state

18  government. As such, the community colleges' mission reflects

19  a commitment to be responsive to local educational needs and

20  challenges. In achieving this mission, the community colleges

21  strive to maintain sufficient local authority and flexibility

22  while preserving appropriate legal accountability to the

23  state.

24         (5)  As comprehensive institutions, the community

25  colleges shall provide high-quality, affordable education and

26  training opportunities, shall foster a climate of excellence,

27  and shall provide opportunities to all while combining high

28  standards with an open-door admission policy. The community

29  colleges shall, as open-access institutions, serve all who can

30  benefit, without regard to age, race, gender, creed, or ethnic

31  or economic background, while emphasizing the achievement of


                                 545

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  social and educational equity so that all can be prepared for

  2  full participation in society.

  3         (6)  The primary mission and responsibility of

  4  community colleges is responding to community needs for

  5  postsecondary academic education and technical degree

  6  education. This mission and responsibility includes being

  7  responsible for:

  8         (a)  Providing lower level undergraduate instruction

  9  and awarding associate degrees.

10         (b)  Preparing students directly for vocations

11  requiring less than baccalaureate degrees. This may include

12  preparing for job entry, supplementing of skills and

13  knowledge, and responding to needs in new areas of technology.

14  Career and technical education in the community college shall

15  consist of technical certificates, credit courses leading to

16  associate in science degrees and associate in applied science

17  degrees, and other programs in fields requiring substantial

18  academic work, background, or qualifications. A community

19  college may offer career and technical education programs in

20  fields having lesser academic or technical requirements.

21         (c)  Providing student development services, including

22  assessment, student tracking, support for disabled students,

23  advisement, counseling, financial aid, career development, and

24  remedial and tutorial services, to ensure student success.

25         (d)  Promoting economic development for the state

26  within each community college district through the provision

27  of special programs, including, but not limited to, the:

28         1.  Enterprise Florida-related programs.

29         2.  Technology transfer centers.

30         3.  Economic development centers.

31         4.  Workforce literacy programs.


                                 546

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Providing dual enrollment instruction.

  2         (7)  A separate and secondary role for community

  3  colleges includes:

  4         (a)  Providing upper level instruction and awarding

  5  baccalaureate degrees as specifically authorized by law.

  6         (b)  The offering of programs in:

  7         1.  Community services that are not directly related to

  8  academic or occupational advancement.

  9         2.  Adult general education.

10         3.  Recreational and leisure services.

11         (8)  Funding for community colleges shall reflect their

12  mission as follows:

13         (a)  Postsecondary academic and career and technical

14  education programs and adult general education programs shall

15  have first priority in community college funding.

16         (b)  Community service programs shall be presented to

17  the Legislature with rationale for state funding. The

18  Legislature may identify priority areas for use of these

19  funds.

20         (9)  Community colleges are authorized to offer such

21  programs and courses as are necessary to fulfill their mission

22  and are authorized to grant associate in arts degrees,

23  associate in science degrees, associate in applied science

24  degrees, certificates, awards, and diplomas. Each community

25  college is also authorized to make provisions for the general

26  educational development test. Each community college may

27  provide access to baccalaureate degrees in accordance with

28  law.

29         Section 217.  Section 1004.66, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 547

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.66  "Community college" and "junior college" used

  2  interchangeably.--Whenever the terms "community college" and

  3  "junior college" appear in the Florida Statutes in reference

  4  to a tax-supported institution, they shall be construed

  5  identically.

  6         Section 218.  Section 1004.67, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.67  Community colleges; legislative intent.--It is

  9  the legislative intent that community colleges, constituted as

10  political subdivisions of the state, continue to be operated

11  by community college boards of trustees as provided in s.

12  1001.63 and that no department, bureau, division, agency, or

13  subdivision of the state exercise any responsibility and

14  authority to operate any community college of the state except

15  as specifically provided by law or rules of the State Board of

16  Education.

17         Section 219.  Section 1004.68, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1004.68  Community college; degrees and certificates;

20  tests for certain skills.--

21         (1)  Each community college board of trustees shall

22  adopt rules establishing student performance standards for the

23  award of degrees and certificates.

24         (2)  Each community college board of trustees shall

25  require the use of scores on tests for college-level

26  communication and computation skills provided in s.

27  1008.345(8) as a condition for graduation with an associate in

28  arts degree.

29         Section 220.  Section 1004.70, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 548

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.70  Community college direct-support

  2  organizations.--

  3         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--For the purposes of this section:

  4         (a)  "Community college direct-support organization"

  5  means an organization that is:

  6         1.  A Florida corporation not for profit, incorporated

  7  under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved by the

  8  Department of State.

  9         2.  Organized and operated exclusively to receive,

10  hold, invest, and administer property and to make expenditures

11  to, or for the benefit of, a community college in this state.

12         3.  An organization that the community college board of

13  trustees, after review, has certified to be operating in a

14  manner consistent with the goals of the community college and

15  in the best interest of the state. Any organization that is

16  denied certification by the board of trustees may not use the

17  name of the community college that it serves.

18         (b)  "Personal services" includes full-time or

19  part-time personnel as well as payroll processing.

20         (2)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.--The chair of the board of

21  trustees shall appoint a representative to the board of

22  directors and the executive committee of each direct-support

23  organization established under this section, including those

24  established before July 1, 1998. The president of the

25  community college for which the direct-support organization is

26  established, or the president's designee, shall also serve on

27  the board of directors and the executive committee of the

28  direct-support organization, including any direct-support

29  organization established before July 1, 1998.

30         (3)  USE OF PROPERTY.--

31  


                                 549

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The board of trustees is authorized to permit the

  2  use of property, facilities, and personal services at any

  3  community college by any community college direct-support

  4  organization, subject to the provisions of this section.

  5         (b)  The board of trustees is authorized to prescribe

  6  by rule any condition with which a community college

  7  direct-support organization must comply in order to use

  8  property, facilities, or personal services at any community

  9  college.

10         (c)  The board of trustees may not permit the use of

11  property, facilities, or personal services at any community

12  college by any community college direct-support organization

13  that does not provide equal employment opportunities to all

14  persons regardless of race, color, national origin, gender,

15  age, or religion.

16         (4)  ACTIVITIES; RESTRICTIONS.--

17         (a)  A direct-support organization may, at the request

18  of the board of trustees, provide residency opportunities on

19  or near campus for students.

20         (b)  A direct-support organization that constructs

21  facilities for use by a community college or its students must

22  comply with all requirements of law relating to the

23  construction of facilities by a community college, including

24  requirements for competitive bidding.

25         (c)  Any transaction or agreement between one

26  direct-support organization and another direct-support

27  organization or between a direct-support organization and a

28  center of technology innovation designated under s. 1004.77

29  must be approved by the board of trustees.

30         (d)  A community college direct-support organization is

31  prohibited from giving, either directly or indirectly, any


                                 550

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  gift to a political committee or committee of continuous

  2  existence as defined in s. 106.011 for any purpose other than

  3  those certified by a majority roll call vote of the governing

  4  board of the direct-support organization at a regularly

  5  scheduled meeting as being directly related to the educational

  6  mission of the community college.

  7         (5)  ANNUAL BUDGETS AND REPORTS.--Each direct-support

  8  organization shall submit to the board of trustees its federal

  9  Internal Revenue Service Application for Recognition of

10  Exemption form (Form 1023) and its federal Internal Revenue

11  Service Return of Organization Exempt from Income Tax form

12  (Form 990).

13         (6)  ANNUAL AUDIT.--Each direct-support organization

14  shall provide for an annual financial audit in accordance with

15  rules adopted by the Auditor General pursuant to s. 11.45(8).

16  The annual audit report must be submitted, within 9 months

17  after the end of the fiscal year, to the Auditor General, the

18  State Board of Education, and the board of trustees for

19  review.  The board of trustees, the Auditor General, and the

20  Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government

21  Accountability may require and receive from the organization

22  or from its independent auditor any detail or supplemental

23  data relative to the operation of the organization.  The

24  identity of donors who desire to remain anonymous shall be

25  protected, and that anonymity shall be maintained in the

26  auditor's report. All records of the organization, other than

27  the auditor's report, any information necessary for the

28  auditor's report, any information related to the expenditure

29  of funds, and any supplemental data requested by the board of

30  trustees, the Auditor General, and the Office of Program

31  


                                 551

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Policy Analysis and Government Accountability, shall be

  2  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

  3         Section 221.  Section 1004.71, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1004.71  Statewide community college direct-support

  6  organizations.--

  7         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--For the purposes of this section:

  8         (a)  "Statewide community college direct-support

  9  organization" means an organization that is:

10         1.  A Florida corporation not for profit, incorporated

11  under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved by the

12  Department of State.

13         2.  Organized and operated exclusively to receive,

14  hold, invest, and administer property and to make expenditures

15  to, or for the benefit of, the community colleges in this

16  state.

17         3.  An organization that the State Board of Education,

18  after review, has certified to be operating in a manner

19  consistent with the goals of the community colleges and in the

20  best interest of the state.

21         (b)  "Personal services" includes full-time or

22  part-time personnel as well as payroll processing.

23         (2)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.--The chair of the State Board

24  of Education may appoint a representative to the board of

25  directors and the executive committee of any statewide,

26  direct-support organization established under this section or

27  s. 1004.70. The chair of the State Board of Education, or the

28  chair's designee, shall also serve on the board of directors

29  and the executive committee of any direct-support organization

30  established to benefit the community colleges of Florida.

31         (3)  USE OF PROPERTY.--


                                 552

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The State Board of Education may permit the use of

  2  property, facilities, and personal services of the Department

  3  of Education by any statewide community college direct-support

  4  organization, subject to the provisions of this section.

  5         (b)  The State Board of Education may prescribe by rule

  6  any condition with which a statewide community college

  7  direct-support organization must comply in order to use

  8  property, facilities, or personal services of the Department

  9  of Education.

10         (c)  The State Board of Education may not permit the

11  use of property, facilities, or personal services of the

12  Department of Education by any statewide community college

13  direct-support organization that does not provide equal

14  employment opportunities to all persons regardless of race,

15  color, national origin, gender, age, or religion.

16         (4)  RESTRICTIONS.--

17         (a)  A statewide, direct-support organization may not

18  use public funds to acquire, construct, maintain, or operate

19  any facilities.

20         (b)  Any transaction or agreement between a statewide,

21  direct-support organization and any other direct-support

22  organization or between a statewide, direct-support

23  organization and a center of technology innovation designated

24  under s. 1004.77 must be approved by the State Board of

25  Education.

26         (c)  A statewide community college direct-support

27  organization is prohibited from giving, either directly or

28  indirectly, any gift to a political committee or committee of

29  continuous existence as defined in s. 106.011 for any purpose

30  other than those certified by a majority roll call vote of the

31  governing board of the direct-support organization at a


                                 553

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  regularly scheduled meeting as being directly related to the

  2  educational mission of the State Board of Education.

  3         (5)  ANNUAL BUDGETS AND REPORTS.--Each direct-support

  4  organization shall submit to the State Board of Education its

  5  federal Internal Revenue Service Application for Recognition

  6  of Exemption form (Form 1023) and its federal Internal Revenue

  7  Service Return of Organization Exempt from Income Tax form

  8  (Form 990).

  9         (6)  ANNUAL AUDIT.--A statewide community college

10  direct-support organization shall provide for an annual

11  financial audit in accordance with s. 1004.70. The identity of

12  a donor or prospective donor who desires to remain anonymous

13  and all information identifying such donor or prospective

14  donor are confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

15  119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution. Such

16  anonymity shall be maintained in the auditor's report.

17         Section 222.  Section 1004.725, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1004.725  Expenditures for self-insurance services;

20  special account.--

21         (1)  The community college boards of trustees, singly

22  or collectively, are authorized to contract with an

23  administrator or service company approved by the Department of

24  Insurance pursuant to chapter 626 to provide self-insurance

25  services, including, but not limited to, the evaluation,

26  settlement, and payment of self-insurance claims on behalf of

27  the board of trustees or a consortium of boards of trustees.

28         (2)  Pursuant to such a contract, a board of trustees

29  may advance moneys to the administrator or service company to

30  be deposited in a special account for paying claims against

31  the board of trustees under its self-insurance program.  The


                                 554

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  special account shall be maintained in a designated depository

  2  as provided by s. 136.01.  The board of trustees may replenish

  3  such account as often as necessary upon the presentation by

  4  the administrator or service company of documentation for

  5  claims paid in an amount equal to the amount of the requested

  6  reimbursement. Any contract for disbursement of funds from the

  7  special account shall ensure that the payments are subject to

  8  proper disbursement controls and accounting procedures.

  9         Section 223.  Section 1004.726, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1004.726  Trademarks, copyrights, or patents.--Each

12  community college board of trustees may develop and produce

13  work products relating to educational endeavors that are

14  subject to trademark, copyright, or patent statutes.  To this

15  end, the board of trustees shall consider the relative

16  contribution by the personnel employed in the development of

17  such work products and shall enter into binding agreements

18  with such personnel, organizations, corporations, or

19  government entities, which agreements shall establish the

20  percentage of ownership of such trademarks, copyrights, or

21  patents.  Any other law to the contrary notwithstanding, the

22  board of trustees may in its own name:

23         (1)  Perform all things necessary to secure letters of

24  patent, copyrights, and trademarks on any such work products

25  and enforce its rights therein.

26         (2)  License, lease, assign, or otherwise give written

27  consent to any person, firm, or corporation for the

28  manufacture or use of its work products on a royalty basis or

29  for such other consideration as the board of trustees deems

30  proper.

31  


                                 555

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Take any action necessary, including legal action,

  2  to protect its work products against improper or unlawful use

  3  of infringement.

  4         (4)  Enforce the collection of any sums due the board

  5  of trustees for the manufacture or use of its work products by

  6  any other party.

  7         (5)  Sell any of its work products and execute all

  8  instruments necessary to consummate any such sale.

  9         (6)  Do all other acts necessary and proper for the

10  execution of powers and duties provided by this section.

11         Section 224.  Part III.b. of chapter 1004, Florida

12  Statutes, shall be entitled "Special Programs; Centers" and

13  shall consist of ss. 1004.73-1004.81.

14         Section 225.  Section 1004.73, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1004.73  St. Petersburg College.--

17         (1)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--The Legislature intends to

18  create an innovative means to increase access to baccalaureate

19  degree level education in populous counties that are

20  underserved by public baccalaureate degree granting

21  institutions. This education is intended to address the

22  state's workforce needs, especially the need for teachers,

23  nurses, and business managers in agencies and firms that

24  require expertise in technology.

25         (2)  ST. PETERSBURG COLLEGE; MISSION; POLICIES.--St.

26  Petersburg College shall immediately seek accreditation from

27  the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools as a

28  baccalaureate degree granting college.

29         (a)  The primary mission of St. Petersburg College is

30  to provide high-quality undergraduate education at an

31  affordable price for students and the state. The purpose is to


                                 556

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  promote economic development by preparing people for

  2  occupations that require a bachelor's degree and are in demand

  3  by existing or emerging public and private employers in this

  4  state.

  5         (b)  St. Petersburg College shall maintain the mission

  6  and policies of a Florida community college, including the

  7  open-door admissions policy and the authority to offer all

  8  programs consistent with a community college's authority.

  9         (c)  St. Petersburg College shall maintain the

10  distinction between the college and its university center. St.

11  Petersburg College is limited to community college programs

12  and to selected baccalaureate degree level programs that meet

13  community needs and are authorized as provided by this

14  section. The University Center may make available more diverse

15  program offerings, but those programs are offered by a

16  participating college or university and are not to be

17  classified or funded as programs of St. Petersburg College.

18         (d)  The academic policies of the upper-division

19  program at St. Petersburg College must be in accordance with

20  policies of the State Board of Education.

21         (e)  Sections 1013.39 and 1013.82 apply to St.

22  Petersburg College.

23         (3)  STUDENTS; FEES.--

24         (a)  St. Petersburg College shall maintain separate

25  records for students who are enrolled in courses classified in

26  the upper division and lower division of a baccalaureate

27  program, according to the statewide course numbering system. A

28  student shall be reported as a community college student for

29  enrollment in a lower-division course and as a baccalaureate

30  degree program student for enrollment in an upper-division

31  course.


                                 557

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The Board of Trustees of St. Petersburg College

  2  shall establish the level of tuition and other authorized

  3  student fees consistent with law and proviso in the General

  4  Appropriations Act.

  5         1.  For each credit hour of enrollment in a certificate

  6  level course or lower-division level college credit course,

  7  tuition and fees must be within the range authorized in law

  8  and rule for a community college student at that level.

  9         2.  For each credit hour of enrollment in an

10  upper-division level course, matriculation and tuition fees

11  must be in an amount established by the Board of Trustees of

12  St. Petersburg College. However, fees for upper-division

13  students must reflect the fact that the college does not incur

14  the costs of major research programs. Therefore, the board of

15  trustees shall establish fees for upper-division students

16  within a range that is lower than the fees established for

17  students at a state university but higher than the fees for

18  community college students.

19         3.  Other mandatory fees and local fees must be at the

20  same level for all lower-division students. For upper-division

21  students, other mandatory fees and local fees must be at a

22  level less than fees established for University of South

23  Florida students, regardless of program enrollment or level.

24  However, students in workforce development education courses

25  maintain the authorized fee exemptions described in s. 1009.25

26  and may be exempt from local fees imposed by the board of

27  trustees, at the board's discretion.

28         (4)  DEGREES.--

29         (a)  In addition to the certificates, diplomas, and

30  degrees authorized in s. 1004.65, St. Petersburg College may

31  offer selected baccalaureate degrees. Initially, the college


                                 558

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may offer programs that lead to a baccalaureate degree in the

  2  following fields:

  3         1.  Bachelor of Science in Nursing. This program must

  4  be designed to articulate with the associate in science degree

  5  in nursing. St. Petersburg College shall continue to offer the

  6  associate in science degree in nursing.

  7         2.  Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in

  8  Elementary Education.

  9         3.  Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Special

10  Education.

11         4.  Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in

12  Secondary Education.

13         5.  Bachelor of Applied Science in fields selected by

14  the Board of Trustees of St. Petersburg College. The board of

15  trustees shall base the selection on an analysis of workforce

16  needs and opportunities in the following counties: Pinellas,

17  Pasco, Hernando, and other counties approved by the Department

18  of Education. For each program selected, St. Petersburg

19  College must offer a related associate in science or associate

20  in applied science degree program, and the baccalaureate

21  degree level program must be designed to articulate fully with

22  at least one associate in science degree program. The college

23  is encouraged to develop articulation agreements for

24  enrollment of graduates of related associate in applied

25  science degree programs.

26         (b)  St. Petersburg College may offer courses that

27  enable teachers to qualify for certification and

28  recertification as required by law or rule.

29         (c)  St. Petersburg College may offer programs to

30  provide opportunities for a person who holds a baccalaureate

31  


                                 559

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  degree, but is not certified to teach, to obtain any

  2  additional courses required for teacher certification.

  3         (d)  Master's degree level programs and doctoral

  4  programs may be provided by agreement with a college or

  5  university participating in the University Center of St.

  6  Petersburg College.

  7         (e)  For those students living outside Pinellas County,

  8  St. Petersburg College shall recruit for the upper division

  9  only those students who have earned an associate degree. In

10  recruiting upper-division students in Pasco and Hernando

11  Counties, St. Petersburg College shall work cooperatively with

12  Pasco-Hernando Community College and shall seek to offer

13  courses and programs at Pasco-Hernando Community College when

14  feasible. The nursing programs, in particular, must be

15  conducted cooperatively, and programs at St. Petersburg

16  College shall not conflict with Pasco-Hernando Community

17  College's and the University of South Florida's cooperative

18  nursing program.

19         (5)  BOARDS.--

20         (a)  The Board of Trustees of St. Petersburg College

21  serves as the college's governing board. The Governor shall

22  appoint members as provided in s. 1001.61, and the board has

23  the duties and authorities granted in ss. 1001.63 and 1001.64

24  and by rules of the State Board of Education.

25         (b)  The Board of Trustees of St. Petersburg College

26  may authorize direct-support organizations as authorized in

27  ss. 1004.28 and 1004.70.

28         (c)  The Board of Trustees of St. Petersburg College

29  may continue to award degrees, diplomas, and certificates as

30  authorized for St. Petersburg Junior College, and in the name

31  


                                 560

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of St. Petersburg Junior College, until St. Petersburg College

  2  receives its accreditation.

  3         (d)  A coordinating board shall assist the board of

  4  trustees in its deliberations concerning issues that affect

  5  the upper division of St. Petersburg College. The coordinating

  6  board consists of the President of the University of South

  7  Florida, the President of St. Petersburg College, the

  8  President of Pasco-Hernando Community College, and the chairs

  9  of the boards of trustees of those institutions.

10         (e)  Beginning 4 years after the college receives

11  accreditation to offer baccalaureate degrees, the Board of

12  Trustees of St. Petersburg College may determine additional

13  programs to be offered, with the approval of the coordinating

14  board. The determination must consider community needs and

15  economic opportunities.

16         (f)  The coordinating board shall meet at the request

17  of the President of the University of South Florida or the

18  President of St. Petersburg College.

19         (g)  If the coordinating board cannot decide an issue

20  of importance to the programs designed for upper-division

21  students, the State Board of Education shall resolve the

22  issue.

23         (6)  EMPLOYEES.--

24         (a)  Employment at St. Petersburg College is governed

25  by the same laws that govern community colleges, except that

26  upper-division faculty are eligible for continuing contracts

27  upon the completion of the fifth year of teaching.

28         (b)  Employee records for all personnel shall be

29  maintained as required by s. 1012.81.

30         (7)  FACILITIES.--St. Petersburg College may request

31  funding from the Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt


                                 561

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Service Trust Fund as a community college and as a university.

  2  The municipalities in Pinellas County, the Board of County

  3  Commissioners of Pinellas County, and all other governmental

  4  entities are authorized to cooperate with the Board of

  5  Trustees of St. Petersburg College in establishing this

  6  institution. The acquisition and donation of lands, buildings,

  7  and equipment for the use of St. Petersburg College are

  8  authorized as a public purpose. The Board of County

  9  Commissioners of Pinellas County and all municipalities in

10  Pinellas County may exercise the power of eminent domain to

11  acquire lands, buildings, and equipment for the use of St.

12  Petersburg College, regardless of whether such lands,

13  buildings, and equipment are located in a community

14  redevelopment area.

15         (8)  STATE FUNDING.--

16         (a)  The Legislature intends to fund St. Petersburg

17  College as a community college for its workforce development

18  education programs and for its lower-division level college

19  credit courses and programs.

20         (b)  The Legislature intends to fund St. Petersburg

21  College as a baccalaureate degree level institution for its

22  upper-division level courses and programs.

23         Section 226.  Section 1004.74, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1004.74  Florida School of the Arts.--

26         (1)  As the state strives to achieve excellence in all

27  aspects of public education, it is the intent of the

28  Legislature that specific attention be given to the needs of

29  artistically talented high school and college students. It is

30  further intended that such students who are occupationally

31  oriented to the arts be provided with the means for achieving


                                 562

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  both an academic education and artistic training appropriate

  2  to their gifts.

  3         (2)  There is created the Florida School of the Arts.

  4  The school shall offer a program of academic and artistic

  5  studies in the visual and performing arts, which program shall

  6  be available to talented high school and college students in

  7  the state.

  8         (3)  The Florida School of the Arts is assigned to the

  9  District Board of Trustees of the St. Johns River Community

10  College for purposes of administration and governance; but the

11  Florida School of the Arts, within appropriations and

12  limitations established annually by the Legislature, shall

13  serve as a professional school on a statewide basis for all

14  qualified students.

15         (4)  The Council for the Florida School of the Arts

16  shall be established to advise the community college district

17  board of trustees on matters pertaining to the operation of

18  the school.  The council shall consist of nine members,

19  appointed by the Commissioner of Education for 4-year terms. A

20  member may serve three terms and may serve until replaced.

21         Section 227.  Section 1004.75, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1004.75  Training school consolidation pilot

24  projects.--

25         (1)  ESTABLISHMENT.--To consolidate and more

26  efficiently use state and taxpayer resources by combining

27  training programs, pilot training centers are established to

28  provide public criminal justice training in Leon and St. Johns

29  Counties. The following pilot training centers are

30  established:

31  


                                 563

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The Pat Thomas Center at Tallahassee Community

  2  College.

  3         (b)  The Criminal Justice Academy at St. Johns River

  4  Community College.

  5         (2)  EXISTING PUBLIC CRIMINAL JUSTICE TRAINING

  6  PROGRAMS.--Notwithstanding ss. 1001.31, 1001.33, and 1007.25,

  7  or any other provision of law to the contrary, criminal

  8  justice training programs in the pilot counties will transfer

  9  to community colleges, effective July 1, 1999, at which time

10  responsibility for the provision of basic recruit, advanced,

11  career development, and continuing training courses and

12  programs offered in public criminal justice training programs

13  and for the operation of existing public criminal justice

14  training programs will be shifted from the school district to

15  the community college in whose service area the public

16  criminal justice training program is located. Certification of

17  the program granted by the Criminal Justice Standards and

18  Training Commission will be transferred to the respective

19  community college and the college must continue to meet the

20  requirements of the commission.

21         (3)  FACILITIES.--

22         (a)  Criminal justice training program educational

23  facilities, educational plants, and related equipment as

24  defined in s. 1013.01(6) and (7) which are owned by the state

25  and paid for with only state funds shall be transferred to the

26  community college, except that, if such an educational

27  facility or educational plant or part of such facility or

28  plant is used for other purposes in addition to public

29  criminal justice training, the Criminal Justice Standards and

30  Training Commission shall mediate the transfer or a suitable

31  multiuse arrangement.


                                 564

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Criminal justice training program educational

  2  facilities, educational plants, and related equipment as

  3  defined in s. 1013.01(6) and (7) which are owned by the school

  4  district and paid for in whole or in part with local tax funds

  5  shall be leased to the community college. However, if such an

  6  educational facility or educational plant, or part of such

  7  facility or plant, is used for other purposes in addition to

  8  public criminal justice training, the Criminal Justice

  9  Standards and Training Commission shall mediate a suitable

10  lease agreement. If a school district and a community college

11  cannot agree on the terms and conditions of the lease

12  agreement, the Criminal Justice Standards and Training

13  Commission shall finalize the agreement and report its

14  decision to the Legislature. The Department of Education,

15  Office of Educational Facilities, shall conduct an analysis,

16  by December 31, 1999, to determine the amount of local tax

17  contribution used in the construction of a

18  school-district-owned criminal justice training program,

19  educational facility, or educational plant affected by the

20  transfer. This analysis shall be used to establish a purchase

21  price for the facility or plant. The community college board

22  of trustees may make a legislative budget request through the

23  State Board of Education to purchase the facility or plant, or

24  it may continue to lease the facility or plant.

25         (4)  PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.--Each pilot training center

26  will be regional in nature, as defined by the Criminal Justice

27  Standards and Training Commission. Each community college with

28  responsibility for a public criminal justice training program

29  must:

30  

31  


                                 565

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Establish a pilot training center advisory

  2  committee made up of professionals from the field of each

  3  training program included in the pilot project.

  4         (b)  Provide certificate and noncredit options for

  5  students and training components of the pilot training center

  6  that so require.

  7         (c)  Develop an articulation agreement with state

  8  universities to facilitate the transfer of graduates of a

  9  community college degree training program to the upper

10  division of a state university with a corresponding program.

11         (5)  STAFFING.--The community college board of trustees

12  may provide for school district public criminal justice

13  training staff employed in full-time budgeted positions to be

14  transferred into the community college personnel system at the

15  same rate of salary. Retirement and leave provisions will be

16  transferred according to law.

17         (6)  FUNDING.--The Department of Education shall shift

18  funds generated by students in the pilot training centers

19  established by this section, including workforce development

20  recurring and nonrecurring funds, from the appropriate school

21  district to the respective community college. The community

22  college shall qualify for future facilities funding upon

23  transfer of the facility.

24         (a)  Consistent with s. 1011.62(7), school districts

25  that transfer programs will receive an amount equal to 15

26  percent of the funding generated for the program under the

27  FEFP in 1996-1997.

28         (b)  Reflecting the lower program costs in community

29  colleges, notwithstanding the funding generated in paragraph

30  (a), community colleges will receive 90 percent of the funding

31  


                                 566

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  generated for the program under the FEFP in 1996-1997. The

  2  school district will retain the remaining 10 percent.

  3         (c)  Notwithstanding ss. 1011.80(5)(a) and

  4  1009.22(3)(a), or any other provision of law to the contrary,

  5  fees for continuing workforce education for public law

  6  enforcement officers at these pilot centers shall not exceed

  7  25 percent of the cost of the course, and state funding shall

  8  not under any circumstances exceed 50 percent of the cost of

  9  the course.

10         Section 228.  Section 1004.76, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1004.76  Florida Martin Luther King, Jr., Institute for

13  Nonviolence.--

14         (1)  As used in this section:

15         (a)  "Board" means the advisory board of the institute.

16         (b)  "Institute" means the Florida Martin Luther King,

17  Jr., Institute for Nonviolence.

18         (2)  There is hereby created the Florida Martin Luther

19  King, Jr., Institute for Nonviolence to be established at

20  Miami-Dade Community College. The institute shall have an

21  advisory board consisting of 13 members as follows: the

22  Attorney General, the Commissioner of Education, and 11

23  members to be appointed by the Governor, such members to

24  represent the population of the state based on its ethnic,

25  gender, and socioeconomic diversity.  Of the members appointed

26  by the Governor, one shall be a member of the Senate appointed

27  by the Governor on the recommendation of the President of the

28  Senate; one shall be a member of the Senate appointed by the

29  Governor on the recommendation of the minority leader; one

30  shall be a member of the House of Representatives appointed by

31  the Governor on the recommendation of the Speaker of the House


                                 567

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of Representatives; one shall be a member of the House of

  2  Representatives appointed by the Governor on the

  3  recommendation of the minority leader; and seven shall be

  4  members appointed by the Governor, no more than three of whom

  5  shall be members of the same political party.  The following

  6  groups shall be represented by the seven members: the Florida

  7  Sheriffs Association; the Florida Association of Counties; the

  8  Florida League of Cities; state universities human services

  9  agencies; community relations or human relations councils; and

10  youth.  A chairperson shall be elected by the members and

11  shall serve for a term of 3 years.  Members of the board shall

12  serve the following terms of office which shall be staggered:

13         (a)  A member of the Legislature appointed to the board

14  shall serve for a single term not to exceed 5 years and shall

15  serve as a member only while he or she is a member of the

16  Legislature.

17         (b)  Of the seven members who are not members of the

18  Legislature, three shall serve for terms of 4 years, two shall

19  serve for terms of 3 years, and one shall serve for a term of

20  1 year.  Thereafter, each member, except for a member

21  appointed to fill an unexpired term, shall serve for a 5-year

22  term.  No member shall serve on the board for more than 10

23  years.

24  

25  In the event of a vacancy occurring in the office of a member

26  of the board by death, resignation, or otherwise, the Governor

27  shall appoint a successor to serve for the balance of the

28  unexpired term.

29         (3)(a)  The board shall provide for the holding of

30  regular and special meetings.  A majority of the members shall

31  constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and


                                 568

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the acts of a majority of the members present at a meeting at

  2  which a quorum is present shall be deemed to be the acts of

  3  the board.

  4         (b)  An executive director shall be appointed by the

  5  board and shall be the chief administrative and operational

  6  officer of the board.  The executive director shall direct and

  7  supervise administrative affairs and the general management of

  8  the board. The executive director may contract with or employ

  9  legal and technical experts and such other employees,

10  permanent and temporary, as shall be authorized by the board.

11         (c)  Members of the board shall serve without

12  compensation, but shall be reimbursed for per diem and travel

13  expenses in accordance with s. 112.061.

14         (4)  The institute shall have the following powers and

15  duties:

16         (a)  To conduct training, provide symposia, and develop

17  continuing education and programs to promote skills in

18  nonviolent conflict resolution for persons in government,

19  private enterprise, community groups, and voluntary

20  associations.

21         (b)  To enter into formal and informal relationships

22  with other public or private institutions for purposes of

23  fulfilling the goals of the institute and to ensure geographic

24  dispersion of services to all regions of the state.

25         (c)  To establish a clearinghouse to provide materials,

26  including publications, handbooks, training manuals, and

27  audiovisual materials, on the programs, studies, research,

28  training, and educational opportunities of the institute.

29         (d)  To adopt, amend, and alter bylaws not inconsistent

30  with the laws of the state.

31  


                                 569

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  To charge and collect subscription and other

  2  participation costs and fees for its services, including

  3  publications and courses of study.

  4         (f)  To receive and accept from any federal, state, or

  5  local agency grants, or advances for, or in aid of, the

  6  purposes of this act and to receive and accept contributions

  7  from any source of either money, property, labor, or other

  8  things of value, to be held, used, and applied for said

  9  purposes.

10         (g)  To do any and all lawful acts and things necessary

11  or desirable to carry out the objectives and purposes of this

12  act.

13         (5)  The institute may establish fellowships through

14  the awarding of financial assistance to individuals and

15  organizations to enable them to pursue scholarly inquiry and

16  study other appropriate forms of strategies for peace and

17  nonviolent conflict resolution.

18         Section 229.  Section 1004.77, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1004.77  Centers of technology innovation.--

21         (1)  The State Board of Education may designate centers

22  of technology innovation at single community colleges,

23  consortia of community colleges, or consortia of community

24  colleges with other educational institutions. The state board

25  shall adopt rules necessary to implement the provisions of

26  this section. The state board shall cooperate with the

27  Workforce Florida, Inc., in the designation of the centers as

28  it relates to the centers of applied technology.

29         (2)  Centers shall be designated when a community

30  college or consortia provides evidence that it has developed

31  expertise in one or more specialized technologies. To be


                                 570

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  designated, the community college or consortia must provide

  2  benefits to the state, which may include, but are not limited

  3  to:

  4         (a)  Curriculum development.

  5         (b)  Faculty development.

  6         (c)  Research, testing, and technology transfer.

  7         (d)  Instructional equipment and materials

  8  identification and development.

  9         (e)  Partnerships with industries dependent upon

10  staying current in the related technologies and in the

11  development of workforce capabilities.

12         (f)  Partnerships with industries needing to convert

13  their existing technology base to other technologies in order

14  to continue conducting business in Florida, including

15  converting defense-related technologies to other technologies.

16         (3)  Centers may provide services to their service area

17  and receive funding through:

18         (a)  Serving as a technology transfer center, as

19  created in s. 1004.78.

20         (b)  Serving as an incubator facility for small

21  business concerns, as created in s. 1004.79.

22         (c)  Serving as an economic development center, as

23  created in s. 1004.80.

24         (4)  Centers may provide instruction, as follows:

25         (a)  To students enrolled in the community college,

26  especially for purposes of providing training for technicians

27  in areas that support the employers involved in the technology

28  specialization.

29         (b)  To students enrolled at the undergraduate and

30  graduate level in a university, college, or community college

31  


                                 571

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which is a member of the designated consortia. Such enrollment

  2  shall be funded by the enrolling institution.

  3         (c)  To employees in the service area needing training

  4  and retraining in the technology of specialization, which may

  5  include, but is not limited to, the retraining necessary to

  6  convert defense-related technologies to other technologies.

  7         (d)  To secondary school students and teachers where

  8  such instruction will stimulate interest in further education.

  9         (5)  The State Board of Education shall give priority

10  in the designation of centers to those community colleges that

11  specialize in technology in environmental areas and in areas

12  related to target industries of Enterprise Florida. Priority

13  in designation shall also be given to community colleges that

14  develop new and improved manufacturing techniques and related

15  business practices.

16         (6)  Centers, including the facilities of the center,

17  may be made available to the public agencies of the state, the

18  counties and cities of the service area, and the employers of

19  the state and service area. Centers may also be used for

20  applied research in the area of specialization.

21         (7)  Each center shall have a board of directors with

22  at least five members who shall be appointed by the district

23  board of trustees. The board of directors is responsible for

24  overseeing the operation of the center, approval of the annual

25  budget, and setting policy to guide the director in the

26  operation of the center. The board of directors shall consist

27  of at least the following:

28         (a)  The director of the center.

29         (b)  The vice president of academic affairs, or the

30  equivalent, of the community college.

31  


                                 572

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The vice president of business affairs, or the

  2  equivalent, of the community college.

  3         (d)  Two members designated by the president of the

  4  community college.

  5         (8)  Each center shall establish a schedule of fees or

  6  rates to be charged to all who use the facilities of the

  7  center. In addition, each center may negotiate user contracts

  8  with governmental users, industrial users, researchers, public

  9  or private educational institutions, or individuals for use of

10  the facilities. It is the intent of the Legislature that the

11  centers of technology innovation established pursuant to this

12  act shall not seek any additional state funding. Centers may

13  solicit and accept grants and donations, including, but not

14  limited to, federal and state grants to assist companies in

15  converting defense-related technologies to other technologies.

16         (9)  The State Board of Education may award grants to

17  designated centers for the purposes of this section. Grants

18  awarded shall be in accordance with rules established by the

19  State Board of Education, which rules shall require an annual

20  report.

21         Section 230.  Section 1004.78, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1004.78  Technology transfer centers at community

24  colleges.--

25         (1)  Each community college may establish a technology

26  transfer center for the purpose of providing institutional

27  support to local business and industry and governmental

28  agencies in the application of new research in technology.

29  The primary responsibilities of such centers may include:

30  identifying technology research developed by universities,

31  research institutions, businesses, industries, the United


                                 573

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  States Armed Forces, and other state or federal governmental

  2  agencies; determining and demonstrating the application of

  3  technologies; training workers to integrate advanced equipment

  4  and production processes; and determining for business and

  5  industry the feasibility and efficiency of accommodating

  6  advanced technologies.

  7         (2)  The community college board of trustees shall set

  8  such policies to regulate the activities of the technology

  9  transfer center as it may consider necessary to effectuate the

10  purposes of this section and to administer the programs of the

11  center in a manner which assures efficiency and effectiveness,

12  producing the maximum benefit for the educational programs and

13  maximum service to the state. To this end, materials that

14  relate to methods of manufacture or production, potential

15  trade secrets, potentially patentable material, actual trade

16  secrets, business transactions, or proprietary information

17  received, generated, ascertained, or discovered during the

18  course of activities conducted within the community colleges

19  shall be confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

20  119.07(1), except that a community college shall make

21  available upon request the title and description of a project,

22  the name of the investigator, and the amount and source of

23  funding provided for such project.

24         (3)  A technology transfer center created under the

25  provisions of this section shall be under the supervision of

26  the board of trustees of that community college, which is

27  authorized to appoint a director; to employ full-time and

28  part-time staff, research personnel, and professional

29  services; to employ on a part-time basis personnel of the

30  community college; and to employ temporary employees whose

31  salaries are paid entirely from the permanent technology


                                 574

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  transfer fund or from that fund in combination with other

  2  nonstate sources, with such positions being exempt from the

  3  requirements of the Florida Statutes relating to salaries,

  4  except that no such appointment shall be made for a total

  5  period of longer than 1 year.

  6         (4)  The board of trustees of the community college in

  7  which a technology transfer center is created, or its

  8  designee, may negotiate, enter into, and execute contracts;

  9  solicit and accept grants and donations; and fix and collect

10  fees, other payments, and donations that may accrue by reason

11  thereof for technology transfer activities.  The board of

12  trustees or its designee may negotiate, enter into, and

13  execute contracts on a cost-reimbursement basis and may

14  provide temporary financing of such costs prior to

15  reimbursement from moneys on deposit in the technology

16  transfer fund, except as may be prohibited elsewhere by law.

17         (5)  A technology transfer center shall be financed

18  from the Academic Improvement Program or from moneys of a

19  community college which are on deposit or received for use in

20  the activities conducted in the center. Such moneys shall be

21  deposited by the community college in a permanent technology

22  transfer fund in a depository or depositories approved for the

23  deposit of state funds and shall be accounted for and

24  disbursed subject to regular audit by the Auditor General.

25         (6)  The fund balance in any existing research trust

26  fund of a community college at the time a technology transfer

27  center is created shall be transferred to a permanent

28  technology transfer fund established for the community

29  college, and thereafter the fund balance of the technology

30  transfer fund at the end of any fiscal period may be used

31  during any succeeding period pursuant to this section.


                                 575

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  Moneys deposited in the permanent technology

  2  transfer fund of a community college shall be disbursed in

  3  accordance with the terms of the contract, grant, or donation

  4  under which they are received.  Moneys received for overhead

  5  or indirect costs and other moneys not required for the

  6  payment of direct costs shall be applied to the cost of

  7  operating the technology transfer center.

  8         (8)  All purchases of a technology transfer center

  9  shall be made in accordance with the policies and procedures

10  of the community college.

11         (9)  The community college board of trustees may

12  authorize the construction, alteration, or remodeling of

13  buildings when the funds used are derived entirely from the

14  technology transfer fund of a community college or from that

15  fund in combination with other nonstate sources, provided that

16  such construction, alteration, or remodeling is for use

17  exclusively by the center. It also may authorize the

18  acquisition of real property when the cost is entirely from

19  said funds.  Title to all real property shall vest in the

20  board of trustees.

21         (10)  The State Board of Education may award grants to

22  community colleges, or consortia of public and private

23  colleges and universities and other public and private

24  entities, for the purpose of supporting the objectives of this

25  section. Grants awarded pursuant to this subsection shall be

26  in accordance with rules of the State Board of Education.

27  Such rules shall include the following provisions:

28         (a)  The number of centers established with state funds

29  provided expressly for the purpose of technology transfer

30  shall be limited, but shall be geographically located to

31  maximize public access to center resources and services.


                                 576

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Grants to centers funded with state revenues

  2  appropriated specifically for technology transfer activities

  3  shall be reviewed and approved by the State Board of Education

  4  using proposal solicitation, evaluation, and selection

  5  procedures established by the state board in consultation with

  6  Enterprise Florida, Inc. Such procedures may include

  7  designation of specific areas or applications of technology as

  8  priorities for the receipt of funding.

  9         (c)  Priority for the receipt of state funds

10  appropriated specifically for the purpose of technology

11  transfer shall be given to grant proposals developed jointly

12  by community colleges and public and private colleges and

13  universities.

14         (11)  Each technology transfer center established under

15  the provisions of this section shall establish a technology

16  transfer center advisory committee. Each committee shall

17  include representatives of a university or universities

18  conducting research in the area of specialty of the center.

19  Other members shall be determined by the community college

20  board of trustees.

21         Section 231.  Section 1004.79, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1004.79  Incubator facilities for small business

24  concerns.--

25         (1)  Each community college established pursuant to s.

26  1004.02(2) may provide incubator facilities to eligible small

27  business concerns. As used in this section, "small business

28  concern" shall be defined as an independently owned and

29  operated business concern incorporated in Florida which is not

30  an affiliate or a subsidiary of a business dominant in its

31  field of operation, and which employs 25 or fewer full-time


                                 577

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  employees. "Incubator facility" shall be defined as a facility

  2  in which small business concerns share common space,

  3  equipment, and support personnel and through which such

  4  concerns have access to professional consultants for advice

  5  related to the technical and business aspects of conducting a

  6  commercial enterprise. The community college board of trustees

  7  shall authorize concerns for inclusion in the incubator

  8  facility.

  9         (2)  Each community college that provides an incubator

10  facility shall provide the following:

11         (a)  Management and maintenance of the incubator

12  facility.

13         (b)  Secretarial and other support personnel,

14  equipment, and utilities.

15         (c)  Mechanisms to assist with the acquisition of

16  technical, management, and entrepreneurial expertise to

17  resident and other local small business concerns.

18         (3)  The incubator facility and any improvements to the

19  facility shall be owned or leased by the community college.

20  The community college may charge residents of the facility all

21  or part of the cost for facilities, utilities, and support

22  personnel and equipment.  No small business concern shall

23  reside in the incubator facility for more than 5 calendar

24  years.  The state shall not be liable for any act or failure

25  to act of any small business concern residing in an incubator

26  facility pursuant to this section or of any such concern

27  benefiting from the incubator facilities program.

28         (4)  Community colleges are encouraged to establish

29  incubator facilities through which emerging small businesses

30  supportive of spaceport endeavors and other high-technology

31  enterprises may be served.


                                 578

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  Community colleges are encouraged to establish

  2  incubator facilities through which emerging small businesses

  3  supportive of development of content and technology for

  4  digital broadband media and digital broadcasting may be

  5  served.

  6         Section 232.  Section 1004.80, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.80  Economic development centers.--

  9         (1)  Community colleges may establish economic

10  development centers for the purpose of serving as liaisons

11  between community colleges and the business sector.  The

12  responsibilities of each center shall include:

13         (a)  Promoting the economic well-being of businesses

14  and industries.

15         (b)  Coordinating, with chambers of commerce,

16  government agencies, district school boards, and other

17  organizations, efforts to provide educational programs which

18  promote economic development, including, but not limited to,

19  business incubators, industrial development and research

20  parks, industry recruitment efforts, publication of business

21  research and resource guides, and sponsorship of workshops,

22  conferences, seminars, and consultation services.

23         (2)  The board of trustees of a community college in

24  which an economic development center is created, or its

25  designee, may negotiate, enter into, and execute contracts;

26  solicit and accept grants and donations; and fix and collect

27  fees, other payments, and donations that may accrue by reason

28  of activities of the center and its staff.

29         (3)  Economic development centers shall operate under

30  policies and procedures established by the community college

31  board of trustees.


                                 579

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The State Board of Education may award grants to

  2  economic development centers for the purposes of this section.

  3  Grants awarded pursuant to this subsection shall be in

  4  accordance with rules established by the State Board of

  5  Education.

  6         Section 233.  Section 1004.81, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.81  Establishment of child development training

  9  centers at community colleges.--

10         (1)  The Legislature recognizes the importance of

11  preschool developmental education and the need for adult

12  students with limited economic resources to have access to

13  high-quality, affordable child care at variable hours for

14  their children. It is therefore the intent of the Legislature

15  that community colleges provide high-quality, affordable child

16  care to the children of adult students enrolled in community

17  colleges. The primary purpose of these child development

18  training centers is to provide affordable child care for

19  children of adult students, particularly those who demonstrate

20  financial need, as well as for employees and staff of the

21  institution. Further, the child development training centers

22  are intended to provide both preschool instruction to the

23  children and clinical experiences for prospective child care

24  and early childhood instructional and administrative

25  personnel. A secondary mission of the centers shall be to

26  provide instruction in parenting skills for the clients of the

27  center as well as for the community.

28         (2)  In consultation with the student government

29  association or a recognized student group representing the

30  student body, a community college board of trustees may

31  establish a child development training center in accordance


                                 580

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  with this section. Each child development training center

  2  shall be a child care center established to provide child care

  3  during the day and at variable hours, including evenings and

  4  weekends, for the children of students. Emphasis should be

  5  placed on serving students who demonstrate financial need as

  6  defined by the board of trustees. At least 50 percent of the

  7  child care slots must be made available to students, and

  8  financially needy students, as defined by the board of

  9  trustees, shall receive child care slots first. The center may

10  serve the children of staff, employees, and faculty; however,

11  a designated number of child care slots shall not be allocated

12  for employees. Whenever possible, the center shall be located

13  on the campus of the community college. However, the board may

14  elect to provide child care services for students through

15  alternative mechanisms, which may include contracting with

16  private providers.

17         (3)  There shall be a board of directors of each child

18  development training center, consisting of the president or

19  his or her designee, the student government president or his

20  or her designee, the chair of the department participating in

21  the center or his or her designee, and one parent for each 25

22  children enrolled in the center, elected by the parents of the

23  children enrolled in the center. There shall be a director of

24  each center, selected by the board of directors of the center.

25  The director shall be an ex officio, nonvoting member of the

26  board. The board of trustees shall establish local policies

27  and perform local oversight and operational guidance for the

28  center.

29         (4)  Each center may charge fees for the care and

30  services it provides. Each board of trustees shall establish

31  mechanisms to facilitate access to center services for


                                 581

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  students with financial need, which shall include a sliding

  2  fee scale and other methods adopted by the board of trustees

  3  to reduce or defray payment of fees for students. The board of

  4  trustees is authorized to seek and receive grants and other

  5  resources to support the operation of the child development

  6  center.

  7         (5)  In addition to revenues derived from child care

  8  fees charged to parents and other external resources, each

  9  child development training center may be funded by a portion

10  of funds from the student activity and service fee authorized

11  by s. 1009.23(7) and the capital improvement fee authorized by

12  s. 1009.23(11). Community colleges are authorized to transfer

13  funds as necessary from the community college's general fund

14  to support the operation of the child development training

15  center.

16         (6)  This section does not preclude the continuation of

17  or in any way affect child care centers operated by community

18  colleges that were established by the district board of

19  trustees prior to July 1, 1994.

20         Section 234.  Part IV of chapter 1004, Florida

21  Statutes, shall be entitled "Workforce Development Education"

22  and shall consist of ss. 1004.91-1004.98.

23         Section 235.  Section 1004.91, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1004.91  Vocational-preparatory instruction.--

26         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt, by rule,

27  standards of basic skill mastery for certificate technical

28  education programs. Each school district and community college

29  that conducts programs that confer technical credit shall

30  provide vocational-preparatory instruction through which

31  


                                 582

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  students receive the basic skills instruction required

  2  pursuant to this section.

  3         (2)  Students who enroll in a program offered for

  4  technical credit of 450 hours or more shall complete an

  5  entry-level examination within the first 6 weeks of admission

  6  into the program.  The State Board of Education shall

  7  designate examinations that are currently in existence, the

  8  results of which are comparable across institutions, to assess

  9  student mastery of basic skills. Any student found to lack the

10  required level of basic skills for such program shall be

11  referred to vocational-preparatory instruction or adult basic

12  education for a structured program of basic skills

13  instruction. Such instruction may include English for speakers

14  of other languages.  A student may not receive a technical

15  certificate of  completion without first demonstrating the

16  basic skills required in the state curriculum frameworks for

17  the program.

18         (3)  An adult student with a disability may be exempted

19  from the provisions of this section. A student who possesses a

20  college degree at the associate in applied science level or

21  higher is exempt from this section. A student who has

22  completed or who is exempt from the college-level

23  communication and computation skills examination pursuant to

24  s. 1008.29, or who is exempt from the college entry-level

25  examination pursuant to s. 1008.29 is exempt from the

26  provisions of this section.  Students who have passed a state,

27  national or industry licensure exam are exempt from this

28  section.

29         Section 236.  Section 1004.92, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 583

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.92  Purpose and responsibilities for career and

  2  technical education.--

  3         (1)  The purpose of career and technical education is

  4  to enable students who complete career and technical programs

  5  to attain and sustain employment and realize economic

  6  self-sufficiency.  The purpose of this section is to identify

  7  issues related to career and technical education for which

  8  school boards and community college boards of trustees are

  9  accountable.  It is the intent of the Legislature that the

10  standards articulated in subsection (2) be considered in the

11  development of accountability standards for public schools

12  pursuant to ss. 1000.03, 1008.345, and 1001.42(16) and for

13  community colleges pursuant to s. 1008.45.

14         (2)  School board, superintendent, and technical

15  center, and community college board of trustees and president,

16  accountability for career and technical education programs

17  includes, but is not limited to:

18         1.  Student demonstration of the academic skills

19  necessary to enter an occupation.

20         2.  Student preparation to enter an occupation in an

21  entry-level position or continue postsecondary study.

22         3.  Career and technical program articulation with

23  other corresponding postsecondary programs and job training

24  experiences.

25         4.  Employer satisfaction with the performance of

26  students who complete career and technical education or reach

27  occupational completion points.

28         5.  Student completion, placement, and retention rates

29  pursuant to s. 1008.43.

30         (c)  Department of Education accountability for career

31  and technical education includes, but is not limited to:


                                 584

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The provision of timely, accurate technical

  2  assistance to school districts and community colleges.

  3         2.  The provision of timely, accurate information to

  4  the State Board of Education, the Legislature, and the public.

  5         3.  The development of policies, rules, and procedures

  6  that facilitate institutional attainment of the accountability

  7  standards and coordinate the efforts of all divisions within

  8  the department.

  9         4.  The development of program standards and

10  industry-driven benchmarks for career and technical, adult,

11  and community education programs, which must be updated every

12  3 years. The standards must include technical, academic, and

13  workplace skills; viability of distance learning for

14  instruction; and work/learn cycles that are responsive to

15  business and industry.

16         5.  Overseeing school district and community college

17  compliance with the provisions of this chapter.

18         6.  Ensuring that the educational outcomes for the

19  technical component of career and technical programs and are

20  uniform and designed to provide a graduate who is capable of

21  entering the workforce on an equally competitive basis

22  regardless of the institution of choice.

23         (3)  Each technical center operated by a district

24  school board shall establish a center advisory council

25  pursuant to s. 1001.452.  The center advisory council shall

26  assist in the preparation and evaluation of center improvement

27  plans required pursuant to s. 1001.42(16) and may provide

28  assistance, upon the request of the center director, in the

29  preparation of the center's annual budget and plan as required

30  by s. 1008.385(1).

31  


                                 585

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 237.  Section 1004.93, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1004.93  Adult general education.--

  4         (1)(a)  The intent of this section is to encourage the

  5  provision of educational services that will enable adults to

  6  acquire:

  7         1.  The basic skills necessary to attain basic and

  8  functional literacy.

  9         2.  A high school diploma or successfully complete the

10  general educational development test.

11         3.  An educational foundation that will enable them to

12  become more employable, productive, and self-sufficient

13  citizens.

14         (b)  It is further intended that educational

15  opportunities be available for adults who have earned a

16  diploma or high school equivalency diploma but who lack the

17  basic skills necessary to function effectively in everyday

18  situations, to enter the job market, or to enter technical

19  certificate instruction.

20         (2)  The adult education program must provide academic

21  services to students in the following priority:

22         (a)  Students who demonstrate skills at less than a

23  fifth grade level, as measured by tests approved for this

24  purpose by the State Board of Education, and who are studying

25  to achieve basic literacy.

26         (b)  Students who demonstrate skills at the fifth grade

27  level or higher, but below the ninth grade level, as measured

28  by tests approved for this purpose by the State Board of

29  Education, and who are studying to achieve functional

30  literacy.

31  


                                 586

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Students who are earning credit required for a

  2  high school diploma or who are preparing for the general

  3  educational development test.

  4         (d)  Students who have earned high school diplomas and

  5  require specific improvement in order to:

  6         1.  Obtain or maintain employment or benefit from

  7  certificate technical education programs;

  8         2.  Pursue a postsecondary degree; or

  9         3.  Develop competence in the English language to

10  qualify for employment.

11         (e)  Students who enroll in lifelong learning courses

12  or activities that seek to address community social and

13  economic issues that consist of health and human relations,

14  government, parenting, consumer economics, and senior

15  citizens.

16         (f)  Students who enroll in courses that relate to the

17  recreational or leisure pursuits of the students.  The cost of

18  courses conducted pursuant to this paragraph shall be borne by

19  the enrollees.

20         (3)(a)  Each district school board or community college

21  board of trustees shall negotiate with the regional workforce

22  board for basic and functional literacy skills assessments for

23  participants in the welfare transition employment and training

24  programs. Such assessments shall be conducted at a site

25  mutually acceptable to the district school board or community

26  college board of trustees and the regional workforce board.

27         (b)  State employees who are employed in local or

28  regional offices of state agencies shall inform clients of the

29  availability of adult basic and secondary programs in the

30  region. The identities of clients who do not possess high

31  school diplomas or who demonstrate skills below the level of


                                 587

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  functional literacy shall be conveyed, with their consent, to

  2  the local school district or community college, or both.

  3         (c)  To the extent funds are available, the Department

  4  of Children and Family Services shall provide for day care and

  5  transportation services to clients who enroll in adult basic

  6  education programs.

  7         (4)(a)  Adult general education shall be evaluated and

  8  funded as provided in s. 1011.80.

  9         (b)  Fees adult basic instruction are to be charged in

10  accordance with chapter 1009.

11         (c)  The State Board of Education shall define, by

12  rule, the levels and courses of instruction to be funded

13  through the college-preparatory program. The state board shall

14  coordinate the establishment of costs for college-preparatory

15  courses, the establishment of statewide standards that define

16  required levels of competence, acceptable rates of student

17  progress, and the maximum amount of time to be allowed for

18  completion of college-preparatory instruction.

19  College-preparatory instruction is part of an associate in

20  arts degree program and may not be funded as an adult and

21  technical education program.

22         (d)  Expenditures for college-preparatory and lifelong

23  learning students shall be reported separately. Allocations

24  for college-preparatory courses shall be based on proportional

25  full-time equivalent enrollment. Program review results shall

26  be included in the determination of subsequent allocations.  A

27  student shall be funded to enroll in the same

28  college-preparatory class within a skill area only twice,

29  after which time the student shall pay 100 percent of the full

30  cost of instruction to support the continuous enrollment of

31  that student in the same class; however, students who withdraw


                                 588

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or fail a class due to extenuating circumstances may be

  2  granted an exception only once for each class, provided

  3  approval is granted according to policy established by the

  4  board of trustees. Each community college shall have the

  5  authority to review and reduce payment for increased fees due

  6  to continued enrollment in a college-preparatory class on an

  7  individual basis contingent upon the student's financial

  8  hardship, pursuant to definitions and fee levels established

  9  by the State Board of Education. College-preparatory and

10  lifelong learning courses do not generate credit toward an

11  associate or baccalaureate degree.

12         (e)  A district school board or a community college

13  board of trustees may negotiate a contract with the regional

14  workforce board for specialized services for participants in

15  the welfare transition program, beyond what is routinely

16  provided for the general public, to be funded by the regional

17  workforce board.

18         (5)  If students who have been determined to be adults

19  with disabilities are enrolled in workforce development

20  programs, the funding formula must provide additional

21  incentives for their achievement of performance outputs and

22  outcomes.

23         (6)  The commissioner shall recommend the level of

24  funding for public school and community college adult

25  education within the legislative budget request and make other

26  recommendations and reports considered necessary or required

27  by rules of the State Board of Education.

28         (7)  Buildings, land, equipment, and other property

29  owned by a district school board or community college board of

30  trustees may be used for the conduct of the adult education

31  program.  Buildings, land, equipment, and other property owned


                                 589

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or leased by cooperating public or private agencies,

  2  organizations, or institutions may also be used for the

  3  purposes of this section.

  4         (8)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

  5  necessary for the implementation of this section.

  6         Section 238.  Section 1004.94, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.94  Adult literacy.--

  9         (1)(a)  An adult, individualized literacy instruction

10  program is created for adults who possess literacy skills

11  below the ninth grade level. The purpose of the program is to

12  provide self-paced, competency-based, individualized tutorial

13  instruction. The commissioner shall administer this section in

14  coordination with community college boards of trustees, local

15  school boards, and the Division of Library and Information

16  Services of the Department of State.

17         (b)  Local adult, individualized literacy instruction

18  programs may be coordinated with local public library systems

19  and with public or private nonprofit agencies, organizations,

20  or institutions.  A local public library system and a public

21  or private nonprofit agency, organization, or institution may

22  use funds appropriated for the purposes of this section to

23  hire program coordinators. Such coordinators shall offer

24  training activities to volunteer tutors and oversee the

25  operation of local literacy programs.  A local public library

26  system and a public or private nonprofit agency, organization,

27  or institution may also purchase student instructional

28  materials and modules that instruct tutors in the teaching of

29  basic and functional literacy and English for speakers of

30  other languages.  To the extent funds are appropriated,

31  cooperating local library systems shall purchase, and make


                                 590

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  available for loan, reading materials of high interest and

  2  with a vocabulary appropriate for use by students who possess

  3  literacy skills below the ninth grade level and students of

  4  English for speakers of other languages.

  5         (2)(a)  The adult literacy program is intended to

  6  increase adult literacy as prescribed in the agency functional

  7  plan of the Department of Education. The commissioner shall

  8  establish guidelines for the purpose of determining

  9  achievement of this goal.

10         (b)  Each participating local sponsor shall submit an

11  annual report to the commissioner which must contain

12  information to demonstrate the extent to which there has been

13  progress toward increasing the percentage of adults within the

14  service area who possess literacy skills.

15         (c)  Based on the information provided from the local

16  reports, the commissioner shall develop an annual status

17  report on literacy and adult education.

18         (3)  Funds appropriated for the purposes of this

19  section shall be allocated as grants for implementing adult

20  literacy programs.  Such funds may not be used to supplant

21  funds used for activities that would otherwise be conducted in

22  the absence of literacy funding.  A grant awarded pursuant to

23  this section may not exceed $50,000.  Priority for the use of

24  such funds shall be given to paying expenses related to the

25  instruction of volunteer tutors, including materials and the

26  salary of the program coordinator.  Local sponsors may also

27  accept funds from private sources for the purposes of this

28  section.

29         (4)(a)  The commissioner shall submit a state adult

30  literacy plan to the State Board of Education to serve as a

31  reference for district school boards and community colleges


                                 591

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  boards of trustees to increase adult literacy in their service

  2  areas as prescribed in the agency functional plan of the

  3  Department of Education.  The plan must include, at a minimum:

  4         1.  Policies and objectives for adult literacy

  5  programs, including evaluative criteria.

  6         2.  Strategies for coordinating adult literacy

  7  activities with programs and services provided by other state

  8  and local nonprofit agencies, as well as strategies for

  9  maximizing other funding, resources, and expertise.

10         3.  Procedures for identifying, recruiting, and

11  retaining adults who possess literacy skills below the ninth

12  grade level.

13         4.  Sources of relevant demographic information and

14  methods of projecting the number of adults who possess

15  literacy skills below the ninth grade level.

16         5.  Acceptable methods of demonstrating compliance with

17  the provisions of this section.

18         6.  Guidelines for the development and implementation

19  of local adult literacy plans.  At a minimum, such guidelines

20  must address:

21         a.  The recruitment and preparation of volunteer

22  tutors.

23         b.  Interagency and intraagency cooperation and

24  coordination, especially with public libraries and other

25  sponsors of literacy programs.

26         c.  Desirable learning environments, including class

27  size.

28         d.  Program evaluation standards.

29         e.  Methods for identifying, recruiting, and retaining

30  adults in literacy programs.

31  


                                 592

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         f.  Adult literacy through family literacy and

  2  workforce literacy programs.

  3         (b)  Every 3 years, the district school board or

  4  community college board of trustees shall develop and maintain

  5  a local adult literacy plan.

  6         Section 239.  Section 1004.95, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1004.95  Adult literacy centers.--

  9         (1)  The Commissioner of Education shall select

10  community colleges and public school districts to establish

11  and operate adult literacy centers to complement existing

12  public and private instructional adult literacy programs. The

13  centers shall identify, contact, counsel, and refer persons

14  considered to be lacking basic or functional literacy skills

15  or competencies related to prose, document, and quantitative

16  literacy skills to the appropriate private and public

17  agencies, including human service agencies.  The centers may

18  not duplicate or supplant the existing services provided by

19  public and private agencies operating within the district.

20         (2)  In selecting program participants, the

21  Commissioner of Education shall, at a minimum, consider the

22  extent to which:

23         (a)  Cooperative arrangements with other state and

24  local agreements and innovative approaches will be used for

25  carrying out the role of the center;

26         (b)  Similar services are provided within the service

27  delivery area;

28         (c)  The program objectives may be accomplished within

29  the budget request;

30         (d)  Provisions are made for monitoring program

31  performance; and


                                 593

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Fiscal controls and fund accounting procedures

  2  exist to ensure proper use of, and accounting for, the program

  3  funds.

  4         (3)  The activities and funding of center operations

  5  shall be reported in a separate and distinct manner.

  6         (4)  The State Board of Education shall develop rules

  7  for implementing this section, including criteria for

  8  evaluating the performance of the centers, and shall submit an

  9  evaluation report of the centers to the Legislature on or

10  before February 1 of each year.

11         Section 240.  Section 1004.96, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1004.96  Community education.--

14         (1)  Pursuant to this section and State Board of

15  Education rule, each school board and the Board of Trustees

16  for the Florida School for the Deaf and Blind may apply to the

17  Department of Education for a community education grant.  An

18  applicant shall include in the grant application a description

19  of the community education program and process through which

20  the program is developed.

21         (2)  The department shall give priority to applications

22  that include:

23         (a)  Centers that serve the most students within

24  available resources.

25         (b)  Programs for which funds are matched by the

26  Federal Government or other nonstate sources and which are

27  appropriate within the context of community education.

28         (c)  Programs that provide before-school and

29  after-school activities for children.

30         Section 241.  Section 1004.97, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 594

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1004.97  Florida Literacy Corps.--

  2         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that eligible

  3  postsecondary students be offered an opportunity to perform

  4  public service by serving as volunteer tutors for adults who

  5  do not possess basic or functional literacy skills.

  6         (2)  There is created a Florida Literacy Corps to be

  7  administered by the Department of Education pursuant to this

  8  section and rules of the State Board of Education.

  9  Participating students earn college credit for tutoring adults

10  who do not possess basic or functional literacy skills

11  pursuant to an agreement between the institution in which the

12  student is enrolled and the district school board, community

13  college board of trustees, public library, or nonprofit

14  organization offering literacy instruction to adults pursuant

15  to s. 1004.94. The district school board, community college

16  board of trustees, public library, or nonprofit organization

17  is solely responsible for providing literacy programs and

18  instructing participating postsecondary students.

19         (3)  In order to be eligible to participate in the

20  Florida Literacy Corps, a student must:

21         (a)  Be enrolled in an eligible state university or

22  community college at least half time and be in good standing,

23  as defined by the institution.

24         (b)  Have completed at least 12 semester hours of

25  college-level coursework that applies toward an associate in

26  arts or baccalaureate degree.

27         (c)  Have attained a passing score on one of the

28  postsecondary entry-level examinations approved pursuant to

29  State Board of Education rule, be exempt from the

30  administration of such examination, or have successfully

31  completed any required college-preparatory instruction.


                                 595

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  In order to be eligible to participate in the

  2  Florida Literacy Corps, a state university or community

  3  college must:

  4         (a)  Establish one or more undergraduate or graduate

  5  courses, or both, in which participating students may earn a

  6  maximum of 3 credit hours per semester, and a maximum of 6

  7  credit hours over two or more semesters, by tutoring adults

  8  who do not possess basic or functional literacy skills.  The

  9  institution shall establish such courses in the common course

10  designation and numbering system. The courses must require

11  students to complete instruction for prospective tutors, tutor

12  adults for at least 25 hours per semester for each hour of

13  credit awarded, and satisfy any other requirements imposed by

14  the institution.

15         (b)  Submit a proposal to the Department of Education

16  for review and approval. The proposal must include, but is not

17  limited to:

18         1.  Identification of the school district, community

19  college, public library, or nonprofit organization with which

20  participating students will be working.

21         2.  Demonstration of the need for literacy tutors by

22  the school district, community college, public library, or

23  nonprofit organization.

24         3.  Demonstration of commitment by the public school,

25  community college, public library, or nonprofit organization

26  to provide instruction for tutors.

27         4.  Description of the literacy program.

28         5.  Demonstration of student interest in program

29  participation.

30  

31  


                                 596

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         6.  Designation of one or more faculty to conduct the

  2  Florida Literacy Corps course and identification of the

  3  qualifications of such faculty.

  4         (5)  From funds appropriated for the purposes of this

  5  section, the department shall allocate an amount for each

  6  approved proposal based on the number of students approved for

  7  enrollment and subsequently enrolled in Florida Literacy Corps

  8  courses.

  9         (6)  Each participating state university and community

10  college shall submit an annual report to the Commissioner of

11  Education which includes, but is not limited to:

12         (a)  The number of hours of tutoring conducted by

13  participating students.

14         (b)  The number of students enrolled in the courses.

15         (c)  The number of students who successfully complete

16  the courses.

17         (d)  An evaluation of the tutors' effectiveness as

18  judged by the participating school district, community

19  college, public library, or nonprofit organization.  The

20  department shall develop a common evaluation form for this

21  purpose.

22         (e)  The number of full-time equivalent enrollments

23  generated by the participating students.

24         (7)  The department shall compile the annual reports

25  into a single, annual programmatic report to be submitted to

26  the State Board of Education by December 1 of each year.

27         Section 242.  Section 1004.98, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1004.98  Workforce literacy programs.--

30         (1)  The workforce literacy program is established

31  within the community colleges and school districts to ensure


                                 597

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the existence of sufficient numbers of employees who possess

  2  the skills necessary to perform in entry-level occupations and

  3  to adapt to technological advances in the workplace.

  4  Workforce literacy programs are intended to support economic

  5  development by increasing adult literacy and producing an

  6  educated workforce.

  7         (2)  Each community college and school district may

  8  conduct courses and programs through which adults gain the

  9  communication and computation skills necessary to complete a

10  career and technical program, to gain or maintain entry-level

11  employment, or to upgrade employment.  Courses may not be

12  conducted until the community college or school district

13  identifies current and prospective employees who do not

14  possess the skills necessary to enter career and technical

15  programs or to obtain or maintain employment.

16         (3)  A community college or school district may be

17  eligible to fund a workforce literacy program pursuant to the

18  provisions of s. 1004.94.

19         Section 243.  Chapter 1005, Florida Statutes, shall be

20  entitled "Nonpublic Postsecondary Education" and shall consist

21  of ss. 1005.01-1005.39.

22         Section 244.  Part I of chapter 1005, Florida Statutes,

23  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of

24  ss. 1005.01-1005.06.

25         Section 245.  Section 1005.01, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1005.01  Purpose.--

28         (1)  The Legislature encourages privately supported

29  higher education and intends to aid in protecting the health,

30  education, and welfare of persons who receive educational

31  services from independent postsecondary educational


                                 598

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  institutions in this state; to aid in protecting employers and

  2  others who depend upon people whose educational credentials

  3  are from independent postsecondary educational institutions in

  4  this state; and to aid in protecting independent postsecondary

  5  educational institutions that currently operate or intend to

  6  begin operating in this state. The Legislature finds that both

  7  individuals and independent postsecondary educational

  8  institutions benefit from a state system that assures that all

  9  institutions satisfactorily meet minimum educational

10  standards. The Legislature further recognizes the role of

11  federally recognized accrediting associations in setting

12  standards for independent postsecondary educational

13  institutions and encourages the use of recognized

14  accreditation standards as general guidelines for the

15  licensure of independent postsecondary educational

16  institutions.

17         (2)  The Legislature recognizes that a degree, diploma,

18  or other educational credential serves several purposes.

19  Employers rely upon a person's educational credentials in

20  judging that person's qualifications for employment. Educators

21  rely upon a person's educational credentials to assess the

22  adequacy of that person's preparation for the pursuit of

23  further education. Therefore, the Legislature intends that the

24  provisions of this chapter aid in protecting the integrity of

25  degrees, diplomas, and other educational credentials offered

26  by independent postsecondary educational institutions by

27  providing for the evaluation of minimum educational

28  requirements.

29         (3)  The Legislature intends to prohibit the granting

30  of false or misleading educational credentials and to prohibit

31  misleading literature, advertising, solicitation, or


                                 599

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  representations by independent postsecondary educational

  2  institutions or their agents.

  3         Section 246.  Section 1005.02, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1005.02  Definitions.--As used in this chapter, the

  6  term:

  7         (1)  "Accreditation" means accredited status awarded to

  8  an institution by an accrediting agency or association that is

  9  recognized by the United States Department of Education and

10  that has standards comparable to the minimum standards

11  required to operate an educational institution at that level

12  in this state.

13         (2)  "Agent" means a person who is employed by an

14  independent postsecondary educational institution under the

15  jurisdiction of the Commission for Independent Education, or

16  by an out-of-state independent postsecondary educational

17  institution, and who secures an application or accepts payment

18  of fees from prospective students for the institution at any

19  place other than the legal place of business of the

20  institution.

21         (3)  "Avocational" means a course or program the

22  objective of which is not occupational but is only for

23  personal enrichment or enjoyment. To be classified as

24  avocational, a program must:

25         (a)  Prior to enrollment, provide to each enrollee, and

26  maintain a record copy of, a written statement that includes

27  the following or substantially similar language: "This program

28  is not designed or intended to qualify its participants and

29  graduates for employment. It is intended solely for the

30  avocation, personal enrichment, and enjoyment of its

31  participants."


                                 600

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Not make any other verbal or written statement

  2  that negates the required written statement by stating or

  3  implying that people who enroll in or complete the program

  4  have a more substantial likelihood of obtaining employment in

  5  the field to which the training pertains than people who do

  6  not.

  7         (4)  "College" or "university" means any incorporated

  8  postsecondary educational entity, and its additional

  9  locations, offering a substantially complete program that

10  confers or offers to confer at least an associate degree

11  requiring at least 15 semester hours or the equivalent of

12  general education, or that furnishes or offers to furnish

13  instruction leading toward, or prerequisite to, college

14  credit. The terms include any college-credit-granting

15  independent educational institution that is chartered in this

16  state and any center or branch campus within this state of an

17  out-of-state institution at the college-credit level.

18         (5)  "Commission" means the Commission for Independent

19  Education.

20         (6)  "Contract training" means instruction or training

21  provided through a written contract with an independent

22  contractor whose fees and any other charges are entirely paid

23  by a company, trade or professional association, or group of

24  employers to provide the instruction exclusively to bona fide

25  employees of the entity that engaged the contractor. The term

26  applies only when those receiving training are selected by

27  their employer and are not recruited by the contractor.

28         (7)  "Degree" means any educational credential that is

29  generally taken to signify satisfactory completion of the

30  requirements of an undergraduate, graduate, academic,

31  educational, or professional program of study or any honorary


                                 601

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  credential conferred for meritorious recognition. At the

  2  undergraduate level, an institution may not award a degree for

  3  a program unless it includes a general education component as

  4  established by rule and at least 60 semester hours or 90

  5  quarter hours of study or the equivalent.

  6         (8)  "Diploma" means a credential that is not a degree

  7  but is any of the following: a certificate, transcript,

  8  report, document, or title; a designation, mark, or

  9  appellation; or a series of letters, numbers, or words that

10  generally are taken to signify satisfactory completion of the

11  requirements of an educational, technical, or career program

12  of study or training or course of study.

13         (9)  "Examination preparation course" means a course or

14  program that does not offer to confer a diploma, that is

15  offered by a person or entity that discloses in all

16  advertising that the course or program is for test

17  preparation, and that does not include any expression or

18  implication in writing or orally regarding salaries, job

19  placement, or career advancement.

20         (10)  "Governmental" means an institution provided,

21  operated, and supported by a federal, state, or county

22  government or any of its political subdivisions.

23         (11)  "Independent postsecondary educational

24  institution" means any postsecondary educational institution

25  that operates in this state or makes application to operate in

26  this state, and is not provided, operated, and supported by

27  the State of Florida, its political subdivisions, or the

28  Federal Government.

29         (12)  "In-service, continuing education, or

30  professional development" means training provided by:

31  


                                 602

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  A trade or professional association or a group of

  2  employers in the same or related business who offer training

  3  and provide only professional-development programs to bona

  4  fide employees or contractors of an employer who is a member

  5  of the association or employers who qualify for membership;

  6         (b)  A labor union or group of labor unions that offer

  7  training to and trains only those persons who are dues-paying

  8  members of the participating labor union;

  9         (c)  An independent contractor engaged by the labor

10  union or group of labor unions, by written contract, to

11  provide the training on its behalf exclusively to those who

12  are selected by the labor union or group of labor unions that

13  engaged the contractor and who are dues-paying members of that

14  union; or

15         (d)  A person or entity offering only

16  continuing-education programs to persons who engage in an

17  occupation or profession whose practitioners are subject to

18  licensure, certification, or registration by a state agency

19  that recognizes the programs for continuing-education purposes

20  and provides a written statement of the recognition.

21         (13)  "License" means a certificate signifying that an

22  independent postsecondary educational institution meets

23  standards prescribed in statute or rule and is permitted to

24  operate in this state.

25         (14)  "Operating in this state" means any of the

26  following:

27         (a)  Maintaining for any purpose related to offering a

28  degree, diploma, or credit a physical location in this state,

29  a mailing address in this state, a telephone or facsimile

30  number in this state, or a mail forwarding service or

31  


                                 603

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  telephone answering or relay service in this state or

  2  advertising any such presence; or

  3         (b)  By any means or device, facilitating in this state

  4  any part of a scheme to offer a degree, diploma, or credit, or

  5  any activity connected with the administration, promotion,

  6  recruitment, placement, instruction, fee collection or

  7  receipt, or any other function of a purported independent

  8  postsecondary educational institution, other than periodic and

  9  customary contact with the institution's own alumni.

10         (15)  "Out-of-state college" or "out-of-state school"

11  means any independent postsecondary educational institution

12  where the place of instruction, the legal place of residence,

13  or the place of evaluation of instruction or work by

14  correspondence or distance education is not within the legal

15  boundaries of this state.

16         (16)  "School" means any nonpublic postsecondary

17  noncollegiate educational institution, association,

18  corporation, person, partnership, or organization of any type

19  which:

20         (a)  Offers to provide or provides any complete, or

21  substantially complete, postsecondary program of instruction

22  through the student's personal attendance; in the presence of

23  an instructor; in a classroom, clinical, or other practicum

24  setting; or through correspondence or other distance

25  education;

26         (b)  Represents, directly or by implication, that the

27  instruction will qualify the student for employment in an

28  occupation for which a degree is not required in order to

29  practice in this state;

30  

31  


                                 604

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Receives remuneration from the student or any

  2  other source based on the enrollment of a student or the

  3  number of students enrolled; or

  4         (d)  Offers to award or awards a diploma, regardless of

  5  whether it conducts instruction or receives remuneration.

  6         Section 247.  Section 1005.03, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1005.03  Designation "college" or "university".--

  9         (1)  The use of the designation "college" or

10  "university" in combination with any series of letters,

11  numbers, or words is restricted in this state to colleges or

12  universities as defined in s. 1005.02 that offer degrees as

13  defined in s. 1005.02 and fall into at least one of the

14  following categories:

15         (a)  A Florida public college.

16         (b)  A Florida or out-of-state college that has been in

17  active operation and using the designation "college" or

18  "university" since April 1, 1970.

19         (c)  A college for which the commission has issued a

20  license pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.

21         (d)  A college that is under the jurisdiction of the

22  Division of Colleges and Universities of the Department of

23  Education, whose students are eligible for the William L.

24  Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant, and that is a

25  nonprofit independent college or university located and

26  chartered in this state and accredited by the Commission on

27  Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools

28  to grant baccalaureate degrees.

29         (e)  A college that meets the description of either s.

30  1005.06(1)(e) or s. 1005.06(1)(f).

31  


                                 605

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  If a college is approved under subsection (1) to

  2  use the designation "college" or "university," a branch or

  3  extension of that college may use the name of the parent

  4  college, but shall include an indication of the location of

  5  the branch or extension.

  6         (3)  Any entity offering postsecondary educational

  7  courses or programs of study in Florida, whether or not

  8  college credit is awarded, shall be subject to the provisions

  9  of this section.

10         (4)  An entity shall not use the destination "college"

11  or "university" in its name in Florida without approval by the

12  commission, unless the commission determines that its name is

13  clearly and accurately descriptive of the services provided by

14  the entity and is not one that may mislead the public.

15         Section 248.  Section 1005.04, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1005.04  Fair consumer practices.--

18         (1)  Every institution that is under the jurisdiction

19  of the commission or is exempt from the jurisdiction or

20  purview of the commission pursuant to s. 1005.06(1)(c) or

21  (1)(f) and that either directly or indirectly solicits for

22  enrollment any student shall:

23         (a)  Disclose to each prospective student a statement

24  of the purpose of such college, its educational programs and

25  curricula, a description of its physical facilities, its

26  status regarding licensure, its fee schedule and policies

27  regarding retaining student fees if a student withdraws, and a

28  statement regarding the transferability of credits to and from

29  other colleges. The college shall make the required

30  disclosures in writing at least 1 week prior to enrollment or

31  collection of any tuition from the prospective student. The


                                 606

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required disclosures may be made in the institution's current

  2  catalog.

  3         (b)  Use a reliable method to assess, before accepting

  4  a student into a program, the student's ability to complete

  5  successfully the course of study for which he or she has

  6  applied;

  7         (c)  Inform each student accurately about financial

  8  assistance and obligations for repayment of loans; describe

  9  any employment placement services provided and the limitations

10  thereof; and refrain from promising or implying guaranteed

11  placement, market availability, or salary amounts;

12         (d)  Provide to prospective and enrolled students

13  accurate information regarding the relationship of its

14  programs to state licensure requirements for practicing

15  related occupations and professions in Florida;

16         (e)  Ensure that all advertisements are accurate and

17  not misleading;

18         (f)  Publish and follow an equitable prorated refund

19  policy for all students, and follow both the federal refund

20  guidelines for students receiving federal financial assistance

21  and the minimum refund guidelines set by commission rule;

22         (g)  Follow the requirements of state and federal laws

23  that require annual reporting with respect to crime statistics

24  and physical plant safety and make those reports available to

25  the public; and

26         (h)  Publish and follow procedures for handling student

27  complaints, disciplinary actions, and appeals.

28         (2)  In addition, colleges that are required to be

29  licensed by the commission shall disclose to prospective

30  students that additional information regarding the college may

31  


                                 607

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be obtained by contacting the Commission for Independent

  2  Education, Department of Education, Tallahassee.

  3         Section 249.  Section 1005.05, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1005.05  Certificate and diploma programs.--No

  6  nonpublic college shall continue to conduct or begin to

  7  conduct any diploma program as defined in s. 1005.02, unless

  8  the college applies for and obtains approval for such program.

  9  Colleges under the jurisdiction of the Commission for

10  Independent Education shall apply to the commission.  Colleges

11  that are not under the jurisdiction of the commission shall

12  apply to the Department of Education.

13         Section 250.  Section 1005.06, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1005.06  Institutions not under the jurisdiction or

16  purview of the commission.--

17         (1)  Except as otherwise provided in law, the following

18  institutions are not under the jurisdiction or purview of the

19  commission and are not required to obtain licensure:

20         (a)  Any postsecondary educational institution

21  provided, operated, or supported by this state, its political

22  subdivisions, or the Federal Government.

23         (b)  Any college, school, or course licensed or

24  approved for establishment and operation under part I of

25  chapter 464, chapter 466, or chapter 475, or any other chapter

26  of the Florida Statutes requiring licensing or approval as

27  defined in this chapter.

28         (c)  Any institution that is under the jurisdiction of

29  the Division of Colleges and Universities of the Department of

30  Education, whose students are eligible for the William L.

31  Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant, and that is a


                                 608

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  nonprofit independent college or university located and

  2  chartered in this state and accredited by the Commission on

  3  Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools

  4  to grant baccalaureate degrees.

  5         (d)  Any institution that offers only avocational

  6  programs or courses, examination preparation programs or

  7  courses, contract training programs or courses, continuing

  8  education, or professional development programs or courses.

  9         (e)  Any institution that was exempt from licensure in

10  2001 under s. 246.085(1)(b), Florida Statutes 2001, as long as

11  it maintains these qualifying criteria: the institution is

12  incorporated in this state, the institution's credits or

13  degrees are accepted for credit by at least three colleges

14  that are fully accredited by an agency recognized by the

15  United States Department of Education, the institution was

16  exempt under that category prior to July 1, 1982, and the

17  institution does not enroll any students who receive state or

18  federal financial aid for education. Such an institution shall

19  notify the commission and apply for licensure if it no longer

20  meets these criteria.

21         (f)  A religious college may operate without

22  governmental oversight if the college annually verifies by

23  sworn affidavit to the commission that:

24         1.  The name of the institution includes a religious

25  modifier or the name of a religious patriarch, saint, person,

26  or symbol of the church.

27         2.  The institution offers only educational programs

28  that prepare students for religious vocations as ministers,

29  professionals, or laypersons in the categories of ministry,

30  counseling, theology, education, administration, music, fine

31  arts, media communications, or social work.


                                 609

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  The titles of degrees issued by the institution

  2  cannot be confused with secular degree titles. For this

  3  purpose, each degree title must include a religious modifier

  4  that immediately precedes, or is included within, any of the

  5  following degrees: Associate of Arts, Associate of Science,

  6  Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Master of Arts, Master

  7  of Science, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education. The

  8  religious modifier must be placed on the title line of the

  9  degree, on the transcript, and whenever the title of the

10  degree appears in official school documents or publications.

11         4.  The duration of all degree programs offered by the

12  institution is consistent with the standards of the

13  commission.

14         5.  The institution's consumer practices are consistent

15  with those required by s. 1005.04.

16  

17  The commission may provide such a religious institution a

18  letter stating that the institution has met the requirements

19  of state law and is not subject to governmental oversight.

20         (g)  Any institution that is regulated by the Federal

21  Aviation Administration, another agency of the Federal

22  Government, or an agency of the state whose regulatory laws

23  are similar in nature and purpose to those of the commission

24  and require minimum educational standards, for at least

25  curriculum, instructors, and academic progress and provide

26  protection against fraudulent, deceptive, and substandard

27  education practices.

28         (2)  The Department of Education may contract with the

29  Commission on Independent Education to provide services for

30  independent postsecondary educational institutions not under

31  the jurisdiction of the commission relating to licensure of


                                 610

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  postsecondary technical certificate and diploma programs that

  2  such institutions may wish to offer and preliminary review of

  3  programs such institutions may wish to offer which are beyond

  4  the scope of the institutions's current accreditation status.

  5  Upon completion of its review, the commission shall forward

  6  its recommendation to the department for final action.  The

  7  department shall assess the institution seeking such services

  8  the cost to the commission of providing such services.

  9  Revenues collected pursuant to this provision shall be

10  deposited in the Institutional Assessment Trust Fund.

11         Section 251.  Part II of chapter 1005, Florida

12  Statutes, shall be entitled "Commission for Independent

13  Education" and shall consist of ss. 1005.21-1005.22.

14         Section 252.  Section 1005.21, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1005.21  Commission for Independent Education.--

17         (1)  There is established in the Department of

18  Education the Commission for Independent Education. The

19  department shall serve as the administrative agent of the

20  commission by providing services, including payroll,

21  procurement, and legal counsel. The commission shall exercise

22  independently all powers, duties, and functions prescribed by

23  law. The commission shall authorize the granting of diplomas

24  and degrees by any independent postsecondary educational

25  institution under its jurisdiction.

26         (2)  The Commission for Independent Education shall

27  consist of seven members who are residents of this state. The

28  commission shall function in matters concerning independent

29  postsecondary educational institutions in consumer protection,

30  program improvement, and licensure for institutions under its

31  purview. The Governor shall appoint the members of the


                                 611

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commission who are subject to confirmation by the Senate. The

  2  membership of the commission shall consist of:

  3         (a)  Two representatives of independent colleges or

  4  universities licensed by the commission.

  5         (b)  Two representatives of independent,

  6  nondegree-granting schools licensed by the commission.

  7         (c)  One member from a public school district or

  8  community college who is an administrator of career and

  9  technical education.

10         (d)  One representative of a college that meets the

11  criteria of s. 1005.06(1)(f).

12         (e)  One lay member who is not affiliated with an

13  independent postsecondary educational institution.

14         (3)  The members of the commission shall be appointed

15  to 3-year terms and until their successors are appointed and

16  qualified. If a vacancy on the commission occurs before the

17  expiration of a term, the Governor shall appoint a successor

18  to serve the unexpired portion of the term.

19         (4)  The commission shall meet at least four times each

20  fiscal year.

21         (5)  Members of the commission are entitled to

22  reimbursement for travel and per diem expenses, as provided in

23  s. 112.061, while performing their duties.

24         (6)  Each member is accountable to the Governor for the

25  proper performance of the duties of his or her office. The

26  Governor may remove from office any member for cause.

27         Section 253.  Section 1005.22, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1005.22  Powers and duties of commission.--

30         (1)  The commission shall:

31  


                                 612

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Hold meetings as necessary to administer its

  2  duties.

  3         (b)  Annually select a chairperson and a vice

  4  chairperson, appoint and review an executive director, and

  5  authorize the executive director to appoint employees of the

  6  commission.

  7         (c)  Adopt and use an official seal in the

  8  authentication of its acts.

  9         (d)  Make rules for its own governance.

10         (e)  Administer the provisions of this chapter. To this

11  end, the commission has the following administrative powers

12  and responsibilities:

13         1.  The commission shall adopt rules pursuant to ss.

14  120.536(1) and 120.54 for the operation and establishment of

15  independent postsecondary educational institutions. The

16  commission shall submit the rules to the State Board of

17  Education for approval or disapproval. If the state board does

18  not act on a rule within 60 days after receiving it, the rule

19  shall be filed immediately with the Department of State.

20         2.  The commission shall submit an annual budget to the

21  State Board of Education.

22         3.  The commission shall transmit all fees, donations,

23  and other receipts of money to the Institutional Assessment

24  Trust Fund.

25         4.  The commission shall expend funds as necessary to

26  assist in the application and enforcement of its powers and

27  duties. The Chief Financial Officer shall pay out all moneys

28  and funds as directed under this chapter upon vouchers

29  approved by the Department of Education for all lawful

30  purposes necessary to administering this chapter. The

31  commission shall make annual reports to the State Board of


                                 613

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education showing in detail amounts received and all

  2  expenditures. The commission shall include in its annual

  3  report to the State Board of Education a statement of its

  4  major activities during the period covered by the report.

  5         (f)  Maintain a record of its proceedings.

  6         (g)  Cooperate with other state and federal agencies

  7  and other nongovernmental agencies in administering its

  8  duties.

  9         (h)  Cause to be investigated criminal justice

10  information, as defined in s. 943.045, for each owner,

11  administrator, and agent employed by an institution applying

12  for licensure from the commission.

13         (i)  Serve as a central agency for collecting and

14  distributing current information regarding institutions

15  licensed by the commission.

16         (j)  Inform independent postsecondary educational

17  institutions of laws adopted by the Legislature and rules

18  adopted by the State Board of Education and the commission and

19  of their responsibility to follow those laws and rules.

20         (k)  Establish and publicize the procedures for

21  receiving and responding to complaints from students, faculty,

22  and others concerning institutions or programs under the

23  purview of the commission, and keep records of such complaints

24  in order to determine the frequency and nature of complaints

25  with respect to specific institutions of higher education.

26         (l)  Provide annually to the Office of Student

27  Financial Assistance of the Department of Education

28  information and documentation that can be used to determine an

29  institution's eligibility to participate in state student

30  financial assistance programs.

31  


                                 614

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (m)  Coordinate and convey annual reports to the

  2  Commissioner of Education relating to campus crime statistics,

  3  the assessment of physical plant safety, and the antihazing

  4  policies of nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions

  5  eligible to receive state-funded student assistance, as

  6  required by law.

  7         (n)  Identify and report to the Office of Student

  8  Financial Assistance the accrediting associations recognized

  9  by the United States Department of Education which have

10  standards that are comparable to the minimum standards

11  required to operate an institution at that level in this

12  state.

13         (o)  Assure that an institution is not required to

14  operate without a current license because of the schedule of

15  commission meetings or application procedures, if the

16  institution has met the commission's requirements for

17  licensure or license renewal.

18         (2)  The commission may:

19         (a)  Sue or be sued.

20         (b)  Enter into contracts with the Federal Government,

21  with other departments of the state, or with individuals.

22         (c)  Receive bequests and gifts, subject to any

23  restrictions upon which the commission and the donor agree.

24         (d)  Appoint standing or special committees to assist

25  it in carrying out its responsibilities. Committees may

26  include members who are not commission members or

27  representatives of licensed postsecondary institutions.

28         (e)  Advise the Governor, the Legislature, the State

29  Board of Education, the Council for Education Policy Research

30  and Improvement, and the Commissioner of Education on issues

31  relating to private postsecondary education.


                                 615

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  Delegate to the chairperson of the commission the

  2  responsibility for signing final orders.

  3         (g)  Assist independent postsecondary educational

  4  institutions in formulating articulation agreements with

  5  public and other independent institutions.

  6         (h)  Establish and operate additional offices in the

  7  central and southern part of the state if the concentration of

  8  licensed institutions renders such an office economically

  9  feasible.

10         (i)  Establish and administer the Student Protection

11  Fund pursuant to s. 1005.37.

12         Section 254.  Part III of chapter 1005, Florida

13  Statutes, shall be entitled "Licensure of Nonpublic

14  Postsecondary Educational Institutions" and shall consist of

15  ss. 1005.31-1005.39.

16         Section 255.  Section 1005.31, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1005.31  Licensure of institutions.--

19         (1)  Each college or school operating within this state

20  must obtain licensure from the commission unless the

21  institution is not under the commission's purview or

22  jurisdiction as provided in s. 1005.06.

23         (2)  The commission shall develop minimum standards by

24  which to evaluate institutions for licensure. These standards

25  must include at least the institution's name, financial

26  stability, purpose, administrative organization, admissions

27  and recruitment, educational programs and curricula,

28  retention, completion, career placement, faculty, learning

29  resources, student personnel services, physical plant and

30  facilities, publications, and disclosure statements about the

31  status of the institution with respect to professional


                                 616

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  certification and licensure. The commission may adopt rules to

  2  ensure that institutions licensed under this section meet

  3  these standards in ways that are appropriate to achieve the

  4  stated intent of this chapter, including provisions for

  5  nontraditional or distance education programs and delivery.

  6         (3)  The commission shall recognize an institution

  7  based on the institution's highest educational offering and

  8  shall adopt rules for licensure that include reporting

  9  requirements for each level of licensure.

10         (4)  Approved-applicant status shall be extended to all

11  institutions that have submitted a complete application, as

12  defined in rule, for provisional licensure and paid all

13  attendant fees. In granting approved-applicant status, the

14  commission shall provide to commission staff and the

15  institution a list of specific omissions or deficiencies.

16  Institutions granted approved-applicant status may not

17  advertise, offer programs of study, collect tuition or fees,

18  or engage in any other activities not specifically approved by

19  the commission. If the commission, or the commission staff if

20  specifically directed by the commission, determines that the

21  omissions or deficiencies have been provided for or corrected,

22  the institution may be awarded a provisional license.

23         (5)  Provisional licensure shall be granted to an

24  applicant for initial licensure for a period not to exceed 1

25  year when the commission determines that the applicant is in

26  substantial compliance with the standards for licensure. A

27  provisional license granted for initial licensure may be

28  extended for up to 1 additional year. A licensed institution

29  that has undergone a substantive change, as defined by rule,

30  must be granted a provisional license for a period of time

31  determined by the commission, after which period the


                                 617

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  institution may apply for a different status. A provisional

  2  license may include conditions required by the commission, and

  3  all conditions must be met before the institution may receive

  4  a different licensure status.

  5         (6)  An annual license shall be granted to an

  6  institution holding a provisional license, or seeking a

  7  renewal of an annual license, upon demonstrating full

  8  compliance with licensure standards. An annual license may be

  9  extended for up to 1 year if the institution meets the

10  requirements set by rule for such an extension.

11         (7)  An institution may not conduct a program unless

12  specific authority is granted in its license.

13         (8)  A license granted by the commission is not

14  transferable to another institution or to another agent, and

15  an institution's license does not transfer when the

16  institution's ownership changes.

17         (a)  A licensed institution must notify the commission

18  prior to a change of ownership or control. The commission

19  shall adopt procedures for interim executive approval of a

20  change of ownership or control if the next scheduled meeting

21  of the commission occurs after the scheduled date of the

22  change of ownership or control.

23         (b)  The commission may adopt rules governing changes

24  of ownership or control.

25         (9)  An independent postsecondary educational

26  institution or any person acting on behalf of such an

27  institution may not publish any advertisement soliciting

28  students or offering a credential before the institution is

29  duly licensed by the commission or while the institution is

30  under an injunction against operating, soliciting students, or

31  offering an educational credential.


                                 618

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (10)  The commission shall establish minimum standards

  2  for the approval of agents. The commission may adopt rules to

  3  ensure that licensed agents meet these standards and uphold

  4  the intent of this chapter. An agent may not solicit

  5  prospective students in this state for enrollment in any

  6  independent postsecondary educational institution under the

  7  commission's purview or in any out-of-state independent

  8  postsecondary educational institution unless the agent has

  9  received a license as prescribed by the commission.

10         (11)  A student of a foreign medical school may not

11  engage in a clinical clerkship in this state unless the

12  foreign medical school has received a license, in the case of

13  a core clerkship or an ongoing regular program of clerkships,

14  or has received individual approval, in the case of an

15  occasional elective clerkship. The commission may adopt rules

16  to administer this subsection.

17         (12)  The granting of a license is not an

18  accreditation.

19         (13)  As a condition of licensure, an independent

20  college or university must provide the commission with a copy

21  of its antihazing policy.

22         Section 256.  Section 1005.32, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1005.32  Licensure by means of accreditation.--

25         (1)  An independent postsecondary educational

26  institution that meets the following criteria may apply for a

27  license by means of accreditation from the commission:

28         (a)  The institution has operated legally in this state

29  for at least 5 consecutive years.

30         (b)  The institution holds institutional accreditation

31  by an accrediting agency evaluated and approved by the


                                 619

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commission as having standards substantially equivalent to the

  2  commission's licensure standards.

  3         (c)  The institution has no unresolved complaints or

  4  actions in the past 12 months.

  5         (d)  The institution meets minimum requirements for

  6  financial responsibility as determined by the commission.

  7         (e)  The institution is a Florida corporation.

  8         (2)  An institution that was exempt from licensure in

  9  2001 under s. 246.085(1)(a), Florida Statutes 2001, may retain

10  an exemption until the commission issues it a license by means

11  of accreditation as provided in this section.

12         (3)  The commission may not require an institution

13  granted a license by means of accreditation to submit reports

14  that differ from the reports required by its accrediting

15  association, except that each institution must file with the

16  commission an annual audit and follow the commission's

17  requirements for orderly closing, including provisions for

18  trainout or refunds and arranging for the proper disposition

19  of student and institutional records.

20         (4)  An institution granted a license by means of

21  accreditation must apply for and receive another level of

22  licensure before the institution may offer courses or programs

23  that exceed the scope or level of its accreditation.

24         (5)  Institutions granted a license by means of

25  accreditation must comply with the standards of fair consumer

26  practices as established in rule by the commission.

27         (6)  A license by means of accreditation is valid for

28  the same period as the qualifying grant of accreditation.

29         (7)  A license by means of accreditation may be denied,

30  placed on probation, or revoked for repeated failure to comply

31  with the requirements of this section. The commission shall


                                 620

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  adopt rules for these actions. Revocation or denial of a

  2  license by means of accreditation requires that the

  3  institution immediately obtain an annual license.

  4         Section 257.  Section 1005.33, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1005.33  License period and renewal.--

  7         (1)  As required by rule, the commission shall

  8  periodically review each license to determine if the

  9  institution is in compliance with this chapter and should have

10  its license renewed. The commission may extend an annual or

11  provisional license if a good-faith effort has been made by

12  the institution and agent. The commission shall determine what

13  constitutes compliance or a good-faith effort and may adopt

14  rules to administer this section.

15         (2)  A licensed independent postsecondary educational

16  institution that seeks to expand or modify its programs or

17  degrees to be conferred or to add new locations must seek

18  prior approval from the commission. The commission shall adopt

19  rules for the approval of modified or additional programs,

20  degrees, and locations.

21         (3)  On the effective date of this act, an institution

22  that, in 2002, held the status of "Permission to Operate"

23  under s. 246.093, Florida Statutes 2001, has 90 days to seek

24  and obtain licensure from the commission. Ninety days after

25  this act takes effect, that status no longer authorizes an

26  institution to operate in Florida.

27         Section 258.  Section 1005.34, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1005.34  Fair consumer practices; condition of

30  operation.--The commission shall adopt rules to ensure the

31  


                                 621

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  protection of students, including rules establishing fair

  2  consumer practices pursuant to s. 1005.04.

  3         (1)  The commission may not grant or renew a license

  4  unless the institution seeking the action provides the

  5  commission with a sworn statement of compliance with rules

  6  regarding fair consumer practices.

  7         (2)  The commission may examine any complaint against

  8  an institution under its jurisdiction and, if the institution

  9  is found to be routinely handling these matters correctly, the

10  complaint shall be considered closed. Complaints under this

11  subsection against accredited institutions, if not resolved,

12  shall be forwarded to the accrediting agency for any

13  appropriate action. The institution shall notify the

14  commission of any and all actions taken by the accrediting

15  agency in response to the complaint.

16         (3)  Failure to comply with this section is cause for

17  denial or revocation of a license.

18         Section 259.  Section 1005.35, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1005.35  Fees.--

21         (1)  The Commission for Independent Education shall

22  annually establish a fee schedule to generate, from fees, the

23  amount of revenue appropriated for its operation.

24         (2)  The commission shall include, as a part of its

25  legislative budget request, a proposed fee schedule to

26  generate the appropriated fee revenue required in the General

27  Appropriations Act. The commission may adjust the fee amounts

28  to generate the fee revenue required in the General

29  Appropriations Act but may not add fee categories without the

30  Legislature's approval. The fee schedule proposed in the

31  


                                 622

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  legislative budget request takes effect unless the Legislature

  2  requires changes.

  3         (3)  The commission shall charge each licensed

  4  institution a base fee to cover the cost of routine services,

  5  such as data collection and dissemination. The base fee may be

  6  higher for institutions with a large enrollment but may not

  7  exceed one-half of 1 percent of the amount appropriated for

  8  the commission.

  9         (4)  The commission shall assess workload fees to

10  institutions for specific services that relate to:

11         (a)  Licensure.

12         (b)  Annual reviews.

13         (c)  Special reviews.

14         (d)  Site visits.

15         (e)  Resolution of complaints.

16         (f)  Approval to use the term "college" or

17  "university."

18         (g)  Participation in the Student Protection Fund

19  established pursuant to s. 1005.37.

20         (h)  Other workload activities as allowed by law.

21         (5)  The commission may assess late fees for an

22  institution's failure to timely submit required materials.

23         (6)  All fees shall be submitted through the Department

24  of Education to the Chief Financial Officer, to be deposited

25  in the Institutional Assessment Trust Fund.

26         (7)  All fees authorized in this section are

27  administrative fees and are not refundable unless paid in

28  error. The commission may deduct from an institution's future

29  fee collection any unintentional overpayment.

30         Section 260.  Section 1005.36, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 623

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1005.36  Institutional closings.--

  2         (1)  The Legislature intends to protect students and

  3  the independent sector of postsecondary education from the

  4  detriment caused by licensed institutions that cease operation

  5  without providing for the proper completion of student

  6  training or for the appropriate refund of student fees. To

  7  serve this intention, the Commission for Independent Education

  8  may prevent the operation in this state of a licensed

  9  independent postsecondary educational institution by an owner

10  who has unlawfully closed another institution and the

11  commission may exercise control over student records upon

12  closure of a licensed institution if the institution does not

13  provide an orderly closure.

14         (2)  At least 30 days prior to closing an institution,

15  its owners, directors, or administrators shall notify the

16  commission in writing of the closure of the institution. The

17  owners, directors, and administrators must organize an orderly

18  closure of the institution, which means at least providing for

19  the completion of training of its students. The commission

20  must approve any such plan. An owner, director, or

21  administrator who fails to notify the commission at least 30

22  days prior to the institution's closure, or who fails to

23  organize the orderly closure of the institution and the

24  trainout of the students, commits a misdemeanor of the second

25  degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

26         (3)  If the commission finds that an institution has

27  ceased operating without providing for the proper access to

28  student records, the commission may require the institution to

29  convey all student records to the commission office or to

30  another location designated by the commission or its staff.

31  The commission shall make copies of records available to


                                 624

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bankruptcy trustees upon request and to the student or those

  2  designated by the student. Confidentiality of the records

  3  shall be maintained to the extent required by law. The

  4  commission may seek civil penalties not to exceed $10,000 from

  5  any owner, director, or administrator of an institution who

  6  knowingly destroys, abandons, or fails to convey or provide

  7  for the safekeeping of institutional and student records. The

  8  commission may use moneys in the Student Protection Fund to

  9  facilitate the retrieval or safekeeping of records from an

10  institution that has closed.

11         (4)  The commission may refer matters it deems

12  appropriate to the Department of Legal Affairs or the state

13  attorney for investigation and prosecution.

14         Section 261.  Section 1005.37, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1005.37  Student Protection Fund.--

17         (1)  The commission shall establish and administer a

18  statewide, fee-supported financial program through which funds

19  will be available to complete the training of a student who

20  enrolls in a nonpublic school that terminates a program or

21  ceases operation before the student has completed his or her

22  program of study. The financial program is named the Student

23  Protection Fund.

24         (2)  The commission is authorized to assess a fee from

25  the schools within its jurisdiction for such purpose. The

26  commission shall assess a licensed school an additional fee

27  for its eligibility for the Student Protection Fund.

28         (3)  If a licensed school terminates a program before

29  all students complete it, the commission shall also assess

30  that school a fee adequate to pay the full cost to the Student

31  Protection Fund of completing the training of students.


                                 625

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The fund shall consist entirely of fees assessed

  2  to licensed schools and shall not be funded under any

  3  circumstances by public funds, nor shall the commission make

  4  payments or be obligated to make payments in excess of the

  5  assessments actually received from licensed schools and

  6  deposited in the Institutional Assessment Trust Fund to the

  7  credit of the Student Protection Fund.

  8         (5)  At each commission meeting, the commission shall

  9  consider the need for and shall make required assessments,

10  shall review the collection status of unpaid assessments and

11  take all necessary steps to collect them, and shall review all

12  moneys in the fund and expenses incurred since the last

13  reporting period. This review must include administrative

14  expenses, moneys received, and payments made to students or to

15  lending institutions.

16         (6)  Staff of the commission must immediately inform

17  the commission upon learning of the closing of a licensed

18  school or the termination of a program that could expose the

19  fund to liability.

20         (7)  The Student Protection Fund must be actuarially

21  sound, periodically audited, and reviewed to determine if

22  additional fees must be charged to schools eligible to

23  participate in the fund.

24         Section 262.  Section 1005.38, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1005.38  Actions against a licensee and other

27  penalties.--

28         (1)  The commission may deny, place on probation, or

29  revoke any provisional license, annual license, licence by

30  means of accreditation, agent's license, or other

31  authorization required by this chapter. The commission shall


                                 626

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  adopt rules for taking these actions. The commission may

  2  impose an administrative fine of not more than $5,000 if an

  3  institution is on probation for a period under conditions that

  4  require oversight by the commission or its staff. The fine

  5  shall be deposited into the Institutional Assessment Trust

  6  Fund.

  7         (2)  The commission may conduct an investigation to

  8  determine if an applicant for a new institutional license, or

  9  the owners, directors, or administrators of the institution,

10  previously closed an institution, failed to arrange for

11  completion of student training or issue appropriate refunds,

12  or had its license to operate an institution revoked or denied

13  in this state or in another state or jurisdiction.

14         (3)  Any person who has been convicted of, or entered a

15  plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that relates to

16  the unlawful operation or management of an institution is

17  ineligible to own, operate, manage, or be a registered agent

18  for a licensed institution in this state, and may not be a

19  director or an officer in a corporation that owns or operates

20  a licensed institution. Such a person may not operate or serve

21  in a management or supervisory position in a licensed

22  institution.

23         (4)  The commission may deny an application for any

24  operating status if the commission determines that the

25  applicant or its owners, officers, directors, or

26  administrators were previously operating an institution in

27  this state or in another state or jurisdiction in a manner

28  contrary to the health, education, or welfare of the public.

29  The commission may consider factors such as the previous

30  denial or revocation of an institutional license; prior

31  criminal or civil administrative proceedings regarding the


                                 627

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  operation and management of an institution; other types of

  2  criminal proceedings involving fraud, deceit, dishonesty, or

  3  moral turpitude; failure of the institution to be properly

  4  closed, including completing the training or providing for the

  5  trainout of its students; and failure to issue appropriate

  6  refunds. The commission may require an applicant or its

  7  owners, officers, directors, or administrators to provide the

  8  commission with information under oath regarding the prior

  9  operation of an institution and to provide criminal justice

10  information, the cost of which must be borne by the applicant

11  in addition to license fees.

12         (5)  The commission may obtain an injunction or take

13  any action it deems necessary against any institution or agent

14  in violation of this chapter, but such proceedings and orders

15  do not bar the imposition of any other penalties that may be

16  imposed for the violation.

17         (6)  The commission may conduct disciplinary

18  proceedings through an investigation of any suspected

19  violation of this chapter, including a finding of probable

20  cause and making reports to any law enforcement agency or

21  regulatory agency.

22         (a)  The commission shall notify an institution or

23  individual of the substance of any complaint that is under

24  investigation unless the executive director and chairperson of

25  the board concur that notification would impede the

26  investigation. The commission may also withhold notification

27  to a person under investigation for an act that constitutes a

28  criminal offense.

29         (b)  The determination of probable cause shall be made

30  by a majority vote of the probable-cause panel, the membership

31  of which shall be provided by rule. After the panel declares a


                                 628

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  finding of probable cause, the commission may issue an

  2  administrative complaint and prosecute such complaint under

  3  chapter 120.

  4         (c)  A privilege against civil liability is granted to

  5  any informant or any witness who provides information in good

  6  faith for an investigation or proceeding conducted under this

  7  section.

  8         (7)  The commission may issue a cease and desist order

  9  in conjunction with an administrative complaint or notice of

10  denial of licensure, if necessary to protect the health,

11  safety, or welfare of students, prospective students, or the

12  public. An unlicensed institution that advertises or causes

13  advertisements to be made public through which students are

14  solicited for enrollment or are offered diplomas or degrees is

15  in violation of this chapter. The commission shall adopt rules

16  that direct the issuance of an injunction against operating,

17  advertising, or offering diplomas or degrees without a

18  license. Each day of operation after a cease and desist letter

19  is delivered constitutes a separate violation for purposes of

20  assessing fines or seeking civil penalties.

21         (a)  A cease and desist order may be mandatory or

22  prohibitory in form and may order a postsecondary institution

23  to cease and desist from specified conduct or from failing to

24  engage in specified conduct necessary to achieve the

25  regulatory purposes of this chapter.

26         (b)  A cease and desist order may include an order to

27  cease enrollment of students whom the institution cannot

28  adequately serve, to modify curricula or methods of

29  instruction to ensure the education or training of the type

30  and quality represented in the institutional catalog, or to

31  cease from advertising or to publish or broadcast corrective


                                 629

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or clarifying advertising to overcome the effects of previous

  2  allegedly deceptive or misleading advertising.

  3         (c)  A cease and desist order takes effect immediately

  4  upon issuance and remains in effect until the commission takes

  5  final agency action.

  6         (d)  The commission shall adopt rules to direct

  7  procedures by which an affected party is entitled to a formal

  8  or informal review of a cease and desist order and may request

  9  the commission or the Division of Administrative Hearings to

10  modify or abate a cease and desist order. If a party is

11  aggrieved by a cease and desist order after seeking to have

12  the order abated or modified, the party may seek interlocutory

13  judicial review by the appropriate district court of appeal

14  pursuant to the applicable rules of appellate procedure.

15         (e)  In addition to or in lieu of any remedy provided

16  in this section, the commission may seek the imposition of a

17  civil penalty through the circuit court for any violation for

18  which the commission may issue a notice to cease and desist

19  under this section.

20         (8)  The commission shall adopt rules to identify

21  grounds for imposing disciplinary actions, which must include

22  at least the following grounds:

23         (a)  Attempting to obtain action from the commission by

24  fraudulent misrepresentation, bribery, or through an error of

25  the commission.

26         (b)  Action against a license or operation imposed

27  under the authority of another state, territory, or country.

28         (c)  Delegating professional responsibilities to a

29  person who is not qualified by training, experience, or

30  licensure to perform the responsibilities.

31         (d)  False, deceptive, or misleading advertising.


                                 630

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Conspiring to coerce, intimidate, or preclude

  2  another licensee from lawfully advertising his or her

  3  services.

  4         Section 263.  Section 1005.39, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1005.39  Continuing education and training for

  7  administrators and faculty.--

  8         (1)  The commission is authorized to ensure that the

  9  administrators of licensed institutions are qualified to

10  conduct the operations of their respective positions and to

11  require such administrators and faculty to receive continuing

12  education and training as adopted by rule of the commission.

13  The positions for which the commission may review

14  qualifications and require continuing education and training

15  may include the positions of chief administrator or officer,

16  director of education or training, placement director,

17  admissions director, and financial aid director and faculty

18  members.

19         (2)  The training of each administrator and faculty

20  member shall be the type of training necessary to assure

21  compliance with statutes and rules of the commission and the

22  State Board of Education and with those of other state or

23  federal agencies in relation to the responsibilities of the

24  respective positions.

25         (3)  The commission shall adopt general qualifications

26  for each of the respective positions and establish guidelines

27  for the minimum amount and type of continuing education and

28  training to be required. The continuing education and training

29  may be provided by the commission, appropriate state or

30  federal agencies, or professional organizations familiar with

31  the requirements of the particular administrative positions.


                                 631

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The actual curricula should be left to the discretion of those

  2  agencies and organizations.

  3         (4)  Evidence of the administrator's and faculty

  4  member's compliance with the continuing education and training

  5  requirements established by the commission may be included in

  6  the initial and renewal application forms provided by the

  7  commission.  Actual records of the continuing education and

  8  training received by administrators and faculty shall be

  9  maintained at the institution and available for inspection at

10  all times.

11         (5)  Qualifications of administrators and faculty in

12  their respective fields, as well as continuing education and

13  training, may be established by the commission as a condition

14  of an application for licensure by a new institution or for

15  renewal of a license.

16         Section 264.  Chapter 1006, Florida Statutes, shall be

17  entitled "Support for Learning" and shall consist of ss.

18  1006.02-1006.71.

19         Section 265.  Part I of chapter 1006, Florida Statutes,

20  shall be entitled "Public K-12 Education Support for Learning

21  and Student Services" and shall consist of ss.

22  1006.02-1006.27.

23         Section 266.  Part I.a. of chapter 1006, Florida

24  Statutes, shall be entitled "Learning Services Generally" and

25  shall consist of ss. 1006.02-1006.04.

26         Section 267.  Section 1006.02, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1006.02  Provision of information to students and

29  parents regarding school-to-work transition.--

30         (1)  All public K-12 schools shall document the manner

31  in which they have prepared students to enter the workforce,


                                 632

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  including information regarding the provision of accurate,

  2  timely career and curricular counseling to students. This

  3  information shall include a delineation of available career

  4  opportunities, educational requirements associated with each

  5  career, educational institutions that prepare students to

  6  enter each career, and student financial aid available to

  7  enable students to pursue any postsecondary instruction

  8  required to enter that career. This information shall also

  9  delineate school procedures for identifying individual student

10  interests and aptitudes which enable students to make informed

11  decisions about the curriculum that best addresses their

12  individual interests and aptitudes while preparing them to

13  enroll in postsecondary education and enter the workforce.

14  This information shall include recommended high school

15  coursework that prepares students for success in college-level

16  work. The information shall be made known to parents and

17  students annually through inclusion in the school's handbook,

18  manual, or similar documents or other communications regularly

19  provided to parents and students.

20         (2)  The information required by this section shall

21  delineate the availability of applied instruction that uses

22  concrete, real-world examples to elicit demonstrated student

23  competence comparable to the student performance standards

24  delineated for corresponding traditional college-preparatory

25  courses, and shall also delineate the support services

26  available for students who need assistance to successfully

27  complete instruction necessary to enroll in postsecondary

28  education or enter the workforce.

29         (3)  The information required by this section shall

30  delineate the availability of instruction that enables

31  students to acquire the technical skills associated with


                                 633

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  specific clusters of occupations as well as employability

  2  skills that apply to most occupations, and shall describe and

  3  identify the availability of workplace-based learning

  4  experiences. Any school that conducts secondary career

  5  education programs shall identify any agreements through which

  6  each program articulates into corresponding postsecondary

  7  programs.

  8         (4)  Prior to each student's graduation from high

  9  school, the school shall assess the student's preparation to

10  enter the workforce, in accordance with the commissioner's

11  identification of the employability skills associated with

12  successful entry into the workforce, and shall provide the

13  student and the student's parent or guardian with the results

14  of this assessment.

15         Section 268.  Section 1006.03, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1006.03  Diagnostic and learning resource centers.--

18         (1)  The department shall maintain regional diagnostic

19  and learning resource centers for exceptional students, to

20  assist in the provision of medical, physiological,

21  psychological, and educational testing and other services

22  designed to evaluate and diagnose exceptionalities, to make

23  referrals for necessary instruction and services, and to

24  facilitate the provision of instruction and services to

25  exceptional students. The department shall cooperate with the

26  Department of Children and Family Services in identifying

27  service needs and areas.

28         (2)  Within its identified service area, each regional

29  center shall:

30         (a)  Provide assistance to parents, teachers, and other

31  school personnel and community organizations in locating and


                                 634

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  identifying exceptional children and planning educational

  2  programs for them.

  3         (b)  Assist in the provision of services for

  4  exceptional children, using to the maximum, but not

  5  supplanting, the existing facilities and services of each

  6  district.

  7         (c)  Provide orientation meetings at least annually for

  8  teachers, principals, supervisors, and community agencies to

  9  familiarize them with center facilities and services for

10  exceptional children.

11         (d)  Plan, coordinate, and assist in the implementation

12  of inservice training programs, consistent with each

13  district's program of staff development, for the development

14  and updating of attitudes, skills, and instructional practices

15  and procedures necessary to the education of exceptional

16  children.

17         (e)  Assist districts in the identification, selection,

18  acquisition, use, and evaluation of media and materials

19  appropriate to the implementation of instructional programs

20  based on individual educational plans for exceptional

21  children.

22         (f)  Provide for the dissemination and diffusion of

23  significant information and promising practices derived from

24  educational research, demonstration, and other projects.

25         (g)  Assist in the delivery, modification, and

26  integration of instructional technology, including

27  microcomputer applications and adaptive and assistive devices,

28  appropriate to the unique needs of exceptional students.

29         (3)  Diagnostic and resource centers may provide

30  testing and evaluation services to private school students and

31  other children who are not enrolled in public schools.


                                 635

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  Diagnostic and learning resource centers may

  2  assist districts in providing testing and evaluation services

  3  for infants and preschool children with or at risk of

  4  developing disabilities, and may assist districts in providing

  5  interdisciplinary training and resources to parents of infants

  6  and preschool children with or at risk of developing

  7  disabilities and to school readiness programs.

  8         Section 269.  Section 1006.035, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1006.035  Dropout reentry and mentor project.--

11         (1)  There is created a dropout reentry and mentor

12  project to be coordinated on a pilot basis by the Florida

13  Agricultural and Mechanical University National Alumni

14  Association and implemented in Tallahassee, Jacksonville,

15  Daytona Beach, and Miami.

16         (2)  The project shall identify 15 black students in

17  each location who have dropped out of high school but were not

18  encountering academic difficulty when they left school.

19  Students chosen to participate may not have a high school

20  diploma, be enrolled in an adult general education program

21  which includes a GED program or an adult high school, or be

22  enrolled in a technical school.  Students may be employed but

23  must be able to adjust their work schedules to accommodate

24  classes and project sessions.  Priority must be given to

25  students who have dropped out of school within the last 3

26  years.

27         (3)  In identifying participants, the following factors

28  must be considered:

29         (a)  The student's performance in school before

30  dropping out.

31  


                                 636

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The student's performance on aptitude and

  2  achievement tests.

  3         (c)  The student's desire to reenter school.

  4         (4)  In each of the four locations, the project shall

  5  identify 15 high-achieving minority students to serve as

  6  one-on-one mentors to the students who are being reentered in

  7  school.  An alumnus of Bethune-Cookman College, Florida

  8  Memorial College, Edward Waters College, or Florida

  9  Agricultural and Mechanical University shall be assigned to

10  each pair of students. Student mentors and alumni must serve

11  as role models and resource people for the students who are

12  being reentered in school.

13         (5)  Selected project participants shall be evaluated

14  and enrolled in a GED program, regular high school, technical

15  school, or alternative school.  In conjunction with school

16  guidance personnel, project staff shall design a supplemental

17  program to reinforce basic skills, provide additional

18  counseling, and offer tutorial assistance.  Weekly, project

19  staff shall monitor students' attendance, performance,

20  homework, and attitude toward school.

21         (6)  The project shall use tests to identify students'

22  interests and academic weaknesses.  Based on the test results,

23  an individualized study program shall be developed for each

24  reentry student.

25         (7)  The 15 alumni at each location must meet with

26  their assigned reentry students and high achievers, together,

27  at least once per week.  All reentry students must meet as a

28  group at least once per week for structured, organized

29  activities that include instruction in test-taking skills,

30  positive attitude, coping, study habits, budgeting time,

31  


                                 637

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  setting goals, career choices, homework assistance, and

  2  conflict resolution.

  3         (8)  Followup interviews with both the reentry students

  4  and high achievers must be conducted after 1 year to determine

  5  the project's impact.

  6         Section 270.  Section 1006.04, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1006.04  Educational multiagency services for students

  9  with severe emotional disturbance.--

10         (1)(a)  An intensive, integrated educational program; a

11  continuum of mental health treatment services; and, when

12  needed, residential services are necessary to enable students

13  with severe emotional disturbance to develop appropriate

14  behaviors and demonstrate academic and career education

15  skills. The small incidence of severe emotional disturbance in

16  the total school population requires multiagency programs to

17  provide access to appropriate services for all students with

18  severe emotional disturbance. District school boards should

19  provide educational programs, and state departments and

20  agencies administering children's mental health funds should

21  provide mental health treatment and residential services when

22  needed, forming a multiagency network to provide support for

23  students with severe emotional disturbance.

24         (b)  The program goals for each component of the

25  multiagency network are to enable students with severe

26  emotional disturbance to learn appropriate behaviors, reduce

27  dependency, and fully participate in all aspects of school and

28  community living; to develop individual programs for students

29  with severe emotional disturbance, including necessary

30  educational, residential, and mental health treatment

31  services; to provide programs and services as close as


                                 638

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  possible to the student's home in the least restrictive manner

  2  consistent with the student's needs; and to integrate a wide

  3  range of services necessary to support students with severe

  4  emotional disturbance and their families.

  5         (2)  The department may award grants to district school

  6  boards for statewide planning and development of the

  7  multiagency network for students with severe emotional

  8  disturbance. The educational services shall be provided in a

  9  manner consistent with the requirements of ss. 1003.57 and

10  402.22.

11         (3)  State departments and agencies may use appropriate

12  funds for the multiagency network for students with severe

13  emotional disturbance.

14         Section 271.  Part I.b. of chapter 1006, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "Student Food and Health Services"

16  and shall consist of ss. 1006.06-1006.063.

17         Section 272.  Section 1006.06, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1006.06  School food service programs.--

20         (1)  In recognition of the demonstrated relationship

21  between good nutrition and the capacity of students to develop

22  and learn, it is the policy of the state to provide standards

23  for school food service and to require district school boards

24  to establish and maintain an appropriate private school food

25  service program consistent with the nutritional needs of

26  students.

27         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

28  covering the administration and operation of the school food

29  service programs.

30         (3)  Each district school board shall consider the

31  recommendations of the district school superintendent and


                                 639

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  adopt policies to provide for an appropriate food and

  2  nutrition program for students consistent with federal law and

  3  State Board of Education rule.

  4         (4)  The state shall provide the state National School

  5  Lunch Act matching requirements. The funds provided shall be

  6  distributed in such a manner as to comply with the

  7  requirements of the National School Lunch Act.

  8         (5)(a)  Each district school board shall implement

  9  school breakfast programs in all elementary schools that make

10  breakfast available to all students in kindergarten through

11  grade 6 in each district school, unless the elementary school

12  goes only through grade 5, in which case the requirement shall

13  apply only through grade 5. Each district school board shall

14  implement breakfast programs in all elementary schools in

15  which students are eligible for free and reduced price lunch

16  meals, to the extent specifically funded in the General

17  Appropriations Act. A district school board may operate a

18  breakfast program providing for food preparation at the school

19  site or in central locations with distribution to designated

20  satellite schools or any combination thereof.

21         (b)  The commissioner shall make every reasonable

22  effort to ensure that any school designated a "severe need

23  school" receives the highest rate of reimbursement to which it

24  is entitled pursuant to 42 U.S.C. s. 1773 for each free and

25  reduced price breakfast served.

26         (c)  The department shall calculate and distribute a

27  school district breakfast supplement for each school year by

28  multiplying the state breakfast rate as specified in the

29  General Appropriations Act by the number of free and reduced

30  price breakfast meals served.

31  


                                 640

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  The Legislature shall provide sufficient funds in

  2  the General Appropriations Act to reimburse participating

  3  school districts for the difference between the average

  4  federal reimbursement for free and reduced price breakfasts

  5  and the average statewide cost for breakfasts.

  6         Section 273.  Section 1006.0605, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1006.0605  Students' summer nutrition.--

  9         (1)  Each district school superintendent shall report

10  to the department any activity or initiative that provides

11  access to a food service program during school vacation

12  periods of over 2 weeks to students who are eligible for free

13  or reduced-price meals.  The report shall include any

14  developed or implemented plans for how the school district

15  will sponsor, host, or vend the federal Summer Food Service

16  Program.

17         (2)  The district school superintendent shall submit

18  the report to the department by February 1, 2004.  Prior to

19  submitting the report to the department, the district school

20  superintendent shall report this information to the district

21  school board.

22         (3)  By March 1, 2004, the department shall submit to

23  the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

24  Representatives, the chairs of the education committees in the

25  Senate and the House of Representatives, and the State Board

26  of Education a report compiling the school district

27  information.

28         Section 274.  Section 1006.061, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1006.061  Child abuse, abandonment, and neglect

31  policy.--Each district school board shall:


                                 641

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Post in a prominent place in each school a notice

  2  that, pursuant to chapter 39, all employees and agents of the

  3  district school board have an affirmative duty to report all

  4  actual or suspected cases of child abuse, abandonment, or

  5  neglect; have immunity from liability if they report such

  6  cases in good faith; and have a duty to comply with child

  7  protective investigations and all other provisions of law

  8  relating to child abuse, abandonment, and neglect. The notice

  9  shall also include the statewide toll-free telephone number of

10  the central abuse hotline.

11         (2)  Require the district school superintendent, or the

12  superintendent's designee, at the request of the Department of

13  Children and Family Services, to act as a liaison to the

14  Department of Children and Family Services and the child

15  protection team, as defined in s. 39.01, when in a case of

16  suspected child abuse, abandonment, or neglect or an unlawful

17  sexual offense involving a child the case is referred to such

18  a team; except that this does not relieve or restrict the

19  Department of Children and Family Services from discharging

20  its duty and responsibility under the law to investigate and

21  report every suspected or actual case of child abuse,

22  abandonment, or neglect or unlawful sexual offense involving a

23  child.

24         Section 275.  Section 1006.062, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1006.062  Administration of medication and provision of

27  medical services by district school board personnel.--

28         (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of the Nurse

29  Practice Act, part I of chapter 464, district school board

30  personnel may assist students in the administration of

31  


                                 642

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  prescription medication when the following conditions have

  2  been met:

  3         (a)  Each district school board shall include in its

  4  approved school health services plan a procedure to provide

  5  training, by a registered nurse, a licensed practical nurse, a

  6  physician licensed pursuant to chapter 458 or chapter 459, or

  7  a physician assistant licensed pursuant to chapter 458 or

  8  chapter 459, to the school personnel designated by the school

  9  principal to assist students in the administration of

10  prescribed medication. Such training may be provided in

11  collaboration with other school districts, through contract

12  with an education consortium, or by any other arrangement

13  consistent with the intent of this subsection.

14         (b)  Each district school board shall adopt policies

15  and procedures governing the administration of prescription

16  medication by district school board personnel. The policies

17  and procedures shall include, but not be limited to, the

18  following provisions:

19         1.  For each prescribed medication, the student's

20  parent shall provide to the school principal a written

21  statement which grants to the school principal or the

22  principal's designee permission to assist in the

23  administration of such medication and which explains the

24  necessity for the medication to be provided during the school

25  day, including any occasion when the student is away from

26  school property on official school business. The school

27  principal or the principal's trained designee shall assist the

28  student in the administration of the medication.

29         2.  Each prescribed medication to be administered by

30  district school board personnel shall be received, counted,

31  and stored in its original container. When the medication is


                                 643

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  not in use, it shall be stored in its original container in a

  2  secure fashion under lock and key in a location designated by

  3  the school principal.

  4         (2)  There shall be no liability for civil damages as a

  5  result of the administration of the medication when the person

  6  administering the medication acts as an ordinarily reasonably

  7  prudent person would have acted under the same or similar

  8  circumstances.

  9         (3)  Nonmedical district school board personnel shall

10  not be allowed to perform invasive medical services that

11  require special medical knowledge, nursing judgment, and

12  nursing assessment, including, but not limited to:

13         (a)  Sterile catheterization.

14         (b)  Nasogastric tube feeding.

15         (c)  Cleaning and maintaining a tracheostomy and deep

16  suctioning of a tracheostomy.

17         (4)  Nonmedical assistive personnel shall be allowed to

18  perform health-related services upon successful completion of

19  child-specific training by a registered nurse or advanced

20  registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 464, a

21  physician licensed pursuant to chapter 458 or chapter 459, or

22  a physician assistant licensed pursuant to chapter 458 or

23  chapter 459.  All procedures shall be monitored periodically

24  by a nurse, advanced registered nurse practitioner, physician

25  assistant, or physician, including, but not limited to:

26         (a)  Intermittent clean catheterization.

27         (b)  Gastrostomy tube feeding.

28         (c)  Monitoring blood glucose.

29         (d)  Administering emergency injectable medication.

30         (5)  For all other invasive medical services not listed

31  in this subsection, a registered nurse or advanced registered


                                 644

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 464, a physician

  2  licensed pursuant to chapter 458 or chapter 459, or a

  3  physician assistant licensed pursuant to chapter 458 or

  4  chapter 459 shall determine if nonmedical district school

  5  board personnel shall be allowed to perform such service.

  6         (6)  Each district school board shall establish

  7  emergency procedures in accordance with s. 381.0056(5) for

  8  life-threatening emergencies.

  9         (7)  District school board personnel shall not refer

10  students to or offer students at school facilities

11  contraceptive services without the consent of a parent or

12  legal guardian. To the extent that this paragraph conflicts

13  with any provision of chapter 381, the provisions of chapter

14  381 control.

15         Section 276.  Section 1006.063, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1006.063  Eye-protective devices required in certain

18  laboratory courses.--

19         (1)  Eye-protective devices shall be worn by students,

20  teachers, and visitors in courses including, but not limited

21  to, chemistry, physics, or chemical-physical laboratories, at

22  any time at which the individual is engaged in or observing an

23  activity or the use of hazardous substances likely to cause

24  injury to the eyes. Activity or the use of hazardous

25  substances likely to cause injury to the eye includes:

26         (a)  Heat treatment; tempering or kiln firing of any

27  metal or other materials;

28         (b)  Working with caustic or explosive materials; or

29         (c)  Working with hot liquids or solids, including

30  chemicals which are flammable, caustic, toxic, or irritating.

31  


                                 645

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  District school boards shall furnish plano safety

  2  glasses or devices for students, may provide such glasses to

  3  teachers, and shall furnish such equipment for all visitors to

  4  such classrooms or laboratories, or may purchase such plano

  5  safety glasses or devices in large quantities and sell them at

  6  cost to students and teachers, but shall not purchase,

  7  furnish, or dispense prescription glasses or lenses.

  8         Section 277.  Part I.c. of chapter 1006, Florida

  9  Statutes, shall be entitled "Student Discipline and School

10  Safety" and shall consist of ss. 1006.07-1006.145.

11         Section 278.  Section 1006.07, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1006.07  District school board duties relating to

14  student discipline and school safety.--The district school

15  board shall provide for the proper accounting for all

16  students, for the attendance and control of students at

17  school, and for proper attention to health, safety, and other

18  matters relating to the welfare of students, including:

19         (1)  CONTROL OF STUDENTS.--

20         (a)  Adopt rules for the control, discipline, in-school

21  suspension, suspension, and expulsion of students and decide

22  all cases recommended for expulsion. Suspension hearings are

23  exempted from the provisions of chapter 120. Expulsion

24  hearings shall be governed by ss. 120.569 and 120.57(2) and

25  are exempt from s. 286.011. However, the student's parent must

26  be given notice of the provisions of s. 286.011 and may elect

27  to have the hearing held in compliance with that section. The

28  district school board may prohibit the use of corporal

29  punishment, if the district school board adopts or has adopted

30  a written program of alternative control or discipline.

31  


                                 646

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Require each student at the time of initial

  2  registration for school in the school district to note

  3  previous school expulsions, arrests resulting in a charge, and

  4  juvenile justice actions the student has had, and have the

  5  authority as the district school board of a receiving school

  6  district to honor the final order of expulsion or dismissal of

  7  a student by any in-state or out-of-state public district

  8  school board or private school, or lab school, for an act

  9  which would have been grounds for expulsion according to the

10  receiving district school board's code of student conduct, in

11  accordance with the following procedures:

12         1.  A final order of expulsion shall be recorded in the

13  records of the receiving school district.

14         2.  The expelled student applying for admission to the

15  receiving school district shall be advised of the final order

16  of expulsion.

17         3.  The district school superintendent of the receiving

18  school district may recommend to the district school board

19  that the final order of expulsion be waived and the student be

20  admitted to the school district, or that the final order of

21  expulsion be honored and the student not be admitted to the

22  school district. If the student is admitted by the district

23  school board, with or without the recommendation of the

24  district school superintendent, the student may be placed in

25  an appropriate educational program at the direction of the

26  district school board.

27         (2)  CODE OF STUDENT CONDUCT.--Adopt a code of student

28  conduct for elementary schools and a code of student conduct

29  for middle and high schools and distribute the appropriate

30  code to all teachers, school personnel, students, and parents,

31  at the beginning of every school year. Each code shall be


                                 647

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  organized and written in language that is understandable to

  2  students and parents and shall be discussed at the beginning

  3  of every school year in student classes, school advisory

  4  council meetings, and parent and teacher association or

  5  organization meetings. Each code shall be based on the rules

  6  governing student conduct and discipline adopted by the

  7  district school board and shall be made available in the

  8  student handbook or similar publication. Each code shall

  9  include, but is not limited to:

10         (a)  Consistent policies and specific grounds for

11  disciplinary action, including in-school suspension,

12  out-of-school suspension, expulsion, and any disciplinary

13  action that may be imposed for the possession or use of

14  alcohol on school property or while attending a school

15  function or for the illegal use, sale, or possession of

16  controlled substances as defined in chapter 893.

17         (b)  Procedures to be followed for acts requiring

18  discipline, including corporal punishment.

19         (c)  An explanation of the responsibilities and rights

20  of students with regard to attendance, respect for persons and

21  property, knowledge and observation of rules of conduct, the

22  right to learn, free speech and student publications,

23  assembly, privacy, and participation in school programs and

24  activities.

25         (d)  Notice that illegal use, possession, or sale of

26  controlled substances, as defined in chapter 893, or

27  possession of electronic telephone pagers, by any student

28  while the student is upon school property or in attendance at

29  a school function is grounds for disciplinary action by the

30  school and may also result in criminal penalties being

31  imposed.


                                 648

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Notice that the possession of a firearm or weapon

  2  ad defined in chapter 790 by any student while the student is

  3  on school property or in attendance at a school function is

  4  grounds for disciplinary action and may also result in

  5  criminal prosecution.

  6         (f)  Notice that violence against any district school

  7  board personnel by a student is grounds for in-school

  8  suspension, out-of-school suspension, expulsion, or imposition

  9  of other disciplinary action by the school and may also result

10  in criminal penalties being imposed.

11         (g)  Notice that violation of district school board

12  transportation policies, including disruptive behavior on a

13  school bus or at a school bus stop, by a student is grounds

14  for suspension of the student's privilege of riding on a

15  school bus and may be grounds for disciplinary action by the

16  school and may also result in criminal penalties being

17  imposed.

18         (h)  Notice that violation of the district school

19  board's sexual harassment policy by a student is grounds for

20  in-school suspension, out-of-school suspension, expulsion, or

21  imposition of other disciplinary action by the school and may

22  also result in criminal penalties being imposed.

23         (i)  Policies to be followed for the assignment of

24  violent or disruptive students to an alternative educational

25  program.

26         (j)  Notice that any student who is determined to have

27  brought a firearm or weapon, as defined in chapter 790, to

28  school, to any school function, or onto any school-sponsored

29  transportation will be expelled, with or without continuing

30  educational services, from the student's regular school for a

31  period of not less than 1 full year and referred to the


                                 649

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  criminal justice or juvenile justice system; provided,

  2  however, that nothing herein shall require the district school

  3  board to apply such requirements to a firearm or weapon that

  4  is lawfully stored in a locked vehicle on school property, or

  5  for activities approved and authorized by the district school

  6  board when the board has adopted appropriate safeguards to

  7  ensure student safety. District school boards may assign the

  8  student to a disciplinary program or second chance school for

  9  the purpose of continuing educational services during the

10  period of expulsion. District school superintendents may

11  consider the 1-year expulsion requirement on a case-by-case

12  basis and request the district school board to modify the

13  requirement by assigning the student to a disciplinary program

14  or second chance school if it is determined to be in the best

15  interest of the student and the school system.

16         (k)  Notice that any student who is determined to have

17  made a threat or false report, as defined by ss. 790.162 and

18  790.163, respectively, involving school or school personnel's

19  property, school transportation, or a school-sponsored

20  activity will be expelled, with or without continuing

21  educational services, from the student's regular school for a

22  period of not less than 1 full year and referred for criminal

23  prosecution. District school boards may assign the student to

24  a disciplinary program or second chance school for the purpose

25  of continuing educational services during the period of

26  expulsion. District school superintendents may consider the

27  1-year expulsion requirement on a case-by-case basis and

28  request the district school board to modify the requirement by

29  assigning the student to a disciplinary program or second

30  chance school if it is determined to be in the best interest

31  of the student and the school system.


                                 650

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  STUDENT CRIME WATCH PROGRAM.--By resolution of the

  2  district school board, implement a student crime watch program

  3  to promote responsibility among students and to assist in the

  4  control of criminal behavior within the schools.

  5         (4)  EMERGENCY DRILLS; EMERGENCY PROCEDURES.--

  6         (a)  Formulate and prescribe policies and procedures

  7  for emergency drills and for actual emergencies, including,

  8  but not limited to, fires, natural disasters, and bomb

  9  threats, for all the public schools of the district which

10  comprise grades K-12. District school board policies shall

11  include commonly used alarm system responses for specific

12  types of emergencies and verification by each school that

13  drills have been provided as required by law and fire

14  protection codes.

15         (b)  The district school board shall establish model

16  emergency management and emergency preparedness procedures for

17  the following life-threatening emergencies:

18         1.  Weapon-use and hostage situations.

19         2.  Hazardous materials or toxic chemical spills.

20         3.  Weather emergencies, including hurricanes,

21  tornadoes, and severe storms.

22         4.  Exposure as a result of a manmade emergency.

23         (5)  EDUCATIONAL SERVICES IN DETENTION

24  FACILITIES.--Offer educational services to minors who have not

25  graduated from high school and eligible students with

26  disabilities under the age of 22 who have not graduated with a

27  standard diploma or its equivalent who are detained in a

28  county or municipal detention facility as defined in s.

29  951.23. These educational services shall be based upon the

30  estimated length of time the student will be in the facility

31  and the student's current level of functioning. District


                                 651

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school superintendents or their designees shall be notified by

  2  the county sheriff or chief correctional officer, or his or

  3  her designee, upon the assignment of a student under the age

  4  of 21 to the facility. A cooperative agreement with the

  5  district school board and applicable law enforcement units

  6  shall be developed to address the notification requirement and

  7  the provision of educational services to these students.

  8         (6)  SAFETY AND SECURITY BEST PRACTICES.--Use the

  9  Safety and Security Best Practices developed by the Office of

10  Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability to

11  conduct a self-assessment of the school districts' current

12  safety and security practices. Based on these self-assessment

13  findings, the district school superintendent shall provide

14  recommendations to the district school board which identify

15  strategies and activities that the district school board

16  should implement in order to improve school safety and

17  security. Annually each district school board must receive the

18  self-assessment results at a publicly noticed district school

19  board meeting to provide the public an opportunity to hear the

20  district school board members discuss and take action on the

21  report findings. Each district school superintendent shall

22  report the self-assessment results and school board action to

23  the commissioner within 30 days after the district school

24  board meeting.

25         Section 279.  Section 1006.08, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1006.08  District school superintendent duties relating

28  to student discipline and school safety.--

29         (1)  The district school superintendent shall recommend

30  plans to the district school board for the proper accounting

31  for all students of school age, for the attendance and control


                                 652

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of students at school, for the proper attention to health,

  2  safety, and other matters which will best promote the welfare

  3  of students. When the district school superintendent makes a

  4  recommendation for expulsion to the district school board, he

  5  or she shall give written notice to the student and the

  6  student's parent of the recommendation, setting forth the

  7  charges against the student and advising the student and his

  8  or her parent of the student's right to due process as

  9  prescribed by ss. 120.569 and 120.57(2). When district school

10  board action on a recommendation for the expulsion of a

11  student is pending, the district school superintendent may

12  extend the suspension assigned by the principal beyond 10

13  school days if such suspension period expires before the next

14  regular or special meeting of the district school board.

15         (2)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 985.04(4) or

16  any other provision of law to the contrary, the court shall,

17  within 48 hours of the finding, notify the appropriate

18  district school superintendent of the name and address of any

19  student found to have committed a delinquent act, or who has

20  had adjudication of a delinquent act withheld which, if

21  committed by an adult, would be a felony, or the name and

22  address of any student found guilty of a felony. Notification

23  shall include the specific delinquent act found to have been

24  committed or for which adjudication was withheld, or the

25  specific felony for which the student was found guilty.

26         (3)  Except to the extent necessary to protect the

27  health, safety, and welfare of other students, the information

28  obtained by the district school superintendent pursuant to

29  this section may be released only to appropriate school

30  personnel or as otherwise provided by law.

31  


                                 653

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 280.  Section 1006.09, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1006.09  Duties of school principal relating to student

  4  discipline and school safety.--

  5         (1)(a)  Subject to law and to the rules of the State

  6  Board of Education and the district school board, the

  7  principal in charge of the school or the principal's designee

  8  shall develop policies for delegating to any teacher or other

  9  member of the instructional staff or to any bus driver

10  transporting students of the school responsibility for the

11  control and direction of students. The principal or the

12  principal's designee shall consider the recommendation for

13  discipline made by a teacher, other member of the

14  instructional staff, or a bus driver when making a decision

15  regarding student referral for discipline.

16         (b)  The principal or the principal's designee may

17  suspend a student only in accordance with the rules of the

18  district school board. The principal or the principal's

19  designee shall make a good faith effort to immediately inform

20  a student's parent by telephone of a student's suspension and

21  the reasons for the suspension. Each suspension and the

22  reasons for the suspension shall be reported in writing within

23  24 hours to the student's parent by United States mail. Each

24  suspension and the reasons for the suspension shall also be

25  reported in writing within 24 hours to the district school

26  superintendent. A good faith effort shall be made by the

27  principal or the principal's designee to employ parental

28  assistance or other alternative measures prior to suspension,

29  except in the case of emergency or disruptive conditions which

30  require immediate suspension or in the case of a serious

31  breach of conduct as defined by rules of the district school


                                 654

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board. Such rules shall require oral and written notice to the

  2  student of the charges and an explanation of the evidence

  3  against him or her prior to the suspension. Each student shall

  4  be given an opportunity to present his or her side of the

  5  story. No student shall be suspended for unexcused tardiness,

  6  lateness, absence, or truancy. The principal or the

  7  principal's designee may suspend any student transported to or

  8  from school at public expense from the privilege of riding on

  9  a school bus for violation of district school board

10  transportation policies, which shall include a policy

11  regarding behavior at school bus stops, and the principal or

12  the principal's designee shall give notice in writing to the

13  student's parent and to the district school superintendent

14  within 24 hours. School personnel shall not be held legally

15  responsible for suspensions of students made in good faith.

16         (c)  The principal or the principal's designee may

17  recommend to the district school superintendent the expulsion

18  of any student who has committed a serious breach of conduct,

19  including, but not limited to, willful disobedience, open

20  defiance of authority of a member of his or her staff,

21  violence against persons or property, or any other act which

22  substantially disrupts the orderly conduct of the school. A

23  recommendation of expulsion or assignment to a second chance

24  school may also be made for any student found to have

25  intentionally made false accusations that jeopardize the

26  professional reputation, employment, or professional

27  certification of a teacher or other member of the school

28  staff, according to the district school board code of student

29  conduct. Any recommendation of expulsion shall include a

30  detailed report by the principal or the principal's designated

31  


                                 655

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  representative on the alternative measures taken prior to the

  2  recommendation of expulsion.

  3         (d)  The principal or the principal's designee shall

  4  include an analysis of suspensions and expulsions in the

  5  annual report of school progress.

  6         (2)  Suspension proceedings, pursuant to rules of the

  7  State Board of Education, may be initiated against any

  8  enrolled student who is formally charged with a felony, or

  9  with a delinquent act which would be a felony if committed by

10  an adult, by a proper prosecuting attorney for an incident

11  which allegedly occurred on property other than public school

12  property, if that incident is shown, in an administrative

13  hearing with notice provided to the parents of the student by

14  the principal of the school pursuant to rules adopted by the

15  State Board of Education and to rules developed pursuant to s.

16  1001.54, to have an adverse impact on the educational program,

17  discipline, or welfare in the school in which the student is

18  enrolled. Any student who is suspended as the result of such

19  proceedings may be suspended from all classes of instruction

20  on public school grounds during regular classroom hours for a

21  period of time, which may exceed 10 days, as determined by the

22  district school superintendent. The suspension shall not

23  affect the delivery of educational services to the student,

24  and the student shall be immediately enrolled in a daytime

25  alternative education program, or an evening alternative

26  education program, where appropriate. If the court determines

27  that the student did commit the felony or delinquent act which

28  would have been a felony if committed by an adult, the

29  district school board may expel the student, provided that

30  expulsion under this subsection shall not affect the delivery

31  of educational services to the student in any residential,


                                 656

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  nonresidential, alternative, daytime, or evening program

  2  outside of the regular school setting. Any student who is

  3  subject to discipline or expulsion for unlawful possession or

  4  use of any substance controlled under chapter 893 may be

  5  entitled to a waiver of the discipline or expulsion:

  6         (a)  If the student divulges information leading to the

  7  arrest and conviction of the person who supplied the

  8  controlled substance to him or her, or if the student

  9  voluntarily discloses his or her unlawful possession of the

10  controlled substance prior to his or her arrest. Any

11  information divulged which leads to arrest and conviction is

12  not admissible in evidence in a subsequent criminal trial

13  against the student divulging the information.

14         (b)  If the student commits himself or herself, or is

15  referred by the court in lieu of sentence, to a state-licensed

16  drug abuse program and successfully completes the program.

17         (3)  A student may be disciplined or expelled for

18  unlawful possession or use of any substance controlled under

19  chapter 893 upon the third violation of this provision.

20         (4)  When a student has been the victim of a violent

21  crime perpetrated by another student who attends the same

22  school, the school principal shall make full and effective use

23  of the provisions of ss. 1006.09(2) and 1006.13(5). A school

24  principal who fails to comply with this subsection shall be

25  ineligible for any portion of the performance pay policy

26  incentive under s. 1012.22(1)(c). However, if any party

27  responsible for notification fails to properly notify the

28  school, the school principal shall be eligible for the

29  incentive.

30  

31  


                                 657

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  Any recommendation for the suspension or expulsion

  2  of a student with a disability must be made in accordance with

  3  rules adopted by the State Board of Education.

  4         (6)  Each school principal must ensure that

  5  standardized forms prescribed by rule of the State Board of

  6  Education are used to report data concerning school safety and

  7  discipline to the department. The school principal must

  8  develop a plan to verify the accuracy of reported incidents.

  9         (7)  The State Board of Education shall adopt by rule a

10  standardized form to be used by each school principal to

11  report data concerning school safety and discipline.

12         (8)  The school principal shall require all school

13  personnel to report to the principal or principal's designee

14  any suspected unlawful use, possession, or sale by a student

15  of any controlled substance, as defined in s. 893.02; any

16  counterfeit controlled substance, as defined in s. 831.31; any

17  alcoholic beverage, as defined in s. 561.01(4); or model glue.

18  School personnel are exempt from civil liability when

19  reporting in good faith to the proper school authority such

20  suspected unlawful use, possession, or sale by a student.

21  Only a principal or principal's designee is authorized to

22  contact a parent or legal guardian of a student regarding this

23  situation. Reports made and verified under this subsection

24  shall be forwarded to an appropriate agency. The principal or

25  principal's designee shall timely notify the student's parent

26  that a verified report made under this subsection with respect

27  to the student has been made and forwarded.

28         (9)  A school principal or a school employee designated

29  by the principal, if she or he has reasonable suspicion that a

30  prohibited or illegally possessed substance or object is

31  contained within a student's locker or other storage area, may


                                 658

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  search the locker or storage area. The district school board

  2  shall require and each school principal shall cause to be

  3  posted in each public K-12 school, in a place readily seen by

  4  students, a notice stating that a student's locker or other

  5  storage area is subject to search, upon reasonable suspicion,

  6  for prohibited or illegally possessed substances or objects.

  7  This subsection does not prohibit the use of metal detectors

  8  or specially trained animals in the course of a search for

  9  illegally possessed substances or objects.

10         Section 281.  Section 1006.10, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1006.10  Authority of school bus drivers and district

13  school boards relating to student discipline and student

14  safety on school buses.--

15         (1)  The school bus driver shall require order and good

16  behavior by all students being transported on school buses.

17         (2)  The district school board shall require a system

18  of progressive discipline of transported students for actions

19  which are prohibited by the code of student conduct.

20  Disciplinary actions, including suspension of students from

21  riding on district school board owned or contracted school

22  buses, shall be subject to district school board policies and

23  procedures and may be imposed by the principal or the

24  principal's designee. The principal or the principal's

25  designee may delegate any disciplinary authority to school bus

26  drivers except for suspension of students from riding the bus.

27         (3)  The school bus driver shall control students

28  during the time students are on the school bus, but shall not

29  have such authority when students are waiting at the school

30  bus stop or when students are en route to or from the school

31  bus stop except when the bus is present at the bus stop.


                                 659

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  If an emergency should develop due to the conduct

  2  of students on the bus, the school bus driver may take such

  3  steps as are immediately necessary to protect the students on

  4  the bus.

  5         (5)  School bus drivers shall not be required to

  6  operate a bus under conditions in which one or more students

  7  pose a clear and present danger to the safety of the driver or

  8  other students, or the safety of the bus while in operation.

  9  The district school board shall have measures in place

10  designed to protect the school bus driver from threats or

11  physical injury from students.

12         (6)  District school boards may use transportation,

13  school safety, or FEFP funds to provide added security for

14  buses transporting disruptive or delinquent students to and

15  from school or other educational activities.

16         (7)  In the case of a student having engaged in violent

17  or blatantly unsafe actions while riding the school bus, the

18  district school board shall take corrective measures to

19  ensure, to the extent feasible, that such actions are not

20  repeated prior to reassigning the student to the bus.

21         Section 282.  Section 1006.11, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1006.11  Standards for use of reasonable force.--

24         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt standards

25  for the use of reasonable force by district school board

26  personnel to maintain a safe and orderly learning environment.

27  Such standards shall be distributed to each school in the

28  state and shall provide guidance to district school board

29  personnel in receiving the limitations on liability specified

30  in subsection (2).

31  


                                 660

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Except in the case of excessive force or cruel and

  2  unusual punishment, a teacher or other member of the

  3  instructional staff, a principal or the principal's designated

  4  representative, or a school bus driver shall not be civilly or

  5  criminally liable for any action carried out in conformity

  6  with the State Board of Education and district school board

  7  rules regarding the control, discipline, suspension, and

  8  expulsion of students, including, but not limited to, any

  9  exercise of authority under s. 1006.09 or s. 1003.32.

10         Section 283.  Section 1006.12, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1006.12  School resource officers and school safety

13  officers.--

14         (1)  District school boards may establish school

15  resource officer programs, through a cooperative agreement

16  with law enforcement agencies or in accordance with subsection

17  (2).

18         (a)  School resource officers shall be certified law

19  enforcement officers, as defined in s. 943.10(1), who are

20  employed by a law enforcement agency as defined in s.

21  943.10(4). The powers and duties of a law enforcement officer

22  shall continue throughout the employee's tenure as a school

23  resource officer.

24         (b)  School resource officers shall abide by district

25  school board policies and shall consult with and coordinate

26  activities through the school principal, but shall be

27  responsible to the law enforcement agency in all matters

28  relating to employment, subject to agreements between a

29  district school board and a law enforcement agency. Activities

30  conducted by the school resource officer which are part of the

31  


                                 661

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  regular instructional program of the school shall be under the

  2  direction of the school principal.

  3         (2)(a)  School safety officers shall be law enforcement

  4  officers, as defined in s. 943.10(1), certified under the

  5  provisions of chapter 943 and employed by either a law

  6  enforcement agency or by the district school board. If the

  7  officer is employed by the district school board, the district

  8  school board is the employing agency for purposes of chapter

  9  943, and must comply with the provisions of that chapter.

10         (b)  A district school board may commission one or more

11  school safety officers for the protection and safety of school

12  personnel, property, and students within the school district.

13  The district school superintendent may recommend and the

14  district school board may appoint one or more school safety

15  officers.

16         (c)  A school safety officer has and shall exercise the

17  power to make arrests for violations of law on district school

18  board property and to arrest persons, whether on or off such

19  property, who violate any law on such property under the same

20  conditions that deputy sheriffs are authorized to make

21  arrests. A school safety officer has the authority to carry

22  weapons when performing his or her official duties.

23         (d)  A district school board may enter into mutual aid

24  agreements with one or more law enforcement agencies as

25  provided in chapter 23. A school safety officer's salary may

26  be paid jointly by the district school board and the law

27  enforcement agency, as mutually agreed to.

28         Section 284.  Section 1006.13, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1006.13  Policy of zero tolerance for crime and

31  victimization.--


                                 662

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Each district school board shall adopt a policy of

  2  zero tolerance for:

  3         (a)  Crime and substance abuse, including the reporting

  4  of delinquent acts and crimes occurring whenever and wherever

  5  students are under the jurisdiction of the district school

  6  board.

  7         (b)  Victimization of students, including taking all

  8  steps necessary to protect the victim of any violent crime

  9  from any further victimization.

10         (2)  The zero tolerance policy shall require students

11  found to have committed one of the following offenses to be

12  expelled, with or without continuing educational services,

13  from the student's regular school for a period of not less

14  than 1 full year, and to be referred to the criminal justice

15  or juvenile justice system.

16         (a)  Bringing a firearm or weapon, as defined in

17  chapter 790, to school, to any school function, or onto any

18  school-sponsored transportation; provided, however, that

19  nothing herein shall require the district school board to

20  apply such requirements to a firearm or weapon that is

21  lawfully stored in a locked vehicle on school property, or for

22  activities approved and authorized by the district school

23  board when the board has adopted appropriate safeguards to

24  ensure student safety.

25         (b)  Making a threat or false report, as defined by ss.

26  790.162 and 790.163, respectively, involving school or school

27  personnel's property, school transportation, or a

28  school-sponsored activity.

29  

30  District school boards may assign the student to a

31  disciplinary program for the purpose of continuing educational


                                 663

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  services during the period of expulsion. District school

  2  superintendents may consider the 1-year expulsion requirement

  3  on a case-by-case basis and request the district school board

  4  to modify the requirement by assigning the student to a

  5  disciplinary program or second chance school if it is

  6  determined to be in the best interest of the student and the

  7  school system. If a student committing any of the offenses in

  8  this subsection is a student with a disability, the district

  9  school board shall comply with applicable State Board of

10  Education rules.

11         (3)  Each district school board shall enter into

12  agreements with the county sheriff's office and local police

13  department specifying guidelines for ensuring that felonies

14  and violent misdemeanors, whether committed by a student or

15  adult, and delinquent acts that would be felonies or violent

16  misdemeanors if committed by an adult, are reported to law

17  enforcement. Each district school board shall adopt a

18  cooperative agreement, pursuant to s. 1003.52(13) with the

19  Department of Juvenile Justice, that specifies guidelines for

20  ensuring that all no contact orders entered by the court are

21  reported and enforced and that all steps necessary are taken

22  to protect the victim of any such crime. Such agreements shall

23  include the role of school resource officers, if applicable,

24  in handling reported incidents, special circumstances in which

25  school officials may handle incidents without filing a report

26  to law enforcement, and a procedure for ensuring that school

27  personnel properly report appropriate delinquent acts and

28  crimes. The school principal shall be responsible for ensuring

29  that all school personnel are properly informed as to their

30  responsibilities regarding crime reporting, that appropriate

31  delinquent acts and crimes are properly reported, and that


                                 664

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  actions taken in cases with special circumstances are properly

  2  taken and documented.

  3         (4)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, each

  4  district school board shall adopt rules providing that any

  5  student found to have committed a violation of s. 784.081(1),

  6  (2), or (3) shall be expelled or placed in an alternative

  7  school setting or other program, as appropriate. Upon being

  8  charged with the offense, the student shall be removed from

  9  the classroom immediately and placed in an alternative school

10  setting pending disposition.

11         (5)(a)  Notwithstanding any provision of law

12  prohibiting the disclosure of the identity of a minor,

13  whenever any student who is attending public school is

14  adjudicated guilty of or delinquent for, or is found to have

15  committed, regardless of whether adjudication is withheld, or

16  pleads guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony violation of:

17         1.  Chapter 782, relating to homicide;

18         2.  Chapter 784, relating to assault, battery, and

19  culpable negligence;

20         3.  Chapter 787, relating to kidnapping, false

21  imprisonment, luring or enticing a child, and custody

22  offenses;

23         4.  Chapter 794, relating to sexual battery;

24         5.  Chapter 800, relating to lewdness and indecent

25  exposure;

26         6.  Chapter 827, relating to abuse of children;

27         7.  Section 812.13, relating to robbery;

28         8.  Section 812.131, relating to robbery by sudden

29  snatching;

30         9.  Section 812.133, relating to carjacking; or

31  


                                 665

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         10.  Section 812.135, relating to home-invasion

  2  robbery,

  3  

  4  and, before or at the time of such adjudication, withholding

  5  of adjudication, or plea, the offender was attending a school

  6  attended by the victim or a sibling of the victim of the

  7  offense, the Department of Juvenile Justice shall notify the

  8  appropriate district school board of the adjudication or plea,

  9  the requirements of this paragraph, and whether the offender

10  is prohibited from attending that school or riding on a school

11  bus whenever the victim or a sibling of the victim is

12  attending the same school or riding on the same school bus,

13  except as provided pursuant to a written disposition order

14  under s. 985.23(1)(d). Upon receipt of such notice, the

15  district school board shall take appropriate action to

16  effectuate the provisions of paragraph (b).

17         (b)  Any offender described in paragraph (a), who is

18  not exempted as provided in paragraph (a), shall not attend

19  any school attended by the victim or a sibling of the victim

20  of the offense or ride on a school bus on which the victim or

21  a sibling of the victim is riding. The offender shall be

22  permitted by the district school board to attend another

23  school within the district in which the offender resides,

24  provided the other school is not attended by the victim or

25  sibling of the victim of the offense; or the offender may be

26  permitted by another district school board to attend a school

27  in that district if the offender is unable to attend any

28  school in the district in which the offender resides.

29         (c)  If the offender is unable to attend any other

30  school in the district in which the offender resides and is

31  prohibited from attending school in another school district,


                                 666

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the district school board in the school district in which the

  2  offender resides shall take every reasonable precaution to

  3  keep the offender separated from the victim while on school

  4  grounds or on school transportation. The steps to be taken by

  5  a district school board to keep the offender separated from

  6  the victim shall include, but are not limited to, in-school

  7  suspension of the offender and the scheduling of classes,

  8  lunch, or other school activities of the victim and the

  9  offender so as not to coincide.

10         (d)  The offender, or the parents of the offender if

11  the offender is a juvenile, shall be responsible for arranging

12  and paying for transportation associated with or required by

13  the offender's attending another school or that would be

14  required as a consequence of the prohibition against riding on

15  a school bus on which the victim or a sibling of the victim is

16  riding. However, the offender or the parents of the offender

17  shall not be charged for existing modes of transportation that

18  can be used by the offender at no additional cost to the

19  district school board.

20         Section 285.  Section 1006.14, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1006.14  Secret societies prohibited in public K-12

23  schools.--

24         (1)  It is unlawful for any person, group, or

25  organization to organize or establish a fraternity, sorority,

26  or other secret society whose membership is comprised in whole

27  or in part of students enrolled in any public K-12 school or

28  to go upon any public K-12 school premises for the purpose of

29  soliciting any students to join such an organization.

30         (2)  A secret society shall be interpreted to be a

31  fraternity, sorority, or other organization whose active


                                 667

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  membership is comprised wholly or partly of students enrolled

  2  in public K-12 schools and which perpetuates itself wholly or

  3  partly by taking in additional members from the students

  4  enrolled in public K-12 schools on the basis of the decision

  5  of its membership rather than on the right of any student who

  6  is qualified by the rules of the school to be a member of and

  7  take part in any class or group exercise designated and

  8  classified according to gender, subjects included in the

  9  course of study, or program of school activities fostered and

10  promoted by the district school board and district school

11  superintendent or by school principals.

12         (3)  This section shall not be construed to prevent the

13  establishment of an organization fostered and promoted by

14  school authorities, or approved and accepted by school

15  authorities, and whose membership is selected on the basis of

16  good character, good scholarship, leadership ability, and

17  achievement. Full information regarding the charter,

18  principles, purposes, and conduct of any such accepted

19  organization shall be made available to all students and

20  instructional personnel of the school.

21         (4)  This section shall not be construed to relate to

22  any junior organization or society sponsored by the Police

23  Athletic League, Knights of Pythias, Oddfellows, Moose,

24  Woodmen of the World, Knights of Columbus, Elks, Masons, B'nai

25  B'rith, Young Men's and Young Women's Hebrew Associations,

26  Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations, Kiwanis,

27  Rotary, Optimist, Civitan, Exchange Clubs, Florida Federation

28  of Garden Clubs, and Florida Federation of Women's Clubs.

29         (5)  It is unlawful for any student enrolled in any

30  public K-12 school to be a member of, to join or to become a

31  member of or to pledge himself or herself to become a member


                                 668

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of any secret fraternity, sorority, or group wholly or partly

  2  formed from the membership of students attending public K-12

  3  schools or to take part in the organization or formation of

  4  any such fraternity, sorority, or secret society; provided

  5  that this does not prevent any student from belonging to any

  6  organization fostered and promoted by the school authorities;

  7  or approved and accepted by the school authorities and whose

  8  membership is selected on the basis of good character, good

  9  scholarship, leadership ability, and achievement.

10         (6)  The district school board may enforce the

11  provisions of this section and prescribe and enforce such

12  rules as are necessary. District school boards shall enforce

13  the provisions of this section by suspending or, if necessary,

14  expelling any student in any public K-12 school who violates

15  this section.

16         Section 286.  Section 1006.141, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1006.141  Statewide school safety hotline.--

19         (1)  The department may contract with the Florida

20  Sheriffs Association to establish and operate a statewide

21  toll-free school safety hotline for the purpose of reporting

22  incidents that affect the safety and well-being of the

23  school's population.

24         (2)  The toll-free school safety hotline is to be a

25  conduit for any person to anonymously report activity that

26  affects the safety and well-being of the school's population.

27         (3)  There may not be an award or monetary benefit for

28  reporting an incident through the toll-free school safety

29  hotline.

30         (4)  The toll-free school safety hotline shall be

31  operated in a manner that ensures that a designated school


                                 669

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  official is notified of a complaint received through the

  2  hotline if the complaint concerns that school. A complaint

  3  that concerns an actionable offense must be reported to the

  4  designated official within a reasonable time after the

  5  complaint is made. An actionable offense is an incident that

  6  could directly affect the safety or well-being of a person or

  7  property within a school.

  8         (5)  If a toll-free school safety hotline is

  9  established by contract with the Florida Sheriffs Association,

10  the Florida Sheriffs Association shall produce a quarterly

11  report that evaluates the incidents that have been reported to

12  the hotline. This information may be used to evaluate future

13  school safety educational needs and the need for prevention

14  programs as the district school board considers necessary.

15         Section 287.  Section 1006.145, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1006.145  Disturbing school functions; penalty.--Any

18  person not subject to the rules of a school who creates a

19  disturbance on the property or grounds of any school, who

20  commits any act that interrupts the orderly conduct of a

21  school or any activity thereof commits a misdemeanor of the

22  second degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s.

23  775.083.

24         Section 288.  Part I.d. of chapter 1006, Florida

25  Statutes, shall be entitled "Student Extracurricular

26  Activities and Athletics" and shall consist of ss.

27  1006.15-1006.20.

28         Section 289.  Section 1006.15, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30  

31  


                                 670

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1006.15  Student standards for participation in

  2  interscholastic extracurricular student activities;

  3  regulation.--

  4         (1)  This section may be cited as the "Craig Dickinson

  5  Act."

  6         (2)  Interscholastic extracurricular student activities

  7  are an important complement to the academic curriculum.

  8  Participation in a comprehensive extracurricular and academic

  9  program contributes to student development of the social and

10  intellectual skills necessary to become a well-rounded adult.

11  As used in this section, the term "extracurricular" means any

12  school-authorized or education-related activity occurring

13  during or outside the regular instructional school day.

14         (3)(a)  To be eligible to participate in

15  interscholastic extracurricular student activities, a student

16  must:

17         1.  Maintain a grade point average of 2.0 or above on a

18  4.0 scale, or its equivalent, in the previous semester or a

19  cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or above on a 4.0 scale,

20  or its equivalent, in the courses required by s. 1003.43(1).

21         2.  Execute and fulfill the requirements of an academic

22  performance contract between the student, the district school

23  board, the appropriate governing association, and the

24  student's parents, if the student's cumulative grade point

25  average falls below 2.0, or its equivalent, on a 4.0 scale in

26  the courses required by s. 1003.43(1) or, for students who

27  entered the 9th grade prior to the 1997-1998 school year, if

28  the student's cumulative grade point average falls below 2.0

29  on a 4.0 scale, or its equivalent, in the courses required by

30  s. 1003.43(1) that are taken after July 1, 1997. At a minimum,

31  the contract must require that the student attend summer


                                 671

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school, or its graded equivalent, between grades 9 and 10 or

  2  grades 10 and 11, as necessary.

  3         3.  Have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or

  4  above on a 4.0 scale, or its equivalent, in the courses

  5  required by s. 1003.43(1) during his or her junior or senior

  6  year.

  7         4.  Maintain satisfactory conduct and, if a student is

  8  convicted of, or is found to have committed, a felony or a

  9  delinquent act which would have been a felony if committed by

10  an adult, regardless of whether adjudication is withheld, the

11  student's participation in interscholastic extracurricular

12  activities is contingent upon established and published

13  district school board policy.

14         (b)  Any student who is exempt from attending a full

15  school day based on rules adopted by the district school board

16  for double session schools or programs, experimental schools,

17  or schools operating under emergency conditions must maintain

18  the grade point average required by this section and pass each

19  class for which he or she is enrolled.

20         (c)  An individual home education student is eligible

21  to participate at the public school to which the student would

22  be assigned according to district school board attendance area

23  policies or which the student could choose to attend pursuant

24  to district or interdistrict controlled open enrollment

25  provisions, or may develop an agreement to participate at a

26  private school, in the interscholastic extracurricular

27  activities of that school, provided the following conditions

28  are met:

29         1.  The home education student must meet the

30  requirements of the home education program pursuant to s.

31  1002.41.


                                 672

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  During the period of participation at a school, the

  2  home education student must demonstrate educational progress

  3  as required in paragraph (3)(b) in all subjects taken in the

  4  home education program by a method of evaluation agreed upon

  5  by the parent and the school principal which may include:

  6  review of the student's work by a certified teacher chosen by

  7  the parent; grades earned through correspondence; grades

  8  earned in courses taken at a community college, university, or

  9  trade school; standardized test scores above the 35th

10  percentile; or any other method designated in s. 1002.41.

11         3.  The home education student must meet the same

12  residency requirements as other students in the school at

13  which he or she participates.

14         4.  The home education student must meet the same

15  standards of acceptance, behavior, and performance as required

16  of other students in extracurricular activities.

17         5.  The student must register with the school his or

18  her intent to participate in interscholastic extracurricular

19  activities as a representative of the school before the

20  beginning date of the season for the activity in which he or

21  she wishes to participate. A home education student must be

22  able to participate in curricular activities if that is a

23  requirement for an extracurricular activity.

24         6.  A student who transfers from a home education

25  program to a public school before or during the first grading

26  period of the school year is academically eligible to

27  participate in interscholastic extracurricular activities

28  during the first grading period provided the student has a

29  successful evaluation from the previous school year, pursuant

30  to subparagraph (3)(c)2.

31  


                                 673

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         7.  Any public school or private school student who has

  2  been unable to maintain academic eligibility for participation

  3  in interscholastic extracurricular activities is ineligible to

  4  participate in such activities as a home education student

  5  until the student has successfully completed one grading

  6  period in home education pursuant to subparagraph (3)(c)2. to

  7  become eligible to participate as a home education student.

  8         (d)  An individual charter school student pursuant to

  9  s. 1002.33 is eligible to participate at the public school to

10  which the student would be assigned according to district

11  school board attendance area policies or which the student

12  could choose to attend, pursuant to district or interdistrict

13  controlled open-enrollment provisions, in any interscholastic

14  extracurricular activity of that school, unless such activity

15  is provided by the student's charter school, if the following

16  conditions are met:

17         1.  The charter school student must meet the

18  requirements of the charter school education program as

19  determined by the charter school governing board.

20         2.  During the period of participation at a school, the

21  charter school student must demonstrate educational progress

22  as required in paragraph (b).

23         3.  The charter school student must meet the same

24  residency requirements as other students in the school at

25  which he or she participates.

26         4.  The charter school student must meet the same

27  standards of acceptance, behavior, and performance that are

28  required of other students in extracurricular activities.

29         5.  The charter school student must register with the

30  school his or her intent to participate in interscholastic

31  extracurricular activities as a representative of the school


                                 674

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  before the beginning date of the season for the activity in

  2  which he or she wishes to participate. A charter school

  3  student must be able to participate in curricular activities

  4  if that is a requirement for an extracurricular activity.

  5         6.  A student who transfers from a charter school

  6  program to a traditional public school before or during the

  7  first grading period of the school year is academically

  8  eligible to participate in interscholastic extracurricular

  9  activities during the first grading period if the student has

10  a successful evaluation from the previous school year,

11  pursuant to subparagraph 2.

12         7.  Any public school or private school student who has

13  been unable to maintain academic eligibility for participation

14  in interscholastic extracurricular activities is ineligible to

15  participate in such activities as a charter school student

16  until the student has successfully completed one grading

17  period in a charter school pursuant to subparagraph 2. to

18  become eligible to participate as a charter school student.

19         (4)  The student standards for participation in

20  interscholastic extracurricular activities must be applied

21  beginning with the student's first semester of the 9th grade.

22  Each student must meet such other requirements for

23  participation as may be established by the district school

24  board; however, a district school board may not establish

25  requirements for participation in interscholastic

26  extracurricular activities which make participation in such

27  activities less accessible to home education students than to

28  other students. Except as set forth in paragraph (3)(c),

29  evaluation processes or requirements that are placed on home

30  education student participants may not go beyond those that

31  apply under s. 1002.41 to home education students generally.


                                 675

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  Any organization or entity that regulates or

  2  governs interscholastic extracurricular activities of public

  3  schools:

  4         (a)  Shall permit home education associations to join

  5  as member schools.

  6         (b)  Shall not discriminate against any eligible

  7  student based on an educational choice of public, private, or

  8  home education.

  9         (6)  Public schools are prohibited from membership in

10  any organization or entity which regulates or governs

11  interscholastic extracurricular activities and discriminates

12  against eligible students in public, private, or home

13  education.

14         (7)  Any insurance provided by district school boards

15  for participants in extracurricular activities shall cover the

16  participating home education student. If there is an

17  additional premium for such coverage, the participating home

18  education student shall pay the premium.

19         Section 290.  Section 1006.16, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1006.16  Insuring school students engaged in athletic

22  activities against injury.--Any district school board, school

23  athletic association, or school may formulate, conduct, and

24  purchase a plan or method of insuring, or may self-insure,

25  school students against injury sustained by reason of such

26  students engaging and participating in the athletic activities

27  conducted or sponsored by the district school board,

28  association, or school in which such students are enrolled. A

29  district school board, school athletic association, or school

30  may add a surcharge to the fee charged for admission to

31  athletic events as a means of producing revenue to purchase


                                 676

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  such insurance or to provide self-insurance. Any district

  2  school board may pay for all or part of such plan or method of

  3  insurance or self-insurance from available district school

  4  board funds.

  5         Section 291.  Section 1006.17, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1006.17  Sponsorship of athletic activities similar to

  8  those for which scholarships offered; rulemaking.--

  9         (1)  If a district school board sponsors an athletic

10  activity or sport that is similar to a sport for which a state

11  university or public community college offers an athletic

12  scholarship, it must sponsor the athletic activity or sport

13  for which a scholarship is offered. This section does not

14  affect academic requirements for participation or prevent the

15  school districts or community colleges from sponsoring

16  activities in addition to those for which scholarships are

17  provided.

18         (2)  If a Florida public community college sponsors an

19  athletic activity or sport that is similar to a sport for

20  which a state university offers an athletic scholarship, it

21  must sponsor the athletic activity or sport for which a

22  scholarship is offered.

23         (3)  Two athletic activities or sports that are similar

24  may be offered simultaneously.

25         (4)  If the level of participation is insufficient to

26  warrant continuation of an athletic activity or sport, the

27  school may offer an alternative athletic activity or sport.

28         (5)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

29  administer this section, including rules that determine which

30  athletic activities are similar to sports for which state

31  universities and community colleges offer scholarships.


                                 677

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 292.  Section 1006.18, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1006.18  Cheerleader safety standards.--The Florida

  4  High School Activities Association or successor organization

  5  shall adopt statewide uniform safety standards for student

  6  cheerleaders and spirit groups that participate in any school

  7  activity or extracurricular student activity. The Florida High

  8  School Activities Association or successor organization shall

  9  adopt the "Official High School Spirit Rules," published by

10  the National Federation of State High School Associations, as

11  the statewide uniform safety standards.

12         Section 293.  Section 1006.19, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1006.19  Audit of records of nonprofit corporations and

15  associations handling interscholastic activities.--

16         (1)  Each nonprofit association or corporation that

17  operates for the purpose of supervising and controlling

18  interscholastic activities of public high schools and whose

19  membership is composed of duly certified representatives of

20  public high schools, and whose rules and regulations are

21  established by members thereof, shall have an annual financial

22  audit of its accounts and records by an independent certified

23  public accountant retained by it and paid from its funds. The

24  accountant shall furnish a copy of the audit report to the

25  Auditor General for review.

26         (2)  Any such nonprofit association or corporation

27  shall keep adequate and complete records of all moneys

28  received by it, including the source and amount, and all

29  moneys spent by it, including salaries, fees, expenses, travel

30  allowances, and all other items of expense.  All records of

31  


                                 678

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any such organization shall be open for inspection by the

  2  Auditor General or the Auditor General's employees.

  3         Section 294.  Section 1006.20, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1006.20  Athletics in public K-12 schools.--

  6         (1)  GOVERNING NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION.--The Florida

  7  High School Activities Association is designated as the

  8  governing nonprofit organization of athletics in Florida

  9  public schools. If the Florida High School Activities

10  Association fails to meet the provisions of this section, the

11  commissioner shall designate a nonprofit organization to

12  govern athletics with the approval of the State Board of

13  Education. The organization is not to be a state agency as

14  defined in s. 120.52. The organization shall be subject to the

15  provisions of s. 1006.19. A private school that wishes to

16  engage in high school athletic competition with a public high

17  school may become a member of the organization. The bylaws of

18  the organization are to be the rules by which high school

19  athletic programs in its member schools, and the students who

20  participate in them, are governed, unless otherwise

21  specifically provided by statute. For the purposes of this

22  section, "high school" includes grades 6 through 12.

23         (2)  ADOPTION OF BYLAWS.--

24         (a)  The organization shall adopt bylaws that, unless

25  specifically provided by statute, establish eligibility

26  requirements for all students who participate in high school

27  athletic competition in its member schools. The bylaws

28  governing residence and transfer shall allow the student to be

29  eligible in the school in which he or she first enrolls each

30  school year, or makes himself or herself a candidate for an

31  athletic team by engaging in a practice prior to enrolling in


                                 679

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any member school. The student shall be eligible in that

  2  school so long as he or she remains enrolled in that school.

  3  Subsequent eligibility shall be determined and enforced

  4  through the organization's bylaws.

  5         (b)  The organization shall adopt bylaws that

  6  specifically prohibit the recruiting of students for athletic

  7  purposes. The bylaws shall prescribe penalties and an appeals

  8  process for athletic recruiting violations.

  9         (c)  The organization shall adopt bylaws that require

10  all students participating in interscholastic athletic

11  competition or who are candidates for an interscholastic

12  athletic team to satisfactorily pass a medical evaluation each

13  year prior to participating in interscholastic athletic

14  competition or engaging in any practice, tryout, workout, or

15  other physical activity associated with the student's

16  candidacy for an interscholastic athletic team. Such medical

17  evaluation can only be administered by a practitioner licensed

18  under the provisions of chapter 458, chapter 459, chapter 460,

19  or s. 464.012, and in good standing with the practitioner's

20  regulatory board. The bylaws shall establish requirements for

21  eliciting a student's medical history and performing the

22  medical evaluation required under this paragraph, which shall

23  include minimum standards for the physical capabilities

24  necessary for participation in interscholastic athletic

25  competition as contained in a uniform preparticipation

26  physical evaluation form. The evaluation form shall provide a

27  place for the signature of the practitioner performing the

28  evaluation with an attestation that each examination procedure

29  listed on the form was performed by the practitioner or by

30  someone under the direct supervision of the practitioner. The

31  form shall also contain a place for the practitioner to


                                 680

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  indicate if a referral to another practitioner was made in

  2  lieu of completion of a certain examination procedure. The

  3  form shall provide a place for the practitioner to whom the

  4  student was referred to complete the remaining sections and

  5  attest to that portion of the examination. Practitioners

  6  administering medical evaluations pursuant to this subsection

  7  must know the minimum standards established by the

  8  organization and certify that the student meets the standards.

  9  If the practitioner determines that there are any abnormal

10  findings in the cardiovascular system, the student may not

11  participate unless a subsequent EKG or other cardiovascular

12  assessment indicates that the abnormality will not place the

13  student at risk during such participation. Results of such

14  medical evaluation must be provided to the school. No student

15  shall be eligible to participate in any interscholastic

16  athletic competition or engage in any practice, tryout,

17  workout, or other physical activity associated with the

18  student's candidacy for an interscholastic athletic team until

19  the results of the medical evaluation verifying that the

20  student has satisfactorily passed the evaluation have been

21  received and approved by the school.

22         (d)  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c), a

23  student may participate in interscholastic athletic

24  competition or be a candidate for an interscholastic athletic

25  team if the parent of the student objects in writing to the

26  student undergoing a medical evaluation because such

27  evaluation is contrary to his or her religious tenets or

28  practices. However, no person or entity shall be held liable

29  for any injury or other damages suffered by such student as a

30  result of his or her participation in athletics unless the

31  


                                 681

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  injury or damages are caused by unlawful activity, gross

  2  negligence, or willful and wanton misconduct.

  3         (3)  GOVERNING STRUCTURE OF THE ORGANIZATION.--

  4         (a)  The organization shall operate as a representative

  5  democracy in which the sovereign authority is within its

  6  member schools. Except as provided in this section, the

  7  organization shall govern its affairs through its bylaws.

  8         (b)  Each member school, on its annual application for

  9  membership, shall name its official representative to the

10  organization. This representative must be either the school

11  principal or his or her designee. That designee must either be

12  an assistant principal or athletic director housed within that

13  same school.

14         (c)  The organization's membership shall be divided

15  along existing county lines into four contiguous and compact

16  administrative regions, each containing an equal or nearly

17  equal number of member schools to ensure equitable

18  representation on the organization's board of directors,

19  representative assembly, and committee on appeals.

20         (4)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.--

21         (a)  The executive authority of the organization shall

22  be vested in its board of directors. The board of directors

23  shall be composed of 15 persons, as follows:

24         1.  Four public member school representatives, one

25  elected from among its public school representative members

26  within each of the four administrative regions.

27         2.  Four nonpublic member school representatives, one

28  elected from among its nonpublic school representative members

29  within each of the four administrative regions.

30         3.  Two representatives appointed by the commissioner,

31  one appointed from the two northernmost administrative regions


                                 682

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and one appointed from the two southernmost administrative

  2  regions.

  3         4.  Two district school superintendents, one elected

  4  from the two northernmost administrative regions by the

  5  members in those regions and one elected from the two

  6  southernmost administrative regions by the members in those

  7  regions.

  8         5.  Two district school board members, one elected from

  9  the two northernmost administrative regions by the members in

10  those regions and one elected from the two southernmost

11  administrative regions by the members in those regions.

12         6.  The commissioner or his or her designee from the

13  department executive staff.

14         (b)  A quorum of the board of directors shall consist

15  of nine members.

16         (c)  The board of directors shall elect a president and

17  a vice president from among its members. These officers shall

18  also serve as officers of the organization.

19         (d)  Members of the board of directors shall serve

20  terms of 3 years and are eligible to succeed themselves only

21  once.  A member of the board of directors, other than the

22  commissioner or his or her designee, may serve a maximum of 6

23  consecutive years. The organization's bylaws shall establish a

24  rotation of terms to ensure that a majority of the members'

25  terms do not expire concurrently.

26         (e)  The authority and duties of the board of

27  directors, acting as a body and in accordance with the

28  organization's bylaws, are as follows:

29         1.  To act as the incorporated organization's board of

30  directors and to fulfill its obligations as required by the

31  organization's charter and articles of incorporation.


                                 683

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  To establish such guidelines, regulations,

  2  policies, and procedures as are authorized by the bylaws.

  3         3.  To provide an organization commissioner, who shall

  4  have the authority to waive the bylaws of the organization in

  5  order to comply with statutory changes.

  6         4.  To levy annual dues and other fees and to set the

  7  percentage of contest receipts to be collected by the

  8  organization.

  9         5.  To approve the budget of the organization.

10         6.  To organize and conduct statewide interscholastic

11  competitions, which may or may not lead to state

12  championships, and to establish the terms and conditions for

13  these competitions.

14         7.  To act as an administrative board in the

15  interpretation of, and final decision on, all questions and

16  appeals arising from the directing of interscholastic

17  athletics of member schools.

18         (5)  REPRESENTATIVE ASSEMBLY.--

19         (a)  The legislative authority of the organization is

20  vested in its representative assembly.

21         (b)  The representative assembly shall be composed of

22  the following:

23         1.  An equal number of member school representatives

24  from each of the four administrative regions.

25         2.  Four district school superintendents, one elected

26  from each of the four administrative regions by the district

27  school superintendents in their respective administrative

28  regions.

29         3.  Four district school board members, one elected

30  from each of the four administrative regions by the district

31  


                                 684

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school board members in their respective administrative

  2  regions.

  3         4.  The commissioner or his or her designee from the

  4  department executive staff.

  5         (c)  The organization's bylaws shall establish the

  6  number of member school representatives to serve in the

  7  representative assembly from each of the four administrative

  8  regions and shall establish the method for their selection.

  9         (d)  No member of the board of directors other than the

10  commissioner or his or her designee can serve in the

11  representative assembly.

12         (e)  The representative assembly shall elect a

13  chairperson and a vice chairperson from among its members.

14         (f)  Elected members of the representative assembly

15  shall serve terms of 2 years and are eligible to succeed

16  themselves for two additional terms. An elected member, other

17  than the commissioner or his or her designee, may serve a

18  maximum of 6 consecutive years in the representative assembly.

19         (g)  A quorum of the representative assembly consists

20  of one more than half of its members.

21         (h)  The authority of the representative assembly is

22  limited to its sole duty, which is to consider, adopt, or

23  reject any proposed amendments to the organization's bylaws.

24         (i)  The representative assembly shall meet as a body

25  annually. A two-thirds majority of the votes cast by members

26  present is required for passage of any proposal.

27         (6)  PUBLIC LIAISON ADVISORY COMMITTEE.--

28         (a)  The organization shall establish, sustain, fund,

29  and provide staff support to a public liaison advisory

30  committee composed of the following:

31         1.  The commissioner or his or her designee.


                                 685

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  A member public school principal.

  2         3.  A member private school principal.

  3         4.  A member school principal who is a member of a

  4  racial minority.

  5         5.  An active athletic director.

  6         6.  An active coach, who is employed full time by a

  7  member school.

  8         7.  A student athlete.

  9         8.  A district school superintendent.

10         9.  A district school board member.

11         10.  A member of the Florida House of Representatives.

12         11.  A member of the Florida Senate.

13         12.  A parent of a high school student.

14         13.  A member of a home education association.

15         14.  A representative of the business community.

16         15.  A representative of the news media.

17         (b)  No member of the board of directors, committee on

18  appeals, or representative assembly is eligible to serve on

19  the public liaison advisory committee.

20         (c)  The public liaison advisory committee shall elect

21  a chairperson and vice chairperson from among its members.

22         (d)  The authority and duties of the public liaison

23  advisory committee are as follows:

24         1.  To act as a conduit through which the general

25  public may have input into the decisionmaking process of the

26  organization and to assist the organization in the development

27  of procedures regarding the receipt of public input and

28  disposition of complaints related to high school athletic and

29  competition programs.

30         2.  To conduct public hearings annually in each of the

31  four administrative regions during which interested parties


                                 686

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may address issues regarding the effectiveness of the rules,

  2  operation, and management of the organization.

  3         3.  To conduct an annual evaluation of the organization

  4  as a whole and present a report of its findings, conclusion,

  5  and recommendations to the board of directors, to the

  6  commissioner, and to the respective education committees of

  7  the Florida Senate and the Florida House of Representatives.

  8  The recommendations must delineate policies and procedures

  9  that will improve the implementation and oversight of high

10  school athletic programs by the organization.

11         (e)  The public liaison advisory committee shall meet

12  four times annually. Additional meetings may be called by the

13  committee chairperson, the organization president, or the

14  organization commissioner.

15         (7)  APPEALS.--

16         (a)  The organization shall establish a procedure of

17  due process which ensures each student the opportunity to

18  appeal an unfavorable ruling with regard to his or her

19  eligibility to compete. The initial appeal shall be made to a

20  committee on appeals within the administrative region in which

21  the student lives. The organization's bylaws shall establish

22  the number, size, and composition of the committee on appeals.

23         (b)  No member of the board of directors is eligible to

24  serve on the committee on appeals.

25         (c)  Members of the committee on appeals shall serve

26  terms of 3 years and are eligible to succeed themselves only

27  once. A member of the committee on appeals may serve a maximum

28  of 6 consecutive years. The organization's bylaws shall

29  establish a rotation of terms to ensure that a majority of the

30  members' terms do not expire concurrently.

31  


                                 687

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  The authority and duties of the committee on

  2  appeals shall be to consider requests by member schools

  3  seeking exceptions to bylaws and regulations, to hear undue

  4  hardship eligibility cases filed by member schools on behalf

  5  of student athletes, and to hear appeals filed by member

  6  schools.

  7         (e)  A student athlete or member school that receives

  8  an unfavorable ruling from a committee on appeals shall be

  9  entitled to appeal that decision to the board of directors at

10  its next regularly scheduled meeting or called meeting. The

11  board of directors shall have the authority to uphold,

12  reverse, or amend the decision of the committee on appeals. In

13  all such cases, the decision of the board of directors shall

14  be final.

15         (8)  AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.--Each member school

16  representative, the board of directors acting as a whole or as

17  members acting individually, any advisory committee acting as

18  a whole to be established by the organization, and the

19  organization's commissioner are empowered to propose

20  amendments to the bylaws. Any other individual may propose an

21  amendment by securing the sponsorship of any of the

22  aforementioned individuals or bodies. All proposed amendments

23  must be submitted directly to the representative assembly for

24  its consideration. The representative assembly, while

25  empowered to adopt, reject, or revise proposed amendments, may

26  not, in and of itself, as a body be allowed to propose any

27  amendment for its own consideration.

28         (9)  RULES ADOPTION.--The bylaws of the organization

29  shall require member schools to adopt rules for sports, which

30  have been established by a nationally recognized sanctioning

31  


                                 688

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  body, unless waived by at least a two-thirds vote of the board

  2  of directors.

  3         (10)  EXAMINATION; CRITERIA; REPORT.--The board of

  4  directors of the Florida High School Activities Association

  5  shall undertake an examination of the following:

  6         (a)  Alternative criteria for establishing

  7  administrative regions to include, but not be limited to,

  8  population.

  9         (b)  Procedures to ensure appropriate diversity in the

10  membership of the board of directors.

11         (c)  Opportunities to secure corporate financial

12  support for high school athletic programs.

13  

14  The board of directors shall submit to the commissioner, the

15  President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of

16  Representatives not later than March 1, 2003, a report on the

17  actions taken in the examination of each of the three topics

18  listed in this subsection, the findings, and the actions to be

19  taken to implement the findings and the target date for

20  implementation.

21         Section 295.  Part I.e. of chapter 1006, Florida

22  Statutes, shall be entitled "Transportation of Public K-12

23  Students" and shall consist of ss. 1006.21-1006.27.

24         Section 296.  Section 1006.21, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1006.21  Duties of district school superintendent and

27  district school board regarding transportation.--

28         (1)  The district school superintendent shall ascertain

29  which students should be transported to school or to school

30  activities, determine the most effective arrangement of

31  transportation routes to accommodate these students; recommend


                                 689

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  such routing to the district school board; recommend plans and

  2  procedures for providing facilities for the economical and

  3  safe transportation of students; recommend such rules and

  4  regulations as may be necessary and see that all rules and

  5  regulations relating to the transportation of students

  6  approved by the district school board, as well as regulations

  7  of the state board, are properly carried into effect, as

  8  prescribed in this chapter.

  9         (2)  After considering recommendations of the district

10  school superintendent, the district school board shall make

11  provision for the transportation of students to the public

12  schools or school activities they are required or expected to

13  attend; authorize transportation routes arranged efficiently

14  and economically; provide the necessary transportation

15  facilities, and, when authorized under rules of the State

16  Board of Education and if more economical to do so, provide

17  limited subsistence in lieu thereof; and adopt the necessary

18  rules and regulations to ensure safety, economy, and

19  efficiency in the operation of all buses, as prescribed in

20  this chapter.

21         (3)  District school boards, after considering

22  recommendations of the district school superintendent:

23         (a)  Shall provide transportation for each student in

24  prekindergarten disability programs and in kindergarten

25  through grade 12 membership in a public school when, and only

26  when, transportation is necessary to provide adequate

27  educational facilities and opportunities which otherwise would

28  not be available and to transport students whose homes are

29  more than a reasonable walking distance, as defined by rules

30  of the State Board of Education, from the nearest appropriate

31  school.


                                 690

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Shall provide transportation for public elementary

  2  school students in membership whose grade level does not

  3  exceed grade 6, and may provide transportation for public

  4  school students in membership in grades 7 through 12, if such

  5  students are subjected to hazardous walking conditions as

  6  provided in s. 1006.23 while en route to or from school.

  7         (c)  May provide transportation for public school

  8  migrant, exceptional, nursery, and other public school

  9  students in membership below kindergarten; kindergarten

10  through grade 12 students in membership in a public school;

11  and adult students in membership in adult career and

12  technical, basic, and high school graduation programs in a

13  public school when, and only when, transportation is necessary

14  to provide adequate educational facilities and opportunities

15  which otherwise would not be available.

16         (d)  May provide transportation for the transportation

17  disadvantaged as defined in s. 427.011 and for other

18  school-age children as provided for in s. 1006.261.

19         (e)  Shall provide necessary transportation to pregnant

20  students or student parents, and the children of those

21  students, when the district school board operates a teenage

22  parent program pursuant to s. 1003.54.

23         (f)  May provide transportation for other persons to

24  events or activities in which the district school board or

25  school has agreed to participate or cosponsor. The district

26  school board shall adopt a policy to address liability for

27  trips pursuant to this paragraph.

28         (g)  May provide transportation for welfare transition

29  program participants as defined in s. 414.0252.

30         (4)  In each case in which transportation of students

31  is impracticable in the opinion of the district school board,


                                 691

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the district school board may take steps for making available

  2  educational facilities as are authorized by law or rule of the

  3  State Board of Education and as, in the opinion of the

  4  district school board, are practical.

  5         Section 297.  Section 1006.22, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1006.22  Safety and health of students being

  8  transported.--Maximum regard for safety and adequate

  9  protection of health are primary requirements that must be

10  observed by district school boards in routing buses,

11  appointing drivers, and providing and operating equipment, in

12  accordance with all requirements of law and rules of the State

13  Board of Education in providing transportation pursuant to s.

14  1006.21:

15         (1)  District school boards shall use school buses, as

16  defined in s. 1006.25, for all regular transportation. Regular

17  transportation or regular use means transportation of students

18  to and from school or school-related activities that are part

19  of a scheduled series or sequence of events to the same

20  location. "Students" means, for the purposes of this section,

21  students enrolled in the public schools in prekindergarten

22  disability programs and in kindergarten through grade 12.

23  District school boards may regularly use motor vehicles other

24  than school buses only under the following conditions:

25         (a)  When the transportation is for physically

26  handicapped or isolated students and the district school board

27  has elected to provide for the transportation of the student

28  through written or oral contracts or agreements.

29         (b)  When the transportation is a part of a

30  comprehensive contract for a specialized educational program

31  


                                 692

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  between a district school board and a service provider who

  2  provides instruction, transportation, and other services.

  3         (c)  When the transportation is provided through a

  4  public transit system.

  5         (d)  When the transportation of students is necessary

  6  or practical in a motor vehicle owned or operated by a

  7  district school board other than a school bus, such

  8  transportation must be provided in designated seating

  9  positions in a passenger car not to exceed 8 students or in a

10  multipurpose passenger vehicle designed to transport 10 or

11  fewer persons which meets all applicable federal motor vehicle

12  safety standards. Multipurpose passenger vehicles classified

13  as utility vehicles with a wheelbase of 110 inches or less

14  which are required by federal motor vehicle standards to

15  display a rollover warning label may not be used.

16  

17  When students are transported in motor vehicles, the occupant

18  crash protection system provided by the vehicle manufacturer

19  must be used unless the student's physical condition prohibits

20  such use.

21         (2)  Except as provided in subsection (1), district

22  school boards may authorize the transportation of students in

23  privately owned motor vehicles on a case-by-case basis only in

24  the following circumstances:

25         (a)  When a student is ill or injured and must be taken

26  home or to a medical treatment facility under nonemergency

27  circumstances; and

28         1.  The school has been unable to contact the student's

29  parent or the parent or responsible adult designated by the

30  parent is not available to provide the transportation;

31  


                                 693

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Proper adult supervision of the student is

  2  available at the location to which the student is being

  3  transported;

  4         3.  The transportation is approved by the school

  5  principal, or a school administrator designated by the

  6  principal to grant or deny such approval, or in the absence of

  7  the principal and designee, by the highest ranking school

  8  administrator or teacher available under the circumstances;

  9  and

10         4.  If the school has been unable to contact the parent

11  prior to the transportation, the school shall continue to seek

12  to contact the parent until the school is able to notify the

13  parent of the transportation and the pertinent circumstances.

14         (b)  When the transportation is in connection with a

15  school function or event regarding which the district school

16  board or school has undertaken to participate or to sponsor or

17  provide the participation of students; and

18         1.  The function or event is a single event that is not

19  part of a scheduled series or sequence of events to the same

20  location, such as, but not limited to, a field trip, a

21  recreational outing, an interscholastic competition or

22  cooperative event, an event connected with an extracurricular

23  activity offered by the school, or an event connected to an

24  educational program, such as, but not limited to, a job

25  interview as part of a cooperative education program;

26         2.  Transportation is not available, as a practical

27  matter, using a school bus or school district passenger car;

28  and

29         3.  Each student's parent is notified, in writing,

30  regarding the transportation arrangement and gives written

31  


                                 694

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  consent before a student is transported in a privately owned

  2  motor vehicle.

  3         (c)  When a district school board requires employees

  4  such as school social workers and attendance officers to use

  5  their own motor vehicles to perform duties of employment, and

  6  such duties include the occasional transportation of students.

  7         (3)  When approval is granted for the transportation of

  8  students in a privately owned vehicle, the provisions of s.

  9  1006.24 regarding liability for tort claims are applicable.

10  District school board employees who provide approved

11  transportation in privately owned vehicles are acting within

12  the scope of their employment. Parents or other responsible

13  adults who provide approved transportation in privately owned

14  vehicles have the same exposure to, and protections from,

15  risks of personal liability as do district school board

16  employees acting within the scope of their employment.

17         (4)  Each district school board may establish policies

18  that restrict the use of privately owned motor vehicles to

19  circumstances that are more limited than are described in this

20  section or that prohibit such use. Each district school board

21  may establish written policies that provide for more extensive

22  requirements for approval, parental notification and consent

23  procedures, insurance coverage, driver qualifications, or a

24  combination of these.

25         (5)  When transportation is authorized in privately

26  owned vehicles, students may be transported only in designated

27  seating positions and must use the occupant crash protection

28  system provided by the vehicle manufacturer.

29         (6)  District school boards may contract with a common

30  carrier to transport students to and from in-season and

31  postseason athletic contests and to and from a school function


                                 695

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or event in which the district school board or a school has

  2  undertaken to participate or to provide for or sponsor the

  3  participation of students.

  4         (7)  Transportation for adult students may be provided

  5  by any appropriate means as authorized by the district school

  6  board when the transportation is accepted as a responsibility

  7  by the district school board as provided in s. 1006.21.

  8         (8)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this

  9  section, in an emergency situation that constitutes an

10  imminent threat to student health or safety, school personnel

11  may take whatever action is necessary under the circumstances

12  to protect student health and safety.

13         (9)  Except as provided in s. 1006.261, transportation

14  is not the responsibility of the district school board in

15  connection with any event or activity that is not an event or

16  activity offered by the district school board or an event or

17  an activity in which the district school board or school has

18  agreed to participate, cosponsor, or require the participation

19  of students, and the district school board has no liability

20  for transportation arranged and provided by parents or other

21  parties to such events or activities.

22         (10)  Each district school board shall designate and

23  adopt a specific plan for adequate examination, maintenance,

24  and repair of transportation equipment. Examination of the

25  mechanical and safety condition of each school bus must be

26  made as required pursuant to rule of the State Board of

27  Education. The State Board of Education shall base the rule on

28  student safety considerations.

29         (11)  The district school superintendent shall notify

30  the district school board of any school bus that does not meet

31  all requirements of law and rules of the State Board of


                                 696

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education, and the district school board shall, if the school

  2  bus is in an unsafe condition, withdraw it from use as a

  3  school bus until the bus meets the requirements. The

  4  department may inspect or have inspected any school bus to

  5  determine whether the bus meets requirements of law and rules

  6  of the State Board of Education. The department may, after due

  7  notice to a district school board that any school bus does not

  8  meet certain requirements of law and rules of the State Board

  9  of Education, rule that the bus must be withdrawn from use as

10  a school bus, this ruling to be effective immediately or upon

11  a date specified in the ruling, whereupon the district school

12  board shall withdraw the school bus from use as a school bus

13  until it meets requirements of law and rules of the State

14  Board of Education and until the department has officially

15  revoked the pertinent ruling. Notwithstanding any other

16  provisions of this chapter, general purpose urban transit

17  systems are declared qualified to transport students to and

18  from school.

19         (12)(a)  The routing and scheduling of school buses

20  must be planned to eliminate the necessity for students to

21  stand while a school bus is in motion. When circumstances of

22  an emergency nature, as defined by written district school

23  board policy, temporarily require transporting students on

24  school buses in excess of the rated seating capacity, the

25  buses must proceed at a reduced rate of speed to maximize

26  safety of the students, taking into account existing traffic

27  conditions. Each district school board is responsible for

28  prompt relief of the emergency condition by providing

29  additional equipment, bus rerouting, bus rescheduling, or

30  other appropriate remedial action, and must maintain written

31  district school board policies to address such situations.


                                 697

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Each district school board, after considering

  2  recommendations from the district school superintendent, shall

  3  designate, by map or otherwise, or shall provide by district

  4  school board rule for the designation of, nontransportation

  5  zones that are composed of all areas in the school district

  6  from which it is unnecessary or impracticable to furnish

  7  transportation. Nontransportation zones must be designated

  8  annually before the opening of school and the designation of

  9  bus routes for the succeeding school year. Each district

10  school board, after considering recommendations from the

11  district school superintendent, shall specifically designate,

12  or shall provide by district school board rule for the

13  designation of, specific routes to be traveled regularly by

14  school buses, and each route must meet the requirements

15  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education.

16         (c)  Each district school board shall establish school

17  bus stops, or provide by district school board rule for the

18  establishment of school bus stops, as necessary at the most

19  reasonably safe locations available. Where unusual traffic

20  hazards exist at school bus stops on roads maintained by the

21  state outside of municipalities, the Department of

22  Transportation, in concurrence and cooperation with and upon

23  request of the district school board, shall place signs at

24  such bus stops warning motorists of the location of the stops.

25         (13)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules to

26  implement this section as are necessary or desirable in the

27  interest of student health and safety.

28         Section 298.  Section 1006.23, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1006.23  Hazardous walking conditions.--

31  


                                 698

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  DEFINITION.--As used in this section, "student"

  2  means any public elementary school student whose grade level

  3  does not exceed grade 6.

  4         (2)  TRANSPORTATION; CORRECTION OF HAZARDS.--

  5         (a)  It is intended that district school boards and

  6  other governmental entities work cooperatively to identify

  7  conditions that are hazardous along student walking routes to

  8  school and that district school boards provide transportation

  9  to students who would be subjected to such conditions. It is

10  further intended that state or local governmental entities

11  having jurisdiction correct such hazardous conditions within a

12  reasonable period of time.

13         (b)  Upon a determination pursuant to this section that

14  a condition is hazardous to students, the district school

15  board shall request a determination from the state or local

16  governmental entity having jurisdiction regarding whether the

17  hazard will be corrected and, if so, regarding a projected

18  completion date. State funds shall be allocated for the

19  transportation of students subjected to such hazards, provided

20  that such funding shall cease upon correction of the hazard or

21  upon the projected completion date, whichever occurs first.

22         (3)  IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS.--When a

23  request for review is made to the district school

24  superintendent or the district school superintendent's

25  designee concerning a condition perceived to be hazardous to

26  students in that district who live within the 2-mile limit and

27  who walk to school, such condition shall be inspected by a

28  representative of the school district and a representative of

29  the state or local governmental entity that has jurisdiction

30  over the perceived hazardous location. The district school

31  superintendent or his or her designee and the state or local


                                 699

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  governmental entity or its representative shall then make a

  2  final determination that is mutually agreed upon regarding

  3  whether the hazardous condition meets the state criteria

  4  pursuant to this section. The district school superintendent

  5  or his or her designee shall report this final determination

  6  to the department.

  7         (4)  STATE CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING HAZARDOUS WALKING

  8  CONDITIONS.--

  9         (a)  Walkways parallel to the road.--

10         1.  It shall be considered a hazardous walking

11  condition with respect to any road along which students must

12  walk in order to walk to and from school if there is not an

13  area at least 4 feet wide adjacent to the road, having a

14  surface upon which students may walk without being required to

15  walk on the road surface. In addition, whenever the road along

16  which students must walk is uncurbed and has a posted speed

17  limit of 55 miles per hour, the area as described above for

18  students to walk upon shall be set off the road by no less

19  than 3 feet from the edge of the road.

20         2.  The provisions of subparagraph 1. do not apply when

21  the road along which students must walk:

22         a.  Is in a residential area which has little or no

23  transient traffic;

24         b.  Is a road on which the volume of traffic is less

25  than 180 vehicles per hour, per direction, during the time

26  students walk to and from school; or

27         c.  Is located in a residential area and has a posted

28  speed limit of 30 miles per hour or less.

29         (b)  Walkways perpendicular to the road.--It shall be

30  considered a hazardous walking condition with respect to any

31  


                                 700

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  road across which students must walk in order to walk to and

  2  from school:

  3         1.  If the traffic volume on the road exceeds the rate

  4  of 360 vehicles per hour, per direction (including all lanes),

  5  during the time students walk to and from school and if the

  6  crossing site is uncontrolled. For purposes of this

  7  subsection, an "uncontrolled crossing site" is an intersection

  8  or other designated crossing site where no crossing guard,

  9  traffic enforcement officer, or stop sign or other traffic

10  control signal is present during the times students walk to

11  and from school.

12         2.  If the total traffic volume on the road exceeds

13  4,000 vehicles per hour through an intersection or other

14  crossing site controlled by a stop sign or other traffic

15  control signal, unless crossing guards or other traffic

16  enforcement officers are also present during the times

17  students walk to and from school.

18  

19  Traffic volume shall be determined by the most current traffic

20  engineering study conducted by a state or local governmental

21  agency.

22         Section 299.  Section 1006.24, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1006.24  Tort liability; liability insurance.--

25         (1)  Each district school board shall be liable for

26  tort claims arising out of any incident or occurrence

27  involving a school bus or other motor vehicle owned,

28  maintained, operated, or used by the district school board to

29  transport persons, to the same extent and in the same manner

30  as the state or any of its agencies or subdivisions is liable

31  for tort claims under s. 768.28, except that the total


                                 701

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  liability to persons being transported for all claims or

  2  judgments of such persons arising out of the same incident or

  3  occurrence shall not exceed an amount equal to $5,000

  4  multiplied by the rated seating capacity of the school bus or

  5  other vehicle, as determined by rules of the State Board of

  6  Education, or $100,000, whichever is greater. The provisions

  7  of s. 768.28 apply to all claims or actions brought against

  8  district school boards, as authorized in this subsection.

  9         (2)  Each district school board may secure and keep in

10  force a medical payments plan or medical payments insurance on

11  school buses and other vehicles. If a medical payments plan or

12  insurance is provided, it shall be carried in a sum of no less

13  than $500 per person.

14         (3)  Expenses, costs, or premiums to protect against

15  liability for torts as provided in this section may be paid

16  from any available funds of the district school board.

17         (4)  If vehicles used in transportation are not owned

18  by the district school board, the district school board may

19  require owners of such vehicles to show evidence of adequate

20  insurance during the time that such vehicles are in the

21  services of the district school board.

22         Section 300.  Section 1006.25, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1006.25  School buses.--School buses shall be defined

25  and meet specifications as follows:

26         (1)  DEFINITION.--For the purpose of this part, a

27  "school bus" is a motor vehicle regularly used for the

28  transportation of prekindergarten disability program and

29  kindergarten through grade 12 students of the public schools

30  to and from school or to and from school activities, and

31  


                                 702

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  owned, operated, rented, contracted, or leased by any district

  2  school board, except:

  3         (a)  Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,

  4  and trucks as defined in 49 C.F.R. part 571.

  5         (b)  Motor vehicles subject to, and meeting all

  6  requirements of, the United States Department of

  7  Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations under

  8  Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations and operated by carriers

  9  operating under the jurisdiction of these regulations but not

10  used exclusively for the transportation of public school

11  students.

12         (2)  SPECIFICATIONS.--Each school bus as defined in 49

13  C.F.R. part 571 and subsection (1) that is rented, leased,

14  purchased, or contracted for must meet the applicable federal

15  motor vehicle safety standards and other specifications as

16  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education.

17         (3)  STANDARDS FOR LEASED VEHICLES.--A motor vehicle

18  owned and operated by a county or municipal transit authority

19  that is leased by the district school board for transportation

20  of public school students must meet such standards as the

21  State Board of Education establishes by rule. A school bus

22  authorized by a district school board to carry passengers

23  other than school students must have the words "School Bus"

24  and any other signs and insignia that mark or designate it as

25  a school bus covered, removed, or otherwise concealed while

26  such passengers are being transported.

27         (4)  OCCUPANT PROTECTION SYSTEMS.--Students may be

28  transported only in designated seating positions, except as

29  provided in s. 1006.22(12), and must use the occupant crash

30  protection system provided by the manufacturer, which system

31  


                                 703

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  must comply with the requirements of 49 C.F.R. part 571 or

  2  with specifications of the State Board of Education.

  3         Section 301.  Section 1006.261, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1006.261  Use of school buses for public purposes.--

  6         (1)(a)  Each district school board may enter into

  7  agreements with the governing body of a county or municipality

  8  in the school district or any state agency or agencies

  9  established or identified to assist the transportation

10  disadvantaged, as defined in s. 427.011, including the

11  elderly, pursuant to Pub. L. No. 89-73, as amended, for the

12  use of the school buses of the school district by departments,

13  boards, commissions, or officers of such county or

14  municipality or of the state for county, municipal, or state

15  purposes, including transportation of the transportation

16  disadvantaged. Each such agreement shall provide for

17  reimbursement of the district school board, in full or in

18  part, for the proportionate share of fixed and operating costs

19  incurred by the district school board attributable to the use

20  of the buses pursuant to the agreement.

21         (b)  Each district school board may enter into

22  agreements with regional workforce boards for the provision of

23  transportation services to participants in the welfare

24  transition program. Agreements must provide for reimbursement

25  in full or in part for the proportionate share of fixed and

26  operating costs incurred by the district school board

27  attributable to the use of buses in accordance with the

28  agreement.

29         (c)  Each district school board may enter into

30  agreements with nonprofit corporations and nonprofit civic

31  associations and groups to allow the use of school buses to


                                 704

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  transport school-age children for activities sponsored by such

  2  associations and groups, including, but not limited to, the

  3  Girl Scouts, the Boy Scouts, 4-H Clubs, the Y.M.C.A., and

  4  similar groups. The use of school buses for these activities

  5  shall be pursuant to rules adopted by the district school

  6  board and with compensation to the district school board at

  7  least equal to the costs incurred by the board for such use.

  8         (2)(a)  The governing body or state agency or agencies

  9  established or identified pursuant to Pub. L. No. 89-73, or

10  the nonprofit corporation or nonprofit civic organization or

11  group, or an agency established or identified to assist the

12  transportation disadvantaged as defined in s. 427.011, shall

13  indemnify and hold harmless the district school board from any

14  and all liability by virtue of the use of the buses pursuant

15  to an agreement authorized by this section.

16         (b)  For purposes of liability for negligence, state

17  agencies or subdivisions as defined in s. 768.28(2) shall be

18  covered by s. 768.28.  Every other corporation or organization

19  shall provide liability insurance coverage in the minimum

20  amounts of $100,000 on any claim or judgment and $200,000 on

21  all claims and judgments arising from the same incident or

22  occurrence.

23         (3)  When the buses are used for nonschool purposes

24  other than the transportation of the transportation

25  disadvantaged, the flashing red lights and white strobe lights

26  shall not be used, and the "School Bus" inscriptions on the

27  front and rear of the buses shall be covered or concealed.

28         Section 302.  Section 1006.27, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30  

31  


                                 705

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1006.27  Pooling of school buses and related purchases

  2  by district school boards; transportation services

  3  contracts.--

  4         (1)  The department shall assist district school boards

  5  in securing school buses, contractual needs, equipment, and

  6  supplies at as reasonable prices as possible by providing a

  7  plan under which district school boards may voluntarily pool

  8  their bids for such purchases. The department shall prepare

  9  bid forms and specifications, obtain quotations of prices and

10  make such information available to district school boards in

11  order to facilitate this service. District school boards from

12  time to time, as prescribed by State Board of Education rule,

13  shall furnish the department with information concerning the

14  prices paid for such items and the department shall furnish to

15  district school boards periodic information concerning the

16  lowest prices at which school buses, equipment, and related

17  supplies are available based upon comparable specifications.

18         (2)  If a contract between any district school board

19  and any person, business, or entity to provide the district

20  school board with school bus service for the transportation of

21  students in the district provides that the person, business,

22  or entity shall own, operate, and maintain school buses for

23  such service, the district school board may purchase the

24  number of buses needed for the district through the department

25  and sell them to the person, business, or entity as a part of

26  the contract for such service.

27         Section 303.  Part I.f. of chapter 1006, Florida

28  Statutes, shall be entitled "Instructional Materials for K-12

29  Public Education" and shall consist of ss. 1006.28-1006.43.

30         Section 304.  Section 1006.28, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 706

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1006.28  Duties of district school board, district

  2  school superintendent; and school principal regarding K-12

  3  instructional materials.--

  4         (1)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD.--The district school board

  5  has the duty to provide adequate instructional materials for

  6  all students in accordance with the requirements of this part.

  7  The term "adequate instructional materials" means a sufficient

  8  number of textbooks or sets of materials serving as the basis

  9  for instruction for each student in the core courses of

10  mathematics, language arts, social studies, science, reading,

11  and literature, except for instruction for which the school

12  advisory council approves the use of a program that does not

13  include a textbook as a major tool of instruction. The

14  district school board has the following specific duties:

15         (a)  Courses of study; adoption.--Adopt courses of

16  study for use in the schools of the district.

17         (b)  Textbooks.--Provide for proper requisitioning,

18  distribution, accounting, storage, care, and use of all

19  instructional materials furnished by the state and furnish

20  such other instructional materials as may be needed. The

21  district school board shall assure that instructional

22  materials used in the district are consistent with the

23  district goals and objectives and the curriculum frameworks

24  adopted by rule of the State Board of Education, as well as

25  with the state and district performance standards provided for

26  in s. 1001.03(1).

27         (c)  Other instructional materials.--Provide such other

28  teaching accessories and aids as are needed for the school

29  district's educational program.

30         (d)  School library media services; establishment and

31  maintenance.--Establish and maintain a program of school


                                 707

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  library media services for all public schools in the district,

  2  including school library media centers, or school library

  3  media centers open to the public, and, in addition such

  4  traveling or circulating libraries as may be needed for the

  5  proper operation of the district school system.

  6         (2)  DISTRICT SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT.--

  7         (a)  The district school superintendent has the duty to

  8  recommend such plans for improving, providing, distributing,

  9  accounting for, and caring for textbooks and other

10  instructional aids as will result in general improvement of

11  the district school system, as prescribed in this part, in

12  accordance with adopted district school board rules

13  prescribing the duties and responsibilities of the district

14  school superintendent regarding the requisition, purchase,

15  receipt, storage, distribution, use, conservation, records,

16  and reports of, and management practices and property

17  accountability concerning, instructional materials, and

18  providing for an evaluation of any instructional materials to

19  be requisitioned that have not been used previously in the

20  district's schools. The district school superintendent must

21  keep adequate records and accounts for all financial

22  transactions for funds collected pursuant to subsection (3),

23  as a component of the educational service delivery scope in a

24  school district best financial management practices review

25  under s. 1008.35.

26         (b)  Each district school superintendent shall notify

27  the department by April 1 of each year the state-adopted

28  instructional materials that will be requisitioned for use in

29  his or her school district. The notification shall include a

30  district school board plan for instructional materials use to

31  


                                 708

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assist in determining if adequate instructional materials have

  2  been requisitioned.

  3         (3)  SCHOOL PRINCIPAL.--The school principal has the

  4  following duties for the management and care of instructional

  5  materials at the school:

  6         (a)  Proper use of instructional materials.--The

  7  principal shall assure that instructional materials are used

  8  to provide instruction to students enrolled at the grade level

  9  or levels for which the materials are designed, pursuant to

10  adopted district school board rule. The school principal shall

11  communicate to parents the manner in which instructional

12  materials are used to implement the curricular objectives of

13  the school.

14         (b)  Money collected for lost or damaged books;

15  enforcement.--The school principal shall collect from each

16  student or the student's parent the purchase price of any

17  instructional material the student has lost, destroyed, or

18  unnecessarily damaged and to report and transmit the money

19  collected to the district school superintendent. If

20  instructional materials lost, destroyed, or damaged have been

21  in school use for more than 1 year, a sum ranging between 50

22  and 75 percent of the purchase price of the book shall be

23  collected, determined by the physical condition of the book.

24  The failure to collect such sum upon reasonable effort by the

25  school principal may result in the suspension of the student

26  from participation in extracurricular activities or

27  satisfaction of the debt by the student through community

28  service activities at the school site as determined by the

29  school principal, pursuant to policies adopted by district

30  school board rule.

31  


                                 709

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Sale of instructional materials.--The school

  2  principal, upon request of the parent of a student in the

  3  school, shall sell to the parent any instructional materials

  4  used in the school. All such sales shall be made pursuant to

  5  rule adopted by the district school board, and the principal

  6  shall annually provide information to parents that they may

  7  purchase instructional materials and how to purchase the

  8  materials.

  9         (d)  Disposition of funds.--All money collected from

10  the sale, exchange, loss, or damage of instructional materials

11  shall be transmitted to the district school superintendent to

12  be deposited in the district school board fund and added to

13  the district appropriation for instructional materials.

14         (e)  Accounting for textbooks.--Principals shall see

15  that all books are fully and properly accounted for as

16  prescribed by adopted rules of the district school board.

17         Section 305.  Section 1006.29, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1006.29  State instructional materials committees.--

20         (1)  Each school year, not later than April 15, the

21  commissioner shall appoint state instructional materials

22  committees composed of persons actively engaged in teaching or

23  in the supervision of teaching in the public elementary,

24  middle, or high schools and representing the major fields and

25  levels in which instructional materials are used in the public

26  schools and, in addition, lay citizens not professionally

27  connected with education.  Committee members shall receive

28  training pursuant to subsection (5) in competencies related to

29  the evaluation and selection of instructional materials.

30         (a)  There shall be ten or more members on each

31  committee: At least 50 percent of the members shall be


                                 710

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  classroom teachers who are certified in an area directly

  2  related to the academic area or level being considered for

  3  adoption, two shall be laypersons, one shall be a district

  4  school board member, and two shall be supervisors of teachers.

  5  The committee must have the capacity or expertise to address

  6  the broad racial, ethnic, socioeconomic, and cultural

  7  diversity of the state's student population.  Personnel

  8  selected as teachers of the year at the school, district,

  9  regional, or state level are encouraged to serve on

10  instructional materials committees.

11         (b)  The membership of each committee must reflect the

12  broad racial, ethnic, socioeconomic, and cultural diversity of

13  the state, including a balanced representation from the

14  state's geographic regions.

15         (c)  The commissioner shall determine annually the

16  areas in which instructional materials shall be submitted for

17  adoption, taking into consideration the desires of the

18  district school boards. The commissioner shall also determine

19  the number of titles to be adopted in each area.

20         (2)(a)  All appointments shall be as prescribed in this

21  section.  No member shall serve more than two consecutive

22  terms on any committee.  All appointments shall be for

23  18-month terms.  All vacancies shall be filled in the manner

24  of the original appointment for only the time remaining in the

25  unexpired term. At no time may a district school board have

26  more than one representative on a committee. The commissioner

27  and a member of the department whom he or she shall designate

28  shall be additional and ex officio members of each committee.

29         (b)  The names and mailing addresses of the members of

30  the state instructional materials committees shall be made

31  public when appointments are made.


                                 711

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The district school board shall be reimbursed for

  2  the actual cost of substitute teachers for each workday that a

  3  member of its instructional staff is absent from his or her

  4  assigned duties for the purpose of rendering service to the

  5  state instructional materials committee.  In addition,

  6  committee members shall be reimbursed for travel expenses and

  7  per diem in accordance with s. 112.061 for actual service in

  8  meetings of committees called by the commissioner. Payment of

  9  such travel expenses shall be made by the Treasurer from the

10  appropriation for the administration of the instructional

11  materials program, on warrants to be drawn by the Comptroller

12  upon requisition approved by the commissioner.

13         (d)  Any member of a committee may be removed by the

14  commissioner for cause.

15         (3)  All references in the law to the state

16  instructional materials committee shall apply to each

17  committee created by this section.

18         (4)  For purposes of state adoption, "instructional

19  materials" means items having intellectual content that by

20  design serve as a major tool for assisting in the instruction

21  of a subject or course. These items may be available in bound,

22  unbound, kit, or package form and may consist of hardbacked or

23  softbacked textbooks, consumables, learning laboratories,

24  manipulatives, electronic media, and computer courseware or

25  software. The term does not include electronic or computer

26  hardware even if such hardware is bundled with software or

27  other electronic media, nor does it include equipment or

28  supplies.

29         (5)  The department shall develop a training program

30  for persons selected to serve on state instructional materials

31  committees.  The program shall be structured to assist


                                 712

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  committee members in developing the skills necessary to make

  2  valid, culturally sensitive, and objective decisions regarding

  3  the content and rigor of instructional materials.  All persons

  4  serving on instructional materials committees must complete

  5  the training program prior to beginning the review and

  6  selection process.

  7         Section 306.  Section 1006.30, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1006.30  Affidavit of state instructional materials

10  committee members.--Before transacting any business, each

11  member of a state committee shall make an affidavit, to be

12  filed with the commissioner, that:

13         (1)  The member will faithfully discharge the duties

14  imposed upon him or her as a member of the committee.

15         (2)  The member has no interest, and while a member of

16  the committee he or she will assume no interest, in any

17  publishing or manufacturing organization which produces or

18  sells instructional materials.

19         (3)  The member is in no way connected, and while a

20  member of the committee he or she will assume no connection,

21  with the distribution of the instructional materials.

22         (4)  The member is not pecuniarily interested, and

23  while a member of the committee he or she will assume no

24  pecuniary interest, directly or indirectly, in the business or

25  profits of any person engaged in manufacturing, publishing, or

26  selling instructional materials designed for use in the public

27  schools.

28         (5)  The member will not accept any emolument or

29  promise of future reward of any kind from any publisher or

30  manufacturer of instructional materials or his or her agent or

31  


                                 713

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  anyone interested in, or intending to bias his or her judgment

  2  in any way in, the selection of any materials to be adopted.

  3         (6)  It is unlawful for any member of a state

  4  instructional materials committee to discuss matters relating

  5  to instructional materials submitted for adoption with any

  6  agent of a publisher or manufacturer of instructional

  7  materials, either directly or indirectly, except during the

  8  period when the committee has been called into session for the

  9  purpose of evaluating instructional materials submitted for

10  adoption.  Such discussions shall be limited to official

11  meetings of the committee and in accordance with procedures

12  prescribed by the commissioner for that purpose.

13         Section 307.  Section 1006.31, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1006.31  Duties of each state instructional materials

16  committee.--The duties of each state instructional materials

17  committee are:

18         (1)  PLACE AND TIME OF MEETING.--To meet at the call of

19  the commissioner, at a place in the state designated by him or

20  her, for the purpose of evaluating and recommending

21  instructional materials for adoption by the state. All

22  meetings of state instructional materials committees shall be

23  announced publicly in the Florida Administrative Weekly at

24  least 2 weeks prior to the date of convening. All meetings of

25  the committees shall be open to the public.

26         (2)  ORGANIZATION.--To elect a chair and vice chair for

27  each adoption.  An employee of the department shall serve as

28  secretary to the committee and keep an accurate record of its

29  proceedings.  All records of committee motions and votes, and

30  summaries of committee debate shall be incorporated into a

31  


                                 714

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  publishable document and shall be available for public

  2  inspection and duplication.

  3         (3)  PROCEDURES.--To adhere to procedures prescribed by

  4  the commissioner for evaluating instructional materials

  5  submitted by publishers and manufacturers in each adoption.

  6         (4)  EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS.--To

  7  evaluate carefully all instructional materials submitted, to

  8  ascertain which instructional materials, if any, submitted for

  9  consideration best implement the selection criteria developed

10  by the commissioner and those curricular objectives included

11  within applicable performance standards provided for in s.

12  1001.03(1).

13         (a)  When recommending instructional materials for use

14  in the schools, each committee shall include only

15  instructional materials that accurately portray the ethnic,

16  socioeconomic, cultural, and racial diversity of our society,

17  including men and women in professional, career and technical,

18  and executive roles, and the role and contributions of the

19  entrepreneur and labor in the total development of this state

20  and the United States.

21         (b)  When recommending instructional materials for use

22  in the schools, each committee shall include only materials

23  which accurately portray, whenever appropriate, humankind's

24  place in ecological systems, including the necessity for the

25  protection of our environment and conservation of our natural

26  resources and the effects on the human system of the use of

27  tobacco, alcohol, controlled substances, and other dangerous

28  substances.

29         (c)  When recommending instructional materials for use

30  in the schools, each committee shall require such materials as

31  


                                 715

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  it deems necessary and proper to encourage thrift, fire

  2  prevention, and humane treatment of people and animals.

  3         (d)  When recommending instructional materials for use

  4  in the schools, each committee shall require, when appropriate

  5  to the comprehension of students, that materials for social

  6  science, history, or civics classes contain the Declaration of

  7  Independence and the Constitution of the United States.  No

  8  instructional materials shall be recommended by any committee

  9  for use in the schools which contain any matter reflecting

10  unfairly upon persons because of their race, color, creed,

11  national origin, ancestry, gender, or occupation.

12         (e)  All instructional materials recommended by each

13  committee for use in the schools shall be, to the satisfaction

14  of each committee, accurate, objective, and current and suited

15  to the needs and comprehension of students at their respective

16  grade levels. Instructional materials committees shall

17  consider for adoption materials developed for academically

18  talented students such as those enrolled in advanced placement

19  courses.

20         (5)  REPORT OF COMMITTEE.--Each committee, after a

21  thorough study of all data submitted on each instructional

22  material, and after each member has carefully evaluated each

23  instructional material, shall present a written report to the

24  commissioner. Such report shall be made public, and shall

25  include:

26         (a)  A description of the procedures used in

27  determining the instructional materials to be recommended to

28  the commissioner.

29         (b)  Recommendations of instructional materials for

30  each grade and subject field in the curriculum of public

31  elementary, middle, and high schools in which adoptions are to


                                 716

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be made. If deemed advisable, the committee may include such

  2  other information, expression of opinion, or recommendation as

  3  would be helpful to the commissioner.  If there is a

  4  difference of opinion among the members of the committee as to

  5  the merits of any instructional materials, any member may file

  6  an expression of his or her individual opinion.

  7  

  8  The findings of the committees, including the evaluation of

  9  instructional materials, shall be in sessions open to the

10  public.  All decisions leading to determinations of the

11  committees shall be by roll call vote, and at no time will a

12  secret ballot be permitted.

13         Section 308.  Section 1006.32, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1006.32  Prohibited acts.--

16         (1)  No publisher or manufacturer of instructional

17  material, or any representative thereof, shall offer to give

18  any emolument, money, or other valuable thing, or any

19  inducement, to any district school board official or member of

20  a state-level instructional materials committee to directly or

21  indirectly introduce, recommend, vote for, or otherwise

22  influence the adoption or purchase of any instructional

23  materials.

24         (2)  No district school board official or member of a

25  state instructional materials committee shall solicit or

26  accept any emolument, money, or other valuable thing, or any

27  inducement, to directly or indirectly introduce, recommend,

28  vote for, or otherwise influence the adoption or purchase of

29  any instructional material.

30         (3)  No district school board or publisher may

31  participate in a pilot program of materials being considered


                                 717

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for adoption during the 18-month period before the official

  2  adoption of the materials by the commissioner. Any pilot

  3  program during the first 2 years of the adoption period must

  4  have the prior approval of the commissioner.

  5         (4)  Any publisher or manufacturer of instructional

  6  materials or representative thereof or any district school

  7  board official or state instructional materials committee

  8  member, who violates any provision of this section commits a

  9  misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as provided in s.

10  775.082 or s. 775.083. Any representative of a publisher or

11  manufacturer who violates any provision of this section, in

12  addition to any other penalty, shall be banned from practicing

13  business in the state for a period of 1 calendar year. Any

14  district school board official or state instructional

15  materials committee member who violates any provision of this

16  section, in addition to any other penalty, shall be removed

17  from his or her official position.

18         (5)  Nothing in this section shall be construed to

19  prevent any publisher, manufacturer, or agent from supplying,

20  for purposes of examination, necessary sample copies of

21  instructional materials to any district school board official

22  or instructional materials committee member.

23         (6)  Nothing in this section shall be construed to

24  prevent a district school board official or instructional

25  materials committee member from receiving sample copies of

26  instructional materials.

27         (7)  Nothing contained in this section shall be

28  construed to prohibit or restrict a district school board

29  official from receiving royalties or other compensation, other

30  than compensation paid to him or her as commission for

31  negotiating sales to district school boards, from the


                                 718

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  publisher or manufacturer of instructional materials written,

  2  designed, or prepared by such district school board official,

  3  and adopted by the commissioner or purchased by any district

  4  school board. No district school board official shall be

  5  allowed to receive royalties on any materials not on the

  6  state-adopted list purchased for use by his or her district

  7  school board.

  8         (8)  No district school superintendent, district school

  9  board member, teacher, or other person officially connected

10  with the government or direction of public schools shall

11  receive during the months actually engaged in performing

12  duties under his or her contract any private fee, gratuity,

13  donation, or compensation, in any manner whatsoever, for

14  promoting the sale or exchange of any school book, map, or

15  chart in any public school, or be an agent for the sale or the

16  publisher of any school textbook or reference work, or be

17  directly or indirectly pecuniarily interested in the

18  introduction of any such textbook, and any such agency or

19  interest shall disqualify any person so acting or interested

20  from holding any district school board employment whatsoever,

21  and the person commits a misdemeanor of the second degree,

22  punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083; provided

23  that this subsection shall not be construed as preventing the

24  adoption of any book written in whole or in part by a Florida

25  author.

26         Section 309.  Section 1006.33, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1006.33  Bids or proposals; advertisement and its

29  contents.--

30         (1)(a)  Beginning on or before May 15 of any year in

31  which an instructional materials adoption is to be initiated,


                                 719

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the department shall advertise in the Florida Administrative

  2  Weekly 4 weeks preceding the date on which the bids shall be

  3  received, that at a certain designated time, not later than

  4  June 15, sealed bids or proposals to be deposited with the

  5  department will be received from publishers or manufacturers

  6  for the furnishing of instructional materials proposed to be

  7  adopted as listed in the advertisement beginning April 1

  8  following the adoption.

  9         (b)  The advertisement shall state that each bidder

10  shall furnish specimen copies of all instructional materials

11  submitted, at a time designated by the department, which

12  specimen copies shall be identical with the copies approved

13  and accepted by the members of the state instructional

14  materials committee, as prescribed in this section, and with

15  the copies furnished to the department and district school

16  superintendents, as provided in this part.

17         (c)  The advertisement shall state that a contract

18  covering the adoption of the instructional materials shall be

19  for a definite term.

20         (d)  The advertisement shall fix the time within which

21  the required contract must be executed and shall state that

22  the department reserves the right to reject any or all bids.

23         (e)  The advertisement shall give information as to how

24  specifications which have been adopted by the department in

25  regard to paper, binding, cover boards, and mechanical makeup

26  can be secured. In adopting specifications, the department

27  shall make an exception for instructional materials that are

28  college-level texts and that do not meet department physical

29  specifications for secondary materials, if the publisher

30  guarantees replacement during the term of the contract.

31  


                                 720

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The bids submitted shall be for furnishing the

  2  designated materials in accordance with specifications of the

  3  department. The bid shall state the lowest wholesale price at

  4  which the materials will be furnished, at the time the

  5  adoption period provided in the contract begins, delivered

  6  f.o.b. to the Florida depository of the publisher,

  7  manufacturer, or bidder.

  8         (3)  The department shall require each publisher or

  9  manufacturer of instructional materials who submits a bid

10  under this part to deposit with the department such sum of

11  money or certified check as may be determined by the

12  department, the amount to be not less than $500 and not more

13  than $2,500, according to the number of instructional

14  materials covered by the bid, which deposit shall be forfeited

15  to the state and placed in the General Revenue Fund if the

16  bidder making the deposit fails or refuses to execute the

17  contract and bond within 30 days after receipt of the contract

18  in case his or her bid or proposal is accepted. The

19  commissioner shall, upon determining that the deposit is

20  correct and proper, transmit the deposit to the Treasurer, who

21  shall deposit the funds for credit to the Textbook Bid Trust

22  Fund and issue his or her official receipt.

23         (4)  Specimen copies of all instructional materials

24  that have been made the bases of contracts under this part

25  shall, upon request for the purpose of public inspection, be

26  made available by the publisher to the department and the

27  district school superintendent of each district school board

28  that adopts the instructional materials from the state list

29  upon request for the purpose of public inspection.  All

30  contracts and bonds executed under this part shall be signed

31  in triplicate. One copy of each contract and an original of


                                 721

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  each bid, whether accepted or rejected, shall be preserved

  2  with the department for at least 3 years after termination of

  3  the contract.

  4         Section 310.  Section 1006.34, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1006.34  Powers and duties of the commissioner and the

  7  department in selecting and adopting instructional

  8  materials.--

  9         (1)  PROCEDURES FOR EVALUATING INSTRUCTIONAL

10  MATERIALS.--The commissioner shall prescribe the procedures by

11  which the department shall evaluate instructional materials

12  submitted by publishers and manufacturers in each adoption.

13  Included in these procedures shall be provisions which afford

14  each publisher or manufacturer or his or her representative an

15  opportunity to present to members of the state instructional

16  materials committees the merits of each instructional material

17  submitted in each adoption.

18         (2)  SELECTION AND ADOPTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL

19  MATERIALS.--

20         (a)  The department shall notify all publishers and

21  manufacturers of instructional materials who have submitted

22  bids that within 3 weeks after the deadline for receiving

23  bids, at a designated time and place, it will open the bids

24  submitted and deposited with it. At the time and place

25  designated, the bids shall be opened, read, and tabulated in

26  the presence of the bidders or their representatives.  No one

27  may revise his or her bid after the bids have been filed.

28  When all bids have been carefully considered, the commissioner

29  shall, from the list of suitable, usable, and desirable

30  instructional materials reported by the state instructional

31  materials committee, select and adopt instructional materials


                                 722

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for each grade and subject field in the curriculum of public

  2  elementary, middle, and high schools in which adoptions are

  3  made and in the subject areas designated in the advertisement.

  4  The adoption shall continue for the period specified in the

  5  advertisement, beginning on the ensuing April 1. The adoption

  6  shall not prevent the extension of a contract as provided in

  7  subsection (3). The commissioner shall always reserve the

  8  right to reject any and all bids. The commissioner may ask for

  9  new sealed bids from publishers or manufacturers whose

10  instructional materials were recommended by the state

11  instructional materials committee as suitable, usable, and

12  desirable; specify the dates for filing such bids and the date

13  on which they shall be opened; and proceed in all matters

14  regarding the opening of bids and the awarding of contracts as

15  required by this part. In all cases, bids shall be accompanied

16  by a cash deposit or certified check of from $500 to $2,500,

17  as the commissioner may direct. The department, in adopting

18  instructional materials, shall give due consideration both to

19  the prices bid for furnishing instructional materials and to

20  the report and recommendations of the state instructional

21  materials committee. When the commissioner has finished with

22  the report of the state instructional materials committee, the

23  report shall be filed and preserved with the department and

24  shall be available at all times for public inspection.

25         (b)  In the selection of instructional materials,

26  library books, and other reading material used in the public

27  school system, the standards used to determine the propriety

28  of the material shall include:

29         1.  The age of the students who normally could be

30  expected to have access to the material.

31  


                                 723

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  The educational purpose to be served by the

  2  material. In considering instructional materials for classroom

  3  use, priority shall be given to the selection of materials

  4  which encompass the state and district school board

  5  performance standards provided for in s. 1001.03(1) and which

  6  include the instructional objectives contained within the

  7  curriculum frameworks approved by rule of the State Board of

  8  Education.

  9         3.  The degree to which the material would be

10  supplemented and explained by mature classroom instruction as

11  part of a normal classroom instructional program.

12         4.  The consideration of the broad racial, ethnic,

13  socioeconomic, and cultural diversity of the students of this

14  state.

15  

16  No book or other material containing hard-core pornography or

17  otherwise prohibited by s. 847.012 shall be used or available

18  within any public school district.

19         (3)  CONTRACT WITH PUBLISHERS OR MANUFACTURERS;

20  BOND.--As soon as practicable after the commissioner has

21  adopted any instructional materials and all bidders that have

22  secured the adoption of any instructional materials have been

23  notified thereof by registered letter, the Department of Legal

24  Affairs shall prepare a contract in proper form with every

25  bidder awarded the adoption of any instructional materials.

26  Each contract shall be executed by the Governor and Secretary

27  of State under the seal of the state, one copy to be kept by

28  the contractor, one copy to be filed with the Department of

29  State, and one copy to be filed with the department. After

30  giving due consideration to comments by the district school

31  boards, the commissioner, with the agreement of the publisher,


                                 724

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may extend or shorten a contract period for a period not to

  2  exceed 2 years; and the terms of any such contract shall

  3  remain the same as in the original contract. Any publisher or

  4  manufacturer to whom any contract is let under this part must

  5  give bond in such amount as the commissioner requires, payable

  6  to the state, conditioned for the faithful, honest, and exact

  7  performance of the contract. The bond must provide for the

  8  payment of reasonable attorney's fees in case of recovery in

  9  any suit thereon. The surety on the bond must be a guaranty or

10  surety company lawfully authorized to do business in the

11  state; however, the bond shall not be exhausted by a single

12  recovery but may be sued upon from time to time until the full

13  amount thereof is recovered, and the department may at any

14  time, after giving 30 days' notice, require additional

15  security or additional bond. The form of any bond or bonds or

16  contract or contracts under this part shall be prepared and

17  approved by the Department of Legal Affairs. At the discretion

18  of the commissioner, a publisher or manufacturer to whom any

19  contract is let under this part may be allowed a cash deposit

20  in lieu of a bond, conditioned for the faithful, honest, and

21  exact performance of the contract. The cash deposit, payable

22  to the department, shall be placed in the Textbook Bid Trust

23  Fund. The department may recover damages on the cash deposit

24  given by the contractor for failure to furnish instructional

25  materials, the sum recovered to inure to the General Revenue

26  Fund.

27         (4)  REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE CONTRACT.--The

28  department may, from time to time, take any necessary actions,

29  consistent with this part, to secure the prompt and faithful

30  performance of all instructional materials contracts; and if

31  any contractor fails or refuses to furnish instructional


                                 725

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  materials as provided in this part or otherwise breaks his or

  2  her contract, the department may sue on the required bond in

  3  the name of the state, in the courts of the state having

  4  jurisdiction, and recover damages on the bond given by the

  5  contractor for failure to furnish instructional materials, the

  6  sum recovered to inure to the General Revenue Fund.

  7         (5)  RETURN OF DEPOSITS.--

  8         (a)  The successful bidder shall be notified by

  9  registered mail of the award of contract and shall, within 30

10  days after receipt of the contract, execute the proper

11  contract and post the required bond. When the bond and

12  contract have been executed, the department shall notify the

13  Comptroller and request that a warrant be issued against the

14  Textbook Bid Trust Fund payable to the successful bidder in

15  the amount deposited pursuant to this part. The Comptroller

16  shall issue and forward the warrant to the department for

17  distribution to the bidder.

18         (b)  At the same time or prior thereto, the department

19  shall inform the Comptroller of the names of the unsuccessful

20  bidders. Upon receipt of such notice, the Comptroller shall

21  issue warrants against the Textbook Bid Trust Fund payable to

22  the unsuccessful bidders in the amounts deposited pursuant to

23  this part and shall forward the warrants to the department for

24  distribution to the unsuccessful bidders.

25         (c)  One copy of each contract and an original of each

26  bid, whether accepted or rejected, shall be preserved with the

27  department for at least 3 years after the termination of the

28  contract.

29         (6)  DEPOSITS FORFEITED.--If any successful bidder

30  fails or refuses to execute contract and bond within 30 days

31  after receipt of the contract, the cash deposit shall be


                                 726

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  forfeited to the state and placed by the Treasurer in the

  2  General Revenue Fund.

  3         (7)  FORFEITURE OF CONTRACT AND BOND.--If any publisher

  4  or manufacturer of instructional materials fails or refuses to

  5  furnish a book, or books, or other instructional materials as

  6  provided in the contract, his or her bond is forfeited and the

  7  department shall make another contract on such terms as it may

  8  find desirable, after giving due consideration to the

  9  recommendations of the commissioner.

10         Section 311.  Section 1006.35, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1006.35  Accuracy of instructional materials.--

13         (1)  In addition to relying on statements of publishers

14  or manufacturers of instructional materials, the commissioner

15  may conduct or cause to be conducted an independent

16  investigation to determine the accuracy of state-adopted

17  instructional materials.

18         (2)  When errors in state-adopted materials are

19  confirmed, the publisher of the materials shall provide to

20  each district school board that has purchased the materials

21  the corrections in a format approved by the commissioner.

22         (3)  The commissioner may remove materials from the

23  list of state-adopted materials if he or she finds that the

24  content is in error and the publisher refuses to correct the

25  error when notified by the department.

26         (4)  The commissioner may remove materials from the

27  list of state-adopted materials at the request of the

28  publisher if, in his or her opinion, there is no material

29  impact on the state's education goals.

30         Section 312.  Section 1006.36, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 727

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1006.36  Term of adoption for instructional

  2  materials.--

  3         (1)  The term of adoption of any instructional

  4  materials must be a 6-year period beginning on April 1

  5  following the adoption, except that the commissioner may

  6  approve terms of adoption of less than 6 years for materials

  7  in content areas which require more frequent revision. Any

  8  contract for instructional materials may be extended as

  9  prescribed in s. 1006.34(3).

10         (2)  The department shall publish annually an official

11  schedule of subject areas to be called for adoption for each

12  of the succeeding 2 years, and a tentative schedule for years

13  3, 4, 5, and 6. If extenuating circumstances warrant, the

14  commissioner may order the department to add one or more

15  subject areas to the official schedule, in which event the

16  commissioner shall develop criteria for such additional

17  subject area or areas and make them available to publishers as

18  soon as practicable before the date on which bids are due. The

19  schedule shall be developed so as to promote balance among the

20  subject areas so that the required expenditure for new

21  instructional materials is approximately the same each year in

22  order to maintain curricular consistency.

23         Section 313.  Section 1006.37, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1006.37  Requisition of instructional materials from

26  publisher's depository.--

27         (1)  The district school superintendent shall

28  requisition adopted instructional materials from the

29  depository of the publisher with whom a contract has been

30  made. However, the superintendent shall requisition current

31  instructional materials to provide each student with a


                                 728

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  textbook or other materials as a major tool of instruction in

  2  core courses of the subject areas specified in s. 1006.40(2).

  3  These materials must be requisitioned within the first 2 years

  4  of the adoption cycle, except for instructional materials

  5  related to growth of student membership or instructional

  6  materials maintenance needs. The superintendent may

  7  requisition instructional materials in the core subject areas

  8  specified in s. 1006.40(2) that are related to growth of

  9  student membership or instructional materials maintenance

10  needs during the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th years of the original

11  contract period.

12         (2)  The district school superintendent shall verify

13  that the requisition is complete and accurate and order the

14  depository to forward to him or her the adopted instructional

15  materials shown by the requisition. The depository shall

16  prepare an invoice of the materials shipped, including

17  shipping charges, and mail it to the superintendent to whom

18  the shipment is being made. The superintendent shall pay the

19  depository within 60 days after receipt of the requisitioned

20  materials from the appropriation for the purchase of adopted

21  instructional materials.

22         Section 314.  Section 1006.38, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1006.38  Duties, responsibilities, and requirements of

25  instructional materials publishers and

26  manufacturers.--Publishers and manufacturers of instructional

27  materials, or their representatives, shall:

28         (1)  Comply with all provisions of this part.

29         (2)  Deliver fully developed specimen copies of all

30  instructional materials upon which bids are based to each

31  member of a state instructional materials committee. At the


                                 729

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  conclusion of the review process, manufacturers submitting

  2  samples of instructional materials are entitled to the return

  3  thereof, at the expense of the manufacturers; or, in the

  4  alternative, the manufacturers are entitled to reimbursement

  5  by the individual committee members for the retail value of

  6  the samples.

  7         (3)  Submit, at a time designated in s. 1006.33, the

  8  following information:

  9         (a)  Detailed specifications of the physical

10  characteristics of the instructional materials.  The publisher

11  or manufacturer shall comply with these specifications if the

12  instructional materials are adopted and purchased in completed

13  form.

14         (b)  Written proof that the publisher has provided

15  written correlations to appropriate curricular objectives

16  included within applicable performance standards provided for

17  in s. 1001.03(1).

18         (4)  Make available for purchase by any district school

19  board any diagnostic, criterion-referenced, or other tests

20  that they may develop.

21         (5)  Furnish the instructional materials offered by

22  them at a price in the state which, including all costs of

23  transportation to their depositories, shall not exceed the

24  lowest price at which they offer such instructional materials

25  for adoption or sale to any state or school district in the

26  United States.

27         (6)  Reduce automatically the price of the

28  instructional materials to any district school board to the

29  extent that reductions are made elsewhere in the United

30  States.

31  


                                 730

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  Provide any instructional materials free of charge

  2  in the state to the same extent as they are provided free of

  3  charge to any state or school district in the United States.

  4         (8)  Guarantee that all copies of any instructional

  5  materials sold in this state will be at least equal in quality

  6  to the copies of such instructional materials that are sold

  7  elsewhere in the United States and will be kept revised, free

  8  from all errors, and up-to-date as may be required by the

  9  department.

10         (9)  Agree that any supplementary material developed at

11  the district or state level does not violate the author's or

12  publisher's copyright, provided such material is developed in

13  accordance with the doctrine of fair use.

14         (10)  Not in any way, directly or indirectly, become

15  associated or connected with any combination in restraint of

16  trade in instructional materials, nor enter into any

17  understanding, agreement, or combination to control prices or

18  restrict competition in the sale of instructional materials

19  for use in the state.

20         (11)  Maintain or contract with a depository in the

21  state.

22         (12)  For the core subject areas specified in s.

23  1006.40(2), maintain in the depository for the first 2 years

24  of the contract an inventory of instructional materials

25  sufficient to receive and fill orders.

26         (13)  For the core subject areas specified in s.

27  1006.40(2), ensure the availability of an inventory sufficient

28  to receive and fill orders for instructional materials for

29  growth, including the opening of a new school, and replacement

30  during the 3rd and subsequent years of the original contract

31  period.


                                 731

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  For all other subject areas, maintain in the

  2  depository an inventory of instructional materials sufficient

  3  to receive and fill orders.

  4         (15)  Accurately and fully disclose only the names of

  5  those persons who actually authored the instructional

  6  materials.  In addition to the penalties provided in

  7  subsection (17), the commissioner may remove from the list of

  8  state-adopted instructional materials those instructional

  9  materials whose publisher or manufacturer misleads the

10  purchaser by falsely representing genuine authorship.

11         (16)  Grant, without prior written request, for any

12  copyright held by the publisher or its agencies automatic

13  permission to the department or its agencies for the

14  reproduction of textbooks and supplementary materials in

15  braille or large print or in the form of sound recordings, for

16  use by visually impaired students or other students with

17  disabilities that would benefit from use of the materials.

18         (17)  Upon the willful failure of the publisher or

19  manufacturer to comply with the requirements of this section,

20  be liable to the department in the amount of 3 times the total

21  sum which the publisher or manufacturer was paid in excess of

22  the price required under subsections (5) and (6) and in the

23  amount of 3 times the total value of the instructional

24  materials and services which the district school board is

25  entitled to receive free of charge under subsection (7).

26         Section 315.  Section 1006.39, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1006.39  Production and dissemination of educational

29  materials and products by department.--

30         (1)  Educational materials and products developed by or

31  under the direction of the department, through research and


                                 732

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  development or other efforts, including those subject to

  2  copyright, patent, or trademark, shall be made available for

  3  use by teachers, students, administrators, and other

  4  appropriate persons in the state system of education at the

  5  earliest practicable date and in the most economical and

  6  efficient manner possible.

  7         (2)  To accomplish this objective the department may

  8  publish, produce, or have produced educational materials and

  9  products and make them readily available for appropriate use

10  in the state system of education.  The department may charge

11  an amount adequate to cover the essential cost of producing

12  and disseminating such materials and products in the state

13  system of education and may sell copies for educational use to

14  private schools in the state and to the public.

15         (3)  All proceeds from the sale of educational

16  materials and products shall be remitted to the Treasurer and

17  shall be kept in a separate fund to be known as the

18  "Educational Media and Technology Trust Fund" and, when

19  properly budgeted as approved by the Legislature and the

20  Executive Office of the Governor, used to pay the cost of

21  producing and disseminating educational materials and

22  products.

23         (4)  In cases in which the educational materials or

24  products are of such nature, or the circumstances are such,

25  that it is not practicable or feasible for the department to

26  produce or have produced materials and products so developed,

27  it may, after review and approval by the Department of State,

28  license, lease, assign, sell, or otherwise give written

29  consent to any person, firm or corporation for the manufacture

30  or use thereof, on a royalty basis, or for such other

31  consideration as the department finds proper and in the best


                                 733

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  interest of the state. The department shall protect

  2  educational materials and products against improper or

  3  unlawful use or infringement and enforce the collection of any

  4  sums due for the manufacture or use thereof by any other

  5  party.

  6         (5)  The department shall not enter into the business

  7  of producing or publishing textbooks, or the contents therein,

  8  for general use in classrooms.

  9         Section 316.  Section 1006.40, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1006.40  Use of instructional materials allocation;

12  instructional materials, library books, and reference books;

13  repair of books.--

14         (1)  On or before July 1 each year, the commissioner

15  shall certify to each district school superintendent the

16  estimated allocation of state funds for instructional

17  materials, computed pursuant to the provisions of s. 1011.67

18  for the ensuing fiscal year.

19         (2)(a)  Each district school board must purchase

20  current instructional materials to provide each student with a

21  textbook or other instructional materials as a major tool of

22  instruction in core courses of the appropriate subject areas

23  of mathematics, language arts, science, social studies,

24  reading, and literature for kindergarten through grade 12.

25  Such purchase must be made within the first 2 years of the

26  effective date of the adoption cycle. Unless specifically

27  provided for in the General Appropriations Act, the cost of

28  instructional materials purchases required by this paragraph

29  shall not exceed the amount of the district's allocation for

30  instructional materials, pursuant to s. 1011.67, for the

31  previous 2 years.


                                 734

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The requirement in paragraph (a) does not apply to

  2  contracts in existence before April 1, 2000, or to a purchase

  3  related to growth of student membership in the district or for

  4  instructional materials maintenance needs.

  5         (3)(a)  Each district school board shall use the annual

  6  allocation for the purchase of instructional materials

  7  included on the state-adopted list, except as otherwise

  8  authorized in paragraphs (b) and (c).  No less than 50 percent

  9  of the annual allocation shall be used to purchase items which

10  will be used to provide instruction to students at the level

11  or levels for which the materials are designed.

12         (b)  Up to 50 percent of the annual allocation may be

13  used for the purchase of instructional materials, including

14  library and reference books and nonprint materials, not

15  included on the state-adopted list and for the repair and

16  renovation of textbooks and library books.

17         (c)  District school boards may use 100 percent of that

18  portion of the annual allocation designated for the purchase

19  of instructional materials for kindergarten, and 75 percent of

20  that portion of the annual allocation designated for the

21  purchase of instructional materials for first grade, to

22  purchase materials not on the state-adopted list.

23         (4)  The funds described in subsection (3) which

24  district school boards may use to purchase materials not on

25  the state-adopted list shall be used for the purchase of

26  instructional materials or other items having intellectual

27  content which assist in the instruction of a subject or

28  course. These items may be available in bound, unbound, kit,

29  or package form and may consist of hardbacked or softbacked

30  textbooks, replacements for items which were part of

31  previously purchased instructional materials, consumables,


                                 735

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  learning laboratories, manipulatives, electronic media,

  2  computer courseware or software, and other commonly accepted

  3  instructional tools as prescribed by district school board

  4  rule. The funds available to district school boards for the

  5  purchase of materials not on the state-adopted list may not be

  6  used to purchase electronic or computer hardware even if such

  7  hardware is bundled with software or other electronic media,

  8  nor may such funds be used to purchase equipment or supplies.

  9  However, when authorized to do so in the General

10  Appropriations Act, a school or district school board may use

11  a portion of the funds available to it for the purchase of

12  materials not on the state-adopted list to purchase science

13  laboratory materials and supplies.

14         (5)  Each district school board shall adopt rules, and

15  each district school superintendent shall implement

16  procedures, that will assure the maximum use by the students

17  of the authorized instructional materials.

18         (6)  District school boards may issue purchase orders

19  subsequent to February 1 in an aggregate amount which does not

20  exceed 20 percent of the current year's allocation, and

21  subsequent to April 1 in an aggregate amount which does not

22  exceed 90 percent of the current year's allocation, for the

23  purpose of expediting the delivery of instructional materials

24  which are to be paid for from the ensuing year's allocation.

25         (7)  In any year in which the total instructional

26  materials allocation for a school district has not been

27  expended or obligated prior to June 30, the district school

28  board shall carry forward the unobligated amount and shall add

29  it to the next year's allocation.

30         Section 317.  Section 1006.41, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 736

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1006.41  Disposal of instructional materials.--

  2         (1)  Instructional materials that have become

  3  unserviceable or surplus or are no longer on state contract

  4  may be disposed of, under adopted rule of the district school

  5  board, by:

  6         (a)  Giving or lending the materials to other public

  7  education programs within the district or state, to the

  8  teachers to use in developing supplementary teaching

  9  materials, to students or others, or to any charitable

10  organization, governmental agency, home education students,

11  private school, or state.

12         (b)  Selling the materials to used book dealers,

13  recycling plants, pulp mills, or other persons, firms, or

14  corporations upon such terms as are most economically

15  advantageous to the district school board.

16         (2)  The district school board may prescribe by rule

17  the manner for destroying instructional materials that cannot

18  be disposed of as provided in subsection (1).

19         (3)  All moneys received for the sale, exchange, or

20  other disposition of instructional materials shall be

21  deposited in the district school fund and added to the

22  district appropriation for instructional materials.

23         (4)  Instructional materials which have been sold,

24  exchanged, lost, destroyed, or damaged and for which proper

25  charges have been assessed and collected, and instructional

26  materials which have been destroyed by fire or storm damage or

27  by order of a competent health officer or the district school

28  superintendent, shall be dropped from the record of

29  instructional materials for which, as provided by law,

30  district school boards are held responsible.

31  


                                 737

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 318.  Section 1006.42, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1006.42  Responsibility of students and parents for

  4  instructional materials.--

  5         (1)  All instructional materials purchased under the

  6  provisions of this part are the property of the district

  7  school board.  When distributed to the students, these

  8  instructional materials are on loan to the students while they

  9  are pursuing their courses of study and are to be returned at

10  the direction of the school principal or the teacher in

11  charge.  Each parent of a student to whom or for whom

12  instructional materials have been issued, is liable for any

13  loss or destruction of, or unnecessary damage to, the

14  instructional materials or for failure of the student to

15  return the instructional materials when directed by the school

16  principal or the teacher in charge, and shall pay for such

17  loss, destruction, or unnecessary damage as provided by law.

18         (2)  Nothing in this part shall be construed to

19  prohibit parents from exercising their right to purchase

20  instructional materials from the district school board.

21         Section 319.  Section 1006.43, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1006.43  Expenses; budget request.--

24         (1)  The commissioner shall include in the department's

25  annual legislative budget a request for funds in an amount

26  sufficient to provide the necessary expense for:

27         (a)  The instructional materials committees.

28         (b)  Instructional materials for use by partially

29  sighted students.

30         (c)  Other specific and necessary state expenses with

31  regard to the instructional materials program.


                                 738

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The department may arrange for distribution

  2  adopted textbooks which are prepared in various media for the

  3  use of partially sighted children enrolled in the Florida

  4  schools.

  5         Section 320.  Part II of chapter 1006, Florida

  6  Statutes, shall be entitled "Public Postsecondary Education

  7  Support for Learning and Student Services" and shall consist

  8  of ss. 1006.50-1006.71.

  9         Section 321.  Section 1006.50, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1006.50  Student handbooks.--

12         (1)  Each community college and state university shall

13  compile and update annually a student handbook that includes,

14  but is not limited to, a comprehensive calendar that

15  emphasizes important dates and deadlines, student rights and

16  responsibilities, appeals processes available to students, and

17  a roster of contact persons within the administrative staff

18  available to respond to student inquiries.

19         (2)  Each student handbook shall list the legal and

20  institution-specific sanctions that will be imposed upon

21  students who violate the law or institutional policies

22  regarding controlled substances and alcoholic beverages.

23         (3)  Each student handbook shall provide information

24  related to acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)

25  education or identify sites from which AIDS education

26  information may be obtained.

27         Section 322.  Section 1006.51, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1006.51  Student ombudsman office.--

30  

31  


                                 739

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  There is created at each community college and

  2  state university a student ombudsman office, which is

  3  accountable to the president.

  4         (2)  Each institution must have an established

  5  procedure by which a student may appeal to the office of the

  6  ombudsman a decision that is related to the student's access

  7  to courses and credit granted toward the degree. Detailed

  8  information concerning this procedure must be included in the

  9  institution's catalog.

10         (3)  Each community college and state university shall

11  develop minimum standards for the role of ombudsman or student

12  advocate. The standards shall address the issue of

13  notification of students of opportunities for assistance or

14  appeal.

15         Section 323.  Section 1006.52, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1006.52  Student records.--

18         (1)  Each university may prescribe the content and

19  custody of records and reports which the university may

20  maintain on its students. Such records are confidential and

21  exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1) and are open to

22  inspection only as provided in s. 1002.22.

23         (2)  Rules of the State Board of Education may

24  prescribe the content and custody of records and reports which

25  a community college may maintain on its students. Such records

26  are confidential and exempt from s. 119.07(1) and are open to

27  inspection only as provided in s. 1002.22.

28         Section 324.  Section 1006.53, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1006.53  Religious observances.--Each public

31  postsecondary educational institution shall adopt a policy in


                                 740

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  accordance with rules of the State Board of Education which

  2  reasonably accommodates the religious observance, practice,

  3  and belief of individual students in regard to admissions,

  4  class attendance, and the scheduling of examinations and work

  5  assignments. Each policy shall include a grievance procedure

  6  by which a student who believes that he or she has been

  7  unreasonably denied an educational benefit due to his or her

  8  religious belief or practices may seek redress. Such policy

  9  shall be made known to faculty and students annually in

10  inclusion in the institution's handbook, manual, or other

11  similar document regularly provided to faculty and students.

12         Section 325.  Section 1006.54, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1006.54  Universities; public documents distributed to

15  libraries.--The general library of each state university may

16  receive copies of reports of state officials, departments, and

17  institutions and all other state documents published by the

18  state. Each officer of the state empowered by law to

19  distribute such public documents may transmit without charge,

20  except for payment of shipping costs, the number of copies of

21  each public document desired upon requisition from the

22  librarian. It is the duty of the library to keep public

23  documents in a convenient form accessible to the public. The

24  library, under rules formulated by the university board of

25  trustees, is authorized to exchange documents for those of

26  other states, territories, and countries.

27         Section 326.  Section 1006.55, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1006.55  Law libraries of certain institutions of

30  higher learning designated as state legal depositories.--

31  


                                 741

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The law libraries of the University of Florida,

  2  Florida State University, Florida International University,

  3  Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University, Stetson

  4  University, Nova University, and the University of Miami are

  5  designated as state legal depositories.

  6         (2)  Each officer of the state empowered by law to

  7  distribute legal publications may transmit, upon payment of

  8  shipping costs or cash on delivery, to the state legal

  9  depositories copies of such publications as requested.

10  However, the number of copies transmitted shall be limited to:

11         (a)  Eight copies of each volume of General Acts and

12  each volume of Special Acts to each of the state legal

13  depositories;

14         (b)  Up to a maximum number of each volume of the

15  Florida Statutes and each supplement volume, computed on the

16  basis of one set for every 10 students enrolled during the

17  school year, based upon the average enrollment as certified by

18  the registrar; and

19         (c)  One copy of each journal of the House of

20  Representatives and each journal of the Senate to each state

21  legal depository.

22         (3)  It is the duty of the librarian of any depository

23  to keep all public documents in a convenient form accessible

24  to the public.

25         (4)  The libraries of all community colleges are

26  designated as state depositories for the Florida Statutes and

27  supplements published by or under the authority of the state;

28  these depositories each may receive upon request one copy of

29  each volume without charge, except for payment of shipping

30  costs.

31  


                                 742

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 327.  Section 1006.56, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1006.56  Specified university publications; activities;

  4  trust funds.--

  5         (1)  Subject to the approval of the appropriate

  6  university, the Florida Law Review, the Florida State

  7  University Law Review, the Florida State University Journal of

  8  Land Use and Environmental Law, the University of Florida

  9  Journal of Law and Public Policy, and the Florida

10  International Law Journal of the University of Florida are

11  authorized to engage in the following activities relating to

12  their respective publications, notwithstanding the contrary

13  provision of any statute, rule, or regulation of the state or

14  its subdivisions or agencies:

15         (a)  The grant of reprint rights relating to any or all

16  issues of the Florida Law Review, the Florida State University

17  Law Review, the Florida State University Journal of Land Use

18  and Environmental Law, the University of Florida Journal of

19  Law and Public Policy, or the Florida International Law

20  Journal of the University of Florida, or any of the materials,

21  articles, or ideas contained therein;

22         (b)  The sale for adequate consideration of any or all

23  past or future stock and inventory of published issues of the

24  Florida Law Review, the Florida State University Law Review,

25  the Florida State University Journal of Land Use and

26  Environmental Law, the University of Florida Journal of Law

27  and Public Policy, or the Florida International Law Journal of

28  the University of Florida, or portions thereof; and

29         (c)  The retention of the proceeds obtained under

30  paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) together with all moneys

31  received by the Florida Law Review or the Florida State


                                 743

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  University Law Review from current or future subscriptions,

  2  sale of individual issues, sale of advertising, binding

  3  service, royalties, donations, and all other sources except

  4  direct or indirect appropriations from the state, its

  5  subdivisions, or agencies.

  6         (2)  Moneys retained by the Florida Law Review pursuant

  7  to this section shall be placed in a trust fund to be known as

  8  the Florida Law Review Trust Fund. Moneys retained by the

  9  Florida State University Law Review pursuant to this section

10  shall be placed in a trust fund to be known as the Florida

11  State University Law Review Trust Fund. Moneys retained by the

12  Florida State University Journal of Land Use and Environmental

13  Law pursuant to this section shall be placed in a trust fund

14  to be known as the Florida State University Journal of Land

15  Use and Environmental Law Trust Fund. Moneys retained by the

16  University of Florida Journal of Law and Public Policy

17  pursuant to this section shall be placed in a trust fund to be

18  known as the University of Florida Journal of Law and Public

19  Policy Trust Fund. Moneys retained by the Florida

20  International Law Journal of the University of Florida

21  pursuant to this section shall be placed in a trust fund to be

22  known as the Florida International Law Journal of the

23  University of Florida Trust Fund. Such trust funds shall be

24  used to pay or supplement the payment of printing costs or

25  other costs incident to the publication of the respective law

26  reviews and law journals and shall be administered by the dean

27  of each college of law or his or her faculty designee.

28         (3)  Printing of such publications shall be let upon

29  contract to the lowest responsive bidder, in accordance with

30  s. 283.33, except when the additional costs incurred in

31  changing from the current printer to the new low bidder exceed


                                 744

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the savings reflected in the bid prices. Such additional costs

  2  shall not exceed 10 percent of the lowest bid price.

  3         Section 328.  Section 1006.57, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1006.57  Certain books furnished by Clerk of Supreme

  6  Court.--

  7         (1)  The Clerk of the Supreme Court of the state shall

  8  furnish the State Board of Education three bound copies of

  9  each volume of the Florida Supreme Court Reports as the same

10  are issued and published for the use of the schools of law of

11  the University of Florida, the Florida State University,

12  Florida International University, and Florida Agricultural and

13  Mechanical University.

14         (2)  The Clerk of the Supreme Court shall transmit to

15  said schools of law any law books coming into his or her

16  possession for the Supreme Court which are not necessary for

17  said court. The clerk of said court shall furnish said Supreme

18  Court Reports and said surplus law books without cost to said

19  law schools.

20         Section 329.  Section 1006.58, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1006.58  Collections management for museums and

23  galleries of state universities.--

24         (1)  State universities may enter into contracts or

25  agreements with or without competitive bidding, as

26  appropriate, for the restoration of objects of art, art

27  history, or natural history in their collections or for the

28  purchase of objects of art, art history, or natural history

29  which are to be added to their collections.

30         (2)  State universities may sell any art, art history,

31  or natural history object in their museum or gallery


                                 745

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  collections if the university determines that it is no longer

  2  appropriate for the collection. The proceeds of the sale shall

  3  be deposited in the Acquisition, Restoration, and Conservation

  4  Trust Fund or other appropriate trust fund of the university.

  5  Each state university museum or gallery shall function

  6  entirely separate from every state university museum or

  7  gallery. State universities also may exchange any art, art

  8  history, or natural history object which the university

  9  museums or galleries judge is of equivalent or greater value

10  to their museums or galleries.

11         (3)  No employee, representative, or agent of a

12  university shall receive a commission, fee, or financial

13  benefit in connection with the sale or exchange of a work of

14  art, art history, or natural history, nor may he or she be a

15  business associate of any individual, firm, or organization

16  involved in the sale or exchange.

17         (4)(a)  Each university may establish an Acquisition,

18  Restoration, and Conservation Trust Fund or utilize an

19  appropriate existing trust fund.

20         (b)  The president of each university may delegate the

21  following authority to the museum or gallery directors and

22  governing bodies of the museums or galleries:

23         1.  To enter into contracts for the restoration or

24  purchase of art, art history, or natural history objects, with

25  or without competitive bidding, as appropriate.

26         2.  To sell art, art history, or natural history

27  objects in museum or gallery collections, the proceeds of

28  which shall be deposited in the Acquisition, Restoration, and

29  Conservation Trust Fund or other appropriate existing trust

30  fund.

31  


                                 746

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  To exchange art, art history, or natural history

  2  objects of equal or greater value with any other state

  3  university.

  4         Section 330.  Section 1006.59, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1006.59  The Historically Black College and University

  7  Library Improvement Program.--

  8         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature to enhance the

  9  quality of the libraries at Florida Agricultural and

10  Mechanical University, Bethune-Cookman College, Edward Waters

11  College, and Florida Memorial College.

12         (2)  There is created the Historically Black College

13  and University Library Improvement Program to be administered

14  by the Department of Education. The primary objectives of the

15  program shall be to increase each library's holdings by 500 to

16  1,000 books per year, to increase library use by students and

17  faculty, and to enhance the professional growth of librarians

18  by providing inservice training. At least 50 percent of

19  library acquisitions shall be in the humanities, with the

20  balance to be in all other disciplines. It is the intent of

21  the Legislature to provide general revenue funds each year to

22  support this program.

23         (3)  Each institution shall submit to the State Board

24  of Education a plan for enhancing its library through the

25  following activities:

26         (a)  Each institution shall increase the number of

27  volumes by purchasing replacement books and new titles. Funds

28  shall not be used to purchase periodicals or nonprint media.

29  The goal of these purchases is to meet the needs of students

30  and faculty in disciplines that have recently been added to

31  the curriculum, in traditional academic fields that have been


                                 747

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  expanded, or in academic fields in which rapid changes in

  2  technology result in accelerated obsolescence of related

  3  library holdings.

  4         (b)  A committee composed of librarians and faculty at

  5  each institution shall assess the adequacy of library holdings

  6  in all academic areas. The committee shall develop a list of

  7  resources that need to be replaced. Based on its assessment of

  8  the current collection, the committee shall develop a

  9  prioritized list of recommended acquisitions and shall submit

10  such list to the college or university president.

11         Section 331.  Section 1006.60, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1006.60  Codes of conduct; disciplinary measures;

14  rulemaking authority.--

15         (1)  Each community college and state university may

16  adopt, by rule, codes of conduct and appropriate penalties for

17  violations of rules by students, to be administered by the

18  institution. Such penalties, unless otherwise provided by law,

19  may include: reprimand; restitution; fines; withholding of

20  diplomas or transcripts pending compliance with rules,

21  completion of any student judicial process or sanction, or

22  payment of fines; restrictions on the use of or removal from

23  campus facilities; community service; educational

24  requirements; and the imposition of probation, suspension,

25  dismissal, or expulsion.

26         (2)  Each community college and state university may

27  adopt, by rule, a code of conduct and appropriate penalties

28  for violations of rules by student organizations, to be

29  administered by the institution. Such penalties, unless

30  otherwise provided by law, may include: reprimand;

31  restitution; suspension, cancellation, or revocation of the


                                 748

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  registration or official recognition of a student

  2  organization; and restrictions on the use of, or removal from,

  3  campus facilities.

  4         (3)  Sanctions authorized by such codes of conduct may

  5  be imposed only for acts or omissions in violation of rules

  6  adopted by the institution, including rules adopted under this

  7  section, rules of the State Board of Education, county and

  8  municipal ordinances, and the laws of this state, the United

  9  States, or any other state.

10         (4)  Each community college and state university may

11  establish and adopt, by rule, codes of appropriate penalties

12  for violations of rules governing student academic honesty.

13  Such penalties, unless otherwise provided by law, may include:

14  reprimand; reduction of grade; denial of academic credit;

15  invalidation of university credit or of the degree based upon

16  such credit; probation; suspension; dismissal; or expulsion.

17  In addition to any other penalties that may be imposed, an

18  individual may be denied admission or further registration,

19  and the institution may invalidate academic credit for work

20  done by a student and may invalidate or revoke the degree

21  based upon such credit if it is determined that the student

22  has made false, fraudulent, or incomplete statements in the

23  application, residence affidavit, or accompanying documents or

24  statements in connection with, or supplemental to, the

25  application for admission to or graduation from the

26  institution.

27         (5)  Each community college and state university shall

28  adopt rules for the lawful discipline of any student who

29  intentionally acts to impair, interfere with, or obstruct the

30  orderly conduct, processes, and functions of the institution.

31  


                                 749

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Said rules may apply to acts conducted on or off campus when

  2  relevant to such orderly conduct, processes, and functions.

  3         Section 332.  Section 1006.61, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1006.61  Participation by students in disruptive

  6  activities at public postsecondary educational institution;

  7  penalties.--

  8         (1)  Any person who accepts the privilege extended by

  9  the laws of this state of attendance at any public

10  postsecondary educational institution shall, by attending such

11  institution, be deemed to have given his or her consent to the

12  policies of that institution, the State Board of Education,

13  and the laws of this state. Such policies shall include

14  prohibition against disruptive activities at public

15  postsecondary educational institutions.

16         (2)  After it has been determined that a student of a

17  state institution of higher learning has participated in

18  disruptive activities, such student may be immediately

19  expelled from the institution for a minimum of 2 years.

20         Section 333.  Section 1006.62, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1006.62  Expulsion and discipline of students of

23  community colleges and state universities.--

24         (1)  Each student in a community college or state

25  university is subject to federal and state law, respective

26  county and municipal ordinances, and all rules and regulations

27  of the State Board of Education or board of trustees of the

28  institution.

29         (2)  Violation of these published laws, ordinances, or

30  rules and regulations may subject the violator to appropriate

31  action by the institution's authorities.


                                 750

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Each president of a community college or state

  2  university may, after notice to the student of the charges and

  3  after a hearing thereon, to expel, suspend, or otherwise

  4  discipline any student who is found to have violated any law,

  5  ordinance, or rule or regulation of the State Board of

  6  Education or of the board of trustees of the institution. A

  7  student may be entitled to waiver of expulsion:

  8         (a)  If the student provides substantial assistance in

  9  the identification, arrest, or conviction of any of his or her

10  accomplices, accessories, coconspirators, or principals or of

11  any other person engaged in violations of chapter 893 within a

12  state university or community college;

13         (b)  If the student voluntarily discloses his or her

14  violations of chapter 893 prior to his or her arrest; or

15         (c)  If the student commits himself or herself, or is

16  referred by the court in lieu of sentence, to a state-licensed

17  drug abuse program and successfully completes the program.

18         Section 334.  Section 1006.63, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1006.63  Hazing prohibited.--

21         (1)  As used in this section, "hazing" means any action

22  or situation that recklessly or intentionally endangers the

23  mental or physical health or safety of a student for the

24  purpose of initiation or admission into or affiliation with

25  any organization operating under the sanction of a

26  postsecondary institution. Such term includes, but is not

27  limited to, any brutality of a physical nature, such as

28  whipping, beating, branding, forced calisthenics, exposure to

29  the elements, forced consumption of any food, liquor, drug, or

30  other substance, or other forced physical activity which could

31  adversely affect the physical health or safety of the student,


                                 751

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and also includes any activity which would subject the student

  2  to extreme mental stress, such as sleep deprivation, forced

  3  exclusion from social contact, forced conduct which could

  4  result in extreme embarrassment, or other forced activity

  5  which could adversely affect the mental health or dignity of

  6  the student.

  7         (2)  Public and nonpublic postsecondary educational

  8  institutions whose students receive state student financial

  9  assistance must adopt a written antihazing policy and under

10  such policy must adopt rules prohibiting students or other

11  persons associated with any student organization from engaging

12  in hazing.

13         (3)  Public and nonpublic postsecondary educational

14  institutions must provide a program for the enforcement of

15  such rules and must adopt appropriate penalties for violations

16  of such rules, to be administered by the person at the

17  institution responsible for the sanctioning of such

18  organizations.

19         (a)  Such penalties at community colleges and state

20  universities may include the imposition of fines; the

21  withholding of diplomas or transcripts pending compliance with

22  the rules or pending payment of fines; and the imposition of

23  probation, suspension, or dismissal.

24         (b)  In the case of an organization at a community

25  college or state university which authorizes hazing in blatant

26  disregard of such rules, penalties may also include rescission

27  of permission for that organization to operate on campus

28  property or to otherwise operate under the sanction of the

29  institution.

30         (c)  All penalties imposed under the authority of this

31  subsection shall be in addition to any penalty imposed for


                                 752

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  violation of any of the criminal laws of this state or for

  2  violation of any other rule of the institution to which the

  3  violator may be subject.

  4         (4)  Rules adopted pursuant hereto shall apply to acts

  5  conducted on or off campus whenever such acts are deemed to

  6  constitute hazing.

  7         (5)  Upon approval of the antihazing policy of a

  8  community college or state university and of the rules and

  9  penalties adopted pursuant thereto, the institution shall

10  provide a copy of such policy, rules, and penalties to each

11  student enrolled in that institution and shall require the

12  inclusion of such policy, rules, and penalties in the bylaws

13  of every organization operating under the sanction of the

14  institution.

15         Section 335.  Section 1006.64, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1006.64  Suspension and removal from office of elected

18  student government officials; referendum.--The student

19  government association of each community college and state

20  university shall establish a process to provide for the

21  removal from office of any elected student government official

22  who has been convicted of a violation of criminal law or has

23  been found civilly liable for an act of moral turpitude, after

24  all available rights of judicial appeal have been exercised or

25  waived or have expired. The process shall include a procedure

26  for the immediate suspension of the student government

27  official from elected office following the conviction or civil

28  finding and during any appeal, and shall provide for the

29  temporary successor to the subject office pending completion

30  of any appeal. The process must also include a procedure for

31  registered students to petition for a referendum recommending


                                 753

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to the student government association the removal of a student

  2  official from elected office. The referendum must be held

  3  within 60 days of filing of the petition. The recommendation

  4  to remove the subject official from elected office shall be

  5  made by majority vote of the students participating in the

  6  referendum. The action of a student government association

  7  under this section shall be subject to an appeal to the

  8  university or community college president or designee.

  9         Section 336.  Section 1006.65, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1006.65  Safety issues in courses offered by public

12  postsecondary educational institutions.--

13         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

14  ensure that policies and procedures are in place to protect

15  the health and safety of students, instructional personnel,

16  and visitors who participate in courses offered by a public

17  postsecondary educational institution.

18         (2)  Such policies and procedures shall be guided by

19  industry standards for practices in the course content area

20  and shall conform with all related and relevant state and

21  federal health and safety requirements.

22         Section 337.  Section 1006.66, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1006.66  Regulation of traffic at universities.--

25         (1)  As defined under this section:

26         (a)  "Traffic," when used as a noun, means the use or

27  occupancy of, and the movement in, on, or over, streets, ways,

28  walks, roads, alleys, and parking areas by vehicles,

29  pedestrians, or ridden or herded animals.

30         (b)  "Adjacent municipality" means a municipality which

31  is contiguous or adjacent to, or which contains within its


                                 754

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  boundaries all or part of the grounds of, a university; except

  2  that, if the grounds of a university are not within or

  3  contiguous to a municipality, "adjacent municipality" means

  4  the county seat of the county which contains within its

  5  boundaries all or part of the grounds of the university.

  6         (c)  "Grounds" includes all of the campus and grounds

  7  of the university, whether it be the campus proper or outlying

  8  or noncontiguous land of the university within the county.

  9         (d)  "Law enforcement officers" include municipal

10  police, patrol officers, traffic officers, sheriffs, deputies,

11  highway patrol officers, and county traffic officers assigned

12  to duty on the grounds of the university; campus police,

13  traffic officers, guards, parking patrollers, and other

14  noncommissioned personnel designated for traffic purposes by

15  the university; and other law enforcement officers as defined

16  in s. 943.10(1).

17         (e)  "University traffic infraction" means a

18  noncriminal violation of university parking and traffic rules

19  which is not included under s. 318.14 or s. 318.17 or any

20  municipal ordinance, which is not punishable by incarceration,

21  and for which there is no right to trial by jury or to

22  court-appointed counsel.

23         (f)  "Traffic authority" means an individual or a group

24  of individuals at each university, authorized and appointed by

25  the president of the university to adjudicate university

26  traffic infractions.

27         (2)  Each university board of trustees shall adopt

28  rules that govern traffic on the grounds of the university;

29  that provide penalties for the infraction of such traffic

30  rules; and that the university finds necessary, convenient, or

31  advisable for the safety or welfare of the students, faculty


                                 755

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  members, or other persons. Copies of the rules shall be posted

  2  at the university on public bulletin boards where notices are

  3  customarily posted, filed with the city clerk or corresponding

  4  municipal or county officer, and made available to any person

  5  requesting same. When adopted, the rules shall be enforceable

  6  as herein provided. All ordinances of the adjacent

  7  municipality relating to traffic that are not in conflict or

  8  inconsistent with the traffic rules adopted by the individual

  9  university shall extend and be applicable to the grounds of

10  the university. The provisions of chapter 316 shall extend and

11  be applicable to the grounds of the university, and the rules

12  adopted by the individual university shall not conflict with

13  any section of that chapter.

14         (3)  Any person who violates any of those rules adopted

15  by the individual institution shall be deemed to have

16  committed a university traffic infraction and shall be fined

17  or penalized as provided by the rules adopted by the

18  institution. Any person who violates any traffic regulation

19  enumerated in chapter 316 shall be charged, and the cause

20  shall proceed, in accordance with chapters 316 and 318.

21         (4)  A person charged with a university traffic

22  infraction shall elect the option prescribed in paragraph (a)

23  or the option prescribed in paragraph (b). If neither option

24  is exercised within the prescribed time by the person charged

25  with a university traffic infraction, an additional fine or

26  penalty may be assessed, and shall be payable, in accordance

27  with the rules of the university.

28         (a)  The person charged may pay the applicable

29  infraction fine, either by mail or in person, within the time

30  period specified in the rules of the individual university. A

31  


                                 756

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  schedule of infraction fines applicable to each university

  2  shall be adopted by the university.

  3         (b)  The person charged may elect to appear before the

  4  university traffic authority for administrative determination

  5  pursuant to procedures enumerated in the rules of such

  6  university.

  7         (5)  Each university is authorized to approve the

  8  establishment of a university traffic authority to hear

  9  violations of traffic rules. In such cases as come before the

10  authority, the university traffic authority shall determine

11  whether the person is guilty or not guilty of the charge. In

12  the case of a finding of guilt, the authority shall, in its

13  discretion, impose an appropriate penalty pursuant to

14  subsection (3).

15         (6)  This section shall provide the exclusive

16  procedures for the adjudication of university traffic

17  infractions.

18         (7)  Moneys collected from parking assessments and

19  infraction fines shall be deposited in appropriate funds and

20  shall be used to defray the administrative and operating costs

21  of the traffic and parking program at the institution, to

22  provide for additional parking facilities on campus, or for

23  student loan purposes.

24         Section 338.  Section 1006.67, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1006.67  Report of campus crime statistics and

27  assessment of physical plant safety.--

28         (1)  Each postsecondary educational institution shall

29  prepare an annual report of campus crime statistics for

30  submission to the Department of Education. The data for these

31  reports may be taken from the Florida Department of Law


                                 757

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Enforcement Annual Report. The Department of Education shall

  2  prescribe the format for institutional submission.

  3         (2)  Each postsecondary institution shall prepare a

  4  report of crime statistics as reported under subsection (1)

  5  for the most recent 3-year period. The report shall be updated

  6  annually. The institution shall give notice that this report

  7  is available upon request.

  8         (3)  The Commissioner of Education shall convey the

  9  reports required by this section to the President of the

10  Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives no

11  later than March 1 of each year.

12         Section 339.  Section 1006.68, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1006.68  HIV and AIDS policy.--Each community college

15  and state university shall develop a comprehensive policy that

16  addresses the provision of instruction, information, and

17  activities regarding human immunodeficiency virus infection

18  and acquired immune deficiency syndrome. Such instruction,

19  information, or activities shall emphasize the known modes of

20  transmission of human immunodeficiency virus infection and

21  acquired immune deficiency syndrome, signs and symptoms,

22  associated risk factors, appropriate behavior and attitude

23  change, and means used to control the spread of human

24  immunodeficiency virus infection and acquired immune

25  deficiency syndrome.

26         Section 340.  Section 1006.70, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1006.70  Sponsorship of athletic activities similar to

29  those for which scholarships offered; rulemaking.--

30         (1)  If a district school board sponsors an athletic

31  activity or sport that is similar to a sport for which a


                                 758

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  community college or state university offers an athletic

  2  scholarship, it must sponsor the athletic activity or sport

  3  for which a scholarship is offered. This section does not

  4  affect academic requirements for participation or prevent the

  5  districts or community colleges from sponsoring activities in

  6  addition to those for which scholarships are provided.

  7         (2)  If a community college sponsors an athletic

  8  activity or sport that is similar to a sport for which a state

  9  university offers an athletic scholarship, it must sponsor the

10  athletic activity or sport for which a scholarship is offered.

11         (3)  Two athletic activities or sports that are similar

12  may be offered simultaneously.

13         (4)  If the level of participation is insufficient to

14  warrant continuation of an athletic activity or sport, the

15  school may offer an alternative athletic activity or sport.

16         (5)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

17  administer this section, including rules that determine which

18  athletic activities are similar to sports for which public

19  postsecondary educational institutions offer scholarships.

20         Section 341.  Section 1006.71, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1006.71  Gender equity in intercollegiate athletics.--

23         (1)  GENDER EQUITY PLAN.--

24         (a)  Each community college and state university shall

25  develop a gender equity plan pursuant to s. 1000.05.

26         (b)  The plan shall include consideration of equity in

27  sports offerings, participation, availability of facilities,

28  scholarship offerings, and funds allocated for administration,

29  recruitment, comparable coaching, publicity and promotion, and

30  other support costs.

31  


                                 759

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The Commissioner of Education shall annually

  2  assess the progress of each institution's plan and advise the

  3  State Board of Education regarding compliance.

  4         (d)  Each board of trustees of a public community

  5  college or state university shall annually evaluate the

  6  presidents on the extent to which the gender equity goals have

  7  been achieved.

  8         (e)  To determine the proper level of support for

  9  women's athletic scholarships, an equity plan may determine,

10  where appropriate, that support for women's scholarships may

11  be disproportionate to the support of scholarships for men.

12         (f)  If a community college or state university is not

13  in compliance with Title IX of the Education Amendments of

14  1972 and the Florida Educational Equity Act, the State Board

15  of Education shall:

16         1.  Declare the institution ineligible for competitive

17  state grants.

18         2.  Withhold funds sufficient to obtain compliance.

19  

20  The institution shall remain ineligible and the funds shall

21  not be paid until the institution comes into compliance or the

22  Commissioner of Education approves a plan for compliance.

23         (2)  FUNDING.--

24         (a)  An equitable portion of all separate athletic fees

25  shall be designated for women's intercollegiate athletics.

26         (b)  The level of funding and percentage share of

27  support for women's intercollegiate athletics shall be

28  determined by the State Board of Education. The level of

29  funding and percentage share attained in the 1980-1981 fiscal

30  year shall be the minimum level and percentage maintained by

31  each institution, except as the State Board of Education


                                 760

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  otherwise directs for the purpose of assuring equity.

  2  Consideration shall be given by the State Board of Education

  3  to emerging athletic programs at institutions which may not

  4  have the resources to secure external funds to provide

  5  athletic opportunities for women. It is the intent that the

  6  effect of any redistribution of funds among institutions shall

  7  not negate the requirements as set forth in this section.

  8         (c)  In addition to the above amount, an amount equal

  9  to the sales taxes collected from admission to athletic events

10  sponsored by a state university shall be retained and utilized

11  by each university to support women's athletics.

12         (3)  STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION.--The State Board of

13  Education shall assure equal opportunity for female athletes

14  and establish:

15         (a)  Guidelines for reporting of intercollegiate

16  athletics data concerning financial, program, and facilities

17  information for review by the State Board of Education

18  annually.

19         (b)  Systematic audits for the evaluation of such data.

20         (c)  Criteria for determining and assuring equity.

21         Section 342.  Chapter 1007, Florida Statutes, shall be

22  entitled "Articulation and Access" and shall consist of ss.

23  1007.01-1007.34.

24         Section 343.  Part I of chapter 1007, Florida Statutes,

25  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of s.

26  1007.01.

27         Section 344.  Section 1007.01, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1007.01  Articulation; legislative intent; purpose;

30  role of the State Board of Education.--

31  


                                 761

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature to facilitate

  2  articulation and seamless integration of the K-20 education

  3  system by building and sustaining relationships among K-20

  4  public organizations, between public and private

  5  organizations, and between the education system as a whole and

  6  Florida's communities. The purpose of building and sustaining

  7  these relationships is to provide for the efficient and

  8  effective progression and transfer of students within the

  9  education system and to allow students to proceed toward their

10  educational objectives as rapidly as their circumstances

11  permit.

12         (2)  To improve and facilitate articulation systemwide,

13  the State Board of Education shall develop policies and

14  guidelines with input from statewide K-20 advisory groups

15  established by the Commissioner of Education relating to:

16         (a)  The alignment between the exit requirements of one

17  system and the admissions requirements of another system into

18  which students typically transfer.

19         (b)  The identification of common courses, the level of

20  courses, institutional participation in a statewide course

21  numbering system, and the transferability of credits among

22  such institutions.

23         (c)  Identification of courses that meet general

24  education or common degree program prerequisite requirements

25  at public postsecondary educational institutions.

26         (d)  Dual enrollment course equivalencies.

27         (e)  Articulation agreements.

28         Section 345.  Part II of chapter 1007, Florida

29  Statutes, shall be entitled "Articulation" and shall consist

30  of ss. 1007.21-1007.28.

31  


                                 762

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 346.  Section 1007.21, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1007.21  Readiness for postsecondary education and the

  4  workplace.--

  5         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that students

  6  and parents set early achievement and career goals for the

  7  student's post-high school experience. This section sets forth

  8  a model which schools, through their school advisory councils,

  9  may choose to implement to ensure that students are ready for

10  postsecondary education and the workplace. If such a program

11  is adopted, students and their parents shall have the option

12  of participating in this model to plan the student's secondary

13  level course of study. Parents and students are to become

14  partners with school personnel in educational choice.  Clear

15  academic course expectations shall be made available to all

16  students by allowing both student and parent or guardian

17  choice.

18         (2)(a)  Students entering the 9th grade and their

19  parents shall be active participants in choosing an

20  end-of-high-school student destination based upon both student

21  and parent or guardian goals. Four or more destinations should

22  be available with bridges between destinations to enable

23  students to shift destinations should they choose to change

24  goals. The destinations shall accommodate the needs of

25  students served in exceptional education programs to the

26  extent appropriate for individual students. Exceptional

27  education students may continue to follow the courses outlined

28  in the district school board student progression plan.

29  Participating students and their parents shall choose among

30  destinations, which must include:

31  


                                 763

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Four-year college or university, community college

  2  plus university, or military academy.

  3         2.  Two-year postsecondary degree.

  4         3.  Postsecondary career and technical certificate.

  5         4.  Immediate employment or entry-level military.

  6         (b)  The student progression model toward a chosen

  7  destination shall include:

  8         1.  A "path" of core courses leading to each of the

  9  destinations provided in paragraph (a).

10         2.  A recommended group of electives which shall help

11  define each path.

12         3.  Provisions for a teacher, school administrator,

13  other school staff member, or community volunteer to be

14  assigned to a student as an "academic advocate" if parental or

15  guardian involvement is lacking.

16         (c)  The common placement test authorized in ss.

17  1001.03(10) and 1008.30 or a similar test may be administered

18  to all high school second semester sophomores who have chosen

19  one of the four destinations.  The results of the placement

20  test shall be used to target additional instructional needs in

21  reading, writing, and mathematics prior to graduation.

22         (d)  Ample opportunity shall be provided for students

23  to move from one destination to another, and some latitude

24  shall exist within each destination, to meet the individual

25  needs of students.

26         (e)  Destinations specified in subparagraphs (a)1., 2.,

27  and 3. shall support the goals of the Tech Prep program.

28  Students participating in Tech Prep shall be enrolled in

29  articulated, sequential programs of study that include a

30  technical component and at least a minimum of a postsecondary

31  certificate or 2-year degree.


                                 764

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  In order for these destinations to be attainable,

  2  the business community shall be encouraged to support

  3  real-world internships and apprenticeships.

  4         (g)  All students shall be encouraged to take part in

  5  service learning opportunities.

  6         (h)  High school equivalency diploma preparation

  7  programs shall not be a choice for high school students

  8  leading to any of the four destinations provided in paragraph

  9  (a) since the appropriate coursework, counseling component,

10  and career preparation cannot be ensured.

11         (i)  Schools shall ensure that students and parents are

12  made aware of the destinations available and provide the

13  necessary coursework to assist the student in reaching the

14  chosen destination.  Students and parents shall be made aware

15  of the student's progress toward the chosen destination.

16         (j)  The Department of Education shall offer technical

17  assistance to school districts to ensure that the destinations

18  offered also meet the academic standards adopted by the state.

19         (3)(a)  Access to Level I courses for graduation credit

20  and for pursuit of a declared destination shall be limited to

21  only those students for whom assessment indicates a more

22  rigorous course of study would be inappropriate.

23         (b)  The school principal shall:

24         1.  Designate a member of the existing instructional or

25  administrative staff to serve as a specialist to help

26  coordinate the use of student achievement strategies to help

27  students succeed in their coursework. The specialist shall

28  also assist teachers in integrating the academic and career

29  and technical curricula, utilizing technology, providing

30  feedback regarding student achievement, and implementing the

31  Blueprint for Career Preparation and Tech Prep programs.


                                 765

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Institute strategies to eliminate reading, writing,

  2  and mathematics deficiencies of secondary students.

  3         Section 347.  Section 1007.22, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1007.22  Articulation; postsecondary institution

  6  coordination and collaboration.--

  7         (1)  The university boards of trustees, community

  8  college boards of trustees, and district school boards may

  9  establish intrainstitutional and interinstitutional programs

10  to maximize articulation. Programs may include

11  upper-division-level courses offered at the community college,

12  distance learning, transfer agreements that facilitate the

13  transfer of credits between public and nonpublic postsecondary

14  institutions, and the concurrent enrollment of students at a

15  community college and a state university to enable students to

16  take any level of baccalaureate degree coursework.

17         (2)  The levels of postsecondary education shall

18  collaborate in further developing and providing articulated

19  programs in which students can proceed toward their

20  educational objectives as rapidly as their circumstances

21  permit. Time-shortened educational programs, as well as the

22  use of acceleration mechanisms, shall include, but not be

23  limited to, the International Baccalaureate, credit by

24  examination or demonstration of competency, advanced

25  placement, early admissions, and dual enrollment.

26         (3)  Public postsecondary educational institutions

27  serving the same students in a geographic and service area are

28  encouraged to establish appropriate interinstitutional

29  mechanisms to achieve cooperative planning and delivery of

30  academic programs and related services, share a high-cost

31  instructional facility and equipment, coordinate credit and


                                 766

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  noncredit outreach activities, have access to each other's

  2  library and media holdings and services, and provide

  3  cooperative campus activities and consultative relationships

  4  for the discussion and resolution of interinstitutional issues

  5  and problems which discourage student access or transfer.

  6         (4)  Public postsecondary education institutions are

  7  encouraged to include independent colleges and universities

  8  and industries within their service areas in mutual planning

  9  of a comprehensive, complementary, cost-effective array of

10  undergraduate and beginning graduate programs of study to

11  serve that geographic area.

12         Section 348.  Section 1007.23, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1007.23  Statewide articulation agreement.--

15         (1)  The State Board of Education shall establish in

16  rule a statewide articulation agreement that governs:

17         (a)  Articulation between secondary and postsecondary

18  education;

19         (b)  Admission of associate in arts degree graduates

20  from community colleges and state universities;

21         (c)  Admission of applied technology diploma program

22  graduates from community colleges or technical centers;

23         (d)  Admission of associate in science degree and

24  associate in applied science degree graduates from community

25  colleges;

26         (e)  The use of acceleration mechanisms, including

27  nationally standardized examinations through which students

28  may earn credit;

29         (f)  General education requirements and statewide

30  course numbers as provided for in ss. 1007.24 and 1007.25; and

31         (g)  Articulation among programs in nursing.


                                 767

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The articulation agreement must specifically

  2  provide that every associate in arts graduate of a community

  3  college shall have met all general education requirements and

  4  must be granted admission to the upper division of a state

  5  university except to a limited access or teacher certification

  6  program or a major program requiring an audition.  After

  7  admission has been granted to students under provisions of

  8  this section and to university students who have successfully

  9  completed 60 credit hours of coursework, including 36 hours of

10  general education, and met the requirements of s. 1008.29,

11  admission shall be granted to state university and community

12  college students who have successfully completed 60 credit

13  hours of work, including 36 hours of general education.

14  Community college associate in arts graduates shall receive

15  priority for admission to a state university over out-of-state

16  students. Orientation programs and student handbooks provided

17  to freshman enrollees and transfer students at state

18  universities must include an explanation of this provision of

19  the articulation agreement.

20         (3)  The articulation agreement must guarantee the

21  statewide articulation of appropriate workforce development

22  programs and courses between school districts and community

23  colleges and specifically provide that every applied

24  technology diploma graduate must be granted the same amount of

25  credit upon admission to an associate in science degree or

26  associate in applied science degree program unless it is a

27  limited access program. Preference for admission must be given

28  to graduates who are residents of Florida.

29         (4)  The articulation agreement must guarantee the

30  statewide articulation of appropriate courses within associate

31  in science degree programs to baccalaureate degree programs.


                                 768

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Courses within an associate in applied science degree program

  2  may articulate into a baccalaureate degree program on an

  3  individual or block basis as authorized in local

  4  interinstitutional articulation agreements.

  5         Section 349.  Section 1007.235, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1007.235  District interinstitutional articulation

  8  agreements.--

  9         (1)  District school superintendents and community

10  college presidents shall jointly develop and implement a

11  comprehensive articulated acceleration program for the

12  students enrolled in their respective school districts and

13  service areas. Within this general responsibility, each

14  superintendent and president shall develop a comprehensive

15  interinstitutional articulation agreement for the school

16  district and community college that serves the school

17  district. The district school superintendent and president

18  shall establish an articulation committee for the purpose of

19  developing this agreement.  Each state university president is

20  encouraged to designate a university representative to

21  participate in the development of the interinstitutional

22  articulation agreements for each school district within the

23  university service area.

24         (2)  The district interinstitutional articulation

25  agreement for each school year must be completed before high

26  school registration for the fall term of the following school

27  year. The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the

28  following components:

29         (a)  A ratification or modification of all existing

30  articulation agreements.

31  


                                 769

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)1.  A delineation of courses and programs available

  2  to students eligible to participate in dual enrollment. This

  3  delineation must include a plan for the community college to

  4  provide guidance services to participating students on the

  5  selection of courses in the dual enrollment program. The

  6  process of community college guidance should make maximum use

  7  of the automated advisement system for community colleges. The

  8  plan must assure that each dual enrollment student is

  9  encouraged to identify a postsecondary education objective

10  with which to guide the course selection. At a minimum, each

11  student's plan should include a list of courses that will

12  result in an Applied Technology Diploma, an Associate in

13  Science degree, or an Associate in Arts degree. If the student

14  identifies a baccalaureate degree as the objective, the plan

15  must include courses that will meet the general education

16  requirements and any prerequisite requirements for entrance

17  into a selected baccalaureate degree program.

18         2.  A delineation of the process by which students and

19  their parents are informed about opportunities to participate

20  in articulated acceleration programs.

21         3.  A delineation of the process by which students and

22  their parents exercise their option to participate in an

23  articulated acceleration program.

24         4.  A delineation of high school credits earned for

25  completion of each dual enrollment course.

26         5.  Provision for postsecondary courses that meet the

27  criteria for inclusion in a district articulated acceleration

28  program to be counted toward meeting the graduation

29  requirements of s. 1003.43.

30         6.  An identification of eligibility criteria for

31  student participation in dual enrollment courses and programs.


                                 770

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         7.  A delineation of institutional responsibilities

  2  regarding student screening prior to enrollment and monitoring

  3  student performance subsequent to enrollment in dual

  4  enrollment courses and programs.

  5         8.  An identification of the criteria by which the

  6  quality of dual enrollment courses and programs are to be

  7  judged and a delineation of institutional responsibilities for

  8  the maintenance of instructional quality.

  9         9.  A delineation of institutional responsibilities for

10  assuming the cost of dual enrollment courses and programs that

11  includes such responsibilities for student instructional

12  materials.

13         10.  An identification of responsibility for providing

14  student transportation if the dual enrollment instruction is

15  conducted at a facility other than the high school campus.

16         11.  A delineation of the process for converting

17  college credit hours earned through dual enrollment and early

18  admission programs to high school credit based on mastery of

19  course outcomes as determined by the Department of Education

20  in accordance with s. 1007.271(6).

21         (c)  Mechanisms and strategies for reducing the

22  incidence of postsecondary remediation in math, reading, and

23  writing for first-time-enrolled recent high school graduates,

24  based upon the findings in the postsecondary

25  readiness-for-college report produced pursuant to s. 1008.37.

26  Each articulation committee shall annually analyze and assess

27  the effectiveness of the mechanisms toward meeting the goal of

28  reducing postsecondary remediation needs.  Results of the

29  assessment shall be annually presented to participating

30  district school boards and community college boards of

31  trustees and shall include, but not be limited to:


                                 771

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Mechanisms currently being initiated.

  2         2.  An analysis of problems and corrective actions.

  3         3.  Anticipated outcomes.

  4         4.  Strategies for the better preparation of students

  5  upon graduation from high school.

  6         5.  An analysis of costs associated with the

  7  implementation of postsecondary remedial education and

  8  secondary-level corrective actions.

  9         6.  The identification of strategies for reducing costs

10  of the delivery of postsecondary remediation for recent high

11  school graduates, including the consideration and assessment

12  of alternative instructional methods and services such as

13  those produced by private providers.

14  

15  Wherever possible, public schools and community colleges are

16  encouraged to share resources, form partnerships with private

17  industries, and implement innovative strategies and mechanisms

18  such as distance learning, summer student and faculty

19  workshops, parental involvement activities, and the

20  distribution of information over the Internet.

21         (d)  Mechanisms and strategies for promoting "tech

22  prep" programs of study. Such mechanisms should raise

23  awareness about the programs, promote enrollment in the

24  programs, and articulate students from a secondary portion

25  into a planned, related postsecondary portion of a sequential

26  program of study that leads to a terminal postsecondary career

27  or technical education degree or certificate.

28         (3)  The district interinstitutional articulation

29  agreement shall include a plan that outlines the mechanisms

30  and strategies for improving the preparation of elementary,

31  middle, and high school teachers. Effective collaboration


                                 772

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  among school districts, postsecondary institutions, and

  2  practicing educators is essential to improving teaching in

  3  Florida's elementary and secondary schools and consequently,

  4  the retention and success of students through high school

  5  graduation and into postsecondary education. Professional

  6  development programs shall be developed cooperatively and

  7  include curricular content which focuses upon local and state

  8  needs and responds to state, national, and district policy and

  9  program priorities. School districts and community colleges

10  are encouraged to develop plans which utilize new

11  technologies, address critical needs in their implementation,

12  and include both preservice and inservice initiatives.

13         (4)  The district school superintendent is responsible

14  for incorporating, either directly or by reference, all dual

15  enrollment courses contained within the district

16  interinstitutional articulation agreement within the district

17  school board's student progression plan.

18         (5)  The Department of Education shall review each

19  articulation agreement and certify the statewide course number

20  of postsecondary courses that meet each district's graduation

21  requirements.

22         (6)  District school boards and community colleges may

23  enter into additional interinstitutional articulation

24  agreements with state universities for the purposes of this

25  section. School districts may also enter into

26  interinstitutional articulation agreements with eligible

27  independent colleges and universities pursuant to s.

28  1011.62(1)(i).

29         (7)  State universities and community colleges may

30  enter into interinstitutional articulation agreements with

31  nonpublic secondary schools pursuant to s. 1007.271(2).


                                 773

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 350.  Section 1007.24, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1007.24  Statewide course numbering system.--

  4         (1)  The Department of Education shall develop,

  5  coordinate, and maintain a statewide course numbering system

  6  for postsecondary and dual enrollment education in school

  7  districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and

  8  participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions

  9  that will improve program planning, increase communication

10  among all delivery systems, and facilitate student

11  acceleration and the transfer of students and credits between

12  public school districts, public postsecondary educational

13  institutions, and participating nonpublic educational

14  institutions. The continuing maintenance of the system shall

15  be accomplished with the assistance of appropriate faculty

16  committees representing public and participating nonpublic

17  educational institutions.

18         (2)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint

19  faculty committees representing faculties of participating

20  institutions to recommend a single level for each course,

21  including postsecondary career and technical education

22  courses, included in the statewide course numbering system.

23         (a)  Any course designated as an upper-division-level

24  course must be characterized by a need for advanced academic

25  preparation and skills that a student would be unlikely to

26  achieve without significant prior coursework.

27         (b)  A course that is offered as part of an associate

28  in science degree program and as an upper-division course for

29  a baccalaureate degree shall be designated for both the lower

30  and upper division.

31  


                                 774

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  A course designated as lower-division may be

  2  offered by any community college.

  3         (3)  The Commissioner of Education shall recommend to

  4  the State Board of Education the levels for the courses.

  5         (4)  The statewide course numbering system shall

  6  include the courses at the recommended levels.

  7         (5)  The registration process at each state university

  8  and community college shall include the courses at their

  9  designated levels and statewide course number.

10         (6)  Nonpublic colleges and schools that are fully

11  accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency

12  recognized by the United States Department of Education and

13  are either eligible to participate in the William L. Boyd, IV,

14  Florida Resident Access Grant or have been issued a regular

15  license pursuant to s. 1005.31, may participate in the

16  statewide course numbering system pursuant to s. 1007.24.

17  Participating colleges and schools shall bear the costs

18  associated with inclusion in the system and shall meet the

19  terms and conditions for institutional participation in the

20  system. The department shall adopt a fee schedule that

21  includes the expenses incurred through data processing,

22  faculty task force travel and per diem, and staff and clerical

23  support time. Such fee schedule may differentiate between the

24  costs associated with initial course inclusion in the system

25  and costs associated with subsequent course maintenance in the

26  system. Decisions regarding initial course inclusion and

27  subsequent course maintenance must be made within 360 days

28  after submission of the required materials and fees by the

29  institution. The Department of Education may select a date by

30  which colleges must submit requests for new courses to be

31  included, and may delay review of courses submitted after that


                                 775

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  date until the next year's cycle. Any college that currently

  2  participates in the system, and that participated in the

  3  system prior to July 1, 1986, shall not be required to pay the

  4  costs associated with initial course inclusion in the system.

  5  Fees collected for participation in the statewide course

  6  numbering system pursuant to the provisions of this section

  7  shall be deposited in the Institutional Assessment Trust Fund.

  8  Any nonpublic, nonprofit college or university that is

  9  eligible to participate in the statewide course numbering

10  system shall not be required to pay the costs associated with

11  participation in the system.  No college or school shall

12  record student transcripts or document courses offered by the

13  college or school in accordance with this subsection unless

14  the college or school is actually participating in the system

15  pursuant to rules of the State Board of Education.  Any

16  college or school deemed to be in violation of this section

17  shall be subject to the provisions of s. 1005.38.

18         (7)  Any student who transfers among postsecondary

19  institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or

20  national accrediting agency recognized by the United States

21  Department of Education and that participate in the statewide

22  course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the

23  receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by

24  the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be

25  awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate statewide

26  course numbering system faculty committees representing school

27  districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and

28  participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions

29  to be academically equivalent to courses offered at the

30  receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty

31  credentials, regardless of the public or nonpublic control of


                                 776

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the previous institution. The Department of Education shall

  2  ensure that credits to be accepted by a receiving institution

  3  are generated in courses for which the faculty possess

  4  credentials that are comparable to those required by the

  5  accrediting association of the receiving institution. The

  6  award of credit may be limited to courses that are entered in

  7  the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded

  8  pursuant to this subsection shall satisfy institutional

  9  requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native

10  students.

11         (8)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

12  that provide for the conduct of regularly scheduled purges of

13  courses that are listed in the statewide course numbering

14  system but have not been taught at an institution for the

15  preceding 5 years. These rules must include waiver provisions

16  that allow course continuation if an institution has

17  reasonable cause for having not offered a course within the

18  5-year limit and an expectation that the course will be

19  offered again within the following 5 years.

20         Section 351.  Section 1007.25, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1007.25  General education courses; common

23  prerequisites; and other degree requirements.--

24         (1)  The department shall identify the degree programs

25  offered by public postsecondary educational institutions.

26         (2)  The department shall identify postsecondary career

27  and technical education programs offered by community colleges

28  and district school boards. The department shall also identify

29  career and technical courses designated as college credit

30  courses applicable toward a career and technical education

31  


                                 777

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  diploma or degree. Such courses must be identified within the

  2  statewide course numbering system.

  3         (3)  The department shall identify those courses that

  4  meet general education requirements within the subject areas

  5  of communication, mathematics, social sciences, humanities,

  6  and natural sciences. The courses shall be identified by their

  7  statewide course code number. All public postsecondary

  8  educational institutions shall accept these general education

  9  courses.

10         (4)  The department shall identify those courses

11  offered by universities and accepted for credit toward a

12  degree. The department shall identify courses designated as

13  either general education or required as a prerequisite for a

14  degree. The courses shall be identified by their statewide

15  course number.

16         (5)  The department shall identify common prerequisite

17  courses and course substitutions for degree programs across

18  all institutions. Common degree program prerequisites shall be

19  offered and accepted by all state universities and community

20  colleges, except in cases approved by the State Board of

21  Education pursuant to s. 1001.02(2)(x). The department shall

22  develop a centralized database containing the list of courses

23  and course substitutions that meet the prerequisite

24  requirements for each baccalaureate degree program.

25         (6)  The boards of trustees of the community colleges

26  and state universities shall identify their core curricula,

27  which shall include courses required by the State Board of

28  Education.  The universities and community colleges shall work

29  with their school districts to assure that high school

30  curricula coordinate with the core curricula and to prepare

31  students for college-level work. Core curricula for associate


                                 778

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in arts programs shall be adopted in rule by the State Board

  2  of Education and shall include 36 semester hours of general

  3  education courses in the subject areas of communication,

  4  mathematics, social sciences, humanities, and natural

  5  sciences.

  6         (7)  An associate in arts degree shall require no more

  7  than 60 semester hours of college credit, including 36

  8  semester hours of general education coursework.  Except for

  9  college-preparatory coursework required pursuant to s.

10  1008.30, all required coursework shall count toward the

11  associate in arts degree or the baccalaureate degree.

12         (8)  A baccalaureate degree program shall require no

13  more than 120 semester hours of college credit, including 36

14  semester hours of general education coursework, unless prior

15  approval has been granted by the State Board of Education.

16         (9)  A student who received an associate in arts degree

17  for successfully completing 60 semester credit hours may

18  continue to earn additional credits at a community college.

19  The university must provide credit toward the student's

20  baccalaureate degree for an additional community college

21  course if, according to the statewide course numbering, the

22  community college course is a course listed in the university

23  catalog as required for the degree or as prerequisite to a

24  course required for the degree.  Of the courses required for

25  the degree, at least half of the credit hours required for the

26  degree shall be achievable through courses designated as lower

27  division, except in degree programs approved by the State

28  Board of Education.

29         (10)  Students at state universities may request

30  associate in arts certificates if they have successfully

31  completed the minimum requirements for the degree of associate


                                 779

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in arts (A.A.). The university must grant the student an

  2  associate in arts degree if the student has successfully

  3  completed minimum requirements for college-level communication

  4  and computation skills adopted by the State Board of Education

  5  and 60 academic semester hours or the equivalent within a

  6  degree program area, with 36 semester hours in general

  7  education courses in the subject areas of communication,

  8  mathematics, social sciences, humanities, and natural

  9  sciences, consistent with the general education requirements

10  specified in the articulation agreement pursuant to s.

11  1007.23.

12         (11)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint

13  faculty committees representing both community college and

14  public school faculties to recommend to the commissioner for

15  approval by the State Board of Education a standard program

16  length and appropriate occupational completion points for each

17  postsecondary career and technical certificate program,

18  diploma, and degree.

19         Section 352.  Section 1007.261, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1007.261  State universities; admissions of

22  students.--Each university board of trustees is authorized to

23  adopt rules governing the admission of students, subject to

24  this section and rules of the State Board of Education.

25         (1)  Minimum academic standards for undergraduate

26  admission to a university include:

27         (a)  Each student must have received a high school

28  diploma pursuant to s. 1003.43, or its equivalent, except as

29  provided in s. 1007.271(2)-(5) or completed a home education

30  program according to s. 1002.41.

31  


                                 780

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Each student must have successfully completed a

  2  college-preparatory curriculum of 19 credits, as defined in

  3  rules of the State Board of Education, including at least 2

  4  credits of sequential foreign language at the secondary level

  5  or the equivalent of such instruction at the postsecondary

  6  level. A student who completes a home education program

  7  according to s. 1002.41 is not required to document completion

  8  of the 19 credits required by this paragraph. A student whose

  9  native language is not English is exempt from the foreign

10  language requirement, provided that the student demonstrates

11  proficiency in the native language. If a standardized test is

12  not available in the student's native language for the

13  demonstration of proficiency, the university may provide an

14  alternative method of assessment. The State Board of Education

15  shall adopt rules for the articulation of foreign language

16  competency and equivalency between secondary and postsecondary

17  institutions. A student who received an associate in arts

18  degree prior to September 1, 1989, or who enrolled in a

19  program of studies leading to an associate degree from a

20  community college prior to August 1, 1989, and maintains

21  continuous enrollment shall be exempt from this admissions

22  requirement.

23         (c)  Each student must have submitted a test score from

24  the Scholastic Assessment Test of the College Entrance

25  Examination Board or the American College Testing Program.

26         (2)  The minimum admission standards adopted by the

27  State Board of Education or a university board of trustees

28  must permit a student to earn at least 4 of the 19 credits

29  constituting the college-preparatory curriculum required for

30  admission as electives in any one of the following manners:

31  


                                 781

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Successful completion of any course identified in

  2  the Department of Education course code directory as level two

  3  or higher in one or more of the following subject areas:

  4  English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and

  5  foreign language;

  6         (b)  Successful completion of any course identified in

  7  the Department of Education course code directory as level

  8  three in the same or related disciplines;

  9         (c)  Any combination of the courses identified in

10  paragraphs (a) and (b); or

11         (d)  Successful completion of two credits from the

12  courses identified in paragraph (a), plus no more than two

13  total credits from the following categories of courses:

14         1.  Courses identified in the Department of Education

15  course code directory as ROTC and military training;

16         2.  Courses identified in the Department of Education

17  course code directory as level two in art-visual arts, dance,

18  drama-theatre arts, language arts, or music; or

19         3.  Any additional courses determined to be equivalent

20  by the Department of Education.

21         (3)  Each university may admit a limited number of

22  students notwithstanding the admission requirements of

23  paragraph (1)(b) relating to credits in foreign language, if

24  there is evidence that the applicant is expected to do

25  successful academic work at the admitting university. The

26  percent of applicants admitted under this subsection may not

27  exceed a level established for the university by the State

28  Board of Education.  Any lower-division student admitted

29  without meeting the foreign language requirement must earn

30  such credits prior to admission to the upper division of a

31  state university. Any associate in arts degree graduate from a


                                 782

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  community college or university in Florida, or other

  2  upper-division transfer student, admitted without meeting the

  3  foreign language requirement, must earn such credits prior to

  4  graduation from a state university.  Students shall be exempt

  5  from the provisions of this subsection if they can demonstrate

  6  proficiency in American sign language equivalent to that of

  7  students who have completed two credits of such instruction in

  8  high school.

  9         (4)  Nonresident students may be admitted to the

10  university upon such terms as the university may establish.

11  However, such terms shall include, but shall not be limited

12  to:  completion of a secondary school curriculum which

13  includes 4 years of English; 3 years each of mathematics,

14  science, and social sciences; and 2 years of a foreign

15  language.

16         (5)  Within the admission standards provided for in

17  subsection (1), the State Board of Education shall develop

18  procedures for weighting courses which are necessary to meet

19  the requirements of a college-preparatory curriculum at a

20  higher value than less rigorous courses.  Credits received in

21  such courses shall be given greater value in determining

22  admission by universities than cumulative grade point averages

23  in high school.

24         (6)  Consideration shall be given to the past actions

25  of any person applying for admission as a student to any state

26  university, either as a new applicant, an applicant for

27  continuation of studies, or a transfer student, when such

28  actions have been found to disrupt or interfere with the

29  orderly conduct, processes, functions, or programs of any

30  other university, college, or community college.

31  


                                 783

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  In any application for admission by a student as a

  2  citizen of the state, the applicant, if 18 years of age, or,

  3  if a minor, his or her parents or guardian shall make and file

  4  with such application a written statement under oath that such

  5  applicant is a citizen and resident of the state and entitled,

  6  as such, to admission upon the terms and conditions prescribed

  7  for citizens and residents of the state.

  8         (8)  Rules of the State Board of Education shall

  9  require the use of scores on tests of college-level

10  communication and computation skills provided in s. 1008.29 as

11  a condition for admission of students to upper-division

12  instructional programs from community colleges, including

13  those who have been awarded associate in arts degrees.  Use of

14  such test scores as an admission requirement shall extend

15  equally and uniformly to students enrolled in lower divisions

16  in a state university and to transfer students from other

17  colleges and universities.  The tests shall be required for

18  community college students seeking associate in arts degrees

19  and students seeking admission to upper-division instructional

20  programs in a state university.  The use of test scores prior

21  to August 1, 1984, shall be limited to student counseling and

22  curriculum improvement.

23         (9)  For the purposes of this section, American sign

24  language constitutes a foreign language. Florida high schools

25  may offer American sign language as a for-credit elective or

26  as a substitute for any already authorized foreign language

27  requirement.

28         (10)  A Florida resident who is denied admission as an

29  undergraduate to a state university for failure to meet the

30  high school grade point average requirement may appeal the

31  decision to the university and request a recalculation of the


                                 784

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  grade point average including in the revised calculation the

  2  grades earned in up to three credits of advanced fine arts

  3  courses. The university shall provide the student with a

  4  description of the appeals process at the same time as

  5  notification of the admissions decision. The university shall

  6  recalculate the student's grade point average using the

  7  additional courses and advise the student of any changes in

  8  the student's admission status. For purposes of this section,

  9  fine arts courses include courses in music, drama, painting,

10  sculpture, speech, debate, or a course in any art form that

11  requires manual dexterity. Advanced level fine arts courses

12  include fine arts courses identified in the course code

13  directory as Advanced Placement, pre-International

14  Baccalaureate, or International Baccalaureate, or fine arts

15  courses taken in the third or fourth year of a fine arts

16  curriculum.

17         Section 353.  Section 1007.262, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1007.262  Foreign language competence; equivalence

20  determinations.--The Department of Education shall identify

21  the competencies demonstrated by students upon the successful

22  completion of 2 credits of sequential high school foreign

23  language instruction. For the purpose of determining

24  postsecondary equivalence pursuant to s. 1007.261(1)(b), the

25  department shall develop rules through which community

26  colleges correlate such competencies to the competencies

27  required of students in the colleges' respective courses.

28  Based on this correlation, each community college shall

29  identify the minimum number of postsecondary credits that

30  students must earn in order to demonstrate a level of

31  competence in a foreign language at least equivalent to that


                                 785

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of students who have completed 2 credits of such instruction

  2  in high school. The department may also specify alternative

  3  means by which students can demonstrate equivalent foreign

  4  language competence, including means by which a student whose

  5  native language is not English may demonstrate proficiency in

  6  the native language. A student who demonstrates proficiency in

  7  a native language other than English is exempt from the

  8  requirement of completing foreign language courses at the

  9  secondary or postsecondary level.

10         Section 354.  Section 1007.263, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1007.263  Community colleges; admissions of

13  students.--Each community college board of trustees is

14  authorized to adopt rules governing admissions of students

15  subject to this section and rules of the State Board of

16  Education. These rules shall include the following:

17         (1)  Admissions counseling shall be provided to all

18  students entering college credit programs, which counseling

19  shall utilize tests to measure achievement of college-level

20  communication and computation competencies by all students

21  entering college credit programs.

22         (2)  Admission to associate degree programs is subject

23  to minimum standards adopted by the State Board of Education

24  and shall require:

25         (a)  A standard high school diploma, a high school

26  equivalency diploma as prescribed in s. 1003.435, previously

27  demonstrated competency in college credit postsecondary

28  coursework, or, in the case of a student who is home educated,

29  a signed affidavit submitted by the student's parent or legal

30  guardian attesting that the student has completed a home

31  education program pursuant to the requirements of s. 1002.41.


                                 786

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Students who are enrolled in a dual enrollment or early

  2  admission program pursuant to ss. 1007.27 and 1007.271 and

  3  secondary students enrolled in college-level instruction

  4  creditable toward the associate degree, but not toward the

  5  high school diploma, shall be exempt from this requirement.

  6         (b)  A demonstrated level of achievement of

  7  college-level communication and computation skills.

  8         (c)  Any other requirements established by the board of

  9  trustees.

10         (3)  Admission to other programs within the community

11  college shall include education requirements as established by

12  the board of trustees.

13  

14  Each board of trustees shall establish policies that notify

15  students about, and place students into, adult basic

16  education, adult secondary education, or other instructional

17  programs that provide students with alternatives to

18  traditional college-preparatory instruction, including private

19  provider instruction.  A student is prohibited from enrolling

20  in additional college-level courses until the student scores

21  above the cut-score on all sections of the common placement

22  test.

23         Section 355.  Section 1007.264, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1007.264  Impaired and learning disabled persons;

26  admission and graduation, substitute requirements; rules.--Any

27  person who is hearing impaired, visually impaired, or

28  dyslexic, or who has a specific learning disability, shall be

29  eligible for reasonable substitution for any requirement for

30  admission into a public postsecondary educational institution,

31  admission into a program of study, or graduation, where


                                 787

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  documentation can be provided that the person's failure to

  2  meet the requirement is related to the disability and where

  3  the failure to meet the graduation requirement or program

  4  admission requirement does not constitute a fundamental

  5  alteration in the nature of the program. The State Board of

  6  Education shall adopt rules to implement this section and

  7  shall develop substitute requirements where appropriate.

  8         Section 356.  Section 1007.27, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1007.27  Articulated acceleration mechanisms.--

11         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that a variety

12  of articulated acceleration mechanisms be available for

13  secondary and postsecondary students attending public

14  educational institutions. It is intended that articulated

15  acceleration serve to shorten the time necessary for a student

16  to complete the requirements associated with the conference of

17  a high school diploma and a postsecondary degree, broaden the

18  scope of curricular options available to students, or increase

19  the depth of study available for a particular subject.

20  Articulated acceleration mechanisms shall include, but not be

21  limited to, dual enrollment as provided for in s. 1007.271,

22  early admission, advanced placement, credit by examination,

23  the International Baccalaureate Program, and the Advanced

24  International Certificate of Education Program. Credit earned

25  through the Florida Virtual School shall provide additional

26  opportunities for early graduation and acceleration.

27         (2)  The Department of Education shall identify the

28  minimum scores, maximum credit, and course or courses for

29  which credit is to be awarded for each College Level

30  Examination Program (CLEP) general examination, CLEP subject

31  examination, College Board Advanced Placement Program


                                 788

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  examination, and International Baccalaureate examination. In

  2  addition, the department shall identify such courses in the

  3  general education core curriculum of each state university and

  4  community college.

  5         (3)  Each community college and state university must

  6  award credit for specific courses for which competency has

  7  been demonstrated by successful passage of one of the

  8  examinations in subsection (2) unless the award of credit

  9  duplicates credit already awarded. Community colleges and

10  state universities may not exempt students from courses

11  without the award of credit if competencies have been so

12  demonstrated.

13         (4)  It is the intent of the Legislature to provide

14  articulated acceleration mechanisms for students who are in

15  home education programs, as defined in s. 1003.01(11),

16  consistent with the educational opportunities available to

17  public and private secondary school students. Home education

18  students may participate in dual enrollment, career and

19  technical dual enrollment, early admission, and credit by

20  examination. Credit earned by home education students through

21  dual enrollment shall apply toward the completion of a home

22  education program that meets the requirements of s. 1002.41.

23         (5)  Early admission shall be a form of dual enrollment

24  through which eligible secondary students enroll in a

25  postsecondary institution on a full-time basis in courses that

26  are creditable toward the high school diploma and the

27  associate or baccalaureate degree. Students enrolled pursuant

28  to this subsection shall be exempt from the payment of

29  registration, matriculation, and laboratory fees.

30         (6)  Advanced placement shall be the enrollment of an

31  eligible secondary student in a course offered through the


                                 789

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Advanced Placement Program administered by the College Board.

  2  Postsecondary credit for an advanced placement course shall be

  3  limited to students who score a minimum of 3, on a 5-point

  4  scale, on the corresponding Advanced Placement Examination.

  5  The specific courses for which students receive such credit

  6  shall be determined by the department.  Students of Florida

  7  public secondary schools enrolled pursuant to this subsection

  8  shall be exempt from the payment of any fees for

  9  administration of the examination regardless of whether or not

10  the student achieves a passing score on the examination.

11         (7)  Credit by examination shall be the program through

12  which secondary and postsecondary students generate

13  postsecondary credit based on the receipt of a specified

14  minimum score on nationally standardized general or

15  subject-area examinations. For the purpose of statewide

16  application, such examinations and the corresponding minimum

17  scores required for an award of credit shall be delineated by

18  the State Board of Education in the statewide articulation

19  agreement. The maximum credit generated by a student pursuant

20  to this subsection shall be mitigated by any related

21  postsecondary credit earned by the student prior to the

22  administration of the examination. This subsection shall not

23  preclude community colleges and universities from awarding

24  credit by examination based on student performance on

25  examinations developed within and recognized by the individual

26  postsecondary institutions.

27         (8)  The International Baccalaureate Program shall be

28  the curriculum in which eligible secondary students are

29  enrolled in a program of studies offered through the

30  International Baccalaureate Program administered by the

31  International Baccalaureate Office. The State Board of


                                 790

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education shall establish rules which specify the cutoff

  2  scores and International Baccalaureate Examinations which will

  3  be used to grant postsecondary credit at community colleges

  4  and universities. Any such rules, which have the effect of

  5  raising the required cutoff score or of changing the

  6  International Baccalaureate Examinations which will be used to

  7  grant postsecondary credit, shall only apply to students

  8  taking International Baccalaureate Examinations after such

  9  rules are adopted by the State Board of Education. Students

10  shall be awarded a maximum of 30 semester credit hours

11  pursuant to this subsection. The specific course for which a

12  student receives such credit shall be determined by the

13  department. Students enrolled pursuant to this subsection

14  shall be exempt from the payment of any fees for

15  administration of the examinations regardless of whether or

16  not the student achieves a passing score on the examination.

17         (9)  The Advanced International Certificate of

18  Education Program shall be the curriculum in which eligible

19  secondary students are enrolled in a program of studies

20  offered through the Advanced International Certificate of

21  Education Program administered by the University of Cambridge

22  Local Examinations Syndicate.  The State Board of Education

23  shall establish rules which specify the cutoff scores and

24  Advanced International Certificate of Education examinations

25  which will be used to grant postsecondary credit at community

26  colleges and universities.  Any such rules, which have the

27  effect of raising the required cutoff score or of changing the

28  Advanced International Certification of Education examinations

29  which will be used to grant postsecondary credit, shall apply

30  to students taking Advanced International Certificate of

31  Education Examinations after such rules are adopted by the


                                 791

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  State Board of Education.  Students shall be awarded a maximum

  2  of 30 semester credit hours pursuant to this subsection.  The

  3  specific course for which a student receives such credit shall

  4  be determined by the community college or university that

  5  accepts the student for admission.  Students enrolled pursuant

  6  to this subsection shall be exempt from the payment of any

  7  fees for administration of the examinations regardless of

  8  whether or not the student achieves a passing score on the

  9  examination.

10         (10)  Any student who earns 9 or more credits from one

11  or more of the acceleration mechanisms provided for in this

12  section is exempt from any requirement of a public

13  postsecondary educational institution mandating enrollment

14  during a summer term.

15         Section 357.  Section 1007.271, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1007.271  Dual enrollment programs.--

18         (1)  The dual enrollment program is the enrollment of

19  an eligible secondary student or home education student in a

20  postsecondary course creditable toward a career and technical

21  certificate or an associate or baccalaureate degree.

22         (2)  For the purpose of this section, an eligible

23  secondary student is a student who is enrolled in a Florida

24  public secondary school or in a Florida private secondary

25  school which is in compliance with s. 1002.42(2) and conducts

26  a secondary curriculum pursuant to s. 1003.43. Students

27  enrolled in postsecondary instruction that is not creditable

28  toward the high school diploma shall not be classified as dual

29  enrollments. Students who are eligible for dual enrollment

30  pursuant to this section shall be permitted to enroll in dual

31  enrollment courses conducted during school hours, after school


                                 792

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  hours, and during the summer term. Instructional time for such

  2  enrollment may exceed 900 hours; however, the school district

  3  may only report the student for a maximum of 1.0 FTE, as

  4  provided in s. 1011.61(4). Any student so enrolled is exempt

  5  from the payment of registration, matriculation, and

  6  laboratory fees. Vocational-preparatory instruction,

  7  college-preparatory instruction and other forms of

  8  precollegiate instruction, as well as physical education

  9  courses that focus on the physical execution of a skill rather

10  than the intellectual attributes of the activity, are

11  ineligible for inclusion in the dual enrollment program.

12  Recreation and leisure studies courses shall be evaluated

13  individually in the same manner as physical education courses

14  for potential inclusion in the program.

15         (3)  The Department of Education shall adopt guidelines

16  designed to achieve comparability across school districts of

17  both student qualifications and teacher qualifications for

18  dual enrollment courses. Student qualifications must

19  demonstrate readiness for college-level coursework if the

20  student is to be enrolled in college courses. Student

21  qualifications must demonstrate readiness for career and

22  technical-level coursework if the student is to be enrolled in

23  career and technical courses. In addition to the common

24  placement examination, student qualifications for enrollment

25  in college credit dual enrollment courses must include a 3.0

26  unweighted grade point average, and student qualifications for

27  enrollment in career and technical certificate dual enrollment

28  courses must include a 2.0 unweighted grade point average.

29  Exceptions to the required grade point averages may be granted

30  if the educational entities agree and the terms of the

31  agreement are contained within the dual enrollment


                                 793

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  interinstitutional articulation agreement. Community college

  2  boards of trustees may establish additional admissions

  3  criteria, which shall be included in the district

  4  interinstitutional articulation agreement developed according

  5  to s. 1007.235, to ensure student readiness for postsecondary

  6  instruction. Additional requirements included in the agreement

  7  shall not arbitrarily prohibit students who have demonstrated

  8  the ability to master advanced courses from participating in

  9  dual enrollment courses. District school boards may not refuse

10  to enter into an agreement with a local community college if

11  that community college has the capacity to offer dual

12  enrollment courses.

13         (4)  Career and technical dual enrollment shall be

14  provided as a curricular option for secondary students to

15  pursue in order to earn a series of elective credits toward

16  the high school diploma. However, career and technical dual

17  enrollment shall not supplant student acquisition of the

18  diploma. Career and technical dual enrollment shall be

19  available for secondary students seeking a degree or

20  certificate from a complete job-preparatory program, but shall

21  not sustain student enrollment in isolated career and

22  technical courses. It is the intent of the Legislature that

23  career and technical dual enrollment reflect the interests and

24  aptitudes of the student. The provision of a comprehensive

25  academic and career and technical dual enrollment program

26  within the area technical center or community college is

27  supportive of legislative intent; however, such provision is

28  not mandatory.

29         (5)  Each district school board shall inform all

30  secondary students of dual enrollment as an educational option

31  and mechanism for acceleration. Students shall be informed of


                                 794

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  eligibility criteria, the option for taking dual enrollment

  2  courses beyond the regular school year, and the 24 minimum

  3  academic credits required for graduation. District school

  4  boards shall annually assess the demand for dual enrollment

  5  and other advanced courses, and the district school board

  6  shall consider strategies and programs to meet that demand.

  7         (6)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint

  8  faculty committees representing public school, community

  9  college, and university faculties to identify postsecondary

10  courses that meet the high school graduation requirements of

11  s. 1003.43, and to establish the number of postsecondary

12  semester credit hours of instruction and equivalent high

13  school credits earned through dual enrollment pursuant to s.

14  1007.271 that are necessary to meet high school graduation

15  requirements. Such equivalencies shall be determined solely on

16  comparable course content and not on seat time traditionally

17  allocated to such courses in high school. The Commissioner of

18  Education shall recommend to the State Board of Education

19  those courses identified to meet high school graduation

20  requirements, based on mastery of course outcomes, by their

21  statewide course number, and all high schools shall accept

22  these postsecondary education courses toward meeting the

23  requirements of s. 1003.43.

24         (7)  Early admission shall be a form of dual enrollment

25  through which eligible secondary students enroll in a

26  postsecondary institution on a full-time basis in courses that

27  are creditable toward the high school diploma and the

28  associate or baccalaureate degree.  Students enrolled pursuant

29  to this subsection shall be exempt from the payment of

30  registration, matriculation, and laboratory fees.

31  


                                 795

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  Career and technical early admission is a form of

  2  career and technical dual enrollment through which eligible

  3  secondary students enroll full time in an area technical

  4  center or a community college in courses that are creditable

  5  toward the high school diploma and the certificate or

  6  associate degree. Participation in the career and technical

  7  early admission program shall be limited to students who have

  8  completed a minimum of 6 semesters of full-time secondary

  9  enrollment, including studies undertaken in the ninth grade.

10  Students enrolled pursuant to this section are exempt from the

11  payment of registration, matriculation, and laboratory fees.

12         (9)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for

13  any dual enrollment programs involving requirements for high

14  school graduation.

15         (10)(a)  The dual enrollment program for home education

16  students consists of the enrollment of an eligible home

17  education secondary student in a postsecondary course

18  creditable toward an associate degree, a career or technical

19  certificate, or a baccalaureate degree. To participate in the

20  dual enrollment program, an eligible home education secondary

21  student must:

22         1.  Provide proof of enrollment in a home education

23  program pursuant to s. 1002.41.

24         2.  Be responsible for his or her own instructional

25  materials and transportation unless provided for otherwise.

26         (b)  Each technical center, community college, and

27  state university shall:

28         1.  Delineate courses and programs for dually enrolled

29  home education students. Courses and programs may be added,

30  revised, or deleted at any time.

31  


                                 796

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Identify eligibility criteria for home education

  2  student participation, not to exceed those required of other

  3  dually enrolled students.

  4         (11)  The Department of Education shall approve any

  5  course for inclusion in the dual enrollment program that is

  6  contained within the statewide course numbering system.

  7  However, college-preparatory and other forms of precollegiate

  8  instruction, and physical education and other courses that

  9  focus on the physical execution of a skill rather than the

10  intellectual attributes of the activity, may not be so

11  approved, but must be evaluated individually for potential

12  inclusion in the dual enrollment program.

13         (12)  The Department of Education shall develop a

14  statement on transfer guarantees which will inform students,

15  prior to enrollment in a dual enrollment course, of the

16  potential for the dual enrollment course to articulate as an

17  elective or a general education course into a postsecondary

18  education certificate or degree program. The statement shall

19  be provided to each district school superintendent, who shall

20  include the statement in the information provided to all

21  secondary students as required pursuant to this subsection.

22  The statement may also include additional information,

23  including, but not limited to, dual enrollment options,

24  guarantees, privileges, and responsibilities.

25         (13)  It is the intent of the Legislature that students

26  who meet the eligibility requirements of this subsection and

27  who choose to participate in dual enrollment programs be

28  exempt from the payment of registration, matriculation, and

29  laboratory fees.

30         (14)  Instructional materials assigned for use within

31  dual enrollment courses shall be made available to dual


                                 797

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  enrollment students from Florida public high schools free of

  2  charge.  This subsection shall not be construed to prohibit a

  3  community college from providing instructional materials at no

  4  cost to a home education student or student from a private

  5  school.  Students enrolled in postsecondary instruction not

  6  creditable toward a high school diploma shall not be

  7  considered dual enrollments and shall be required to assume

  8  the cost of instructional materials necessary for such

  9  instruction.

10         (15)  Instructional materials purchased by a district

11  school board or community college board of trustees on behalf

12  of dual enrollment students shall be the property of the board

13  against which the purchase is charged.

14         (16)  School districts and community colleges must

15  weigh college-level dual enrollment courses the same as honors

16  courses and advanced placement courses when grade point

17  averages are calculated. Alternative grade calculation or

18  weighting systems that discriminate against dual enrollment

19  courses are prohibited.

20         (17)  The Commissioner of Education may approve dual

21  enrollment agreements for limited course offerings that have

22  statewide appeal. Such programs shall be limited to a single

23  site with multiple county participation.

24         Section 358.  Section 1007.272, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1007.272  Joint dual enrollment and advanced placement

27  instruction.--

28         (1)  Each school district, community college, and state

29  university may conduct advanced placement instruction within

30  dual enrollment courses. Each joint dual enrollment and

31  advanced placement course shall be incorporated within and


                                 798

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  subject to the provisions of the district interinstitutional

  2  articulation agreement pursuant to s. 1007.235. Such agreement

  3  shall certify that each joint dual enrollment and advanced

  4  placement course integrates, at a minimum, the course

  5  structure recommended by the College Board and the structure

  6  that corresponds to the common course number.

  7         (2)  Each student enrolled in a joint dual enrollment

  8  and advanced placement course may be funded pursuant to either

  9  the dual enrollment or advanced placement formula specified in

10  s. 1011.62; however, no student shall be funded through both

11  programs for enrollment in a course provided through this

12  section.  The district school board reporting enrollments for

13  such courses shall utilize the funding formula that more

14  closely approximates the cost of conducting the course. No

15  student shall be reported for advanced placement funding who

16  fails to meet the examination requirement for such funding.

17         (3)  Postsecondary credit for student completion of a

18  joint dual enrollment and advanced placement course shall be

19  awarded, based on the stated preference of the student, as

20  either dual enrollment or advanced placement credit; however,

21  an award of advanced placement credit shall be limited to

22  students who score a minimum of 3, on a 5-point scale, on the

23  Advanced Placement Examination.  No student shall claim double

24  credit based on the completion of a single joint dual

25  enrollment and advanced placement course, nor shall any

26  student enrolled pursuant to this section be required to

27  complete the Advanced Placement Examination.

28         Section 359.  Section 1007.28, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1007.28  Computer-assisted student advising

31  system.--The State Board of Education shall establish and


                                 799

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  maintain within the Department of Education a single,

  2  statewide computer-assisted student advising system, which

  3  must be an integral part of the process of advising,

  4  registering, and certifying students for graduation. It is

  5  intended that an advising system be the primary advising and

  6  tracking tool for students enrolled in public postsecondary

  7  educational institutions and be accessible to all Florida

  8  students. The state universities and community colleges shall

  9  interface institutional systems with the computer-assisted

10  advising system required by this section.  The State Board of

11  Education shall prescribe by rule the roles and

12  responsibilities of the department, the state universities,

13  and the community colleges in the design, implementation,

14  promotion, development, and analysis of the system. The system

15  shall consist of a degree audit and an articulation component

16  that includes the following characteristics:

17         (1)  The system shall constitute an integral part of

18  the process of advising students and assisting them in course

19  selection. The system shall be accessible to students in the

20  following ways:

21         (a)  A student must be able to access the system, at

22  any time, to identify course options that will meet the

23  requirements of a selected path toward a degree.

24         (b)  A status report from the system shall be generated

25  and sent with each grade report to each student enrolled in

26  public postsecondary educational institutions with a declared

27  major.

28         (2)  The system shall be an integral part of the

29  registration process at public postsecondary educational

30  institutions. As part of the process, the system shall:

31  


                                 800

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Provide reports that document each student's

  2  status toward completion of a degree.

  3         (b)  Verify that a student has completed requirements

  4  for graduation.

  5         (3)  The system must provide students information

  6  related to career descriptions and corresponding educational

  7  requirements, admissions requirements, and available sources

  8  of student financial assistance. Such advising must enable

  9  students to examine their interests and aptitudes for the

10  purpose of curricular and career planning.

11         (4)  The system must provide management information to

12  decisionmakers, including information relating student

13  enrollment patterns and course demands to plans for

14  corresponding course offerings and information useful in

15  planning the student registration process.

16         Section 360.  Part III of chapter 1007, Florida

17  Statutes, shall be entitled "Access to Postsecondary

18  Education" and shall consist of ss. 1007.31-1007.34.

19         Section 361.  Section 1007.31, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1007.31  Limited access programs.--

22         (1)  The State Board of Education shall establish

23  criteria for assigning limited access status to an educational

24  program and a process for the periodic review of such programs

25  so that a university board of trustees can determine the need

26  for retention or removal of limited access status.

27         (2)  Each university board of trustees shall monitor

28  limited access programs within the university and conduct

29  periodic reviews of such programs to determine the need for

30  retention or removal of the limited access status.

31  


                                 801

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 362.  Section 1007.32, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1007.32  Transfer students.--

  4         (1)  Each university shall provide registration

  5  opportunities for transfer students that allow such students

  6  access to high demand courses comparable to that provided

  7  native students.

  8         (2)  Each university that provides an orientation

  9  program for freshman enrollees shall also provide orientation

10  programs for transfer students.

11         Section 363.  Section 1007.33, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1007.33  Site-determined baccalaureate degree access.--

14         (1)  The Legislature recognizes that public and private

15  postsecondary educational institutions play essential roles in

16  improving the quality of life and economic well-being of the

17  state and its residents. The Legislature also recognizes that

18  economic development needs and the educational needs of

19  place-bound, nontraditional students have increased the demand

20  for local access to baccalaureate degree programs. In some,

21  but not all, geographic regions, baccalaureate degree programs

22  are being delivered successfully at the local community

23  college through agreements between the community college and

24  4-year postsecondary institutions within or outside of the

25  state.  It is therefore the intent of the Legislature to

26  further expand access to baccalaureate degree programs through

27  the use of community colleges.

28         (2)  A community college may enter into a formal

29  agreement pursuant to the provisions of s. 1007.22 for the

30  delivery of specified baccalaureate degree programs.

31  


                                 802

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  A community college may develop a proposal to

  2  deliver specified baccalaureate degree programs in its

  3  district to meet local workforce needs. The proposal must be

  4  submitted to the State Board of Education for approval. The

  5  community college's proposal must include the following

  6  information:

  7         (a)  Demand for the baccalaureate degree program is

  8  identified by the workforce development board, local

  9  businesses and industry, local chambers of commerce, and

10  potential students.

11         (b)  Substantiation of the unmet need for graduates of

12  the proposed degree program is substantiated.

13         (c)  Evidence that the community college has the

14  facilities and academic resources to cost-effectively deliver

15  the program.

16         (d)  Documentation of any efforts to offer the

17  specified baccalaureate program through cooperative

18  arrangements with other institutions.

19         (e)  Documentation of any formal agreements with

20  institutions to deliver specified baccalaureate programs.

21  

22  The proposal must be submitted to the Council for Education

23  Policy Research and Improvement for review and comment. Upon

24  approval of the State Board of Education for the specific

25  degree program or programs, the community college shall pursue

26  regional accreditation by the Commission on Colleges of the

27  Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. Any additional

28  baccalaureate degree programs the community college wishes to

29  offer must be approved by the State Board of Education.

30         (4)  A community college may not terminate its

31  associate in arts or associate in science degree programs as a


                                 803

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  result of the authorization provided in subsection (3). The

  2  Legislature intends that the primary mission of a community

  3  college, including a community college that offers

  4  baccalaureate degree programs, continues to be the provision

  5  of associate degrees that provide access to a university.

  6         Section 364.  Section 1007.34, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1007.34  College reach-out program.--

  9         (1)  There is established a college reach-out program

10  to increase the number of low-income educationally

11  disadvantaged students in grades 6-12 who, upon high school

12  graduation, are admitted to and successfully complete

13  postsecondary education. Participants should be students who

14  otherwise would be unlikely to seek admission to a community

15  college, state university, or independent postsecondary

16  institution without special support and recruitment efforts.

17  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules that provide

18  for the following:

19         (a)  Definition of "low-income educationally

20  disadvantaged student."

21         (b)  Specific criteria and guidelines for selection of

22  college reach-out participants.

23         (2)  In developing the definition for "low-income

24  educationally disadvantaged student," the State Board of

25  Education shall include such factors as: the family's taxable

26  income; family receipt of temporary cash assistance in the

27  preceding year; family receipt of public assistance in the

28  preceding year; the student's cumulative grade point average;

29  the student's promotion and attendance patterns; the student's

30  performance on state standardized tests; the student's

31  


                                 804

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  enrollment in mathematics and science courses; and the

  2  student's participation in a dropout prevention program.

  3         (3)  To participate in the college reach-out program, a

  4  postsecondary educational institution may submit a proposal to

  5  the Department of Education. The State Board of Education

  6  shall consider the proposals and determine which proposals to

  7  implement as programs that will strengthen the educational

  8  motivation and preparation of low-income educationally

  9  disadvantaged students.

10         (4)  Postsecondary educational institutions that

11  participate in the program must provide procedures for

12  continuous contact with students from the point at which they

13  are selected for participation until they enroll in a

14  postsecondary educational institution. These procedures must

15  assist students in selecting courses required for graduation

16  from high school and admission to a postsecondary educational

17  institution and ensure that students continue to participate

18  in program activities. Institutions that participate must

19  provide on-campus academic and advisory activities during

20  summer vacation and provide opportunities for interacting with

21  college and university students as mentors, tutors, or role

22  models. Proposals submitted by universities and consortia

23  involving universities must provide students with an

24  opportunity to live on campus.

25         (5)  In selecting proposals for approval, the State

26  Board of Education shall give preference to:

27         (a)  Proposals submitted jointly by two or more

28  eligible postsecondary educational institutions.

29         (b)  A program that will use institutional, federal, or

30  private resources to supplement state appropriations.

31  


                                 805

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  An applicant that has demonstrated success in

  2  conducting similar programs.

  3         (d)  A program that includes innovative approaches,

  4  provides a great variety of activities, and includes a large

  5  percentage of low-income educationally disadvantaged minority

  6  students in the college reach-out program.

  7         (e)  An applicant that demonstrates commitment to the

  8  program by proposing to match the grant funds at least

  9  one-to-one in cash or services, with cash being the preferred

10  match.

11         (f)  An applicant that demonstrates an interest in

12  cultural diversity and that addresses the unmet regional needs

13  of varying communities.

14         (6)  A participating postsecondary educational

15  institution is encouraged to use its resources to meet program

16  objectives. A participating postsecondary educational

17  institution must establish an advisory committee composed of

18  high school and middle school personnel, as well as community

19  leaders, to provide advice and assistance in implementing its

20  program.

21         (7)  A proposal must contain the following information:

22         (a)  A statement of purpose that includes a description

23  of the need for, and the results expected from, the proposed

24  program.

25         (b)  An identification of the service area that names

26  the schools to be served, provides community and school

27  demographics, and sets forth the postsecondary enrollment

28  rates of high school graduates within the area.

29         (c)  An identification of existing programs for

30  enhancing the academic performance of minority and low-income

31  


                                 806

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educationally disadvantaged students for enrollment in

  2  postsecondary education.

  3         (d)  A description of the proposed program that

  4  describes criteria to be used to identify schools for

  5  participation in the program. At least 60 percent of the

  6  students recruited in any one year must be in grades 6-9.

  7         (e)  A description of the program activities that must

  8  support the following goals:

  9         1.  Motivate students to pursue a postsecondary

10  education.

11         2.  Enhance students' basic learning skills and

12  performance.

13         3.  Strengthen students' and parents' understanding of

14  the benefits of postsecondary education.

15         4.  Foster academic, personal, and career development

16  through supplemental instruction.

17         (f)  An evaluation component that provides for the

18  collection, maintenance, retrieval, and analysis of the data

19  required by this paragraph. The data must be used to assess

20  the extent to which programs have accomplished specific

21  objectives and achieved the goals of the college reach-out

22  program. The Department of Education shall develop

23  specifications and procedures for the collection and

24  transmission of the data. The annual project evaluation

25  component must contain:

26         1.  The student identification number and social

27  security number, if available; the name of the public school

28  attended; gender; ethnicity; grade level; and grade point

29  average of each participant at the time of entry into the

30  program.

31  


                                 807

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  The grade point average, grade, and promotion

  2  status of each of the participants in the program at the end

  3  of the academic year and any suspension or expulsion of a

  4  participant, if applicable.

  5         3.  The number and percentage of high school

  6  participants who satisfactorily complete 2 sequential years of

  7  a foreign language and Level 2 and 3 mathematics and science

  8  courses.

  9         4.  The number and percentage of participants eligible

10  for high school graduation who receive a standard high school

11  diploma or a high school equivalency diploma, pursuant to s.

12  229.814.

13         5.  The number and percentage of 12th grade

14  participants who are accepted for enrollment and who enroll in

15  a postsecondary educational institution.

16         6.  The number of participants who receive

17  scholarships, grant aid, and work-study awards.

18         7.  The number and percentage of participants who

19  enroll in a public postsecondary educational institution and

20  who fail to achieve a passing score, as defined in State Board

21  of Education rule, on college placement tests pursuant to s.

22  1008.30.

23         8.  The number and percentage of participants who

24  enroll in a postsecondary educational institution and have a

25  minimum cumulative 2.0 grade point average on a 4.0 scale by

26  the end of the second semester.

27         9.  The number of disabled students participating in

28  the project and the nature of their disabilities.

29         (8)  Proposals must be funded competitively in

30  accordance with the following methodology:

31  


                                 808

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The funds appropriated must be distributed to

  2  projects on the basis of minimum standards that include:

  3         1.  A summer residency program of at least 1 week in

  4  duration.

  5         2.  A minimum number of hours of academic instructional

  6  and developmental activities, career counseling, and personal

  7  counseling.

  8         (b)  Subject to legislative appropriations,

  9  continuation projects that satisfy the minimum requirements

10  should have their funds increased each year by the same

11  percentage as the rate of inflation. Projects funded for 3

12  consecutive years should have a cumulative institutional cash

13  match of not less than 50 percent of the total cost of the

14  project over the 3-year period. Any college reach-out program

15  project operating for 3 years which does not provide the

16  minimum 50-percent institutional cash match must not be

17  considered for continued funding.

18         (9)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint an

19  advisory council to review the proposals and recommend to the

20  State Board of Education an order of priority for funding the

21  proposals.

22         (10)  On or before February 15 of each year, each

23  participating institution shall submit to the Department of

24  Education an interim report containing program expenditures

25  and participant information as required in State Board of

26  Education rules.

27         (11)  On or before November 1 of each year,

28  postsecondary educational institutions participating in the

29  program shall submit to the Department of Education an

30  end-of-the-year report on the effectiveness of their

31  


                                 809

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  participation in the program. The end-of-the-year report must

  2  include, without limitation:

  3         (a)  A copy of the certificate-of-expenditures form

  4  showing expenditures by category, state grant funds, and

  5  institutional matching in cash and in-kind services.

  6         (b)  A listing of students participating in the program

  7  by grade level, gender, and race.

  8         (c)  A statement of how the program addresses the four

  9  program goals identified in paragraph (7)(e).

10         (d)  A brief description and analysis of program

11  characteristics and activities critical to program success.

12         (e)  A description of the cooperation received from

13  other units or organizations.

14         (f)  An explanation of the program's outcomes,

15  including data related to student performance on the measures

16  provided for in paragraph (7)(f).

17         (12)  By February 15 of each year, the Department of

18  Education shall submit to the President of the Senate, the

19  Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Commissioner of

20  Education, and the Governor a report that evaluates the

21  effectiveness of the college reach-out program. To the extent

22  feasible, the performance of college reach-out program

23  participants must be compared to the performance of comparable

24  cohorts of students in public school and postsecondary

25  education.

26         (13)  Funding for the college reach-out program shall

27  be provided in the General Appropriations Act.

28         Section 365.  Chapter 1008, Florida Statutes, shall be

29  entitled "Assessment and Accountability" and shall consist of

30  ss. 1008.01-1008.51.

31  


                                 810

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 366.  Part I of chapter 1008, Florida Statutes,

  2  shall be entitled "Assessment, K-20" and shall consist of ss.

  3  1008.21-1008.30.

  4         Section 367.  Effective upon this act becoming a law,

  5  section 1008.21, Florida Statutes, is created to read: 

  6         1008.21  School readiness uniform screening

  7  (kindergarten).--

  8         (1)  The Department of Education shall implement the

  9  school readiness uniform screening developed by the Florida

10  Partnership for School Readiness, and shall require that all

11  school districts administer the kindergarten uniform screening

12  to each kindergarten student in the district school system

13  upon the student's entry into kindergarten.

14         (2)(a)  The Department of Education shall implement the

15  school readiness uniform screening to validate the system

16  recommended by the Florida Partnership for School Readiness as

17  part of a comprehensive evaluation design.  Beginning with the

18  2002-2003 school year, the department shall require that all

19  school districts administer the school readiness uniform

20  screening to each kindergarten student in the district school

21  system upon the student's entry into kindergarten.  Children

22  who enter public school for the first time in first grade must

23  be administered the school readiness uniform screening adopted

24  for use in first grade.  The department shall incorporate

25  school readiness data into the K-20 data warehouse for

26  longitudinal tracking.

27         (b)  The uniform screening shall provide objective data

28  regarding the following expectations for school readiness

29  which shall include, at a minimum:

30  

31  


                                 811

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The child's immunizations and other health

  2  requirements as necessary, including appropriate vision and

  3  hearing screening and examinations.

  4         2.  The child's physical development.

  5         3.  The child's compliance with rules, limitations, and

  6  routines.

  7         4.  The child's ability to perform tasks.

  8         5.  The child's interactions with adults.

  9         6.  The child's interactions with peers.

10         7.  The child's ability to cope with challenges.

11         8.  The child's self-help skills.

12         9.  The child's ability to express his or her needs.

13         10.  The child's verbal communication skills.

14         11.  The child's problem-solving skills.

15         12.  The child's ability to follow verbal directions.

16         13.  The child's demonstration of curiosity,

17  persistence, and exploratory behavior.

18         14.  The child's interest in books and other printed

19  materials.

20         15.  The child's ability to pay attention to stories.

21         16.  The child's participation in art and music

22  activities.

23         17.  The child's ability to identify colors, geometric

24  shapes, letters of the alphabet, numbers, and spatial and

25  temporal relationships.

26         Section 368.  Section 1008.22, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read: 

28         1008.22  Student assessment program for public

29  schools.--

30         (1)  PURPOSE.--The primary purposes of the student

31  assessment program are to provide information needed to


                                 812

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  improve the public schools by enhancing the learning gains of

  2  all students and to inform parents of the educational progress

  3  of their public school children.  The program must be designed

  4  to:

  5         (a)  Assess the annual learning gains of each student

  6  toward achieving the Sunshine State Standards appropriate for

  7  the student's grade level.

  8         (b)  Provide data for making decisions regarding school

  9  accountability and recognition.

10         (c)  Identify the educational strengths and needs of

11  students and the readiness of students to be promoted to the

12  next grade level or to graduate from high school with a

13  standard high school diploma.

14         (d)  Assess how well educational goals and performance

15  standards are met at the school, district, and state levels.

16         (e)  Provide information to aid in the evaluation and

17  development of educational programs and policies.

18         (f)  Provide information on the performance of Florida

19  students compared with others across the United States.

20         (2)  NATIONAL EDUCATION COMPARISONS.--It is Florida's

21  intent to participate in the measurement of national

22  educational goals.  The Commissioner of Education shall direct

23  Florida school districts to participate in the administration

24  of the National Assessment of Educational Progress, or a

25  similar national assessment program, both for the national

26  sample and for any state-by-state comparison programs which

27  may be initiated.  Such assessments must be conducted using

28  the data collection procedures, the student surveys, the

29  educator surveys, and other instruments included in the

30  National Assessment of Educational Progress or similar program

31  being administered in Florida.  The results of these


                                 813

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assessments shall be included in the annual report of the

  2  Commissioner of Education specified in this section. The

  3  administration of the National Assessment of Educational

  4  Progress or similar program shall be in addition to and

  5  separate from the administration of the statewide assessment

  6  program.

  7         (3)  STATEWIDE ASSESSMENT PROGRAM.--The commissioner

  8  shall design and implement a statewide program of educational

  9  assessment that provides information for the improvement of

10  the operation and management of the public schools, including

11  schools operating for the purpose of providing educational

12  services to youth in Department of Juvenile Justice programs.

13  Pursuant to the statewide assessment program, the commissioner

14  shall:

15         (a)  Submit to the State Board of Education a list that

16  specifies student skills and competencies to which the goals

17  for education specified in the state plan apply, including,

18  but not limited to, reading, writing, science, and

19  mathematics.  The skills and competencies must include

20  problem-solving and higher-order skills as appropriate and

21  shall be known as the Sunshine State Standards as defined in

22  s. 1000.21.  The commissioner shall select such skills and

23  competencies after receiving recommendations from educators,

24  citizens, and members of the business community.  The

25  commissioner shall submit to the State Board of Education

26  revisions to the list of student skills and competencies in

27  order to maintain continuous progress toward improvements in

28  student proficiency.

29         (b)  Develop and implement a uniform system of

30  indicators to describe the performance of public school

31  students and the characteristics of the public school


                                 814

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  districts and the public schools.  These indicators must

  2  include, without limitation, information gathered by the

  3  comprehensive management information system created pursuant

  4  to s. 1008.385 and student achievement information obtained

  5  pursuant to this section.

  6         (c)  Develop and implement a student achievement

  7  testing program known as the Florida Comprehensive Assessment

  8  Test (FCAT) as part of the statewide assessment program, to be

  9  administered annually in grades 3 through 10 to measure

10  reading, writing, science, and mathematics.  Other content

11  areas may be included as directed by the commissioner.  The

12  testing program must be designed so that:

13         1.  The tests measure student skills and competencies

14  adopted by the State Board of Education as specified in

15  paragraph (a).  The tests must measure and report student

16  proficiency levels in reading, writing, mathematics, and

17  science.  The commissioner shall provide for the tests to be

18  developed or obtained, as appropriate, through contracts and

19  project agreements with private vendors, public vendors,

20  public agencies, postsecondary educational institutions, or

21  school districts.  The commissioner shall obtain input with

22  respect to the design and implementation of the testing

23  program from state educators and the public.

24         2.  The testing program will include a combination of

25  norm-referenced and criterion-referenced tests and include, to

26  the extent determined by the commissioner, questions that

27  require the student to produce information or perform tasks in

28  such a way that the skills and competencies he or she uses can

29  be measured.

30         3.  Each testing program, whether at the elementary,

31  middle, or high school level, includes a test of writing in


                                 815

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which students are required to produce writings that are then

  2  scored by appropriate methods.

  3         4.  A score is designated for each subject area tested,

  4  below which score a student's performance is deemed

  5  inadequate.  The school districts shall provide appropriate

  6  remedial instruction to students who score below these levels.

  7         5.  Students must earn a passing score on the grade 10

  8  assessment test described in this paragraph in reading,

  9  writing, and mathematics to qualify for a regular high school

10  diploma. The State Board of Education shall designate a

11  passing score for each part of the grade 10 assessment test.

12  In establishing passing scores, the state board shall consider

13  any possible negative impact of the test on minority students.

14  All students who took the grade 10 FCAT during the 2000-2001

15  school year shall be required to earn the passing scores in

16  reading and mathematics established by the State Board of

17  Education for the March 2001 test administration.  Such

18  students who did not earn the established passing scores and

19  must repeat the grade 10 FCAT are required to earn the passing

20  scores established for the March 2001 test administration.

21  All students who take the grade 10 FCAT for the first time in

22  March 2002 and thereafter shall be required to earn the

23  passing scores in reading and mathematics established by the

24  State Board of Education for the March 2002 test

25  administration.  The State Board of Education shall adopt

26  rules which specify the passing scores for the grade 10 FCAT.

27  Any such rules, which have the effect of raising the required

28  passing scores, shall only apply to students taking the grade

29  10 FCAT after such rules are adopted by the State Board of

30  Education.

31  


                                 816

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         6.  Participation in the testing program is mandatory

  2  for all students attending public school, including students

  3  served in Department of Juvenile Justice programs, except as

  4  otherwise prescribed by the commissioner. If a student does

  5  not participate in the statewide assessment, the district must

  6  notify the student's parent and provide the parent with

  7  information regarding the implications of such

  8  nonparticipation. If modifications are made in the student's

  9  instruction to provide accommodations that would not be

10  permitted on the statewide assessment tests, the district must

11  notify the student's parent of the implications of such

12  instructional modifications. A parent must provide signed

13  consent for a student to receive instructional modifications

14  that would not be permitted on the statewide assessments and

15  must acknowledge in writing that he or she understands the

16  implications of such accommodations. The State Board of

17  Education shall adopt rules, based upon recommendations of the

18  commissioner, for the provision of test accommodations and

19  modifications of procedures as necessary for students in

20  exceptional education programs and for students who have

21  limited English proficiency.

22         7.  A student seeking an adult high school diploma must

23  meet the same testing requirements that a regular high school

24  student must meet.

25         8.  District school boards must provide instruction to

26  prepare students to demonstrate proficiency in the skills and

27  competencies necessary for successful grade-to-grade

28  progression and high school graduation. If a student is

29  provided with accommodations or modifications that are not

30  allowable in the statewide assessment program, as described in

31  the test manuals, the district must inform the parent in


                                 817

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  writing and must provide the parent with information regarding

  2  the impact on the student's ability to meet expected

  3  proficiency levels in reading, writing, and math. The

  4  commissioner shall conduct studies as necessary to verify that

  5  the required skills and competencies are part of the district

  6  instructional programs.

  7         9.  The Department of Education must develop, or

  8  select, and implement a common battery of assessment tools

  9  that will be used in all juvenile justice programs in the

10  state. These tools must accurately measure the skills and

11  competencies established in the Florida Sunshine State

12  Standards.

13  

14  The commissioner may design and implement student testing

15  programs, for any grade level and subject area, necessary to

16  effectively monitor educational achievement in the state.

17         (d)  Conduct ongoing research to develop improved

18  methods of assessing student performance, including, without

19  limitation, the use of technology to administer tests, score,

20  or report the results of, the use of electronic transfer of

21  data, the development of work-product assessments, and the

22  development of process assessments.

23         (e)  Conduct ongoing research and analysis of student

24  achievement data, including, without limitation, monitoring

25  trends in student achievement, identifying school programs

26  that are successful, and analyzing correlates of school

27  achievement.

28         (f)  Provide technical assistance to school districts

29  in the implementation of state and district testing programs

30  and the use of the data produced pursuant to such programs.

31  


                                 818

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  DISTRICT TESTING PROGRAMS.--Each district school

  2  board shall periodically assess student performance and

  3  achievement within each school of the district. The assessment

  4  programs must be based upon local goals and objectives that

  5  are compatible with the state plan for education and that

  6  supplement the skills and competencies adopted by the State

  7  Board of Education. All school districts must participate in

  8  the statewide assessment program designed to measure annual

  9  student learning and school performance. All district school

10  boards shall report assessment results as required by the

11  state management information system.

12         (5)  SCHOOL TESTING PROGRAMS.--Each public school shall

13  participate in the statewide assessment program, unless

14  specifically exempted by state board rule based on serving a

15  specialized population for which standardized testing is not

16  appropriate. Student performance data shall be analyzed and

17  reported to parents, the community, and the state. Student

18  performance data shall be used in developing objectives of the

19  school improvement plan, evaluation of instructional

20  personnel, evaluation of administrative personnel, assignment

21  of staff, allocation of resources, acquisition of

22  instructional materials and technology, performance-based

23  budgeting, and promotion and assignment of students into

24  educational programs. The analysis of student performance data

25  also must identify strengths and needs in the educational

26  program and trends over time.  The analysis must be used in

27  conjunction with the budgetary planning processes developed

28  pursuant to s. 1008.385 and the development of the programs of

29  remediation.

30  

31  


                                 819

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  REQUIRED ANALYSES.--The commissioner shall

  2  provide, at a minimum, for the following analyses of data

  3  produced by the student achievement testing program:

  4         (a)  The statistical system for the annual assessments

  5  shall use measures of student learning, such as the FCAT, to

  6  determine teacher, school, and school district statistical

  7  distributions, which shall be determined using available data

  8  from the FCAT, and other data collection as deemed appropriate

  9  by the Department of Education, to measure the differences in

10  student prior year achievement compared to the current year

11  achievement for the purposes of accountability and

12  recognition.

13         (b)  The statistical system shall provide the best

14  estimates of teacher, school, and school district effects on

15  student progress. The approach used by the department shall be

16  approved by the commissioner before implementation.

17         (c)  The annual testing program shall be administered

18  to provide for valid statewide comparisons of learning gains

19  to be made for purposes of accountability and recognition. The

20  commissioner shall establish a schedule for the administration

21  of the statewide assessments. In establishing such schedule,

22  the commissioner is charged with the duty to accomplish the

23  latest possible administration of the statewide assessments

24  and the earliest possible provision of the results to the

25  school districts feasible within available technology and

26  specific appropriation.  District school boards shall not

27  establish school calendars that jeopardize or limit the valid

28  testing and comparison of student learning gains.

29         (7)  LOCAL ASSESSMENTS.--Measurement of the learning

30  gains of students in all subjects and grade levels other than

31  subjects and grade levels required for the state student


                                 820

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  achievement testing program is the responsibility of the

  2  school districts.

  3         (8)  APPLICABILITY OF TESTING STANDARDS.--A student

  4  must meet the testing requirements for high school graduation

  5  that were in effect at the time the student entered 9th grade,

  6  provided the student's enrollment was continuous.

  7         (9)  RULES.--The State Board of Education shall adopt

  8  rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the

  9  provisions of this section.

10         Section 369.  Section 1008.23, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1008.23  Confidentiality of assessment

13  instruments.--All examination and assessment instruments,

14  including developmental materials and workpapers directly

15  related thereto, which are prepared, prescribed, or

16  administered pursuant to ss. 1003.43, 1008.22, and 1008.25

17  shall be confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

18  119.07(1) and from s. 1001.52. Provisions governing access,

19  maintenance, and destruction of such instruments and related

20  materials shall be prescribed by rules of the State Board of

21  Education.

22         Section 370.  Section 1008.24, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1008.24  Test security.--

25         (1)  It is unlawful for anyone knowingly and willfully

26  to violate test security rules adopted by the State Board of

27  Education for mandatory tests administered by or through the

28  State Board of Education or the Commissioner of Education to

29  students, educators, or applicants for certification or

30  administered by school districts pursuant to s. 1008.22, or,

31  with respect to any such test, knowingly and willfully to:


                                 821

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Give examinees access to test questions prior to

  2  testing;

  3         (b)  Copy, reproduce, or use in any manner inconsistent

  4  with test security rules all or any portion of any secure test

  5  booklet;

  6         (c)  Coach examinees during testing or alter or

  7  interfere with examinees' responses in any way;

  8         (d)  Make answer keys available to examinees;

  9         (e)  Fail to follow security rules for distribution and

10  return of secure test as directed, or fail to account for all

11  secure test materials before, during, and after testing;

12         (f)  Fail to follow test administration directions

13  specified in the test administration manuals; or

14         (g)  Participate in, direct, aid, counsel, assist in,

15  or encourage any of the acts prohibited in this section.

16         (2)  Any person who violates this section commits a

17  misdemeanor of the first degree, punishable as provided in s.

18  775.082 or s. 775.083.

19         (3)  A district school superintendent, a president of a

20  public postsecondary educational institution, or a president

21  of a nonpublic postsecondary educational institution shall

22  cooperate with the Commissioner of Education in any

23  investigation concerning the administration of a test

24  administered pursuant to state statute or rule.

25         Section 371.  Section 1008.25, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1008.25  Public school student progression; remedial

28  instruction; reporting requirements.--

29         (1)  INTENT.--It is the intent of the Legislature that

30  each student's progression from one grade to another be

31  determined, in part, upon proficiency in reading, writing,


                                 822

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  science, and mathematics; that district school board policies

  2  facilitate such proficiency; and that each student and his or

  3  her parent be informed of that student's academic progress.

  4         (2)  COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAM.--Each district school board

  5  shall establish a comprehensive program for student

  6  progression which must include:

  7         (a)  Standards for evaluating each student's

  8  performance, including how well he or she masters the

  9  performance standards approved by the State Board of

10  Education.

11         (b)  Specific levels of performance in reading,

12  writing, science, and mathematics for each grade level,

13  including the levels of performance on statewide assessments

14  as defined by the commissioner, below which a student must

15  receive remediation, or be retained within an intensive

16  program that is different from the previous year's program and

17  that takes into account the student's learning style.

18         (c)  Appropriate alternative placement for a student

19  who has been retained 2 or more years.

20         (3)  ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES.--District school boards

21  shall allocate remedial and supplemental instruction resources

22  to students in the following priority:

23         (a)  Students who are deficient in reading by the end

24  of grade 3.

25         (b)  Students who fail to meet performance levels

26  required for promotion consistent with the district school

27  board's plan for student progression required in paragraph

28  (2)(b).

29         (4)  ASSESSMENT AND REMEDIATION.--

30         (a)  Each student must participate in the statewide

31  assessment tests required by s. 1008.22. Each student who does


                                 823

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  not meet specific levels of performance as determined by the

  2  district school board in reading, writing, science, and

  3  mathematics for each grade level, or who does not meet

  4  specific levels of performance as determined by the

  5  commissioner on statewide assessments at selected grade

  6  levels, must be provided with additional diagnostic

  7  assessments to determine the nature of the student's

  8  difficulty and areas of academic need.

  9         (b)  The school in which the student is enrolled must

10  develop, in consultation with the student's parent, and must

11  implement an academic improvement plan designed to assist the

12  student in meeting state and district expectations for

13  proficiency. Beginning with the 2002-2003 school year, if the

14  student has been identified as having a deficiency in reading,

15  the academic improvement plan shall identify the student's

16  specific areas of deficiency in phonemic awareness, phonics,

17  fluency, comprehension, and vocabulary; the desired levels of

18  performance in these areas; and the instructional and support

19  services to be provided to meet the desired levels of

20  performance.  Schools shall also provide for the frequent

21  monitoring of the student's progress in meeting the desired

22  levels of performance.  District school boards shall assist

23  schools and teachers to implement research-based reading

24  activities that have been shown to be successful in teaching

25  reading to low-performing students.  Remedial instruction

26  provided during high school may not be in lieu of English and

27  mathematics credits required for graduation.

28         (c)  Upon subsequent evaluation, if the documented

29  deficiency has not been remediated in accordance with the

30  academic improvement plan, the student may be retained. Each

31  student who does not meet the minimum performance expectations


                                 824

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  defined by the Commissioner of Education for the statewide

  2  assessment tests in reading, writing, science, and mathematics

  3  must continue to be provided with remedial or supplemental

  4  instruction until the expectations are met or the student

  5  graduates from high school or is not subject to compulsory

  6  school attendance.

  7         (5)  READING DEFICIENCY AND PARENTAL NOTIFICATION.--

  8         (a)  It is the ultimate goal of the Legislature that

  9  every student read at or above grade level. Any student who

10  exhibits a substantial deficiency in reading, based upon

11  locally determined or statewide assessments conducted in

12  kindergarten or grade 1, grade 2, or grade 3, or through

13  teacher observations, must be given intensive reading

14  instruction immediately following the identification of the

15  reading deficiency. The student's reading proficiency must be

16  reassessed by locally determined assessments or through

17  teacher observations at the beginning of the grade following

18  the intensive reading instruction. The student must continue

19  to be provided with intensive reading instruction until the

20  reading deficiency is remedied.

21         (b)  Beginning with the 2002-2003 school year, if the

22  student's reading deficiency, as identified in paragraph (a),

23  is not remedied by the end of grade 3, as demonstrated by

24  scoring at Level 2 or higher on the statewide assessment test

25  in reading for grade 3, the student must be retained.

26         (c)  Beginning with the 2002-2003 school year, the

27  parent of any student who exhibits a substantial deficiency in

28  reading, as described in paragraph (a), must be notified in

29  writing of the following:

30         1.  That his or her child has been identified as having

31  a substantial deficiency in reading.


                                 825

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  A description of the current services that are

  2  provided to the child.

  3         3.  A description of the proposed supplemental

  4  instructional services and supports that will be provided to

  5  the child that are designed to remediate the identified area

  6  of reading deficiency.

  7         4.  That if the child's reading deficiency is not

  8  remediated by the end of grade 3, the child must be retained

  9  unless he or she is exempt from mandatory retention for good

10  cause.

11         (6)  ELIMINATION OF SOCIAL PROMOTION.--

12         (a)  No student may be assigned to a grade level based

13  solely on age or other factors that constitute social

14  promotion.

15         (b)  The district school board may only exempt students

16  from mandatory retention, as provided in paragraph (5)(b), for

17  good cause.  Good cause exemptions shall be limited to the

18  following:

19         1.  Limited English proficient students who have had

20  less than 2 years of instruction in an English for Speakers of

21  Other Languages program.

22         2.  Students with disabilities whose individual

23  education plan indicates that participation in the statewide

24  assessment program is not appropriate, consistent with the

25  requirements of State Board of Education rule.

26         3.  Students who demonstrate an acceptable level of

27  performance on an alternative standardized reading assessment

28  approved by the State Board of Education.

29         4.  Students who demonstrate, through a student

30  portfolio, that the student is reading on grade level as

31  evidenced by demonstration of mastery of the Sunshine State


                                 826

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Standards in reading equal to at least a Level 2 performance

  2  on the FCAT.

  3         5.  Students with disabilities who participate in the

  4  FCAT and who have an individual education plan or a Section

  5  504 plan that reflects that the student has received the

  6  intensive remediation in reading, as required by paragraph

  7  (4)(b), for more than 2 years but still demonstrates a

  8  deficiency in reading and was previously retained in

  9  kindergarten, grade 1, or grade 2.

10         6.  Students who have received the intensive

11  remediation in reading as required by paragraph (4)(b) for 2

12  or more years but still demonstrate a deficiency in reading

13  and who were previously retained in kindergarten, grade 1, or

14  grade 2 for a total of 2 years.  Intensive reading instruction

15  for students so promoted must include an altered instructional

16  day based upon an academic improvement plan that includes

17  specialized diagnostic information and specific reading

18  strategies for each student.  The district school board shall

19  assist schools and teachers to implement reading strategies

20  that research has shown to be successful in improving reading

21  among low performing readers.

22         (c)  Requests for good cause exemptions for students

23  from the mandatory retention requirement as described in

24  subparagraphs (b)3. and 4. shall be made consistent with the

25  following:

26         1.  Documentation shall be submitted from the student's

27  teacher to the school principal that indicates that the

28  promotion of the student is appropriate and is based upon the

29  student's academic record.  In order to minimize paperwork

30  requirements, such documentation shall consist only of the

31  


                                 827

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  existing academic improvement plan, individual educational

  2  plan, if applicable, report card, or student portfolio.

  3         2.  The school principal shall review and discuss such

  4  recommendation with the teacher and make the determination as

  5  to whether the student should be promoted or retained.  If the

  6  school principal determines that the student should be

  7  promoted, the school principal shall make such recommendation

  8  in writing to the district school superintendent.  The

  9  district school superintendent shall accept or reject the

10  school principal's recommendation in writing.

11         (7)  ANNUAL REPORT.--

12         (a)  In addition to the requirements in paragraph

13  (5)(b), each district school board must annually report to the

14  parent of each student the progress of the student towards

15  achieving state and district expectations for proficiency in

16  reading, writing, science, and mathematics. The district

17  school board must report to the parent the student's results

18  on each statewide assessment test. The evaluation of each

19  student's progress must be based upon the student's classroom

20  work, observations, tests, district and state assessments, and

21  other relevant information. Progress reporting must be

22  provided to the parent in writing in a format adopted by the

23  district school board.

24         (b)  Beginning with the 2001-2002 school year, each

25  district school board must annually publish in the local

26  newspaper, and report in writing to the State Board of

27  Education by September 1 of each year, the following

28  information on the prior school year:

29         1.  The provisions of this section relating to public

30  school student progression and the district school board's

31  policies and procedures on student retention and promotion.


                                 828

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  By grade, the number and percentage of all students

  2  in grades 3 through 10 performing at Levels 1 and 2 on the

  3  reading portion of the FCAT.

  4         3.  By grade, the number and percentage of all students

  5  retained in grades 3 through 10.

  6         4.  Information on the total number of students who

  7  were promoted for good cause, by each category of good cause

  8  as specified in paragraph (6)(b).

  9         5.  Any revisions to the district school board's policy

10  on student retention and promotion from the prior year.

11         (8)  STATE BOARD AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES.--

12         (a)  The State Board of Education shall have authority

13  as provided in s. 1008.32 to enforce this section.

14         (b)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

15  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 for the administration

16  of this section.

17         (9)  TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.--The department shall

18  provide technical assistance as needed to aid district school

19  boards in administering this section.

20         Section 372.  Section 1008.29, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1008.29  College-level communication and mathematics

23  skills examination (CLAST).--

24         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that the

25  examination of college-level communication and mathematics

26  skills provided in s. 1008.345(3) serve as a mechanism for

27  students to demonstrate that they have mastered the academic

28  competencies prerequisite to upper-division undergraduate

29  instruction.  It is further intended that the examination

30  serve as both a summative evaluation instrument prior to

31  student enrollment in upper-division programs and as a source


                                 829

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of information for student advisers.  It is not intended that

  2  student passage of the examination supplant the need for a

  3  student to complete the general education curriculum

  4  prescribed by an institution.

  5         (2)  Public postsecondary educational institutions

  6  shall administer a minimum of two administrations, one of

  7  which may consist of an alternative administration, of the

  8  college-level communication and computation skills examination

  9  per academic term. Such administrations shall be available to

10  all lower-division students seeking associate in arts or

11  baccalaureate degrees upon completion of at least 18 semester

12  hours or the equivalent.  Public postsecondary educational

13  institutions shall report at a minimum the examination scores

14  of all students tested at each administration of the

15  college-level communication and computation skills

16  examination.

17         (3)  No public postsecondary educational institution

18  shall confer an associate in arts or baccalaureate degree upon

19  any student who fails to complete successfully the examination

20  of college-level communication and computation skills.

21  Students who received their associate in arts degree prior to

22  September 1, 1982, shall be exempt from the provisions of this

23  subsection.

24         (4)  The State Board of Education, by rule, shall set

25  the minimum scores that constitute successful completion of

26  the examination.  In establishing the minimum scores that

27  constitute successful completion of the examination, the State

28  Board of Education shall consider any possible negative impact

29  of the tests on minority students. Determinations regarding a

30  student's successful completion of the examination shall be

31  


                                 830

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  based on the minimum standards prescribed by rule for the date

  2  the student initially takes the examination.

  3         (5)  Any student who, in the best professional opinion

  4  of the university, has a specific learning disability such

  5  that the student can not demonstrate successful completion of

  6  one or more sections of the college-level communication and

  7  computation skills examination and is achieving at the college

  8  level in every area except that of the disability, and whose

  9  diagnosis indicates that further remediation will not succeed

10  in overcoming the disability, may appeal through the

11  appropriate dean to a committee appointed by the president or

12  vice president for academic affairs for special consideration.

13  The committee shall examine the evidence of the student's

14  academic and medical records and may hear testimony relevant

15  to the case.  The committee may grant a waiver for one or more

16  sections of the college-level communication and computation

17  skills examination based on the results of its review.

18         (6)  Each public postsecondary educational institution

19  president shall establish a committee to consider requests for

20  waivers from the provisions of subsection (3).  The committee

21  shall be chaired by the chief academic officer of the

22  institution and shall have four additional members appointed

23  by the president: a member of the mathematics department, a

24  member of the English department, the institutional test

25  administrator, and a fourth faculty member from a department

26  other than English or mathematics. Any student who has taken a

27  subtest of the examination required by this section at least

28  four times and has not achieved a passing score, but has

29  otherwise demonstrated proficiency in coursework in the same

30  subject area, may request a waiver from that particular

31  subtest.  Waivers shall be considered only after students have


                                 831

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  been provided test accommodations or other administrative

  2  adjustments to permit the accurate measurement of the

  3  student's proficiency in the subject areas measured by the

  4  examination authorized in this section.  The committee shall

  5  consider the student's educational records and other evidence

  6  as to whether the student should be able to pass the subtest

  7  under consideration.  A waiver may be recommended to the

  8  president upon majority vote of the committee. The president

  9  may approve or disapprove the recommendation.  The president

10  may not approve a request which the committee has disapproved.

11  If a waiver for a given subtest is approved, the student's

12  transcript shall include a statement that the student did not

13  meet the requirements of subsection (3) and that a waiver was

14  granted.

15         (7)  The State Board of Education, by rule, shall

16  establish fees for the administration of the examination to

17  private postsecondary students.

18         (8)  The State Board of Education, by rule, shall

19  establish fees for the administration of the examination at

20  times other than regularly scheduled dates to accommodate

21  examinees who are unable to be tested on those dates.  The

22  board shall establish the conditions under which examinees may

23  be admitted to the special administrations.

24         (9)  Any student fulfilling one or both of the

25  following requirements before completion of associate in arts

26  degree requirements or baccalaureate degree requirements is

27  exempt from the testing requirements of this section:

28         (a)  Achieves a score that meets or exceeds a minimum

29  score on a nationally standardized examination, as established

30  by the State Board of Education; or

31  


                                 832

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Demonstrates successful remediation of any

  2  academic deficiencies identified by the college placement test

  3  and achieves a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above,

  4  on a 4.0 scale, in postsecondary-level coursework identified

  5  by the State Board of Education. The Department of Education

  6  shall specify the means by which a student may demonstrate

  7  successful remediation.

  8  

  9  Any student denied a degree prior to January 1, 1996, based on

10  the failure of at least one subtest of the CLAST may use

11  either of the alternatives specified in this subsection for

12  receipt of a degree if such student meets all degree program

13  requirements at the time of application for the degree under

14  the exemption provisions of this subsection. This section does

15  not require a student to take the CLAST before being given the

16  opportunity to use any of the alternatives specified in this

17  subsection. The exemptions provided herein do not apply to

18  requirements for certification as provided in s. 1012.56.

19         Section 373.  Section 1008.30, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1008.30  Common placement testing for public

22  postsecondary education.--

23         (1)  The State Board of Education shall develop and

24  implement a common placement test for the purpose of assessing

25  the basic computation and communication skills of students who

26  intend to enter a degree program at any public postsecondary

27  educational institution.  The State Board of Education shall

28  adopt rules which enable public postsecondary educational

29  institutions to implement appropriate modifications of the

30  test instruments or test procedures for students with

31  disabilities.


                                 833

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The common placement testing program shall include

  2  at a minimum the following:  the capacity to diagnose basic

  3  competencies in the areas of English, reading, and mathematics

  4  which are essential to perform college-level work;

  5  prerequisite skills that relate to progressively advanced

  6  instruction in mathematics, such as algebra and geometry;

  7  prerequisite skills that relate to progressively advanced

  8  instruction in language arts, such as English composition and

  9  literature; prerequisite skills which relate to the College

10  Level Academic Skills Test (CLAST); and provision of test

11  information to students on the specific deficiencies.

12         (3)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

13  that would require high schools to give the common placement

14  test prescribed in this section, or an equivalent test

15  identified by the State Board of Education, at the beginning

16  of the tenth grade year before enrollment in the eleventh

17  grade year in public high school for the purpose of obtaining

18  remedial instruction prior to entering public postsecondary

19  education.

20         (4)(a)  Public postsecondary educational institution

21  students who have been identified as requiring additional

22  preparation pursuant to subsection (1) shall enroll in

23  college-preparatory or other adult education pursuant to s.

24  1004.93 in community colleges to develop needed college-entry

25  skills. These students shall be permitted to take courses

26  within their degree program concurrently in other curriculum

27  areas for which they are qualified while enrolled in

28  college-preparatory instruction courses.  A student enrolled

29  in a college-preparatory course may concurrently enroll only

30  in college credit courses that do not require the skills

31  addressed in the college-preparatory course.  The State Board


                                 834

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of Education shall specify the college credit courses that are

  2  acceptable for students enrolled in each college-preparatory

  3  skill area, pursuant to s. 1001.02(7)(g). A student who wishes

  4  to earn an associate in arts or a baccalaureate degree, but

  5  who is required to complete a college-preparatory course, must

  6  successfully complete the required college-preparatory studies

  7  by the time the student has accumulated 12 hours of

  8  lower-division college credit degree coursework; however, a

  9  student may continue enrollment in degree-earning coursework

10  provided the student maintains enrollment in

11  college-preparatory coursework for each subsequent semester

12  until college-preparatory coursework requirements are

13  completed, and the student demonstrates satisfactory

14  performance in degree-earning coursework.  A passing score on

15  a standardized, institutionally developed test must be

16  achieved before a student is considered to have met basic

17  computation and communication skills requirements; however, no

18  student shall be required to retake any test or subtest that

19  was previously passed by said student. Credit awarded for

20  college-preparatory instruction may not be counted towards

21  fulfilling the number of credits required for a degree.

22         (b)  The university board of trustees may contract with

23  a community college board of trustees for the community

24  college to provide such instruction on the state university

25  campus. Any state university in which the percentage of

26  incoming students requiring college-preparatory instruction

27  equals or exceeds the average percentage of such students for

28  the community college system may offer college-preparatory

29  instruction without contracting with a community college;

30  however, any state university offering college-preparatory

31  


                                 835

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  instruction as of January 1, 1996, may continue to provide

  2  such services.

  3         (5)  A student may not be enrolled in a college credit

  4  mathematics or English course on a dual enrollment basis

  5  unless the student has demonstrated adequate precollegiate

  6  preparation on the section of the basic computation and

  7  communication skills assessment required pursuant to

  8  subsection (1) that is appropriate for successful student

  9  participation in the course.

10         Section 374.  Part II of chapter 1008, Florida

11  Statutes, shall be entitled "Accountability, K-20" and shall

12  consist of ss. 1008.31-1008.46.

13         Section 375.  Section 1008.31, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1008.31  Florida's K-20 education performance

16  accountability system; legislative intent; performance-based

17  funding; mission, goals, and systemwide measures.--

18         (1)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--It is the intent of the

19  Legislature that:

20         (a)  The performance accountability system implemented

21  to assess the effectiveness of Florida's seamless K-20

22  education delivery system provide answers to the following

23  questions in relation to its mission and goals:

24         1.  What is the public receiving in return for funds it

25  invests in education?

26         2.  How effectively is Florida's K-20 education system

27  educating its students?

28         3.  How effectively are the major delivery sectors

29  promoting student achievement?

30         4.  How are individual schools and postsecondary

31  education institutions performing their responsibility to


                                 836

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educate their students as measured by how students are

  2  performing and how much they are learning?

  3         (b)  The State Board of Education recommend to the

  4  Legislature systemwide performance standards; the Legislature

  5  establish systemwide performance measures and standards; and

  6  the systemwide measures and standards provide Floridians with

  7  information on what the public is receiving in return for the

  8  funds it invests in education and how well the K-20 system

  9  educates its students.

10         (c)  The State Board of Education establish performance

11  measures and set performance standards for individual

12  components of the public education system, including

13  individual schools and postsecondary educational institutions,

14  with measures and standards based primarily on student

15  achievement.

16         (2)  PERFORMANCE-BASED FUNDING.--The State Board of

17  Education shall cooperate with the Commissioner of Education

18  and each delivery system to develop proposals for

19  performance-based funding, using performance measures

20  established by the Legislature. The proposals must provide

21  that at least 10 percent of the state funds appropriated for

22  the K-20 education system are conditional upon meeting or

23  exceeding established performance standards. The State Board

24  of Education must submit the recommendations to the

25  Legislature in the following sequence:

26         (a)  By December 1, 2002, recommendations for state

27  universities, for consideration by the 2003 Legislature and

28  implementation in the 2003-2004 fiscal year.

29         (b)  By December 1, 2003, recommendations for public

30  schools and workforce education, for consideration by the 2004

31  Legislature and implementation in the 2004-2005 fiscal year.


                                 837

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  By December 1, 2004, recommendations for community

  2  colleges, for consideration by the 2005 Legislature and

  3  implementation in the 2005-2006 fiscal year.

  4         (d)  By December 1, 2005, recommendations for all other

  5  programs that receive state funds within the Department of

  6  Education.

  7         (3)  MISSION, GOALS, AND SYSTEMWIDE MEASURES.--The

  8  mission of Florida's K-20 education system shall be to

  9  increase the proficiency of all students within one seamless,

10  efficient system, by allowing them the opportunity to expand

11  their knowledge and skills through learning opportunities and

12  research valued by students, parents, and communities, and to

13  maintain an accountability system that measures student

14  progress toward the following goals:

15         (a)  Highest student achievement, as measured by:

16  student FCAT performance and annual learning gains; the number

17  and percentage of schools that improve at least one school

18  performance grade designation or maintain a school performance

19  grade designation of "A" pursuant to s. 1008.34; graduation or

20  completion rates at all learning levels; and other measures

21  identified in law or rule.

22         (b)  Seamless articulation and maximum access, as

23  measured by: the percentage of students who demonstrate

24  readiness for the educational level they are entering, from

25  kindergarten through postsecondary education and into the

26  workforce; the number and percentage of students needing

27  remediation; the percentage of Floridians who complete

28  associate, baccalaureate, professional, and postgraduate

29  degrees; the number and percentage of credits that articulate;

30  the extent to which each set of exit-point requirements

31  


                                 838

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  matches the next set of entrance-point requirements; and other

  2  measures identified in law or rule.

  3         (c)  Skilled workforce and economic development, as

  4  measured by: the number and percentage of graduates employed

  5  in their areas of preparation; the percentage of Floridians

  6  with high school diplomas and postsecondary education

  7  credentials; the percentage of business and community members

  8  who find that Florida's graduates possess the skills they

  9  need; and other measures identified in law or rule.

10         (d)  Quality efficient services, as measured by: cost

11  per completer or graduate; average cost per noncompleter at

12  each educational level; cost disparity across institutions

13  offering the same degrees; the percentage of education

14  customers at each educational level who are satisfied with the

15  education provided; and other measures identified in law or

16  rule.

17         (4)  SYSTEMWIDE DATA COLLECTION.--School districts and

18  public postsecondary educational institutions shall maintain

19  information systems that will provide the State Board of

20  Education and the Legislature with information and reports at

21  a level of comprehensiveness and quality no less than that

22  which was available as of June 30, 2001.

23         Section 376.  Section 1008.32, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read: 

25         1008.32  State Board of Education oversight enforcement

26  authority.--The State Board of Education shall oversee the

27  performance of district school boards and public postsecondary

28  educational institution boards in enforcement of all laws and

29  rules.  District school boards and public postsecondary

30  educational institution boards shall be primarily responsible

31  for compliance with law and state board rule.


                                 839

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  In order to ensure compliance with law or state

  2  board rule, the State Board of Education shall have the

  3  authority to request and receive information, data, and

  4  reports from school districts and public postsecondary

  5  educational institutions.  District school superintendents and

  6  public postsecondary educational institution presidents are

  7  responsible for the accuracy of the information and data

  8  reported to the state board.

  9         (2)  The Commissioner of Education may investigate

10  allegations of noncompliance with law or state board rule and

11  determine probable cause, the commissioner shall report to the

12  State Board of Education which shall require the district

13  school board or public postsecondary educational institution

14  board to document compliance with law or state board rule.

15         (3)  If the district school board or public

16  postsecondary educational institution board cannot

17  satisfactorily document compliance, the State Board of

18  Education may order compliance within a specified timeframe.

19         (4)  If the State Board of Education determines that a

20  district school board or public postsecondary educational

21  institution board is unwilling or unable to comply with law or

22  state board rule within the specified time, the state board

23  shall have the authority to initiate any of the following

24  actions:

25         (a)  Report to the Legislature that the school district

26  or public postsecondary educational institution has been

27  unwilling or unable to comply with law or state board rule and

28  recommend action to be taken by the Legislature.

29         (b)  Reduce the discretionary lottery appropriation

30  until the school district or public postsecondary education

31  institution complies with the law or state board rule.


                                 840

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Withhold the transfer of state funds,

  2  discretionary grant funds, or any other funds specified as

  3  eligible for this purpose by the Legislature until the school

  4  district or public postsecondary educational institution

  5  complies with the law or state board rule.

  6         (d)  Declare the school district or public

  7  postsecondary educational institution ineligible for

  8  competitive grants.

  9         (e)  Require monthly or periodic reporting on the

10  situation related to noncompliance until it is remedied.

11         (5)  Nothing in this section shall be construed to

12  create a private cause of action or create any rights for

13  individuals or entities in addition to those provided

14  elsewhere in law or rule.

15         Section 377.  Section 1008.33, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1008.33  Authority to enforce public school

18  improvement.--It is the intent of the Legislature that all

19  public schools be held accountable for students performing at

20  acceptable levels.  A system of school improvement and

21  accountability that assesses student performance by school,

22  identifies schools in which students are not making adequate

23  progress toward state standards, institutes appropriate

24  measures for enforcing improvement, and provides rewards and

25  sanctions based on performance shall be the responsibility of

26  the State Board of Education.

27         (1)  Pursuant to Art. IX of the State Constitution

28  prescribing the duty of the State Board of Education to

29  supervise Florida's public school system and notwithstanding

30  any other statutory provisions to the contrary, the State

31  Board of Education shall intervene in the operation of a


                                 841

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district school system when one or more schools in the school

  2  district have failed to make adequate progress for 2 school

  3  years in a 4-year period. For purposes of determining when a

  4  school is eligible for state board action and opportunity

  5  scholarships for its students, the terms "2 years in any

  6  4-year period" and "2 years in a 4-year period" mean that in

  7  any year that a school has a grade of "F," the school is

  8  eligible for state board action and opportunity scholarships

  9  for its students if it also has had a grade of "F" in any of

10  the previous 3 school years. The State Board of Education may

11  determine that the school district or school has not taken

12  steps sufficient for students in the school to be academically

13  well served.  Considering recommendations of the Commissioner

14  of Education, the State Board of Education shall recommend

15  action to a district school board intended to improve

16  educational services to students in each school that is

17  designated as performance grade category "F." Recommendations

18  for actions to be taken in the school district shall be made

19  only after thorough consideration of the unique

20  characteristics of a school, which shall include student

21  mobility rates, the number and type of exceptional students

22  enrolled in the school, and the availability of options for

23  improved educational services. The state board shall adopt by

24  rule steps to follow in this process.  Such steps shall

25  provide school districts sufficient time to improve student

26  performance in schools and the opportunity to present evidence

27  of assistance and interventions that the district school board

28  has implemented.

29         (2)  The State Board of Education may recommend one or

30  more of the following actions to district school boards to

31  enable students in schools designated as performance grade


                                 842

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  category "F" to be academically well served by the public

  2  school system:

  3         (a)  Provide additional resources, change certain

  4  practices, and provide additional assistance if the state

  5  board determines the causes of inadequate progress to be

  6  related to school district policy or practice;

  7         (b)  Implement a plan that satisfactorily resolves the

  8  education equity problems in the school;

  9         (c)  Contract for the educational services of the

10  school, or reorganize the school at the end of the school year

11  under a new school principal who is authorized to hire new

12  staff and implement a plan that addresses the causes of

13  inadequate progress;

14         (d)  Allow parents of students in the school to send

15  their children to another district school of their choice; or

16         (e)  Other action appropriate to improve the school's

17  performance.

18         (3)  In recommending actions to district school boards,

19  the State Board of Education shall specify the length of time

20  available to implement the recommended action.  The State

21  Board of Education may adopt rules to further specify how it

22  may respond in specific circumstances.  No action taken by the

23  State Board of Education shall relieve a school from state

24  accountability requirements.

25         (4)  The State Board of Education may require the

26  Department of Education or Comptroller to withhold any

27  transfer of state funds to the school district if, within the

28  timeframe specified in state board action, the school district

29  has failed to comply with the action ordered to improve the

30  district's low-performing schools. Withholding the transfer of

31  funds shall occur only after all other recommended actions for


                                 843

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school improvement have failed to improve performance. The

  2  State Board of Education may impose the same penalty on any

  3  district school board that fails to develop and implement a

  4  plan for assistance and intervention for low-performing

  5  schools as specified in s. 1001.42(16)(c).

  6         Section 378.  Section 1008.34, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1008.34  School grading system; district performance

  9  grade.--

10         (1)  ANNUAL REPORTS.--The Commissioner of Education

11  shall prepare annual reports of the results of the statewide

12  assessment program which describe student achievement in the

13  state, each district, and each school.  The commissioner shall

14  prescribe the design and content of these reports, which must

15  include, without limitation, descriptions of the performance

16  of all schools participating in the assessment program and all

17  of their major student populations as determined by the

18  Commissioner of Education, and must also include the median

19  scores of all eligible students who scored at or in the lowest

20  25th percentile of the state in the previous school year;

21  provided, however, that the provisions of s. 1002.22

22  pertaining to student records apply to this section.

23         (2)  SCHOOL PERFORMANCE GRADE CATEGORIES.--The annual

24  report shall identify schools as being in one of the following

25  grade categories defined according to rules of the State Board

26  of Education:

27         (a)  "A," schools making excellent progress.

28         (b)  "B," schools making above average progress.

29         (c)  "C," schools making satisfactory progress.

30         (d)  "D," schools making less than satisfactory

31  progress.


                                 844

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  "F," schools failing to make adequate progress.

  2  

  3  Each school designated in performance grade category "A,"

  4  making excellent progress, or having improved at least two

  5  performance grade categories, shall have greater authority

  6  over the allocation of the school's total budget generated

  7  from the FEFP, state categoricals, lottery funds, grants, and

  8  local funds, as specified in state board rule. The rule must

  9  provide that the increased budget authority shall remain in

10  effect until the school's performance grade declines.

11         (3)  DESIGNATION OF SCHOOL PERFORMANCE GRADE

12  CATEGORIES.--School performance grade category designations

13  itemized in subsection (2) shall be based on the following:

14         (a)  Timeframes.--

15         1.  School performance grade category designations

16  shall be based on the school's current year performance and

17  the school's annual learning gains.

18         2.  A school's performance grade category designation

19  shall be based on a combination of student achievement scores,

20  student learning gains as measured by annual FCAT assessments

21  in grades 3 through 10, and improvement of the lowest 25th

22  percentile of students in the school in reading, math, or

23  writing on the FCAT, unless these students are performing

24  above satisfactory performance.

25         (b)  Student assessment data.--Student assessment data

26  used in determining school performance grade categories shall

27  include:

28         1.  The aggregate scores of all eligible students

29  enrolled in the school who have been assessed on the FCAT.

30         2.  The aggregate scores of all eligible students

31  enrolled in the school who have been assessed on the FCAT,


                                 845

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  including Florida Writes, and who have scored at or in the

  2  lowest 25th percentile of students in the school in reading,

  3  math, or writing, unless these students are performing above

  4  satisfactory performance.

  5  

  6  The Department of Education shall study the effects of

  7  mobility on the performance of highly mobile students and

  8  recommend programs to improve the performance of such

  9  students. The State Board of Education shall adopt appropriate

10  criteria for each school performance grade category. The

11  criteria must also give added weight to student achievement in

12  reading. Schools designated as performance grade category "C,"

13  making satisfactory progress, shall be required to demonstrate

14  that adequate progress has been made by students in the school

15  who are in the lowest 25th percentile in reading, math, or

16  writing on the FCAT, including Florida Writes, unless these

17  students are performing above satisfactory performance.

18         (4)  SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT RATINGS.--The annual report

19  shall identify each school's performance as having improved,

20  remained the same, or declined. This school improvement rating

21  shall be based on a comparison of the current year's and

22  previous year's student and school performance data. Schools

23  that improve at least one performance grade category are

24  eligible for school recognition awards pursuant to s. 1008.36.

25         (5)  SCHOOL PERFORMANCE GRADE CATEGORY AND IMPROVEMENT

26  RATING REPORTS.--School performance grade category

27  designations and improvement ratings shall apply to each

28  school's performance for the year in which performance is

29  measured. Each school's designation and rating shall be

30  published annually by the Department of Education and the

31  school district. Parents shall be entitled to an easy-to-read


                                 846

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  report card about the designation and rating of the school in

  2  which their child is enrolled.

  3         (6)  RULES.--The State Board of Education shall adopt

  4  rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the

  5  provisions of this section.

  6         (7)  PERFORMANCE-BASED FUNDING.--The Legislature may

  7  factor in the performance of schools in calculating any

  8  performance-based funding policy that is provided for annually

  9  in the General Appropriations Act.

10         (8)  DISTRICT PERFORMANCE GRADE.--The annual report

11  required by subsection (1) shall include district performance

12  grades, which shall consist of weighted district average

13  grades, by level, for all elementary schools, middle schools,

14  and high schools in the district. A district's weighted

15  average grade shall be calculated by weighting individual

16  school grades determined pursuant to subsection (2) by school

17  enrollment.

18         Section 379.  Section 1008.345, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1008.345  Implementation of state system of school

21  improvement and education accountability.--

22         (1)  The Commissioner of Education is responsible for

23  implementing and maintaining a system of intensive school

24  improvement and stringent education accountability, which

25  shall include policies and programs to implement the

26  following:

27         (a)  A system of data collection and analysis that will

28  improve information about the educational success of

29  individual students and schools, including schools operating

30  for the purpose of providing educational services to youth in

31  Department of Juvenile Justice programs. The information and


                                 847

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  analyses must be capable of identifying educational programs

  2  or activities in need of improvement, and reports prepared

  3  pursuant to this paragraph shall be distributed to the

  4  appropriate district school boards prior to distribution to

  5  the general public. This provision shall not preclude access

  6  to public records as provided in chapter 119.

  7         (b)  A program of school improvement that will analyze

  8  information to identify schools, including schools operating

  9  for the purpose of providing educational services to youth in

10  Department of Juvenile Justice programs, educational programs,

11  or educational activities in need of improvement.

12         (c)  A method of delivering services to assist school

13  districts and schools to improve, including schools operating

14  for the purpose of providing educational services to youth in

15  Department of Juvenile Justice programs.

16         (d)  A method of coordinating with the state

17  educational goals and school improvement plans any other state

18  program that creates incentives for school improvement.

19         (2)  The commissioner shall be held responsible for the

20  implementation and maintenance of the system of school

21  improvement and education accountability outlined in this

22  section.  There shall be an annual determination of whether

23  adequate progress is being made toward implementing and

24  maintaining a system of school improvement and education

25  accountability.

26         (3)  The annual feedback report shall be developed by

27  the Department of Education.

28         (4)  The commissioner shall review each district school

29  board's feedback report and submit findings to the State Board

30  of Education. If adequate progress is not being made toward

31  implementing and maintaining a system of school improvement


                                 848

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and education accountability, the State Board of Education

  2  shall direct the commissioner to prepare and implement a

  3  corrective action plan. The commissioner and State Board of

  4  Education shall monitor the development and implementation of

  5  the corrective action plan.

  6         (5)  The commissioner shall report to the Legislature

  7  and recommend changes in state policy necessary to foster

  8  school improvement and education accountability. Included in

  9  the report shall be a list of the schools, including schools

10  operating for the purpose of providing educational services to

11  youth in Department of Juvenile Justice programs, for which

12  district school boards have developed assistance and

13  intervention plans and an analysis of the various strategies

14  used by the school boards. School reports shall be distributed

15  pursuant to this subsection and s. 1001.42(16)(e) and

16  according to rules adopted by the State Board of Education.

17         (6)(a)  The Department of Education shall implement a

18  training program to develop among state and district educators

19  a cadre of facilitators of school improvement. These

20  facilitators shall assist schools and districts to conduct

21  needs assessments and develop and implement school improvement

22  plans to meet state goals.

23         (b)  Upon request, the department shall provide

24  technical assistance and training to any school, including any

25  school operating for the purpose of providing educational

26  services to youth in Department of Juvenile Justice programs,

27  school advisory council, district, or district school board

28  for conducting needs assessments, developing and implementing

29  school improvement plans, developing and implementing

30  assistance and intervention plans, or implementing other

31  components of school improvement and accountability. Priority


                                 849

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for these services shall be given to schools designated as

  2  performance grade category "D" or "F" and school districts in

  3  rural and sparsely populated areas of the state.

  4         (c)  Pursuant to s. 24.121(5)(d), the department shall

  5  not release funds from the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund

  6  to any district in which a school, including schools operating

  7  for the purpose of providing educational services to youth in

  8  Department of Juvenile Justice programs, does not have an

  9  approved school improvement plan, pursuant to s. 1001.42(16),

10  after 1 full school year of planning and development, or does

11  not comply with school advisory council membership composition

12  requirements pursuant to s. 1001.452. The department shall

13  send a technical assistance team to each school without an

14  approved plan to develop such school improvement plan or to

15  each school without appropriate school advisory council

16  membership composition to develop a strategy for corrective

17  action.  The department shall release the funds upon approval

18  of the plan or upon establishment of a plan of corrective

19  action. Notice shall be given to the public of the

20  department's intervention and shall identify each school

21  without a plan or without appropriate school advisory council

22  membership composition.

23         (d)  The department shall assign a community assessment

24  team to each school district with a school designated as

25  performance grade category "D" or "F" to review the school

26  performance data and determine causes for the low performance.

27  The team shall make recommendations to the school board, to

28  the department, and to the State Board of Education for

29  implementing an assistance and intervention plan that will

30  address the causes of the school's low performance. The

31  assessment team shall include, but not be limited to, a


                                 850

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  department representative, parents, business representatives,

  2  educators, and community activists, and shall represent the

  3  demographics of the community from which they are appointed.

  4         (7)(a)  Schools designated in performance grade

  5  category "A," making excellent progress, shall, if requested

  6  by the school, be given deregulated status as specified in s.

  7  1003.63(5), (7), (8), (9), and (10).

  8         (b)  Schools that have improved at least two

  9  performance grade categories and that meet the criteria of the

10  Florida School Recognition Program pursuant to s. 1008.36 may

11  be given deregulated status as specified in s. 1003.63(5),

12  (7), (8), (9), and (10).

13         (8)  As a part of the system of educational

14  accountability, the Department of Education shall:

15         (a)  Develop minimum performance standards for various

16  grades and subject areas, as required in ss. 1001.03, 1008.22,

17  and 1008.34.

18         (b)  Administer the statewide assessment testing

19  program created by s. 1008.22.

20         (c)  Review the school advisory councils of each

21  district as required by s. 1001.452.

22         (d)  Conduct the program evaluations required by s.

23  1001.03.

24         (e)  Maintain a listing of college-level communication

25  and mathematics skills defined by the State Board of Education

26  as being associated with successful student performance

27  through the baccalaureate level and submit the same to the

28  State Board of Education for approval.

29         (f)  Maintain a listing of tests and other assessment

30  procedures which measure and diagnose student achievement of

31  


                                 851

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  college-level communication and computation skills and submit

  2  the same to the State Board of Education for approval.

  3         (g)  Maintain for the information of the State Board of

  4  Education and the Legislature a file of data to reflect

  5  achievement of college-level communication and mathematics

  6  competencies by students in state universities and community

  7  colleges.

  8         (h)  Develop or contract for, and submit to the State

  9  Board of Education for approval, tests which measure and

10  diagnose student achievement of college-level communication

11  and mathematics skills.  Any tests and related documents

12  developed are exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).  The

13  commissioner shall maintain statewide responsibility for the

14  administration of such tests and may assign administrative

15  responsibilities for the tests to any state university or

16  community college.  The state board, upon recommendation of

17  the commissioner, may enter into contracts for such services

18  beginning in one fiscal year and continuing into the next year

19  which are paid from the appropriation for either or both

20  fiscal years.

21         (i)  Perform any other functions that may be involved

22  in educational planning, research, and evaluation or that may

23  be required by the commissioner, the State Board of Education,

24  or law.

25         Section 380.  Section 1008.35, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1008.35  Best financial management practices for school

28  districts; standards; reviews; designation of school

29  districts.--

30         (1)  The purpose of best financial management practices

31  reviews is to improve Florida school district management and


                                 852

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  use of resources and to identify cost savings. The Office of

  2  Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability (OPPAGA)

  3  and the Office of the Auditor General are directed to develop

  4  a system for reviewing the financial management practices of

  5  school districts. In this system, the Auditor General shall

  6  assist OPPAGA in examining district operations to determine

  7  whether they meet "best financial management practices."

  8         (2)  The best financial management practices adopted by

  9  the Commissioner of Education may be updated periodically

10  after consultation with the Legislature, the Governor, the

11  Department of Education, school districts, and the Auditor

12  General. OPPAGA shall submit to the Commissioner of Education

13  for review and adoption proposed revisions to the best

14  financial management practices adopted by the commissioner.

15  The best financial management practices, at a minimum, must

16  instill public confidence by addressing the school district's

17  use of resources, identifying ways that the district could

18  save funds, and improving districts' performance

19  accountability systems, including public accountability. To

20  achieve these objectives, best practices shall be developed

21  for, but need not be limited to, the following areas:

22         (a)  Management structures.

23         (b)  Performance accountability.

24         (c)  Efficient delivery of educational services,

25  including instructional materials.

26         (d)  Administrative and instructional technology.

27         (e)  Personnel systems and benefits management.

28         (f)  Facilities construction.

29         (g)  Facilities maintenance.

30         (h)  Student transportation.

31         (i)  Food service operations.


                                 853

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (j)  Cost control systems, including asset management,

  2  risk management, financial management, purchasing, internal

  3  auditing, and financial auditing.

  4  

  5  In areas for which the commissioner has not adopted best

  6  practices, OPPAGA may develop additional best financial

  7  management practices, with input from a broad range of

  8  stakeholders. OPPAGA shall present any additional best

  9  practices to the commissioner for review and adoption. Revised

10  best financial management practices adopted by the

11  commissioner must be used in the next year's scheduled school

12  district reviews conducted according to this section.

13         (3)  OPPAGA shall contract with a private firm selected

14  through a formal request for proposal process to perform the

15  review, to the extent that funds are provided for this purpose

16  in the General Appropriations Act each year. When sufficient

17  funds are not provided to contract for all the scheduled best

18  financial management practices reviews, OPPAGA shall conduct

19  the remaining reviews scheduled for that year, except as

20  otherwise provided in this act. At least one member of the

21  private firm review team shall have expertise in school

22  district finance. The scope of the review shall focus on the

23  best practices adopted by the Commissioner of Education,

24  pursuant to subsection (2). OPPAGA may include additional

25  items in the scope of the review after seeking input from the

26  school district and the Department of Education.

27         (4)  OPPAGA shall consult with the Commissioner of

28  Education throughout the best practices review process to

29  ensure that the technical expertise of the Department of

30  Education benefits the review process and supports the school

31  districts before, during, and after the review.


                                 854

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  It is the intent of the Legislature that each

  2  school district shall be subject to a best financial

  3  management practices review. The Legislature also intends that

  4  all school districts shall be reviewed on a continuing 5-year

  5  cycle, as follows, unless specified otherwise in the General

  6  Appropriations Act, or as provided in this section:

  7         (a)  Year 1: Hillsborough, Sarasota, Collier, Okaloosa,

  8  Alachua, St. Lucie, Santa Rosa, Hernando, Indian River,

  9  Monroe, Osceola, and Bradford.

10         (b)  Year 2: Miami-Dade, Duval, Volusia, Bay, Columbia,

11  Suwannee, Wakulla, Baker, Union, Hamilton, Jefferson, Gadsden,

12  and Franklin.

13         (c)  Year 3: Palm Beach, Orange, Seminole, Lee,

14  Escambia, Leon, Levy, Taylor, Madison, Gilchrist, Gulf, Dixie,

15  Liberty, and Lafayette.

16         (d)  Year 4: Pinellas, Pasco, Marion, Manatee, Clay,

17  Charlotte, Citrus, Highlands, Nassau, Hendry, Okeechobee,

18  Hardee, DeSoto, and Glades.

19         (e)  Year 5: Broward, Polk, Brevard, Lake, St. Johns,

20  Martin, Putnam, Jackson, Flagler, Walton, Sumter, Holmes,

21  Washington, and Calhoun.

22         (6)(a)  The Joint Legislative Auditing Committee may

23  adjust the schedule of districts to be reviewed when

24  unforeseen circumstances prevent initiation of reviews

25  scheduled in a given year.

26         (b)  Once the 5-year cycle has been completed, reviews

27  shall continue, beginning again with those districts included

28  in year one of the cycle unless a district has requested and

29  received a waiver as provided in subsection (17).

30         (7)  At the direction of the Joint Legislative Auditing

31  Committee or the President of the Senate and the Speaker of


                                 855

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the House of Representatives, and subject to funding by the

  2  Legislature, OPPAGA may conduct, or contract with a private

  3  firm to conduct, up to two additional best financial

  4  management practices reviews in districts not scheduled for

  5  review during that year if such review is necessary to address

  6  adverse financial conditions.

  7         (8)  Reviews shall be conducted by OPPAGA and the

  8  consultant to the extent specifically funded by the

  9  Legislature in the General Appropriations Act for this

10  purpose. Such funds may be used for the cost of reviews by

11  OPPAGA and private consultants contracted by the director of

12  OPPAGA. Costs may include professional services, travel

13  expenses of OPPAGA and staff of the Auditor General, and any

14  other necessary expenses incurred as part of a best financial

15  management practices review.

16         (9)  Districts scheduled for review must complete a

17  self-assessment instrument provided by OPPAGA which indicates

18  the school district's evaluation of its performance on each

19  best practice. The district must begin the self-assessment not

20  later than 60 days prior to the commencement of the review.

21  The completed self-assessment instrument and supporting

22  documentation must be submitted to OPPAGA not later than the

23  date of commencement of the review as notified by OPPAGA. The

24  best practice review team will use this self-assessment

25  information during their review of the district.

26         (10)  During the review, OPPAGA and the consultant

27  conducting the review, if any, shall hold at least one

28  advertised public forum as part of the review in order to

29  explain the best financial management practices review process

30  and obtain input from students, parents, the business

31  community, and other district residents regarding their


                                 856

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  concerns about the operations and management of the school

  2  district.

  3         (11)  District reviews conducted under this section

  4  must be completed within 6 months after commencement. OPPAGA

  5  shall issue a final report to the President of the Senate, the

  6  Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the district

  7  regarding the district's use of best financial management

  8  practices and cost savings recommendations within 60 days

  9  after completing the reviews. Copies of the final report shall

10  be provided to the Governor, the Commissioner of Education,

11  and to the chairs of school advisory councils and district

12  advisory councils established pursuant to s. 229.58(1)(a) and

13  (b).  The district school board shall notify all members of

14  the school advisory councils and district advisory council by

15  mail that the final report has been delivered to the school

16  district and to the council chairs. The notification shall

17  also inform members of the OPPAGA website address at which an

18  electronic copy of the report is available.

19         (12)  After receipt of the final report and before the

20  district school board votes whether to adopt the action plan,

21  or if no action plan was required because the district was

22  found to be using the best practices, the district school

23  board shall hold an advertised public forum to accept public

24  input and review the findings and recommendations of the

25  report. The district school board shall advertise and promote

26  this forum in a manner appropriate to inform school and

27  district advisory councils, parents, school district

28  employees, the business community, and other district

29  residents of the opportunity to attend this meeting. OPPAGA

30  and the consultant, if any, shall also be represented at this

31  forum.


                                 857

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (13)(a)  If the district is found not to conform to

  2  best financial management practices, the report must contain

  3  an action plan detailing how the district could meet the best

  4  practices within 2 years. The district school board must

  5  decide, by a majority plus one vote within 90 days after

  6  receipt of the final report, whether or not to implement the

  7  action plan and pursue a "Seal of Best Financial Management"

  8  awarded by the State Board of Education to qualified school

  9  districts. If a district fails to vote on the action plan

10  within 90 days, district school board members may be required

11  to appear and present testimony before a legislative

12  committee, pursuant to s. 11.143.

13         (b)  The district school board may vote to reverse a

14  decision not to implement an action plan, provided that the

15  action plan is implemented and there is still sufficient time,

16  as determined by the district school board, to meet the best

17  practices within 2 years after issuance of the final report.

18         (c)  Within 90 days after the receipt of the final

19  report, the district school board must notify OPPAGA and the

20  Commissioner of Education in writing of the date and outcome

21  of the district school board vote on whether to adopt the

22  action plan. If the district school board fails to vote on

23  whether to adopt the action plan, the district school

24  superintendent must notify OPPAGA and the Commissioner of

25  Education. The Department of Education may contact the school

26  district, assess the situation, urge the district school board

27  to vote, and offer technical assistance, if needed.

28         (14)  If a district school board votes to implement the

29  action plan:

30         (a)  No later than 1 year after receipt of the final

31  report, the district school board must submit an initial


                                 858

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  status report to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of

  2  the House of Representatives, the Governor, OPPAGA, the

  3  Auditor General, the State Board of Education, and the

  4  Commissioner of Education on progress made towards

  5  implementing the action plan and whether changes have occurred

  6  in other areas of operation that would affect compliance with

  7  the best practices.

  8         (b)  A second status report must be submitted by the

  9  school district to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of

10  the House of Representatives, the Governor, OPPAGA, the

11  Auditor General, the Commissioner of Education, and the State

12  Board of Education no later than 1 year after submission of

13  the initial report.

14  

15  Status reports are not required once OPPAGA concludes that the

16  district is using best practices.

17         (15)  After receipt of each of a district's two status

18  reports required by subsection (14), OPPAGA shall assess the

19  district's implementation of the action plan and progress

20  toward implementing the best financial management practices in

21  areas covered by the plan. Following each assessment, OPPAGA

22  shall issue a report to the President of the Senate, the

23  Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the district

24  indicating whether the district has successfully implemented

25  the best financial management practices. Copies of the report

26  must be provided to the Governor, the Auditor General, the

27  Commissioner of Education, and the State Board of Education.

28  If a district has failed to implement an action plan adopted

29  pursuant to subsection (13), district school board members and

30  the district school superintendent may be required to appear

31  before a legislative committee, pursuant to s. 11.143, to


                                 859

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  present testimony regarding the district's failure to

  2  implement such action plan.

  3         (16)  District school boards that successfully

  4  implement the best financial management practices within 2

  5  years, or are determined in the review to be using the best

  6  practices, are eligible to receive a "Seal of Best Financial

  7  Management." Upon notification to the Commissioner of

  8  Education and the State Board of Education by OPPAGA that a

  9  district has been found to be using the best financial

10  management practices, the State Board of Education shall award

11  that district a "Seal of Best Financial Management" certifying

12  that the district is adhering to the state's best financial

13  management practices. The State Board of Education designation

14  shall be effective for 5 years from the certification date or

15  until the next review is completed, whichever is later. During

16  the designation period, the district school board shall

17  annually, not later than the anniversary date of the

18  certification, notify OPPAGA, the Auditor General, the

19  Commissioner of Education, and the State Board of Education of

20  any changes in policies or operations or any other situations

21  that would not conform to the state's best financial

22  management practices. The State Board of Education may revoke

23  the designation of a district school board at any time if it

24  determines that a district is no longer complying with the

25  state's best financial management practices. If no such

26  changes have occurred and the district school board determines

27  that the school district continues to conform to the best

28  financial management practices, the district school board

29  shall annually report that information to the State Board of

30  Education, with copies to OPPAGA, the Auditor General, and the

31  Commissioner of Education.


                                 860

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (17)(a)  A district school board that has been awarded

  2  a "Seal of Best Financial Management" by the State Board of

  3  Education and has annually reported to the State Board of

  4  Education that the district is still conforming to the best

  5  financial management practices may request a waiver from

  6  undergoing its next scheduled Best Financial Management

  7  Practices review.

  8         (b)  To apply for such waiver, not later than September

  9  1 of the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year in which the

10  district is next scheduled for review, the district school

11  board shall certify to OPPAGA and the Department of Education

12  the district school board's determination that the school

13  district is still conforming to the best financial management

14  practices.

15         (c)  After consultation with the Department of

16  Education and review of the district school board's

17  determination, OPPAGA may recommend to the Legislative Budget

18  Commission that the district be granted a waiver for the next

19  scheduled Best Financial Management Practices review. If

20  approved for waiver, OPPAGA shall notify the school district

21  and the Department of Education that no review of that

22  district will be conducted during the next scheduled review

23  cycle. In that event, the district school board must continue

24  annual reporting to the State Board of Education as required

25  in subsection (16). District school boards granted a waiver

26  for one review cycle are not eligible for waiver of the next

27  scheduled review cycle.

28         (18)  District school boards that receive a best

29  financial management practices review must maintain records

30  that will enable independent verification of the

31  


                                 861

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  implementation of the action plan and any related fiscal

  2  impacts.

  3         (19)  Unrestricted cost savings resulting from

  4  implementation of the best financial management practices must

  5  be spent at the school and classroom levels for teacher

  6  salaries, teacher training, improved classroom facilities,

  7  student supplies, textbooks, classroom technology, and other

  8  direct student instruction activities. Cost savings identified

  9  for a program that has restrictive expenditure requirements

10  shall be used for the enhancement of the specific program.

11         Section 381.  Section 1008.36, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1008.36  Florida School Recognition Program.--

14         (1)  The Legislature finds that there is a need for a

15  performance incentive program for outstanding faculty and

16  staff in highly productive schools.  The Legislature further

17  finds that performance-based incentives are commonplace in the

18  private sector and should be infused into the public sector as

19  a reward for productivity.

20         (2)  The Florida School Recognition Program is created

21  to provide financial awards to public schools that:

22         (a)  Sustain high performance by receiving a school

23  grade of "A," making excellent progress; or

24         (b)  Demonstrate exemplary improvement due to

25  innovation and effort by improving a letter grade.

26         (3)  All public schools, including charter schools,

27  that receive a school grade pursuant to s. 1008.34 are

28  eligible to participate in the program.

29         (4)  All selected schools shall receive financial

30  awards depending on the availability of funds appropriated and

31  the number and size of schools selected to receive an award.


                                 862

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Funds must be distributed to the school's fiscal agent and

  2  placed in the school's account and must be used for purposes

  3  listed in subsection (5) as determined jointly by the school's

  4  staff and school advisory council. If school staff and the

  5  school advisory council cannot reach agreement by November 1,

  6  the awards must be equally distributed to all classroom

  7  teachers currently teaching in the school.

  8         (5)  School recognition awards must be used for the

  9  following:

10         (a)  Nonrecurring bonuses to the faculty and staff;

11         (b)  Nonrecurring expenditures for educational

12  equipment or materials to assist in maintaining and improving

13  student performance; or

14         (c)  Temporary personnel for the school to assist in

15  maintaining and improving student performance.

16  

17  Notwithstanding statutory provisions to the contrary,

18  incentive awards are not subject to collective bargaining.

19         Section 382.  Section 1008.37, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1008.37  Postsecondary feedback of information to high

22  schools.--

23         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

24  that require the Commissioner of Education to report to the

25  State Board of Education, the Legislature, and the district

26  school boards on the performance of each

27  first-time-in-postsecondary education student from each public

28  high school in this state who is enrolled in a public

29  postsecondary institution or public technical center.  Such

30  reports must be based on information databases maintained by

31  the Department of Education. In addition, the public


                                 863

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  postsecondary educational institutions and technical centers

  2  shall provide district school boards access to information on

  3  student performance in regular and preparatory courses and

  4  shall indicate students referred for remediation pursuant to

  5  s. 1008.30 or s. 1008.28.

  6         (2)  The Commissioner of Education shall report, by

  7  high school, to the State Board of Education and the

  8  Legislature, no later than November 31 of each year, on the

  9  number of prior year Florida high school graduates who

10  enrolled for the first time in public postsecondary education

11  in this state during the previous summer, fall, or spring

12  term, indicating the number of students whose scores on the

13  common placement test indicated the need for remediation

14  through college-preparatory or vocational-preparatory

15  instruction pursuant to s. 1004.91 or s. 1008.30.

16         (3)  The Commissioner of Education shall organize

17  school summary reports and student-level records by school

18  district and high school in which the postsecondary education

19  students were enrolled and report the information to each

20  school district no later than January 31 of each year.

21         (4)  As a part of the school improvement plan pursuant

22  to s. 1008.345, the State Board of Education shall ensure that

23  each school district and high school develops strategies to

24  improve student readiness for the public postsecondary level

25  based on annual analysis of the feedback report data.

26         (5)  The Commissioner of Education shall annually

27  recommend to the Legislature statutory changes to reduce the

28  incidence of postsecondary remediation in mathematics,

29  reading, and writing for first-time-enrolled recent high

30  school graduates.

31  


                                 864

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 383.  Section 1008.38, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read: 

  3         1008.38  Articulation accountability process.--The

  4  State Board of Education shall develop articulation

  5  accountability measures which assess the status of systemwide

  6  articulation processes authorized under s. 1007.23. The State

  7  Board of Education shall establish an articulation

  8  accountability process which at a minimum shall address:

  9         (1)  The impact of articulation processes on ensuring

10  educational continuity and the orderly and unobstructed

11  transition of students between public secondary and

12  postsecondary education systems and facilitating the

13  transition of students between the public and private sectors.

14         (2)  The adequacy of preparation of public secondary

15  students to smoothly articulate to a public postsecondary

16  institution.

17         (3)  The effectiveness of articulated acceleration

18  mechanisms available to secondary students.

19         (4)  The smooth transfer of community college associate

20  in arts degree graduates to a state university.

21         (5)  An examination of degree requirements that exceed

22  the parameters of 60 credit hours for an associate degree and

23  120 hours for a baccalaureate degree in public postsecondary

24  programs.

25         (6)  The relationship between the College Level

26  Academic Skills Test Program and articulation to the upper

27  division in public postsecondary institutions.

28         Section 384.  Section 1008.385, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1008.385  Educational planning and information

31  systems.--


                                 865

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  EDUCATIONAL PLANNING.--

  2         (a)  The Commissioner of Education is responsible for

  3  all planning functions for the department, including

  4  collection, analysis, and interpretation of all data,

  5  information, test results, evaluations, and other indicators

  6  that are used to formulate policy, identify areas of concern

  7  and need, and serve as the basis for short-range and

  8  long-range planning.  Such planning shall include assembling

  9  data, conducting appropriate studies and surveys, and

10  sponsoring research and development activities designed to

11  provide information about educational needs and the effect of

12  alternative educational practices.

13         (b)  Each district school board shall maintain a

14  continuing system of planning and budgeting designed to aid in

15  identifying and meeting the educational needs of students and

16  the public. Provision shall be made for coordination between

17  district school boards and community college boards of

18  trustees concerning the planning for career and technical

19  education and adult educational programs.  The major emphasis

20  of the system shall be upon locally determined goals and

21  objectives, the state plan for education, and the Sunshine

22  State Standards developed by the Department of Education and

23  adopted by the State Board of Education.  The district

24  planning and budgeting system must include consideration of

25  student achievement data obtained pursuant to ss. 1008.22 and

26  1008.34.  The system shall be structured to meet the specific

27  management needs of the district and to align the budget

28  adopted by the district school board with the plan the board

29  has also adopted. Each district school board shall utilize its

30  system of planning and budgeting to emphasize a system of

31  school-based management in which individual school centers


                                 866

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  become the principal planning units and to integrate planning

  2  and budgeting at the school level.

  3         (2)  COMPREHENSIVE MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS.--The

  4  Commissioner of Education shall develop and implement an

  5  integrated information system for educational management. The

  6  system must be designed to collect, via electronic transfer,

  7  all student and school performance data required to ascertain

  8  the degree to which schools and school districts are meeting

  9  state performance standards, and must be capable of producing

10  data for a comprehensive annual report on school and district

11  performance. In addition, the system shall support, as

12  feasible, the management decisions to be made in each division

13  of the department and at the individual school and district

14  levels.  Similar data elements among divisions and levels

15  shall be compatible. The system shall be based on an overall

16  conceptual design; the information needed for such decisions,

17  including fiscal, student, program, personnel, facility,

18  community, evaluation, and other relevant data; and the

19  relationship between cost and effectiveness. The system shall

20  be managed and administered by the commissioner and shall

21  include a district subsystem component to be administered at

22  the district level, with input from the reports-and-forms

23  control management committees.  Each district school system

24  with a unique management information system shall assure that

25  compatibility exists between its unique system and the

26  district component of the state system so that all data

27  required as input to the state system is made available via

28  electronic transfer and in the appropriate input format.

29         (a)  The specific responsibilities of the commissioner

30  shall include:

31  


                                 867

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Consulting with school district representatives in

  2  the development of the system design model and implementation

  3  plans for the management information system for public school

  4  education management;

  5         2.  Providing operational definitions for the proposed

  6  system;

  7         3.  Determining the information and specific data

  8  elements required for the management decisions made at each

  9  educational level, recognizing that the primary unit for

10  information input is the individual school and recognizing

11  that time and effort of instructional personnel expended in

12  collection and compilation of data should be minimized;

13         4.  Developing standardized terminology and procedures

14  to be followed at all levels of the system;

15         5.  Developing a standard transmittal format to be used

16  for collection of data from the various levels of the system;

17         6.  Developing appropriate computer programs to assure

18  integration of the various information components dealing with

19  students, personnel, facilities, fiscal, program, community,

20  and evaluation data;

21         7.  Developing the necessary programs to provide

22  statistical analysis of the integrated data provided in

23  subparagraph 6. in such a way that required reports may be

24  disseminated, comparisons may be made, and relationships may

25  be determined in order to provide the necessary information

26  for making management decisions at all levels;

27         8.  Developing output report formats which will provide

28  district school systems with information for making management

29  decisions at the various educational levels;

30         9.  Developing a phased plan for distributing computer

31  services equitably among all public schools and school


                                 868

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  districts in the state as rapidly as possible.  The plan shall

  2  describe alternatives available to the state in providing such

  3  computing services and shall contain estimates of the cost of

  4  each alternative, together with a recommendation for action.

  5  In developing the plan, the feasibility of shared use of

  6  computing hardware and software by school districts, community

  7  colleges, and universities shall be examined.  Laws or

  8  administrative rules regulating procurement of data processing

  9  equipment, communication services, or data processing services

10  by state agencies shall not be construed to apply to local

11  agencies which share computing facilities with state agencies;

12         10.  Assisting the district school systems in

13  establishing their subsystem components and assuring

14  compatibility with current district systems;

15         11.  Establishing procedures for continuous evaluation

16  of system efficiency and effectiveness;

17         12.  Initiating a reports-management and

18  forms-management system to ascertain that duplication in

19  collection of data does not exist and that forms and reports

20  for reporting under state and federal requirements and other

21  forms and reports are prepared in a logical and uncomplicated

22  format, resulting in a reduction in the number and complexity

23  of required reports, particularly at the school level; and

24         13.  Initiating such other actions as are necessary to

25  carry out the intent of the Legislature that a management

26  information system for public school management needs be

27  implemented.  Such other actions shall be based on criteria

28  including, but not limited to:

29         a.  The purpose of the reporting requirement;

30         b.  The origination of the reporting requirement;

31  


                                 869

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         c.  The date of origin of the reporting requirement;

  2  and

  3         d.  The date of repeal of the reporting requirement.

  4         (b)  The specific responsibilities of each district

  5  school system shall include:

  6         1.  Establishing, at the district level, a

  7  reports-control and forms-control management system committee

  8  composed of school administrators and classroom teachers.  The

  9  district school board shall appoint school administrator

10  members and classroom teacher members or, in school districts

11  where appropriate, the classroom teacher members shall be

12  appointed by the bargaining agent. Teachers shall constitute a

13  majority of the committee membership. The committee shall

14  periodically recommend procedures to the district school board

15  for eliminating, reducing, revising, and consolidating

16  paperwork and data collection requirements and shall submit to

17  the district school board an annual report of its findings.

18         2.  With assistance from the commissioner, developing

19  systems compatibility between the state management information

20  system and unique local systems.

21         3.  Providing, with the assistance of the department,

22  inservice training dealing with management information system

23  purposes and scope, a method of transmitting input data, and

24  the use of output report information.

25         4.  Establishing a plan for continuous review and

26  evaluation of local management information system needs and

27  procedures.

28         5.  Advising the commissioner of all district

29  management information needs.

30  

31  


                                 870

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         6.  Transmitting required data input elements to the

  2  appropriate processing locations in accordance with guidelines

  3  established by the commissioner.

  4         7.  Determining required reports, comparisons, and

  5  relationships to be provided to district school systems by the

  6  system output reports, continuously reviewing these reports

  7  for usefulness and meaningfulness, and submitting recommended

  8  additions, deletions, and change requirements in accordance

  9  with the guidelines established by the commissioner.

10         8.  Being responsible for the accuracy of all data

11  elements transmitted to the department.

12         (c)  It is the intent of the Legislature that the

13  expertise in the state system of public education, as well as

14  contracted services, be utilized to hasten the plan for full

15  implementation of a comprehensive management information

16  system.

17         (3)  RULES.--The State Board of Education shall adopt

18  rules to administer this section.

19         Section 385.  Section 1008.386, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1008.386  Social security numbers used as student

22  identification numbers.--Each district school board shall

23  request that each student enrolled in a public school in this

24  state provide his or her social security number. Each school

25  district shall use social security numbers as student

26  identification numbers in the management information system

27  maintained by the school district. However, a student is not

28  required to provide his or her social security number as a

29  condition for enrollment or graduation. A student satisfies

30  this requirement by presenting to school enrollment officials

31  his or her social security card or a copy of the card. The


                                 871

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school district shall include the social security number in

  2  the student's permanent records and shall indicate if the

  3  student identification number is not a social security number.

  4  The Commissioner of Education shall provide assistance to

  5  school districts to assure that the assignment of student

  6  identification numbers other than social security numbers is

  7  kept to a minimum and to avoid duplication of any student

  8  identification number.

  9         Section 386.  Section 1008.39, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1008.39  Florida Education and Training Placement

12  Information Program.--

13         (1)  The Department of Education shall develop and

14  maintain a continuing program of information management named

15  the "Florida Education and Training Placement Information

16  Program," the purpose of which is to compile, maintain, and

17  disseminate information concerning the educational histories,

18  placement and employment, enlistments in the United States

19  armed services, and other measures of success of former

20  participants in state educational and workforce development

21  programs. Placement and employment information shall contain

22  data appropriate to calculate job retention and job retention

23  rates.

24         (2)  Any project conducted by the Department of

25  Education or the workforce development system that requires

26  placement information shall use information provided through

27  the Florida Education and Training Placement Information

28  Program, and shall not initiate automated matching of records

29  in duplication of methods already in place in the Florida

30  Education and Training Placement Information Program. The

31  department shall implement an automated system which matches


                                 872

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the social security numbers of former participants in state

  2  educational and training programs with information in the

  3  files of state and federal agencies that maintain educational,

  4  employment, and United States armed service records and shall

  5  implement procedures to identify the occupations of those

  6  former participants whose social security numbers are found in

  7  employment records, as required by Specific Appropriation

  8  337A, chapter 84-220, Laws of Florida; Specific Appropriation

  9  337B, chapter 85-119, Laws of Florida; Specific Appropriation

10  350A, chapter 86-167, Laws of Florida; and Specific

11  Appropriation 351, chapter 87-98, Laws of Florida.

12         (3)  The Florida Education and Training Placement

13  Information Program must not make public any information that

14  could identify an individual or the individual's employer. The

15  Department of Education must ensure that the purpose of

16  obtaining placement information is to evaluate and improve

17  public programs or to conduct research for the purpose of

18  improving services to the individuals whose social security

19  numbers are used to identify their placement. If an agreement

20  assures that this purpose will be served and that privacy will

21  be protected, the Department of Education shall have access to

22  the unemployment insurance wage reports maintained by the

23  Department of Labor and Employment Security, the files of the

24  Department of Children and Family Services that contain

25  information about the distribution of public assistance, the

26  files of the Department of Corrections that contain records of

27  incarcerations, and the files of the Department of Business

28  and Professional Regulation that contain the results of

29  licensure examination.

30         (4)  The Florida Education and Training Placement

31  Information Program may perform longitudinal analyses for all


                                 873

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  levels of education and workforce development.  These analyses

  2  must include employment stability, annual earnings, and

  3  relatedness of employment to education.

  4         Section 387.  Section 1008.40, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read: 

  6         1008.40  Workforce Development Information System.--The

  7  Department of Education shall:

  8         (1)  Design specifications for the collection and

  9  reporting of data and performance specifications for the

10  Workforce Development Information System. This design must

11  enable parallel reporting and state-level access of workforce

12  data necessary to use the data reports as a basis for

13  calculating funding allocations. In addition, the design must

14  be capable of providing reports necessary to comply with other

15  program performance documentation required by state or federal

16  law, without requiring additional data collection or reporting

17  from local educational agencies.

18         (2)  Develop the computer programs, software, and edit

19  processes necessary for local and state users to produce a

20  single, unified Workforce Development Information System.

21         Section 388.  Section 1008.405, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1008.405  Adult student information.--Each school

24  district and community college shall maintain sufficient

25  information for each student enrolled in workforce development

26  education to allow local and state administrators to locate

27  such student upon the termination of instruction and to

28  determine the appropriateness of student placement in specific

29  instructional programs. The State Board of Education shall

30  adopt, in rule, specific information that must be maintained

31  and acceptable means of maintaining that information.


                                 874

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 389.  Section 1008.41, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read: 

  3         1008.41  Workforce Development Education; management

  4  information system.--

  5         (1)  The Commissioner of Education shall coordinate

  6  uniform program structures, common definitions, and uniform

  7  management information systems for workforce development

  8  education for all divisions within the department.  In

  9  performing these functions, the commissioner shall designate

10  deadlines after which data elements may not be changed for the

11  coming fiscal or school year. School districts and community

12  colleges shall be notified of data element changes at least 90

13  days prior to the start of the subsequent fiscal or school

14  year.  Such systems must provide for:

15         (a)  Individual student reporting.

16         (b)  Compliance with state and federal confidentiality

17  requirements, except that the department shall have access to

18  the unemployment insurance wage reports to collect and report

19  placement information about former students.  Such placement

20  reports must not disclose the individual identities of former

21  students.

22         (c)  Maximum use of automated technology and records in

23  existing data bases and data systems.  To the extent feasible,

24  the Florida Information Resource Network shall be employed for

25  this purpose.

26         (d)  Annual reports of student enrollment, completion,

27  and placement by program.

28         (2)  The State Board of Education shall identify, by

29  rule, the components to be included in the workforce

30  development education management information system. All such

31  


                                 875

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  components shall be comparable between school districts and

  2  community colleges.

  3         (3)  Planning and evaluation of job-preparatory

  4  programs shall be based on standard sources of data and use

  5  standard occupational definitions and coding structures,

  6  including, but not limited to:

  7         (a)  The Florida Occupational Information System;

  8         (b)  The Florida Education and Training Placement

  9  Information Program;

10         (c)  The Agency for Workforce Innovation;

11         (d)  The United States Department of Labor; and

12         (e)  Other sources of data developed using

13  statistically valid procedures.

14         Section 390.  Section 1008.42, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read: 

16         1008.42  Public information on career and technical

17  education programs.--

18         (1)  The Department of Education shall disseminate

19  information derived from the reports required by s. 1008.43.

20  The department shall ensure that the information disseminated

21  does not name or otherwise identify a student, a former

22  student, or the student's employer.

23         (2)  The dissemination shall be conducted in accordance

24  with the following procedures:

25         (a)  Annually, the Department of Education shall

26  publish the placement rates and average quarterly earnings for

27  students who complete each type of technical certificate

28  program and technical degree program. This information must be

29  aggregated to the state level and must be included in any

30  accountability reports. A program that was created or modified

31  


                                 876

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  so that placement rates cannot be calculated must be so

  2  identified in such reports.

  3         (b)1.  Each district school board shall publish, at a

  4  minimum, the most recently available placement rate for each

  5  technical certificate program conducted by that school

  6  district at the secondary school level and at the technical

  7  degree level. The placement rates for the preceding 3 years

  8  shall be published if available, shall be included in each

  9  publication that informs the public of the availability of the

10  program, and shall be made available to each school guidance

11  counselor. If a program does not have a placement rate, a

12  publication that lists or describes that program must state

13  that the rate is unavailable.

14         2.  Each community college shall publish, at a minimum,

15  the most recent placement rate for each technical certificate

16  program and for each technical degree program in its annual

17  catalog. The placement rates for the preceding 3 years shall

18  be published, if available, and shall be included in any

19  publication that informs the public of the availability of the

20  program. If a program does not have a placement rate, the

21  publication that lists or describes that program must state

22  that the rate is unavailable.

23         3.  If a school district or a community college has

24  calculated for a program a placement rate that differs from

25  the rate reported by the department, and if each record of a

26  placement was obtained through a process that was capable of

27  being audited, procedurally sound, and consistent statewide,

28  the district or the community college may use the locally

29  calculated placement rate in the report required by this

30  section. However, that rate may not be combined with the rate

31  maintained in the computer files of the Department of


                                 877

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education's Florida Education and Training Placement

  2  Information Program.

  3         4.  An independent career and technical, trade, or

  4  business school may not publish a placement rate unless the

  5  placement rate was determined as provided by this section.

  6         Section 391.  Section 1008.43, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read: 

  8         1008.43  Career and technical program reporting

  9  requirements.--

10         (1)(a)  The Department of Education shall develop a

11  system of performance measures in order to evaluate the career

12  and technical education programs as required in s. 1008.42.

13  This system must measure program enrollment, completion rates,

14  placement rates, and amount of earnings at the time of

15  placement. Placement and employment information, where

16  applicable, shall contain data relevant to job retention,

17  including retention rates.  The State Board of Education shall

18  adopt by rule the specific measures and any definitions needed

19  to establish the system of performance measures.

20         (b)  To measure and report program enrollment and

21  completion rates, the Department of Education shall use data

22  in the automated student databases generated by the public

23  schools and community colleges. To measure and report

24  placement rates and amount of earnings at the time of

25  placement, the department shall use data in the reports

26  produced by the Florida Education and Training Placement

27  Information Program as required in s. 1008.39. If any

28  placement information is not available from the Florida

29  Education and Training Placement Information Program, the

30  school district or the community college may provide placement

31  information collected by the school district or the community


                                 878

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  college.  However, this supplemental information must be

  2  verifiable by the department and must not be commingled with

  3  the database maintained by the Florida Education and Training

  4  Placement Information Program.  The State Board of Education

  5  shall specify by rule the statistically valid, verifiable,

  6  uniform procedures by which school districts and community

  7  colleges may collect and report placement information to

  8  supplement the reports from the Florida Education and Training

  9  Placement Information Program.

10         (c)  The State Board of Education shall adopt standards

11  for the department, district school boards, and community

12  college district boards of trustees to use in program

13  planning, program review, and program evaluation. The

14  standards must include, at a minimum, the completion rates,

15  placement rates, and earnings from employment of former

16  students of career and technical education programs.

17         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt

18  procedures for reviewing the career and technical education

19  programs administered by the district school boards and the

20  community college district boards of trustees when program

21  performance falls below the standards required by this

22  section.

23         (3)  Annually the department shall compile the reports

24  submitted in compliance with the rules adopted under this

25  section and shall produce a statewide report that addresses

26  the extent to which school districts and community colleges

27  are meeting the standards established under paragraph (1)(c).

28         (4)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

29  necessary to administer this section.

30         Section 392.  Section 1008.45, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read: 


                                 879

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1008.45  Community college accountability process.--

  2         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that a

  3  management and accountability process be implemented which

  4  provides for the systematic, ongoing improvement and

  5  assessment of the improvement of the quality and efficiency of

  6  the Florida community colleges.  Accordingly, the State Board

  7  of Education and the community college boards of trustees

  8  shall develop and implement an accountability plan to improve

  9  and evaluate the instructional and administrative efficiency

10  and effectiveness of the Florida Community College System.

11  This plan shall be designed in consultation with staff of the

12  Governor and the Legislature and must address the following

13  issues:

14         (a)  Graduation rates of A.A. and A.S. degree-seeking

15  students compared to first-time-enrolled students seeking the

16  associate degree.

17         (b)  Minority student enrollment and retention rates.

18         (c)  Student performance, including student performance

19  in college-level academic skills, mean grade point averages

20  for community college A.A. transfer students, and community

21  college student performance on state licensure examinations.

22         (d)  Job placement rates of community college career

23  and technical students.

24         (e)  Student progression by admission status and

25  program.

26         (f)  Career and technical accountability standards

27  identified in s. 1008.42.

28         (g)  Institutional assessment efforts related to the

29  requirements of s. III in the Criteria for Accreditation of

30  the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of

31  Colleges and Schools.


                                 880

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (h)  Other measures as identified by the Council for

  2  Education Policy Research and Improvement and approved by the

  3  State Board of Education.

  4         (2)  The State Board of Education shall submit an

  5  annual report, to coincide with the submission of the agency

  6  strategic plan required by law, providing the results of

  7  initiatives taken during the prior year and the initiatives

  8  and related objective performance measures proposed for the

  9  next year.

10         (3)  The State Board of Education shall address within

11  the annual evaluation of the performance of the executive

12  director, and the community college boards of trustees shall

13  address within the annual evaluation of the presidents, the

14  achievement of the performance goals established by the

15  accountability process.

16         Section 393.  Section 1008.46, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read: 

18         1008.46  State university accountability process.--It

19  is the intent of the Legislature that an accountability

20  process be implemented that provides for the systematic,

21  ongoing evaluation of quality and effectiveness of state

22  universities. It is further the intent of the Legislature that

23  this accountability process monitor performance at the system

24  level in each of the major areas of instruction, research, and

25  public service, while recognizing the differing missions of

26  each of the state universities. The accountability process

27  shall provide for the adoption of systemwide performance

28  standards and performance goals for each standard identified

29  through a collaborative effort involving state universities,

30  the Legislature, and the Governor's Office. These standards

31  and goals shall be consistent with s. 216.011(1) to maintain


                                 881

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  congruity with the performance-based budgeting process.  This

  2  process requires that university accountability reports

  3  reflect measures defined through performance-based budgeting.

  4  The performance-based budgeting measures must also reflect the

  5  elements of teaching, research, and service inherent in the

  6  missions of the state universities.

  7         (1)  By December 31 of each year, the State Board of

  8  Education shall submit an annual accountability report

  9  providing information on the implementation of performance

10  standards, actions taken to improve university achievement of

11  performance goals, the achievement of performance goals during

12  the prior year, and initiatives to be undertaken during the

13  next year. The accountability reports shall be designed in

14  consultation with the Governor's Office, the Office of Program

15  Policy Analysis and Government Accountability, and the

16  Legislature.

17         (2)  The State Board of Education shall recommend in

18  the annual accountability report any appropriate modifications

19  to this section.

20         Section 394.  Part III of chapter 1008, Florida

21  Statutes, shall be entitled "Council for Education Policy

22  Research and Improvement (CEPRI)" and shall consist of s.

23  1008.51.

24         Section 395.  Section 1008.51, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read: 

26         1008.51  Council for Education Policy Research and

27  Improvement.--The Council for Education Policy Research and

28  Improvement is created as an independent office under the

29  Office of Legislative Services, pursuant to s. 11.147. The

30  council shall conduct and review education research, provide

31  independent analysis on education progress, and provide


                                 882

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  independent evaluation of education issues of statewide

  2  concern. The Office of Legislative Services shall provide

  3  administrative functions of the council, pursuant to joint

  4  policies of the Legislature.

  5         (1)  The council shall serve as a citizen board for

  6  independent policy research and analysis. The council shall be

  7  composed of five members appointed by the Governor, two

  8  members appointed by the Speaker of the House of

  9  Representatives, and two members appointed by the President of

10  the Senate. Each member shall be appointed for a term of 6

11  years. However, for purposes of continuity, the Governor shall

12  appoint two members, the Speaker of the House of

13  Representatives shall appoint one member, and the President of

14  the Senate shall appoint one member for a first term of 4

15  years. Members appointed for 4 years may be reappointed to one

16  additional term. Members shall not include elected officials

17  or employees of public or independent education entities.

18  Members who miss two consecutive meetings may be replaced by

19  the appointing officer.

20         (2)  The council shall meet as often as it considers

21  necessary to carry out its duties and responsibilities.

22  Members shall be paid travel and per diem expenses as provided

23  in s. 112.061 while performing their duties under this

24  section.

25         (3)  The council shall appoint an executive director,

26  who shall serve at the pleasure of the council and shall

27  perform the duties assigned to him or her by the council. The

28  executive director is the chief administrative officer of the

29  council and shall appoint all employees and staff members of

30  the council, who shall serve under the executive director's

31  direction and control.


                                 883

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The council shall:

  2         (a)  Provide state policymakers, educators, and the

  3  public with objective and timely information that supports the

  4  seamless K-20 education system and the K-20 education

  5  accountability process designed to provide all students an

  6  opportunity for a high-quality education, in accordance with

  7  the policies and guiding principles of s. 1000.02 and the

  8  performance accountability system in s. 1008.31.

  9         (b)  Explore national and state emerging educational

10  issues and examine how these issues should be addressed by

11  education institutions in Florida.

12         (c)  Prepare and submit to the State Board of Education

13  a long-range master plan for education. The plan must include

14  consideration of the promotion of quality, fundamental

15  educational goals, programmatic access, needs for remedial

16  education, regional and state economic development,

17  international education programs, demographic patterns,

18  student demand for programs, needs of particular subgroups of

19  the population, implementation of innovative educational

20  techniques and technology, and requirements of the labor

21  market. The plan must evaluate the capacity of existing

22  programs in public and independent institutions to respond to

23  identified needs, and the council shall recommend efficient

24  alternatives to address unmet needs. The council shall update

25  the master plan at least every 5 years.

26         (d)  Prepare and submit for approval by the State Board

27  of Education a long-range performance plan for K-20 education

28  in Florida, and annually review and recommend improvement in

29  the implementation of the plan.

30  

31  


                                 884

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Annually report on the progress of public schools

  2  and postsecondary education institutions toward meeting

  3  educational goals and standards as defined by s. 1008.31.

  4         (f)  Recommend to the Legislature and the State Board

  5  of Education legislation and rules for the educational

  6  accountability system that support the policies and guiding

  7  principles of s. 1000.02.

  8         (g)  Recommend to the State Board of Education

  9  revisions and new initiatives to further improve the K-20

10  education accountability system.

11         (h)  Provide public education institutions and the

12  public with information on the K-20 education accountability

13  system, recommend refinements and improvements, and evaluate

14  issues pertaining to student learning gains.

15         (i)  On its own initiative or in response to the

16  Governor, the Legislature, the State Board of Education, or

17  the Commissioner of Education, issue reports and

18  recommendations on matters relating to any education sector.

19         (j)  By January 1, 2003, and on a 3-year cycle

20  thereafter, review and make recommendations to the Legislature

21  regarding the activities of research centers and institutes

22  supported with state funds to assess the return on the state's

23  investment in research conducted by public postsecondary

24  education institutions, in coordination with the Leadership

25  Board for Applied Research and Public Service, created

26  pursuant to s. 1004.58.

27         (k)  Apply for and receive grants for the study of K-20

28  education system improvement consistent with its

29  responsibilities.

30  

31  


                                 885

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (l)  Assist the State Board of Education in the conduct

  2  of its educational responsibilities in such capacities as the

  3  board considers appropriate.

  4  

  5  

  6  

  7  

  8  

  9  

10  

11  

12  

13  

14  

15  

16  

17  

18  

19  

20  

21  

22  

23  

24  

25  

26  

27  

28  

29  

30  

31  


                                 886

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 396.  Chapter 1009, Florida Statutes, shall be

  2  entitled "Educational Scholarships, Fees, and Financial

  3  Assistance" and shall consist of ss. 1009.01-1009.9994.

  4         Section 397.  Part I of chapter 1009, Florida Statutes,

  5  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of s.

  6  1009.01.

  7         Section 398.  Section 1009.01, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1009.01  Definitions.--The term:

10         (1)  "Tuition" means the basic fee charged to a student

11  for instruction provided by a public postsecondary educational

12  institution in this state. A charge for any other purpose

13  shall not be included within this fee.

14         (2)  "Out-of-state fee" means the additional fee for

15  instruction provided by a public postsecondary educational

16  institution in this state, which fee is charged to a

17  non-Florida student as defined in rules of the State Board of

18  Education. A charge for any other purpose shall not be

19  included within this fee.

20         Section 399.  Part II of chapter 1009, Florida

21  Statutes, shall be entitled "Postsecondary Student Fees" and

22  shall consist of ss. 1009.21-1009.29.

23         Section 400.  Section 1009.21, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1009.21  Determination of resident status for tuition

26  purposes.--Students shall be classified as residents or

27  nonresidents for the purpose of assessing tuition in community

28  colleges and state universities.

29         (1)  As used in this section:

30         (a)  The term "dependent child" means any person,

31  whether or not living with his or her parent, who is eligible


                                 887

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to be claimed by his or her parent as a dependent under the

  2  federal income tax code.

  3         (b)  The term "institution of higher education" means

  4  any public community college or state university.

  5         (c)  A "legal resident" or "resident" is a person who

  6  has maintained his or her residence in this state for the

  7  preceding year, has purchased a home which is occupied by him

  8  or her as his or her residence, or has established a domicile

  9  in this state pursuant to s. 222.17.

10         (d)  The term "parent" means the natural or adoptive

11  parent or legal guardian of a dependent child.

12         (e)  A "resident for tuition purposes" is a person who

13  qualifies as provided in subsection (2) for the in-state

14  tuition rate; a "nonresident for tuition purposes" is a person

15  who does not qualify for the in-state tuition rate.

16         (2)(a)  To qualify as a resident for tuition purposes:

17         1.  A person or, if that person is a dependent child,

18  his or her parent or parents must have established legal

19  residence in this state and must have maintained legal

20  residence in this state for at least 12 months immediately

21  prior to his or her qualification.

22         2.  Every applicant for admission to an institution of

23  higher education shall be required to make a statement as to

24  his or her length of residence in the state and, further,

25  shall establish that his or her presence or, if the applicant

26  is a dependent child, the presence of his or her parent or

27  parents in the state currently is, and during the requisite

28  12-month qualifying period was, for the purpose of maintaining

29  a bona fide domicile, rather than for the purpose of

30  maintaining a mere temporary residence or abode incident to

31  enrollment in an institution of higher education.


                                 888

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  However, with respect to a dependent child living

  2  with an adult relative other than the child's parent, such

  3  child may qualify as a resident for tuition purposes if the

  4  adult relative is a legal resident who has maintained legal

  5  residence in this state for at least 12 months immediately

  6  prior to the child's qualification, provided the child has

  7  resided continuously with such relative for the 5 years

  8  immediately prior to the child's qualification, during which

  9  time the adult relative has exercised day-to-day care,

10  supervision, and control of the child.

11         (c)  The legal residence of a dependent child whose

12  parents are divorced, separated, or otherwise living apart

13  will be deemed to be this state if either parent is a legal

14  resident of this state, regardless of which parent is entitled

15  to claim, and does in fact claim, the minor as a dependent

16  pursuant to federal individual income tax provisions.

17         (3)  An individual shall not be classified as a

18  resident for tuition purposes and, thus, shall not be eligible

19  to receive the in-state tuition rate until he or she has

20  provided such evidence related to legal residence and its

21  duration as may be required by officials of the institution of

22  higher education from which he or she seeks the in-state

23  tuition rate.

24         (4)  With respect to a dependent child, the legal

25  residence of such individual's parent or parents is prima

26  facie evidence of the individual's legal residence, which

27  evidence may be reinforced or rebutted, relative to the age

28  and general circumstances of the individual, by the other

29  evidence of legal residence required of or presented by the

30  individual. However, the legal residence of an individual

31  whose parent or parents are domiciled outside this state is


                                 889

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  not prima facie evidence of the individual's legal residence

  2  if that individual has lived in this state for 5 consecutive

  3  years prior to enrolling or reregistering at the institution

  4  of higher education at which resident status for tuition

  5  purposes is sought.

  6         (5)  In making a domiciliary determination related to

  7  the classification of a person as a resident or nonresident

  8  for tuition purposes, the domicile of a married person,

  9  irrespective of sex, shall be determined, as in the case of an

10  unmarried person, by reference to all relevant evidence of

11  domiciliary intent.  For the purposes of this section:

12         (a)  A person shall not be precluded from establishing

13  or maintaining legal residence in this state and subsequently

14  qualifying or continuing to qualify as a resident for tuition

15  purposes solely by reason of marriage to a person domiciled

16  outside this state, even when that person's spouse continues

17  to be domiciled outside of this state, provided such person

18  maintains his or her legal residence in this state.

19         (b)  A person shall not be deemed to have established

20  or maintained a legal residence in this state and subsequently

21  to have qualified or continued to qualify as a resident for

22  tuition purposes solely by reason of marriage to a person

23  domiciled in this state.

24         (c)  In determining the domicile of a married person,

25  irrespective of sex, the fact of the marriage and the place of

26  domicile of such person's spouse shall be deemed relevant

27  evidence to be considered in ascertaining domiciliary intent.

28         (6)  Any nonresident person, irrespective of sex, who

29  marries a legal resident of this state or marries a person who

30  later becomes a legal resident may, upon becoming a legal

31  resident of this state, accede to the benefit of the spouse's


                                 890

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  immediately precedent duration as a legal resident for

  2  purposes of satisfying the 12-month durational requirement of

  3  this section.

  4         (7)  A person shall not lose his or her resident status

  5  for tuition purposes solely by reason of serving, or, if such

  6  person is a dependent child, by reason of his or her parent's

  7  or parents' serving, in the Armed Forces outside this state.

  8         (8)  A person who has been properly classified as a

  9  resident for tuition purposes but who, while enrolled in an

10  institution of higher education in this state, loses his or

11  her resident tuition status because the person or, if he or

12  she is a dependent child, the person's parent or parents

13  establish domicile or legal residence elsewhere shall continue

14  to enjoy the in-state tuition rate for a statutory grace

15  period, which period shall be measured from the date on which

16  the circumstances arose that culminated in the loss of

17  resident tuition status and shall continue for 12 months.

18  However, if the 12-month grace period ends during a semester

19  or academic term for which such former resident is enrolled,

20  such grace period shall be extended to the end of that

21  semester or academic term.

22         (9)  Any person who ceases to be enrolled at or who

23  graduates from an institution of higher education while

24  classified as a resident for tuition purposes and who

25  subsequently abandons his or her domicile in this state shall

26  be permitted to reenroll at an institution of higher education

27  in this state as a resident for tuition purposes without the

28  necessity of meeting the 12-month durational requirement of

29  this section if that person has reestablished his or her

30  domicile in this state within 12 months of such abandonment

31  and continuously maintains the reestablished domicile during


                                 891

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the period of enrollment. The benefit of this subsection shall

  2  not be accorded more than once to any one person.

  3         (10)  The following persons shall be classified as

  4  residents for tuition purposes:

  5         (a)  Active duty members of the Armed Services of the

  6  United States residing or stationed in this state, their

  7  spouses, and dependent children.

  8         (b)  Active duty members of the Armed Services of the

  9  United States and their spouses attending a public community

10  college or state university within 50 miles of the military

11  establishment where they are stationed, if such military

12  establishment is within a county contiguous to Florida.

13         (c)  United States citizens living on the Isthmus of

14  Panama, who have completed 12 consecutive months of college

15  work at the Florida State University Panama Canal Branch, and

16  their spouses and dependent children.

17         (d)  Full-time instructional and administrative

18  personnel employed by state public schools, community

19  colleges, and institutions of higher education, as defined in

20  s. 1000.04, and their spouses and dependent children.

21         (e)  Students from Latin America and the Caribbean who

22  receive scholarships from the federal or state government.

23  Any student classified pursuant to this paragraph shall

24  attend, on a full-time basis, a Florida institution of higher

25  education.

26         (f)  Southern Regional Education Board's Academic

27  Common Market graduate students attending Florida's state

28  universities.

29         (g)  Full-time employees of state agencies or political

30  subdivisions of the state when the student fees are paid by

31  


                                 892

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the state agency or political subdivision for the purpose of

  2  job-related law enforcement or corrections training.

  3         (h)  McKnight Doctoral Fellows and Finalists who are

  4  United States citizens.

  5         (i)  United States citizens living outside the United

  6  States who are teaching at a Department of Defense Dependent

  7  School or in an American International School and who enroll

  8  in a graduate level education program which leads to a Florida

  9  teaching certificate.

10         (j)  Active duty members of the Canadian military

11  residing or stationed in this state under the North American

12  Air Defense (NORAD) agreement, and their spouses and dependent

13  children, attending a community college or state university

14  within 50 miles of the military establishment where they are

15  stationed.

16         (11)  The State Board of Education shall by rule

17  designate classifications of students as residents or

18  nonresidents for tuition purposes at community colleges and

19  state universities.

20         Section 401.  Section 1009.22, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.22  Workforce development postsecondary student

23  fees.--

24         (1)  This section applies to students enrolled in

25  workforce development programs who are reported for funding

26  through the Workforce Development Education Fund, except that

27  college credit fees for the community colleges are governed by

28  s. 1009.23.

29         (2)  All students shall be charged fees except students

30  who are exempt from fees or students whose fees are waived.

31  


                                 893

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)(a)  The Commissioner of Education shall provide to

  2  the State Board of Education no later than December 31 of each

  3  year a schedule of fees for workforce development education,

  4  excluding continuing workforce education, for school districts

  5  and community colleges. The fee schedule shall be based on the

  6  amount of student fees necessary to produce 25 percent of the

  7  prior year's average cost of a course of study leading to a

  8  certificate or diploma. Except as otherwise provided by law,

  9  fees for students who are not residents for tuition purposes

10  must offset the full cost of instruction. Fee-nonexempt

11  students enrolled in vocational-preparatory instruction shall

12  be charged fees equal to the fees charged for certificate

13  career education instruction. Each community college that

14  conducts college-preparatory and vocational-preparatory

15  instruction in the same class section may charge a single fee

16  for both types of instruction.

17         (b)  Fees for continuing workforce education shall be

18  locally determined by the district school board or community

19  college board. However, at least 50 percent of the

20  expenditures for the continuing workforce education program

21  provided by the community college or school district must be

22  derived from fees.

23         (c)  The State Board of Education shall adopt a fee

24  schedule for school districts and community colleges that

25  produces the fee revenues calculated pursuant to paragraph

26  (a). The schedule so calculated shall take effect, unless

27  otherwise specified in the General Appropriations Act.

28         (d)  The State Board of Education shall adopt, by rule,

29  the definitions and procedures that district school boards

30  shall use in the calculation of cost borne by students.

31  


                                 894

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  A district school board or community college board

  2  that has a service area that borders another state may

  3  implement a plan for a differential out-of-state fee.

  4         (5)  Each district school board and community college

  5  board of trustees may establish a separate fee for financial

  6  aid purposes in an additional amount of up to 10 percent of

  7  the student fees collected for workforce development programs

  8  funded through the Workforce Development Education Fund. All

  9  fees collected shall be deposited into a separate workforce

10  development student financial aid fee trust fund of the school

11  district or community college to support students enrolled in

12  workforce development programs. Any undisbursed balance

13  remaining in the trust fund and interest income accruing to

14  investments from the trust fund shall increase the total funds

15  available for distribution to workforce development education

16  students. Awards shall be based on student financial need and

17  distributed in accordance with a nationally recognized system

18  of need analysis approved by the State Board of Education.

19  Fees collected pursuant to this subsection shall be allocated

20  in an expeditious manner.

21         (6)  Each district school board and community college

22  board of trustees may establish a separate fee for capital

23  improvements, technology enhancements, or equipping buildings

24  which may not exceed 5 percent of tuition for resident

25  students or 5 percent of tuition and out-of-state fees for

26  nonresident students. Funds collected by community colleges

27  through these fees may be bonded only for the purpose of

28  financing or refinancing new construction and equipment,

29  renovation, or remodeling of educational facilities. The fee

30  shall be collected as a component part of the tuition and

31  fees, paid into a separate account, and expended only to


                                 895

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  construct and equip, maintain, improve, or enhance the

  2  certificate career education or adult education facilities of

  3  the school district or community college. Projects funded

  4  through the use of the capital improvement fee must meet the

  5  survey and construction requirements of chapter 1013. Pursuant

  6  to s. 216.0158, each district school board and community

  7  college board of trustees shall identify each project,

  8  including maintenance projects, proposed to be funded in whole

  9  or in part by such fee. Capital improvement fee revenues may

10  be pledged by a board of trustees as a dedicated revenue

11  source to the repayment of debt, including lease-purchase

12  agreements and revenue bonds, with a term not to exceed 20

13  years, and not to exceed the useful life of the asset being

14  financed, only for the new construction and equipment,

15  renovation, or remodeling of educational facilities. Community

16  colleges may use the services of the Division of Bond Finance

17  of the State Board of Administration to issue any bonds

18  authorized through the provisions of this subsection. Any such

19  bonds issued by the Division of Bond Finance shall be in

20  compliance with the provisions of the State Bond Act. Bonds

21  issued pursuant to the State Bond Act shall be validated in

22  the manner provided by chapter 75. The complaint for such

23  validation shall be filed in the circuit court of the county

24  where the seat of state government is situated, the notice

25  required to be published by s. 75.06 shall be published only

26  in the county where the complaint is filed, and the complaint

27  and order of the circuit court shall be served only on the

28  state attorney of the circuit in which the action is pending.

29  A maximum of 15 cents per credit hour may be allocated from

30  the capital improvement fee for child care centers conducted

31  


                                 896

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  by the district school board or community college board of

  2  trustees.

  3         (7)  Each district school board and community college

  4  board of trustees is authorized to establish a separate fee

  5  for technology, not to exceed $1.80 per credit hour or

  6  credit-hour equivalent for resident students and not more than

  7  $5.40 per credit hour or credit-hour equivalent for

  8  nonresident students, or the equivalent, to be expended in

  9  accordance with technology improvement plans. The technology

10  fee may apply only to associate degree programs and courses.

11  Fifty percent of technology fee revenues may be pledged by a

12  community college board of trustees as a dedicated revenue

13  source for the repayment of debt, including lease-purchase

14  agreements, not to exceed the useful life of the asset being

15  financed. Revenues generated from the technology fee may not

16  be bonded.

17         (8)  Each district school board and community college

18  board of trustees is authorized to establish specific fees for

19  workforce development instruction not reported for state

20  funding purposes or for workforce development instruction not

21  reported as state funded full-time equivalent students.

22  District school boards and community college boards of

23  trustees are not required to charge any other fee specified in

24  this section for this type of instruction.

25         (9)  Community college boards of trustees and district

26  school boards are not authorized to charge students enrolled

27  in workforce development programs any fee that is not

28  specifically authorized by statute. In addition to tuition,

29  out-of-state, financial aid, capital improvement, and

30  technology fees, as authorized in this section, community

31  college boards of trustees and district school boards are


                                 897

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorized to establish fee schedules for the following user

  2  fees and fines: laboratory fees; parking fees and fines;

  3  library fees and fines; fees and fines relating to facilities

  4  and equipment use or damage; access or identification card

  5  fees; duplicating, photocopying, binding, or microfilming

  6  fees; standardized testing fees; diploma replacement fees;

  7  transcript fees; application fees; graduation fees; and late

  8  fees related to registration and payment. Such user fees and

  9  fines shall not exceed the cost of the services provided and

10  shall only be charged to persons receiving the service.

11  Parking fee revenues may be pledged by a community college

12  board of trustees as a dedicated revenue source for the

13  repayment of debt, including lease-purchase agreements and

14  revenue bonds with terms not exceeding 20 years and not

15  exceeding the useful life of the asset being financed.

16  Community colleges shall use the services of the Division of

17  Bond Finance of the State Board of Administration to issue any

18  revenue bonds authorized by the provisions of this subsection.

19  Any such bonds issued by the Division of Bond Finance shall be

20  in compliance with the provisions of the State Bond Act. Bonds

21  issued pursuant to the State Bond Act shall be validated in

22  the manner established in chapter 75. The complaint for such

23  validation shall be filed in the circuit court of the county

24  where the seat of state government is situated, the notice

25  required to be published by s. 75.06 shall be published only

26  in the county where the complaint is filed, and the complaint

27  and order of the circuit court shall be served only on the

28  state attorney of the circuit in which the action is pending.

29         (10)  Each year the State Board of Education shall

30  review and evaluate the percentage of the cost of adult

31  programs and certificate career education programs supported


                                 898

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  through student fees. For students who are residents for

  2  tuition purposes, the schedule adopted pursuant to subsection

  3  (3) must produce revenues equal to 25 percent of the prior

  4  year's average program cost for college-preparatory and

  5  certificate-level workforce development programs. Fees for

  6  continuing workforce education shall be locally determined by

  7  the district school board or community college board. However,

  8  at least 50 percent of the expenditures for the continuing

  9  workforce education program provided by the community college

10  or school district must be derived from fees. Except as

11  otherwise provided by law, fees for students who are not

12  residents for tuition purposes must offset the full cost of

13  instruction.

14         (11)  Each school district and community college may

15  assess a service charge for the payment of tuition and fees in

16  installments. Such service charge must be approved by the

17  district school board or community college board of trustees.

18         (12)  Any school district or community college that

19  reports students who have not paid fees in an approved manner

20  in calculations of full-time equivalent enrollments for state

21  funding purposes shall be penalized at a rate equal to 2 times

22  the value of such enrollments. Such penalty shall be charged

23  against the following year's allocation from the Florida

24  Workforce Development Education Fund or the Community College

25  Program Fund and shall revert to the General Revenue Fund.

26  The State Board of Education shall specify, in rule, approved

27  methods of student fee payment.  Such methods must include,

28  but need not be limited to, student fee payment; payment

29  through federal, state, or institutional financial aid; and

30  employer fee payments.

31  


                                 899

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (13)  Each school district and community college shall

  2  report only those students who have actually enrolled in

  3  instruction provided or supervised by instructional personnel

  4  under contract with the district or community college in

  5  calculations of actual full-time enrollments for state funding

  6  purposes.  A student who has been exempted from taking a

  7  course or who has been granted academic or technical credit

  8  through means other than actual coursework completed at the

  9  granting institution may not be calculated for enrollment in

10  the course from which the student has been exempted or for

11  which the student has been granted credit. School districts

12  and community colleges that report enrollments in violation of

13  this subsection shall be penalized at a rate equal to 2 times

14  the value of such enrollments. Such penalty shall be charged

15  against the following year's allocation from the Workforce

16  Development Education Fund and shall revert to the General

17  Revenue Fund.

18         Section 402.  Section 1009.23, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1009.23  Community college student fees.--

21         (1)  Unless otherwise provided, the provisions of this

22  section apply only to fees charged for college credit

23  instruction leading to an associate in arts degree, an

24  associate in applied science degree, or an associate in

25  science degree and noncollege credit college-preparatory

26  courses defined in s. 1004.02.

27         (2)  All students shall be charged fees except students

28  who are exempt from fees or students whose fees are waived.

29         (3)  The State Board of Education shall adopt by

30  December 31 of each year a resident fee schedule for the

31  following fall for advanced and professional, associate in


                                 900

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  science degree, and college-preparatory programs that produce

  2  revenues in the amount of 25 percent of the full prior year's

  3  cost of these programs. Fees for courses in

  4  college-preparatory programs and associate in arts and

  5  associate in science degree programs may be established at the

  6  same level. In the absence of a provision to the contrary in

  7  an appropriations act, the fee schedule shall take effect and

  8  the colleges shall expend the funds on instruction.  If the

  9  Legislature provides for an alternative fee schedule in an

10  appropriations act, the fee schedule shall take effect the

11  subsequent fall semester.

12         (4)  Each community college board of trustees shall

13  establish tuition and out-of-state fees, which may vary no

14  more than 10 percent below and 15 percent above the combined

15  total of the fee schedule adopted by the State Board of

16  Education and the technology fee adopted by a board of

17  trustees, provided that any amount from 10 to 15 percent above

18  the fee schedule is used only to support safety and security

19  purposes. In order to assess an additional amount for safety

20  and security purposes, a community college board of trustees

21  must provide written justification to the State Board of

22  Education based on criteria approved by the board of trustees,

23  including, but not limited to, criteria such as local crime

24  data and information, and strategies for the implementation of

25  local safety plans. Should a college decide to increase the

26  tuition fee, the funds raised by increasing the tuition fee

27  must be expended solely for additional safety and security

28  purposes and shall not supplant funding expended in the

29  1998-1999 budget for safety and security purposes.

30  

31  


                                 901

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  Except as otherwise provided in law, the sum of

  2  nonresident student tuition and out-of-state fees must be

  3  sufficient to defray the full cost of each program.

  4         (6)  A community college board of trustees that has a

  5  service area that borders another state may implement a plan

  6  for a differential out-of-state fee.

  7         (7)  Each community college board of trustees may

  8  establish a separate activity and service fee not to exceed 10

  9  percent of the tuition fee, according to rules of the State

10  Board of Education. The student activity and service fee shall

11  be collected as a component part of the tuition and fees. The

12  student activity and service fees shall be paid into a student

13  activity and service fund at the community college and shall

14  be expended for lawful purposes to benefit the student body in

15  general. These purposes include, but are not limited to,

16  student publications and grants to duly recognized student

17  organizations, the membership of which is open to all students

18  at the community college without regard to race, sex, or

19  religion.

20         (8)(a)  Each community college board of trustees is

21  authorized to establish a separate fee for financial aid

22  purposes in an additional amount up to, but not to exceed, 5

23  percent of the total student tuition or out-of-state fees

24  collected.  Each community college board of trustees may

25  collect up to an additional 2 percent if the amount generated

26  by the total financial aid fee is less than $250,000. If the

27  amount generated is less than $250,000, a community college

28  that charges tuition and out-of-state fees at least equal to

29  the average fees established by rule may transfer from the

30  general current fund to the scholarship fund an amount equal

31  to the difference between $250,000 and the amount generated by


                                 902

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the total financial aid fee assessment. No other transfer from

  2  the general current fund to the loan, endowment, or

  3  scholarship fund, by whatever name known, is authorized.

  4         (b)  All funds collected under this program shall be

  5  placed in the loan and endowment fund or scholarship fund of

  6  the college, by whatever name known. Such funds shall be

  7  disbursed to students as quickly as possible.  An amount not

  8  greater than 40 percent of the fees collected in a fiscal year

  9  may be carried forward unexpended to the following fiscal

10  year.  However, funds collected prior to July 1, 1989, and

11  placed in an endowment fund may not be considered part of the

12  balance of funds carried forward unexpended to the following

13  fiscal year.

14         (c)  Up to 25 percent or $300,000, whichever is

15  greater, of the financial aid fees collected may be used to

16  assist students who demonstrate academic merit; who

17  participate in athletics, public service, cultural arts, and

18  other extracurricular programs as determined by the

19  institution; or who are identified as members of a targeted

20  gender or ethnic minority population. The financial aid fee

21  revenues allocated for athletic scholarships and fee

22  exemptions provided pursuant to s. 1009.25(3) for athletes

23  shall be distributed equitably as required by s.

24  1000.05(3)(d). A minimum of 75 percent of the balance of these

25  funds for new awards shall be used to provide financial aid

26  based on absolute need, and the remainder of the funds shall

27  be used for academic merit purposes and other purposes

28  approved by the boards of trustees. Such other purposes shall

29  include the payment of child care fees for students with

30  financial need. The State Board of Education shall develop

31  criteria for making financial aid awards. Each college shall


                                 903

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  report annually to the Department of Education on the revenue

  2  collected pursuant to this paragraph, the amount carried

  3  forward, the criteria used to make awards, the amount and

  4  number of awards for each criterion, and a delineation of the

  5  distribution of such awards. The report shall include an

  6  assessment by category of the financial need of every student

  7  who receives an award, regardless of the purpose for which the

  8  award is received. Awards which are based on financial need

  9  shall be distributed in accordance with a nationally

10  recognized system of need analysis approved by the State Board

11  of Education. An award for academic merit shall require a

12  minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or

13  the equivalent for both initial receipt of the award and

14  renewal of the award.

15         (d)  These funds may not be used for direct or indirect

16  administrative purposes or salaries.

17         (9)  Any community college that reports students who

18  have not paid fees in an approved manner in calculations of

19  full-time equivalent enrollments for state funding purposes

20  shall be penalized at a rate equal to two times the value of

21  such enrollments.  Such penalty shall be charged against the

22  following year's allocation from the Community College Program

23  Fund and shall revert to the General Revenue Fund.

24         (10)  Each community college board of trustees is

25  authorized to establish a separate fee for technology, which

26  may not exceed $1.80 per credit hour or credit-hour equivalent

27  for resident students and not more than $5.40 per credit hour

28  or credit-hour equivalent for nonresident students, to be

29  expended according to technology improvement plans. The

30  technology fee may apply to both college credit and

31  college-preparatory instruction. Fifty percent of technology


                                 904

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fee revenues may be pledged by a community college board of

  2  trustees as a dedicated revenue source for the repayment of

  3  debt, including lease-purchase agreements, not to exceed the

  4  useful life of the asset being financed. Revenues generated

  5  from the technology fee may not be bonded.

  6         (11)  Each community college board of trustees may

  7  establish a separate fee for capital improvements, technology

  8  enhancements, or equipping student buildings which may not

  9  exceed $1 per credit hour or credit-hour equivalent for

10  residents and which equals or exceeds $3 per credit hour for

11  nonresidents. Funds collected by community colleges through

12  these fees may be bonded only for the purpose of financing or

13  refinancing new construction and equipment, renovation, or

14  remodeling of educational facilities. The fee shall be

15  collected as a component part of the tuition and fees, paid

16  into a separate account, and expended only to construct and

17  equip, maintain, improve, or enhance the educational

18  facilities of the community college. Projects funded through

19  the use of the capital improvement fee shall meet the survey

20  and construction requirements of chapter 1013. Pursuant to s.

21  216.0158, each community college shall identify each project,

22  including maintenance projects, proposed to be funded in whole

23  or in part by such fee. Capital improvement fee revenues may

24  be pledged by a board of trustees as a dedicated revenue

25  source to the repayment of debt, including lease-purchase

26  agreements and revenue bonds, with a term not to exceed 20

27  years, and not to exceed the useful life of the asset being

28  financed, only for the new construction and equipment,

29  renovation, or remodeling of educational facilities. Community

30  colleges may use the services of the Division of Bond Finance

31  of the State Board of Administration to issue any bonds


                                 905

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorized through the provisions of this subsection. Any such

  2  bonds issued by the Division of Bond Finance shall be in

  3  compliance with the provisions of the State Bond Act. Bonds

  4  issued pursuant to the State Bond Act shall be validated in

  5  the manner provided by chapter 75. The complaint for such

  6  validation shall be filed in the circuit court of the county

  7  where the seat of state government is situated, the notice

  8  required to be published by s. 75.06 shall be published only

  9  in the county where the complaint is filed, and the complaint

10  and order of the circuit court shall be served only on the

11  state attorney of the circuit in which the action is pending.

12  A maximum of 15 cents per credit hour may be allocated from

13  the capital improvement fee for child care centers conducted

14  by the community college.

15         (12)  In addition to tuition, out-of-state, financial

16  aid, capital improvement, student activity and service, and

17  technology fees authorized in this section, each community

18  college board of trustees is authorized to establish fee

19  schedules for the following user fees and fines: laboratory

20  fees; parking fees and fines; library fees and fines; fees and

21  fines relating to facilities and equipment use or damage;

22  access or identification card fees; duplicating, photocopying,

23  binding, or microfilming fees; standardized testing fees;

24  diploma replacement fees; transcript fees; application fees;

25  graduation fees; and late fees related to registration and

26  payment. Such user fees and fines shall not exceed the cost of

27  the services provided and shall only be charged to persons

28  receiving the service. A community college may not charge any

29  fee except as authorized by law or rules of the State Board of

30  Education. Parking fee revenues may be pledged by a community

31  college board of trustees as a dedicated revenue source for


                                 906

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the repayment of debt, including lease-purchase agreements and

  2  revenue bonds with terms not exceeding 20 years and not

  3  exceeding the useful life of the asset being financed.

  4  Community colleges shall use the services of the Division of

  5  Bond Finance of the State Board of Administration to issue any

  6  revenue bonds authorized by the provisions of this subsection.

  7  Any such bonds issued by the Division of Bond Finance shall be

  8  in compliance with the provisions of the State Bond Act. Bonds

  9  issued pursuant to the State Bond Act shall be validated in

10  the manner established in chapter 75. The complaint for such

11  validation shall be filed in the circuit court of the county

12  where the seat of state government is situated, the notice

13  required to be published by s. 75.06 shall be published only

14  in the county where the complaint is filed, and the complaint

15  and order of the circuit court shall be served only on the

16  state attorney of the circuit in which the action is pending.

17         (13)  The State Board of Education shall specify, as

18  necessary, by rule, approved methods of student fee payment.

19  Such methods shall include, but not be limited to, student fee

20  payment; payment through federal, state, or institutional

21  financial aid; and employer fee payments.

22         (14)  Each community college board of trustees shall

23  report only those students who have actually enrolled in

24  instruction provided or supervised by instructional personnel

25  under contract with the community college in calculations of

26  actual full-time equivalent enrollments for state funding

27  purposes.  No student who has been exempted from taking a

28  course or who has been granted academic or technical credit

29  through means other than actual coursework completed at the

30  granting institution shall be calculated for enrollment in the

31  course from which he or she has been exempted or granted


                                 907

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  credit. Community colleges that report enrollments in

  2  violation of this subsection shall be penalized at a rate

  3  equal to two times the value of such enrollments. Such penalty

  4  shall be charged against the following year's allocation from

  5  the Community College Program Fund and shall revert to the

  6  General Revenue Fund.

  7         (15)  Each community college may assess a service

  8  charge for the payment of tuition and fees in installments.

  9  Such service charge must be approved by the community college

10  board of trustees.

11         (16)  The State Board of Education shall adopt a rule

12  specifying the definitions and procedures to be used in the

13  calculation of the percentage of cost paid by students. The

14  rule must provide for the calculation of the full cost of

15  educational programs based on the allocation of all funds

16  provided through the general current fund to programs of

17  instruction, and other activities as provided in the annual

18  expenditure analysis. The rule shall be developed in

19  consultation with the Legislature.

20         Section 403.  Section 1009.24, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.24  State university student fees.--

23         (1)  This section applies to students enrolled in

24  college credit programs at state universities.

25         (2)  All students shall be charged fees except students

26  who are exempt from fees or students whose fees are waived.

27         (3)  Within proviso in the General Appropriations Act

28  and law, each board of trustees shall set university tuition

29  and fees. The sum of the activity and service, health, and

30  athletic fees a student is required to pay to register for a

31  course shall not exceed 40 percent of the tuition established


                                 908

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in law or in the General Appropriations Act. No university

  2  shall be required to lower any fee in effect on the effective

  3  date of this act in order to comply with this subsection.

  4  Within the 40 percent cap, universities may not increase the

  5  aggregate sum of activity and service, health, and athletic

  6  fees more than 5 percent per year unless specifically

  7  authorized in law or in the General Appropriations Act. This

  8  subsection does not prohibit a university from increasing or

  9  assessing optional fees related to specific activities if

10  payment of such fees is not required as a part of registration

11  for courses.

12         (4)  A university that has a service area that borders

13  another state may implement a plan for a differential

14  out-of-state fee.

15         (5)  Students who are enrolled in Programs in Medical

16  Sciences are considered graduate students for the purpose of

17  enrollment and student fees.

18         (6)  A university board of trustees is authorized to

19  collect for financial aid purposes an amount not to exceed 5

20  percent of the tuition and out-of-state fee. The revenues from

21  fees are to remain at each campus and replace existing

22  financial aid fees. Such funds shall be disbursed to students

23  as quickly as possible. A minimum of 75 percent of funds from

24  the student financial aid fee for new financial aid awards

25  shall be used to provide financial aid based on absolute need.

26  A student who has received an award prior to July 1, 1984,

27  shall have his or her eligibility assessed on the same

28  criteria that were used at the time of his or her original

29  award. The State Board of Education shall develop criteria for

30  making financial aid awards. Each university shall report

31  annually to the Department of Education on the revenue


                                 909

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  collected pursuant to this subsection, the amount carried

  2  forward, the criteria used to make awards, the amount and

  3  number of awards for each criterion, and a delineation of the

  4  distribution of such awards.  The report shall include an

  5  assessment by category of the financial need of every student

  6  who receives an award, regardless of the purpose for which the

  7  award is received. Awards which are based on financial need

  8  shall be distributed in accordance with a nationally

  9  recognized system of need analysis approved by the State Board

10  of Education. An award for academic merit shall require a

11  minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or

12  the equivalent for both initial receipt of the award and

13  renewal of the award.

14         (7)  The Capital Improvement Trust Fund fee is

15  established as $2.44 per credit hour per semester. The

16  building fee is established as $2.32 per credit hour per

17  semester.

18         (8)  Each university board of trustees is authorized to

19  establish separate activity and service, health, and athletic

20  fees. When duly established, the fees shall be collected as

21  component parts of tuition and fees and shall be retained by

22  the university and paid into the separate activity and

23  service, health, and athletic funds.

24         (9)(a)  Each university board of trustees shall

25  establish a student activity and service fee on the main

26  campus of the university. The university board may also

27  establish a student activity and service fee on any branch

28  campus or center. Any subsequent increase in the activity and

29  service fee must be recommended by an activity and service fee

30  committee, at least one-half of whom are students appointed by

31  the student body president. The remainder of the committee


                                 910

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall be appointed by the university president. A chairperson,

  2  appointed jointly by the university president and the student

  3  body president, shall vote only in the case of a tie. The

  4  recommendations of the committee shall take effect only after

  5  approval by the university president, after consultation with

  6  the student body president, with final approval by the

  7  university board of trustees. An increase in the activity and

  8  service fee may occur only once each fiscal year and must be

  9  implemented beginning with the fall term. The State Board of

10  Education is responsible for promulgating the rules and

11  timetables necessary to implement this fee.

12         (b)  The student activity and service fees shall be

13  expended for lawful purposes to benefit the student body in

14  general. This shall include, but shall not be limited to,

15  student publications and grants to duly recognized student

16  organizations, the membership of which is open to all students

17  at the university without regard to race, sex, or religion.

18  The fund may not benefit activities for which an admission fee

19  is charged to students, except for

20  student-government-association-sponsored concerts. The

21  allocation and expenditure of the fund shall be determined by

22  the student government association of the university, except

23  that the president of the university may veto any line item or

24  portion thereof within the budget when submitted by the

25  student government association legislative body. The

26  university president shall have 15 school days from the date

27  of presentation of the budget to act on the allocation and

28  expenditure recommendations, which shall be deemed approved if

29  no action is taken within the 15 school days. If any line item

30  or portion thereof within the budget is vetoed, the student

31  government association legislative body shall within 15 school


                                 911

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  days make new budget recommendations for expenditure of the

  2  vetoed portion of the fund. If the university president vetoes

  3  any line item or portion thereof within the new budget

  4  revisions, the university president may reallocate by line

  5  item that vetoed portion to bond obligations guaranteed by

  6  activity and service fees. Unexpended funds and undisbursed

  7  funds remaining at the end of a fiscal year shall be carried

  8  over and remain in the student activity and service fund and

  9  be available for allocation and expenditure during the next

10  fiscal year.

11         (10)  Each university board of trustees shall establish

12  a student health fee on the main campus of the university. The

13  university board of trustees may also establish a student

14  health fee on any branch campus or center. Any subsequent

15  increase in the health fee must be recommended by a health

16  committee, at least one-half of whom are students appointed by

17  the student body president. The remainder of the committee

18  shall be appointed by the university president. A chairperson,

19  appointed jointly by the university president and the student

20  body president, shall vote only in the case of a tie. The

21  recommendations of the committee shall take effect only after

22  approval by the university president, after consultation with

23  the student body president, with final approval by the

24  university board of trustees. An increase in the health fee

25  may occur only once each fiscal year and must be implemented

26  beginning with the fall term. The State Board of Education is

27  responsible for promulgating the rules and timetables

28  necessary to implement this fee.

29         (11)  Each university board of trustees shall establish

30  a separate athletic fee on the main campus of the university.

31  The university board may also establish a separate athletic


                                 912

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fee on any branch campus or center. Any subsequent increase in

  2  the athletic fee must be recommended by an athletic fee

  3  committee, at least one-half of whom are students appointed by

  4  the student body president. The remainder of the committee

  5  shall be appointed by the university president. A chairperson,

  6  appointed jointly by the university president and the student

  7  body president, shall vote only in the case of a tie. The

  8  recommendations of the committee shall take effect only after

  9  approval by the university president, after consultation with

10  the student body president, with final approval by the

11  university board of trustees. An increase in the athletic fee

12  may occur only once each fiscal year and must be implemented

13  beginning with the fall term. The State Board of Education is

14  responsible for promulgating the rules and timetables

15  necessary to implement this fee.

16         (12)  Each university board of trustees is authorized

17  to establish the following fees:

18         (a)  A nonrefundable application fee in an amount not

19  to exceed $30.

20         (b)  An orientation fee in an amount not to exceed $35.

21         (c)  A fee for security, access, or identification

22  cards. The annual fee for such a card may not exceed $10 per

23  card. The maximum amount charged for a replacement card may

24  not exceed $15.

25         (d)  Registration fees for audit and zero-hours

26  registration; a service charge, which may not exceed $15, for

27  the payment of tuition in installments; and a

28  late-registration fee in an amount not less than $50 nor more

29  than $100 to be imposed on students who fail to initiate

30  registration during the regular registration period.

31  


                                 913

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  A late-payment fee in an amount not less than $50

  2  nor more than $100 to be imposed on students who fail to pay

  3  or fail to make appropriate arrangements to pay (by means of

  4  installment payment, deferment, or third-party billing)

  5  tuition by the deadline set by each university. Each

  6  university may adopt specific procedures or policies for

  7  waiving the late-payment fee for minor underpayments.

  8         (f)  A fee for miscellaneous health-related charges for

  9  services provided at cost by the university health center

10  which are not covered by the health fee set under subsection

11  (10).

12         (g)  Materials and supplies fees to offset the cost of

13  materials or supplies that are consumed in the course of the

14  student's instructional activities, excluding the cost of

15  equipment replacement, repairs, and maintenance.

16         (h)  Housing rental rates and miscellaneous housing

17  charges for services provided by the university at the request

18  of the student.

19         (i)  A charge representing the reasonable cost of

20  efforts to collect payment of overdue accounts.

21         (j)  A service charge on university loans in lieu of

22  interest and administrative handling charges.

23         (k)  A fee for off-campus course offerings when the

24  location results in specific, identifiable increased costs to

25  the university.

26         (l)  Library fees and fines, including charges for

27  damaged and lost library materials, overdue reserve library

28  books, interlibrary loans, and literature searches.

29         (m)  Fees relating to duplicating, photocopying,

30  binding, and microfilming; copyright services; and

31  


                                 914

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  standardized testing. These fees may be charged only to those

  2  who receive the services.

  3         (n)  Fees and fines relating to the use, late return,

  4  and loss and damage of facilities and equipment.

  5         (o)  A returned-check fee as authorized by s. 832.07(1)

  6  for unpaid checks returned to the university.

  7         (p)  Traffic and parking fines, charges for parking

  8  decals, and transportation access fees.

  9         (q)  An Educational Research Center for Child

10  Development fee for child care and services offered by the

11  center.

12         (r)  Fees for transcripts and diploma replacement, not

13  to exceed $10 per item.

14         (13)  The board of trustees of the University of

15  Florida is authorized to establish an admissions deposit fee

16  for the University of Florida College of Dentistry in an

17  amount not to exceed $200.

18         (14)  Each university may assess a service charge for

19  the payment of tuition and fees in installments. Such service

20  charge must be approved by the university board of trustees.

21         Section 404.  Section 1009.25, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1009.25  Fee exemptions.--

24         (1)  The following students are exempt from any

25  requirement for the payment of tuition and fees, including lab

26  fees, for adult basic, adult secondary, or

27  vocational-preparatory instruction:

28         (a)  A student who does not have a high school diploma

29  or its equivalent.

30         (b)  A student who has a high school diploma or its

31  equivalent and who has academic skills at or below the eighth


                                 915

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  grade level pursuant to state board rule. A student is

  2  eligible for this exemption from fees if the student's skills

  3  are at or below the eighth grade level as measured by a test

  4  administered in the English language and approved by the

  5  Department of Education, even if the student has skills above

  6  that level when tested in the student's native language.

  7         (2)  The following students are exempt from the payment

  8  of tuition and fees, including lab fees, at a school district

  9  that provides postsecondary career and technical programs,

10  community college, or state university:

11         (a)  A student enrolled in a dual enrollment or early

12  admission program pursuant to s. 1007.27 or s. 1007.271.

13         (b)  A student enrolled in an approved apprenticeship

14  program, as defined in s. 446.021.

15         (c)  A student for whom the state is paying a foster

16  care board payment pursuant to s. 409.145(3) or pursuant to

17  parts II and III of chapter 39, for whom the permanency

18  planning goal pursuant to part III of chapter 39 is long-term

19  foster care or independent living, or who is adopted from the

20  Department of Children and Family Services after May 5, 1997.

21  Such exemption includes fees associated with enrollment in

22  vocational-preparatory instruction and completion of the

23  college-level communication and computation skills testing

24  program. Such exemption shall be available to any student

25  adopted from the Department of Children and Family Services

26  after May 5, 1997; however, the exemption shall be valid for

27  no more than 4 years after the date of graduation from high

28  school.

29         (d)  A student enrolled in an employment and training

30  program under the welfare transition program. The regional

31  workforce board shall pay the state university, community


                                 916

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  college, or school district for costs incurred for welfare

  2  transition program participants.

  3         (e)  A student who lacks a fixed, regular, and adequate

  4  nighttime residence or whose primary nighttime residence is a

  5  public or private shelter designed to provide temporary

  6  residence for individuals intended to be institutionalized, or

  7  a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used

  8  as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings.

  9         (f)  A student who is a proprietor, owner, or worker of

10  a company whose business has been at least 50 percent

11  negatively financially impacted by the buy-out of property

12  around Lake Apopka by the State of Florida. Such a student may

13  receive a fee exemption only if the student has not received

14  compensation because of the buy-out, the student is designated

15  a Florida resident for tuition purposes, pursuant to s.

16  1009.21, and the student has applied for and been denied

17  financial aid, pursuant to s. 1009.40, which would have

18  provided, at a minimum, payment of all student fees. The

19  student is responsible for providing evidence to the

20  postsecondary education institution verifying that the

21  conditions of this paragraph have been met, including support

22  documentation provided by the Department of Revenue. The

23  student must be currently enrolled in, or begin coursework

24  within, a program area by fall semester 2000.  The exemption

25  is valid for a period of 4 years from the date that the

26  postsecondary education institution confirms that the

27  conditions of this paragraph have been met.

28         (3)  Each community college is authorized to grant

29  student fee exemptions from all fees adopted by the State

30  Board of Education and the community college board of trustees

31  


                                 917

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for up to 40 full-time equivalent students at each

  2  institution.

  3         Section 405.  Section 1009.26, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.26  Fee waivers.--

  6         (1)  School districts and community colleges may waive

  7  fees for any fee-nonexempt student. The total value of fee

  8  waivers granted by the school district or community college

  9  may not exceed the amount established annually in the General

10  Appropriations Act. Any student whose fees are waived in

11  excess of the authorized amount may not be reported for state

12  funding purposes. Any school district or community college

13  that waives fees and requests state funding for a student in

14  violation of the provisions of this section shall be penalized

15  at a rate equal to 2 times the value of the full-time student

16  enrollment reported.

17         (2)  A state university may waive any or all

18  application, tuition, and related fees for persons who

19  supervise student interns for a state university.

20         (3)  A university board of trustees is authorized to

21  permit full-time university employees who meet academic

22  requirements to enroll for up to 6 credit hours of

23  tuition-free courses per term on a space-available basis.

24         (4)  A state university may waive any or all

25  application, tuition, and related fees for persons 60 years of

26  age or older who are residents of this state and who attend

27  classes for credit. No academic credit shall be awarded for

28  attendance in classes for which fees are waived under this

29  subsection. This privilege may be granted only on a

30  space-available basis, if such classes are not filled as of

31  the close of registration. A university may limit or deny the


                                 918

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  privilege for courses which are in programs for which the

  2  State Board of Education has established selective admissions

  3  criteria. Persons paying full fees and state employees taking

  4  courses on a space-available basis shall have priority over

  5  those persons whose fees are waived in all cases where

  6  classroom spaces are limited.

  7         (5)  Any graduate student enrolled in a state-approved

  8  school psychology training program shall be entitled to a

  9  waiver of registration fees for internship credit hours

10  applicable to an internship in the public school system under

11  the supervision of a Department of Education certified school

12  psychologist employed by the school system.

13         (6)  The State Board of Education may establish rules

14  to allow for the waiver of out-of-state fees for

15  nondegree-seeking students enrolled at a state university if

16  the earned student credit hours generated by such students are

17  nonfundable and the direct cost for the program of study is

18  recovered from the fees charged to all students.

19         (7)  The spouse of a deceased state employee is

20  entitled, when eligible for the payment of student fees by the

21  state as employer pursuant to s. 440.16, in lieu of such

22  payment, to a full waiver of student fees for up to 80

23  semester hours in any community college.

24         (8)  Fees shall be waived for certain members of the

25  active Florida National Guard pursuant to s. 250.10(8).

26         Section 406.  Section 1009.265, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1009.265  State employee fee waivers.--

29         (1)  As a benefit to the employer and employees of the

30  state, subject to approval by an employee's agency head or the

31  equivalent, each state university and community college shall


                                 919

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  waive tuition and fees for state employees to enroll for up to

  2  6 credit hours of courses per term on a space-available basis.

  3         (2)  The Comptroller, in cooperation with the community

  4  colleges and state universities, shall identify and implement

  5  ways to ease the administrative burden to community colleges

  6  and state universities, including, but not limited to,

  7  providing easier access to verify state employment.

  8         (3)  From funds appropriated by the Legislature for

  9  implementation of this section, community colleges and state

10  universities shall be reimbursed for administrative costs on a

11  pro rata basis according to the cost assessment data developed

12  by the Department of Education.

13         Section 407.  Section 1009.27, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1009.27  Deferral of fees.--

16         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

17  allow the deferral of tuition and registration fees for

18  students receiving financial aid from a federal or state

19  assistance program when the aid is delayed in being

20  transmitted to the student through circumstances beyond the

21  control of the student. The failure to make timely application

22  for the aid is an insufficient reason to receive a deferral of

23  fees. The rules must provide for the enforcement and

24  collection or other settlement of delinquent accounts.

25         (2)  Any veteran or other eligible student who receives

26  benefits under chapter 30, chapter 31, chapter 32, chapter 34,

27  or chapter 35 of Title 38, U.S.C., or chapter 106 of Title 10,

28  U.S.C., is entitled to one deferment each academic year and an

29  additional deferment each time there is a delay in the receipt

30  of benefits.

31  


                                 920

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Each school district, community college, and state

  2  university is responsible for collecting all deferred fees. If

  3  a school district, community college, or state university has

  4  not collected a deferred fee, the student may not earn state

  5  funding for any course for which the student subsequently

  6  registers until the fee has been paid.

  7         Section 408.  Section 1009.28, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1009.28  Fees for repeated enrollment in

10  college-preparatory classes.--A student enrolled in the same

11  college-preparatory class more than twice shall pay 100

12  percent of the full cost of instruction to support continuous

13  enrollment of that student in the same class, and the student

14  shall not be included in calculations of full-time equivalent

15  enrollments for state funding purposes; however, students who

16  withdraw or fail a class due to extenuating circumstances may

17  be granted an exception only once for each class, provided

18  approval is granted according to policy established by the

19  board of trustees. Each community college may review and

20  reduce fees paid by students due to continued enrollment in a

21  college-preparatory class on an individual basis contingent

22  upon the student's financial hardship, pursuant to definitions

23  and fee levels established by the State Board of Education.

24         Section 409.  Section 1009.285, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1009.285  Fees for repeated enrollment in

27  college-credit courses.--A student enrolled in the same

28  undergraduate college-credit course more than twice shall pay

29  tuition at 100 percent of the full cost of instruction and

30  shall not be included in calculations of full-time equivalent

31  enrollments for state funding purposes. However, students who


                                 921

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  withdraw or fail a class due to extenuating circumstances may

  2  be granted an exception only once for each class, provided

  3  that approval is granted according to policy established by

  4  the community college board of trustees or the university

  5  board of trustees. Each community college and state university

  6  may review and reduce fees paid by students due to continued

  7  enrollment in a college-credit class on an individual basis

  8  contingent upon the student's financial hardship, pursuant to

  9  definitions and fee levels established by the State Board of

10  Education. For purposes of this section, first-time enrollment

11  in a class shall mean enrollment in a class beginning fall

12  semester 1997, and calculations of the full cost of

13  instruction shall be based on the systemwide average of the

14  prior year's cost of undergraduate programs for the community

15  colleges and the state universities. Boards of trustees may

16  make exceptions to this section for individualized study,

17  elective coursework, courses that are repeated as a

18  requirement of a major, and courses that are intended as

19  continuing over multiple semesters, excluding the repeat of

20  coursework more than two times to increase grade point average

21  or meet minimum course grade requirements.

22         Section 410.  Section 1009.29, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1009.29  Increased fees for funding financial aid

25  program.--

26         (1)  Student tuition and registration fees at each

27  state university and community college shall include up to

28  $4.68 per quarter, or $7.02 per semester, per full-time

29  student, or the per-student credit hour equivalents of such

30  amounts. The fees provided for by this section shall be

31  adjusted from time to time, as necessary, to comply with the


                                 922

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  debt service coverage requirements of the student loan revenue

  2  bonds issued pursuant to s. 1009.79. If the Division of Bond

  3  Finance of the State Board of Education and the Commissioner

  4  of Education determine that such fees are no longer required

  5  as security for revenue bonds issued pursuant to ss.

  6  1009.78-1009.88, moneys previously collected pursuant to this

  7  section which are held in escrow, after administrative

  8  expenses have been met and up to $150,000 has been used to

  9  establish a financial aid data processing system for the state

10  universities incorporating the necessary features to meet the

11  needs of all nine universities for application through

12  disbursement processing, shall be reallocated to the

13  generating institutions to be used for student financial aid

14  programs, including, but not limited to, scholarships and

15  grants for educational purposes. Upon such determination, such

16  fees shall no longer be assessed and collected.

17         (2)  The Department of Education may, in accordance

18  with rules established by the State Board of Administration,

19  receive and administer grants and donations from any source

20  and, in its discretion, establish criteria, select recipients,

21  and award scholarships and loans from the fees provided for by

22  this section, and fix the interest rates and terms of

23  repayment.

24         Section 411.  Part III of chapter 1009, Florida

25  Statutes, shall be entitled "Financial Assistance" and shall

26  consist of ss. 1009.40-1009.96.

27         Section 412.  Part III.a. of chapter 1009, Florida

28  Statutes, shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall

29  consist of ss. 1009.40-1009.44.

30         Section 413.  Section 1009.40, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 923

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.40  General requirements for student eligibility

  2  for state financial aid.--

  3         (1)(a)  The general requirements for eligibility of

  4  students for state financial aid awards consist of the

  5  following:

  6         1.  Achievement of the academic requirements of and

  7  acceptance at a state university or community college; a

  8  nursing diploma school approved by the Florida Board of

  9  Nursing; a Florida college, university, or community college

10  which is accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the

11  State Board of Education; any Florida institution the credits

12  of which are acceptable for transfer to state universities;

13  any technical center; or any private technical institution

14  accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the State

15  Board of Education.

16         2.  Residency in this state for no less than 1 year

17  preceding the award of aid for a program established pursuant

18  to s. 1009.50, s. 1009.51, s. 1009.52, s. 1009.56, s. 1009.53,

19  s. 1009.54, s. 1009.57, s. 1009.60, s. 1009.60, s. 1009.62, s.

20  1009.63, s. 1009.76, s. 1009.72, s. 1009.73, s. 1009.77, or s.

21  1009.89. Residency in this state must be for purposes other

22  than to obtain an education. Resident status for purposes of

23  receiving state financial aid awards shall be determined in

24  the same manner as resident status for tuition purposes

25  pursuant to s. 1009.21 and rules of the State Board of

26  Education.

27         3.  Submission of certification attesting to the

28  accuracy, completeness, and correctness of information

29  provided to demonstrate a student's eligibility to receive

30  state financial aid awards. Falsification of such information

31  shall result in the denial of any pending application and


                                 924

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  revocation of any award currently held to the extent that no

  2  further payments shall be made. Additionally, students who

  3  knowingly make false statements in order to receive state

  4  financial aid awards shall be guilty of a misdemeanor of the

  5  second degree subject to the provisions of s. 837.06 and shall

  6  be required to return all state financial aid awards

  7  wrongfully obtained.

  8         (b)1.  Eligibility for the renewal of undergraduate

  9  financial aid awards shall be evaluated at the end of the

10  second semester or third quarter of each academic year.  As a

11  condition for renewal, a student shall:

12         a.  Have earned a minimum cumulative grade point

13  average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale; and

14         b.  Have earned, for full-time study, 12 credits per

15  term or the equivalent for the number of terms for which aid

16  was received.

17         2.  A student who earns the minimum number of credits

18  required for renewal, but who fails to meet the minimum 2.0

19  cumulative grade point average, may be granted a probationary

20  award for up to the equivalent of 1 academic year and shall be

21  required to earn a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 on a

22  4.0 scale by the end of the probationary period to be eligible

23  for subsequent renewal.  A student who receives a probationary

24  award and who fails to meet the conditions for renewal by the

25  end of his or her probationary period shall be ineligible to

26  receive additional awards for the equivalent of 1 academic

27  year following his or her probationary period. Each such

28  student may, however, reapply for assistance during a

29  subsequent application period and may be eligible for an award

30  if he or she has earned a cumulative grade point average of

31  2.0 on a 4.0 scale.


                                 925

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  A student who fails to earn the minimum number of

  2  credits required for renewal shall lose his or her eligibility

  3  for renewal for a period equivalent to 1 academic year.

  4  However, the student may reapply during a subsequent

  5  application period and may be eligible for an award if he or

  6  she has earned a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0

  7  on a 4.0 scale.

  8         4.  Students who receive state student aid and

  9  subsequently fail to meet state academic progress requirements

10  due to verifiable illness or other emergencies may be granted

11  an exception from the academic requirements.  Such students

12  shall make a written appeal to the institution.  The appeal

13  shall include a description and verification of the

14  circumstances. Verification of illness or other emergencies

15  may include but not be limited to a physician's statement or

16  written statement of a parent or college official.  The

17  institution shall recommend exceptions with necessary

18  documentation to the department.  The department may accept or

19  deny such recommendations for exception from the institution.

20         (2)  These requirements do not preclude higher

21  standards specified in other sections of this part, in rules

22  of the state board, or in rules of a participating

23  institution.

24         (3)  Undergraduate students are be eligible to receive

25  financial aid for a maximum of 8 semesters or 12 quarters.

26  However, undergraduate students participating in

27  college-preparatory instruction, students requiring additional

28  time to complete the college-level communication and

29  computation skills testing programs, or students enrolled in a

30  5-year undergraduate degree program are eligible to receive

31  financial aid for a maximum of 10 semesters or 15 quarters.


                                 926

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  No student is eligible to receive more than one

  2  state scholarship that is based on academic merit.  Students

  3  who qualify for more than one such scholarship shall be

  4  notified of all awards for which they qualify and shall be

  5  provided the opportunity to accept one of their choosing.

  6         Section 414.  Section 1009.41, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1009.41  State financial aid; students with a

  9  disability.--Notwithstanding the provisions of s.

10  1009.40(1)(b)1.b. regarding the number of credits earned per

11  term, or other financial aid eligibility requirements related

12  to the number of required credits earned per term, a student

13  with a documented disability, as defined by the Americans with

14  Disabilities Act, shall be eligible to be considered for state

15  financial aid while attending an eligible postsecondary

16  institution on a part-time basis. The State Board of Education

17  shall establish the necessary criteria for documentation of

18  the student's disability and the postsecondary institution

19  shall make the determination as to whether or not the

20  disability is such that part-time status is a necessary

21  accommodation. For the purposes of this section, financial aid

22  funds may be prorated based on the number of credit hours

23  taken.

24         Section 415.  Section 1009.42, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1009.42  Financial aid appeal process.--

27         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt, by rule,

28  a procedure for the appeal of errors in eligibility

29  determinations, or failure to transfer awards between eligible

30  institutions, made by the Office of Student Financial

31  Assistance of the Department of Education, regarding


                                 927

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  applicants' eligibility for receiving state student financial

  2  aid awards. The procedure must provide for establishment of a

  3  committee to consider appeals that are not resolved by other

  4  administrative action. Each committee must be comprised of

  5  four members appointed by the Commissioner of Education,

  6  including one representative of the Office of Student

  7  Financial Assistance; two practicing financial aid

  8  administrators from public or private postsecondary

  9  institutions in this state, one of whom must be from an

10  institution other than one to which the applicant is seeking

11  admission; and one student enrolled in a public postsecondary

12  institution in this state, nominated by the Florida Student

13  Association. An applicant for state student financial aid who

14  believes an error has been made in determining eligibility for

15  student financial assistance or who believes the department

16  has failed to transfer an award between eligible institutions

17  may appeal the decision in writing to the Office of Student

18  Financial Assistance. The Office of Student Financial

19  Assistance shall investigate the complaint and take

20  appropriate action within 30 days after its receipt of the

21  appeal. If the student wishes further review of the appeal,

22  the Office of Student Financial Assistance shall forward the

23  appeal to the committee. Within 30 days after the receipt of a

24  request for a hearing, a final decision shall be rendered by

25  the committee established under this section, and a copy of

26  the decision shall be provided to the applicant. The decision

27  rendered by the committee constitutes final agency action. A

28  description of the financial aid appeals process shall be

29  included in the application form for each state student

30  financial aid program.

31  


                                 928

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The president of each state university and each

  2  community college shall establish a procedure for appeal, by

  3  students, of grievances related to the award or administration

  4  of financial aid at the institution.

  5         (3)  A student involved in a financial aid appeal

  6  proceeding is eligible for a deferral of registration and fee

  7  payments pursuant to s. 1009.27.

  8         Section 416.  Section 1009.43, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1009.43  State student financial assistance;

11  authorization for use in program of study in another state or

12  foreign country.--A student who is enrolled in a public or

13  private postsecondary educational institution in this state

14  may apply state student financial assistance towards the cost

15  of a program of study in another state or a foreign country

16  for a period of up to 1 year, if the program of study is

17  offered or promoted by the Florida institution as an integral

18  part of the academic studies of that degree-seeking student or

19  as a program that would enhance the student's academic

20  experience. This program must be approved by the president of

21  the institution in this state or by his or her designee;

22  however, private, postsecondary Florida institutions with

23  out-of-state subsidiary institutions are not authorized to

24  make Florida residents attending their out-of-state subsidiary

25  institutions eligible for Florida financial assistance.

26         Section 417.  Section 1009.44, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1009.44  Need-based financial aid; no preference to

29  students receiving other aid.--From the funds collected by

30  state universities and community colleges as a financial aid

31  fee and from other funds appropriated by the Legislature for


                                 929

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  financial aid from the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund,

  2  institutions shall expend those moneys designated as

  3  need-based financial aid with no preference given to students

  4  who also qualify for merit-based or other financial aid

  5  awards.

  6         Section 418.  Part III.b. of chapter 1009, Florida

  7  Statutes, shall be entitled "Scholarships, Grants, and Other

  8  Aid" and shall consist of ss. 1009.50-1009.895.

  9         Section 419.  Section 1009.50, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1009.50  Florida Public Student Assistance Grant

12  Program; eligibility for grants.--

13         (1)  There is hereby created a Florida Public Student

14  Assistance Grant Program. The program shall be administered by

15  the participating institutions in accordance with rules of the

16  state board.

17         (2)(a)  State student assistance grants through the

18  program may be made only to full-time degree-seeking students

19  who meet the general requirements for student eligibility as

20  provided in s. 1009.40, except as otherwise provided in this

21  section. The grants shall be awarded annually for the amount

22  of demonstrated unmet need for the cost of education and may

23  not exceed an amount equal to the average prior academic year

24  cost of tuition fees and other registration fees for 30 credit

25  hours at state universities or such other amount as specified

26  in the General Appropriations Act, to any recipient. A

27  demonstrated unmet need of less than $200 shall render the

28  applicant ineligible for a state student assistance grant.

29  Recipients of the grants must have been accepted at a state

30  university or community college authorized by Florida law. No

31  student may receive an award for more than the equivalent of 9


                                 930

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  semesters or 14 quarters of full-time enrollment, except as

  2  otherwise provided in s. 1009.40(3).

  3         (b)  A student applying for a Florida public student

  4  assistance grant shall be required to apply for the Pell

  5  Grant. The Pell Grant entitlement shall be considered when

  6  conducting an assessment of the financial resources available

  7  to each student.

  8         (c)  Priority in the distribution of grant moneys shall

  9  be given to students with the lowest total family resources,

10  in accordance with a nationally recognized system of need

11  analysis. Using the system of need analysis, the department

12  shall establish a maximum expected family contribution. An

13  institution may not make a grant from this program to a

14  student whose expected family contribution exceeds the level

15  established by the department.  An institution may not impose

16  additional criteria to determine a student's eligibility to

17  receive a grant award.

18         (d)  Each participating institution shall report, to

19  the department by the established date, the eligible students

20  to whom grant moneys are disbursed each academic term. Each

21  institution shall also report to the department necessary

22  demographic and eligibility data for such students.

23         (3)  Based on the unmet financial need of an eligible

24  applicant, the amount of a Florida public student assistance

25  grant must be between $200 and the weighted average of the

26  cost of tuition and other registration fees for 30 credit

27  hours at state universities per academic year or the amount

28  specified in the General Appropriations Act.

29         (4)(a)  The funds appropriated for the Florida Public

30  Student Assistance Grant shall be distributed to eligible

31  institutions in accordance with a formula approved by the


                                 931

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  State Board of Education. The formula shall consider at least

  2  the prior year's distribution of funds, the number of

  3  full-time eligible applicants who did not receive awards, the

  4  standardization of the expected family contribution, and

  5  provisions for unused funds.

  6         (b)  Payment of Florida public student assistance

  7  grants shall be transmitted to the president of the state

  8  university or community college, or to his or her

  9  representative, in advance of the registration period.

10  Institutions shall notify students of the amount of their

11  awards.

12         (c)  The eligibility status of each student to receive

13  a disbursement shall be determined by each institution as of

14  the end of its regular registration period, inclusive of a

15  drop-add period. Institutions shall not be required to

16  reevaluate a student's eligibility status after this date for

17  purposes of changing eligibility determinations previously

18  made.

19         (d)  Institutions shall certify to the department the

20  amount of funds disbursed to each student and shall remit to

21  the department any undisbursed advances by June 1 of each

22  year.

23         (5)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for state

24  student assistance grants shall be deposited in the State

25  Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund. Notwithstanding the

26  provisions of s. 216.301 and pursuant to s. 216.351, any

27  balance in the trust fund at the end of any fiscal year that

28  has been allocated to the Florida Public Student Assistance

29  Grant Program shall remain therein and shall be available for

30  carrying out the purposes of this section.

31  


                                 932

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  The State Board of Education shall establish rules

  2  necessary to implement this section.

  3         Section 420.  Section 1009.51, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.51  Florida Private Student Assistance Grant

  6  Program; eligibility for grants.--

  7         (1)  There is created a Florida Private Student

  8  Assistance Grant Program. The program shall be administered by

  9  the participating institutions in accordance with rules of the

10  State Board of Education.

11         (2)(a)  Florida private student assistance grants from

12  the State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund may be made

13  only to full-time degree-seeking students who meet the general

14  requirements for student eligibility as provided in s.

15  1009.40, except as otherwise provided in this section.  Such

16  grants shall be awarded for the amount of demonstrated unmet

17  need for tuition and fees and may not exceed an amount equal

18  to the average tuition and other registration fees for 30

19  credit hours at state universities plus $1,000 per academic

20  year, or as specified in the General Appropriations Act, to

21  any applicant.  A demonstrated unmet need of less than $200

22  shall render the applicant ineligible for a Florida private

23  student assistance grant. Recipients of such grants must have

24  been accepted at a baccalaureate-degree-granting independent

25  nonprofit college or university, which is accredited by the

26  Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges

27  and Schools and which is located in and chartered as a

28  domestic corporation by the state.  No student may receive an

29  award for more than the equivalent of 9 semesters or 14

30  quarters of full-time enrollment, except as otherwise provided

31  in s. 1009.40(3).


                                 933

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  A student applying for a Florida private student

  2  assistance grant shall be required to apply for the Pell

  3  Grant. The Pell Grant entitlement shall be considered when

  4  conducting an assessment of the financial resources available

  5  to each student.

  6         (c)  Priority in the distribution of grant moneys shall

  7  be given to students with the lowest total family resources,

  8  in accordance with a nationally recognized system of need

  9  analysis. Using the system of need analysis, the department

10  shall establish a maximum expected family contribution. An

11  institution may not make a grant from this program to a

12  student whose expected family contribution exceeds the level

13  established by the department.  An institution may not impose

14  additional criteria to determine a student's eligibility to

15  receive a grant award.

16         (d)  Each participating institution shall report, to

17  the department by the established date, the eligible students

18  to whom grant moneys are disbursed each academic term. Each

19  institution shall also report to the department necessary

20  demographic and eligibility data for such students.

21         (3)  Based on the unmet financial need of an eligible

22  applicant, the amount of a Florida private student assistance

23  grant must be between $200 and the average cost of tuition and

24  other registration fees for 30 credit hours at state

25  universities plus $1,000 per academic year or the amount

26  specified in the General Appropriations Act.

27         (4)(a)  The funds appropriated for the Florida Private

28  Student Assistance Grant shall be distributed to eligible

29  institutions in accordance with a formula approved by the

30  State Board of Education. The formula shall consider at least

31  the prior year's distribution of funds, the number of


                                 934

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  full-time eligible applicants who did not receive awards, the

  2  standardization of the expected family contribution, and

  3  provisions for unused funds.

  4         (b)  Payment of Florida private student assistance

  5  grants shall be transmitted to the president of the college or

  6  university, or to his or her representative, in advance of the

  7  registration period. Institutions shall notify students of the

  8  amount of their awards.

  9         (c)  The eligibility status of each student to receive

10  a disbursement shall be determined by each institution as of

11  the end of its regular registration period, inclusive of a

12  drop-add period. Institutions shall not be required to

13  reevaluate a student's eligibility status after this date for

14  purposes of changing eligibility determinations previously

15  made.

16         (d)  Institutions shall certify to the department the

17  amount of funds disbursed to each student and shall remit to

18  the department any undisbursed advances by June 1 of each

19  year.

20         (e)  Each institution that receives moneys through the

21  Florida Private Student Assistance Grant Program shall cause

22  to be prepared a biennial report that includes an independent

23  external audit of the institution's administration of the

24  program and a complete accounting of moneys in the State

25  Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund allocated to the

26  institution for the program. Such report shall be submitted to

27  the department on or before March 1 every other year. The

28  department may conduct its own annual or biennial audit of an

29  institution's administration of the program and its allocated

30  funds in lieu of the required biennial report and independent

31  external audit. The department may suspend or revoke an


                                 935

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  institution's eligibility to receive future moneys from the

  2  trust fund for the program or request a refund of any moneys

  3  overpaid to the institution through the trust fund for the

  4  program if the department finds that an institution has not

  5  complied with the provisions of this section. Any refund

  6  requested pursuant to this paragraph shall be remitted within

  7  60 days.

  8         (5)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for Florida

  9  private student assistance grants shall be deposited in the

10  State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund. Notwithstanding

11  the provisions of s. 216.301 and pursuant to s. 216.351, any

12  balance in the trust fund at the end of any fiscal year that

13  has been allocated to the Florida Private Student Assistance

14  Grant Program shall remain therein and shall be available for

15  carrying out the purposes of this section and as otherwise

16  provided by law.

17         (6)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

18  necessary to implement this section.

19         Section 421.  Section 1009.52, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1009.52  Florida Postsecondary Student Assistance Grant

22  Program; eligibility for grants.--

23         (1)  There is created a Florida Postsecondary Student

24  Assistance Grant Program. The program shall be administered by

25  the participating institutions in accordance with rules of the

26  State Board of Education.

27         (2)(a)  Florida postsecondary student assistance grants

28  through the State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund may

29  be made only to full-time degree-seeking students who meet the

30  general requirements for student eligibility as provided in s.

31  1009.40, except as otherwise provided in this section. Such


                                 936

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  grants shall be awarded for the amount of demonstrated unmet

  2  need for tuition and fees and may not exceed an amount equal

  3  to the average prior academic year cost of tuition and other

  4  registration fees for 30 credit hours at state universities

  5  plus $1,000 per academic year, or as specified in the General

  6  Appropriations Act, to any applicant.  A demonstrated unmet

  7  need of less than $200 shall render the applicant ineligible

  8  for a Florida postsecondary student assistance grant.

  9  Recipients of such grants must have been accepted at a

10  postsecondary institution that is located in the state and

11  that is:

12         1.  A private nursing diploma school approved by the

13  Florida Board of Nursing; or

14         2.  A college or university licensed by the Commission

15  for Independent Education, excluding those institutions the

16  students of which are eligible to receive a Florida private

17  student assistance grant pursuant to s. 1009.51.

18  

19  No student may receive an award for more than the equivalent

20  of 9 semesters or 14 quarters of full-time enrollment, except

21  as otherwise provided in s. 1009.40(3).

22         (b)  A student applying for a Florida postsecondary

23  student assistance grant shall be required to apply for the

24  Pell Grant. The Pell Grant entitlement shall be considered

25  when conducting an assessment of the financial resources

26  available to each student.

27         (c)  Priority in the distribution of grant moneys shall

28  be given to students with the lowest total family resources,

29  in accordance with a nationally recognized system of need

30  analysis. Using the system of need analysis, the department

31  shall establish a maximum expected family contribution. An


                                 937

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  institution may not make a grant from this program to a

  2  student whose expected family contribution exceeds the level

  3  established by the department.  An institution may not impose

  4  additional criteria to determine a student's eligibility to

  5  receive a grant award.

  6         (d)  Each participating institution shall report, to

  7  the department by the established date, the eligible students

  8  to whom grant moneys are disbursed each academic term. Each

  9  institution shall also report to the department necessary

10  demographic and eligibility data for such students.

11         (3)  Based on the unmet financial need of an eligible

12  applicant, the amount of a Florida postsecondary student

13  assistance grant must be between $200 and the average cost of

14  tuition and other registration fees for 30 credit hours at

15  state universities plus $1,000 per academic year or the amount

16  specified in the General Appropriations Act.

17         (4)(a)  The funds appropriated for the Florida

18  Postsecondary Student Assistance Grant shall be distributed to

19  eligible institutions in accordance with a formula approved by

20  the State Board of Education. The formula shall consider at

21  least the prior year's distribution of funds, the number of

22  full-time eligible applicants who did not receive awards, the

23  standardization of the expected family contribution, and

24  provisions for unused funds.

25         (b)  Payment of Florida postsecondary student

26  assistance grants shall be transmitted to the president of the

27  eligible institution, or to his or her representative, in

28  advance of the registration period. Institutions shall notify

29  students of the amount of their awards.

30         (c)  The eligibility status of each student to receive

31  a disbursement shall be determined by each institution as of


                                 938

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the end of its regular registration period, inclusive of a

  2  drop-add period.  Institutions shall not be required to

  3  reevaluate a student's eligibility status after this date for

  4  purposes of changing eligibility determinations previously

  5  made.

  6         (d)  Institutions shall certify to the department the

  7  amount of funds disbursed to each student and shall remit to

  8  the department any undisbursed advances by June 1 of each

  9  year.

10         (e)  Each institution that receives moneys through the

11  Florida Postsecondary Student Assistance Grant Program shall

12  cause to be prepared a biennial report that includes an

13  independent external audit of the institution's administration

14  of the program and a complete accounting of moneys in the

15  State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund allocated to the

16  institution for the program.  Such report shall be submitted

17  to the department on or before March 1 every other year.  The

18  department may conduct its own annual or biennial audit of an

19  institution's administration of the program and its allocated

20  funds in lieu of the required biennial report and independent

21  external audit. The department may suspend or revoke an

22  institution's eligibility to receive future moneys from the

23  trust fund for the program or request a refund of any moneys

24  overpaid to the institution through the trust fund for the

25  program if the department finds that an institution has not

26  complied with the provisions of this section.  Any refund

27  requested pursuant to this paragraph shall be remitted within

28  60 days.

29         (5)  Any institution that was eligible to receive state

30  student assistance grants on January 1, 1989, and that is not

31  


                                 939

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  eligible to receive grants pursuant to s. 1009.51 is eligible

  2  to receive grants pursuant to this section.

  3         (6)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for Florida

  4  postsecondary student assistance grants shall be deposited in

  5  the State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund.

  6  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301 and pursuant to

  7  s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the end of any

  8  fiscal year that has been allocated to the Florida

  9  Postsecondary Student Assistance Grant Program shall remain

10  therein and shall be available for carrying out the purposes

11  of this section and as otherwise provided by law.

12         (7)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

13  necessary to implement this section.

14         Section 422.  Section 1009.53, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1009.53  Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program.--

17         (1)  The Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program is

18  created to establish a lottery-funded scholarship program to

19  reward any Florida high school graduate who merits recognition

20  of high academic achievement and who enrolls in a degree

21  program, certificate program, or applied technology program at

22  an eligible Florida public or private postsecondary education

23  institution within 3 years of graduation from high school.

24         (2)  The Bright Futures Scholarship Program consists of

25  three types of awards: the Florida Academic Scholarship, the

26  Florida Medallion Scholarship, and the Florida Gold Seal

27  Vocational Scholarship.

28         (3)  The Department of Education shall administer the

29  Bright Futures Scholarship Program according to rules and

30  procedures established by the State Board of Education. A

31  single application must be sufficient for a student to apply


                                 940

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for any of the three types of awards. The department must

  2  advertise the availability of the scholarship program and must

  3  notify students, teachers, parents, guidance counselors, and

  4  principals or other relevant school administrators of the

  5  criteria and application procedures. The department must begin

  6  this process of notification no later than January 1 of each

  7  year.

  8         (4)  Funding for the Bright Futures Scholarship Program

  9  must be allocated from the Education Enhancement Trust Fund

10  and must be provided before allocations from that fund are

11  calculated for disbursement to other educational entities.

12         (a)  If funds appropriated are not adequate to provide

13  the maximum allowable award to each eligible applicant, awards

14  in all three components of the program must be prorated using

15  the same percentage reduction.

16         (b)  Notwithstanding s. 216.301, if all funds allocated

17  to the Bright Futures Scholarship Program are not used in any

18  fiscal year, up to 10 percent of the total allocation may be

19  carried forward and used for awards in the following year.

20         (5)  The department shall issue awards from the

21  scholarship program annually. Annual awards may be for up to

22  45 semester credit hours or the equivalent. Before the

23  registration period each semester, the department shall

24  transmit payment for each award to the president or director

25  of the postsecondary education institution, or his or her

26  representative, except that the department may withhold

27  payment if the receiving institution fails to report or to

28  make refunds to the department as required in this section.

29         (a)  Within 30 days after the end of regular

30  registration each semester, the educational institution shall

31  certify to the department the eligibility status of each


                                 941

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  student who receives an award. After the end of the drop and

  2  add period, an institution is not required to reevaluate or

  3  revise a student's eligibility status, but must make a refund

  4  to the department if a student who receives an award

  5  disbursement terminates enrollment for any reason during an

  6  academic term and a refund is permitted by the institution's

  7  refund policy.

  8         (b)  An institution that receives funds from the

  9  program shall certify to the department the amount of funds

10  disbursed to each student and shall remit to the department

11  any undisbursed advances within 60 days after the end of

12  regular registration.

13         (c)  Each institution that receives moneys through this

14  program shall prepare an annual report that includes an

15  independent external audit or an audit prepared by the Office

16  of the Auditor General. The report shall include an audit of

17  the institution's administration of the program and a complete

18  accounting of the moneys for the program. This report must be

19  submitted to the department annually by March 1. The

20  department may conduct its own annual audit of an

21  institution's administration of the program. The department

22  may request a refund of any moneys overpaid to the institution

23  for the program. The department may suspend or revoke an

24  institution's eligibility to receive future moneys for the

25  program if the department finds that an institution has not

26  complied with this section. The institution must remit within

27  60 days any refund requested in accordance with this

28  subsection.

29         (6)  A student enrolled in 6 to 8 semester credit hours

30  may receive up to one-half of the maximum award; a student

31  enrolled in 9 to 11 credit hours may receive up to


                                 942

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  three-fourths of the maximum award; and a student enrolled in

  2  12 or more credit hours may receive up to the full award.

  3         (7)  A student may receive only one type of award from

  4  the Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program at a time, but

  5  may transfer from one type of award to another through the

  6  renewal application process, if the student's eligibility

  7  status changes. However, a student is not eligible to transfer

  8  from a Florida Medallion Scholarship or a Florida Gold Seal

  9  Vocational Scholarship to a Florida Academic Scholarship. A

10  student who receives an award from the program may also

11  receive a federal family education loan or a federal direct

12  loan, and the value of the award must be considered in the

13  certification or calculation of the student's loan

14  eligibility.

15         (8)  If a recipient transfers from one eligible

16  institution to another and continues to meet eligibility

17  requirements, the award must be transferred with the student.

18         (9)  A student may use an award for summer term

19  enrollment if funds are available.

20         (10)  Funds from any scholarship within the Florida

21  Bright Futures Scholarship Program may not be used to pay for

22  remedial or college-preparatory coursework.

23         Section 423.  Section 1009.531, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1009.531  Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program;

26  student eligibility requirements for initial awards.--

27         (1)  To be eligible for an initial award from any of

28  the three types of scholarships under the Florida Bright

29  Futures Scholarship Program, a student must:

30         (a)  Be a Florida resident as defined in s. 1009.40 and

31  rules of the State Board of Education.


                                 943

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Earn a standard Florida high school diploma or its

  2  equivalent as described in s. 1003.43 or s. 1003.45 unless:

  3         1.  The student is enrolled full time in the early

  4  admission program of an eligible postsecondary education

  5  institution or completes a home education program according to

  6  s. 1002.41; or

  7         2.  The student earns a high school diploma from a

  8  non-Florida school while living with a parent or guardian who

  9  is on military or public service assignment away from Florida.

10         (c)  Be accepted by and enroll in an eligible Florida

11  public or independent postsecondary education institution.

12         (d)  Be enrolled for at least 6 semester credit hours

13  or the equivalent in quarter hours or clock hours.

14         (e)  Not have been found guilty of, or plead nolo

15  contendere to, a felony charge, unless the student has been

16  granted clemency by the Governor and Cabinet sitting as the

17  Executive Office of Clemency.

18         (f)  Apply for a scholarship from the program by high

19  school graduation.

20         (2)  A student is eligible to accept an initial award

21  for 3 years following high school graduation and to accept a

22  renewal award for 7 years following high school graduation. A

23  student who applies for an award by high school graduation and

24  who meets all other eligibility requirements, but who does not

25  accept his or her award, may reapply during subsequent

26  application periods up to 3 years after high school

27  graduation.

28         (3)  For purposes of calculating the grade point

29  average to be used in determining initial eligibility for a

30  Florida Bright Futures scholarship, the department shall

31  


                                 944

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assign additional weights to grades earned in the following

  2  courses:

  3         (a)  Courses identified in the course code directory as

  4  Advanced Placement, pre-International Baccalaureate, or

  5  International Baccalaureate.

  6         (b)  Courses designated as academic dual enrollment

  7  courses in the statewide course numbering system.

  8  

  9  The department may assign additional weights to courses, other

10  than those described in paragraphs (a) and (b), that are

11  identified by the Department of Education as containing

12  rigorous academic curriculum and performance standards. The

13  additional weight assigned to a course pursuant to this

14  subsection shall not exceed 0.5 per course. The weighted

15  system shall be developed and distributed to all high schools

16  in the state prior to January 1, 1998. The department may

17  determine a student's eligibility status during the senior

18  year before graduation and may inform the student of the award

19  at that time.

20         (4)  A student who wishes to qualify for a particular

21  award within the Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program,

22  but who does not meet all of the requirements for that level

23  of award, may, nevertheless, receive the award if the

24  principal of the student's school or the district

25  superintendent verifies that the deficiency is caused by the

26  fact that school district personnel provided inaccurate or

27  incomplete information to the student. The school district

28  must provide a means for the student to correct the

29  deficiencies and the student must correct them, either by

30  completing comparable work at the postsecondary institution or

31  by completing a directed individualized study program


                                 945

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  developed and administered by the school district. If the

  2  student does not complete the requirements by December 31

  3  immediately following high school graduation, the student is

  4  ineligible to participate in the program.

  5         Section 424.  Section 1009.532, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1009.532  Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program;

  8  student eligibility requirements for renewal awards.--

  9         (1)  To be eligible to renew a scholarship from any of

10  the three types of scholarships under the Florida Bright

11  Futures Scholarship Program, a student must:

12         (a)  Complete at least 12 semester credit hours or the

13  equivalent in the last academic year in which the student

14  earned a scholarship.

15         (b)  Maintain the cumulative grade point average

16  required by the scholarship program, except that:

17         1.  If a recipient's grades fall beneath the average

18  required to renew a Florida Academic Scholarship, but are

19  sufficient to renew a Florida Medallion Scholarship or a

20  Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholarship, the Department of

21  Education may grant a renewal from one of those other

22  scholarship programs, if the student meets the renewal

23  eligibility requirements; or

24         2.  If, at any time during the eligibility period, a

25  student's grades are insufficient to renew the scholarship,

26  the student may restore eligibility by improving the grade

27  point average to the required level. A student is eligible for

28  such a reinstatement only once. The Legislature encourages

29  education institutions to assist students to calculate whether

30  or not it is possible to raise the grade point average during

31  the summer term. If the institution determines that it is


                                 946

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  possible, the education institution may so inform the

  2  department, which may reserve the student's award if funds are

  3  available. The renewal, however, must not be granted until the

  4  student achieves the required cumulative grade point average.

  5  If the summer term is not sufficient to raise the grade point

  6  average to the required renewal level, the student's next

  7  opportunity for renewal is the fall semester of the following

  8  academic year.

  9         (2)  A student who is enrolled in a program that

10  terminates in an associate degree or a baccalaureate degree

11  may receive an award for a maximum of 110 percent of the

12  number of credit hours required to complete the program. A

13  student who is enrolled in a program that terminates in a

14  technical certificate may receive an award for a maximum of

15  110 percent of the credit hours or clock hours required to

16  complete the program up to 90 credit hours. A student who

17  transfers from one of these program levels to another becomes

18  eligible for the higher of the two credit hour limits.

19         Section 425.  Section 1009.533, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1009.533  Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program;

22  eligible postsecondary education institutions.--A student is

23  eligible for an award or the renewal of an award from the

24  Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program if the student

25  meets the requirements for the program as described in this

26  act and is enrolled in a postsecondary education institution

27  that meets the description in any one of the following

28  subsections:

29         (1)  A Florida public university, community college, or

30  technical center.

31  


                                 947

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  An independent Florida college or university that

  2  is accredited by an accrediting association whose standards

  3  are comparable to the minimum standards required to operate an

  4  institution at that level in Florida, as determined by rules

  5  of the Commission for Independent Education, and which has

  6  operated in the state for at least 3 years.

  7         (3)  An independent Florida postsecondary education

  8  institution that is licensed by the Commission for Independent

  9  Education and that:

10         (a)  Is authorized to grant degrees;

11         (b)  Shows evidence of sound financial condition; and

12         (c)  Has operated in the state for at least 3 years

13  without having its approval, accreditation, or license placed

14  on probation.

15         (4)  A Florida independent postsecondary education

16  institution that offers a nursing diploma approved by the

17  Board of Nursing.

18         (5)  A Florida independent postsecondary education

19  institution that is licensed by the Commission for Independent

20  Education and which:

21         (a)  Is authorized to award certificates, diplomas, or

22  credentials other than degrees;

23         (b)  Has a program completion and placement rate of at

24  least the rate required by the current Florida Statutes, the

25  Florida Administrative Code, or the Department of Education

26  for an institution at its level; and

27         (c)  Shows evidence of sound financial condition; and

28  either:

29         1.  Is accredited at the institutional level by an

30  accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department

31  of Education and has operated in the state for at least 3


                                 948

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  years during which there has been no complaint for which

  2  probable cause has been found; or

  3         2.  Has operated in Florida for 5 years during which

  4  there has been no complaint for which probable cause has been

  5  found.

  6         Section 426.  Section 1009.534, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1009.534  Florida Academic Scholars award.--

  9         (1)  A student is eligible for a Florida Academic

10  Scholars award if the student meets the general eligibility

11  requirements for the Florida Bright Futures Scholarship

12  Program and the student:

13         (a)  Has achieved a 3.5 weighted grade point average as

14  calculated pursuant to s. 1009.531, or its equivalent, in high

15  school courses that are designated by the State Board of

16  Education as college-preparatory academic courses; and has

17  attained at least the score identified by rules of the State

18  Board of Education on the combined verbal and quantitative

19  parts of the Scholastic Aptitude Test, the Scholastic

20  Assessment Test, or the recentered Scholastic Assessment Test

21  of the College Entrance Examination, or an equivalent score on

22  the ACT Assessment Program; or

23         (b)  Has attended a home education program according to

24  s. 1002.41 during grades 11 and 12 or has completed the

25  International Baccalaureate curriculum but failed to earn the

26  International Baccalaureate Diploma, and has attained at least

27  the score identified by rules of the Department of Education

28  on the combined verbal and quantitative parts of the

29  Scholastic Aptitude Test, the Scholastic Assessment Test, or

30  the recentered Scholastic Assessment Test of the College

31  


                                 949

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Entrance Examination, or an equivalent score on the ACT

  2  Assessment Program; or

  3         (c)  Has been awarded an International Baccalaureate

  4  Diploma from the International Baccalaureate Office; or

  5         (d)  Has been recognized by the merit or achievement

  6  programs of the National Merit Scholarship Corporation as a

  7  scholar or finalist; or

  8         (e)  Has been recognized by the National Hispanic

  9  Recognition Program as a scholar recipient.

10  

11  A student must complete a program of community service work,

12  as approved by the district school board or the administrators

13  of a nonpublic school, which shall include a minimum of 75

14  hours of service work and require the student to identify a

15  social problem that interests him or her, develop a plan for

16  his or her personal involvement in addressing the problem,

17  and, through papers or other presentations, evaluate and

18  reflect upon his or her experience.

19         (2)  A Florida Academic Scholar who is enrolled in a

20  public postsecondary education institution is eligible for an

21  award equal to the amount required to pay tuition, fees, and

22  $600 for college-related expenses annually. A student who is

23  enrolled in a nonpublic postsecondary education institution is

24  eligible for an award equal to the amount that would be

25  required to pay for the average tuition and fees of a public

26  postsecondary education institution at the comparable level,

27  plus the annual $600.

28         (3)  To be eligible for a renewal award as a Florida

29  Academic Scholar, a student must maintain the equivalent of a

30  cumulative grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale with an

31  opportunity for one reinstatement as provided in this chapter.


                                 950

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  In each school district, the Florida Academic

  2  Scholar with the highest academic ranking shall receive an

  3  additional award of $1,500 for college-related expenses. This

  4  award must be funded from the Florida Bright Futures

  5  Scholarship Program.

  6         Section 427.  Section 1009.535, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1009.535  Florida Medallion Scholars award.--

  9         (1)  A student is eligible for a Florida Medallion

10  Scholars award if the student meets the general eligibility

11  requirements for the Florida Bright Futures Scholarship

12  Program and the student:

13         (a)  Has achieved a weighted grade point average of 3.0

14  as calculated pursuant to s. 1009.531, or the equivalent, in

15  high school courses that are designated by the State Board of

16  Education as college-preparatory academic courses; and has

17  attained at least the score identified by rules of the State

18  Board of Education on the combined verbal and quantitative

19  parts of the Scholastic Aptitude Test, the Scholastic

20  Assessment Test, or the recentered Scholastic Assessment Test

21  of the College Entrance Examination, or an equivalent score on

22  the ACT Assessment Program; or

23         (b)  Has attended a home education program according to

24  s. 1002.41 during grades 11 and 12 or has completed the

25  International Baccalaureate curriculum but failed to earn the

26  International Baccalaureate Diploma, and has attained at least

27  the score identified by rules of the Department of Education

28  on the combined verbal and quantitative parts of the

29  Scholastic Aptitude Test, the Scholastic Assessment Test, or

30  the recentered Scholastic Assessment Test of the College

31  


                                 951

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Entrance Examination, or an equivalent score on the ACT

  2  Assessment Program; or

  3         (c)  Has been recognized by the merit or achievement

  4  program of the National Merit Scholarship Corporation as a

  5  scholar or finalist but has not completed a program of

  6  community service as provided in s. 1009.534; or

  7         (d)  Has been recognized by the National Hispanic

  8  Recognition Program as a scholar, but has not completed a

  9  program of community service as provided in s. 1009.534.

10         (2)  A Florida Medallion Scholar is eligible for an

11  award equal to the amount required to pay 75 percent of

12  tuition and fees, if the student is enrolled in a public

13  postsecondary education institution. A student who is enrolled

14  in a nonpublic postsecondary education institution is eligible

15  for an award equal to the amount that would be required to pay

16  75 percent of the tuition and fees of a public postsecondary

17  education institution at the comparable level.

18         (3)  To be eligible for a renewal award as a Florida

19  Medallion Scholar, a student must maintain the equivalent of a

20  cumulative grade point average of 2.75 on a 4.0 scale with an

21  opportunity for reinstatement one time as provided in this

22  chapter.

23         Section 428.  Section 1009.536, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1009.536  Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars

26  award.--The Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars award is

27  created within the Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Program

28  to recognize and reward academic achievement and career and

29  technical preparation by high school students who wish to

30  continue their education.

31  


                                 952

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  A student is eligible for a Florida Gold Seal

  2  Vocational Scholars award if the student meets the general

  3  eligibility requirements for the Florida Bright Futures

  4  Scholarship Program and the student:

  5         (a)  Completes the secondary school portion of a

  6  sequential program of studies that requires at least three

  7  secondary school career and technical credits taken over at

  8  least 2 academic years, and is continued in a planned, related

  9  postsecondary education program. If the student's school does

10  not offer such a two-plus-two or tech-prep program, the

11  student must complete a job-preparatory career education

12  program selected by the Workforce Estimating Conference or

13  Workforce Florida, Inc., for its ability to provide high-wage

14  employment in an occupation with high potential for employment

15  opportunities. On-the-job training may not be substituted for

16  any of the three required career and technical credits.

17         (b)  Demonstrates readiness for postsecondary education

18  by earning a passing score on the Florida College Entry Level

19  Placement Test or its equivalent as identified by the

20  Department of Education.

21         (c)  Earns a minimum cumulative weighted grade point

22  average of 3.0, as calculated pursuant to s. 1009.531, on all

23  subjects required for a standard high school diploma,

24  excluding elective courses.

25         (d)  Earns a minimum unweighted grade point average of

26  3.5 on a 4.0 scale for secondary career and technical courses

27  comprising the career and technical  program.

28         (2)  A Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholar is eligible

29  for an award equal to the amount required to pay 75 percent of

30  tuition and fees, if the student is enrolled in a public

31  postsecondary education institution. A student who is enrolled


                                 953

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in a nonpublic postsecondary education institution is eligible

  2  for an award equal to the amount that would be required to pay

  3  75 percent of the tuition and mandatory fees of a public

  4  postsecondary education institution at the comparable level.

  5         (3)  To be eligible for a renewal award as a Florida

  6  Gold Seal Vocational Scholar, a student must maintain the

  7  equivalent of a cumulative grade point average of 2.75 on a

  8  4.0 scale with an opportunity for reinstatement one time as

  9  provided in this chapter.

10         (4)  A student may earn a Florida Gold Seal Vocational

11  Scholarship for 110 percent of the number of credit hours

12  required to complete the program, up to 90 credit hours or the

13  equivalent. A Florida Gold Seal Scholar who has a cumulative

14  grade point average of 2.75 in all postsecondary education

15  work attempted may apply for a Florida Medallion Scholars

16  award at any renewal period. All other provisions of that

17  program apply, and the credit-hour limitation must be

18  calculated by subtracting from the student's total eligibility

19  the number of credit hours the student attempted while earning

20  the Gold Seal Vocational Scholarship.

21         Section 429.  Section 1009.537, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1009.537  Eligibility for the Florida Bright Futures

24  Scholarship Program; transition.--

25         (1)  A student who graduates from high school in 1997

26  or earlier and who is eligible for the Florida Undergraduate

27  Scholar's Program pursuant to former s. 240.402 is eligible

28  for the Florida Academic Scholars award as provided in this

29  act. A student who graduates from high school in 1998 or 1999

30  is eligible for the Florida Academic Scholars award if the

31  student meets the criteria in s. 1009.534. However, in lieu of


                                 954

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  satisfying the requirements set forth in s. 1009.534(1)(a), a

  2  student may meet the following criteria:

  3         (a)  Complete a program of at least 24 credits in

  4  advanced-level studies as prescribed by the State Board of

  5  Education, including as a minimum:

  6         1.  Four years of progressively advanced instruction in

  7  language arts, including courses in English composition and

  8  literature.

  9         2.  Four years of progressively advanced instruction in

10  science, including laboratory courses in biology, chemistry,

11  and physics where laboratory facilities are available.

12         3.  Four years of progressively advanced instruction in

13  mathematics, including courses in algebra, geometry, and

14  calculus or trigonometry.

15         4.  Two years of sequential foreign language.

16         5.  One year of instruction in art and music or in

17  either art or music.

18         6.  Three years of instruction in social studies,

19  including courses in American history and government, world

20  history, and comparative political and economic systems.

21         7.  One year of instruction in health and physical

22  education to include assessment, improvement, and maintenance

23  of personal fitness.

24         (b)  Obtain at least the equivalent of an unweighted

25  grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale for all courses

26  taken for which high school credit may be granted.

27         (c)  Achieve a score of 1180 on the combined verbal and

28  quantitative parts of the Scholastic Aptitude Test, the

29  Scholastic Assessment Test, or the recentered Scholastic

30  Assessment Test of the College Entrance Examination, or an

31  


                                 955

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  equivalent score on the ACT Assessment Program or an

  2  equivalent program.

  3         (d)  Complete a program of community service work, as

  4  approved by the district school board or the administrators of

  5  a nonpublic school, which shall include a minimum of 75 hours

  6  of service work and require the student to identify a social

  7  problem that interests him or her, develop a plan for his or

  8  her personal involvement in addressing the problem, and,

  9  through papers or other presentations, evaluate and reflect

10  upon his or her experience.

11  

12  Students who graduate from high school after 1999 must meet

13  the eligibility criteria pursuant to s. 1009.534.

14         (2)  A student who graduates from high school in 1997

15  or earlier and who is eligible for the Florida Vocational Gold

16  Seal Endorsement Scholarship award pursuant to former s.

17  240.4021 is eligible for the Florida Gold Seal Vocational

18  Scholars award as provided in this act. A student who

19  graduates from high school in 1998 or 1999 is eligible for the

20  Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars award if the student

21  meets the criteria in s. 1009.536. However, in lieu of

22  satisfying the grade point average requirement set forth in s.

23  1009.536(1)(c), a student may earn a minimum cumulative

24  unweighted grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale on all

25  subjects required for a standard high school diploma. Students

26  who graduate from high school after 1999 must meet the

27  eligibility criteria pursuant to s. 1009.536.

28         (3)  Effective for the 1997-1998 academic year, a

29  student is eligible for an initial award of a Florida Merit

30  Scholarship if the student:

31  


                                 956

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)1.  Is scheduled to graduate from high school in

  2  1997;

  3         2.  Completes, or is enrolled in all courses required

  4  to complete, the high school college-preparatory coursework

  5  required in this act;

  6         3.  Achieves an unweighted grade point average of 3.0

  7  on a 4.0 scale, or the equivalent, in high school courses that

  8  are adopted by the Board of Regents and recommended by the

  9  State Board of Community Colleges as college-preparatory

10  academic courses; and

11         4.  Earns a score of 970 or above on the combined

12  verbal and quantitative parts of the recentered Scholastic

13  Assessment Test of the College Entrance Examination, or an

14  equivalent score on the ACT Assessment Program; or

15         (b)  Has completed a college-preparatory curriculum in

16  1997 through an approved home school program and has attained

17  a score of 970 on the combined verbal and quantitative parts

18  of the recentered Scholastic Assessment Test of the College

19  Entrance Examination, or an equivalent score on the ACT

20  Assessment Program. Eligibility shall be determined in the

21  same manner as for public school students. For students whose

22  parents are unable to document a college-preparatory

23  curriculum, a score of 1070 on the SAT, or equivalent score on

24  the ACT, shall be required for award eligibility.

25         Section 430.  Section 1009.538, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1009.538  Bright Futures Scholarship recipients

28  attending nonpublic institutions; calculation of

29  awards.--Notwithstanding ss. 1009.53, 1009.534, 1009.535, and

30  1009.536, a student who receives any award under the Florida

31  Bright Futures Scholarship Program, who is enrolled in a


                                 957

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  nonpublic postsecondary education institution, and who is

  2  assessed tuition and fees that are the same as those of a

  3  full-time student at that institution, shall receive a fixed

  4  award calculated by using the average tuition and fee

  5  calculation as prescribed by the Department of Education for

  6  full-time attendance at a public postsecondary education

  7  institution at the comparable level. If the student is

  8  enrolled part-time and is assessed tuition and fees at a

  9  reduced level, the award shall be either one-half of the

10  maximum award or three-fourths of the maximum award, depending

11  on the level of fees assessed.

12         Section 1009.5385, Florida Statutes, is created to

13  read:

14         1009.5385  Use of certain scholarship funds by children

15  of deceased or disabled veterans.--The criteria for the use of

16  scholarship funds which apply to students under the Florida

17  Bright Futures Scholarship Program shall also apply to the

18  children of deceased or disabled veterans who receive

19  scholarships under chapter 295.

20         Section 431.  Section 1009.539, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.539  Florida Bright Futures Scholarship Testing

23  Program.--

24         (1)  The State Board of Education shall identify the

25  minimum scores, maximum credit, and course or courses for

26  which credit is to be awarded for each College Level

27  Examination Program (CLEP) general examination, CLEP subject

28  examination, College Board Advanced Placement Program

29  examination, and International Baccalaureate examination. In

30  addition, the State Board of Education shall identify such

31  


                                 958

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  courses in the general education core curriculum of each state

  2  university and community college.

  3         (2)  Each community college and state university must

  4  award credit for specific courses for which competency has

  5  been demonstrated by successful passage of one of these

  6  examinations unless the award of credit duplicates credit

  7  already awarded. Community colleges and universities may not

  8  exempt students from courses without the award of credit if

  9  competencies have been so demonstrated.

10         (3)  Students eligible for a Florida Academic Scholars

11  award or a Florida Medallion Scholars award who are admitted

12  to and enroll in a community college or state university

13  shall, prior to registering for courses that may be earned

14  through a CLEP examination and no later than registration for

15  their second term, complete at least five examinations from

16  those specified in subsection (1) in the following areas:

17  English; humanities; mathematics; natural sciences; and social

18  sciences. Successful completion of dual enrollment courses,

19  Advanced Placement examinations, and International

20  Baccalaureate examinations taken prior to high school

21  graduation satisfy this requirement. The State Board of

22  Education shall identify the examinations that satisfy each

23  component of this requirement.

24         (4)  Each community college and state university shall

25  pay for the CLEP examinations required pursuant to this

26  section from the funds appropriated from the Educational

27  Enhancement Trust Fund. Institutions shall pay no more than

28  $46 per examination for the program, which shall include

29  access to a student guide to prepare for the test. The

30  Department of Education shall negotiate with the College Board

31  for a reduced rate for the examinations. The institution shall


                                 959

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  not charge the student for preparation and administration of

  2  the test, access to a student guide to prepare for the test,

  3  or recordkeeping and reporting of each student's test results

  4  to the department.

  5         (5)  The credit awarded pursuant to this section shall

  6  apply toward the 120 hours of college credit required pursuant

  7  to s. 1007.25(7).

  8         (6)  The Department of Education shall track and

  9  annually report on the effectiveness of the program, and

10  include information on the number of students participating in

11  the program; the CLEP examinations taken and the passage rate

12  of Florida Academic Scholars and Florida Medallion Scholars

13  award recipients; the use of Advanced Placement and

14  International Baccalaureate examinations and dual enrollment

15  courses to satisfy the requirements of the program; and the

16  course credit provided.

17         Section 432.  Section 1009.54, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1009.54  Critical Teacher Shortage Program.--There is

20  created the Critical Teacher Shortage Program. Funds

21  appropriated by the Legislature for the program shall be

22  deposited in the State Student Financial Assistance Trust

23  Fund. The Comptroller shall authorize expenditures from the

24  trust fund upon receipt of vouchers approved by the Department

25  of Education for the critical teacher shortage programs

26  established in s. 1009.57, s. 1009.58, or s. 1009.59.  The

27  Comptroller shall also authorize expenditures from the trust

28  fund for the "Chappie" James Most Promising Teacher

29  Scholarship Loan Program and the Critical Teacher Shortage

30  Scholarship Loan Program recipients who participated in these

31  programs prior to July 1, 1993, provided that such students


                                 960

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  continue to meet the renewal eligibility requirements that

  2  were in effect at the time that their original awards were

  3  made.  Students who participated in the "Chappie" James Most

  4  Promising Teacher Scholarship Loan Program prior to July 1,

  5  1993, shall not have their awards reduced as a result of the

  6  addition of new students to the program. All scholarship loan

  7  repayments pursuant to s. 1009.57 shall be deposited into the

  8  State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund. Any remaining

  9  balance at the end of any fiscal year that has been allocated

10  to the program shall remain in the trust fund and be available

11  for the individual programs in future years.

12         Section 433.  Section 1009.55, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1009.55  Rosewood Family Scholarship Program.--

15         (1)  There is created a Rosewood Family Scholarship

16  Program for minority persons with preference given to the

17  direct descendants of the Rosewood families, not to exceed 25

18  scholarships per year.  Funds appropriated by the Legislature

19  for the program shall be deposited in the State Student

20  Financial Assistance Trust Fund.

21         (2)  The Rosewood Family Scholarship Program shall be

22  administered by the Department of Education. The State Board

23  of Education shall adopt rules for administering this program

24  which shall at a minimum provide for the following:

25         (a)  The annual award to a student shall be up to

26  $4,000 but should not exceed an amount in excess of tuition

27  and registration fees.

28         (b)  If funds are insufficient to provide a full

29  scholarship to each eligible applicant, the department may

30  prorate available funds and make a partial award to each

31  eligible applicant.


                                 961

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The department shall rank eligible initial

  2  applicants for the purposes of awarding scholarships with

  3  preference being given to the direct descendants of the

  4  Rosewood families. The remaining applicants shall be ranked

  5  based on need as determined by the Department of Education.

  6         (d)  Payment of an award shall be transmitted in

  7  advance of the registration period each semester on behalf of

  8  the student to the president of the university or community

  9  college, or his or her representative, or to the director of

10  the technical school which the recipient is attending.

11         (3)  Beginning with the 1994-1995 academic year, the

12  department is authorized to make awards for undergraduate

13  study to students who:

14         (a)  Meet the general requirements for student

15  eligibility as provided in s. 1009.40, except as otherwise

16  provided in this section.

17         (b)  File an application for the scholarship within the

18  established time limits.

19         (c)  Enroll as certificate-seeking or degree-seeking

20  students at a state university, community college, or

21  technical school authorized by law.

22         Section 434.  Section 1009.56, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1009.56  Seminole and Miccosukee Indian Scholarships.--

25         (1)  There is created a Seminole and Miccosukee Indian

26  Scholarship Program to be administered by the Department of

27  Education in accordance with rules established by the State

28  Board of Education.  The Seminole Tribe of Florida and the

29  Miccosukee Tribe of Indians of Florida shall act in an

30  advisory capacity in the development of the rules.

31  


                                 962

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The department shall award scholarships to

  2  students who:

  3         (a)  Have graduated from high school, have earned an

  4  equivalency diploma issued by the Department of Education

  5  pursuant to s. 1003.435, have earned an equivalency diploma

  6  issued by the United States Armed Forces Institute, or have

  7  been accepted through an early admission program;

  8         (b)  Are enrolled at a state university or community

  9  college authorized by Florida law; a nursing diploma school

10  approved by the Board of Nursing; any Florida college,

11  university, or community college which is accredited by an

12  accrediting association whose standards are comparable to the

13  minimum standards required to operate an institution at that

14  level in Florida, as determined by rules of the Commission for

15  Independent Education; or any Florida institution the credits

16  of which are acceptable for transfer to state universities;

17         (c)  Are enrolled as either full-time or part-time

18  undergraduate or graduate students and make satisfactory

19  academic progress as defined by the college or university;

20         (d)  Have been recommended by the Seminole Tribe of

21  Florida or the Miccosukee Tribe of Indians of Florida; and

22         (e)  Meet the general requirements for student

23  eligibility as provided in s. 1009.40, except as otherwise

24  provided in this section.

25         (3)  Recommendation by the Seminole Tribe of Florida or

26  the Miccosukee Tribe of Indians of Florida shall:

27         (a)  Be based upon established standards of financial

28  need as determined by the respective tribe and the department;

29         (b)  Be based upon such other eligibility requirements

30  for student financial assistance as are adopted by the

31  respective tribe; and


                                 963

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Include certification of membership or eligibility

  2  for membership in the Seminole Tribe of Florida or the

  3  Miccosukee Tribe of Indians of Florida.

  4         (4)  The amount of the scholarship shall be determined

  5  by the Seminole Tribe of Florida or the Miccosukee Tribe of

  6  Indians of Florida, for its respective applicants, within the

  7  amount of funds appropriated for this purpose.  The amount

  8  shall be prorated accordingly for part-time students. At the

  9  beginning of each semester or quarter, the department shall

10  certify the name of each scholarship holder eligible to

11  receive funds for that registration period to the Comptroller,

12  who shall draw a warrant in favor of each scholarship

13  recipient.  Each recipient shall be eligible to have the

14  scholarship renewed from year to year, provided all academic

15  and other requirements of the college or university and rules

16  established by the State Board of Education are met.

17         (5)  The Commissioner of Education shall include

18  amounts sufficient for continuation of this program in the

19  legislative budget requests of the department.

20         (6)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

21  program shall be deposited in the State Student Financial

22  Assistance Trust Fund.

23         Section 435.  Section 1009.57, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1009.57  Florida Teacher Scholarship and Forgivable

26  Loan Program.--

27         (1)  There is created the Florida Teacher Scholarship

28  and Forgivable Loan Program to be administered by the

29  Department of Education. The program shall provide scholarship

30  assistance to eligible students for lower-division

31  undergraduate study and loan assistance to eligible students


                                 964

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for upper-division undergraduate and graduate study.  The

  2  primary purpose of the program is to attract capable and

  3  promising students to the teaching profession, attract

  4  teachers to areas of projected or current critical teacher

  5  shortage, attract liberal arts and science graduates to

  6  teaching, and provide opportunity for persons making midcareer

  7  decisions to enter the teaching profession.  The State Board

  8  of Education shall adopt rules necessary to administer the

  9  program and shall annually identify critical teacher shortage

10  areas.

11         (2)  Within the Florida Teacher Scholarship and

12  Forgivable Loan Program shall be established the "Chappie"

13  James Most Promising Teacher Scholarship which shall be

14  offered to a top graduating senior from each public secondary

15  school in the state.  An additional number of "Chappie" James

16  Most Promising Teacher Scholarship awards shall be offered

17  annually to graduating seniors from private secondary schools

18  in the state which are listed with the Department of Education

19  and accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and

20  Schools or any other private statewide accrediting agency

21  which makes public its standards, procedures, and member

22  schools.  The private secondary schools shall be in compliance

23  with regulations of the Office for Civil Rights.  The number

24  of awards to private secondary school students shall be

25  proportional to the number of awards available to public

26  secondary school students and shall be calculated as the ratio

27  of the number of private to public secondary school seniors in

28  the state multiplied by the number of public secondary schools

29  in the state.

30  

31  


                                 965

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The scholarship may be used for attendance at a

  2  state university, a community college, or an independent

  3  institution as defined in s. 1009.89.

  4         (b)  The amount of the scholarship is $1,500 and may be

  5  renewed for 1 year if the student earns a 2.5 cumulative grade

  6  point average and 12 credit hours per term and meets the

  7  eligibility requirements for renewal of the award.

  8         (c)  To be eligible for the scholarship, a student

  9  shall: be ranked within the top quartile of the senior class;

10  have been an active member of a high school future teacher

11  organization, if such organization exists in the student's

12  school; have earned a minimum unweighted cumulative grade

13  point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; file an application

14  within the application period; meet the general requirements

15  for student eligibility as provided in s. 1009.40, except as

16  otherwise provided in this section; and have the intent to

17  enter the public teaching profession in Florida.

18         (d)  Three candidates from each public secondary school

19  and one candidate from each nonpublic secondary school in the

20  state shall be nominated by the principal and a committee of

21  teachers, based on criteria which shall include, but need not

22  be limited to, rank in class, standardized test scores,

23  cumulative grade point average, extracurricular activities,

24  letters of recommendation, an essay, and a declaration of

25  intention to teach in a public school in the state.

26         (e)  From public secondary school nominees, the

27  Commissioner of Education shall select a graduating senior

28  from each public high school to receive a scholarship.

29  Selection of recipients from nonpublic secondary schools shall

30  be made by a committee appointed by the Commissioner of

31  


                                 966

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education comprised of representatives from nonpublic

  2  secondary schools and the Department of Education.

  3         (f)  Fifteen percent of scholarships awarded shall be

  4  to minority students.  However, in the event that fewer than

  5  15 percent of the total eligible nominees are minority

  6  students, the commissioner may allocate all award funds as

  7  long as a scholarship is reserved for each eligible minority

  8  nominee.

  9         (3)(a)  Within the Florida Teacher Scholarship and

10  Forgivable Loan Program shall be established the Florida

11  Critical Teacher Shortage Forgivable Loan Program which shall

12  make undergraduate and graduate forgivable loans available to

13  eligible students entering programs of study that lead to a

14  degree in a teaching program in a critical teacher shortage

15  area.  To be eligible for a program loan, a candidate shall:

16         1.  Be a full-time student at the upper-division

17  undergraduate or graduate level in a teacher training program

18  approved by the department pursuant to s. 1004.04 leading to

19  certification in a critical teacher shortage subject area.

20         2.  Have declared an intent to teach, for at least the

21  number of years for which a forgivable loan is received, in

22  publicly funded elementary or secondary schools of Florida in

23  a critical teacher shortage area identified by the State Board

24  of Education. For purposes of this subsection, a school is

25  publicly funded if it receives at least 75 percent of its

26  operating costs from governmental agencies and operates its

27  educational program under contract with a public school

28  district or the Department of Education.

29         3.  Meet the general requirements for student

30  eligibility as provided in s. 1009.40, except as otherwise

31  provided in this section.


                                 967

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  If applying for an undergraduate forgivable loan,

  2  have maintained a minimum cumulative grade point average of

  3  2.5 on a 4.0 scale for all undergraduate work.  Renewal

  4  applicants for undergraduate loans shall maintain a minimum

  5  cumulative grade point average of at least a 2.5 on a 4.0

  6  scale for all undergraduate work and have earned at least 12

  7  semester credits per term, or the equivalent.

  8         5.  If applying for a graduate forgivable loan, have

  9  maintained an undergraduate cumulative grade point average of

10  at least a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or have attained a Graduate

11  Record Examination score of at least 1,000. Renewal applicants

12  for graduate loans shall maintain a minimum cumulative grade

13  point average of at least a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale for all

14  graduate work and have earned at least 9 semester credits per

15  term, or the equivalent.

16         (b)  An undergraduate forgivable loan may be awarded

17  for 2 undergraduate years, not to exceed $4,000 per year, or

18  for a maximum of 3 years for programs requiring a fifth year

19  of instruction to obtain initial teaching certification.

20         (c)  A graduate forgivable loan may be awarded for 2

21  graduate years, not to exceed $8,000 per year.  In addition to

22  meeting criteria specified in paragraph (a), a loan recipient

23  at the graduate level shall:

24         1.  Hold a bachelor's degree from any college or

25  university accredited by a regional accrediting association as

26  defined by State Board of Education rule.

27         2.  Not already hold a teaching certificate resulting

28  from an undergraduate degree in education in an area of

29  critical teacher shortage as designated by the State Board of

30  Education.

31  


                                 968

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Not have received an undergraduate forgivable loan

  2  as provided for in paragraph (b).

  3         (d)  Recipients of the Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarship

  4  Loan Program as authorized under title IV, part D, subpart 1

  5  of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, shall not be

  6  eligible to participate in the Florida Critical Teacher

  7  Shortage Forgivable Loan Program.

  8         (e)  The State Board of Education shall adopt by rule

  9  repayment schedules and applicable interest rates under ss.

10  1009.82 and 1009.95. A forgivable loan must be repaid within

11  10 years of completion of a program of studies.

12         1.  Credit for repayment of an undergraduate or

13  graduate forgivable loan shall be in an amount not to exceed

14  $4,000 in loan principal plus applicable accrued interest for

15  each full year of eligible teaching service. However, credit

16  in an amount not to exceed $8,000 in loan principal plus

17  applicable accrued interest shall be given for each full year

18  of eligible teaching service completed at a high-density,

19  low-economic urban school or at a low-density, low-economic

20  rural school, as identified by the State Board of Education.

21         2.  Any forgivable loan recipient who fails to teach in

22  a publicly funded elementary or secondary school in this state

23  as specified in this subsection is responsible for repaying

24  the loan plus accrued interest at 8 percent annually.

25         3.  Forgivable loan recipients may receive loan

26  repayment credit for teaching service rendered at any time

27  during the scheduled repayment period. However, such repayment

28  credit shall be applicable only to the current principal and

29  accrued interest balance that remains at the time the

30  repayment credit is earned.  No loan recipient shall be

31  


                                 969

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reimbursed for previous cash payments of principal and

  2  interest.

  3         (f)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

  4  program shall be deposited in the State Student Financial

  5  Assistance Trust Fund.

  6         Section 436.  Section 1009.58, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1009.58  Critical teacher shortage tuition

  9  reimbursement program.--

10         (1)  A critical teacher shortage tuition reimbursement

11  program shall be established for the purpose of improving the

12  skills and knowledge of current teachers or persons preparing

13  to teach in critical teacher shortage areas.

14         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

15  implement the critical teacher shortage tuition reimbursement

16  program.  Any full-time public school employee or

17  developmental research school employee certified to teach in

18  this state is eligible for the program.  For the purposes of

19  this program, tuition reimbursement shall be limited to

20  courses in critical teacher shortage areas as determined by

21  the State Board of Education.  Such courses shall be:

22         (a)  Graduate-level courses leading to a master's,

23  specialist, or doctoral degree;

24         (b)  Graduate-level courses leading to a new

25  certification area; or

26         (c)  State-approved undergraduate courses leading to an

27  advanced degree or new certification area.

28         (3)  Participants may receive tuition reimbursement

29  payments for up to 9 semester hours, or the equivalent in

30  quarter hours, per year, at a rate not to exceed $78 per

31  semester hour, up to a total of 36 semester hours. All tuition


                                 970

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reimbursements shall be contingent on passing an approved

  2  course with a minimum grade of 3.0 or its equivalent.

  3         (4)  This section shall be implemented only to the

  4  extent specifically funded and authorized by law.

  5         Section 437.  Section 1009.59, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1009.59  Critical Teacher Shortage Student Loan

  8  Forgiveness Program.--

  9         (1)  The Critical Teacher Shortage Student Loan

10  Forgiveness Program is established to encourage qualified

11  personnel to seek employment in subject areas in which

12  critical teacher shortages exist, as identified annually by

13  the State Board of Education.  The primary function of the

14  program is to make repayments towards loans received by

15  students from federal programs or commercial lending

16  institutions for the support of postsecondary education study.

17  Repayments are intended to be made to qualified applicants who

18  begin teaching for the first time in designated subject areas,

19  and who apply during their first year of teaching as certified

20  teachers in these subject areas.

21         (2)  From the funds available, the Department of

22  Education may make loan principal repayments as follows:

23         (a)  Up to $2,500 a year for up to 4 years on behalf of

24  selected graduates of state-approved undergraduate

25  postsecondary teacher preparation programs, persons certified

26  to teach pursuant to any applicable teacher certification

27  requirements, or selected teacher preparation graduates from

28  any state participating in the Interstate Agreement on the

29  Qualification of Educational Personnel.

30         (b)  Up to $5,000 a year for up to 2 years on behalf of

31  selected graduates of state-approved graduate postsecondary


                                 971

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  teacher preparation programs, persons with graduate degrees

  2  certified to teach pursuant to any applicable teacher

  3  certification requirements, or selected teacher preparation

  4  graduates from any state participating in the Interstate

  5  Agreement on the Qualification of Educational Personnel.

  6         (c)  All repayments shall be contingent on continued

  7  proof of employment in the designated subject areas in this

  8  state and shall be made directly to the holder of the loan.

  9  The state shall not bear responsibility for the collection of

10  any interest charges or other remaining balance.  In the event

11  that designated critical teacher shortage subject areas are

12  changed by the State Board of Education, a teacher shall

13  continue to be eligible for loan forgiveness as long as he or

14  she continues to teach in the subject area for which the

15  original loan repayment was made and otherwise meets all

16  conditions of eligibility.

17         (3)  Students receiving a scholarship loan or a

18  fellowship loan are not eligible to participate in the

19  Critical Teacher Shortage Student Loan Forgiveness Program.

20         (4)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

21  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54, necessary for the

22  administration of this program.

23         (5)  This section shall be implemented only to the

24  extent as specifically funded and authorized by law.

25         Section 438.  Section 1009.60, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1009.60  Minority teacher education scholars

28  program.--There is created the minority teacher education

29  scholars program, which is a collaborative performance-based

30  scholarship program for African-American, Hispanic-American,

31  Asian-American, and Native American students. The participants


                                 972

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in the program include Florida's community colleges and its

  2  public and private universities that have teacher education

  3  programs.

  4         (1)  The minority teacher education scholars program

  5  shall provide an annual scholarship of $4,000 for each

  6  approved minority teacher education scholar who is enrolled in

  7  one of Florida's public or private universities in the junior

  8  year and is admitted into a teacher education program.

  9         (2)  To assist each participating education institution

10  in the recruitment and retention of minority teacher scholars,

11  the administrators of the Florida Fund for Minority Teachers,

12  Inc., shall implement a systemwide training program. The

13  training program must include an annual conference or series

14  of conferences for students who are in the program or who are

15  identified by a high school or a community college as likely

16  candidates for the program. The training program must also

17  include research about and dissemination concerning successful

18  activities or programs that recruit minority students for

19  teacher education and retain them through graduation,

20  certification, and employment. Staff employed by the

21  corporation may work with each participating education

22  institution to assure that local faculty and administrators

23  receive the benefit of all available research and resources to

24  increase retention of their minority teacher education

25  scholars.

26         (3)  The total amount appropriated annually for new

27  scholarships in the program must be divided by $4,000 and by

28  the number of participating colleges and universities. Each

29  participating institution has access to the same number of

30  scholarships and may award all of them to eligible minority

31  students. If a college or university does not award all of its


                                 973

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  scholarships by the date set by the program administration at

  2  the Florida Fund for Minority Teachers, Inc., the remaining

  3  scholarships must be transferred to another institution that

  4  has eligible students.

  5         (4)  A student may receive a scholarship from the

  6  program for 3 consecutive years if the student remains

  7  enrolled full-time in the program and makes satisfactory

  8  progress toward a baccalaureate degree with a major in

  9  education.

10         (5)  If a minority teacher education scholar graduates

11  and is employed as a teacher by a Florida district school

12  board, the scholar is not required to repay the scholarship

13  amount so long as the scholar teaches in a Florida public

14  school. A scholar may repay the entire scholarship amount by

15  remaining employed as a Florida public school teacher for 1

16  year for each year he or she received the scholarship.

17         (6)  If a minority teacher education scholar does not

18  graduate within 3 years, or if the scholar graduates but does

19  not teach in a Florida public school, the scholar must repay

20  the total amount awarded, plus annual interest of 8 percent.

21         (a)  Interest begins accruing the first day of the 13th

22  month after the month in which the recipient completes an

23  approved teacher education program or after the month in which

24  enrollment as a full-time student is terminated. Interest does

25  not accrue during any period of deferment or eligible teaching

26  service.

27         (b)  The repayment period begins the first day of the

28  13th month after the month in which the recipient completes an

29  approved teacher education program or after the month in which

30  enrollment as a full-time student is terminated.

31  


                                 974

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The terms and conditions of the scholarship

  2  repayment must be contained in a promissory note and a

  3  repayment schedule. The loan must be paid within 10 years

  4  after the date of graduation or termination of full-time

  5  enrollment, including any periods of deferment. A shorter

  6  repayment period may be granted. The minimum monthly repayment

  7  is $50 or the unpaid balance, unless otherwise approved,

  8  except that the monthly payment may not be less than the

  9  accruing interest. The recipient may prepay any part of the

10  scholarship without penalty.

11         (d)  The holder of the promissory note may grant a

12  deferment of repayment for a recipient who is a full-time

13  student, who is unable to secure a teaching position that

14  would qualify as repayment, who becomes disabled, or who

15  experiences other hardships. Such a deferment may be granted

16  for a total of 24 months.

17         (e)  If a student defaults on the scholarship, the

18  entire unpaid balance, including interest accrued, becomes due

19  and payable at the option of the holder of the promissory

20  note, or when the recipient is no longer able to pay or no

21  longer intends to pay. The recipient is responsible for paying

22  all reasonable attorney's fees and other costs and charges

23  necessary for administration of the collection process.

24         Section 439.  Section 1009.605, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1009.605  Florida Fund for Minority Teachers, Inc.--

27         (1)  There is created the Florida Fund for Minority

28  Teachers, Inc., which is a not-for-profit statutory

29  corporation housed in the College of Education at the

30  University of Florida. The corporation shall administer and

31  manage the minority teacher education scholars program.


                                 975

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The corporation shall submit an annual budget

  2  projection to the Department of Education to be included in

  3  the annual legislative budget request. The projection must be

  4  based on a 7-year plan that would be capable of awarding the

  5  following schedule of scholarships:

  6         (a)  In the initial year, 700 scholarships of $4,000

  7  each to scholars in the junior year of college.

  8         (b)  In the second year, 350 scholarships to new

  9  scholars in their junior year and 700 renewal scholarships to

10  the rising seniors.

11         (c)  In each succeeding year, 350 scholarships to new

12  scholars in the junior year and renewal scholarships to the

13  350 rising seniors.

14         (3)  A board of directors shall administer the

15  corporation. The Governor shall appoint to the board at least

16  15 but not more than 25 members, who shall serve terms of 3

17  years, except that 4 of the initial members shall serve 1-year

18  terms and 4 shall serve 2-year terms. At least 4 members must

19  be employed by public community colleges and at least 11

20  members must be employed by public or private postsecondary

21  institutions that operate colleges of education. At least one

22  member must be a financial aid officer employed by a

23  postsecondary education institution operating in Florida.

24  Administrative costs for support of the Board of Directors and

25  the Florida Fund for Minority Teachers may not exceed 5

26  percent of funds allocated for the program. The board shall:

27         (a)  Hold meetings to implement this section.

28         (b)  Select a chairperson annually.

29         (c)  Make rules for its own government.

30  

31  


                                 976

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Appoint an executive director to serve at its

  2  pleasure. The executive director shall be the chief

  3  administrative officer and agent of the board.

  4         (e)  Maintain a record of its proceedings.

  5         (f)  Delegate to the chairperson the responsibility for

  6  signing final orders.

  7         (g)  Carry out the training program as required for the

  8  minority teacher education scholars program. No more than 5

  9  percent of the funds appropriated for the minority teacher

10  education scholars program may be expended for administration,

11  including administration of the required training program.

12         Section 440.  Section 1009.61, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1009.61  Teacher/Quest Scholarship Program.--The

15  Teacher/Quest Scholarship Program is created for the purpose

16  of providing teachers with the opportunity to enhance their

17  knowledge of science, mathematics, and computer applications

18  in business, industry, and government. A school district or

19  developmental research school may propose that one or more

20  teachers be granted a Teacher/Quest Scholarship by submitting

21  to the Department of Education:

22         (1)  A project proposal specifying activities a teacher

23  will carry out to improve his or her:

24         (a)  Understanding of mathematical, scientific, or

25  computing concepts;

26         (b)  Ability to apply and demonstrate such concepts

27  through instruction;

28         (c)  Knowledge of career and technical requirements for

29  competency in mathematics, science, and computing; and

30         (d)  Ability to integrate and apply technological

31  concepts from all three fields; and


                                 977

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  A contractual agreement with a private corporation

  2  or governmental agency that implements the project proposal

  3  and guarantees employment to the teacher during a summer or

  4  other period when schools are out of session. The agreement

  5  must stipulate a salary rate that does not exceed regular

  6  rates of pay and a gross salary amount consistent with

  7  applicable statutory and contractual provisions for the

  8  teacher's employment. The teacher's compensation shall be

  9  provided for on an equally matched basis by funds from the

10  employing corporation or agency.

11         Section 441.  Section 1009.62, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1009.62  Grants for teachers for special training in

14  exceptional student education.--

15         (1)  The Department of Education may make grants to

16  teachers for special training in exceptional student education

17  to meet professional requirements with respect thereto, and

18  the department is responsible for the administration of such

19  program.

20         (2)  These grants are limited to teachers who:

21         (a)  Hold a full-time contract to teach in a district

22  school system, a state-operated or state-supported program, or

23  an agency or organization under contract with the Department

24  of Education;

25         (b)  Hold a valid Florida educator's certificate that

26  does not reflect an exceptional-student-education coverage or

27  endorsement that is appropriate for the teacher's assignment;

28  and

29         (c)  Satisfactorily complete the eligible courses.

30         (3)  Grant amounts are to be determined on the basis of

31  rates established by the Department of Education.


                                 978

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The Department of Education shall administer this

  2  program under rules established by the State Board of

  3  Education.

  4         Section 442.  Section 1009.63, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1009.63  Occupational therapist or physical therapist

  7  critical shortage program; definitions.--For the purposes of

  8  ss. 1009.63-1009.634:

  9         (1)  "Critical shortage area" applies to licensed

10  occupational therapists and physical therapists and

11  occupational therapy assistants and physical therapist

12  assistants employed by the public schools of this state.

13         (2)  "Therapist" means occupational therapist or

14  physical therapist.

15         Section 443.  Section 1009.631, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1009.631  Occupational therapist or physical therapist

18  critical shortage program; establishment.--

19         (1)  The occupational therapist or physical therapist

20  critical shortage program is established in the Department of

21  Education for the purpose of attracting capable and promising

22  applicants in the occupational therapy or physical therapy

23  profession to employment in the public schools of this state.

24  The program shall include the Critical Occupational Therapist

25  or Physical Therapist Shortage Student Loan Forgiveness

26  Program, the Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical

27  Therapist Shortage Scholarship Loan Program, and the Critical

28  Occupational Therapist or Physical Therapist Shortage Tuition

29  Reimbursement Program.

30         (2)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

31  program shall be deposited in the State Student Financial


                                 979

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Assistance Trust Fund. Any balance in the trust fund at the

  2  end of any fiscal year that has been allocated to the program

  3  shall remain therein and shall be available for carrying out

  4  the purposes of this section. Funds contained in the trust

  5  fund for the program shall be used for the programs specified

  6  in subsection (1) for those licensed therapists and therapy

  7  assistants employed by the public schools of this state.

  8         (3)  The State Board of Education shall annually review

  9  the designation of critical shortage areas and shall adopt

10  rules necessary for the implementation of the program.

11         Section 444.  Section 1009.632, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1009.632  Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical

14  Therapist Shortage Student Loan Forgiveness Program.--

15         (1)  There is established the Critical Occupational

16  Therapist or Physical Therapist Shortage Student Loan

17  Forgiveness Program.  The primary function of the program is

18  to make repayments toward loans received by students from

19  institutions for the support of postsecondary study of

20  occupational therapy or physical therapy.  Repayments shall be

21  made to qualified applicants who initiate employment in the

22  public schools of this state and who apply during their first

23  year of employment in a public school setting.

24         (2)  From the funds available, the Department of

25  Education is authorized to make loan principal repayments as

26  follows:

27         (a)  Up to $2,500 a year for up to 4 years on behalf of

28  selected graduates of accredited undergraduate postsecondary

29  occupational therapist or physical therapist preparation

30  programs.

31  


                                 980

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Up to $2,500 a year for up to 2 years on behalf of

  2  selected graduates of accredited undergraduate postsecondary

  3  occupational therapy or physical therapist assistant

  4  preparation programs.

  5         (c)  Up to $5,000 a year for up to 2 years on behalf of

  6  selected graduates of accredited postbaccalaureate entry level

  7  occupational therapist or physical therapist preparation

  8  programs.

  9         (d)  All repayments shall be contingent on continued

10  proof of employment for 3 years as a therapist or therapy

11  assistant by the public schools in this state and shall be

12  made directly to the holder of the loan. The state shall not

13  bear the responsibility for the collection of any interest

14  charges or other remaining balance.  In the event that a

15  critical shortage is no longer verified, a therapist or

16  therapy assistant shall continue to be eligible for loan

17  forgiveness as long as the therapist or therapy assistant

18  continues to be employed by the public schools of this state

19  and otherwise meets all conditions of eligibility.

20         (3)  Recipients under this program shall not be

21  eligible to participate in the Critical Occupational Therapist

22  or Physical Therapist Shortage Scholarship Loan Program or the

23  Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical Therapist Shortage

24  Tuition Reimbursement Program.

25         (4)  This section shall be implemented only to the

26  extent as specifically funded by law.

27         Section 445.  Section 1009.633, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1009.633  Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical

30  Therapist Shortage Scholarship Loan Program.--

31  


                                 981

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  There is established the Critical Occupational

  2  Therapist or Physical Therapist Shortage Scholarship Loan

  3  Program.

  4         (2)  To be eligible, a candidate shall:

  5         (a)  Be a full-time student in a therapy assistant

  6  program or in the upper division or higher level in an

  7  occupational therapist or physical therapist educational

  8  program. Occupational therapist and occupational therapy

  9  assistant programs must be accredited by the American Medical

10  Association in collaboration with the American Occupational

11  Therapy Association. Physical therapist and physical therapist

12  assistant programs must be accredited by the American Physical

13  Therapy Association.

14         (b)  Have declared an intention to be employed by the

15  public schools of this state for 3 years following completion

16  of the requirements.  In the event critical shortage areas are

17  changed by the State Board of Education, a student shall

18  continue to be eligible for an award as long as the student

19  continues in the therapist educational program for which the

20  initial award was made and the student otherwise meets all

21  other conditions of eligibility.

22         (c)  Meet the general requirements for student

23  eligibility as provided in s. 1009.40, except as otherwise

24  provided in this section.

25         (d)  Maintain a grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0

26  scale for undergraduate college work or a grade point average

27  of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale for graduate college work.

28         (3)  A scholarship loan may be awarded for no more than

29  2 years and may not exceed $4,000 a year.

30         (4)  The State Board of Education shall adopt by rule

31  repayment schedules and applicable interest rates under ss.


                                 982

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  1009.82 and 1009.95. A scholarship loan must be paid back

  2  within 10 years of completion of a program of studies.

  3         (a)  Credit for repayment of a scholarship loan shall

  4  be in an amount not to exceed $2,000 plus applicable accrued

  5  interest for each full year of employment by the public

  6  schools of this state.

  7         (b)  Any therapist or therapy assistant who fails to be

  8  employed by a public school in this state as specified in this

  9  subsection is responsible for repaying the loan plus interest.

10  Repayment schedules and applicable interest rates shall be

11  determined by the rules of the State Board of Education under

12  ss. 1009.82 and 1009.95.

13         (5)  Recipients under this program shall not be

14  eligible to participate in the Critical Occupational Therapist

15  or Physical Therapist Shortage Student Loan Forgiveness

16  Program or the Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical

17  Therapist Shortage Tuition Reimbursement Program.

18         (6)  This section shall be implemented only to the

19  extent specifically funded and authorized by law.

20         Section 446.  Section 1009.634, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.634  Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical

23  Therapist Shortage Tuition Reimbursement Program.--

24         (1)  There is established the Critical Occupational

25  Therapist or Physical Therapist Shortage Tuition Reimbursement

26  Program to improve the skills and knowledge of current

27  therapists and therapy assistants who are employed by the

28  public school system.

29         (2)  Any full-time public school employee licensed to

30  practice occupational therapy or physical therapy in this

31  state is eligible for the program.


                                 983

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Participants may receive tuition reimbursement

  2  payments for up to 9 semester hours, or the equivalent in

  3  quarter hours, per year, at a rate not to exceed $78 per

  4  semester hour, up to a total of 36 semester hours. All tuition

  5  reimbursements shall be contingent on the participant passing

  6  an approved course with a minimum grade of 3.0 or its

  7  equivalent.

  8         (4)  The participant shall be employed by the public

  9  schools of this state for 3 years following completion of the

10  requirements.

11         (5)  Recipients under this program shall not be

12  eligible to participate in the Critical Occupational Therapist

13  or Physical Therapist Shortage Student Loan Forgiveness

14  Program or the Critical Occupational Therapist or Physical

15  Therapist Shortage Scholarship Loan Program.

16         (6)  This section shall be implemented only to the

17  extent specifically funded and authorized by the law.

18         Section 447.  Section 1009.64, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1009.64  Certified Education Paraprofessional Welfare

21  Transition Program.--

22         (1)  There is created the Certified Education

23  Paraprofessional Welfare Transition Program to provide

24  education and employment for recipients of public assistance

25  who are certified to work in schools that, because of the high

26  proportion of economically disadvantaged children enrolled,

27  are at risk of poor performance on traditional measures of

28  achievement.  The program is designed to enable such schools

29  to increase the number of adults working with the school

30  children.  However, the increase in personnel working at

31  certain schools is intended to supplement and not to supplant


                                 984

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the school staff and should not affect current school board

  2  employment and staffing policies, including those contained in

  3  collective bargaining agreements.  The program is intended to

  4  be supported by local, state, and federal program funds for

  5  which the participants may be eligible.  Further, the program

  6  is designed to provide its participants not only with

  7  entry-level employment but also with a marketable credential,

  8  a career option, and encouragement to advance.

  9         (2)  The Commissioner of Education, the secretary of

10  the Department of Children and Family Services, and the

11  director of the Agency for Workforce Innovation have joint

12  responsibility for planning and conducting the program.

13         (3)  The agencies responsible may make recommendations

14  to the State Board of Education and the Legislature if they

15  find that implementation or operation of the program would

16  benefit from the adoption or waiver of state or federal

17  policy, rule, or law, including recommendations regarding

18  program budgeting.

19         (4)  The agencies shall complete an implementation plan

20  that addresses at least the following recommended components

21  of the program:

22         (a)  A method of selecting participants. The method

23  must not duplicate services provided by those assigned to

24  screen participants of the welfare transition program, but

25  must assure that screening personnel are trained to identify

26  recipients of public assistance whose personal aptitudes and

27  motivation make them most likely to succeed in the program and

28  advance in a career related to the school community.

29         (b)  A budget for use of incentive funding to provide

30  motivation to participants to succeed and excel.  The budget

31  for incentive funding includes:


                                 985

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Funds allocated by the Legislature directly for the

  2  program.

  3         2.  Funds that may be made available from the federal

  4  Workforce Investment Act based on client eligibility or

  5  requested waivers to make the clients eligible.

  6         3.  Funds made available by implementation strategies

  7  that would make maximum use of work supplementation funds

  8  authorized by federal law.

  9         4.  Funds authorized by strategies to lengthen

10  participants' eligibility for federal programs such as

11  Medicaid, subsidized child care, and transportation.

12  

13  Incentives may include a stipend during periods of college

14  classroom training, a bonus and recognition for a high

15  grade-point average, child care and prekindergarten services

16  for children of participants, and services to increase a

17  participant's ability to advance to higher levels of

18  employment. Nonfinancial incentives should include providing a

19  mentor or tutor, and service incentives should continue and

20  increase for any participant who plans to complete the

21  baccalaureate degree and become a certified teacher. Services

22  may be provided in accordance with family choice by community

23  colleges and school district technical centers, through family

24  service centers and full-service schools, or under contract

25  with providers through central agencies.

26         (5)  The agencies shall select Department of Children

27  and Family Services districts to participate in the program. A

28  district that wishes to participate must demonstrate that a

29  district school board, a community college board of trustees,

30  an economic services program administrator, and a regional

31  workforce board are willing to coordinate to provide the


                                 986

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educational program, support services, employment

  2  opportunities, and incentives required to fulfill the intent

  3  of this section.

  4         (6)(a)  A community college or school district

  5  technical center is eligible to participate if it provides a

  6  technical certificate program in Child Development Early

  7  Intervention as approved by Workforce Florida, Inc. Priority

  8  programs provide an option and incentives to articulate with

  9  an associate in science degree program or a baccalaureate

10  degree program.

11         (b)  A participating educational agency may earn funds

12  appropriated for performance-based incentive funding for

13  successful outcomes of enrollment and placement of recipients

14  of public assistance who are in the program. In addition, an

15  educational agency is eligible for an incentive award

16  determined by Workforce Florida, Inc., for each recipient of

17  public assistance who successfully completes a program leading

18  to the award of a General Education Development credential.

19         (c)  Historically black colleges or universities that

20  have established programs that serve participants in the

21  welfare transition program are eligible to participate in the

22  Performance Based Incentive Funding Program and may earn an

23  incentive award determined by Workforce Florida, Inc., for

24  successful placement of program completers in jobs as

25  education paraprofessionals in at-risk schools.

26         (7)(a)  A participating school district shall identify

27  at-risk schools in which the program participants will work

28  during the practicum part of their education.  For purposes of

29  this act, an at-risk school is a school with grades K-3 in

30  which 50 percent or more of the students enrolled at the

31  school are eligible for free lunches or reduced-price lunches.


                                 987

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Priority schools are schools whose service zones include the

  2  participants' own communities.

  3         (b)  A participating school district may use funds

  4  appropriated by the Legislature from Agency for Workforce

  5  Innovation regional workforce board allotments to provide at

  6  least 6 months of on-the-job training to participants in the

  7  Certified Education Paraprofessional Welfare Transition

  8  Program. Participating school districts may also use funds

  9  provided by grant diversion of funds from the welfare

10  transition program for the participants during the practicum

11  portion of their training to earn the certificate required for

12  their employment.

13         (8)  The agencies shall give priority for funding to

14  those programs that provide maximum security for the

15  long-range employment and career opportunities of the program

16  participants. Security is enhanced if employment is provided

17  through a governmental or nongovernmental agency other than

18  the school board, or if the plans assure in another way that

19  the participants will supplement, rather than supplant, the

20  workforce available to the school board. It is the intent of

21  the Legislature that, when a program participant succeeds in

22  becoming a certified education paraprofessional after working

23  successfully in a school during the practicum or on-the-job

24  training supported by the program, the participant shall have

25  the opportunity to continue in full-time employment at the

26  school that provided the training or at another school in the

27  district.

28         Section 448.  Section 1009.65, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1009.65  Medical Education Reimbursement and Loan

31  Repayment Program.--


                                 988

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  To encourage qualified medical professionals to

  2  practice in underserved locations where there are shortages of

  3  such personnel, there is established the Medical Education

  4  Reimbursement and Loan Repayment Program. The function of the

  5  program is to make payments that offset loans and educational

  6  expenses incurred by students for studies leading to a medical

  7  or nursing degree, medical or nursing licensure, or advanced

  8  registered nurse practitioner certification or physician

  9  assistant licensure. The following licensed or certified

10  health care professionals are eligible to participate in this

11  program: medical doctors with primary care specialties,

12  doctors of osteopathic medicine with primary care specialties,

13  physician's assistants, licensed practical nurses and

14  registered nurses, and advanced registered nurse practitioners

15  with primary care specialties such as certified nurse

16  midwives. Primary care medical specialties for physicians

17  include obstetrics, gynecology, general and family practice,

18  internal medicine, pediatrics, and other specialties which may

19  be identified by the Department of Health.

20         (2)  From the funds available, the Department of Health

21  shall make payments to selected medical professionals as

22  follows:

23         (a)  Up to $4,000 per year for licensed practical

24  nurses and registered nurses, up to $10,000 per year for

25  advanced registered nurse practitioners and physician's

26  assistants, and up to $20,000 per year for physicians.

27  Penalties for noncompliance shall be the same as those in the

28  National Health Services Corps Loan Repayment Program.

29  Educational expenses include costs for tuition, matriculation,

30  registration, books, laboratory and other fees, other

31  


                                 989

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educational costs, and reasonable living expenses as

  2  determined by the Department of Health.

  3         (b)  All payments shall be contingent on continued

  4  proof of primary care practice in an area defined in s.

  5  395.602(2)(e), or an underserved area designated by the

  6  Department of Health, provided the practitioner accepts

  7  Medicaid reimbursement if eligible for such reimbursement.

  8  Correctional facilities, state hospitals, and other state

  9  institutions that employ medical personnel shall be designated

10  by the Department of Health as underserved locations.

11  Locations with high incidences of infant mortality, high

12  morbidity, or low Medicaid participation by health care

13  professionals may be designated as underserved.

14         (c)  The Department of Health may use funds

15  appropriated for the Medical Education Reimbursement and Loan

16  Repayment Program as matching funds for federal loan repayment

17  programs such as the National Health Service Corps State Loan

18  Repayment Program.

19         (3)  The Department of Health may adopt any rules

20  necessary for the administration of the Medical Education

21  Reimbursement and Loan Repayment Program. The department may

22  also solicit technical advice regarding conduct of the program

23  from the Department of Education and Florida universities and

24  community colleges.  The Department of Health shall submit a

25  budget request for an amount sufficient to fund medical

26  education reimbursement, loan repayments, and program

27  administration.

28         Section 449.  Section 1009.66, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1009.66  Nursing Student Loan Forgiveness Program.--

31  


                                 990

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  To encourage qualified personnel to seek

  2  employment in areas of this state in which critical nursing

  3  shortages exist, there is established the Nursing Student Loan

  4  Forgiveness Program.  The primary function of the program is

  5  to increase employment and retention of registered nurses and

  6  licensed practical nurses in nursing homes and hospitals in

  7  the state and in state-operated medical and health care

  8  facilities, public schools, birth centers, federally sponsored

  9  community health centers, family practice teaching hospitals,

10  and specialty children's hospitals by making repayments toward

11  loans received by students from federal or state programs or

12  commercial lending institutions for the support of

13  postsecondary study in accredited or approved nursing

14  programs.

15         (2)  To be eligible, a candidate must have graduated

16  from an accredited or approved nursing program and have

17  received a Florida license as a licensed practical nurse or a

18  registered nurse or a Florida certificate as an advanced

19  registered nurse practitioner.

20         (3)  Only loans to pay the costs of tuition, books, and

21  living expenses shall be covered, at an amount not to exceed

22  $4,000 for each year of education towards the degree obtained.

23         (4)  Receipt of funds pursuant to this program shall be

24  contingent upon continued proof of employment in the

25  designated facilities in this state. Loan principal payments

26  shall be made by the Department of Health directly to the

27  federal or state programs or commercial lending institutions

28  holding the loan as follows:

29         (a)  Twenty-five percent of the loan principal and

30  accrued interest shall be retired after the first year of

31  nursing;


                                 991

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Fifty percent of the loan principal and accrued

  2  interest shall be retired after the second year of nursing;

  3         (c)  Seventy-five percent of the loan principal and

  4  accrued interest shall be retired after the third year of

  5  nursing; and

  6         (d)  The remaining loan principal and accrued interest

  7  shall be retired after the fourth year of nursing.

  8  

  9  In no case may payment for any nurse exceed $4,000 in any

10  12-month period.

11         (5)  There is created the Nursing Student Loan

12  Forgiveness Trust Fund to be administered by the Department of

13  Health pursuant to this section and s. 1009.67 and department

14  rules.  The Comptroller shall authorize expenditures from the

15  trust fund upon receipt of vouchers approved by the Department

16  of Health. All moneys collected from the private health care

17  industry and other private sources for the purposes of this

18  section shall be deposited into the Nursing Student Loan

19  Forgiveness Trust Fund. Any balance in the trust fund at the

20  end of any fiscal year shall remain therein and shall be

21  available for carrying out the purposes of this section and s.

22  1009.67.

23         (6)  In addition to licensing fees imposed under part I

24  of chapter 464, there is hereby levied and imposed an

25  additional fee of $5, which fee shall be paid upon licensure

26  or renewal of nursing licensure. Revenues collected from the

27  fee imposed in this subsection shall be deposited in the

28  Nursing Student Loan Forgiveness Trust Fund of the Department

29  of Health and will be used solely for the purpose of carrying

30  out the provisions of this section and s. 1009.67. Up to 50

31  percent of the revenues appropriated to implement this


                                 992

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  subsection may be used for the nursing scholarship program

  2  established pursuant to s. 1009.67.

  3         (7)(a)  Funds contained in the Nursing Student Loan

  4  Forgiveness Trust Fund which are to be used for loan

  5  forgiveness for those nurses employed by hospitals, birth

  6  centers, and nursing homes must be matched on a

  7  dollar-for-dollar basis by contributions from the employing

  8  institutions, except that this provision shall not apply to

  9  state-operated medical and health care facilities, public

10  schools, county health departments, federally sponsored

11  community health centers, teaching hospitals as defined in s.

12  408.07, family practice teaching hospitals as defined in s.

13  395.805, or specialty hospitals for children as used in s.

14  409.9119. If in any given fiscal quarter there are

15  insufficient funds in the trust fund to grant all eligible

16  applicant requests, awards shall be based on the following

17  priority of employer:  county health departments; federally

18  sponsored community health centers; state-operated medical and

19  health care facilities; public schools; teaching hospitals as

20  defined in s. 408.07; family practice teaching hospitals as

21  defined in s. 395.805; specialty hospitals for children as

22  used in s. 409.9119; and other hospitals, birth centers, and

23  nursing homes.

24         (b)  All Nursing Student Loan Forgiveness Trust Fund

25  moneys shall be invested pursuant to s. 18.125.  Interest

26  income accruing to that portion of the trust fund not matched

27  shall increase the total funds available for loan forgiveness

28  and scholarships. Pledged contributions shall not be eligible

29  for matching prior to the actual collection of the total

30  private contribution for the year.

31  


                                 993

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  The Department of Health may solicit technical

  2  assistance relating to the conduct of this program from the

  3  Department of Education.

  4         (9)  The Department of Health is authorized to recover

  5  from the Nursing Student Loan Forgiveness Trust Fund its costs

  6  for administering the Nursing Student Loan Forgiveness

  7  Program.

  8         (10)  The Department of Health may adopt rules

  9  necessary to administer this program.

10         (11)  This section shall be implemented only as

11  specifically funded.

12         Section 450.  Section 1009.67, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1009.67  Nursing scholarship program.--

15         (1)  There is established within the Department of

16  Health a scholarship program for the purpose of attracting

17  capable and promising students to the nursing profession.

18         (2)  A scholarship applicant shall be enrolled as a

19  full-time or part-time student in the upper division of an

20  approved nursing program leading to the award of a

21  baccalaureate degree or graduate degree to qualify for a

22  nursing faculty position or as an advanced registered nurse

23  practitioner or be enrolled as a full-time or part-time

24  student in an approved program leading to the award of an

25  associate degree in nursing.

26         (3)  A scholarship may be awarded for no more than 2

27  years, in an amount not to exceed $8,000 per year. However,

28  registered nurses pursuing a graduate degree for a faculty

29  position or to practice as an advanced registered nurse

30  practitioner may receive up to $12,000 per year. Beginning

31  July 1, 1998, these amounts shall be adjusted by the amount of


                                 994

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  increase or decrease in the consumer price index for urban

  2  consumers published by the United States Department of

  3  Commerce.

  4         (4)  Credit for repayment of a scholarship shall be as

  5  follows:

  6         (a)  For each full year of scholarship assistance, the

  7  recipient agrees to work for 12 months in a faculty position

  8  in a college of nursing or community college nursing program

  9  in this state or at a health care facility in a medically

10  underserved area as approved by the Department of Health.

11  Scholarship recipients who attend school on a part-time basis

12  shall have their employment service obligation prorated in

13  proportion to the amount of scholarship payments received.

14         (b)  Eligible health care facilities include nursing

15  homes and hospitals in this state, state-operated medical or

16  health care facilities, public schools, county health

17  departments, federally sponsored community health centers,

18  colleges of nursing in universities in this state, and

19  community college nursing programs in this state, family

20  practice teaching hospitals as defined in s. 395.805, or

21  specialty children's hospitals as described in s. 409.9119.

22  The recipient shall be encouraged to complete the service

23  obligation at a single employment site. If continuous

24  employment at the same site is not feasible, the recipient may

25  apply to the department for a transfer to another approved

26  health care facility.

27         (c)  Any recipient who does not complete an appropriate

28  program of studies or who does not become licensed shall repay

29  to the Department of Health, on a schedule to be determined by

30  the department, the entire amount of the scholarship plus 18

31  percent interest accruing from the date of the scholarship


                                 995

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  payment. Moneys repaid shall be deposited into the Nursing

  2  Student Loan Forgiveness Trust Fund established in s. 1009.66.

  3  However, the department may provide additional time for

  4  repayment if the department finds that circumstances beyond

  5  the control of the recipient caused or contributed to the

  6  default.

  7         (d)  Any recipient who does not accept employment as a

  8  nurse at an approved health care facility or who does not

  9  complete 12 months of approved employment for each year of

10  scholarship assistance received shall repay to the Department

11  of Health an amount equal to two times the entire amount of

12  the scholarship plus interest accruing from the date of the

13  scholarship payment at the maximum allowable interest rate

14  permitted by law.  Repayment shall be made within 1 year of

15  notice that the recipient is considered to be in default.

16  However, the department may provide additional time for

17  repayment if the department finds that circumstances beyond

18  the control of the recipient caused or contributed to the

19  default.

20         (5)  Scholarship payments shall be transmitted to the

21  recipient upon receipt of documentation that the recipient is

22  enrolled in an approved nursing program. The Department of

23  Health shall develop a formula to prorate payments to

24  scholarship recipients so as not to exceed the maximum amount

25  per academic year.

26         (6)  The Department of Health shall adopt rules,

27  including rules to address extraordinary circumstances that

28  may cause a recipient to default on either the school

29  enrollment or employment contractual agreement, to implement

30  this section and may solicit technical assistance relating to

31  the conduct of this program from the Department of Health.


                                 996

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  The Department of Health may recover from the

  2  Nursing Student Loan Forgiveness Trust Fund its costs for

  3  administering the nursing scholarship program.

  4         Section 451.  Section 1009.68, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1009.68  Florida Minority Medical Education Program.--

  7         (1)  There is created a Florida Minority Medical

  8  Education Program to be administered by the Department of

  9  Education in accordance with rules established by the State

10  Board of Education. The program shall provide scholarships to

11  enable minority students to pursue a medical education at the

12  University of Florida, the University of South Florida,

13  Florida State University, the University of Miami, or

14  Southeastern University of the Health Sciences, for the

15  purpose of addressing the primary health care needs of

16  underserved groups.

17         (2)  In order to be eligible to receive a scholarship

18  pursuant to this section, an applicant shall:

19         (a)  Be a racial or ethnic minority student.

20         (b)  Be a citizen of the United States and meet the

21  general eligibility requirements as provided in s. 1009.40,

22  except as otherwise provided in this section.

23         (c)  Have maintained residency in this state for no

24  less than 1 year preceding the award.

25         (d)  Be accepted by, and enroll as a full-time student

26  in, a Florida medical school.

27         (e)  Have an undergraduate grade point average

28  established by rule.

29         (f)  Have received scores on selected examinations

30  established by rule.

31  


                                 997

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (g)  Meet financial need requirements established by

  2  rule.

  3         (h)  Agree to serve in a medical corps for a period of

  4  not less than 2 years for the purpose of providing health care

  5  to underserved individuals in the State of Florida.

  6         (3)  In order to renew a scholarship awarded pursuant

  7  to this section, a student shall maintain full-time student

  8  status and a cumulative grade point average established by

  9  rule.

10         (4)  The number of scholarships annually awarded shall

11  be three per school. Priority in the distribution of

12  scholarships shall be given to students with the lowest total

13  family resources.

14         (5)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

15  program shall be deposited in the State Student Financial

16  Assistance Trust Fund. Interest income accruing to the program

17  from funds of the program in the trust fund not allocated

18  shall increase the funds available for scholarships. Any

19  balance in the trust fund at the end of any fiscal year that

20  has been allocated to the program shall remain in the trust

21  fund and shall be available for carrying out the purposes of

22  this section.

23         (6)  A scholarship recipient who, upon graduation,

24  defaults on the commitment to serve in the medical corps for

25  the full 2 years shall be required to repay all scholarship

26  money plus interest.

27         (7)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

28  necessary to implement the provisions of this section.

29         Section 452.  Section 1009.69, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31         1009.69  Virgil Hawkins Fellows Assistance Program.--


                                 998

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The Virgil Hawkins Fellows Assistance Program

  2  shall provide financial assistance for study in law to

  3  minority students in the colleges of law at the Florida State

  4  University, the University of Florida, the Florida

  5  Agricultural and Mechanical University, and the Florida

  6  International University. For the purposes of this section, a

  7  minority student qualified to receive assistance from the

  8  Virgil Hawkins Fellows Assistance Program shall be identified

  9  pursuant to policies adopted by the State Board of Education.

10         (2)  Each student who is awarded a fellowship shall be

11  entitled to receive an award under this act for each academic

12  term that the student is in good standing as approved by the

13  law school pursuant to guidelines of the State Board of

14  Education.

15         (3)  If a fellowship vacancy occurs, that slot shall be

16  reassigned and funded as a continuing fellowship for the

17  remainder of the period for which the award was originally

18  designated.

19         (4)  The State Board of Education shall adopt policies,

20  and the Department of Education shall administer the Virgil

21  Hawkins Fellows Assistance Program.

22         Section 453.  Section 1009.70, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1009.70  Florida Education Fund.--

25         (1)  This section shall be known and may be cited as

26  the "Florida Education Fund Act."

27         (2)(a)  The Florida Education Fund, a not-for-profit

28  statutory corporation, is created from a challenge endowment

29  grant from the McKnight Foundation and operates on income

30  derived from the investment of endowment gifts and other gifts

31  


                                 999

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  as provided by state statute and appropriate matching funds as

  2  provided by the state.

  3         (b)  The amount appropriated to the fund shall be on

  4  the basis of $1 for each $2 contributed by private sources.

  5  The Florida Education Fund shall certify to the Legislature

  6  the amount of donations contributed between July 1, 1990, and

  7  June 30, 1991. Only the new donations above the certified base

  8  shall be calculated for state matching funds during the first

  9  year of the program. In subsequent years, only the new

10  donations above the certified prior year base shall be

11  calculated for state matching funds.

12         (3)  The Florida Education Fund shall use the income of

13  the fund to provide for programs which seek to:

14         (a)  Enhance the quality of higher educational

15  opportunity in this state;

16         (b)  Enhance equality by providing access to effective

17  higher education programs by minority and economically

18  deprived individuals in this state, with particular

19  consideration to be given to the needs of both blacks and

20  women; and

21         (c)  Increase the representation of minorities in

22  faculty and administrative positions in higher education in

23  this state and to provide more highly educated minority

24  leadership in business and professional enterprises in this

25  state.

26         (4)  The Florida Education Fund shall be administered

27  by a board of directors, which is hereby established.

28         (a)  The board of directors shall consist of 12

29  members, to be appointed as follows:

30         1.  Two laypersons appointed by the Governor;

31  


                                 1000

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Two laypersons appointed by the President of the

  2  Senate;

  3         3.  Two laypersons appointed by the Speaker of the

  4  House of Representatives; and

  5         4.  Two representatives of state universities, two

  6  representatives of public community colleges, and two

  7  representatives of independent colleges or universities

  8  appointed by the State Board of Education.

  9  

10  The board of directors may appoint to the board an additional

11  five members from the private sector for the purpose of

12  assisting in the procurement of private contributions. Such

13  members shall serve as voting members of the board.

14         (b)  Each of the educational sectors in paragraph (a)

15  shall be represented by a president and a faculty member of

16  the corresponding institutions.

17         (c)  Each director shall hold office for a term of 3

18  years or until resignation or removal for cause.  A director

19  may resign at any time by filing his or her written

20  resignation with the executive secretary for the board. The

21  terms of the directors shall be staggered so that the terms of

22  one-third of the directors will expire annually.

23         (d)  In the event of a vacancy on the board caused by

24  other than the expiration of a term, a new member shall be

25  appointed by the appointing entity in the sector of which the

26  vacancy occurs.

27         (e)  Each member is accountable to the Governor for the

28  proper performance of the duties of his or her office.  The

29  Governor shall cause any complaint or unfavorable report

30  received concerning an action of the board or any of its

31  members to be investigated and shall take appropriate action


                                 1001

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  thereon.  The Governor may remove any member from office for

  2  malfeasance, misfeasance, neglect of duty, incompetence, or

  3  permanent inability to perform his or her official duties or

  4  for pleading nolo contendere to, or being found guilty of, a

  5  crime.

  6         (5)  The Board of Directors of the Florida Education

  7  Fund shall review and evaluate initial programs created by the

  8  McKnight Foundation and continue funding the Black Doctorate

  9  Fellowship Program and the Junior Fellowship Program if the

10  evaluation is positive, and the board shall identify,

11  initiate, and fund new and creative programs and monitor,

12  review, and evaluate those programs.  The purpose of this

13  commitment is to broaden the participation and funding

14  potential for further significant support of higher education

15  in this state. In addition, the board shall:

16         (a)  Hold such meetings as are necessary to implement

17  the provisions of this section.

18         (b)  Select a chairperson annually.

19         (c)  Adopt and use an official seal in the

20  authentication of its acts.

21         (d)  Make rules for its own government.

22         (e)  Administer this section.

23         (f)  Appoint an executive director to serve at its

24  pleasure and perform all duties assigned by the board.  The

25  executive director shall be the chief administrative officer

26  and agent of the board.

27         (g)  Maintain a record of its proceedings.

28         (h)  Delegate to the chairperson of the board the

29  responsibility for signing final orders.

30  

31  


                                 1002

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (i)  Utilize existing higher education organizations,

  2  associations, and agencies to carry out its educational

  3  programs and purposes with minimal staff employment.

  4         (j)  Be empowered to enter into contracts with the

  5  Federal Government, state agencies, or individuals.

  6         (k)  Receive bequests, gifts, grants, donations, and

  7  other valued goods and services.  Such bequests and gifts

  8  shall be used only for the purpose or purposes stated by the

  9  donor.

10         (6)  The board of directors is authorized to establish

11  a trust fund from the proceeds of the Florida Education Fund.

12  All funds deposited into the trust fund shall be invested

13  pursuant to the provisions of s. 215.47. Interest income

14  accruing to the unused portion of the trust fund shall

15  increase the total funds available for endowments.  The

16  Department of Education may, at the request of the board of

17  directors, administer the fund for investment purposes.

18         (7)  It is the intent of the Legislature that the Board

19  of Directors of the Florida Education Fund recruit eligible

20  residents of the state before it extends its search to

21  eligible nonresidents. However, for the purposes of subsection

22  (8), the board of directors shall recruit eligible residents

23  only. It is further the intent of the Legislature that the

24  board of directors establish service terms, if any, that

25  accompany the award of moneys from the fund.

26         (8)  There is created a legal education component of

27  the Florida Education Fund to provide the opportunity for

28  minorities to attain representation within the legal

29  profession proportionate to their representation within the

30  general population. The legal education component of the

31  


                                 1003

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Florida Education Fund includes a law school program and a

  2  pre-law program.

  3         (a)  The law school scholarship program of the Florida

  4  Education Fund is to be administered by the Board of Directors

  5  of the Florida Education Fund for the purpose of increasing by

  6  200 the number of minority students enrolled in law schools in

  7  this state. Implementation of this program is to be phased in

  8  over a 3-year period.

  9         1.  The board of directors shall provide financial,

10  academic, and other support to students selected for

11  participation in this program from funds appropriated by the

12  Legislature.

13         2.  Student selection must be made in accordance with

14  rules adopted by the board of directors for that purpose and

15  must be based, at least in part, on an assessment of potential

16  for success, merit, and financial need.

17         3.  Support must be made available to students who

18  enroll in private, as well as public, law schools in this

19  state which are accredited by the American Bar Association.

20         4.  Scholarships must be paid directly to the

21  participating students.

22         5.  Students who participate in this program must agree

23  in writing to sit for The Florida Bar examination and, upon

24  successful admission to The Florida Bar, to either practice

25  law in the state for a period of time equal to the amount of

26  time for which the student received aid, up to 3 years, or

27  repay the amount of aid received.

28         6.  Annually the board of directors shall compile a

29  report that includes a description of the selection process,

30  an analysis of the academic progress of all scholarship

31  recipients, and an analysis of expenditures. This report must


                                 1004

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be submitted to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of

  2  the House of Representatives, and the Governor.

  3         (b)  The minority pre-law scholarship loan program of

  4  the Florida Education Fund is to be administered by the Board

  5  of Directors of the Florida Education Fund for the purpose of

  6  increasing the opportunity of minority students to prepare for

  7  law school.

  8         1.  From funds appropriated by the Legislature, the

  9  board of directors shall provide for student fees, room,

10  board, books, supplies, and academic and other support to

11  selected minority undergraduate students matriculating at

12  eligible public and independent colleges and universities in

13  Florida.

14         2.  Student selection must be made in accordance with

15  rules adopted by the board of directors for that purpose and

16  must be based, at least in part, on an assessment of potential

17  for success, merit, and financial need.

18         3.  To be eligible, a student must make a written

19  agreement to enter or be accepted to enter a law school in

20  this state within 2 years after graduation or repay the

21  scholarship loan amount plus interest at the prevailing rate.

22         4.  Recipients who fail to gain admission to a law

23  school within the specified period of time, may, upon

24  admission to law school, be eligible to have their loans

25  canceled.

26         5.  Minority pre-law scholarship loans shall be

27  provided to 34 minority students per year for up to 4 years

28  each, for a total of 136 scholarship loans.  To continue

29  receipt of scholarship loans, recipients must maintain a 2.75

30  grade point average for the freshman year and a 3.25 grade

31  point average thereafter. Participants must also take


                                 1005

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  specialized courses to enhance competencies in English and

  2  logic.

  3         6.  The board of directors shall maintain records on

  4  all scholarship loan recipients. Participating institutions

  5  shall submit academic progress reports to the board of

  6  directors following each academic term.  Annually, the board

  7  of directors shall compile a report that includes a

  8  description of the selection process, an analysis of the

  9  academic progress of all scholarship loan recipients, and an

10  analysis of expenditures.  This report must be submitted to

11  the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

12  Representatives, and the Governor.

13         Section 454.  Section 1009.72, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1009.72  Jose Marti Scholarship Challenge Grant

16  Program.--

17         (1)  There is hereby established a Jose Marti

18  Scholarship Challenge Grant Program to be administered by the

19  Department of Education pursuant to this section and rules of

20  the State Board of Education.  The program shall provide

21  matching grants for private sources that raise money for

22  scholarships to be awarded to Hispanic-American students.

23         (2)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

24  program shall be deposited in the State Student Financial

25  Assistance Trust Fund. The Comptroller shall authorize

26  expenditures from the trust fund upon receipt of vouchers

27  approved by the Department of Education.  All moneys collected

28  from private sources for the purposes of this section shall be

29  deposited into the trust fund. Any balance in the trust fund

30  at the end of any fiscal year that has been allocated to the

31  


                                 1006

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  program shall remain therein and shall be available for

  2  carrying out the purposes of the program.

  3         (3)  The Legislature shall designate funds to be

  4  transferred to the trust fund for the program from the General

  5  Revenue Fund.  Such funds shall be divided into challenge

  6  grants to be administered by the Department of Education.  All

  7  appropriated funds deposited into the trust fund for the

  8  program shall be invested pursuant to the provisions of s.

  9  18.125. Interest income accruing to that portion of the funds

10  that are allocated to the program in the trust fund and not

11  matched shall increase the total funds available for the

12  program.

13         (4)  The amount appropriated to the trust fund for the

14  program shall be allocated by the department on the basis of

15  one $5,000 challenge grant for each $2,500 raised from private

16  sources. Matching funds shall be generated through

17  contributions made after July 1, 1986, and pledged for the

18  purposes of this section.  Pledged contributions shall not be

19  eligible for matching prior to the actual collection of the

20  total funds.

21         (5)(a)  In order to be eligible to receive a

22  scholarship pursuant to this section, an applicant shall:

23         1.  Be a Hispanic-American, or a person of Spanish

24  culture with origins in Mexico, South America, Central

25  America, or the Caribbean, regardless of race.

26         2.  Be a citizen of the United States and meet the

27  general requirements for student eligibility as provided in s.

28  1009.40, except as otherwise provided in this section.

29         3.  Be accepted at a state university or community

30  college or any Florida college or university that is

31  accredited by an association whose standards are comparable to


                                 1007

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the minimum standards required to operate a postsecondary

  2  education institution at that level in Florida.

  3         4.  Enroll as a full-time undergraduate or graduate

  4  student.

  5         5.  Earn a 3.0 unweighted grade point average on a 4.0

  6  scale, or the equivalent for high school subjects creditable

  7  toward a diploma. If an applicant applies as a graduate

  8  student, he or she shall have earned a 3.0 cumulative grade

  9  point average for undergraduate college-level courses.

10         (b)  In order to renew a scholarship awarded pursuant

11  to this section, a student must:

12         1.  Earn a grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0

13  scale for the previous term, maintain at least a 3.0 average

14  for college work, or have an average below 3.0 only for the

15  previous term and be eligible for continued enrollment at the

16  institution.

17         2.  Maintain full-time enrollment.

18         (6)  The annual scholarship to each recipient shall be

19  $2,000. Priority in the distribution of scholarships shall be

20  given to students with the lowest total family resources.

21  Renewal scholarships shall take precedence over new awards in

22  any year in which funds are not sufficient to meet the total

23  need.  No undergraduate student shall receive an award for

24  more than the equivalent of 8 semesters or 12 quarters over a

25  period of no more than 6 consecutive years, except as

26  otherwise provided in s. 1009.40(3).  No graduate student

27  shall receive an award for more than the equivalent of 4

28  semesters or 6 quarters.

29         (7)  The criteria and procedure for establishing

30  standards of eligibility shall be determined by the

31  department. The department is directed to establish a rating


                                 1008

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  system upon which to base the approval of grants.  Such system

  2  shall include a certification of acceptability by the

  3  postsecondary institution of the applicant's choice.

  4         (8)  Payment of scholarships shall be transmitted to

  5  the president of the postsecondary institution that the

  6  recipient is attending or to the president's designee.  Should

  7  a recipient terminate his or her enrollment during the

  8  academic year, the president or his or her designee shall

  9  refund the unused portion of the scholarship to the department

10  within 60 days.  In the event that a recipient transfers from

11  one eligible institution to another, his or her scholarship

12  shall be transferable upon approval of the department.

13         (9)  This section shall be implemented to the extent

14  funded and authorized by law.

15         Section 455.  Section 1009.73, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1009.73  Mary McLeod Bethune Scholarship Program.--

18         (1)  There is established the Mary McLeod Bethune

19  Scholarship Program to be administered by the Department of

20  Education pursuant to this section and rules of the State

21  Board of Education. The program shall provide matching grants

22  for private sources that raise money for scholarships to be

23  awarded to students who attend Florida Agricultural and

24  Mechanical University, Bethune-Cookman College, Edward Waters

25  College, or Florida Memorial College.

26         (2)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

27  program shall be deposited in the State Student Financial

28  Assistance Trust Fund. The Comptroller shall authorize

29  expenditures from the trust fund upon receipt of vouchers

30  approved by the Department of Education.  The Department of

31  Education shall receive all moneys collected from private


                                 1009

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  sources for the purposes of this section and shall deposit

  2  such moneys into the trust fund. Notwithstanding the

  3  provisions of s. 216.301 and pursuant to s. 216.351, any

  4  balance in the trust fund at the end of any fiscal year that

  5  has been allocated to the program shall remain in the trust

  6  fund and shall be available for carrying out the purposes of

  7  the program.

  8         (3)  The Legislature shall appropriate moneys to the

  9  trust fund for the program from the General Revenue Fund. Such

10  moneys shall be applied to scholarships to be administered by

11  the Department of Education.  All moneys deposited into the

12  trust fund for the program shall be invested pursuant to the

13  provisions of s. 18.125.  Interest income accruing to the

14  program shall be expended to increase the total moneys

15  available for scholarships.

16         (4)  The moneys in the trust fund for the program shall

17  be allocated by the department among the institutions of

18  higher education listed in subsection (1) on the basis of one

19  $2,000 challenge grant for each $1,000 raised from private

20  sources. Matching funds shall be generated through

21  contributions made after July 1, 1990, and pledged for the

22  purposes of this section. Pledged contributions shall not be

23  eligible for matching prior to the actual collection of the

24  total funds.  The department shall allocate to each of those

25  institutions a proportionate share of the contributions

26  received on behalf of those institutions and a share of the

27  appropriations and matching funds generated by such

28  institution.

29         (5)(a)  In order to be eligible to receive a

30  scholarship pursuant to this section, an applicant must:

31  


                                 1010

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Meet the general eligibility requirements set forth

  2  in s. 1009.40.

  3         2.  Be accepted at Florida Agricultural and Mechanical

  4  University, Bethune-Cookman College, Edward Waters College, or

  5  Florida Memorial College.

  6         3.  Enroll as a full-time undergraduate student.

  7         4.  Earn a 3.0 grade point average on a 4.0 scale, or

  8  the equivalent, for high school subjects creditable toward a

  9  diploma.

10         (b)  In order to renew a scholarship awarded pursuant

11  to this section, a student must earn a minimum cumulative

12  grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale and complete 12

13  credits each term for which the student received the

14  scholarship.

15         (6)  The amount of the scholarship to be granted to

16  each recipient is $3,000 annually.  Priority in the awarding

17  of scholarships shall be given to students having financial

18  need as determined by the institution. If funds are

19  insufficient to provide the full amount of the scholarship

20  authorized in this section to each eligible applicant, the

21  institution may prorate available funds and make a partial

22  award to each eligible applicant. A student may not receive an

23  award for more than the equivalent of 8 semesters or 12

24  quarters over a period of 6 consecutive years, except that a

25  student who is participating in college-preparatory

26  instruction or who requires additional time to complete the

27  college-level communication and computation skills testing

28  program may continue to receive a scholarship while enrolled

29  for the purpose of receiving college-preparatory instruction

30  or while completing the testing program.

31  


                                 1011

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  The criteria and procedure for establishing

  2  standards of eligibility shall be determined by the

  3  department.  The department shall establish a rating system

  4  upon which the institutions shall award the scholarships.  The

  5  system must require a certification of eligibility issued by

  6  the postsecondary institution selected by the applicant.

  7         (8)  Scholarship moneys shall be transmitted to the

  8  president or the president's designee of the postsecondary

  9  institution that the recipient is attending. The president or

10  his or her designee shall submit a report annually to the

11  Department of Education on the scholarships. If a recipient

12  terminates his or her enrollment during the academic year, the

13  president or his or her designee shall refund the unused

14  portion of the scholarship to the department within 60 days.

15  If a recipient transfers from one of the institutions listed

16  in subsection (1) to another of those institutions, the

17  recipient's scholarship is transferable upon approval of the

18  department.

19         (9)  This section shall be implemented in any academic

20  year to the extent funded and authorized by law.

21         (10)  The State Board of Education may adopt any rules

22  necessary to implement the provisions of this section.

23         Section 456.  Section 1009.74, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1009.74  The Theodore R. and Vivian M. Johnson

26  Scholarship Program.--

27         (1)  There is established the Theodore R. and Vivian M.

28  Johnson Scholarship Program to be administered by the

29  Department of Education. The program shall provide

30  scholarships to students attending a state university. The

31  program shall be funded by contributions from the Theodore R.


                                 1012

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and Vivian M. Johnson Scholarship Foundation and from state

  2  matching funds to be allocated from the Trust Fund for Major

  3  Gifts.

  4         (2)  The amount to be allocated to the program shall be

  5  on the basis of a 50-percent match of funds from the Trust

  6  Fund for Major Gifts for each contribution received from the

  7  Theodore R. and Vivian M. Johnson Scholarship Foundation. The

  8  funds allocated to the program, including the corpus and

  9  interest income, shall be expended for scholarships to benefit

10  disabled students attending a state university.

11         (3)  Students eligible for receipt of scholarship funds

12  shall provide documentation of a disability and shall have a

13  demonstrated financial need for the funds.

14         Section 457.  Section 1009.76, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1009.76  Ethics in Business Scholarship Program for

17  state universities.--The Ethics in Business Scholarship

18  Program for state universities is hereby created, to be

19  administered by the Department of Education. Moneys

20  appropriated and allocated to university foundations for

21  purposes of the program shall be used to create endowments for

22  the purpose of providing scholarships to undergraduate college

23  students enrolled in state institutions of higher learning who

24  register for one or more credit hours in courses in business

25  ethics and who have demonstrated a commitment to serving the

26  interests of their community. First priority for awarding such

27  scholarships shall be given to students who demonstrate

28  financial need.

29         Section 458.  Section 1009.765, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1013

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.765  Ethics in Business scholarships for community

  2  colleges and independent postsecondary educational

  3  institutions.--When the Department of Insurance receives a $6

  4  million settlement as specified in the Consent Order of the

  5  Treasurer and Insurance Commissioner, case number 18900-96-c,

  6  that portion of the $6 million not used to satisfy the

  7  requirements of section 18 of the Consent Order must be

  8  transferred from the Insurance Commissioner's Regulatory Trust

  9  Fund to the State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund is

10  appropriated from the State Student Financial Assistance Trust

11  Fund to provide Ethics in Business scholarships to students

12  enrolled in public community colleges and independent

13  postsecondary educational institutions eligible to participate

14  in the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant

15  Program under s. 1009.89. The funds shall be allocated to

16  institutions for scholarships in the following ratio:

17  Two-thirds for community colleges and one-third for eligible

18  independent institutions. The Department of Education shall

19  administer the scholarship program for students attending

20  community colleges and independent institutions. These funds

21  must be allocated to institutions that provide an equal amount

22  of matching funds generated by private donors for the purpose

23  of providing Ethics in Business scholarships. Public funds may

24  not be used to provide the match, nor may funds collected for

25  other purposes. Notwithstanding any other provision of law,

26  the State Board of Administration shall have the authority to

27  invest the funds appropriated under this section. The

28  Department of Education may adopt rules for administration of

29  the program.

30         Section 459.  Section 1009.77, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1014

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.77  Florida Work Experience Program.--

  2         (1)  There is established the Florida Work Experience

  3  Program to be administered by the Department of Education. The

  4  purpose of the program is to introduce eligible students to

  5  work experience that will complement and reinforce their

  6  educational program and career goals and provide a self-help

  7  student aid program. Such program shall be available to:

  8         (a)  Any student attending a state university or

  9  community college authorized by Florida law; or

10         (b)  Any student attending a nonprofit Florida

11  postsecondary education institution that is eligible to

12  participate in either of the student assistance grant programs

13  established in ss. 1009.51 and 1009.52.

14         (2)(a)  A participating institution may use up to 25

15  percent of its program allocation for student employment

16  within the institution.

17         (b)  A participating institution may use up to 10

18  percent of its program allocation for program administration.

19         (3)  Each participating institution is authorized to

20  enter into contractual agreements with private or public

21  employers for the purpose of establishing a Florida work

22  experience program.

23         (4)  The participating postsecondary educational

24  institution shall be responsible for reimbursing employers for

25  student wages from moneys it receives from the trust fund

26  pursuant to subsection (8).  Public elementary or secondary

27  school employers shall be reimbursed for 100 percent of the

28  student's wages by the participating institution.  All other

29  employers shall be reimbursed for 70 percent of the student's

30  wages.  When a college or university employs a student on

31  campus through this program, other student financial aid funds


                                 1015

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may not be used to fund the institution's 30-percent portion

  2  of the student's wages.

  3         (5)  The employer is responsible for furnishing the

  4  full cost of any mandatory benefits.  Such benefits may not be

  5  considered part of the 30-percent wage requirement total for

  6  matching purposes.

  7         (6)  A student is eligible to participate in the

  8  Florida Work Experience Program if the student:

  9         (a)  Is enrolled at an eligible college or university

10  as no less than a half-time undergraduate student in good

11  standing. However, a student may be employed during the break

12  between two consecutive terms or employed, although not

13  enrolled, during a term if the student was enrolled at least

14  half time during the preceding term and preregisters as no

15  less than a half-time student for the subsequent academic

16  term.  A student who attends an institution that does not

17  provide preregistration shall provide documentation of intent

18  to enroll as no less than a half-time student for the

19  subsequent academic term.

20         (b)  Meets the general requirements for student

21  eligibility as provided in s. 1009.40, except as otherwise

22  provided in this section.

23         (c)  Demonstrates financial need.

24         (d)  Maintains a 2.0 cumulative grade point average on

25  a 4.0 scale for all college work.

26         (7)  The Department of Education shall prescribe such

27  rules for the program as are necessary for its administration,

28  for the determination of eligibility and selection of

29  institutions to receive funds for students, to ensure the

30  proper expenditure of funds, and to provide an equitable

31  


                                 1016

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  distribution of funds between students at public and

  2  independent colleges and universities.

  3         (8)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

  4  Florida Work Experience Program shall be deposited in the

  5  State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund. The Comptroller

  6  shall authorize expenditures from the trust fund upon receipt

  7  of vouchers approved by the Department of Education. Any

  8  balance therein at the end of any fiscal year that has been

  9  allocated to the program shall remain therein and shall be

10  available for carrying out the purposes of the program.

11         Section 460.  Section 1009.78, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1009.78  Student Loan Program.--There is hereby created

14  a Student Loan Program, referred to in ss. 1009.78-1009.88 as

15  the program.

16         Section 461.  Section 1009.79, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1009.79  Issuance of revenue bonds pursuant to s. 15,

19  Art. VII, State Constitution.--

20         (1)  The issuance of revenue bonds to finance the

21  establishment of the program, to be payable primarily from

22  payments of interest, principal, and handling charges to the

23  program from the recipients of the loans, and with the other

24  revenues authorized hereby being pledged as additional

25  security, is hereby authorized, subject and pursuant to the

26  provisions of s. 15, Art. VII, State Constitution; the State

27  Bond Act, ss. 215.57-215.83; and ss. 1009.78-1009.88.

28         (2)  The amount of such revenue bonds to be issued

29  shall be determined by the Division of Bond Finance of the

30  State Board of Administration.  However, the total principal

31  


                                 1017

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  amount outstanding shall not exceed $80 million, other than

  2  refunding bonds issued pursuant to s. 215.79.

  3         Section 462.  Section 1009.80, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.80  Approval of loans; administration of

  6  program.--

  7         (1)  The loans to be made with the proceeds of the

  8  program shall be determined and approved by the Department of

  9  Education, pursuant to rules promulgated by the State Board of

10  Education.  The program shall be administered by the

11  Department of Education as provided by law and the proceeds

12  thereof shall be maintained and secured in the same manner as

13  other public trust funds.

14         (2)  The Department of Education may contract for the

15  purchase of federally insured student loans to be made by

16  other eligible lenders under the guaranteed student loan

17  program; however, any such loans must comply with all

18  applicable requirements of s. 15, Art. VII of the State

19  Constitution, ss. 1009.78-1009.88, the rules of the State

20  Board of Education relating to the guaranteed student loan

21  program, and the proceedings authorizing the student loan

22  revenue bonds, and the loans so purchased shall have been made

23  during the period specified in the contract.

24         (3)  The Department of Education may sell loan notes

25  acquired pursuant to ss. 1009.78-1009.88 to the federally

26  created Student Loan Marketing Association or another

27  federally authorized holder of such notes. The department may

28  also repurchase loan notes from authorized holders of such

29  notes.  The department shall comply with applicable federal

30  law and regulations and the provisions of any agreement with

31  


                                 1018

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the Student Loan Marketing Association or the other authorized

  2  holders.

  3         Section 463.  Section 1009.81, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.81  Loan agreements.--The Department of Education

  6  may enter into loan agreements between the department and the

  7  recipients of loans from the program for such periods and

  8  under such other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by

  9  the applicable rules and regulations and mutually agreed upon

10  by the parties thereto in order to carry out the purposes of

11  s. 15, Art. VII, State Constitution and ss. 1009.78-1009.88.

12         Section 464.  Section 1009.82, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1009.82  Terms of loans.--The term of all authorized

15  loans shall be fixed by rules adopted by the state board and

16  the loan agreements to be entered into with the student

17  borrowers.

18         Section 465.  Section 1009.83, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1009.83  Rate of interest and other charges.--The

21  Department of Education shall from time to time fix the

22  interest and other charges to be paid for any student loan, at

23  rates sufficient to pay the interest on revenue bonds issued

24  pursuant to ss. 1009.78-1009.88, plus any costs incident to

25  issuance, sale, security, and retirement thereof, including

26  administrative expenses.

27         Section 466.  Section 1009.84, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1009.84  Procurement of insurance as security for

30  loans.--The Department of Education may contract with any

31  insurance company or companies licensed to do business in the


                                 1019

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  state for insurance payable in the event of the death or total

  2  disability of any student borrower in an amount sufficient to

  3  retire the principal and interest owed under a loan made as

  4  provided in ss. 1009.78-1009.88. The cost of any insurance

  5  purchased under this section shall be paid by the student

  6  borrower as a part of the handling charges for the loan or as

  7  a separate item to be paid in connection with the loan.

  8         Section 467.  Section 1009.85, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1009.85  Participation in guaranteed student loan

11  program.--The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

12  necessary for participation in the guaranteed student loan

13  program, as provided by the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20

14  U.S.C. ss. 1071 et seq.), as amended or as may be amended. The

15  intent of this act is to authorize student loans when this

16  state, through the Department of Education, has become an

17  eligible lender under the provisions of the applicable federal

18  laws providing for the guarantee of loans to students and the

19  partial payment of interest on such loans by the United States

20  Government.

21         Section 468.  Section 1009.86, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1009.86  Student Loan Operating Trust Fund.--

24         (1)  The Student Loan Operating Trust Fund is hereby

25  created, to be administered by the Department of Education.

26  Funds shall be credited to the trust fund pursuant to the

27  Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, from loan processing

28  and issuance fees, administrative cost allowances, account

29  maintenance fees, default aversion fees, amounts remaining

30  from collection of defaulted loans, amounts borrowed from the

31  Student Loan Guaranty Reserve Fund, and other amounts


                                 1020

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  specified in federal regulation. The purpose of the trust fund

  2  is to segregate funds used for administration of the

  3  guaranteed student loan program from the reserve funds used to

  4  guarantee student loans contained in the Student Loan Guaranty

  5  Reserve Fund. The fund is exempt from the service charges

  6  imposed by s. 215.20.

  7         (2)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301 and

  8  pursuant to s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the

  9  end of any fiscal year shall remain in the trust fund at the

10  end of the year and shall be available for carrying out the

11  purposes of the trust fund.

12         (3)  Pursuant to the provisions of s. 19(f)(2), Art.

13  III of the State Constitution, the trust fund shall, unless

14  terminated sooner, be terminated on July 1, 2003. However,

15  prior to its scheduled termination, the trust fund shall be

16  reviewed as provided in s. 215.3206(1) and (2).

17         Section 469.  Section 1009.87, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1009.87  Provisions of ss. 1009.78-1009.88

20  cumulative.--The provisions of ss. 1009.78-1009.88 shall be in

21  addition to the other provisions of this chapter and shall not

22  be construed to be in derogation thereof, except as otherwise

23  expressly provided hereby.

24         Section 470.  Section 1009.88, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1009.88  Validation of bonds.--Revenue bonds issued

27  pursuant to ss. 1009.78-1009.88 shall be validated in the

28  manner provided by chapter 75. In actions to validate such

29  revenue bonds, the complaint shall be filed in the circuit

30  court of the county where the seat of state government is

31  situated, the notice required by s. 75.06 to be published


                                 1021

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall be published only in the county where the complaint is

  2  filed, and the complaint and order of the circuit court shall

  3  be served only on the attorney of the circuit in which the

  4  action is pending.

  5         Section 471.  Section 1009.89, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1009.89  The William L. Boyd, IV, Florida resident

  8  access grants.--

  9         (1)  The Legislature finds and declares that

10  independent nonprofit colleges and universities eligible to

11  participate in the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident

12  Access Grant Program are an integral part of the higher

13  education system in this state and that a significant number

14  of state residents choose this form of higher education. The

15  Legislature further finds that a strong and viable system of

16  independent nonprofit colleges and universities reduces the

17  tax burden on the citizens of the state. Because the William

18  L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant Program is not

19  related to a student's financial need or other criteria upon

20  which financial aid programs are based, it is the intent of

21  the Legislature that the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident

22  Access Grant Program not be considered a financial aid program

23  but rather a tuition assistance program for its citizens.

24         (2)  The William L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access

25  Grant Program shall be administered by the Department of

26  Education. The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for

27  the administration of the program.

28         (3)  The department shall issue through the program a

29  William L. Boyd, IV, Florida resident access grant to any

30  full-time degree-seeking undergraduate student registered at

31  an independent nonprofit college or university which is


                                 1022

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  located in and chartered by the state; which is accredited by

  2  the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of

  3  Colleges and Schools; which grants baccalaureate degrees;

  4  which is not a state university or state community college;

  5  and which has a secular purpose, so long as the receipt of

  6  state aid by students at the institution would not have the

  7  primary effect of advancing or impeding religion or result in

  8  an excessive entanglement between the state and any religious

  9  sect. Any independent college or university that was eligible

10  to receive tuition vouchers on January 1, 1989, and which

11  continues to meet the criteria under which its eligibility was

12  established, shall remain eligible to receive William L. Boyd,

13  IV, Florida resident access grant payments.

14         (4)  A person is eligible to receive such William L.

15  Boyd, IV, Florida resident access grant if:

16         (a)  He or she meets the general requirements,

17  including residency, for student eligibility as provided in s.

18  1009.40, except as otherwise provided in this section; and

19         (b)1.  He or she is enrolled as a full-time

20  undergraduate student at an eligible college or university;

21         2.  He or she is not enrolled in a program of study

22  leading to a degree in theology or divinity; and

23         3.  He or she is making satisfactory academic progress

24  as defined by the college or university in which he or she is

25  enrolled.

26         (5)(a)  Funding for the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida

27  Resident Access Grant Program shall be based on a formula

28  composed of planned enrollment and the state cost of funding

29  undergraduate enrollment at public institutions pursuant to s.

30  1011.90. The amount of the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida

31  resident access grant issued to a full-time student shall be


                                 1023

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  an amount as specified in the General Appropriations Act. The

  2  William L. Boyd, IV, Florida resident access grant may be paid

  3  on a prorated basis in advance of the registration period. The

  4  department shall make such payments to the college or

  5  university in which the student is enrolled for credit to the

  6  student's account for payment of tuition and fees.

  7  Institutions shall certify to the department the amount of

  8  funds disbursed to each student and shall remit to the

  9  department any undisbursed advances or refunds within 60 days

10  of the end of regular registration. Students shall not be

11  eligible to receive the award for more than 9 semesters or 14

12  quarters, except as otherwise provided in s. 1009.40(3).

13         (b)  If the combined amount of the William L. Boyd, IV,

14  Florida resident access grant issued pursuant to this act and

15  all other scholarships and grants for tuition or fees exceeds

16  the amount charged to the student for tuition and fees, the

17  department shall reduce the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida

18  resident access grant issued pursuant to this act by an amount

19  equal to such excess.

20         (6)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

21  William L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant Program

22  shall be deposited in the State Student Financial Assistance

23  Trust Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301 and

24  pursuant to s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the

25  end of any fiscal year which has been allocated to the William

26  L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant Program shall

27  remain therein and shall be available for carrying out the

28  purposes of this section. If the number of eligible students

29  exceeds the total authorized in the General Appropriations

30  Act, an institution may use its own resources to assure that

31  


                                 1024

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  each eligible student receives the full benefit of the grant

  2  amount authorized.

  3         Section 472.  Section 1009.895, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.895  Access to Better Learning and Education

  6  Grants.--

  7         (1)  The Access to Better Learning and Education Grant

  8  Program is established to provide tuition assistance to

  9  eligible Florida residents attending eligible independent

10  postsecondary educational institutions in the state.

11         (2)  The Access to Better Learning and Education Grant

12  Program shall be administered by the Department of Education.

13  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for the

14  administration of the program.

15         (3)  The department shall issue through the program an

16  Access to Better Learning and Education Grant to any full-time

17  degree-seeking undergraduate student registered at an

18  independent college or university, which is located in and

19  chartered by the state; which is accredited by the Commission

20  on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and

21  Schools; which grants baccalaureate degrees; and which is not

22  a state university or public community college or an

23  institution the students of which are eligible to receive a

24  William L. Boyd, IV, Florida resident access grant pursuant to

25  s. 1009.89; provided that the receipt of state aid by students

26  at the institution would not have the primary effect of

27  advancing or impeding religion or result in an excessive

28  entanglement between the state and any religious sect.

29         (4)  A person is eligible to receive an Access to

30  Better Learning and Education Grant if:

31  


                                 1025

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  He or she meets the general requirements,

  2  including residency, for student eligibility as provided in s.

  3  1009.40, except as otherwise provided in this section.

  4         (b)1.  He or she is enrolled as a full-time

  5  undergraduate student at an eligible college or university.

  6         2.  He or she is not enrolled in a program of study

  7  leading to a degree in theology or divinity.

  8         3.  He or she is making satisfactory academic progress

  9  as defined by the college or university in which he or she is

10  enrolled.

11         (5)(a)  Funding for the Access to Better Learning and

12  Education Grant Program shall be based on a formula composed

13  of planned enrollment and the state cost of funding

14  undergraduate enrollment at public educational institutions

15  pursuant to s. 1011.90. The amount of the Access to Better

16  Learning and Education Grant issued to a full-time student

17  shall be an amount as specified in the General Appropriations

18  Act. The access grant may be paid on a prorated basis in

19  advance of the registration period. The department shall make

20  such payments to the college or university in which the

21  student is enrolled for credit to the student's account for

22  payment of tuition and fees. Institutions shall certify to the

23  department the amount of funds disbursed to each student and

24  shall remit to the department any undisbursed advances or

25  refunds within 60 days of the end of regular registration.

26  Students shall not be eligible to receive the award for more

27  than 9 semesters or 14 quarters, except as otherwise provided

28  in s. 1009.40(3).

29         (b)  If the combined amount of the Access to Better

30  Learning and Education Grant issued pursuant to this section

31  and all other scholarships and grants for tuition or fees


                                 1026

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  exceeds the amount charged to the student for tuition and

  2  fees, the department shall reduce the grant issued pursuant to

  3  this section by an amount equal to such excess.

  4         (6)  Funds appropriated by the Legislature for the

  5  Access to Better Learning and Education Grant Program shall be

  6  deposited in the State Student Financial Assistance Trust

  7  Fund. Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301 and

  8  pursuant to s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the

  9  end of any fiscal year which has been allocated to the Access

10  to Better Learning and Education Grant Program shall remain

11  therein and shall be available for carrying out the purposes

12  of this section. If the number of eligible students exceeds

13  the total authorized in the General Appropriations Act, an

14  institution may use its own resources to ensure that each

15  eligible student receives the full benefit of the grant amount

16  authorized.

17         Section 473.  Part III.c. of chapter 1009, Florida

18  Statutes, shall be entitled "Role of the Department of

19  Education" and shall consist of ss. 1009.90-1009.96.

20         Section 474.  Section 1009.90, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.90  Duties of the Department of Education.--The

23  duties of the department shall include:

24         (1)  Administration of this part and rules adopted by

25  the State Board of Education.

26         (2)  Administration of federal funding, insurance, or

27  reinsurance in full compliance with applicable federal laws

28  and regulations.

29         (3)  Development of written administrative procedures

30  and controls for the administration of each financial aid

31  program conducted by the office, maintenance of program


                                 1027

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  records and documents, timely collection and remittance of

  2  insurance premiums, and timely assignment of defaulted loans

  3  to collection agencies.

  4         (4)  Annual compilation of sources of financial aid

  5  available to students in this state.

  6         (5)  Biennial analysis of the amount of available

  7  financial aid moneys and the effect of such moneys on student

  8  access to postsecondary institutions.

  9         (6)  Biennial internal evaluation of the administrative

10  efficiency and effectiveness of the office.

11         (7)  Annual assessment of the accuracy of eligibility

12  information from a random sample of award recipients.

13         (8)  Annual review of procedures for the distribution

14  of state financial aid funds.

15         (9)  Development and submission of a report, annually,

16  to the State Board of Education, the President of the Senate,

17  and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, which shall

18  include, but not be limited to, recommendations for the

19  distribution of state financial aid funds.

20         (10)  Development and evaluation of a comprehensive,

21  long-range program of all sources of student financial aid.

22         (11)  Dissemination of information on available

23  financial aid programs to district school superintendents and

24  other persons who request such information.

25         (12)  Calculation of the amount of need-based student

26  financial aid required to offset fee increases recommended by

27  the State Board of Education and inclusion of such amount

28  within the legislative budget request for student assistance

29  grant programs.

30         Section 475.  Section 1009.91, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1028

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.91  Assistance programs and activities of the

  2  department.--

  3         (1)  The department may contract for the administration

  4  of the student financial assistance programs as specifically

  5  provided in ss. 295.01, 1009.29, 1009.56, and 1009.78.

  6         (2)  The department may contract to provide the

  7  planning and development activities required pursuant to the

  8  provisions of this part.

  9         (3)  The department shall administer the guarantee of

10  student loans made by participating commercial financial

11  institutions in such a manner as to fully comply with

12  applicable provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as

13  amended, relating to loan reinsurance.

14         (4)  The department shall maintain records on the

15  student loan default rate of each Florida postsecondary

16  institution and report that information annually to both the

17  institution and the State Board of Education.

18         Section 476.  Section 1009.92, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1009.92  Funding for programs administered by the

21  department.--

22         (1)  In the preparation of its annual budget, the

23  department shall request that the Legislature continue to

24  provide funding for applicable programs from the General

25  Revenue Fund.

26         (2)  The department is authorized to expend moneys from

27  available trust funds in applicable student financial

28  assistance programs.

29         (3)  There is created a Student Loan Guaranty Reserve

30  Fund, which shall be administered by the department in

31  carrying out the provisions of this act.


                                 1029

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The principal sources of operating funds shall be

  2  from the earnings from the temporary investment of the Student

  3  Loan Guaranty Reserve Fund and from compensation for services

  4  performed under contract for the administration of student

  5  financial assistance programs pursuant to s. 1009.91.

  6         (5)  The department is authorized to accept grant funds

  7  under the Leveraging Educational Assistance Program and

  8  Supplemental Leveraging Educational Assistance Program of the

  9  Federal Government, as provided by the Higher Education Act of

10  1965, as amended.

11         (6)  The department is authorized to accept federal

12  advances for the establishment of the Student Loan Guaranty

13  Reserve Fund pursuant to the Higher Education Act of 1965, as

14  amended, under agreement with the United States Commissioner

15  of Education and to maintain such advances until recalled by

16  the United States Commissioner of Education.

17         (7)  The department is authorized to assess a student

18  loan insurance premium on each loan guaranteed by the

19  department. The amount of insurance premium will be determined

20  by the department in the amount sufficient to maintain the

21  pledged level of reserve funds but in no event may the amount

22  of the insurance premium exceed the maximum provided by

23  federal law.

24         (8)  The department shall invest, or contract for the

25  temporary investment of, any unencumbered cash, and the

26  interest earned therefrom, except as otherwise provided for by

27  law or covenant, shall accrue to the Student Loan Guaranty

28  Reserve Fund or for the administration of financial aid

29  programs.

30         Section 477.  Section 1009.93, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1030

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.93  Student financial aid planning and

  2  development.--

  3         (1)  The department shall administer a student

  4  financial aid planning and development program. It is the

  5  intent of the Legislature that a specific sum of funds be

  6  allocated each year for the purpose of sponsoring the design,

  7  development, and implementation of a comprehensive program of

  8  student financial aid and of initiating activities of

  9  inservice training for student financial aid administrators

10  and activities to encourage maximum lender participation in

11  guaranteed loans.

12         (2)  The objective of a state program is the

13  maintenance of a state student financial aid program to

14  supplement a basic national program which will provide equal

15  access to postsecondary education to citizens of this state

16  who have the ability and motivation to benefit from a

17  postsecondary education. In the development of a state program

18  to achieve this objective, it shall be the policy that:

19         (a)  State student financial aid be provided primarily

20  on the basis of financial need;

21         (b)  Students receiving need-based financial aid be

22  expected to contribute toward their cost of education through

23  self-help resources such as savings, work, and loans;

24         (c)  Student financial aid be available to state

25  residents for attendance at accredited public or private

26  institutions of higher education in this state;

27         (d)  Student financial aid be provided for all levels

28  of postsecondary education; and

29         (e)  State student financial aid be administered by a

30  central state agency.

31  


                                 1031

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Planning and development must be in accordance with the

  2  foregoing objective and policies.

  3         (3)  The planning and development procedures shall

  4  provide for:

  5         (a)  The review of public policy;

  6         (b)  The development of performance objectives;

  7         (c)  The development of alternate approaches;

  8         (d)  The evaluation of performance; and

  9         (e)  The participation and involvement in the planning

10  process of representatives of the groups affected by a state

11  program of student financial aid.

12         (4)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

13  providing for the verification of the independent status of

14  state financial aid recipients.

15         (5)  The department shall encourage industry and

16  education linkages through the development of temporary

17  employment opportunities for students attending postsecondary

18  institutions in this state.

19         Section 478.  Section 1009.94, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1009.94  Student financial assistance database.--

22         (1)  The Department of Education shall design and

23  maintain a student financial assistance database that can be

24  used to support all aspects of the administration and delivery

25  of state-funded student financial aid.  In addition, the

26  database must have the capability of providing policymakers

27  with comprehensive information regarding the various financial

28  assistance programs available to students attending Florida

29  postsecondary education institutions.

30         (2)  For purposes of this section, financial assistance

31  includes:


                                 1032

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  For all students, any scholarship, grant, loan,

  2  fee waiver, tuition assistance payment, or other form of

  3  compensation provided from state or federal funds.

  4         (b)  For students attending public institutions, any

  5  scholarship, grant, loan, fee waiver, tuition assistance

  6  payment, or other form of compensation supported by

  7  institutional funds.

  8         (3)  The database must include records on any student

  9  receiving any form of financial assistance as described in

10  subsection (2).  Institutions participating in any state

11  financial assistance program shall annually submit such

12  information to the Department of Education in a format

13  prescribed by the department and consistent with the

14  provisions of s. 1002.22.

15         Section 479.  Section 1009.95, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1009.95  Delinquent accounts.--

18         (1)  The Department of Education is directed to exert

19  every lawful and reasonable effort to collect all delinquent

20  unpaid and uncanceled scholarship loan notes, student loan

21  notes, and defaulted guaranteed loan notes.

22         (2)  The department may establish a recovery account

23  into which unpaid and uncanceled scholarship loan note,

24  student loan note, and defaulted guaranteed loan note accounts

25  may be transferred.

26         (3)  The department may settle any delinquent unpaid

27  and uncanceled scholarship loan notes, student loan notes, and

28  defaulted guaranteed loan notes and employ the service of a

29  collection agent when deemed advisable in collecting

30  delinquent or defaulted accounts. However, no collection agent

31  may be paid a commission in excess of 35 percent of the amount


                                 1033

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  collected. Any expense incurred by the department in enforcing

  2  the collection of a loan note may be borne by the signer of

  3  the note and may be added to the amount of the principal of

  4  such note.

  5         (4)  The department may charge off unpaid and

  6  uncanceled scholarship loan notes and student loan notes which

  7  are at least 3 years delinquent and which prove uncollectible

  8  after good faith collection efforts.  However, a delinquent

  9  account with a past due balance of $25 or less may be charged

10  off as uncollectible when it becomes 6 months past due and the

11  cost of further collection effort or assignment to a

12  collection agent would not be warranted.

13         (5)  No individual borrower who has been determined to

14  be in default in making legally required scholarship loan,

15  student loan, or guaranteed loan repayments shall be furnished

16  with his or her academic transcripts or other student records

17  until such time as the loan is paid in full or the default

18  status has been removed.

19         (6)  The department may charge an individual borrower

20  who has been determined to be in default in making legally

21  required loan repayments the maximum interest rate authorized

22  by law.

23         (7)  The State Board of Education shall adopt such

24  rules as are necessary to regulate the collection, settlement,

25  and charging off of delinquent unpaid and uncanceled

26  scholarship loan notes, student loan notes, and defaulted

27  guaranteed loan notes.

28         Section 480.  Section 1009.96, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1009.96  Annual review of financial assistance

31  programs.--All new and existing financial assistance programs


                                 1034

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorized under this chapter which are not funded for 3

  2  consecutive years after enactment shall stand repealed.

  3  Financial assistance programs provided under this part on July

  4  1, 1992, which lose funding for 3 consecutive years shall

  5  stand repealed. The Department of Education shall annually

  6  review the legislative appropriation for financial assistance

  7  programs to identify such programs.

  8         Section 481.  Part IV of chapter 1009, Florida

  9  Statutes, shall be entitled "Prepaid College Board Programs"

10  and shall consist of ss. 1009.97-1009.984.

11         Section 482.  Section 1009.97, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1009.97  General provisions.--

14         (1)  LEGISLATIVE FINDING; EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY.--The

15  Legislature recognizes that educational opportunity at the

16  postsecondary level is a critical state interest and is best

17  ensured through the provision of postsecondary institutions

18  that are geographically and financially accessible, that

19  affordability and accessibility of higher education are

20  essential to the welfare and well-being of the residents of

21  the state and are a critical state interest, and that

22  promoting and enhancing financial access to postsecondary

23  institutions serve a legitimate public purpose.

24         (2)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--It is the intent of the

25  Legislature that a prepaid program be established through

26  which many of the costs associated with postsecondary

27  attendance may be paid in advance and fixed at a guaranteed

28  level for the duration of undergraduate enrollment and that

29  this program fosters timely financial planning for

30  postsecondary attendance and to encourage employer

31  participation in such planning through program contributions


                                 1035

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  on behalf of employees and the dependents of employees. It is

  2  further the intent of the Legislature that a savings program

  3  be established as a supplement and alternative to the prepaid

  4  program to allow persons to make contributions to a trust

  5  account to meet some or all of the qualified higher education

  6  expenses of a designated beneficiary, consistent with federal

  7  law authorizing such programs, but without a guarantee by the

  8  state that such contributions, together with the investment

  9  return on such contributions, if any, will be adequate to pay

10  for qualified higher education expenses, to enable

11  participants to save for qualified higher education expenses,

12  and to provide a choice to persons who determine that the

13  overall educational needs of their families are best suited to

14  a savings program or who wish to save to meet postsecondary

15  educational needs beyond the traditional 4-year curriculum.

16  Finally, the Legislature intends that the prepaid program and

17  the savings program be conducted in a manner to maximize

18  program efficiency and effectiveness.

19         (3)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in ss. 1009.97-1009.984, the

20  term:

21         (a)  "Advance payment contract" means a contract

22  entered into by the board and a purchaser pursuant to s.

23  1009.98.

24         (b)  "Board" means the Florida Prepaid College Board.

25         (c)  "Trust fund" means the Florida Prepaid College

26  Trust Fund.

27         (d)  "Prepaid program" means the Florida Prepaid

28  College Program established pursuant to s. 1009.98.

29         (e)  "Purchaser" means a person who makes or is

30  obligated to make advance registration or dormitory residence

31  payments in accordance with an advance payment contract.


                                 1036

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  "Qualified beneficiary" means:

  2         1.  A resident of this state at the time a purchaser

  3  enters into an advance payment contract on behalf of the

  4  resident;

  5         2.  A nonresident who is the child of a noncustodial

  6  parent who is a resident of this state at the time that such

  7  parent enters into an advance payment contract on behalf of

  8  the child; or

  9         3.  For purposes of advance payment contracts entered

10  into pursuant to s. 1009.983, a graduate of an accredited high

11  school in this state who is a resident of this state at the

12  time he or she is designated to receive the benefits of the

13  advance payment contract.

14         (g)  "Registration fee" means tuition fee, financial

15  aid fee, building fee, and Capital Improvement Trust Fund fee.

16         (h)  "State postsecondary institution" means any public

17  community college or state university.

18         (i)  "Benefactor" means any person making a deposit,

19  payment, contribution, gift, or other expenditure into the

20  savings program.

21         (j)  "Designated beneficiary" means:

22         1.  Any individual designated in the participation

23  agreement;

24         2.  Any individual defined in s. 152(a)(1)-(8) of the

25  Internal Revenue Code; or

26         3.  Any individual receiving a scholarship from

27  interests in the program purchased by a state or local

28  government or an organization described in s. 501(c)(3) of the

29  Internal Revenue Code.

30         (k)  "Eligible educational institution" means an

31  institution of higher education that qualifies under s. 529 of


                                 1037

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the Internal Revenue Code as an eligible educational

  2  institution.

  3         (l)  "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue

  4  Code of 1986, as defined in s. 220.03(1), and regulations

  5  adopted pursuant thereto.

  6         (m)  "Participation agreement" means an agreement

  7  between the board and a benefactor for participation in the

  8  savings program for a designated beneficiary.

  9         (n)  "Savings program" means the Florida College

10  Savings Program established pursuant to s. 1009.981.

11         (o)  "Qualified higher education expenses" means higher

12  education expenses permitted under s. 529 of the Internal

13  Revenue Code and required for the enrollment or attendance of

14  a designated beneficiary at an eligible educational

15  institution, including undergraduate and graduate schools, and

16  any other higher education expenses that are permitted under

17  s. 529 of the Internal Revenue Code.

18         (p)  "Prepaid fund" means the fund within the trust

19  fund into which moneys belonging to the prepaid program are

20  deposited and held.

21         (q)  "Savings fund" means the fund within the trust

22  fund into which moneys belonging to the savings program are

23  deposited and held.

24         Section 483.  Section 1009.971, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1009.971  Florida Prepaid College Board.--

27         (1)  FLORIDA PREPAID COLLEGE BOARD; CREATION.--The

28  Florida Prepaid College Board is hereby created as a body

29  corporate with all the powers of a body corporate for the

30  purposes delineated in this section. The board shall

31  administer the prepaid program and the savings program, and


                                 1038

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall perform essential governmental functions as provided in

  2  ss. 1009.97-1009.984. For the purposes of s. 6, Art. IV of the

  3  State Constitution, the board shall be assigned to and

  4  administratively housed within the State Board of

  5  Administration, but it shall independently exercise the powers

  6  and duties specified in ss. 1009.97-1009.984.

  7         (2)  FLORIDA PREPAID COLLEGE BOARD; MEMBERSHIP.--The

  8  board shall consist of seven members to be composed of the

  9  Attorney General, the Chief Financial Officer, the Deputy

10  Commissioner of Colleges and Universities, the Deputy

11  Commissioner of Community Colleges, and three members

12  appointed by the Governor and subject to confirmation by the

13  Senate. Each member appointed by the Governor shall possess

14  knowledge, skill, and experience in the areas of accounting,

15  actuary, risk management, or investment management. Each

16  member of the board not appointed by the Governor may name a

17  designee to serve on the board on behalf of the member;

18  however, any designee so named shall meet the qualifications

19  required of gubernatorial appointees to the board. Members

20  appointed by the Governor shall serve terms of 3 years. Any

21  person appointed to fill a vacancy on the board shall be

22  appointed in a like manner and shall serve for only the

23  unexpired term. Any member shall be eligible for reappointment

24  and shall serve until a successor qualifies. Members of the

25  board shall serve without compensation but shall be reimbursed

26  for per diem and travel in accordance with s. 112.061. Each

27  member of the board shall file a full and public disclosure of

28  his or her financial interests pursuant to s. 8, Art. II of

29  the State Constitution and corresponding statute.

30         (3)  FLORIDA PREPAID COLLEGE BOARD; ELECTIONS;

31  MEETINGS.--The board shall annually elect a board member to


                                 1039

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  serve as chair and a board member to serve as vice chair and

  2  shall designate a secretary-treasurer who need not be a member

  3  of the board. The secretary-treasurer shall keep a record of

  4  the proceedings of the board and shall be the custodian of all

  5  printed material filed with or by the board and of its

  6  official seal.  Notwithstanding the existence of vacancies on

  7  the board, a majority of the members shall constitute a

  8  quorum. The board shall take no official action in the absence

  9  of a quorum.  The board shall meet, at a minimum, on a

10  quarterly basis at the call of the chair.

11         (4)  FLORIDA PREPAID COLLEGE BOARD; POWERS AND

12  DUTIES.--The board shall have the powers and duties necessary

13  or proper to carry out the provisions of ss. 1009.97-1009.984,

14  including, but not limited to, the power and duty to:

15         (a)  Appoint an executive director to serve as the

16  chief administrative and operational officer of the board and

17  to perform other duties assigned to him or her by the board.

18         (b)  Adopt an official seal and rules.

19         (c)  Sue and be sued.

20         (d)  Make and execute contracts and other necessary

21  instruments.

22         (e)  Establish agreements or other transactions with

23  federal, state, and local agencies, including state

24  universities and community colleges.

25         (f)  Administer the trust fund in a manner that is

26  sufficiently actuarially sound to defray the obligations of

27  the prepaid program and the savings program, considering the

28  separate purposes and objectives of each program. The board

29  shall annually evaluate or cause to be evaluated the actuarial

30  soundness of the prepaid fund. If the board perceives a need

31  for additional assets in order to preserve actuarial soundness


                                 1040

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of the prepaid program, the board may adjust the terms of

  2  subsequent advance payment contracts to ensure such soundness.

  3         (g)  Invest funds not required for immediate

  4  disbursement.

  5         (h)  Appear in its own behalf before boards,

  6  commissions, or other governmental agencies.

  7         (i)  Hold, buy, and sell any instruments, obligations,

  8  securities, and property determined appropriate by the board.

  9         (j)  Require a reasonable length of state residence for

10  qualified beneficiaries.

11         (k)  Segregate contributions and payments to the trust

12  fund into the appropriate fund.

13         (l)  Procure and contract for goods and services,

14  employ personnel, and engage the services of private

15  consultants, actuaries, managers, legal counsel, and auditors

16  in a manner determined to be necessary and appropriate by the

17  board.

18         (m)  Solicit and accept gifts, grants, loans, and other

19  aids from any source or participate in any other way in any

20  government program to carry out the purposes of ss.

21  1009.97-1009.984.

22         (n)  Require and collect administrative fees and

23  charges in connection with any transaction and impose

24  reasonable penalties, including default, for delinquent

25  payments or for entering into an advance payment contract or a

26  participation agreement on a fraudulent basis.

27         (o)  Procure insurance against any loss in connection

28  with the property, assets, and activities of the trust fund or

29  the board.

30         (p)  Impose reasonable time limits on use of the

31  benefits provided by the prepaid program or savings program.


                                 1041

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  However, any such limitations shall be specified within the

  2  advance payment contract or the participation agreement,

  3  respectively.

  4         (q)  Delineate the terms and conditions under which

  5  payments may be withdrawn from the trust fund and impose

  6  reasonable fees and charges for such withdrawal. Such terms

  7  and conditions shall be specified within the advance payment

  8  contract or the participation agreement.

  9         (r)  Provide for the receipt of contributions in lump

10  sums or installment payments.

11         (s)  Require that purchasers of advance payment

12  contracts or benefactors of participation agreements verify,

13  under oath, any requests for contract conversions,

14  substitutions, transfers, cancellations, refund requests, or

15  contract changes of any nature. Verification shall be

16  accomplished as authorized and provided for in s.

17  92.525(1)(a).

18         (t)  Delegate responsibility for administration of one

19  or both of the comprehensive investment plans required in s.

20  1009.973 to persons the board determines to be qualified. Such

21  persons shall be compensated by the board.

22         (u)  Endorse insurance coverage written exclusively for

23  the purpose of protecting advance payment contracts, and

24  participation agreements, and the purchasers, benefactors, and

25  beneficiaries thereof, including group life policies and group

26  disability policies, which are exempt from the provisions of

27  part V of chapter 627.

28         (v)  Form strategic alliances with public and private

29  entities to provide benefits to the prepaid program, savings

30  program, and participants of either or both programs.

31  


                                 1042

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (w)  Solicit proposals and contract, pursuant to s.

  2  287.057, for the marketing of the prepaid program or the

  3  savings program, or both together. Any materials produced for

  4  the purpose of marketing the prepaid program or the savings

  5  program shall be submitted to the board for review. No such

  6  materials shall be made available to the public before the

  7  materials are approved by the board. Any educational

  8  institution may distribute marketing materials produced for

  9  the prepaid program or the savings program; however, all such

10  materials shall be approved by the board prior to

11  distribution. Neither the state nor the board shall be liable

12  for misrepresentation of the prepaid program or the savings

13  program by a marketing agent.

14         (x)  Establish other policies, procedures, and criteria

15  to implement and administer the provisions of ss.

16  1009.97-1009.984.

17         (y)  Adopt procedures to govern contract dispute

18  proceedings between the board and its vendors.

19         (5)  FLORIDA PREPAID COLLEGE BOARD; CONTRACTUAL

20  SERVICES.--The board shall solicit proposals and contract,

21  pursuant to s. 287.057, for:

22         (a)  The services of records administrators.

23         (b)  Investment consultants to review the performance

24  of the board's investment managers and advise the board on

25  investment management and performance and investment policy,

26  including the contents of the comprehensive investment plans.

27         (c)  Trustee services firms to provide trustee and

28  related services to the board. The trustee services firm shall

29  agree to meet the obligations of the board to qualified

30  beneficiaries if moneys in the fund fail to offset the

31  


                                 1043

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  obligations of the board as a result of imprudent selection or

  2  supervision of investment programs by such firm.

  3         (d)  Investment managers to provide investment

  4  portfolios for the prepaid program or the savings program.

  5  Investment managers shall be limited to authorized insurers as

  6  defined in s. 624.09, banks as defined in s. 658.12,

  7  associations as defined in s. 665.012, authorized Securities

  8  and Exchange Commission investment advisers, and investment

  9  companies as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

10  All investment managers shall have their principal place of

11  business and corporate charter located and registered in the

12  United States. In addition, each investment manager shall

13  agree to meet the obligations of the board to qualified

14  beneficiaries if moneys in the fund fail to offset the

15  obligations of the board as a result of imprudent investing by

16  such provider. Each authorized insurer shall evidence superior

17  performance overall on an acceptable level of surety in

18  meeting its obligations to its policyholders and other

19  contractual obligations. Only qualified public depositories

20  approved by the Insurance Commissioner and Treasurer shall be

21  eligible for board consideration. Each investment company

22  shall provide investment plans as specified within the request

23  for proposals.

24  

25  The goals of the board in procuring such services shall be to

26  provide all purchasers and benefactors with the most secure,

27  well-diversified, and beneficially administered prepaid

28  program or savings program possible, to allow all qualified

29  firms interested in providing such services equal

30  consideration, and to provide such services to the state at no

31  cost and to the purchasers and benefactors at the lowest cost


                                 1044

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  possible. Evaluations of proposals submitted pursuant to this

  2  subsection shall include, but not be limited to, fees and

  3  other costs that are charged to purchasers or benefactors that

  4  affect account values, or that impact the operational costs of

  5  the prepaid program or the savings program; past experience

  6  and past performance in providing the required services;

  7  financial history and current financial strength and capital

  8  adequacy to provide the required services; and capabilities

  9  and experience of the proposed personnel that will provide the

10  required services.

11         (6)  QUALIFIED TUITION PROGRAM STATUS.--Notwithstanding

12  any other provision of ss. 1009.97-1009.984, the board may

13  adopt rules necessary for the prepaid program and the savings

14  program each to retain its status as a "qualified tuition

15  program" in order to maintain its tax exempt status or other

16  similar status of the program, purchasers, and qualified

17  beneficiaries under the Internal Revenue Code. The board shall

18  inform participants in the prepaid program and the savings

19  program of changes to the tax or securities status of advance

20  purchase contracts and participation agreements.

21         Section 484.  Section 1009.972, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1009.972  Florida Prepaid College Trust Fund.--

24         (1)  There is created within the State Board of

25  Administration the Florida Prepaid College Trust Fund. The

26  trust fund shall be segregated into two separate funds, the

27  prepaid fund and the savings fund.

28         (2)  The prepaid fund shall consist of state

29  appropriations, moneys acquired from other governmental or

30  private sources for the prepaid program, and moneys remitted

31  in accordance with advance payment contracts. Dividends,


                                 1045

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  interest, and gains accruing to the prepaid fund shall

  2  increase the total funds available for the prepaid program. If

  3  dividends, interest, and gains for the prepaid fund exceed the

  4  amount necessary for program administration and disbursements,

  5  the board may designate an additional percentage of the

  6  prepaid fund to serve as a contingency fund.

  7         (3)  The savings fund shall consist of appropriations,

  8  moneys acquired from other governmental or private sources for

  9  the savings program, and moneys remitted in accordance with

10  participation agreements. The amounts on deposit in the

11  savings fund shall remain therein and shall be available

12  solely for carrying out the purposes of the savings program.

13         (4)  Any balance contained within the trust fund, and

14  within each fund in the trust fund, at the end of a fiscal

15  year shall remain therein and shall be available for carrying

16  out the purposes of each respective program and the

17  direct-support organization established pursuant to s.

18  1009.983. Moneys contained within the trust fund shall be

19  exempt from the investment requirements of s. 18.10. All funds

20  deposited in the prepaid fund may be invested pursuant to s.

21  215.47. Any funds of a direct-support organization created

22  pursuant to s. 1009.983 shall be exempt from the provisions of

23  this section.

24         (5)  Notwithstanding the provisions of chapter 717,

25  funds associated with terminated advance payment contracts

26  pursuant to s. 1009.98(4)(k) and canceled contracts for which

27  no refunds have been claimed shall be retained by the board.

28  The board shall establish procedures for notifying purchasers

29  who subsequently cancel their advance payment contracts of any

30  unclaimed refund and shall establish a time period after which

31  no refund may be claimed by a purchaser who canceled a


                                 1046

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  contract. The board may transfer funds retained from such

  2  terminated advance payment contracts and cancelled contracts

  3  to the Florida Prepaid Tuition Scholarship Program to provide

  4  matching funds for prepaid tuition scholarships for

  5  economically disadvantaged youth that remain drug free and

  6  crime free.

  7         (6)  The assets of the prepaid fund and the savings

  8  fund shall be maintained, invested, and expended solely for

  9  the purposes of the prepaid program and the savings program,

10  respectively, and shall not be loaned, transferred, or

11  otherwise used by the state for any purpose other than the

12  purposes of ss. 1009.97-1009.984. This subsection shall not be

13  construed to prohibit the board from investing in, by purchase

14  or otherwise, bonds, notes, or other obligations of the state

15  or an agency or instrumentality of the state. Unless otherwise

16  specified by the board, assets of the prepaid fund and the

17  savings fund shall be expended in the following order of

18  priority:

19         (a)  To make payments to state postsecondary

20  institutions on behalf of qualified beneficiaries or

21  designated beneficiaries.

22         (b)  To make refunds upon termination of advance

23  payment contracts or participation agreements.

24         (c)  To pay the costs of administration and operations

25  for the prepaid program and the savings program.

26         Section 485.  Section 1009.973, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1009.973  Comprehensive investment plans.--The Florida

29  Prepaid College Board shall establish separate comprehensive

30  investment plans for the prepaid program and for the savings

31  program, each subject to the approval of the State Board of


                                 1047

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Administration. Each comprehensive investment plan shall

  2  specify the investment policies to be utilized by the board in

  3  its administration of each respective program. The board may

  4  place assets of each program in investment products pursuant

  5  to the comprehensive investment plan for each respective

  6  program and in such proportions as may be designated or

  7  approved under the plan for each respective program. Such

  8  products shall be underwritten and offered in compliance with

  9  the applicable federal and state laws, regulations, and rules

10  by persons authorized by applicable federal and state

11  authorities. A purchaser may not direct the investment of his

12  or her contribution to the prepaid program. A benefactor or

13  designated beneficiary may not direct the investment of any

14  contributions to the savings program other than the specific

15  fund options provided by the board, if any. Board members and

16  employees of the board are not prohibited from purchasing

17  advance payment contracts or entering into participation

18  agreements by virtue of their fiduciary responsibilities as

19  members of the board or official duties as employees of the

20  board.

21         Section 486.  Section 1009.974, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1009.974  Exemption from claims of creditors.--Moneys

24  paid into or out of the trust fund by or on behalf of a

25  purchaser or qualified beneficiary of an advance payment

26  contract or benefactor or designated beneficiary of a

27  participation agreement are exempt, as provided by s. 222.22,

28  from all claims of creditors of the purchaser or the qualified

29  beneficiary of an advance payment contract or the benefactor

30  or designated beneficiary of a participation agreement,

31  respectively, provided that the advance payment contract or


                                 1048

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  participation agreement has not been terminated. Neither

  2  moneys paid into the prepaid program or savings program nor

  3  benefits accrued through the prepaid program or savings

  4  program may be pledged for the purpose of securing a loan.

  5         Section 487.  Section 1009.975, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1009.975  Payroll deduction authority.--The state or

  8  any state agency, county, municipality, or other political

  9  subdivision may, by contract or collective bargaining

10  agreement, agree with any employee to remit payments toward

11  advance payment contracts or participation agreements through

12  payroll deductions made by the appropriate officer or officers

13  of the state, state agency, county, municipality, or political

14  subdivision. Such payments shall be held and administered in

15  accordance with ss. 1009.97-1009.984.

16         Section 488.  Section 1009.976, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1009.976  Annual report.--On or before March 31 of each

19  year, the Florida Prepaid College Board shall prepare or cause

20  to be prepared separate reports setting forth in appropriate

21  detail an accounting of the prepaid program and the savings

22  program which include a description of the financial condition

23  of each respective program at the close of the fiscal year.

24  The board shall submit copies of the reports to the Governor,

25  the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of

26  Representatives, and the minority leaders of the House and

27  Senate and shall make the report for the prepaid program

28  available to each purchaser and the report for the savings

29  program available to each benefactor and designated

30  beneficiary. The accounts of the fund for the prepaid program

31  


                                 1049

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and the savings program shall be subject to annual audits by

  2  the Auditor General or his or her designee.

  3         Section 489.  Section 1009.98, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.98  Florida Prepaid College Program.--

  6         (1)  FLORIDA PREPAID COLLEGE PROGRAM; CREATION.--There

  7  is created a Florida Prepaid College Program to provide a

  8  medium through which the cost of registration and dormitory

  9  residence may be paid in advance of enrollment in a state

10  postsecondary institution at a rate lower than the projected

11  corresponding cost at the time of actual enrollment.  Such

12  payments shall be combined and invested in a manner that

13  yields, at a minimum, sufficient interest to generate the

14  difference between the prepaid amount and the cost of

15  registration and dormitory residence at the time of actual

16  enrollment. Students who enroll in a state postsecondary

17  institution pursuant to this section shall be charged no fees

18  in excess of the terms delineated in the advance payment

19  contract.

20         (2)  PREPAID COLLEGE PLANS.--At a minimum, the board

21  shall make advance payment contracts available for two

22  independent plans to be known as the community college plan

23  and the university plan. The board may also make advance

24  payment contracts available for a dormitory residence plan.

25  The board may restrict the number of participants in the

26  community college plan, university plan, and dormitory

27  residence plan, respectively. However, any person denied

28  participation solely on the basis of such restriction shall be

29  granted priority for participation during the succeeding year.

30         (a)1.  Through the community college plan, the advance

31  payment contract shall provide prepaid registration fees for a


                                 1050

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  specified number of undergraduate semester credit hours not to

  2  exceed the average number of hours required for the conference

  3  of an associate degree. Qualified beneficiaries shall bear the

  4  cost of any laboratory fees associated with enrollment in

  5  specific courses. Each qualified beneficiary shall be

  6  classified as a resident for tuition purposes, pursuant to s.

  7  1009.21, regardless of his or her actual legal residence.

  8         2.  Effective July 1, 1998, the board may provide

  9  advance payment contracts for additional fees delineated in s.

10  1009.23, not to exceed the average number of hours required

11  for the conference of an associate degree, in conjunction with

12  advance payment contracts for registration fees.  Community

13  college plan contracts purchased prior to July 1, 1998, shall

14  be limited to the payment of registration fees as defined in

15  s. 1009.97.

16         (b)1.  Through the university plan, the advance payment

17  contract shall provide prepaid registration fees for a

18  specified number of undergraduate semester credit hours not to

19  exceed the average number of hours required for the conference

20  of a baccalaureate degree. Qualified beneficiaries shall bear

21  the cost of any laboratory fees associated with enrollment in

22  specific courses. Each qualified beneficiary shall be

23  classified as a resident for tuition purposes pursuant to s.

24  1009.21, regardless of his or her actual legal residence.

25         2.  Effective July 1, 1998, the board may provide

26  advance payment contracts for additional fees delineated in s.

27  1009.24(8)-(11), for a specified number of undergraduate

28  semester credit hours not to exceed the average number of

29  hours required for the conference of a baccalaureate degree,

30  in conjunction with advance payment contracts for registration

31  fees. Such contracts shall provide prepaid coverage for the


                                 1051

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  sum of such fees, to a maximum of 45 percent of the cost of

  2  registration fees. University plan contracts purchased prior

  3  to July 1, 1998, shall be limited to the payment of

  4  registration fees as defined in s. 1009.97.

  5         (c)  The cost of participation in contracts authorized

  6  under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) shall be based primarily

  7  on the current and projected registration fees within the

  8  Florida Community College System or the State University

  9  System, respectively, and the number of years expected to

10  elapse between the purchase of the plan on behalf of a

11  qualified beneficiary and the exercise of the benefits

12  provided in the plan by such beneficiary.

13         (d)  Through the dormitory residence plan, the advance

14  payment contract may provide prepaid housing fees for a

15  maximum of 10 semesters of full-time undergraduate enrollment

16  in a state university. Dormitory residence plans shall be

17  purchased in increments of 2 semesters. The cost of

18  participation in the dormitory residence plan shall be based

19  primarily on the average current and projected housing fees

20  within the State University System and the number of years

21  expected to elapse between the purchase of the plan on behalf

22  of a qualified beneficiary and the exercise of the benefits

23  provided in the plan by such beneficiary. Qualified

24  beneficiaries shall have the highest priority in the

25  assignment of housing within university residence halls.

26  Qualified beneficiaries shall bear the cost of any additional

27  elective charges such as laundry service or long-distance

28  telephone service. Each state university may specify the

29  residence halls or other university-held residences eligible

30  for inclusion in the plan. In addition, any state university

31  may request immediate termination of a dormitory residence


                                 1052

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  contract based on a violation or multiple violations of rules

  2  of the residence hall or other university-held residences. In

  3  the event that sufficient housing is not available for all

  4  qualified beneficiaries, the board shall refund the purchaser

  5  or qualified beneficiary an amount equal to the fees charged

  6  for dormitory residence during that semester. If a qualified

  7  beneficiary fails to be admitted to a state university or

  8  chooses to attend a community college that operates one or

  9  more dormitories or residency opportunities, or has one or

10  more dormitories or residency opportunities operated by the

11  community college direct-support organization, the qualified

12  beneficiary may transfer or cause to have transferred to the

13  community college, or community college direct-support

14  organization, the fees associated with dormitory residence.

15  Dormitory fees transferred to the community college or

16  community college direct-support organization may not exceed

17  the maximum fees charged for state university dormitory

18  residence for the purposes of this section, or the fees

19  charged for community college or community college

20  direct-support organization dormitories or residency

21  opportunities, whichever is less.

22         (3)  TRANSFER OF BENEFITS TO PRIVATE AND OUT-OF-STATE

23  COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES AND TO AREA TECHNICAL CENTERS.--A

24  qualified beneficiary may apply the benefits of an advance

25  payment contract toward:

26         (a)  An independent college or university that is

27  located and chartered in Florida, that is not for profit, that

28  is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern

29  Association of Colleges and Schools or the Accrediting Council

30  for Independent Colleges and Schools, and that confers degrees

31  as defined in s. 1005.02.


                                 1053

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  An out-of-state college or university that is not

  2  for profit and is accredited by a regional accrediting

  3  association, and that confers degrees.

  4         (c)  An applied technology diploma program or technical

  5  certificate program conducted by a community college listed in

  6  s. 1004.02(2) or technical center operated by a district

  7  school board.

  8  

  9  The board shall transfer or cause to be transferred to the

10  institution designated by the qualified beneficiary an amount

11  not to exceed the redemption value of the advance payment

12  contract at a state postsecondary institution. If the cost of

13  registration or housing fees at such institution is less than

14  the corresponding fees at a state postsecondary institution,

15  the amount transferred may not exceed the actual cost of

16  registration and housing fees. A transfer authorized under

17  this subsection may not exceed the number of semester credit

18  hours or semesters of dormitory residence contracted on behalf

19  of a qualified beneficiary.  Notwithstanding any other

20  provision in this section, an institution must be an "eligible

21  educational institution" under s. 529 of the Internal Revenue

22  Code to be eligible for the transfer of advance payment

23  contract benefits.

24         (4)  ADVANCE PAYMENT CONTRACTS.--The board shall

25  develop advance payment contracts for registration and may

26  develop advance payment contracts for dormitory residence as

27  provided in this section. Advance payment contracts shall be

28  exempt from chapter 517 and the Florida Insurance Code. Such

29  contracts shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

30  

31  


                                 1054

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The amount of the payment or payments and the

  2  number of payments required from a purchaser on behalf of a

  3  qualified beneficiary.

  4         (b)  The terms and conditions under which purchasers

  5  shall remit payments, including, but not limited to, the date

  6  or dates upon which each payment shall be due.

  7         (c)  Provisions for late payment charges and for

  8  default.

  9         (d)  Provisions for penalty fees for withdrawals from

10  the fund.

11         (e)  Except for an advance payment contract entered

12  into pursuant to subsection (9) or s. 1009.983, the name and

13  date of birth of the qualified beneficiary on whose behalf the

14  contract is drawn and the terms and conditions under which

15  another person may be substituted as the qualified

16  beneficiary.

17         (f)  The name of any person who may terminate the

18  contract. The terms of the contract shall specify whether the

19  contract may be terminated by the purchaser, the qualified

20  beneficiary, a specific designated person, or any combination

21  of these persons.

22         (g)  The terms and conditions under which a contract

23  may be terminated, modified, or converted, the name of the

24  person entitled to any refund due as a result of termination

25  of the contract pursuant to such terms and conditions, and the

26  amount of refund, if any, due to the person so named.

27         (h)  The number of semester credit hours or semesters

28  of dormitory residence contracted by the purchaser.

29         (i)  The state postsecondary system toward which the

30  contracted credit hours or semesters of dormitory residence

31  will be applied.


                                 1055

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (j)  The assumption of a contractual obligation by the

  2  board to the qualified beneficiary to provide for a specified

  3  number of semester credit hours of undergraduate instruction

  4  at a state postsecondary institution, not to exceed the

  5  average number of credit hours required for the conference of

  6  the degree that corresponds to the plan purchased on behalf of

  7  the qualified beneficiary or to provide for a specified number

  8  of semesters of dormitory residence, not to exceed the number

  9  of semesters of full-time enrollment required for the

10  conference of a baccalaureate degree.

11         (k)  The period of time after which advance payment

12  contracts that have not been terminated or the benefits used

13  shall be considered terminated. Time expended by a qualified

14  beneficiary as an active duty member of any of the armed

15  services of the United States shall be added to the period of

16  time specified by the board. No purchaser or qualified

17  beneficiary whose advance payment contract is terminated

18  pursuant to this paragraph shall be entitled to a refund.

19  Notwithstanding chapter 717, the board shall retain any moneys

20  paid by the purchaser for an advance payment contract that has

21  been terminated in accordance with this paragraph. Such moneys

22  may be transferred to the Florida Prepaid Tuition Scholarship

23  Program to provide matching funds for prepaid tuition

24  scholarships for economically disadvantaged youths that remain

25  drug free and crime free.

26         (l)  Other terms and conditions deemed by the board to

27  be necessary or proper.

28         (5)  REFUNDS.--

29         (a)  No refund shall exceed the amount paid into the

30  fund by the purchaser except as provided in paragraphs (b) and

31  (c).


                                 1056

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  If the beneficiary is awarded a scholarship, the

  2  terms of which cover the benefits included in the advance

  3  payment contracts, moneys paid for the purchase of the advance

  4  payment contracts shall be refunded to the purchaser in

  5  semester installments coinciding with the tuition by the

  6  beneficiary in an amount which, in total, does not exceed the

  7  redemption value of the advance payment contract at a state

  8  postsecondary institution.

  9         (c)  In the event of the death or total disability of

10  the beneficiary, moneys paid for the purchase of advance

11  payment contracts shall be refunded to the purchaser in an

12  amount not to exceed the redemption value of the advance

13  payment contract at a state postsecondary institution.

14         (d)  If an advance payment contract is converted from

15  one registration plan to a plan of lesser value, the amount

16  refunded shall not exceed the difference between the amount

17  paid for the original contract and the amount that would have

18  been paid for the contract to which the plan is converted had

19  the converted plan been purchased under the same payment plan

20  at the time the original advance payment contract was

21  executed.

22         (e)  No refund shall be authorized through an advance

23  payment contract for any school year partially attended but

24  not completed.  For purposes of this section, a school year

25  partially attended but not completed shall mean any one

26  semester whereby the student is still enrolled at the

27  conclusion of the official drop-add period, but withdraws

28  before the end of such semester. If a beneficiary does not

29  complete a community college plan or university plan for

30  reasons other than specified in paragraph (c), the purchaser

31  shall receive a refund of the amount paid into the fund for


                                 1057

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the remaining unattended years of the advance payment contract

  2  pursuant to rules promulgated by the board.

  3         (6)  CONFIDENTIALITY OF ACCOUNT

  4  INFORMATION.--Information that identifies the purchasers or

  5  beneficiaries of any plan promulgated under this section and

  6  their advance payment account activities is exempt from the

  7  provisions of s. 119.07(1). However, the board may authorize

  8  the program's records administrator to release such

  9  information to a community college, college, or university in

10  which a beneficiary may enroll or is enrolled. Community

11  colleges, colleges, and universities shall maintain such

12  information as exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

13         (7)  OBLIGATIONS OF BOARD.--The state shall agree to

14  meet the obligations of the board to qualified beneficiaries

15  if moneys in the fund fail to offset the obligations of the

16  board. The Legislature shall appropriate to the Florida

17  Prepaid College Trust Fund the amount necessary to meet the

18  obligations of the board to qualified beneficiaries.

19         (8)  PROGRAM TERMINATION.--In the event that the state

20  determines the prepaid program to be financially infeasible,

21  the state may discontinue the provision of the program.  Any

22  qualified beneficiary who has been accepted by and is enrolled

23  or is within 5 years of enrollment in an eligible independent

24  college or university or state postsecondary institution shall

25  be entitled to exercise the complete benefits for which he or

26  she has contracted. All other contract holders shall receive a

27  refund of the amount paid in and an additional amount in the

28  nature of interest at a rate that corresponds, at a minimum,

29  to the prevailing interest rates for savings accounts provided

30  by banks and savings and loan associations.

31  


                                 1058

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (9)  SCHOLARSHIPS.--A nonprofit organization described

  2  in s. 501(c)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code and

  3  exempt from taxation under s. 501(a) of the United States

  4  Internal Revenue Code may purchase advance payment contracts

  5  for a scholarship program that has been approved by the board

  6  and is operated by the purchasing organization.

  7         Section 490.  Section 1009.981, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1009.981  Florida College Savings Program.--

10         (1)(a)  The Florida Prepaid College Board is authorized

11  to create, establish, and administer the Florida College

12  Savings Program to promote and enhance the affordability of

13  higher education in the state and to enable persons to

14  contribute funds that are combined and invested to pay the

15  subsequent higher education expenses of a designated

16  beneficiary. The board may not implement the savings program

17  until it has obtained:

18         1.  A written opinion from counsel specializing in

19  federal tax matters indicating that the savings program

20  constitutes a qualified tuition program under s. 529 of the

21  Internal Revenue Code;

22         2.  A written opinion from a qualified member of the

23  United States Patent Bar indicating that the implementation of

24  the savings program or the operation of the savings program

25  will not knowingly infringe upon any patent or copyright

26  specifically related to the financing of higher education

27  expenses;

28         3.  A written opinion of qualified counsel specializing

29  in federal securities law that the savings program and the

30  offering of participation in the savings program does not

31  violate federal securities law; and


                                 1059

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  A written opinion from the board's litigation

  2  counsel indicating that the implementation or operation of the

  3  savings program will not adversely impact any pending

  4  litigation against the board.

  5         (b)  The benefactor retains ownership of all amounts on

  6  deposit in his or her account with the savings program up to

  7  the date of distribution on behalf of a designated

  8  beneficiary. Earnings derived from investment of the

  9  contributions shall be considered to be held in trust in the

10  same manner as contributions, except as applied for purposes

11  of the designated beneficiary and for purposes of maintaining

12  and administering the program as provided in this section.

13         (c)  All amounts attributable to penalties shall be

14  used for purposes of the savings program or as required by the

15  Internal Revenue Code, and other amounts received other than

16  contributions shall be properties of the savings program.

17  Proceeds from penalties shall remain with the program and may

18  be used for any costs or purposes of the savings program or

19  used as required by the Internal Revenue Code.

20         (d)  Deposits and contributions to the program, the

21  property of the board, and the earnings on the college savings

22  accounts are exempt from taxation.

23         (e)  The assets of the savings program shall be

24  continuously invested and reinvested in a manner consistent

25  with the purposes of the program, expended on expenses

26  incurred by the operation and management of the savings

27  program, or refunded to the benefactor or designated

28  beneficiary under the conditions provided in the participation

29  agreement. The board is not required to invest directly in

30  obligations of the state or any political subdivision of the

31  


                                 1060

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  state or in any investment or other fund administered by the

  2  state.

  3         (2)  PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS.--

  4         (a)  The board may establish plans to permit

  5  benefactors to prepay the qualified higher education expenses

  6  associated with enrollment in an eligible educational

  7  institution and may permit benefactors to select from among

  8  alternative investment plans designed to provide funds to pay

  9  qualified education expenses of a designated beneficiary. The

10  board shall not accept contributions in excess of the amount

11  allowed pursuant to s. 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and

12  shall prescribe by rule the methodology and information

13  sources that shall be used to determine the projected costs of

14  qualified higher education expenses for designated

15  beneficiaries of prescribed ages.

16         (b)  The board shall develop a participation agreement

17  which shall be the agreement between the board and each

18  benefactor, which may include, but is not limited to:

19         1.  The name, date of birth, and social security number

20  of the designated beneficiary.

21         2.  The amount of the contribution or contributions and

22  number of contributions required from a benefactor on behalf

23  of a designated beneficiary.

24         3.  The terms and conditions under which benefactors

25  shall remit contributions, including, but not limited to, the

26  date or dates upon which each contribution is due. Deposits to

27  the savings program by benefactors may only be in cash.

28  Benefactors may contribute in a lump sum, periodically, in

29  installments, or through electronic funds transfer or employer

30  payroll deductions.

31  


                                 1061

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  Provisions for late contribution charges and for

  2  default.

  3         5.  Provisions for penalty fees for withdrawals from

  4  the program.

  5         6.  The name of the person who may terminate

  6  participation in the program. The participation agreement must

  7  specify whether the account may be terminated by the

  8  benefactor, the designated beneficiary, a specific designated

  9  person, or any combination of these persons.

10         7.  The terms and conditions under which an account may

11  be terminated, modified, or converted, the name of the person

12  entitled to any refund due as a result of termination of the

13  account pursuant to such terms and conditions, and the amount

14  of refund, if any, due to the person so named.

15         8.  Penalties for distributions not used or made in

16  accordance with s. 529 of the Internal Revenue Code.

17         9.  Any charges or fees in connection with the

18  administration of the savings fund.

19         10.  The period of time after which each participation

20  agreement shall be considered to be terminated. Time expended

21  by a designated beneficiary as an active duty member of any of

22  the armed services of the United States shall be added to the

23  period specified pursuant to this subparagraph. Should a

24  participation agreement be terminated, the balance of the

25  account, after notice to the benefactor, shall be declared

26  unclaimed and abandoned property. The board shall retain any

27  monies paid by the benefactor for a participation agreement

28  that has been terminated in accordance with this subparagraph.

29  Such moneys may be transferred to the Florida Prepaid Tuition

30  Scholarship Program to provide matching funds for prepaid

31  


                                 1062

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  tuition scholarships for economically disadvantaged youths

  2  that remain drug free and crime free.

  3         11.  Other terms and conditions deemed by the board to

  4  be necessary or proper.

  5         (c)  The participation agreement shall clearly state

  6  that:

  7         1.  The contract is only a debt or obligation of the

  8  savings program and the savings fund, and is not otherwise a

  9  debt or obligation of the state.

10         2.  Participation in the program does not guarantee

11  that sufficient funds will be available to cover all qualified

12  higher education expenses for any designated beneficiary and

13  does not guarantee admission to or continued enrollment at an

14  eligible educational institution of any designated

15  beneficiary.

16         (d)  The participation agreement may be freely amended

17  throughout its term for purposes including, but not limited

18  to, allowing to enable the benefactor to increase or decrease

19  the level of participation, change designated beneficiaries,

20  and carry out similar matters permitted by this section and

21  the Internal Revenue Code.

22         (3)  DISTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED HIGHER EDUCATION

23  EXPENSES.--The board shall establish requirements and

24  procedures for beneficiaries to realize the benefits of

25  participation agreements. In establishing such requirements

26  and procedures, the board shall make distributions in as

27  efficient and expeditious manner as is prudent and possible,

28  consistent with the Internal Revenue Code.

29         (4)  REFUNDS.--

30         (a)  A benefactor may request a refund of the principal

31  amount of his or her contributions, plus actual investment


                                 1063

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  earnings or minus actual investment losses on the

  2  contributions, less any applicable penalty, and less any

  3  amounts used to provide benefits to the designated

  4  beneficiary.

  5         (b)  Notwithstanding paragraph (a), a penalty may not

  6  be levied if a benefactor requests a refund from the program

  7  due to:

  8         1.  Death of the beneficiary.

  9         2.  Total disability of the beneficiary.

10         3.  Scholarship, allowance, or payment received by the

11  beneficiary to the extent that the amount of the refund does

12  not exceed the amount of the scholarship, allowance, or

13  payment in accordance with federal law.

14         (c)  If a benefactor requests a refund of funds

15  contributed to the program for any cause other than those

16  listed in paragraph (b), there shall be imposed a penalty of

17  10 percent of the earnings of the account and any applicable

18  taxes, or the amount required by the Internal Revenue Code.

19  Earnings shall be calculated as the total value of the

20  participation agreement, less the aggregate contributions, or

21  in the manner prescribed in the Internal Revenue Code.

22         (5)  MATERIAL MISREPRESENTATION; PENALTY.--If the

23  benefactor or the designated beneficiary makes any material

24  misrepresentation in the application for a participation

25  agreement or in any communication with the board regarding the

26  program, especially regarding the withdrawal or distribution

27  of funds therefrom, the account may be involuntarily

28  liquidated by the board. If the account is so liquidated, the

29  benefactor is entitled to a refund, subject to a 10-percent

30  penalty or the amount required by the Internal Revenue Code.

31  


                                 1064

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  CONFIDENTIALITY OF ACCOUNT

  2  INFORMATION.--Information that identifies the benefactors or

  3  the designated beneficiary of any account initiated under this

  4  section and information regarding individual account

  5  activities conducted through the savings program established

  6  in this section are confidential and exempt from the

  7  provisions of s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State

  8  Constitution. However, the board may authorize the release of

  9  such information to a community college, college, or

10  university in which a designated beneficiary may enroll or is

11  enrolled. Community colleges, colleges, and universities shall

12  maintain the confidentiality of such information. This

13  subsection is subject to the Open Government Sunset Review Act

14  of 1995 in accordance with s. 119.15, and shall stand repealed

15  on October 2, 2005, unless reviewed and saved from repeal

16  through reenactment by the Legislature.

17         (7)  OBLIGATIONS OF BOARD.--Any contract or

18  participation agreement entered into by or any obligation of

19  the board on behalf of and for the benefit of the savings

20  program does not constitute a debt or obligation of the state

21  but is an obligation of the savings program. The state has no

22  obligation to any designated beneficiary or any other person

23  as a result of the savings program. The obligation of the

24  savings program is limited solely to those amounts deposited

25  in the savings fund. All amounts obligated to be paid from the

26  savings fund are limited to amounts available for such

27  obligation. The amounts on deposit in the savings program may

28  only be disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this

29  section.

30         (8)  PROGRAM TERMINATION.--The savings program shall

31  continue in existence until its existence is terminated by


                                 1065

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  law. If the state determines that the savings program is

  2  financially infeasible, the state may discontinue the savings

  3  program. Upon termination of the savings program, all deposits

  4  shall be returned to benefactors, to the extent possible, and

  5  any unclaimed assets in the savings program may be transferred

  6  to the Florida Prepaid Tuition Scholarship Program to provide

  7  matching funds for prepaid tuition scholarships for

  8  economically disadvantaged youths that remain drug free and

  9  crime free.

10         (9)  STATE PLEDGE.--The state pledges to benefactors

11  and designated beneficiaries of the savings program that the

12  state will not limit or alter the rights under this section

13  which are vested in the program until such obligations are met

14  and discharged. However, this subsection does not preclude

15  such limitation if adequate provision is made by law for the

16  protection of the benefactors and designated beneficiaries

17  pursuant to the obligations of the board, and, if the state or

18  the board determines that the savings program is not

19  financially feasible, the state or the board may discontinue

20  the program. If the program is discontinued, the board shall

21  refund to benefactors their contributions to the program, plus

22  any investment earnings or minus any investment losses. The

23  board, on behalf of the state, may include this pledge and

24  undertaking by the state in participation agreements.

25         Section 491.  Section 1009.982, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1009.982  Disclaimer.--Nothing in ss. 1009.97-1009.984

28  shall be construed as a promise or guarantee that a qualified

29  beneficiary or a designated beneficiary will be admitted to a

30  state postsecondary institution or to a particular state

31  postsecondary institution, will be allowed to continue


                                 1066

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  enrollment at a state postsecondary institution after

  2  admission, or will be graduated from a state postsecondary

  3  institution.

  4         Section 492.  Section 1009.983, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1009.983  Direct-support organization; authority.--

  7         (1)  The Florida Prepaid College Board may establish a

  8  direct-support organization which is:

  9         (a)  A Florida corporation, not for profit,

10  incorporated under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved

11  by the Secretary of State.

12         (b)  Organized and operated exclusively to receive,

13  hold, invest, and administer property and to make expenditures

14  to or for the benefit of the board.

15         (c)  An organization which the board, after review, has

16  certified to be operating in a manner consistent with the

17  goals of the board and in the best interests of the state.

18  Unless so certified, the organization may not use the name of

19  the prepaid program or savings program.

20         (2)  The direct-support organization shall operate

21  under written contract with the board. The contract must

22  provide for:

23         (a)  Approval of the articles of incorporation and

24  bylaws of the direct-support organization by the board.

25         (b)  Submission of an annual budget for the approval of

26  the board. The budget must comply with rules adopted by the

27  board.

28         (c)  An annual financial and compliance audit of its

29  financial accounts and records by an independent certified

30  public accountant in accordance with s. 215.981.

31  


                                 1067

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Certification by the board that the direct-support

  2  organization is complying with the terms of the contract and

  3  in a manner consistent with the goals and purposes of the

  4  board and in the best interest of the state. Such

  5  certification must be made annually and reported in the

  6  official minutes of a meeting of the board.

  7         (e)  The reversion to the board, or to the state if the

  8  board ceases to exist, of moneys and property held in trust by

  9  the direct-support organization for the benefit of the board

10  or prepaid program if the direct-support organization is no

11  longer approved to operate for the board or if the board

12  ceases to exist.

13         (f)  The fiscal year of the direct-support

14  organization, which must begin July 1 of each year and end

15  June 30 of the following year.

16         (g)  The disclosure of material provisions of the

17  contract and of the distinction between the board and the

18  direct-support organization to donors of gifts, contributions,

19  or bequests, and such disclosure on all promotional and

20  fundraising publications.

21         (3)  An annual financial and compliance audit of the

22  financial accounts and records of the direct-support

23  organization must be performed by an independent certified

24  public accountant. The audit must be submitted to the board

25  for review and approval. Upon approval, the board shall

26  certify the audit report to the Auditor General for review.

27  The board and Auditor General shall have the authority to

28  require and receive from the organization or its independent

29  auditor any detail or supplemental data relative to the

30  operation of the organization.

31  


                                 1068

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The identity of donors who desire to remain

  2  anonymous shall be confidential and exempt from the provisions

  3  of s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State

  4  Constitution, and such anonymity shall be maintained in the

  5  auditor's report. Information received by the organization

  6  that is otherwise confidential or exempt by law shall retain

  7  such status. Any sensitive, personal information regarding

  8  contract beneficiaries, including their identities, is exempt

  9  from the provisions of s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of

10  the State Constitution.

11         (5)  The chair and the executive director of the board

12  shall be directors of the direct-support organization and

13  shall jointly name, at a minimum, three other individuals to

14  serve as directors of the organization.

15         (6)  The board may authorize the direct-support

16  organization established in this section to use board

17  property, except money, and use facilities and personal

18  services subject to the provisions of this section. If the

19  direct-support organization does not provide equal employment

20  opportunities to all persons regardless of race, color,

21  religion, sex, age, or national origin, it may not use the

22  property, facilities, or personal services of the board. For

23  the purposes of this section, the term "personal services"

24  includes full-time personnel and part-time personnel as well

25  as payroll processing as prescribed by rule of the board. The

26  board shall adopt rules prescribing the procedures by which

27  the direct-support organization is governed and any conditions

28  with which such a direct-support organization must comply to

29  use property, facilities, or personal services of the board.

30         (7)  The board may invest funds of the direct-support

31  organization which have been allocated for the purchase of


                                 1069

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  advance payment contracts for scholarships with receipts for

  2  advance payment contracts.

  3         Section 493.  Section 1009.984, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.984  Florida Prepaid Tuition Scholarship

  6  Program.--The Florida Prepaid Tuition Scholarship Program is

  7  established to provide economically disadvantaged youth with

  8  prepaid postsecondary tuition scholarships. The direct-support

  9  organization established pursuant to s. 1009.983 shall

10  administer the program with the assistance and cooperation of

11  the Department of Education to:

12         (1)  Provide an incentive for economically

13  disadvantaged youth to improve school attendance and academic

14  performance in order to graduate and pursue a postsecondary

15  education.

16         (2)  Obtain the commitment and involvement of private

17  sector entities by virtue of funding matches with a ratio of

18  50 percent provided by the private sector and 50 percent

19  provided by the state.

20         (3)  Purchase prepaid tuition scholarships for students

21  certified by the Department of Education to the direct-support

22  organization who meet minimum economic and school requirements

23  and remain drug free and crime free.

24         (a)  For the purpose of this subsection, "drug free"

25  means not being convicted of, or adjudicated delinquent for,

26  any violation of chapter 893 after being designated a

27  recipient of a Florida prepaid tuition scholarship.

28         (b)  For the purpose of this subsection, "crime free"

29  means not being convicted of, or adjudicated delinquent for,

30  any felony or first degree misdemeanor as defined in ss.

31  


                                 1070

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  775.08 and 775.081 after being designated a recipient of a

  2  Florida prepaid tuition scholarship.

  3         Section 494.  Part V of chapter 1009, Florida Statutes,

  4  shall be entitled "Florida Higher Education Loan Authority"

  5  and shall consist of ss. 1009.99-1009.9994.

  6         Section 495.  Section 1009.99, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1009.99  Short title.--Sections 1009.99-1009.9994 may

  9  be cited as the "Florida Higher Education Loan Authority Act."

10         Section 496.  Section 1009.991, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1009.991  Purpose.--It is the purpose of this act to

13  provide assistance and an additional method of financing the

14  cost of higher education to students and the families of

15  students attending institutions of higher education in this

16  state and to encourage investment of private capital to

17  provide funds for financing student loans.

18         Section 497.  Section 1009.992, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1009.992  Definitions.--As used in this act:

21         (1)  "Authority" means any public corporation created

22  by s. 1009.993 or any board, body, commission, department, or

23  officer of the county succeeding to the principal functions

24  thereof or to whom the powers conferred upon an authority by

25  this act are given by this act.

26         (2)  "Authority loan" means any loan by an authority to

27  an institution of higher education for the purpose of funding

28  education loans.

29         (3)  "Bond" or "revenue bond" means any revenue bond of

30  an authority issued under the provisions of this act,

31  including any revenue-refunding bond, notwithstanding that the


                                 1071

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bond may be secured by mortgage or the full faith and credit

  2  of a participating institution of higher education or any

  3  other lawfully pledged security of a participating institution

  4  of higher education.

  5         (4)  "Bond resolution" means the resolution of an

  6  authority and the trust agreement, if any, and any supplement

  7  or amendment to the foregoing, authorizing the issuance of,

  8  and providing for the terms and conditions applicable to,

  9  obligations.

10         (5)  "Bond service charge" means the principal

11  (including mandatory sinking fund requirements for retirement

12  of obligations) and interest, and redemption premium, if any,

13  required to be paid by an authority on obligations.

14         (6)  "Borrower" means any student who has received an

15  education loan or any parent who has received or agreed to pay

16  an education loan.

17         (7)  "Clerk" means the clerk of a commission or the

18  county officer charged with the duties customarily imposed

19  upon the clerk.

20         (8)  "Commission" means a board of county commissioners

21  or other body charged with governing the county.

22         (9)  "Default insurance" means insurance insuring

23  education loans, authority loans, or obligations against

24  default.

25         (10)  "Default reserve fund" means a fund established

26  pursuant to a bond resolution for the purpose of securing

27  education loans, authority loans, or obligations.

28         (11)  "Education loan" means a loan which is made by an

29  institution to a student or the parents of a student, or both,

30  in an amount not in excess of the maximum amount specified in

31  regulations to be formulated by the authority, in order to


                                 1072

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  finance all or any part of the cost of the student's

  2  attendance at such institution.

  3         (12)  "Education loan series portfolio" means all

  4  educational loans made by a specific institution which are

  5  funded from the proceeds of an authority loan to such

  6  institution out of the proceeds of a related specific issue of

  7  obligations through the authority.

  8         (13)  "Institution" means any college or university

  9  which, by virtue of law or charter, is accredited by and holds

10  membership in the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary

11  Accreditation; which grants baccalaureate or associate

12  degrees; which is not a pervasively sectarian institution; and

13  which does not discriminate in the admission of students on

14  the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or creed.

15         (14)  "Loan funding deposit" means moneys or other

16  property which is deposited by an institution with the

17  authority or a trustee for the purpose of:

18         (a)  Providing security for obligations;

19         (b)  Funding a default reserve fund;

20         (c)  Acquiring default insurance; or

21         (d)  Defraying costs of the authority, and

22  

23  which shall be in such amounts as are deemed necessary by the

24  authority as a condition for participation by such institution

25  in the program of the authority.

26         (15)  "Obligation" means any revenue bond, note, or

27  other evidence of indebtedness of an authority, including any

28  interest coupon pertaining thereto, issued under this act,

29  including any refunding bond.

30         (16)  "Parent" means any parent or guardian of a

31  student at an institution.


                                 1073

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (17)  "Participating institution" means an institution

  2  of higher education which, pursuant to the provisions of this

  3  act, undertakes the financing of an educational student loan

  4  program or undertakes the refunding or refinancing of

  5  obligations, a mortgage, or advances as provided in and

  6  permitted by this act.

  7         (18)  "Person" means any person, firm, partnership,

  8  association, corporation, or other body, public or private.

  9         Section 498.  Section 1009.993, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1009.993  Authority; creation, membership, terms of

12  members, expenses.--

13         (1)  In each county there is created a public body

14  corporate and politic to be known as the ".... County

15  Education Loan Authority."  Each such authority is constituted

16  as a public instrumentality, and its exercise of the powers

17  conferred by this act shall be deemed the performance of an

18  essential public function.  No authority shall transact any

19  business or exercise any power pursuant to this act until the

20  commission by ordinance or resolution declares that there is a

21  need for an authority to function in such county.

22         (2)  The commission may adopt such an ordinance or

23  resolution of need if it finds that the youth of the county

24  and state do not have the opportunity to attend institutions

25  of higher learning located within the county because of their

26  inability to obtain financing for the cost of such education

27  and the inability of such institutions to provide adequate

28  financial aid to their students.

29         (3)  In any suit, action, or proceeding involving the

30  validity or enforcement of or relating to any contract of the

31  authority, the authority shall be conclusively deemed to have


                                 1074

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  been established and authorized to transact business and

  2  exercise its powers hereunder upon proof of the adoption of an

  3  ordinance or resolution by the commission declaring the need

  4  for the authority. Such ordinance or resolution shall be

  5  sufficient if it declares that there is such a need for an

  6  authority in the county.  A copy of such ordinance or

  7  resolution certified by the clerk shall be admissible in

  8  evidence in any suit, action, or proceeding.

  9         (4)  The ordinance or resolution shall designate five

10  persons as members of the authority.  The membership of the

11  authority shall include:

12         (a)  A trustee, director, officer, or employee of an

13  institution located in such county.

14         (b)  One lay citizen who does not derive a majority of

15  his or her income from education or an education-related

16  field.

17         (c)  Two persons from the commercial financial

18  community in the county, each of whom has a favorable

19  reputation for skill, knowledge, and experience in the field

20  of state and municipal finance.

21         (d)  One person from the commercial financial community

22  or educational community in the state who has a favorable

23  reputation for skill, knowledge, and experience in the field

24  of higher education loan finance.

25         (5)  Of the members first appointed, one shall serve

26  for 1 year, one for 2 years, one for 3 years, one for 4 years,

27  and one for 5 years, in each case until his or her successor

28  is appointed and has qualified. Thereafter, the commission

29  shall appoint for terms of 5 years each members to succeed

30  those whose terms will expire. The commission shall fill any

31  vacancy for the unexpired portion of the term.  Any member of


                                 1075

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the authority may be reappointed.  Any member of the authority

  2  may be removed by the commission for misfeasance, malfeasance,

  3  or willful neglect of duty.  Before entering upon his or her

  4  duties, each member of the authority shall take and subscribe

  5  to the oath or affirmation required by the State Constitution.

  6  A record of each such oath shall be filed with the Department

  7  of State and with the clerk.

  8         (6)  The authority shall annually elect one of its

  9  members as chair and one as vice chair and shall also appoint

10  an executive director who shall not be a member of the

11  authority and who shall serve at the pleasure of the authority

12  and receive such compensation as fixed by the authority.

13         (7)  The executive director shall keep a record of the

14  proceedings of the authority and shall be custodian of all

15  books, documents, and papers filed with the authority; the

16  minute book or journal of the authority; and its official

17  seal.  The director may have copies made of all minutes and

18  other records and documents of the authority and may give

19  certificates under the official seal of the authority to the

20  effect that such copies are true copies, and any person

21  dealing with the authority may rely upon any such certificate.

22         (8)  Three members of the authority shall constitute a

23  quorum, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members

24  present at a meeting shall be necessary for any action to be

25  taken; however, any action may be taken by an authority with

26  the unanimous consent of all of the members.  A vacancy in the

27  membership of the authority shall not impair the right of a

28  quorum to exercise the rights or perform the duties of the

29  authority. The majority shall not include any member who has a

30  conflict of interest, and a statement by a member of a

31  conflict of interest is conclusive for this purpose.  Any


                                 1076

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  action taken by the authority under the provisions of this act

  2  may be authorized by resolution at any regular or special

  3  meeting.  Each such resolution shall take effect immediately

  4  and need not be published or posted.

  5         (9)  The members of the authority shall receive no

  6  compensation for the performance of their duties, but each

  7  member, when engaged in the performance of such duties, shall

  8  be entitled to per diem and travel expenses as provided in s.

  9  112.061.

10         (10)  Notwithstanding any other law to the contrary, it

11  shall not be, nor shall it constitute, a conflict of interest

12  for a trustee, director, officer, or employee of an

13  institution to serve as a member of the authority.

14         Section 499.  Section 1009.994, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1009.994  Functions and powers of authority.--Each

17  authority shall have the following functions and powers:

18         (1)  To adopt rules for the regulation of its affairs

19  and the conduct of its business.

20         (2)  To adopt an official seal.

21         (3)  To maintain an office at a place it designates.

22         (4)  To sue and be sued in its own name and to plead

23  and be impleaded.

24         (5)  To establish rules for the use of education loan

25  financing programs and to designate a participating

26  institution as its agent to establish rules for the use of a

27  program undertaken by such participating institution.

28         (6)  To issue obligations for the purpose of making

29  authority loans to participating institutions for the purpose

30  of providing education loans utilizing such eligibility

31  


                                 1077

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  standards for borrowers as the authority determines to be

  2  necessary, but such standards shall include the following:

  3         (a)  Each student shall have a certificate of admission

  4  or enrollment at a participating institution;

  5         (b)  Each student or his or her parents shall satisfy

  6  such financial qualifications as the authority shall

  7  establish; and

  8         (c)  Each student and his or her parents shall submit

  9  such information to the applicable institution as may be

10  required by the authority.

11         (7)  To contract with financial institutions and other

12  qualified loan origination and servicing organizations, which

13  shall assist in prequalifying borrowers for education loans

14  and which shall service and administer each education loan and

15  the respective loan series portfolio of each institution, and

16  to establish sufficient fees for each educational loan to

17  cover the applicable pro rata cost of such servicing and

18  originating organizations.

19         (8)  To establish criteria governing the eligibility of

20  institutions to participate in its programs, the making and

21  allocation of authority loans and education loans, provisions

22  for default, the establishment of default reserve funds, the

23  purchase of default insurance, the provision of prudent debt

24  service reserves, and the furnishing by participating

25  institutions of such additional guarantees of the education

26  loans, authority loans, or obligations as the authority shall

27  determine necessary to assure the marketability of the

28  obligations and the adequacy of the security therefor;

29  however, the provisions applicable to participation by Florida

30  public participating institutions in the financing programs of

31  the authority shall be subject to approval and authorization


                                 1078

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  by the budgetary and other state agencies having jurisdiction

  2  over those institutions.

  3         (9)  To fix, revise, charge, and collect rates, fees,

  4  and charges for services furnished by the authority and to

  5  contract with any person in respect thereto, including any

  6  financial institution, loan originator, servicer,

  7  administrator, issuer of letters of credit, or insurer.

  8         (10)  To employ consultants, attorneys, accountants,

  9  financial experts, loan processors, bankers, managers, and

10  such other employees and agents as may be necessary and to fix

11  their compensation.

12         (11)  To receive and accept, from any source, loans,

13  contributions, or grants for or in aid of an authority

14  education loan financing program or any portion thereof and,

15  when required, to use such funds, property, or labor only for

16  the purposes for which it was loaned, contributed, or granted.

17         (12)  To make authority loans to institutions and

18  require that the proceeds thereof be used solely for making

19  education loans or for costs and fees in connection therewith

20  and to require institutions to obtain certification from each

21  borrower that proceeds from any education loan are used solely

22  for the purpose intended by this act.

23         (13)  To charge to and apportion among participating

24  institutions administrative and operating costs and expenses

25  incurred in the exercise of the powers and duties conferred by

26  this act.

27         (14)  To borrow working capital funds and other funds

28  as may be necessary for startup and continuing operations,

29  provided that such funds are borrowed solely in the name of

30  the authority. Such borrowings shall be limited obligations of

31  the character described in s. 1009.9975 and shall be payable


                                 1079

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  solely from revenues of the authority or proceeds of

  2  obligations pledged for that purpose.

  3         (15)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this act,

  4  to commingle and pledge as security for a series or issue of

  5  obligations, with the consent of all of the institutions which

  6  are participating in such series or issue:

  7         (a)  The education loan series portfolios and some or

  8  all future education loan series portfolios of such

  9  institutions; and

10         (b)  The loan funding deposits of such institutions,

11  except that education loan series portfolios and other

12  security and moneys set aside in any fund pledged for any

13  series or issue of obligations shall be held for the sole

14  benefit of such series or issue separate and apart from

15  education loan series portfolios and other security and moneys

16  pledged for any other series of issue of obligations of the

17  authority.  Obligations may be issued in series under one or

18  more resolutions or trust agreements in the discretion of the

19  authority.

20         (16)  To examine records and financial reports of

21  participating institutions and to examine records and

22  financial reports of any contractor organization or

23  institution retained by the authority under the provisions of

24  this act.

25         (17)  To make loans to a participating institution to

26  refund outstanding obligations, mortgages, or advances issued,

27  made, or given by such institution for authority loans; and

28  whenever such refunding obligations are issued to refund

29  obligations, the proceeds of which were used to make authority

30  loans, the authority may reduce the amount of interest owed to

31  it by the institution which had received authority loans from


                                 1080

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the proceeds of the refunded obligations.  Such institution

  2  may use this reduced amount to reduce the amount of interest

  3  being paid on education loans which the institution had made

  4  pursuant to the authority loans from the proceeds of the

  5  refunded obligations.

  6         (18)  To authorize its officers, agents, and employees

  7  to take any other action which is necessary in order to carry

  8  out the purposes of this act.

  9         Section 500.  Section 1009.995, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1009.995  Expenses of authority.--All expenses incurred

12  in carrying out the provisions of this act shall be payable

13  solely from funds provided under the provisions of this act;

14  and, except as specifically authorized under this act, no

15  liability shall be incurred by an authority beyond the extent

16  to which moneys have been provided under this act.

17         Section 501.  Section 1009.996, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1009.996  Higher education facilities authority as

20  higher education loan authority.--As an alternative to the

21  creation of an authority, a commission may confer all rights,

22  powers, privileges, duties, and immunities of an authority

23  upon any entity in existence on July 1, 1982, which has been

24  authorized by law to function as a higher education facilities

25  authority pursuant to the provisions of chapter 243.  Any such

26  entity which has been vested with the rights, powers,

27  privileges, duties, and immunities of a higher education loan

28  authority shall be subject to all provisions and

29  responsibilities imposed by this act, notwithstanding any

30  provisions to the contrary in any law which established the

31  entity. Nothing in this act shall be construed to impair or


                                 1081

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  diminish any powers of any other entity in existence on July

  2  1, 1982, or to repeal, modify, or amend any law establishing

  3  such entity, except as specifically set forth herein.

  4         Section 502.  Section 1009.9965, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1009.9965  Moneys, endowments, properties; acquisition,

  7  deposit, and guarantees.--Each authority is authorized to

  8  establish specific guidelines relating to the deposits of

  9  moneys, endowments, or properties by institutions which

10  moneys, endowments, or properties would provide prudent

11  security for education loan funding programs, authority loans,

12  education loans, or obligations; and it may establish

13  guidelines relating to guarantees of, or contracts to

14  purchase, education loans or obligations by such institutions,

15  financial institutions, or others. A default reserve fund may

16  be established for each series or issue of obligations.  In

17  this regard, the authority is empowered to receive such

18  moneys, endowments, properties, and guarantees as it deems

19  appropriate and, if necessary, to take title in the name of

20  the authority or in the name of a participating institution or

21  a trustee, subject, however, to the limitations applicable to

22  public participating institutions set forth in s. 1009.994(8).

23         Section 503.  Section 1009.997, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1009.997  Conveyance of loan funding deposit to

26  participating institutions.--When the principal of and

27  interest on obligations of an authority issued to finance the

28  cost of an education loan financing program, including any

29  refunding obligations issued to refund and refinance such

30  obligations, have been fully paid and retired or when adequate

31  provision has been made to fully pay and retire the


                                 1082

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  obligations and all other conditions of the bond resolution

  2  have been satisfied and the lien created by such bond

  3  resolution has been released in accordance with the provisions

  4  thereof, the authority shall promptly do such things and

  5  execute such deeds and conveyances as are necessary to convey

  6  any remaining moneys, properties, and other assets comprising

  7  loan funding deposits to the institutions in proportion to the

  8  amounts furnished by the respective institutions.

  9         Section 504.  Section 1009.9975, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1009.9975  Notes of authority.--An authority may issue

12  its negotiable notes for any corporate purpose and renew any

13  notes by the issuance of new notes, whether or not the notes

14  to be renewed have matured.  The authority may issue notes

15  partly to renew notes or to discharge other obligations then

16  outstanding and partly for any other purpose. The notes may be

17  authorized, sold, executed, and delivered in the same manner

18  as bonds.  Any resolution authorizing notes of the authority

19  or any issue thereof may contain any provisions which the

20  authority is authorized to include in any resolution

21  authorizing revenue bonds or any issue thereof, and the

22  authority may include in any notes any terms, covenants, or

23  conditions which it is authorized to include in any bonds.

24  All such notes shall be payable solely from the revenues of

25  the authority, subject only to any contractual rights of the

26  holders of any of its notes or other obligations then

27  outstanding.

28         Section 505.  Section 1009.9976, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1009.9976  Issuance of obligations.--

31  


                                 1083

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  An authority may issue its negotiable revenue

  2  obligations for any corporate purpose.  In anticipation of the

  3  sale of such obligations, the authority may issue negotiable

  4  bond anticipation notes and may renew them, but the maximum

  5  maturity of any such note, including renewals thereof, shall

  6  not exceed 5 years from the date of issue of the original

  7  note.  Such notes shall be paid from revenues of the authority

  8  available therefor and not otherwise pledged or from the

  9  proceeds of sale of the revenue bonds of the authority in

10  anticipation of which they were issued.  The notes shall be

11  issued in the same manner as the revenue bonds. Such notes and

12  the resolution authorizing them may contain any provisions,

13  conditions, or limitations which a bond resolution of the

14  authority may contain.

15         (2)  Each issue of obligations shall be payable solely

16  out of those revenues of the authority that pertain to the

17  program relating to such issue, including principal and

18  interest on authority loans and education loans; payments by

19  institutions of higher education, banks, insurance companies,

20  or others pursuant to letters of credit or purchase

21  agreements; investment earnings from funds or accounts

22  maintained pursuant to the bond resolution; insurance

23  proceeds; loan funding deposits; proceeds of sales of

24  education loans; proceeds of refunding obligations; and fees,

25  charges, and other revenues of the authority from such

26  program, subject only to any agreements with the holders of

27  particular revenue bonds or notes pledging any particular

28  reserves.

29         (3)  The obligations may be issued as serial

30  obligations or as term obligations, or in both forms.  The

31  obligations shall be authorized by a bond resolution of the


                                 1084

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authority and shall bear such dates; mature at such times, not

  2  to exceed the year following the last year in which the final

  3  payments in an education loan series portfolio are due or 30

  4  years, whichever is sooner, from their respective dates of

  5  issue; bear interest at such rates; be payable at such times;

  6  be in such denominations; be in such form, either coupon or

  7  fully registered; carry such registration and conversion

  8  privileges; be payable in lawful money of the United States of

  9  America at such places; and be subject to such terms of

10  redemption as such bond resolution may provide. Obligations

11  shall be executed by the manual or facsimile signatures of

12  such officers of the authority as shall be designated by the

13  authority. Obligations may be sold at public or private sale

14  in such manner and for such price as the authority shall

15  determine.  Pending preparation of the definitive bonds, the

16  authority may issue interim receipts or certificates which

17  shall be exchanged for such definitive bonds.

18         (4)  Any bond resolution may contain provisions, which

19  shall be a part of the contract with the holders of the

20  obligations to be authorized, as to:

21         (a)  The pledging or assigning of all or part of the

22  revenues derived from the authority loans and education loans

23  to secure the payment of the obligations to be issued.

24         (b)  The fees and other amounts to be charged; the sums

25  to be raised in each year thereby; and the use, investment,

26  and disposition of such sums.

27         (c)  The setting aside of loan funding deposits, debt

28  service reserves, capitalized interest accounts, cost of

29  insurance accounts, and sinking funds and the regulation,

30  investment, and disposition thereof.

31  


                                 1085

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Limitations on the right of the authority or its

  2  agent to restrict and regulate the use of education loans.

  3         (e)  Limitations on the purpose to which the proceeds

  4  of sale of any issue of obligations then or thereafter to be

  5  issued may be invested or applied.

  6         (f)  Limitations on the issuance of additional

  7  obligations; the terms upon which additional obligations may

  8  be issued and secured; the terms upon which additional

  9  obligations may rank on a parity with, or be subordinate or

10  superior to, other obligations; and the refunding of

11  outstanding obligations.

12         (g)  The procedure, if any, by which the terms of any

13  contract with bondholders may be amended or abrogated, the

14  amount of obligations the holders of which must consent

15  thereto, and the manner in which such consent may be given.

16         (h)  Limitations on the amount of moneys derived from

17  the loan program to be expended for operating, administrative,

18  or other expenses of the authority.

19         (i)  Defining the acts or omissions to act which

20  constitute a default in the duties of the authority to holders

21  of obligations and providing the rights or remedies of such

22  holders in the event of a default.

23         (j)  Providing for guarantees, pledges or endowments,

24  letters of credit, property, or other security for the benefit

25  of the holders of such obligations.

26         (k)  Any other matters relating to the obligations

27  which the authority deems desirable to include in the bond

28  resolution.

29         (5)  Neither the members of the authority nor any

30  person executing the obligations shall be liable personally on

31  


                                 1086

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the obligations or be subject to any personal liability or

  2  accountability by reason of the issuance thereof.

  3         (6)  The authority shall have power to purchase its

  4  obligations out of any funds available therefor.  The

  5  authority may hold, pledge, cancel, or resell such obligations

  6  subject to and in accordance with agreements with bondholders.

  7         (7)  The authority shall have the power to refund any

  8  of its obligations.  Such refunding obligations shall be

  9  issued in the same manner as other obligations of the

10  authority.

11         Section 506.  Section 1009.9977, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1009.9977  Trust agreement to secure obligations.--In

14  the discretion of the authority, any obligations issued under

15  the provisions of this act may be secured by a trust agreement

16  by and between the authority and a corporate trustee, which

17  may be any trust company or bank having the powers of a trust

18  company within or without the state.  The trust agreement may

19  pledge or assign the revenues to be received by the authority;

20  may contain such provisions for protecting and enforcing the

21  rights and remedies of the bondholders as may be reasonable

22  and proper and not in violation of law, particularly including

23  such provisions as have hereinabove been specifically

24  authorized to be included in any bond resolution of the

25  authority; and may restrict individual rights of action by

26  bondholders.  Any bank or trust company incorporated under the

27  laws of this state which may act as depository of the proceeds

28  of bonds or of revenues or other moneys may furnish such

29  indemnifying bonds or pledge such securities as may be

30  required by the authority.  Any such trust agreement may set

31  forth the rights and remedies of the bondholders and of the


                                 1087

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  trustee.  In addition, any trust agreement may contain such

  2  other provisions as the authority may deem reasonable and

  3  proper for the security of the bondholders.  All expenses

  4  incurred in carrying out the provisions of the trust agreement

  5  may be treated as part of the cost of the operation of an

  6  education loan program.

  7         Section 507.  Section 1009.9978, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1009.9978  Payment of obligations.--Obligations issued

10  under the provisions of this act shall not be deemed to

11  constitute a debt or liability of the state or the county or a

12  pledge of the faith and credit of the state or any county, but

13  such obligations shall be payable solely from the funds herein

14  provided therefor from revenues.  Each such obligation shall

15  contain on its face a statement to the effect that neither the

16  county nor the authority shall be obligated to pay the same or

17  the interest thereon except from revenues of the loan program

18  for which it is issued and that neither the faith and credit

19  nor the taxing power of the state or of any political

20  subdivision thereof is pledged to the payment of the principal

21  of or the interest on such bonds.  The issuance of obligations

22  under the provisions of this act shall not directly,

23  indirectly, or contingently obligate the state or any

24  political subdivision thereof to levy or pledge any form of

25  taxation whatever therefor or to make any appropriation for

26  their payment.

27         Section 508.  Section 1009.9979, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1009.9979  Pledge of revenues.--Each authority shall

30  fix, revise, charge, and collect fees, and it is empowered to

31  contract with any person in respect thereof.  Each agreement


                                 1088

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  entered into by the authority with an institution shall

  2  provide that the fees and other amounts payable by the

  3  institution of higher education with respect to any program of

  4  the authority shall be sufficient at all times to:

  5         (1)  Pay the institution's share of the administrative

  6  costs and expenses of such program;

  7         (2)  Pay the principal of, the premium, if any, on, and

  8  the interest on outstanding obligations of the authority which

  9  have been issued in respect of such program to the extent that

10  other revenues of the authority pledged for the payment of the

11  obligations are insufficient to pay the obligations as they

12  become due and payable;

13         (3)  Create and maintain reserves which may, but need

14  not, be required or provided for in the bond resolution

15  relating to such obligations of the authority; and

16         (4)  Establish and maintain whatever education loan

17  servicing, control, or audit procedures are deemed necessary

18  to the prudent operations of the authority.

19  

20  The authority shall pledge the revenues from each program as

21  security for the issue of obligations relating to such

22  program. Such pledge shall be valid and binding from the time

23  the pledge is made; the revenues so pledged by the authority

24  shall immediately be subject to the lien of such pledge

25  without any physical delivery thereof or further act, and the

26  lien of any such pledge shall be valid and binding against all

27  parties having claims of any kind in tort, in contract, or

28  otherwise against the authority or any participating

29  institution, irrespective of whether such parties have notice

30  thereof.

31  


                                 1089

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 509.  Section 1009.998, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1009.998  Funds as trust funds.--All moneys received by

  4  or on behalf of an authority pursuant to this act, whether as

  5  proceeds from the sale of obligations or as revenues, shall be

  6  deemed to be trust funds to be held and applied solely as

  7  provided in this act. Any officer with whom, or any bank or

  8  trust company with which, such moneys are deposited shall act

  9  as trustee of such moneys and shall hold and apply the same

10  for the purposes of this act, subject to such regulations as

11  this act and the bond resolution authorizing the issue of any

12  obligations may provide.

13         Section 510.  Section 1009.9981, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1009.9981  Obligations; qualities of investment

16  securities.--All obligations issued under the provisions of

17  this act, regardless of form or terms, shall have all the

18  qualities and incidents, including negotiability, of

19  investment securities under the Uniform Commercial Code.

20  Compliance with the provisions of such code respecting the

21  filing of a financing statement to perfect a security interest

22  is not necessary for perfecting any security interest granted

23  by an authority.

24         Section 511.  Section 1009.9982, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1009.9982  Rights of holders of obligations.--Any

27  holder of obligations issued pursuant to this act or a trustee

28  under a trust agreement entered into pursuant to this act,

29  except to the extent that the rights herein given may be

30  restricted by any bond resolution or trust agreement, may, by

31  any suitable form of legal proceedings:


                                 1090

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Protect and enforce any and all rights under the

  2  laws of this state or granted hereunder or by the bond

  3  resolution or trust agreement;

  4         (2)  Enjoin unlawful activities; and

  5         (3)  In the event of default with respect to the

  6  payment of any principal of, premiums, if any, on, and

  7  interest on any obligation or in the performance of any

  8  covenant or agreement on the part of the authority in the bond

  9  resolution, apply to the circuit court to appoint a receiver

10  to administer and operate the education loan program or

11  programs, the revenues of which are pledged to the payment of

12  principal of, premium, if any, on, and interest on such

13  obligations, with full power to pay, and to provide for

14  payment of, principal of, premium, if any, on, and interest on

15  such obligations and with such powers, subject to the

16  direction of the court, as are permitted by law and are

17  accorded receivers, excluding any power to pledge additional

18  revenues of the authority to the payment of such principal,

19  premium, and interest.

20         Section 512.  Section 1009.9983, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.9983  Refunding obligations; purpose, proceeds;

23  investment of proceeds.--

24         (1)  An authority may provide for the issuance of

25  obligations for the purpose of refunding any of its

26  obligations then outstanding, including the payment of any

27  redemption premium thereon and any interest accrued or to

28  accrue to the earliest or any subsequent date of redemption,

29  purchase, or maturity of such obligations.

30         (2)  The proceeds of any such obligations issued for

31  the purpose of refunding outstanding obligations may, in the


                                 1091

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  discretion of the authority, be applied to the purchase or

  2  retirement at maturity or redemption of such outstanding

  3  obligations either on their earliest or any subsequent

  4  redemption date or upon the purchase or at the maturity

  5  thereof and may, pending such application, be placed in escrow

  6  to be applied to such purchase or retirement at maturity or

  7  redemption on such date as may be determined by the authority.

  8         (3)  Any such escrowed proceeds, pending such use, may

  9  be invested and reinvested in direct obligations of the United

10  States of America or in certificates of deposit or time

11  deposits of financial institutions secured as to principal by

12  such direct obligations, which direct obligations,

13  certificates of deposit, or time deposits mature at such time

14  as shall be appropriate to assure the prompt payment, as to

15  principal, interest, and redemption premium, if any, of the

16  outstanding obligations to be so refunded. The interest,

17  income, and profits, if any, earned or realized on any such

18  investment may also be applied to the payment of the

19  outstanding obligations to be so refunded.  After the terms of

20  the escrow have been fully satisfied and carried out, any

21  balance of such proceeds and interest, income, and profits, if

22  any, earned or realized on the investments thereof shall be

23  returned to the authority for use in any lawful manner.

24         (4)  All such refunding bonds shall be subject to this

25  act in the same manner and to the same extent as other revenue

26  bonds issued pursuant to this act.

27         Section 513.  Section 1009.9984, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1009.9984  Investment of funds of authority.--Except as

30  otherwise provided in s. 1009.9983(3), an authority may invest

31  any funds in:


                                 1092

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Direct obligations of the United States of

  2  America;

  3         (2)  Obligations as to which the timely payment of

  4  principal and interest is fully guaranteed by the United

  5  States of America;

  6         (3)  Obligations of the Federal Intermediate Credit

  7  Banks, Federal Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Land Banks,

  8  Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal National Mortgage

  9  Association, Government National Mortgage Association, and

10  Student Loan Marketing Association;

11         (4)  Certificates of deposit or time deposits

12  constituting direct obligations of any financial institution

13  as defined by the financial institutions codes, as now or

14  hereafter amended, except that investments may be made only in

15  those certificates of deposit or time deposits in financial

16  institutions which are insured by the appropriate federal

17  regulatory agency as defined in s. 655.005; and

18         (5)  Withdrawable capital accounts or deposits of state

19  or federally chartered savings and loan associations which are

20  insured by an agency of the Federal Government.  Any such

21  securities may be purchased at the offering or market price

22  thereof at the time of such purchase.  All such securities so

23  purchased shall mature or be redeemable on a date prior to the

24  time when, in the judgment of the authority, the funds so

25  invested will be required for expenditure.  The express

26  judgment of the authority as to the time when any funds will

27  be required for expenditure or be redeemable is final and

28  conclusive.

29         Section 514.  Section 1009.9985, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1093

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.9985  Obligations as legal investments.--Any bank,

  2  banker, trust company, savings bank or institution, building

  3  and loan association, savings and loan association, investment

  4  company, or other person carrying on a banking business or

  5  investment business; insurance company or insurance

  6  association; executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, or

  7  other fiduciary; or public officer or public body of the state

  8  or its political subdivisions may legally invest any sinking

  9  funds, moneys, or other funds belonging to it or within its

10  control in any obligations issued pursuant to this act.

11         Section 515.  Section 1009.9986, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1009.9986  Validation of bonds and proceedings.--A

14  higher education loan authority shall determine its authority

15  to issue any of its bonds, and the legality of all proceedings

16  in connection therewith, as provided in chapter 75.

17         Section 516.  Section 1009.9987, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1009.9987  Actions to contest validity of bonds.--An

20  action or proceeding to contest the validity of any bond

21  issued under this act, other than a proceeding pursuant to s.

22  1009.9986, shall be commenced within 30 days after

23  notification, in a newspaper of general circulation within the

24  area, of the passage by the authority of the resolution

25  authorizing the issuance of such bond.

26         Section 517.  Section 1009.9988, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1009.9988  Annual report.--Each authority shall keep an

29  accurate account of all of its activities and shall annually

30  provide a report thereof to the commission and to the

31  Commissioner of Education.  Such report shall be a public


                                 1094

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  record and open for inspection at the offices of the authority

  2  during normal business hours.  The report shall include:

  3         (1)  Summaries of all applications by institutions of

  4  higher education for education loan financing assistance

  5  presented to the authority during such fiscal year;

  6         (2)  Summaries of all education loan programs which

  7  have received any form of financial assistance from the

  8  authority during such year;

  9         (3)  The nature and amount of all education loan

10  financing assistance;

11         (4)  A report concerning the financial condition of the

12  various education loan series portfolios; and

13         (5)  Projected activities of the authority for the next

14  fiscal year, including projections of the total amount of

15  financial assistance anticipated and the amount of obligations

16  that will be necessary to provide the projected level of

17  assistance during the next fiscal year.

18         Section 518.  Section 1009.9989, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1009.9989  Act as alternative method.--This act shall

21  be deemed to provide a complete, additional, and alternative

22  method for the doing of the things authorized hereby and shall

23  be regarded as supplemental and additional to powers or rights

24  conferred by other laws; however, the issuance of obligations

25  and refunding obligations under this act need not comply with

26  the requirements of any other law applicable to the issuance

27  of obligations.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in

28  this act, none of the powers granted to an authority under

29  this act shall be subject to the supervision or regulation, or

30  require the approval or consent, of any municipality or

31  political subdivision or any department, division, commission,


                                 1095

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board, body, bureau, official, or agency thereof or of the

  2  state.

  3         Section 519.  Section 1009.9990, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1009.9990  State agreement.--The state does hereby

  6  pledge to and agree with the holders of any obligations issued

  7  under this act, and with those parties who may enter into

  8  contracts with an authority pursuant to the provisions of this

  9  act, that the state will not limit or alter the rights hereby

10  vested in the authority until such obligations, together with

11  the interest thereon, are fully met and discharged and such

12  contracts are fully performed on the part of the authority;

13  however, nothing herein contained shall preclude such

14  limitation or alteration if adequate provision is made by law

15  for the protection of the holders of such obligations of an

16  authority or those entering into such contracts with an

17  authority.  An authority is authorized to include this pledge

18  and undertaking for the state in such obligations or

19  contracts.

20         Section 520.  Section 1009.9991, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1009.9991  Conflicts of interest.--

23         (1)  If any member, officer, or employee of an

24  authority has an interest, either direct or indirect, in any

25  contract to which the authority is, or is to be, a party or in

26  any institution requesting an authority loan from the

27  authority, such interest shall be disclosed to the authority

28  in writing and shall be set forth in the minutes of the

29  authority. The person having such interest shall not

30  participate in any action by the authority with respect to

31  such contract or such institution.


                                 1096

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Nothing in this section shall be construed to

  2  limit the right of any member, officer, or employee of an

  3  authority to acquire an interest in bonds of the authority or

  4  to have an interest in any banking institution in which the

  5  bonds of the authority are, or are to be, deposited or which

  6  is, or is to be, acting as trustee or paying agent under any

  7  bond resolution, trust indenture, or similar instrument to

  8  which the authority is a party.

  9         Section 521.  Section 1009.9992, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1009.9992  Liberal construction.--This act, being

12  necessary for the welfare of the state and its inhabitants,

13  shall be liberally construed to effect its purpose.

14         Section 522.  Section 1009.9993, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1009.9993  Tax exemption.--Neither an authority nor its

17  agent or trustee shall be required to pay any taxes or

18  assessments upon any transactions, or any property acquired or

19  used by the authority or its agents or trustees under the

20  provisions of this act or upon the income therefrom.  Any

21  bonds, notes, or other obligations issued under the provisions

22  of this act and their transfer and the income therefrom,

23  including any profit made on the sale thereof, shall at all

24  times be exempt from taxation of any kind by the state or any

25  of its political subdivisions. The exemption granted by this

26  section shall not be applicable to any tax imposed by chapter

27  220 on interest, income, or profits on debt obligations owned

28  by corporations.

29         Section 523.  Section 1009.9994, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1097

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1009.9994  State Board of Administration authority to

  2  borrow and lend funds to finance student loans; conditions and

  3  limitations.--

  4         (1)  The State of Florida, acting through the State

  5  Board of Administration, is authorized to borrow funds to

  6  finance student loans and to lend such funds to eligible

  7  lenders described under the provisions of the Higher Education

  8  Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. ss. 1071 et seq.), as amended or as may

  9  be amended, or other federal laws providing for the guarantee

10  of loans to students and the partial payment of interest on

11  such loans by the United States Government.

12         (2)  In order to obtain such funds, the State of

13  Florida, acting through the State Board of Administration, is

14  authorized to enter into loan agreements and interlocal

15  agreements with any county, municipality, special district, or

16  other local governmental body. Such agreements shall be for

17  such periods and under such terms and conditions as may be

18  mutually agreed upon by the parties thereto in order to carry

19  out the purposes of s. 15, Art. VII of the State Constitution.

20  The loans shall be repaid only from the proceeds received

21  under loan agreements with eligible lenders or from the

22  proceeds received from the repayment of the student loans.

23  Such agreements shall provide that the loans to the state will

24  not constitute a general or moral obligation or a pledge of

25  the faith and credit or the taxing power of the state.

26         (3)  The State of Florida, acting through the State

27  Board of Administration, is further authorized to enter into

28  loan agreements or other contracts under which the state will

29  loan the funds obtained from the local governments to eligible

30  lenders as defined in s. 435(g)(1)(D) of the Higher Education

31  Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. ss. 1071 et seq.), as amended or as may


                                 1098

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be amended, or other federal laws providing for the guarantee

  2  of loans to students and the partial payment of interest on

  3  such loans by the United States Government.  Such agreements

  4  or contracts shall be for such periods and under such terms

  5  and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties

  6  thereto in order to carry out the purposes of s. 15, Art. VII

  7  of the State Constitution.  Higher Education Loan Program of

  8  Florida, Inc., a Florida nonprofit corporation, is hereby

  9  designated an eligible lender hereunder, and any other lender,

10  to the extent permitted under s. 435(g)(1)(D) of the Higher

11  Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. ss. 1071 et seq.), as amended

12  or as may be amended, or other federal laws providing for the

13  guarantee of loans to students and the partial payment of

14  interest on such loans by the United States Government, may be

15  designated by the Governor, with the concurrence of the State

16  Board of Administration, as an eligible lender hereunder.

17         (4)  The State of Florida, acting through the State

18  Board of Administration, is further authorized to enter into

19  such further contracts and to take such further actions as may

20  be necessary or convenient in order to carry out the purposes

21  of this section.

22         (5)  Notice shall be published in a newspaper of

23  general circulation within the territorial jurisdiction of the

24  governmental body following adoption by the local governmental

25  body of a resolution authorizing a loan agreement or

26  interlocal agreement under this section.  An action or

27  proceeding to contest the validity of any such loan agreement

28  or interlocal agreement must be commenced within 30 days after

29  publication of such notice.

30         (6)  The provisions of this section shall be liberally

31  construed in order to effectively carry out its purposes.


                                 1099

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  This section shall be deemed to provide an additional and

  2  alternative method for the doing of the things authorized

  3  hereby and shall be regarded as supplemental to powers

  4  conferred by other laws, and shall not be regarded as in

  5  derogation of any powers now existing.

  6         Section 524.  Contingent upon ss. 1011.41 and

  7  1011.4106, Florida Statutes, which transfer funding associated

  8  with student tuition and fees and other authorized fees for

  9  services to local accounts to be managed by university boards

10  of trustees, becoming law, the total receipts of the state

11  which are subject to the revenue limitations of Article VII,

12  Section 1(e) of the Florida Constitution shall be reduced by

13  the Revenue Estimation Conference to reflect this transfer.

14         Section 525.  Chapter 1010, Florida Statutes, shall be

15  entitled "Financial Matters" and shall consist of ss.

16  1010.01-1010.86.

17         Section 526.  Part I of chapter 1010, Florida Statutes,

18  shall be entitled "General Accounting Requirements" and shall

19  consist of ss. 1010.01-1010.11.

20         Section 527.  Section 1010.01, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1010.01  Uniform records and accounts.--

23         (1)  The financial records and accounts of each school

24  district, community college, university, and other institution

25  or agency under the supervision of the State Board of

26  Education shall be prepared and maintained as prescribed by

27  law and rules of the State Board of Education.

28         (2)  Rules of the State Board of Education shall

29  incorporate the requirements of law and the appropriate

30  requirements of the Governmental Accounting Standards Board

31  (GASB) for State and Local Government.


                                 1100

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Required financial accounts and reports shall

  2  include provisions that are unique to each of the following:

  3  K-12 school districts, community colleges, and state

  4  universities, and shall provide for the data to be reported to

  5  the National Center of Educational Statistics and other

  6  governmental and professional educational data information

  7  services as appropriate.

  8         Section 528.  Section 1010.011, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1010.011  Definition.--For purposes of chapters 1010

11  and 1011, the following terms: university, universities, and

12  university board of trustees include New College under the

13  supervision of the State Board of Education.

14         Section 529.  Section 1010.02, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1010.02  Financial accounting and expenditures.--All

17  funds accruing to a school district, a community college, or a

18  university must be received, accounted for, and expended in

19  accordance with law and rules of the State Board of Education.

20         Section 530.  Section 1010.03, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1010.03  Delinquent accounts.--District school boards,

23  community college boards of trustees, and university boards of

24  trustees:

25         (1)  Shall exert every effort to collect all delinquent

26  accounts.

27         (2)  May charge off or settle such accounts as may

28  prove uncollectible.

29         (3)  May employ the services of a collection agency

30  when deemed advisable in collecting delinquent accounts.

31  


                                 1101

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  May adopt rules, as necessary, to implement the

  2  provisions of this section, including setoff procedures,

  3  payroll deductions, and restrictions on release of

  4  transcripts, awarding of diplomas, and access to other

  5  resources and services of the school district, community

  6  college, or university.

  7         Section 531.  Section 1010.04, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1010.04  Purchasing.--

10         (1)  Purchases and leases by school districts,

11  community colleges, and universities shall comply with the

12  requirements of law and rules of the State Board of Education.

13         (2)  Each district school board, community college

14  board of trustees, and each university board of trustees shall

15  adopt rules to be followed in making purchases.

16         (3)  In districts in which the county purchasing agent

17  is authorized by law to make purchases for the benefit of

18  other governmental agencies within the county, the district

19  school board and community college board of trustees shall

20  have the option to purchase from the current county contracts

21  at the unit price stated therein if such purchase is to the

22  economic advantage of the district school board or the

23  community college board of trustees; subject to confirmation

24  of the items of purchase to the standards and specifications

25  prescribed by the school district or community college.

26         (4)  The State Board of Education may, by rule, provide

27  for alternative procedures for bidding or purchasing in cases

28  in which the character of the item requested renders

29  competitive bidding impractical.

30         Section 532.  Section 1010.05, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1102

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1010.05  Federal grants; maximization of indirect cost

  2  allowance.--The Department of Education shall maximize the

  3  available federal indirect cost allowed on all federal grants.

  4  Beginning with the 2002-2003 fiscal year, none of the funds

  5  received from indirect cost allowance shall be expended by the

  6  department without specific appropriation by the Legislature.

  7  Funds received pursuant to s. 1004.22 are specifically exempt

  8  from this provision.

  9         Section 533.  Section 1010.07, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1010.07  Bonds or insurance required.--

12         (1)  Each district school board, community college

13  board of trustees, and university board of trustees shall

14  ensure that each official and employee responsible for

15  handling, expending, or authorizing the expenditure of funds

16  shall be appropriately bonded or insured to protect the board

17  and the funds involved.

18         (2)  Contractors paid from school district, community

19  college, or university funds shall give bond for the faithful

20  performance of their contracts in such amount and for such

21  purposes as prescribed by s. 255.05 or by rules of the State

22  Board of Education relating to the type of contract involved.

23  It shall be the duty of the district school board, community

24  college board of trustees, and university board of trustees to

25  require construction contractors a bond adequate to protect

26  the board and the board's funds involved.

27         Section 534.  Section 1010.08, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1010.08  Promotion and public relations; funding.--Each

30  district school board and community college board of trustees

31  may budget and use a portion of the funds accruing to it from


                                 1103

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  auxiliary enterprises and undesignated gifts for promotion and

  2  public relations as prescribed by rules of the State Board of

  3  Education. Such funds may be used to provide hospitality to

  4  business guests in the district or elsewhere. However, such

  5  hospitality expenses may not exceed the amount authorized for

  6  such contingency funds as prescribed by rules of the State

  7  Board of Education.

  8         Section 535.  Section 1010.09, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1010.09  Direct-support organizations.--School

11  district, community college, and university direct-support

12  organizations shall be organized and conducted under the

13  provisions of ss. 1004.28, 1004.70, 1013.77 and rules of the

14  State Board of Education, as applicable.

15         Section 536.  Section 1010.11, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1010.11  Electronic transfer of funds.--Pursuant to the

18  provisions of s. 215.85, each district school board, community

19  college board of trustees, and university board of trustees

20  shall adopt written policies prescribing the accounting and

21  control procedures under which any funds under their control

22  are allowed to be moved by electronic transaction for any

23  purpose including direct deposit, wire transfer, withdrawal,

24  or investment. Electronic transactions shall comply with the

25  provisions of chapter 668.

26         Section 537.  Part II of chapter 1010, Florida

27  Statutes, shall be entitled "Financial Reporting" and shall

28  consist of ss. 1010.20-1010.24.

29         Section 538.  Section 1010.20, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1104

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1010.20  Cost accounting and reporting for school

  2  districts.--

  3         (1)  COST ACCOUNTING.--Each school district shall

  4  account for expenditures of all state, local, and federal

  5  funds on a school-by-school and a district-aggregate basis in

  6  accordance with the manual developed by the Department of

  7  Education or as provided by law.

  8         (2)  COST REPORTING.--

  9         (a)  Each district shall report on a district-aggregate

10  basis expenditures for inservice training pursuant to s.

11  1011.62(3) and for categorical programs as provided in s.

12  1011.62(5).

13         (b)  Each district shall report on a school-by-school

14  and on an aggregate district basis expenditures for each

15  program funded in s. 1011.62(1)(c).

16         (c)  The Commissioner of Education shall present to the

17  Legislature, prior to the opening of the regular session each

18  year, a district-by-district report of the expenditures

19  reported pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b).  The report shall

20  include total expenditures, a detailed analysis showing

21  expenditures for each program, and such other data as may be

22  useful for management of the education system. The

23  Commissioner of Education shall also compute cost factors

24  relative to the base student allocation for each funded

25  program in s. 1011.62(1)(c).

26         (3)  PROGRAM EXPENDITURE REQUIREMENTS.--

27         (a)  Each district shall expend at least the percent of

28  the funds generated by each of the programs listed in this

29  section on the aggregate total school costs for such programs:

30         1.  Kindergarten and grades 1, 2, and 3, 90 percent.

31         2.  Grades 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8, 80 percent.


                                 1105

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Grades 9, 10, 11, and 12, 80 percent.

  2         4.  Programs for exceptional students, on an aggregate

  3  program basis, 90 percent.

  4         5.  Grades 7 through 12 career and technical education

  5  programs, on an aggregate program basis, 80 percent.

  6         6.  Students-at-risk programs, on an aggregate program

  7  basis, 80 percent.

  8         7.  Juvenile justice programs, on an aggregate program

  9  basis, 80 percent.

10         8.  Any new program established and funded under s.

11  1011.62(1)(c), that is not included under subparagraphs 1.-6.,

12  on an aggregate basis as appropriate, 80 percent.

13         (b)  Funds for inservice training established in s.

14  1011.62(3) and for categorical programs established in s.

15  1011.62(5) shall be expended for the costs of the identified

16  programs as provided by law and in accordance with the rules

17  of the State Board of Education.

18         Section 539.  Section 1010.21, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1010.21  Indirect costs.--District school boards shall

21  assess district indirect costs only for services received by

22  the program or institution against which such cost is

23  assessed. When assigning each specific indirect cost to

24  multiple programs or institutions, district school boards

25  shall identify one basis for the assessment of such cost and

26  shall maintain the same basis for assigning such cost to each

27  program or institution.

28         Section 540.  Section 1010.215, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1010.215  Educational funding accountability.--

31         (1)  As used in this section, the term:


                                 1106

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  "Administrative personnel" means those employees

  2  responsible for management functions such as the development

  3  of broad policies and implementation of those policies through

  4  the direction of personnel.

  5         (b)  "Educational support personnel" means

  6  district-based and school-based employees, including

  7  professional staff, technicians, secretaries, clerks, skilled

  8  workers, transportation employees, food service employees, and

  9  custodial and maintenance workers.

10         (c)  "Instructional personnel" means classroom

11  teachers, including substitute teachers.

12         (d)  "Instructional specialists" means staff members

13  responsible for providing student personnel services,

14  librarians, and media specialists.

15         (e)  "Instructional support personnel" means aides or

16  assistants to instructional personnel or instructional

17  specialists.

18         (f)  "Managers" means instructional and

19  noninstructional employees with some managerial and

20  supervisory functions, although primarily responsible for

21  general operations.  This category includes only

22  district-based employees.

23         (2)  Each district school board must classify each

24  employee of the district school board into one of the

25  following categories:

26         (a)  Instructional personnel;

27         (b)  Instructional specialists;

28         (c)  Instructional support personnel;

29         (d)  Administrative personnel;

30         (e)  Managers; or

31         (f)  Educational support personnel.


                                 1107

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  

  2  The district school board shall notify each employee of such

  3  classification.

  4         (3)(a)  The school public accountability report to

  5  parents must include the number of employees in each of the

  6  categories listed in subsection (2), by work location.

  7  However, this does not include the number of temporary

  8  substitute employees.

  9         (b)  Any teacher-to-student ratio or class size measure

10  required by law or State Board of Education rule must be

11  computed by dividing the number of students in membership at

12  the school by the number of full-time equivalent instructional

13  personnel pursuant to paragraph (2)(a). Class size reports for

14  exceptional student education shall be computed by dividing

15  the number of exceptional students in membership by the number

16  of full-time equivalent exceptional education classroom

17  teachers who are classified as instructional personnel

18  pursuant to paragraph (2)(a).

19         (4)(a)  All expenditures within the general and special

20  revenue funds for each district school board, including

21  salaries, benefits, purchased services, energy services,

22  materials and supplies, capital outlay, and miscellaneous

23  expenditures, for the following purposes are classified as

24  administrative expenditures:

25         1.  District school board.

26         2.  General administration.

27         3.  School administration, excluding support

28  expenditures.

29         4.  Facilities acquisition and construction at the

30  district level.

31         5.  Fiscal services.


                                 1108

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         6.  Central services at the district level.

  2         (b)  All expenditures within the general and special

  3  revenue funds for each district school board, including

  4  salaries, benefits, purchased services, energy services,

  5  materials and supplies, capital outlay, and miscellaneous

  6  expenditures, for the following purposes are classified as

  7  instructional expenditures:

  8         1.  Instruction.

  9         2.  Instructional support services, including student

10  personnel services, instructional media services, instruction

11  and curriculum development, and instructional staff training

12  services.

13         3.  School administration, including support

14  expenditures.

15         4.  Facilities acquisition and construction at the

16  school level.

17         5.  Food services.

18         6.  Central services at the school level.

19         7.  Student transportation services.

20         8.  Operation of plant.

21         9.  Maintenance of plant.

22  

23  Definitions for the functions specified in this subsection are

24  specified in State Board of Education rules.

25         (5)  The annual school public accountability report

26  required by ss. 1001.42(16) and 1008.345 must include a school

27  financial report. The purpose of the school financial report

28  is to better inform parents and the public concerning how

29  revenues were spent to operate the school during the prior

30  fiscal year. Each school's financial report must follow a

31  


                                 1109

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  uniform, districtwide format that is easy to read and

  2  understand.

  3         (a)  Total revenue must be reported at the school,

  4  district, and state levels. The revenue sources that must be

  5  addressed are state and local funds, other than lottery funds;

  6  lottery funds; federal funds; and private donations.

  7         (b)  Expenditures must be reported as the total

  8  expenditures per unweighted full-time equivalent student at

  9  the school level and the average expenditures per full-time

10  equivalent student at the district and state levels in each of

11  the following categories and subcategories:

12         1.  Teachers, excluding substitute teachers, and

13  education paraprofessionals who provide direct classroom

14  instruction to students enrolled in programs classified by s.

15  1011.62 as:

16         a.  Basic programs;

17         b.  Students-at-risk programs;

18         c.  Special programs for exceptional students;

19         d.  Career education programs; and

20         e.  Adult programs.

21         2.  Substitute teachers.

22         3.  Other instructional personnel, including

23  school-based instructional specialists and their assistants.

24         4.  Contracted instructional services, including

25  training for instructional staff and other contracted

26  instructional services.

27         5.  School administration, including school-based

28  administrative personnel and school-based education support

29  personnel.

30         6.  The following materials, supplies, and operating

31  capital outlay:


                                 1110

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         a.  Textbooks;

  2         b.  Computer hardware and software;

  3         c.  Other instructional materials;

  4         d.  Other materials and supplies; and

  5         e.  Library media materials.

  6         7.  Food services.

  7         8.  Other support services.

  8         9.  Operation and maintenance of the school plant.

  9         (c)  The school financial report must also identify the

10  types of district-level expenditures that support the school's

11  operations. The total amount of these district-level

12  expenditures must be reported and expressed as total

13  expenditures per full-time equivalent student.

14         (6)  Based on the classifications in this section, each

15  district school board shall annually submit a report by

16  January 1, which identifies and summarizes administrative

17  expenditures and instructional expenditures by fund for the

18  preceding fiscal year.  The report shall also state the number

19  of unweighted full-time equivalent students enrolled in the

20  school district.  The total amount of administrative

21  expenditures shall be divided by the number of unweighted

22  full-time equivalent students to determine the administrative

23  expenditures per student.  This calculation is to be made

24  separately for the general and the special revenue funds. In

25  addition, the report shall reflect the number of employees in

26  each category outlined in subsection (2) and the percentage of

27  employees in each category, excluding the number of temporary

28  substitute employees. This report shall be submitted to the

29  commissioner and shall be made available to the public. The

30  school public accountability report shall contain notification

31  of the availability of this report.


                                 1111

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 541.  Section 1010.22, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1010.22  Cost accounting and reporting for workforce

  4  education.--

  5         (1)  Each school district and each community college

  6  shall account for expenditures of all state, local, federal,

  7  and other funds in the manner prescribed by the State Board of

  8  Education.

  9         (2)  Each school district and each community college

10  shall report expenditures for workforce education in

11  accordance with requirements prescribed by the State Board of

12  Education.

13         (3)  The Department of Education, in cooperation with

14  school districts and community colleges, shall develop and

15  maintain a database of valid comparable information on

16  workforce education which will meet both state and local

17  needs.

18         Section 542.  Section 1010.23, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1010.23  Cost accounting and reporting for community

21  colleges.--Community colleges shall provide an annual report

22  on the cost of operations as provided in s. 1011.84.

23         Section 543.  Section 1010.24, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1010.24  Cost accounting and reporting for

26  universities.--Universities shall provide an annual

27  expenditure analysis report as provided in s. 1011.90.

28         Section 544.  Part III of chapter 1010, Florida

29  Statutes, shall be entitled "Audit Requirements and

30  Procedures" and shall consist of ss. 1010.30-1010.34.

31  


                                 1112

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 545.  Section 1010.30, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1010.30  Audits required.--School districts, community

  4  colleges, universities, and other institutions and agencies

  5  under the supervision of the State Board of Education are

  6  subject to the audit provisions under chapter 11.

  7         Section 546.  Section 1010.305, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1010.305  Audit of student enrollment.--

10         (1)  The Auditor General shall periodically examine the

11  records of school districts, and other agencies as

12  appropriate, to determine compliance with law and State Board

13  of Education rules relating to the classification, assignment,

14  and verification of full-time equivalent student enrollment

15  for purposes of the Florida Education Finance Program.

16         (2)  If it is determined that the approved criteria and

17  procedures for the placement of students and the conduct of

18  programs have not been followed by the district, appropriate

19  adjustments in the full-time equivalent student count for that

20  district must be made, and any excess funds must be deducted

21  from subsequent allocations of state funds to that district.

22  As provided for by rule, if errors in a specific program of a

23  district recur in consecutive years due to lack of corrective

24  action by the district, adjustments may be made based upon

25  statistical estimates of error projected to the overall

26  district program.

27         Section 547.  Section 1010.33, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1010.33  Financial and performance audits.--Each

30  district school board and community college board of trustees,

31  and university board of trustees is authorized to have an


                                 1113

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  audit of their accounts and records by an independent

  2  certified public accountant retained by them and paid from

  3  their public funds. These audits are in addition to those

  4  required by ss. 11.45 and 218.39.

  5         Section 548.  Section 1010.34, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1010.34  Audits of direct-support organizations and

  8  citizen support organizations.--Audits of school district,

  9  community college, and state university direct-support

10  organizations and citizen support organizations are subject to

11  the audit provisions of ss. 215.981, 1013.77(4), 1004.23(5),

12  and 1004.70(6), as applicable.

13         Section 549.  Part IV of chapter 1010, Florida

14  Statutes, shall be entitled "Provisions Relating to Bonding"

15  and shall consist of ss. 1010.40-1010.619.

16         Section 550.  Section 1010.40, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1010.40  Proposals for issuing bonds.--Whenever the

19  residents of a school district in this state shall desire the

20  issuance of bonds by such school district for the purpose of

21  acquiring, building, enlarging, furnishing, or otherwise

22  improving buildings or school grounds, or for any other

23  exclusive use of the public schools within such school

24  district, they shall present to the district school board a

25  petition signed by not less than 25 percent of the duly

26  qualified electors residing within the school district,

27  setting forth in general terms the amount of the bonds desired

28  to be issued, the purpose thereof, and that the proceeds

29  derived from the sale of such bonds shall be used for the

30  purposes set forth in the petition. The requirement for such

31  petition may be dispensed with and the proposition of issuing


                                 1114

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bonds for the purposes as herein outlined may be initiated by

  2  the district school board of the said district; however,

  3  nothing contained in this section shall repeal any of the

  4  provisions of ss. 100.201-100.221, 100.241, 100.261-100.341,

  5  and 100.351.

  6         Section 551.  Section 1010.41, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1010.41  Procedure of district school boards with

  9  reference to proposals for issuing bonds.--It shall be the

10  duty of the district school board to plan the school financial

11  program of the district so that, insofar as practicable,

12  needed capital outlay expenditures can be made without the

13  necessity of issuing bonds. Whenever the district school board

14  proposes an issue of bonds or has received any petition

15  proposing the issuance of bonds, as provided in s. 1010.40,

16  the said board shall forthwith proceed as follows:

17         (1)  The district school board, after considering

18  recommendations submitted by the district school

19  superintendent, shall determine whether in its opinion the

20  projects for which bonds are proposed to be issued are

21  essential for the school program of the district.

22         (2)  If the proposed projects are deemed essential by

23  the district school board or if the proposed projects are

24  rejected in whole or in part, the district school board shall,

25  if practicable, prepare a plan for carrying out the projects,

26  or at least part of the projects, with current funds which

27  have been or can be set aside for that purpose.

28         (3)  If the district school board determines that any

29  portion of the projects cannot be carried out so that all

30  costs can be met from the proceeds of a special district

31  millage voted for that purpose or from district current funds


                                 1115

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  that are not needed for salaries of teachers or other

  2  necessary expenses of operating the schools or from such funds

  3  that can reasonably be expected to be available by the time

  4  the projects are completed, or cannot be completed on the

  5  basis of a loan against district current funds, approved in

  6  accordance with s. 1011.14, the district school board shall

  7  then determine the amount of bonds necessary to be issued to

  8  complete the projects as proposed for the district and shall

  9  adopt and transmit to the Department of Education a resolution

10  setting forth the proposals with reference to the projects and

11  the proposed plan for financing the projects, said resolution

12  to be in such form and contain such information as may be

13  prescribed by the State Board of Education. If the Department

14  of Education shall determine that the issuance of bonds as

15  proposed is unnecessary or is unnecessary in the amount and

16  according to the plan proposed, and shall notify the district

17  school board accordingly, the district school board shall then

18  amend its resolution to conform to the recommendation of the

19  Department of Education, and no further action shall be taken

20  for a period of at least 1 year on the proposal for a bond

21  issue unless, within 30 days thereafter, a petition signed by

22  at least 35 percent of the qualified electors within the

23  district is received by the school board requesting that an

24  election be called to vote bonds for the purposes set forth

25  and in an amount which shall not exceed the amount of bonds

26  proposed by the district school board. If such a petition is

27  received by the district school board, as provided herein, or

28  if the resolution proposing a bond issue has been approved by

29  the Department of Education, the school board shall then

30  proceed at its next ensuing meeting to adopt a resolution

31  


                                 1116

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorizing that an election be held for the purpose of

  2  determining whether bonds shall be issued as proposed.

  3         Section 552.  Section 1010.42, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1010.42  Publication of resolution.--It shall be the

  6  duty of the district school board, when the resolution

  7  proposing a bond issue has been approved by the Department of

  8  Education or when such a proposal has been rejected by the

  9  Department of Education and a new petition signed by 35

10  percent of the qualified electors of the district has been

11  presented, and when the resolution authorizing an election has

12  been adopted as set forth above, to cause such resolution to

13  be published at least once each week for 2 consecutive weeks

14  in some newspaper published in the district. This resolution

15  may also include a notice of election as prescribed in s.

16  1010.43.

17         Section 553.  Section 1010.43, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1010.43  Notice of election; qualifications of

20  electors.--The district school board shall also, at the

21  meeting at which is passed the resolution provided for in s.

22  1010.41, order that an election shall be held in the school

23  district to determine whether or not there shall be issued by

24  the district the bonds provided for in such resolution, in

25  which election only the duly qualified electors thereof shall

26  vote; and prior to the time of holding such election, the

27  district school board shall cause to be published at least

28  once each week for 2 consecutive weeks in a newspaper

29  published in the district a notice of the holding of such

30  election, which shall specify the time and place or places of

31  the holding thereof.  The resolution prescribed in s. 1010.41


                                 1117

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may be incorporated in and published as a part of the notice

  2  prescribed in this section.

  3         Section 554.  Section 1010.44, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1010.44  Conduct of election; form of ballot;

  6  appointment of inspectors; canvassing returns.--The election,

  7  provided for in s. 1010.43, shall be held at the place or

  8  several places in the district where the last general election

  9  was held throughout the district, unless the district school

10  board orders otherwise; and the district school board shall

11  appoint inspectors for the election and cause to be prepared

12  and furnished to the inspectors the ballots to be used at the

13  election; the form of ballots for such election shall be: "For

14  bonds" or "Against bonds." The inspectors shall make returns

15  to the the district school board immediately after the

16  election, and the school board shall hold a special meeting as

17  soon thereafter as practicable for the purpose of canvassing

18  the election returns and shall determine and certify its

19  result.

20         Section 555.  Section 1010.45, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1010.45  Result of election held.--If it appears by the

23  result of the election that a majority of the votes cast shall

24  be "For bonds," the district school board shall issue the

25  bonds authorized by the election for the purposes specified in

26  the resolution as published, not to exceed the amount named

27  therein. If the majority of the votes cast shall have been

28  "Against bonds," no bonds shall be issued.

29         Section 556.  Section 1010.46, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1118

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1010.46  If election adverse, no second election within

  2  6 months.--If the result of the election is adverse to the

  3  issuance of the bonds, no election shall be held for such

  4  purpose within 6 months thereafter. In the event such election

  5  shall result or shall have resulted in an equal number of

  6  votes being cast for the issuance of the bonds as shall be

  7  cast adverse to issuance of bonds, the district school board

  8  may call and order another or second election within the

  9  district to have determined the question of whether the bonds

10  specified in the original petition and resolution shall be

11  issued by the district, after giving notice as provided for by

12  s. 1010.43, and it shall not be necessary to have presented to

13  the district school board further petitions to order the

14  second election.

15         Section 557.  Section 1010.47, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1010.47  Receiving bids and sale of bonds.--

18         (1)  If the issuance of bonds is authorized at the

19  election, or if any bonds outstanding against the district are

20  being refunded, the district school board shall cause notice

21  to be given by publication in some newspaper published in the

22  district that the board will receive bids for the purchase of

23  the bonds at the office of the district school superintendent.

24  The notice shall be published twice and the first publication

25  shall be given not less than 30 days prior to the date set for

26  receiving the bids. The notice shall specify the amount of the

27  bonds offered for sale, shall state whether the bids shall be

28  sealed bids or whether the bonds are to be sold at auction,

29  and shall give the schedule of maturities of the proposed

30  bonds and such other pertinent information as may be

31  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education. Bidders


                                 1119

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may be invited to name the rate of interest that the bonds are

  2  to bear or the district school board may name rates of

  3  interest and invite bids thereon. In addition to publication

  4  of notice of the proposed sale as set forth in this

  5  subsection, the district school board shall notify in writing

  6  at least three recognized bond dealers in the state, and, at

  7  the same time, notify the Department of Education concerning

  8  the proposed sale and enclose a copy of the advertisement.

  9         (2)  All bonds and refunding bonds issued as provided

10  by law shall be sold to the highest and best bidder at such

11  public sale unless sold at a better price or yield basis

12  within 30 days after failure to receive an acceptable bid at a

13  duly advertised public sale, provided that at no time shall

14  bonds or refunding bonds be sold or exchanged at less than par

15  value except as specifically authorized by the Department of

16  Education; and provided, further, that the district school

17  board shall have the right to reject all bids and cause a new

18  notice to be given in like manner inviting other bids for such

19  bonds, or to sell all or any part of such bonds to the State

20  Board of Education at a price and yield basis that shall not

21  be less advantageous to the district school board than that

22  represented by the highest and best bid received. In the

23  marketing of the bonds the district school board shall be

24  entitled to have such assistance as can be rendered by the

25  Division of Bond Finance, the Commissioner of Education, or

26  any other public state officer or agency. In determining the

27  highest and best bidder for bonds offered for sale, the net

28  interest cost to the school board as shown in standard bond

29  tables shall govern, provided that the determination of the

30  district school board as to the highest and best bidder shall

31  be final.


                                 1120

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 558.  Section 1010.48, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1010.48  Bidders to give security.--The district school

  4  board may require of all bidders for the bonds that they give

  5  security by bond or by a deposit to the district school board

  6  that the bidder shall comply with the terms of the bid, and

  7  any bidder whose bid is accepted shall be liable to the

  8  district school board for all damages on account of the

  9  nonperformance of the terms of such bid or to a forfeiture of

10  the deposit required by the district school board.

11         Section 559.  Section 1010.49, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1010.49  Form and denomination of bonds.--The district

14  school board may prescribe the denomination of the bonds to be

15  issued, and such bonds may be issued with or without interest

16  coupons in the discretion of the board. The form of the bonds

17  to be issued may be prescribed by the State Board of Education

18  on the recommendation of the Department of Legal Affairs. The

19  schedule of maturities of the proposed bonds shall be so

20  arranged that the total payments required each year shall be

21  as nearly equal as practicable. The schedule shall provide

22  that all bonds are to be retired within a period of 20 years

23  from the date of issuance unless a longer period is required

24  and has been specifically approved by the Department of

25  Education. All bonds issued under this section that bear

26  interest in excess of 2.99 percent shall be callable on terms

27  prescribed by the district school board beginning not later

28  than 10 years from the date of issuance.

29         Section 560.  Section 1010.50, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1121

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1010.50  Investment of fiduciary funds in bonds;

  2  security for deposit of public funds.--School district bonds

  3  authorized and issued under the provisions of this chapter

  4  shall be lawful investments for fiduciary and trust funds,

  5  including all funds in the control of trustees, assignees,

  6  administrators, and executors, and may be accepted as security

  7  for all deposits of public funds.

  8         Section 561.  Section 1010.51, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1010.51  Records to be kept and reports to be

11  made.--The district school board shall maintain a complete

12  record of all bonds issued under the provisions of this

13  chapter, which record shall show upon what authority the bonds

14  are issued, the amount for which issued, the persons to whom

15  issued, the date of issuance, the purpose or purposes for

16  which issued, the rate of interest to be paid, and the time

17  and place of payment of each installment of principal and

18  interest. This record shall be so arranged as to show the

19  amount of principal and interest to be paid each year and

20  shall also show the annual or semiannual payments which are

21  made and the bonds which are canceled. In addition the

22  district school superintendent shall file with the Department

23  of Education in accordance with rules of the State Board of

24  Education reports giving such information as may be required

25  regarding any bonds which may be issued as provided herein.

26         Section 562.  Section 1010.52, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1010.52  Bonds may be validated; validity of

29  bonds.--When an issue of bonds for any school district shall

30  be authorized in the manner provided under the terms of this

31  chapter, such bonds shall, in the discretion of the district


                                 1122

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school board, be subject to validation in the manner provided

  2  for in chapter 75. In lieu of validation as set forth in that

  3  chapter, the district school board may, in its discretion,

  4  submit to the Department of Legal Affairs all information

  5  relating to the issuance of bonds as provided in said chapter

  6  75, and an approving opinion of the Department of Legal

  7  Affairs shall be sufficient evidence that the bonds are valid.

  8  Bonds reciting that they are issued pursuant to the terms of

  9  this chapter shall, in any action or proceeding involving

10  their validity, be conclusively deemed to be fully authorized

11  thereby, to have been issued, sold, executed, and delivered in

12  conformity therewith, and with all other provisions of law

13  applicable thereto, and shall be incontestable, anything

14  herein or in other statutes to the contrary notwithstanding,

15  unless such action or proceeding is begun before or within 30

16  days after the date upon which the bonds are sold, paid for

17  and delivered.

18         Section 563.  Section 1010.53, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1010.53  Proceeds; how expended.--The proceeds derived

21  from the sale of the bonds shall be held by the district

22  school board and shall be expended by the board for the

23  purpose for which the bonds were authorized for the school

24  district, and shall be held and expended in the manner

25  following:

26         (1)  The district school board shall deposit, or cause

27  to be deposited, the proceeds arising from the sale of each

28  issue of bonds in a separate bond construction fund account in

29  the school depository.

30         (2)  All or any part of the fund derived from the

31  proceeds of any such bond issue that in the judgment of the


                                 1123

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district school board is not immediately needed may be placed

  2  in the following securities maturing not later than the time

  3  when the funds are reasonably expected to be needed:

  4         (a)  In investments listed in s. 218.415(16).

  5         (b)  In any bonds issued by the district; provided,

  6  such bonds are not in default and can be obtained at a price

  7  which will result in a net saving to the taxpayers of the

  8  district.

  9         (c)  In any obligations of the district school board

10  approved in accordance with the provisions of ss. 1011.13,

11  1011.14, and 1011.15.

12         (d)  In any bonds issued by the State Board of

13  Education or another school district.

14         Section 564.  Section 1010.54, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1010.54  Disposition of surplus of bond issue.--Should

17  there remain any of the proceeds of the sale of school

18  district bonds after the purpose and object for which the

19  bonds were issued shall have been carried out and performed by

20  the district school board, the surplus then shall be held by

21  the district school board and expended for the exclusive use

22  of the public schools within the school district as the

23  district school board may deem reasonable and proper.

24         Section 565.  Section 1010.55, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1010.55  Additional bond issues.--After the issuance by

27  any school district of bonds in the manner authorized in this

28  chapter, the qualified electors of the school district may

29  thereafter, from time to time, in the manner herein provided

30  for, authorize one or more additional bond issues as they may

31  determine upon.


                                 1124

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 566.  Section 1010.56, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1010.56  Board of Administration to act as fiscal agent

  4  in issuance and sale of motor vehicle anticipation

  5  certificates.--

  6         (1)  In aid of the provisions of s. 18, Art. XII of the

  7  State Constitution of 1885 as adopted by s. 9(d), Art. XII,

  8  1968 revised constitution and the additional provisions of s.

  9  9(d), the State Board of Administration may upon request of

10  the State Board of Education, act as fiscal agent for the

11  State Board of Education in the issuance and sale of any or

12  all bonds or motor vehicle tax anticipation certificates,

13  including any refunding of bonds, certificates or interest

14  coupons thereon which may be issued pursuant to the above

15  cited provisions of the State Constitution and upon request of

16  the State Board of Education the State Board of Administration

17  may take over the management, control, bond trusteeship,

18  administration, custody and payment of any or all debt service

19  or other funds or assets now or hereafter available for any

20  bonds or certificates issued for the purpose of obtaining

21  funds for the use of any district school board or to pay, fund

22  or refund any bonds or certificates theretofore issued for

23  such purpose.  The State Board of Education may from time to

24  time provide by its duly adopted resolution or resolutions the

25  duties said fiscal agent shall perform as authorized by this

26  section and such duties may be changed, modified or repealed

27  by subsequent resolution or resolutions as the State Board of

28  Education may deem appropriate, provided, however, that such

29  changes shall only affect the duties of the State Board of

30  Administration as fiscal agent and shall not affect or modify

31  the paramount constitutional authority of the State Board of


                                 1125

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education nor affect, modify, or impair the contract rights of

  2  persons holding or owning the obligations so authorized to be

  3  issued.

  4         (2)  No such bonds or motor vehicle tax anticipation

  5  certificates shall ever be issued by the State Board of

  6  Administration until after the adoption of a resolution

  7  requesting the issuance thereof by the State Board of

  8  Education for and on behalf of the district for which the

  9  obligations are to be issued.

10         (3)  All such bonds or certificates issued pursuant to

11  this part shall be issued in the name of the State Board of

12  Education but shall be issued for and on behalf of the

13  district school board requesting the issuance thereof and

14  shall be issued pursuant to any rules adopted by the State

15  Board of Education which are not in conflict with the

16  provisions of s. 18, Art. XII of the State Constitution of

17  1885 as adopted by s. 9(d), Art. XII, 1968 revised

18  constitution, and the additional provisions of s. 9(d).

19         (4)  The proceeds of any sale of original bonds or

20  original certificates shall be deposited in the State Treasury

21  to the credit of the particular construction account for which

22  the original bonds or original certificates were issued and

23  shall be under the direct control and supervision of the State

24  Board of Education, and withdrawals from such construction

25  accounts shall be made only upon warrants signed by the

26  Comptroller and drawn upon the Treasurer.  Such warrants shall

27  be issued by the Comptroller only when the vouchers requesting

28  such warrants are accompanied by the certificates of the State

29  Board of Education to the effect that such withdrawals are

30  proper expenditures for the cost of the particular

31  


                                 1126

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  construction account against which the requested warrants are

  2  to be drawn.

  3         (5)  The State Board of Administration shall annually

  4  determine the amounts necessary to meet the debt service

  5  requirements of all bonds or certificates administered by it

  6  pursuant to this section and shall certify to the State Board

  7  of Education said amounts needed.  The State Board of

  8  Education, upon being satisfied that the amounts are correct,

  9  shall pay the amounts direct to the State Board of

10  Administration for application by the State Board of

11  Administration as provided under the terms of the resolutions

12  authorizing the issuance of the bonds or certificates and as

13  provided in s. 18, Art. XII of the State Constitution of 1885

14  as adopted by s. 9(d), Art. XII, 1968 revised constitution,

15  and the additional provisions of s. 9(d).

16         (6)  The expenses of the State Board of Administration

17  incident to the issuance and sale of any bonds or certificates

18  issued under the provisions of the constitution and under the

19  provisions of this section shall be paid from the proceeds of

20  the sale of the bonds or certificates or from the funds

21  distributable to each county under the provisions of s. 18(a),

22  Art. XII of the Constitution of 1885 as adopted by s. 9(d),

23  Art. XII, 1968 revised constitution. All other expenses of the

24  State Board of Administration for services rendered

25  specifically for, or which are properly chargeable to the

26  account of any bonds or certificates issued for and on behalf

27  of any district school board under the above cited provisions

28  of the State Constitution shall be paid from the funds

29  distributable to each county under the provisions of s. 18(a),

30  Art. XII of the State Constitution of 1885 as adopted by s.

31  9(d), Art. XII, 1968 revised constitution; but general


                                 1127

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  expenses of the State Board of Administration for services

  2  rendered all the districts alike shall be prorated among them

  3  and paid from the funds distributable to each district on the

  4  same basis as such funds are distributable under the

  5  provisions of s. 18(a), Art. XII of the State Constitution of

  6  1885 as adopted by s. 9(d), Art. XII, 1968 revised

  7  constitution.

  8         (7)  The provisions of this section contemplate that it

  9  will aid the State Board of Education and better serve the

10  purposes contemplated by s. 18, Art. XII of the State

11  Constitution of 1885 as adopted by s. 9(d), Art. XII, 1968

12  revised constitution, and the additional provisions of s. 9(d)

13  and not be inconsistent therewith.

14         Section 567.  Section 1010.57, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1010.57  Bonds payable from motor vehicle license tax

17  funds; instruction units computed.--

18         (1)  For the purpose of administering the provisions of

19  s. 9(d), Art. XII of the State Constitution as amended in

20  1972, the number of current instruction units in districts

21  shall be computed annually by the Department of Education by

22  multiplying the number of full-time equivalent students in

23  programs under s. 1011.62(1)(c) in each district by the cost

24  factors established in the General Appropriations Act and

25  dividing by 23, except that all basic program cost factors

26  shall be one, and the special program cost factors for

27  hospital and homebound I and for community service shall be

28  zero. Full-time equivalent membership for students residing in

29  Department of Children and Family Services residential care

30  facilities or identified as Department of Juvenile Justice

31  students shall not be included in this computation. Any


                                 1128

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  portion of the fund not expended during any fiscal year may be

  2  carried forward in ensuing budgets and shall be temporarily

  3  invested as prescribed by law or rules of the State Board of

  4  Education.

  5         (2)  Whenever the State Board of Education issues bonds

  6  or certificates for and on behalf of any district school

  7  board, or whenever any district school board issues bonds or

  8  certificates repayable from motor vehicle license tax funds,

  9  the aggregate number of instruction units in the district in

10  any future school fiscal year, as authorized under the

11  amendment contained in s. 18, Art. XII of the State

12  Constitution of 1885 as amended and adopted by reference in s.

13  9(d), Art. XII of the Constitution of 1968, to the full extent

14  necessary to pay all principal of and interest on, and

15  reserves for, bonds or certificates issued for and on behalf

16  of the district or by the district school board in any school

17  fiscal year, as they become due and payable, shall be not less

18  than the aggregate number of instruction units in the district

19  for the school fiscal year preceding the school fiscal year in

20  which the bonds or certificates are issued, computed in

21  accordance with the statutes in force in the school fiscal

22  year preceding the school fiscal year in which the bonds or

23  certificates are issued.

24         (3)  The provisions of this section are not intended

25  to, and shall not, be applicable to, or confer any rights on,

26  any district to payments from said motor vehicle license taxes

27  except to the full extent necessary to pay all principal of

28  and interest on, and reserves for, bonds or certificates so

29  issued by the district school board and by the State Board of

30  Education for and on behalf of the school districts, in each

31  future school fiscal year as they mature and become due; and


                                 1129

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  except for such purpose, all payments of the amounts of the

  2  motor vehicle license taxes distributable under the provisions

  3  of s. 18, Art. XII of the State Constitution of 1885 as

  4  amended and adopted by reference in s. 9(d), Art. XII of the

  5  Constitution of 1968 shall continue to be made and distributed

  6  to the districts in the manner provided by the amendment and

  7  the general laws of Florida in force and effect at the time of

  8  the distributions.

  9         Section 568.  Section 1010.58, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1010.58  Procedure for determining number of

12  instruction units for community colleges.--The number of

13  instruction units for community colleges shall be determined

14  from the full-time equivalent students in the community

15  college, provided that full-time equivalent students may not

16  be counted more than once in determining instruction units.

17  Instruction units for community colleges shall be computed as

18  follows:

19         (1)  One unit for each 12 full-time equivalent students

20  at a community college for the first 420 students and one unit

21  for each 15 full-time equivalent students for all over 420

22  students, in other than career and technical education

23  programs as defined by rules of the State Board of Education,

24  and one unit for each 10 full-time equivalent students in

25  career and technical education programs and compensatory

26  education programs as defined by rules of the State Board of

27  Education.  Full-time equivalent students enrolled in a

28  community college shall be defined by rules of the State Board

29  of Education.

30         (2)  For each 8 instruction units in a community

31  college, 1 instruction unit or proportionate fraction of a


                                 1130

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  unit shall be allowed for administrative and special

  2  instructional services, and for each 20 instruction units, 1

  3  instruction unit or proportionate fraction of a unit shall be

  4  allowed for student personnel services.

  5         Section 569.  Section 1010.59, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1010.59  Interest rates.--All bonds issued by the State

  8  Board of Education pursuant to the provisions of s. 9(a), Art.

  9  XII of the State Constitution, as amended, may bear interest

10  at such rate or rates as may be determined by the State Board

11  of Education. However, the maximum rate of interest shall not

12  exceed the rates authorized under the provisions of s. 215.84.

13         Section 570.  Section 1010.60, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1010.60  State Board of Education; issuance of bonds

16  pursuant to s. 11(f), Art. VII, State Constitution.--

17         (1)  Pursuant to s. 11(f), Art. VII of the State

18  Constitution, the State Board of Education, supported by the

19  building fee, the capital improvement fee, or any other

20  revenue approved by the Legislature for facilities

21  construction, is authorized to request the issuance of bonds

22  or other forms of indebtedness pursuant to the State Bond Act

23  to finance or refinance capital projects authorized by the

24  Legislature. In order to take advantage of economic

25  conditions, the Division of Bond Finance shall process

26  requests by the State Board of Education to refinance capital

27  projects under this section on a priority basis.

28         (2)  The State Board of Education may approve the

29  issuance of revenue bonds or other forms of indebtedness by a

30  direct-support organization when such revenue bonds or other

31  forms of indebtedness are used to finance or refinance capital


                                 1131

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  projects which are to provide facilities necessary and

  2  desirable to serve the needs and purposes of the university,

  3  as determined by the systemwide strategic plan adopted by the

  4  State Board of Education, and when the project has been

  5  approved by the Legislature.

  6         Section 571.  Section 1010.61, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1010.61  Powers.--The State Board of Education shall

  9  have all the powers necessary or advisable to carry out and

10  effectuate the purposes and provisions of s. 1010.60 and this

11  part and is hereby authorized:

12         (1)  Pursuant to the State Bond Act, to borrow money

13  and issue interest-bearing revenue certificates or other forms

14  of indebtedness to acquire any projects approved by the

15  Legislature and to provide for the payment of the same and for

16  the rights of the holders thereof as herein provided.

17         (2)  To pledge any trust funds which are available, and

18  not otherwise obligated, for purposes of securing the revenue

19  certificates and to combine such funds as the board may deem

20  appropriate.

21         (3)  To adopt such rules as may be necessary for

22  carrying out the requirements of this part and to perform all

23  acts and do all things necessary or convenient to carry out

24  the powers granted herein.

25         Section 572.  Section 1010.611, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1010.611  Resolution for issuance of revenue

28  certificates.--The issuance of revenue certificates under the

29  provisions of this part and the State Bond Act shall be

30  requested by resolution of the State Board of Education. Said

31  revenue certificates shall bear interest at such rate or rates


                                 1132

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  not exceeding the interest rate limitations set forth in s.

  2  215.84(3), provided that certificates may be sold at a

  3  reasonable discount to par not to exceed 3 percent, except

  4  that this limitation on discount does not apply to the portion

  5  of the discount that constitutes original issue discount. The

  6  revenue certificates may be issued in one or more series, may

  7  bear such date or dates, may be in such denomination or

  8  denominations, may mature at such time or times, not exceeding

  9  30 years from their respective dates, may be in such form,

10  either coupon or registered, may carry such registration

11  privileges, may be executed in such manner, may be payable in

12  such medium of payment and at such place or places, may be

13  subject to such terms of redemption, with or without premium,

14  may contain such terms, covenants, and conditions, and may be

15  declared or become due before the maturity date thereof as

16  such resolution or other resolutions may provide. The revenue

17  certificate may be sold at public sale by competitive bid or

18  negotiated sale. Pending the preparation of the definitive

19  certificates, interim receipts or certificates in such form

20  and with such provisions as the board may determine may be

21  issued to the purchaser or purchasers of certificates sold

22  pursuant to this part. The certificates and interim receipts

23  shall be fully negotiable within the meaning and for all the

24  purposes of the negotiable instruments law.

25         Section 573.  Section 1010.612, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1010.612  Powers to secure revenue certificates.--The

28  State Board of Education, in connection with the issuance of

29  revenue certificates to acquire any projects for an

30  institution or in order to secure the payment of such revenue

31  


                                 1133

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  certificates and interest thereon, shall have power by

  2  resolution:

  3         (1)  To fix and maintain fees, rentals, and other

  4  charges from students and others using or being served by, or

  5  having the right to use, or having the right to be served by,

  6  such projects.

  7         (2)  To provide that such revenue certificates shall be

  8  secured by a first, exclusive, and closed lien on the income

  9  and revenue (but not the real property of such institution)

10  derived from, and shall be payable from, fees, rentals, and

11  other charges from students and others using or being served

12  by, or having the right to use, or having the right to be

13  served by, such project.

14         (3)  To pledge and assign to, or in trust for the

15  benefit of, the holder or holders of such revenue certificates

16  an amount of the income and revenue derived from fees,

17  rentals, and other charges from students and others using or

18  being served by, or having the right to use, or having the

19  right to be served by, such project.

20         (4)  To covenant with or for the benefit of the holder

21  or holders of such revenue certificates that so long as any of

22  such revenue certificates shall remain outstanding and unpaid,

23  such institution will fix, maintain, and collect in such

24  installments as may be agreed upon an amount of the fees,

25  rentals, and other charges from students and others using or

26  being served by, or having the right to use, or having the

27  right to be served by, such project, which shall be sufficient

28  to pay when due such revenue certificates and interest

29  thereon, and to create and maintain reasonable reserves

30  therefor, and to pay the cost of operation and maintenance of

31  


                                 1134

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  such project, which costs of operation and maintenance shall

  2  be determined by the board in its absolute discretion.

  3         (5)  To make and enforce and agree to make and enforce

  4  parietal rules that shall ensure the use of such project by

  5  all students in attendance at such institutions to the maximum

  6  extent to which such project is capable of serving such

  7  students.

  8         (6)  To covenant that so long as any of such revenue

  9  certificates shall remain outstanding and unpaid, it will not,

10  except upon such terms and conditions as may be determined:

11         (a)  Voluntarily create or cause to be created any

12  debt, lien, pledge, assignment, encumbrance or other charge

13  having priority to the lien of such revenue certificates upon

14  any of the income and revenues derived from fees, rentals, and

15  other charges from students and others using or being served

16  by, or having the right to use, or having the right to be

17  served by, such project, or

18         (b)  Convey or otherwise alienate such project or the

19  real estate upon which such project shall be located, except

20  at a price sufficient to pay all such revenue certificates

21  then outstanding and interest accrued thereon, and then only

22  in accordance with any agreements with the holder or holders

23  of such revenue certificates.

24         (7)  To covenant as to the procedure by which the terms

25  of any contract with a holder or holders of such revenue

26  certificates may be amended or abrogated, the amount of

27  percentage of revenue certificates the holder or holders of

28  which must consent thereto, and the manner in which such

29  consent may be given.

30         (8)  To vest in a trustee or trustees the right to

31  receive all or any part of the income and revenue pledged and


                                 1135

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assigned to, or for the benefit of, the holder or holders of

  2  such revenue certificates and to hold, apply and dispose of

  3  the same and the right to enforce any covenant made to secure

  4  or pay or in relation to such revenue certificates; to execute

  5  and deliver a trust agreement or trust agreements which may

  6  set forth the powers and duties and the remedies available to

  7  such trustee or trustees and limiting the liabilities thereof

  8  and describing what occurrences shall constitute events of

  9  default and prescribing the terms and conditions upon which

10  such trustee or trustees or the holder or holders of revenue

11  certificates of any specified amount or percentage of such

12  revenue certificate may exercise such rights and enforce any

13  and all such covenants and resort to such remedies as may be

14  appropriate.

15         (9)  To vest in a trustee or trustees or the holder or

16  holders of any specified amount or percentage of revenue

17  certificates the right to apply to any court of competent

18  jurisdiction for and have granted the appointment of a

19  receiver or receivers of the income and revenue pledged and

20  assigned to or for the benefit of the holder or holders of

21  such revenue certificates, which receiver or receivers may

22  have and be granted such powers and duties as such court may

23  order or decree for the protection of the revenue certificate

24  holders.

25         (10)  To make covenants with the holders of any bonds

26  and to perform any other duties and responsibilities which are

27  deemed necessary or advisable to enhance the security of such

28  bonds, and the marketability thereof, and which are customary

29  in accordance with the market requirements for the sale of

30  such bonds.

31  


                                 1136

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 574.  Section 1010.613, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1010.613  Remedies of any holder of revenue

  4  certificates.--Any holder or holders of revenue certificates,

  5  including a trustee, or trustees for holders of such revenue

  6  certificates, shall have the right, in addition to all other

  7  rights, by mandamus or other suit, action, or proceeding in

  8  any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce his or her or

  9  their rights against the State Board of Education to fix and

10  collect such rentals and other charges adequate to carry out

11  any agreement as to or pledge of such fees, rentals, or other

12  charges, and require the State Board of Education to carry out

13  any other covenants and agreements and to perform its duties

14  under this part.

15         Section 575.  Section 1010.614, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1010.614  Validity of revenue certificates.--The

18  revenue certificates bearing the signatures of officers in

19  office on the date of the signing thereof shall be valid and

20  binding obligations, notwithstanding that before the delivery

21  thereof and payment therefor any or all of the persons whose

22  signatures appear thereon shall have ceased to be officers of

23  the State Board of Education. The validity of the revenue

24  certificates shall not be dependent on nor affected by the

25  validity or regularity of any proceedings to acquire the

26  project financed by the revenue certificates or taken in

27  connection therewith.

28         Section 576.  Section 1010.615, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1010.615  Prohibitions against obligating

31  state.--Nothing in this part shall be construed to authorize


                                 1137

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the State Board of Education to contract a debt on behalf of,

  2  or in any way to obligate, the state, or to pledge, assign, or

  3  encumber in any way, or to permit the pledging, assigning, or

  4  encumbering in any way of, appropriations made by the

  5  Legislature.

  6         Section 577.  Section 1010.616, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1010.616  Revenue certificate obligations of State

  9  Board of Education.--All revenue certificates issued pursuant

10  to this part shall be obligations of the State Board of

11  Education, payable only in accordance with the terms thereof

12  and shall not be obligations general, special, or otherwise of

13  the state. Such revenue certificates shall not be a bond or

14  debt of the state, and shall not be enforceable against the

15  state, nor shall payment thereof be enforceable out of any

16  funds of the board other than the income and revenue pledged

17  and assigned to, or in trust for the benefit of, the holder or

18  holders of such revenue certificates.

19         Section 578.  Section 1010.617, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1010.617  Tax exemption and eligibility as legal

22  investments.--

23         (1)  The exercise of the powers granted by this part in

24  all respects constitutes the performance of essential public

25  functions for the benefit of the people of the state. All

26  properties, revenues, or other assets of the State Board of

27  Education for which revenue certificates are issued under this

28  part, and all revenue certificates issued hereunder and the

29  interest thereon, shall be exempt from all taxation by any

30  agency or instrumentality of a county, municipality, or the

31  state. The exemption granted by this section is not applicable


                                 1138

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to any tax imposed by chapter 220 on interest, income, or

  2  profits on debt obligations owned by corporations.

  3         (2)  All obligations issued pursuant to this part shall

  4  be and constitute legal investments without limitation for all

  5  public bodies and for all banks, savings banks, guardians,

  6  insurance funds, trustees, or other fiduciaries and shall be

  7  and constitute eligible securities to be deposited as

  8  collateral for security of any state, county, municipal, or

  9  other public funds.

10         Section 579.  Section 1010.618, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1010.618  Supplemental nature of part; construction and

13  purpose.--The powers conferred by this part shall be in

14  addition to and supplemental to, and the limitations imposed

15  by this part shall not affect, the powers conferred by any

16  other law, general or special, and revenue certificates may be

17  issued hereunder without any referendum, notwithstanding the

18  provisions of any other such law and without regard to the

19  procedure required by any other such law. Insofar as the

20  provisions of this part are inconsistent with the provisions

21  of any other law, general or special, the provisions of this

22  part shall be controlling.

23         Section 580.  Section 1010.619, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1010.619  Board of Administration to act as fiscal

26  agent.--Prior to the issuance of any revenue certificates, the

27  State Board of Education may request the State Board of

28  Administration to advise the State Board of Education as to

29  the fiscal sufficiency of the proposed issue. Upon sale and

30  delivery of any revenue certificates and disbursement of the

31  proceeds thereof pursuant to this part, the State Board of


                                 1139

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Administration may upon request of the State Board of

  2  Education take over the management, control, administration,

  3  custody, and payment of any or all debt services or funds or

  4  assets now or hereafter available for any revenue certificates

  5  issued pursuant to this part. The State Board of

  6  Administration shall upon request of the State Board of

  7  Education invest all funds, including reserve funds, available

  8  for any revenue certificates issued pursuant to this part in

  9  the manner provided in s. 215.47. The State Board of Education

10  may from time to time provide by its duly adopted resolution

11  the duties the State Board of Administration shall perform,

12  and such duties may be changed, modified, or repealed by

13  subsequent resolution as the State Board of Education may deem

14  appropriate.

15         Section 581.  Part V of chapter 1010, Florida Statutes,

16  shall be entitled "Trust Funds" and shall consist of ss.

17  1010.70-1010.86.

18         Section 582.  Section 1010.70, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1010.70  Educational Enhancement Trust Fund.--Each

21  fiscal year, at least 38 percent of the gross revenue from the

22  sale of lottery tickets and other earned revenue, excluding

23  application processing fees, shall be deposited in the

24  Educational Enhancement Trust Fund as provided in s. 24.121.

25         Section 583.  Section 1010.71, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1010.71  State School Trust Fund.--

28         (1)  The State School Trust Fund shall be derived from

29  the following sources:

30  

31  


                                 1140

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The proceeds of all lands that have been or may

  2  hereafter be granted to the state by the United States for

  3  public school purposes;

  4         (b)  Donations to the state when the purpose is not

  5  specified;

  6         (c)  Appropriations by the state;

  7         (d)  The proceeds of escheated property or forfeitures;

  8  and

  9         (e)  Twenty-five percent of the sales of public lands

10  which are now or may hereafter be owned by the state.

11         (2)  The land comprising part of the State School Trust

12  Fund shall not be subject to taxes of any kind whatsoever, but

13  shall enjoy constitutional immunity therefrom, nor shall taxes

14  of any kind be imposed thereon; nor, since not subject to tax,

15  shall the state or any state agency be liable for taxes or the

16  equivalent thereof sought to be imposed upon said land. All

17  outstanding tax sale certificates against land of the State

18  School Trust Fund are hereby canceled.

19         Section 584.  Section 1010.72, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1010.72  Excellent Teaching Program Trust Fund.--

22         (1)  The Excellent Teaching Program Trust Fund is

23  created to be administered by the Department of Education.

24  Funds must be credited to the trust fund as provided in

25  chapter 98-309, Laws of Florida, to be used for the purposes

26  set forth therein.

27         (2)  Pursuant to the provisions of s. 19(f)(2), Art.

28  III of the State Constitution, the Excellent Teaching Program

29  Trust Fund shall, unless terminated sooner, be terminated on

30  July 1, 2002. Prior to its scheduled termination, the trust

31  fund shall be reviewed as provided in s. 215.3206(1) and (2).


                                 1141

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 585.  Section 1010.73, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1010.73  State Student Financial Assistance Trust

  4  Fund.--

  5         (1)  The State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund

  6  is hereby created, to be administered by the Department of

  7  Education. Funds shall be credited to the trust fund as

  8  provided in the General Appropriations Act or similar

  9  legislation, to be used for the purposes set forth therein.

10         (2)  The department may transfer into this trust fund

11  general revenue, private donations for the purpose of matching

12  state funds, and federal receipts for scholarships and grant

13  programs. An individual account code shall be established for

14  each funded scholarship and grant program for auditing

15  purposes.

16         (3)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301, and

17  pursuant to s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the

18  end of any fiscal year shall remain in the trust fund and

19  shall be available for carrying out the purposes of the trust

20  fund.

21         Section 586.  Section 1010.731, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1010.731  Student Loan Guaranty Reserve Trust

24  Fund.--Chapter 99-35, Laws of Florida, re-created the Student

25  Loan Guaranty Reserve Trust Fund to be used by the Department

26  of Education for the administration of the guaranteed student

27  loan program as provided in s. 1009.92.

28         Section 587.  Section 1010.74, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1010.74  Educational Certification and Services Trust

31  Fund.--The proceeds from the collection of certification fees,


                                 1142

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fines, penalties, and costs levied pursuant to s. 1012.59

  2  shall be remitted by the Department of Education to the

  3  Treasurer for deposit into and disbursed from the "Educational

  4  Certification and Services Trust Fund" as re-created by

  5  chapter 99-31, Laws of Florida.

  6         Section 588.  Section 1010.75, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1010.75  Teacher Certification Examination Trust

  9  Fund.--The proceeds for the certification examination fee

10  levied pursuant to s. 1012.59 shall be remitted by the

11  Department of Education to the Treasurer for deposit into and

12  disbursed for the "Teacher Certification Examination Trust

13  Fund" as re-created by chapter 99-28, Laws of Florida.

14         Section 589.  Section 1010.76, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1010.76  Educational Aids Trust Fund.--Chapter 99-27,

17  Laws of Florida, re-created the Educational Aids Trust Fund to

18  administer receipts and disbursements for federal grants

19  received by the Department of Education.

20         Section 590.  Section 1010.77, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1010.77  Food and Nutrition Services Trust

23  Fund.--Chapter 99-34, Laws of Florida, re-created the Food and

24  Nutrition Services Trust Fund to record revenue and

25  disbursements of Federal Food and Nutrition funds received by

26  the Department of Education as authorized in s. 1006.06.

27         Section 591.  Section 1010.78, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1010.78  Projects, Contracts, and Grants Trust

30  Fund.--There is created in the Department of Education the

31  Projects, Contracts, and Grants Trust Fund. The personnel


                                 1143

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  employed to plan and administer grants or contracts for

  2  specific projects shall be considered in time-limited

  3  employment not to exceed the duration of the grant or until

  4  completion of the project, whichever first occurs. Such

  5  employees shall not acquire retention rights under the Career

  6  Service System. Any employee holding permanent career service

  7  status in a Department of Education position who is appointed

  8  to a position under the Projects, Contracts, and Grants Trust

  9  Fund shall retain such permanent status in the career service

10  position.

11         Section 592.  Section 1010.79, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1010.79  Sophomore Level Test Trust Fund.--Chapter

14  99-26, Laws of Florida, re-created the Sophomore Level Test

15  Trust Fund to record revenue and disbursements of examination

16  fees received by the Department of Education as authorized in

17  s. 1008.29.

18         Section 593.  Section 1010.80, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1010.80  Educational Media and Technology Trust

21  Fund.--Chapter 99-25, Laws of Florida, re-created the

22  Educational Media and Technology Trust Fund to record revenue

23  and disbursements by the Department of Education for the cost

24  of producing and disseminating educational materials and

25  products as authorized in s. 1006.39.

26         Section 594.  Section 1010.81, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1010.81  Knott Data Center Working Capital Trust

29  Fund.--Chapter 99-29, Laws of Florida, re-created the Knott

30  Data Center Working Capital Trust Fund to record the revenue

31  from fees paid for services provided by the Department of


                                 1144

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education's data center and disbursements to pay the costs of

  2  operating the data center as authorized in s. 216.272.

  3         Section 595.  Section 1010.82, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1010.82  Textbook Bid Trust Fund.--Chapter 99-36, Laws

  6  of Florida, re-created the Textbook Bid Trust Fund to record

  7  the revenue and disbursements of textbook bid performance

  8  deposits submitted to the Department of Education as required

  9  in s. 1006.32.

10         Section 596.  Section 1010.83, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1010.83  Institutional Assessment Trust Fund.--

13         (1)  Chapter 99-32, Laws of Florida, re-created the

14  Institutional Assessment Trust Fund to be administered by the

15  Department of Education pursuant to this section and rules of

16  the State Board of Education.  The trust fund shall consist of

17  all fees and fines imposed upon nonpublic colleges and schools

18  pursuant to this chapter, including all fees collected from

19  nonpublic colleges for participation in the common course

20  designation and numbering system.  The department shall

21  maintain separate revenue accounts for independent colleges

22  and universities; nonpublic career education; and the

23  Department of Education.

24         (2)  Funds from the trust fund shall be used for

25  purposes including, but not limited to, the following:

26         (a)  Authorized expenses of the respective boards in

27  carrying out their required duties.

28         (b)  Financial assistance programs for students who

29  attend nonpublic institutions licensed by the board.

30         (c)  Educational programs for the benefit of current

31  and prospective owners, administrators, agents, authorized


                                 1145

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  groups of individuals, and faculty of institutions receiving a

  2  license, a certificate of exemption, or an authorization by

  3  the board.

  4         (d)  Authorized expenses of the Department of Education

  5  incurred as a result of the inclusion of nonpublic colleges in

  6  the statewide course numbering system.

  7         (3)  The board may utilize other individuals or

  8  entities to administer the programs authorized in subsection

  9  (2).

10         Section 597.  Section 1010.84, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1010.84  Displaced Homemaker Trust Fund.--Chapter

13  99-33, Laws of Florida, re-created the Displaced Homemaker

14  Trust Fund to record revenue and disbursements from fees as

15  authorized in s. 446.50.

16         Section 598.  Section 1010.85, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1010.85  Phosphate Research Trust Fund.--Chapter 99-45,

19  Laws of Florida, re-created the Phosphate Research Trust Fund

20  to record the revenue and disbursements from tax on severance

21  of phosphate rock as provided in s. 211.3103.

22         Section 599.  Section 1010.86, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1010.86  Administration of capital improvement and

25  building fees trust funds.--The State Board of Education shall

26  administer the Capital Improvement Fee Trust Fund and the

27  Building Fee Trust Fund which include receipts from capital

28  improvement and building student fee assessments, interest

29  earnings, and subsidy grants. All funds, except those to be

30  used for debt service payments, reserve requirements, and

31  educational research centers for child development, pursuant


                                 1146

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to s. 1011.48, shall be used to fund projects appropriated by

  2  the Legislature. Projects funded pursuant to this section may

  3  be expanded by the use of supplemental funds such as grants,

  4  auxiliary enterprises, private donations, and other nonstate

  5  sources.

  6         Section 600.  Chapter 1011, Florida Statutes, shall be

  7  entitled "Planning and Budgeting" and shall consist of ss.

  8  1011.01-1011.93.

  9         Section 601.  Part I of chapter 1011, Florida Statutes,

10  shall be entitled "Preparation, Adoption, and Implementation

11  of Budgets" and shall consist of ss. 1011.01-1011.57.

12         Section 602.  Section 1011.01, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1011.01  Budget system established.--

15         (1)  The State Board of Education shall prepare and

16  submit a coordinated K-20 education annual legislative budget

17  request to the Governor and the Legislature on or before the

18  date provided by the Governor and the Legislature. The board's

19  legislative budget request must clearly define the needs of

20  school districts, community colleges, universities, other

21  institutions, organizations, programs, and activities under

22  the supervision of the board and that are assigned by law or

23  the General Appropriations Act to the Department of Education.

24         (2)  There shall be established in each school

25  district, community college, and university a budget system as

26  prescribed by law and rules of the State Board of Education.

27         (3)  Each district school board, each community college

28  board of trustees, and each state university board of trustees

29  shall prepare, adopt, and submit to the Commissioner of

30  Education for review an annual operating budget. Operating

31  budgets shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the


                                 1147

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  provisions of law, rules of the State Board of Education, the

  2  General Appropriations Act, and for district school boards in

  3  accordance with the provisions of ss. 200.065 and 1011.64.

  4         Section 603.  Section 1011.011, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1011.011  Legislative capital outlay budget

  7  request.--The State Board of Education shall submit an

  8  integrated, comprehensive budget request for educational

  9  facilities construction and fixed capital outlay needs for

10  school districts, community colleges, and universities

11  pursuant to this section and 1013.46 and applicable provisions

12  of chapter 216.

13         Section 604.  Section 1011.012, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1011.012  Annual capital outlay budget.--

16         (1)  Each district school board, community college

17  board of trustees, and university board of trustees shall,

18  each year, adopt a capital outlay budget for the ensuing year

19  in order that the capital outlay needs of the board for the

20  entire year may be well understood by the public. This capital

21  outlay budget shall be a part of the annual budget and shall

22  be based upon and in harmony with the educational plant and

23  ancillary facilities plan. This budget shall designate the

24  proposed capital outlay expenditures by project for the year

25  from all fund sources. The board may not expend any funds on

26  any project not included in the budget, as amended.

27         (2)  Each district school board must prepare its

28  tentative district facilities work program as required by s.

29  1013.35 before adopting the capital outlay budget.

30         Section 605.  Part I.a. of chapter 1011, Florida

31  Statutes, shall be entitled "District School Boards:


                                 1148

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Preparation, Adoption, and Implementation of Budgets" and

  2  shall consist of ss. 1011.02-1011.24.

  3         Section 606.  Section 1011.02, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1011.02  District school boards to adopt tentative

  6  budget.--

  7         (1)  On or before the date prescribed in rules of the

  8  State Board of Education, each district school board shall

  9  receive and examine the tentative budget submitted by the

10  district school superintendent, and shall require such changes

11  to be made, in keeping with the purposes of the school code,

12  as may be to the best interest of the school program in the

13  district.

14         (2)  The district school board shall determine, within

15  prescribed limits, the reserves to be allotted for

16  contingencies, and the cash balance to be carried forward at

17  the end of the year. If the district school board shall

18  require any changes to be made in receipts, in the reserves

19  for contingencies, or in the cash balance to be carried

20  forward at the end of the year, it shall also require

21  necessary changes to be made in the appropriations for

22  expenditures so that the budget, as changed, will not contain

23  appropriations for expenditures and reserves in excess of, or

24  less than, estimated receipts and balances.

25         (3)  The proposed budget shall include an amount for

26  local required effort for current operation, in accordance

27  with the requirements of s. 1011.62(4).

28         (4)  When a tentative budget has been prepared in

29  accordance with rules of the State Board of Education, the

30  proposed expenditures, plus transfers, and balances shall not

31  


                                 1149

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  exceed the estimated income, transfers, and balances. The

  2  budget and each of the parts thereof shall balance.

  3         (5)  The district school board shall adopt a tentative

  4  budget.

  5         Section 607.  Section 1011.03, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1011.03  Public hearings; budget to be submitted to

  8  Department of Education.--

  9         (1)  Each district school board must cause a summary of

10  its tentative budget, including the proposed millage levies as

11  provided for by law, and graphs illustrating a historical

12  summary of financial and demographic data, to be advertised at

13  least one time as a full-page advertisement in the newspaper

14  with the largest circulation published in the district or to

15  be posted at the courthouse door if there be no such

16  newspaper.

17         (2)(a)  The advertisement must include a graph

18  illustrating the historical summary of financial and

19  demographic data for each of the following data values which

20  shall be plotted along the vertical axis of each graph:

21         1.  Total revenue provided to the school district from

22  all sources for the corresponding fiscal year, including all

23  federal, state, and local revenue.

24         2.  Total revenue provided to the school district for

25  the corresponding fiscal year for current operations.

26         3.  Total revenue provided to the school district for

27  the corresponding fiscal year for fixed capital outlay

28  projects.

29         4.  Total revenue provided to the school district for

30  the corresponding fiscal year for debt service.

31  


                                 1150

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         5.  Total number of unweighted full-time equivalent

  2  students, inclusive of all programs listed in s. 1011.62.

  3         6.  Total revenue provided to the school district for

  4  current operations divided by the number of unweighted

  5  full-time equivalent students for the corresponding fiscal

  6  year.

  7         7.  Total number of employees of the school district

  8  for the corresponding fiscal year.

  9         8.  Total number of employees of the school district

10  classified as instructional personnel under s. 1012.01 for the

11  corresponding fiscal year.

12         (b)  Each graph must include a separate histogram

13  corresponding to the financial and demographic data for each

14  of the following fiscal years, which shall be plotted along

15  the horizontal axis of each graph:

16         1.  Current fiscal year.

17         2.  Fiscal year that is 5 years before the current

18  fiscal year.

19         3.  Fiscal year that is 10 years before the current

20  fiscal year.

21         (c)  The numeric value of the financial and demographic

22  data corresponding to each histogram must be included in each

23  graph.

24         (3)  The advertisement of a district that has been

25  required by the Legislature to increase classroom expenditures

26  pursuant to s. 1011.64 must include the following statement:

27  

28  "This proposed budget reflects an increase in classroom

29  expenditures as a percent of total current operating

30  expenditures of XX percent over the (previous fiscal year)

31  fiscal year. This increase in classroom expenditures is


                                 1151

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required by the Legislature because the district has performed

  2  below the required performance standard on XX of XX student

  3  performance standards for the (previous school year) school

  4  year. In order to achieve the legislatively required level of

  5  classroom expenditures as a percentage of total operating

  6  expenditures, the proposed budget includes an increase in

  7  overall classroom expenditures of $XX,XXX,XXX above the amount

  8  spent for this same purpose during the (previous fiscal year)

  9  fiscal year. In order to achieve improved student academic

10  performance, this proposed increase is being budgeted for the

11  following activities: (list activities and amount budgeted)."

12         (4)  The advertisement shall appear adjacent to the

13  advertisement required pursuant to s. 200.065. The State Board

14  of Education may adopt rules necessary to provide specific

15  requirements for the format of the advertisement.

16         (5)  The board shall hold public hearings to adopt

17  tentative and final budgets pursuant to s. 200.065. The

18  hearings shall be primarily for the purpose of hearing

19  requests and complaints from the public regarding the budgets

20  and the proposed tax levies and for explaining the budget and

21  proposed or adopted amendments thereto, if any. The district

22  school board shall then require the superintendent to transmit

23  forthwith two copies of the adopted budget to the Department

24  of Education for approval as prescribed by law and rules of

25  the State Board of Education.

26         Section 608.  Section 1011.04, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1011.04  Levying of taxes.--

29         (1)  Upon receipt of the certificate of the property

30  appraiser giving the assessed valuation of the county and of

31  each of the special tax school districts pursuant to s.


                                 1152

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  200.065, the district school board shall determine by

  2  resolution the amounts necessary to be raised for current

  3  operating purposes and for each district bond interest and

  4  sinking fund and the millage necessary to be levied for each

  5  such fund, including the voted millage.  A certified copy of

  6  the resolution shall thereupon be filed with the county

  7  property appraiser, and the district school board shall also

  8  order the property appraiser to assess the several millages

  9  certified by the school board against the appropriate taxable

10  property in the school district.

11         (2)  The property appraiser shall then assess the taxes

12  as ordered by the district school board.  Tax millages so

13  assessed shall be clearly designated and separately identified

14  as to source on the tax bill for other county taxes.

15         (3)  The collector shall collect said taxes and pay

16  over the same promptly as collected to the district school

17  depository or depositories to be used as provided by law;

18  provided, that all taxes authorized herein shall be assessed

19  and collected on railroad, street railroad, sleeping car,

20  parlor car, and telegraph company property in the manner now

21  provided by law.

22         Section 609.  Section 1011.05, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1011.05  Implementation of the official budget.--The

25  official budget shall give the appropriations and reserves

26  therein the force and effect of fixed appropriations and

27  reserves, and the same shall not be altered, amended, or

28  exceeded except as authorized.  However, if the actual

29  receipts during any year are less than budgeted receipts, and

30  any obligations are thereby incurred which cannot be met

31  before the close of the year, such obligations shall be paid


                                 1153

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and accounted for in the ensuing fiscal year in the manner

  2  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education and shall

  3  be payable out of the first funds available for that purpose.

  4         Section 610.  Section 1011.06, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1011.06  Expenditures.--

  7         (1)  Expenditures shall be limited to the amount

  8  budgeted under the classification of accounts provided for

  9  each fund and to the total amount of the budget after the same

10  have been amended as prescribed by law and rules of the State

11  Board of Education. The school board shall endeavor to obtain

12  maximum value for all expenditures.

13         (2)  EXPENDITURES FROM DISTRICT AND OTHER

14  FUNDS.--Expenditures from district and all other funds

15  available for the public school program of any district shall

16  be authorized by law and must be in accordance with procedures

17  prescribed by the district school board. A district school

18  board may establish policies that allow expenditures to exceed

19  the amount budgeted by function and object, provided that the

20  district school board approves the expenditure and amends the

21  budget within timelines established by school board policies.

22         Section 611.  Section 1011.07, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1011.07  Internal funds.--

25         (1)  The district school board shall be responsible for

26  the administration and control of all local school funds

27  derived by any public school from all activities or sources,

28  and shall prescribe the principles and procedures to be

29  followed in administering these funds consistent with

30  regulations adopted by the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 1154

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

  2  governing the procedures for the recording of the receipts,

  3  expenditures, deposits, and disbursements of internal funds.

  4         Section 612.  Section 1011.08, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1011.08  Expenditures between July 1 and date budget

  7  becomes official.--During the period from July 1 to the date

  8  the tentative budget becomes official, district school boards

  9  are authorized to approve ordinary expenditures, including

10  salary payments, which are necessary for the approved school

11  program.

12         Section 613.  Section 1011.09, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1011.09  Expenditure of funds by district school

15  board.--All state funds apportioned to the credit of any

16  district constitute a part of the district school fund of that

17  district and must be budgeted and expended under authority of

18  the district school board subject to the provisions of law and

19  rules of the State Board of Education.

20         (1)  A district school board shall credit interest or

21  profits on investments to the specific budgeted fund, as

22  defined by the accounting system required by s. 1010.01, that

23  produced the earnings unless otherwise authorized by law or

24  rules of the State Board of Education.

25         (2)  A district school board may temporarily advance

26  moneys from one fund, as defined by the accounting system

27  required by s. 1010.01, to another fund when insufficient

28  moneys are available to meet current obligations if the

29  temporary advancement is repaid within 13 months, appropriate

30  accounting records are maintained, and the temporary

31  advancement does not restrict, impede, or limit implementation


                                 1155

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or fulfillment of the original purposes for which the moneys

  2  were received in the fund providing the advancement.

  3         (3)  Funds expended from school nonrecurring incentives

  4  or bonus type state or federal funded programs based on

  5  performance outcomes may not be used for measuring compliance

  6  with state or federal maintenance of effort, supplanting, or

  7  comparability standards.

  8         Section 614.  Section 1011.10, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1011.10  Penalty.--

11         (1)  Any member of a district school board or any

12  district school superintendent who violates the provisions of

13  this section commits malfeasance and misfeasance in office and

14  shall be subject to removal from office by the Governor, and

15  any contract or attempted contract entered into by any school

16  officer or subordinate school officer that is not within the

17  purview or in violation of the provisions of this section

18  shall be void, and no such contract or attempted contract

19  shall be enforceable in any court.

20         (2)  Each member of any district school board voting to

21  incur an indebtedness against the district school funds in

22  excess of the expenditure allowed by law, or in excess of any

23  appropriation as adopted in the original official budget or

24  amendments thereto, or to approve or pay any illegal charge

25  against the funds, and any chair of a district school board or

26  district school superintendent who signs a warrant for payment

27  of any such claim or bill of indebtedness against any of the

28  funds shall be personally liable for the amount, and shall be

29  guilty of malfeasance in office and subject to removal by the

30  Governor. It shall be the duty of the Auditor General or other

31  state official charged by law with the responsibility for


                                 1156

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  auditing school accounts, upon discovering any such illegal

  2  expenditure or expenditures in excess of the appropriations in

  3  the budget as officially amended, to certify such fact to the

  4  Department of Banking and Finance, which thereupon shall

  5  verify such fact and it shall be the duty of the Department of

  6  Banking and Finance to advise the Department of Legal Affairs

  7  thereof, and it shall be the duty of the Department of Legal

  8  Affairs to cause to be instituted and prosecuted, either

  9  through its office or through any state attorney, proceedings

10  at law or in equity against such member or members of a

11  district school board or district school superintendent. If

12  either of the officers does not institute proceedings within

13  90 days after the audit has been certified to them by the

14  Department of Banking and Finance, any taxpayer may institute

15  suit in his or her own name on behalf of the district.

16         Section 615.  Section 1011.11, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1011.11  Certain provisions to be directory.--No

19  irregularities of form or manner in the preparation or

20  adoption of any budget under the provisions of this chapter

21  shall invalidate either the budget adopted or the taxes levied

22  therefor. However, the budget and the taxes levied must

23  conform substantially to the principles and provisions of law

24  and rules of the State Board of Education.

25         Section 616.  Section 1011.12, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1011.12  Purposes of and procedures in incurring school

28  indebtedness.--Indebtedness for school purposes may be

29  incurred only as follows:

30         (1)  School districts may issue bonds creating a

31  long-term indebtedness as prescribed by law.


                                 1157

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Notes may be issued for money borrowed in

  2  anticipation of the receipt of current school funds, included

  3  in the budget from the state, county, or districts, as

  4  authorized under s. 1011.13.

  5         (3)  Indebtedness may be incurred for certain purposes

  6  as authorized under s. 1011.14, s. 1011.15, or s. 1011.16.

  7         (4)  Bonds or revenue certificates issued on behalf of

  8  the district by the State Board of Education as authorized by

  9  s. 18, Art. XII of the State Constitution of 1885 as adopted

10  by s. 9(d), Art. XII, 1968 revised constitution, and the

11  additional provisions of s. 9(d), Art. XII of said revision.

12         Section 617.  Section 1011.13, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1011.13  Current loans authorized under certain

15  conditions.--Except as provided in subsection (2), for any

16  fiscal year in which school funds are estimated to be

17  insufficient at any time during that fiscal year to pay

18  obligations created by the district school board in accordance

19  with the official budget of the district, or a budget approved

20  by the district school board which is prepared preliminarily

21  to the tentative budget required by this chapter, the school

22  board is authorized to negotiate a current loan to pay these

23  obligations, providing for the repayment of that loan from the

24  proceeds of revenues reasonably to be anticipated during the

25  fiscal year in which the loan is made as prescribed below.

26  However, the district school board shall, whenever possible,

27  so arrange its expenditures as to make the incurring of

28  current loans unnecessary. When it is deemed necessary for the

29  benefit of the schools of the district for a current loan to

30  be negotiated, the school board shall arrange for a loan in an

31  amount not violative of federal arbitrage regulations and for


                                 1158

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the repayment of the loan, in accord with the other provisions

  2  of this section.

  3         (1)  CURRENT LOANS AGAINST DISTRICT FUND, DISTRICT

  4  CAPITAL PROJECTS FUNDS, AND DISTRICT INTEREST AND SINKING

  5  FUNDS.--

  6         (a)  District school boards are authorized and

  7  empowered to borrow money, to be retired from the district tax

  8  receipts anticipated in the operating budget, the district

  9  capital projects budget, and the debt service budget, at a

10  rate of interest not to exceed the rate authorized under the

11  provisions of s. 215.84, for the purpose of paying all

12  outstanding obligations and for the further purpose of paying

13  any and all lawful expenses incurred in operating the schools

14  of the district. However, it is unlawful for any district

15  school board to borrow any sum of money in any one year in

16  excess of 80 percent of the amount as estimated by it in the

17  official budget for the current fiscal year for the district

18  to be available from the district tax.  The sum so borrowed

19  shall be paid in full before the school board is authorized to

20  borrow money in any succeeding year.

21         (b)  Nothing in paragraph (a) shall be construed to

22  invalidate any outstanding debt of any district as now

23  existing and now due, or to become due, or as requiring any

24  school board to pay the same in full before being permitted to

25  borrow 80 percent on the estimate for the next ensuing year.

26         (c)  In the event that the county tax roll is subjected

27  to litigation and the tax collector is prevented from

28  collecting taxes on that roll, the following provisions shall

29  apply:

30  

31  


                                 1159

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The restriction of 80 percent in paragraph (b)

  2  shall not apply if the collection of taxes is delayed beyond

  3  May 1.

  4         2.  District school boards are authorized and empowered

  5  to borrow money, to be repaid from the district school fund

  6  for operating purposes, the district capital projects funds,

  7  and the district interest and sinking funds, at a rate not to

  8  exceed the rate authorized under the provisions of s. 215.84,

  9  for the purposes of paying any and all lawful operating

10  expense, capital expense, and required debt service necessary

11  for the outstanding bond issues of such districts at the times

12  that the funds are needed to prevent the bonds or interest

13  payments from being in default.  However, the amount of money

14  so borrowed shall be limited to the amount of the district

15  school fund and district interest and sinking fund tax

16  receipts included in the official school budget for that year

17  or the amount necessary to be borrowed to meet such

18  obligations, whichever amount is the lesser.  Any funds

19  borrowed pursuant to the authority of this subsection shall,

20  insofar as possible, be repaid during the fiscal year in which

21  the loan was made.  However, any such loan unpaid at the end

22  of the fiscal year shall be repaid from the first available

23  revenue in the next succeeding year.

24         (2)  CURRENT LOANS PAYABLE FROM REVENUE PROCEEDS.--

25         (a)  A district school board is also authorized to

26  negotiate a current loan before the end of the fiscal year,

27  the note or notes from which loan shall be issued no earlier

28  than 60 days before the beginning of the subsequent fiscal

29  year, to be repaid during the subsequent fiscal year from the

30  proceeds of revenue reasonably anticipated to be received

31  during that year.  The proceeds of any loan obtained pursuant


                                 1160

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to this subsection shall be limited, and the district school

  2  board shall take any and all action necessary, to assure that

  3  the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated

  4  thereunder are not violated.

  5         (b)  Loans arranged pursuant to this subsection shall

  6  be negotiated in accordance with a budget approved by the

  7  district school board which is prepared preliminarily to the

  8  tentative budget required by this chapter.  Such loans shall

  9  be at a rate of interest not to exceed the rate of interest

10  authorized under the provisions of s. 215.84 and shall not be

11  in excess of amounts authorized under the Internal Revenue

12  Code for arbitrage.

13         (c)  The proceeds of any loan obtained pursuant to this

14  subsection, or any interest earnings thereon, shall not be

15  used to pay any expenses incurred in the fiscal year in which

16  the loan is made; nor shall the proceeds of the loan or

17  interest earnings thereon be in any way encumbered to pay

18  expenses incurred in the fiscal year in which the loan is

19  made, but shall be held in escrow until the subsequent fiscal

20  year. Any outstanding loan issued pursuant to subsection (1)

21  must be defeased not less than 5 business days prior to the

22  issuance of any obligation pursuant to this subsection. All

23  proceeds of any loan obtained pursuant to this subsection, and

24  any interest earnings thereon, shall be placed at closing in

25  an irrevocable escrow account and held until the beginning of

26  the subsequent fiscal year. The district school board shall

27  maintain the integrity of such loan proceeds and related

28  interest in its accounting records so as to be able to

29  validate compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

30         Section 618.  Section 1011.14, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1161

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1011.14  Obligations for a period of 1 year.--District

  2  school boards are authorized only under the following

  3  conditions to create obligations by way of anticipation of

  4  budgeted revenues accruing on a current basis without pledging

  5  the credit of the district or requiring future levy of taxes

  6  for certain purposes for a period of 1 year; however, such

  7  obligations may be extended from year to year with the consent

  8  of the lender for a period not to exceed 4 years, or for a

  9  total of 5 years including the initial year of the loan:

10         (1)  PURPOSES.--The purposes for which such obligations

11  may be incurred within the intent of this section shall

12  include only the purchase of school buses, land, and equipment

13  for educational purposes; the erection of, alteration to, or

14  addition to educational facilities; and the adjustment of

15  insurance on educational property on a 5-year plan, as

16  provided by rules of the State Board of Education.

17         (2)  OBLIGATIONS MAY NOT EXCEED ONE-FOURTH OF DISTRICT

18  AD VALOREM TAX REVENUE FOR OPERATIONS FOR THE PRECEDING

19  YEAR.--No obligation of the nature prescribed herein may be

20  incurred by any district school board when such proposed

21  obligations exceed one-fourth of the revenue received during

22  the preceding year for the district school fund for operating

23  expense of the district.

24         (3)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD TO ADOPT PROPOSAL.--When the

25  district school board proposes to incur obligations of the

26  nature authorized in this section, it shall adopt and spread

27  upon its minutes a resolution giving the nature of the

28  obligations to be incurred, stating the plan of payment, and

29  providing that such funds will be budgeted during the period

30  of the loan from the current revenue to retire the obligations

31  


                                 1162

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  maturing during the year. This plan of payment shall not

  2  extend over a period longer than 1 year.

  3         (4)  INTEREST-BEARING NOTES AUTHORIZED.--Each district

  4  school board which has authorized the incurring of the

  5  obligations as provided in this section shall issue

  6  interest-bearing notes for the obligations. The notes shall

  7  provide the terms of payment and shall not bear interest in

  8  excess of the rate authorized under the provisions of s.

  9  215.84. No additional obligations of a similar nature may be

10  incurred against the funds of any school district when notes

11  authorized under this subsection are still outstanding and

12  unpaid when such proposed obligations together with the unpaid

13  notes outstanding exceed one-fourth of the revenue of the

14  preceding year, as defined in subsection (2).

15         Section 619.  Section 1011.15, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1011.15  Obligations to eliminate major emergency

18  conditions.--The district school board of any district

19  experiencing a major emergency condition in an existing school

20  plant that demands immediate correction in order to prevent

21  further damage to the building or equipment or to eliminate a

22  safety hazard that constitutes an immediate danger to the

23  students and other occupants is authorized to create an

24  obligation for a period of 1 year by way of anticipation of

25  revenues for capital outlay purposes accruing on a current

26  basis without pledging the credit of the district.  Such

27  obligation may be extended from year to year with the consent

28  of the lender for a period not to exceed 4 years, or for a

29  total of 5 years including the initial year of the loan.

30  Obligations occurring under this section may be repaid from

31  funds to be received from taxes authorized by s. 1011.71(2)


                                 1163

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and from any other funds available to the district school

  2  board for the purpose under the following conditions:

  3         (1)  DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD TO ADOPT PROPOSAL.--When the

  4  district school board proposes to incur obligations of the

  5  nature authorized in this section, it shall adopt and spread

  6  upon its minutes a resolution fully describing the emergency

  7  condition outlined above, giving the nature of the obligations

  8  to be incurred, stating the plan of payment, and providing

  9  that such funds will be budgeted during the period of the loan

10  from the current revenue to retire the obligations maturing

11  during the year.  This plan of payment shall not extend over a

12  period longer than 1 year.

13         (2)  INTEREST-BEARING NOTES AUTHORIZED.--Each district

14  school board which has authorized the incurring of the

15  obligations as provided in this section shall issue

16  interest-bearing notes for the obligations. The notes shall

17  provide the terms of payment and shall not bear interest in

18  excess of the rate authorized in s. 1010.59.

19         Section 620.  Section 1011.16, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1011.16  Provisions for retirement of existing

22  indebtedness which is unfunded or in default.--In any district

23  in which there is any indebtedness outstanding against the

24  district school fund which has not yet been funded, or at any

25  time any such indebtedness is in default as to principal or

26  interest, the district school board shall proceed as follows:

27         (1)  PLAN FOR RETIRING INDEBTEDNESS TO BE

28  PROPOSED.--The district school board shall prepare and propose

29  a plan for retiring any unfunded indebtedness or any such

30  indebtedness which is in default so that no creditor having a

31  valid claim will be given a preferred status.  This plan shall


                                 1164

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be so prepared as to show the funds needed for operating the

  2  schools on the most economical basis practicable, the amount

  3  of any other obligations which must be met each year, the

  4  total funds available each year for the entire school program,

  5  and the funds that can reasonably be spared for retirement of

  6  indebtedness without needlessly handicapping the school

  7  program and which can be budgeted each year for the retirement

  8  of such indebtedness.

  9         (2)  PROPOSAL TO BE SUBMITTED TO DEPARTMENT OF

10  EDUCATION.--The proposal for funding and retiring all such

11  indebtedness, when approved by the district school board,

12  shall be submitted to the Department of Education for

13  consideration.  The district school board shall not attempt to

14  retire any such indebtedness until this procedure has been

15  followed and until it has had the benefit of the

16  recommendations of the department.  Upon receiving the

17  proposal, the department shall determine the minimum funds

18  which are, in its opinion, necessary for the operation of the

19  school program in the district; shall determine what funds

20  remain for retirement of indebtedness each year; shall

21  determine whether the proposed plan is in accordance with

22  these facts, and, if it is not, shall propose modifications in

23  the plan in accordance with the facts.  The recommendations of

24  the department shall then be submitted to the district school

25  board for consideration.

26         (3)  WHEN PLAN TO BE EFFECTIVE.--The plan for retiring

27  indebtedness, herein prescribed, shall become effective when

28  the district school board and the Department of Education

29  jointly agree upon the amount of funds necessary for operating

30  the schools and the amount which can be budgeted each year for

31  retiring indebtedness. When this plan has been agreed upon, it


                                 1165

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall become the duty of the district school board to see that

  2  the amount approved for retiring indebtedness is incorporated

  3  in the budget each year, and the department shall see that

  4  this amount has been incorporated before the budget is

  5  approved, or, if such an amount can not reasonably be

  6  incorporated in the budget, as shown by evidence submitted by

  7  the district school board, determine the respects in which the

  8  plan should be modified, and to see that the budget includes

  9  the amount for retiring indebtedness which can reasonably be

10  included.

11         (4)  FUNDING OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS.--

12         (a)  Each district school board having an outstanding

13  indebtedness legally incurred and constituting an obligation

14  or obligations payable from the district school fund is

15  authorized to issue and sell interest-bearing coupon warrants

16  in a sum or sums not to exceed the total amount of such

17  indebtedness. Such coupon warrants shall bear interest at a

18  rate not to exceed the rates authorized under the provisions

19  of s. 215.84, shall be payable either annually or

20  semiannually, and shall be in such form and denomination as

21  the district school board issuing the same shall prescribe.

22  None of such warrants shall be issued to run for a longer

23  period of time than 10 years from the date of issue.  Such

24  warrants shall be numbered consecutively, beginning with

25  number one, and each warrant shall have attached thereto

26  interest coupons, each coupon bearing the number of its

27  warrant and representing or calling for an annual or

28  semiannual, as the case may be, payment of interest on its

29  warrant.

30         (b)  Each such warrant shall be signed by the chair and

31  attested by the secretary of the district school board issuing


                                 1166

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the same, and shall have the seal of the district school board

  2  affixed thereto, and the interest coupons attached thereto

  3  shall be signed by, or bear the printed or lithographed

  4  facsimile signature of the chair and secretary. Each warrant

  5  and interest coupon shall be dated and shall bear the due

  6  date. Such warrants and interest coupons shall be issued upon,

  7  and payable from, the fund designated on the face thereof. The

  8  fund so designated shall be the district school fund. All

  9  funds derived from the sale of interest-bearing coupon

10  warrants, as herein provided, shall be used for the purpose of

11  retiring the indebtedness for payment of which the warrants

12  were issued, and for no other purpose, and any funds remaining

13  from the sale of such warrants shall be applied to retiring

14  the interest-bearing coupon warrants from which such funds

15  were derived.

16         (5)  FUNDING OR REFUNDING OTHER TYPES OF

17  INDEBTEDNESS.--Any proposed plan for refunding any type of

18  outstanding and legally incurred school indebtedness, not

19  covered by this section, shall be submitted to the Department

20  of Education for approval under rules of the State Board of

21  Education. No such indebtedness may be refunded and no plan

22  for refunding such indebtedness may be approved, unless the

23  plan provides for retiring the indebtedness in reasonably

24  equal annual installments over the period of years covered,

25  unless other obligations to be retired during any of these

26  years make adjustments necessary. No indebtedness of any type

27  may be refunded on a sinking fund basis. The district school

28  board shall provide that all refunding warrants, notes, or

29  bonds shall be callable, upon proper notice, beginning not

30  more than 10 years following the date of refunding. If any

31  indebtedness outstanding against the county or district


                                 1167

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  current school funds cannot be retired over a period of 10

  2  years as prescribed in this section, or cannot be funded or

  3  refunded by issuing interest-bearing coupon warrants, the

  4  Department of Education is authorized to cooperate with the

  5  school officials of the district in developing a practicable

  6  plan for refunding such indebtedness and, when such a plan has

  7  been developed, may approve an agreement with the district

  8  school officials for refunding such indebtedness to be retired

  9  over a period of time which shall not exceed a maximum of 20

10  years; and, if necessary, for refunding the indebtedness by

11  issuing interest-bearing notes. Any funding or refunding

12  obligations issued, as prescribed herein, are not and shall

13  not be deemed to be additional bonds within the meaning of the

14  Constitution and laws of Florida, and it shall not be

15  necessary for such obligations to be submitted to, or approved

16  by, a vote of the people of the district. In preparing and

17  carrying out such a plan for funding or refunding the school

18  indebtedness, the district school board and the district

19  school superintendent shall follow the procedures prescribed

20  in this section, supplemented by rules of the State Board of

21  Education, except for the modifications which are herein

22  authorized.

23         Section 621.  Section 1011.17, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1011.17  School funds to be paid to Treasurer or into

26  depository.--

27         (1)  Every tax collector, or other person having moneys

28  which by law go to any district school fund shall at least

29  once each month pay the same over to the depository or

30  depositories designated by the district school board for such

31  purpose, and shall provide said board with confirmation of the


                                 1168

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  deposit.  Every officer having moneys which by law go to any

  2  state school fund, shall pay the same to the Treasurer of the

  3  state, and the Treasurer shall see that these moneys are

  4  deposited to the credit of the proper state school fund.

  5         (2)  The district school board shall have the authority

  6  to designate that funds due it be placed for investment for

  7  its account with the State Board of Administration rather than

  8  be deposited, and said board may direct those persons having

  9  moneys due it or due any state school fund to pay out such

10  funds to the State Board of Administration to make authorized

11  investments for its account.

12         Section 622.  Section 1011.18, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1011.18  School depositories; payments into and

15  withdrawals from depositories.--

16         (1)  SCHOOL FUNDS TO BE PAID INTO DEPOSITORIES.--The

17  tax collector, the clerk of the circuit court, the

18  superintendent, and all other persons having, receiving, or

19  collecting any money payable to the school district shall

20  promptly pay the same to the bank or banks selected by the

21  district school board to receive funds for that purpose.  No

22  bank shall be so selected unless it is qualified as an

23  approved depository as provided by law.  Each bank receiving

24  any school money as provided herein shall make a receipt for

25  same.

26         (2)  INVESTMENT OF FUNDS DUE.--The district school

27  board shall have the authority to designate that funds due it

28  be placed for investment for its account with the State Board

29  of Administration rather than be deposited, and the district

30  school board may direct those persons having moneys due it or

31  due any state school fund to pay out such funds to the State


                                 1169

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Board of Administration to make authorized investments for its

  2  account.

  3         (3)  FUNDS ON DEPOSIT WITH EACH DEPOSITORY; OVERDRAWING

  4  ACCOUNTS PROHIBITED.--The district school board shall require

  5  an accurate and complete set of accounts to be maintained in

  6  the books and records for each fund on deposit in each

  7  district school depository.  Each such account shall show the

  8  amount subject to withdrawal, the amount deposited, the amount

  9  expended, and the balance of the account.  In compliance with

10  the provisions of this subsection, a district school board may

11  maintain a separate checking account for each such fund or may

12  utilize a single checking account for the deposit and

13  withdrawal of moneys from all funds and segregate the various

14  funds on the books and records only. No check or warrant shall

15  be drawn in excess of the balance to the credit of the

16  appropriate fund.  The funds awaiting clearing may be invested

17  in an approved county depository in instruments earning

18  interest, such as repurchase agreements, savings accounts,

19  etc.  If repurchase agreements are involved, United States

20  Treasury securities or GNMA's must be pledged as collateral

21  for an amount to exceed the principal, interest, and a

22  reasonable safety margin for protection against date-to-date

23  price fluctuation.

24         (4)  HOW FUNDS DRAWN FROM DEPOSITORIES.--All money

25  drawn from any district school depository holding same as

26  prescribed herein shall be upon a check or warrant drawn on

27  authority of the district school board as prescribed by law.

28  Each check or warrant shall be signed by the chair or, in his

29  or her absence, the vice chair of the district school board

30  and countersigned by the district school superintendent, with

31  corporate seal of the school board affixed. However, as a


                                 1170

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  matter of convenience, the corporate seal of the district

  2  school board may be printed upon the warrant and a proper

  3  record of such warrant shall be maintained.  The district

  4  school board may by resolution, a copy of which must be

  5  delivered to the depository, provide for internal funds to be

  6  withdrawn from any district depository by a check duly signed

  7  by at least two bonded school employees designated by the

  8  board to be responsible for administering such funds. However,

  9  the district school superintendent or his or her designee,

10  after having been by resolution specifically authorized by the

11  district school board, may transfer funds from one depository

12  to another, within a depository, to another institution, or

13  from another institution to a depository for investment

14  purposes and may transfer funds in a similar manner when the

15  transfer does not represent an expenditure, advance, or

16  reduction of cash assets.  Such transfer may be made by

17  electronic, telephonic, or other medium; and each transfer

18  shall be confirmed in writing and signed by the district

19  school superintendent or his or her designee.

20         (5)  FORM OF WARRANTS; DIRECT DEPOSIT OF FUNDS.--The

21  district school board is authorized to establish the form or

22  forms of warrants, which are to be signed by the chair or, in

23  his or her absence, the vice chair of the district school

24  board and countersigned by the district school superintendent,

25  for payment or disbursement of moneys out of the school

26  depository and to change the form thereof from time to time as

27  the district school board deems appropriate.  If authorized in

28  writing by the payee, such district school board warrants may

29  provide for the direct deposit of funds to the account of the

30  payee in any financial institution that is designated in

31  writing by the payee and that has lawful authority to accept


                                 1171

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  such deposits. The written authorization of the payee must be

  2  filed with the district school board. Direct deposit of funds

  3  may be by any electronic or other medium approved by the

  4  district school board for such purpose.  The State Board of

  5  Education shall adopt rules prescribing minimum security

  6  measures that must be implemented by any district school board

  7  before establishing the system authorized in this subsection.

  8         (6)  EXEMPTION FOR SELF-INSURANCE PROGRAMS AND

  9  THIRD-PARTY ADMINISTERED EMPLOYEES' FRINGE BENEFIT PROGRAMS.--

10         (a)  Each district school board is authorized to

11  contract with an approved service organization to provide

12  self-insurance services, including, but not limited to, the

13  evaluation, settlement, and payment of self-insurance claims

14  on behalf of the district school board. Pursuant to such

15  contract, the district school board may advance money to the

16  service organization to be deposited in a special checking

17  account for paying claims against the district school board

18  under its self-insurance program.  The special checking

19  account shall be maintained in a designated district school

20  depository.  The district school board may replenish such

21  account as often as necessary upon the presentation by the

22  service organization of documentation for claims paid equal to

23  the amount of the requested reimbursement. Such replenishment

24  shall be made by a warrant signed by the chair of the district

25  school board and countersigned by the district school

26  superintendent.  Such replenishment may be made by electronic,

27  telephonic, or other medium, and each transfer shall be

28  confirmed in writing and signed by the superintendent or his

29  or her designee.

30         (b)  The district school board may contract with an

31  insurance company or professional administrator who holds a


                                 1172

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  valid certificate of authority issued by the Department of

  2  Insurance to provide any or all services that a third-party

  3  administrator is authorized by law to perform.  Pursuant to

  4  such contract, the district school board may advance or remit

  5  money to the administrator to be deposited in a designated

  6  special checking account for paying claims against the

  7  district school board under its self-insurance programs, and

  8  remitting premiums to the providers of insured benefits on

  9  behalf of the district school board and the participants in

10  such programs, and otherwise fulfilling the obligations

11  imposed upon the administrator by law and the contractual

12  agreements between the district school board and the

13  administrator.  The special checking account shall be

14  maintained in a designated district school depository. The

15  district school board may replenish such account as often as

16  necessary upon the presentation by the service organization of

17  documentation for claims or premiums due paid equal to the

18  amount of the requested reimbursement.  Such replenishment

19  shall be made by a warrant signed by the chair of the district

20  school board and countersigned by the district school

21  superintendent. Such replenishment may be made by electronic,

22  telephonic, or other medium, and each transfer shall be

23  confirmed in writing and signed by the district school

24  superintendent or his or her designee.  The provisions of

25  strict accountability of all funds and an annual audit by an

26  independent certified public accountant as provided in s.

27  1001.42(10)(k) shall apply to this subsection.

28         Section 623.  Section 1011.19, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1011.19  Sources of district school fund.--The district

31  school fund shall consist of funds derived from the district


                                 1173

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school tax levy; state appropriations; appropriations by

  2  county commissioners; local, state, and federal school food

  3  service funds; any and all other sources for school purposes;

  4  national forest trust funds and other federal sources; and

  5  gifts and other sources.

  6         Section 624.  Section 1011.20, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1011.20  Apportionment and use of district school

  9  fund.--The district school fund shall be apportioned, expended

10  and disbursed in the district solely for the support of the

11  public schools of the district as prescribed by law; provided,

12  however, that the district school fund shall also be used to

13  pay the principal and interest on bonds legally issued and

14  payable from said fund, together with other proper items of

15  debt service against such fund, including any necessary

16  refunding expense as prescribed by rules of the State Board of

17  Education.  The district school board shall, before the

18  maturity of such bonds or other indebtedness and before

19  interest due dates, deposit with the paying agent or make

20  available, as designated in the resolution authorizing the

21  issuance of the bonds or other legal evidences of

22  indebtedness, sufficient funds with which to pay all principal

23  and interest when due; provided, that when such funds have

24  been so deposited with the paying agent or made available, all

25  interest on the indebtedness represented by the maturing

26  bonds, coupons or other evidences of indebtedness shall cease

27  as of their maturity dates; and provided, further, that if any

28  such bonds, coupons or other evidences of indebtedness are not

29  presented for payment within 6 months after the date on which

30  they mature, the funds shall be returned to the district

31  school board and shall be placed by said board in the district


                                 1174

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school fund and the district school board shall pay said

  2  bonds, coupons or other evidences of indebtedness from said

  3  fund when presented for payment. Any holder of bonds, coupons

  4  or other indebtedness claiming interest after maturity on

  5  account of the fact that funds were not deposited with the

  6  paying agent or made available to pay such bonds, coupons or

  7  other indebtedness at maturity, shall be required to produce

  8  evidence in the form of a letter from the paying agent or the

  9  district school board, respectively, acknowledging that the

10  bonds, coupons and other evidences of indebtedness upon which

11  interest is claimed were presented for payment, that no funds

12  were available for the payment thereof, that such bonds,

13  coupons and other evidences of indebtedness were presented for

14  payment at least annually thereafter and that no funds were

15  available to pay such indebtedness.  The paying agent or the

16  district school board, whichever has the duty of holding the

17  funds, shall, upon request of the holder of defaulted bonds,

18  coupons or other evidences of indebtedness, furnish to such

19  holder the letter required herein.  When such evidence is

20  presented the district school fund shall be liable for the

21  payment of principal and interest on the bonds, coupons or

22  other evidences of indebtedness from maturity until paid at

23  the rate prescribed on the face thereof.  If at any time any

24  bonds, coupons or other evidences of indebtedness are reduced

25  to judgment, the district school fund shall be responsible for

26  past due interest only at the rate prescribed by the bonds or

27  other evidences of indebtedness and any rate of interest in

28  excess of that amount shall be illegal and invalid.  Such

29  judgments shall bear interest at the rate of 5 percent per

30  annum until paid.  When any proposal for refunding the

31  indebtedness against said district school fund has been


                                 1175

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  prepared and approved by the State Board of Education, as

  2  required by law, and when the holders of at least 80 percent

  3  of the outstanding indebtedness against said fund have agreed

  4  in writing to the refunding plan, the district school board

  5  shall be authorized to pay, out of the district school fund,

  6  from and after that date, on the original and refunding bonds

  7  or other evidences of indebtedness only the rate of interest

  8  which has been agreed upon for the refunding bonds or other

  9  evidences of indebtedness and no owner or holder of a bond,

10  coupon or other evidence of indebtedness shall be entitled to

11  a higher rate of interest after that date; provided, that such

12  owner or holder shall be given the option by the district

13  school board of receiving payment in cash for all principal

14  and interest due on the bonds and coupons or other evidence of

15  indebtedness he or she holds at the same rate at which the

16  remaining indebtedness has been refunded.

17         Section 625.  Section 1011.21, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1011.21  Source and use of district interest and

20  sinking fund.--The district interest and sinking fund of any

21  school district shall comprise the proceeds of the tax levied

22  for the purpose of paying the principal and interest of bonds

23  outstanding against the district as provided in this chapter

24  and in addition such funds as may accrue to the credit of the

25  district interest and sinking fund from interest on deposits,

26  investments or other sources.  The district interest and

27  sinking fund in each district shall be used to pay the

28  principal and interest on bonds legally issued against the

29  district and other proper items of debt service against such

30  district, including any necessary refunding expense as

31  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education.  The


                                 1176

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district school board shall, before the maturity of bonds and

  2  before interest due dates, deposit with the paying agent or

  3  make available, as designated in the resolution authorizing

  4  the issuance of bonds, sufficient money of the district

  5  interest and sinking fund with which to pay all principal and

  6  interest when due; provided, that when such money has been so

  7  deposited with the paying agent or made available, all

  8  interest on the indebtedness represented by the maturing bonds

  9  or coupons shall cease as of their maturity dates; and

10  provided, further, that if any such bonds or coupons are not

11  presented for payment within 6 months after the date on which

12  they mature, the money shall be returned to the district

13  school board and shall be held by the board as a reserve fund

14  in the account of the district interest and sinking fund until

15  the bonds and coupons are presented for payment.  Any holder

16  of bonds or coupons claiming interest after maturity shall be

17  required to produce evidence in the form of a letter from the

18  paying agent or the district school board of the district,

19  respectively, acknowledging that the bonds or coupons upon

20  which interest is claimed were presented for payment upon

21  maturity, that no funds were available for the payment

22  thereof, that such bonds or coupons were presented for payment

23  at least annually thereafter and that no funds were available

24  to pay such bonds or coupons.  The paying agent or the

25  district school board, whichever has the duty of holding the

26  money shall, upon request of the holder of defaulted bonds or

27  coupons, furnish to such holder the letter required herein.

28  When such evidence is presented, the district interest and

29  sinking fund shall be liable for the payment of principal and

30  interest on the bonds and coupons from maturity until paid at

31  the rate prescribed on the face of the bonds.  If at any time


                                 1177

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any bonds or coupons are reduced to judgment, the district

  2  interest and sinking fund shall be responsible for past due

  3  interest only at the rate prescribed by the bonds and any rate

  4  of interest in excess of that amount shall be illegal and

  5  invalid. Such judgments shall bear interest at the rate of 5

  6  percent per annum until paid.  When any proposal for refunding

  7  the indebtedness against any district has been prepared and

  8  approved by the Department of Education, as required by law,

  9  and when the holders of at least 80 percent of the outstanding

10  indebtedness represented by the bond issue have agreed in

11  writing to the refunding plan, the district school board shall

12  be authorized to pay, from and after that date on the original

13  and refunding bonds from the district interest and sinking

14  fund, only the rate of interest which has been agreed upon for

15  the refunding bonds and no owner or holder of a bond or coupon

16  shall be entitled to a higher rate of interest after that

17  date; provided, that such owner or holder shall be given the

18  option by the school board of receiving payment in cash for

19  all principal and interest due on the bonds and coupons he or

20  she holds at the same rate at which the remaining bonds and

21  coupons have been refunded.

22         Section 626.  Section 1011.22, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1011.22  Interest and sinking funds may be invested in

25  certain bonds, warrants, and notes.--Each district school

26  board shall have the power at all times to invest the interest

27  and sinking funds collected for the retirement of any bonds of

28  the school district in any investment as authorized in s.

29  1010.53(2). The district school board shall have authority at

30  any time to use the interest and sinking fund of any district

31  for purchasing, for the purpose of canceling and retiring,


                                 1178

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bonds outstanding against the interest and sinking fund of

  2  said district at any price which will result in a net saving

  3  to the taxpayers of the district; provided, always, that the

  4  district school board shall have the right to keep the

  5  interest and sinking fund on deposit earning the rate of

  6  interest agreed upon until such time as within its judgment it

  7  may be able to invest it in bonds, warrants, or notes to

  8  better advantage as provided herein.

  9         Section 627.  Section 1011.23, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1011.23  Disposition of balance in interest and sinking

12  fund.--If all principal and interest outstanding against any

13  school district shall have been paid, and there shall still

14  remain a balance in the interest and sinking fund to the

15  credit of that district, the district school board shall, by

16  resolution, authorize this balance to be transferred to the

17  credit of the district school fund.

18         Section 628.  Section 1011.24, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1011.24  Special district units.--For the purposes of

21  funding through chapters 1011 and 1013, developmental research

22  schools shall be designated as special school districts. Such

23  districts shall be accountable to the Department of Education

24  for budget requests and reports on expenditures.

25         Section 629.  Part I.b. of chapter 1011, Florida

26  Statutes, shall be entitled "Community Colleges: Preparation,

27  Adoption, and Implementation of Budgets" and shall consist of

28  ss. 1011.30-1011.32.

29         Section 630.  Section 1011.30, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1179

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1011.30  Budgets for community colleges.--Each

  2  community college president shall recommend to the community

  3  college board of trustees a budget of income and expenditures

  4  at such time and in such form as the State Board of Education

  5  may prescribe. Upon approval of a budget by the community

  6  college board of trustees, such budget shall be transmitted to

  7  the Department of Education for review and approval. Rules of

  8  the State Board of Education shall prescribe procedures for

  9  effecting budget amendments subsequent to the final approval

10  of a budget for a given year.

11         Section 631.  Section 1011.31, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1011.31  Current loans to community college boards of

14  trustees.--

15         (1)  At any time the current funds on hand are

16  insufficient to pay obligations created by a community college

17  board of trustees in accordance with the approved budget of

18  the community college, the community college board of trustees

19  may request approval by the Commissioner of Education of a

20  proposal to negotiate a current loan, with provisions for the

21  repayment of such loan during the fiscal year in which the

22  loan is made, in order to meet these obligations.

23         (2)  The Commissioner of Education shall approve such

24  proposal when, in his opinion, the proposal is reasonable and

25  just, the expenditure is necessary, and revenues sufficient to

26  meet the requirements of the loan can reasonably be

27  anticipated.

28         Section 632.  Section 1011.32, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1011.32  Community College Facility Enhancement

31  Challenge Grant Program.--


                                 1180

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The Legislature recognizes that the community

  2  colleges do not have sufficient physical facilities to meet

  3  the current demands of their instructional and community

  4  programs. It further recognizes that, to strengthen and

  5  enhance community colleges, it is necessary to provide

  6  facilities in addition to those currently available from

  7  existing revenue sources. It further recognizes that there are

  8  sources of private support that, if matched with state

  9  support, can assist in constructing much needed facilities and

10  strengthen the commitment of citizens and organizations in

11  promoting excellence at each community college. Therefore, it

12  is the intent of the Legislature to establish a program to

13  provide the opportunity for each community college through its

14  direct-support organization to receive and match challenge

15  grants for instructional and community-related capital

16  facilities within the community college.

17         (2)  There is established the Community College

18  Facility Enhancement Challenge Grant Program for the purpose

19  of assisting the community colleges in building high priority

20  instructional and community-related capital facilities

21  consistent with s. 1004.65, including common areas connecting

22  such facilities. The direct-support organizations that serve

23  the community colleges shall solicit gifts from private

24  sources to provide matching funds for capital facilities. For

25  the purposes of this section, private sources of funds shall

26  not include any federal or state government funds that a

27  community college may receive.

28         (3)  The Community College Capital Facilities Matching

29  Program shall provide funds to match private contributions for

30  the development of high priority instructional and

31  


                                 1181

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  community-related capital facilities, including common areas

  2  connecting such facilities, within the community colleges.

  3         (4)  Within the direct-support organization of each

  4  community college there must be established a separate capital

  5  facilities matching account for the purpose of providing

  6  matching funds from the direct-support organization's

  7  unrestricted donations or other private contributions for the

  8  development of high priority instructional and

  9  community-related capital facilities, including common areas

10  connecting such facilities. The Legislature shall appropriate

11  funds for distribution to a community college after matching

12  funds are certified by the direct-support organization and

13  community college. The Public Education Capital Outlay and

14  Debt Service Trust Fund shall not be used as the source of the

15  state match for private contributions.

16         (5)  A project may not be initiated unless all private

17  funds for planning, construction, and equipping the facility

18  have been received and deposited in the direct-support

19  organization's matching account and the state's share for the

20  minimum amount of funds needed to begin the project has been

21  appropriated by the Legislature. The Legislature may

22  appropriate the state's matching funds in one or more fiscal

23  years for the planning, construction, and equipping of an

24  eligible facility. However, these requirements shall not

25  preclude the community college or direct-support organization

26  from expending available funds from private sources to develop

27  a prospectus, including preliminary architectural schematics

28  and/or models, for use in its efforts to raise private funds

29  for a facility. Additionally, any private sources of funds

30  expended for this purpose are eligible for state matching

31  


                                 1182

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  funds should the project materialize as provided for in this

  2  section.

  3         (6)  To be eligible to participate in the Community

  4  College Facility Enhancement Challenge Grant Program, a

  5  community college, through its direct-support organization,

  6  shall raise a contribution equal to one-half of the total cost

  7  of a facilities construction project from private sources

  8  which shall be matched by a state appropriation equal to the

  9  amount raised for a facilities construction project, subject

10  to the General Appropriations Act.

11         (7)  If the state's share of the required match is

12  insufficient to meet the requirements of subsection (6), the

13  community college shall renegotiate the terms of the

14  contribution with the donors. If the project is terminated,

15  each private donation, plus accrued interest, reverts to the

16  direct-support organization for remittance to the donor.

17         (8)  By September 1 of each year, the State Board of

18  Education shall transmit to the Legislature a list of projects

19  which meet all eligibility requirements to participate in the

20  Community College Facility Enhancement Challenge Grant Program

21  and a budget request which includes the recommended schedule

22  necessary to complete each project.

23         (9)  In order for a project to be eligible under this

24  program, it must be survey recommended under the provisions of

25  s. 1013.31 and included in the community colleges 5-year

26  capital improvement plan, and it must receive prior approval

27  from the State Board of Education.

28         (10)  A community college project may not be removed

29  from the approved 3-year PECO priority list because of its

30  successful participation in this program until approved by the

31  Legislature and provided for in the General Appropriations


                                 1183

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Act. When such a project is completed and removed from the

  2  list, all other projects shall move up on the 3-year PECO

  3  priority list.

  4         (11)  Any project funds that are unexpended after a

  5  project is completed shall revert to the community college's

  6  direct-support organization capital facilities matching

  7  account. Fifty percent of such unexpended funds shall be

  8  reserved for the community college which originally received

  9  the private contribution for the purpose of providing private

10  matching funds for future facility construction projects as

11  provided in this section. The balance of such unexpended funds

12  shall be returned to the General Revenue Fund.

13         (12)  The surveys, architectural plans, facility, and

14  equipment shall be the property of the participating community

15  college. A facility constructed under this section may be

16  named in honor of a donor at the option of the community

17  college district board of trustees. A facility may not be

18  named after a living person without prior approval by the

19  State Board of Education.

20         Section 633.  Part I.c. of chapter 1011, Florida

21  Statutes, shall be entitled "Universities: Preparation,

22  Adoption, and Implementation of Budgets" and shall consist of

23  ss. 1011.40-1011.52.

24         Section 634.  Section 1011.40, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1011.40  Budgets for universities.--

27         (1)  LEGISLATIVE BUDGET REQUEST.--The State Board of

28  Education shall provide instructions, guidelines, and standard

29  formats to be used by each university that will provide to the

30  State Board of Education and the Legislature adequate

31  information to support and justify the legislative budget


                                 1184

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  requests submitted pursuant to ss. 216.023, 1013.60, and

  2  1011.90 for each university.

  3         (2)  OPERATING BUDGET.--Each university board of

  4  trustees shall adopt an operating budget for the operation of

  5  the university as prescribed by law and rules of the State

  6  Board of Education. Each university president shall prepare

  7  and implement the operating budget of the university as

  8  prescribed by law, rules of the State Board of Education,

  9  policies of the university board of trustees, and provisions

10  of the General Appropriations Act. The proposed expenditures,

11  plus transfers, and balances shall not exceed the estimated

12  income, transfers, and balances. The budget and each part

13  thereof shall balance. If at any time the unencumbered balance

14  in the education and general fund of the university board of

15  trustees approved operating budget goes below five percent,

16  the president shall provide written notification to the State

17  Board of Education.

18         (3)  EXPENDITURES.--Expenditures from any source of

19  funds by any university shall not exceed the funds available.

20  Expenditures shall not exceed the amount budgeted under each

21  classification of accounts for each fund and the total amount

22  of the budget, as amended as prescribed by rules of the State

23  Board of Education. No expenditure of funds, contract, or

24  agreement of any nature shall be made that requires additional

25  appropriation of funds by the Legislature unless specifically

26  authorized in advance by law or the General Appropriations

27  Act.

28         (4)  DISTRIBUTION OF APPROPRIATION.--Funds appropriated

29  in the General Appropriations Act for the operation of state

30  universities shall be distributed by the State Board of

31  Education to the universities twice monthly. The Executive


                                 1185

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Office of the Governor may modify this schedule if required to

  2  meet specific needs of a university.

  3         Section 635.  Section 1011.41, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1011.41  University appropriations.--Funds for the

  6  general operations of universities shall be requested and

  7  appropriated as Aid to Local Governments Grants and Aids,

  8  subject to provisions of the General Appropriations Act.

  9         Section 636.  Section 1011.4105, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1011.4105  Transition from state accounting system

12  (FLAIR) to university accounting system.--

13         (1)  Universities and colleges under the supervision of

14  the State Board of Education shall use the state accounting

15  system (FLAIR) for fiscal year 2002-2003. The universities

16  shall not be required to provide funds to the Department of

17  Banking and Finance for the utilization of FLAIR.

18         (2)  Beginning with the 2003-2004 fiscal year any

19  university may transition from FLAIR to the university's

20  accounting system.

21         (3)  To accomplish the transition from FLAIR to a

22  university's accounting system the university board of

23  trustees must submit to the State Board of Education a plan

24  developed in cooperation with the State Comptroller (Chief

25  Financial Officer.) The plan must contain the actions the

26  university will take, or has taken, to implement this

27  transition. The plan must provide time lines for completion of

28  actions and the target date the university will have

29  implemented and tested parallel systems with appropriate audit

30  and internal controls in place that will enable the university

31  to satisfactorily and timely perform all accounting and


                                 1186

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reporting functions required by State and Federal law and

  2  rules of the State Board of Education.

  3         (4)  When a university is ready to transition from

  4  FLAIR to its own system, the State Board of Education shall

  5  verify that the system the university has implemented and

  6  tested is adequate for the university, the university has

  7  appropriate audit and internal controls in place, the

  8  university has the resources required to operate and maintain

  9  the system, and that the university and the State Comptroller

10  (Chief Financial Officer) are prepared to implement the

11  transition. The State Board of Education shall submit to the

12  Executive Office of the Governor and the Chairs of the

13  Appropriations Committees of the Senate and House of

14  Representatives confirmation of this verification and the date

15  the transition will be effective. Transition for any

16  university shall not take place until after the State Board of

17  Education has submitted this confirmation.

18         (5)  The State Board of Education in cooperation with

19  each university and the Department of Banking and Finance

20  shall develop a plan and establish the deadline for all

21  universities to have completed the transition from FLAIR. The

22  Board shall submit a copy of this plan to the Executive Office

23  of the Governor and the Chairs of the Appropriations

24  Committees of the Senate and House of Representatives.

25         Section 637.  Section 1011.4106, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1011.4106  Trust fund dissolution.--Notwithstanding the

28  provisions of ss. 215.3206(2) and 215.3208(2), and pursuant to

29  s. 216.351, all unexpended balances as of June 30, 2002 in the

30  following state university system trust funds are hereby

31  appropriated to the appropriate accounts of each university


                                 1187

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  based upon the original source of the trust fund revenue and

  2  any accrued interest:  the Education/General Student and Other

  3  Fees Trust Fund, the Experiment Station Federal Grant Trust

  4  Fund, the Experiment Station Incidental Trust Fund, the

  5  Extension Service Federal Grant Trust Fund, the Extension

  6  Service Incidental Trust Fund, the Incidental Trust Fund, the

  7  UF Health Center Operations and Maintenance Trust Fund, the

  8  Operations and Maintenance Trust Fund, and all other trust

  9  funds in the State Treasury for universities.  Expenditure of

10  these funds by each university must be based on the laws,

11  rules, grant agreements, or other legal controlling factors

12  associated with all trust fund balances which are appropriated

13  to local accounts pursuant to this section, and included in

14  each university board of trustees' approved operating budget.

15  Each university shall be responsible for the payment of

16  outstanding debts or obligations associated with these funds.

17         Section 638.  Section 1011.411, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1011.411  Budgets for sponsored research at

20  universities.--Funds for sponsored research at each university

21  shall be budgeted and expended pursuant to ss. 1010.30 and

22  1011.42.

23         Section 639.  Section 1011.42, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1011.42  University depositories; deposits into and

26  withdrawals from depositories.--

27         (1)  The board of trustees of each university shall

28  designate the depositories in which any university funds may

29  be deposited. No bank shall be designated unless it is a

30  qualified depository as provided by Florida Statutes.

31  


                                 1188

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  All funds received by a university, from whatever

  2  source and for whatever purpose, shall promptly be deposited

  3  in a board of trustees approved qualified depository.

  4         (3)  The board of trustees shall require an accurate

  5  and complete set of accounts to be maintained in the books and

  6  records for each fund on deposit in each university

  7  depository. Each account shall show the amount subject to

  8  withdrawal, the amount deposited, the amount expended, and the

  9  balance of the account.

10         (4)  The university may maintain a separate checking

11  account for each fund or may utilize a single checking account

12  for the deposit and withdrawal of moneys from all funds and

13  segregate the various funds on the books and records only. No

14  check or withdrawal shall be drawn in excess of the balance to

15  the credit of the appropriate fund.

16         (5)  Funds awaiting clearing may be invested in

17  investments earning interest in a qualified depository, in the

18  State Treasury, and in the State Board of Administration.

19  Investments of university funds shall comply with the

20  requirements of Florida Statutes for the investment of public

21  funds by local government. Due diligence shall be exercised to

22  assure that the highest available amount of earnings is

23  obtained on investments.

24         (6)  The university president or his designee, after

25  having been specifically authorized by the university board of

26  trustees, may transfer funds from one depository to another,

27  within a depository, to another institution, or from another

28  institution to a depository for investment purposes and may

29  transfer funds in a similar manner when the transfer does not

30  represent an expenditure, advance, or reduction of cash

31  assets.


                                 1189

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  The university board of trustees shall

  2  specifically designate and spread upon the minutes of the

  3  board the legal name and position title of any university

  4  employee authorized to sign checks to pay legal obligations of

  5  the university.

  6         Section 640.  Section 1011.43, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1011.43  Investment of university agency and activity

  9  funds; earnings used for scholarships.--Each university is

10  authorized to invest available agency and activity funds and

11  to use the earnings from such investments for student

12  scholarships and loans. The university board of trustees shall

13  provide procedures for the administration of these

14  scholarships and loans by rules.

15         Section 641.  Section 1011.45, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1011.45  End of year balance of funds.--Unexpended

18  amounts in any fund in a university current year operating

19  budget shall be carried forward and included as the balance

20  forward for that fund in the approved operating budget for the

21  following year.

22         Section 642.  Section 1011.47, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1011.47  Auxiliary enterprises; contracts, grants, and

25  donations.--As used in s. 19(f)(3), Art. III of the State

26  Constitution, the term:

27         (1)  "Auxiliary enterprises" includes activities that

28  directly or indirectly provide a product or a service, or

29  both, to a university or its students, faculty, or staff and

30  for which a charge is made. These auxiliary enterprises are

31  business activities of a university which require no support


                                 1190

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  from the General Revenue Fund, and include activities such as

  2  housing, bookstores, student health services, continuing

  3  education programs, food services, college stores, operation

  4  of vending machines, specialty shops, day care centers, golf

  5  courses, student activities programs, data center operations,

  6  and intercollegiate athletics programs.

  7         (2)  "Contracts, grants, and donations" includes

  8  noneducational and general funding sources in support of

  9  research, public services, and training. The term includes

10  grants and donations, sponsored-research contracts, and

11  Department of Education funding for developmental research

12  schools and other activities for which the funds are deposited

13  outside the State Treasury.

14         Section 643.  Section 1011.48, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1011.48  Establishment of educational research centers

17  for child development.--

18         (1)  Upon approval of the university president, the

19  student government association of any state university may

20  establish an educational research center for child development

21  in accordance with the provisions of this section. Each such

22  center shall be a child day care center established to provide

23  care for the children of students, both graduate and

24  undergraduate, faculty, and other staff and employees of the

25  university and to provide an opportunity for interested

26  schools or departments of the university to conduct

27  educational research programs and establish internship

28  programs within such centers. Whenever possible, such center

29  shall be located on the campus of the university. There shall

30  be a director of each center, selected by the board of

31  directors of the center.


                                 1191

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  There shall be a board of directors for each

  2  educational research center for child development, consisting

  3  of the president of the university or his or her designee, the

  4  student government president or his or her designee, the chair

  5  of each department participating in the center or his or her

  6  designee, and one parent for each 50 children enrolled in the

  7  center, elected by the parents of children enrolled in the

  8  center. The director of the center shall be an ex officio,

  9  nonvoting member of the board. The board shall establish local

10  policies and perform local oversight and operational guidance

11  for the center.

12         (3)  Each center is authorized to charge fees for the

13  care and services it provides. Such fees must be approved by

14  the State Board of Education and may be imposed on a sliding

15  scale based on ability to pay or any other factors deemed

16  relevant by the board.

17         (4)  The State Board of Education is authorized and

18  directed to promulgate rules for the establishment, operation,

19  and supervision of educational research centers for child

20  development. Such rules shall include, but need not be limited

21  to: a defined method of establishment of and participation in

22  the operation of centers by the appropriate student government

23  associations; guidelines for the establishment of an intern

24  program in each center; and guidelines for the receipt and

25  monitoring of funds from grants and other sources of funds

26  consistent with existing laws.

27         (5)  Each educational research center for child

28  development shall be funded by a portion of the Capital

29  Improvement Trust Fund fee established by the State Board of

30  Education pursuant to s. 1009.24(7). Each university that

31  establishes a center shall receive a portion of such fees


                                 1192

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  collected from the students enrolled at that university,

  2  usable only at that university, equal to 22.5 cents per

  3  student per credit hour taken per term, based on the summer

  4  term and fall and spring semesters. This allocation shall be

  5  used by the university only for the establishment and

  6  operation of a center as provided by this section and rules

  7  promulgated hereunder. Said allocation may be made only after

  8  all bond obligations required to be paid from such fees have

  9  been met.

10         Section 644.  Section 1011.49, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1011.49  Assent to Smith-Lever Act; university board of

13  trustees authorized to receive grants.--The Legislature, in

14  behalf of and for the state, assents to, and gives its assent

15  to, the provisions and requirements of the Act of Congress

16  commonly known as the "Smith-Lever Act," and all acts

17  supplemental thereto, and the University of Florida Board of

18  Trustees, having supervision over and control of the

19  University of Florida, located at Gainesville, may receive the

20  grants of money appropriated under said Act of Congress and

21  organize and conduct agricultural and home economics extension

22  work, which shall be carried on in connection with the

23  University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural

24  Sciences, in accordance with the terms and conditions

25  expressed in said Act of Congress.

26         Section 645.  Section 1011.50, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1011.50  Agricultural experiment stations; assent to

29  Act of Congress; federal appropriation.--The objects and

30  purposes contained in the Act of Congress entitled "An Act to

31  provide for an increased annual appropriation for agricultural


                                 1193

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  experiment stations and regulating the expenditure thereof"

  2  are assented to; and the Board of Trustees of the University

  3  of Florida is authorized to accept and receive the annual

  4  appropriations for the use and benefit of the agricultural

  5  experiment station fund of the Institute of Food and

  6  Agricultural Sciences of the University of Florida, located at

  7  Gainesville, upon the terms and conditions contained in said

  8  Act of Congress.

  9         Section 646.  Section 1011.501, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1011.501  Assent to ss. 1444 and 1445 of the Food and

12  Agriculture Act of 1977; board of trustees authorized to

13  receive grants, etc.--The assent of Legislature is given to

14  the provisions and requirements of ss. 1444 and 1445 of the

15  Act of Congress commonly known as the "Food and Agriculture

16  Act of 1977" and all acts supplemental thereto. The Board of

17  Trustees of the Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University

18  may receive grants of money appropriated under said sections

19  of said act and may organize and conduct agricultural

20  extension work and conduct agricultural research, which shall

21  be carried on in connection with the College of Engineering

22  Sciences, Technology and Agriculture of said Florida

23  Agricultural and Mechanical University, in accordance with the

24  terms and conditions expressed in the Act of Congress

25  aforesaid.

26         Section 647.  Section 1011.51, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1011.51  Independent postsecondary endowment grants.--

29         (1)  The Legislature finds and declares that accredited

30  baccalaureate-degree-granting independent nonprofit colleges

31  and universities are an integral part of the higher education


                                 1194

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  system in this state; that significant numbers of persons

  2  choose to utilize these institutions for obtaining higher

  3  education; that the burdens on public colleges and

  4  universities are lessened because of the students that choose

  5  to utilize these institutions for their higher education; that

  6  having a strong system of baccalaureate-degree-granting

  7  independent nonprofit colleges and universities will improve

  8  the educational, economic, and social well-being of the state;

  9  and that creation of a state program to provide matching

10  endowment grants will improve the academic excellence of these

11  institutions and enhance educational opportunities for Florida

12  citizens, furthering the improvement of the overall

13  educational system in the state.

14         (2)  There is established the Florida Postsecondary

15  Endowment Grants Program to be administered by the Department

16  of Education.  The program shall provide matching endowment

17  grants to independent nonprofit colleges and universities in

18  Florida that meet the requirements of this section.  The

19  Legislature shall designate funds for the program to be

20  transferred to the Grants and Donations Trust Fund from

21  available sources.  All funds transferred to the trust fund,

22  or retained in the trust fund, shall be invested in accordance

23  with the provisions of chapter 215. Notwithstanding the

24  provisions of s. 216.301 and pursuant to s. 216.351, any

25  undisbursed balance remaining in the trust fund for the

26  program and income from investments and interest related

27  thereto shall remain in the trust fund and shall increase the

28  total funds available for such matching endowment grants.

29         (3)  The matching endowment grants made available under

30  this section shall be made available to any independent

31  nonprofit college or university which:


                                 1195

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Is located in and chartered by the state.

  2         (b)  Is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the

  3  Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

  4         (c)  Grants baccalaureate degrees.

  5         (d)  Is not a state university or community college.

  6         (e)  Has a secular purpose, so long as the receipt of

  7  state aid by students at the institution would not have the

  8  primary effect of advancing or impeding religion or result in

  9  an excessive entanglement between the state and any religious

10  sect.

11         (4)(a)  The amounts appropriated for the program shall

12  be allocated by the Department of Education to each

13  independent nonprofit college or university that meets the

14  criteria of subsection (3) in the following manner:

15         1.  Each such college or university that raises an

16  endowment contribution of at least $50,000, but no more than

17  $75,000, from private sources shall receive a matching

18  endowment grant equal to 70 percent of the private

19  contribution.

20         2.  Each such college or university that raises an

21  endowment contribution in excess of $75,000, but no more than

22  $100,000, from private sources shall receive a matching

23  endowment grant equal to 75 percent of the private

24  contribution.

25         3.  Each such college or university that raises an

26  endowment contribution in excess of $100,000, but no more than

27  $125,000, from private sources shall receive a matching

28  endowment grant equal to 80 percent of the private

29  contribution.

30         4.  Each such college or university that raises an

31  endowment contribution in excess of $125,000 from private


                                 1196

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  sources shall receive a matching endowment grant equal to 100

  2  percent of the private contribution.

  3         (b)  The private sources may include combined

  4  contributions for a common purpose, but shall not include

  5  separate unrelated contributions.  The state endowment

  6  matching grant shall be disbursed to the independent nonprofit

  7  college or university upon certification by the college or

  8  university that it has received and deposited the

  9  proportionate amount specified in this subsection.

10         (c)  Contributions may also be eligible for matching if

11  there is a commitment to make a donation of $125,000, and an

12  initial payment of $25,000 is accompanied by a written pledge

13  to provide the balance within 4 years after the date of such

14  initial payment.  Payments on the balance must be at least

15  $25,000 per year and shall be made on or before the

16  anniversary date of the initial payment.  No matching

17  endowment grant shall be disbursed prior to collection of the

18  total pledged contribution from the private source, but a

19  pledged contribution shall encumber the matching endowment

20  grant for that independent nonprofit college or university.

21         (5)(a)  By July 1 of each year, each independent

22  nonprofit college or university that desires to participate in

23  the program shall certify to the department its eligibility.

24  The department, upon receipt and acceptance of such

25  certifications, shall reserve an equal amount of the

26  additional funds for the program transferred to the Grants and

27  Donations Trust Fund for that fiscal year for each independent

28  nonprofit college or university that is eligible to

29  participate.  An eligible independent nonprofit college or

30  university shall have 3 fiscal years within which to encumber

31  its share of trust funds reserved during the first 3 fiscal


                                 1197

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  years. After the third fiscal year, if any independent

  2  nonprofit college or university does not fully utilize or

  3  encumber its share of reserved trust funds for any single

  4  fiscal year, such reserved funds shall be available in

  5  subsequent fiscal years for the purposes of this program.

  6         (b)  Each eligible institution shall certify to the

  7  department its contributions for the year ending June 30,

  8  1989. Only the qualified new contributions above the certified

  9  base shall be calculated for the purpose of allocating grants

10  during the first 3 years of the program.  In subsequent years,

11  only the qualified new contributions above the certified prior

12  year base shall be calculated for the purpose of allocating

13  such grants.

14         (6)  Matching endowment grants made pursuant to this

15  section to a qualified independent nonprofit college or

16  university shall be placed in a separate restricted endowment

17  by such institution.  The interest or other income accruing

18  from the endowment shall be expended exclusively for

19  professorships, library resources, scientific and technical

20  equipment, and nonathletic scholarships.  Moreover, the funds

21  in the endowment shall not be used for pervasively sectarian

22  instruction, religious worship, or theology or divinity

23  programs or resources.  The records of the endowment shall be

24  subject to review by the department and audit or examination

25  by the Auditor General and the Office of Program Policy

26  Analysis and Government Accountability.  If any institution

27  receiving a matching endowment grant pursuant to this section

28  ceases operations and undergoes dissolution proceedings, then

29  all funds received pursuant to this section from the state

30  shall be returned.

31  


                                 1198

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

  2  necessary to implement this section.

  3         (8)  This section shall be implemented to the extent

  4  specifically funded and authorized by law.

  5         Section 648.  Section 1011.52, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1011.52  Appropriation to first accredited medical

  8  school.--

  9         (1)  Subject to the provisions hereinafter set forth,

10  the Legislature shall provide an annual appropriation to the

11  first accredited medical school.  Payments of moneys from such

12  appropriation shall be made semiannually at the beginning of

13  the first and third quarters.

14         (2)  In order for a medical school to qualify under the

15  provisions of this section and to be entitled to the benefits

16  herein, such medical school:

17         (a)  Must be primarily operated and established to

18  offer, afford, and render a medical education to residents of

19  the state qualifying for admission to such institution;

20         (b)  Must be operated by a municipality or county of

21  this state, or by a nonprofit organization heretofore or

22  hereafter established exclusively for educational purposes;

23         (c)  Must, upon the formation and establishment of an

24  accredited medical school, transmit and file with the

25  Department of Education documentary proof evidencing the facts

26  that such institution has been certified and approved by the

27  council on medical education and hospitals of the American

28  Medical Association and has adequately met the requirements of

29  that council in regard to its administrative facilities,

30  administrative plant, clinical facilities, curriculum, and all

31  other such requirements as may be necessary to qualify with


                                 1199

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the council as a recognized, approved, and accredited medical

  2  school;

  3         (d)  Must certify to the Department of Education the

  4  name, address, and educational history of each student

  5  approved and accepted for enrollment in such institution for

  6  the ensuing school year.

  7         (3)  The Department of Education shall, within 60 days

  8  of the receipt of the student enrollment of the medical

  9  school, pay to the school, each year, the amount appropriated

10  for students accepted and approved for enrollment in such

11  medical institution, provided each medical student is a legal

12  resident of the state or, if the student is not of legal age,

13  his or her parents or legal guardian are residents of the

14  state at the time of the student's acceptance and approval as

15  a medical student.  In the event a student resigns or is

16  dismissed from such medical institution for any reason

17  whatsoever before the end of a school year, then the medical

18  institution shall, within 30 days from such dismissal or

19  resignation, remit to the state, through the Department of

20  Education, a pro rata amount of the sum before paid by the

21  state to the medical institution, which amount is to be

22  computed by dividing the total number of days in the school

23  year into the sum paid for that student and multiplying the

24  result by the total number of days remaining in such school

25  year after such resignation or dismissal.

26         (4)  Such institution is prohibited from expending any

27  of the sums received under the terms of this section for any

28  purposes whatsoever, except for the operation and maintenance

29  of a medical school and for medical research.  The institution

30  is further prohibited from expending any sums received under

31  the terms of this section for the construction or erection of


                                 1200

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any buildings of any kind, nature, or description or for the

  2  maintenance and operation of a hospital in any form or manner

  3  whatsoever.

  4         Section 649.  Part I.d. of chapter 1011, Florida

  5  Statutes, shall be entitled "Florida School for the Deaf and

  6  the Blind: Preparation, Adoption, and Implementation of

  7  Budgets" and shall consist of ss. 1011.55-1011.57.

  8         Section 650.  Section 1011.55, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1011.55  Procedure for legislative budget requests for

11  the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind.--

12         (1)  The legislative budget request of the Florida

13  School for the Deaf and the Blind shall be prepared using the

14  same format, procedures, and timelines required for the

15  submission of the legislative budget of the Department of

16  Education. The Commissioner of Education shall include the

17  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind in the department's

18  legislative budget request to the State Board of Education,

19  the Governor, and the Legislature. The legislative budget

20  request and the appropriation for the Florida School for the

21  Deaf and the Blind shall be a separate identifiable sum in the

22  public schools budget entity of the Department of Education.

23  The annual appropriation for the school shall be distributed

24  monthly in payments as nearly equal as possible.

25  Appropriations for textbooks, instructional technology, and

26  school buses may be released and distributed as necessary to

27  serve the instructional program for the students.

28         (2)  Fixed capital outlay needs of the school shall

29  continue to be requested in the public education capital

30  outlay legislative budget request of the Department of

31  Education.


                                 1201

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 651.  Section 1011.56, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1011.56  Operating budget for the Florida School for

  4  the Deaf and the Blind.--The president of the school shall

  5  recommend to the board of trustees a budget of income and

  6  expenditures at such time and in such form as the board of

  7  trustees may prescribe. The board of trustees shall adopt

  8  procedures for the approval of budget amendments.

  9         Section 652.  Section 1011.57, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1011.57  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind;

12  board of trustees; management flexibility.--

13         (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of ss. 216.031,

14  216.181, and 216.262 to the contrary and pursuant to the

15  provisions of s. 216.351, but subject to any guidelines

16  imposed in the General Appropriations Act, funds for the

17  operation of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

18  shall be requested and appropriated within budget entities,

19  program components, program categories, lump sums, or special

20  categories. Funds appropriated to the Florida School for the

21  Deaf and the Blind for each program category, lump sum, or

22  special category may be transferred to traditional categories

23  for expenditure by the board of trustees of the school. The

24  board of trustees shall develop an annual operating budget

25  that allocates funds by program component and traditional

26  expenditure category.

27         (2)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.181 and

28  pursuant to the provisions of s. 216.351, but subject to any

29  requirements imposed in the General Appropriations Act, no

30  lump-sum plan is required to implement the special categories,

31  program categories, or lump-sum appropriations. Upon release


                                 1202

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of the special categories, program categories, or lump-sum

  2  appropriations to the board of trustees, the Comptroller, upon

  3  the request of the board of trustees, shall transfer or

  4  reallocate funds to or among accounts established for

  5  disbursement purposes. The board of trustees shall maintain

  6  records to account for the original appropriation.

  7         (3)  Notwithstanding the provisions of ss. 216.031,

  8  216.181, 216.251, and 216.262 to the contrary and pursuant to

  9  the provisions of s. 216.351, but subject to any requirements

10  imposed in the General Appropriations Act, the board of

11  trustees shall establish the authorized positions and may

12  amend such positions, within the total funds authorized

13  annually in the appropriations act.

14         Section 653.  Part II of chapter 1011, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "Funding for School Districts" and

16  shall consist of ss. 1011.60-1011.77.

17         Section 654.  Section 1011.60, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1011.60  Minimum requirements of the Florida Education

20  Finance Program.--Each district which participates in the

21  state appropriations for the Florida Education Finance Program

22  shall provide evidence of its effort to maintain an adequate

23  school program throughout the district and shall meet at least

24  the following requirements:

25         (1)  ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS.--Maintain adequate and

26  accurate records, including a system of internal accounts for

27  individual schools, and file with the Department of Education,

28  in correct and proper form on or before the date due as fixed

29  by law or rule, each annual or periodic report that is

30  required by rules of the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 1203

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  MINIMUM TERM.--Operate all schools for a term of

  2  at least 180 actual teaching days as prescribed in s.

  3  1003.01(14) or the equivalent on an hourly basis as specified

  4  by rules of the State Board of Education each school year. The

  5  State Board of Education may prescribe procedures for

  6  altering, and, upon written application, may alter, this

  7  requirement during a national, state, or local emergency as it

  8  may apply to an individual school or schools in any district

  9  or districts if, in the opinion of the board, it is not

10  feasible to make up lost days, and the apportionment may, at

11  the discretion of the Commissioner of Education and if the

12  board determines that the reduction of school days is caused

13  by the existence of a bona fide emergency, be reduced for such

14  district or districts in proportion to the decrease in the

15  length of term in any such school or schools. A strike, as

16  defined in s. 447.203(6), by employees of the school district

17  may not be considered an emergency.

18         (3)  EMPLOYMENT POLICIES.--Adopt rules relating to the

19  appointment, promotion, transfer, suspension, and dismissal of

20  personnel.

21         (a)  Such rules must conform to applicable law and

22  rules of the State Board of Education and must include the

23  duties and responsibilities of the district school

24  superintendent and school board pertaining to these and other

25  personnel matters.

26         (b)  All personnel shall be paid in accordance with

27  payroll period schedules adopted by the school board and

28  included in the official salary schedule.

29         (c)  No salary payment shall be paid to any employee in

30  advance of service being rendered.

31  


                                 1204

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  District school boards may authorize a maximum of

  2  six paid legal holidays which shall apply to the 196 days of

  3  service.

  4         (e)  Such rules may include reasonable time for

  5  vacation and absences for further professional studies for

  6  personnel employed on a 12-month basis.

  7         (f)  Such rules must require 12 calendar months of

  8  service for such principals as prescribed by rules of the

  9  State Board of Education and must require 10 months to include

10  not less than 196 days of service, excluding Sundays and other

11  holidays, for all members of the instructional staff, with any

12  such service on a 12-month basis to include reasonable

13  allowance for vacation or further study as prescribed by the

14  school board in accordance with rules of the State Board of

15  Education.

16         (4)  SALARY SCHEDULES.--Expend funds for salaries in

17  accordance with a salary schedule or schedules adopted by the

18  school board in accordance with the provisions of law and

19  rules of the State Board of Education. Expenditures for

20  salaries of instructional personnel must include compensation

21  based on employee performance demonstrated under s. 1012.34.

22         (5)  BUDGETS.--Observe fully at all times all

23  requirements of law and rules of the State Board of Education

24  relating to the preparation, adoption, and execution of

25  budgets for district school boards.

26         (6)  MINIMUM FINANCIAL EFFORT REQUIRED.--Make the

27  minimum financial effort required for the support of the

28  Florida Education Finance Program as prescribed in the current

29  year's General Appropriations Act.

30         (7)  DISTRICT EDUCATIONAL PLANNING.--Maintain a system

31  of planning and evaluation as required by law.


                                 1205

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  MINIMUM CLASSROOM EXPENDITURE

  2  REQUIREMENTS.--Comply with the minimum classroom expenditure

  3  requirements and associated reporting pursuant to s. 1011.64.

  4         Section 655.  Section 1011.61, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1011.61  Definitions.--Notwithstanding the provisions

  7  of s. 1000.21, the following terms are defined as follows for

  8  the purposes of the Florida Education Finance Program:

  9         (1)  A "full-time equivalent student" in each program

10  of the district is defined in terms of full-time students and

11  part-time students as follows:

12         (a)  A "full-time student" is one student on the

13  membership roll of one school program or a combination of

14  school programs listed in s. 1011.62(1)(c) for the school year

15  or the equivalent for:

16         1.  Instruction in a standard school, comprising not

17  less than 900 net hours for a student in or at the grade level

18  of 4 through 12, or not less than 720 net hours for a student

19  in or at the grade level of kindergarten through grade 3 or in

20  an authorized prekindergarten exceptional program;

21         2.  Instruction in a double-session school or a school

22  utilizing an experimental school calendar approved by the

23  Department of Education, comprising not less than the

24  equivalent of 810 net hours in grades 4 through 12 or not less

25  than 630 net hours in kindergarten through grade 3; or

26         3.  Instruction comprising the appropriate number of

27  net hours set forth in subparagraph 1. or subparagraph 2. for

28  students who, within the past year, have moved with their

29  parents for the purpose of engaging in the farm labor or fish

30  industries, if a plan furnishing such an extended school day

31  or week, or a combination thereof, has been approved by the


                                 1206

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commissioner. Such plan may be approved to accommodate the

  2  needs of migrant students only or may serve all students in

  3  schools having a high percentage of migrant students. The plan

  4  described in this subparagraph is optional for any school

  5  district and is not mandated by the state.

  6         (b)  A "part-time student" is a student on the active

  7  membership roll of a school program or combination of school

  8  programs listed in s. 1011.62(1)(c) who is less than a

  9  full-time student.

10         (c)1.  A "full-time equivalent student" is:

11         a.  A full-time student in any one of the programs

12  listed in s. 1011.62(1)(c); or

13         b.  A combination of full-time or part-time students in

14  any one of the programs listed in s. 1011.62(1)(c) which is

15  the equivalent of one full-time student based on the following

16  calculations:

17         (I)  A full-time student, except a postsecondary or

18  adult student or a senior high school student enrolled in

19  adult education when such courses are required for high school

20  graduation, in a combination of programs listed in s.

21  1011.62(1)(c) shall be a fraction of a full-time equivalent

22  membership in each special program equal to the number of net

23  hours per school year for which he or she is a member, divided

24  by the appropriate number of hours set forth in subparagraph

25  (a)1. or subparagraph (a)2. The difference between that

26  fraction or sum of fractions and the maximum value as set

27  forth in subsection (4) for each full-time student is presumed

28  to be the balance of the student's time not spent in such

29  special education programs and shall be recorded as time in

30  the appropriate basic program.

31  


                                 1207

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (II)  A prekindergarten handicapped student shall meet

  2  the requirements specified for kindergarten students.

  3         2.  A student in membership in a program scheduled for

  4  more or less than 180 school days is a fraction of a full-time

  5  equivalent membership equal to the number of instructional

  6  hours in membership divided by the appropriate number of hours

  7  set forth in subparagraph (a)1.; however, for the purposes of

  8  this subparagraph, membership in programs scheduled for more

  9  than 180 days is limited to students enrolled in juvenile

10  justice education programs.

11  

12  The department shall determine and implement an equitable

13  method of equivalent funding for experimental schools and for

14  schools operating under emergency conditions, which schools

15  have been approved by the department to operate for less than

16  the minimum school day.

17         (2)  A "full-time equivalent student" is a student in

18  grades 4 through 8 who is participating in a student-teacher

19  adviser program conducted during homeroom period, who is a

20  fraction of a full-time equivalent membership based on net

21  hours in the program, with a maximum of 36 net hours in any

22  fiscal year. Each district program shall be approved by the

23  Department of Education.

24         (3)  For the purpose of calculating the "current

25  operation program," a student is in membership until he or she

26  withdraws or until the close of the 11th consecutive school

27  day of his or her absence, whichever comes first.

28         (4)  The maximum value for funding a student in

29  kindergarten through grade 12 or in a prekindergarten program

30  for exceptional children as provided in s. 1003.21(1)(e),

31  except for a student as set forth in sub-sub-subparagraph


                                 1208

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  (1)(c)1.b.(I), is one full-time equivalent student membership

  2  for a school year or equivalent.

  3         (5)  The "Florida Education Finance Program" includes

  4  all programs and costs as provided in s. 1011.62.

  5         (6)  "Basic programs" include, but are not limited to,

  6  language arts, mathematics, art, music, physical education,

  7  science, and social studies.

  8         Section 656.  Section 1011.62, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1011.62  Funds for operation of schools.--If the annual

11  allocation from the Florida Education Finance Program to each

12  district for operation of schools is not determined in the

13  annual appropriations act or the substantive bill implementing

14  the annual appropriations act, it shall be determined as

15  follows:

16         (1)  COMPUTATION OF THE BASIC AMOUNT TO BE INCLUDED FOR

17  OPERATION.--The following procedure shall be followed in

18  determining the annual allocation to each district for

19  operation:

20         (a)  Determination of full-time equivalent

21  membership.--During each of several school weeks, including

22  scheduled intersessions of a year-round school program during

23  the fiscal year, a program membership survey of each school

24  shall be made by each district by aggregating the full-time

25  equivalent student membership of each program by school and by

26  district. The department shall establish the number and

27  interval of membership calculations, except that for basic and

28  special programs such calculations shall not exceed nine for

29  any fiscal year. The district's full-time equivalent

30  membership shall be computed and currently maintained in

31  accordance with regulations of the commissioner.


                                 1209

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Determination of base student allocation.--The

  2  base student allocation for the Florida Education Finance

  3  Program for kindergarten through grade 12 shall be determined

  4  annually by the Legislature and shall be that amount

  5  prescribed in the current year's General Appropriations Act.

  6         (c)  Determination of programs.--Cost factors based on

  7  desired relative cost differences between the following

  8  programs shall be established in the annual General

  9  Appropriations Act. The Commissioner of Education shall

10  specify a matrix of services and intensity levels to be used

11  by districts in the determination of the two weighted cost

12  factors for exceptional students with the highest levels of

13  need. For these students, the funding support level shall fund

14  the exceptional students' education program, with the

15  exception of extended school year services for students with

16  disabilities.

17         1.  Basic programs.--

18         a.  Kindergarten and grades 1, 2, and 3.

19         b.  Grades 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.

20         c.  Grades 9, 10, 11, and 12.

21         2.  Programs for exceptional students.--

22         a.  Support Level IV.

23         b.  Support Level V.

24         3.  Secondary career and technical education

25  programs.--

26         4.  English for Speakers of Other Languages.--

27         (d)  Annual allocation calculation.--

28         1.  The Department of Education is authorized and

29  directed to review all district programs and enrollment

30  projections and calculate a maximum total weighted full-time

31  


                                 1210

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  equivalent student enrollment for each district for the K-12

  2  FEFP.

  3         2.  Maximum enrollments calculated by the department

  4  shall be derived from enrollment estimates used by the

  5  Legislature to calculate the FEFP.  If two or more districts

  6  enter into an agreement under the provisions of s.

  7  1001.42(4)(d), after the final enrollment estimate is agreed

  8  upon, the amount of FTE specified in the agreement, not to

  9  exceed the estimate for the specific program as identified in

10  paragraph (c), may be transferred from the participating

11  districts to the district providing the program.

12         3.  As part of its calculation of each district's

13  maximum total weighted full-time equivalent student

14  enrollment, the department shall establish separate enrollment

15  ceilings for each of two program groups. Group 1 shall be

16  composed of basic programs for grades K-3, grades 4-8, and

17  grades 9-12. Group 2 shall be composed of students in

18  exceptional student education programs, English for Speakers

19  of Other Languages programs, and all career and technical

20  programs in grades 7-12.

21         a.  The weighted enrollment ceiling for group 2

22  programs shall be calculated by multiplying the final

23  enrollment conference estimate for each program by the

24  appropriate program weight.  The weighted enrollment ceiling

25  for program group 2 shall be the sum of the weighted

26  enrollment ceilings for each program in the program group,

27  plus the increase in weighted full-time equivalent student

28  membership from the prior year for clients of the Department

29  of Children and Family Services and the Department of Juvenile

30  Justice.

31  


                                 1211

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         b.  If, for any calculation of the FEFP, the weighted

  2  enrollment for program group 2, derived by multiplying actual

  3  enrollments by appropriate program weights, exceeds the

  4  enrollment ceiling for that group, the following procedure

  5  shall be followed to reduce the weighted enrollment for that

  6  group to equal the enrollment ceiling:

  7         (I)  The weighted enrollment ceiling for each program

  8  in the program group shall be subtracted from the weighted

  9  enrollment for that program derived from actual enrollments.

10         (II)  If the difference calculated under

11  sub-sub-subparagraph (I) is greater than zero for any program,

12  a reduction proportion shall be computed for the program by

13  dividing the absolute value of the difference by the total

14  amount by which the weighted enrollment for the program group

15  exceeds the weighted enrollment ceiling for the program group.

16         (III)  The reduction proportion calculated under

17  sub-sub-subparagraph (II) shall be multiplied by the total

18  amount of the program group's enrollment over the ceiling as

19  calculated under sub-sub-subparagraph (I).

20         (IV)  The prorated reduction amount calculated under

21  sub-sub-subparagraph (III) shall be subtracted from the

22  program's weighted enrollment.  For any calculation of the

23  FEFP, the enrollment ceiling for group 1 shall be calculated

24  by multiplying the actual enrollment for each program in the

25  program group by its appropriate program weight.

26         c.  For program group 2, the weighted enrollment

27  ceiling shall be a number not less than the sum obtained by:

28         (I)  Multiplying the sum of reported FTE for all

29  programs in the program group that have a cost factor of 1.0

30  or more by 1.0, and

31  


                                 1212

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (II)  By adding this number to the sum obtained by

  2  multiplying the projected FTE for all programs with a cost

  3  factor less than 1.0 by the actual cost factor.

  4         4.  Following completion of the weighted enrollment

  5  ceiling calculation as provided in subparagraph 3., a

  6  supplemental capping calculation shall be employed for those

  7  districts that are over their weighted enrollment ceiling. For

  8  each such district, the total reported unweighted FTE

  9  enrollment for group 2 programs shall be compared with the

10  total appropriated unweighted FTE enrollment for group 2

11  programs. If the total reported unweighted FTE for group 2 is

12  greater than the appropriated unweighted FTE, then the excess

13  unweighted FTE up to the unweighted FTE transferred from group

14  2 to group 1 for each district by the Public School FTE

15  Estimating Conference shall be funded at a weight of 1.0 and

16  added to the funded weighted FTE computed in subparagraph 3.

17         (e)  Funding model for exceptional student education

18  programs.--

19         1.a.  The funding model uses basic, at-risk, support

20  levels IV and V for exceptional students and career and

21  technical Florida Education Finance Program cost factors, and

22  a guaranteed allocation for exceptional student education

23  programs. Exceptional education cost factors are determined by

24  using a matrix of services to document the services that each

25  exceptional student will receive. The nature and intensity of

26  the services indicated on the matrix shall be consistent with

27  the services described in each exceptional student's

28  individual educational plan.

29         b.  In order to generate funds using one of the two

30  weighted cost factors, a matrix of services must be completed

31  at the time of the student's initial placement into an


                                 1213

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  exceptional student education program and at least once every

  2  3 years by personnel who have received approved training.

  3  Nothing listed in the matrix shall be construed as limiting

  4  the services a school district must provide in order to ensure

  5  that exceptional students are provided a free, appropriate

  6  public education.

  7         c.  Students identified as exceptional, in accordance

  8  with chapter 6A-6, Florida Administrative Code, who do not

  9  have a matrix of services as specified in sub-subparagraph b.

10  shall generate funds on the basis of full-time-equivalent

11  student membership in the Florida Education Finance Program at

12  the same funding level per student as provided for basic

13  students. Additional funds for these exceptional students will

14  be provided through the guaranteed allocation designated in

15  subparagraph 2.

16         2.  For students identified as exceptional who do not

17  have a matrix of services, there is created a guaranteed

18  allocation to provide these students with a free appropriate

19  public education, in accordance with s. 1001.42(4)(m) and

20  rules of the State Board of Education, which shall be

21  allocated annually to each school district in the amount

22  provided in the General Appropriations Act. These funds shall

23  be in addition to the funds appropriated on the basis of FTE

24  student membership in the Florida Education Finance Program,

25  and the amount allocated for each school district shall not be

26  recalculated during the year. These funds shall be used to

27  provide special education and related services for exceptional

28  students.

29         (f)  Supplemental academic instruction; categorical

30  fund.--

31  


                                 1214

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  There is created a categorical fund to provide

  2  supplemental academic instruction to students in kindergarten

  3  through grade 12.  This paragraph may be cited as the

  4  "Supplemental Academic Instruction Categorical Fund."

  5         2.  Categorical funds for supplemental academic

  6  instruction shall be allocated annually to each school

  7  district in the amount provided in the General Appropriations

  8  Act.  These funds shall be in addition to the funds

  9  appropriated on the basis of FTE student membership in the

10  Florida Education Finance Program and shall be included in the

11  total potential funds of each district.  These funds shall be

12  used to provide supplemental academic instruction to students

13  enrolled in the K-12 program. Supplemental instruction

14  strategies may include, but are not limited to: modified

15  curriculum, reading instruction, after-school instruction,

16  tutoring, mentoring, class size reduction, extended school

17  year, intensive skills development in summer school, and other

18  methods for improving student achievement. Supplemental

19  instruction may be provided to a student in any manner and at

20  any time during or beyond the regular 180-day term identified

21  by the school as being the most effective and efficient way to

22  best help that student progress from grade to grade and to

23  graduate.

24         3.  Effective with the 1999-2000 fiscal year, funding

25  on the basis of FTE membership beyond the 180-day regular term

26  shall be provided in the FEFP only for students enrolled in

27  juvenile justice education programs. Funding for instruction

28  beyond the regular 180-day school year for all other K-12

29  students shall be provided through the supplemental academic

30  instruction categorical fund and other state, federal, and

31  local fund sources with ample flexibility for schools to


                                 1215

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  provide supplemental instruction to assist students in

  2  progressing from grade to grade and graduating.

  3         4.  The Florida State University School, as a

  4  developmental research school, is authorized to expend from

  5  its FEFP or Lottery Enhancement Trust Fund allocation the cost

  6  to the student of remediation in reading, writing, or

  7  mathematics for any graduate who requires remediation at a

  8  postsecondary educational institution.

  9         5.  Beginning in the 1999-2000 school year, dropout

10  prevention programs as defined in ss. 1003.52, 1003.53(1)(a),

11  (b), and (c), and 1003.54 shall be included in Group 1

12  programs under subparagraph (1)(d)3.

13         (g)  Education for speakers of other languages.--A

14  school district shall be eligible to report full-time

15  equivalent student membership in the ESOL program in the

16  Florida Education Finance Program provided the following

17  conditions are met:

18         1.  The school district has a plan approved by the

19  Department of Education.

20         2.  The eligible student is identified and assessed as

21  limited English proficient based on assessment criteria.

22         3.a.  An eligible student may be reported for funding

23  in the ESOL program for a base period of 3 years. However, a

24  student whose English competency does not meet the criteria

25  for proficiency after 3 years in the ESOL program may be

26  reported for a fourth, fifth, and sixth year of funding,

27  provided his or her limited English proficiency is assessed

28  and properly documented prior to his or her enrollment in each

29  additional year beyond the 3-year base period.

30         b.  If a student exits the program and is later

31  reclassified as limited English proficient, the student may be


                                 1216

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reported in the ESOL program for funding for an additional

  2  year, or extended annually for a period not to exceed a total

  3  of 6 years pursuant to this paragraph, based on an annual

  4  evaluation of the student's status.

  5         4.  An eligible student may be reported for funding in

  6  the ESOL program for membership in ESOL instruction in English

  7  and ESOL instruction or home language instruction in the basic

  8  subject areas of mathematics, science, social studies, and

  9  computer literacy.

10         (h)  Small, isolated high schools.--Districts which

11  levy the maximum nonvoted discretionary millage, exclusive of

12  millage for capital outlay purposes levied pursuant to s.

13  1011.71(2), may calculate full-time equivalent students for

14  small, isolated high schools by multiplying the number of

15  unweighted full-time equivalent students times 2.75; provided

16  the percentage of students at such school passing both parts

17  of the high school competency test, as defined by law and

18  rule, has been equal to or higher than such percentage for the

19  state or district, whichever is greater.  For the purpose of

20  this section, the term "small, isolated high school" means any

21  high school which is located no less than 28 miles by the

22  shortest route from another high school; which has been

23  serving students primarily in basic studies provided by

24  sub-subparagraphs (c)1.b. and c. and may include subparagraph

25  (c)4.; and which has a membership of no more than 100

26  students, but no fewer than 28 students, in grades 9 through

27  12.

28         (i)  Calculation of full-time equivalent membership

29  with respect to instruction from community colleges or state

30  universities.--Students enrolled in community college or

31  university dual enrollment instruction pursuant to s. 1007.271


                                 1217

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may be included in calculations of full-time equivalent

  2  student memberships for basic programs for grades 9 through 12

  3  by a district school board. Such students may also be

  4  calculated as the proportional shares of full-time equivalent

  5  enrollments they generate for the community college or

  6  university conducting the dual enrollment instruction. Early

  7  admission students shall be considered dual enrollments for

  8  funding purposes. Students may be enrolled in dual enrollment

  9  instruction provided by an eligible independent college or

10  university and may be included in calculations of full-time

11  equivalent student memberships for basic programs for grades 9

12  through 12 by a district school board. However, those

13  provisions of law which exempt dual enrolled and early

14  admission students from payment of instructional materials and

15  tuition and fees, including laboratory fees, shall not apply

16  to students who select the option of enrolling in an eligible

17  independent institution. An independent college or university

18  which is located and chartered in Florida, is not for profit,

19  is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern

20  Association of Colleges and Schools or the Accrediting

21  Commission of the Association of Independent Colleges and

22  Schools, and which confers degrees as defined in s. 1005.02

23  shall be eligible for inclusion in the dual enrollment or

24  early admission program. Students enrolled in dual enrollment

25  instruction shall be exempt from the payment of tuition and

26  fees, including laboratory fees. No student enrolled in

27  college credit mathematics or English dual enrollment

28  instruction shall be funded as a dual enrollment unless the

29  student has successfully completed the relevant section of the

30  entry-level examination required pursuant to s. 1008.30.

31  


                                 1218

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (j)  Coenrollment.--If a high school student wishes to

  2  earn high school credits from a community college and enrolls

  3  in one or more adult secondary education courses at the

  4  community college, the community college shall be reimbursed

  5  for the costs incurred because of the high school student's

  6  coenrollment as provided in the General Appropriations Act.

  7         (k)  Instruction in exploratory career

  8  education.--Students in grades 7 through 12 who are enrolled

  9  for more than four semesters in exploratory career education

10  may not be counted as full-time equivalent students for this

11  instruction.

12         (l)  Calculation of additional full-time equivalent

13  membership based on international baccalaureate examination

14  scores of students.--A value of 0.24 full-time equivalent

15  student membership shall be calculated for each student

16  enrolled in an international baccalaureate course who receives

17  a score of 4 or higher on a subject examination. A value of

18  0.3 full-time equivalent student membership shall be

19  calculated for each student who receives an international

20  baccalaureate diploma. Such value shall be added to the total

21  full-time equivalent student membership in basic programs for

22  grades 9 through 12 in the subsequent fiscal year. The school

23  district shall distribute to each classroom teacher who

24  provided international baccalaureate instruction:

25         1.  A bonus in the amount of $50 for each student

26  taught by the International Baccalaureate teacher in each

27  international baccalaureate course who receives a score of 4

28  or higher on the international baccalaureate examination.

29         2.  An additional bonus of $500 to each International

30  Baccalaureate teacher in a school designated performance grade

31  category "D" or "F" who has at least one student scoring 4 or


                                 1219

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  higher on the international baccalaureate examination,

  2  regardless of the number of classes taught or of the number of

  3  students scoring a 4 or higher on the international

  4  baccalaureate examination.

  5  

  6  Bonuses awarded to a teacher according to this paragraph shall

  7  not exceed $2,000 in any given school year and shall be in

  8  addition to any regular wage or other bonus the teacher

  9  received or is scheduled to receive.

10         (m)  Calculation of additional full-time equivalent

11  membership based on Advanced International Certificate of

12  Education examination scores of students.--A value of 0.24

13  full-time equivalent student membership shall be calculated

14  for each student enrolled in a full-credit Advanced

15  International Certificate of Education course who receives a

16  score of 2 or higher on a subject examination. A value of 0.12

17  full-time equivalent student membership shall be calculated

18  for each student enrolled in a half-credit Advanced

19  International Certificate of Education course who receives a

20  score of 1 or higher on a subject examination. A value of 0.3

21  full-time equivalent student membership shall be calculated

22  for each student who received an Advanced International

23  Certificate of Education diploma. Such value shall be added to

24  the total full-time equivalent student membership in basic

25  programs for grades 9 through 12 in the subsequent fiscal

26  year. The school district shall distribute to each classroom

27  teacher who provided Advanced International Certificate of

28  Education instruction:

29         1.  A bonus in the amount of $50 for each student

30  taught by the Advanced International Certificate of Education

31  teacher in each full-credit Advanced International Certificate


                                 1220

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of Education course who receives a score of 2 or higher on the

  2  Advanced International Certificate of Education examination. A

  3  bonus in the amount of $25 for each student taught by the

  4  Advanced International Certificate of Education teacher in

  5  each half-credit Advanced International Certificate of

  6  Education course who receives a score of 1 or higher on the

  7  Advanced International Certificate of Education examination.

  8         2.  An additional bonus of $500 to each Advanced

  9  International Certificate of Education teacher in a school

10  designated performance grade category "D" or "F" who has at

11  least one student scoring 2 or higher on the full-credit

12  Advanced International Certificate of Education examination,

13  regardless of the number of classes taught or of the number of

14  students scoring a 2 or higher on the full-credit Advanced

15  International Certificate of Education examination.

16         3.  Additional bonuses of $250 each to teachers of

17  half-credit Advanced International Certificate of Education

18  classes in a school designated performance grade category "D"

19  or "F" which has at least one student scoring a 1 or higher on

20  the half-credit Advanced International Certificate of

21  Education examination in that class. The maximum additional

22  bonus for a teacher awarded in accordance with this

23  subparagraph shall not exceed $500 in any given school year.

24  Teachers receiving an award under subparagraph 2. are not

25  eligible for a bonus under this subparagraph.

26  

27  Bonuses awarded to a teacher according to this paragraph shall

28  not exceed $2,000 in any given school year and shall be in

29  addition to any regular wage or other bonus the teacher

30  received or is scheduled to receive.

31  


                                 1221

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (n)  Calculation of additional full-time equivalent

  2  membership based on college board advanced placement scores of

  3  students.--A value of 0.24 full-time equivalent student

  4  membership shall be calculated for each student in each

  5  advanced placement course who receives a score of 3 or higher

  6  on the College Board Advanced Placement Examination for the

  7  prior year and added to the total full-time equivalent student

  8  membership in basic programs for grades 9 through 12 in the

  9  subsequent fiscal year. Each district must allocate at least

10  80 percent of the funds provided to the district for advanced

11  placement instruction, in accordance with this paragraph, to

12  the high school that generates the funds. The school district

13  shall distribute to each classroom teacher who provided

14  advanced placement instruction:

15         1.  A bonus in the amount of $50 for each student

16  taught by the Advanced Placement teacher in each advanced

17  placement course who receives a score of 3 or higher on the

18  College Board Advanced Placement Examination.

19         2.  An additional bonus of $500 to each Advanced

20  Placement teacher in a school designated performance grade

21  category "D" or "F" who has at least one student scoring 3 or

22  higher on the College Board Advanced Placement Examination,

23  regardless of the number of classes taught or of the number of

24  students scoring a 3 or higher on the College Board Advanced

25  Placement Examination.

26  

27  Bonuses awarded to a teacher according to this paragraph shall

28  not exceed $2,000 in any given school year and shall be in

29  addition to any regular wage or other bonus the teacher

30  received or is scheduled to receive.

31  


                                 1222

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (o)  Year-round-school programs.--The Commissioner of

  2  Education is authorized to adjust student eligibility

  3  definitions, funding criteria, and reporting requirements of

  4  statutes and rules in order that year-round-school programs

  5  may achieve equivalent application of funding requirements

  6  with non-year-round-school programs.

  7         (p)  Extended-school-year program.--It is the intent of

  8  the Legislature that students be provided additional

  9  instruction by extending the school year to 210 days or more.

10  Districts may apply to the Commissioner of Education for funds

11  to be used in planning and implementing an

12  extended-school-year program. The Department of Education

13  shall recommend to the Legislature the policies necessary for

14  full implementation of an extended school year.

15         (q)  Determination of the basic amount for current

16  operation.--The basic amount for current operation to be

17  included in the Florida Education Finance Program for

18  kindergarten through grade 12 for each district shall be the

19  product of the following:

20         1.  The full-time equivalent student membership in each

21  program, multiplied by

22         2.  The cost factor for each program, adjusted for the

23  maximum as provided by paragraph (c), multiplied by

24         3.  The base student allocation.

25         (r)  Computation for funding through the Florida

26  Education Finance Program.--The State Board of Education may

27  adopt rules establishing programs and courses for which the

28  student may earn credit toward high school graduation.

29         (2)  DETERMINATION OF DISTRICT COST DIFFERENTIALS.--The

30  Commissioner of Education shall annually compute for each

31  district the current year's district cost differential. The


                                 1223

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district cost differential shall be calculated by adding each

  2  district's price level index as published in the Florida Price

  3  Level Index for the most recent 3 years and dividing the

  4  resulting sum by 3. The result for each district shall be

  5  multiplied by 0.008 and to the resulting product shall be

  6  added 0.200; the sum thus obtained shall be the cost

  7  differential for that district for that year.

  8         (3)  INSERVICE EDUCATIONAL PERSONNEL TRAINING

  9  EXPENDITURE.--Of the amount computed in subsections (1) and

10  (2), a percentage of the base student allocation per full-time

11  equivalent student or other funds shall be expended for

12  educational training programs as determined by the district

13  school board as provided in s. 1012.98.

14         (4)  COMPUTATION OF DISTRICT REQUIRED LOCAL

15  EFFORT.--The Legislature shall prescribe the aggregate

16  required local effort for all school districts collectively as

17  an item in the General Appropriations Act for each fiscal

18  year. The amount that each district shall provide annually

19  toward the cost of the Florida Education Finance Program for

20  kindergarten through grade 12 programs shall be calculated as

21  follows:

22         (a)  Estimated taxable value calculations.--

23         1.a.  Not later than 2 working days prior to July 19,

24  the Department of Revenue shall certify to the Commissioner of

25  Education its most recent estimate of the taxable value for

26  school purposes in each school district and the total for all

27  school districts in the state for the current calendar year

28  based on the latest available data obtained from the local

29  property appraisers. Not later than July 19, the Commissioner

30  of Education shall compute a millage rate, rounded to the next

31  highest one one-thousandth of a mill, which, when applied to


                                 1224

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  95 percent of the estimated state total taxable value for

  2  school purposes, would generate the prescribed aggregate

  3  required local effort for that year for all districts. The

  4  Commissioner of Education shall certify to each district

  5  school board the millage rate, computed as prescribed in this

  6  subparagraph, as the minimum millage rate necessary to provide

  7  the district required local effort for that year.

  8         b.  The General Appropriations Act shall direct the

  9  computation of the statewide adjusted aggregate amount for

10  required local effort for all school districts collectively

11  from ad valorem taxes to ensure that no school district's

12  revenue from required local effort millage will produce more

13  than 90 percent of the district's total Florida Education

14  Finance Program calculation, and the adjustment of the

15  required local effort millage rate of each district that

16  produces more than 90 percent of its total Florida Education

17  Finance Program entitlement to a level that will produce only

18  90 percent of its total Florida Education Finance Program

19  entitlement in the July calculation.

20         2.  As revised data are received from property

21  appraisers, the Department of Revenue shall amend the

22  certification of the estimate of the taxable value for school

23  purposes.  The Commissioner of Education, in administering the

24  provisions of subparagraph (9)(a)2., shall use the most recent

25  taxable value for the appropriate year.

26         (b)  Final calculation.--

27         1.  The Department of Revenue shall, upon receipt of

28  the official final assessed value of property from each of the

29  property appraisers, certify to the Commissioner of Education

30  the taxable value total for school purposes in each school

31  district, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d). The


                                 1225

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commissioner shall use the official final taxable value for

  2  school purposes for each school district in the final

  3  calculation of the annual Florida Education Finance Program

  4  allocations.

  5         2.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the official

  6  final taxable value for school purposes shall be the taxable

  7  value for school purposes on which the tax bills are computed

  8  and mailed to the taxpayers, adjusted to reflect final

  9  administrative actions of value adjustment boards and judicial

10  decisions pursuant to part I of chapter 194. By September 1 of

11  each year, the Department of Revenue shall certify to the

12  commissioner the official prior year final taxable value for

13  school purposes. For each county that has not submitted a

14  revised tax roll reflecting final value adjustment board

15  actions and final judicial decisions, the Department of

16  Revenue shall certify the most recent revision of the official

17  taxable value for school purposes. The certified value shall

18  be the final taxable value for school purposes, and no further

19  adjustments shall be made, except those made pursuant to

20  subparagraph (9)(a)2.

21         (c)  Equalization of required local effort.--

22         1.  The Department of Revenue shall include with its

23  certifications provided pursuant to paragraph (a) its most

24  recent determination of the assessment level of the prior

25  year's assessment roll for each county and for the state as a

26  whole.

27         2.  The Commissioner of Education shall adjust the

28  required local effort millage of each district for the current

29  year, computed pursuant to paragraph (a), as follows:

30         a.  The equalization factor for the prior year's

31  assessment roll of each district shall be multiplied by 95


                                 1226

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  percent of the taxable value for school purposes shown on that

  2  roll and by the prior year's required local-effort millage,

  3  exclusive of any equalization adjustment made pursuant to this

  4  paragraph. The dollar amount so computed shall be the

  5  additional required local effort for equalization for the

  6  current year.

  7         b.  Such equalization factor shall be computed as the

  8  quotient of the prior year's assessment level of the state as

  9  a whole divided by the prior year's assessment level of the

10  county, from which quotient shall be subtracted 1.

11         c.  The dollar amount of additional required local

12  effort for equalization for each district shall be converted

13  to a millage rate, based on 95 percent of the current year's

14  taxable value for that district, and added to the required

15  local effort millage determined pursuant to paragraph (a).

16         3.  Notwithstanding the limitations imposed pursuant to

17  s. 1011.71(1), the total required local-effort millage,

18  including additional required local effort for equalization,

19  shall be an amount not to exceed 10 minus the maximum millage

20  allowed as nonvoted discretionary millage, exclusive of

21  millage authorized pursuant to s. 1011.71(2). Nothing herein

22  shall be construed to allow a millage in excess of that

23  authorized in s. 9, Art. VII of the State Constitution.

24         4.  For the purposes of this chapter, the term

25  "assessment level" means the value-weighted mean assessment

26  ratio for the county or state as a whole, as determined

27  pursuant to s. 195.096, or as subsequently adjusted. In the

28  event a court has adjudicated that the department failed to

29  establish an accurate estimate of an assessment level of a

30  county and recomputation resulting in an accurate estimate

31  based upon the evidence before the court was not possible,


                                 1227

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  that county shall be presumed to have an assessment level

  2  equal to that of the state as a whole.

  3         5.  If, in the prior year, taxes were levied against an

  4  interim assessment roll pursuant to s. 193.1145, the

  5  assessment level and prior year's nonexempt assessed valuation

  6  used for the purposes of this paragraph shall be those of the

  7  interim assessment roll.

  8         (d)  Exclusion.--

  9         1.  In those instances in which:

10         a.  There is litigation either attacking the authority

11  of the property appraiser to include certain property on the

12  tax assessment roll as taxable property or contesting the

13  assessed value of certain property on the tax assessment roll,

14  and

15         b.  The assessed value of the property in contest

16  involves more than 6 percent of the total nonexempt assessment

17  roll, the plaintiff shall provide to the district school board

18  of the county in which the property is located and to the

19  Department of Education a certified copy of the petition and

20  receipt for the good faith payment at the time they are filed

21  with the court.

22         2.  For purposes of computing the required local effort

23  for each district affected by such petition, the Department of

24  Education shall exclude from the district's total nonexempt

25  assessment roll the assessed value of the property in contest

26  and shall add the amount of the good faith payment to the

27  district's required local effort.

28         (e)  Recomputation.--Following final adjudication of

29  any litigation on the basis of which an adjustment in taxable

30  value was made pursuant to paragraph (d), the department shall

31  recompute the required local effort for each district for each


                                 1228

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  year affected by such adjustments, utilizing taxable values

  2  approved by the court, and shall adjust subsequent allocations

  3  to such districts accordingly.

  4         (5)  CATEGORICAL FUNDS.--

  5         (a)  In addition to the basic amount for current

  6  operations for the FEFP as determined in subsection (1) the

  7  Legislature may appropriate categorical funding for specified

  8  programs, activities, or purposes.

  9         (b)  If a district school board finds and declares in a

10  resolution adopted at a regular meeting of the school board

11  that the funds received for any of the following categorical

12  appropriations are urgently needed to maintain school board

13  specified academic classroom instruction, the school board may

14  consider and approve an amendment to the school district

15  operating budget transferring the identified amount of the

16  categorical funds to the appropriate account for expenditure:

17         1.  Funds for student transportation.

18         2.  Funds for in-service educational personnel

19  training.

20         3.  Funds for safe schools.

21         4.  Funds for public school technology.

22         5.  Funds for teacher recruitment and retention.

23         6.  Funds for supplemental academic instruction.

24         (c)  Each district school board shall include in its

25  annual financial report to the Department of Education the

26  amount of funds the school board transferred from each of the

27  categorical funds identified in this subsection and the

28  specific academic classroom instruction for which the

29  transferred funds were expended. The Department of Education

30  shall provide instructions and specify the format to be used

31  


                                 1229

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in submitting this required information as a part of the

  2  district annual financial report.

  3         (6)  DETERMINATION OF SPARSITY SUPPLEMENT.--

  4         (a)  Annually, in an amount to be determined by the

  5  Legislature through the General Appropriations Act, there

  6  shall be added to the basic amount for current operation of

  7  the FEFP qualified districts a sparsity supplement which shall

  8  be computed as follows:

  9  

10                             1101.8918    

11      Sparsity Factor =   2700 + district   - 0.1101

12                                 sparsity

13                                 index

14  

15  except that districts with a sparsity index of 1,000 or less

16  shall be computed as having a sparsity index of 1,000, and

17  districts having a sparsity index of 7,308 and above shall be

18  computed as having a sparsity factor of zero.  A qualified

19  district's full-time equivalent student membership shall equal

20  or be less than that prescribed annually by the Legislature in

21  the appropriations act.  The amount prescribed annually by the

22  Legislature shall be no less than 17,000, but no more than

23  24,000.

24         (b)  The district sparsity index shall be computed by

25  dividing the total number of full-time equivalent students in

26  all programs in the district by the number of senior high

27  school centers in the district, not in excess of three, which

28  centers are approved as permanent centers by a survey made by

29  the Department of Education.

30         (c)  Each district's allocation of sparsity supplement

31  funds shall be adjusted in the following manner:


                                 1230

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  A maximum discretionary levy per FTE value for each

  2  district shall be calculated by dividing the value of each

  3  district's maximum discretionary levy by its FTE student

  4  count;

  5         2.  A state average discretionary levy value per FTE

  6  shall be calculated by dividing the total maximum

  7  discretionary levy value for all districts by the state total

  8  FTE student count;

  9         3.  For districts that have a levy value per FTE as

10  calculated in subparagraph 1. higher than the state average

11  calculated in subparagraph 2., a sparsity wealth adjustment

12  shall be calculated as the product of the difference between

13  the state average levy value per FTE calculated in

14  subparagraph 2. and the district's levy value per FTE

15  calculated in subparagraph 1. and the district's FTE student

16  count and -1;

17         4.  Each district's sparsity supplement allocation

18  shall be calculated by adding the amount calculated as

19  specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) and the wealth adjustment

20  amount calculated in this paragraph.

21         (7)  DECLINE IN FULL-TIME EQUIVALENT STUDENTS.--In

22  those districts where there is a decline between prior year

23  and current year unweighted FTE students, 50 percent of the

24  decline in the unweighted FTE students shall be multiplied by

25  the prior year calculated FEFP per unweighted FTE student and

26  shall be added to the allocation for that district. For this

27  purpose, the calculated FEFP shall be computed by multiplying

28  the weighted FTE students by the base student allocation and

29  then by the district cost differential. If a district

30  transfers a program to another institution not under the

31  authority of the district's school board, including a charter


                                 1231

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  technical career center, the decline is to be multiplied by a

  2  factor of 0.15.

  3         (8)  QUALITY ASSURANCE GUARANTEE.--The Legislature may

  4  annually in the General Appropriations Act determine a

  5  percentage increase in funds per K-12 unweighted FTE as a

  6  minimum guarantee to each school district. The guarantee shall

  7  be calculated from prior year base funding per unweighted FTE

  8  student which shall include the adjusted FTE dollars as

  9  provided in subsection (9), quality guarantee funds, and

10  actual nonvoted discretionary local effort from taxes. From

11  the base funding per unweighted FTE, the increase shall be

12  calculated for the current year. The current year funds from

13  which the guarantee shall be determined shall include the

14  adjusted FTE dollars as provided in subsection (9) and

15  potential nonvoted discretionary local effort from taxes. A

16  comparison of current year funds per unweighted FTE to prior

17  year funds per unweighted FTE shall be computed. For those

18  school districts which have less than the legislatively

19  assigned percentage increase, funds shall be provided to

20  guarantee the assigned percentage increase in funds per

21  unweighted FTE student. Should appropriated funds be less than

22  the sum of this calculated amount for all districts, the

23  commissioner shall prorate each district's allocation. This

24  provision shall be implemented to the extent specifically

25  funded.

26         (9)  TOTAL ALLOCATION OF STATE FUNDS TO EACH DISTRICT

27  FOR CURRENT OPERATION.--The total annual state allocation to

28  each district for current operation for the FEFP shall be

29  distributed periodically in the manner prescribed in the

30  General Appropriations Act.

31  


                                 1232

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The basic amount for current operation for the

  2  FEFP as determined in subsection (1), multiplied by the

  3  district cost differential factor as determined in subsection

  4  (2), plus the amounts provided for categorical components

  5  within the FEFP, plus the amount for the sparsity supplement

  6  as determined in subsection (6), the decline in full-time

  7  equivalent students as determined in subsection (7), and the

  8  quality assurance guarantee as determined in subsection (8),

  9  less the required local effort as determined in subsection

10  (4). If the funds appropriated for the purpose of funding the

11  total amount for current operation as provided in this

12  paragraph are not sufficient to pay the state requirement in

13  full, the department shall prorate the available state funds

14  to each district in the following manner:

15         1.  Determine the percentage of proration by dividing

16  the sum of the total amount for current operation, as provided

17  in this paragraph for all districts collectively, and the

18  total district required local effort into the sum of the state

19  funds available for current operation and the total district

20  required local effort.

21         2.  Multiply the percentage so determined by the sum of

22  the total amount for current operation as provided in this

23  paragraph and the required local effort for each individual

24  district.

25         3.  From the product of such multiplication, subtract

26  the required local effort of each district; and the remainder

27  shall be the amount of state funds allocated to the district

28  for current operation.

29         (b)  The amount thus obtained shall be the net annual

30  allocation to each school district. However, if it is

31  determined that any school district received an


                                 1233

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  underallocation or overallocation for any prior year because

  2  of an arithmetical error, assessment roll change, full-time

  3  equivalent student membership error, or any allocation error

  4  revealed in an audit report, the allocation to that district

  5  shall be appropriately adjusted. If the Department of

  6  Education audit adjustment recommendation is based upon

  7  controverted findings of fact, the Commissioner of Education

  8  is authorized to establish the amount of the adjustment based

  9  on the best interests of the state.

10         (c)  The amount thus obtained shall represent the net

11  annual state allocation to each district; however,

12  notwithstanding any of the provisions herein, each district

13  shall be guaranteed a minimum level of funding in the amount

14  and manner prescribed in the General Appropriations Act.

15         Section 657.  Section 1011.64, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1011.64  School district minimum classroom expenditure

18  requirements.--

19         (1)  The Legislature may require any school district

20  that fails to meet minimum academic performance standards to

21  increase emphasis on classroom instruction activities from

22  operating funds, including, but not limited to, those provided

23  for the operation of schools pursuant to s. 1011.62.

24         (2)  For the purpose of implementing the provisions of

25  this section, the Legislature shall prescribe minimum academic

26  performance standards and minimum classroom expenditure

27  requirements for districts not meeting such minimum academic

28  performance standards in the General Appropriations Act.

29         (a)  Minimum academic performance standards may be

30  based on, but are not limited to, district performance grades

31  determined pursuant to s. 1008.34(8).


                                 1234

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  School district minimum classroom expenditure

  2  requirements shall be calculated pursuant to subsection (3).

  3         (3)(a)  Annually the Department of Education shall

  4  calculate for each school district:

  5         1.  Total K-12 operating expenditures, which are

  6  defined as the amount of total general fund expenditures for

  7  K-12 programs as reported in accordance with the accounts and

  8  codes prescribed in the most recent issuance of the Department

  9  of Education publication entitled "Financial and Program Cost

10  Accounting and Reporting for Florida Schools" and as included

11  in the most recent annual financial report submitted to the

12  Commissioner of Education, less the student transportation

13  revenue allocation from the state appropriation for that

14  purpose, amounts transferred to other funds, and increases to

15  the amount of the general fund unreserved ending fund balance

16  when the total unreserved ending fund balance is in excess of

17  5 percent of the total general fund revenues.

18         2.  Expenditures for classroom instruction, which shall

19  be the sum of the general fund expenditures for K-12

20  instruction and instructional staff training.

21         (b)  The department shall annually calculate for each

22  district, and for the entire state, the percentage of

23  classroom expenditures to total operating expenditures as

24  calculated pursuant to subparagraphs (a)1. and 2.

25         (4)  In order for the Department of Education to

26  monitor the implementation of this section, each school

27  district which is required to increase emphasis on classroom

28  activities from operating funds pursuant to subsection (1)

29  shall submit to the department the following two reports in a

30  format determined by the department:

31  


                                 1235

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  An initial report, which shall include the

  2  proposed budget actions identified for increased classroom

  3  expenditures, a description of how such actions are designed

  4  to improve student achievement, and a copy of the published

  5  statement required by s. 1011.03(3). This report shall be

  6  submitted within 30 days after final budget approval as

  7  provided in s. 200.065.

  8         (b)  A final report, prepared at the end of each fiscal

  9  year, which shall include, but is not limited to, information

10  that clearly indicates the degree of each district's

11  compliance or noncompliance with the requirements of this

12  section. If not fully compliant, the district shall include a

13  statement which has been adopted at a public hearing and

14  signed by the district school superintendent and district

15  school board members, which explains why the requirements of

16  this section have not been met.

17         (c)  The department shall provide annual summaries of

18  these two reports to the Governor, the President of the

19  Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

20         Section 658.  Section 1011.65, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1011.65  Florida Education Finance Program

23  Appropriation Allocation Conference.--Prior to the

24  distribution of any funds appropriated in the General

25  Appropriations Act for the K-12 Florida Education Finance

26  Program formula and for the formula-funded categorical

27  programs, the Commissioner of Education shall conduct an

28  allocation conference.  Conference principals shall include

29  representatives of the Department of Education, the Executive

30  Office of the Governor, and the Appropriations Committees of

31  the Senate and the House of Representatives. Conference


                                 1236

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  principals shall discuss and agree to all conventions,

  2  including rounding conventions, and methods of computation to

  3  be used to calculate Florida Education Finance Program and

  4  categorical entitlements of the districts for the fiscal year

  5  for which the appropriations are made. These conventions and

  6  calculation methods shall remain in effect until further

  7  agreements are reached in subsequent allocation conferences

  8  called by the commissioner for that purpose. The commissioner

  9  shall also, prior to each recalculation of Florida Education

10  Finance Program and categorical allocations of the districts,

11  provide conference principals with all data necessary to

12  replicate those allocations precisely. This data shall include

13  a matrix by district by program of all full-time equivalent

14  changes made by the department as part of its administration

15  of state full-time equivalent caps.

16         Section 659.  Section 1011.66, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1011.66  Distribution of funds in first quarter.--Upon

19  the request of any school district whose net state FEFP

20  funding is less than 60 percent of its gross state and local

21  FEFP funding, the Department of Education shall distribute to

22  that school district in the first quarter of the fiscal year

23  an amount from the funds appropriated for the FEFP in the

24  General Appropriations Act up to a maximum of 15 percent of

25  that school district's gross state and local FEFP funding or

26  that school district's net state FEFP funding, whichever is

27  less.

28         Section 660.  Section 1011.67, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1011.67  Funds for instructional materials.--The

31  department is authorized to allocate and distribute to each


                                 1237

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district an amount as prescribed annually by the Legislature

  2  for instructional materials for student membership in basic

  3  and special programs in grades K-12, which will provide for

  4  growth and maintenance needs. For purposes of this section,

  5  unweighted full-time equivalent students enrolled in the lab

  6  schools in state universities are to be included as school

  7  district students and reported as such to the department. The

  8  annual allocation shall be determined as follows:

  9         (1)  The growth allocation for each school district

10  shall be calculated as follows:

11         (a)  Subtract from that district's projected full-time

12  equivalent membership of students in basic and special

13  programs in grades K-12 used in determining the initial

14  allocation of the Florida Education Finance Program, the prior

15  year's full-time equivalent membership of students in basic

16  and special programs in grades K-12 for that district.

17         (b)  Multiply any such increase in full-time equivalent

18  student membership by the allocation for a set of

19  instructional materials, as determined by the department, or

20  as provided for in the General Appropriations Act.

21         (c)  The amount thus determined shall be that

22  district's initial allocation for growth for the school year.

23  However, the department shall recompute and adjust the initial

24  allocation based on actual full-time equivalent student

25  membership data for that year.

26         (2)  The maintenance of the instructional materials

27  allocation for each school district shall be calculated by

28  multiplying each district's prior year full-time equivalent

29  membership of students in basic and special programs in grades

30  K-12 by the allocation for maintenance of a set of

31  instructional materials as provided for in the General


                                 1238

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Appropriations Act. The amount thus determined shall be that

  2  district's initial allocation for maintenance for the school

  3  year; however, the department shall recompute and adjust the

  4  initial allocation based on such actual full-time equivalent

  5  student membership data for that year.

  6         (3)  In the event the funds appropriated are not

  7  sufficient for the purpose of implementing this section in

  8  full, the department shall prorate the funds available for

  9  instructional materials after first funding in full each

10  district's growth allocation.

11         Section 661.  Section 1011.68, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1011.68  Funds for student transportation.--The annual

14  allocation to each district for transportation to public

15  school programs, including charter schools as provided in s.

16  1002.33(18)(b), of students in membership in kindergarten

17  through grade 12 and in migrant and exceptional student

18  programs below kindergarten shall be determined as follows:

19         (1)  Subject to the rules of the State Board of

20  Education, each district shall determine the membership of

21  students who are transported:

22         (a)  By reason of living 2 miles or more from school.

23         (b)  By reason of being students with disabilities or

24  enrolled in a teenage parent program, regardless of distance

25  to school.

26         (c)  By reason of being in a state prekindergarten

27  program, regardless of distance from school.

28         (d)  By reason of being career and technical, dual

29  enrollment, or students with disabilities transported from one

30  school center to another to participate in an instructional

31  program or service; or students with disabilities, transported


                                 1239

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  from one designation to another in the state, provided one

  2  designation is a school center and provided the student's

  3  individual educational plan (IEP) identifies the need for the

  4  instructional program or service and transportation to be

  5  provided by the school district. A "school center" is defined

  6  as a public school center, community college, state

  7  university, or other facility rented, leased, or owned and

  8  operated by the school district or another public agency. A

  9  "dual enrollment student" is defined as a public school

10  student in membership in both a public secondary school

11  program and a community college or a state university program

12  under a written agreement to partially fulfill ss. 1003.435

13  and 1007.23 and earning full-time equivalent membership under

14  s. 1011.62(1)(i).

15         (e)  With respect to elementary school students whose

16  grade level does not exceed grade 6, by reason of being

17  subjected to hazardous walking conditions en route to or from

18  school as provided in s. 1006.23. Such rules shall, when

19  appropriate, provide for the determination of membership under

20  this paragraph for less than 1 year to accommodate the needs

21  of students who require transportation only until such

22  hazardous conditions are corrected.

23         (f)  By reason of being a pregnant student or student

24  parent, and the child of a student parent as provided in s.

25  1003.54, regardless of distance from school.

26         (2)  The allocation for each district shall be

27  calculated annually in accordance with the following formula:

28  

29  T = B + EX.  The elements of this formula are defined as

30  follows:  T is the total dollar allocation for transportation.

31  B is the base transportation dollar allocation prorated by an


                                 1240

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  adjusted student membership count.  The adjusted membership

  2  count shall be derived from a multiplicative index function in

  3  which the base student membership is adjusted by multiplying

  4  it by index numbers that individually account for the impact

  5  of the price level index, average bus occupancy, and the

  6  extent of rural population in the district.  EX is the base

  7  transportation dollar allocation for disabled students

  8  prorated by an adjusted disabled student membership count.

  9  The base transportation dollar allocation for disabled

10  students is the total state base disabled student membership

11  count weighted for increased costs associated with

12  transporting disabled students and multiplying it by the prior

13  year's average per student cost for transportation. The

14  adjusted disabled student membership count shall be derived

15  from a multiplicative index function in which the weighted

16  base disabled student membership is adjusted by multiplying it

17  by index numbers that individually account for the impact of

18  the price level index, average bus occupancy, and the extent

19  of rural population in the district. Each adjustment factor

20  shall be designed to affect the base allocation by no more or

21  less than 10 percent.

22         (3)  The total allocation to each district for

23  transportation of students shall be the sum of the amounts

24  determined in subsection (2). If the funds appropriated for

25  the purpose of implementing this section are not sufficient to

26  pay the base transportation allocation and the base

27  transportation allocation for disabled students, the

28  Department of Education shall prorate the available funds on a

29  percentage basis.  If the funds appropriated for the purpose

30  of implementing this section exceed the sum of the base

31  transportation allocation and the base transportation


                                 1241

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  allocation for disabled students, the base transportation

  2  allocation for disabled students shall be limited to the

  3  amount calculated in subsection (2), and the remaining balance

  4  shall be added to the base transportation allocation.

  5         (4)  No district shall use funds to purchase

  6  transportation equipment and supplies at prices which exceed

  7  those determined by the department to be the lowest which can

  8  be obtained, as prescribed in s. 1006.27(1).

  9         (5)  Funds allocated or apportioned for the payment of

10  student transportation services may be used to pay for

11  transportation of students to and from school on local general

12  purpose transportation systems. Student transportation funds

13  may also be used to pay for transportation of students to and

14  from school in private passenger cars and boats when the

15  transportation is for isolated students, or students with

16  disabilities as defined by rule. Subject to the rules of the

17  State Board of Education, each school district shall determine

18  and report the number of assigned students using general

19  purpose transportation private passenger cars and boats. The

20  allocation per student must be equal to the allocation per

21  student riding a school bus.

22         (6)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this section,

23  in no case shall any student or students be counted for

24  transportation funding more than once per day. This provision

25  includes counting students for funding pursuant to trips in

26  school buses, passenger cars, or boats or general purpose

27  transportation.

28         (7)  Any funds received by a school district under this

29  section that are not required to transport students may, at

30  the discretion of the district school board, be transferred to

31  the district's Florida Education Finance Program.


                                 1242

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 662.  Section 1011.69, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1011.69  Equity in School-Level Funding Act.--

  4         (1)  This section may be cited as the "Equity in

  5  School-Level Funding Act."

  6         (2)(a)  Beginning in the 2000-2001 fiscal year,

  7  district school boards shall allocate to each school within

  8  the district at least 50 percent of the funds generated by

  9  that school based upon the Florida Education Finance Program

10  as provided in s. 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act,

11  including gross state and local funds, discretionary lottery

12  funds, and funds from the school district's current operating

13  discretionary millage levy.

14         (b)  Beginning in the 2001-2002 fiscal year, district

15  school boards shall allocate to each school within the

16  district at least 65 percent of the funds generated by that

17  school based upon the Florida Education Finance Program as

18  provided in s. 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act,

19  including gross state and local funds, discretionary lottery

20  funds, and funds from the school district's current operating

21  discretionary millage levy.

22         (c)  Beginning in the 2002-2003 fiscal year, district

23  school boards shall allocate to each school within the

24  district at least 80 percent of the funds generated by that

25  school based upon the Florida Education Finance Program as

26  provided in s. 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act,

27  including gross state and local funds, discretionary lottery

28  funds, and funds from the school district's current operating

29  discretionary millage levy.

30         (d)  Beginning in the 2003-2004 fiscal year, district

31  school boards shall allocate to each school within the


                                 1243

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district at least 90 percent of the funds generated by that

  2  school based upon the Florida Education Finance Program as

  3  provided in s. 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act,

  4  including gross state and local funds, discretionary lottery

  5  funds, and funds from the school district's current operating

  6  discretionary millage levy.

  7  

  8  Total funding for each school shall be recalculated during the

  9  year to reflect the revised calculations under the Florida

10  Education Finance Program by the state and the actual weighted

11  full-time equivalent students reported by the school during

12  the full-time equivalent student survey periods designated by

13  the Commissioner of Education. If the district school board is

14  providing programs or services to students funded by federal

15  funds, any eligible students enrolled in the schools in the

16  district shall be provided federal funds. Only those districts

17  that initially applied for charter school district status,

18  pursuant to s. 1003.62, and have been approved by the State

19  Board of Education are exempt from the provisions of this

20  section.

21         (3)  Funds allocated to a school pursuant to this

22  section that are unused at the end of the fiscal year shall

23  not revert to the district, but shall remain with the school.

24  These carryforward funds may be used for any purpose provided

25  by law at the discretion of the principal of the school.

26         (4)  Recommendations made by the Governor's Equity in

27  Educational Opportunity Task Force shall be reviewed to

28  identify potential categorical funds to be included in the

29  district allocation methodology required in subsection (2).

30         (5)  Funds appropriated in the General Appropriations

31  Act for supplemental academic instruction to be used for the


                                 1244

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  purposes described in s. 1011.62(1)(f) are excluded from the

  2  school-level allocation under this section.

  3         Section 663.  Section 1011.70, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1011.70  Medicaid certified school funding

  6  maximization.--

  7         (1)  Each school district, subject to the provisions of

  8  ss. 409.9071 and 409.908(21) and this section, is authorized

  9  to certify funds provided for a category of required Medicaid

10  services termed "school-based services," which are

11  reimbursable under the federal Medicaid program. Such services

12  shall include, but not be limited to, physical, occupational,

13  and speech therapy services, behavioral health services,

14  mental health services, transportation services, Early

15  Periodic Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment (EPSDT)

16  administrative outreach for the purpose of determining

17  eligibility for exceptional student education, and any other

18  such services, for the purpose of receiving federal Medicaid

19  financial participation. Certified school funding shall not be

20  available for the following services:

21         (a)  Family planning.

22         (b)  Immunizations.

23         (c)  Prenatal care.

24         (2)  The Department of Education shall monitor

25  compliance of each participating school district with the

26  Medicaid provider agreements. In addition, the department

27  shall develop standardized recordkeeping procedures for the

28  school districts that meet Medicaid requirements for audit

29  purposes.

30         (3)  Each school district's continued participation in

31  certifying funds to be reimbursed for Medicaid expenditures is


                                 1245

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  contingent upon the district providing to the department an

  2  annual accounting of how the federal Medicaid reimbursements

  3  are utilized.

  4         (4)  Funds generated pursuant to this section may be

  5  used for autism therapy services allowed by federal law.

  6         (5)  Developmental research schools, as authorized

  7  under s. 1002.32, shall be authorized to participate in the

  8  Medicaid certified school match program subject to the

  9  provisions of subsections (1)-(4) and ss. 409.9071 and

10  409.908(21).

11         Section 664.  Section 1011.71, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1011.71  District school tax.--

14         (1)  If the district school tax is not provided in the

15  General Appropriations Act or the substantive bill

16  implementing the General Appropriations Act, each district

17  school board desiring to participate in the state allocation

18  of funds for current operation as prescribed by s. 1011.62(9)

19  shall levy on the taxable value for school purposes of the

20  district, exclusive of millage voted under the provisions of

21  s. 9(b) or s. 12, Art. VII of the State Constitution, a

22  millage rate not to exceed the amount certified by the

23  commissioner as the minimum millage rate necessary to provide

24  the district required local effort for the current year,

25  pursuant to s. 1011.62(4)(a)1. In addition to the required

26  local effort millage levy, each district school board may levy

27  a nonvoted current operating discretionary millage. The

28  Legislature shall prescribe annually in the appropriations act

29  the maximum amount of millage a district may levy. The millage

30  rate prescribed shall exceed zero mills but shall not exceed

31  the lesser of 1.6 mills or 25 percent of the millage which is


                                 1246

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required pursuant to s. 1011.62(4), exclusive of millage

  2  levied pursuant to subsection (2).

  3         (2)  In addition to the maximum millage levy as

  4  provided in subsection (1), each school board may levy not

  5  more than 2 mills against the taxable value for school

  6  purposes to fund:

  7         (a)  New construction and remodeling projects, as set

  8  forth in s. 1013.64(3)(b) and (6)(b) and included in the

  9  district's educational plant survey pursuant to s. 1013.31,

10  without regard to prioritization, sites and site improvement

11  or expansion to new sites, existing sites, auxiliary

12  facilities, athletic facilities, or ancillary facilities.

13         (b)  Maintenance, renovation, and repair of existing

14  school plants or of leased facilities to correct deficiencies

15  pursuant to s. 1013.15(2).

16         (c)  The purchase, lease-purchase, or lease of school

17  buses; drivers' education vehicles; motor vehicles used for

18  the maintenance or operation of plants and equipment; security

19  vehicles; or vehicles used in storing or distributing

20  materials and equipment.

21         (d)  The purchase, lease-purchase, or lease of new and

22  replacement equipment.

23         (e)  Payments for educational facilities and sites due

24  under a lease-purchase agreement entered into by a district

25  school board pursuant to s. 1003.02(1)(f) or s. 1013.15(2),

26  not exceeding, in the aggregate, an amount equal to

27  three-fourths of the proceeds from the millage levied by a

28  district school board pursuant to this subsection.

29         (f)  Payment of loans approved pursuant to ss. 1011.14

30  and 1011.15.

31  


                                 1247

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (g)  Payment of costs directly related to complying

  2  with state and federal environmental statutes, rules, and

  3  regulations governing school facilities.

  4         (h)  Payment of costs of leasing relocatable

  5  educational facilities, of renting or leasing educational

  6  facilities and sites pursuant to s. 1013.15(2), or of renting

  7  or leasing buildings or space within existing buildings

  8  pursuant to s. 1013.15(4).

  9  

10  Violations of these expenditure provisions shall result in an

11  equal dollar reduction in the Florida Education Finance

12  Program (FEFP) funds for the violating district in the fiscal

13  year following the audit citation.

14         (3)  These taxes shall be certified, assessed, and

15  collected as prescribed in s. 1011.04 and shall be expended as

16  provided by law.

17         (4)  Nothing in s. 1011.62(4)(a)1. shall in any way be

18  construed to increase the maximum school millage levies as

19  provided for in subsection (1).

20         (5)(a)  It is the intent of the Legislature that, by

21  July 1, 2003, revenue generated by the millage levy authorized

22  by subsection (2) should be used only for the costs of

23  construction, renovation, remodeling, maintenance, and repair

24  of the educational plant; for the purchase, lease, or

25  lease-purchase of equipment, educational plants, and

26  construction materials directly related to the delivery of

27  student instruction; for the rental or lease of existing

28  buildings, or space within existing buildings, originally

29  constructed or used for purposes other than education, for

30  conversion to use as educational facilities; for the opening

31  day collection for the library media center of a new school;


                                 1248

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for the purchase, lease-purchase, or lease of school buses;

  2  and for servicing of payments related to certificates of

  3  participation issued for any purpose prior to the effective

  4  date of this act. Costs associated with the lease-purchase of

  5  equipment, educational plants, and school buses may include

  6  the issuance of certificates of participation on or after the

  7  effective date of this act and the servicing of payments

  8  related to certificates so issued. For purposes of this

  9  section, "maintenance and repair" is defined in s. 1013.01.

10         (b)  For purposes not delineated in paragraph (a) for

11  which proceeds received from millage levied under subsection

12  (2) may be legally expended, a district school board may spend

13  no more than the following percentages of the amount the

14  district spent for these purposes in fiscal year 1995-1996:

15         1.  In fiscal year 2000-2001, 40 percent.

16         2.  In fiscal year 2001-2002, 25 percent.

17         3.  In fiscal year 2002-2003, 10 percent.

18         (c)  Beginning July 1, 2003, revenue generated by the

19  millage levy authorized by subsection (2) must be used only

20  for the purposes delineated in paragraph (a).

21         (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this

22  subsection, if through its adopted facilities work program a

23  district has clearly identified the need for an ancillary

24  plant, has provided opportunity for public input as to the

25  relative value of the ancillary plant versus an educational

26  plant, and has obtained public approval, the district may use

27  revenue generated by the millage levy authorized by subsection

28  (2) for the construction, renovation, remodeling, maintenance,

29  or repair of an ancillary plant.

30  

31  


                                 1249

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  A district that violates these expenditure restrictions shall

  2  have an equal dollar reduction in funds appropriated to the

  3  district under s. 1011.62 in the fiscal year following the

  4  audit citation. The expenditure restrictions do not apply to

  5  any school district that certifies to the Commissioner of

  6  Education that all of the district's instructional space needs

  7  for the next 5 years can be met from capital outlay sources

  8  that the district reasonably expects to receive during the

  9  next 5 years or from alternative scheduling or construction,

10  leasing, rezoning, or technological methodologies that exhibit

11  sound management.

12         (6)  In addition to the maximum millage levied under

13  this section and the General Appropriations Act, a school

14  district may levy, by local referendum or in a general

15  election, additional millage for school operational purposes

16  up to an amount that, when combined with nonvoted millage

17  levied under this section, does not exceed the 10-mill limit

18  established in s. 9(b), Art. VII of the State Constitution.

19  Any such levy shall be for a maximum of 4 years and shall be

20  counted as part of the 10-mill limit established in s. 9(b),

21  Art. VII of the State Constitution. Millage elections

22  conducted under the authority granted pursuant to this section

23  are subject to s. 1011.73. Funds generated by such additional

24  millage do not become a part of the calculation of the Florida

25  Education Finance Program total potential funds in 2001-2002

26  or any subsequent year and must not be incorporated in the

27  calculation of any hold-harmless or other component of the

28  Florida Education Finance Program formula in any year. If an

29  increase in required local effort, when added to existing

30  millage levied under the 10-mill limit, would result in a

31  combined millage in excess of the 10-mill limit, any millage


                                 1250

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  levied pursuant to this subsection shall be considered to be

  2  required local effort to the extent that the district millage

  3  would otherwise exceed the 10-mill limit.

  4         Section 665.  Section 1011.715, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1011.715  Resolution regarding school capital outlay

  7  surcharge.--The resolution of a district school board

  8  providing for the imposition of the school capital outlay

  9  surtax authorized in s. 212.055(6) may include a covenant by

10  the district school board to decrease the capital local school

11  property tax levied pursuant to s. 1011.71(2) and to maintain

12  that tax at the reduced millage as long as the surtax is in

13  effect.  The resolution may also provide that the surtax shall

14  sunset on December 31 of any year in which the district school

15  board levies the capital property tax under s. 1011.71(2) at a

16  millage rate in excess of the reduced millage rate promised in

17  the resolution.  Finally, if the surtax revenues are pledged

18  to service bonded indebtedness, the district school board may

19  covenant not to levy the capital property tax under s.

20  1011.71(2) at a millage rate in excess of the reduced millage

21  rate promised in the resolution.

22         Section 666.  Section 1011.72, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1011.72  Levy based on interim assessment roll;

25  reimbursement to state for additional taxes collected upon

26  reconciliation of roll.--In any year in which the base student

27  allocation has been guaranteed to school districts through the

28  use of state funds, a school district which levied taxes based

29  on an interim assessment roll shall be required to reimburse

30  the state in an amount equal to the additional taxes collected

31  upon reconciliation of that roll. Beginning with the


                                 1251

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  distribution following the delinquency date of the

  2  supplemental bills, the state shall withhold all funds

  3  otherwise available to that school district from the

  4  appropriation to the Florida Education Finance Program until

  5  such time as the state is completely reimbursed.

  6         Section 667.  Section 1011.73, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1011.73  District millage elections.--

  9         (1)  MILLAGE AUTHORIZED NOT TO EXCEED TWO YEARS.--The

10  district school board, pursuant to resolution adopted at a

11  regular meeting, shall direct the county commissioners to call

12  an election at which the electors within the school districts

13  may approve an ad valorem tax millage as authorized in s. 9,

14  Art. VII of the State Constitution. Such election may be held

15  at any time, except that not more than one such election shall

16  be held during any 12-month period. Any millage so authorized

17  shall be levied for a period not in excess of 2 years or until

18  changed by another millage election, whichever is the earlier.

19  In the event any such election is invalidated by a court of

20  competent jurisdiction, such invalidated election shall be

21  considered not to have been held.

22         (2)  MILLAGE AUTHORIZED NOT TO EXCEED FOUR YEARS.--The

23  district school board, pursuant to resolution adopted at a

24  regular meeting, shall direct the county commissioners to call

25  an election at which the electors within the school district

26  may approve an ad valorem tax millage as authorized under s.

27  1011.71(6). Such election may be held at any time, except that

28  not more than one such election shall be held during any

29  12-month period. Any millage so authorized shall be levied for

30  a period not in excess of 4 years or until changed by another

31  millage election, whichever is earlier. If any such election


                                 1252

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  is invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction, such

  2  invalidated election shall be considered not to have been

  3  held.

  4         (3)  HOLDING ELECTIONS.--All school district millage

  5  elections shall be held and conducted in the manner prescribed

  6  by law for holding general elections, except as provided in

  7  this chapter.

  8         (4)  FORM OF BALLOT.--

  9         (a)  The district school board may propose a single

10  millage or two millages, with one for operating expenses and

11  another for a local capital improvement reserve fund. When two

12  millage figures are proposed, each millage must be voted on

13  separately.

14         (b)  The district school board shall provide the

15  wording of the substance of the measure and the ballot title

16  in the resolution calling for the election. The wording of the

17  ballot must conform to the provisions of s. 101.161.

18         (5)  QUALIFICATION OF ELECTORS.--All qualified electors

19  of the school district are entitled to vote in the election to

20  set the school tax district millage levy.

21         (6)  RESULTS OF ELECTION.--When the district school

22  board proposes one tax levy for operating expenses and another

23  for the local capital improvement reserve fund, the results

24  shall be considered separately. The tax levy shall be levied

25  only in case a majority of the electors participating in the

26  election vote in favor of the proposed special millage.

27         (7)  EXPENSES OF ELECTION.--The cost of the publication

28  of the notice of the election and all expenses of the election

29  in the school district shall be paid by the district school

30  board.

31  


                                 1253

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 668.  Section 1011.74, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1011.74  Source and use of district capital improvement

  4  fund.--The district capital improvement fund shall consist of

  5  funds derived from the sale of school district bonds

  6  authorized in s. 17, Art. XII of the State Constitution of

  7  1885 as amended, together with any other funds directed to be

  8  placed therein by rules of the State Board of Education, and

  9  other similar funds which are to be used for capital outlay

10  purposes within the district.

11         Section 669.  Section 1011.75, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1011.75  Gifted education exemplary program grants.--

14         (1)  This section shall be known and may be cited as

15  the "Challenge Grant Program for the Gifted."

16         (2)  There is hereby created a grant program for

17  education for the gifted which shall be administered by the

18  Commissioner of Education in cooperation and consultation with

19  appropriate organizations and associations concerned with

20  education for the gifted and pursuant to rules adopted by the

21  State Board of Education. The program may be implemented in

22  any public school.

23         (3)  Pursuant to policies and rules to be adopted by

24  the State Board of Education, each district school board, two

25  or more district school boards in cooperation, or a public

26  school principal through the district school board may submit

27  to the commissioner a proposed program designed to effectuate

28  an exemplary program for education for the gifted in a school,

29  district, or group of districts. Consideration for funding

30  shall be given to proposed programs of district school boards

31  that are developed with the cooperation of a community college


                                 1254

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or public or private college or university for the purpose of

  2  providing advanced accelerated instruction for public school

  3  students pursuant to s. 1003.435. In order to be approved, a

  4  program proposal must include:

  5         (a)  Clearly stated goals and objectives expressed, to

  6  the maximum extent possible, in measurable terms.

  7         (b)  Information concerning the number of students,

  8  teachers, and other personnel to be involved in the program.

  9         (c)  The estimated cost of the program and the number

10  of years for which it is to be funded.

11         (d)  Provisions for evaluation of the program and for

12  its integration into the general curriculum and financial

13  program of the school district or districts at the end of the

14  funded period.

15         (e)  Such other information and provisions as the

16  commissioner requires.

17         (4)  The commissioner shall review and approve,

18  disapprove, or resubmit for modification all proposed programs

19  for education for the gifted submitted. For those programs

20  approved, the commissioner shall authorize distribution of

21  funds equal to the cost of the program from funds appropriated

22  to the Department of Education for exemplary program grants

23  for education for the gifted as provided for by this section.

24  These funds shall be in addition to any funds for education

25  for the gifted provided pursuant to s. 1011.62.

26         Section 670.  Section 1011.76, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1011.76  Small School District Stabilization Program.--

29         (1)  There is created the Small School District

30  Stabilization Program to assist school districts in rural

31  communities that document economic conditions or other


                                 1255

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  significant community influences that negatively impact the

  2  school district. The purpose of the program is to provide

  3  technical assistance and financial support to maintain the

  4  stability of the educational program in the school district. A

  5  rural community means a county with a population of 75,000 or

  6  less; or a county with a population of 100,000 or less that is

  7  contiguous to a county with a population of 75,000 or less.

  8         (2)  In order to participate in this program, a school

  9  district must be located in a rural area of critical economic

10  concern designated by the Executive Office of the Governor,

11  and the district school board must submit a resolution to the

12  Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic Development requesting

13  participation in the program. A rural area of critical

14  economic concern must be a rural community, or a region

15  composed of such, that has been adversely affected by an

16  extraordinary economic event or a natural disaster or that

17  presents a unique economic development concern or opportunity

18  of regional impact. The resolution must be accompanied with

19  documentation of the economic conditions in the community,

20  provide information indicating the negative impact of these

21  conditions on the school district's financial stability, and

22  the school district must participate in a best financial

23  management practices review to determine potential

24  efficiencies that could be implemented to reduce program costs

25  in the district.

26         (3)  The Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic

27  Development, in consultation with the Department of Education,

28  shall review the resolution and other information required by

29  subsection (2) and determine whether the school district is

30  eligible to participate in the program. Factors influencing

31  the office's determination may include, but are not limited


                                 1256

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to, reductions in the county tax roll resulting from business

  2  closures or other causes, or a reduction in student enrollment

  3  due to business closures or impacts in the local economy.

  4         (4)  Effective July 1, 2000, and thereafter, when the

  5  Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic Development authorizes

  6  a school district to participate in the program, the

  7  Legislature may give priority to that district for a best

  8  financial management practices review in the school district,

  9  subject to approval pursuant to s. 1008.35(7), to the extent

10  that funding is provided annually for such purpose in the

11  General Appropriations Act. The scope of the review shall be

12  as set forth in s. 1008.35.

13         (5)  Effective July 1, 2000, and thereafter, the

14  Department of Education may award the school district a

15  stabilization grant intended to protect the district from

16  continued financial reductions. The amount of the grant will

17  be determined by the Department of Education and may be

18  equivalent to the amount of the decline in revenues projected

19  for the next fiscal year. In addition, the Office of Tourism,

20  Trade, and Economic Development may implement a rural economic

21  development initiative to identify the economic factors that

22  are negatively impacting the community and may consult with

23  Enterprise Florida, Inc., in developing a plan to assist the

24  county with its economic transition. The grant will be

25  available to the school district for a period of up to 5 years

26  to the extent that funding is provided for such purpose in the

27  General Appropriations Act.

28         (6)  Based on the availability of funds, the Office of

29  Tourism, Trade, and Economic Development or the Department of

30  Education may enter into contracts or issue grants necessary

31  to implement the program.


                                 1257

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 671.  Section 1011.765, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1011.765  Florida Academic Improvement Trust Fund

  4  matching grants.--

  5         (1)  MATCHING GRANTS.--The Florida Academic Improvement

  6  Trust Fund shall be utilized to provide matching grants to the

  7  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind Endowment Fund and

  8  to any public school district education foundation that meets

  9  the requirements of this section and is recognized by the

10  local school district as its designated K-12 education

11  foundation.

12         (a)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for

13  the administration, submission, documentation, evaluation, and

14  approval of requests for matching funds and for maintaining

15  accountability for endowments and the proceeds of endowments.

16         (b)  Donations, state matching funds, or proceeds from

17  endowments established pursuant to this section shall be used

18  at the discretion of the public school district education

19  foundation or the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

20  for academic achievement within the school district or school,

21  and shall not be expended for the construction of facilities

22  or for the support of interscholastic athletics. No public

23  school district education foundation or the Florida School for

24  the Deaf and the Blind shall accept or purchase facilities for

25  which the state will be asked for operating funds unless the

26  Legislature has granted prior approval for such acquisition.

27         (2)  ALLOCATION OF THE TRUST FUND.--Funds appropriated

28  to the Florida Academic Improvement Trust Fund shall be

29  allocated by the Department of Education in the following

30  manner:

31  


                                 1258

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  For every year in which there is a legislative

  2  appropriation to the trust fund, an equal amount of the annual

  3  appropriation, to be determined by dividing the total

  4  legislative appropriation by the number of local education

  5  foundations as well as the Florida School for the Deaf and the

  6  Blind, must be reserved for each public school district

  7  education foundation and the Florida School for the Deaf and

  8  the Blind Endowment Fund to provide each foundation and the

  9  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind with an opportunity

10  to receive and match appropriated funds. Trust funds that

11  remain unmatched by contribution on April 1 of any year shall

12  be made available for matching by any public school district

13  education foundation and by the Florida School for the Deaf

14  and the Blind which shall have an opportunity to apply for

15  excess trust funds prior to the award of such funds.

16         (b)  Matching grants shall be proportionately allocated

17  from the trust fund on the basis of matching each $4 of state

18  funds with $6 of private funds. To be eligible for matching, a

19  minimum of $4,500 must be raised from private sources.

20         (c)  Funds sufficient to provide the match shall be

21  transferred from the state trust fund to the public school

22  education foundation or to the Florida School for the Deaf and

23  the Blind Endowment Fund upon notification that a

24  proportionate amount has been received and deposited by the

25  foundation or school into its own trust fund.

26         (d)  If the total of the amounts to be distributed in

27  any quarter pursuant to this subsection exceeds the amount of

28  funds remaining from specific appropriations made for the

29  implementation of this section, all grants shall be

30  proportionately reduced so that the total of matching grants

31  distributed does not exceed available appropriations.


                                 1259

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  GRANT ADMINISTRATION.--

  2         (a)  Each public school district education foundation

  3  and the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

  4  participating in the Florida Academic Improvement Trust Fund

  5  shall separately account for all funds received pursuant to

  6  this section, and may establish its own academic improvement

  7  trust fund as a depository for the private contributions,

  8  state matching funds, and earnings on investments of such

  9  funds. State matching funds shall be transferred to the public

10  school district education foundation or to the Florida School

11  for the Deaf and the Blind Endowment Fund upon notification

12  that the foundation or school has received and deposited

13  private contributions that meet the criteria for matching as

14  provided in this section. The public school district education

15  foundations and the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind

16  are responsible for the maintenance, investment, and

17  administration of their academic improvement trust funds.

18         (b)  The public school district education foundations

19  and the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind shall be

20  responsible for soliciting and receiving contributions to be

21  deposited and matched with grants for establishing endowments

22  for academic achievement within the school district or school.

23         (c)  Each public school district education foundation

24  and the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind shall be

25  responsible for proper expenditure of the funds received

26  pursuant to this section.

27         Section 672.  Section 1011.77, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1011.77  Special laws and general laws of local

30  application prohibited.--

31  


                                 1260

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Pursuant to s. 11(a)(21), Art. III of the State

  2  Constitution, the Legislature hereby prohibits special laws

  3  and general laws of local application pertaining to:

  4         (a)  The assessment or collection of taxes for school

  5  purposes insofar as it may affect the distribution of state

  6  funds, including the determination of millages therefor, the

  7  extension of time therefor, relief of tax officers from due

  8  performance of their duties, and relief of their sureties from

  9  liability.

10         (b)  The Florida Education Finance Program as enacted

11  in 1973 or as subsequently amended.

12         (2)  The department shall determine whether any

13  district has received additional funds subsequent to June 30,

14  1973, as a result of any special law or general law of local

15  application described in subsection (1) and shall deduct an

16  amount equal to any such additional funds from allocations to

17  that district.

18         Section 673.  Part III of chapter 1011, Florida

19  Statutes, shall be entitled "Funding for Workforce Education"

20  and shall consist of ss. 1011.80-1011.801.

21         Section 674.  Section 1011.80, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1011.80  Funds for operation of adult technical

24  education programs.--

25         (1)  As used in this section, the terms "workforce

26  development education" and "workforce development program"

27  include:

28         (a)  Adult general education programs designed to

29  improve the employability skills of the state's workforce as

30  defined in s. 1004.02(5).

31  


                                 1261

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Career and technical certificate programs, as

  2  defined in s. 1004.02(23).

  3         (c)  Applied technology diploma programs.

  4         (d)  Continuing workforce education courses.

  5         (e)  Degree technical education programs.

  6         (f)  Apprenticeship and preapprenticeship programs as

  7  defined in s. 446.021.

  8         (2)  Any workforce development education program may be

  9  conducted by a community college or a school district, except

10  that college credit in an associate in applied science or an

11  associate in science degree may be awarded only by a community

12  college. However, if an associate in applied science or an

13  associate in science degree program contains within it an

14  occupational completion point that confers a certificate or an

15  applied technology diploma, that portion of the program may be

16  conducted by a school district technical center. Any

17  instruction designed to articulate to a degree program is

18  subject to guidelines and standards adopted by the State Board

19  of Education pursuant to s. 1007.25.

20         (3)  If a program for disabled adults pursuant to s.

21  1004.93 is a workforce development program as defined in law,

22  it must be funded as provided in this section.

23         (4)  The Florida Workforce Development Education Fund

24  is created to provide performance-based funding for all

25  workforce development programs, whether the programs are

26  offered by a school district or a community college. Funding

27  for all workforce development education programs must be from

28  the Workforce Development Education Fund and must be based on

29  cost categories, performance output measures, and performance

30  outcome measures.

31  


                                 1262

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The cost categories must be calculated to identify

  2  high-cost programs, medium-cost programs, and low-cost

  3  programs. The cost analysis used to calculate and assign a

  4  program of study to a cost category must include at least both

  5  direct and indirect instructional costs, consumable supplies,

  6  equipment, and standard program length.

  7         (b)1.  The performance output measure for career and

  8  technical education programs of study is student completion of

  9  a career and technical program of study that leads to an

10  occupational completion point associated with a certificate;

11  an apprenticeship program; or a program that leads to an

12  applied technology diploma or an associate in applied science

13  or associate in science degree. Performance output measures

14  for registered apprenticeship programs shall be based on

15  program lengths that coincide with lengths established

16  pursuant to the requirements of chapter 446.

17         2.  The performance output measure for an adult general

18  education course of study is measurable improvement in student

19  skills. This measure shall include improvement in literacy

20  skills, grade level improvement as measured by an approved

21  test, or attainment of a State of Florida diploma or an adult

22  high school diploma.

23         (c)  The performance outcome measures for programs

24  funded through the Workforce Development Education Fund are

25  associated with placement and retention of students after

26  reaching a completion point or completing a program of study.

27  These measures include placement or retention in employment

28  that is related to the program of study; placement into or

29  retention in employment in an occupation on the Workforce

30  Estimating Conference list of high-wage, high-skill

31  occupations with sufficient openings, or other High Wage/High


                                 1263

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Skill Program occupations as determined by Workforce Florida,

  2  Inc.; and placement and retention of participants or former

  3  participants in the welfare transition program in employment.

  4  Continuing postsecondary education at a level that will

  5  further enhance employment is a performance outcome for adult

  6  general education programs. Placement and retention must be

  7  reported pursuant to ss. 1008.39 and 1008.43.

  8         (5)  State funding and student fees for workforce

  9  development instruction funded through the Workforce

10  Development Education Fund shall be established as follows:

11         (a)  For a continuing workforce education course, state

12  funding shall equal 50 percent of the cost of instruction,

13  with student fees, business support, quick-response training

14  funds, or other means making up the remaining 50 percent.

15         (b)  For all other workforce development education

16  funded through the Workforce Development Education Fund, state

17  funding shall equal 75 percent of the average cost of

18  instruction with the remaining 25 percent made up from student

19  fees. Fees for courses within a program shall not vary

20  according to the cost of the individual program, but instead

21  shall be based on a uniform fee calculated and set at the

22  state level, as adopted by the State Board of Education,

23  unless otherwise specified in the General Appropriations Act.

24         (c)  For fee-exempt students pursuant to s. 1009.25,

25  unless otherwise provided for in law, state funding shall

26  equal 100 percent of the average cost of instruction.

27         (6)(a)  A school district or a community college that

28  provides workforce development education funded through the

29  Workforce Development Education Fund shall receive funds in

30  accordance with distributions for base and performance funding

31  


                                 1264

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  established by the Legislature in the General Appropriations

  2  Act, pursuant to the following conditions:

  3         1.  Base funding shall not exceed 85 percent of the

  4  current fiscal year total Workforce Development Education Fund

  5  allocation, which shall be distributed by the Legislature in

  6  the General Appropriations Act based on a maximum of 85

  7  percent of the institution's prior year total allocation from

  8  base and performance funds.

  9         2.  Performance funding shall be at least 15 percent of

10  the current fiscal year total Workforce Development Education

11  Fund allocation, which shall be distributed by the Legislature

12  in the General Appropriations Act based on the previous fiscal

13  year's achievement of output and outcomes in accordance with

14  formulas adopted pursuant to subsection (9). Performance

15  funding must incorporate payments for at least three levels of

16  placements that reflect wages and workforce demand. Payments

17  for completions must not exceed 60 percent of the payments for

18  placement. School districts and community colleges shall be

19  awarded funds pursuant to this paragraph based on performance

20  output data and performance outcome data available in that

21  year.

22         3.  If a local educational agency achieves a level of

23  performance sufficient to generate a full allocation as

24  authorized by the workforce development funding formula, the

25  agency may earn performance incentive funds as appropriated

26  for that purpose in a General Appropriations Act. If

27  performance incentive funds are funded and awarded, these

28  funds must be added to the local educational agency's prior

29  year total allocation from the Workforce Development Education

30  Fund and shall be used to calculate the following year's base

31  funding.


                                 1265

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  A program is established to assist school

  2  districts and community colleges in responding to the needs of

  3  new and expanding businesses and thereby strengthening the

  4  state's workforce and economy. The program may be funded in

  5  the General Appropriations Act. A school district or community

  6  college may expend funds under the program without regard to

  7  performance criteria set forth in subparagraph (a)2. The

  8  district or community college shall use the program to provide

  9  customized training for businesses which satisfies the

10  requirements of s. 288.047. Business firms whose employees

11  receive the customized training must provide 50 percent of the

12  cost of the training. Balances remaining in the program at the

13  end of the fiscal year shall not revert to the general fund,

14  but shall be carried over for 1 additional year and used for

15  the purpose of serving incumbent worker training needs of area

16  businesses with fewer than 100 employees. Priority shall be

17  given to businesses that must increase or upgrade their use of

18  technology to remain competitive.

19         (7)  A school district or community college that earns

20  performance funding must use the money to benefit the

21  postsecondary adult and technical education programs it

22  provides. The money may be used for equipment upgrades,

23  program expansions, or any other use that would result in

24  workforce development program improvement. The district school

25  board or community college board of trustees may not withhold

26  any portion of the performance funding for indirect costs.

27  Notwithstanding s. 216.351, funds awarded pursuant to this

28  section may be carried across fiscal years and shall not

29  revert to any other fund maintained by the district school

30  board or community college board of trustees.

31  


                                 1266

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  The State Board of Education and Workforce

  2  Florida, Inc., shall provide the Legislature with recommended

  3  formulas, criteria, timeframes, and mechanisms for

  4  distributing performance funds. The commissioner shall

  5  consolidate the recommendations and develop a consensus

  6  proposal for funding. The Legislature shall adopt a formula

  7  and distribute the performance funds to the State Board of

  8  Education for community colleges and school districts through

  9  the General Appropriations Act. These recommendations shall be

10  based on formulas that would discourage low-performing or

11  low-demand programs and encourage through performance-funding

12  awards:

13         (a)  Programs that prepare people to enter high-wage

14  occupations identified by the Workforce Estimating Conference

15  created by s. 216.136 and other programs as approved by

16  Workforce Florida, Inc. At a minimum, performance incentives

17  shall be calculated for adults who reach completion points or

18  complete programs that lead to specified high-wage employment

19  and to their placement in that employment.

20         (b)  Programs that successfully prepare adults who are

21  eligible for public assistance, economically disadvantaged,

22  disabled, not proficient in English, or dislocated workers for

23  high-wage occupations.  At a minimum, performance incentives

24  shall be calculated at an enhanced value for the completion of

25  adults identified in this paragraph and job placement of such

26  adults upon completion. In addition, adjustments may be made

27  in payments for job placements for areas of high unemployment.

28         (c)  Programs that are specifically designed to be

29  consistent with the workforce needs of private enterprise and

30  regional economic development strategies, as defined in

31  guidelines set by Workforce Florida, Inc. Workforce Florida,


                                 1267

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Inc., shall develop guidelines to identify such needs and

  2  strategies based on localized research of private employers

  3  and economic development practitioners.

  4         (d)  Programs identified by Workforce Florida, Inc., as

  5  increasing the effectiveness and cost efficiency of education.

  6         (9)  A high school student dually enrolled under s.

  7  1007.271 in a workforce development program funded through the

  8  Workforce Development Education Fund and operated by a

  9  community college or school district technical center

10  generates the amount calculated by the Workforce Development

11  Education Fund, including any payment of performance funding,

12  and the proportional share of full-time equivalent enrollment

13  generated through the Florida Education Finance Program for

14  the student's enrollment in a high school. If a high school

15  student is dually enrolled in a community college program,

16  including a program conducted at a high school, the community

17  college earns the funds generated through the Workforce

18  Development Education Fund and the school district earns the

19  proportional share of full-time equivalent funding from the

20  Florida Education Finance Program. If a student is dually

21  enrolled in a technical center operated by the same district

22  as the district in which the student attends high school, that

23  district earns the funds generated through the Workforce

24  Development Education Fund and also earns the proportional

25  share of full-time equivalent funding from the Florida

26  Education Finance Program. If a student is dually enrolled in

27  a workforce development program provided by a technical center

28  operated by a different school district, the funds must be

29  divided between the two school districts proportionally from

30  the two funding sources. A student may not be reported for

31  funding in a dual enrollment workforce development program


                                 1268

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  unless the student has completed the basic skills assessment

  2  pursuant to s. 1004.91.

  3         (10)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules to

  4  administer this section.

  5         Section 675.  Section 1011.801, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1011.801  Workforce Development Capitalization

  8  Incentive Grant Program.--The Legislature recognizes that the

  9  need for school districts and community colleges to be able to

10  respond to emerging local or statewide economic development

11  needs is critical to the workforce development system. The

12  Workforce Development Capitalization Incentive Grant Program

13  is created to provide grants to school districts and community

14  colleges on a competitive basis to fund some or all of the

15  costs associated with the creation or expansion of workforce

16  development programs that serve specific employment workforce

17  needs.

18         (1)  Funds awarded for a workforce development

19  capitalization incentive grant may be used for instructional

20  equipment, laboratory equipment, supplies, personnel, student

21  services, or other expenses associated with the creation or

22  expansion of a workforce development program. Expansion of a

23  program may include either the expansion of enrollments in a

24  program or expansion into new areas of specialization within a

25  program. No grant funds may be used for recurring

26  instructional costs or for institutions' indirect costs.

27         (2)  The State Board of Education shall accept

28  applications from school districts or community colleges for

29  workforce development capitalization incentive grants.

30  Applications from school districts or community colleges shall

31  contain projected enrollments and projected costs for the new


                                 1269

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or expanded workforce development program. The State Board of

  2  Education, in consultation with the Workforce Florida, Inc.,

  3  shall review and rank each application for a grant according

  4  to subsection (3) and shall submit to the Legislature a list

  5  in priority order of applications recommended for a grant

  6  award.

  7         (3)  The State Board of Education shall give highest

  8  priority to programs that train people to enter high-skill,

  9  high-wage occupations identified by the Workforce Estimating

10  Conference and other programs approved by Workforce Florida,

11  Inc.; programs that train people to enter occupations under

12  the welfare transition program; or programs that train for the

13  workforce adults who are eligible for public assistance,

14  economically disadvantaged, disabled, not proficient in

15  English, or dislocated workers. The State Board of Education

16  shall consider the statewide geographic dispersion of grant

17  funds in ranking the applications and shall give priority to

18  applications from education agencies that are making maximum

19  use of their workforce development funding by offering

20  high-performing, high-demand programs.

21         Section 676.  Part IV of chapter 1011, Florida

22  Statutes, shall be entitled "Funding for Community Colleges"

23  and shall consist of ss. 1011.81-1011.86.

24         Section 677.  Section 1011.81, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1011.81  Community College Program Fund.--There is

27  established a Community College Program Fund. This fund shall

28  comprise all appropriations made by the Legislature for the

29  support of the current operating program and shall be

30  apportioned and distributed to the community college districts

31  of the state on the basis of procedures established by law and


                                 1270

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  rules of the State Board of Education. The annual

  2  apportionment for each community college district shall be

  3  distributed monthly in payments as nearly equal as possible.

  4         Section 678.  Section 1011.82, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1011.82  Requirements for participation in Community

  7  College Program Fund.--Each community college district which

  8  participates in the state appropriations for the Community

  9  College Program Fund shall provide evidence of its effort to

10  maintain an adequate community college program which shall:

11         (1)  Meet the minimum standards prescribed by the State

12  Board of Education in accordance with s. 1001.02(9).

13         (2)  Effectively fulfill the mission of the community

14  colleges in accordance with s. 1004.65.

15         Section 679.  Section 1011.83, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1011.83  Financial support of community colleges.--Each

18  community college that has been approved by the Department of

19  Education and meets the requirements of law and rules of the

20  State Board of Education shall participate in the community

21  college program fund. However, funds to support workforce

22  development programs conducted by community colleges shall be

23  provided by the Workforce Development Education Fund pursuant

24  to s. 1011.80.

25         Section 680.  Section 1011.84, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1011.84  Procedure for determining state financial

28  support and annual apportionment of state funds to each

29  community college district.--The procedure for determining

30  state financial support and the annual apportionment to each

31  community college district authorized to operate a community


                                 1271

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  college under the provisions of s. 1001.61 shall be as

  2  follows:

  3         (1)  DETERMINING THE AMOUNT TO BE INCLUDED IN THE

  4  COMMUNITY COLLEGE PROGRAM FUND FOR THE CURRENT OPERATING

  5  PROGRAM.--

  6         (a)  The Department of Education shall determine

  7  annually from an analysis of operating costs, prepared in the

  8  manner prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education,

  9  the costs per full-time equivalent student served in courses

10  and fields of study offered in community colleges. This

11  information and current college operating budgets shall be

12  submitted to the Executive Office of the Governor with the

13  legislative budget request prior to each regular session of

14  the Legislature.

15         (b)  The allocation of funds for community colleges

16  shall be based on advanced and professional disciplines,

17  college-preparatory programs, and other programs for adults

18  funded pursuant to s. 1011.80.

19         (c)  The category of lifelong learning is for students

20  enrolled pursuant to s. 1004.93. A student shall also be

21  reported as a lifelong learning student for his or her

22  enrollment in any course that he or she has previously taken,

23  unless it is a credit course in which the student earned a

24  grade of D or F.

25         (d)  If an adult student has been determined to be a

26  disabled student eligible for an approved educational program

27  for disabled adults provided pursuant to s. 1004.93 and rules

28  of the State Board of Education and is enrolled in a class

29  with curriculum frameworks developed for the program, state

30  funding for that student shall be provided at a level double

31  


                                 1272

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  that of a student enrolled in a special adult general

  2  education program provided by a community college.

  3         (e)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

  4  implement s. 9(d)(8)f., Art. XII of the State Constitution.

  5  These rules shall provide for the use of the funds available

  6  under s. 9(d)(8)f., Art. XII by an individual community

  7  college for operating expense in any fiscal year during which

  8  the State Board of Education has determined that all major

  9  capital outlay needs have been met. Highest priority for the

10  use of these funds for purposes other than financing approved

11  capital outlay projects shall be for the proper maintenance

12  and repair of existing facilities for projects approved by the

13  State Board of Education. However, in any fiscal year in which

14  funds from this source are authorized for operating expense

15  other than approved maintenance and repair projects, the

16  allocation of community college program funds shall be reduced

17  by an amount equal to the sum used for such operating expense

18  for that community college that year, and that amount shall

19  not be released or allocated among the other community

20  colleges that year.

21         (2)  DETERMINING THE AMOUNT TO BE INCLUDED FOR CAPITAL

22  OUTLAY AND DEBT SERVICE.--The amount included for capital

23  outlay and debt service shall be as determined and provided in

24  s. 18, Art. XII of the State Constitution of 1885, as adopted

25  by s. 9(d), Art. XII of the 1968 revised State Constitution

26  and State Board of Education rules.

27         (3)  DETERMINING THE APPORTIONMENT FROM STATE FUNDS.--

28         (a)  By December 15 of each year, the Department of

29  Education shall estimate the annual enrollment of each

30  community college for the current fiscal year and for the 6

31  subsequent fiscal years.  These estimates shall be based upon


                                 1273

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  prior years' enrollments, upon the initial fall term

  2  enrollments for the current fiscal year for each college, and

  3  upon each college's estimated current enrollment and

  4  demographic changes in the respective community college

  5  districts.

  6         (b)  The apportionment to each community college from

  7  the Community College Program Fund shall be determined

  8  annually in the General Appropriations Act. In determining

  9  each college's apportionment, the Legislature shall consider

10  the following components:

11         1.  Base budget, which includes the state appropriation

12  to the Community College Program Fund in the current year plus

13  the related student tuition and out-of-state fees assigned in

14  the current General Appropriations Act.

15         2.  The cost-to-continue allocation, which consists of

16  incremental changes to the base budget, including salaries,

17  price levels, and other related costs allocated through a

18  funding model approved by the Legislature which may recognize

19  differing economic factors arising from the individual

20  educational approaches of the various community colleges,

21  including, but not limited to:

22         a.  Direct Instructional Funding, including class size,

23  faculty productivity factors, average faculty salary, ratio of

24  full-time to part-time faculty, costs of programs, and

25  enrollment factors.

26         b.  Academic Support, including small colleges factor,

27  multicampus factor, and enrollment factor.

28         c.  Student Services Support, including headcount of

29  students as well as FTE count and enrollment factors.

30         d.  Library Support, including volume and other

31  materials/audiovisual requirements.


                                 1274

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         e.  Special Projects.

  2         f.  Operations and Maintenance of Plant, including

  3  square footage and utilization factors.

  4         g.  District Cost Differential.

  5         3.  Students enrolled in a recreation and leisure

  6  program and students enrolled in a lifelong learning program

  7  may not be counted as full-time equivalent enrollments for

  8  purposes of enrollment workload adjustments.

  9         4.  Operating costs of new facilities adjustments,

10  which shall be provided, from funds available, for each new

11  facility that is owned by the college and is recommended in

12  accordance with s. 1013.31.

13         5.  New and improved program enhancements, which shall

14  be determined by the Legislature.

15  

16  Student fees in the base budget plus student fee revenues

17  generated by increases in fee rates shall be deducted from the

18  sum of the components determined in subparagraphs 1.-5. The

19  amount remaining shall be the net annual state apportionment

20  to each college.

21         (c)  No community college shall commit funds for the

22  employment of personnel or resources in excess of those

23  required to continue the same level of support for either the

24  previously approved enrollment or the revised enrollment,

25  whichever is lower.

26         (d)  The apportionment to each community college

27  district for capital outlay and debt service shall be the

28  amount determined in accordance with subsection (2). This

29  amount, less any amount determined as necessary for

30  administrative expense by the State Board of Education and any

31  amount necessary for debt service on bonds issued by the State


                                 1275

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Board of Education, shall be transmitted to the community

  2  college board of trustees to be expended in a manner

  3  prescribed by rules of the State Board of Education.

  4         (e)  If at any time the unencumbered balance in the

  5  general fund of the community college board of trustees

  6  approved operating budget goes below 5 percent, the president

  7  shall provide written notification to the State Board of

  8  Education.

  9         (f)  Expenditures for apprenticeship programs shall be

10  reported separately.

11         (4)  EXPENDITURE OF ALLOCATED FUNDS.--Any funds

12  allocated herein to any community college shall be expended

13  only for the purpose of supporting that community college.

14         (5)  REPORT OF REMEDIAL EDUCATION.--Each community

15  college board of trustees shall report the volume and cost of

16  remedial education activities as a separate item in its annual

17  cost accounting system.

18         Section 681.  Section 1011.85, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1011.85  Dr. Philip Benjamin Matching Grant Program for

21  Community Colleges.--

22         (1)  There is created the Dr. Philip Benjamin Matching

23  Grant Program for Community Colleges as a single matching

24  gifts program that encompasses the goals originally set out in

25  the Academic Improvement Program, the Scholarship Matching

26  Program, and the Health Care Education Quality Enhancement

27  Challenge Grant.  The program shall be administered according

28  to rules of the State Board of Education and used to encourage

29  private support in enhancing community colleges by providing

30  the community college system with the opportunity to receive

31  and match challenge grants.  Funds received prior to the


                                 1276

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  effective date of this act for each of the three programs

  2  shall be retained in the separate account for which it was

  3  designated.

  4         (2)  Each community college board of trustees receiving

  5  state appropriations under this program shall approve each

  6  gift to ensure alignment with the unique mission of the

  7  community college.  The board of trustees must link all

  8  requests for a state match to the goals and mission statement.

  9  The Florida Community College Foundation Board receiving state

10  appropriations under this program shall approve each gift to

11  ensure alignment with its goals and mission statement.

12         (3)  Upon approval by the community college board of

13  trustees and the State Board of Education, the ordering of

14  donations for priority listing of unmatched gifts should be

15  determined by the submitting community college.

16         (4)  Each year, eligible contributions received by a

17  community college's foundation or the State Board of Education

18  by February 1 shall be eligible for state matching funds.

19         (a)  Each community college board of trustees and, when

20  applicable, the Florida Community College Foundation Board,

21  receiving state appropriations under this program shall also

22  certify in an annual report to the State Board of Education

23  the receipt of eligible cash contributions that were

24  previously unmatched by the state.  The State Board of

25  Education shall adopt rules providing all community colleges

26  with an opportunity to apply for excess funds before the

27  awarding of such funds.

28         (b)  Community colleges must submit to the State Board

29  of Education an annual expenditure report tracking the use of

30  all matching funds.

31  


                                 1277

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The audit of each foundation receiving state funds

  2  from this program must include a certification of accuracy in

  3  the amount reported for matching funds.

  4         (5)  The matching ratio for donations that are

  5  specifically designated to support scholarships, student

  6  loans, or need-based grants shall be $1 of state funds to $1

  7  of local private funds.

  8         (6)  Otherwise, funds shall be proportionately

  9  allocated to the community colleges on the basis of matching

10  each $6 of local or private funds with $4 of state funds.  To

11  be eligible, a minimum of $4,500 must be raised from private

12  sources.

13         (7)  The community college board of trustees, in

14  conjunction with the donor, shall make the determination of

15  whether scholarships established pursuant to this program are

16  endowed.

17         (8)(a)  Funds sufficient to provide the match shall be

18  transferred from the state appropriations to the local

19  community college foundation or the statewide community

20  college foundation upon notification that a proportionate

21  amount has been received and deposited by a community college

22  in its own trust fund.

23         (b)  If state funds appropriated for the program are

24  insufficient to match contributions, the amount allocated

25  shall be reduced in proportion to its share of the total

26  eligible contributions.  However, in making proportional

27  reductions, every community college shall receive a minimum of

28  $75,000 in state matching funds if its eligible contributions

29  would have generated an amount at least equal to $75,000.  All

30  unmet contributions shall be eligible for state matching funds

31  in subsequent fiscal years.


                                 1278

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (9)  Each community college entity shall establish its

  2  own matching grant program fund as a depository for the

  3  private contributions and matching state funds provided under

  4  this section.  Community college foundations are responsible

  5  for the maintenance, investment, and administration of their

  6  matching grant program funds.

  7         (10)  The State Board of Education may receive

  8  submissions of requests for matching funds and documentation

  9  relating to those requests, may approve requests for matching

10  funds, and may allocate such funds to the community colleges.

11         (11)  The board of trustees of the community college

12  and the State Board of Education are responsible for

13  determining the uses for the proceeds of their respective

14  trust funds. Such use of the proceeds shall include, but not

15  be limited to, expenditure of the funds for:

16         (a)  Scientific and technical equipment.

17         (b)  Scholarships, loans, or need-based grants.

18         (c)  Other activities that will benefit future students

19  as well as students currently enrolled at the community

20  college, will improve the quality of education at the

21  community college, or will enhance economic development in the

22  community.

23         Section 682.  Section 1011.86, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1011.86  Educational leadership enhancement grants.--

26         (1)  State universities and community colleges may

27  submit proposals for educational leadership enhancement grants

28  to the Commissioner of Education. Proposals shall be funded

29  competitively.

30         (2)  To be eligible for funding, proposals must create

31  programs designed to strengthen the academic and professional


                                 1279

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  coursework or executive management preparation of women and

  2  minorities.

  3         (3)  Each proposal must include specific measurable

  4  goals and objectives.

  5         (4)  The State Board of Education may adopt any rules

  6  necessary to implement the provisions of this grant program.

  7         (5)  The grant program shall be implemented to the

  8  extent funded in the General Appropriations Act.

  9         Section 683.  Part V of chapter 1011, Florida Statutes,

10  shall be entitled "Funding for Universities" and shall consist

11  of ss. 1011.90-1011.94.

12         Section 684.  Section 1011.90, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1011.90  State university funding.--

15         (1)  Planned enrollments for each university as

16  accepted or modified by the Legislature and program cost

17  categories shall be the basis for the allocation of

18  appropriated funds to the universities.

19         (2)  In addition to enrollment-based appropriations,

20  categorical programs shall be established in universities

21  which are not directly related to planned student enrollment.

22  Such programs shall be based upon the assigned missions of the

23  institutions and shall include, but not be limited to,

24  research and public service programs and authority to spend

25  fee revenues collected pursuant to subsection (5) and s.

26  1009.24. Appropriations by the Legislature and allocations to

27  universities shall be based upon full costs, as determined

28  pursuant to subsection (1), and priorities established by the

29  Legislature.

30         (3)  The Legislature by line item in an appropriations

31  act may identify programs of extraordinary quality for the


                                 1280

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  utilization of state funds to be matched by nonstate and

  2  nonfederal sources.

  3         (4)  The State Board of Education shall establish and

  4  validate a cost-estimating system consistent with the

  5  requirements of subsection (1) and shall report as part of its

  6  legislative budget request the actual expenditures for the

  7  fiscal year ending the previous June 30. Expenditure analysis,

  8  operating budgets, and annual financial statements of each

  9  university must be prepared using the standard financial

10  reporting procedures and formats prescribed by the State Board

11  of Education. These formats shall be the same as used for the

12  2000-2001 fiscal year reports. Any revisions to these

13  financial and reporting procedures and formats must be

14  approved by the Executive Office of the Governor and the

15  appropriations committees of the Legislature jointly under the

16  provisions of s. 216.023(3). The State Board of Education

17  shall continue to collect and maintain at a minimum the

18  management information databases existing on June 30, 2002.

19  The expenditure analysis report shall include total

20  expenditures from all sources for the general operation of the

21  university and shall be in such detail as needed to support

22  the legislative budget request.

23         (5)  If the actual enrollment for any university is

24  less than planned enrollment by more than 5 percent for any 2

25  consecutive fiscal years, the university enrollment plan for

26  the next year shall be reduced. If actual enrollment exceeds

27  planned enrollment by more than 5 percent, an explanation of

28  the excess shall be provided with the next year's enrollment

29  plan. The analysis of enrollment conducted for implementing

30  this subsection shall be based on the categories of enrollment

31  used in the education and general appropriation.


                                 1281

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 685.  Section 1011.91, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1011.91  Additional appropriation.--

  4         (1)  All moneys received by universities, other than

  5  from state and federal sources, from student building and

  6  capital improvement fees, and from vending machine

  7  collections, are hereby appropriated to the use of the

  8  respective universities collecting same, to be expended as the

  9  university board of trustees may direct; however, the funds

10  shall not be expended except in pursuance of detailed budgets

11  filed with the State Board of Education and shall not be

12  expended for the construction or reconstruction of buildings

13  except as provided under s. 1013.74.

14         (2)  All moneys received from vending machine

15  collections by universities shall be expended only as set

16  forth in detailed budgets approved by the State Board of

17  Education.

18         (3)(a)  All moneys received by universities for the

19  Auxiliary Enterprises and Contracts, Grants and Donations

20  budget entities, and the self-insurance program authorized in

21  s. 1004.24, shall be exempt from the requirements of s.

22  216.023.

23         (b)  No new state appropriation shall be obligated as a

24  source of matching funds for potential federal or private

25  contracts or grants. Upon the termination of any federal or

26  private contracts or grants, the state shall not be obligated

27  to provide continued funding for personnel or project costs

28  related to such contracts or grants.

29         Section 686.  Section 1011.93, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1282

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1011.93  Pari-mutuel wagering funded research and

  2  development programs.--Each fiscal year, the first $250,000 of

  3  the funds credited to the Pari-mutuel Wagering Trust Fund

  4  shall be used to fund the establishment and implementation of

  5  research and development programs at the University of

  6  Florida. The University of Florida shall administer the

  7  distribution of the funds. These programs must include, but

  8  are not limited to:

  9         (1)  Research related to the breeding, health, feeding,

10  or training of dogs and horses.

11         (2)  Development of continuing education programs for

12  individuals involved in the care and treatment of dogs and

13  horses at pari-mutuel facilities.

14         (3)  Establishment of a postmortem evaluation program

15  for break-down injuries of dogs and horses.

16         (4)  Research and development of helmet safety and the

17  improvement of jai alai equipment.

18         Section 687.  Section 1011.94, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1011.94  Trust Fund for University Major Gifts.--

21         (1)  There is established a Trust Fund for University

22  Major Gifts. The purpose of the trust fund is to enable each

23  university and New College to provide donors with an incentive

24  in the form of matching grants for donations for the

25  establishment of permanent endowments, which must be invested,

26  with the proceeds of the investment used to support libraries

27  and instruction and research programs, as defined by procedure

28  of the State Board of Education. All funds appropriated for

29  the challenge grants, new donors, major gifts, or eminent

30  scholars program must be deposited into the trust fund and

31  invested pursuant to s. 18.125 until the State Board of


                                 1283

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education allocates the funds to universities to match private

  2  donations. Notwithstanding s. 216.301 and pursuant to s.

  3  216.351, any undisbursed balance remaining in the trust fund

  4  and interest income accruing to the portion of the trust fund

  5  which is not matched and distributed to universities must

  6  remain in the trust fund and be used to increase the total

  7  funds available for challenge grants. The State Board of

  8  Education may authorize any university to encumber the state

  9  matching portion of a challenge grant from funds available

10  under s. 1011.45.

11         (2)  The State Board of Education shall specify the

12  process for submission, documentation, and approval of

13  requests for matching funds, accountability for endowments and

14  proceeds of endowments, allocations to universities,

15  restrictions on the use of the proceeds from endowments, and

16  criteria used in determining the value of donations.

17         (3)(a)  The State Board of Education shall allocate the

18  amount appropriated to the trust fund to each university and

19  New College based on the amount of the donation and the

20  restrictions applied to the donation.

21         (b)  Donations for a specific purpose must be matched

22  in the following manner:

23         1.  Each university that raises at least $100,000 but

24  no more than $599,999 from a private source must receive a

25  matching grant equal to 50 percent of the private

26  contribution.

27         2.  Each university that raises a contribution of at

28  least $600,000 but no more than $1 million from a private

29  source must receive a matching grant equal to 70 percent of

30  the private contribution.

31  


                                 1284

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Each university that raises a contribution in

  2  excess of $1 million but no more than $1.5 million from a

  3  private source must receive a matching grant equal to 75

  4  percent of the private contribution.

  5         4.  Each university that raises a contribution in

  6  excess of $1.5 million but no more than $2 million from a

  7  private source must receive a matching grant equal to 80

  8  percent of the private contribution.

  9         5.  Each university that raises a contribution in

10  excess of $2 million from a private source must receive a

11  matching grant equal to 100 percent of the private

12  contribution.

13         (c)  The State Board of Education shall encumber state

14  matching funds for any pledged contributions, pro rata, based

15  on the requirements for state matching funds as specified for

16  the particular challenge grant and the amount of the private

17  donations actually received by the university for the

18  respective challenge grant.

19         (4)  Matching funds may be provided for contributions

20  encumbered or pledged under the Eminent Scholars Act prior to

21  July 1, 1994, and for donations or pledges of any amount equal

22  to or in excess of the prescribed minimums which are pledged

23  for the purpose of this section.

24         (5)(a)  Each university foundation and New College

25  Foundation shall establish a challenge grant account for each

26  challenge grant as a depository for private contributions and

27  state matching funds to be administered on behalf of the State

28  Board of Education, the university, or New College. State

29  matching funds must be transferred to a university foundation

30  or New College Foundation upon notification that the

31  university or New College has received and deposited the


                                 1285

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  amount specified in this section in a foundation challenge

  2  grant account.

  3         (b)  The foundation serving a university and New

  4  College Foundation each has the responsibility for the

  5  maintenance and investment of its challenge grant account and

  6  for the administration of the program on behalf of the

  7  university or New College, pursuant to procedures specified by

  8  the State Board of Education. Each foundation shall include in

  9  its annual report to the State Board of Education information

10  concerning collection and investment of matching gifts and

11  donations and investment of the account.

12         (c)  A donation of at least $600,000 and associated

13  state matching funds may be used to designate an Eminent

14  Scholar Endowed Chair pursuant to procedures specified by the

15  State Board of Education.

16         (6)  The donations, state matching funds, or proceeds

17  from endowments established under this section may not be

18  expended for the construction, renovation, or maintenance of

19  facilities or for the support of intercollegiate athletics.

20         Section 688.  Chapter 1012, Florida Statutes, shall be

21  entitled "Personnel" and shall consist of ss.

22  1012.01-1012.992.

23         Section 689.  Part I of chapter 1012, Florida Statutes,

24  shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall consist of s.

25  1012.01.

26         Section 690.  Section 1012.01, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1012.01  K-12 definitions.--Specific definitions shall

29  be as follows, and wherever such defined words or terms are

30  used in the Florida K-20 Education Code, they shall be used as

31  follows:


                                 1286

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  SCHOOL OFFICERS.--The officers of the state system

  2  of public education shall be the Commissioner of Education and

  3  the members of the State Board of Education; and, for each

  4  district school system, the officers shall be the district

  5  school superintendent and members of the district school

  6  board.

  7         (2)  INSTRUCTIONAL PERSONNEL.--"Instructional

  8  personnel" means any staff member whose function includes the

  9  provision of direct instructional services to students.

10  Instructional personnel also includes personnel whose

11  functions provide direct support in the learning process of

12  students. Included in the classification of instructional

13  personnel are:

14         (a)  Classroom teachers.--Classroom teachers are staff

15  members assigned the professional activity of instructing

16  students in courses in classroom situations, including basic

17  instruction, exceptional student education, career and

18  technical education, and adult education, including substitute

19  teachers.

20         (b)  Student personnel services.--Student personnel

21  services include staff members responsible for: advising

22  students with regard to their abilities and aptitudes,

23  educational and occupational opportunities, and personal and

24  social adjustments; providing placement services; performing

25  educational evaluations; and similar functions. Included in

26  this classification are guidance counselors, social workers,

27  occupational/placement specialists, and school psychologists.

28         (c)  Librarians/media specialists.--Librarians/media

29  specialists are staff members responsible for providing school

30  library media services. These employees are responsible for

31  evaluating, selecting, organizing, and managing media and


                                 1287

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  technology resources, equipment, and related systems;

  2  facilitating access to information resources beyond the

  3  school; working with teachers to make resources available in

  4  the instructional programs; assisting teachers and students in

  5  media productions; and instructing students in the location

  6  and use of information resources.

  7         (d)  Other instructional staff.--Other instructional

  8  staff are staff members who are part of the instructional

  9  staff but are not classified in one of the categories

10  specified in paragraphs (a)-(c). Included in this

11  classification are primary specialists, learning resource

12  specialists, instructional trainers, adjunct educators

13  certified pursuant to s. 1012.57, and similar positions.

14         (e)  Education paraprofessionals.--Education

15  paraprofessionals are individuals who are under the direct

16  supervision of an instructional staff member, aiding the

17  instructional process. Included in this classification are

18  classroom paraprofessionals in regular instruction,

19  exceptional education paraprofessionals, career education

20  paraprofessionals, adult education paraprofessionals, library

21  paraprofessionals, physical education and playground

22  paraprofessionals, and other school-level paraprofessionals.

23         (3)  ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL.--"Administrative

24  personnel" includes personnel who perform management

25  activities such as developing broad policies for the school

26  district and executing those policies through the direction of

27  personnel at all levels within the district. Administrative

28  personnel are generally high-level, responsible personnel who

29  have been assigned the responsibilities of systemwide or

30  schoolwide functions, such as district school superintendents,

31  assistant superintendents, deputy superintendents, school


                                 1288

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  principals, assistant principals, technical center directors,

  2  and others who perform management activities. Broad

  3  classifications of administrative personnel are as follows:

  4         (a)  District-based instructional

  5  administrators.--Included in this classification are persons

  6  with district-level administrative or policymaking duties who

  7  have broad authority for management policies and general

  8  school district operations related to the instructional

  9  program. Such personnel often report directly to the district

10  school superintendent and supervise other administrative

11  employees. This classification includes assistant, associate,

12  or deputy superintendents and directors of major instructional

13  areas, such as curriculum, federal programs such as Title I,

14  specialized instructional program areas such as exceptional

15  student education, career and technical education, and similar

16  areas.

17         (b)  District-based noninstructional

18  administrators.--Included in this classification are persons

19  with district-level administrative or policymaking duties who

20  have broad authority for management policies and general

21  school district operations related to the noninstructional

22  program. Such personnel often report directly to the district

23  school superintendent and supervise other administrative

24  employees. This classification includes assistant, associate,

25  or deputy superintendents and directors of major

26  noninstructional areas, such as personnel, construction,

27  facilities, transportation, data processing, and finance.

28         (c)  School administrators.--Included in this

29  classification are:

30         1.  School principals or school directors who are staff

31  members performing the assigned activities as the


                                 1289

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  administrative head of a school and to whom have been

  2  delegated responsibility for the coordination and

  3  administrative direction of the instructional and

  4  noninstructional activities of the school. This classification

  5  also includes technical center directors.

  6         2.  Assistant principals who are staff members

  7  assisting the administrative head of the school. This

  8  classification also includes assistant principals for

  9  curriculum and administration.

10         (4)  YEAR OF SERVICE.--The minimum time which may be

11  recognized in administering the state program of education,

12  not including retirement, as a year of service by a school

13  employee shall be full-time actual service; and, beginning

14  July 1963, such service shall also include sick leave and

15  holidays for which compensation was received but shall exclude

16  all other types of leave and holidays for a total of more than

17  one-half of the number of days required for the normal

18  contractual period of service for the position held, which

19  shall be 196 days or longer, or the minimum required for the

20  district to participate in the Florida Education Finance

21  Program in the year service was rendered, or the equivalent

22  for service performed on a daily or hourly basis; provided,

23  further, that absence from duty after the date of beginning

24  service shall be covered by leave duly authorized and granted;

25  further, the school board shall have authority to establish a

26  different minimum for local district school purposes.

27         (5)  SCHOOL VOLUNTEER.--A school volunteer is any

28  nonpaid person who may be appointed by a district school board

29  or its designee. School volunteers may include, but may not be

30  limited to, parents, senior citizens, students, and others who

31  assist the teacher or other members of the school staff.


                                 1290

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  EDUCATIONAL SUPPORT EMPLOYEES.--"Educational

  2  support employees" means employees whose job functions are

  3  neither administrative nor instructional, yet whose work

  4  supports the educational process.

  5         (a)  Other professional staff or

  6  nonadministrative/noninstructional employees are staff members

  7  who perform professional job functions which are

  8  nonadministrative/noninstructional in nature and who are not

  9  otherwise classified in this section. Included in this

10  classification are employees such as doctors, nurses,

11  attorneys, certified public accountants, and others

12  appropriate to the classification.

13         (b)  Technicians are individuals whose occupations

14  require a combination of knowledge and manual skill which can

15  be obtained through about 2 years of post-high school

16  education, such as is offered in many technical institutes and

17  community colleges, or through equivalent on-the-job training.

18         (c)  Clerical/secretarial workers are individuals whose

19  job requires skills and training in clerical-type work,

20  including activities such as preparing, transcribing,

21  systematizing, or preserving written communications and

22  reports or operating equipment performing those functions.

23  Included in this classification are secretaries, bookkeepers,

24  messengers, and office machine operators.

25         (d)  Skilled crafts workers are individuals who perform

26  jobs which require special manual skill and a thorough and

27  comprehensive knowledge of the processes involved in the work

28  which is acquired through on-the-job training and experience

29  or through apprenticeship or other formal training programs.

30  Lead workers for the various skilled crafts areas shall be

31  included in this classification.


                                 1291

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Service workers are staff members performing a

  2  service for which there are no formal qualifications,

  3  including those responsible for: cleaning the buildings,

  4  school plants, or supporting facilities; maintenance and

  5  operation of such equipment as heating and ventilation

  6  systems; preserving the security of school property; and

  7  keeping the school plant safe for occupancy and use. Lead

  8  workers in the various service areas shall be included in this

  9  broad classification.

10         (7)  MANAGERS.--"Managers" includes those staff members

11  who perform managerial and supervisory functions while usually

12  also performing general operations functions. Managers may be

13  either instructional or noninstructional in their

14  responsibility. They may direct employees' work, plan the work

15  schedule, control the flow and distribution of work or

16  materials, train employees, handle complaints, authorize

17  payments, and appraise productivity and efficiency of

18  employees. This classification includes coordinators and

19  supervisors working under the general direction of those staff

20  identified as district-based instructional or noninstructional

21  administrators.

22         Section 691.  Part II of chapter 1012, Florida

23  Statutes, shall be entitled "K-20 Personnel Issues" and shall

24  consist of ss. 1012.05-1012.07.

25         Section 692.  Section 1012.05, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1012.05  Teacher recruitment and retention.--

28         (1)  The Department of Education, in cooperation with

29  teacher organizations, district personnel offices, and

30  schools, colleges, and departments of education in public and

31  


                                 1292

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions, shall

  2  concentrate on the recruitment of qualified teachers.

  3         (2)  The Department of Education shall:

  4         (a)  Develop and implement a system for posting

  5  teaching vacancies and establish a database of teacher

  6  applicants that is accessible within and outside the state.

  7         (b)  Advertise in major newspapers, national

  8  professional publications, and other professional publications

  9  and in schools of education.

10         (c)  Utilize state and nationwide toll-free numbers.

11         (d)  Conduct periodic communications with district

12  personnel directors regarding applicants.

13         (e)  Provide district access to the applicant database

14  by computer or telephone.

15         (f)  Develop and distribute promotional materials

16  related to teaching as a career.

17         (g)  Publish and distribute information pertaining to

18  employment opportunities, application procedures, teacher

19  certification, and teacher salaries.

20         (h)  Provide information related to certification

21  procedures.

22         (i)  Develop and sponsor the Florida Future Educator of

23  America Program throughout the state.

24         (j)  Develop, in consultation with school district

25  staff including, but not limited to, district school

26  superintendents, district school board members, and district

27  human resources personnel, a long-range plan for educator

28  recruitment and retention.

29         (k)  Identify best practices for retaining high-quality

30  teachers.

31  


                                 1293

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (l)  Develop, in consultation with Workforce Florida,

  2  Inc., and the Agency for Workforce Innovation, created

  3  pursuant to ss. 445.004 and 20.50, respectively, a plan for

  4  accessing and identifying available resources in the state's

  5  workforce system for the purpose of enhancing teacher

  6  recruitment and retention.

  7         (3)  The Department of Education, in cooperation with

  8  district personnel offices, shall sponsor a job fair in a

  9  central part of the state to match in-state educators and

10  out-of-state educators with teaching opportunities in this

11  state.

12         Section 693.  Section 1012.06, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1012.06  Temporary assignment of professional staff

15  among K-20 system.--To facilitate economical and effective use

16  of professional staff, school districts, public postsecondary

17  educational institutions, and the Department of Education may

18  enter into written agreements assigning employees among

19  themselves.  The purpose of the temporary assignment is to

20  bring staff together within the state system of education,

21  notwithstanding their current places of assignment or agencies

22  of employment, who possess specific or unique knowledge or

23  experience especially suited to solving specific problems,

24  developing new programs, or providing technical assistance on

25  specific tasks or programs.

26         (1)  A person may be temporarily assigned for whatever

27  period of time is required for a specific task; however, no

28  assignment may be for a period of more than 2 years.

29         (2)  A person on temporary assignment shall be

30  considered on temporary assignment duty to regular work

31  assignments of the sending agency; shall be entitled to all


                                 1294

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  benefits to which the person would otherwise be entitled,

  2  including compensation for injury or disability; shall receive

  3  the same salary and benefits as at the person's regular

  4  assignment; and shall remain an employee of the permanent

  5  employer for all purposes, except that the person shall be

  6  supervised by the agency to which assigned. Payment of such

  7  salary and benefits may be made by either agency as provided

  8  in the assignment agreement.

  9         (3)  Travel and per diem expenses incurred while a

10  person is on temporary assignment shall be paid by the agency

11  to which the person is assigned.  Round-trip travel and moving

12  expenses from the person's permanent location to the temporary

13  assignment may be paid by either agency, as provided in the

14  assignment agreement, for any assignment in excess of 3

15  months. Notwithstanding s. 112.061 to the contrary, a person

16  may be paid per diem expenses for any temporary assignment of

17  3 months or less.

18         Section 694.  Section 1012.07, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1012.07  Identification of critical teacher shortage

21  areas.--

22         (1)  As used in ss. 1009.57, 1009.58, and 1009.59, the

23  term "critical teacher shortage area" applies to mathematics,

24  science, career education, and high priority location areas.

25  The State Board of Education may identify career education

26  programs having critical teacher shortages. The State Board of

27  Education shall adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and

28  120.54, necessary to annually identify other critical teacher

29  shortage areas and high priority location areas. The state

30  board shall also consider teacher characteristics such as

31  ethnic background, race, and sex in determining critical


                                 1295

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  teacher shortage areas. School grade levels may also be

  2  designated critical teacher shortage areas. Individual

  3  district school boards may identify other critical teacher

  4  shortage areas. Such shortages must be certified to and

  5  approved by the State Board of Education. High priority

  6  location areas shall be in high-density, low-economic urban

  7  schools and low-density, low-economic rural schools and shall

  8  include schools which meet criteria which include, but are not

  9  limited to, the percentage of free lunches, the percentage of

10  students under Chapter I of the Education Consolidation and

11  Improvement Act of 1981, and the faculty attrition rate.

12         (2)  This section shall be implemented only to the

13  extent as specifically funded and authorized by law.

14         Section 695.  Part III of chapter 1012, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "Public Schools; Personnel" and

16  shall consist of ss. 1012.21-1012.798.

17         Section 696.  Part III.a. of chapter 1012, Florida

18  Statutes, shall be entitled "Department of Education, District

19  School Board, District School Superintendent, and School

20  Principal Duties; Public School Personnel" and shall consist

21  of ss. 1012.21-1012.28.

22         Section 697.  Section 1012.21, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1012.21  Department of Education duties; K-12

25  personnel.--

26         (1)  PERIODIC CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD CHECKS.--In

27  cooperation with the Florida Department of Law Enforcement,

28  the Department of Education may periodically perform criminal

29  history record checks on individuals who hold a certificate

30  pursuant to s. 1012.56 or s. 1012.57.

31  


                                 1296

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  COMPUTER DATABASE OF CERTAIN PERSONS WHOSE

  2  EMPLOYMENT WAS TERMINATED.--

  3         (a)  The Department of Education shall establish a

  4  computer database containing the names of persons whose

  5  employment is terminated under s. 1012.33(1)(a) or (4)(c),

  6  which information shall be available to the district school

  7  superintendents and their designees.

  8         (b)  Each district school superintendent shall report

  9  to the Department of Education the name of any person

10  terminated under s. 1012.33(1)(a) or (4)(c) within 10 working

11  days after the date of final action by the district school

12  board on the termination, and the department shall immediately

13  enter the information in the computer records.

14         (3)  SUSPENSION OR DENIAL OF TEACHING CERTIFICATE DUE

15  TO CHILD SUPPORT DELINQUENCY.--The Department of Education

16  shall allow applicants for new or renewal certificates and

17  renewal certificateholders to be screened by the Title IV-D

18  child support agency pursuant to s. 409.2598 to assure

19  compliance with an obligation for support, as defined in s.

20  409.2554.  The purpose of this section is to promote the

21  public policy of this state as established in s. 409.2551.

22  The department shall, when directed by the court, deny the

23  application of any applicant found to have a delinquent

24  support obligation. The department shall issue or reinstate

25  the certificate without additional charge to the

26  certificateholder when notified by the court that the

27  certificateholder has complied with the terms of the court

28  order.  The department shall not be held liable for any

29  certificate denial or suspension resulting from the discharge

30  of its duties under this section.

31  


                                 1297

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  CONFERENCES OF PUBLIC SCHOOL PERSONNEL.--As a

  2  means of stimulating the professional improvement of personnel

  3  in service, the Department of Education may call conferences

  4  of personnel of the public schools on matters relating solely

  5  to education, which conferences, if held on a school day

  6  within the period of time covered by a contract, shall be

  7  attended with pay by all who may be designated in the call of

  8  the Department of Education, provided that the call of the

  9  Department of Education may indicate that attendance is

10  optional, and that in any case of those absent from their

11  usual duties during the time of the conference, only those

12  actually in attendance at the conference shall be entitled to

13  pay for time covered by the conference.

14         (5)  SCHOOL-RELATED EMPLOYEE OF THE YEAR PROGRAM.--The

15  Department of Education shall, by rule, provide for a

16  School-Related Employee of the Year Program.  In addition to

17  any other provision, the department shall include in such

18  rules that:

19         (a)  The program shall apply to school-related

20  employees.

21         (b)  The program shall be modeled after the Teacher of

22  the Year Program.

23         (c)  One school-related employee of the year shall be

24  nominated by each district school board in the state.

25         (d)  A selection process shall be instituted to select

26  the school-related employee of the year so that the top five

27  finalists receive awards under the program.

28         Section 698.  Effective upon this act becoming a law,

29  section 1012.22, Florida Statutes, is created to read:

30         1012.22  Public school personnel; powers and duties of

31  the district school board.--The district school board shall:


                                 1298

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Designate positions to be filled, prescribe

  2  qualifications for those positions, and provide for the

  3  appointment, compensation, promotion, suspension, and

  4  dismissal of employees as follows, subject to the requirements

  5  of this chapter:

  6         (a)  Positions, qualifications, and appointments.--

  7         1.  The district school board shall act upon written

  8  recommendations submitted by the district school

  9  superintendent for positions to be filled, for minimum

10  qualifications for personnel for the various positions, and

11  for the persons nominated to fill such positions.

12         2.  The district school board may reject for good cause

13  any employee nominated.

14         3.  If the third nomination by the district school

15  superintendent for any position is rejected for good cause, if

16  the district school superintendent fails to submit a

17  nomination for initial employment within a reasonable time as

18  prescribed by the district school board, or if the district

19  school superintendent fails to submit a nomination for

20  reemployment within the time prescribed by law, the district

21  school board may proceed on its own motion to fill such

22  position.

23         4.  The district school board's decision to reject a

24  person's nomination does not give that person a right of

25  action to sue over the rejection and may not be used as a

26  cause of action by the nominated employee.

27         (b)  Time to act on nominations.--The district school

28  board shall act not later than 3 weeks after the end of the

29  regular legislative session or May 31, whichever is later, on

30  the district school superintendent's nominations of

31  


                                 1299

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  supervisors, principals, and members of the instructional

  2  staff.

  3         (c)  Compensation and salary schedules.--

  4         1.  The district school board shall adopt a salary

  5  schedule or salary schedules designed to furnish incentives

  6  for improvement in training and for continued efficient

  7  service to be used as a basis for paying all school employees

  8  and fix and authorize the compensation of school employees on

  9  the basis thereof.

10         2.  A district school board, in determining the salary

11  schedule for instructional personnel, must base a portion of

12  each employee's compensation on performance demonstrated under

13  s. 1012.34, must consider the prior teaching experience of a

14  person who has been designated state teacher of the year by

15  any state in the United States, and must consider prior

16  professional experience in the field of education gained in

17  positions in addition to district level instructional and

18  administrative positions.

19         3.  In developing the salary schedule, the district

20  school board shall seek input from parents, teachers, and

21  representatives of the business community.

22         4.  By June 30, 2002, the adopted district school board

23  budget must include a reserve to fully fund an additional 5

24  percent supplement for school administrators and instructional

25  personnel. The district's performance-pay policy is subject to

26  negotiation as provided in chapter 447; however, the adopted

27  salary schedule must allow school administrators and

28  instructional personnel who demonstrate outstanding

29  performance, as measured under s. 1012.34, to earn a 5 percent

30  supplement in addition to their individual, negotiated salary.

31  The supplements shall be funded from the reserve funds adopted


                                 1300

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in the salary schedule. The Commissioner of Education shall

  2  determine whether the district school board's adopted salary

  3  schedule complies with the requirement for performance-based

  4  pay. If the district school board fails to comply with this

  5  section, the commissioner shall withhold disbursements from

  6  the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund to the district until

  7  compliance is verified.

  8         (d)  Contracts and terms of service.--The district

  9  school board shall provide written contracts for all regular

10  members of the instructional staff.

11         (e)  Transfer and promotion.--The district school board

12  shall act on recommendations of the district school

13  superintendent regarding transfer and promotion of any

14  employee.

15         (f)  Suspension, dismissal, and return to annual

16  contract status.--The district school board shall suspend,

17  dismiss, or return to annual contract members of the

18  instructional staff and other school employees; however, no

19  administrative assistant, supervisor, principal, teacher, or

20  other member of the instructional staff may be discharged,

21  removed, or returned to annual contract except as provided in

22  this chapter.

23         (g)  Awards and incentives.--The district school board

24  shall provide for recognition of district employees, students,

25  school volunteers, and advisory committee members who have

26  contributed outstanding and meritorious service in their

27  fields or service areas. After considering recommendations of

28  the district school superintendent, the district school board

29  shall adopt rules establishing and regulating the meritorious

30  service awards necessary for the efficient operation of the

31  program. An award or incentive granted under this paragraph


                                 1301

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may not be considered in determining the salary schedules

  2  required by paragraph (c). Monetary awards shall be limited to

  3  persons who propose procedures or ideas adopted by the board

  4  which will result in eliminating or reducing district school

  5  board expenditures or improving district or school center

  6  operations. Nonmonetary awards shall include, but are not

  7  limited to, certificates, plaques, medals, ribbons, and

  8  photographs. The district school board may expend funds for

  9  such recognition and awards. No award granted under this

10  paragraph shall exceed $2,000 or 10 percent of the first

11  year's gross savings, whichever is greater.

12         (h)  Planning and training time for teachers.--The

13  district school board may adopt rules to make provisions for

14  teachers to have time for lunch and some planning and training

15  time when they will not be directly responsible for the

16  children, provided that some adult supervision shall be

17  furnished for the students during such periods.

18         (i)  Comprehensive program of staff development.--The

19  district school board shall establish a comprehensive program

20  of staff development.

21         (2)  Adopt policies relating to personnel leave as

22  follows:

23         (a)  Annual leave.--The district school board may adopt

24  rules that provide for the earning of annual leave by

25  employees, including educational support employees, who are

26  employed for 12 calendar months a year.

27         (b)  Sick leave.--The district school board may adopt

28  rules relating to sick leave, in accordance with the

29  provisions of this chapter.

30         (c)  Illness-in-line-of-duty leave.--The district

31  school board may adopt rules relating to


                                 1302

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  illness-in-the-line-of-duty leave, in accordance with the

  2  provisions of this chapter.

  3         (d)  Sabbatical leave.--The district school board may

  4  adopt rules relating to sabbatical leave, in accordance with

  5  the provisions of this chapter.

  6         Section 699.  Section 1012.23, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1012.23  School district personnel policies.--Except as

  9  otherwise provided by law or the State Constitution, district

10  school boards may adopt rules governing personnel matters,

11  including the assignment of duties and responsibilities for

12  all district employees.

13         Section 700.  Section 1012.24, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1012.24  Employment and compensation of instructional

16  personnel during specific emergencies.--In the event of an

17  epidemic, strike, mass walkout, substantial numbers of teacher

18  resignations, or other urgent condition, a district school

19  board upon recommendation of the district school

20  superintendent may find and declare that an emergency exists

21  because there is not a sufficient number of certified teachers

22  to continue the normal operation of the schools within the

23  district.  In said event the district school board may upon

24  recommendation of the district school superintendent employ,

25  contract with, and compensate for instructional services

26  rendered any person who shall be deemed qualified by

27  regulations of the district school board.  In such event, a

28  state certificate to teach shall not be required for such

29  employment, contract, or compensation.

30         Section 701.  Section 1012.25, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1303

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1012.25  School officers to turn over money and

  2  property to successors.--Every school officer shall turn over

  3  to his or her successor or successors in office, on retiring,

  4  all books, papers, documents, records, funds, money, and

  5  property of whatever kind which the officer may have acquired,

  6  received, and held by virtue of his or her office and shall

  7  take full receipt for them from his or her successor and shall

  8  make in correct form all reports required by the state. No

  9  school officer who receives any salary or compensation for his

10  or her services shall be entitled to be paid or compensated

11  for the last month served until the provisions of this section

12  have been fully observed.  Any person violating the provisions

13  of this section shall forfeit his or her compensation for the

14  last month served and commits a misdemeanor of the second

15  degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

16         Section 702.  Section 1012.26, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1012.26  Legal services for employees; reimbursement

19  for judgments in civil actions.--Each district school board

20  may provide legal services for officers and employees of the

21  school board who are charged with civil or criminal actions

22  arising out of and in the course of the performance of

23  assigned duties and responsibilities.  The district school

24  board shall provide for reimbursement of reasonable expenses

25  for legal services for officers and employees of school boards

26  who are charged with civil or criminal actions arising out of

27  and in the course of the performance of assigned duties and

28  responsibilities upon successful defense by the employee or

29  officer. However, in any case in which the officer or employee

30  pleads guilty or nolo contendere or is found guilty of any

31  such action, the officer or employee shall reimburse the


                                 1304

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district school board for any legal services which the school

  2  board may have supplied pursuant to this section.  A district

  3  school board may also reimburse an officer or employee of the

  4  school board for any judgment which may be entered against him

  5  or her in a civil action arising out of and in the course of

  6  the performance of his or her assigned duties and

  7  responsibilities.  Each expenditure by a district school board

  8  for legal defense of an officer or employee, or for

  9  reimbursement pursuant to this section, shall be made at a

10  public meeting with notice pursuant to s. 120.525(1). The

11  provision of such legal services or reimbursement under the

12  conditions described above is declared to be a district school

13  purpose for which district school funds may be expended.

14         Section 703.  Section 1012.27, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.27  Public school personnel; powers and duties of

17  district school superintendent.--The district school

18  superintendent shall be responsible, as required herein, for

19  directing the work of the personnel, subject to the

20  requirements of this chapter, and in addition the district

21  school superintendent shall have the following duties:

22         (1)  POSITIONS, QUALIFICATIONS, AND NOMINATIONS.--

23         (a)  Recommend to the district school board duties and

24  responsibilities which need to be performed and positions

25  which need to be filled to make possible the development of an

26  adequate school program in the district.

27         (b)  Recommend minimum qualifications of personnel for

28  these various positions, and nominate in writing persons to

29  fill such positions.

30  

31  


                                 1305

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The district school superintendent's recommendations for

  2  filling instructional positions at the school level must

  3  consider nominations received from school principals of the

  4  respective schools. Before transferring a teacher who holds a

  5  professional teaching certificate from one school to another,

  6  the district school superintendent shall consult with the

  7  principal of the receiving school and allow the principal to

  8  review the teacher's records and interview the teacher. If, in

  9  the judgment of the principal, students would not benefit from

10  the placement, an alternative placement may be sought.

11         (2)  COMPENSATION AND SALARY SCHEDULES.--Prepare and

12  recommend to the district school board for adoption a salary

13  schedule or salary schedules. The district school

14  superintendent must recommend a salary schedule for

15  instructional personnel which bases a portion of each

16  employee's compensation on performance demonstrated under s.

17  1012.34. In developing the recommended salary schedule, the

18  district school superintendent shall include input from

19  parents, teachers, and representatives of the business

20  community.

21         (3)  CONTRACTS AND TERMS OF SERVICE.--Recommend to the

22  district school board terms for contracting with employees and

23  prepare such contracts as are approved.

24         (4)  TRANSFER AND PROMOTIONS.--Recommend employees for

25  transfer and transfer any employee during any emergency and

26  report the transfer to the district school board at its next

27  regular meeting.

28         (5)  SUSPENSION AND DISMISSAL.--Suspend members of the

29  instructional staff and other school employees during

30  emergencies for a period extending to and including the day of

31  the next regular or special meeting of the district school


                                 1306

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board and notify the district school board immediately of such

  2  suspension. When authorized to do so, serve notice on the

  3  suspended member of the instructional staff of charges made

  4  against him or her and of the date of hearing. Recommend

  5  employees for dismissal under the terms prescribed herein.

  6         (6)  DIRECT WORK OF EMPLOYEES AND SUPERVISE

  7  INSTRUCTION.--Direct or arrange for the proper direction and

  8  improvement, under rules of the district school board, of the

  9  work of all members of the instructional staff and other

10  employees of the district school system, supervise or arrange

11  under rules of the district school board for the supervision

12  of instruction in the district, and take such steps as are

13  necessary to bring about continuous improvement.

14         Section 704.  Section 1012.28, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.28  Public school personnel; duties of school

17  principals.--

18         (1)  Public school principals shall supervise public

19  school personnel as the district school board determines

20  necessary.

21         (2)  The school principal is responsible for

22  recommending to the district school superintendent the

23  employment of instructional personnel to be assigned to the

24  school to which the principal is assigned.

25         (3)  Each school principal is responsible for the

26  performance of all personnel employed by the district school

27  board and assigned to the school to which the principal is

28  assigned. The school principal shall faithfully and

29  effectively apply the personnel assessment system approved by

30  the district school board pursuant to s. 1012.34.

31  


                                 1307

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  Each school principal shall assist the teachers

  2  within the school to use student assessment data, as measured

  3  by student learning gains pursuant to s. 1008.22, for

  4  self-evaluation.

  5         (5)  Each school principal shall perform such duties as

  6  may be assigned by the district school superintendent,

  7  pursuant to the rules of the district school board. Such rules

  8  shall include, but are not limited to, rules relating to

  9  administrative responsibility, instructional leadership in

10  implementing the Sunshine State Standards and the overall

11  educational program of the school to which the school

12  principal is assigned, submission of personnel recommendations

13  to the district school superintendent, administrative

14  responsibility for records and reports, administration of

15  corporal punishment, and student suspension.

16         (6)  A school principal who fails to comply with this

17  section shall be ineligible for any portion the performance

18  pay policy incentive under s. 1012.22(1)(c).

19         Section 705.  Part III.b. of chapter 1012, Florida

20  Statutes, shall be entitled "Personnel Files, Qualifications,

21  Contracts, Assessments for Public Schools" and shall consist

22  of ss. 1012.31-1012.34.

23         Section 706.  Section 1012.31, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1012.31  Personnel files.--Public school system

26  employee personnel files shall be maintained according to the

27  following provisions:

28         (1)(a)  Except for materials pertaining to work

29  performance or such other matters that may be cause for

30  discipline, suspension, or dismissal under laws of this state,

31  no derogatory materials relating to an employee's conduct,


                                 1308

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  service, character, or personality shall be placed in the

  2  personnel file of such employee.

  3         (b)  No anonymous letter or anonymous materials shall

  4  be placed in the personnel file.

  5         (2)(a)  Materials relating to work performance,

  6  discipline, suspension, or dismissal must be reduced to

  7  writing and signed by a person competent to know the facts or

  8  make the judgment.

  9         (b)1.  No such materials may be placed in a personnel

10  file unless they have been reduced to writing within 45 days,

11  exclusive of the summer vacation period, of the school system

12  administration becoming aware of the facts reflected in the

13  materials.

14         2.  Additional information related to such written

15  materials previously placed in the file may be appended to

16  such materials to clarify or amplify them as needed.

17         (c)  A copy of such materials to be added to an

18  employee's personnel file shall be provided to the employee

19  either:

20         1.  By certified mail, return receipt requested, to his

21  or her address of record; or

22         2.  By personal delivery. The employee's signature on a

23  copy of the materials to be filed shall be proof that such

24  materials were given to the employee, with the understanding

25  that such signature merely signifies receipt and does not

26  necessarily indicate agreement with its contents.

27         (d)  An employee has the right to answer in writing any

28  such materials in a personnel file on July 1, 1983, as well as

29  any such materials filed thereafter, and the answer shall be

30  attached to the file copy. An employee has the right to

31  request that the district school superintendent or the


                                 1309

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  superintendent's designee make an informal inquiry regarding

  2  material in the employee's personnel file which the employee

  3  believes to be false. The official who makes the inquiry shall

  4  append to the material a written report of his or her

  5  findings.

  6         (e)  Upon request, an employee, or any person

  7  designated in writing by the employee, shall be permitted to

  8  examine the personnel file of such employee.  The employee

  9  shall be permitted conveniently to reproduce any materials in

10  the file, at a cost no greater than the fees prescribed in s.

11  119.07(1).

12         (f)  The custodian of the record shall maintain a

13  record in the file of those persons reviewing the file each

14  time it is reviewed.

15         (3)(a)  Public school system employee personnel files

16  are subject to the provisions of s. 119.07(1), except as

17  follows:

18         1.  Any complaint and any material relating to the

19  investigation of a complaint against an employee shall be

20  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1)

21  until the conclusion of the preliminary investigation or until

22  such time as the preliminary investigation ceases to be

23  active.  If the preliminary investigation is concluded with

24  the finding that there is no probable cause to proceed further

25  and with no disciplinary action taken or charges filed, a

26  statement to that effect signed by the responsible

27  investigating official shall be attached to the complaint, and

28  the complaint and all such materials shall be open thereafter

29  to inspection pursuant to s. 119.07(1). If the preliminary

30  investigation is concluded with the finding that there is

31  probable cause to proceed further or with disciplinary action


                                 1310

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  taken or charges filed, the complaint and all such materials

  2  shall be open thereafter to inspection pursuant to s.

  3  119.07(1). If the preliminary investigation ceases to be

  4  active, the complaint and all such materials shall be open

  5  thereafter to inspection pursuant to s. 119.07(1). For the

  6  purpose of this subsection, a preliminary investigation shall

  7  be considered active as long as it is continuing with a

  8  reasonable, good faith anticipation that an administrative

  9  finding will be made in the foreseeable future. An

10  investigation shall be presumed to be inactive if no finding

11  relating to probable cause is made within 60 days after the

12  complaint is made.

13         2.  An employee evaluation prepared pursuant to s.

14  1012.56, s. 1012.34, or s. 1012.33 or rules adopted by the

15  State Board of Education or district school board under the

16  authority of those sections shall be confidential and exempt

17  from the provisions of s. 119.07(1) until the end of the

18  school year immediately following the school year in which the

19  evaluation was made. No evaluation prepared before July 1,

20  1983, shall be made public pursuant to this section.

21         3.  No material derogatory to an employee shall be open

22  to inspection until 10 days after the employee has been

23  notified pursuant to paragraph (2)(c).

24         4.  The payroll deduction records of an employee shall

25  be confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

26  119.07(1).

27         5.  Employee medical records, including psychiatric and

28  psychological records, shall be confidential and exempt from

29  the provisions of s. 119.07(1); however, at any hearing

30  relative to the competency or performance of an employee, the

31  


                                 1311

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  administrative law judge, hearing officer, or panel shall have

  2  access to such records.

  3         (b)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this

  4  subsection, all aspects of the personnel file of each employee

  5  shall be open to inspection at all times by district school

  6  board members, the district school superintendent, and the

  7  principal, or their respective designees, in the exercise of

  8  their respective duties.

  9         (c)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this

10  subsection, all aspects of the personnel file of each employee

11  shall be made available to law enforcement personnel in the

12  conduct of a lawful criminal investigation.

13         (4)  The term "personnel file," as used in this

14  section, means all records, information, data, or materials

15  maintained by a public school system, in any form or retrieval

16  system whatsoever, with respect to any of its employees, which

17  is uniquely applicable to that employee whether maintained in

18  one or more locations.

19         Section 707.  Section 1012.32, Florida Statutes, is

20  created to read:

21         1012.32  Qualifications of personnel.--

22         (1)  To be eligible for appointment in any position in

23  any district school system, a person shall be of good moral

24  character; shall have attained the age of 18 years, if he or

25  she is to be employed in an instructional capacity; and shall,

26  when required by law, hold a certificate or license issued

27  under rules of the State Board of Education or the Department

28  of Children and Family Services, except when employed pursuant

29  to s. 1012.55 or under the emergency provisions of s. 1012.24.

30  Previous residence in this state shall not be required in any

31  school of the state as a prerequisite for any person holding a


                                 1312

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  valid Florida certificate or license to serve in an

  2  instructional capacity.

  3         (2)(a)  Instructional and noninstructional personnel

  4  who are hired to fill positions requiring direct contact with

  5  students in any district school system or university lab

  6  school shall, upon employment, file a complete set of

  7  fingerprints taken by an authorized law enforcement officer or

  8  an employee of the school or district who is trained to take

  9  fingerprints. These fingerprints shall be submitted to the

10  Department of Law Enforcement for state processing and to the

11  Federal Bureau of Investigation for federal processing. The

12  new employees shall be on probationary status pending

13  fingerprint processing and determination of compliance with

14  standards of good moral character. Employees found through

15  fingerprint processing to have been convicted of a crime

16  involving moral turpitude shall not be employed in any

17  position requiring direct contact with students.  Probationary

18  employees terminated because of their criminal record shall

19  have the right to appeal such decisions. The cost of the

20  fingerprint processing may be borne by the district school

21  board or the employee.

22         (b)  Personnel who have been fingerprinted or screened

23  pursuant to this subsection and who have not been unemployed

24  for more than 90 days shall not be required to be

25  refingerprinted or rescreened in order to comply with the

26  requirements of this subsection.

27         Section 708.  Section 1012.33, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1012.33  Contracts with instructional staff,

30  supervisors, and school principals.--

31  


                                 1313

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)(a)  Each person employed as a member of the

  2  instructional staff in any district school system shall be

  3  properly certified pursuant to s. 1012.56 or s. 1012.57 or

  4  employed pursuant to s. 1012.39 and shall be entitled to and

  5  shall receive a written contract as specified in chapter 230.

  6  All such contracts, except continuing contracts as specified

  7  in subsection (4), shall contain provisions for dismissal

  8  during the term of the contract only for just cause. Just

  9  cause includes, but is not limited to, the following

10  instances, as defined by rule of the State Board of Education:

11  misconduct in office, incompetency, gross insubordination,

12  willful neglect of duty, or conviction of a crime involving

13  moral turpitude.

14         (b)  A supervisor or school principal shall be properly

15  certified and shall receive a written contract as specified in

16  chapter 1001. Such contract may be for an initial period not

17  to exceed 3 years, subject to annual review and renewal. The

18  first 97 days of an initial contract is a probationary period.

19  During the probationary period, the employee may be dismissed

20  without cause or may resign from the contractual position

21  without breach of contract. After the first 3 years, the

22  contract may be renewed for a period not to exceed 3 years and

23  shall contain provisions for dismissal during the term of the

24  contract only for just cause, in addition to such other

25  provisions as are prescribed by the district school board.

26         (2)  Any person so employed on the basis of a written

27  offer of a specific position by a duly authorized agent of the

28  district school board for a stated term of service at a

29  specified salary, and who accepted such offer by telegram or

30  letter or by signing the regular contract form, who violates

31  the terms of such contract or agreement by leaving his or her


                                 1314

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  position without first being released from his or her contract

  2  or agreement by the district school board of the district in

  3  which the person is employed shall be subject to the

  4  jurisdiction of the Education Practices Commission.  The

  5  district school board shall take official action on such

  6  violation and shall furnish a copy of its official minutes to

  7  the Commissioner of Education.

  8         (3)(a)  Each district school board shall provide a

  9  professional service contract as prescribed herein.  Each

10  member of the instructional staff who completed the following

11  requirements prior to July 1, 1984, shall be entitled to and

12  shall be issued a continuing contract in the form prescribed

13  by rules of the state board pursuant to s. 231.36, Florida

14  Statutes (1981). Each member of the instructional staff who

15  completes the following requirements on or after July 1, 1984,

16  shall be entitled to and shall be issued a professional

17  service contract in the form prescribed by rules of the state

18  board as provided herein:

19         1.  The member must hold a professional certificate as

20  prescribed by s. 1012.56 and rules of the State Board of

21  Education.

22         2.  The member must have completed 3 years of

23  probationary service in the district during a period not in

24  excess of 5 successive years, except for leave duly authorized

25  and granted.

26         3.  The member must have been recommended by the

27  district school superintendent for such contract and

28  reappointed by the district school board based on successful

29  performance of duties and demonstration of professional

30  competence.

31  


                                 1315

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  For any person newly employed as a member of the

  2  instructional staff after June 30, 1997, the initial annual

  3  contract shall include a 97-day probationary period during

  4  which time the employee's contract may be terminated without

  5  cause or the employee may resign without breach of contract.

  6         (b)  The professional service contract shall be

  7  effective at the beginning of the school fiscal year following

  8  the completion of all requirements therefor.

  9         (c)  The period of service provided herein may be

10  extended to 4 years when prescribed by the district school

11  board and agreed to in writing by the employee at the time of

12  reappointment.

13         (d)  A district school board may issue a continuing

14  contract prior to July 1, 1984, and may issue a professional

15  service contract subsequent to July 1, 1984, to any employee

16  who has previously held a professional service contract or

17  continuing contract in the same or another district within

18  this state.  Any employee who holds a continuing contract may,

19  but is not required to, exchange such continuing contract for

20  a professional service contract in the same district.

21         (e)  A professional service contract shall be renewed

22  each year unless the district school superintendent, after

23  receiving the recommendations required by s. 1012.34, charges

24  the employee with unsatisfactory performance and notifies the

25  employee of performance deficiencies as required by s.

26  1012.34. An employee who holds a professional service contract

27  on July 1, 1997, is subject to the procedures set forth in

28  paragraph (f) during the term of the existing professional

29  service contract. The employee is subject to the procedures

30  set forth in s. 1012.34(3)(d) upon the next renewal of the

31  professional service contract; however, if the employee is


                                 1316

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  notified of performance deficiencies before the next contract

  2  renewal date, the procedures of s. 1012.34(3)(d) do not apply

  3  until the procedures set forth in paragraph (f) have been

  4  exhausted and the professional service contract is

  5  subsequently renewed.

  6         (f)  The district school superintendent shall notify an

  7  employee who holds a professional service contract on July 1,

  8  1997, in writing, no later than 6 weeks prior to the end of

  9  the postschool conference period, of performance deficiencies

10  which may result in termination of employment, if not

11  corrected during the subsequent year of employment (which

12  shall be granted for an additional year in accordance with the

13  provisions in subsection (1)). Except as otherwise hereinafter

14  provided, this action shall not be subject to the provisions

15  of chapter 120, but the following procedures shall apply:

16         1.  On receiving notice of unsatisfactory performance,

17  the employee, on request, shall be accorded an opportunity to

18  meet with the district school superintendent, or his or her

19  designee, for an informal review of the determination of

20  unsatisfactory performance.

21         2.  An employee notified of unsatisfactory performance

22  may request an opportunity to be considered for a transfer to

23  another appropriate position, with a different supervising

24  administrator, for the subsequent year of employment. If the

25  request for the transfer is granted, the district school

26  superintendent shall annually report to the department the

27  total number of employees transferred pursuant to this

28  subparagraph, where they were transferred, and what, if any,

29  remediation was implemented to remediate the unsatisfactory

30  performance.

31  


                                 1317

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  During the subsequent year, the employee shall be

  2  provided assistance and inservice training opportunities to

  3  help correct the noted performance deficiencies.  The employee

  4  shall also be evaluated periodically so that he or she will be

  5  kept apprised of progress achieved.

  6         4.  Not later than 6 weeks prior to the close of the

  7  postschool conference period of the subsequent year, the

  8  district school superintendent, after receiving and reviewing

  9  the recommendation required by s. 1012.34, shall notify the

10  employee, in writing, whether the performance deficiencies

11  have been corrected. If so, a new professional service

12  contract shall be issued to the employee. If the performance

13  deficiencies have not been corrected, the district school

14  superintendent may notify the district school board and the

15  employee, in writing, that the employee shall not be issued a

16  new professional service contract; however, if the

17  recommendation of the district school superintendent is not to

18  issue a new professional service contract, and if the employee

19  wishes to contest such recommendation, the employee will have

20  15 days from receipt of the district school superintendent's

21  recommendation to demand, in writing, a hearing. In such

22  hearing, the employee may raise as an issue, among other

23  things, the sufficiency of the district school

24  superintendent's charges of unsatisfactory performance. Such

25  hearing shall be conducted at the district school board's

26  election in accordance with one of the following procedures:

27         a.  A direct hearing conducted by the district school

28  board within 60 days of receipt of the written appeal. The

29  hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions

30  of ss. 120.569 and 120.57. A majority vote of the membership

31  of the district school board shall be required to sustain the


                                 1318

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district school superintendent's recommendation. The

  2  determination of the district school board shall be final as

  3  to the sufficiency or insufficiency of the grounds for

  4  termination of employment; or

  5         b.  A hearing conducted by an administrative law judge

  6  assigned by the Division of Administrative Hearings of the

  7  Department of Management Services. The hearing shall be

  8  conducted within 60 days of receipt of the written appeal in

  9  accordance with chapter 120. The recommendation of the

10  administrative law judge shall be made to the district school

11  board.  A majority vote of the membership of the district

12  school board shall be required to sustain or change the

13  administrative law judge's recommendation. The determination

14  of the district school board shall be final as to the

15  sufficiency or insufficiency of the grounds for termination of

16  employment.

17         (g)  Beginning July 1, 2001, for each employee who

18  enters into a written contract, pursuant to this section, in a

19  school district in which the employee was not employed as of

20  June 30, 2001, for purposes of pay, a district school board

21  must recognize and accept each year of full-time public school

22  and charter school teaching service earned in the State of

23  Florida or outside the state and for which the employee

24  received a satisfactory performance evaluation. Instructional

25  personnel employed pursuant to s. 121.091(9)(b)3. are exempt

26  from the provisions of this paragraph.

27         (4)(a)  An employee who had continuing contract status

28  prior to July 1, 1984, shall be entitled to retain such

29  contract and all rights arising therefrom as prescribed by

30  rules of the State Board of Education adopted pursuant to s.

31  


                                 1319

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  231.36, Florida Statutes (1981), unless the employee

  2  voluntarily relinquishes his or her continuing contract.

  3         (b)  Any member of the district administrative or

  4  supervisory staff and any member of the instructional staff,

  5  including any school principal, who is under continuing

  6  contract may be dismissed or may be returned to annual

  7  contract status for another 3 years in the discretion of the

  8  district school board, at the end of the school year, when a

  9  recommendation to that effect is submitted in writing to the

10  district school board on or before April 1 of any school year,

11  giving good and sufficient reasons therefor, by the district

12  school superintendent, by the school principal if his or her

13  contract is not under consideration, or by a majority of the

14  district school board. The employee whose contract is under

15  consideration shall be duly notified in writing by the party

16  or parties preferring the charges at least 5 days prior to the

17  filing of the written recommendation with the district school

18  board, and such notice shall include a copy of the charges and

19  the recommendation to the district school board. The district

20  school board shall proceed to take appropriate action. Any

21  decision adverse to the employee shall be made by a majority

22  vote of the full membership of the district school board. Any

23  such decision adverse to the employee may be appealed by the

24  employee pursuant to s. 120.68.

25         (c)  Any member of the district administrative or

26  supervisory staff and any member of the instructional staff,

27  including any school principal, who is under continuing

28  contract may be suspended or dismissed at any time during the

29  school year; however, the charges against him or her must be

30  based on immorality, misconduct in office, incompetency, gross

31  insubordination, willful neglect of duty, drunkenness, or


                                 1320

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, as these

  2  terms are defined by rule of the State Board of Education.

  3  Whenever such charges are made against any such employee of

  4  the district school board, the district school board may

  5  suspend such person without pay; but, if the charges are not

  6  sustained, he or she shall be immediately reinstated, and his

  7  or her back salary shall be paid. In cases of suspension by

  8  the district school board or by the district school

  9  superintendent, the district school board shall determine upon

10  the evidence submitted whether the charges have been sustained

11  and, if the charges are sustained, shall determine either to

12  dismiss the employee or fix the terms under which he or she

13  may be reinstated. If such charges are sustained by a majority

14  vote of the full membership of the district school board and

15  such employee is discharged, his or her contract of employment

16  shall be thereby canceled. Any such decision adverse to the

17  employee may be appealed by the employee pursuant to s.

18  120.68, provided such appeal is filed within 30 days after the

19  decision of the district school board.

20         (5)  Should a district school board have to choose from

21  among its personnel who are on continuing contracts or

22  professional service contracts as to which should be retained,

23  such decisions shall be made pursuant to the terms of a

24  collectively bargained agreement, when one exists. If no such

25  agreement exists, the district school board shall prescribe

26  rules to handle reductions in workforce.

27         (6)(a)  Any member of the instructional staff,

28  excluding an employee specified in subsection (4), may be

29  suspended or dismissed at any time during the term of the

30  contract for just cause as provided in paragraph (1)(a). The

31  district school board must notify the employee in writing


                                 1321

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  whenever charges are made against the employee and may suspend

  2  such person without pay; but, if the charges are not

  3  sustained, the employee shall be immediately reinstated, and

  4  his or her back salary shall be paid. If the employee wishes

  5  to contest the charges, the employee must, within 15 days

  6  after receipt of the written notice, submit a written request

  7  for a hearing. Such hearing shall be conducted at the district

  8  school board's election in accordance with one of the

  9  following procedures:

10         1.  A direct hearing conducted by the district school

11  board within 60 days after receipt of the written appeal. The

12  hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions

13  of ss. 120.569 and 120.57. A majority vote of the membership

14  of the district school board shall be required to sustain the

15  district school superintendent's recommendation. The

16  determination of the district school board shall be final as

17  to the sufficiency or insufficiency of the grounds for

18  termination of employment; or

19         2.  A hearing conducted by an administrative law judge

20  assigned by the Division of Administrative Hearings of the

21  Department of Management Services. The hearing shall be

22  conducted within 60 days after receipt of the written appeal

23  in accordance with chapter 120. The recommendation of the

24  administrative law judge shall be made to the district school

25  board. A majority vote of the membership of the district

26  school board shall be required to sustain or change the

27  administrative law judge's recommendation. The determination

28  of the district school board shall be final as to the

29  sufficiency or insufficiency of the grounds for termination of

30  employment.

31  


                                 1322

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Any such decision adverse to the employee may be appealed by

  2  the employee pursuant to s. 120.68, provided such appeal is

  3  filed within 30 days after the decision of the district school

  4  board.

  5         (b)  Any member of the district administrative or

  6  supervisory staff, including any principal but excluding an

  7  employee specified in subsection (4), may be suspended or

  8  dismissed at any time during the term of the contract;

  9  however, the charges against him or her must be based on

10  immorality, misconduct in office, incompetency, gross

11  insubordination, willful neglect of duty, drunkenness, or

12  conviction of any crime involving moral turpitude, as these

13  terms are defined by rule of the State Board of Education.

14  Whenever such charges are made against any such employee of

15  the district school board, the district school board may

16  suspend the employee without pay; but, if the charges are not

17  sustained, he or she shall be immediately reinstated, and his

18  or her back salary shall be paid. In cases of suspension by

19  the district school board or by the district school

20  superintendent, the district school board shall determine upon

21  the evidence submitted whether the charges have been sustained

22  and, if the charges are sustained, shall determine either to

23  dismiss the employee or fix the terms under which he or she

24  may be reinstated.  If such charges are sustained by a

25  majority vote of the full membership of the district school

26  board and such employee is discharged, his or her contract of

27  employment shall be thereby canceled. Any such decision

28  adverse to the employee may be appealed by him or her pursuant

29  to s. 120.68, provided such appeal is filed within 30 days

30  after the decision of the district school board.

31  


                                 1323

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  The district school board of any given district

  2  shall grant continuing service credit for time spent

  3  performing duties as a member of the Legislature to any

  4  district employee who possesses a professional service

  5  contract, multiyear contract, or continuing contract.

  6         (8)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any

  7  member who has retired may interrupt retirement and be

  8  reemployed in any public school. Any member so reemployed by

  9  the same district from which he or she retired may be employed

10  on a probationary contractual basis as provided in subsection

11  (1); however, no regular retirement employee shall be eligible

12  to renew membership under a retirement system created by

13  chapter 121 or chapter 238.

14         Section 709.  Section 1012.34, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.34  Assessment procedures and criteria.--

17         (1)  For the purpose of improving the quality of

18  instructional, administrative, and supervisory services in the

19  public schools of the state, the district school

20  superintendent shall establish procedures for assessing the

21  performance of duties and responsibilities of all

22  instructional, administrative, and supervisory personnel

23  employed by the school district. The Department of Education

24  must approve each district's instructional personnel

25  assessment system.

26         (2)  The following conditions must be considered in the

27  design of the district's instructional personnel assessment

28  system:

29         (a)  The system must be designed to support district

30  and school level improvement plans.

31  


                                 1324

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The system must provide appropriate instruments,

  2  procedures, and criteria for continuous quality improvement of

  3  the professional skills of instructional personnel.

  4         (c)  The system must include a mechanism to give

  5  parents an opportunity to provide input into employee

  6  performance assessments when appropriate.

  7         (d)  In addition to addressing generic teaching

  8  competencies, districts must determine those teaching fields

  9  for which special procedures and criteria will be developed.

10         (e)  Each district school board may establish a peer

11  assistance process. The plan may provide a mechanism for

12  assistance of persons who are placed on performance probation

13  as well as offer assistance to other employees who request it.

14         (f)  The district school board shall provide training

15  programs that are based upon guidelines provided by the

16  Department of Education to ensure that all individuals with

17  evaluation responsibilities understand the proper use of the

18  assessment criteria and procedures.

19         (3)  The assessment procedure for instructional

20  personnel and school administrators must be primarily based on

21  the performance of students assigned to their classrooms or

22  schools, as appropriate. The procedures must comply with, but

23  are not limited to, the following requirements:

24         (a)  An assessment must be conducted for each employee

25  at least once a year. The assessment must be based upon sound

26  educational principles and contemporary research in effective

27  educational practices. The assessment must primarily use data

28  and indicators of improvement in student performance assessed

29  annually as specified in s. 1008.22 and may consider results

30  of peer reviews in evaluating the employee's performance.

31  Student performance must be measured by state assessments


                                 1325

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required under s. 1008.22 and by local assessments for

  2  subjects and grade levels not measured by the state assessment

  3  program. The assessment criteria must include, but are not

  4  limited to, indicators that relate to the following:

  5         1.  Performance of students.

  6         2.  Ability to maintain appropriate discipline.

  7         3.  Knowledge of subject matter. The district school

  8  board shall make special provisions for evaluating teachers

  9  who are assigned to teach out-of-field.

10         4.  Ability to plan and deliver instruction, including

11  the use of technology in the classroom.

12         5.  Ability to evaluate instructional needs.

13         6.  Ability to establish and maintain a positive

14  collaborative relationship with students' families to increase

15  student achievement.

16         7.  Other professional competencies, responsibilities,

17  and requirements as established by rules of the State Board of

18  Education and policies of the district school board.

19         (b)  All personnel must be fully informed of the

20  criteria and procedures associated with the assessment process

21  before the assessment takes place.

22         (c)  The individual responsible for supervising the

23  employee must assess the employee's performance. The evaluator

24  must submit a written report of the assessment to the district

25  school superintendent for the purpose of reviewing the

26  employee's contract. The evaluator must submit the written

27  report to the employee no later than 10 days after the

28  assessment takes place. The evaluator must discuss the written

29  report of assessment with the employee. The employee shall

30  have the right to initiate a written response to the

31  


                                 1326

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assessment, and the response shall become a permanent

  2  attachment to his or her personnel file.

  3         (d)  If an employee is not performing his or her duties

  4  in a satisfactory manner, the evaluator shall notify the

  5  employee in writing of such determination. The notice must

  6  describe such unsatisfactory performance and include notice of

  7  the following procedural requirements:

  8         1.  Upon delivery of a notice of unsatisfactory

  9  performance, the evaluator must confer with the employee, make

10  recommendations with respect to specific areas of

11  unsatisfactory performance, and provide assistance in helping

12  to correct deficiencies within a prescribed period of time.

13         2.a.  If the employee holds a professional service

14  contract as provided in s. 1012.33, the employee shall be

15  placed on performance probation and governed by the provisions

16  of this section for 90 calendar days following the receipt of

17  the notice of unsatisfactory performance to demonstrate

18  corrective action. School holidays and school vacation periods

19  are not counted when calculating the 90-calendar-day period.

20  During the 90 calendar days, the employee who holds a

21  professional service contract must be evaluated periodically

22  and apprised of progress achieved and must be provided

23  assistance and inservice training opportunities to help

24  correct the noted performance deficiencies. At any time during

25  the 90 calendar days, the employee who holds a professional

26  service contract may request a transfer to another appropriate

27  position with a different supervising administrator; however,

28  a transfer does not extend the period for correcting

29  performance deficiencies.

30         b.  Within 14 days after the close of the 90 calendar

31  days, the evaluator must assess whether the performance


                                 1327

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  deficiencies have been corrected and forward a recommendation

  2  to the district school superintendent. Within 14 days after

  3  receiving the evaluator's recommendation, the district school

  4  superintendent must notify the employee who holds a

  5  professional service contract in writing whether the

  6  performance deficiencies have been satisfactorily corrected

  7  and whether the district school superintendent will recommend

  8  that the district school board continue or terminate his or

  9  her employment contract. If the employee wishes to contest the

10  district school superintendent's recommendation, the employee

11  must, within 15 days after receipt of the district school

12  superintendent's recommendation, submit a written request for

13  a hearing. The hearing shall be conducted at the district

14  school board's election in accordance with one of the

15  following procedures:

16         (I)  A direct hearing conducted by the district school

17  board within 60 days after receipt of the written appeal. The

18  hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions

19  of ss. 120.569 and 120.57. A majority vote of the membership

20  of the district school board shall be required to sustain the

21  district school superintendent's recommendation. The

22  determination of the district school board shall be final as

23  to the sufficiency or insufficiency of the grounds for

24  termination of employment; or

25         (II)  A hearing conducted by an administrative law

26  judge assigned by the Division of Administrative Hearings of

27  the Department of Management Services. The hearing shall be

28  conducted within 60 days after receipt of the written appeal

29  in accordance with chapter 120. The recommendation of the

30  administrative law judge shall be made to the district school

31  board. A majority vote of the membership of the district


                                 1328

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school board shall be required to sustain or change the

  2  administrative law judge's recommendation. The determination

  3  of the district school board shall be final as to the

  4  sufficiency or insufficiency of the grounds for termination of

  5  employment.

  6         (4)  The district school superintendent shall notify

  7  the department of any instructional personnel who receive two

  8  consecutive unsatisfactory evaluations and who have been given

  9  written notice by the district that their employment is being

10  terminated or is not being renewed or that the district school

11  board intends to terminate, or not renew, their employment.

12  The department shall conduct an investigation to determine

13  whether action shall be taken against the certificateholder

14  pursuant to s. 1012.795(1)(b).

15         (5)  The district school superintendent shall develop a

16  mechanism for evaluating the effective use of assessment

17  criteria and evaluation procedures by administrators who are

18  assigned responsibility for evaluating the performance of

19  instructional personnel. The use of the assessment and

20  evaluation procedures shall be considered as part of the

21  annual assessment of the administrator's performance. The

22  system must include a mechanism to give parents and teachers

23  an opportunity to provide input into the administrator's

24  performance assessment, when appropriate.

25         (6)  Nothing in this section shall be construed to

26  grant a probationary employee a right to continued employment

27  beyond the term of his or her contract.

28         (7)  The district school board shall establish a

29  procedure annually reviewing instructional personnel

30  assessment systems to determine compliance with this section.

31  All substantial revisions to an approved system must be


                                 1329

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reviewed and approved by the district school board before

  2  being used to assess instructional personnel.  Upon request by

  3  a school district, the department shall provide assistance in

  4  developing, improving, or reviewing an assessment system.

  5         (8)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

  6  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54, that establish uniform

  7  guidelines for the submission, review, and approval of

  8  district procedures for the annual assessment of instructional

  9  personnel and that include criteria for evaluating

10  professional performance.

11         Section 710.  Part III.c. of chapter 1012, Florida

12  Statutes, shall be entitled "Personnel, Instructional and

13  Noninstructional; Authorization; Requirements" and shall

14  consist of ss. 1012.35-1012.46.

15         Section 711.  Section 1012.35, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1012.35  Substitute teachers.--Each district school

18  board shall adopt rules prescribing the compensation of, and

19  the procedure for employment of, substitute teachers. Such

20  procedure for employment shall include, but is not limited to,

21  the filing of a complete set of fingerprints as required in s.

22  1012.32.

23         Section 712.  Section 1012.36, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1012.36  Part-time teachers.--

26         (1)  District school boards may hire certified and

27  qualified personnel as provided in ss. 1012.39 and 1012.57 to

28  teach a specified number of periods, which may be less than a

29  full school day or less than a full school year.

30         (2)  Assigned additional school duties and salaries

31  shall be given in direct ratio to the number of periods


                                 1330

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  taught. Other benefits shall be provided by district school

  2  board rule or, if applicable, pursuant to chapter 447.

  3         Section 713.  Section 1012.37, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1012.37  Education paraprofessionals.--A district

  6  school board may appoint education paraprofessionals to assist

  7  members of the instructional staff in carrying out their

  8  duties and responsibilities. An education paraprofessional

  9  shall not be required to hold a teaching certificate. An

10  education paraprofessional, while rendering services under the

11  supervision of a certified teacher, shall be accorded the same

12  protection of laws as that accorded the certified teacher.

13  Paid education paraprofessionals employed by a district school

14  board shall be entitled to the same rights as those accorded

15  noninstructional employees of the district school board.

16         Section 714.  Section 1012.38, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1012.38  Education paraprofessional career

19  development.--

20         (1)(a)  Each school district may adopt a program for

21  the career development of education paraprofessionals. The

22  purpose of the program is to provide to education

23  paraprofessionals a system of career development which is

24  based upon education and training advancement, and to furnish

25  economic incentives to encourage excellence among education

26  paraprofessionals.

27         (b)  The adoption of each program is subject to chapter

28  447, and the implementation of a program is contingent upon

29  the agreement and ratification of the program by both the

30  employer and employees under s. 447.309.

31  


                                 1331

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  A district education paraprofessional career

  2  development program must include voluntary participation by

  3  paraprofessionals in five career development levels.  The

  4  district school board shall adopt a procedure for verifying

  5  the competency levels of all persons who participate in the

  6  career development program and a procedure to determine the

  7  outcomes and results of the program and impact on student

  8  performance.

  9         (3)(a)  Level I.--To qualify for Level I, the person

10  must meet:

11         1.  The health requirement established for certified

12  personnel.

13         2.  The age requirements for certified personnel.

14         3.  The local school district requirements for

15  employment.

16         (b)  Level II.--To qualify for Level II, the person

17  must:

18         1.  Have earned a high school diploma or the

19  equivalent.

20         2.  Possess a clear understanding of state and district

21  rules and policies relevant to paraprofessionals.

22         3.  Possess knowledge of all state and district

23  instructional practices and policies relevant to

24  paraprofessionals.

25         4.  Have maintained satisfactory job performance of

26  appropriate skills and competencies for 1 year.

27         (c)  Level III.--To qualify for Level III, the person

28  must:

29         1.  Have completed 30 college semester hours or the

30  equivalent inservice hours.

31  


                                 1332

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Possess a clear understanding of state and district

  2  rules and policies relevant to paraprofessionals.

  3         3.  Possess knowledge of all state and district

  4  instructional practices and policies relevant to

  5  paraprofessionals.

  6         4.  Have maintained satisfactory job performance of

  7  appropriate skills and competencies for 2 years.

  8         (d)  Level IV.--To qualify for Level IV, the person

  9  must:

10         1.  Have completed 60 college semester hours or the

11  equivalent inservice hours.

12         2.  Possess a clear understanding of state and district

13  rules and policies relevant to paraprofessionals.

14         3.  Possess knowledge of all state and district

15  instructional practices and policies relevant to

16  paraprofessionals.

17         4.  Have maintained satisfactory job performance of

18  appropriate skills and competencies for 2 years.

19         (e)  Level V.--To qualify for Level V, the person must:

20         1.  Have completed coursework to earn a bachelor of

21  arts or bachelor of science degree from an accredited

22  institution pursuant to s. 1012.56(2)(c).

23         2.  Possess a clear understanding of state and district

24  rules and policies relevant to paraprofessionals.

25         3.  Possess knowledge of all state and district

26  instructional practices and policies relevant to

27  paraprofessionals.

28         4.  Have maintained satisfactory job performance of

29  appropriate skills and competencies for 2 years.

30         (4)  Paraprofessionals may not:

31         (a)  Establish instructional objectives;


                                 1333

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Make decisions regarding the relevancy of certain

  2  activities or procedures to the attainment of instructional

  3  objectives;

  4         (c)  Make decisions regarding the appropriateness of

  5  certain teaching materials for accomplishing instructional

  6  objectives; or

  7         (d)  Make judgments regarding the attainment of

  8  instructional objectives unless these judgments are based upon

  9  clear and objective criteria, such as specific achievement

10  standards on a true-false test.

11         Section 715.  Section 1012.39, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1012.39  Employment of substitute teachers, teachers of

14  adult education, nondegreed teachers of career education, and

15  career specialists; students performing clinical field

16  experience.--

17         (1)  Notwithstanding ss. 1012.32, 1012.55, 1012.56, and

18  1012.57, or any other provision of law or rule to the

19  contrary, each district school board shall establish the

20  minimal qualifications for:

21         (a)  Substitute teachers to be employed pursuant to s.

22  1012.35. The qualifications shall require the filing of a

23  complete set of fingerprints in the same manner as required by

24  s. 1012.32.

25         (b)  Part-time and full-time teachers in adult

26  education programs. The qualifications shall require the

27  filing of a complete set of fingerprints in the same manner as

28  required by s. 1012.32. Faculty employed solely to conduct

29  postsecondary instruction may be exempted from this

30  requirement.

31  


                                 1334

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Part-time and full-time nondegreed teachers of

  2  career and technical programs. Qualifications shall be

  3  established for agriculture, business, health occupations,

  4  family and consumer sciences, industrial, marketing, career

  5  specialist, and public service education teachers, based

  6  primarily on successful occupational experience rather than

  7  academic training. The qualifications for such teachers shall

  8  require:

  9         1.  The filing of a complete set of fingerprints in the

10  same manner as required by s. 1012.32. Faculty employed solely

11  to conduct postsecondary instruction may be exempted from this

12  requirement.

13         2.  Documentation of education and successful

14  occupational experience including documentation of:

15         a.  A high school diploma or the equivalent.

16         b.  Completion of 6 years of full-time successful

17  occupational experience or the equivalent of part-time

18  experience in the teaching specialization area. Alternate

19  means of determining successful occupational experience may be

20  established by the district school board.

21         c.  Completion of career education training conducted

22  through the local school district inservice master plan.

23         d.  For full-time teachers, completion of professional

24  education training in teaching methods, course construction,

25  lesson planning and evaluation, and teaching special needs

26  students. This training may be completed through coursework

27  from an accredited or approved institution or an approved

28  district teacher education program.

29         e.  Demonstration of successful teaching performance.

30         (2)  Substitute, adult education, and nondegreed career

31  education teachers who are employed pursuant to this section


                                 1335

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall have the same rights and protection of laws as certified

  2  teachers.

  3         (3)  A student who is enrolled in a state-approved

  4  teacher preparation program in a postsecondary educational

  5  institution that is approved by rules of the State Board of

  6  Education and who is jointly assigned by the postsecondary

  7  educational institution and a district school board to perform

  8  a clinical field experience under the direction of a regularly

  9  employed and certified educator shall, while serving such

10  supervised clinical field experience, be accorded the same

11  protection of law as that accorded to the certified educator

12  except for the right to bargain collectively as an employee of

13  the district school board.

14         Section 716.  Section 1012.40, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.40  Educational support employees.--

17         (1)  As used in this section:

18         (a)  "Educational support employee" means any person

19  employed by a district school system who is employed as a

20  teacher assistant, an education paraprofessional, a member of

21  the transportation department, a member of the operations

22  department, a member of the maintenance department, a member

23  of food service, a secretary, or a clerical employee, or any

24  other person who by virtue of his or her position of

25  employment is not required to be certified by the Department

26  of Education or district school board pursuant to s. 1012.39.

27  This section does not apply to persons employed in

28  confidential or management positions. This section applies to

29  all employees who are not temporary or casual and whose duties

30  require 20 or more hours in each normal working week.

31  


                                 1336

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  "Employee" means any person employed as an

  2  educational support employee.

  3         (2)(a)  Each educational support employee shall be

  4  employed on probationary status for a period to be determined

  5  through the appropriate collective bargaining agreement or by

  6  district school board rule in cases where a collective

  7  bargaining agreement does not exist.

  8         (b)  Upon successful completion of the probationary

  9  period by the employee, the employee's status shall continue

10  from year to year unless the district school superintendent

11  terminates the employee for reasons stated in the collective

12  bargaining agreement, or in district school board rule in

13  cases where a collective bargaining agreement does not exist,

14  or reduces the number of employees on a districtwide basis for

15  financial reasons.

16         (c)  In the event a district school superintendent

17  seeks termination of an employee, the district school board

18  may suspend the employee with or without pay. The employee

19  shall receive written notice and shall have the opportunity to

20  formally appeal the termination. The appeals process shall be

21  determined by the appropriate collective bargaining process or

22  by district school board rule in the event there is no

23  collective bargaining agreement.

24         Section 717.  Section 1012.41, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1012.41  Employment of directors of career and

27  technical education.--In order to receive state funding, each

28  district school board that employs at least 15 full-time

29  equivalent career and technical teachers must employ a

30  director of career and technical education who meets the

31  certification requirements established by the State Board of


                                 1337

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education. The directors shall be directly accountable to the

  2  district school superintendent, or his or her designee, for

  3  the planning and implementation of career and technical

  4  programs. Two or more district school boards may employ a

  5  single director.

  6         Section 718.  Section 1012.42, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1012.42  Teacher teaching out-of-field.--

  9         (1)  ASSISTANCE.--Each district school board shall

10  adopt and implement a plan to assist any teacher teaching

11  out-of-field, and priority consideration in professional

12  development activities shall be given to teachers who are

13  teaching out-of-field. The district school board shall require

14  that such teachers participate in a certification or staff

15  development program designed to provide the teacher with the

16  competencies required for the assigned duties. The

17  board-approved assistance plan must include duties of

18  administrative personnel and other instructional personnel to

19  provide students with instructional services. Each district

20  school board shall contact its regional workforce board,

21  created pursuant to s. 445.007, to identify resources that may

22  assist teachers who are teaching out-of-field and who are

23  pursuing certification.

24         (2)  NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.--When a teacher in a

25  district school system is assigned teaching duties in a class

26  dealing with subject matter that is outside the field in which

27  the teacher is certified, outside the field that was the

28  applicant's minor field of study, or outside the field in

29  which the applicant has demonstrated sufficient subject area

30  expertise, as determined by district school board policy in

31  


                                 1338

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the subject area to be taught, the parents of all students in

  2  the class shall be notified in writing of such assignment.

  3         Section 719.  Section 1012.43, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1012.43  Career and technical teachers.--

  6         (1)  Career and technical teachers and other teachers

  7  who qualify for certificates on the basis of nonacademic

  8  preparation shall be entitled to all the contractual rights

  9  and privileges now granted to other instructional personnel

10  holding equivalent certificates.

11         (2)  A holder of a certificate based on nonacademic

12  preparation which entitled him or her to employment to teach

13  classes in career and technical or adult education shall not

14  be assigned to teach in a regular academic field of the

15  kindergarten through grade 12 school program.

16         Section 720.  Section 1012.44, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1012.44  Qualifications for certain persons providing

19  speech-language services.--The State Board of Education shall

20  adopt rules for speech-language services to school districts

21  that qualify for the sparsity supplement as described in s.

22  1011.62(6). These services may be provided by baccalaureate

23  degree level persons for a period of 3 years. The rules shall

24  authorize the delivery of speech-language services by

25  baccalaureate degree level persons under the direction of a

26  certified speech-language pathologist with a master's degree

27  or higher. By October 1, 2003, these rules shall be reviewed

28  by the State Board of Education.

29         Section 721.  Section 1012.45, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31         1012.45  School bus drivers; requirements and duties.--


                                 1339

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Each school bus driver must be of good moral

  2  character, of good vision and hearing, able-bodied, free from

  3  communicable disease, mentally alert, and sufficiently strong

  4  physically to handle the bus with ease, and he or she must

  5  possess other qualifications prescribed by the Commissioner of

  6  Education, including those qualifications described in 49

  7  C.F.R. s. 391, relating to physical qualifications and

  8  examinations and 49 C.F.R. part 40 and part 382, relating to

  9  controlled substance and alcohol use and testing, and he or

10  she must hold a valid commercial driver's license with a

11  passenger endorsement.

12         (2)  Each school bus driver has the authority and

13  responsibility to control students during the time students

14  are on the school bus pursuant to s. 1006.10.

15         (3)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

16  outlining requirements that school bus drivers must meet

17  before they are employed by district school boards.

18         (4)  Each district school board may provide a school

19  bus driver training program and may make this program

20  available to private school bus drivers by contract.

21         Section 722.  Section 1012.46, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1012.46  Athletic trainers.--

24         (1)  School districts may establish and implement an

25  athletic injuries prevention and treatment program. Central to

26  this program should be the employment and availability of

27  persons trained in the prevention and treatment of physical

28  injuries which may occur during athletic activities. The

29  program should reflect opportunities for progressive

30  advancement and compensation in employment as provided in

31  subsection (2) and meet certain other minimum standards


                                 1340

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  developed by the Department of Education. The goal of the

  2  Legislature is to have school districts employ and have

  3  available a full-time teacher athletic trainer in each high

  4  school in the state.

  5         (2)  To the extent practicable, a school district

  6  program should include the following employment classification

  7  and advancement scheme:

  8         (a)  First responder.--To qualify as a first responder,

  9  a person must possess a professional, temporary, part-time,

10  adjunct, or substitute certificate pursuant to s. 1012.56, be

11  certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation, first aid, and

12  have 15 semester hours in courses such as care and prevention

13  of athletic injuries, anatomy, physiology, nutrition,

14  counseling, and other similar courses approved by the

15  Commissioner of Education.  This person may only administer

16  first aid and similar care.

17         (b)  Teacher athletic trainer.--To qualify as a teacher

18  athletic trainer, a person must possess a professional,

19  temporary, part-time, adjunct, or substitute certificate

20  pursuant to s. 1012.35, s. 1012.56 or s. 1012.57, and be

21  licensed as required by part XIII of chapter 468.

22         Section 723.  Part III.d. of chapter 1012, Florida

23  Statutes, shall be entitled "Educator Certification for Public

24  Schools; Renewal; Duties" and shall consist of ss.

25  1012.51-1012.595.

26         Section 724.  Section 1012.51, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1012.51  Legislative intent; declaration.--It is the

29  intent and purpose of the Legislature that the practice of

30  teaching in the public school system and its related services,

31  including administering and supervisory services, shall be


                                 1341

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  designated as professional services. Teaching is hereby

  2  declared to be a profession in Florida, with similar rights,

  3  responsibilities, and privileges accorded other legally

  4  recognized professions.

  5         Section 725.  Section 1012.52, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1012.52  Teacher quality; legislative findings.--

  8         (1)  The Legislature intends to implement a

  9  comprehensive approach to increase students' academic

10  achievement and improve teaching quality. The Legislature

11  recognizes that professional educators play an important role

12  in shaping the future of this state and the nation by

13  developing the knowledge and skills of our future workforce

14  and laying the foundation for good citizenship and full

15  participation in community and civic life. The Legislature

16  also recognizes its role in meeting the state's educational

17  priorities so as to provide opportunity for all students to

18  achieve at the levels set by the Sunshine State Standards.

19         (2)  The Legislature further finds that effective

20  educators are able to do the following:

21         (a)  Write and speak in a logical and understandable

22  style, using appropriate grammar and sentence structure, and

23  demonstrate a command of standard English, enunciation,

24  clarity of oral directions, and pace and precision in

25  speaking.

26         (b)  Read, comprehend, and interpret professional and

27  other written material.

28         (c)  Compute, think logically, and solve problems.

29         (d)  Recognize signs of students' difficulty with the

30  reading and computational process and apply appropriate

31  


                                 1342

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  measures to improve students' reading and computational

  2  performance.

  3         (e)  Recognize patterns of physical, social, emotional,

  4  and intellectual development in students, including

  5  exceptional students in the regular classroom.

  6         (f)  Recognize and demonstrate awareness of the

  7  educational needs of students who have limited proficiency in

  8  English and employ appropriate teaching strategies.

  9         (g)  Use and integrate appropriate technology in

10  teaching and learning processes and in managing, evaluating,

11  and improving instruction.

12         (h)  Use assessment and other diagnostic strategies to

13  assist the continuous development and acquisition of knowledge

14  and understanding of the learner.

15         (i)  Use teaching and learning strategies that include

16  consideration of each student's learning styles, needs, and

17  background.

18         (j)  Demonstrate the ability to maintain a positive,

19  collaborative relationship with students' families to increase

20  student achievement.

21         (k)  Recognize signs of tendency toward violence and

22  severe emotional distress in students and apply techniques of

23  crisis intervention.

24         (l)  Recognize signs of alcohol and drug abuse in

25  students and know how to appropriately work with such students

26  and seek assistance designed to prevent future abuse.

27         (m)  Recognize the physical and behavioral indicators

28  of child abuse and neglect and know rights and

29  responsibilities regarding reporting.

30  

31  


                                 1343

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (n)  Demonstrate the ability to maintain a positive

  2  environment in the classroom while achieving order and

  3  discipline.

  4         (o)  Demonstrate the ability to grade student

  5  performance effectively.

  6         (p)  Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

  7  value of, and strategies for, promoting parental involvement

  8  in education.

  9         Section 726.  Section 1012.53, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1012.53  Duties of instructional personnel.--

12         (1)  The primary duty of instructional personnel is to

13  work diligently and faithfully to help students meet or exceed

14  annual learning goals, to meet state and local achievement

15  requirements, and to master the skills required to graduate

16  from high school prepared for postsecondary education and

17  work. This duty applies to instructional personnel whether

18  they teach or function in a support role.

19         (2)  Members of the instructional staff of the public

20  schools shall perform duties prescribed by rules of the

21  district school board.  The rules shall include, but are not

22  limited to, rules relating to a teacher's duty to help

23  students master challenging standards and meet all state and

24  local requirements for achievement; teaching efficiently and

25  faithfully, using prescribed materials and methods, including

26  technology-based instruction; recordkeeping; and fulfilling

27  the terms of any contract, unless released from the contract

28  by the district school board.

29         Section 727.  Section 1012.54, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1344

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1012.54  Purpose of instructional personnel

  2  certification.--It is the intent of the Legislature that

  3  school personnel certified in this state possess the

  4  credentials, knowledge, and skills necessary to allow the

  5  opportunity for a high-quality education in the public

  6  schools. The purpose of school personnel certification is to

  7  protect the educational interests of students, parents, and

  8  the public at large by assuring that teachers in this state

  9  are professionally qualified. In fulfillment of its duty to

10  the citizens of this state, the Legislature has established

11  certification requirements to assure that educational

12  personnel in public schools possess appropriate skills in

13  reading, writing, and mathematics, and adequate pedagogical

14  knowledge, including the use of technology to enhance student

15  learning, and relevant subject matter competence so as to

16  demonstrate an acceptable level of professional performance.

17  Further, the Legislature has established a certificate renewal

18  process which promotes the continuing professional improvement

19  of school personnel, thereby enhancing public education in all

20  areas of the state.

21         Section 728.  Section 1012.55, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1012.55  Positions for which certificates required.--

24         (1)  The State Board of Education shall classify school

25  services, designate the certification subject areas, establish

26  competencies, including the use of technology to enhance

27  student learning, and certification requirements for all

28  school-based personnel, and adopt rules in accordance with

29  which the professional, temporary, and part-time certificates

30  shall be issued by the Department of Education to applicants

31  who meet the standards prescribed by such rules for their


                                 1345

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  class of service. Each person employed or occupying a position

  2  as school supervisor, school principal, teacher, library media

  3  specialist, school counselor, athletic coach, or other

  4  position in which the employee serves in an instructional

  5  capacity, in any public school of any district of this state

  6  shall hold the certificate required by law and by rules of the

  7  State Board of Education in fulfilling the requirements of the

  8  law for the type of service rendered. However, the state board

  9  shall adopt rules authorizing district school boards to employ

10  selected noncertificated personnel to provide instructional

11  services in the individuals' fields of specialty or to assist

12  instructional staff members as education paraprofessionals.

13         (2)  Each person who is employed and renders service as

14  an athletic coach in any public school in any district of this

15  state shall hold a valid temporary or professional certificate

16  or an athletic coaching certificate. The athletic coaching

17  certificate may be used for either part-time or full-time

18  positions. The provisions of this subsection do not apply to

19  any athletic coach who voluntarily renders service and who is

20  not employed by any public school district of this state.

21         (3)  Each person employed as a school nurse shall hold

22  a license to practice nursing in the state, and each person

23  employed as a school physician shall hold a license to

24  practice medicine in the state.

25         (4)  A commissioned or noncommissioned military officer

26  who is an instructor of junior reserve officer training shall

27  be exempt from requirements for teacher certification, except

28  for the filing of fingerprints pursuant to s. 1012.32, if he

29  or she meets the following qualifications:

30         (a)  Is retired from active military duty, pursuant to

31  chapter 102 of Title 10, U.S.C.


                                 1346

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Satisfies criteria established by the appropriate

  2  military service for certification by the service as a junior

  3  reserve officer training instructor.

  4         (c)  Has an exemplary military record.

  5  

  6  If such instructor is assigned instructional duties other than

  7  junior reserve officer training, he or she shall hold the

  8  certificate required by law and rules of the state board for

  9  the type of service rendered.

10         Section 729.  Effective July 1, 2002, section 1012.56,

11  Florida Statutes, is created to read:

12         1012.56  Educator certification requirements.--

13         (1)  APPLICATION.--Each person seeking certification

14  pursuant to this chapter shall submit a completed application

15  containing the applicant's social security number to the

16  Department of Education and remit the fee required pursuant to

17  s. 1012.59 and rules of the State Board of Education. Pursuant

18  to the federal Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity

19  Reconciliation Act of 1996, each party is required to provide

20  his or her social security number in accordance with this

21  section. Disclosure of social security numbers obtained

22  through this requirement shall be limited to the purpose of

23  administration of the Title IV-D program of the Social

24  Security Act for child support enforcement. Pursuant to s.

25  120.60, the department shall issue within 90 calendar days

26  after the stamped receipted date of the completed application:

27         (a)  A certificate covering the classification, level,

28  and area for which the applicant is deemed qualified; or

29         (b)  An official statement of status of eligibility.

30  The statement of status of eligibility must advise the

31  applicant of any qualifications that must be completed to


                                 1347

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  qualify for certification. Each statement of status of

  2  eligibility is valid for 2 years after its date of issuance,

  3  except as provided in paragraph (2)(d). A statement of status

  4  of eligibility may be reissued for one additional 2-year

  5  period if application is made while the initial statement of

  6  status of eligibility is valid or within 1 year after the

  7  initial statement expires, and if the certification subject

  8  area is authorized to be issued by the state board at the time

  9  the application requesting a reissued statement of status of

10  eligibility is received.

11         (2)  ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA.--To be eligible to seek

12  certification pursuant to this chapter, a person must:

13         (a)  Be at least 18 years of age.

14         (b)  File a written statement, under oath, that the

15  applicant subscribes to and will uphold the principles

16  incorporated in the Constitution of the United States and the

17  Constitution of the State of Florida.

18         (c)  Document receipt of a bachelor's or higher degree

19  from an accredited institution of higher learning, or a

20  nonaccredited institution of higher learning that the

21  Department of Education has identified as having a quality

22  program resulting in a bachelor's degree, or higher. Each

23  applicant seeking initial certification must have attained at

24  least a 2.5 overall grade point average on a 4.0 scale in the

25  applicant's major field of study. The applicant may document

26  the required education by submitting official transcripts from

27  institutions of higher education or by authorizing the direct

28  submission of such official transcripts through established

29  electronic network systems. The bachelor's or higher degree

30  may not be required in areas approved in rule by the State

31  Board of Education as nondegreed areas.


                                 1348

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Submit to a fingerprint check from the Department

  2  of Law Enforcement and the Federal Bureau of Investigation

  3  pursuant to s. 1012.32. If the fingerprint reports indicate a

  4  criminal history or if the applicant acknowledges a criminal

  5  history, the applicant's records shall be referred to the

  6  Bureau of Educator Standards for review and determination of

  7  eligibility for certification. If the applicant fails to

  8  provide the necessary documentation requested by the Bureau of

  9  Educator Standards within 90 days after the date of the

10  receipt of the certified mail request, the statement of

11  eligibility and pending application shall become invalid.

12         (e)  Be of good moral character.

13         (f)  Be competent and capable of performing the duties,

14  functions, and responsibilities of an educator.

15         (g)  Demonstrate mastery of general knowledge, pursuant

16  to subsection (3).

17         (h)  Demonstrate mastery of subject area knowledge,

18  pursuant to subsection (4).

19         (i)  Demonstrate mastery of professional preparation

20  and education competence, pursuant to subsection (5).

21         (3)  MASTERY OF GENERAL KNOWLEDGE.--Acceptable means of

22  demonstrating mastery of general knowledge are:

23         (a)  Achievement of passing scores on basic skills

24  examination required by state board rule;

25         (b)  Achievement of passing scores on the College Level

26  Academic Skills Test earned prior to July 1, 2002;

27         (c)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

28  another state that requires an examination of mastery of

29  general knowledge;

30  

31  


                                 1349

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

  2  another state and valid certificate issued by the National

  3  Board for Professional Teaching Standards; or

  4         (e)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

  5  another state and documentation of 2 years of continuous

  6  successful full-time teaching or administrative experience

  7  during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of

  8  application for certification.

  9         (4)  MASTERY OF SUBJECT AREA KNOWLEDGE.--Acceptable

10  means of demonstrating mastery of subject area knowledge are:

11         (a)  Achievement of passing scores on subject area

12  examinations required by state board rule;

13         (b)  Completion of the subject area specialization

14  requirements specified in state board rule and verification of

15  the attainment of the essential subject matter competencies by

16  the district school superintendent of the employing school

17  district or chief administrative officer of the employing

18  state-supported or private school for a subject area for which

19  a subject area examination has not been developed and required

20  by state board rule;

21         (c)  Completion of the graduate level subject area

22  specialization requirements specified in state board rule for

23  a subject coverage requiring a master's or higher degree and

24  achievement of a passing score on the subject area examination

25  specified in state board rule;

26         (d)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

27  another state that requires an examination of mastery of

28  subject area knowledge;

29         (e)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

30  another state and valid certificate issued by the National

31  Board for Professional Teaching Standards; or


                                 1350

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (f)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

  2  another state and documentation of 2 years of continuous

  3  successful full-time teaching or administrative experience

  4  during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of

  5  application for certification.

  6         (5)  MASTERY OF PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION AND EDUCATION

  7  COMPETENCE.--Acceptable means of demonstrating mastery of

  8  professional preparation and education competence are:

  9         (a)  Completion of an approved teacher preparation

10  program at a postsecondary educational institution within this

11  state and achievement of a passing score on the professional

12  education competency examination required by state board rule;

13         (b)  Completion of a teacher preparation program at a

14  postsecondary educational institution outside Florida and

15  achievement of a passing score on the professional education

16  competency examination required by state board rule;

17         (c)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

18  another state that requires an examination of mastery of

19  professional education competence;

20         (d)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

21  another state and valid certificate issued by the National

22  Board for Professional Teaching Standards;

23         (e)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by

24  another state and documentation of 2 years of continuous

25  successful full-time teaching or administrative experience

26  during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of

27  application for certification;

28         (f)  Completion of professional preparation courses as

29  specified in state board rule, successful completion of a

30  professional education competence demonstration program

31  pursuant to paragraph (7)(b), and achievement of a passing


                                 1351

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  score on the professional education competency examination

  2  required by state board rule; or

  3         (g)  Successful completion of a professional

  4  preparation alternative certification and education competency

  5  program, outlined in paragraph (7)(a).

  6         (6)  TYPES AND TERMS OF CERTIFICATION.--

  7         (a)  The Department of Education shall issue a

  8  professional certificate for a period not to exceed 5 years to

  9  any applicant who meets all the requirements outlined in

10  subsection (2).

11         (b)  The department shall issue a temporary certificate

12  to any applicant who completes the requirements outlined in

13  paragraphs (2)(a)-(f) and completes the subject area content

14  requirements specified in state board rule or demonstrates

15  mastery of subject area knowledge pursuant to subsection (4)

16  and holds an accredited degree or a degree approved by the

17  Department of Education at the level required for the subject

18  area specialization in state board rule.

19         (c)  The department shall issue one nonrenewable 2-year

20  temporary certificate and one nonrenewable 5-year professional

21  certificate to a qualified applicant who holds a bachelor's

22  degree in the area of speech-language impairment to allow for

23  completion of a master's degree program in speech-language

24  impairment.

25  

26  Each temporary certificate is valid for 3 school fiscal years

27  and is nonrenewable. However, the requirement in paragraph

28  (2)(g) must be met within 1 calendar year of the date of

29  employment under the temporary certificate. Individuals who

30  are employed under contract at the end of the 1 calendar year

31  time period may continue to be employed through the end of the


                                 1352

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school year in which they have been contracted. A school

  2  district shall not employ, or continue the employment of, an

  3  individual in a position for which a temporary certificate is

  4  required beyond this time period if the individual has not met

  5  the requirement of paragraph (2)(g). The State Board of

  6  Education shall adopt rules to allow the department to extend

  7  the validity period of a temporary certificate for 2 years

  8  when the requirements for the professional certificate, not

  9  including the requirement in paragraph (2)(g), were not

10  completed due to the serious illness or injury of the

11  applicant or other extraordinary extenuating circumstances.

12  The department shall reissue the temporary certificate for 2

13  additional years upon approval by the Commissioner of

14  Education. A written request for reissuance of the certificate

15  shall be submitted by the district school superintendent, the

16  governing authority of a university lab school, the governing

17  authority of a state-supported school, or the governing

18  authority of a private school.

19         (7)  PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION

20  AND EDUCATION COMPETENCY PROGRAM.--

21         (a)  The Department of Education shall develop and each

22  school district must provide a cohesive competency-based

23  professional preparation alternative certification program by

24  which members of a school district's instructional staff may

25  satisfy the mastery of professional preparation and education

26  competence requirements specified in this subsection and rules

27  of the State Board of Education. Participants must hold a

28  state-issued temporary certificate. A school district shall

29  provide a competency-based alternative certification

30  preparation program developed by the Department of Education

31  


                                 1353

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or developed by the district and approved by the Department of

  2  Education. The program shall include the following components:

  3         1.  A minimum period of initial preparation prior to

  4  assuming duties as the teacher of record.

  5         2.  An option for collaboration between school

  6  districts and other supporting agencies for implementation.

  7         3.  Experienced peer mentors.

  8         4.  An assessment that provides for:

  9         a.  An initial evaluation of each educator's

10  competencies to determine an appropriate individualized

11  professional development plan.

12         b.  A postevaluation to assure successful completion of

13  the program.

14         5.  Professional education preparation content

15  knowledge that includes, but is not limited to, the following:

16         a.  Requirements specified in state board rule for

17  professional preparation.

18         b.  The educator-accomplished practices approved by the

19  state board.

20         c.  A variety of data indicators for student progress.

21         d.  Methodologies, including technology-based

22  methodologies, for teaching subject content that supports the

23  Sunshine State Standards for students.

24         e.  Techniques for effective classroom management.

25         f.  Techniques and strategies for operationalizing the

26  role of the teacher in assuring a safe learning environment

27  for students.

28         g.  Methodologies for assuring the ability of all

29  students to read, write, and compute.

30  

31  


                                 1354

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         6.  Required achievement of passing scores on the

  2  professional education competency examination required by

  3  state board rule.

  4         (b)  Each school district must and a state supported

  5  public school or a private school may develop and maintain a

  6  system by which members of the instructional staff may

  7  demonstrate mastery of professional education competence as

  8  required by law. Each program must be based on classroom

  9  application and instructional performance and must include a

10  performance evaluation plan for documenting the demonstration

11  of required professional education competence.

12         (8)  EXAMINATIONS.--

13         (a)  The Commissioner of Education, with the approval

14  of the State Board of Education, may contract for developing,

15  printing, administering, scoring, and appropriate analysis of

16  the written examinations required.

17         (b)  The State Board of Education shall, by rule,

18  specify the examination scores that are required for the

19  issuance of a professional certificate and temporary

20  certificate. Such rules must define generic subject area

21  competencies and must establish uniform evaluation guidelines.

22         (c)  The State Board of Education shall designate the

23  certification areas for subject area examinations. All

24  required examinations may be taken prior to graduation.

25         (d)  If an applicant takes an examination developed by

26  this state and does not achieve the score necessary for

27  certification, the applicant may review his or her completed

28  examination and bring to the attention of the department any

29  errors that would result in a passing score.

30         (e)  For any examination developed by this state, the

31  Department of Education and the State Board of Education shall


                                 1355

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  maintain confidentiality of the examination, developmental

  2  materials, and workpapers, which are exempt from s. 119.07(1).

  3         (f)  The examinations used for demonstration of mastery

  4  of general knowledge, professional education competence, and

  5  subject area knowledge shall be aligned with student standards

  6  approved by the state board. The delivery system for these

  7  examinations shall provide for overall efficiency,

  8  user-friendly application, reasonable accessibility to

  9  prospective teachers, and prompt attainment of examination

10  results. The examination of competency for demonstration of

11  subject area knowledge shall be sufficiently comprehensive to

12  assess subject matter expertise for individuals who have

13  acquired subject knowledge either through college credit or by

14  other means.

15         (g)  All examination instruments, including

16  developmental materials and workpapers directly related

17  thereto, which are prepared, prescribed, or administered

18  pursuant to this section shall be confidential and exempt from

19  the provisions of s. 119.07(1) and from s. 1001.52. Provisions

20  governing access to, maintenance of, and destruction of such

21  instruments and related materials shall be prescribed by rules

22  of the State Board of Education.

23         (9)  NONCITIZENS.--

24         (a)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules for

25  issuing certificates to noncitizens who are needed to teach

26  and who are legally admitted to the United States through the

27  United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. The

28  filing of a written oath to uphold the principles of the

29  Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the

30  State of Florida, required under paragraph (2)(b), does not

31  apply to individuals assigned to teach on an exchange basis.


                                 1356

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  A certificate may not be issued to a citizen of a

  2  nation controlled by forces that are antagonistic to

  3  democratic forms of government, except to an individual who

  4  has been legally admitted to the United States through the

  5  United States Immigration and Naturalization Service.

  6         (10)  DENIAL OF CERTIFICATE.--

  7         (a)  The Department of Education may deny an applicant

  8  a certificate if the department possesses evidence

  9  satisfactory to it that the applicant has committed an act or

10  acts, or that a situation exists, for which the Education

11  Practices Commission would be authorized to revoke a teaching

12  certificate.

13         (b)  The decision of the department is subject to

14  review by the Education Practices Commission upon the filing

15  of a written request from the applicant within 20 days after

16  receipt of the notice of denial.

17         (11)  STATE BOARD RULES.--The State Board of Education

18  shall adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536 and 120.54, as

19  necessary to implement this section.

20         (12)  PRIOR APPLICATION.--Persons who apply for

21  certification are governed by the law and rules in effect at

22  the time of application for issuance of the initial

23  certificate, provided that continuity of certificates is

24  maintained.

25         (13)  PERSONNEL RECORDS.--The Department of Education

26  shall maintain a complete statement of the academic

27  preparation, professional training, and teaching experience of

28  each person to whom a certificate is issued. The applicant or

29  the district school superintendent shall furnish the

30  information using a format or forms provided by the

31  department.


                                 1357

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (14)  AUTHORITY OF COMMISSIONER.--The Commissioner of

  2  Education may make decisions regarding an applicant's

  3  certification under extenuating circumstances not otherwise

  4  provided for in statute or by rule. However, an applicant for

  5  certification approved by the commissioner must possess the

  6  credentials, knowledge, and skills necessary to provide

  7  quality education in the public schools.

  8         (15)  COMPARISON OF ROUTES TO A PROFESSIONAL

  9  CERTIFICATE.--Beginning with the 2003-2004 school year, the

10  Department of Education shall conduct a longitudinal study to

11  compare performance of certificateholders who are employed in

12  Florida school districts. The study shall compare a sampling

13  of educators who have qualified for a professional certificate

14  since July 1, 2002, based on the following:

15         (a)  Graduation from a state-approved teacher

16  preparation program.

17         (b)  Completion of a state-approved professional

18  preparation and education competency program.

19         (c)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by a

20  state other than Florida.

21  

22  The department comparisons shall be made to determine if there

23  is any significant difference in the performance of these

24  groups of teachers, as measured by their students' achievement

25  levels and learning gains as measured by s. 1008.22.

26         Section 730.  Section 1012.565, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1012.565  Educator certification for blind and visually

29  impaired students.--As a part of the certification process,

30  teachers certified in the education of blind and visually

31  impaired students shall be required to demonstrate competence


                                 1358

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  in reading, writing, and teaching braille pursuant to

  2  standards adopted by the Department of Education, comparable

  3  to the braille reading and writing standards adopted by the

  4  National Library Service for the Blind and Physically

  5  Handicapped, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.  The

  6  department shall ensure that teachers of students with visual

  7  impairments have access to inservice instruction for the

  8  purpose of updating their braille skill competence.

  9         Section 731.  Section 1012.57, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1012.57  Certification of adjunct educators.--

12         (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of ss. 1012.32,

13  1012.55, and 1012.56, or any other provision of law or rule to

14  the contrary, district school boards may issue an adjunct

15  teaching certificate to any applicant who fulfills the

16  requirements of s. 1012.56(2)(a)-(f) and who has expertise in

17  the subject area to be taught. An applicant shall be

18  considered to have expertise in the subject area to be taught

19  if the applicant has at least a minor in the subject area or

20  demonstrates sufficient subject area mastery as determined by

21  district school board policy. The adjunct teaching certificate

22  shall be used for part-time teaching positions. The intent of

23  this provision is to allow school districts to tap the wealth

24  of talent and expertise represented in Florida's citizens who

25  may wish to teach part-time in a Florida public school by

26  permitting school districts to issue adjunct certificates.

27  Adjunct certificateholders should be used as a strategy to

28  reduce the teacher shortage; thus, adjunct certificateholders

29  should supplement a school's instructional staff, not supplant

30  it. Each school principal shall assign an experienced peer

31  mentor to assist the adjunct teaching certificateholder during


                                 1359

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the certificateholder's first year of teaching, and an adjunct

  2  certificateholder may participate in a district's new teacher

  3  training program. District school boards shall provide the

  4  adjunct teaching certificateholder an orientation in classroom

  5  management prior to assigning the certificateholder to a

  6  school. Each adjunct teaching certificate is valid for 5

  7  school years and is renewable if:

  8         (a)  The applicant completes a minimum of 60 inservice

  9  points or 3 semester hours of college credit. The earned

10  credits must include instruction in classroom management,

11  district school board procedures, school culture, and other

12  activities that enhance the professional teaching skills of

13  the certificateholder.

14         (b)  The applicant has received satisfactory

15  performance evaluations during each year of teaching under

16  adjunct teaching certification.

17         (2)  Individuals who are certified and employed

18  pursuant to this section shall have the same rights and

19  protection of laws as teachers certified pursuant to s.

20  1012.56.

21         Section 732.  Section 1012.575, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1012.575  Alternative preparation programs for

24  certified teachers to add additional coverage.--A district

25  school board may design alternative teacher preparation

26  programs to enable persons already certificated to add an

27  additional coverage to their certificates. Each alternative

28  teacher preparation program shall be reviewed and approved by

29  the Department of Education to assure that persons who

30  complete the program are competent in the necessary areas of

31  subject matter specialization. Two or more school districts


                                 1360

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  may jointly participate in an alternative preparation program

  2  for teachers.

  3         Section 733.  Section 1012.58, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1012.58  Transition to Teaching Program.--

  6         (1)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--The Transition to Teaching

  7  Program is created to encourage and assist midcareer

  8  professionals who want to become teachers.

  9         (2)  GRANTS; ELIGIBLE APPLICANTS.--

10         (a)  The Commissioner of Education shall design the

11  process for receiving and evaluating grant proposals in

12  accordance with state and federal appropriations guidelines.

13  Grants may be awarded only to the extent that funding is

14  provided.

15         (b)  The Commissioner of Education shall request

16  proposals from eligible applicants to participate in the

17  program. Each application must:

18         1.  Describe the target group of career-changing

19  professionals upon which the applicant will focus in carrying

20  out its program, including a description of the

21  characteristics of the target group that shows how the

22  knowledge and experience of its members are likely to improve

23  their ability to become effective teachers.

24         2.  Describe how the applicant will identify and

25  recruit program participants.

26         3.  Describe how the applicant will ensure that program

27  participants are placed and teach in eligible school districts

28  in this state.

29         4.  Describe the teacher support services that program

30  participants will receive throughout at least their first year

31  of teaching.


                                 1361

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         5.  Describe how the applicant will collaborate with

  2  other institutions, agencies, or organizations to recruit,

  3  train, place, and support program participants, including

  4  evidence of the commitment of those institutions, agencies, or

  5  organizations to the applicant's program.

  6         (c)  The Commissioner of Education must require an

  7  evaluation process to measure the progress and effectiveness

  8  of the program. This evaluation must include:

  9         1.  The program's goals and objectives.

10         2.  The performance indicators that the applicant will

11  use to measure the program's progress.

12         3.  The outcome measures that will be used to determine

13  the program's effectiveness.

14         4.  An assurance that the applicant will provide the

15  commissioner with information the commissioner finds necessary

16  to determine the overall effectiveness of the programs.

17         (3)  PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION; AUTHORIZED EXPENDITURES.--

18         (a)  An applicant shall estimate the funds required for

19  the proposed program. All funds provided for a program must be

20  used as authorized in federal guidelines.

21         (b)  Eligible applicants are encouraged to implement

22  the program using the following components:

23         1.  Recruiting program participants, including

24  informing them of opportunities under the program and putting

25  them in contact with other institutions, agencies, or

26  organizations that will train, place, and support them in the

27  teaching profession.

28         2.  Assisting providers of teacher training to tailor

29  their training to meet the particular needs of professionals

30  who are changing their careers to teaching.

31  


                                 1362

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Placement activities, including identifying

  2  eligible local education agencies with a need for the skills

  3  and characteristics of the newly trained program participants

  4  and assisting those participants to obtain employment in those

  5  school districts.

  6         4.  Post-placement support activities for program

  7  participants.

  8         (4)  ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS; REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANT

  9  REPAYMENT.--

10         (a)  Each participant who receives a grant from the

11  program to pursue a teacher preparation program must agree to

12  teach in an eligible school district in this state for at

13  least 3 years after certification. To be eligible, a school

14  district must meet the requirements established in regulations

15  that implement the Omnibus Appropriations Bill of 2000.

16         (b)  The commissioner shall establish conditions under

17  which a participant must repay all or a portion of the

18  training stipend if the participant fails to complete his or

19  her service obligation.

20         Section 734.  Section 1012.585, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1012.585  Process for renewal of professional

23  certificates.--

24         (1)(a)  District school boards in this state shall

25  renew state-issued professional certificates as follows:

26         1.  Each district school board shall renew state-issued

27  professional certificates for individuals who hold a

28  professional certificate by this state and are employed by

29  that district pursuant to criteria established in subsections

30  (2), (3), and (4) and rules of the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 1363

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  The employing school district may charge the

  2  individual an application fee not to exceed the amount charged

  3  by the Department of Education for such services, including

  4  associated late renewal fees.  Each district school board

  5  shall transmit monthly to the department a fee in an amount

  6  established by the State Board of Education for each renewed

  7  certificate. The fee shall not exceed the actual cost for

  8  maintenance and operation of the statewide certification

  9  database and for the actual costs incurred in printing and

10  mailing such renewed certificates. As defined in current rules

11  of the state board, the department shall contribute a portion

12  of such fee for purposes of funding the Educator Recovery

13  Network established in s. 1012.798. The department shall

14  deposit all funds into the Educational Certification Trust

15  Fund for use as specified in s. 1012.59.

16         (b)  The department shall renew state-issued

17  professional certificates for individuals who are not employed

18  by a district school board of this state pursuant to criteria

19  established in subsections (2), (3), and (4) and requirements

20  specified in rules of the state board.

21         (2)(a)  All professional certificates, except a

22  nonrenewable professional certificate, shall be renewable for

23  successive periods not to exceed 5 years after the date of

24  submission of documentation of completion of the requirements

25  for renewal provided in subsection (3). Only one renewal may

26  be granted during each 5-year validity period of a

27  professional certificate.

28         (b)  A teacher with national certification from the

29  National Board for Professional Teaching Standards is deemed

30  to meet state renewal requirements for the life of the

31  


                                 1364

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  teacher's national certificate in the subject shown on the

  2  national certificate.

  3         (c)  If the renewal application form is not received by

  4  the department or by the employing school district before the

  5  expiration of the professional certificate, the application

  6  form, application fee, and a late fee must be submitted before

  7  July 1 of the year following expiration of the certificate in

  8  order to renew the professional certificate.

  9         (d)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

10  allow a 1-year extension of the validity period of a

11  professional certificate in the event of serious illness,

12  injury, or other extraordinary extenuating circumstances of

13  the applicant. The department shall grant such 1-year

14  extension upon written request by the applicant or by the

15  district school superintendent or the governing authority of a

16  university lab school, state-supported school, or private

17  school that employs the applicant.

18         (3)  For the renewal of a professional certificate, the

19  following requirements must be met:

20         (a)  The applicant must earn a minimum of 6 college

21  credits or 120 inservice points or a combination thereof. For

22  each area of specialization to be retained on a certificate,

23  the applicant must earn at least 3 of the required credit

24  hours or equivalent inservice points in the specialization

25  area. Education in "clinical educator" training pursuant to s.

26  1004.04(5)(b) and credits or points that provide training in

27  the area of exceptional student education, normal child

28  development, and the disorders of development may be applied

29  toward any specialization area. Credits or points that provide

30  training in the areas of drug abuse, child abuse and neglect,

31  strategies in teaching students having limited proficiency in


                                 1365

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  English, or dropout prevention, or training in areas

  2  identified in the educational goals and performance standards

  3  adopted pursuant to ss. 1000.03(5) and 1001.23 may be applied

  4  toward any specialization area. Credits or points earned

  5  through approved summer institutes may be applied toward the

  6  fulfillment of these requirements. Inservice points may also

  7  be earned by participation in professional growth components

  8  approved by the State Board of Education and specified

  9  pursuant to s. 1012.98 in the district's approved master plan

10  for inservice educational training, including, but not limited

11  to, serving as a trainer in an approved teacher training

12  activity, serving on an instructional materials committee or a

13  state board or commission that deals with educational issues,

14  or serving on an advisory council created pursuant to s.

15  229.58.

16         (b)  In lieu of college course credit or inservice

17  points, the applicant may renew a specialization area by

18  passage of a state board approved subject area test.

19         (c)  If an applicant wishes to retain more than two

20  specialization areas on the certificate, the applicant shall

21  be permitted two successive validity periods for renewal of

22  all specialization areas, but must earn no fewer than 6

23  college course credit hours or the equivalent in any one

24  validity period.

25         (d)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for

26  the expanded use of training for renewal of the professional

27  certificate for educators who are required to complete

28  training in teaching students of limited English proficiency

29  as follows:

30         1.  A teacher who holds a professional certificate may

31  use college credits or inservice points completed in


                                 1366

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  English-for-Speakers-of-Other-Languages training in excess of

  2  6 semester hours during one certificate-validity period toward

  3  renewal of the professional certificate during the subsequent

  4  validity periods.

  5         2.  A teacher who holds a temporary certificate may use

  6  college credits or inservice points completed in

  7  English-for-Speakers-of-Other-Languages training toward

  8  renewal of the teacher's first professional certificate. Such

  9  training must not have been included within the degree

10  program, and the teacher's temporary and professional

11  certificates must be issued for consecutive school years.

12         (4)  When any person who holds a valid temporary

13  certificate or professional certificate is called into or

14  volunteers for actual wartime service or required peacetime

15  military service training, the certificate shall be renewed

16  for a period of time equal to the time spent in military

17  service if the person makes proper application and presents

18  substantiating evidence to the department or the employing

19  school district regarding such military service.

20         (5)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to

21  allow the reinstatement of expired professional certificates.

22  The department may reinstate an expired professional

23  certificate if the certificateholder:

24         (a)  Submits an application for reinstatement of the

25  expired certificate.

26         (b)  Documents completion of 6 college credits during

27  the 5 years immediately preceding reinstatement of the expired

28  certificate, completion of 120 inservice points, or a

29  combination thereof, in an area specified in paragraph (3)(a).

30         (c)  During the 5 years immediately preceding

31  reinstatement of the certificate, achieves a passing score on


                                 1367

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the subject area test for each subject to be shown on the

  2  reinstated certificate.

  3  

  4  The requirements of this subsection may not be satisfied by

  5  subject area tests or college credits completed for issuance

  6  of the certificate that has expired.

  7         Section 735.  Section 1012.59, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read: 

  9         1012.59  Certification fees.--

10         (1)  The State Board of Education, by rule, shall

11  establish separate fees for applications, examinations,

12  certification, certification renewal, late renewal,

13  recordmaking, and recordkeeping, and may establish procedures

14  for scheduling and administering an examination upon an

15  applicant's request. Each fee shall be based on department

16  estimates of the revenue required to implement the provisions

17  of law with respect to certification of school personnel. The

18  application fee shall be nonrefundable. Each examination fee

19  shall be sufficient to cover the actual cost of developing and

20  administering the examination, but shall not exceed $100 for

21  an examination.

22         (2)  The proceeds from the collection of certification

23  fees, fines, penalties, and costs levied pursuant to this

24  chapter shall be remitted by the Department of Education to

25  the Treasurer for deposit into a separate fund to be known as

26  the "Educational Certification and Service Trust Fund" and

27  disbursed for the payment of expenses incurred by the

28  Educational Practices Commission and in the printing of forms

29  and bulletins and the issuing of certificates, upon vouchers

30  approved by the department.

31  


                                 1368

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 736.  Section 1012.595, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1012.595  Saving clause.--Each applicant who was issued

  4  a certificate by the Department of Education prior to June 25,

  5  1986, shall be entitled to hold such certificate.  Henceforth,

  6  such certificate shall be renewed in accordance with the

  7  provisions of chapter 86-156, Laws of Florida.  No judicial or

  8  administrative proceeding against a holder of a certificate

  9  shall be abated as a result of this chapter.

10         Section 737.  Part III.e. of chapter 1012, Florida

11  Statutes, shall be entitled "Leave, Retirement, Workers'

12  Compensation in Public Schools" and shall consist of ss.

13  1012.61-1012.695.

14         Section 738.  Section 1012.61, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.61  Sick leave.--

17         (1)  ELIGIBILITY.--Any member of the instructional

18  staff or any other employee of a district school system

19  employed on a full-time basis in the public schools of the

20  state who is unable to perform his or her duty in the school

21  on account of personal sickness, accident disability, or

22  extended personal illness, or because of illness or death of

23  father, mother, brother, sister, husband, wife, child, other

24  close relative, or member of his or her own household, and

25  consequently has to be absent from his or her work shall be

26  granted leave of absence for sickness by the district school

27  superintendent or by someone designated in writing by the

28  district school superintendent to do so.

29         (2)  PROVISIONS GOVERNING SICK LEAVE.--The following

30  provisions shall govern sick leave:

31         (a)  Extent of leave.--


                                 1369

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Each member of the instructional staff employed on

  2  a full-time basis is entitled to 4 days of sick leave as of

  3  the first day of employment of each contract year and shall

  4  thereafter earn 1 day of sick leave for each month of

  5  employment, which shall be credited to the member at the end

  6  of that month and which may not be used before it is earned

  7  and credited to the member.  Each other employee shall be

  8  credited with 4 days of sick leave at the end of the first

  9  month of employment of each contract year and shall thereafter

10  be credited for 1 day of sick leave for each month of

11  employment, which shall be credited to the employee at the end

12  of the month and which may not be used before it is earned and

13  credited to the employee. However, each member of the

14  instructional staff and each other employee is entitled to

15  earn no more than 1 day of sick leave times the number of

16  months of employment during the year of employment. If the

17  employee terminates his or her employment and has not accrued

18  the 4 days of sick leave available to him or her, the district

19  school board may withhold the average daily amount for the

20  days of sick leave used but unearned by the employee. Such

21  leave may be taken only when necessary because of sickness as

22  prescribed in this section.  The sick leave shall be

23  cumulative from year to year.  There shall be no limit on the

24  number of days of sick leave which a member of the

25  instructional staff or an educational support employee may

26  accrue, except that at least one-half of this cumulative leave

27  must be established within the district granting such leave.

28         2.  A district school board may establish policies and

29  prescribe standards to permit an employee to be absent 6 days

30  each school year for personal reasons. However, such absences

31  


                                 1370

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  for personal reasons must be charged only to accrued sick

  2  leave, and leave for personal reasons is noncumulative.

  3         3.  District school boards may adopt rules permitting

  4  the annual payment for accumulated sick leave that is earned

  5  for that year and that is unused at the end of the school

  6  year, based on the daily rate of pay of the employee

  7  multiplied by up to 80 percent.  Days for which such payment

  8  is received shall be deducted from the accumulated leave

  9  balance. Such annual payment may apply only to instructional

10  staff and educational support employees.

11         4.  A district school board may establish policies to

12  provide terminal pay for accumulated sick leave to

13  instructional staff and educational support employees of the

14  district school board.  If termination of employment is by

15  death of the employee, any terminal pay to which the employee

16  may have been entitled may be made to his or her beneficiary.

17  However, such terminal pay may not exceed an amount determined

18  as follows:

19         a.  During the first 3 years of service, the daily rate

20  of pay multiplied by 35 percent times the number of days of

21  accumulated sick leave.

22         b.  During the next 3 years of service, the daily rate

23  of pay multiplied by 40 percent times the number of days of

24  accumulated sick leave.

25         c.  During the next 3 years of service, the daily rate

26  of pay multiplied by 45 percent times the number of days of

27  accumulated sick leave.

28         d.  During the next 3 years of service, the daily rate

29  of pay multiplied by 50 percent times the number of days of

30  accumulated sick leave.

31  


                                 1371

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         e.  During and after the 13th year of service, the

  2  daily rate of pay multiplied by 100 percent times the number

  3  of days of accumulated sick leave.

  4         5.  A district school board may establish policies to

  5  provide terminal pay for accumulated sick leave to any

  6  full-time employee of the district school board other than

  7  instructional staff or educational support employees as

  8  defined in this section.  If termination of the employee is by

  9  death of the employee, any terminal pay to which the employee

10  may have been entitled may be made to the employee's

11  beneficiary.

12         a.  Terminal pay may not exceed one-fourth of all

13  unused sick leave accumulated on or after July 1, 2001, and

14  may not exceed a maximum of 60 days of actual payment. This

15  limit does not impair any contractual agreement established

16  before July 1, 2001; however, a previously established

17  contract renewed on or after July 1, 2001, constitutes a new

18  contract.

19         b.  For unused sick leave accumulated before July 1,

20  2001, terminal payment shall be made pursuant to a district

21  school board's policies, contracts, or rules that are in

22  effect on June 30, 2001.

23         c.  If an employee has an accumulated sick leave

24  balance of 60 days of actual payment or more prior to July 1,

25  2001, sick leave earned after that date may not be accumulated

26  for terminal pay purposes until the accumulated leave balance

27  for leave earned before July 1, 2001, is less than 60 days.

28         (b)  Claim must be filed.--Any district school board

29  employee who finds it necessary to be absent from his or her

30  duties because of illness, as defined in this section, shall

31  notify his or her immediate supervisor, if possible, before


                                 1372

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the beginning of the workday on which the employee must be

  2  absent or during that day, except for emergency reasons

  3  recognized by the district school board as valid.  Any

  4  district school board employee shall, before claiming and

  5  receiving compensation for the time absent from his or her

  6  duties while absent because of sick leave as prescribed in

  7  this section, make and file within 5 working days following

  8  his or her return from such absence with the district school

  9  superintendent of the district in which he or she is so

10  employed a written certificate which shall set forth the day

11  or days absent, that such absence was necessary, and that the

12  employee is entitled or not entitled to receive pay for such

13  absence in accordance with the provisions of this section;

14  however, the district school board of any district may adopt

15  rules under which the district school superintendent may

16  require a certificate of illness from a licensed physician

17  licensed under chapter 458, chapter 459, or chapter 460 or

18  from the county health officer.

19         (c)  Compensation.--Any employee having unused sick

20  leave credit shall receive full-time compensation for the time

21  justifiably absent on sick leave, but no compensation may be

22  allowed beyond that which may be provided in subsection (4).

23         (d)  Expenditure authorized.--District school boards

24  may expend public funds for payment to employees on account of

25  sickness. The expending and excluding of such funds shall be

26  in compliance with rules adopted by the Department of

27  Management Services pursuant to chapter 650.

28         (e)  Use by family member.--Each district school system

29  must provide a policy under which a district employee may

30  authorize his or her spouse, child, parent, or sibling who is

31  also a district employee to use sick leave that has accrued to


                                 1373

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the authorizing employee. In developing the policy, the

  2  district school board must provide that the recipient may not

  3  use the donated sick leave until all of his or her sick leave

  4  has been depleted, excluding sick leave from a sick leave

  5  pool, if the recipient participates in a sick leave pool.

  6  Donated sick leave under this paragraph shall have no terminal

  7  value as provided in s. 1012.61(2).

  8         (3)  SICK LEAVE POOL.--Notwithstanding any other

  9  provision of this section, a district school board, based upon

10  the maintenance of reliable and accurate records by the

11  district school system showing the amount of sick leave which

12  has been accumulated and is unused by employees in accordance

13  with this section, may, by rule or collective bargaining

14  agreement, establish one or more plans allowing participating

15  full-time employees of a district school system to pool sick

16  leave accrued and allowing any sick leave thus pooled to be

17  disbursed to any participating employee who is in need of sick

18  leave in excess of that amount he or she has personally

19  accrued.  Such rules or agreements shall include, but not be

20  limited to, the following provisions:

21         (a)  Participation in any sick leave pool shall at all

22  times be voluntary on the part of employees.

23         (b)  Any full-time employee shall be eligible for

24  participation in any sick leave pool after 1 year of

25  employment with the district school system, provided the

26  employee has accrued a minimum amount of unused sick leave

27  which shall be established by rule and provided, further, a

28  sick leave pool is established that allows participation by

29  that particular employee.

30  

31  


                                 1374

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Any sick leave pooled pursuant to this section

  2  shall be removed from the personally accumulated sick leave

  3  balance of the employee donating such leave.

  4         (d)  Participating employees shall make equal

  5  contributions to the sick leave pool.  There shall be

  6  established a maximum amount of sick leave which may be

  7  contributed by an employee to the pool.  After the initial

  8  contribution which an employee makes upon electing to

  9  participate, no further contributions shall be required except

10  as may be necessary to replenish the pool.  Any such further

11  contribution shall be equally required of all employees

12  participating in the pool.

13         (e)  Any sick leave time drawn from the pool by a

14  participating employee must be used for said employee's

15  personal illness, accident, or injury.

16         (f)  A participating employee is not eligible to use

17  sick leave from the pool until all of his or her sick leave

18  has been depleted, unless otherwise agreed to in a collective

19  bargaining agreement.  There shall be established a maximum

20  number of days for which an employee may draw sick leave from

21  the sick leave pool.

22         (g)  A participating employee who uses sick leave from

23  the pool is not required to recontribute such sick leave to

24  the pool, except as otherwise provided in this section.

25         (h)  A participating employee who chooses to no longer

26  participate in the sick leave pool is not eligible to withdraw

27  any sick leave already contributed to the pool.

28         (i)  Alleged abuse of the use of the sick leave pool

29  shall be investigated and, on a finding of wrongdoing, the

30  employee shall repay all of the sick leave credits drawn from

31  the sick leave pool and be subject to such other disciplinary


                                 1375

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  action as determined by the district school board to be

  2  appropriate. Rules adopted for the administration of this

  3  program shall provide for the investigation of the use of sick

  4  leave utilized by the participating employee in the sick leave

  5  pool.

  6         Section 739.  Section 1012.62, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1012.62  Transfer of sick leave and annual leave.--In

  9  implementing the provisions of ss. 1001.42(4)(n) and

10  402.22(1)(d), educational personnel in Department of Children

11  and Family Services residential care facilities who are

12  employed by a district school board may request, and the

13  district school board shall accept, a lump-sum transfer of

14  accumulated sick leave for such personnel to the maximum

15  allowed by policies of the district school board,

16  notwithstanding the provisions of s. 110.122.  Educational

17  personnel in Department of Children and Family Services

18  residential care facilities who are employed by a district

19  school board under the provisions of s. 402.22(1)(d) may

20  request, and the district school board shall accept, a

21  lump-sum transfer of accumulated annual leave for each person

22  employed by the district school board in a position in the

23  district eligible to accrue vacation leave under policies of

24  the district school board.

25         Section 740.  Section 1012.63, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1012.63  Illness-in-line-of-duty leave.--Any district

28  school board employee shall be entitled to

29  illness-in-line-of-duty leave when he or she has to be absent

30  from his or her duties because of a personal injury received

31  in the discharge of duty or because of illness from any


                                 1376

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  contagious or infectious disease contracted in school work.

  2  The following requirements shall be observed:

  3         (1)  DURATION OF LEAVE AND COMPENSATION.--Leave of the

  4  district school board employee shall be authorized for a total

  5  of not to exceed 10 school days during any school year for

  6  illness contracted, or injury incurred, from the causes

  7  prescribed above. However, in the case of sickness or injury

  8  occurring under such circumstances as in the opinion of the

  9  district school board warrant it, additional emergency sick

10  leave may be granted out of local funds for such term and

11  under such conditions as the district school board deems

12  proper.  The district school board may carry insurance to

13  safeguard the district school board against excessive payments

14  during any year.

15         (2)  CLAIMS.--Any district school board employee who

16  has any claim for compensation while absent because of illness

17  contracted or injury incurred as prescribed herein shall file

18  a claim in the manner prescribed in s. 1012.61(2)(b) within 5

19  working days following the employee's return from such

20  absence. The school board of the district in which such person

21  is employed shall approve the claims and authorize the payment

22  thereof if the district school board is satisfied that the

23  claim correctly states the facts and that the claim is

24  entitled to payment in accordance with the provisions of this

25  section.

26         Section 741.  Section 1012.64, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1012.64  Sabbatical leave.--

29         (1)  Any member of the instructional staff of any

30  school district may be granted sabbatical leave for a period

31  not to exceed 1 year.  A person who receives such leave may be


                                 1377

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  paid one-half of his or her ordinary salary during the period

  2  of such leave, or in accordance with negotiated agreement or

  3  district school board policy, and shall receive full benefits

  4  during such period.  A person compensated under this section

  5  may not be compensated for other employment during the period

  6  of sabbatical leave so that he or she would receive combined

  7  compensation in excess of his or her ordinary salary.

  8         (2)  Funds, not to exceed 25 percent, of the district's

  9  allocation for inservice training under s. 1011.62(3) or other

10  district funds may be expended in order to fulfill the

11  provisions of this section, provided that the district

12  allocates $5 of district funds for each $1 of state inservice

13  training funds expended under this subsection.

14         (3)  Each district school board shall adopt rules to

15  implement this section.

16         Section 742.  Section 1012.65, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1012.65  Terminal pay for accrued vacation leave.--A

19  district school board may establish policies to provide for a

20  lump-sum payment for accrued vacation leave to an employee of

21  the district school board upon termination of employment or

22  upon retirement, or to the employee's beneficiary if service

23  is terminated by death. Effective July 1, 2001, terminal pay

24  for accrued vacation leave may not exceed a maximum of 60 days

25  of actual payment. This limit does not impair any contractual

26  agreement established before July 1, 2001. For unused vacation

27  leave accumulated before July 1, 2001, terminal payment shall

28  be made pursuant to the district school board's policies,

29  contracts, or rules that are in effect on June 30, 2001.

30         Section 743.  Section 1012.66, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1378

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1012.66  Provisions for leaves of absence.--All leaves

  2  of absence for all district school board employees, except

  3  those leaves prescribed by law, shall be granted with or

  4  without compensation pursuant to rules adopted by the district

  5  school board.  Such leaves authorized by the district school

  6  board shall include, but are not limited to, professional

  7  leave and extended professional leave, personal leave,

  8  military leave granted in compliance with chapter 115, and

  9  maternity leave.

10         Section 744.  Section 1012.67, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1012.67  Absence without leave.--Any district school

13  board employee who is willfully absent from duty without leave

14  shall forfeit compensation for the time of such absence, and

15  his or her employment shall be subject to termination by the

16  district school board.

17         Section 745.  Section 1012.68, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1012.68  Records of absences.--The administrator of

20  each designated organizational unit shall see that both the

21  days present and the days absent for each employee are

22  reported to the district school superintendent at least once

23  each month in the manner prescribed for that purpose. This

24  report shall include the exact dates of, and the reasons for,

25  each absence. Each district school superintendent shall

26  establish procedures to ensure maintenance of the complete

27  records of all such absences.

28         Section 746.  Section 1012.685, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1012.685  Retirement; annuities authorized.--

31  


                                 1379

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  District school boards may purchase annuities for

  2  all school personnel with 25 or more years of creditable

  3  service who have reached age 50 and have applied for

  4  retirement under the Florida Retirement System or who have

  5  reached age 55 and have applied for retirement under plan E of

  6  the Teachers' Retirement System. No such annuity shall provide

  7  for more than the total difference in retirement income

  8  between the retirement benefit based on average monthly

  9  compensation and creditable service as of the member's early

10  retirement date and the early retirement benefit.

11         (2)  District school boards may purchase annuities for

12  members of the Florida Retirement System who have out-of-state

13  teaching service in another state or country which is

14  documented as valid by the appropriate district school board.

15  Such annuities may be based on no more than 5 years of

16  out-of-state teaching service and may equal, but not exceed,

17  the benefits that would be payable under the Florida

18  Retirement System if credit for out-of-state teaching was

19  authorized under that system.

20         (3)  District school boards may invest funds, purchase

21  annuities, or provide local supplemental retirement programs

22  for purposes of providing annuities for school personnel.

23         (4)  All retirement annuities shall comply with s. 14,

24  Art. X of the State Constitution.

25         Section 747.  Section 1012.69, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1012.69  Provisions relating to Workers' Compensation

28  Law.--Nothing contained in this chapter shall supersede any of

29  the provisions of the Workers' Compensation Law; provided,

30  however, that where amounts payable under the provisions of

31  the education code, for injuries, accidents, or other


                                 1380

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  disabilities which would entitle an employee to compensation

  2  under the provisions of the Workers' Compensation Law exceed

  3  the amounts payable under the compensation law, payments shall

  4  be made, as provided in the education code, for the difference

  5  between the amount paid under the Workers' Compensation Law

  6  and the amount due under the provisions of the education code.

  7         Section 748.  Section 1012.695, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1012.695  Local civil service system laws not

10  superseded.--Sections 1012.66, 1012.61, and 1012.63 shall not

11  be construed to supersede or modify any local law establishing

12  a civil service system covering employees of any school

13  district.

14         Section 749.  Part III.f. of chapter 1012, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "Educator Benefits; Liability

16  Protection; Awards in Public Schools" and shall consist of ss.

17  1012.71-1012.77.

18         Section 750.  Section 1012.71, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1012.71  The Florida Teachers Lead Program Stipend.--

21         (1)  Funding for the Florida Teachers Lead Program

22  Stipend shall be as determined by the Legislature in the

23  General Appropriations Act. Funds appropriated for the Florida

24  Teachers Lead Program Stipend are provided to purchase

25  classroom materials and supplies used in the instruction of

26  students in kindergarten through grade 12 of the public school

27  system. From the funds appropriated, the Commissioner of

28  Education shall calculate an amount for each school district

29  by prorating the total of each school district's share of the

30  total K-12 unweighted FTE student enrollment.

31  


                                 1381

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  From the funds allocated to each district, the

  2  district school board shall calculate an identical amount for

  3  each classroom teacher which is his or her proportionate share

  4  of the amount allocated to the district for the total number

  5  of teachers in the district. The district school board shall

  6  provide the funds no later than September 30 of each year

  7  directly to each teacher as a stipend to purchase, on behalf

  8  of the school district, classroom materials and supplies to be

  9  used in the instruction of students assigned to the teacher.

10  Each teacher shall have sole discretion regarding which

11  classroom materials and supplies best meet the needs of the

12  students, when they are needed, and where they are acquired.

13  The funds expended by individual teachers shall not be subject

14  to state or local competitive bidding requirements.

15  Disbursement of Florida Teachers Lead Program Stipend funds

16  directly to each teacher shall complete the school district's

17  expenditure of these funds.

18         (3)  Each teacher shall sign a statement acknowledging

19  receipt of the funds, agreeing to keep receipts to show the

20  expenditure of the funds used to purchase classroom materials

21  and supplies for use in the instruction of the students

22  assigned to them, and agreeing to return any unused funds by

23  the end of the regular school year. The statement to be signed

24  and dated by each teacher for receipt of the Florida Teachers

25  Lead Program Stipend shall include the wording: "I, ...(Name

26  of teacher)..., am employed by the .... County District School

27  Board as a full-time classroom teacher. I acknowledge that

28  Florida Teachers Lead Program Stipend funds are appropriated

29  by the Legislature for the sole purpose of purchasing

30  classroom materials and supplies to be used in the instruction

31  of students assigned to me. In accepting custody of these


                                 1382

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  funds, I agree to keep receipts for all expenditures. I

  2  understand that if I do not keep receipts showing these funds

  3  were spent to purchase classroom materials and supplies for

  4  use with my students, it will be my personal responsibility to

  5  pay any federal taxes due on these funds. I also agree to

  6  return any unused funds to the district school board at the

  7  end of the regular school year for deposit into the School

  8  Advisory Council account of the school at which I was employed

  9  at the time of the receipt of the funds."

10         (4)  Florida Teachers Lead Program Stipend funds shall

11  be provided to each teacher in addition to any other funds

12  appropriated for public school operations.

13         (5)  Any unused funds which are returned to the

14  district school board shall be deposited into the School

15  Advisory Council account of the school at which the teacher

16  returning the funds was employed at the time of the receipt of

17  the funds.

18         (6)  For purposes of this section, the term "classroom

19  teacher" includes certified teachers employed on or before

20  September 1 of each year whose full-time job responsibility is

21  the classroom instruction of students in kindergarten through

22  grade 12, and full-time media specialists and guidance

23  counselors who serve students in kindergarten through grade

24  12. Only school district personnel employed in these positions

25  are eligible for the classroom materials and supply stipend

26  from funds appropriated to implement the provisions of this

27  section.

28         Section 751.  Section 1012.72, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1012.72  Excellent Teaching Program.--

31  


                                 1383

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The Legislature recognizes that teachers play a

  2  critical role in preparing students to achieve the high levels

  3  of academic performance expected by the Sunshine State

  4  Standards. The Legislature further recognizes the importance

  5  of identifying and rewarding teaching excellence and of

  6  encouraging good teachers to become excellent teachers. The

  7  Legislature finds that the National Board of Professional

  8  Teaching Standards (NBPTS) has established high and rigorous

  9  standards for accomplished teaching and has developed a

10  national voluntary system for assessing and certifying

11  teachers who demonstrate teaching excellence by meeting those

12  standards. It is therefore the Legislature's intent to provide

13  incentives for teachers to seek NBPTS certification and to

14  reward teachers who demonstrate teaching excellence by

15  attaining NBPTS certification and sharing their expertise with

16  other teachers.

17         (2)  The Excellent Teaching Program is created to

18  provide monetary incentives and bonuses for teaching

19  excellence. The Department of Education shall distribute to

20  each school district or to the NBPTS an amount as prescribed

21  annually by the Legislature for the Excellent Teaching

22  Program. For purposes of this section, the Florida School for

23  the Deaf and the Blind shall be considered a school district.

24  Unless otherwise provided in the General Appropriations Act,

25  each distribution shall be the sum of the amounts earned for

26  the following incentives and bonuses:

27         (a)  A fee subsidy to be paid by the Department of

28  Education to the NBPTS on behalf of each individual who is an

29  employee of a district school board or a public school within

30  the school district, who is certified by the district to have

31  demonstrated satisfactory teaching performance pursuant to s.


                                 1384

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  1012.34 and who satisfies the prerequisites for participating

  2  in the NBPTS certification program, and who agrees, in

  3  writing, to pay 10 percent of the NBPTS participation fee and

  4  to participate in the NBPTS certification program during the

  5  school year for which the fee subsidy is provided. The fee

  6  subsidy for each eligible participant shall be an amount equal

  7  to 90 percent of the fee charged for participating in the

  8  NBPTS certification program. The fee subsidy is a one-time

  9  award and may not be duplicated for any individual.

10         (b)  A portfolio-preparation incentive of $150 paid by

11  the Department of Education to each teacher employed by a

12  district school board or a public school within a school

13  district who is participating in the NBPTS certification

14  program. The portfolio-preparation incentive is a one-time

15  award paid during the school year for which the NBPTS fee

16  subsidy is provided.

17         (c)  An annual bonus equal to 10 percent of the prior

18  fiscal year's statewide average salary for classroom teachers

19  to be distributed to the school district to be paid to each

20  individual who holds NBPTS certification and is employed by

21  the district school board or by a public school within the

22  school district. The district school board shall distribute

23  the annual bonus to each individual who meets the requirements

24  of this paragraph and who is certified annually by the

25  district to have demonstrated satisfactory teaching

26  performance pursuant to s. 1012.34. The annual bonus may be

27  paid as a single payment or divided into not more than three

28  payments.

29         (d)  An annual bonus equal to 10 percent of the prior

30  fiscal year's statewide average salary for classroom teachers

31  to be distributed to the school district to be paid to each


                                 1385

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  individual who meets the requirements of paragraph (c) and

  2  agrees, in writing, to provide the equivalent of 12 workdays

  3  of mentoring and related services to public school teachers

  4  within the state who do not hold NBPTS certification. The

  5  district school board shall distribute the annual bonus in a

  6  single payment following the completion of all required

  7  mentoring and related services for the year. It is not the

  8  intent of the Legislature to remove excellent teachers from

  9  their assigned classrooms; therefore, credit may not be

10  granted by a school district or public school for mentoring or

11  related services provided during student contact time during

12  the 196 days of required service for the school year.

13  

14  A teacher for whom the state pays the certification fee and

15  who does not complete the certification program or does not

16  teach in a public school of this state for at least 1 year

17  after completing the certification program must repay the

18  amount of the certification fee to the state. However, a

19  teacher who completes the certification program but fails to

20  be awarded NBPTS certification is not required to repay the

21  amount of the certification fee if the teacher meets the

22  1-year teaching requirement. Repayment is not required of a

23  teacher who does not complete the certification program or

24  fails to fulfill the teaching requirement because of the

25  teacher's death or disability or because of other extenuating

26  circumstances as determined by the State Board of Education.

27         (3)(a)  In addition to any other remedy available under

28  the law, any person who is a recipient of a certification fee

29  subsidy paid to the NBPTS and who is an employee of the state

30  or any of its political subdivisions is considered to have

31  consented, as a condition of employment, to the voluntary or


                                 1386

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  involuntary withholding of wages to repay to the state the

  2  amount of such a certification fee subsidy awarded under this

  3  section. Any such employee who defaults on the repayment of

  4  such a certification fee subsidy must, within 60 days after

  5  service of a notice of default by the Department of Education

  6  to the employee, establish a repayment schedule which must be

  7  agreed to by the department and the employee, for repaying the

  8  defaulted sum through payroll deductions. The department may

  9  not require the employee to pay more than 10 percent of the

10  employee's pay per pay period under such a repayment schedule

11  or plan. If the employee fails to establish a repayment

12  schedule within the specified period of time or fails to meet

13  the terms and conditions of the agreed upon or approved

14  repayment schedule as authorized by this subsection, the

15  employee has breached an essential condition of employment and

16  is considered to have consented to the involuntary withholding

17  of wages or salary for the repayment of the certification fee

18  subsidy.

19         (b)  A person who is employed by the state, or any of

20  its political subdivisions, may not be dismissed for having

21  defaulted on the repayment of the certification fee subsidy to

22  the state.

23         (4)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

24  pursuant to ss. 120.536 and 120.54 as necessary to implement

25  the provisions for payment of the fee subsidies, incentives,

26  and bonuses and for the repayment of defaulted certification

27  fee subsidies under this section.

28         (5)  The Excellent Teaching Program Trust Fund shall be

29  administered by the Department of Education pursuant to s.

30  1010.72.

31  


                                 1387

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 752.  Section 1012.73, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1012.73  Florida Mentor Teacher School Pilot Program.--

  4         (1)  The Legislature recognizes that high-quality

  5  teachers are essential to assuring excellence and increasing

  6  the achievement levels of all students. The purpose of this

  7  section is to provide a model to reform and improve the

  8  current structure of the teaching profession. There is created

  9  a Florida Mentor Teacher School Pilot Program to attract,

10  retain, and motivate high-quality teachers. The commissioner

11  shall select a combination of elementary, middle, and high

12  schools representing small, medium, and large districts. Each

13  approved school shall receive an equivalent grant based upon

14  the number of schools selected by the commissioner and the

15  amount of the legislative appropriation. Each mentor teacher

16  school program shall be approved based on criteria specified

17  by the commissioner.

18         (2)  The goals of the Florida Mentor Teacher School

19  Pilot Program are to:

20         (a)  Provide teachers with multiple career paths,

21  beginning as education paraprofessionals and rising to

22  associate teachers, teachers, lead teachers, and mentor

23  teachers. The five levels must have highly differentiated

24  duties. The mentor teacher shall have a reduced teaching

25  schedule that permits weekly instruction to all students under

26  the mentor teacher's supervision while also allowing for

27  demonstration lessons, coaching, facilitating curriculum

28  development, and providing staff development for other

29  teachers at the school.

30         (b)  Establish broad salary ranges to provide

31  flexibility and to reward performance and to negotiate


                                 1388

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  salaries to attract teachers to hard-to-staff schools and

  2  subjects. Advancement shall be determined by academic

  3  achievement, examination, demonstration, and student learning

  4  gains data. Each mentor teacher shall be eligible for a total

  5  annual salary incentive of up to twice the average district

  6  classroom teacher's salary. Fifty percent of the mentor

  7  teacher salary incentive shall be based on increased student

  8  achievement of students assigned to the supervision of the

  9  mentor teacher.

10         (c)  Provide ongoing professional development for

11  teachers to learn and grow professionally that includes a

12  daily block of time for associate teachers, teachers, and lead

13  teachers to reflect and plan and to interact with the mentor

14  teacher.

15         (d)  Provide all eligible teachers with the opportunity

16  for national certification.

17         (e)  Provide for a specified organizational pattern,

18  such as clusters or teams of teachers for grade levels or

19  subject areas comprised of associate teachers, teachers, and

20  lead teachers who are supported by education paraprofessional

21  learning guides and directed by a mentor teacher.

22         (3)  The five teacher career development positions and

23  minimum requirements are:

24         (a)  Education paraprofessional learning guide.--An

25  education paraprofessional learning guide must hold an

26  associate degree from a postsecondary educational institution

27  and must demonstrate appropriate writing, speaking, and

28  computation skills.

29         (b)  Associate teacher.--An associate teacher must hold

30  a bachelor's degree from a postsecondary educational

31  


                                 1389

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  institution and a valid Florida teaching certificate as

  2  provided by s. 1012.56.

  3         (c)  Teacher.--A teacher must hold a bachelor's degree

  4  or higher from a postsecondary educational institution and a

  5  valid Florida teaching certificate, have a minimum of 3 years'

  6  full-time teaching experience, document satisfactory teaching

  7  performance, and document evidence of positive student

  8  learning gains, when data become available.

  9         (d)  Lead teacher.--A lead teacher must hold a

10  bachelor's degree or higher from a postsecondary educational

11  institution and a valid Florida professional teaching

12  certificate, have a minimum of 3 years' full-time teaching

13  experience, document exemplary teaching performance, and

14  document evidence of significant positive student learning

15  gains, when data become available. A lead teacher shall

16  provide intensive support for associate teachers and teachers.

17         (e)  Mentor teacher.--A mentor teacher must:

18         1.  Hold a bachelor's degree or higher from a

19  postsecondary educational institution and a valid Florida

20  professional teaching certificate.

21         2.  Have a minimum of 5 years' full-time teaching

22  experience.

23         3.  Document exemplary teaching performance.

24         4.  Document evidence of significant positive student

25  learning gains, when data become available.

26         5.  Hold a valid National Board for Professional

27  Teaching Standards certificate; have been selected as a

28  school, district, or state teacher of the year; or hold an

29  equivalent status as determined by the commissioner.

30         6.  Demonstrate expertise as a staff developer.

31  


                                 1390

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules,

  2  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54, for the implementation

  3  of this section and approval of the mentor teacher school

  4  program.

  5         (5)  This section shall be implemented to the extent

  6  specifically funded in the General Appropriations Act.

  7         Section 753.  Section 1012.74, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1012.74  Florida educators professional liability

10  insurance protection.--

11         (1)  The Legislature intends that all the teachers in

12  this state be protected from liability for monetary damages

13  and the cost of defense of actions resulting from claims made

14  against them arising out of occurrences in the course of

15  activities in their professional capacity.

16         (2)(a)  Educator professional liability coverage for

17  all instructional personnel, as defined by s. 1012.01(2), who

18  are full-time personnel, as defined by the district school

19  board policy, shall be provided by specific appropriations

20  under the General Appropriations Act.

21         (b)  Educator professional liability coverage shall be

22  extended at cost to all instructional personnel, as defined by

23  s. 1012.01(3), who are part-time personnel, as defined by the

24  district school board policy, and choose to participate in the

25  state-provided program.

26         (c)  Educator professional liability coverage shall be

27  extended at cost to all administrative personnel, as defined

28  by s. 1012.01(2), who choose to participate in the

29  state-provided program.

30         (3)  The Department of Education shall administer the

31  educator liability program. The insurance carrier providing


                                 1391

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any portion of educator professional liability coverage under

  2  the program which is procured with state funds must be

  3  selected by a competitive process. The amount of the

  4  appropriation for purchase of liability insurance remaining

  5  after liability insurance is provided shall revert to general

  6  revenue unallocated.

  7         Section 754.  Section 1012.75, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1012.75  Liability of teacher or principal; excessive

10  force.--

11         (1)  Except in the case of excessive force or cruel and

12  unusual punishment, a teacher or other member of the

13  instructional staff, a principal or the principal's designated

14  representative, or a bus driver shall not be civilly or

15  criminally liable for any action carried out in conformity

16  with State Board of Education and district school board rules

17  regarding the control, discipline, suspension, and expulsion

18  of students, including, but not limited to, any exercise of

19  authority under s. 1003.32 or s. 1006.09.

20         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

21  that outline administrative standards for the use of

22  reasonable force by school personnel to maintain a safe and

23  orderly learning environment. Such standards shall be

24  distributed to each school in the state and shall provide

25  guidance to school personnel in receiving the limitations on

26  liability specified in this section.

27         Section 755.  Section 1012.77, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1012.77  Christa McAuliffe Ambassador for Education

30  Program.--

31  


                                 1392

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The Legislature recognizes that Florida continues

  2  to face teacher shortages and that fewer young people consider

  3  teaching as a career. It is the intent of the Legislature to

  4  promote the positive and rewarding aspects of being a teacher,

  5  to encourage more individuals to become teachers, and to

  6  provide annual sabbatical support for outstanding Florida

  7  teachers to serve as goodwill ambassadors for education.  The

  8  Legislature further wishes to honor the memory of Christa

  9  McAuliffe, who epitomized the challenge and inspiration that

10  teaching can be.

11         (2)  The Christa McAuliffe Ambassador for Education

12  Program is established to provide salary, travel, and other

13  related expenses annually for an outstanding Florida teacher

14  to promote the positive aspects of teaching as a career.  The

15  goals of the program are to:

16         (a)  Enhance the stature of teachers and the teaching

17  profession.

18         (b)  Promote the importance of quality education and

19  teaching for our future.

20         (c)  Inspire and attract talented people to become

21  teachers.

22         (d)  Provide information regarding Florida's

23  scholarship and loan programs related to teaching.

24         (e)  Promote the teaching profession within community

25  and business groups.

26         (f)  Provide information to retired military personnel

27  and other individuals who might consider teaching as a second

28  career.

29         (g)  Work with and represent the Department of

30  Education, as needed.

31  


                                 1393

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (h)  Work with and encourage the efforts of school and

  2  district teachers of the year.

  3         (i)  Support the activities of the Florida Future

  4  Educator of America Program.

  5         (j)  Represent Florida teachers at business, trade,

  6  education, and other conferences and meetings.

  7         (k)  Promote the teaching profession in other ways

  8  related to the teaching responsibilities, background

  9  experiences, and aspirations of the Ambassador for Education.

10         (3)  The Teacher of the Year shall serve as the

11  Ambassador for Education.  If the Teacher of the Year is

12  unable to serve as the Ambassador for Education, the first

13  runner-up shall serve in his or her place.  The Department of

14  Education shall establish application and selection procedures

15  for determining an annual teacher of the year. Applications

16  and selection criteria shall be developed and distributed

17  annually by the Department of Education to all school

18  districts. The Commissioner of Education shall establish a

19  selection committee which assures representation from teacher

20  organizations, administrators, and parents to select the

21  Teacher of the Year and Ambassador for Education from among

22  the district teachers of the year.

23         (4)(a)  The Commissioner of Education shall pay an

24  annual salary, fringe benefits, travel costs, and other costs

25  associated with administering the program.

26         (b)  The Ambassador for Education shall serve for 1

27  year, from July 1 to June 30, and shall be assured of

28  returning to his or her teaching position upon completion of

29  the program.  The ambassador will not have a break in

30  creditable or continuous service or employment for the period

31  of time in which he or she participates in the program.


                                 1394

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 756.  Part III.g. of chapter 1012, Florida

  2  Statutes, shall be entitled "Personnel Discipline and

  3  Assistance in Public Schools" and shall consist of ss.

  4  1012.79-1012.798.

  5         Section 757.  Section 1012.79, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1012.79  Education Practices Commission;

  8  organization.--

  9         (1)  The Education Practices Commission consists of 17

10  members, including 7 teachers, 5 administrators, and 5 lay

11  citizens (of whom 2 shall be former district school board

12  members), appointed by the State Board of Education from

13  nominations by the Commissioner of Education and subject to

14  Senate confirmation. Prior to making nominations, the

15  commissioner shall consult with the teaching and other

16  involved associations in the state. In making nominations, the

17  commissioner shall attempt to achieve equal geographical

18  representation, as closely as possible.

19         (a)  A teacher member, in order to be qualified for

20  appointment:

21         1.  Must be certified to teach in the state.

22         2.  Must be a resident of the state.

23         3.  Must have practiced the profession in this state

24  for at least 5 years immediately preceding the appointment.

25         (b)  A school administrator member, in order to be

26  qualified for appointment:

27         1.  Must have an endorsement on the educator

28  certificate in the area of school administration or

29  supervision.

30         2.  Must be a resident of the state.

31  


                                 1395

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Must have practiced the profession as an

  2  administrator for at least 5 years immediately preceding the

  3  appointment.

  4         (c)  The lay members must be residents of the state.

  5         (2)  Members of the commission shall serve for 4-year

  6  staggered terms.  No commission member may serve more than 8

  7  years.

  8         (3)  The State Board of Education may remove any member

  9  from the commission for misconduct or malfeasance in office,

10  incapacity, or neglect of duty.

11         (4)  From among its members, the commission shall elect

12  a chair who shall preside over meetings of the commission and

13  perform other duties directed by the commission or required by

14  its duly adopted rules or operating procedures.  School

15  districts shall be reimbursed for substitute teachers required

16  to replace commission members, when they are carrying out

17  their official duties, at a rate established by the school

18  district for substitute teachers.  The department may

19  reimburse local school districts for substitutes.

20         (5)  The commission, by a vote of three-fourths of the

21  membership, shall employ an executive director, who shall be

22  exempt from career service. The executive director may be

23  dismissed by a majority vote of the membership.

24         (6)(a)  The commission shall be assigned to the

25  Department of Education for administrative purposes.  The

26  commission, in the performance of its powers and duties, shall

27  not be subject to control, supervision, or direction by the

28  Department of Education.

29         (b)  The property, personnel, and appropriations

30  related to the specified authority, powers, duties, and

31  


                                 1396

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  responsibilities of the commission shall be provided to the

  2  commission by the Department of Education.

  3         (7)  The duties and responsibilities of the commission

  4  are to:

  5         (a)  Interpret and apply the standards of professional

  6  practice established by the State Board of Education.

  7         (b)  Revoke or suspend a certificate or take other

  8  appropriate action as provided in ss. 1012.56 and 1012.796.

  9         (c)  Report to and meet with the State Board of

10  Education at least once each year.

11         (d)  Adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54

12  to implement provisions of law conferring duties upon it.

13         (8)(a)  The commission shall, from time to time,

14  designate members of the commission to serve on panels for the

15  purpose of reviewing and issuing final orders upon cases

16  presented to the commission.  A case concerning a complaint

17  against a teacher shall be reviewed and a final order thereon

18  shall be entered by a panel composed of seven commission

19  members, four of whom shall be teachers. A case concerning a

20  complaint against an administrator shall be reviewed and a

21  final order thereon shall be entered by a panel composed of

22  seven commission members, four of whom shall be

23  administrators.

24         (b)  A majority of a quorum of a panel of the

25  commission shall have final agency authority in all cases

26  involving the revocation, suspension, or other disciplining of

27  certificates of teachers and school administrators. A majority

28  of the membership of the panel shall constitute a quorum. The

29  district school board shall retain the authority to discipline

30  teachers and administrators pursuant to law.

31  


                                 1397

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (9)  The commission shall make such expenditures as may

  2  be necessary in exercising its authority and powers and

  3  carrying out its duties and responsibilities, including

  4  expenditures for personal services, general counsel or access

  5  to counsel, and rent at the seat of government and elsewhere;

  6  for books of reference, periodicals, furniture, equipment, and

  7  supplies; and for printing and binding.  The expenditures of

  8  the commission shall be subject to the powers and duties of

  9  the Department of Banking and Finance as provided in s. 17.03.

10         (10)  The commission shall be financed from the

11  following: certification fees; fines, penalties, and costs

12  collected pursuant to s. 1012.796(9); and general revenue.

13         Section 758.  Section 1012.795, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1012.795  Education Practices Commission; authority to

16  discipline.--

17         (1)  The Education Practices Commission may suspend the

18  educator certificate of any person as defined in s. 1012.01(2)

19  or (3) for a period of time not to exceed 3 years, thereby

20  denying that person the right to teach for that period of

21  time, after which the holder may return to teaching as

22  provided in subsection (4); may revoke the educator

23  certificate of any person, thereby denying that person the

24  right to teach for a period of time not to exceed 10 years,

25  with reinstatement subject to the provisions of subsection

26  (4); may revoke permanently the educator certificate of any

27  person; may suspend the educator certificate, upon order of

28  the court, of any person found to have a delinquent child

29  support obligation; or may impose any other penalty provided

30  by law, provided it can be shown that the person:

31  


                                 1398

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Obtained the educator certificate by fraudulent

  2  means.

  3         (b)  Has proved to be incompetent to teach or to

  4  perform duties as an employee of the public school system or

  5  to teach in or to operate a private school.

  6         (c)  Has been guilty of gross immorality or an act

  7  involving moral turpitude.

  8         (d)  Has had an educator certificate revoked in another

  9  state.

10         (e)  Has been convicted of a misdemeanor, felony, or

11  any other criminal charge, other than a minor traffic

12  violation.

13         (f)  Upon investigation, has been found guilty of

14  personal conduct which seriously reduces that person's

15  effectiveness as an employee of the district school board.

16         (g)  Has breached a contract, as provided in s.

17  1012.33(2).

18         (h)  Has been the subject of a court order directing

19  the Education Practices Commission to suspend the certificate

20  as a result of a delinquent child support obligation.

21         (i)  Has violated the Principles of Professional

22  Conduct for the Education Profession prescribed by State Board

23  of Education rules.

24         (j)  Has otherwise violated the provisions of law, the

25  penalty for which is the revocation of the educator

26  certificate.

27         (k)  Has violated any order of the Education Practices

28  Commission.

29         (2)  The plea of guilty in any court, the decision of

30  guilty by any court, the forfeiture by the teaching

31  certificateholder of a bond in any court of law, or the


                                 1399

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  written acknowledgment, duly witnessed, of offenses listed in

  2  subsection (1) to the district school superintendent or a duly

  3  appointed representative or to the district school board shall

  4  be prima facie proof of grounds for revocation of the

  5  certificate as listed in subsection (1) in the absence of

  6  proof by the certificateholder that the plea of guilty,

  7  forfeiture of bond, or admission of guilt was caused by

  8  threats, coercion, or fraudulent means.

  9         (3)  The revocation by the Education Practices

10  Commission of an educator certificate of any person

11  automatically revokes any and all Florida educator

12  certificates held by that person.

13         (4)(a)  An educator certificate which has been

14  suspended under this section is automatically reinstated at

15  the end of the suspension period, provided the certificate did

16  not expire during the period of suspension.  If the

17  certificate expired during the period of suspension, the

18  holder of the former certificate may secure a new certificate

19  by making application therefor and by meeting the

20  certification requirements of the state board current at the

21  time of the application for the new certificate. An educator

22  certificate suspended pursuant to a court order for a

23  delinquent child support obligation may only be reinstated

24  upon notice from the court that the party has complied with

25  the terms of the court order.

26         (b)  A person whose educator certificate has been

27  revoked under this section may apply for a new certificate at

28  the expiration of that period of ineligibility fixed by the

29  Education Practices Commission by making application therefor

30  and by meeting the certification requirements of the state

31  


                                 1400

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board current at the time of the application for the new

  2  certificate.

  3         (5)  Each district school superintendent and the

  4  governing authority of each university lab school,

  5  state-supported school, or private school shall report to the

  6  department the name of any person certified pursuant to this

  7  chapter or employed and qualified pursuant to s. 1012.39:

  8         (a)  Who has been convicted of, or who has pled nolo

  9  contendere to, a misdemeanor, felony, or any other criminal

10  charge, other than a minor traffic infraction;

11         (b)  Who that official has reason to believe has

12  committed or is found to have committed any act which would be

13  a ground for revocation or suspension under subsection (1); or

14         (c)  Who has been dismissed or severed from employment

15  because of conduct involving any immoral, unnatural, or

16  lascivious act.

17         (6)(a)  When an individual violates the provisions of a

18  settlement agreement enforced by a final order of the

19  Education Practices Commission, an order to show cause may be

20  issued by the clerk of the commission. The order shall require

21  the individual to appear before the commission to show cause

22  why further penalties should not be levied against the

23  individual's certificate pursuant to the authority provided to

24  the Education Practices Commission in subsection (1). The

25  Education Practices Commission may fashion further penalties

26  under the authority of subsection (1) as deemed appropriate

27  when the show cause order is responded to by the individual.

28         (b)  The Education Practices Commission shall issue a

29  final order revoking an individual's Florida educator's

30  certificate for a minimum of 1 year under the following

31  circumstances:


                                 1401

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  If the individual:

  2         a.  Has been found to have violated the provisions of

  3  this section, such that the Education Practices Commission has

  4  the authority to discipline the individual's Florida

  5  educator's certificate on two separate occasions;

  6         b.  Has twice entered into a settlement agreement

  7  enforced by a final order of the Education Practices

  8  Commission; or

  9         c.  Has been found to have violated the provisions of

10  this section, such that the Education Practices Commission has

11  the authority to discipline the individual's Florida

12  educator's certificate on one occasion and entered into a

13  settlement agreement enforced by a final order of the

14  Education Practices Commission on one occasion; and

15         2.  A third finding of probable cause and a finding

16  that the allegations are proven or admitted to is subsequently

17  found by the Commissioner of Education.

18  

19  If, in the third instance, the individual enters into a

20  settlement agreement with the Department of Education, that

21  agreement shall also include a penalty revoking that

22  individual's Florida educator's certificate for a minimum of 1

23  year.

24         Section 759.  Section 1012.796, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1012.796  Complaints against teachers and

27  administrators; procedure; penalties.--

28         (1)(a)  The Department of Education shall cause to be

29  investigated expeditiously any complaint filed before it or

30  otherwise called to its attention which, if legally

31  sufficient, contains grounds for the revocation or suspension


                                 1402

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of a certificate or any other appropriate penalty as set forth

  2  in subsection (7). The complaint is legally sufficient if it

  3  contains the ultimate facts which show a violation has

  4  occurred as provided in s. 1012.795. The department may

  5  investigate or continue to investigate and take appropriate

  6  action in a complaint even though the original complainant

  7  withdraws the complaint or otherwise indicates a desire not to

  8  cause it to be investigated or prosecuted to completion. The

  9  department may investigate or continue to investigate and take

10  action on a complaint filed against a person whose educator

11  certificate has expired if the act or acts which are the basis

12  for the complaint were allegedly committed while that person

13  possessed an educator certificate.

14         (b)  When an investigation is undertaken, the

15  department shall notify the certificateholder and the district

16  school superintendent in the district in which the

17  certificateholder is employed and shall inform the

18  certificateholder of the substance of any complaint which has

19  been filed against that certificateholder, unless the

20  department determines that such notification would be

21  detrimental to the investigation, in which case the department

22  may withhold notification.

23         (c)  Each school district shall file in writing with

24  the department all legally sufficient complaints within 30

25  days after the date on which subject matter of the complaint

26  comes to the attention of the school district. The school

27  district shall include all information relating to the

28  complaint which is known to the school district at the time of

29  filing. Each district school board shall develop policies and

30  procedures to comply with this reporting requirement. The

31  district school board policies and procedures shall include


                                 1403

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  appropriate penalties for all personnel of the district school

  2  board for nonreporting and procedures for promptly informing

  3  the district school superintendent of each legally sufficient

  4  complaint. The district school superintendent is charged with

  5  knowledge of these policies and procedures.  If the district

  6  school superintendent has knowledge of a legally sufficient

  7  complaint and does not report the complaint, or fails to

  8  enforce the policies and procedures of the district school

  9  board, and fails to comply with the requirements of this

10  subsection, in addition to other actions against

11  certificateholders authorized by law, the district school

12  superintendent shall be subject to penalties as specified in

13  s. 1001.51(13). This paragraph does not limit or restrict the

14  power and duty of the department to investigate complaints as

15  provided in paragraphs (a) and (b), regardless of the school

16  district's untimely filing, or failure to file, complaints and

17  followup reports.

18         (2)  The Commissioner of Education shall develop job

19  specifications for investigative personnel employed by the

20  department. Such specifications shall be substantially

21  equivalent to or greater than those job specifications of

22  investigative personnel employed by the Department of Business

23  and Professional Regulation. The department may contract with

24  the Department of Business and Professional Regulation for

25  investigations. No person who is responsible for conducting an

26  investigation of a teacher or administrator may prosecute the

27  same case. The department general counsel or members of that

28  staff may conduct prosecutions under this section.

29         (3)  The department staff shall advise the commissioner

30  concerning the findings of the investigation.  The department

31  general counsel or members of that staff shall review the


                                 1404

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  investigation and advise the commissioner concerning probable

  2  cause or lack thereof.  The determination of probable cause

  3  shall be made by the commissioner.  The commissioner shall

  4  provide an opportunity for a conference, if requested, prior

  5  to determining probable cause.  The commissioner may enter

  6  into deferred prosecution agreements in lieu of finding

  7  probable cause when in his or her judgment such agreements

  8  would be in the best interests of the department, the

  9  certificateholder, and the public.  Such deferred prosecution

10  agreements shall become effective when filed with the clerk of

11  the Education Practices Commission.  However, a deferred

12  prosecution agreement shall not be entered into where there is

13  probable cause to believe that a felony or an act of moral

14  turpitude has occurred.  Upon finding no probable cause, the

15  commissioner shall dismiss the complaint.

16         (4)  The complaint and all information obtained

17  pursuant to the investigation by the department shall be

18  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1)

19  until the conclusion of the preliminary investigation of the

20  complaint, until such time as the preliminary investigation

21  ceases to be active, or until such time as otherwise provided

22  by s. 1012.798(6). However, the complaint and all material

23  assembled during the investigation may be inspected and copied

24  by the certificateholder under investigation, or the

25  certificateholder's designee, after the investigation is

26  concluded, but prior to the determination of probable cause by

27  the commissioner. If the preliminary investigation is

28  concluded with the finding that there is no probable cause to

29  proceed, the complaint and information shall be open

30  thereafter to inspection pursuant to s. 119.07(1). If the

31  preliminary investigation is concluded with the finding that


                                 1405

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  there is probable cause to proceed and a complaint is filed

  2  pursuant to subsection (6), the complaint and information

  3  shall be open thereafter to inspection pursuant to s.

  4  119.07(1). If the preliminary investigation ceases to be

  5  active, the complaint and all such material shall be open

  6  thereafter to inspection pursuant to s. 119.07(1), except as

  7  otherwise provided pursuant to s. 1012.798(6). For the purpose

  8  of this subsection, a preliminary investigation shall be

  9  considered active as long as it is continuing with a

10  reasonable, good faith anticipation that an administrative

11  finding will be made in the foreseeable future.

12         (5)  When deemed necessary to protect the health,

13  safety, and welfare of a minor student, the district school

14  superintendent in consultation with the school principal may,

15  and upon the request of the Commissioner of Education shall,

16  temporarily suspend a certificateholder from the

17  certificateholder's regularly assigned duties, with pay, and

18  reassign the suspended certificateholder to a position that

19  does not require direct contact with students in the district

20  school system.  Such suspension shall continue until the

21  completion of the proceedings and the determination of

22  sanctions, if any, pursuant to this section and s. 1012.795.

23         (6)  Upon the finding of probable cause, the

24  commissioner shall file a formal complaint and prosecute the

25  complaint pursuant to the provisions of chapter 120. An

26  administrative law judge shall be assigned by the Division of

27  Administrative Hearings of the Department of Management

28  Services to hear the complaint if there are disputed issues of

29  material fact. The administrative law judge shall make

30  recommendations in accordance with the provisions of

31  subsection (7) to the appropriate Education Practices


                                 1406

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Commission panel which shall conduct a formal review of such

  2  recommendations and other pertinent information and issue a

  3  final order. The commission shall consult with its legal

  4  counsel prior to issuance of a final order.

  5         (7)  A panel of the commission shall enter a final

  6  order either dismissing the complaint or imposing one or more

  7  of the following penalties:

  8         (a)  Denial of an application for a teaching

  9  certificate or for an administrative or supervisory

10  endorsement on a teaching certificate.  The denial may provide

11  that the applicant may not reapply for certification, and that

12  the department may refuse to consider that applicant's

13  application, for a specified period of time or permanently.

14         (b)  Revocation or suspension of a certificate.

15         (c)  Imposition of an administrative fine not to exceed

16  $2,000 for each count or separate offense.

17         (d)  Placement of the teacher, administrator, or

18  supervisor on probation for a period of time and subject to

19  such conditions as the commission may specify, including

20  requiring the certified teacher, administrator, or supervisor

21  to complete additional appropriate college courses or work

22  with another certified educator, with the administrative costs

23  of monitoring the probation assessed to the educator placed on

24  probation.

25         (e)  Restriction of the authorized scope of practice of

26  the teacher, administrator, or supervisor.

27         (f)  Reprimand of the teacher, administrator, or

28  supervisor in writing, with a copy to be placed in the

29  certification file of such person.

30         (g)  Imposition of an administrative sanction, upon a

31  person whose teaching certificate has expired, for an act or


                                 1407

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  acts committed while that person possessed a teaching

  2  certificate or an expired certificate subject to late renewal,

  3  which sanction bars that person from applying for a new

  4  certificate for a period of 10 years or less, or permanently.

  5         (8)  Violations of the provisions of probation shall

  6  result in an order to show cause issued by the clerk of the

  7  Education Practices Commission. Upon failure of the

  8  probationer, at the time and place stated in the order, to

  9  show cause satisfactorily to the Education Practices

10  Commission why a penalty for violating probation should not be

11  imposed, the Education Practices Commission shall impose

12  whatever penalty is appropriate as established in s.

13  1012.795(6). Any probation period will be tolled when an order

14  to show cause has been issued until the issue is resolved by

15  the Education Practices Commission.

16         (9)  All moneys collected by, or awarded to, the

17  commission as fees, fines, penalties, or costs shall be

18  deposited into the Educational Certification and Service Trust

19  Fund pursuant to s. 1012.59.

20         Section 760.  Section 1012.797, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1012.797  Notification of district school

23  superintendent of certain charges against or convictions of

24  employees.--

25         (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 985.04(4) or

26  any other provision of law to the contrary, a law enforcement

27  agency shall, within 48 hours, notify the appropriate district

28  school superintendent of the name and address of any employee

29  of the school district who is charged with a felony or with a

30  misdemeanor involving the abuse of a minor child or the sale

31  or possession of a controlled substance. The notification


                                 1408

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall include the specific charge for which the employee of

  2  the school district was arrested. Such notification shall

  3  include other education providers such as the Florida School

  4  for the Deaf and the Blind, university lab schools, and

  5  private elementary and secondary schools.

  6         (2)  Except to the extent necessary to protect the

  7  health, safety, and welfare of other students, the information

  8  obtained by the district school superintendent pursuant to

  9  this section may be released only to appropriate school

10  personnel or as otherwise provided by law.

11         Section 761.  Section 1012.798, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1012.798  Recovery network program for educators.--

14         (1)  RECOVERY NETWORK ESTABLISHED.--There is created

15  within the Department of Education, a recovery network program

16  to assist educators who are impaired as a result of alcohol

17  abuse, drug abuse, or a mental condition in obtaining

18  treatment to permit their continued contribution to the

19  education profession.  Any person who holds certification

20  issued by the department pursuant to s. 1012.56 is eligible

21  for the assistance.

22         (2)  STAFF.--

23         (a)  The department shall employ an administrator and

24  staff as are necessary to be assigned exclusively to the

25  recovery network program.

26         (b)  The Commissioner of Education shall establish the

27  criteria for and appoint the staff of the program.

28         (c)  The department may contract with other

29  professionals to implement this section.

30         (3)  PURPOSE.--The recovery network program shall

31  assist educators in obtaining treatment and services from


                                 1409

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  approved treatment providers, but each impaired educator must

  2  pay for his or her treatment under terms and conditions agreed

  3  upon by the impaired educator and the treatment provider.  A

  4  person who is admitted to the program must contract with the

  5  treatment provider and the program.  The treatment contract

  6  must prescribe the type of treatment and the responsibilities

  7  of the impaired educator and of the provider and must provide

  8  that the impaired educator's progress will be monitored by the

  9  program.

10         (4)  APPROVAL OF TREATMENT PROVIDERS.--The recovery

11  network program shall locate, evaluate, and approve qualified

12  treatment providers.

13         (5)  RELATIONSHIP WITH EDUCATION PRACTICES COMMISSION

14  AND DEPARTMENT.--The recovery network program shall operate

15  independently of, but may cooperate with, the Office of

16  Professional Practices Services of the Department of Education

17  and the Education Practices Commission.  A person's

18  participation in the program entitles the commissioner to

19  enter into a deferred prosecution agreement pursuant to s.

20  1012.796, or such participation may be considered a factor in

21  mitigation of or a condition of disciplinary action against

22  the person's certificate by the Education Practices Commission

23  pursuant to s. 1012.795.

24         (6)  PARTICIPATION.--The recovery network program shall

25  operate independently of employee assistance programs operated

26  by local school districts, and the powers and duties of school

27  districts to make employment decisions, including disciplinary

28  decisions, is not affected except as provided in this section:

29         (a)  A person who is not subject to investigation or

30  proceedings under ss. 1012.795 and 1012.796 may voluntarily

31  seek assistance through a local school district employee


                                 1410

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  assistance program for which he or she is eligible and through

  2  the recovery network, regardless of action taken against him

  3  or her by a school district. Voluntarily seeking assistance

  4  alone does not subject a person to proceedings under ss.

  5  1012.795 and 1012.796.

  6         (b)  A person who is subject to investigation or

  7  proceedings under ss. 1012.795 and 1012.796 may be required to

  8  participate in the program.  The program may approve a local

  9  employee assistance program as a treatment provider or as a

10  means of securing a treatment provider.  The program and the

11  local school district shall cooperate so that the person may

12  obtain treatment without limiting the school district's

13  statutory powers and duties as an employer or the disciplinary

14  procedures under ss. 1012.795 and 1012.796.

15         (c)  A person who has not previously been under

16  investigation by the department may be enrolled in a treatment

17  program by the recovery network after an investigation has

18  commenced, if the person:

19         1.  Acknowledges his or her impairment.

20         2.  Agrees to evaluation, as approved by the recovery

21  network.

22         3.  Agrees to enroll in an appropriate treatment

23  program approved by the recovery network.

24         4.  Executes releases for all medical and treatment

25  records regarding his or her impairment and participation in a

26  treatment program to the recovery network, pursuant to 42

27  U.S.C. s. 290dd-3 and the federal regulations adopted

28  thereunder.

29         5.  Enters into a deferred prosecution agreement with

30  the commissioner, which provides that no prosecution shall be

31  instituted concerning the matters enumerated in the agreement


                                 1411

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  if the person is properly enrolled in the treatment program

  2  and successfully completes the program as certified by the

  3  recovery network. The commissioner is under no obligation to

  4  enter into a deferred prosecution agreement with the educator

  5  but may do so if he or she determines that it is in the best

  6  interest of the educational program of the state.

  7         6.  Has not previously entered a substance abuse

  8  program.

  9         7.  Is not being investigated for any action involving

10  commission of a felony or violent act against another person.

11         8.  Has not had multiple arrests for minor drug use,

12  possession, or abuse of alcohol.

13         (7)  REFERRAL TO NETWORK WHEN NO PROBABLE CAUSE IS

14  DETERMINED.--If a complaint is made to the department against

15  a teacher or an administrator pursuant to s. 1012.796 and a

16  finding of no probable cause indicates that no concern other

17  than impairment exists, the department shall inform the person

18  of the availability of assistance provided by the recovery

19  network program.

20         (8)  ADMISSION.--A person who is referred or who

21  requests admission to the recovery network program shall be

22  temporarily admitted pending a finding that he or she has:

23         (a)  Acknowledged his or her impairment problem.

24         (b)  Agreed to evaluation as approved by the recovery

25  network program.

26         (c)  Voluntarily enrolled in an appropriate treatment

27  program approved by the recovery network program.

28         (d)  Voluntarily sought agreement from the school

29  district for temporary leave or limitations on the scope of

30  employment if the temporary leave or limitations are included

31  in the treatment provider's recommendations; or voluntarily


                                 1412

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  agreed to pursue the alternative treatment recommended by the

  2  treatment provider if the school district does not approve

  3  such temporary leave or limitations on the scope of

  4  employment.

  5         (e)  Executed releases to the recovery network program

  6  for all medical and treatment records regarding his or her

  7  impairment and participation in a treatment program pursuant

  8  to 42 U.S.C. s. 290dd-3 and the federal regulations adopted

  9  thereunder.

10         (9)  DISCLOSURE OF MEDICAL RECORDS.--An approved

11  treatment provider must disclose to the recovery network

12  program all information in its possession which relates to a

13  person's impairment and participation in the treatment

14  program.  Information obtained under this subsection is

15  confidential and exempt from s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I

16  of the State Constitution. This exemption is necessary to

17  promote the rehabilitation of impaired educators and to

18  protect the privacy of treatment program participants.  The

19  failure to provide such information to the program is grounds

20  for withdrawal of approval of a treatment provider. Medical

21  records provided to the program may not be disclosed to any

22  other person, except as authorized by law.

23         (10)  DECLARATION OF INELIGIBILITY.--

24         (a)  A person may be declared ineligible for further

25  assistance from the recovery network program if he or she does

26  not progress satisfactorily in a treatment program or leaves a

27  prescribed program or course of treatment without the approval

28  of the treatment provider.

29         (b)  The determination of ineligibility must be made by

30  the commissioner in cases referred to him or her by the

31  program administrator. Before referring a case to the


                                 1413

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commissioner, the administrator must discuss the circumstances

  2  with the treatment provider.  The commissioner may direct the

  3  Office of Professional Practices Services to investigate the

  4  case and provide a report.

  5         (c)  If a treatment contract with the program is a

  6  condition of a deferred prosecution agreement, and the

  7  commissioner determines that the person is ineligible for

  8  further assistance, the commissioner may agree to modify the

  9  terms and conditions of the deferred prosecution agreement or

10  may issue an administrative complaint, pursuant to s.

11  1012.796, alleging the charges regarding which prosecution was

12  deferred.  The person may dispute the determination as an

13  affirmative defense to the administrative complaint by

14  including with his or her request for hearing on the

15  administrative complaint a written statement setting forth the

16  facts and circumstances that show that the determination of

17  ineligibility was erroneous.  If administrative proceedings

18  regarding the administrative complaint, pursuant to ss.

19  120.569 and 120.57, result in a finding that the determination

20  of ineligibility was erroneous, the person is eligible to

21  participate in the program. If the determination of

22  ineligibility was the only reason for setting aside the

23  deferred prosecution agreement and issuing the administrative

24  complaint and the administrative proceedings result in a

25  finding that the determination was erroneous, the complaint

26  shall be dismissed and the deferred prosecution agreement

27  reinstated without prejudice to the commissioner's right to

28  reissue the administrative complaint for other breaches of the

29  agreement.

30         (d)  If a treatment contract with the program is a

31  condition of a final order of the Education Practices


                                 1414

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Commission, the commissioner's determination of ineligibility

  2  constitutes a finding of probable cause that the person failed

  3  to comply with the final order.  The commissioner shall issue

  4  an administrative complaint, and the case shall proceed under

  5  ss. 1012.795 and 1012.796, in the same manner as cases based

  6  on a failure to comply with an order of the Education

  7  Practices Commission.

  8         (e)  If the person voluntarily entered into a treatment

  9  contract with the program, the commissioner shall issue a

10  written notice stating the reasons for the determination of

11  ineligibility. Within 20 days after the date of such notice,

12  the person may contest the determination of ineligibility

13  pursuant to ss. 120.569 and 120.57.

14         (11)  MEDICAL RECORDS RELEASE.--Medical records

15  released pursuant to paragraph (8)(e) may be disclosed to the

16  commissioner, the Office of Professional Practices Services,

17  and the Education Practices Commission only as required for

18  purposes of this section, or as otherwise authorized by law.

19  Further disclosure or release of the medical records may not

20  be made except as authorized by law and in accordance with 42

21  U.S.C. s. 290dd-2 and the federal regulations adopted

22  thereunder.  The medical records are confidential and exempt

23  from s. 119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State

24  Constitution.

25         (12)  FEES.--The State Board of Education shall include

26  in the fees established pursuant to s. 1012.59 an amount

27  sufficient to implement the provisions of this section.  The

28  State Board of Education shall by rule establish procedures

29  and additional standards for:

30         (a)  Approving treatment providers, including

31  appropriate qualifications and experience, amount of


                                 1415

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reasonable fees and charges, and quality and effectiveness of

  2  treatment programs provided.

  3         (b)  Admitting eligible persons to the program.

  4         (c)  Evaluating impaired persons by the recovery

  5  network program.

  6         Section 762.  Part IV of chapter 1012, Florida

  7  Statutes, shall be entitled "Public Postsecondary Educational

  8  Institutions; Personnel" and shall consist of ss.

  9  1012.80-1012.97.

10         Section 763.  Part IV.a. of chapter 1012, Florida

11  Statutes, shall be entitled "General Provisions" and shall

12  consist of ss. 1012.80-1012.801.

13         Section 764.  Section 1012.80, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1012.80  Participation by employees in disruptive

16  activities at public postsecondary educational institutions;

17  penalties.--

18         (1)  Any person who accepts the privilege extended by

19  the laws of this state of employment at any public

20  postsecondary educational institution shall, by so working at

21  such institution, be deemed to have given his or her consent

22  to the policies of that institution, the State Board of

23  Education, and the laws of this state.  Such policies shall

24  include prohibition against disruptive activities at public

25  postsecondary educational institutions.

26         (2)  After it has been determined that an employee of a

27  public postsecondary educational institution has participated

28  in disruptive activities, the institution may terminate the

29  contract of the employee, and thereafter such person shall not

30  be employed by any state public school or public postsecondary

31  educational institution.


                                 1416

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 765.  Effective upon this act becoming a law,

  2  section 1012.801, Florida Statutes, is created to read:

  3         1012.801  Employees of the Division of Colleges and

  4  Universities.--Employees of the Division of Colleges and

  5  Universities of the Department of Education who are

  6  participating in the State University Optional Retirement

  7  Program prior to June 30, 2002, shall be eligible to continue

  8  such participation as long as they remain employees of the

  9  Department of Education or a state university without a break

10  in continuous service.

11         Section 766.  Part IV.b. of chapter 1012, Florida

12  Statutes, shall be entitled "Community Colleges; Personnel"

13  and shall consist of ss. 1012.81-1012.88.

14         Section 767.  Section 1012.81, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.81  Personnel records.--Rules of the State Board

17  of Education shall prescribe the content and custody of

18  limited-access records which a community college may maintain

19  on its employees.  Such records shall be limited to

20  information reflecting evaluations of employee performance and

21  shall be open to inspection only by the employee and by

22  officials of the college who are responsible for supervision

23  of the employee.  Such limited-access employee records are

24  confidential and exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).

25  Except as required for use by the president in the discharge

26  of his or her official responsibilities, the custodian of

27  limited-access employee records may release information from

28  such records only upon authorization in writing from the

29  employee or the president or upon order of a court of

30  competent jurisdiction.

31  


                                 1417

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 768.  Section 1012.82, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1012.82  Teaching faculty; minimum teaching hours per

  4  week.--Each full-time member of the teaching faculty at any

  5  community college who is paid wholly from funds appropriated

  6  from the community college program fund shall teach a minimum

  7  of 15 classroom contact hours per week at such institution.

  8  However, the required classroom contact hours per week may be

  9  reduced upon approval of the president of the institution in

10  direct proportion to specific duties and responsibilities

11  assigned the faculty member by his or her departmental chair

12  or other appropriate college administrator. Such specific

13  duties may include specific research duties, specific duties

14  associated with developing television, video tape, or other

15  specifically assigned innovative teaching techniques or

16  devices, or assigned responsibility for off-campus student

17  internship or work-study programs.  A "classroom contact hour"

18  consists of a regularly scheduled classroom activity of not

19  less than 50 minutes in a course of instruction which has been

20  approved by the community college board of trustees.  Any

21  full-time faculty member who is paid partly from community

22  college program funds and partly from other funds or

23  appropriations shall teach a minimum number of classroom

24  contact hours per week in such proportion to 15 classroom

25  contact hours as his or her salary paid from community college

26  program funds bears to his or her total salary.

27         Section 769.  Section 1012.83, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1012.83  Contracts with administrative and

30  instructional staff.--Each person employed in an

31  administrative or instructional capacity in a community


                                 1418

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  college shall be entitled to a contract as provided by rules

  2  of the State Board of Education.

  3         Section 770.  Section 1012.84, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1012.84  Exemption from county civil service

  6  commissions.--

  7         (1)  Any community college located in a county which

  8  has either a budget commission or a civil service commission

  9  is exempt from the regulation, supervision, and control of any

10  such commission.

11         (2)  Any general or special law conflicting with this

12  section is repealed to the extent that said law conflicts with

13  this section.

14         Section 771.  Section 1012.85, Florida Statutes, is

15  created to read:

16         1012.85  Payment of costs of civil actions against

17  officers, employees, or agents of community college board of

18  trustees.--

19         (1)  Whenever any civil action has been brought against

20  any officer of the community college board of trustees,

21  including a board member, or any person employed by or agent

22  of the community college board of trustees, of any community

23  college for any act or omission arising out of and in the

24  course of the performance of his or her duties and

25  responsibilities, the community college board of trustees may

26  defray all costs of defending such action, including

27  reasonable attorney's fees and expenses together with costs of

28  appeal, if any, and may save harmless and protect such person

29  from any financial loss resulting therefrom; and the community

30  college board of trustees may be self-insured, to enter into

31  risk management programs, or to purchase insurance for


                                 1419

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  whatever coverage it may choose, or to have any combination

  2  thereof, to cover all such losses and expenses. However, any

  3  attorney's fees paid from public funds for any officer,

  4  employee, or agent who is found to be personally liable by

  5  virtue of acting outside the scope of his or her employment or

  6  acting in bad faith, with malicious purpose, or in a manner

  7  exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights,

  8  safety, or property may be recovered by the state, county,

  9  municipality, or political subdivision in a civil action

10  against such officer, employee, or agent.

11         (2)  Failure by a community college board of trustees

12  to perform any act authorized by this section shall not

13  constitute a cause of action against a community college or

14  its trustees, officers, employees, or agents.

15         Section 772.  Section 1012.855, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1012.855  Employment of community college personnel;

18  discrimination in granting salary prohibited.--

19         (1)(a)  Employment of all personnel in each community

20  college shall be upon recommendation of the president, subject

21  to rejection for cause by the community college board of

22  trustees; to the rules of the State Board of Education

23  relative to certification, tenure, leaves of absence of all

24  types, including sabbaticals, remuneration, and such other

25  conditions of employment as the State Board of Education deems

26  necessary and proper; and to policies of the community college

27  board of trustees not inconsistent with law.

28         (b)  Any internal auditor employed by a community

29  college shall be hired by the community college board of

30  trustees and shall report directly to the board.

31  


                                 1420

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Each community college board of trustees shall

  2  undertake a program to eradicate any discrimination on the

  3  basis of gender, race, or physical handicap in the granting of

  4  salaries to employees.

  5         Section 773.  Section 1012.86, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1012.86  Community college employment equity

  8  accountability program.--

  9         (1)  Each community college shall include in its annual

10  equity update a plan for increasing the representation of

11  women and minorities in senior-level administrative positions

12  and in full-time faculty positions, and for increasing the

13  representation of women and minorities who have attained

14  continuing-contract status. Positions shall be defined in the

15  personnel data element directory of the Department of

16  Education. The plan must include specific measurable goals and

17  objectives, specific strategies and timelines for

18  accomplishing these goals and objectives, and comparable

19  national standards as provided by the Department of Education.

20  The goals and objectives shall be based on meeting or

21  exceeding comparable national standards and shall be reviewed

22  and recommended by the State Board of Education as

23  appropriate. Such plans shall be maintained until appropriate

24  representation has been achieved and maintained for at least 3

25  consecutive reporting years.

26         (2)(a)  On or before May 1 of each year, each community

27  college president shall submit an annual employment

28  accountability plan to the Commissioner of Education and the

29  State Board of Education. The accountability plan must show

30  faculty and administrator employment data according to

31  


                                 1421

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  requirements specified on the federal Equal Employment

  2  Opportunity (EE0-6) report.

  3         (b)  The plan must show the following information for

  4  those positions including, but not limited to:

  5         1.  Job classification title.

  6         2.  Gender.

  7         3.  Ethnicity.

  8         4.  Appointment status.

  9         5.  Salary information.  At each community college,

10  salary information shall also include the salary ranges in

11  which new hires were employed compared to the salary ranges

12  for employees with comparable experience and qualifications.

13         6.  Other comparative information including, but not

14  limited to, composite information regarding the total number

15  of positions within the particular job title classification

16  for the community college by race, gender, and salary range

17  compared to the number of new hires.

18         7.  A statement certifying diversity and balance in the

19  gender and ethnic composition of the selection committee for

20  each vacancy, including a brief description of guidelines used

21  for ensuring balanced and diverse membership on selection and

22  review committees.

23         (c)  The annual employment accountability plan shall

24  also include an analysis and an assessment of the community

25  college's attainment of annual goals and of long-range goals

26  for increasing the number of women and minorities in faculty

27  and senior-level administrative positions, and a corrective

28  action plan for addressing underrepresentation.

29         (d)  Each community college's employment accountability

30  plan must also include:

31  


                                 1422

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The requirements for receiving a continuing

  2  contract.

  3         2.  A brief description of the process used to grant

  4  continuing-contract status.

  5         3.  A brief description of the process used to annually

  6  apprise each eligible faculty member of progress toward

  7  attainment of continuing-contract status.

  8         (3)  Community college presidents and the heads of each

  9  major administrative division shall be evaluated annually on

10  the progress made toward meeting the goals and objectives of

11  the community college's employment accountability plan.

12         (a)  The community college presidents, or the

13  presidents' designees, shall annually evaluate each department

14  chairperson, dean, provost, and vice president in achieving

15  the annual and long-term goals and objectives.  A summary of

16  the results of such evaluations shall be reported annually by

17  the community college president to the community college board

18  of trustees. Annual budget allocations by the community

19  college board of trustees for positions and funding must take

20  into consideration these evaluations.

21         (b)  Community college boards of trustees shall

22  annually evaluate the performance of the community college

23  presidents in achieving the annual and long-term goals and

24  objectives. A summary of the results of such evaluations shall

25  be reported to the Commissioner of Education and the State

26  Board of Education as part of the community college's annual

27  employment accountability plan, and to the Legislature as part

28  of the annual equity progress report submitted by the State

29  Board of Education.

30         (4)  The State Board of Education shall submit an

31  annual equity progress report to the President of the Senate


                                 1423

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on or before

  2  January 1 of each year.

  3         (5)  Each community college shall develop a budgetary

  4  incentive plan to support and ensure attainment of the goals

  5  developed pursuant to this section.  The plan shall specify,

  6  at a minimum, how resources shall be allocated to support the

  7  achievement of goals and the implementation of strategies in a

  8  timely manner.  After prior review and approval by the

  9  community college president and the community college board of

10  trustees, the plan shall be submitted as part of the annual

11  employment accountability plan submitted by each community

12  college to the State Board of Education.

13         (6)  Subject to available funding, the Legislature

14  shall provide an annual appropriation to the State Board of

15  Education to be allocated to community college presidents,

16  faculty, and administrative personnel to further enhance

17  equity initiatives and related priorities that support the

18  mission of colleges and departments in recognition of the

19  attainment of the equity goals and objectives.

20         Section 774.  Section 1012.865, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1012.865  Sick leave.--Each community college board of

23  trustees shall adopt rules whereby any full-time employee who

24  is unable to perform his or her duties at the community

25  college on account of personal sickness, accident disability,

26  or extended personal illness, or because of illness or death

27  of the employee's father, mother, brother, sister, husband,

28  wife, child, or other close relative or member of the

29  employee's own household, and who consequently has to be

30  absent from work shall be granted leave of absence for

31  sickness by the president or by the president's designated


                                 1424

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  representative.  The following provisions shall govern sick

  2  leave:

  3         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section, unless the

  4  context otherwise requires, the term:

  5         (a)  "Educational support employee" means any person

  6  employed by a community college as an education or

  7  administrative paraprofessional; a member of the operations,

  8  maintenance, or comparable department; or a secretary,

  9  clerical, or comparable level support employee.

10         (b)  "Instructional staff" shall be used synonymously

11  with the word "teacher" or "faculty" and includes faculty

12  members, librarians, counselors, and other comparable members

13  engaged in an instructional capacity in the community college.

14         (2)  EXTENT OF LEAVE WITH COMPENSATION.--

15         (a)  Each full-time employee shall earn 1 day of sick

16  leave with compensation for each calendar month or major

17  fraction of a calendar month of service, not to exceed 12 days

18  for each fiscal year.  Such leave shall be taken only when

19  necessary because of sickness as herein prescribed.  Such sick

20  leave shall be cumulative from year to year.  Accumulated sick

21  leave may be transferred from another Florida community

22  college, the Florida Department of Education, a state

23  university, a Florida district school board, or a state

24  agency, provided that at least one-half of the sick leave

25  accumulated at any time must have been established in the

26  college in which such employee is currently employed.

27         (b)  A community college board of trustees may

28  establish rules and prescribe procedures whereby a full-time

29  employee may, at the beginning date of employment in any year,

30  be credited with 12 days of sick leave with compensation in

31  excess of the number of days the employee has earned.  Upon


                                 1425

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  termination of employment, the employee's final compensation

  2  shall be adjusted in an amount necessary to ensure that sick

  3  leave with compensation does not exceed the days of earned

  4  sick leave as provided herein.

  5         (c)  A community college board of trustees may

  6  establish rules and prescribe standards to permit a full-time

  7  employee to be absent no more than 4 days for personal

  8  reasons.  However, such absences for personal reasons shall be

  9  charged only to accrued sick leave, and leave for personal

10  reasons shall be noncumulative.

11         (d)  A community college board of trustees may

12  establish rules to provide terminal pay for accumulated sick

13  leave to full-time instructional staff and educational support

14  employees or to the employee's beneficiary if service is

15  terminated by death.  However, such terminal pay may not

16  exceed an amount determined as follows:

17         1.  During the first 3 years of service, the daily rate

18  of pay multiplied by 35 percent times the number of days of

19  accumulated sick leave.

20         2.  During the next 3 years of service, the daily rate

21  of pay multiplied by 40 percent times the number of days of

22  accumulated sick leave.

23         3.  During the next 3 years of service, the daily rate

24  of pay multiplied by 45 percent times the number of days of

25  accumulated sick leave.

26         4.  During the 10th year of service, the daily rate of

27  pay multiplied by 50 percent times the number of days of

28  accumulated sick leave.

29         5.  During the next 20 years of service, the daily rate

30  of pay multiplied by 50 percent plus up to an additional 2.5

31  


                                 1426

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  percent per year for each year of service beyond 10 years,

  2  times the number of days of accumulated sick leave.

  3  

  4  If an employee receives terminal pay benefits based on unused

  5  sick leave credit, all unused sick leave credit shall become

  6  invalid; however, if an employee terminates his or her

  7  employment without receiving terminal pay benefits and is

  8  reemployed, his or her sick leave credit shall be reinstated.

  9         (e)  A community college board of trustees may, by

10  rule, provide for terminal pay for accumulated unused sick

11  leave to be paid to any full-time employee of a community

12  college other than instructional staff or educational support

13  employees. If termination of employment is by death of the

14  employee, any terminal pay to which the employee may have been

15  entitled shall be made to the employee's beneficiary.

16         1.  For unused sick leave accumulated before July 1,

17  2001, terminal pay shall be made pursuant to rules or policies

18  of the board of trustees which were in effect on June 30,

19  2001.

20         2.  For unused sick leave accumulated on or after July

21  1, 2001, terminal payment may not exceed an amount equal to

22  one-fourth of the employee's unused sick leave or 60 days of

23  the employee's pay, whichever amount is less.

24         3.  If the employee had an accumulated sick leave

25  balance of 60 days or more on June 30, 2001, sick leave earned

26  after that date may not be accumulated for terminal pay

27  purposes until the accumulated leave balance as of June 30,

28  2001, is less than 60 days.

29         (3)  CLAIM MUST BE FILED.--Any full-time employee who

30  finds it necessary to be absent from his or her duties because

31  of illness as defined in this section shall notify the


                                 1427

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  community college president or a college official designated

  2  by the president, if possible before the opening of college on

  3  the day on which the employee must be absent or during the

  4  day, except when he or she is absent for emergency reasons

  5  recognized by the community college board of trustees as

  6  valid. Any employee shall, before claiming and receiving

  7  compensation for the time absent from his or her duties while

  8  absent because of sick leave as prescribed in this section,

  9  make and file a written certificate which shall set forth the

10  day or days absent, that such absence was necessary, and that

11  he or she is entitled or not entitled to receive pay for such

12  absence in accordance with the provisions of this section. The

13  community college board of trustees may adopt rules under

14  which the president may require a certificate of illness from

15  a licensed physician or from the county health officer.

16         (4)  COMPENSATION.--Any full-time employee who has

17  unused sick leave credit shall receive full-time compensation

18  for the time justifiably absent on sick leave; however, no

19  compensation may be allowed beyond that provided in subsection

20  (6).

21         (5)  EXPENDITURE AUTHORIZED.--Community college boards

22  of trustees may expend public funds for payment to employees

23  on account of sickness. The expending and excluding of such

24  funds shall be in compliance with rules adopted by the

25  Department of Management Services pursuant to chapter 650.

26         (6)  SICK LEAVE POOL.--Notwithstanding any other

27  provision of this section, a community college board of

28  trustees may, by rule, based upon the maintenance of reliable

29  and accurate records by the community college showing the

30  amount of sick leave which has been accumulated and is unused

31  by employees in accordance with this section, establish a plan


                                 1428

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  allowing participating full-time employees of the community

  2  college to pool sick leave accrued and allowing any sick leave

  3  thus pooled to be disbursed to any participating employee who

  4  is in need of sick leave in excess of that amount he or she

  5  has personally accrued. Such rules shall include, but not be

  6  limited to, the following provisions:

  7         (a)  Participation in the sick leave pool shall at all

  8  times be voluntary on the part of employees.

  9         (b)  Any full-time employee shall be eligible for

10  participation in the sick leave pool after 1 year of

11  employment with the community college, provided such employee

12  has accrued a minimum amount of unused sick leave, which

13  minimum shall be established by rule.

14         (c)  Any sick leave pooled pursuant to this section

15  shall be removed from the personally accumulated sick leave

16  balance of the employee donating such leave.

17         (d)  Participating employees shall make equal

18  contributions to the sick leave pool. There shall be

19  established a maximum amount of sick leave which may be

20  contributed to the pool by an employee.  After the initial

21  contribution which an employee makes upon electing to

22  participate, no further contributions shall be required except

23  as may be necessary to replenish the pool. Any such further

24  contribution shall be equally required of all employees

25  participating in the pool.

26         (e)  Any sick leave time drawn from the pool by a

27  participating employee must be used for that employee's

28  personal illness, accident, or injury.

29         (f)  A participating employee will not be eligible to

30  use sick leave from the pool until all of his or her sick

31  leave has been depleted. There shall be established a maximum


                                 1429

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  number of days for which an employee may draw sick leave from

  2  the sick leave pool.

  3         (g)  A participating employee who uses sick leave from

  4  the pool will not be required to recontribute such sick leave

  5  to the pool, except as otherwise provided herein.

  6         (h)  A participating employee who chooses to no longer

  7  participate in the sick leave pool will not be eligible to

  8  withdraw any sick leave already contributed to the pool.

  9         (i)  Alleged abuse of the use of the sick leave pool

10  shall be investigated, and, on a finding of wrongdoing, the

11  employee shall repay all of the sick leave credits drawn from

12  the sick leave pool and shall be subject to such other

13  disciplinary action as is determined by the board to be

14  appropriate.  Rules adopted for the administration of this

15  program shall provide for the investigation of the use of sick

16  leave utilized by the participating employee in the sick leave

17  pool.

18         Section 775.  Section 1012.87, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1012.87  Retirement annuities.--Each community college

21  board of trustees may purchase annuities for its community

22  college personnel who have 25 or more years of creditable

23  service and who have reached age 55 and have applied for

24  retirement under the Florida Retirement System. No such

25  annuity may provide for more than the total difference in

26  retirement income between the retirement benefit based on

27  average monthly compensation and creditable service as of the

28  member's early retirement date and the early retirement

29  benefit. Community college boards of trustees may also

30  purchase annuities for members of the Florida Retirement

31  System who have out-of-state teaching service in another state


                                 1430

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or country which is documented as valid by the appropriate

  2  educational entity. Such annuities may be based on no more

  3  than 5 years of out-of-state teaching service and may equal,

  4  but not exceed, the benefits that would be payable under the

  5  Florida Retirement System if credit for out-of-state teaching

  6  was authorized under that system. Each community college board

  7  of trustees may invest funds, purchase annuities, or provide

  8  local supplemental retirement programs for purposes of

  9  providing retirement annuities for community college

10  personnel.  All such retirement annuities shall comply with s.

11  14, Art. X of the State Constitution.

12         Section 776.  Section 1012.875, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1012.875  Community College Optional Retirement

15  Program.--Each community college may implement an optional

16  retirement program, if such program is established therefor

17  pursuant to s. 1001.64(20), under which annuity contracts

18  providing retirement and death benefits may be purchased by,

19  and on behalf of, eligible employees who participate in the

20  program. Except as otherwise provided herein, this retirement

21  program, which shall be known as the State Community College

22  System Optional Retirement Program, may be implemented and

23  administered only by an individual community college or by a

24  consortium of community colleges.

25         (1)  As used in this section, the term:

26         (a)  "Activation" means the date upon which an optional

27  retirement program is first made available by the program

28  administrator to eligible employees.

29         (b)  "College" means community colleges as defined in

30  s. 1000.21.

31  


                                 1431

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  "Department" means the Department of Management

  2  Services.

  3         (d)  "Program administrator" means the individual

  4  college or consortium of colleges responsible for implementing

  5  and administering an optional retirement program.

  6         (e)  "Program participant" means an eligible employee

  7  who has elected to participate in an available optional

  8  retirement program as authorized by this section.

  9         (2)  Participation in the optional retirement program

10  provided by this section is limited to employees who satisfy

11  the criteria set forth in s. 121.051(2)(c).

12         (3)(a)  With respect to any employee who is eligible to

13  participate in the optional retirement program by reason of

14  qualifying employment commencing before the program's

15  activation:

16         1.  The employee may elect to participate in the

17  optional retirement program in lieu of participation in the

18  Florida Retirement System.  To become a program participant,

19  the employee must file with the personnel officer of the

20  college, within 60 days after the program's activation, both a

21  written election on a form provided by the department and a

22  completed application for an individual contract or

23  certificate.

24         2.  An employee's participation in the optional

25  retirement program commences on the first day of the next full

26  calendar month following the filing of the election and

27  completed application with the program administrator and

28  receipt of such election by the department.  An employee's

29  membership in the Florida Retirement System terminates on this

30  same date.

31  


                                 1432

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  Any such employee who fails to make an election to

  2  participate in the optional retirement program within 60 days

  3  after its activation has elected to retain membership in the

  4  Florida Retirement System.

  5         (b)  With respect to any employee who becomes eligible

  6  to participate in an optional retirement program by reason of

  7  qualifying employment commencing on or after the program's

  8  activation:

  9         1.  The employee may elect to participate in the

10  optional retirement program in lieu of participation in the

11  Florida Retirement System.  To become a program participant,

12  the employee must file with the personnel officer of the

13  college, within 60 days after commencing qualifying

14  employment, both a written election on a form provided by the

15  department and a completed application for an individual

16  contract or certificate.

17         2.  An employee's participation in the optional

18  retirement program commences on the first day of the next full

19  calendar month following the filing of the election and

20  completed application with the program administrator and

21  receipt of such election by the department.  An employee's

22  membership in the Florida Retirement System terminates on this

23  same date.

24         3.  If the employee makes an election to participate in

25  the optional retirement program before the community college

26  submits its initial payroll for the employee, participation in

27  the optional retirement program commences on the first date of

28  employment.

29         4.  Any such employee who fails to make an election to

30  participate in the optional retirement program within 60 days

31  


                                 1433

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  after commencing qualifying employment has elected to retain

  2  membership in the Florida Retirement System.

  3         (c)  Any employee who, on or after an optional

  4  retirement program's activation, becomes eligible to

  5  participate in the program by reason of a change in status due

  6  to the subsequent designation of the employee's position as

  7  one of those referenced in subsection (2), or due to the

  8  employee's appointment, promotion, transfer, or

  9  reclassification to a position referenced in subsection (2),

10  must be notified by the community college of the employee's

11  eligibility to participate in the optional retirement program

12  in lieu of participation in the Florida Retirement System.

13  These eligible employees are subject to the provisions of

14  paragraph (b) and may elect to participate in the optional

15  retirement program in the same manner as those employees

16  described in paragraph (b), except that the 60-day election

17  period commences upon the date notice of eligibility is

18  received by the employee.

19         (d)  Program participants must be fully and immediately

20  vested in the optional retirement program.

21         (e)  The election by an eligible employee to

22  participate in the optional retirement program is irrevocable

23  for so long as the employee continues to meet the eligibility

24  requirements set forth in this section and in s.

25  121.051(2)(c), except as provided in paragraph (i).

26         (f)  If a program participant becomes ineligible to

27  continue participating in the optional retirement program

28  pursuant to the criteria referenced in subsection (2), the

29  employee becomes a member of the Florida Retirement System if

30  eligible.  The college must notify the department of an

31  employee's change in eligibility status within 30 days after


                                 1434

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the event that makes the employee ineligible to continue

  2  participation in the optional retirement program.

  3         (g)  An eligible employee who is a member of the

  4  Florida Retirement System at the time of election to

  5  participate in the optional retirement program retains all

  6  retirement service credit earned under the Florida Retirement

  7  System at the rate earned. Additional service credit in the

  8  Florida Retirement System may not be earned while the employee

  9  participates in the optional retirement program, nor is the

10  employee eligible for disability retirement under the Florida

11  Retirement System.

12         (h)  A program participant may not simultaneously

13  participate in any other state-administered retirement system,

14  plan, or class.

15         (i)  Except as provided in s. 121.052(6)(d), a program

16  participant who is or who becomes dually employed in two or

17  more positions covered by the Florida Retirement System, one

18  of which is eligible for an optional retirement program

19  pursuant to this section and one of which is not, is subject

20  to the dual employment provisions of chapter 121.

21         (4)(a)  Each college must contribute on behalf of each

22  program participant an amount equal to 10.43 percent of the

23  participant's gross monthly compensation. The college shall

24  deduct an amount approved by the community college to provide

25  for the administration of the optional retirement program.

26  Payment of this contribution must be made either directly by

27  the community college or through the program administrator to

28  the designated company contracting for payment of benefits to

29  the program participant.

30         (b)  Each community college must contribute on behalf

31  of each program participant an amount equal to the unfunded


                                 1435

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  actuarial accrued liability portion of the employer

  2  contribution which would be required if the program

  3  participant were a member of the Regular Class of the Florida

  4  Retirement System. Payment of this contribution must be made

  5  directly by the college to the department for deposit in the

  6  Florida Retirement System Trust Fund.

  7         (c)  Each program participant who has executed an

  8  annuity contract may contribute by way of salary reduction or

  9  deduction a percentage of the program participant's gross

10  compensation, but this percentage may not exceed the

11  corresponding percentage contributed by the community college

12  to the optional retirement program. Payment of this

13  contribution may be made either directly by the college or

14  through the program administrator to the designated company

15  contracting for payment of benefits to the program

16  participant.

17         (d)  Contributions to an optional retirement program by

18  a college or a program participant are in addition to, and

19  have no effect upon, contributions required now or in future

20  by the federal Social Security Act.

21         (5)(a)  The benefits to be provided to program

22  participants must be provided through individual contracts or

23  group annuity contracts, which may be fixed, variable, or

24  both. Each individual contract or certificate must state the

25  type of annuity contract on its face page, and must include at

26  least a statement of ownership, the contract benefits, annuity

27  income options, limitations, expense charges, and surrender

28  charges, if any.

29         (b)  Benefits are payable under the optional retirement

30  program to program participants or their beneficiaries, and

31  the benefits must be paid only by the designated company in


                                 1436

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  accordance with the terms of the annuity contracts applicable

  2  to the program participant, provided that benefits funded by

  3  employer contributions are payable only as a lifetime annuity

  4  to the program participant, except for:

  5         1.  A lump-sum payment to the program participant's

  6  beneficiary or estate upon the death of the program

  7  participant; or

  8         2.  A cash-out of a de minimis account upon the request

  9  of a former program participant who has been terminated for a

10  minimum of 6 months from the employment that caused the

11  participant to be eligible for participation.  A de minimis

12  account is an account with a designated company containing

13  employer contributions and accumulated earnings of not more

14  than $3,500.  The cash-out must be a complete liquidation of

15  the account balance with that designated company and is

16  subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

17         (c)  The benefits payable to any person under the

18  optional retirement program, and any contribution accumulated

19  under the program, are not subject to assignment, execution,

20  attachment, or to any legal process whatsoever.

21         (6)(a)  The optional retirement program authorized by

22  this section must be implemented and administered by the

23  program administrator under s. 403(b) of the Internal Revenue

24  Code. The program administrator has the express authority to

25  contract with a third party to fulfill any of the program

26  administrator's duties.

27         (b)  The program administrator shall solicit

28  competitive bids or issue a request for proposal and select no

29  more than four companies from which annuity contracts may be

30  purchased under the optional retirement program.  In making

31  


                                 1437

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  these selections, the program administrator shall consider the

  2  following factors:

  3         1.  The financial soundness of the company.

  4         2.  The extent of the company's experience in providing

  5  annuity contracts to fund retirement programs.

  6         3.  The nature and extent of the rights and benefits

  7  provided to program participants in relation to the premiums

  8  paid.

  9         4.  The suitability of the rights and benefits provided

10  to the needs of eligible employees and the interests of the

11  college in the recruitment and retention of employees.

12  

13  In lieu of soliciting competitive bids or issuing a request

14  for proposals, the program administrator may authorize the

15  purchase of annuity contracts under the optional retirement

16  program from those companies currently selected by the

17  department to offer such contracts through the State

18  University System Optional Retirement Program, as set forth in

19  s. 121.35.

20         (c)  Optional retirement program annuity contracts must

21  be approved in form and content by the program administrator

22  in order to qualify.  The program administrator may use the

23  same annuity contracts currently used within the State

24  University System Optional Retirement Program, as set forth in

25  s. 121.35.

26         (d)  The provision of each annuity contract applicable

27  to a program participant must be contained in a written

28  program description that includes a report of pertinent

29  financial and actuarial information on the solvency and

30  actuarial soundness of the program and the benefits applicable

31  to the program participant. The company must furnish the


                                 1438

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  description annually to the program administrator, and to each

  2  program participant upon commencement of participation in the

  3  program and annually thereafter.

  4         (e)  The program administrator must ensure that each

  5  program participant is provided annually with an accounting of

  6  the total contributions and the annual contributions made by

  7  and on the behalf of the program participant.

  8         Section 777.  Section 1012.88, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1012.88  Community college police.--

11         (1)  Each community college is permitted and empowered

12  to employ police officers for the community college, who must

13  be designated community college police.

14         (2)  Each community college police officer is a law

15  enforcement officer of the state and a conservator of the

16  peace who has the authority to arrest, in accordance with the

17  laws of this state, any person for a violation of state law or

18  applicable county or municipal ordinance if that violation

19  occurs on or in any property or facilities of the community

20  college by which he or she is employed or any property or

21  facilities of a direct-support organization of such community

22  college. A community college police officer may also arrest a

23  person off campus for a violation committed on campus after a

24  hot pursuit of that person that began on any such property or

25  facilities. A community college police officer may bear arms

26  in the performance of his or her duties and carry out a search

27  pursuant to a search warrant on the campus where he or she is

28  employed. Community college police, upon request of the

29  sheriff or local police authority, may serve subpoenas or

30  other legal process and may make arrests of persons against

31  whom arrest warrants have been issued or against whom charges


                                 1439

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  have been made for violations of federal or state laws or

  2  county or municipal ordinances.

  3         (3)  Community college police shall promptly deliver

  4  all persons arrested and charged with felonies to the sheriff

  5  of the county within which the community college is located

  6  and all persons arrested and charged with misdemeanors to the

  7  applicable authority as provided by law, but otherwise to the

  8  sheriff of the county in which the community college is

  9  located.

10         (4)  Community college police must meet the minimum

11  standards established by the Police Standards and Training

12  Commission of the Department of Law Enforcement and chapter

13  943 for law enforcement officers. Each community college

14  police officer must, before entering into the performance of

15  his or her duties, take the oath of office established by the

16  community college. Each community college that employs police

17  officers may obtain and approve a bond on each police officer,

18  conditioned upon the officer's faithful performance of his or

19  her duties, which bond must be payable to the Governor. The

20  community college may determine the amount of the bond. In

21  determining the amount of the bond, the community college may

22  consider the amount of money or property likely to be in the

23  custody of the officer at any one time.  The community college

24  shall provide a uniform set of identifying credentials to each

25  community college police officer it employs.

26         (5)  In performance of any of the powers, duties, and

27  functions authorized by law, community college police have the

28  same rights, protections, and immunities afforded other law

29  enforcement officers.

30         (6)  The community college, with the approval of the

31  Department of Law Enforcement, shall adopt rules, including,


                                 1440

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  without limitation, rules for the appointment, employment, and

  2  removal of community college police in accordance with the

  3  state Career Service System and shall establish in writing a

  4  policy manual, that includes, without limitation, procedures

  5  for managing routine law enforcement situations and emergency

  6  law enforcement situations. The community college shall

  7  furnish a copy of the policy manual to each of the police

  8  officers it employs.

  9         Section 778.  Part IV.c. of chapter 1012, Florida

10  Statutes, shall be entitled "Universities; Personnel" and

11  shall consist of ss. 1012.91-1012.97.

12         Section 779.  Section 1012.91, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1012.91  Personnel records.--

15         (1)  Each university board of trustees shall adopt

16  rules prescribing the content and custody of limited-access

17  records that the university may maintain on its employees.

18  Such limited-access records are confidential and exempt from

19  the provisions of s. 119.07(1). Such records are limited to

20  the following:

21         (a)  Records containing information reflecting academic

22  evaluations of employee performance shall be open to

23  inspection only by the employee and by officials of the

24  university responsible for supervision of the employee.

25         (b)  Records maintained for the purposes of any

26  investigation of employee misconduct, including but not

27  limited to a complaint against an employee and all information

28  obtained pursuant to the investigation of such complaint,

29  shall be confidential until the investigation ceases to be

30  active or until the university provides written notice to the

31  


                                 1441

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  employee who is the subject of the complaint that the

  2  university has either:

  3         1.  Concluded the investigation with a finding not to

  4  proceed with disciplinary action;

  5         2.  Concluded the investigation with a finding to

  6  proceed with disciplinary action; or

  7         3.  Issued a letter of discipline.

  8  

  9  For the purpose of this paragraph, an investigation shall be

10  considered active as long as it is continuing with a

11  reasonable, good faith anticipation that a finding will be

12  made in the foreseeable future.  An investigation shall be

13  presumed to be inactive if no finding is made within 90 days

14  after the complaint is filed.

15         (c)  Records maintained for the purposes of any

16  disciplinary proceeding brought against an employee shall be

17  confidential until a final decision is made in the proceeding.

18  The record of any disciplinary proceeding, including any

19  evidence presented, shall be open to inspection by the

20  employee at all times.

21         (d)  Records maintained for the purposes of any

22  grievance proceeding brought by an employee for enforcement of

23  a collective bargaining agreement or contract shall be

24  confidential and shall be open to inspection only by the

25  employee and by officials of the university conducting the

26  grievance proceeding until a final decision is made in the

27  proceeding.

28         (2)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any records or

29  portions thereof which are otherwise confidential by law shall

30  continue to be exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1).  In

31  addition, for sexual harassment investigations, portions of


                                 1442

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  such records which identify the complainant, a witness, or

  2  information which could reasonably lead to the identification

  3  of the complainant or a witness are limited-access records.

  4         (3)  Except as required for use by the president in the

  5  discharge of his or her official responsibilities, the

  6  custodian of limited-access records may release information

  7  from such records only upon authorization in writing from the

  8  employee or upon order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

  9         (4)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1),

10  records comprising the common core items contained in the

11  State University System Student Assessment of Instruction or

12  comparable instrument may not be prescribed as limited-access

13  records.

14         (5)  This section shall apply to records created after

15  July 1, 1995.

16         Section 780.  Section 1012.92, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1012.92  Personnel codes of conduct; disciplinary

19  measures; rulemaking authority.--

20         (1)  Each university board of trustees may adopt, by

21  rule, codes of conduct and appropriate penalties for

22  violations of rules by employees, to be administered by the

23  university. Such penalties, unless otherwise provided by law,

24  may include: reprimand; restitution; fines; restrictions on

25  the use of or removal from university facilities; educational

26  training or counseling requirements; and the imposition of

27  probation, suspension, dismissal, demotion, or other

28  appropriate disciplinary action.

29         (2)  Sanctions authorized by university codes of

30  conduct may be imposed only for acts or omissions in violation

31  of rules adopted by the university, including rules adopted


                                 1443

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  under this section, rules of the State Board of Education,

  2  county and municipal ordinances, and the laws of this state,

  3  the United States, or any other state.

  4         (3)  The university board of trustees shall adopt rules

  5  for the lawful discipline of any employee who intentionally

  6  acts to impair, interfere with, or obstruct the orderly

  7  conduct, processes, and functions of a state university. Said

  8  rules may apply to acts conducted on or off campus when

  9  relevant to such orderly conduct, processes, and functions.

10         Section 781.  Section 1012.93, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1012.93  Faculty members; test of spoken English.--The

13  State Board of Education shall adopt rules requiring that all

14  faculty members in each state university and New College,

15  other than those persons who teach courses that are conducted

16  primarily in a foreign language, be proficient in the oral use

17  of English, as determined by a satisfactory grade on the "Test

18  of Spoken English" of the Educational Testing Service or a

19  similar test approved by the state board.

20         Section 782.  Section 1012.94, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1012.94  Evaluations of faculty members; report.--

23         (1)  For the purpose of evaluating faculty members,

24  each university board of trustees shall adopt rules for the

25  assignment of duties and responsibilities to faculty members.

26  These assigned duties or responsibilities shall be conveyed to

27  each faculty member at the beginning of each academic term, in

28  writing, by his or her departmental chair or other appropriate

29  university administrator making the assignment. In evaluating

30  the competencies of a faculty member, primary assessment shall

31  be in terms of his or her performance of the assigned duties


                                 1444

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and responsibilities, and such evaluation shall be given

  2  adequate consideration for the purpose of salary adjustments,

  3  promotions, reemployment, and tenure. A faculty member who is

  4  assigned full-time teaching duties as provided by law shall be

  5  rewarded with salary adjustments, promotions, reemployment, or

  6  tenure for meritorious teaching and other scholarly activities

  7  related thereto.

  8         (2)  The State Board of Education shall establish

  9  criteria for evaluating the quantity and quality of service to

10  public schools by university faculty members and shall require

11  consideration of this service in promotion, tenure, and other

12  reward measures. Each university board of trustees shall

13  ensure that the following policies are implemented:

14         (a)  Flexible criteria for rewarding faculty members,

15  consistent with the educational goals and objectives of the

16  university, shall be established, which criteria shall include

17  quality teaching and service to public schools as major

18  factors in determining salary adjustments, promotions,

19  reemployment, or tenure.

20         (b)  Measures shall be taken to increase the

21  recognition, reinforcements, and rewards given quality

22  teaching and service to public schools.  Such measures might

23  include grants for professional development, curriculum

24  improvement, and instructional innovation, as well as awards

25  of varying kinds for meritorious teaching.

26         (c)  The means of identifying and evaluating quality

27  teachers and outstanding service to public schools shall be

28  determined in accordance with established guidelines of the

29  university.

30         (3)  The chief academic officer at each state

31  university and New College shall disseminate information to


                                 1445

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  all faculty members which clearly states that service to

  2  public schools is one of the criteria used to determine salary

  3  adjustments, promotions, reemployment, and tenure for faculty

  4  members.

  5         Section 783.  Section 1012.945, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1012.945  Required number of classroom teaching hours

  8  for university faculty members.--

  9         (1)  As used in this section:

10         (a)  "State funds" means those funds appropriated

11  annually in the General Appropriations Act.

12         (b)  "Classroom contact hour" means a regularly

13  scheduled 1-hour period of classroom activity in a course of

14  instruction which has been approved by the university.

15         (2)  Each full-time equivalent teaching faculty member

16  at a university who is paid wholly from state funds shall

17  teach a minimum of 12 classroom contact hours per week at such

18  university. However, any faculty member who is assigned by his

19  or her departmental chair or other appropriate university

20  administrator professional responsibilities and duties in

21  furtherance of the mission of the university shall teach a

22  minimum number of classroom contact hours in proportion to 12

23  classroom hours per week as such especially assigned

24  aforementioned duties and responsibilities bear to 12

25  classroom contact hours per week. Any full-time faculty member

26  who is paid partly from state funds and partly from other

27  funds or appropriations shall teach a minimum number of

28  classroom contact hours in such proportion to 12 classroom

29  contact hours per week as his or her salary paid from state

30  funds bears to his or her total salary. In determining the

31  appropriate hourly weighting of assigned duties other than


                                 1446

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  classroom contact hours, the universities shall develop and

  2  apply a formula designed to equate the time required for

  3  nonclassroom duties with classroom contact hours. "Full-time

  4  equivalent teaching faculty member" shall be interpreted to

  5  mean all faculty personnel budgeted in the instruction and

  6  research portion of the budget, exclusive of those full-time

  7  equivalent positions assigned to research, public service,

  8  administrative duties, and academic advising. Full-time

  9  administrators, librarians, and counselors shall be exempt

10  from the provisions of this section; and colleges of medicine

11  and law and others which are required for purposes of

12  accreditation to meet national standards prescribed by the

13  American Medical Association, the American Bar Association, or

14  other professional associations shall be exempt from the

15  provisions of this section to the extent that the requirements

16  of this section differ from the requirements of accreditation.

17         Section 784.  Section 1012.95, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1012.95  University employment equity accountability

20  program.--

21         (1)  Each state university and New College shall

22  maintain an annual equity plan for appropriate representation

23  of women and minorities in senior-level administrative

24  positions, within tenure-track faculty, and within

25  faculty-granted tenure. Such plan shall be maintained until

26  appropriate representation has been achieved. As used in this

27  subsection, the term:

28         (a)  "Appropriate representation" means category

29  employment representation that at least meets comparable

30  national standards for at least two consecutive reporting

31  periods.


                                 1447

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  "Category" means major executive, administrative,

  2  and professional grouping, including senior-level

  3  administrative and professional positions, senior academic

  4  administrative-level positions, and tenure-track faculty.

  5         (2)(a)  By April 1 of each year, each state university

  6  president shall submit an annual equity report to the

  7  Commissioner of Education and the State Board of Education.

  8  The equity report shall consist of a status update, an

  9  analysis, and a status report of selected personnel

10  transactions. As used in this paragraph, the term, "selected

11  personnel transactions" means new hires in, promotions into,

12  tenure actions in, and terminations from a category. Each

13  university shall provide the following information for the

14  selected personnel transactions including, but not limited to:

15         1.  Job classification title.

16         2.  Gender.

17         3.  Race.

18         4.  Appointment status.

19  

20  The status update shall assess underrepresentation in each

21  category. The status report shall consist of current category

22  employment representation, comparable national standards, an

23  evaluation of representation, and annual goals to address

24  underrepresentation.

25         (b)  After 1 year of implementation of a plan, and

26  annually thereafter, for those categories in which prior year

27  goals were not achieved, each university shall provide, in its

28  annual equity report, a narrative explanation and a plan for

29  achievement of equity. The plan shall include guidelines for

30  ensuring balanced membership on selection committees and

31  specific steps for developing a diverse pool of candidates for


                                 1448

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  each vacancy in the category. The plan shall also include a

  2  systematic process by which those responsible for hiring are

  3  provided information and are evaluated regarding their

  4  responsibilities pursuant to this section.

  5         (c)  The equity report shall include an analysis and

  6  assessment of the university's accomplishment of annual goals,

  7  as specified in the university's affirmative action plan, for

  8  increasing the representation of women and minorities in

  9  tenure-earning and senior-level administrative positions.

10         (d)  The equity report shall also include the current

11  rank, race, and gender of faculty eligible for tenure in a

12  category. In addition, each university shall report

13  representation of the pool of tenure-eligible faculty at each

14  stage of the transaction process and provide certification

15  that each eligible faculty member was apprised annually of

16  progress toward tenure. Each university shall also report on

17  the dissemination of standards for achieving tenure; racial

18  and gender composition of committees reviewing recommendations

19  at each transaction level; and dissemination of guidelines for

20  equitable distribution of assignments.

21         (3)(a)  A factor in the evaluation of university

22  presidents, vice presidents, deans, and chairpersons shall be

23  their annual progress in achieving the annual and long-range

24  hiring and promotional goals and objectives, as specified in

25  the university's equity plan and affirmative action plan.

26  Annual budget allocations for positions and funding shall be

27  based on this evaluation. A summary of such evaluations shall

28  be submitted to the Commissioner of Education and the State

29  Board of Education as part of the university's annual equity

30  report.

31  


                                 1449

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  The university boards of trustees shall annually

  2  evaluate the performance of the university presidents in

  3  achieving the annual equity goals and objectives. A summary of

  4  the results of such evaluations shall be included as part of

  5  the annual equity progress report submitted by the university

  6  boards of trustees to the Legislature and the State Board of

  7  Education.

  8         (4)  The State Board of Education shall submit an

  9  annual equity progress report to the President of the Senate

10  and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on or before

11  August 1 of each year.

12         (5)  Each university shall develop a budgetary

13  incentive plan to support and ensure attainment of the goals

14  developed pursuant to this section. The plan shall specify, at

15  a minimum, how resources shall be allocated to support the

16  achievement of goals and the implementation of strategies in a

17  timely manner. After prior review and approval by the

18  university president and the university board of trustees, the

19  plan shall be submitted as part of the annual equity report

20  submitted by each university to the State Board of Education.

21         (6)  Relevant components of each university's

22  affirmative action plan may be used to satisfy the

23  requirements of this section.

24         (7)  Subject to available funding, the Legislature

25  shall provide an annual appropriation to be allocated to the

26  universities to further enhance equity initiatives and related

27  priorities that support the mission of departments, divisions,

28  or colleges in recognition of the attainment of equity goals

29  and objectives.

30         Section 785.  Section 1012.96, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1450

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1012.96  IFAS extension personnel; federal health

  2  insurance programs notwithstanding the provisions of s.

  3  110.123.--The Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences at

  4  the University of Florida may pay the employer's share of

  5  premiums to the Federal Health Benefits Insurance Program from

  6  its appropriated budget for any cooperative extension employee

  7  of the institute having both state and federal appointments

  8  and participating in the Federal Civil Service Retirement

  9  System.

10         Section 786.  Section 1012.965, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1012.965  Payment of costs of civil action against

13  employees.--

14         (1)  An employee or agent under the right of control of

15  a university board of trustees who, pursuant to the university

16  board's policies or rules, renders medical care or treatment

17  at any hospital or health care facility with which the

18  university board maintains an affiliation agreement whereby

19  the hospital or health care facility provides to the

20  university board a clinical setting for health care education,

21  research, and services, shall not be deemed to be an agent of

22  any person other than the university board in any civil action

23  resulting from any act or omission of the employee or agent

24  while rendering said medical care or treatment.  For this

25  subsection to apply, the patient shall be provided separate

26  written conspicuous notice by the university board of trustees

27  or by the hospital or health care facility, and shall

28  acknowledge receipt of this notice, in writing, unless

29  impractical by reason of an emergency, either personally or

30  through another person authorized to give consent for him or

31  her, that he or she will receive care provided by university


                                 1451

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  board's employees and liability, if any, that may arise from

  2  that care is limited as provided by law.  Compliance by a

  3  hospital or health care facility with the requirements of

  4  chapter 395 or s. 766.110(1) shall not be used as evidence in

  5  any civil action to establish an employment or agency

  6  relationship between the hospital or health care facility and

  7  an employee or agent of the university board of trustees

  8  providing services within the hospital or health care

  9  facility.

10         (2)  All faculty physicians employed by a university

11  board of trustees who are subject to the requirements of s.

12  456.013 shall complete their risk management continuing

13  education on issues specific to academic medicine. Such

14  continuing education shall include instruction for the

15  supervision of resident physicians as required by the

16  Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. The

17  boards described in s. 456.013 shall adopt rules to implement

18  the provisions of this subsection.

19         (3)  There are appropriated out of any funds available

20  to a university, not subject to the obligation of contract,

21  covenant, or trust, the amounts necessary to carry out the

22  purposes of this section.

23         (4)  Failure of a university board of trustees or an

24  affiliated health care provider to do any act authorized by

25  this section shall not constitute a cause of action against

26  the university board, or an affiliated health care provider,

27  or any of their members, officers, or employees.

28         Section 787.  Section 1012.97, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1012.97  University police.--

31  


                                 1452

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  Each university is empowered and directed to

  2  provide for police officers for the university, and such

  3  police officers shall hereafter be known and designated as the

  4  "university police."

  5         (2)  The university police are hereby declared to be

  6  law enforcement officers of the state and conservators of the

  7  peace with the right to arrest, in accordance with the laws of

  8  this state, any person for violation of state law or

  9  applicable county or city ordinances when such violations

10  occur on any property or facilities that are under the

11  guidance, supervision, regulation, or control of the state

12  university or a direct-support organization of such

13  university, except that arrest may be made off campus when hot

14  pursuit originates on any such property or facilities. Such

15  officers shall have full authority to bear arms in the

16  performance of their duties and to execute search warrants

17  within their territorial jurisdiction. University police, when

18  requested by the sheriff or local police authority, may serve

19  subpoenas or other legal process and may make arrest of any

20  person against whom a warrant has been issued or any charge

21  has been made of violation of federal or state laws or county

22  or city ordinances.

23         (3)  University police shall promptly deliver all

24  persons arrested and charged with a felony to the sheriff of

25  the county within which the university is located, and all

26  persons arrested and charged with misdemeanors shall be

27  delivered to the applicable authority as may be provided by

28  law, but otherwise to the sheriff of the county in which the

29  university is located.

30         (4)  University police must meet the minimum standards

31  established by the Criminal Justice Standards and Training


                                 1453

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Commission and chapter 943. Each police officer shall, before

  2  entering into the performance of his or her duties, take the

  3  oath of office as established by the university; and the

  4  university may obtain and approve a bond on each officer,

  5  payable to the Governor and his or her successors in office,

  6  conditioned on the faithful performance of the duties of such

  7  university police officer. The university may determine the

  8  amount of the bond. In determining the amount of the bond, the

  9  university may consider the amount of money or property likely

10  to be in the custody of the officer at any one time. The

11  university shall provide a uniform set of identification

12  credentials for each university police officer.

13         (5)  In performance of any of the powers, duties, and

14  functions authorized by law or this section, university police

15  shall have the same rights, protections, and immunities

16  afforded other peace or law enforcement officers.

17         (6)  The university, in concurrence with the Department

18  of Law Enforcement, shall adopt rules, including, but not

19  limited to, the appointment, employment, and removal of

20  university police and, further, establish in writing a policy

21  manual, including, but not limited to, routine and emergency

22  law enforcement situations. A policy manual shall be furnished

23  to each university police officer.

24         Section 788.  Part V of chapter 1012, Florida Statutes,

25  shall be entitled "Professional Development" and shall consist

26  of ss. 1012.98-1012.985.

27         Section 789.  Section 1012.98, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1012.98  School Community Professional Development

30  Act.--

31  


                                 1454

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The Department of Education, public postsecondary

  2  educational institutions, public school districts, and public

  3  schools in this state shall collaborate to establish a

  4  coordinated system of professional development. The purpose of

  5  the professional development system is to enable the school

  6  community to meet state and local student achievement

  7  standards and the state education goals and to succeed in

  8  school improvement as described in s. 1000.03.

  9         (2)  The school community includes administrative

10  personnel, managers, instructional personnel, support

11  personnel, members of district school boards, members of

12  school advisory councils, parents, business partners, and

13  personnel that provide health and social services to school

14  children.  School districts may identify and include

15  additional members of the school community in the professional

16  development activities required by this section.

17         (3)  The activities designed to implement this section

18  must:

19         (a)  Increase the success of educators in guiding

20  student learning and development so as to implement state and

21  local educational standards, goals, and initiatives.

22         (b)  Assist the school community in providing

23  stimulating educational activities that encourage and motivate

24  students to achieve at the highest levels and to become active

25  learners.

26         (c)  Provide continuous support for all education

27  professionals as well as temporary intervention for education

28  professionals who need improvement in knowledge, skills, and

29  performance.

30         (4)  The Department of Education, school districts,

31  schools, community colleges, and state universities share the


                                 1455

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  responsibilities described in this section. These

  2  responsibilities include the following:

  3         (a)  The department shall develop and disseminate to

  4  the school community model professional development methods

  5  and programs that have demonstrated success in meeting

  6  identified student needs. The Commissioner of Education shall

  7  use data on student achievement to identify student needs. The

  8  methods of dissemination must include a statewide performance

  9  support system, a database of exemplary professional

10  development activities, a listing of available professional

11  development resources, training programs, and technical

12  assistance.

13         (b)  Each school district shall develop a professional

14  development system. The system shall be developed in

15  consultation with teachers and representatives of community

16  college and university faculty, community agencies, and other

17  interested citizen groups to establish policy and procedures

18  to guide the operation of the district professional

19  development program.  The professional development system

20  must:

21         1.  Be approved by the department. All substantial

22  revisions to the system shall be submitted to the department

23  for review for continued approval.

24         2.  Require the use of student achievement data; school

25  discipline data; school environment surveys; assessments of

26  parental satisfaction; performance appraisal data of teachers,

27  managers, and administrative personnel; and other performance

28  indicators to identify school and student needs that can be

29  met by improved professional performance.

30         3.  Provide inservice activities coupled with followup

31  support that are appropriate to accomplish district-level and


                                 1456

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school-level improvement goals and standards. The inservice

  2  activities for instructional personnel shall primarily focus

  3  on subject content and teaching methods, including technology,

  4  as related to the Sunshine State Standards, assessment and

  5  data analysis, classroom management, and school safety.

  6         4.  Include a master plan for inservice activities,

  7  pursuant to rules of the State Board of Education, for all

  8  district employees from all fund sources. The master plan

  9  shall be updated annually by September 1 using criteria for

10  continued approval as specified by rules of the State Board of

11  Education. Written verification that the inservice plan meets

12  all requirements of this section must be submitted annually to

13  the commissioner by October 1.

14         5.  Require each school principal to establish and

15  maintain an individual professional development plan for each

16  instructional employee assigned to the school. The individual

17  professional development plan must:

18         a.  Be related to specific performance data for the

19  students to whom the teacher is assigned.

20         b.  Define the inservice objectives and specific

21  measurable improvements expected in student performance as a

22  result of the inservice activity.

23         c.  Include an evaluation component that determines the

24  effectiveness of the professional development plan.

25         6.  Include inservice activities for school

26  administrative personnel that address updated skills necessary

27  for effective school management and instructional leadership.

28         7.  Provide for systematic consultation with regional

29  and state personnel designated to provide technical assistance

30  and evaluation of local professional development programs.

31  


                                 1457

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         8.  Provide for delivery of professional development by

  2  distance learning and other technology-based delivery systems

  3  to reach more educators at lower costs.

  4         9.  Provide for the continuous evaluation of the

  5  quality and effectiveness of professional development programs

  6  in order to eliminate ineffective programs and strategies and

  7  to expand effective ones. Evaluations must consider the impact

  8  of such activities on the performance of participating

  9  educators and their students' achievement and behavior.

10         (c)  Each community college and state university shall

11  assist the department, school districts, and schools in the

12  design, delivery, and evaluation of professional development

13  activities. This assistance must include active participation

14  in state and local activities required by the professional

15  development system.

16         (5)(a)  The Department of Education shall provide a

17  system for the recruitment, preparation, and professional

18  development of school administrative personnel. This system

19  shall:

20         1.  Identify the knowledge, competencies, and skills

21  necessary for effective school management and instructional

22  leadership that align with student performance standards and

23  accountability measures.

24         2.  Include performance evaluation methods.

25         3.  Provide for alternate means for preparation of

26  school administrative personnel which may include programs

27  designed by school districts and postsecondary educational

28  institutions pursuant to guidelines developed by the

29  commissioner. Such preparation programs shall be approved by

30  the Department of Education.

31  


                                 1458

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         4.  Provide for the hiring of qualified out-of-state

  2  school administrative personnel.

  3         5.  Provide advanced educational opportunities for

  4  school-based instructional leaders.

  5         (b)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint a task

  6  force that includes a district school superintendent, a

  7  district school board member, a principal, an assistant

  8  principal, a teacher, a dean of a college of education, and

  9  parents. The task force shall convene periodically to provide

10  recommendations to the department in the areas of recruitment,

11  certification, preparation, professional development, and

12  evaluation of school administrators.

13         (6)  Each district school board shall provide funding

14  for the professional development system as required by s.

15  1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act, and shall direct

16  expenditures from other funding sources to strengthen the

17  system and make it uniform and coherent.  A school district

18  may coordinate its professional development program with that

19  of another district, with an educational consortium, or with a

20  community college or university, especially in preparing and

21  educating personnel. Each district school board shall make

22  available inservice activities to instructional personnel of

23  nonpublic schools in the district and the state certified

24  teachers who are not employed by the district school board on

25  a fee basis not to exceed the cost of the activity per all

26  participants.

27         (7)  An organization of private schools which has no

28  fewer than 10 member schools in this state, which publishes

29  and files with the Department of Education copies of its

30  standards, and the member schools of which comply with the

31  provisions of part II of chapter 1003, relating to compulsory


                                 1459

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school attendance, may also develop a professional development

  2  system that includes a master plan for inservice activities.

  3  The system and inservice plan must be submitted to the

  4  commissioner for approval pursuant to rules of the State Board

  5  of Education.

  6         (8)  The Department of Education shall design methods

  7  by which the state and district school boards may evaluate and

  8  improve the professional development system. The evaluation

  9  must include an annual assessment of data that indicate

10  progress or lack of progress of all students. If the review of

11  the data indicates progress, the department shall identify the

12  best practices that contributed to the progress. If the review

13  of the data indicates a lack of progress, the department shall

14  investigate the causes of the lack of progress, provide

15  technical assistance, and require the school district to

16  employ a different approach to professional development. The

17  department shall report annually to the State Board of

18  Education and the Legislature any school district that, in the

19  determination of the department, has failed to provide an

20  adequate professional development system.  This report must

21  include the results of the department's investigation and of

22  any intervention provided.

23         (9)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules

24  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to administer this

25  section.

26         (10)  This section does not limit or discourage a

27  district school board from contracting with independent

28  entities for professional development services and inservice

29  education if the district school board believes that, through

30  such a contract, a better product can be acquired or its goals

31  for education improvement can be better met.


                                 1460

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (11)  For teachers, managers, and administrative

  2  personnel who have been evaluated as less than satisfactory, a

  3  district school board shall require participation in specific

  4  professional development programs as part of the improvement

  5  prescription.

  6         Section 790.  Section 1012.985, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1012.985  Statewide system for inservice professional

  9  development.--The intent of this section is to establish a

10  statewide system of professional development that provides a

11  wide range of targeted inservice training to teachers,

12  managers, and administrative personnel designed to upgrade

13  skills and knowledge needed to reach world class standards in

14  education. The system shall consist of a network of

15  professional development academies in each region of the state

16  that are operated in partnership with area business partners

17  to develop and deliver high-quality training programs

18  purchased by school districts. The academies shall be

19  established to meet the human resource development needs of

20  professional educators, schools, and school districts. Funds

21  appropriated for the initiation of professional development

22  academies shall be allocated by the Commissioner of Education,

23  unless otherwise provided in an appropriations act. To be

24  eligible for startup funds, the academy must:

25         (1)  Be established by the collaborative efforts of one

26  or more district school boards, members of the business

27  community, and the postsecondary educational institutions

28  which may award college credits for courses taught at the

29  academy.

30         (2)  Demonstrate the capacity to provide effective

31  training to improve teaching skills in the areas of elementary


                                 1461

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  reading and mathematics, the use of instructional technology,

  2  high school algebra, and classroom management, and to deliver

  3  such training using face-to-face, distance learning, and

  4  individualized computer-based delivery systems.

  5         (3)  Propose a plan for responding in an effective and

  6  timely manner to the professional development needs of

  7  teachers, managers, administrative personnel, schools, and

  8  school districts relating to improving student achievement and

  9  meeting state and local education goals.

10         (4)  Demonstrate the ability to provide high-quality

11  trainers and training, appropriate followup and coaching for

12  all participants, and support school personnel in positively

13  impacting student performance.

14         (5)  Be operated under contract with its public

15  partners and governed by an independent board of directors,

16  which should include at least one district school

17  superintendent and one district school board chair from the

18  participating school districts, the president of the

19  collective bargaining unit that represents the majority of the

20  region's teachers, and at least three individuals who are not

21  employees or elected or appointed officials of the

22  participating school districts. Regional educational consortia

23  as defined in s. 1001.451 satisfy the requirements of this

24  subsection.

25         (6)  Be financed during the first year of operation by

26  an equal or greater match from private funding sources and

27  demonstrate the ability to be self-supporting within 1 year

28  after opening through fees for services, grants, or private

29  contributions. Regional educational consortia as defined in s.

30  1001.451 which serve rural areas of critical economic concern

31  are exempt from the funding match required by this subsection.


                                 1462

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  Own or lease a facility that can be used to

  2  deliver training onsite and through distance learning and

  3  other technology-based delivery systems. The participating

  4  district school boards may lease a site or facility to the

  5  academy for a nominal fee and may pay all or part of the costs

  6  of renovating a facility to accommodate the academy. The

  7  academy is responsible for all operational, maintenance, and

  8  repair costs.

  9         (8)  Provide professional development services for the

10  participating school districts as specified in the contract

11  and may provide professional development services to other

12  school districts, private schools, and individuals on a

13  fee-for-services basis.

14         Section 791.  Part VI of chapter 1012, Florida

15  Statutes, shall be entitled "Interstate Compact on

16  Qualifications of Educational Personnel" and shall consist of

17  ss. 1012.99-1012.992.

18         Section 792.  Section 1012.99, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1012.99  Interstate agreement on qualifications of

21  educational personnel.--The interstate agreement on

22  qualifications of educational personnel is hereby enacted into

23  law and entered into with all jurisdictions legally joining

24  therein, in form substantially as follows:

25  

26                            ARTICLE I

27  

28         PURPOSE, FINDINGS, AND POLICY

29         1.  The states party to this agreement, desiring by

30  common action to improve their respective school systems by

31  utilizing the teacher or other professional educational person


                                 1463

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  wherever educated, declare that it is the policy of each of

  2  them, on the basis of cooperation with one another, to take

  3  advantage of the preparation and experience of such persons

  4  wherever gained, thereby serving the best interests of

  5  society, of education, and of the teaching profession.  It is

  6  the purpose of this agreement to provide for the development

  7  and execution of such programs of cooperation as will

  8  facilitate the movement of teachers and other professional

  9  educational personnel among the states party to it, and to

10  authorize specific interstate educational personnel contracts

11  to achieve that end.

12         2.  The party states find that included in the large

13  movement of population among all sections of the nation are

14  many qualified educational personnel who move for family and

15  other personal reasons but who are hindered in using their

16  professional skill and experience in their new locations.

17  Variations from state to state in requirements for qualifying

18  educational personnel discourage such personnel from taking

19  the steps necessary to qualify in other states.  As a

20  consequence, a significant number of professionally prepared

21  and experienced educators is lost to our school systems.

22  Facilitating the employment of qualified educational

23  personnel, without reference to their states of origin, can

24  increase the available educational resources. Participation in

25  this compact can increase the availability of educational

26  personnel.

27  

28                            ARTICLE II

29  

30         DEFINITIONS

31  


                                 1464

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         As used in this agreement and contracts made pursuant

  2  to it, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

  3         1.  "Educational personnel" means persons who must meet

  4  requirements pursuant to state law as a condition of

  5  employment in educational programs.

  6         2.  "Designated state official" means the education

  7  official of a state selected by that state to negotiate and

  8  enter into, on behalf of this state, contracts pursuant to

  9  this agreement.

10         3.  "Accept," or any variant thereof, means to

11  recognize and give effect to one or more determinations of

12  another state relating to the qualifications of educational

13  personnel in lieu of making or requiring a like determination

14  that would otherwise be required by or pursuant to the laws of

15  a receiving state.

16         4.  "State" means a state, territory, or possession of

17  the United States; the district of Columbia; or the

18  Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

19         5.  "Originating state" means a state and the

20  subdivision thereof, if any, whose determination that certain

21  educational personnel are qualified to be employed for

22  specific duties in schools is acceptable in accordance with

23  the terms of a contract made pursuant to Article III.

24         6.  "Receiving state" means a state and the

25  subdivisions thereof which accept educational personnel in

26  accordance with the terms of a contract made pursuant to

27  Article III.

28  

29                           ARTICLE III

30  

31         INTERSTATE EDUCATIONAL


                                 1465

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         PERSONNEL CONTRACTS

  2         1.  The designated state official of a party state may

  3  make one or more contracts on behalf of his or her state with

  4  one or more other party states providing for the acceptance of

  5  educational personnel.  Any such contract for the period of

  6  its duration shall be applicable to and binding on the states

  7  whose designated state officials enter into it, and the

  8  subdivisions of those states, with the same force and effect

  9  as if incorporated in this agreement. A designated state

10  official may enter into a contract pursuant to this article

11  only with states in which he or she finds that there are

12  programs of education, certification standards or other

13  acceptable qualifications that assure preparation or

14  qualification of educational personnel on a basis sufficiently

15  comparable, even though not identical to that prevailing in

16  his or her own state.

17         2.  Any such contract shall provide for:

18         (a)  Its duration.

19         (b)  The criteria to be applied by an originating state

20  in qualifying educational personnel for acceptance by a

21  receiving state.

22         (c)  Such waivers, substitutions, and conditional

23  acceptances as shall aid the practical effectuation of the

24  contract without sacrifice of basic educational standards.

25         (d)  Any other necessary matters.

26         3.  No contract made pursuant to this agreement shall

27  be for a term longer than five years but any such contract may

28  be renewed for like or lesser periods.

29         4.  Any contract dealing with acceptance of educational

30  personnel on the basis of their having completed an

31  educational program shall specify the earliest date or dates


                                 1466

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  on which originating state approval of the program or programs

  2  involved can have occurred. No contract made pursuant to this

  3  agreement shall require acceptance by a receiving state or any

  4  persons qualified because of successful completion of a

  5  program prior to January 1, 1954.

  6         5.  The certification or other acceptance of a person

  7  who has been accepted pursuant to the terms of a contract

  8  shall not be revoked or otherwise impaired because the

  9  contract has expired or been terminated.  However, any

10  certificate or other qualifying document may be revoked or

11  suspended on any ground which would be sufficient for

12  revocation or suspension of a certificate or other qualifying

13  document initially granted or approved in the receiving state.

14         6.  A contract committee composed of the designated

15  state officials of the contracting states or their

16  representatives shall keep the contract under continuous

17  review, study means of improving its administration, and

18  report no less frequently than once a year to the heads of the

19  appropriate education agencies of the contracting states.

20  

21                            ARTICLE IV

22  

23         APPROVED AND ACCEPTED PROGRAMS

24         1.  Nothing in this agreement shall be construed to

25  repeal or otherwise modify any law or regulation of a party

26  state relating to the approval of programs of educational

27  preparation having effect solely on the qualification of

28  educational personnel within that state.

29         2.  To the extent that contracts made pursuant to this

30  agreement deal with the educational requirements for the

31  proper qualification of educational personnel, acceptance of a


                                 1467

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  program of educational preparation shall be in accordance with

  2  such procedures and requirements as may be provided in the

  3  applicable contract.

  4  

  5                            ARTICLE V

  6  

  7         INTERSTATE COOPERATION

  8         The party states agree that:

  9         1.  They will, so far as practicable, prefer the making

10  of multilateral contracts pursuant to Article III of this

11  agreement.

12         2.  They will facilitate and strengthen cooperation in

13  interstate certification and other elements of educational

14  personnel qualification and for this purpose shall cooperate

15  with agencies, organizations, and associations interested in

16  certification and other elements of educational personnel

17  qualification.

18  

19                            ARTICLE VI

20  

21         AGREEMENT EVALUATION

22         The designated state officials of any party states may

23  meet from time to time as a group to evaluate progress under

24  the agreement, and to formulate recommendations for changes.

25  

26                           ARTICLE VII

27  

28         OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

29         Nothing in this agreement shall be construed to prevent

30  or inhibit other arrangements or practices of any party state

31  


                                 1468

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or states to facilitate the interchange of educational

  2  personnel.

  3  

  4                           ARTICLE VIII

  5  

  6         EFFECT AND WITHDRAWAL

  7         1.  This agreement shall become effective when enacted

  8  into law by two states. Thereafter it shall become effective

  9  as to any state upon its enactment of this agreement.

10         2.  Any party state may withdraw from this agreement by

11  enacting a statute repealing the same, but no such withdrawal

12  shall take effect until one year after the governor of the

13  withdrawing state has given notice in writing of the

14  withdrawal to the governors of all other party states.

15         3.  No withdrawal shall relieve the withdrawing state

16  of any obligation imposed upon it by a contract to which it is

17  a party.  The duration of contracts and the methods and

18  conditions of withdrawal therefrom shall be those specified in

19  their terms.

20  

21                            ARTICLE IX

22  

23         CONSTRUCTION AND SEVERABILITY

24         This agreement shall be liberally construed so as to

25  effectuate the purposes thereof.  The provisions of this

26  agreement shall be severable and if any phrase, clause,

27  sentence or provision of this agreement is declared to be

28  contrary to the constitution of any state or of the United

29  States, or the application thereof to any government, agency,

30  person, or circumstance is held invalid, the validity of the

31  remainder of this agreement and the applicability thereof to


                                 1469

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any government, agency, person, or circumstance shall not be

  2  affected thereby.  If this agreement shall be held contrary to

  3  the constitution of any state participating therein, the

  4  agreement shall remain in full force and effect as to the

  5  state affected as to all severable matters.

  6         Section 793.  Section 1012.991, Florida Statutes, is

  7  created to read:

  8         1012.991  Commissioner designated official.--For the

  9  purposes of the agreement set forth in Article IX, the

10  "designated state official" for this state shall be the

11  Commissioner of Education. The Commissioner of Education shall

12  enter into contracts pursuant to Article III of the agreement

13  only with the approval of the specific texts thereof by the

14  State Board of Education.

15         Section 794.  Section 1012.992, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1012.992  Copies of contracts with other states;

18  depository.--Two copies of all contracts made on behalf of

19  this state pursuant to the agreement set forth in Article IX

20  shall be kept on file in the office of the Commissioner of

21  Education and in the office of the Department of State. The

22  Department of Education shall publish all such contracts in

23  convenient form.

24         Section 795.  Chapter 1013, Florida Statutes, shall be

25  entitled "Educational Facilities" and shall consist of ss.

26  1013.01-1013.82.

27         Section 796.  Part I of chapter 1013, Florida Statutes,

28  shall be entitled "Functions; Department of Education" and

29  shall consist of ss. 1013.01-1013.05.

30         Section 797.  Section 1013.01, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1470

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.01  Definitions.--The following terms shall be

  2  defined as follows for the purpose of this chapter:

  3         (1)  "Ancillary plant" is comprised of the building,

  4  site, and site improvements necessary to provide such

  5  facilities as vehicle maintenance, warehouses, maintenance, or

  6  administrative buildings necessary to provide support services

  7  to an educational program.

  8         (2)  "Auxiliary facility" means the spaces located at

  9  educational plants which are not designed for student occupant

10  stations.

11         (3)  "Board," unless otherwise specified, means a

12  district school board, a community college board of trustees,

13  a university board of trustees, and the Board of Trustees for

14  the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind.  The term

15  "board" does not include the State Board of Education.

16         (4)  "Capital project," for the purpose of s. 9(a)(2),

17  Art. XII of the State Constitution, as amended, means sums of

18  money appropriated from the Public Education Capital Outlay

19  and Debt Service Trust Fund to the state system of public

20  education and other educational agencies as authorized by the

21  Legislature.

22         (5)  "Core facilities" means the media center,

23  cafeteria, toilet facilities, and circulation space of an

24  educational plant.

25         (6)  "Educational facilities" means the buildings and

26  equipment, structures, and special educational use areas that

27  are built, installed, or established to serve primarily the

28  educational purposes and secondarily the social and

29  recreational purposes of the community and which may lawfully

30  be used as authorized by the Florida Statutes and approved by

31  boards.


                                 1471

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  "Educational plant" comprises the educational

  2  facilities, site, and site improvements necessary to

  3  accommodate students, faculty, administrators, staff, and the

  4  activities of the educational program of each plant.

  5         (8)  "Educational plant survey" means a systematic

  6  study of present educational and ancillary plants and the

  7  determination of future needs to provide an appropriate

  8  educational program and services for each student based on

  9  projected capital outlay FTE's approved by the Department of

10  Education.

11         (9)  "Feasibility study" means the examination and

12  analysis of information related to projected educational

13  facilities to determine whether they are reasonable and

14  possible.

15         (10)  "Long-range planning" means devising a systematic

16  method based on educational information and needs, carefully

17  analyzed, to provide the facilities to meet the goals and

18  objectives of the educational agency for a period of 5 years.

19         (11)  "Low-energy usage features" means engineering

20  features or devices that supplant or minimize the consumption

21  of fossil fuels by heating equipment and cooling equipment.

22  Such features may include, but are not limited to, high

23  efficiency chillers and boilers, thermal storage tanks, solar

24  energy systems, waste heat recovery systems, and facility load

25  management systems.

26         (12)  "Maintenance and repair" means the upkeep of

27  educational and ancillary plants, including, but not limited

28  to, roof or roofing replacement short of complete replacement

29  of membrane or structure; repainting of interior or exterior

30  surfaces; resurfacing of floors; repair or replacement of

31  glass; repair of hardware, furniture, equipment, electrical


                                 1472

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fixtures, and plumbing fixtures; and repair or resurfacing of

  2  parking lots, roads, and walkways. The term "maintenance and

  3  repair" does not include custodial or groundskeeping

  4  functions, or renovation except for the replacement of

  5  equipment with new equipment of equal systems meeting current

  6  code requirements, provided that the replacement item neither

  7  places increased demand upon utilities services or structural

  8  supports nor adversely affects the function of safety to life

  9  systems.

10         (13)  "Need determination" means the identification of

11  types and amounts of educational facilities necessary to

12  accommodate the educational programs, student population,

13  faculty, administrators, staff, and auxiliary and ancillary

14  services of an educational agency.

15         (14)  "New construction" means any construction of a

16  building or unit of a building in which the entire work is new

17  or an entirely new addition connected to an existing building

18  or which adds additional square footage to the space

19  inventory.

20         (15)  "Passive design elements" means architectural

21  features that minimize heat gain, heat loss, and the use of

22  heating and cooling equipment when ambient conditions are

23  extreme and that permit use of the facility without heating or

24  air-conditioning when ambient conditions are moderate.  Such

25  features may include, but are not limited to, building

26  orientation, landscaping, earth bermings, insulation, thermal

27  windows and doors, overhangs, skylights, thermal chimneys, and

28  other design arrangements.

29         (16)  "Public education capital outlay (PECO) funded

30  projects" means site acquisition, renovation, remodeling,

31  construction projects, and site improvements necessary to


                                 1473

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  accommodate buildings, equipment, other structures, and

  2  special educational use areas that are built, installed, or

  3  established to serve primarily the educational instructional

  4  program of the district school board, community college board

  5  of trustees, or university board of trustees.

  6         (17)  "Remodeling" means the changing of existing

  7  facilities by rearrangement of spaces and their use and

  8  includes, but is not limited to, the conversion of two

  9  classrooms to a science laboratory or the conversion of a

10  closed plan arrangement to an open plan configuration.

11         (18)  "Renovation" means the rejuvenating or upgrading

12  of existing facilities by installation or replacement of

13  materials and equipment and includes, but is not limited to,

14  interior or exterior reconditioning of facilities and spaces;

15  air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating equipment; fire

16  alarm systems; emergency lighting; electrical systems; and

17  complete roofing or roof replacement, including replacement of

18  membrane or structure. As used in this subsection, the term

19  "materials" does not include instructional materials.

20         (19)  "Satisfactory educational facility" means a

21  facility that has been recommended for continued use by an

22  educational plant survey or that has been classified as

23  satisfactory in the state inventory of educational facilities.

24         (20)  "Site" means a space of ground occupied or to be

25  occupied by an educational facility or program.

26         (21)  "Site development" means work that must be

27  performed on an unimproved site in order to make it usable for

28  the desired purpose or work incidental to new construction or

29  to make an addition usable.

30         (22)  "Site improvement" means work that must be

31  performed on an existing site to improve its utilization,


                                 1474

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  correct health and safety deficiencies, meet special program

  2  needs, or provide additional service areas.

  3         (23)  "Site improvement incident to construction" means

  4  the work that must be performed on a site as an accompaniment

  5  to the construction of an educational facility.

  6         (24)  "Satellite facility" means the buildings and

  7  equipment, structures, and special educational use areas that

  8  are built, installed, or established by private business or

  9  industry in accordance with chapter 6A-2, Florida

10  Administrative Code, to be used exclusively for educational

11  purposes to serve primarily the students of its employees and

12  that are staffed professionally by the district school board.

13         Section 798.  Section 1013.02, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read: 

15         1013.02  Purpose; rules.--

16         (1)  The purpose of this chapter is to authorize state

17  and local officials to cooperate in establishing and

18  maintaining educational plants that will provide for public

19  educational needs throughout the state.

20         (2)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

21  pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the

22  provisions of this chapter.

23         Section 799.  Section 1013.03, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read: 

25         1013.03  Functions of the department.--The functions of

26  the Department of Education as it pertains to educational

27  facilities shall include, but not be limited to, the

28  following:

29         (1)  Establish recommended minimum and maximum square

30  footage standards for different functions and areas and

31  procedures for determining the gross square footage for each


                                 1475

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  educational facility to be funded in whole or in part by the

  2  state, including public broadcasting stations but excluding

  3  postsecondary special purpose laboratory space. The gross

  4  square footage determination standards may be exceeded when

  5  the core facility space of an educational facility is

  6  constructed or renovated to accommodate the future addition of

  7  classrooms to meet projected increases in student enrollment.

  8  The department shall encourage multiple use of facilities and

  9  spaces in educational plants.

10         (2)  Establish, for the purpose of determining need,

11  equitably uniform utilization standards for all types of like

12  space, regardless of the level of education.  These standards

13  shall also establish, for postsecondary education classrooms,

14  a minimum room utilization rate of 40 hours per week and a

15  minimum station utilization rate of 60 percent.  These rates

16  shall be subject to increase based on national norms for

17  utilization of postsecondary education classrooms.

18         (3)  Require boards to submit other educational plant

19  inventories data and statistical data or information relevant

20  to construction, capital improvements, and related costs.

21         (4)  Require each board and other appropriate agencies

22  to submit complete and accurate financial data as to the

23  amounts of funds from all sources that are available and spent

24  for construction and capital improvements.  The commissioner

25  shall prescribe the format and the date for the submission of

26  this data and any other educational facilities data. If any

27  district does not submit the required educational facilities

28  fiscal data by the prescribed date, the Commissioner of

29  Education shall notify the district school board of this fact

30  and, if appropriate action is not taken to immediately submit

31  the required report, the district school board shall be


                                 1476

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  directed to proceed pursuant to the provisions of s.

  2  1001.42(11)(b). If any community college or university does

  3  not submit the required educational facilities fiscal data by

  4  the prescribed date, the same policy prescribed in this

  5  subsection for school districts shall be implemented.

  6         (5)  Administer, under the supervision of the

  7  Commissioner of Education, the Public Education Capital Outlay

  8  and Debt Service Trust Fund and the School District and

  9  Community College District Capital Outlay and Debt Service

10  Trust Fund.

11         (6)  Develop, review, update, revise, and recommend a

12  mandatory portion of the Florida Building Code for educational

13  facilities construction and capital improvement by community

14  college boards and district school boards.

15         (7)  Provide training, technical assistance, and

16  building code interpretation for requirements of the mandatory

17  Florida Building Code for the educational facilities

18  construction and capital improvement programs of the community

19  college boards and district school boards and, upon request,

20  approve phase III construction documents for remodeling,

21  renovation, or new construction of educational plants or

22  ancillary facilities, except that university boards of

23  trustees shall approve specifications and construction

24  documents for their respective institutions. The Department of

25  Management Services may, upon request, provide similar

26  services for the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind and

27  shall use the Florida Building Code and the Florida Fire

28  Prevention Code.

29         (8)  Provide minimum criteria, procedures, and training

30  to boards to conduct educational plant surveys and document

31  the determination of future needs.


                                 1477

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (9)  Make available to boards technical assistance,

  2  awareness training, and research and technical publications

  3  relating to lifesafety, casualty, sanitation, environmental,

  4  maintenance, and custodial issues; and, as needed, technical

  5  assistance for survey, planning, design, construction,

  6  operation, and evaluation of educational and ancillary

  7  facilities and plants, facilities administrative procedures

  8  review, and training for new administrators.

  9         (10)(a)  Review and validate surveys proposed or

10  amended by the boards and recommend to the Commissioner of

11  Education, for approval, surveys that meet the requirements of

12  this chapter.

13         1.  The term "validate" as applied to surveys by school

14  districts means to review inventory data as submitted to the

15  department by district school boards; provide for review and

16  inspection, where required, of student stations and aggregate

17  square feet of inventory changed from satisfactory to

18  unsatisfactory or changed from unsatisfactory to satisfactory;

19  compare new school inventory to allocation limits provided by

20  this chapter; review cost projections for conformity with cost

21  limits set by s. 1013.64(6); compare total capital outlay

22  full-time equivalent enrollment projections in the survey with

23  the department's projections; review facilities lists to

24  verify that student station and auxiliary facility space

25  allocations do not exceed the limits provided by this chapter

26  and related rules; review and confirm the application of

27  uniform facility utilization factors, where provided by this

28  chapter or related rules; utilize the documentation of

29  programs offered per site, as submitted by the board, to

30  analyze facility needs; confirm that need projections for

31  career and technical and adult educational programs comply


                                 1478

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  with needs documented by the Office of Workforce and Economic

  2  Development; and confirm the assignment of full-time student

  3  stations to all space except auxiliary facilities, which, for

  4  purposes of exemption from student station assignment, include

  5  the following:

  6         a.  Cafeterias.

  7         b.  Multipurpose dining areas.

  8         c.  Media centers.

  9         d.  Auditoriums.

10         e.  Administration.

11         f.  Elementary, middle, and high school resource rooms,

12  up to the number of such rooms recommended for the applicable

13  occupant and space design capacity of the educational plant in

14  the State Requirements for Educational Facilities, beyond

15  which student stations must be assigned.

16         g.  Elementary school skills labs, up to the number of

17  such rooms recommended for the applicable occupant and space

18  design capacity of the educational plant in the State

19  Requirements for Educational Facilities, beyond which student

20  stations must be assigned.

21         h.  Elementary school art and music rooms.

22         2.  The term "validate" as applied to surveys by

23  community colleges and universities means to review and

24  document the approval of each new site and official

25  designation, where applicable; review the inventory database

26  as submitted by each board to the department, including

27  noncareer and technical, and total capital outlay full-time

28  equivalent enrollment projections per site and per college;

29  provide for the review and inspection, where required, of

30  student stations and aggregate square feet of space changed

31  from satisfactory to unsatisfactory; utilize and review the


                                 1479

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  documentation of programs offered per site submitted by the

  2  boards as accurate for analysis of space requirements and

  3  needs; confirm that needs projected for career and technical

  4  and adult educational programs comply with needs documented by

  5  the Office of Workforce and Economic Development; compare new

  6  facility inventory to allocations limits as provided in this

  7  chapter; review cost projections for conformity with state

  8  averages or limits designated by this chapter; compare student

  9  enrollment projections in the survey to the department's

10  projections; review facilities lists to verify that area

11  allocations and space factors for generating space needs do

12  not exceed the limits as provided by this chapter and related

13  rules; confirm the application of facility utilization factors

14  as provided by this chapter and related rules; and review, as

15  submitted, documentation of how survey recommendations will

16  implement the detail of current campus master plans and

17  integrate with local comprehensive plans and development

18  regulations.

19         (b)  Recommend priority of projects to be funded for

20  approval by the state board, when required by law.

21         (11)  Prepare the commissioner's comprehensive fixed

22  capital outlay legislative budget request and provide annually

23  an estimate of the funds available for developing required

24  3-year priority lists. This amount shall be based upon the

25  average percentage for the 5 prior years of funds appropriated

26  by the Legislature for fixed capital outlay to each level of

27  public education: public schools, community colleges, and

28  universities.

29         (12)  Perform any other functions that may be involved

30  in educational facilities construction and capital improvement

31  


                                 1480

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which shall ensure that the intent of the Legislature is

  2  implemented.

  3         Section 800.  Section 1013.04, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read: 

  5         1013.04  School district facilities work program

  6  performance and productivity standards; development;

  7  measurement; application.--

  8         (1)  The Office of Educational Facilities and SMART

  9  Schools Clearinghouse shall develop and adopt measures for

10  evaluating the performance and productivity of school district

11  facilities work programs. The measures may be both

12  quantitative and qualitative and must, to the maximum extent

13  practical, assess those factors that are within the districts'

14  control.  The measures must, at a minimum, assess performance

15  in the following areas:

16         (a)  Frugal production of high-quality projects.

17         (b)  Efficient finance and administration.

18         (c)  Optimal school and classroom size and utilization

19  rate.

20         (d)  Safety.

21         (e)  Core facility space needs and cost-effective

22  capacity improvements that consider demographic projections.

23         (f)  Level of district local effort.

24         (2)  The office shall establish annual performance

25  objectives and standards that can be used to evaluate district

26  performance and productivity.

27         (3)  The office shall conduct ongoing evaluations of

28  district educational facilities program performance and

29  productivity, using the measures adopted under this section.

30  If, using these measures, the office finds that a district

31  failed to perform satisfactorily, the office must recommend to


                                 1481

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the district school board actions to be taken to improve the

  2  district's performance.

  3         Section 801.  Section 1013.05, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read: 

  5         1013.05  Office of Educational Facilities and SMART

  6  (Soundly Made, Accountable, Reasonable, and Thrifty) Schools

  7  Clearinghouse.--

  8         (1)  The SMART Schools Clearinghouse is established to

  9  assist school districts that seek to access School

10  Infrastructure Thrift (SIT) Program awards pursuant to ss.

11  1013.42 and 1013.72 or effort index grants pursuant to s.

12  1013.73. The office must use expedited procedures in providing

13  such assistance.

14         (2)  The office shall prioritize school district SIT

15  Program awards based on a review of the district facilities

16  work programs and proposed construction projects.

17         Section 802.  Part II of chapter 1013, Florida

18  Statutes, shall be entitled "Use and Management of Educational

19  Facilities" and shall consist of ss. 1013.10-1013.28.

20         Section 803.  Section 1013.10, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read: 

22         1013.10  Use of buildings and grounds.--The board may

23  permit the use of educational facilities and grounds for any

24  legal assembly or for community use centers or may permit the

25  same to be used as voting places in any primary, regular, or

26  special election.  The board shall adopt rules or policies and

27  procedures necessary to protect educational facilities and

28  grounds when used for such purposes.

29         Section 804.  Section 1013.11, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read: 

31  


                                 1482

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.11  Postsecondary institutions assessment of

  2  physical plant safety.--The president of each postsecondary

  3  institution shall conduct or cause to be conducted an annual

  4  assessment of physical plant safety. An annual report shall

  5  incorporate the findings obtained through such assessment and

  6  recommendations for the improvement of safety on each campus.

  7  The annual report shall be submitted to the respective

  8  governing or licensing board of jurisdiction no later than

  9  January 1 of each year. Each board shall compile the

10  individual institutional reports and convey the aggregate

11  institutional reports to the Commissioner of Education. The

12  Commissioner of Education shall convey these reports and the

13  reports required in s. 1008.48 to the President of the Senate

14  and the Speaker of the House of Representatives no later than

15  March 1 of each year.

16         Section 805.  Section 1013.12, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read: 

18         1013.12  Safety and sanitation standards and inspection

19  of property.--The State Board of Education shall adopt and

20  administer rules prescribing standards for the safety and

21  health of occupants of educational and ancillary plants as a

22  part of State Requirements for Educational Facilities or the

23  Florida Building Code for educational facilities construction

24  as provided in s. 1013.37, the provisions of chapter 633 to

25  the contrary notwithstanding. These standards must be used by

26  all public agencies when inspecting public educational and

27  ancillary plants. In accordance with such standards, each

28  board shall prescribe policies and procedures establishing a

29  comprehensive program of safety and sanitation for the

30  protection of occupants of public educational and ancillary

31  plants.  Such policies must contain procedures for periodic


                                 1483

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  inspections as prescribed herein and for withdrawal of any

  2  educational and ancillary plant, or portion thereof, from use

  3  until unsafe or unsanitary conditions are corrected or

  4  removed.

  5         (1)  PERIODIC INSPECTION OF PROPERTY BY DISTRICT SCHOOL

  6  BOARDS.--

  7         (a)  Each board shall provide for periodic inspection

  8  of each educational and ancillary plant at least once during

  9  each fiscal year to determine compliance with standards of

10  sanitation and casualty safety prescribed in the rules of the

11  State Board of Education.

12         (b)  Firesafety inspections of each educational and

13  ancillary plant must be made annually by persons certified by

14  the Division of State Fire Marshal to be eligible to conduct

15  firesafety inspections in public educational and ancillary

16  plants.

17         (c)  In each firesafety inspection report, the board

18  shall include a plan of action and a schedule for the

19  correction of each deficiency.  If immediate life-threatening

20  deficiencies are noted in any inspection, the board shall

21  either take action to promptly correct the deficiencies or

22  withdraw the educational or ancillary plant from use until

23  such time as the deficiencies are corrected.

24         (2)  INSPECTION OF EDUCATIONAL PROPERTY BY OTHER PUBLIC

25  AGENCIES.--

26         (a)  A safety or sanitation inspection of any

27  educational or ancillary plant may be made at any time by the

28  Department of Education or any other state or local agency

29  authorized or required to conduct such inspections by either

30  general or special law.  Each agency conducting inspections

31  shall use the standards adopted by the Commissioner of


                                 1484

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education in lieu of, and to the exclusion of, any other

  2  inspection standards prescribed either by statute or

  3  administrative rule, the provisions of chapter 633 to the

  4  contrary notwithstanding.  The agency shall submit a copy of

  5  the inspection report to the board.

  6         (b)  In addition to district school board inspections,

  7  the applicable local fire control authority shall also

  8  annually inspect district school board educational facilities

  9  within its fire control district, using the standards adopted

10  by the Commissioner of Education. Reports shall be filed with

11  the district school board, and a copy shall be on file with

12  the local site administrator.

13         (3)  CORRECTIVE ACTION.--Upon failure of the board to

14  take corrective action within a reasonable time, the agency

15  making the inspection may request the commissioner to:

16         (a)  Order that appropriate action be taken to correct

17  all deficiencies in accordance with a schedule determined

18  jointly by the inspecting authority and the board; in

19  developing the schedule, consideration must be given to the

20  seriousness of the deficiencies and the ability of the board

21  to obtain the necessary funds; or

22         (b)  After 30 calendar days' notice to the board, order

23  all or a portion of the educational or ancillary plant

24  withdrawn from use until the deficiencies are corrected.

25         (4)  INSPECTIONS OF PUBLIC POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION

26  FACILITIES.--Firesafety inspections of community college and

27  university facilities shall comply with State Board of

28  Education rules.

29         Section 806.  Section 1013.13, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read: 

31  


                                 1485

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.13  Coordination of school safety information;

  2  construction design documents.--

  3         (1)  Each district school superintendent must provide

  4  to the law enforcement agency and fire department that has

  5  jurisdiction over each educational facility a copy of the

  6  floor plans and other relevant documents for each educational

  7  facility in the district, as defined in s. 1013.01. After the

  8  initial submission of the floor plans and other relevant

  9  documents, the district superintendent of schools shall

10  submit, by October 1 of each year, revised floor plans and

11  other relevant documents for each educational facility in the

12  district that was modified during the preceding year.

13         (2)  Each community college president must provide to

14  the law enforcement agency and fire department that has

15  jurisdiction over the community college a copy of the floor

16  plans and other relevant documents for each educational

17  facility as defined in s. 1013.01. After the initial

18  submission of the floor plans and other relevant documents,

19  the community college president shall submit, by October 1 of

20  each year, revised floor plans and other relevant documents

21  for each educational facility that was modified during the

22  preceding year.

23         Section 807.  Section 1013.14, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read: 

25         1013.14  Proposed purchase of real property by a board;

26  confidentiality of records; procedure.--

27         (1)(a)  In any case in which a board, pursuant to the

28  provisions of this chapter, seeks to acquire by purchase any

29  real property for educational purposes, every appraisal,

30  offer, or counteroffer must be in writing and is exempt from

31  the provisions of s. 119.07(1) until an option contract is


                                 1486

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  executed or, if no option contract is executed, until 30 days

  2  before a contract or agreement for purchase is considered for

  3  approval by the board. If a contract or agreement for purchase

  4  is not submitted to the board for approval, the exemption from

  5  s. 119.07(1) shall expire 30 days after the termination of

  6  negotiations. The board shall maintain complete and accurate

  7  records of every such appraisal, offer, and counteroffer. For

  8  the purposes of this section, the term "option contract" means

  9  an agreement by the board to purchase a piece of property,

10  subject to the approval of the board at a public meeting after

11  30 days' public notice.

12         (b)  Prior to acquisition of the property, the board

13  shall obtain at least one appraisal by an appraiser approved

14  pursuant to s. 253.025(6)(b) for each purchase in an amount

15  greater than $100,000 and not more than $500,000. For each

16  purchase in an amount in excess of $500,000, the board shall

17  obtain at least two appraisals by appraisers approved pursuant

18  to s. 253.025(6)(b). If the agreed to purchase price exceeds

19  the average appraised value, the board is required to approve

20  the purchase by an extraordinary vote.

21         (2)  Nothing in this section shall be interpreted as

22  providing an exemption from, or an exception to, s. 286.011.

23         Section 808.  Section 1013.15, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read: 

25         1013.15  Lease, rental, and lease-purchase of

26  educational facilities and sites.--

27         (1)  A board may lease any land, facilities, or

28  educational plants owned by it to any person or entity for

29  such term, for such rent, and upon such terms and conditions

30  as the board determines to be in its best interests; any such

31  lease may provide for the optional or binding purchase of the


                                 1487

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  land, facilities, or educational plants by the lessee upon

  2  such terms and conditions as the board determines are in its

  3  best interests.  A determination that any such land, facility,

  4  or educational plant so leased is unnecessary for educational

  5  purposes is not a prerequisite to the leasing or

  6  lease-purchase of such land, facility, or educational plant.

  7  Prior to entering into or executing any such lease, a board

  8  shall consider approval of the lease or lease-purchase

  9  agreement at a public meeting, at which a copy of the proposed

10  agreement in its final form shall be available for inspection

11  and review by the public, after due notice as required by law.

12         (2)(a)  A district school board may rent or lease

13  educational facilities and sites as defined in s. 1013.01.

14  Educational facilities and sites rented or leased for 1 year

15  or less shall be funded through the operations budget or funds

16  derived from millage proceeds pursuant to s. 1011.71(2). A

17  lease contract for 1 year or less, when extended or renewed

18  beyond a year, becomes a multiple-year lease. Operational

19  funds or funds derived from millage proceeds pursuant to s.

20  1011.71(2) may be authorized to be expended for multiple-year

21  leases. All leased facilities and sites must be inspected

22  prior to occupancy by the authority having jurisdiction.

23         1.  All newly leased spaces must be inspected and

24  brought into compliance with the Florida Building Code

25  pursuant to chapter 553 and the life safety codes pursuant to

26  chapter 633, prior to occupancy, using the board's operations

27  budget or funds derived from millage proceeds pursuant to s.

28  1011.71(2).

29         2.  Plans for renovation or remodeling of leased space

30  shall conform to the Florida Building Code and the Florida

31  Fire Prevention Code for educational occupancies or other


                                 1488

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  occupancies, as appropriate and as required in chapters 553

  2  and 633, prior to occupancy.

  3         3.  All leased facilities must be inspected annually

  4  for firesafety deficiencies in accordance with the applicable

  5  code and have corrections made in accordance with s. 1013.12.

  6  Operational funds or funds derived from millage proceeds

  7  pursuant to s. 1011.71(2) may be used to correct deficiencies

  8  in leased space.

  9         4.  When the board declares that a public emergency

10  exists, it may take up to 30 days to bring the leased facility

11  into compliance with the requirements of State Board of

12  Education rules.

13         (b)  A board is authorized to lease-purchase

14  educational facilities and sites as defined in s. 1013.01. The

15  lease-purchase of educational facilities and sites shall be as

16  required by s. 1013.37, shall be advertised for and receive

17  competitive proposals and be awarded to the best proposer, and

18  shall be funded using current or other funds specifically

19  authorized by law to be used for such purpose.

20         1.  A district school board, by itself, or through a

21  direct-support organization formed pursuant to s. 1013.77 or

22  nonprofit educational organization or a consortium of district

23  school boards, may, in developing a lease-purchase of

24  educational facilities and sites provide for separately

25  advertising for and receiving competitive bids or proposals on

26  the construction of facilities and the selection of financing

27  to provide the lowest cost funding available, so long as the

28  board determines that such process would best serve the public

29  interest and the pledged revenues are limited to those

30  authorized in s. 1011.71(2)(e).

31  


                                 1489

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  All activities and information, including lists of

  2  individual participants, associated with agreements made

  3  pursuant to this section shall be subject to the provisions of

  4  chapter 119 and s. 286.011.

  5         (c)1.  The term of any lease-purchase agreement,

  6  including the initial term and any subsequent renewals, shall

  7  not exceed the useful life of the educational facilities and

  8  sites for which the agreement is made, or 30 years, whichever

  9  is less.

10         2.  The initial term or any renewal term of any

11  lease-purchase agreement shall expire on June 30 of each

12  fiscal year, but may be automatically renewed annually,

13  subject to a board making sufficient annual appropriations

14  therefor. Under no circumstances shall the failure of a board

15  to renew a lease-purchase agreement constitute a default or

16  require payment of any penalty or in any way limit the right

17  of a board to purchase or utilize educational facilities and

18  sites similar in function to the educational facilities and

19  sites that are the subject of the said lease-purchase

20  agreement.  Educational facilities and sites being acquired

21  pursuant to a lease-purchase agreement shall be exempt from ad

22  valorem taxation.

23         3.  No lease-purchase agreement entered into pursuant

24  to this subsection shall constitute a debt, liability, or

25  obligation of the state or a board or shall be a pledge of the

26  faith and credit of the state or a board.

27         4.  Any lease-purchase agreement entered into pursuant

28  to this subsection shall stipulate an annual rate which may

29  consist of a principal component and an interest component,

30  provided that the maximum interest rate of any interest

31  component payable under any such lease-purchase agreement, or


                                 1490

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any participation or certificated portion thereof, shall be

  2  calculated in accordance with and be governed by the

  3  provisions of s. 215.84.

  4         (3)  Lease agreements entered into by university boards

  5  of trustees shall comply with the provisions of s. 1013.171.

  6         (4)(a)  A board may rent or lease existing buildings,

  7  or space within existing buildings, originally constructed or

  8  used for purposes other than education, for conversion to use

  9  as educational facilities. Such buildings rented or leased for

10  1 year or less shall be funded through the operations budget

11  or funds derived from millage pursuant to s. 1011.71(2). A

12  rental agreement or lease contract for 1 year or less, when

13  extended or renewed beyond a year, becomes a multiple-year

14  rental or lease. Operational funds or funds derived from

15  millage proceeds pursuant to s. 1011.71(2) may be authorized

16  to be expended for multiple-year rentals or leases.

17  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, if a

18  building was constructed in conformance with all applicable

19  building and life safety codes, it shall be deemed to meet the

20  requirements for use and occupancy as an educational facility

21  subject only to the provisions of this subsection.

22         (b)  Prior to occupying a rented or a leased existing

23  building, or space within an existing building, pursuant to

24  this subsection, a school board shall, in a public meeting,

25  adopt a resolution certifying that the following circumstances

26  apply to the building proposed for occupancy:

27         1.  Growth among the school-age population in the

28  school district has created a need for new educational

29  facilities in a neighborhood where there is little or no

30  vacant land.

31  


                                 1491

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  There exists a supply of vacant space in existing

  2  buildings that meet state minimum building and life safety

  3  codes.

  4         3.  Acquisition and conversion to use as educational

  5  facilities of an existing building or buildings is a

  6  cost-saving means of providing the needed classroom space as

  7  determined by the difference between the cost of new

  8  construction, including land acquisition and preparation and,

  9  if applicable, demolition of existing structures, and the cost

10  of acquisition through rental or lease and conversion of an

11  existing building or buildings.

12         4.  The building has been examined for suitability,

13  safety, and conformance with state minimum building and life

14  safety codes. The building examination shall consist, at a

15  minimum, of a review of existing documents, building site

16  reconnaissance, and analysis of the building conducted by, or

17  under the responsible charge of, a licensed structural

18  engineer.

19         5.  A certificate of evaluation has been issued by an

20  appropriately licensed design professional which states that,

21  based on available documents, building site reconnaissance,

22  current knowledge, and design judgment in the professional's

23  opinion, the building meets the requirements of state minimum

24  building and life safety codes, provides safe egress of

25  occupants from the building, provides adequate firesafety, and

26  does not pose a substantial threat to life to persons who

27  would occupy the building for classroom use.

28         6.  The plans for conversion of the building were

29  prepared by an appropriate design professional licensed in

30  this state and the work of conversion was performed by

31  contractors licensed in this state.


                                 1492

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         7.  The conversion of the building was observed by an

  2  appropriate design professional licensed in this state.

  3         8.  The building has been reviewed, inspected, and

  4  granted a certificate of occupancy by the local building

  5  department.

  6         9.  All ceilings, light fixtures, ducts, and registers

  7  within the area to be occupied for classroom purposes were

  8  constructed or have been reconstructed to meet state minimum

  9  requirements.

10         Section 809.  Section 1013.16, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read: 

12         1013.16  Construction of facilities on leased property;

13  conditions.--

14         (1)  A board may construct or place educational

15  facilities and ancillary facilities on land that is owned by

16  any person after the board has acquired from the owner of the

17  land a long-term lease for the use of this land for a period

18  of not less than 40 years or the life expectancy of the

19  permanent facilities constructed thereon, whichever is longer.

20         (2)  A board may enter into a short-term lease for the

21  use of land owned by any person on which temporary or

22  relocatable facilities are to be utilized.

23         Section 810.  Section 1013.17, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read: 

25         1013.17  University leasing in affiliated research and

26  development park.--A university is exempt from the

27  requirements of s. 255.25(3), (4), and (8) when leasing

28  educational facilities in a research and development park with

29  which the university is affiliated and when the State Board of

30  Education certifies in writing that the leasing of said

31  educational facilities is in the best interests of the


                                 1493

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  university and that the exemption from competitive bid

  2  requirements would not be detrimental to the state.

  3         Section 811.  Section 1013.171, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1013.171  University lease agreements; land,

  6  facilities.--

  7         (1)  Each university is authorized to negotiate and

  8  enter into agreements to lease land under its jurisdiction to

  9  for-profit and nonprofit corporations, registered by the

10  Secretary of State to do business in this state, for the

11  purpose of erecting thereon facilities and accommodations

12  necessary and desirable to serve the needs and purposes of the

13  university, as determined by the systemwide strategic plan

14  adopted by the State Board of Education. Such agreement will

15  be for a term not in excess of 99 years or the life expectancy

16  of the permanent facilities constructed thereon, whichever is

17  shorter, and shall include as a part of the consideration

18  provisions for the eventual ownership of the completed

19  facilities by the state. The Board of Trustees of the Internal

20  Improvement Trust Fund upon request of the university shall

21  lease any such property to the university for sublease as

22  heretofore provided.

23         (2)  Each university board of trustees is authorized to

24  enter into agreements with for-profit and nonprofit

25  corporations, registered by the Secretary of State to do

26  business in this state, whereby income-producing buildings,

27  improvements, and facilities necessary and desirable to serve

28  the needs and purposes of the university, as determined by the

29  systemwide strategic plan adopted by the State Board of

30  Education, are acquired by purchase or lease-purchase by the

31  university. When such agreements provide for lease-purchase of


                                 1494

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  facilities erected on land that is not under the jurisdiction

  2  of the university, the agreement shall include as a part of

  3  the consideration provisions for the eventual ownership of the

  4  land and facility by the state. Agreements for lease-purchase

  5  shall not exceed 30 years or the life expectancy of the

  6  permanent facility constructed, whichever is shorter.

  7  Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the

  8  university board of trustees may enter into an agreement for

  9  the lease-purchase of a facility under this section for a term

10  greater than 1 year. Each university board of trustees is

11  authorized to use any auxiliary trust funds, available and not

12  otherwise obligated, to pay rent to the owner should income

13  from the facilities not be sufficient in any debt payment

14  period. The trust funds used for payment of rent shall be

15  reimbursed as soon as possible to the extent that income from

16  the facilities exceeds the amount necessary for such debt

17  payment.

18         (3)  Each university board of trustees may:

19         (a)  Construct educational facilities on land that is

20  owned by a direct-support organization, as defined in s.

21  1004.28, or a governmental agency at the federal, state,

22  county, or municipal level, if the university has acquired a

23  long-term lease for the use of the land. The lease must be for

24  at least 40 years or the expected time the facilities to be

25  constructed on the land are expected to remain in a condition

26  acceptable for use, whichever is longer.

27         (b)  Acquire a short-term lease from one of the

28  entities listed in paragraph (a) for the use of land, if

29  adequate temporary or relocatable facilities are available on

30  the land.

31  


                                 1495

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Enter into a short-term lease for the use of land

  2  and buildings upon which capital improvements may be made.

  3  

  4  If sufficient land is not available from any of the entities

  5  listed in paragraph (a), a university may acquire a short-term

  6  lease from a private landowner or developer.

  7         (4)  Agreements as provided in this section shall be

  8  entered into with an offeror resulting from publicly announced

  9  competitive bids or proposals, except that the university may

10  enter into an agreement with an entity enumerated in paragraph

11  (3)(a) for leasing land or with a direct-support organization

12  as provided in s. 1004.28, which shall enter into subsequent

13  agreements for financing and constructing the project after

14  receiving competitive bids or proposals. Any facility

15  constructed, lease-purchased, or purchased under such

16  agreements, whether erected on land under the jurisdiction of

17  the university or not, shall conform to the construction

18  standards and codes applicable to university facilities. Each

19  university board of trustees shall adopt such rules as are

20  necessary to carry out its duties and responsibilities imposed

21  by this section.

22         (5)  Agreements executed by the State Board of

23  Education prior to January 1, 1980, for the purposes listed

24  herein shall be validated, and said board's capacity to act in

25  such cases ratified and confirmed.

26         Section 812.  Section 1013.18, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read: 

28         1013.18  Radio and television facilities.--

29         (1)  A board may acquire, by purchase, license,

30  permanent easement, or gift, suitable lands and other

31  facilities, either within or without the boundaries of the


                                 1496

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district, for use in providing educational radio or television

  2  transmitting sites and may erect such buildings, antennas,

  3  transmission equipment, towers, or other structures as are

  4  necessary to accomplish the purposes of this section.

  5         (2)  Fixed capital outlay budget requests for public

  6  broadcasting stations and instructional television and radio

  7  facilities shall be submitted pursuant to s. 1013.60. The

  8  commissioner may include any recommendations for these

  9  purposes in the legislative budget request for fixed capital

10  outlay.

11         Section 813.  Section 1013.19, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read: 

13         1013.19  Purchase, conveyance, or encumbrance of

14  property interests above surface of land; joint-occupancy

15  structures.--For the purpose of implementing jointly financed

16  construction project agreements, or for the construction of

17  combined occupancy structures, any board may purchase, own,

18  convey, sell, lease, or encumber airspace or any other

19  interests in property above the surface of the land, provided

20  the lease of airspace for nonpublic use is for such reasonable

21  rent, length of term, and conditions as the board in its

22  discretion may determine. All proceeds from such sale or lease

23  shall be used by the board or boards receiving the proceeds

24  solely for fixed capital outlay purposes. These purposes may

25  include the renovation or remodeling of existing facilities

26  owned by the board or the construction of new facilities;

27  however, for a community college board or university board,

28  such new facility must be authorized by the Legislature. It is

29  declared that the use of such rental by the board for public

30  purposes in accordance with its statutory authority is a

31  public use. Airspace or any other interest in property held by


                                 1497

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund

  2  or the State Board of Education may not be divested or

  3  conveyed without approval of the respective board. Any

  4  building, including any building or facility component that is

  5  common to both nonpublic and educational portions thereof,

  6  constructed in airspace that is sold or leased for nonpublic

  7  use pursuant to this section is subject to all applicable

  8  state, county, and municipal regulations pertaining to land

  9  use, zoning, construction of buildings, fire protection,

10  health, and safety to the same extent and in the same manner

11  as such regulations would be applicable to the construction of

12  a building for nonpublic use on the appurtenant land beneath

13  the subject airspace. Any educational facility constructed or

14  leased as a part of a joint-occupancy facility is subject to

15  all rules and requirements of the respective boards or

16  departments having jurisdiction over educational facilities.

17         Section 814.    Effective upon this act becoming a law,

18  section 1013.20, Florida Statutes, is created to read:

19         1013.20  Standards for relocatables used as classroom

20  space; inspections.--

21         (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules

22  establishing standards for relocatables intended for long-term

23  use as classroom space at a public elementary school, middle

24  school, or high school.  "Long-term use" means the use of

25  relocatables at the same educational plant for a period of 4

26  years or more.  Each relocatable acquired by a district school

27  board after the effective date of the rules and intended for

28  long-term use must comply with the standards. District school

29  boards shall submit a plan for the use of existing

30  relocatables within the 5-year work program to be reviewed and

31  approved by the commissioner by January 1, 2003.  A progress


                                 1498

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  report shall be provided by the commissioner to the Speaker of

  2  the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate

  3  each January thereafter. Relocatables that fail to meet the

  4  standards after completion of the approved plan may not be

  5  used as classrooms.  The standards shall protect the health,

  6  safety, and welfare of occupants by requiring compliance with

  7  the Florida Building Code or the State Requirements for

  8  Educational Facilities for existing relocatables, as

  9  applicable, to ensure the safety and stability of construction

10  and onsite installation; fire and moisture protection; air

11  quality and ventilation; appropriate wind resistance; and

12  compliance with the requirements of the Americans with

13  Disabilities Act of 1990.  If appropriate and where

14  relocatables are not scheduled for replacement, the standards

15  must also require relocatables to provide access to the same

16  technologies available to similar classrooms within the main

17  school facility and, if appropriate, and where relocatables

18  are not scheduled for replacement, to be accessible by

19  adequate covered walkways.  A relocatable that is subject to

20  this section and does not meet the standards shall not be

21  reported as providing satisfactory student stations in the

22  Florida Inventory of School Houses.

23         (2)  Annual inspections for all satisfactory

24  relocatables designed for classroom use or being occupied by

25  students are required for:  foundations; tie-downs; structural

26  integrity; weatherproofing; HVAC; electrical; plumbing, if

27  applicable; firesafety; and accessibility.  Reports shall be

28  filed with the district school board and posted in each

29  respective relocatable in order to facilitate corrective

30  action.

31  


                                 1499

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 815.  Section 1013.21, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read: 

  3         1013.21  Reduction of relocatable facilities in use.--

  4         (1)(a)  It is a goal of the Legislature that all school

  5  districts shall provide a quality educational environment for

  6  their students such that, by July 1, 2003, student stations in

  7  relocatable facilities exceeding 20 years of age and in use by

  8  a district during the 1998-1999 fiscal year shall be removed

  9  and the number of all other relocatable student stations at

10  over-capacity schools during that fiscal year shall be

11  decreased by half. The Legislature finds, however, that

12  necessary maintenance of existing facilities and public school

13  enrollment growth impair the ability of some districts to

14  achieve the goal of this section within 5 years. Therefore,

15  the Legislature is increasing its commitment to school funding

16  in this act, in part to help districts reduce the number of

17  temporary, relocatable student stations at over-capacity

18  schools. The Legislature intends that local school districts

19  also increase their investment toward meeting this goal. Each

20  district's progress toward meeting this goal shall be measured

21  annually by comparing district facilities work programs for

22  replacing relocatables with the state capital outlay

23  projections for education prepared by the Office of

24  Educational Facilities and SMART Schools Clearinghouse.

25  District facilities work programs shall be monitored by the

26  SMART Schools Clearinghouse to measure the commitment of local

27  school districts toward this goal.

28         (b)  For the purposes of this section, an

29  "over-capacity school" means a school the capital outlay FTE

30  enrollment of which exceeds 100 percent of the space and

31  occupant design capacity of its nonrelocatable facilities.


                                 1500

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  However, if a school's initial design incorporated relocatable

  2  or modular instructional space, an "over-capacity school"

  3  shall mean a school the capital outlay FTE enrollment of which

  4  exceeds 100 percent of the space and occupant design capacity

  5  of its core facilities.

  6         (2)  In accordance with the legislative goal described

  7  in subsection (1), any relocatables purchased with money

  8  appropriated pursuant to chapter 97-384, Laws of Florida,

  9  shall be counted at actual student capacity for purposes of s.

10  1013.31 for the life cycle of the relocatable.

11         Section 816.  Section 1013.22, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read: 

13         1013.22  Obscenity on educational buildings or

14  vehicles.--Whoever willfully cuts, paints, pastes, marks, or

15  defaces by writing or in any other manner any educational

16  building, furniture, apparatus, appliance, outbuilding,

17  ground, fence, tree, post, vehicle, or other educational

18  property with an obscene word, image, or device commits a

19  misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as provided in s.

20  775.082 or s. 775.083. This section shall not apply to any

21  student in grades K-12 subject to the discipline of a district

22  school board.

23         Section 817.  Section 1013.23, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read: 

25         1013.23  Energy efficiency contracting.--

26         (1)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--The Legislature finds that

27  investment in energy conservation measures in educational

28  facilities can reduce the amount of energy consumed and

29  produce immediate and long-term savings. It is the policy of

30  this state to encourage school districts, state community

31  colleges, and state universities to invest in energy


                                 1501

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  conservation measures that reduce energy consumption, produce

  2  a cost savings, and improve the quality of indoor air in

  3  facilities, and, when economically feasible, to build,

  4  operate, maintain, or renovate educational facilities in such

  5  a manner so as to minimize energy consumption and maximize

  6  energy savings. It is further the policy of this state to

  7  encourage school districts, state community colleges, and

  8  state universities to reinvest any energy savings resulting

  9  from energy conservation measures into additional energy

10  conservation efforts.

11         (2)  DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section, the

12  term:

13         (a)  "Energy conservation measure" means a training

14  program, facility alteration, or equipment to be used in new

15  construction, including an addition to an existing facility,

16  that reduces energy costs, and includes, but is not limited

17  to:

18         1.  Insulation of the facility structure and systems

19  within the facility.

20         2.  Storm windows and doors, caulking or

21  weatherstripping, multiglazed windows and doors,

22  heat-absorbing, or heat-reflective, glazed and coated window

23  and door systems, additional glazing, reductions in glass

24  area, and other window and door system modifications that

25  reduce energy consumption.

26         3.  Automatic energy control systems.

27         4.  Heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning system

28  modifications or replacements.

29         5.  Replacement or modifications of lighting fixtures

30  to increase the energy efficiency of the lighting system

31  


                                 1502

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which, at a minimum, shall conform to the Florida Building

  2  Code.

  3         6.  Energy recovery systems.

  4         7.  Cogeneration systems that produce steam or forms of

  5  energy such as heat, as well as electricity, for use primarily

  6  within a facility or complex of facilities.

  7         8.  Energy conservation measures that provide long-term

  8  operating cost reductions and significantly reduce Btu

  9  consumed.

10         9.  Renewable energy systems, such as solar, biomass,

11  and wind.

12         10.  Devices which reduce water consumption or sewer

13  charges.

14         (b)  "Energy cost savings" means:

15         1.  A measured reduction in fuel, energy, or operation

16  and maintenance costs created from the implementation of one

17  or more energy conservation measures when compared with an

18  established baseline for previous fuel, energy, or operation

19  and maintenance costs; or

20         2.  For new construction, a projected reduction in

21  fuel, energy, or operation and maintenance costs created from

22  the implementation of one or more energy conservation measures

23  when compared with the projected fuel, energy, or operation

24  and maintenance costs for equipment if the minimum standards

25  of the Florida Building Code for educational facilities

26  construction were implemented and signed and sealed by a

27  registered professional engineer.

28         (c)  "Energy performance-based contract" means a

29  contract for the evaluation, recommendation, and

30  implementation of energy conservation measures which includes,

31  at a minimum:


                                 1503

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The design and installation of equipment to

  2  implement one or more of such measures, and, if applicable,

  3  operation and maintenance of such measures.

  4         2.  The amount of any actual annual savings. This

  5  amount must meet or exceed total annual contract payments made

  6  by the school, state community college, or state university

  7  for such contract.

  8         3.  Financing charges to be incurred by the school,

  9  state community college, or state university over the life of

10  the contract.

11         (d)  "Energy performance contractor" means a person or

12  business licensed pursuant to chapter 471, chapter 481, or

13  chapter 489 and experienced in the analysis, design,

14  implementation, and installation of energy conservation

15  measures through the implementation of energy

16  performance-based contracts.

17         (3)  ENERGY PERFORMANCE-BASED CONTRACT PROCEDURES.--

18         (a)  A school district, state community college, or

19  state university may enter into an energy performance-based

20  contract with an energy performance contractor to

21  significantly reduce energy or operating costs of an

22  educational facility through one or more energy conservation

23  measures.

24         (b)  The energy performance contractor shall be

25  selected in compliance with s. 287.055; except that in a case

26  where a school district, state community college, or state

27  university determines that fewer than three firms are

28  qualified to perform the required services, the requirement

29  for agency selection of three firms, as provided in s.

30  287.055(4)(b), shall not apply and the bid requirements of s.

31  287.057 shall not apply.


                                 1504

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Before entering into a contract pursuant to this

  2  section, the district school board, state community college,

  3  or state university shall provide published notice of the

  4  meeting in which it proposes to award the contract, the names

  5  of the parties to the proposed contract, and the contract's

  6  purpose.

  7         (d)  Prior to the design and installation of the energy

  8  conservation measure, the school district, state community

  9  college, or state university must obtain from the energy

10  performance contractor a report that discloses all costs

11  associated with the energy conservation measure and provides

12  an estimate of the amount of the energy cost savings. The

13  report must be reviewed by either the Department of Education

14  or the Department of Management Services or signed and sealed

15  by a registered professional engineer.

16         (e)  A school district, state community college, or

17  state university may enter into an energy performance-based

18  contract with an energy performance contractor if, after

19  review of the report required by paragraph (d), it finds that

20  the amount it would spend on the energy conservation measures

21  recommended in the report will not exceed the amount to be

22  saved in energy and operation costs over 20 years from the

23  date of installation, based on life-cycle costing

24  calculations, if the recommendations in the report were

25  followed and if the energy performance contractor provides a

26  written guarantee that the energy or operating cost savings

27  will meet or exceed the costs of the system.  The contract may

28  provide for payments over a period of time not to exceed 20

29  years.

30         (f)  A school district, state community college, or

31  state university may enter into an installment payment


                                 1505

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  contract for the purchase and installation of energy

  2  conservation measures.  The contract shall provide for

  3  payments of not less than one-twentieth of the price to be

  4  paid within 2 years from the date of the complete installation

  5  and acceptance by the school board, state community college,

  6  or state university, and the remaining costs to be paid at

  7  least quarterly, not to exceed a 20-year term based on

  8  life-cycle costing calculations.

  9         (g)  Energy performance-based contracts may extend

10  beyond the fiscal year in which they become effective;

11  however, the term of any contract shall expire at the end of

12  each fiscal year and may be automatically renewed annually up

13  to 20 years, subject to a school board, state community

14  college, or state university making sufficient annual

15  appropriations based upon continued realized energy cost

16  savings.  Such contracts shall stipulate that the agreement

17  does not constitute a debt, liability, or obligation of the

18  state or a school board, state community college, or state

19  university, or a pledge of the faith and credit of the state

20  or a school board, state community college, or state

21  university.

22         (4)  CONTRACT PROVISIONS.--

23         (a)  An energy performance-based contract shall include

24  a guarantee by the energy performance contractor that annual

25  energy cost savings will meet or exceed the amortized cost of

26  energy conservation measures.

27         (b)  The contract shall provide that all payments,

28  except obligations on termination of the contract before its

29  expiration, are to be made over time, but not to exceed 20

30  years from the date of complete installation and acceptance by

31  the school board, state community college, or state


                                 1506

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  university, and that the annual savings are guaranteed to the

  2  extent necessary to make annual payments to satisfy the

  3  contract.

  4         (c)  The contract must require that the energy

  5  performance contractor to whom the contract is awarded provide

  6  a 100-percent public construction bond to the school district,

  7  state community college, or state university for its faithful

  8  performance, as required by s. 255.05.

  9         (d)  The contract shall require the energy performance

10  contractor to provide to the school district, state community

11  college, or state university an annual reconciliation of the

12  guaranteed energy cost savings. The energy performance

13  contractor shall be liable for any annual savings shortfall

14  which may occur. In the event that such reconciliation reveals

15  an excess in annual energy cost savings, such excess savings

16  shall not be used to cover potential energy cost savings

17  shortages in subsequent contract years.

18         Section 818.  Section 1013.24, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read: 

20         1013.24  Right of eminent domain.--There is conferred

21  upon the district school boards in the state the authority and

22  right to take private property for any public school purpose

23  or use when, in the opinion of the school board, such property

24  is needed in the operation of any or all of the public schools

25  within the district, including property needed for any school

26  purpose or use in any school district or districts within the

27  county.  The absolute fee simple title to all property so

28  taken and acquired shall vest in the district school board,

29  unless the school board seeks to appropriate a particular

30  right or estate in such property.

31  


                                 1507

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 819.  Section 1013.25, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.25  When university or community college board of

  4  trustees may exercise power of eminent domain.--Whenever it

  5  becomes necessary for the welfare and convenience of any of

  6  its institutions or divisions to acquire private property for

  7  the use of such institutions, and this cannot be acquired by

  8  agreement satisfactory to a university or community college

  9  board of trustees and the parties interested in, or the owners

10  of, the private property, the board of trustees may exercise

11  the power of eminent domain after receiving approval therefor

12  from the State Board of Education and may then proceed to

13  condemn the property in the manner provided by chapter 73 or

14  chapter 74.

15         Section 820.  Section 1013.26, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1013.26  Department of Legal Affairs to represent

18  university board in condemnation proceedings.--Any suits or

19  actions brought by a university board of trustees to condemn

20  property, as provided in s. 1013.25, shall be brought in the

21  name of the university board of trustees, and the Department

22  of Legal Affairs shall conduct the proceedings for, and act as

23  the counsel of, the university board of trustees.

24         Section 821.  Section 1013.27, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1013.27  Purchase of land by municipality.--Any

27  municipality wherein a community college as defined by s.

28  1004.65 is situated may purchase land with municipal funds and

29  to donate and convey the land or any other land to the

30  community college board of trustees.

31  


                                 1508

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 822.  Section 1013.28, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.28  Disposal of property.--

  4         (1)  REAL PROPERTY.--Subject to rules of the State

  5  Board of Education, a board may dispose of any land or real

  6  property that is, by resolution of the board, determined to be

  7  unnecessary for educational purposes as recommended in an

  8  educational plant survey. A board shall take diligent measures

  9  to dispose of educational property only in the best interests

10  of the public. However, appraisals may be obtained by the

11  board prior to or simultaneously with the receipt of bids.

12         (2)  TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY.--Tangible personal

13  property which has been properly classified as surplus by a

14  district school board or community college board of trustees

15  shall be disposed of in accordance with the procedure

16  established by chapter 274 and by a university board of

17  trustees by chapter 273.  However, the provisions of chapter

18  274 shall not be applicable to a motor vehicle used in driver

19  education to which title is obtained for a token amount from

20  an automobile dealer or manufacturer. In such cases, the

21  disposal of the vehicle shall be as prescribed in the

22  contractual agreement between the automotive agency or

23  manufacturer and the board.

24         Section 823.  Part III of chapter 1013, Florida

25  Statutes, shall be entitled "Planning and Construction of

26  Educational Facilities" and shall consist of ss.

27  1013.30-1013.54.

28         Section 824.  Part III.a. of chapter 1013, Florida

29  Statutes, shall be entitled "Campus Master Plans and

30  Educational Plant Surveys" and shall consist of ss.

31  1013.30-1013.365.


                                 1509

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 825.  Section 1013.30, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.30  University campus master plans and campus

  4  development agreements.--

  5         (1)  This section contains provisions for campus

  6  planning and concurrency management that supersede the

  7  requirements of part II of chapter 163, except when stated

  8  otherwise in this section. These special growth management

  9  provisions are adopted in recognition of the unique

10  relationship between university campuses and the local

11  governments in which they are located. While the campuses

12  provide research and educational benefits of statewide and

13  national importance, and further provide substantial

14  educational, economic, and cultural benefits to their host

15  local governments, they may also have an adverse impact on the

16  public facilities and services and natural resources of host

17  governments. On balance, however, universities should be

18  considered as vital public facilities of the state and local

19  governments. The intent of this section is to address this

20  unique relationship by providing for the preparation of campus

21  master plans and associated campus development agreements.

22         (2)  As used in this section:

23         (a)  "Affected local government" means a unit of local

24  government that provides public services to or is responsible

25  for maintaining facilities within a campus of an institution

26  or is directly affected by development that is proposed for a

27  campus.

28         (b)  "Affected person" means a host local government;

29  an affected local government; any state, regional, or federal

30  agency; or a person who resides, owns property, or owns or

31  


                                 1510

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  operates a business within the boundaries of a host local

  2  government or affected local government.

  3         (c)  "Host local government" means a local government

  4  within the jurisdiction of which all or part of a campus of an

  5  institution is located, but does not include a county if no

  6  part of an institution is located within its unincorporated

  7  area.

  8         (d)  "Institution" means a university.

  9         (3)  Each university board of trustees shall prepare

10  and adopt a campus master plan for the university.  The master

11  plan must identify general land uses and address the need for

12  and plans for provision of roads, parking, public

13  transportation, solid waste, drainage, sewer, potable water,

14  and recreation and open space during the coming 10 to 20

15  years. The plans must contain elements relating to future land

16  use, intergovernmental coordination, capital improvements,

17  recreation and open space, general infrastructure, housing,

18  and conservation. Each element must address compatibility with

19  the surrounding community. The master plan must identify

20  specific land uses, location of structures, densities and

21  intensities of use, and contain standards for onsite

22  development, site design, environmental management, and the

23  preservation of historic and archaeological resources. The

24  transportation element must address reasonable transportation

25  demand management techniques to minimize offsite impacts where

26  possible. Data and analyses on which the elements are based

27  must include, at a minimum: the characteristics of vacant

28  lands; projected impacts of development on onsite and offsite

29  infrastructure, public services, and natural resources;

30  student enrollment projections; student housing needs; and the

31  


                                 1511

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  need for academic and support facilities. Master plans must be

  2  updated at least every 5 years.

  3         (4)  Campus master plans may contain additional

  4  elements at the discretion of the State Board of Education;

  5  however, such elements are not subject to review under this

  6  section. These additional elements may include the academic

  7  mission of the institution, academic program, utilities,

  8  public safety, architectural design, landscape architectural

  9  design, and facilities maintenance.

10         (5)  Subject to the right of the university board of

11  trustees to initiate the dispute resolution provisions of

12  subsection (8), a campus master plan must not be in conflict

13  with the comprehensive plan of the host local government and

14  the comprehensive plan of any affected local governments. A

15  campus master plan must be consistent with the state

16  comprehensive plan.

17         (6)  Before a campus master plan is adopted, a copy of

18  the draft master plan must be sent for review to the host and

19  any affected local governments, the state land planning

20  agency, the Department of Environmental Protection, the

21  Department of Transportation, the Department of State, the

22  Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission, and the applicable

23  water management district and regional planning council. These

24  agencies must be given 90 days after receipt of the campus

25  master plans in which to conduct their review and provide

26  comments to the university board of trustees. The commencement

27  of this review period must be advertised in newspapers of

28  general circulation within the host local government and any

29  affected local government to allow for public comment.

30  Following receipt and consideration of all comments, and the

31  holding of at least two public hearings within the host


                                 1512

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  jurisdiction, the university board of trustees shall adopt the

  2  campus master plan. It is the intent of the Legislature that

  3  the university board of trustees comply with the notice

  4  requirements set forth in s. 163.3184(15) to ensure full

  5  public participation in this planning process. Campus master

  6  plans developed under this section are not rules and are not

  7  subject to chapter 120 except as otherwise provided in this

  8  section.

  9         (7)  Notice that the campus master plan has been

10  adopted must be forwarded within 45 days after its adoption to

11  any affected person that submitted comments on the draft

12  campus master plan. The notice must state how and where a copy

13  of the master plan may be obtained or inspected. Within 30

14  days after receipt of the notice of adoption of the campus

15  master plan, or 30 days after the date the adopted plan is

16  available for review, whichever is later, an affected person

17  who submitted comments on the draft master plan may petition

18  the university board of trustees, challenging the campus

19  master plan as not being in compliance with this section or

20  any rule adopted under this section. The petition must state

21  each objection, identify its source, and provide a recommended

22  action. A petition filed by an affected local government may

23  raise only those issues directly pertaining to the public

24  facilities or services that the affected local government

25  provides to or maintains within the campus or to the direct

26  impact that campus development would have on the affected

27  local government.

28         (8)  Following receipt of a petition, the petitioning

29  party or parties and the university board of trustees shall

30  mediate the issues in dispute as follows:

31  


                                 1513

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The parties have 60 days to resolve the issues in

  2  dispute. Other affected parties that submitted comments on the

  3  draft campus master plan must be given the opportunity to

  4  participate in these and subsequent proceedings.

  5         (b)  If resolution of the matter cannot be achieved

  6  within 60 days, the issues must be submitted to the state land

  7  planning agency. The state land planning agency has 60 days to

  8  hold informal hearings, if necessary, identify the issues

  9  remaining in dispute, prepare a record of the proceedings, and

10  submit the matter to the Administration Commission for final

11  action. The report to the Administration Commission must list

12  each issue in dispute, describe the nature and basis for each

13  dispute, identify alternative resolutions of the dispute, and

14  make recommendations.

15         (c)  After receiving the report from the state land

16  planning agency, the Administration Commission shall take

17  action to resolve the issues in dispute. In deciding upon a

18  proper resolution, the Administration Commission shall

19  consider the nature of the issues in dispute, the compliance

20  of the parties with this section, the extent of the conflict

21  between the parties, the comparative hardships, and the public

22  interest involved. If the Administration Commission

23  incorporates in its final order a term or condition that

24  specifically requires the university board of trustees or a

25  local government to amend or modify its plan, the university

26  board of trustees shall have a reasonable period of time to

27  amend or modify its plan, and a local government shall

28  initiate the required plan amendment, which shall be exempt

29  from the requirements of s. 163.3187(1). Any required

30  amendment to a local government comprehensive plan must be

31  limited in scope so as to only relate to specific impacts


                                 1514

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  attributable to the campus development. The final order of the

  2  Administration Commission is subject to judicial review as

  3  provided in s. 120.68.

  4         (9)  An amendment to a campus master plan must be

  5  reviewed and adopted under subsections (6)-(8) if such

  6  amendment, alone or in conjunction with other amendments,

  7  would:

  8         (a)  Increase density or intensity of use of land on

  9  the campus by more than 10 percent;

10         (b)  Decrease the amount of natural areas, open space,

11  or buffers on the campus by more than 10 percent; or

12         (c)  Rearrange land uses in a manner that will increase

13  the impact of any proposed campus development by more than 10

14  percent on a road or on another public facility or service

15  provided or maintained by the state, the county, the host

16  local government, or any affected local government.

17         (10)  Upon adoption of a campus master plan, the

18  university board of trustees shall draft a proposed campus

19  development agreement for each local government and send it to

20  the local government within 270 days after the adoption of the

21  relevant campus master plan.

22         (11)  At a minimum, each campus development agreement:

23         (a)  Must identify the geographic area of the campus

24  and local government covered by the campus development

25  agreement.

26         (b)  Must establish its duration, which must be at

27  least 5 years and not more than 10 years.

28         (c)  Must address public facilities and services

29  including roads, sanitary sewer, solid waste, drainage,

30  potable water, parks and recreation, and public

31  transportation.


                                 1515

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Must, for each of the facilities and services

  2  listed in paragraph (c), identify the level-of-service

  3  standard established by the applicable local government,

  4  identify the entity that will provide the service to the

  5  campus, and describe any financial arrangements between the

  6  State Board of Education and other entities relating to the

  7  provision of the facility or service.

  8         (e)  Must, for each of the facilities and services

  9  listed in paragraph (c), determine the impact of existing and

10  proposed campus development reasonably expected over the term

11  of the campus development agreement on each service or

12  facility and any deficiencies in such service or facility

13  which the proposed campus development will create or to which

14  it will contribute.

15         (f)  May, if proposed by the university board of

16  trustees, address the issues prescribed in paragraphs (d) and

17  (e) with regard to additional facilities and services,

18  including, but not limited to, electricity, nonpotable water,

19  law enforcement, fire and emergency rescue, gas, and

20  telephone.

21         (g)  Must, to the extent it addresses issues addressed

22  in the campus master plan and host local government

23  comprehensive plan, be consistent with the adopted campus

24  master plan and host local government comprehensive plan.

25         (12)(a)  Each proposed campus development agreement

26  must clearly identify the lands to which the university board

27  of trustees intends the campus development agreement to apply.

28         (b)  Such land may include:

29         1.  Land to be purchased by the university board of

30  trustees and if purchased with state appropriated funds titled

31  in the name of the board of trustees of the Internal


                                 1516

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Improvement Trust Fund for use by an institution over the life

  2  of the campus development agreement.

  3         2.  Land not owned by the board of trustees of the

  4  Internal Improvement Trust Fund if the university board of

  5  trustees intends to undertake development activities on the

  6  land during the term of the campus development agreement.

  7         (c)  Land owned by the Board of Trustees of the

  8  Internal Improvement Trust Fund for lease to the State Board

  9  of Education acting on behalf of the institution may be

10  excluded, but any development activity undertaken on excluded

11  land is subject to part II of chapter 163.

12         (13)  With regard to the impact of campus development

13  on the facilities and services listed in paragraph (11)(c),

14  the following applies:

15         (a)  All improvements to facilities or services which

16  are necessary to eliminate the deficiencies identified in

17  paragraph (11)(e) must be specifically listed in the campus

18  development agreement.

19         (b)  The university board of trustees' fair share of

20  the cost of the measures identified in paragraph (a) must be

21  stated in the campus development agreement. In determining the

22  fair share, the effect of any demand management techniques,

23  which may include such techniques as flexible work hours and

24  carpooling, that are used by the State Board of Education to

25  minimize the offsite impacts shall be considered.

26         (c)  The university board of trustees is responsible

27  for paying the fair share identified in paragraph (b), and it

28  may do so by:

29         1.  Paying a fair share of each of the improvements

30  identified in paragraph (a); or

31  


                                 1517

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Taking on full responsibility for the improvements,

  2  selected from the list of improvements identified in paragraph

  3  (a), and agreed to between the host local government and the

  4  State Board of Education, the total cost of which equals the

  5  contribution identified in paragraph (b).

  6         (d)  All concurrency management responsibilities of the

  7  university board of trustees are fulfilled if the university

  8  board of trustees expends the total amount of funds identified

  9  in paragraph (b) notwithstanding that the university board of

10  trustees may not have undertaken or made contributions to some

11  of the measures identified in paragraph (a).

12         (e)  Capital projects included in the campus

13  development agreement may be used by the local government for

14  the concurrency management purposes.

15         (f)  Funds provided by universities in accordance with

16  campus development agreements are subject to appropriation by

17  the Legislature. A development authorized by a campus

18  development agreement may not be built until the funds to be

19  provided pursuant to paragraph (b) are appropriated by the

20  Legislature.

21         (14)  A campus development agreement may not address or

22  include any standards or requirements for onsite development,

23  including environmental management requirements or

24  requirements for site preparation.

25         (15)  Once the university board of trustees and host

26  local government agree on the provisions of the campus

27  development agreement, the campus development agreement shall

28  be executed by the university board of trustees and the host

29  local government in a manner consistent with the requirements

30  of s. 163.3225. Once the campus development agreement is

31  executed, it is binding upon the university board of trustees


                                 1518

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and host local government. A copy of the executed campus

  2  development agreement must be sent to the state land planning

  3  agency within 14 days after the date of execution.

  4         (16)  If, within 180 days following the host local

  5  government's receipt of the proposed campus development

  6  agreement, the university board of trustees and host local

  7  government cannot reach agreement on the provisions of the

  8  campus development agreement, the following procedures for

  9  resolving the matter must be followed:

10         (a)  The matter must be submitted to the state land

11  planning agency, which has 60 days to hold informal hearings,

12  if necessary, and identify the issues remaining in dispute,

13  prepare a record of the proceedings, and submit the matter to

14  the Administration Commission for final action. The report to

15  the Administration Commission must list each issue in dispute,

16  describe the nature and basis for each dispute, identify

17  alternative resolutions of each dispute, and make

18  recommendations.

19         (b)  After receiving the report from the state land

20  planning agency, the Administration Commission shall take

21  action to resolve the issues in dispute. In deciding upon a

22  proper resolution, the Administration Commission shall

23  consider the nature of the issues in dispute, the compliance

24  of the parties with this section, the extent of the conflict

25  between the parties, the comparative hardships, and the public

26  interest involved. In resolving the matter, the Administration

27  Commission may prescribe, by order, the contents of the campus

28  development agreement.

29         (17)  Disputes that arise in the implementation of an

30  executed campus development agreement must be resolved as

31  follows:


                                 1519

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Each party shall select one mediator and notify

  2  the other in writing of the selection. Thereafter, within 15

  3  days after their selection, the two mediators selected by the

  4  parties shall select a neutral, third mediator to complete the

  5  mediation panel.

  6         (b)  Each party is responsible for all costs and fees

  7  payable to the mediator selected by it and shall equally bear

  8  responsibility for the costs and fees payable to the third

  9  mediator for services rendered and costs expended in

10  connection with resolving disputes pursuant to the campus

11  development agreement.

12         (c)  Within 10 days after the selection of the

13  mediation panel, proceedings must be convened by the panel to

14  resolve the issues in dispute.

15         (d)  Within 60 days after the convening of the panel,

16  the panel shall issue a report containing a recommended

17  resolution of the issues in dispute.

18         (e)  If either the university board of trustees or

19  local government rejects the recommended resolution of the

20  issues in dispute, the disputed issues must be resolved

21  pursuant to the procedures provided by subsection (16).

22         (18)  Once the campus development agreement is

23  executed, all campus development may proceed without further

24  review by the host local government if it is consistent with

25  the adopted campus master plan and associated campus

26  development agreement.

27         (19)  A campus development agreement may be amended

28  under subsections (10)-(16):

29         (a)  In conjunction with any amendment to the campus

30  master plan subject to the requirements in subsection (9).

31  


                                 1520

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  If either party delays by more than 12 months the

  2  construction of a capital improvement identified in the

  3  agreement.

  4         (20)  Any party to a campus development agreement or

  5  aggrieved or adversely affected person, as defined in s.

  6  163.3215(2), may file an action for injunctive relief in the

  7  circuit court where the host local government is located to

  8  enforce the terms of a campus development agreement or to

  9  challenge compliance of the agreement with this section. This

10  action shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of an adversely

11  affected person other than a party to the agreement to enforce

12  any rights or obligations arising from a development

13  agreement.

14         (21)  State and regional environmental program

15  requirements remain applicable, except that this section

16  supersedes all other sections of part II of chapter 163 and s.

17  380.06 except as provided in this section.

18         (22)  In consultation with the state land planning

19  agency, the State Board of Education shall adopt rules

20  implementing subsections (3)-(6). The rules must set specific

21  schedules and procedures for the development and adoption of

22  campus master plans.

23         (23)  Until the campus master plan and campus

24  development agreement for an institution have been finalized,

25  any dispute between the university board of trustees and a

26  local government relating to campus development for that

27  institution shall be resolved by the process established in

28  subsection (8).

29         Section 826.  Section 1013.31, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1521

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.31  Educational plant survey; localized need

  2  assessment; PECO project funding.--

  3         (1)  At least every 5 years, each board shall arrange

  4  for an educational plant survey, to aid in formulating plans

  5  for housing the educational program and student population,

  6  faculty, administrators, staff, and auxiliary and ancillary

  7  services of the district or campus, including consideration of

  8  the local comprehensive plan. The Office of Workforce and

  9  Economic Development shall document the need for additional

10  career and adult education programs and the continuation of

11  existing programs before facility construction or renovation

12  related to career or adult education may be included in the

13  educational plant survey of a school district or community

14  college that delivers career or adult education programs.

15  Information used by the Office of Workforce and Economic

16  Development to establish facility needs must include, but need

17  not be limited to, labor market data, needs analysis, and

18  information submitted by the school district or community

19  college.

20         (a)  Survey preparation and required data.--Each survey

21  shall be conducted by the board or an agency employed by the

22  board. Surveys shall be reviewed and approved by the board,

23  and a file copy shall be submitted to the commissioner. The

24  survey report shall include at least an inventory of existing

25  educational and ancillary plants; recommendations for existing

26  educational and ancillary plants; recommendations for new

27  educational or ancillary plants, including the general

28  location of each in coordination with the land use plan;

29  campus master plan update and detail for community colleges;

30  the utilization of school plants based on an extended school

31  day or year-round operation; and such other information as may


                                 1522

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be required by the rules of the State Board of Education. This

  2  report may be amended, if conditions warrant, at the request

  3  of the board or commissioner.

  4         (b)  Required need assessment criteria for district,

  5  community college, and state university plant surveys.--Each

  6  educational plant survey completed must use uniform data

  7  sources and criteria specified in this paragraph. Each revised

  8  educational plant survey and each new educational plant survey

  9  supersedes previous surveys.

10         1.  Each school district's educational plant survey

11  must reflect the capacity of existing satisfactory facilities

12  as reported in the Florida Inventory of School Houses.

13  Projections of facility space needs may not exceed the norm

14  space and occupant design criteria established by the State

15  Requirements for Educational Facilities. Existing and

16  projected capital outlay full-time equivalent student

17  enrollment must be consistent with data prepared by the

18  department and must include all enrollment used in the

19  calculation of the distribution formula in s. 1013.64(3). To

20  insure that the data reported to the Department of Education

21  as required by this section is correct, the department shall

22  annually conduct an onsite review of 5 percent of the

23  facilities reported for each school district completing a new

24  survey that year. If the department's review finds the data

25  reported by a district is less than 95 percent accurate,

26  within one year from the time of notification by the

27  department the district must submit revised reports correcting

28  its data. If a district fails to correct its reports, the

29  commissioner may direct that future fixed capital outlay funds

30  be withheld until such time as the district has corrected its

31  reports so that they are not less than 95 percent accurate.


                                 1523

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  All satisfactory relocatable classrooms, including those

  2  owned, lease-purchased, or leased by the school district,

  3  shall be included in the school district inventory of gross

  4  capacity of facilities and must be counted at actual student

  5  capacity for purposes of the inventory. For future needs

  6  determination, student capacity shall not be assigned to any

  7  relocatable classroom that is scheduled for elimination or

  8  replacement with a permanent educational facility in the

  9  adopted 5-year educational plant survey and in the district

10  facilities work program adopted under s. 1013.35. Those

11  relocatables clearly identified and scheduled for replacement

12  in a school board adopted financially feasible 5-year district

13  facilities work program shall be counted at zero capacity at

14  the time the work program is adopted and approved by the

15  school board. However, if the district facilities work program

16  is changed or altered and the relocatables are not replaced as

17  scheduled in the work program, they must then be reentered

18  into the system for counting at actual capacity. Relocatables

19  may not be perpetually added to the work program and

20  continually extended for purposes of circumventing the intent

21  of this section. All remaining relocatable classrooms,

22  including those owned, lease-purchased, or leased by the

23  school district, shall be counted at actual student capacity.

24  The educational plant survey shall identify the number of

25  relocatable student stations scheduled for replacement during

26  the 5-year survey period and the total dollar amount needed

27  for that replacement. All district educational plant surveys

28  shall include information on leased space used for conducting

29  the district's instructional program, in accordance with the

30  recommendations of the department's report authorized in s.

31  


                                 1524

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  1013.15. A definition of satisfactory relocatable classrooms

  2  shall be established by rule of the State Board of Education.

  3         2.  Each survey of a special facility, joint-use

  4  facility, or cooperative career and technical education

  5  facility must be based on capital outlay full-time equivalent

  6  student enrollment data prepared by the department for school

  7  districts, community colleges, and universities. A survey of

  8  space needs of a joint-use facility shall be based upon the

  9  respective space needs of the school districts, community

10  colleges, and universities, as appropriate. Projections of a

11  school district's facility space needs may not exceed the norm

12  space and occupant design criteria established by the State

13  Requirements for Educational Facilities.

14         3.  Each community college's survey must reflect the

15  capacity of existing facilities as specified in the inventory

16  maintained by the Department of Education.  Projections of

17  facility space needs must comply with standards for

18  determining space needs as specified by rule of the State

19  Board of Education. The 5-year projection of capital outlay

20  student enrollment must be consistent with the annual report

21  of capital outlay full-time student enrollment prepared by the

22  Department of Education.

23         4.  Each state university's survey must reflect the

24  capacity of existing facilities as specified in the inventory

25  maintained and validated by the Department of Education.

26  Projections of facility space needs must be consistent with

27  standards for determining space needs approved by the

28  Department of Education. The projected capital outlay

29  full-time equivalent student enrollment must be consistent

30  with the 5-year planned enrollment cycle for the State

31  University System approved by the Department of Education.


                                 1525

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         5.  The educational plant survey of a school district,

  2  community college, or state university may include space needs

  3  that deviate from approved standards for determining space

  4  needs if the deviation is justified by the district or

  5  institution and approved by the department as necessary for

  6  the delivery of an approved educational program.

  7         (c)  Review and validation.--The department shall

  8  review and validate the surveys of school districts, community

  9  colleges, and universities, and any amendments thereto for

10  compliance with the requirements of this chapter and, when

11  required by the State Constitution, shall recommend those in

12  compliance for approval by the State Board of Education.

13  Annually, the department shall perform an in-depth analysis of

14  a representative sample of each survey of recommended needs

15  for five districts selected by the commissioner from among

16  districts with the largest need-to-revenue ratio. For the

17  purpose of this subsection, the need-to-revenue ratio is

18  determined by dividing the total 5-year cost of projects

19  listed on the district survey by the total 5-year fixed

20  capital outlay revenue projections from state and local

21  sources as determined by the department. The commissioner may

22  direct fixed capital outlay funds to be withheld from

23  districts until such time as the survey accurately projects

24  facilities needs.

25         (2)  Only the district school superintendent, community

26  college president, or university president shall certify to

27  the department a project's compliance with the requirements

28  for expenditure of PECO funds prior to release of funds.

29         (a)  Upon request for release of PECO funds for

30  planning purposes, certification must be made to the

31  department that the need and location of the facility are in


                                 1526

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  compliance with the board-approved survey recommendations and

  2  that the project meets the definition of a PECO project and

  3  the limiting criteria for expenditures of PECO funding.

  4         (b)  Upon request for release of construction funds,

  5  certification must be made to the department that the need and

  6  location of the facility are in compliance with the

  7  board-approved survey recommendations, that the project meets

  8  the definition of a PECO project and the limiting criteria for

  9  expenditures of PECO funding, and that the construction

10  documents meet the requirements of the Florida Building Code

11  for educational facilities construction or other applicable

12  codes as authorized in this chapter.

13         Section 827.  Section 1013.32, Florida Statutes, is

14  created to read:

15         1013.32  Exception to recommendations in educational

16  plant survey.--An exception to the recommendations in the

17  educational plant survey may be allowed if a board considers

18  that it will be advantageous to the welfare of the educational

19  system or that it will make possible a substantial saving of

20  funds. A board, upon determining that an exception is

21  warranted, must present a full statement, in writing, setting

22  forth all the facts to the Commissioner of Education.

23         Section 828.  Section 1013.33, Florida Statutes, is

24  created to read:

25         1013.33  Coordination of planning with local governing

26  bodies.--

27         (1)  It is the policy of this state to require the

28  coordination of planning between boards and local governing

29  bodies to ensure that plans for the construction and opening

30  of public educational facilities are facilitated and

31  coordinated in time and place with plans for residential


                                 1527

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  development, concurrently with other necessary services. Such

  2  planning shall include the integration of the educational

  3  plant survey and applicable policies and procedures of a board

  4  with the local comprehensive plan and land development

  5  regulations of local governing bodies. The planning must

  6  include the consideration of allowing students to attend the

  7  school located nearest their homes when a new housing

  8  development is constructed near a county boundary and it is

  9  more feasible to transport the students a short distance to an

10  existing facility in an adjacent county than to construct a

11  new facility or transport students longer distances in their

12  county of residence. The planning must also consider the

13  effects of the location of public education facilities,

14  including the feasibility of keeping central city facilities

15  viable, in order to encourage central city redevelopment and

16  the efficient use of infrastructure and to discourage

17  uncontrolled urban sprawl.

18         (2)  A board and the local governing body must share

19  and coordinate information related to existing and planned

20  school facilities; proposals for development, redevelopment,

21  or additional development; and infrastructure required to

22  support the school facilities, concurrent with proposed

23  development. A school board shall use Department of Education

24  enrollment projections when preparing the 5-year district

25  facilities work program pursuant to s. 1013.35, and a school

26  board shall affirmatively demonstrate in the educational

27  facilities report consideration of local governments'

28  population projections to ensure that the 5-year work program

29  not only reflects enrollment projections but also considers

30  applicable municipal and county growth and development

31  projections. A school board is precluded from siting a new


                                 1528

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school in a jurisdiction where the school board has failed to

  2  provide the annual educational facilities report for the prior

  3  year required pursuant to s. 1013.34 unless the failure is

  4  corrected.

  5         (3)  The location of educational facilities shall be

  6  consistent with the comprehensive plan of the appropriate

  7  local governing body developed under part II of chapter 163

  8  and the plan's implementing land development regulations, to

  9  the extent that the regulations are not in conflict with or

10  the subject regulated is not specifically addressed by this

11  chapter or the state requirements for educational facilities,

12  unless mutually agreed by the local government and the board.

13         (4)  To improve coordination relative to potential

14  educational facility sites, a board shall provide written

15  notice to the local government that has regulatory authority

16  over the use of the land at least 60 days prior to acquiring

17  or leasing property that may be used for a new public

18  educational facility. The local government, upon receipt of

19  this notice, shall notify the board within 45 days if the site

20  proposed for acquisition or lease is consistent with the land

21  use categories and policies of the local government's

22  comprehensive plan. This preliminary notice does not

23  constitute the local government's determination of consistency

24  pursuant to subsection (5).

25         (5)  As early in the design phase as feasible, but at

26  least before commencing construction of a new public

27  educational facility, the local governing body that regulates

28  the use of land shall determine, in writing within 90 days

29  after receiving the necessary information and a school board's

30  request for a determination, whether a proposed educational

31  facility is consistent with the local comprehensive plan and


                                 1529

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  local land development regulations, to the extent that the

  2  regulations are not in conflict with or the subject regulated

  3  is not specifically addressed by this chapter or the Florida

  4  Building Code for educational facilities and construction,

  5  unless mutually agreed. If the determination is affirmative,

  6  school construction may proceed and further local government

  7  approvals are not required, except as provided in this

  8  section. Failure of the local governing body to make a

  9  determination in writing within 90 days after a district

10  school board's request for a determination of consistency

11  shall be considered an approval of the district school board's

12  application. Campus master plans and development agreements

13  must comply with the provisions of ss. 1013.30 and 1013.63.

14         (6)  A local governing body may not deny the site

15  applicant based on adequacy of the site plan as it relates

16  solely to the needs of the school. If the site is consistent

17  with the comprehensive plan's future land use policies and

18  categories in which public schools are identified as allowable

19  uses, the local government may not deny the application but it

20  may impose reasonable development standards and conditions in

21  accordance with s. 1013.51(1) and consider the site plan and

22  its adequacy as it relates to environmental concerns, health,

23  safety and welfare, and effects on adjacent property.

24  Standards and conditions may not be imposed which conflict

25  with those established in this chapter or the State Uniform

26  Building Code, unless mutually agreed.

27         (7)  This section does not prohibit a local governing

28  body and district school board from agreeing and establishing

29  an alternative process for reviewing a proposed educational

30  facility and site plan, and offsite impacts.

31  


                                 1530

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  Existing schools shall be considered consistent

  2  with the applicable local government comprehensive plan

  3  adopted under part II of chapter 163. The collocation of a new

  4  proposed public educational facility with an existing public

  5  educational facility, or the expansion of an existing public

  6  educational facility is not inconsistent with the local

  7  comprehensive plan, if the site is consistent with the

  8  comprehensive plan's future land use policies and categories

  9  in which public schools are identified as allowable uses, and

10  levels of service adopted by the local government for any

11  facilities affected by the proposed location for the new

12  facility are maintained. If a board submits an application to

13  expand an existing school site, the local governing body may

14  impose reasonable development standards and conditions on the

15  expansion only, and in a manner consistent with s. 1013.51(1).

16  Standards and conditions may not be imposed which conflict

17  with those established in this chapter or the State Uniform

18  Building Code, unless mutually agreed. Local government review

19  or approval is not required for:

20         (a)  The placement of temporary or portable classroom

21  facilities; or

22         (b)  Proposed renovation or construction on existing

23  school sites, with the exception of construction that changes

24  the primary use of a facility, includes stadiums, or results

25  in a greater than 5 percent increase in student capacity, or

26  as mutually agreed.

27         Section 829.  Section 1013.34, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1013.34  General educational facilities report.--

30         (1)  It is the policy of the state to foster

31  coordination between district school boards and the local


                                 1531

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  general-purpose governments as those local general-purpose

  2  governments develop and implement plans under the Local

  3  Government Comprehensive Planning and Land Development

  4  Regulation Act, part II of chapter 163.

  5         (2)  Each district school board shall submit annually

  6  on October 1 to each local government within the school

  7  board's jurisdiction a general educational facilities report.

  8  The general educational facilities report must contain

  9  information detailing existing educational facilities and

10  their locations and projected needs. The report must also

11  contain the board's capital improvement plan, including

12  planned facilities with funding over the next 3 years, and the

13  educational facilities representing the district's unmet need.

14  The school board shall also provide a copy of its educational

15  plan survey to each local government at least once every 5

16  years.

17         Section 830.  Section 1013.35, Florida Statutes, is

18  created to read:

19         1013.35  School district facilities work program;

20  definitions; preparation, adoption, and amendment; long-term

21  work programs.--

22         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section, the term:

23         (a)  "Adopted district facilities work program" means

24  the 5-year work program adopted by the district school board

25  as provided in subsection (3).

26         (b)  "Tentative district facilities work program" means

27  the 5-year listing of capital outlay projects required:

28         1.  To properly maintain the educational plant and

29  ancillary facilities of the district.

30         2.  To provide an adequate number of satisfactory

31  student stations for the projected student enrollment of the


                                 1532

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district in K-12 programs in accordance with the goal in s.

  2  1013.21.

  3         (2)  PREPARATION OF TENTATIVE DISTRICT FACILITIES WORK

  4  PROGRAM.--

  5         (a)  Annually, prior to the adoption of the district

  6  school budget, each district school board shall prepare a

  7  tentative district facilities work program that includes:

  8         1.  A schedule of major repair and renovation projects

  9  necessary to maintain the educational plant and ancillary

10  facilities of the district.

11         2.  A schedule of capital outlay projects necessary to

12  ensure the availability of satisfactory student stations for

13  the projected student enrollment in K-12 programs. This

14  schedule shall consider:

15         a.  The locations, capacities, and planned utilization

16  rates of current educational facilities of the district.

17         b.  The proposed locations of planned facilities.

18         c.  Plans for the use and location of relocatable

19  facilities, leased facilities, and charter school facilities.

20         d.  Plans for multitrack scheduling, grade level

21  organization, block scheduling, or other alternatives that

22  reduce the need for permanent student stations.

23         e.  Information concerning average class size and

24  utilization rate by grade level within the district that will

25  result if the tentative district facilities work program is

26  fully implemented. The average shall not include exceptional

27  student education classes or prekindergarten classes.

28         f.  The number and percentage of district students

29  planned to be educated in relocatable facilities during each

30  year of the tentative district facilities work program.

31  


                                 1533

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         g.  Plans for the closure of any school, including

  2  plans for disposition of the facility or usage of facility

  3  space, and anticipated revenues.

  4         3.  The projected cost for each project identified in

  5  the tentative district facilities work program. For proposed

  6  projects for new student stations, a schedule shall be

  7  prepared comparing the planned cost and square footage for

  8  each new student station, by elementary, middle, and high

  9  school levels, to the low, average, and high cost of

10  facilities constructed throughout the state during the most

11  recent fiscal year for which data is available from the

12  Department of Education.

13         4.  A schedule of estimated capital outlay revenues

14  from each currently approved source which is estimated to be

15  available for expenditure on the projects included in the

16  tentative district facilities work program.

17         5.  A schedule indicating which projects included in

18  the tentative district facilities work program will be funded

19  from current revenues projected in subparagraph 4.

20         6.  A schedule of options for the generation of

21  additional revenues by the district for expenditure on

22  projects identified in the tentative district facilities work

23  program which are not funded under subparagraph 5. Additional

24  anticipated revenues may include effort index grants, SIT

25  Program awards, and Classrooms First funds.

26         (b)  To the extent available, the tentative district

27  facilities work program shall be based on information produced

28  by the demographic, revenue, and education estimating

29  conferences pursuant to s. 216.136.

30         (c)  Provision shall be made for public comment

31  concerning the tentative district facilities work program.


                                 1534

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  ADOPTED DISTRICT FACILITIES WORK

  2  PROGRAM.--Annually, the district school board shall consider

  3  and adopt the tentative district facilities work program

  4  completed pursuant to subsection (2). Upon giving proper

  5  public notice and opportunity for public comment, the district

  6  school board may amend the program to revise the priority of

  7  projects, to add or delete projects, to reflect the impact of

  8  change orders, or to reflect the approval of new revenue

  9  sources which may become available. The adopted district

10  facilities work program shall:

11         (a)  Be a complete, balanced capital outlay financial

12  plan for the district.

13         (b)  Set forth the proposed commitments and planned

14  expenditures of the district to address the educational

15  facilities needs of its students and to adequately provide for

16  the maintenance of the educational plant and ancillary

17  facilities.

18         (4)  EXECUTION OF ADOPTED DISTRICT FACILITIES WORK

19  PROGRAM.--The first year of the adopted district facilities

20  work program shall constitute the capital outlay budget

21  required in s. 1013.61. The adopted district facilities work

22  program shall include the information required in

23  subparagraphs (2)(a)1., 2., and 3., based upon projects

24  actually funded in the program.

25         (5)  10-YEAR AND 20-YEAR WORK PROGRAMS.--In addition to

26  the adopted district facilities work program covering the

27  5-year work program, the district school board shall adopt

28  annually a 10-year and a 20-year work program which include

29  the information set forth in subsection (2), but based upon

30  enrollment projections and facility needs for the 10-year and

31  20-year periods. It is recognized that the projections in the


                                 1535

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  10-year and 20-year timeframes are tentative and should be

  2  used only for general planning purposes.

  3         Section 831.  Section 1013.355, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1013.355  Abandonment or disposal of satisfactory

  6  educational facilities prohibited.--District school boards are

  7  prohibited from abandoning or disposing of existing

  8  satisfactory educational facilities constructed with Public

  9  Education Capital Outlay funds if the school district does not

10  have excess student stations to serve the projected student

11  enrollment in its required 5-year work program.

12         Section 832.  Section 1013.36, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1013.36  Site planning and selection.--

15         (1)  Before acquiring property for sites, each district

16  school board and community college board of trustees shall

17  determine the location of proposed educational centers or

18  campuses. In making this determination, the board shall

19  consider existing and anticipated site needs and the most

20  economical and practicable locations of sites. The board shall

21  coordinate with the long-range or comprehensive plans of

22  local, regional, and state governmental agencies to assure the

23  compatibility of such plans with site planning. Boards are

24  encouraged to locate educational facilities proximate to urban

25  residential areas to the extent possible, and shall seek to

26  collocate educational facilities with other public facilities,

27  such as parks, libraries, and community centers, to the extent

28  possible.

29         (2)  Each new site selected must be adequate in size to

30  meet the educational needs of the students to be served on

31  that site by the original educational facility or future


                                 1536

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  expansions of the facility through renovation or the addition

  2  of relocatables. The State Board of Education shall prescribe

  3  by rule recommended sizes for new sites according to

  4  categories of students to be housed and other appropriate

  5  factors determined by the state board. Less-than-recommended

  6  site sizes are allowed if the board recommends such a site and

  7  finds that it can provide an appropriate and equitable

  8  educational program on the site.

  9         (3)  Sites recommended for purchase or purchased must

10  meet standards prescribed in law and such supplementary

11  standards as the State Board of Education prescribes to

12  promote the educational interests of the students. Each site

13  must be well drained and suitable for outdoor educational

14  purposes as appropriate for the educational program. As

15  provided in s. 333.03, the site must not be located within any

16  path of flight approach of any airport. Insofar as is

17  practicable, the site must not adjoin a right-of-way of any

18  railroad or through highway and must not be adjacent to any

19  factory or other property from which noise, odors, or other

20  disturbances, or at which conditions, would be likely to

21  interfere with the educational program.

22         (4)  It shall be the responsibility of the board to

23  provide adequate notice to appropriate municipal, county,

24  regional, and state governmental agencies for requested

25  traffic control and safety devices so they can be installed

26  and operating prior to the first day of classes or to satisfy

27  itself that every reasonable effort has been made in

28  sufficient time to secure the installation and operation of

29  such necessary devices prior to the first day of classes. It

30  shall also be the responsibility of the board to review

31  


                                 1537

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  annually traffic control and safety device needs and to

  2  request all necessary changes indicated by such review.

  3         (5)  Each board may request county and municipal

  4  governments to construct and maintain sidewalks and bicycle

  5  trails within a 2-mile radius of each educational facility

  6  within the jurisdiction of the local government. When a board

  7  discovers or is aware of an existing hazard on or near a

  8  public sidewalk, street, or highway within a 2-mile radius of

  9  a school site and the hazard endangers the life or threatens

10  the health or safety of students who walk, ride bicycles, or

11  are transported regularly between their homes and the school

12  in which they are enrolled, the board shall, within 24 hours

13  after discovering or becoming aware of the hazard, excluding

14  Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, report such hazard to

15  the governmental entity within the jurisdiction of which the

16  hazard is located. Within 5 days after receiving notification

17  by the board, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal

18  holidays, the governmental entity shall investigate the

19  hazardous condition and either correct it or provide such

20  precautions as are practicable to safeguard students until the

21  hazard can be permanently corrected. However, if the

22  governmental entity that has jurisdiction determines upon

23  investigation that it is impracticable to correct the hazard,

24  or if the entity determines that the reported condition does

25  not endanger the life or threaten the health or safety of

26  students, the entity shall, within 5 days after notification

27  by the board, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal

28  holidays, inform the board in writing of its reasons for not

29  correcting the condition. The governmental entity, to the

30  extent allowed by law, shall indemnify the board from any

31  


                                 1538

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  liability with respect to accidents or injuries, if any,

  2  arising out of the hazardous condition.

  3         Section 833.  Section 1013.365, Florida Statutes, is

  4  created to read:

  5         1013.365  Schools on contaminated site prohibited.--

  6         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--For purposes of this section, the

  7  following terms shall have the same meaning as provided in the

  8  definitions in s. 376.301:  "contaminant," "contaminated

  9  site," "discharge," "engineering controls," "hazardous

10  substances," "institutional controls," "pollutants," and "site

11  rehabilitation."

12         (2)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--The Legislature finds:

13         (a)  Steps should be taken to eliminate or reduce the

14  risk to student health posed by attendance at K-12 schools

15  located on or adjacent to a contaminated site.

16         (b)  District school boards have a duty and a

17  responsibility to ensure the safety of school children while

18  attending K-12 schools and engaging in extracurricular

19  activities on school properties.

20         (c)  Ensuring student safety includes preventing,

21  eliminating, or reducing exposure to contaminants that may

22  exist at or adjacent to K-12 school properties.

23         (3)  K-12 SCHOOL SITING LIMITATIONS; PROHIBITIONS.--No

24  K-12 school shall be built on or adjacent to a known

25  contaminated site unless steps have been taken to ensure that

26  children attending the school or playing on school property

27  will not be exposed to contaminants in the air, water, or soil

28  at levels that present a threat to human health or the

29  environment.

30         (4)  DUTIES OF DISTRICT SCHOOL BOARD.--Before taking

31  title to real property upon which a K-12 school may be built


                                 1539

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or initiating action to locate a K-12 school on real property

  2  already owned by the school district, the district school

  3  board shall conduct appropriate due diligence including all

  4  appropriate inquiry into the previous ownership and use of the

  5  property consistent with good commercial or customary practice

  6  in an effort to determine the existence of any potential air,

  7  water, or soil contamination that may exist on or adjacent to

  8  the proposed K-12 school site.  The district school board is

  9  encouraged to contact the Department of Environmental

10  Protection to obtain any information about contaminated sites

11  on or adjacent to a proposed K-12 school site.  Any evidence

12  of a discharge of pollutants or hazardous substances on or

13  adjacent to a proposed K-12 school site shall prompt the

14  district school board to conduct further investigation using

15  at least a Phase II Environmental Audit, in accordance with

16  standards established by the American Society for Testing and

17  Materials (ASTM), that includes air, water, and soil sampling.

18  If the results of the environmental audit confirm the presence

19  of contaminants or pollution on or adjacent to the proposed

20  K-12 school site at concentrations that pose a threat to human

21  health or the environment, then the district school board

22  shall conduct appropriate site rehabilitation in accordance

23  with the provisions of subsection (5) before initiating K-12

24  school construction at the site.

25         (5)  CORRECTIVE ACTION.--The Department of

26  Environmental Protection may use risk-based corrective action

27  cleanup criteria as described in ss. 376.3071, 376.3078, and

28  376.81, and in Chapter 62-777, F.A.C., in reviewing and

29  approving site rehabilitation conducted by district school

30  boards pursuant to this section.

31  


                                 1540

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 834.  Part III.b. of chapter 1013, Florida

  2  Statutes, shall be entitled "Building Codes and Construction

  3  for Educational Facilities" and shall consist of ss.

  4  1013.37-1013.45.

  5         Section 835.  Section 1013.37, Florida Statutes, is

  6  created to read:

  7         1013.37  State uniform building code for public

  8  educational facilities construction.--

  9         (1)  UNIFORM BUILDING CODE.--A uniform statewide

10  building code for the planning and construction of public

11  educational and ancillary plants by district school boards and

12  community college district boards of trustees shall be adopted

13  by the Florida Building Commission within the Florida Building

14  Code, pursuant to s. 553.73. Included in this code must be

15  flood plain management criteria in compliance with the rules

16  and regulations in 44 C.F.R. parts 59 and 60, and subsequent

17  revisions thereto which are adopted by the Federal Emergency

18  Management Agency. It is also the responsibility of the

19  department to develop, as a part of the uniform building code,

20  standards relating to:

21         (a)  Prefabricated facilities or factory-built

22  facilities that are designed to be portable, relocatable,

23  demountable, or reconstructible; are used primarily as

24  classrooms; and do not fall under the provisions of ss.

25  320.822-320.862. Such standards must permit boards to contract

26  with the Department of Community Affairs for factory

27  inspections by certified building code inspectors to certify

28  conformance with applicable law and rules. The standards must

29  comply with the requirements of s. 1013.20 for relocatable

30  facilities intended for long-term use as classroom space, and

31  the relocatable facilities shall be designed subject to


                                 1541

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  missile impact criteria of s. 423(24)(d)(1) of the Florida

  2  Building Code when located in the windborne debris region.

  3         (b)  The sanitation of educational and ancillary plants

  4  and the health of occupants of educational and ancillary

  5  plants.

  6         (c)  The safety of occupants of educational and

  7  ancillary plants as provided in s. 1013.12, except that the

  8  firesafety criteria shall be established by the State Fire

  9  Marshal in cooperation with the Florida Building Commission

10  and the department and such firesafety requirements must be

11  incorporated into the Florida Fire Prevention Code.

12         (d)  Accessibility for children, notwithstanding the

13  provisions of s. 553.512.

14         (e)  The performance of life-cycle cost analyses on

15  alternative architectural and engineering designs to evaluate

16  their energy efficiencies.

17         1.  The life-cycle cost analysis must consist of the

18  sum of:

19         a.  The reasonably expected fuel costs over the life of

20  the building which are required to maintain illumination,

21  water heating, temperature, humidity, ventilation, and all

22  other energy-consuming equipment in a facility; and

23         b.  The reasonable costs of probable maintenance,

24  including labor and materials, and operation of the building.

25         2.  For computation of the life-cycle costs, the

26  department shall develop standards that must include, but need

27  not be limited to:

28         a.  The orientation and integration of the facility

29  with respect to its physical site.

30         b.  The amount and type of glass employed in the

31  facility and the directions of exposure.


                                 1542

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         c.  The effect of insulation incorporated into the

  2  facility design and the effect on solar utilization of the

  3  properties of external surfaces.

  4         d.  The variable occupancy and operating conditions of

  5  the facility and subportions of the facility.

  6         e.  An energy-consumption analysis of the major

  7  equipment of the facility's heating, ventilating, and cooling

  8  system; lighting system; and hot water system and all other

  9  major energy-consuming equipment and systems as appropriate.

10         3.  Life-cycle cost criteria published by the

11  Department of Education for use in evaluating projects.

12         4.  Standards for construction materials and systems

13  based on life-cycle costs that consider initial costs,

14  maintenance costs, custodial costs, operating costs, and life

15  expectancy. The standards may include multiple acceptable

16  materials. It is the intent of the Legislature to require

17  district school boards to comply with these standards when

18  expending funds from the Public Education Capital Outlay and

19  Debt Service Trust Fund or the School District and Community

20  College District Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund

21  and to prohibit district school boards from expending local

22  capital outlay revenues for any project that includes

23  materials or systems that do not comply with these standards,

24  unless the district school board submits evidence that

25  alternative materials or systems meet or exceed standards

26  developed by the department.

27  

28  It is not a purpose of the Florida Building Code to inhibit

29  the use of new materials or innovative techniques; nor may it

30  specify or prohibit materials by brand names. The code must be

31  flexible enough to cover all phases of construction so as to


                                 1543

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  afford reasonable protection for the public safety, health,

  2  and general welfare. The department may secure the service of

  3  other state agencies or such other assistance as it finds

  4  desirable in recommending to the Florida Building Commission

  5  revisions to the code.

  6         (2)  APPROVAL.--

  7         (a)  Before a contract has been let for the

  8  construction, the department, the district school board, the

  9  community college board, or its authorized review agent must

10  approve the phase III construction documents. A district

11  school board or a community college board may reuse prototype

12  plans on another site, provided the facilities list and phase

13  III construction documents have been updated for the new site

14  and for compliance with the Florida Building Code and the

15  Florida Fire Prevention Code and any laws relating to

16  firesafety, health and sanitation, casualty safety, and

17  requirements for the physically handicapped which are in

18  effect at the time a construction contract is to be awarded.

19         (b)  In reviewing plans for approval, the department,

20  the district school board, the community college board, or its

21  review agent as authorized in s. 1013.38, shall take into

22  consideration:

23         1.  The need for the new facility.

24         2.  The educational and ancillary plant planning.

25         3.  The architectural and engineering planning.

26         4.  The location on the site.

27         5.  Plans for future expansion.

28         6.  The type of construction.

29         7.  Sanitary provisions.

30         8.  Conformity to Florida Building Code standards.

31  


                                 1544

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         9.  The structural design and strength of materials

  2  proposed to be used.

  3         10.  The mechanical design of any heating,

  4  air-conditioning, plumbing, or ventilating system. Typical

  5  heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning systems preapproved

  6  by the department for specific applications may be used in the

  7  design of educational facilities.

  8         11.  The electrical design of educational plants.

  9         12.  The energy efficiency and conservation of the

10  design.

11         13.  Life-cycle cost considerations.

12         14.  The design to accommodate physically handicapped

13  persons.

14         15.  The ratio of net to gross square footage.

15         16.  The proposed construction cost per gross square

16  foot.

17         17.  Conformity with the Florida Fire Prevention Code.

18         (c)  The district school board or the community college

19  board may not occupy a facility until the project has been

20  inspected to verify compliance with statutes, rules, and codes

21  affecting the health and safety of the occupants. Verification

22  of compliance with rules, statutes, and codes for nonoccupancy

23  projects such as roofing, paving, site improvements, or

24  replacement of equipment may be certified by the architect or

25  engineer of record and verification of compliance for other

26  projects may be made by an inspector certified by the

27  department or certified pursuant to chapter 468 who is not the

28  architect or engineer of record. The board shall maintain a

29  record of the project's completion and permanent archive of

30  phase III construction documents, including any addenda and

31  change orders to the project. The boards shall provide project


                                 1545

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  data to the department, as requested, for purposes and reports

  2  needed by the Legislature.

  3         (3)  REVIEW PROCEDURE.--The Commissioner of Education

  4  shall cooperate with the Florida Building Commission in

  5  addressing all questions, disputes, or interpretations

  6  involving the provisions of the Florida Building Code which

  7  govern the construction of public educational and ancillary

  8  facilities, and any objections to decisions made by the

  9  inspectors or the department must be submitted in writing.

10         (4)  BIENNIAL REVIEW AND UPDATE; DISSEMINATION.--The

11  department shall biennially review and recommend to the

12  Florida Building Commission updates and revisions to the

13  provisions of the Florida Building Code which govern the

14  construction of public educational and ancillary facilities.

15  The department shall publish and make available to each board

16  at no cost copies of the state requirements for educational

17  facilities and each amendment and revision thereto. The

18  department shall make additional copies available to all

19  interested persons at a price sufficient to recover costs.

20         (5)  LOCAL LEGISLATION PROHIBITED.--After June 30,

21  1985, pursuant to s. 11(a)(21), Art. III of the State

22  Constitution, there shall not be enacted any special act or

23  general law of local application which proposes to amend,

24  alter, or contravene any provisions of the State Building Code

25  adopted under the authority of this section.

26         Section 836.  Section 1013.371, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1013.371  Conformity to codes.--

29         (1)  CONFORMITY TO FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND FLORIDA

30  FIRE PREVENTION CODE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL.--

31  


                                 1546

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b), all

  2  public educational and ancillary plants constructed by a board

  3  must conform to the Florida Building Code and the Florida Fire

  4  Prevention Code, and the plants are exempt from all other

  5  state building codes; county, municipal, or other local

  6  amendments to the Florida Building Code and local amendments

  7  to the Florida Fire Prevention Code; building permits, and

  8  assessments of fees for building permits, except as provided

  9  in s. 553.80; ordinances; road closures; and impact fees or

10  service availability fees. Any inspection by local or state

11  government must be based on the Florida Building Code and the

12  Florida Fire Prevention Code. Each board shall provide for

13  periodic inspection of the proposed educational plant during

14  each phase of construction to determine compliance with the

15  state requirements for educational facilities.

16         (b)  A board may comply with the Florida Building Code

17  and the Florida Fire Prevention Code and the administration of

18  the codes when constructing ancillary plants that are not

19  attached to educational facilities, if those plants conform to

20  the space size requirements established in the codes.

21         (c)  A board may not approve any plans for the

22  construction, renovation, remodeling, or demolition of any

23  educational or ancillary plants unless these plans conform to

24  the requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Florida

25  Fire Prevention Code. Each board may adopt policies for

26  delegating to the district school superintendent, community

27  college president, or university president authority for

28  submitting documents to the department and for awarding

29  contracts subsequent to and consistent with board approval of

30  the scope, timeframes, funding source, and budget of a

31  survey-recommended project.


                                 1547

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  ENFORCEMENT BY BOARD.--It is the responsibility of

  2  each board to ensure that all plans and educational and

  3  ancillary plants meet the standards of the Florida Building

  4  Code and the Florida Fire Prevention Code and to provide for

  5  the enforcement of these codes in the areas of its

  6  jurisdiction. Each board shall provide for the proper

  7  supervision and inspection of the work. Each board may employ

  8  a chief building official or inspector and such other

  9  inspectors, who have been certified pursuant to chapter 468,

10  and such personnel as are necessary to administer and enforce

11  the provisions of this code. Boards may also use local

12  building department inspectors who are certified by the

13  department to enforce this code. Plans or facilities that fail

14  to meet the standards of the Florida Building Code or the

15  Florida Fire Prevention Code may not be approved. When

16  planning for and constructing an educational, auxiliary, or

17  ancillary facility, a board must use construction materials

18  and systems that meet standards adopted pursuant to s.

19  1013.37(1)(e)3. and 4. If the planned or actual construction

20  of a facility deviates from the adopted standards, the board

21  must, at a public hearing, quantify and compare the costs of

22  constructing the facility with the proposed deviations and in

23  compliance with the adopted standards and the Florida Building

24  Code. The board must explain the reason for the proposed

25  deviations and compare how the total construction costs and

26  projected life-cycle costs of the facility or component system

27  of the facility would be affected by implementing the proposed

28  deviations rather than using materials and systems that meet

29  the adopted standards.

30         (3)  ENFORCEMENT BY DEPARTMENT.--As a further means of

31  ensuring that all educational and ancillary facilities


                                 1548

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  constructed or materially altered or added to conform to the

  2  Florida Building Code standards or Florida Fire Prevention

  3  Code standards, each board that undertakes the construction,

  4  renovation, remodeling, purchasing, or lease-purchase of any

  5  educational plant or ancillary facility, the cost of which

  6  exceeds $200,000, may submit plans to the department for

  7  approval.

  8         Section 837.  Section 1013.372, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1013.372  Education facilities as emergency shelters.--

11         (1)  The Department of Education shall, in consultation

12  with boards and county and state emergency management offices,

13  include within the standards to be developed under this

14  subsection public shelter design criteria to be incorporated

15  into the Florida Building Code. The new criteria must be

16  designed to ensure that appropriate new educational facilities

17  can serve as public shelters for emergency-management

18  purposes. A facility, or an appropriate area within a

19  facility, for which a design contract is entered into after

20  the effective date of the inclusion of the public shelter

21  criteria in the code must be built in compliance with the

22  amended code unless the facility or a part of it is exempted

23  from using the new shelter criteria due to its location, size,

24  or other characteristics by the applicable board with the

25  concurrence of the applicable local emergency management

26  agency or the Department of Community Affairs. Any educational

27  facility located or proposed to be located in an identified

28  category 1, 2, or 3 evacuation zone is not subject to the

29  requirements of this subsection. If the regional planning

30  council region in which the county is located does not have a

31  hurricane evacuation shelter deficit, as determined by the


                                 1549

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Department of Community Affairs, educational facilities within

  2  the planning council region are not required to incorporate

  3  the public shelter criteria.

  4         (2)  By January 31 of each even-numbered year, the

  5  Department of Community Affairs shall prepare and submit a

  6  statewide emergency shelter plan to the Governor and the

  7  Cabinet for approval. The plan must identify the general

  8  location and square footage of existing shelters, by regional

  9  planning council region, and the general location and square

10  footage of needed shelters, by regional planning council

11  region, during the next 5 years. The plan must identify the

12  types of public facilities that should be constructed to

13  comply with emergency-shelter criteria and must recommend an

14  appropriate and available source of funding for the additional

15  cost of constructing emergency shelters within these public

16  facilities. After the approval of the plan, a board may not be

17  required to build more emergency-shelter space than identified

18  as needed in the plan, and decisions pertaining to exemptions

19  pursuant to subsection (1) must be guided by the plan.

20         (3)  The provisions of s. 1013.74 apply to university

21  facilities as emergency shelters.

22         Section 838.  Section 1013.38, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1013.38  Boards to ensure that facilities comply with

25  building codes and life safety codes.--

26         (1)  Boards shall ensure that all new construction,

27  renovation, remodeling, day labor, and maintenance projects

28  conform to the appropriate sections of the Florida Building

29  Code, Florida Fire Prevention Code, or, where applicable as

30  authorized in other sections of law, other building codes, and

31  life safety codes.


                                 1550

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Boards may provide compliance as follows:

  2         (a)  Boards or consortia may individually or

  3  cooperatively provide review services under the insurance risk

  4  management oversight through the use of board employees or

  5  consortia employees, registered pursuant to chapter 471,

  6  chapter 481, or part XII of chapter 468.

  7         (b)  Boards may elect to review construction documents

  8  using their own employees registered pursuant to chapter 471,

  9  chapter 481, or part XII of chapter 468.

10         (c)  Boards may submit phase III construction documents

11  for review to the department.

12         (d)  Boards or consortia may contract for plan review

13  services directly with engineers and architects registered

14  pursuant to chapter 471 or chapter 481.

15         (3)  The Department of Management Services may, upon

16  request, provide facilities services for the Florida School

17  for the Deaf and the Blind, the Division of Blind Services,

18  and Public Broadcasting. As used in this section, the term

19  "facilities services" means project management, code and

20  design plan review, and code compliance inspection for

21  projects as defined in s. 287.017(1)(e).

22         Section 839.  Section 1013.39, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1013.39  Building construction standards;

25  exemptions.--Universities are exempt from local amendments to

26  the Florida Building Code and the Florida Fire Prevention

27  Code.

28         Section 840.  Section 1013.40, Florida Statutes, is

29  created to read:

30         1013.40  Planning and construction of community college

31  facilities; property acquisition.--


                                 1551

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The need for community college facilities shall be

  2  established by a survey conducted pursuant to this chapter.

  3  The facilities recommended by such survey must be approved by

  4  the State Board of Education and the projects must be

  5  constructed according to the provisions of this chapter and

  6  State Board of Education rules.

  7         (2)  No community college may expend public funds for

  8  the acquisition of additional property without the specific

  9  approval of the Legislature.

10         (3)  No facility may be acquired or constructed by a

11  community college or its direct-support organization if such

12  facility requires general revenue funds for operation or

13  maintenance upon project completion or in subsequent years of

14  operation, unless prior approval is received from the

15  Legislature.

16         Section 841.  Section 1013.41, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1013.41  SMART schools; Classrooms First; legislative

19  purpose.--

20         (1)  SMART SCHOOLS.--"SMART schools" are schools that

21  are soundly made, accountable, reasonable, and thrifty. It is

22  the purpose of the Legislature to provide a balanced and

23  principle-based plan for a functional, safe, adequate, and

24  thrifty learning environment for Florida's K-12 students

25  through SMART schools. The plan must be balanced in serving

26  all school districts and must also be balanced between the

27  operating and capital sides of the budget. The principles upon

28  which the plan is based are less government, lower taxes,

29  increased responsibility of school districts, increased

30  freedom through local control, and family and community

31  empowerment.


                                 1552

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  CLASSROOMS FIRST.--It is the purpose of the

  2  Legislature to substantially increase the state's investment

  3  in school construction in an equitable, fair, and reasonable

  4  way.

  5         (3)  SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES WORK PROGRAMS.--It is

  6  the purpose of the Legislature to create s. 1013.35, requiring

  7  each school district annually to adopt a district facilities

  8  5-year work program. The purpose of the district facilities

  9  work program is to keep the district school board and the

10  public fully informed as to whether the district is using

11  sound policies and practices that meet the essential needs of

12  students and that warrant public confidence in district

13  operations. The district facilities work program will be

14  monitored by the Office of Educational Facilities and SMART

15  Schools Clearinghouse, which will also apply performance

16  standards pursuant to s. 1013.04.

17         (4)  OFFICE OF EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES AND SMART SCHOOLS

18  CLEARINGHOUSE.--It is the purpose of the Legislature to create

19  s. 1013.05, establishing the Office of Educational Facilities

20  and SMART Schools Clearinghouse to assist the school districts

21  in building SMART schools utilizing functional and frugal

22  practices. The Office of Educational Facilities and SMART

23  Schools Clearinghouse must review district facilities work

24  programs and projects and identify districts qualified for

25  incentive funding available through School Infrastructure

26  Thrift Program awards; identify opportunities to maximize

27  design and construction savings; develop school district

28  facilities work program performance standards; and provide for

29  review and recommendations to the Governor, the Legislature,

30  and the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 1553

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (5)  EFFORT INDEX GRANTS.--It is the purpose of the

  2  Legislature to create s. 1013.73, in order to provide grants

  3  from state funds to assist school districts that have provided

  4  a specified level of local effort funding.

  5         (6)  SCHOOL INFRASTRUCTURE THRIFT (SIT) PROGRAM

  6  AWARDS.--It is the purpose of the Legislature to convert the

  7  SIT Program established in ss. 1013.42 and 1013.72 to an

  8  incentive award program to encourage functional, frugal

  9  facilities and practices.

10         Section 842.  Section 1013.42, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1013.42  School Infrastructure Thrift (SIT) Program

13  Act.--

14         (1)  This section and s. 1013.72 may be cited as the

15  "School Infrastructure Thrift Program Act."

16         (2)  The School Infrastructure Thrift (SIT) Program is

17  established within the Department of Education, and the State

18  Board of Education may adopt rules as necessary to operate the

19  program. To facilitate the program's purposes, the department

20  shall aggressively seek the elimination or revision of

21  obsolete, excessively restrictive, or unnecessary laws, rules,

22  and regulations for the purpose of reducing the cost of

23  constructing educational facilities and related costs without

24  sacrificing safety or quality of construction. Such efforts

25  must include, but are not limited to, the elimination of

26  duplicate or overlapping inspections; the relaxation of

27  requirements relating to the life cycle of buildings,

28  landscaping, operable glazing, operable windows, radon

29  testing, and firesafety when lawful, safe, and

30  cost-beneficial; and other cost savings identified as lawful,

31  safe, and cost-beneficial.


                                 1554

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  The SIT Program is designed as:

  2         (a)  An incentive program to reward districts for

  3  savings realized through functional, frugal construction.

  4         (b)  A recognition program to provide an annual SMART

  5  school of the year recognition award to the district that

  6  builds the highest quality functional, frugal school.

  7         (4)  Funds shall be appropriated to the SIT Program on

  8  an annual basis as determined by the Legislature.

  9  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301 and pursuant to

10  s. 216.351, undisbursed balances of appropriations to the SIT

11  Program shall not revert. It is the intent of the Legislature

12  to continue funding the SIT Program with funds available

13  through frugal government operation and agency savings.

14         (5)  Participating school districts may seek SIT

15  Program awards beginning July 1, 1997, for projects commenced

16  after or for projects underway at that time, if the projects

17  comply with s. 1013.72.

18         (6)(a)  Each school district may submit to the Office

19  of Educational Facilities and SMART Schools Clearinghouse,

20  with supporting data, its request, based on eligibility

21  pursuant to s. 1013.72 for an award of SIT Program dollars.

22         (b)  The Office of Educational Facilities and SMART

23  Schools Clearinghouse shall examine the supporting data from

24  each school district and shall report to the commissioner each

25  district's eligibility pursuant to s. 1013.72. Based on the

26  office's report and pursuant to ss. 1013.04 and 1013.05, the

27  office shall make recommendations, ranked in order of

28  priority, for SIT Program awards.

29         (c)  The criteria for SIT Program evaluation and

30  recommendation for awards must be based on the school

31  


                                 1555

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  district's eligibility pursuant to s. 1013.72 and the balance

  2  of dollars in the SIT Program.

  3         (7)  Awards from the SIT Program shall be made by the

  4  commissioner from funds appropriated by the Legislature. An

  5  award funded by an appropriation from the General Revenue Fund

  6  may be used for any lawful capital outlay expenditure. An

  7  award funded by an appropriation of the proceeds of bonds

  8  issued pursuant to s. 1013.70 may be used only for bondable

  9  capital outlay projects.

10         Section 843.  Section 1013.43, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1013.43  Small school requirement.--

13         (1)  LEGISLATIVE FINDINGS.--The Legislature finds that:

14         (a)  Florida's schools are among the largest in the

15  nation.

16         (b)  Smaller schools provide benefits of reduced

17  discipline problems and crime, reduced truancy and gang

18  participation, reduced dropout rates, improved teacher and

19  student attitudes, improved student self-perception, student

20  academic achievement equal to or superior to that of students

21  at larger schools, and increased parental involvement.

22         (c)  Smaller schools can provide these benefits while

23  not increasing administrative and construction costs.

24         (2)  DEFINITION.--As used in this section, "small

25  school" means:

26         (a)  An elementary school with a student population of

27  not more than 500 students.

28         (b)  A middle school with a student population of not

29  more than 700 students.

30         (c)  A high school with a student population of not

31  more than 900 students.


                                 1556

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  A school serving kindergarten through grade 8 with

  2  a student population of not more than 700 students.

  3         (e)  A school serving kindergarten through grade 12

  4  with a student population of not more than 900 students.

  5  

  6  A school on a single campus which operates as a

  7  school-within-a-school, as defined by s. 1003.02(4), shall be

  8  considered a small school if each smaller unit located on the

  9  single campus meets the requirements of this subsection.

10         (3)  REQUIREMENTS.--

11         (a)  Beginning July 1, 2003, all plans for new

12  educational facilities to be constructed within a school

13  district and reflected in the 5-year school district

14  facilities work plan shall be plans for small schools in order

15  to promote increased learning and more effective use of school

16  facilities.

17         (b)  Small schools shall comply with all laws, rules,

18  and court orders relating to racial balance.

19         (4)  EXCEPTIONS.--This section does not apply to plans

20  for new educational facilities already under architectural

21  contract on July 1, 2003.

22         Section 844.  Section 1013.44, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1013.44  Low-energy use design; solar energy systems;

25  swimming pool heaters.--

26         (1)(a)  Passive design elements and low-energy usage

27  features shall be included in the design and construction of

28  new educational facilities. Operable glazing consisting of at

29  least 5 percent of the floor area shall be placed in each

30  classroom located on the perimeter of the building. For a

31  relocatable classroom, the area of operable glazing and the


                                 1557

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  area of exterior doors, together, shall consist of at least 5

  2  percent of the floor area. Operable glazing is not required in

  3  community colleges, auxiliary facilities, music rooms, gyms,

  4  locker and shower rooms, special laboratories requiring

  5  special climate control, and large group instruction areas

  6  having a capacity of more than 100 persons.

  7         (b)  In the remodeling and renovation of educational

  8  facilities which have existing natural ventilation, adequate

  9  sources of natural ventilation shall be retained, or a

10  combination of natural and low-energy usage mechanical

11  equipment shall be provided that will permit the use of the

12  facility without air-conditioning or heat when ambient

13  conditions are moderate. However, the Commissioner of

14  Education is authorized to waive this requirement when

15  environmental conditions, particularly noise and pollution

16  factors, preclude the effective use of natural ventilation.

17         (2)  Each new educational facility for which the

18  projected demand for hot water exceeds 1,000 gallons a day

19  shall be constructed, whenever economically and physically

20  feasible, with a solar energy system as the primary energy

21  source for the domestic hot water system of the facility.  The

22  solar energy system shall be sized so as to provide at least

23  65 percent of the estimated needs of the facility. Sizing

24  shall be determined by generally recognized simulation models,

25  such as F-chart and SOLCOST, or by sizing tables generated by

26  the Florida Solar Energy Center.

27         (3)  If swimming and wading pools constructed as an

28  integral part of an educational facility or plant are heated,

29  such pools shall, whenever feasible, be heated by either a

30  waste heat recovery system or a solar energy system.

31  


                                 1558

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 845.  Section 1013.45, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.45  Educational facilities contracting and

  4  construction techniques.--

  5         (1)  Boards may employ procedures to contract for

  6  construction of new facilities, or major additions to existing

  7  facilities, that will include, but not be limited to:

  8         (a)  Competitive bids.

  9         (b)  Design-build pursuant to s. 287.055.

10         (c)  Selecting a construction management entity,

11  pursuant to the process provided by s. 287.055, that would be

12  responsible for all scheduling and coordination in both design

13  and construction phases and is generally responsible for the

14  successful, timely, and economical completion of the

15  construction project. The construction management entity must

16  consist of or contract with licensed or registered

17  professionals for the specific fields or areas of construction

18  to be performed, as required by law. At the option of the

19  board, the construction management entity, after having been

20  selected, may be required to offer a guaranteed maximum price

21  or a guaranteed completion date; in which case, the

22  construction management entity must secure an appropriate

23  surety bond pursuant to s. 255.05 and must hold construction

24  subcontracts. The criteria for selecting a construction

25  management entity shall not unfairly penalize an entity that

26  has relevant experience in the delivery of construction

27  projects of similar size and complexity by methods of delivery

28  other than construction management.

29         (d)  Selecting a program management entity, pursuant to

30  the process provided by s. 287.055, that would act as the

31  agent of the board and would be responsible for schedule


                                 1559

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  control, cost control, and coordination in providing or

  2  procuring planning, design, and construction services. The

  3  program management entity must consist of or contract with

  4  licensed or registered professionals for the specific areas of

  5  design or construction to be performed as required by law. The

  6  program management entity may retain necessary design

  7  professionals selected under the process provided in s.

  8  287.055. At the option of the board, the program management

  9  entity, after having been selected, may be required to offer a

10  guaranteed maximum price or a guaranteed completion date, in

11  which case, the program management entity must secure an

12  appropriate surety bond pursuant to s. 255.05 and must hold

13  design and construction subcontracts. The criteria for

14  selecting a program management entity shall not unfairly

15  penalize an entity that has relevant experience in the

16  delivery of construction programs of similar size and

17  complexity by methods of delivery other than program

18  management.

19         (e)  Day-labor contracts not exceeding $200,000 for

20  construction, renovation, remodeling, or maintenance of

21  existing facilities.

22         (2)  For the purposes of this section, "day-labor

23  contract" means a project constructed using persons employed

24  directly by a board or by contracted labor.

25         (3)  Contractors, design-build firms, contract

26  management entities, program management entities, or any other

27  person under contract to construct facilities or major

28  additions to facilities may use any construction techniques

29  allowed by contract and not prohibited by law, including, but

30  not limited to, those techniques known as fast-track

31  


                                 1560

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  construction scheduling, use of components, and systems

  2  building process.

  3         (4)  Except as otherwise provided in this section and

  4  s. 481.229, the services of a registered architect must be

  5  used for the development of plans for the erection,

  6  enlargement, or alteration of any educational facility. The

  7  services of a registered architect are not required for a

  8  minor renovation project for which the construction cost is

  9  less than $50,000 or for the placement or hookup of

10  relocatable educational facilities that conform with standards

11  adopted under s. 1013.37. However, boards must provide

12  compliance with building code requirements and ensure that

13  these structures are adequately anchored for wind resistance

14  as required by law. Boards are encouraged to consider the

15  reuse of existing construction documents or design criteria

16  packages where such reuse is feasible and practical.

17  Notwithstanding s. 287.055, a board may purchase the

18  architectural services for the design of educational or

19  ancillary facilities under an existing contract agreement for

20  professional services held by a district school board in the

21  State of Florida, provided that the purchase is to the

22  economic advantage of the purchasing board, the services

23  conform to the standards prescribed by rules of the State

24  Board of Education, and such reuse is not without notice to,

25  and permission from, the architect of record whose plans or

26  design criteria are being reused. Plans shall be reviewed for

27  compliance with the state requirements for educational

28  facilities. Rules adopted under this section must establish

29  uniform prequalification, selection, bidding, and negotiation

30  procedures applicable to construction management contracts and

31  the design-build process. This section does not supersede any


                                 1561

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  small, woman-owned or minority-owned business enterprise

  2  preference program adopted by a board. Except as otherwise

  3  provided in this section, the negotiation procedures

  4  applicable to construction management contracts and the

  5  design-build process must conform to the requirements of s.

  6  287.055. A board may not modify any rules regarding

  7  construction management contracts or the design-build process.

  8         Section 846.  Part III.c. of chapter 1013, Florida

  9  Statutes, shall be entitled "Contracting for Educational

10  Facilities" and shall consist of ss. 1013.46-1013.51.

11         Section 847.  Section 1013.46, Florida Statutes, is

12  created to read:

13         1013.46  Advertising and awarding contracts;

14  prequalification of contractor.--

15         (1)(a)  As soon as practicable after any bond issue has

16  been voted upon and authorized or funds have been made

17  available for the construction, remodeling, renovation,

18  demolition, or otherwise for the improvement, of any

19  educational or ancillary plant, and after plans for the work

20  have been approved, the board, if competitively bidding the

21  project pursuant to s. 1013.45, after advertising the same in

22  the manner prescribed by law or rule, shall award the contract

23  for the building or improvements to the lowest responsible

24  bidder. However, if after taking all deductive alternates, the

25  bid of the lowest responsible bidder exceeds the construction

26  budget for the project established at the phase III submittal,

27  the board may declare an emergency. After stating the reasons

28  why an emergency exists, the board may negotiate the

29  construction contract or modify the contract, including the

30  specifications, with the lowest responsible bidder and, if the

31  contract is modified, shall resubmit the documents to the


                                 1562

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  authorized review authority for review to confirm that the

  2  project remains in compliance with building and fire codes.

  3  The board may reject all bids received and may readvertise,

  4  calling for new bids.

  5         (b)  Each board may declare an emergency pursuant to

  6  this subsection. A situation created by fire, storm, or other

  7  providential cause resulting in:

  8         1.  Imminent danger to life or safety; or

  9         2.  Overcrowding of students

10  

11  constitutes an emergency.

12         (c)  As an option, any county, municipality, or board

13  may set aside up to 10 percent of the total amount of funds

14  allocated for the purpose of entering into construction

15  capital project contracts with minority business enterprises,

16  as defined in s. 287.094. Such contracts shall be

17  competitively bid only among minority business enterprises.

18  The set-aside shall be used to redress present effects of past

19  discriminatory practices and shall be subject to periodic

20  reassessment to account for changing needs and circumstances.

21         (2)  Boards shall prequalify bidders for construction

22  contracts according to rules prescribed by the State Board of

23  Education which require the prequalification of bidders of

24  educational facilities construction. Boards shall require that

25  all construction or capital improvement bids be accompanied by

26  evidence that the bidder holds an appropriate certificate or

27  license or that the prime contractor has a current valid

28  license.

29         Section 848.  Section 1013.47, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1563

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.47  Substance of contract; contractors to give

  2  bond; penalties.--Each board shall develop contracts

  3  consistent with this chapter and statutes governing public

  4  facilities. Such a contract must contain the drawings and

  5  specifications of the work to be done and the material to be

  6  furnished, the time limit in which the construction is to be

  7  completed, the time and method by which payments are to be

  8  made upon the contract, and the penalty to be paid by the

  9  contractor for any failure to comply with the terms of the

10  contract. The board may require the contractor to pay a

11  penalty for any failure to comply with the terms of the

12  contract and may provide an incentive for early completion.

13  Upon accepting a satisfactory bid, the board shall enter into

14  a contract with the party or parties whose bid has been

15  accepted. The contractor shall furnish the board with a

16  performance and payment bond as set forth in s. 255.05. A

17  board or other public entity may not require a contractor to

18  secure a surety bond under s. 255.05 from a specific agent or

19  bonding company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this

20  section, if 25 percent or more of the costs of any

21  construction project is paid out of a trust fund established

22  pursuant to 31 U.S.C. s. 1243(a)(1), laborers and mechanics

23  employed by contractors or subcontractors on such construction

24  will be paid wages not less than those prevailing on similar

25  construction projects in the locality, as determined by the

26  Secretary of Labor in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act, as

27  amended. A person, firm, or corporation that constructs any

28  part of any educational plant, or addition thereto, on the

29  basis of any unapproved plans or in violation of any plans

30  approved in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and

31  rules of the State Board of Education relating to building


                                 1564

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  standards or specifications is subject to forfeiture of bond

  2  and unpaid compensation in an amount sufficient to reimburse

  3  the board for any costs that will need to be incurred in

  4  making any changes necessary to assure that all requirements

  5  are met and is also guilty of a misdemeanor of the second

  6  degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083,

  7  for each separate violation.

  8         Section 849.  Section 1013.48, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1013.48  Changes in construction requirements after

11  award of contract.--The board may, at its option and by

12  written policy duly adopted and entered in its official

13  minutes, authorize the superintendent or president or other

14  designated individual to approve change orders in the name of

15  the board for preestablished amounts. Approvals shall be for

16  the purpose of expediting the work in progress and shall be

17  reported to the board and entered in its official minutes. For

18  accountability, the school district shall monitor and report

19  the impact of change orders on its district facilities work

20  program pursuant to s. 1013.35.

21         Section 850.  Section 1013.49, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1013.49  Toxic substances in construction, repair, or

24  maintenance of educational facilities.--

25         (1)  All toxic substances enumerated in the Florida

26  Substance List established pursuant to s. 442.103 that are to

27  be used in the construction, repair, or maintenance of

28  educational facilities have restricted usage provisions.

29         (2)  Before any such substance may be used, the

30  contractor shall notify the district school superintendent or

31  public postsecondary institution president in writing at least


                                 1565

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  three working days prior to using the substance.  The

  2  notification shall contain:

  3         (a)  The name of the substance to be used;

  4         (b)  Where the substance is to be used; and

  5         (c)  When the substance is to be used.

  6  

  7  A copy of a material safety data sheet as defined in s.

  8  442.102 shall be attached to the notification for each such

  9  substance.

10         Section 851.  Section 1013.50, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1013.50  Final payment to contractor.--

13         (1)  The final payment to the contractor shall not be

14  made until the construction project has been inspected by the

15  architect or other person designated by the board for that

16  purpose and until he or she has issued a written certificate

17  that the project has been constructed in accordance with the

18  approved plans and specifications and approved change orders

19  and until the board, acting on these recommendations, has

20  accepted the project. After acceptance by the board, a

21  duplicate copy of this written certificate, duly certified as

22  having been accepted by the board, as well as other related

23  data on contract costs and total costs per student station,

24  space inventory update, and other related building information

25  must be filed with the department for budget and cost

26  reporting purposes.

27         (2)  Boards shall have full authority and

28  responsibility for all decisions regarding educational and

29  ancillary plant construction contracts, change orders, and

30  payments.

31  


                                 1566

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 852.  Section 1013.51, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.51  Expenditures authorized for certain

  4  infrastructure.--

  5         (1)(a)  Subject to exemption from the assessment of

  6  fees pursuant to s. 1013.37(1), education boards, boards of

  7  county commissioners, municipal boards, and other agencies and

  8  boards of the state may expend funds, separately or

  9  collectively, by contract or agreement, for the placement,

10  paving, or maintaining of any road, byway, or sidewalk if the

11  road, byway, or sidewalk is contiguous to or runs through the

12  property of any educational plant or for the maintenance or

13  improvement of the property of any educational plant or of any

14  facility on such property. Expenditures may also be made for

15  sanitary sewer, water, stormwater, and utility improvements

16  upon, or contiguous to, and for the installation, operation,

17  and maintenance of traffic control and safety devices upon, or

18  contiguous to, any existing or proposed educational plant.

19         (b)  A board may pay its proportionate share of the

20  cost of onsite and offsite system improvements necessitated by

21  the educational facility development, but a board is not

22  required to pay for or install any improvements that exceed

23  those required to meet the onsite and offsite needs of a new

24  public educational facility or an expanded site. Development

25  exactions assessed against school boards or community college

26  districts may not exceed the proportionate share of the cost

27  of system improvements necessitated by the educational

28  facility development and may not address existing facility or

29  service backlogs or deficits.

30         (c)  The boards of county commissioners, municipal

31  boards, and other agencies and boards of the state may plant


                                 1567

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  or maintain trees, flowers, shrubbery, and beautifying plants

  2  upon the grounds of any educational plant, upon approval of

  3  the superintendent or president or the designee of either of

  4  them. Payment by a board for any improvement set forth in this

  5  section shall be authorized in any amounts agreed to by the

  6  board. Any payments so authorized to be made are not mandatory

  7  unless the specific improvement and costs have been agreed to

  8  prior to the improvement's being made.

  9         (2)  The provisions of any law, municipal ordinance, or

10  county ordinance to the contrary notwithstanding, the

11  provisions of this section regulate the levying of assessments

12  for special benefits on school or community college districts

13  and the directing of the payment thereof. Any municipal

14  ordinance or county ordinance making provision to the contrary

15  is void.

16         (3)  Notwithstanding any other law, if a board agrees

17  to construct or upgrade water or sewer facilities, or

18  otherwise provide, construct, upgrade, or maintain offsite

19  infrastructure beyond its proportionate share of

20  responsibility, the local government that issues development

21  approvals shall assure that the board is reimbursed for the

22  additional costs incurred, to the extent that other

23  development occurs which demands use of such infrastructure.

24         (4)  Expenditure for infrastructure for universities

25  shall be as authorized in s. 1013.30.

26         Section 853.  Part III.d. of chapter 1013, Florida

27  Statutes, shall be entitled "Cooperative Development of

28  Educational Facilities" and shall consist of ss.

29  1013.52-1013.54.

30         Section 854.  Section 1013.52, Florida Statutes, is

31  created to read:


                                 1568

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.52  Cooperative development and joint use of

  2  facilities by two or more boards.--

  3         (1)  Two or more boards, including district school

  4  boards, community college boards of trustees, the Board of

  5  Trustees for the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind,

  6  and university boards of trustees, desiring to cooperatively

  7  establish a common educational facility to accommodate

  8  students shall:

  9         (a)  Jointly request a formal assessment by the

10  Commissioner of Education of the academic program need and the

11  need to build new joint-use facilities to house approved

12  programs. Completion of the assessment and approval of the

13  project by the State Board of Education or the Commissioner of

14  Education, as appropriate, should be done prior to conducting

15  an educational facilities survey.

16         (b)  Demonstrate the need for construction of new

17  joint-use facilities involving postsecondary institutions by

18  those institutions presenting evidence of the presence of

19  sufficient actual full-time equivalent enrollments in the

20  locale in leased, rented, or borrowed spaces to justify the

21  requested facility for the programs identified in the formal

22  assessment rather than using projected or anticipated future

23  full-time equivalent enrollments as justification. If the

24  decision is made to construct new facilities to meet this

25  demonstrated need, then building plans should consider

26  full-time equivalent enrollment growth facilitated by this new

27  construction and subsequent new program offerings made

28  possible by the existence of the new facilities.

29         (c)  Adopt and submit to the commissioner a joint

30  resolution of the participating boards indicating their

31  commitment to the utilization of the requested facility and


                                 1569

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  designating the locale of the proposed facility.  The joint

  2  resolution shall contain a statement of determination by the

  3  participating boards that alternate options, including the use

  4  of leased, rented, or borrowed space, were considered and

  5  found less appropriate than construction of the proposed

  6  facility. The joint resolution shall contain assurance that

  7  the development of the proposed facility has been examined in

  8  conjunction with the programs offered by neighboring public

  9  educational facilities offering instruction at the same level.

10  The joint resolution also shall contain assurance that each

11  participating board shall provide for continuity of

12  educational progression. All joint resolutions shall be

13  submitted to the commissioner by August 1 for consideration of

14  funding by the subsequent Legislature.

15         (d)  Submit requests for funding of joint-use

16  facilities projects involving state universities and community

17  colleges for approval by the Commissioner of Education. The

18  Commissioner of Education shall determine the priority for

19  funding these projects in relation to the priority of all

20  other capital outlay projects under their consideration. To be

21  eligible for funding from the Public Education Capital Outlay

22  and Debt Service Trust Fund under the provisions of this

23  section, projects involving both state universities and

24  community colleges shall appear on the 3-year capital outlay

25  priority lists of community colleges and of universities

26  required by s. 1013.64. Projects involving a state university,

27  community college, and a public school, and in which the

28  larger share of the proposed facility is for the use of the

29  state university or the community college, shall appear on the

30  3-year capital outlay priority lists of the community colleges

31  or of the universities, as applicable.


                                 1570

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Include in their joint resolution for the

  2  joint-use facilities, comprehensive plans for the operation

  3  and management of the facility upon completion. Institutional

  4  responsibilities for specific functions shall be identified,

  5  including designation of one participating board as sole owner

  6  of the facility. Operational funding arrangements shall be

  7  clearly defined.

  8         (2)  An educational plant survey must be conducted

  9  within 90 days after submission of the joint resolution and

10  substantiating data describing the benefits to be obtained,

11  the programs to be offered, and the estimated cost of the

12  proposed project. Upon completion of the educational plant

13  survey, the participating boards may include the recommended

14  projects in their plan as provided in s. 1013.31. Upon

15  approval of the project by the commissioner, 25 percent of the

16  total cost of the project, or the pro rata share based on

17  space utilization of 25 percent of the cost, must be included

18  in the department's legislative capital outlay budget request

19  as provided in s. 1013.60 for educational plants. The

20  participating boards must include in their joint resolution a

21  commitment to finance the remaining funds necessary to

22  complete the planning, construction, and equipping of the

23  facility. Funds from the Public Education Capital Outlay and

24  Debt Service Trust Fund may not be expended on any project

25  unless specifically authorized by the Legislature.

26         (3)  Included in all proposals for joint-use facilities

27  must be documentation that the proposed new campus or new

28  joint-use facility has been reviewed by the State Board of

29  Education and has been formally requested for authorization by

30  the Legislature.

31  


                                 1571

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  No district school board, community college, or

  2  state university shall receive funding for more than one

  3  approved joint-use facility per campus in any 3-year period.

  4         Section 855.  Section 1013.53, Florida Statutes, is

  5  created to read:

  6         1013.53  Cooperative development of educational

  7  facilities in juvenile justice programs.--

  8         (1)  The Department of Juvenile Justice shall provide

  9  early notice to school districts regarding the siting of new

10  juvenile justice facilities. School districts shall include

11  the projected number of students in the districts' annual

12  estimates. School districts must be consulted regarding the

13  types of students expected to be assigned to commitment

14  facilities for education planning and budgeting purposes.

15         (2)  The Department of Juvenile Justice shall notify,

16  in writing, the Department of Education when a request for

17  proposals is issued for the construction or operation of a

18  commitment or detention facility anywhere in the state. The

19  Department of Juvenile Justice shall notify, in writing, the

20  appropriate school district when a request for proposals is

21  issued for the construction or operation of a commitment or

22  detention facility when a county or site is specifically

23  identified.

24         (3)  The Department of Juvenile Justice shall also

25  notify the district school superintendent within 30 days

26  after:

27         (a)  The award of a contract for the construction or

28  operation of a commitment or detention facility within that

29  school district.

30         (b)  Obtaining a permit to begin construction of a new

31  detention or commitment facility within that school district.


                                 1572

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 856.  Section 1013.54, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.54  Cooperative development and use of satellite

  4  facilities by private industry and district school boards.--

  5         (1)  Each district school board may submit, prior to

  6  August 1 of each year, a request to the commissioner for funds

  7  from the Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service

  8  Trust Fund to construct, remodel, or renovate an educational

  9  facility within the industrial environment. No district school

10  board may apply for more than one facility per year. Such

11  request shall contain the following provisions:

12         (a)  A detailed description of the satellite site, the

13  site development necessary for new construction, remodeling,

14  or renovation for the accomplishment of the project, and the

15  facility to be constructed. The facility shall be located on a

16  site owned by the business and leased to the district school

17  board at no cost. However, the minimum agreement shall be for

18  a period of at least 5 years. The amounts provided by the

19  state and the district school board shall be considered full

20  consideration for the lease. If the lease agreement is

21  terminated early, the business shall reimburse the district

22  school board an amount determined by multiplying the amounts

23  contributed by the district school board and the state by a

24  fraction the numerator of which is the number of months

25  remaining in the original agreement and the denominator of

26  which is the total number of months of the agreement.

27         (b)  A detailed description and analysis of the

28  educational programs to be offered and the benefits that will

29  accrue to the students through the instructional programs upon

30  completion of the facility.

31  


                                 1573

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  The estimated number of full-time students whose

  2  regularly scheduled daily instructional program will utilize

  3  the facility.

  4         (d)  The estimated cost of the facility and site

  5  development not to exceed the department's average cost of new

  6  construction adjusted to the respective county cost index. If

  7  a site must be acquired, the estimated cost of the site shall

  8  be provided.

  9         (e)  A resolution or other appropriate indication of

10  intent to participate in the funding and utilization of the

11  educational facility from private industry. Such indication

12  shall include a commitment by private industry to provide at

13  least one-half of the cost of the facility. The district

14  school board shall provide one-fourth of the cost of the

15  facility and, if approved, the state shall provide one-fourth

16  of the cost of the facility. Funds from the Public Education

17  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund may not be expended

18  on any project unless specifically authorized by the

19  Legislature.

20         (f)  The designation as to which agency is to assume

21  responsibility for the operation, maintenance, and control of

22  the proposed facility.

23         (g)  Documentation by the district school board that a

24  long-term lease for the use of the educational facility for a

25  period of not less than 40 years or the life expectancy of the

26  permanent facility constructed thereon, whichever is longer,

27  has been obtained from private industry.

28         (2)  The commissioner shall appoint a review committee

29  to make recommendations and prioritize requests. If the

30  project is approved by the commissioner, the commissioner

31  shall include up to one-fourth of the cost of the project in


                                 1574

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the legislative capital outlay budget request, as provided in

  2  s. 1013.60, for the funding of capital outlay projects

  3  involving both educational and private industry. The

  4  commissioner shall prioritize any such projects for each

  5  fiscal year and, notwithstanding the provisions of s.

  6  1013.64(3)(c), limit the recommended state funding amount not

  7  to exceed 5 percent off the top of the total funds recommended

  8  pursuant to s. 1013.64(2) and (3).

  9         (3)  Facilities funded pursuant to this section and all

10  existing satellite facilities shall be exempt from ad valorem

11  taxes as long as the facility is used exclusively for public

12  educational purposes.

13         Section 857.  Part IV of chapter 1013, Florida

14  Statutes, shall be entitled "Funding for Educational

15  Facilities" and shall consist of ss. 1013.60-1013.82.

16         Section 858.  Section 1013.60, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1013.60  Legislative capital outlay budget request.--

19         (1)  The Commissioner of Education shall develop a

20  procedure deemed appropriate in arriving at the amounts

21  required to fund projects as reflected in the integrated,

22  comprehensive budget request required by this section. The

23  official estimates for funds accruing to the Public Education

24  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund made by the revenue

25  estimating conference shall be used in determining the budget

26  request pursuant to this section. The commissioner, in

27  consultation with the appropriations committees of the

28  Legislature, shall provide annually an estimate of funds that

29  shall be utilized by community colleges and universities in

30  developing their required 3-year priority lists pursuant to s.

31  1013.64.


                                 1575

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The commissioner shall submit to the Governor and

  2  to the Legislature an integrated, comprehensive budget request

  3  for educational facilities construction and fixed capital

  4  outlay needs for school districts, community colleges, and

  5  universities, pursuant to the provisions of s. 1013.64 and

  6  applicable provisions of chapter 216. Each community college

  7  board of trustees and each university board of trustees shall

  8  submit to the commissioner a 3-year plan and data required in

  9  the development of the annual capital outlay budget. No

10  further disbursements shall be made from the Public Education

11  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund to a board of

12  trustees that fails to timely submit the required data until

13  such board of trustees submits the data.

14         (3)  The commissioner shall submit an integrated,

15  comprehensive budget request to the Executive Office of the

16  Governor and to the Legislature each fiscal year by the

17  submission date specified in s. 216.023(1). Notwithstanding

18  the provisions of s. 216.043, the integrated, comprehensive

19  budget request shall include:

20         (a)  Recommendations for the priority of expenditure of

21  funds in the state system of public education, with reasons

22  for the recommended priorities, and other recommendations

23  which relate to the effectiveness of the educational

24  facilities construction program.

25         (b)  All items in s. 1013.64.

26         Section 859.  Section 1013.61, Florida Statutes, is

27  created to read:

28         1013.61  Annual capital outlay budget.--Each board

29  shall, each year, adopt a capital outlay budget for the

30  ensuing year in order that the capital outlay needs of the

31  board for the entire year may be well understood by the


                                 1576

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  public. This capital outlay budget shall be a part of the

  2  annual budget and shall be based upon and in harmony with the

  3  board's capital outlay plan. This budget shall designate the

  4  proposed capital outlay expenditures by project for the year

  5  from all fund sources. The board may not expend any funds on

  6  any project not included in the budget, as amended. Each

  7  district school board must prepare its tentative district

  8  facilities work program as required by s. 1013.35 before

  9  adopting the capital outlay budget.

10         Section 860.  Section 1013.62, Florida Statutes, is

11  created to read:

12         1013.62  Charter schools capital outlay funding.--

13         (1)  In each year in which funds are appropriated for

14  charter school capital outlay purposes, the Commissioner of

15  Education shall allocate the funds among eligible charter

16  schools. To be eligible for a funding allocation, a charter

17  school must meet the provisions of subsection (6), must have

18  received final approval from its sponsor pursuant to s.

19  1002.33 for operation during that fiscal year, and must serve

20  students in facilities that are not provided by the charter

21  school's sponsor. Prior to the release of capital outlay funds

22  to a school district on behalf of the charter school, the

23  Department of Education shall ensure that the district school

24  board and the charter school governing board enter into a

25  written agreement that includes provisions for the reversion

26  of any unencumbered funds and all equipment and property

27  purchased with public education funds to the ownership of the

28  district school board, as provided for in subsection (3), in

29  the event that the school terminates operations. Any funds

30  recovered by the state shall be deposited in the General

31  Revenue Fund. A charter school is not eligible for a funding


                                 1577

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  allocation if it was created by the conversion of a public

  2  school and operates in facilities provided by the charter

  3  school's sponsor for a nominal fee or at no charge or if it is

  4  directly or indirectly operated by the school district. Unless

  5  otherwise provided in the General Appropriations Act, the

  6  funding allocation for each eligible charter school shall be

  7  determined by multiplying the school's projected student

  8  enrollment by one-fifteenth of the cost-per-student station

  9  specified in s. 1013.64(6)(b) for an elementary, middle, or

10  high school, as appropriate. If the funds appropriated are not

11  sufficient, the commissioner shall prorate the available funds

12  among eligible charter schools. Funds shall be distributed on

13  the basis of the capital outlay full-time equivalent

14  membership by grade level, which shall be calculated by

15  averaging the results of the second and third enrollment

16  surveys. The Department of Education shall distribute capital

17  outlay funds monthly, beginning in the first quarter of the

18  fiscal year, based on one-twelfth of the amount the department

19  reasonably expects the charter school to receive during that

20  fiscal year. The commissioner shall adjust subsequent

21  distributions as necessary to reflect each charter school's

22  actual student enrollment as reflected in the second and third

23  enrollment surveys. The commissioner shall establish the

24  intervals and procedures for determining the projected and

25  actual student enrollment of eligible charter schools.

26         (2)  A charter school's governing body may use charter

27  school capital outlay funds for any capital outlay purpose

28  that is directly related to the functioning of the charter

29  school, including the:

30         (a)  Purchase of real property.

31  


                                 1578

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Construction, renovation, repair, and maintenance

  2  of school facilities.

  3         (c)  Purchase, lease-purchase, or lease of permanent or

  4  relocatable school facilities.

  5         (d)  Purchase of vehicles to transport students to and

  6  from the charter school.

  7         (3)  When a charter school is nonrenewed or terminated,

  8  any unencumbered funds and all equipment and property

  9  purchased with district public funds shall revert to the

10  ownership of the district school board, as provided for in s.

11  1002.33(8)(e) and (f). In the case of a charter lab school,

12  any unencumbered funds and all equipment and property

13  purchased with university public funds shall revert to the

14  ownership of the state university that issued the charter. The

15  reversion of such equipment, property, and furnishings shall

16  focus on recoverable assets, but not on intangible or

17  irrecoverable costs such as rental or leasing fees, normal

18  maintenance, and limited renovations. The reversion of all

19  property secured with public funds is subject to the complete

20  satisfaction of all lawful liens or encumbrances. If there are

21  additional local issues such as the shared use of facilities

22  or partial ownership of facilities or property, these issues

23  shall be agreed to in the charter contract prior to the

24  expenditure of funds.

25         (4)  The Commissioner of Education shall specify

26  procedures for submitting and approving requests for funding

27  under this section and procedures for documenting

28  expenditures.

29         (5)  The annual legislative budget request of the

30  Department of Education shall include a request for capital

31  outlay funding for charter schools. The request shall be based


                                 1579

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  on the projected number of students to be served in charter

  2  schools who meet the eligibility requirements of this section.

  3         (6)  Unless authorized otherwise by the Legislature,

  4  allocation and proration of charter school capital outlay

  5  funds shall be made to eligible charter schools by the

  6  Commissioner of Education in an amount and in a manner

  7  authorized by subsection (1).

  8         Section 861.  Section 1013.63, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1013.63  University Concurrency Trust

11  Fund.--Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the general

12  revenue service charge deducted pursuant to s. 215.20 on

13  revenues raised by any local option motor fuel tax levied

14  pursuant to s. 336.025(1)(b), as created by chapter 93-206,

15  Laws of Florida, shall be deposited in the University

16  Concurrency Trust Fund, which is administered by the State

17  Board of Education. Moneys in such trust fund shall be for the

18  purpose of funding university offsite improvements required to

19  meet concurrency standards adopted under part II of chapter

20  163. In addition, in any year in which campus master plans are

21  updated pursuant to s. 1013.30, but no more frequently than

22  once every 5 years, up to 25 percent of the balance in the

23  trust fund for that year may be used to defray the costs

24  incurred in updating those campus master plans.

25         Section 862.  Section 1013.64, Florida Statutes, is

26  created to read:

27         1013.64  Funds for comprehensive educational plant

28  needs; construction cost maximums for school district capital

29  projects.--Allocations from the Public Education Capital

30  Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund to the various boards for

31  capital outlay projects shall be determined as follows:


                                 1580

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)(a)  Funds for remodeling, renovation, maintenance,

  2  repairs, and site improvement for existing satisfactory

  3  facilities shall be given priority consideration by the

  4  Legislature for appropriations allocated to the boards from

  5  the total amount of the Public Education Capital Outlay and

  6  Debt Service Trust Fund appropriated. These funds shall be

  7  calculated pursuant to the following basic formula: the

  8  building value times the building age over the sum of the

  9  years' digits assuming a 50-year building life. For

10  relocatable facilities, a 20-year life shall be used.

11  "Building value" is calculated by multiplying each building's

12  total assignable square feet times the appropriate

13  net-to-gross conversion rate found in state board rules and

14  that product times the current average new construction cost.

15  "Building age" is calculated by multiplying the prior year's

16  building age times 1 minus the prior year's sum received from

17  this subsection divided by the prior year's building value. To

18  the net result shall be added the number 1. Each board shall

19  receive the percentage generated by the preceding formula of

20  the total amount appropriated for the purposes of this

21  section.

22         (b)  Each board is prohibited from using the funds

23  received pursuant to this section to supplant funds in the

24  current fiscal year approved operating budget, and all

25  budgeted funds shall be expended at a rate not less than would

26  have been expended had the funds under this section not been

27  received.

28         (c)  Each remodeling, renovation, maintenance, repair,

29  or site improvement project will expand or upgrade current

30  educational plants to prolong the useful life of the plant.

31  


                                 1581

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Each board shall maintain fund accounting in a

  2  manner which will permit a detailed audit of the funds

  3  expended in this program.

  4         (e)  Remodeling projects shall be based on the

  5  recommendations of a survey pursuant to s. 1013.31.

  6         (f)  At least one-tenth of a board's annual allocation

  7  provided under this section shall be spent to correct unsafe,

  8  unhealthy, or unsanitary conditions in its educational

  9  facilities, as required by s. 1013.12, or a lesser amount

10  sufficient to correct all deficiencies cited in its annual

11  comprehensive safety inspection reports. This paragraph shall

12  not be construed to limit the amount a board may expend to

13  correct such deficiencies.

14         (g)  When an existing educational plant is determined

15  to be unsatisfactory pursuant to the survey conducted under s.

16  1013.31, the board may, by resolution, designate the plant as

17  a historic educational facility and may use funds generated

18  for renovation and remodeling pursuant to this section to

19  restore the facility for use by the board. The board shall

20  agree to pay renovation and remodeling costs in excess of

21  funds which such facility would have generated through the

22  depreciation formula in paragraph (a) had the facility been

23  determined to be satisfactory. The board shall further agree

24  that the plant shall continue to house students. The board may

25  designate a plant as a historic educational facility only if

26  the Division of Historical Resources of the Department of

27  State or the appropriate historic preservation board under

28  chapter 266 certifies that:

29         1.  The plant is listed or determined eligible for

30  listing in the National Register of Historic Places pursuant

31  


                                 1582

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended,

  2  16 U.S.C. s. 470;

  3         2.  The plant is designated historic within a certified

  4  local district pursuant to s. 48(g)(3)(B)(ii) of the Internal

  5  Revenue Code; or

  6         3.  The division or historic preservation board

  7  otherwise finds that the plant is historically significant.

  8         (h)  University boards of trustees may utilize funds

  9  appropriated pursuant to this section for replacement of minor

10  facilities provided that such projects do not exceed $1

11  million in cost or 10,000 gross square feet in size. Minor

12  facilities may not be replaced from funds provided pursuant to

13  this section unless the board determines that the cost of

14  repair or renovation is greater than or equal to the cost of

15  replacement.

16         (2)(a)  The department shall establish, as a part of

17  the Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust

18  Fund, a separate account, in an amount determined by the

19  Legislature, to be known as the "Special Facility Construction

20  Account." The Special Facility Construction Account shall be

21  used to provide necessary construction funds to school

22  districts which have urgent construction needs but which lack

23  sufficient resources at present, and cannot reasonably

24  anticipate sufficient resources within the period of the next

25  3 years, for these purposes from currently authorized sources

26  of capital outlay revenue. A school district requesting

27  funding from the Special Facility Construction Account shall

28  submit one specific construction project, not to exceed one

29  complete educational plant, to the Special Facility

30  Construction Committee. No district shall receive funding for

31  more than one approved project in any 3-year period. The first


                                 1583

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  year of the 3-year period shall be the first year a district

  2  receives an appropriation. The department shall encourage a

  3  construction program that reduces the average size of schools

  4  in the district. The request must meet the following criteria

  5  to be considered by the committee:

  6         1.  The project must be deemed a critical need and must

  7  be recommended for funding by the Special Facility

  8  Construction Committee. Prior to developing plans for the

  9  proposed facility, the district school board must request a

10  preapplication review by the Special Facility Construction

11  Committee or a project review subcommittee convened by the

12  committee to include two representatives of the department and

13  two staff from school districts not eligible to participate in

14  the program. Within 60 days after receiving the preapplication

15  review request, the committee or subcommittee must meet in the

16  school district to review the project proposal and existing

17  facilities. To determine whether the proposed project is a

18  critical need, the committee or subcommittee shall consider,

19  at a minimum, the capacity of all existing facilities within

20  the district as determined by the Florida Inventory of School

21  Houses; the district's pattern of student growth; the

22  district's existing and projected capital outlay full-time

23  equivalent student enrollment as determined by the department;

24  the district's existing satisfactory student stations; the use

25  of all existing district property and facilities; grade level

26  configurations; and any other information that may affect the

27  need for the proposed project.

28         2.  The construction project must be recommended in the

29  most recent survey or surveys by the district under the rules

30  of the State Board of Education.

31  


                                 1584

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  The construction project must appear on the

  2  district's approved project priority list under the rules of

  3  the State Board of Education.

  4         4.  The district must have selected and had approved a

  5  site for the construction project in compliance with s.

  6  1013.36 and the rules of the State Board of Education.

  7         5.  The district shall have developed a district school

  8  board adopted list of facilities that do not exceed the norm

  9  for net square feet occupancy requirements under the State

10  Requirements for Educational Facilities, using all possible

11  programmatic combinations for multiple use of space to obtain

12  maximum daily use of all spaces within the facility under

13  consideration.

14         6.  Upon construction, the total cost per student

15  station, including change orders, must not exceed the cost per

16  student station as provided in subsection (6).

17         7.  There shall be an agreement signed by the district

18  school board stating that it will advertise for bids within 30

19  days of receipt of its encumbrance authorization from the

20  department.

21         8.  The district shall, at the time of the request and

22  for a continuing period of 3 years, levy the maximum millage

23  against their nonexempt assessed property value as allowed in

24  s. 1011.71(2) or shall raise an equivalent amount of revenue

25  from the school capital outlay surtax authorized under s.

26  212.055(6). Any district with a new or active project, funded

27  under the provisions of this subsection, shall be required to

28  budget no more than the value of 1.5 mills per year to the

29  project to satisfy the annual participation requirement in the

30  Special Facility Construction Account.

31  


                                 1585

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         9.  If a contract has not been signed 90 days after the

  2  advertising of bids, the funding for the specific project

  3  shall revert to the Special Facility New Construction Account

  4  to be reallocated to other projects on the list. However, an

  5  additional 90 days may be granted by the commissioner.

  6         10.  The department shall certify the inability of the

  7  district to fund the survey-recommended project over a

  8  continuous 3-year period using projected capital outlay

  9  revenue derived from s. 9(d), Art. XII of the State

10  Constitution, as amended, paragraph (3)(a) of this section,

11  and s. 1011.71(2).

12         11.  The district shall have on file with the

13  department an adopted resolution acknowledging its 3-year

14  commitment of all unencumbered and future revenue acquired

15  from s. 9(d), Art. XII of the State Constitution, as amended,

16  paragraph (3)(a) of this section, and s. 1011.71(2).

17         12.  Final phase III plans must be certified by the

18  board as complete and in compliance with the building and life

19  safety codes prior to August 1.

20         (b)  The Special Facility Construction Committee shall

21  be composed of the following: two representatives of the

22  Department of Education, a representative from the Governor's

23  office, a representative selected annually by the district

24  school boards, and a representative selected annually by the

25  superintendents.

26         (c)  The committee shall review the requests submitted

27  from the districts, evaluate the ability of the project to

28  relieve critical needs, and rank the requests in priority

29  order. This statewide priority list for special facilities

30  construction shall be submitted to the Legislature in the

31  


                                 1586

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  commissioner's annual capital outlay legislative budget

  2  request at least 45 days prior to the legislative session.

  3         (3)(a)  Each district school board shall receive an

  4  amount from the Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt

  5  Service Trust Fund to be calculated by computing the capital

  6  outlay full-time equivalent membership as determined by the

  7  department. Such membership must include, but is not limited

  8  to:

  9         1.  K-12 students, except hospital and homebound

10  part-time students; and

11         2.  Students who are career and technical education

12  students, and adult disabled students and who are enrolled in

13  school district technical centers. The capital outlay

14  full-time equivalent membership shall be determined for

15  kindergarten through the 12th grade and for technical centers

16  by averaging the unweighted full-time equivalent student

17  membership for the second and third surveys and comparing the

18  results on a school-by-school basis with the Florida Inventory

19  for School Houses. The capital outlay full-time equivalent

20  membership by grade level organization shall be used in making

21  the following calculations: The capital outlay full-time

22  equivalent membership by grade level organization for the 4th

23  prior year must be used to compute the base-year allocation.

24  The capital outlay full-time equivalent membership by

25  grade-level organization for the prior year must be used to

26  compute the growth over the highest of the 3 years preceding

27  the prior year. From the total amount appropriated by the

28  Legislature pursuant to this subsection, 40 percent shall be

29  allocated among the base capital outlay full-time equivalent

30  membership and 60 percent among the growth capital outlay

31  full-time equivalent membership. The allocation within each of


                                 1587

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  these groups shall be prorated to the districts based upon

  2  each district's percentage of base and growth capital outlay

  3  full-time membership.  The most recent 4-year capital outlay

  4  full-time equivalent membership data shall be used in each

  5  subsequent year's calculation for the allocation of funds

  6  pursuant to this subsection. If a change, correction, or

  7  recomputation of data during any year results in a reduction

  8  or increase of the calculated amount previously allocated to a

  9  district, the allocation to that district shall be adjusted

10  correspondingly. If such recomputation results in an increase

11  or decrease of the calculated amount, such additional or

12  reduced amounts shall be added to or reduced from the

13  district's future appropriations.  However, no change,

14  correction, or recomputation of data shall be made subsequent

15  to 2 years following the initial annual allocation.

16         (b)  Funds accruing to a district school board from the

17  provisions of this section shall be expended on needed

18  projects as shown by survey or surveys under the rules of the

19  State Board of Education.

20         (c)  A district school board may lease relocatable

21  educational facilities for up to 3 years using nonbonded PECO

22  funds and for any time period using local capital outlay

23  millage.

24         (d)  Funds distributed to the district school boards

25  shall be allocated solely based on the provisions of

26  paragraphs (1)(a) and (2)(a) and paragraph (a) of this

27  subsection. No individual school district projects shall be

28  funded off the top of funds allocated to district school

29  boards.

30         (4)(a)  Community college boards of trustees and

31  university boards of trustees shall receive funds for projects


                                 1588

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  based on a 3-year priority list, to be updated annually, which

  2  is submitted to the Legislature in the legislative budget

  3  request at least 90 days prior to the legislative session. The

  4  State Board of Education shall submit a 3-year priority list

  5  for community colleges and a 3-year priority list for

  6  universities. The lists shall reflect decisions by the State

  7  Board of Education concerning program priorities that

  8  implement the statewide plan for program growth and quality

  9  improvement in education. No remodeling or renovation project

10  shall be included on the 3-year priority list unless the

11  project has been recommended pursuant to s. 1013.31 or is for

12  the purpose of correcting health and safety deficiencies. No

13  new construction project shall be included on the first year

14  of the 3-year priority list unless the educational

15  specifications have been approved by the commissioner for a

16  community college or university project, as applicable. The

17  funds requested for a new construction project in the first

18  year of the 3-year priority list shall be in conformance with

19  the scope of the project as defined in the educational

20  specifications. Any new construction project requested in the

21  first year of the 3-year priority list which is not funded by

22  the Legislature shall be carried forward to be listed first in

23  developing the updated 3-year priority list for the subsequent

24  year's capital outlay budget. Should the order of the priority

25  of the projects change from year to year, a justification for

26  such change shall be included with the updated priority list.

27         (b)  Community college boards of trustees and

28  university boards of trustees may lease relocatable

29  educational facilities for up to 3 years using nonbonded PECO

30  funds.

31  


                                 1589

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Community college boards of trustees and

  2  university boards of trustees shall receive funds for

  3  remodeling, renovation, maintenance and repairs, and site

  4  improvement for existing satisfactory facilities pursuant to

  5  subsection (1).

  6         (5)  District school boards shall identify each fund

  7  source and the use of each proportionate to the project cost,

  8  as identified in the bid document, to assure compliance with

  9  this section. The data shall be submitted to the department,

10  which shall track this information as submitted by the boards.

11  PECO funds shall not be expended as indicated in the

12  following:

13         (a)  District school boards shall provide landscaping

14  by local funding sources or initiatives. District school

15  boards are exempt from local landscape ordinances but may

16  comply with the local requirements if such compliance is less

17  costly than compliance with the landscape requirements of the

18  State Uniform Building Code for Public Educational Facilities.

19         (b)  PECO funds shall not be used for the construction

20  of football fields, bleachers, site lighting for athletic

21  facilities, tennis courts, stadiums, racquetball courts, or

22  any other competition-type facilities not required for

23  physical education curriculum. Regional or intradistrict

24  football stadiums may be constructed with these funds provided

25  a minimum of two high schools and two middle schools are

26  assigned to the facility and the stadiums are survey

27  recommended. Sophisticated auditoria shall be limited to

28  magnet performing arts schools, with all other schools using

29  basic lighting and sound systems as determined by rule. Local

30  funds shall be used for enhancement of athletic and performing

31  arts facilities.


                                 1590

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)(a)  Each district school board must meet all

  2  educational plant space needs of its elementary, middle, and

  3  high schools before spending funds from the Public Education

  4  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund or the School

  5  District and Community College District Capital Outlay and

  6  Debt Service Trust Fund for any ancillary plant or any other

  7  new construction, renovation, or remodeling of ancillary

  8  space. Expenditures to meet such space needs may include

  9  expenditures for site acquisition; new construction of

10  educational plants; renovation, remodeling, and maintenance

11  and repair of existing educational plants, including auxiliary

12  facilities; and the directly related costs of such services of

13  school district personnel. It is not the intent of the

14  Legislature to preclude the use of capital outlay funding for

15  the labor costs necessary to accomplish the authorized uses

16  for the capital outlay funding. Day-labor contracts or any

17  other educational facilities contracting and construction

18  techniques pursuant to s. 1013.45 are authorized.

19  Additionally, if a school district has salaried maintenance

20  staff whose duties consist solely of performing the labor

21  necessary to accomplish the authorized uses for the capital

22  outlay funding, such funding may be used for those salaries;

23  however, if a school district has salaried staff whose duties

24  consist partially of performing the labor necessary to

25  accomplish the authorized uses for the capital outlay funding,

26  the district shall prorate the portion of salary of each such

27  employee that is based on labor for authorized capital outlay

28  funding, and such funding may be used to pay that portion.

29         (b)1.  A district school board must not use funds from

30  the Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust

31  Fund or the School District and Community College District


                                 1591

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund for any new

  2  construction of educational plant space with a total cost per

  3  student station, including change orders, that equals more

  4  than:

  5         a.  $11,600 for an elementary school,

  6         b.  $13,300 for a middle school, or

  7         c.  $17,600 for a high school,

  8  

  9  (1997) as adjusted annually by the Consumer Price Index.

10         2.  A district school board must not use funds from the

11  Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund or

12  the School District and Community College District Capital

13  Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund for any new construction of

14  an ancillary plant that exceeds 70 percent of the average cost

15  per square foot of new construction for all schools.

16         (c)  Except as otherwise provided, new construction

17  initiated by a district school board after June 30, 1997, must

18  not exceed the cost per student station as provided in

19  paragraph (b).

20         (d)  The department shall compute for each calendar

21  year the statewide average construction costs for facilities

22  serving each instructional level, for relocatable educational

23  facilities, for administrative facilities, and for other

24  ancillary and auxiliary facilities. The department shall

25  compute the statewide average costs per student station for

26  each instructional level. Cost per student station includes

27  contract costs, legal and administrative costs, fees of

28  architects and engineers, furniture and equipment, and site

29  improvement costs. Cost per student station does not include

30  the cost of purchasing or leasing the site for the

31  construction or the cost of related offsite improvements.


                                 1592

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  The restrictions of this subsection on the cost

  2  per student station of new construction do not apply to a

  3  project funded entirely from proceeds received by districts

  4  through provisions of ss. 212.055 and 1011.73 and s. 9, Art.

  5  VII of the State Constitution, if the school board approves

  6  the project by majority vote.

  7         Section 863.  Section 1013.65, Florida Statutes, is

  8  created to read:

  9         1013.65  Educational and ancillary plant construction

10  funds; Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust

11  Fund; allocation of funds.--

12         (1)  The commissioner, through the department, shall

13  administer the Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt

14  Service Trust Fund. The commissioner shall allocate or

15  reallocate funds as authorized by the Legislature. Copies of

16  each allocation or reallocation shall be provided to members

17  of the State Board of Education and to the chairs of the House

18  of Representatives and Senate appropriations committees. The

19  commissioner shall provide for timely encumbrances of funds

20  for duly authorized projects. Encumbrances may include

21  proceeds to be received under a resolution approved by the

22  State Board of Education authorizing the issuance of public

23  education capital outlay bonds pursuant to s. 9(a)(2), Art.

24  XII of the State Constitution, s. 215.61, and other applicable

25  law. The commissioner shall provide for the timely

26  disbursement of moneys necessary to meet the encumbrance

27  authorizations of the boards. Records shall be maintained by

28  the department to identify legislative appropriations,

29  allocations, encumbrance authorizations, disbursements,

30  transfers, investments, sinking funds, and revenue receipts by

31  source. The Department of Education shall pay the


                                 1593

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  administrative costs of the Public Education Capital Outlay

  2  and Debt Service Trust Fund from the funds which comprise the

  3  trust fund.

  4         (2)(a)  The Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt

  5  Service Trust Fund shall be comprised of the following

  6  sources, which are hereby appropriated to the trust fund:

  7         1.  Proceeds, premiums, and accrued interest from the

  8  sale of public education bonds and that portion of the

  9  revenues accruing from the gross receipts tax as provided by

10  s. 9(a)(2), Art. XII of the State Constitution, as amended,

11  interest on investments, and federal interest subsidies.

12         2.  General revenue funds appropriated to the fund for

13  educational capital outlay purposes.

14         3.  All capital outlay funds previously appropriated

15  and certified forward pursuant to s. 216.301.

16         (b)  Any funds required by law to be segregated or

17  maintained in separate accounts shall be segregated or

18  maintained in such manner that the relationship between

19  program and revenue source is retained. Nothing in this

20  subsection shall be construed so as to limit the use by the

21  Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund of

22  the resources of funds so segregated or maintained.

23         (3)  Upon the request of each board, the department

24  shall distribute to the board an amount sufficient to cover

25  capital outlay disbursements anticipated from encumbrance

26  authorizations for the following month. For projects costing

27  in excess of $50,000, contracts shall be approved and signed

28  before any disbursements are authorized.

29         (4)  The department may authorize each board to enter

30  into contracts for a period exceeding 1 year, within amounts

31  appropriated and budgeted for fixed capital outlay needs; but


                                 1594

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  any contract so made shall be executory only for the value of

  2  the services to be rendered, or agreed to be paid for, in

  3  succeeding fiscal years. This subsection shall be incorporated

  4  verbatim in all executory contracts of a board.

  5         (5)  No board shall, during any fiscal year, expend any

  6  money, incur any liability, or enter into any contract which,

  7  by its terms, involves expenditure of money in excess of the

  8  amounts appropriated and budgeted or in excess of the cash

  9  that will be available to meet the disbursement requirements.

10  Prior to entering into an executory, or any other, contract, a

11  board shall obtain certification from the department that

12  moneys will be available to meet the disbursement

13  requirements. Any contract, verbal or written, made in

14  violation of this subsection shall be null and void, and no

15  payment shall be made thereon.

16         (6)  The State Board of Administration is authorized to

17  invest the trust funds of any state-supported retirement

18  system, and any other state funds available for loans, to the

19  trust fund at a rate of interest that is no less favorable

20  than would have been received had such moneys been invested in

21  accordance with authorized practices.

22         (7)  Boards and entities authorized to participate in

23  the trust fund are district school boards, the community

24  college boards of trustees, the Trustees of the Florida School

25  for the Deaf and the Blind, and university boards of trustees

26  and other units of the state system of public education, and

27  other educational entities defined in s. 228.041 for which

28  funds are authorized by the Legislature.

29         (8)  The department shall make a monthly report, by

30  project, of requests for encumbrance authorization from each

31  agency. Each project shall be tracked in the following manner:


                                 1595

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  The date the request is received;

  2         (b)  The anticipated encumbrance date requested by the

  3  agency;

  4         (c)  The date the project is eligible for encumbrance

  5  authorization; and

  6         (d)  The date the encumbrance authorization is issued.

  7         (9)  The department shall make a monthly report:

  8         (a)  Showing the amount of cash disbursed to the agency

  9  from each appropriated allocation and the amount of cash

10  disbursed by the agency to vendors or contractors from each

11  appropriated allocation, by month.

12         (b)  Showing updated adjustments to the budget fiscal

13  year forecast for appropriations, encumbrances, disbursements,

14  and cash available for encumbrance status.

15         Section 864.  Section 1013.66, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1013.66  Financing of approved capital projects.--

18         (1)  Capital projects are to be financed in accordance

19  with s. 9(a)(2), Art. XII of the State Constitution, as

20  amended, or from other legally available state funds or

21  grants, donations, or matching funds, or by a combination of

22  such funds.

23         (2)  The sum designated annually by the Legislature is

24  the maximum sum to be expended from funds accruing under s.

25  9(a)(2), Art. XII of the State Constitution, as amended, and

26  from funds accruing under s. 1013.65(2). However, funds

27  appropriated from this source and remaining unexpended from

28  previously authorized capital projects, along with grants,

29  donations, and matching funds from other sources, may be added

30  to such maximum sums for any item or category.

31  


                                 1596

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  No transfers between appropriations shall be made

  2  without prior approval under the provisions of chapter 216.

  3         (4)  To the extent that appropriations authority for

  4  entitlements from previous years was used for advanced

  5  funding, that authority is hereby restored to the projects for

  6  which appropriations were made by the Legislature in those

  7  previous years.

  8         Section 865.  Section 1013.67, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1013.67  Commissioner to provide for encumbrances of

11  funds.--The Commissioner of Education shall provide for timely

12  encumbrances of funds for duly authorized projects.

13  Encumbrances may include proceeds to be received under a

14  resolution approved by the State Board of Education

15  authorizing the issuance of 1997 school capital outlay bonds

16  pursuant to s. 11(d), Art. VII of the State Constitution, s.

17  1013.70, and other applicable law.

18         Section 866.  Section 1013.68, Florida Statutes, is

19  created to read:

20         1013.68  Classrooms First Program; uses.--

21         (1)  The Commissioner of Education shall allocate funds

22  appropriated for the Classrooms First Program among the

23  district school boards. It is the intent of the Legislature

24  that this program be administered as nearly as practicable in

25  the same manner as the capital outlay program authorized under

26  s. 9(d), Art. XII of the State Constitution. Each district

27  school board's share of the annual appropriation for the

28  Classrooms First Program must be calculated according to the

29  following formula, but the share of each district shall, at a

30  minimum, be at least equal to the amount required for all

31  


                                 1597

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  payments of the district relating to bonds issued by the state

  2  on its behalf:

  3         (a)  Twenty-five percent of the appropriation shall be

  4  prorated to the districts based on each district's percentage

  5  of base capital outlay full-time equivalent membership; and 65

  6  percent shall be based on each district's percentage of growth

  7  capital outlay full-time equivalent membership as specified

  8  for the allocation of funds from the Public Education Capital

  9  Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund by s. 1013.64(3).

10         (b)  Ten percent of the appropriation must be allocated

11  among district school boards according to the allocation

12  formula in s. 1013.64(1)(a).

13         (2)  A district school board shall expend the funds

14  received pursuant to this section only to:

15         (a)  Construct, renovate, remodel, repair, or maintain

16  educational facilities; or

17         (b)  Pay debt service on bonds issued pursuant to this

18  section, the proceeds of which must be expended for new

19  construction, remodeling, renovation, and major repairs. Bond

20  proceeds shall be expended first for providing permanent

21  classroom facilities. Bond proceeds shall not be expended for

22  any other facilities until all unmet needs for permanent

23  classrooms and auxiliary facilities as defined in s. 1013.01

24  have been satisfied.

25  

26  However, if more than 9 percent of a district's total square

27  feet is more than 50 years old, the district must spend at

28  least 25 percent of its allocation on the renovation, major

29  repair, or remodeling of existing schools, except that

30  districts with fewer than 10,000 full-time equivalent students

31  are exempt from this requirement.


                                 1598

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  Each district school board that pledges moneys

  2  under paragraph (2)(b) shall notify the Department of

  3  Education of its election at a time set by the department. The

  4  Department of Education shall review the proposal of each

  5  district school board for compliance with this section and

  6  shall forward all approved proposals to the Division of Bond

  7  Finance with a request to issue bonds on behalf of the

  8  approved school districts. The Division of Bond Finance shall

  9  pool the pledges from all school districts making the election

10  in that year and shall issue the bonds on behalf of the

11  districts for a period not to exceed the distributions to be

12  received under s. 24.121(2). The bonds must be issued in

13  accordance with s. 11(d), Art. VII of the State Constitution,

14  and each project to be constructed with the proceeds of bonds

15  is hereby approved as provided in s. 11(f), Art. VII of the

16  State Constitution. The bonds shall be issued pursuant to the

17  State Bond Act to the extent not inconsistent with this

18  section.

19         (4)  Bonds issued under this section must be validated

20  as prescribed by chapter 75. The complaint for the validation

21  must be filed in the circuit court of the county where the

22  seat of state government is situated; the notice required to

23  be published by s. 75.06 must be published only in the county

24  where the complaint is filed; and the complaint and order of

25  the circuit court must be served only on the state attorney of

26  the circuit in which the action is pending. The state

27  covenants with holders of bonds issued under this section that

28  it will not take any action that will materially and adversely

29  affect the rights of such holders so long as such bonds are

30  outstanding. The state does hereby additionally authorize the

31  establishment of a covenant in connection with the bonds which


                                 1599

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  provides that any additional funds received by the state from

  2  new or enhanced lottery programs, video gaming, or other

  3  similar activities will first be available for payments

  4  relating to bonds pledging revenues available pursuant to s.

  5  24.121(2), prior to use for any other purpose.

  6         (5)  A school district may only receive a distribution

  7  for use pursuant to paragraph (2)(a) if the district school

  8  board certifies to the Commissioner of Education that the

  9  district has no unmet need for permanent classroom facilities

10  in its 5-year capital outlay work plan. If the work plan

11  contains such unmet needs, the district must use its

12  distribution for the payment of bonds pursuant to paragraph

13  (2)(b). If the district does not require its full bonded

14  distribution to eliminate such unmet need, it may bond only

15  that portion of its allocation necessary to meet the needs.

16         Section 867.  Section 1013.69, Florida Statutes, is

17  created to read:

18         1013.69  Full bonding required to participate in

19  programs.--Any district with unused bonding capacity in its

20  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund allocation that

21  certifies in its district facilities work program that it will

22  not be able to meet all of its need for new student stations

23  within existing revenues must fully bond its Capital Outlay

24  and Debt Service Trust Fund allocation before it may

25  participate in Classrooms First, the School Infrastructure

26  Thrift (SIT) Program, or the Effort Index Grants Program.

27         Section 868.  Section 1013.70, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1013.70  The 1997 School Capital Outlay Bond

30  Program.--There is hereby established the 1997 School Capital

31  Outlay Bond Program.


                                 1600

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  The issuance of revenue bonds payable from the

  2  first lottery revenues transferred to the Educational

  3  Enhancement Trust Fund each fiscal year, as provided by s.

  4  24.121(2), is authorized to finance or refinance the

  5  construction, acquisition, reconstruction, or renovation of

  6  educational facilities. Such bonds shall be issued pursuant to

  7  and in compliance with the provisions of s. 11(d), Art. VII of

  8  the State Constitution, the provisions of the State Bond Act,

  9  ss. 215.57-215.83, as amended, and the provisions of this

10  section. The state does hereby covenant with the holders of

11  such revenue bonds that it will not take any action which will

12  materially and adversely affect the rights of such holders so

13  long as bonds authorized by this section are outstanding. The

14  state does hereby additionally authorize the establishment of

15  a covenant in connection with the bonds which provides that

16  any additional funds received by the state from new or

17  enhanced lottery programs, video gaming, or other similar

18  activities will first be available for payments relating to

19  bonds pledging revenues available pursuant to s. 24.121(2),

20  prior to use for any other purpose.

21         (2)  The bonds shall be issued by the Division of Bond

22  Finance of the State Board of Administration on behalf of the

23  Department of Education in such amount as shall be requested

24  by resolution of the State Board of Education. However, debt

25  service and other amounts payable with respect to the bonds

26  issued pursuant to this section shall not exceed $35 million

27  in any state fiscal year.

28         (3)  Proceeds available from bond sales shall be

29  deposited in the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund within the

30  Department of Education.

31  


                                 1601

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (4)  The facilities to be financed with the proceeds of

  2  such bonds are designated as state fixed capital outlay

  3  projects for purposes of s. 11(d), Art. VII of the State

  4  Constitution and the specific facilities to be financed shall

  5  be determined by the Department of Education in accordance

  6  with state law and appropriations from the Educational

  7  Enhancement Trust Fund. Each educational facility to be

  8  financed with the proceeds of the bonds issued pursuant to

  9  this section is hereby approved as required by s. 11(f), Art.

10  VII of the State Constitution.

11         (5)  Bonds issued pursuant to this section shall be

12  validated in the manner provided by chapter 75. The complaint

13  for such validation shall be filed in the circuit court of the

14  county where the seat of state government is situated, the

15  notice required to be published by s. 75.06 shall be published

16  only in the county where the complaint is filed, and the

17  complaint and order of the circuit court shall be served only

18  on the state attorney of the circuit in which the action is

19  pending.

20         Section 869.  Section 1013.71, Florida Statutes, is

21  created to read:

22         1013.71  Lottery Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust

23  Fund.--

24         (1)(a)  The Lottery Capital Outlay and Debt Service

25  Trust Fund is hereby created, to be administered by the

26  Department of Education. Funds shall be credited to the trust

27  fund from legislative appropriations and interest earnings.

28  The purpose of the trust fund is to maintain and account for

29  lottery funds appropriated for fixed capital outlay and debt

30  service separately from lottery funds appropriated for current

31  operations.


                                 1602

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 216.301 and

  2  pursuant to s. 216.351, any balance in the trust fund at the

  3  end of any fiscal year shall remain in the trust fund and

  4  shall be available for carrying out the purposes of the trust

  5  fund.

  6         (2)  Lottery funds appropriated for fixed capital

  7  outlay and debt service, along with any interest earned

  8  thereon, shall be transferred from the Educational Enhancement

  9  Trust Fund to the Lottery Capital Outlay and Debt Service

10  Trust Fund.

11         (3)  Pursuant to the provisions of s. 19(f)(3), Art.

12  III of the State Constitution, the trust fund is not subject

13  to termination under s. 19(f)(2), Art. III of the State

14  Constitution.

15         Section 870.  Section 1013.72, Florida Statutes, is

16  created to read:

17         1013.72  SIT Program award eligibility; maximum cost

18  per student station of educational facilities; frugality

19  incentives; recognition awards.--

20         (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that district

21  school boards that seek awards of SIT Program funds use due

22  diligence and sound business practices in the design,

23  construction, and use of educational facilities.

24         (2)  A school district may seek an award from the SIT

25  Program, pursuant to this section and s. 1013.42, based on the

26  district's new construction of educational facilities if the

27  cost per student station is less than:

28         (a)  $11,600 for an elementary school,

29         (b)  $13,300 for a middle school, or

30         (c)  $17,600 for a high school,

31  


                                 1603

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  (1997) as adjusted annually by the Consumer Price Index. The

  2  award shall be up to 50 percent of such savings, as

  3  recommended by the Office of Educational Facilities and SMART

  4  Schools Clearinghouse.

  5         (3)  A school district may seek a SMART school of the

  6  year recognition award for building the highest quality

  7  functional, frugal school. The commissioner may present a

  8  trophy or plaque and a cash award to the school recommended by

  9  the Office of Educational Facilities and SMART Schools

10  Clearinghouse for a SMART school of the year recognition

11  award.

12         Section 871.  Section 1013.73, Florida Statutes, is

13  created to read:

14         1013.73  Effort index grants for school district

15  facilities.--

16         (1)  The Legislature hereby allocates for effort index

17  grants the sum of $300 million from the funds appropriated

18  from the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund by s. 46, chapter

19  97-384, Laws of Florida, contingent upon the sale of school

20  capital outlay bonds. From these funds, the Commissioner of

21  Education shall allocate to the four school districts deemed

22  eligible for an effort index grant by the SMART Schools

23  Clearinghouse the sums of $7,442,890 to the Clay County School

24  District, $62,755,920 to the Dade County School District,

25  $1,628,590 to the Hendry County School District, and $414,950

26  to the Madison County School District. The remaining funds

27  shall be allocated among the remaining district school boards

28  that qualify for an effort index grant by meeting the local

29  capital outlay effort criteria in paragraph (a) or paragraph

30  (b).

31  


                                 1604

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Between July 1, 1995, and June 30, 1999, the

  2  school district received direct proceeds from the

  3  one-half-cent sales surtax for public school capital outlay

  4  authorized by s. 212.055(6) or from the local government

  5  infrastructure sales surtax authorized by s. 212.055(2).

  6         (b)  The school district met two of the following

  7  criteria:

  8         1.  Levied the full 2 mills of nonvoted discretionary

  9  capital outlay authorized by s. 1011.71(2) during 1995-1996,

10  1996-1997, 1997-1998, and 1998-1999.

11         2.  Levied a cumulative voted millage for capital

12  outlay and debt service equal to 2.5 mills for fiscal years

13  1995 through 1999.

14         3.  Received proceeds of school impact fees greater

15  than $500 per dwelling unit which were in effect on July 1,

16  1998.

17         4.  Received direct proceeds from either the

18  one-half-cent sales surtax for public school capital outlay

19  authorized by s. 212.055(6) or from the local government

20  infrastructure sales surtax authorized by s. 212.055(2).

21         (2)  It is the intent of the Legislature that this

22  program be administered as nearly as is practicable in the

23  same manner as the capital outlay program authorized under s.

24  9(d), Art. XII of the State Constitution. Each district school

25  board's share of the appropriation for the effort index grants

26  must be calculated according to the following formula using

27  the same basis as the Classrooms First allocation formula, but

28  the share of each district shall, at a minimum, be at least

29  equal to the amount required for all payments of the district

30  relating to bonds issued by the state on its behalf:

31  


                                 1605

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (a)  Twenty-five percent of the appropriation shall be

  2  prorated to the districts based on each district's percentage

  3  of base capital outlay full-time-equivalent membership; and 65

  4  percent shall be based on each district's percentage of growth

  5  capital outlay full-time-equivalent membership as specified

  6  for the allocation of funds from the Public Education Capital

  7  Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund by s. 1013.64(3).

  8         (b)  Ten percent of the appropriation must be allocated

  9  among district school boards according to the allocation

10  formula in s. 1013.64(1)(a).

11         (3)  A district school board shall expend the funds

12  received under this section only to:

13         (a)  Construct, renovate, remodel, repair, or maintain

14  educational facilities; or

15         (b)  Pay debt service on bonds issued under this

16  section, the proceeds of which must be expended for new

17  construction, remodeling, renovation, and major repairs. Bond

18  proceeds shall be expended first for providing permanent

19  classroom facilities and related auxiliary facilities. Bond

20  proceeds may not be expended for any other facilities until

21  all unmet needs for permanent classrooms and auxiliary

22  facilities as defined in s. 1013.01 have been satisfied.

23  

24  However, if more than 9 percent of a district's total square

25  feet is more than 50 years old, the district must spend at

26  least 25 percent of its allocation on the renovation, major

27  repair, or remodeling of existing schools, except that

28  districts having fewer than 10,000 full-time equivalent

29  students are exempt from this requirement.

30         (4)  Each district school board that pledges moneys

31  under paragraph (3)(b) shall notify the Department of


                                 1606

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Education of its election at a time set by the department. The

  2  Department of Education shall review the proposal of each

  3  district school board for compliance with this section and

  4  shall forward all approved proposals to the Division of Bond

  5  Finance with a request to issue bonds on behalf of the

  6  approved school districts.

  7         (5)  A district school board that chooses to pledge

  8  allocations from the Classrooms First Program for the issuance

  9  of bonds must encumber those bond proceeds before pledging

10  funds for the payment of debt service on bonds issued pursuant

11  to this section.

12         (6)  A school district may receive a distribution for

13  use pursuant to paragraph (3)(a) only if the district school

14  board certifies to the Commissioner of Education that the

15  district has no unmet need for permanent classroom facilities

16  in its 5-year capital outlay work plan. If the work plan

17  contains such unmet needs, the district must use its

18  distribution for the payment of bonds under paragraph (2)(b).

19  If the district does not require its full bonded distribution

20  to eliminate such unmet needs, it may bond only that portion

21  of its allocation necessary to meet the needs.

22         Section 872.  Section 1013.74, Florida Statutes, is

23  created to read:

24         1013.74  University authorization for fixed capital

25  outlay projects.--

26         (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of chapter 216,

27  including s. 216.351, a university may accomplish fixed

28  capital outlay projects consistent with the provisions of this

29  section. Projects authorized by this section shall not require

30  educational plant survey approval as prescribed in chapter

31  235.


                                 1607

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  The following types of projects may be

  2  accomplished pursuant to this section:

  3         (a)  Construction of any new buildings, or remodeling

  4  of existing buildings, when funded from nonstate sources such

  5  as federal grant funds, private gifts, grants, or lease

  6  arrangements if such grants or gifts are given for the

  7  specific purpose of construction;

  8         (b)  The replacement of any buildings destroyed by fire

  9  or other calamity;

10         (c)  Construction of projects financed as provided in

11  ss. 1010.60-1010.619 or 1013.71;

12         (d)  Construction of new facilities or remodeling of

13  existing facilities to meet needs for research, provided that

14  such projects are financed pursuant to s. 1004.22; or

15         (e)  Construction of facilities or remodeling of

16  existing facilities to meet needs as determined by the

17  university, provided that the amount of funds for any such

18  project does not exceed $1 million, and the trust funds, other

19  than the funds used to accomplish projects contemplated in

20  this subsection, are authorized and available for such

21  purposes.

22         (3)  Other than those projects currently authorized, no

23  project proposed by a university which is to be funded from

24  Capital Improvement Trust Fund fees or building fees shall be

25  submitted to the State Board of Education for approval without

26  prior consultation with the student government association of

27  that university. The State Board of Education shall promulgate

28  rules which are consistent with this requirement.

29         (4)  The university board of trustees shall, in

30  consultation with local and state emergency management

31  agencies, assess existing facilities to identify the extent to


                                 1608

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  which each campus has public hurricane evacuation shelter

  2  space. The board shall submit to the Governor and the

  3  Legislature by August 1 of each year a 5-year capital

  4  improvements program that identifies new or retrofitted

  5  facilities that will incorporate enhanced hurricane resistance

  6  standards and that can be used as public hurricane evacuation

  7  shelters. Enhanced hurricane resistance standards include

  8  fixed passive protection for window and door applications to

  9  provide mitigation protection, security protection with

10  egress, and energy efficiencies that meet standards required

11  in the 130-mile-per-hour wind zone areas. The board must also

12  submit proposed facility retrofit projects to the Department

13  of Community Affairs for assessment and inclusion in the

14  annual report prepared in accordance with s. 252.385(3). Until

15  a regional planning council region in which a campus is

16  located has sufficient public hurricane evacuation shelter

17  space, any campus building for which a design contract is

18  entered into subsequent to July 1, 2001, and which has been

19  identified by the board, with the concurrence of the local

20  emergency management agency or the Department of Community

21  Affairs, to be appropriate for use as a public hurricane

22  evacuation shelter, must be constructed in accordance with

23  public shelter standards.

24         Section 873.  Section 1013.75, Florida Statutes, is

25  created to read:

26         1013.75  Cooperative funding of career and technical

27  educational facilities.--

28         (1)  Each district school board operating a designated

29  technical center may submit, prior to August 1 of each year, a

30  request to the commissioner for funds from the Public

31  Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund to plan,


                                 1609

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  construct, and equip a career and technical educational

  2  facility identified as being critical to the economic

  3  development and the workforce needs of the school district.

  4  Prior to submitting a request, each school district shall:

  5         (a)  Adopt and submit to the commissioner a resolution

  6  indicating its commitment to fund the planning, construction,

  7  and equipping of the proposed facility at 40 percent of the

  8  requested project amount. The resolution shall also designate

  9  the locale of the proposed facility. If funds from a private

10  or noneducational public entity are to be committed to the

11  project, then a joint resolution shall be required.

12         (b)  Except as provided in paragraph (5)(b), levy the

13  maximum millage against the nonexempt assessed property value

14  as provided in s. 1011.71(2).

15         (c)  Certify to the Office of Workforce and Economic

16  Development that the project has been survey recommended.

17         (d)  Certify to the Office of Workforce and Economic

18  Development that final phase III construction documents comply

19  with applicable building codes and life safety codes.

20         (e)  Sign an agreement that the district school board

21  shall advertise for bids within 90 days of receiving an

22  encumbrance authorization from the department.

23         (f)  If a construction contract has not been signed 90

24  days after the advertising of bids, certify to the Office of

25  Workforce and Economic Development and the department the

26  cause for delay. Upon request, an additional 90 days may be

27  granted by the commissioner.

28         (2)  The Office of Workforce and Economic Development

29  shall establish the need for additional career and technical

30  education programs and the continuation of existing programs

31  before facility construction or renovation related to career


                                 1610

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and technical education can be included in the educational

  2  plant survey. Information used by the Office of Workforce and

  3  Economic Development to establish facility needs shall

  4  include, but not be limited to, labor market needs analysis

  5  and information submitted by the school districts.

  6         (3)  The total cost of the proposed facility shall be

  7  determined by the district school board using established

  8  state board averages for determining new construction cost.

  9         (4)(a)  A career and technical education construction

10  committee shall be composed of the following: three

11  representatives from the Department of Education and one

12  representative from the Executive Office of the Governor.

13         (b)  The committee shall review and evaluate the

14  requests submitted from the school districts and rank the

15  requests in priority order in accordance with statewide

16  critical needs. This statewide priority list shall be

17  submitted to the commissioner.

18         (c)  The commissioner's legislative capital outlay

19  budget request may include up to 2 percent of the new

20  construction allocation to public schools for career and

21  technical capital outlay projects recommended by the career

22  and technical education construction committee.

23         (5)(a)  Upon approval of a project, the commissioner

24  shall include up to 60 percent of the total cost of the

25  project in the legislative capital outlay budget request as

26  provided in s. 1013.60 for educational plants. The

27  participating district school board shall provide 40 percent

28  of the total cost of the project. When practical, the district

29  school board shall solicit and encourage a private or

30  noneducational public entity to commit to finance a portion of

31  the funds to complete the planning, construction, and


                                 1611

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  equipping of the facility. If a site does not exist, the

  2  purchase price or, if donated, the assessed value of a site

  3  may be included in meeting the funding requirements of the

  4  district school board, a private or noneducational public

  5  entity, or the educational agency. The value of existing

  6  sites, intended to satisfy any portion of the funding

  7  requirement of a private or noneducational public entity,

  8  shall be determined by an independent appraiser under contract

  9  with the board. The size of the site to adequately provide for

10  the implementation of the proposed educational programs shall

11  be determined by the board. Funds from the Public Education

12  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund may not be expended

13  on any project unless specifically authorized by the

14  Legislature.

15         (b)  In the event that a school district is not levying

16  the maximum millage against the nonexempt assessed property

17  value pursuant to paragraph (1)(b), state and school district

18  funding pursuant to paragraph (a) shall be reduced by the same

19  proportion as the millage actually being levied bears to the

20  maximum allowable millage.

21         Section 874.  Section 1013.76, Florida Statutes, is

22  created to read:

23         1013.76  Multiyear capital improvement contracts.--Any

24  provision of chapters 1010 and 1011 to the contrary

25  notwithstanding, school districts are authorized to award

26  capital improvement contracts involving expenditures to be

27  incurred for a period of more than 1 year on the basis of

28  voter-authorized and unissued general obligation bonding

29  authority, provided that sufficient funds are available to,

30  and budgeted by, the school district to pay actual

31  disbursements during any fiscal year.


                                 1612

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 875.  Section 1013.77, Florida Statutes, is

  2  created to read:

  3         1013.77  Direct-support organization; use of property;

  4  board of directors; audit.--

  5         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--For the purposes of this section,

  6  the term:

  7         (a)  "District school board direct-support

  8  organization" means an organization that:

  9         1.  Is approved by the district school board;

10         2.  Is a Florida corporation not for profit,

11  incorporated under the provisions of chapter 617 and approved

12  by the Department of State; and

13         3.  Is organized and operated exclusively to receive,

14  hold, invest, and administer property and to make expenditures

15  to or for the benefit of public prekindergarten through 12th

16  grade education and adult career and technical and community

17  education programs in this state.

18         (b)  "Personal services" includes full-time or

19  part-time personnel, as well as payroll processing.

20         (2)  USE OF PROPERTY.--A district school board:

21         (a)  Is authorized to permit the use of property,

22  facilities, and personal services of the district by a

23  direct-support organization, subject to the provisions of this

24  section.

25         (b)  Shall prescribe by rule conditions with which a

26  district school board direct-support organization must comply

27  in order to use property, facilities, or personal services of

28  the district. Adoption of such rules shall be coordinated with

29  the Department of Education. The rules shall provide for

30  budget and audit review and oversight by the district school

31  board and the department.


                                 1613

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  Shall not permit the use of property, facilities,

  2  or personal services of a direct-support organization if such

  3  organization does not provide equal employment opportunities

  4  to all persons, regardless of race, color, religion, sex, age,

  5  or national origin.

  6         (3)  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.--The board of directors of the

  7  district school board direct-support organization shall be

  8  approved by the district school board.

  9         (4)  ANNUAL AUDIT.--Each direct-support organization

10  shall provide for an annual financial audit of its accounts

11  and records, to be conducted by an independent certified

12  public accountant in accordance with rules adopted by the

13  Auditor General pursuant to s. 11.45(8) and the Commissioner

14  of Education. The annual audit report shall be submitted

15  within 9 months after the fiscal year's end to the district

16  school board and the Auditor General. The Commissioner of

17  Education, the Auditor General, and the Office of Program

18  Policy Analysis and Government Accountability have the

19  authority to require and receive from the organization or the

20  district auditor any records relative to the operation of the

21  organization. The identity of donors and all information

22  identifying donors and prospective donors are confidential and

23  exempt from the provisions of s. 119.07(1), and that anonymity

24  shall be maintained in the auditor's report. All other records

25  and information shall be considered public records for the

26  purposes of chapter 119.

27         Section 876.  Section 1013.78, Florida Statutes, is

28  created to read:

29         1013.78  Approval required for certain

30  university-related facility acquisitions.--

31  


                                 1614

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  No university or university direct-support

  2  organization shall construct, accept, or purchase facilities

  3  for which the state will be asked for operating funds unless

  4  there has been prior approval for construction or acquisition

  5  granted by the Legislature.

  6         (2)  Legislative approval shall not be required for

  7  renovations, remodeling, replacement of existing facilities or

  8  construction of minor projects as defined in s. 1013.64.

  9         Section 877.  Section 1013.79, Florida Statutes, is

10  created to read:

11         1013.79  University Facility Enhancement Challenge

12  Grant Program.--

13         (1)  The Legislature recognizes that the universities

14  do not have sufficient physical facilities to meet the current

15  demands of their instructional and research programs. It

16  further recognizes that, to strengthen and enhance

17  universities, it is necessary to provide facilities in

18  addition to those currently available from existing revenue

19  sources. It further recognizes that there are sources of

20  private support that, if matched with state support, can

21  assist in constructing much-needed facilities and strengthen

22  the commitment of citizens and organizations in promoting

23  excellence throughout the state universities. Therefore, it is

24  the intent of the Legislature to establish a trust fund to

25  provide the opportunity for each university to receive and

26  match challenge grants for instructional and research-related

27  capital facilities within the university.

28         (2)  There is hereby established the Alec P. Courtelis

29  University Facility Enhancement Challenge Grant Program for

30  the purpose of assisting universities build high priority

31  instructional and research-related capital facilities,


                                 1615

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  including common areas connecting such facilities. The

  2  associated foundations that serve the universities shall

  3  solicit gifts from private sources to provide matching funds

  4  for capital facilities. For the purposes of this act, private

  5  sources of funds shall not include any federal, state, or

  6  local government funds that a university may receive.

  7         (3)  There is established the Alec P. Courtelis Capital

  8  Facilities Matching Trust Fund for the purpose of providing

  9  matching funds from private contributions for the development

10  of high priority instructional and research-related capital

11  facilities, including common areas connecting such facilities,

12  within a university. The Legislature shall appropriate funds

13  to be transferred to the trust fund. The Public Education

14  Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund, Capital

15  Improvement Trust Fund, Division of Sponsored Research Trust

16  Fund, and Contracts and Grants Trust Fund shall not be used as

17  the source of the state match for private contributions. All

18  appropriated funds deposited into the trust fund shall be

19  invested pursuant to the provisions of s. 18.125. Interest

20  income accruing to that portion of the trust fund shall

21  increase the total funds available for the challenge grant

22  program. Interest income accruing from the private donations

23  shall be returned to the participating foundation upon

24  completion of the project. The State Board of Education shall

25  administer the trust fund and all related construction

26  activities.

27         (4)  No project shall be initiated unless all private

28  funds for planning, construction, and equipping the facility

29  have been received and deposited in the trust fund and the

30  state's share for the minimum amount of funds needed to begin

31  the project has been appropriated by the Legislature. The


                                 1616

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Legislature may appropriate the state's matching funds in one

  2  or more fiscal years for the planning, construction, and

  3  equipping of an eligible facility. However, these requirements

  4  shall not preclude the university from expending available

  5  funds from private sources to develop a prospectus, including

  6  preliminary architectural schematics and/or models, for use in

  7  its efforts to raise private funds for a facility.

  8  Additionally, any private sources of funds expended for this

  9  purpose are eligible for state matching funds should the

10  project materialize as provided for in this section.

11         (5)  To be eligible to participate in the Alec P.

12  Courtelis Capital Facilities Matching Trust Fund, a university

13  shall raise a contribution equal to one-half of the total cost

14  of a facilities construction project from private

15  nongovernmental sources which shall be matched by a state

16  appropriation equal to the amount raised for a facilities

17  construction project subject to the General Appropriations

18  Act.

19         (6)  If the state's share of the required match is

20  insufficient to meet the requirements of subsection (5), the

21  university shall renegotiate the terms of the contribution

22  with the donors. If the project is terminated, each private

23  donation, plus accrued interest, reverts to the foundation for

24  remittance to the donor.

25         (7)  By September 1 of each year, the State Board of

26  Education shall transmit to the Legislature a list of projects

27  which meet all eligibility requirements to participate in the

28  Alec P. Courtelis Capital Facilities Matching Trust Fund and a

29  budget request which includes the recommended schedule

30  necessary to complete each project.

31  


                                 1617

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (8)  In order for a project to be eligible under this

  2  program, it must be included in the university 5-year Capital

  3  Improvement Plan and must receive prior approval from the

  4  State Board of Education and the Legislature.

  5         (9)  No university's project shall be removed from the

  6  approved 3-year PECO priority list because of its successful

  7  participation in this program until approved by the

  8  Legislature and provided for in the General Appropriations

  9  Act. When such a project is completed and removed from the

10  list, all other projects shall move up on the 3-year PECO

11  priority list. A university shall not use PECO funds,

12  including the Capital Improvement Trust Fund fee and the

13  building fee, to complete a project under this section.

14         (10)  Any project funds that are unexpended after a

15  project is completed shall revert to the Capital Facilities

16  Matching Trust Fund. Fifty percent of such unexpended funds

17  shall be reserved for the university which originally received

18  the private contribution for the purpose of providing private

19  matching funds for future facility construction projects as

20  provided in this section. The balance of such unexpended funds

21  shall be available to any state university for future facility

22  construction projects conducted pursuant to this section.

23         (11)  The surveys, architectural plans, facility, and

24  equipment shall be the property of the State of Florida. A

25  facility constructed pursuant to this section may be named in

26  honor of a donor at the option of the university and the State

27  Board of Education. No facility shall be named after a living

28  person without prior approval by the Legislature.

29         Section 878.  Section 1013.81, Florida Statutes, is

30  created to read:

31  


                                 1618

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1013.81  Community college indebtedness; bonds and tax

  2  anticipation certificates; payment.--

  3         (1)  The indebtedness incurred for the benefit of

  4  community colleges and represented by bonds or motor vehicle

  5  tax anticipation certificates issued from time to time by the

  6  State Board of Education, hereinafter called "state board,"

  7  pursuant to s. 18, Art. XII of the State Constitution of 1885

  8  on behalf of the several former county boards of public

  9  instruction shall not be considered by the state board in

10  determining the amount of bonds or motor vehicle tax

11  anticipation certificates which the state board may issue from

12  time to time on behalf of the several school districts under

13  the provisions of s. 9(d), Art. XII of the State Constitution,

14  as amended at the general election held on November 7, 1972,

15  hereinafter called "school capital outlay amendment." Such

16  indebtedness incurred on behalf of community colleges, as

17  described above, shall be considered by the state board in

18  determining the amount of bonds or motor vehicle tax

19  anticipation certificates which the state board may issue from

20  time to time on behalf of the several community college

21  districts under the provisions of the school capital outlay

22  amendment.

23         (2)  The debt service requirements on the indebtedness

24  incurred for the benefit of community colleges and represented

25  by bonds or motor vehicle tax anticipation certificates issued

26  from time to time by the state board on behalf of the several

27  former county boards of public instruction, as described in

28  subsection (1), shall be paid from funds distributable

29  pursuant to the school capital outlay amendment to the credit

30  of the several community college districts, and not from funds

31  


                                 1619

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  distributable pursuant to the school capital outlay amendment

  2  to the credit of the several school districts.

  3         (3)  Nothing herein shall be construed to authorize the

  4  state board to affect adversely or impair the contractual

  5  rights created and vested by reason of the prior issuance of

  6  bonds or motor vehicle tax anticipation certificates by the

  7  state board.

  8         Section 879.  Section 1013.82, Florida Statutes, is

  9  created to read:

10         1013.82  Contracts of institutions for supplies,

11  utility services, and building construction exempt from

12  operation of county or municipal ordinance or charter.--

13         (1)  University boards of trustees are authorized to

14  contract for supplies, utility services, and building

15  construction without regulation or restriction by municipal or

16  county charter or ordinance. Contractual arrangements shall be

17  in the best interests of the state and shall give

18  consideration to rates, adequacy of service, and the

19  dependability of the contractor.

20         (2)  Any municipal or county charter, ordinance, or

21  regulation that serves to restrict or prohibit the intent of

22  subsection (1) shall be inoperative.

23         Section 880.  Section 11.061, Florida Statutes, is

24  amended to read:

25         11.061  State, state university, and community college

26  employee lobbyists; registration; recording attendance;

27  penalty; exemptions.--

28         (1)  Any person employed by any executive, judicial, or

29  quasi-judicial department of the state or community college or

30  state university of the state who seeks to encourage the

31  passage, defeat, or modification of any legislation by


                                 1620

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  personal appearance or attendance before the House of

  2  Representatives or the Senate, or any committee thereof,

  3  shall, prior thereto, register as a lobbyist with the joint

  4  legislative office on a form to be provided by the joint

  5  legislative office in the same manner as any other lobbyist is

  6  required to register, whether by rule of either house or

  7  otherwise. This shall not preclude any person from contacting

  8  her or his legislator regarding any matter during hours other

  9  than the established business hours of the person's respective

10  agency, state university, or community college.

11         (2)(a)  Each state, state university, or community

12  college employee or employee of a community college registered

13  pursuant to the provisions of this section shall:

14         1.  Record with the chair of the committee any

15  attendance before any committee during established business

16  hours of the agency, state university, or community college

17  employing the person.

18         2.  Record with the joint legislative office any

19  attendance in the legislative chambers, committee rooms,

20  legislative offices, legislative hallways, and other areas in

21  the immediate vicinity during the established business hours

22  of the agency, state university, or community college

23  employing the person.

24         (b)  Any person who appears before a committee or

25  subcommittee of the House of Representatives or the Senate at

26  the request of the committee or subcommittee chair as a

27  witness or for informational purposes shall be exempt from the

28  provisions of this subsection.

29         (3)  Any state, state university, or community college

30  employee or employee of a community college who violates any

31  provision of this section by not registering with the joint


                                 1621

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  legislative office as a lobbyist or by failing to record hours

  2  spent as a lobbyist in areas and activities as set forth in

  3  this section during the established business hours of the

  4  agency, state university, or community college employing the

  5  person shall have deducted from her or his salary an amount

  6  equivalent to her or his hourly wage times the number of hours

  7  that she or he was in violation of this section.

  8         (4)  Any person employed by any executive, judicial, or

  9  quasi-judicial department of the state or by any community

10  college or state university of the state whose position is

11  designated in that department's budget as being used during

12  all, or a portion of, the fiscal year for lobbying shall

13  comply with the provisions of subsection (1), but shall be

14  exempt from the provisions of subsections (2) and (3).

15         Section 881.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (5) of

16  section 11.40, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         11.40  Legislative Auditing Committee.--

18         (5)  Following notification by the Auditor General, the

19  Department of Banking and Finance, or the Division of Bond

20  Finance of the State Board of Administration of the failure of

21  a local governmental entity, district school board, charter

22  school, or charter technical career center to comply with the

23  applicable provisions within s. 11.45(5)-(7), s. 218.32(1), or

24  s. 218.38, the Legislative Auditing Committee may schedule a

25  hearing. If a hearing is scheduled, the committee shall

26  determine if the entity should be subject to further state

27  action.  If the committee determines that the entity should be

28  subject to further state action, the committee shall:

29         (c)  In the case of a charter school or charter

30  technical career center, notify the appropriate sponsoring

31  


                                 1622

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  entity, which may terminate the charter pursuant to ss.

  2  1002.33 228.056 and 1002.34 228.505.

  3         Section 882.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (3) and

  4  subsection (8) of section 11.45, Florida Statutes, are amended

  5  to read:

  6         11.45  Definitions; duties; authorities; reports;

  7  rules.--

  8         (3)  AUTHORITY FOR AUDITS AND OTHER ENGAGEMENTS.--

  9         (a)  The Auditor General may, pursuant to his or her

10  own authority, or at the direction of the Legislative Auditing

11  Committee, conduct audits or other engagements as determined

12  appropriate by the Auditor General of:

13         1.  The accounts and records of any governmental entity

14  created or established by law.

15         2.  The information technology programs, activities,

16  functions, or systems of any governmental entity created or

17  established by law.

18         3.  The accounts and records of any charter school

19  created or established by law.

20         4.  The accounts and records of any direct-support

21  organization or citizen support organization created or

22  established by law. The Auditor General is authorized to

23  require and receive any records from the direct-support

24  organization or citizen support organization, or from its

25  independent auditor.

26         5.  The public records associated with any

27  appropriation made by the General Appropriations Act to a

28  nongovernmental agency, corporation, or person. All records of

29  a nongovernmental agency, corporation, or person with respect

30  to the receipt and expenditure of such an appropriation shall

31  


                                 1623

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  be public records and shall be treated in the same manner as

  2  other public records are under general law.

  3         6.  State financial assistance provided to any nonstate

  4  entity.

  5         7.  The Tobacco Settlement Financing Corporation

  6  created pursuant to s. 215.56005.

  7         8.  The Florida On-Line High School created pursuant to

  8  s. 1002.37 228.082.

  9         9.  Any purchases of federal surplus lands for use as

10  sites for correctional facilities as described in s. 253.037.

11         10.  Enterprise Florida, Inc., including any of its

12  boards, advisory committees, or similar groups created by

13  Enterprise Florida, Inc., and programs.  The audit report may

14  not reveal the identity of any person who has anonymously made

15  a donation to Enterprise Florida, Inc., pursuant to this

16  subparagraph. The identity of a donor or prospective donor to

17  Enterprise Florida, Inc., who desires to remain anonymous and

18  all information identifying such donor or prospective donor

19  are confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

20  119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution. Such

21  anonymity shall be maintained in the auditor's report.

22         11.  The Florida Development Finance Corporation or the

23  capital development board or the programs or entities created

24  by the board. The audit or report may not reveal the identity

25  of any person who has anonymously made a donation to the board

26  pursuant to this subparagraph. The identity of a donor or

27  prospective donor to the board who desires to remain anonymous

28  and all information identifying such donor or prospective

29  donor are confidential and exempt from the provisions of s.

30  119.07(1) and s. 24(a), Art. I of the State Constitution. Such

31  anonymity shall be maintained in the auditor's report.


                                 1624

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         12.  The records pertaining to the use of funds from

  2  voluntary contributions on a motor vehicle registration

  3  application or on a driver's license application authorized

  4  pursuant to ss. 320.023 and 322.081.

  5         13.  The records pertaining to the use of funds from

  6  the sale of specialty license plates described in chapter 320.

  7         14.  The transportation corporations under contract

  8  with the Department of Transportation that are acting on

  9  behalf of the state to secure and obtain rights-of-way for

10  urgently needed transportation systems and to assist in the

11  planning and design of such systems pursuant to ss.

12  339.401-339.421.

13         15.  The acquisitions and divestitures related to the

14  Florida Communities Trust Program created pursuant to chapter

15  380.

16         16.  The Florida Water Pollution Control Financing

17  Corporation created pursuant to s. 403.1837.

18         17.  The Florida Partnership for School Readiness

19  created pursuant to s. 411.01.

20         18.  The Occupational Access and Opportunity Commission

21  created pursuant to s. 413.83.

22         19.  The Florida Special Disability Trust Fund

23  Financing Corporation created pursuant to s. 440.49.

24         20.  Workforce Florida, Inc., or the programs or

25  entities created by Workforce Florida, Inc., created pursuant

26  to s. 445.004.

27         21.  The corporation defined in s. 455.32 that is under

28  contract with the Department of Business and Professional

29  Regulation to provide administrative, investigative,

30  examination, licensing, and prosecutorial support services in

31  


                                 1625

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  accordance with the provisions of s. 455.32 and the practice

  2  act of the relevant profession.

  3         22.  The Florida Engineers Management Corporation

  4  created pursuant to chapter 471.

  5         23.  The Investment Fraud Restoration Financing

  6  Corporation created pursuant to chapter 517.

  7         24.  The books and records of any permitholder that

  8  conducts race meetings or jai alai exhibitions under chapter

  9  550.

10         25.  The corporation defined in part II of chapter 946,

11  known as the Prison Rehabilitative Industries and Diversified

12  Enterprises, Inc., or PRIDE Enterprises.

13         (8)  RULES OF THE AUDITOR GENERAL.--The Auditor

14  General, in consultation with the Board of Accountancy, shall

15  adopt rules for the form and conduct of all financial audits

16  performed by independent certified public accountants pursuant

17  to ss. 215.981, 218.39, 1004.28, 1004.70, and 1013.77  237.40,

18  240.299, and 240.331. The rules for audits of local

19  governmental entities and district school boards must include,

20  but are not limited to, requirements for the reporting of

21  information necessary to carry out the purposes of the Local

22  Government Financial Emergencies Act as stated in s. 218.501.

23         Section 883.  Notwithstanding subsection (7) of section

24  3 of chapter 2000-321, Laws of Florida, section 20.15, Florida

25  Statutes, shall not stand repealed on January 7, 2003, as

26  scheduled by that act, but is reenacted and amended to read:

27         20.15  Department of Education.--There is created a

28  Department of Education.

29         (1)  STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION.--In accordance with s.

30  2, Art. IX of the State Constitution, the State Board of

31  Education is a body corporate and must supervise the system of


                                 1626

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  free public education as is provided by law. The State Board

  2  of Education is the head of the Department of Education the

  3  chief policymaking body of public education in the state as

  4  specified in chapter 229. The Governor is chair of the board,

  5  and the Commissioner of Education is the secretary and

  6  executive officer and in the absence of the Governor shall

  7  serve as chair.

  8         (2)  COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION.--The Commissioner of

  9  Education is appointed by the State Board of Education and

10  serves as the Executive Director of the Department of

11  Education head of the Department of Education is the

12  Commissioner of Education who shall be elected by vote of the

13  qualified electors of the state pursuant to s. 5, Art. IV of

14  the State Constitution.

15         (a)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint a

16  Deputy Commissioner for Educational Programs who has such

17  powers, duties, responsibilities, and functions as are

18  necessary to ensure the greatest possible coordination,

19  efficiency, and effectiveness of kindergarten through

20  12th-grade education and vocational and continuing education

21  programs, including workforce development.

22         (b)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint a

23  Deputy Commissioner for Planning, Budgeting, and Management

24  who has such powers, duties, responsibilities, and functions

25  as are necessary to ensure the greatest possible coordination

26  of policies, programs, and procedures for the statewide system

27  of education and the department.

28         (c)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint a

29  Deputy Commissioner for Technology and Administration who has

30  such powers, duties, responsibilities, and functions as are

31  necessary to ensure the greatest possible coordination and


                                 1627

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  development of technological supports for the education system

  2  and efficient administration of the department.

  3         (3)  DIVISIONS.--The following divisions of the

  4  Department of Education are established:

  5         (a)  Division of Community Colleges.

  6         (b)  Division of Public Schools and Community

  7  Education.

  8         (c)  Division of Colleges and Universities.

  9         (d)  Division of Vocational Rehabilitation Workforce

10  Development.

11         (e)  Division of Professional Educators.

12         (f)  Division of Administration.

13         (g)  Division of Financial Services.

14         (h)  Division of Support Services.

15         (i)  Division of Technology.

16         (e)(j)  Division of Blind Services.

17         (4)  DIRECTORS.--The Board of Regents is the director

18  of the Division of Universities, and the State Board of

19  Community Colleges is the director of the Division of

20  Community Colleges, pursuant to chapter 240. The directors of

21  all other divisions shall be appointed by the commissioner

22  subject to approval by the state board.

23         (5)  POWERS AND DUTIES.--The State Board of Education

24  and the Commissioner of Education:

25         (a)  shall assign to the divisions Division of Public

26  Schools and Community Education such powers, duties,

27  responsibilities, and functions as are necessary to ensure the

28  greatest possible coordination, efficiency, and effectiveness

29  of education for students in K-20 education prekindergarten

30  through 12th grade, for secondary school vocational education,

31  and for community education.


                                 1628

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Shall assign to the Division of Workforce

  2  Development such powers, duties, responsibilities, and

  3  functions as are necessary to ensure the greatest possible

  4  coordination, efficiency, and effectiveness of workforce

  5  development education.

  6         (c)  Shall assign to the State Board of Community

  7  Colleges such powers, duties, responsibilities, and functions

  8  as are necessary to ensure the coordination, efficiency, and

  9  effectiveness of community colleges, except those duties

10  specifically assigned to the Commissioner of Education in ss.

11  229.512 and 229.551, the duties concerning physical facilities

12  in chapter 235, and the duties assigned to the Division of

13  Workforce Development in chapter 239.

14         (6)  COUNCILS AND COMMITTEES.--Notwithstanding anything

15  contained in law to the contrary, the commissioner of

16  Education shall appoint all members of all councils and

17  committees of the Department of Education, except the

18  Commission for Independent Education and Board of Regents, the

19  State Board of Community Colleges, the community college

20  district boards of trustees, the Postsecondary Education

21  Planning Commission, the Education Practices Commission, the

22  Education Standards Commission, the State Board of Independent

23  Colleges and Universities, and the State Board of Nonpublic

24  Career Education.

25         (7)  BOARDS.--Notwithstanding anything contained in law

26  to the contrary, all members of the university Board of

27  Regents, the State Board of Community Colleges, and the

28  community college district boards of trustees must be

29  appointed according to chapter 1001 240.

30         Section 884.  Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1),

31  paragraph (d) of subsection (3), and paragraph (a) of


                                 1629

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  subsection (5) of section 23.1225, Florida Statutes, are

  2  amended to read:

  3         23.1225  Mutual aid agreements.--

  4         (1)  The term "mutual aid agreement," as used in this

  5  part, refers to one of the following types of agreement:

  6         (a)  A voluntary cooperation written agreement between

  7  two or more law enforcement agencies, or between one or more

  8  law enforcement agencies and either a school board that

  9  employs school safety officers or a state university that

10  employs or appoints university police officers in accordance

11  with s. 1012.97 240.268, which agreement permits voluntary

12  cooperation and assistance of a routine law enforcement nature

13  across jurisdictional lines.  The agreement must specify the

14  nature of the law enforcement assistance to be rendered, the

15  agency or entity that shall bear any liability arising from

16  acts undertaken under the agreement, the procedures for

17  requesting and for authorizing assistance, the agency or

18  entity that has command and supervisory responsibility, a time

19  limit for the agreement, the amount of any compensation or

20  reimbursement to the assisting agency or entity, and any other

21  terms and conditions necessary to give it effect. Examples of

22  law enforcement activities that may be addressed in a

23  voluntary cooperation written agreement include, but are not

24  limited to, establishing a joint city-county task force on

25  narcotics smuggling, authorizing school safety officers to

26  enforce laws in an area within 1,000 feet of a school or

27  school board property, or establishing a joint city-county

28  traffic enforcement task force.

29         (b)  A requested operational assistance written

30  agreement between two or more law enforcement agencies, or

31  between one or more law enforcement agencies and either a


                                 1630

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  school board that employs school safety officers or a state

  2  university that employs or appoints university police officers

  3  in accordance with s. 1012.97 240.268, which agreement is for

  4  the rendering of assistance in a law enforcement emergency.

  5  The agreement must specify the nature of the law enforcement

  6  assistance to be rendered, the agency or entity that shall

  7  bear any liability arising from acts undertaken under the

  8  agreement, the procedures for requesting and for authorizing

  9  assistance, the agency or entity that has command and

10  supervisory responsibility, a time limit for the agreement,

11  the amount of any compensation or reimbursement to the

12  assisting agency or entity, and any other terms and conditions

13  necessary to give it effect.  An example of the use of a

14  requested operational assistance written agreement is to meet

15  a request for assistance due to a civil disturbance or other

16  emergency as defined in s. 252.34.

17         (3)  A mutual aid agreement may be entered into by:

18         (d)  A state university that employs or appoints

19  university police officers in accordance with s. 1012.97

20  240.268.

21         (5)  In the event of a disaster or emergency such that

22  a state of emergency is declared by the Governor pursuant to

23  chapter 252, the requirement that a requested operational

24  assistance agreement be a written agreement for rendering of

25  assistance in a law enforcement emergency may be waived by the

26  participating agencies for a period of up to 90 days from the

27  declaration of the disaster.

28         (a)  When a law enforcement agency, a school board

29  employing school safety officers, or a state university

30  employing or appointing university police officers in

31  accordance with s. 1012.97 240.268 lends assistance pursuant


                                 1631

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to this subsection, all powers, privileges, and immunities

  2  listed in s. 23.127, except with regard to interstate mutual

  3  aid agreements, apply to the agency or entity, provided that

  4  the law enforcement, school board, or university employees

  5  rendering services are being requested and coordinated by the

  6  affected local law enforcement executive in charge of law

  7  enforcement operations.

  8         Section 885.  Subsection (2) and paragraphs (c) and (d)

  9  of subsection (5) of section 24.121, Florida Statutes, are

10  amended to read:

11         24.121  Allocation of revenues and expenditure of funds

12  for public education.--

13         (2)  Each fiscal year, at least 38 percent of the gross

14  revenue from the sale of lottery tickets and other earned

15  revenue, excluding application processing fees, shall be

16  deposited in the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund, which is

17  hereby created in the State Treasury to be administered by the

18  Department of Education. The Department of the Lottery shall

19  transfer moneys to the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund at

20  least once each quarter. Funds in the Educational Enhancement

21  Trust Fund shall be used to the benefit of public education in

22  accordance with the provisions of this act. Notwithstanding

23  any other provision of law, a maximum of $180 million of

24  lottery revenues transferred to the Educational Enhancement

25  Trust Fund in fiscal year 1997-1998 and for 30 years

26  thereafter shall be reserved as needed and used to meet the

27  requirements of the documents authorizing the bonds issued by

28  the state pursuant to s. 1013.68 235.187 or s. 1013.70

29  235.2195 or distributed to school districts for the Classrooms

30  First Program as provided in s. 1013.68 235.187. Such lottery

31  revenues are hereby pledged to the payment of debt service on


                                 1632

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bonds issued by the state pursuant to s. 1013.68 235.187 or s.

  2  1013.70 235.2195. Debt service payable on bonds issued by the

  3  state pursuant to s. 1013.68 235.187 or s. 1013.70 235.2195

  4  shall be payable from the first lottery revenues transferred

  5  to the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund in each fiscal year.

  6  Amounts distributable to school districts that request the

  7  issuance of bonds pursuant to s. 1013.68(3) 235.187(3) are

  8  hereby pledged to such bonds pursuant to s. 11(d), Art. VII of

  9  the State Constitution. The amounts distributed through the

10  Classrooms First Program shall equal $145 million in each

11  fiscal year. These funds are intended to provide up to $2.5

12  billion for public school facilities.

13         (5)

14         (c)  A portion of such net revenues, as determined

15  annually by the Legislature, shall be distributed to each

16  school district and shall be made available to each public

17  school in the district for enhancing school performance

18  through development and implementation of a school improvement

19  plan pursuant to s. 1001.42(16) 230.23(16). A portion of these

20  moneys, as determined annually in the General Appropriations

21  Act, must be allocated to each school in an equal amount for

22  each student enrolled.  These moneys may be expended only on

23  programs or projects selected by the school advisory council

24  or by a parent advisory committee created pursuant to this

25  paragraph.  If a school does not have a school advisory

26  council, the district advisory council must appoint a parent

27  advisory committee composed of parents of students enrolled in

28  that school, which committee is representative of the ethnic,

29  racial, and economic community served by the school, to advise

30  the school's principal on the programs or projects to be

31  funded.  A principal may not override the recommendations of


                                 1633

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the school advisory council or the parent advisory committee.

  2  These moneys may not be used for capital improvements, nor may

  3  they be used for any project or program that has a duration of

  4  more than 1 year; however, a school advisory council or parent

  5  advisory committee may independently determine that a program

  6  or project formerly funded under this paragraph should receive

  7  funds in a subsequent year.

  8         (d)  No funds shall be released for any purpose from

  9  the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund to any school district

10  in which one or more schools do not have an approved school

11  improvement plan pursuant to s. 1001.42(16) 230.23(16) or do

12  not comply with school advisory council membership composition

13  requirements pursuant to s. 229.58(1). Effective July 1, 2002,

14  the Commissioner of Education shall withhold disbursements

15  from the trust fund to any school district that fails to adopt

16  the performance-based salary schedule required by s.

17  1012.22(1) 230.23(5).

18         Section 886.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (5) of

19  section 39.0015, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

20         39.0015  Child abuse prevention training in the

21  district school system.--

22         (5)  PREVENTION TRAINING CENTERS; FUNCTIONS; SELECTION

23  PROCESS; MONITORING AND EVALUATION.--

24         (a)  Each training center shall perform the following

25  functions:

26         1.  Act as a clearinghouse to provide information on

27  prevention curricula which meet the requirements of this

28  section and the requirements of s. ss. 39.001 and 231.17.

29         2.  Assist the local school district in selecting a

30  prevention program model which meets the needs of the local

31  community.


                                 1634

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  At the request of the local school district, design

  2  and administer training sessions to develop or expand local

  3  primary prevention and training programs.

  4         4.  Provide assistance to local school districts,

  5  including, but not limited to, all of the following:

  6  administration, management, program development, multicultural

  7  staffing, and community education, in order to better meet the

  8  requirements of this section and of s. ss. 39.001 and 231.17.

  9         5.  At the request of the department or the local

10  school district, provide ongoing program development and

11  training to achieve all of the following:

12         a.  Meet the special needs of children, including, but

13  not limited to, the needs of disabled and high-risk children.

14         b.  Conduct an outreach program to inform the

15  surrounding communities of the existence of primary prevention

16  and training programs and of funds to conduct such programs.

17         6.  Serve as a resource to the Department of Children

18  and Family Services and its districts.

19         Section 887.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (3) of

20  section 39.407, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

21         39.407  Medical, psychiatric, and psychological

22  examination and treatment of child; physical or mental

23  examination of parent or person requesting custody of child.--

24         (3)

25         (c)  The judge may also order such child to be

26  evaluated by a district school board educational needs

27  assessment team. The educational needs assessment provided by

28  the district school board educational needs assessment team

29  shall include, but not be limited to, reports of intelligence

30  and achievement tests, screening for learning disabilities and

31  


                                 1635

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  other handicaps, and screening for the need for alternative

  2  education as defined in s. 1001.42 230.23.

  3         Section 888.  Subsection (1) of section 61.13015,

  4  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  5         61.13015  Petition for suspension or denial of

  6  professional licenses and certificates.--

  7         (1)  An obligee may petition the court which entered

  8  the support order or the court which is enforcing the support

  9  order for an order to suspend or deny the license or

10  certificate issued pursuant to chapters 231, 409, 455, 456,

11  and 559, and 1012 of any obligor with a delinquent support

12  obligation. However, no petition may be filed until the

13  obligee has exhausted all other available remedies. The

14  purpose of this section is to promote the public policy of s.

15  409.2551.

16         Section 889.  Subsection (2) of section 105.061,

17  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

18         105.061  Electors qualified to vote.--

19         (2)  The election of members of a school board shall be

20  by vote of the qualified electors as prescribed in chapter

21  1001 230.

22         Section 890.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of

23  section 110.1228, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

24         110.1228  Participation by small counties, small

25  municipalities, and district school boards located in small

26  counties.--

27         (1)  As used in this section, the term:

28         (a)  "District school board" means a district school

29  board located in a small county or a district school board

30  that receives funding pursuant to s. 1011.62(6) 236.081(6).

31  


                                 1636

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 891.  Paragraphs (b), (c), (f), (g), and (h) of

  2  subsection (2) of section 110.123, Florida Statutes, are

  3  amended to read:

  4         110.123  State group insurance program.--

  5         (2)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section, the term:

  6         (b)  "Enrollee" means all state officers and employees,

  7  retired state officers and employees, surviving spouses of

  8  deceased state officers and employees, and terminated

  9  employees or individuals with continuation coverage who are

10  enrolled in an insurance plan offered by the state group

11  insurance program. "Enrollee" includes all state university

12  officers and employees, retired state university officers and

13  employees, surviving spouses of deceased state university

14  officers and employees, and terminated state university

15  employees or individuals with continuation coverage who are

16  enrolled in an insurance plan offered by the state group

17  insurance program.

18         (c)  "Full-time state employees" includes all full-time

19  employees of all branches or agencies of state government

20  holding salaried positions and paid by state warrant or from

21  agency funds, and employees paid from regular salary

22  appropriations for 8 months' employment, including university

23  personnel on academic contracts, but in no case shall "state

24  employee" or "salaried position" include persons paid from

25  other-personal-services (OPS) funds. "Full-time employees"

26  includes all full-time employees of the state universities.

27         (f)  "Part-time state employee" means any employee of

28  any branch or agency of state government paid by state warrant

29  from salary appropriations or from agency funds, and who is

30  employed for less than the normal full-time workweek

31  established by the department or, if on academic contract or


                                 1637

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  seasonal or other type of employment which is less than

  2  year-round, is employed for less than 8 months during any

  3  12-month period, but in no case shall "part-time" employee

  4  include a person paid from other-personal-services (OPS)

  5  funds. "Part-time state employee" includes any part-time

  6  employee of the state universities.

  7         (g)  "Retired state officer or employee" or "retiree"

  8  means any state or state university officer or state employee

  9  who retires under a state retirement system or a state

10  optional annuity or retirement program or is placed on

11  disability retirement, and who was insured under the state

12  group insurance program at the time of retirement, and who

13  begins receiving retirement benefits immediately after

14  retirement from state or state university office or

15  employment.

16         (h)  "State agency" or "agency" means any branch,

17  department, or agency of state government. "State agency" or

18  "agency" includes any state university for purposes of this

19  section only.

20         Section 892.  Subsection (1) of section 110.151,

21  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

22         110.151  State officers' and employees' child care

23  services.--

24         (1)  The Department of Management Services shall

25  approve, administer, and coordinate child care services for

26  state officers' and employees' children or dependents.  Duties

27  shall include, but not be limited to, reviewing and approving

28  requests from state agencies for child care services;

29  providing technical assistance on child care program startup

30  and operation; and assisting other agencies in conducting

31  needs assessments, designing centers, and selecting service


                                 1638

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  providers.  Primary emphasis for child care services shall be

  2  given to children who are not subject to compulsory school

  3  attendance pursuant to part II of chapter 1003 chapter 232,

  4  and, to the extent possible, emphasis shall be placed on child

  5  care for children aged 2 and under.

  6         Section 893.  Subsection (5) of section 110.181,

  7  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  8         110.181  Florida State Employees' Charitable

  9  Campaign.--

10         (5)  PARTICIPATION OF STATE UNIVERSITIES.--Each

11  university may elect to participate in the Florida State

12  Employees' Charitable Campaign, upon timely notice to the

13  department.  Each university may also conduct annual

14  charitable fundraising drives for employees under the

15  authority granted in s. 1001.74(19) 240.209(3)(f).

16         Section 894.  Paragraph (d) of subsection (2) of

17  section 110.205, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

18         110.205  Career service; exemptions.--

19         (2)  EXEMPT POSITIONS.--The exempt positions that are

20  not covered by this part include the following:

21         (d)  All officers and employees of the state

22  universities University System and the Correctional Education

23  Program within the Department of Corrections, and the academic

24  personnel and academic administrative personnel of the Florida

25  School for the Deaf and the Blind. In accordance with the

26  provisions of s. 1002.36 chapter 242, the salaries for

27  academic personnel and academic administrative personnel of

28  the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind shall be set by

29  the board of trustees for the school, subject only to the

30  approval of the State Board of Education. The salaries for all

31  instructional personnel and all administrative and


                                 1639

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  noninstructional personnel of the Correctional Education

  2  Program shall be set by the Department of Corrections, subject

  3  to the approval of the Department of Management Services.

  4         Section 895.  Paragraphs (b) and (c) of subsection (1)

  5  of section 112.1915, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

  6         112.1915  Teachers and school administrators; death

  7  benefits.--Any other provision of law to the contrary

  8  notwithstanding:

  9         (1)  As used in this section, the term:

10         (b)  "Teacher" means any instructional staff personnel

11  as described in s. 1012.01(2) 228.041(9).

12         (c)  "School administrator" means any school

13  administrator as described in s. 1012.01(3) 228.041(10)(c).

14         Section 896.  Paragraph (h) of subsection (12) of

15  section 112.313, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

16         112.313  Standards of conduct for public officers,

17  employees of agencies, and local government attorneys.--

18         (12)  EXEMPTION.--The requirements of subsections (3)

19  and (7) as they pertain to persons serving on advisory boards

20  may be waived in a particular instance by the body which

21  appointed the person to the advisory board, upon a full

22  disclosure of the transaction or relationship to the

23  appointing body prior to the waiver and an affirmative vote in

24  favor of waiver by two-thirds vote of that body.  In instances

25  in which appointment to the advisory board is made by an

26  individual, waiver may be effected, after public hearing, by a

27  determination by the appointing person and full disclosure of

28  the transaction or relationship by the appointee to the

29  appointing person.  In addition, no person shall be held in

30  violation of subsection (3) or subsection (7) if:

31  


                                 1640

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (h)  The transaction is made pursuant to s. 1004.22

  2  240.229 or s. 1004.23 240.241 and is specifically approved by

  3  the president and the chair of the university board of

  4  trustees Chancellor.  The chair of the university board of

  5  trustees Chancellor shall submit to the Governor and the

  6  Legislature by March 1 of each year a report of the

  7  transactions approved pursuant to this paragraph during the

  8  preceding year.

  9         Section 897.  Subsection (6) of section 120.52, Florida

10  Statutes, is amended to read:

11         120.52  Definitions.--As used in this act:

12         (6)  "Educational unit" means a local school district,

13  a community college district, the Florida School for the Deaf

14  and the Blind, or a state university unit of the State

15  University System other than the Board of Regents.

16         Section 898.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of

17  section 120.55, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

18         120.55  Publication.--

19         (1)  The Department of State shall:

20         (a)1.  Publish in a permanent compilation entitled

21  "Florida Administrative Code" all rules adopted by each

22  agency, citing the specific rulemaking authority pursuant to

23  which each rule was adopted, all history notes as authorized

24  in s. 120.545(9), and complete indexes to all rules contained

25  in the code. Supplementation shall be made as often as

26  practicable, but at least monthly.  The department may

27  contract with a publishing firm for the publication, in a

28  timely and useful form, of the Florida Administrative Code;

29  however, the department shall retain responsibility for the

30  code as provided in this section.  This publication shall be

31  the official compilation of the administrative rules of this


                                 1641

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  state.  The Department of State shall retain the copyright

  2  over the Florida Administrative Code.

  3         2.  Rules general in form but applicable to only one

  4  school district, community college district, or county, or a

  5  part thereof, or state university rules relating to internal

  6  personnel or business and finance shall not be published in

  7  the Florida Administrative Code. Exclusion from publication in

  8  the Florida Administrative Code shall not affect the validity

  9  or effectiveness of such rules.

10         3.  At the beginning of the section of the code dealing

11  with an agency that files copies of its rules with the

12  department, the department shall publish the address and

13  telephone number of the executive offices of each agency, the

14  manner by which the agency indexes its rules, a listing of all

15  rules of that agency excluded from publication in the code,

16  and a statement as to where those rules may be inspected.

17         4.  Forms shall not be published in the Florida

18  Administrative Code; but any form which an agency uses in its

19  dealings with the public, along with any accompanying

20  instructions, shall be filed with the committee before it is

21  used. Any form or instruction which meets the definition of

22  "rule" provided in s. 120.52 shall be incorporated by

23  reference into the appropriate rule.  The reference shall

24  specifically state that the form is being incorporated by

25  reference and shall include the number, title, and effective

26  date of the form and an explanation of how the form may be

27  obtained.

28         Section 899.  Paragraphs (a), (c), (e), (g), (i), and

29  (j) of subsection (1) of section 120.81, Florida Statutes, are

30  amended to read:

31  


                                 1642

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         120.81  Exceptions and special requirements; general

  2  areas.--

  3         (1)  EDUCATIONAL UNITS.--

  4         (a)  Notwithstanding s. 120.536(1) and the flush left

  5  provisions of s. 120.52(8), district school boards may adopt

  6  rules to implement their general powers under s. 1001.41

  7  230.22.

  8         (c)  Notwithstanding s. 120.52(15), any tests, test

  9  scoring criteria, or testing procedures relating to student

10  assessment which are developed or administered by the

11  Department of Education pursuant to s. 1003.43 229.57, s.

12  1003.438, s. 1008.22 232.245, or s. 1008.25 232.246, or s.

13  232.247, or any other statewide educational tests required by

14  law, are not rules.

15         (e)  Educational units, other than the state

16  universities units of the State University System and the

17  Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind, shall not be

18  required to make filings with the committee of the documents

19  required to be filed by s. 120.54 or s. 120.55(1)(a)4.

20         (g)  Sections 120.569 and 120.57 do not apply to any

21  proceeding in which the substantial interests of a student are

22  determined by a state university the State University System

23  or a community college district. The Board of Regents shall

24  establish a committee, at least half of whom shall be

25  appointed by the Council of Student Body Presidents, which

26  shall establish rules and guidelines ensuring fairness and due

27  process in judicial proceedings involving students in the

28  State University System.

29         (i)  For purposes of s. 120.68, a district school board

30  whose decision is reviewed under the provisions of s. 1012.33

31  231.36 and whose final action is modified by a superior


                                 1643

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  administrative decision shall be a party entitled to judicial

  2  review of the final action.

  3         (j)  Notwithstanding s. 120.525(2), the agenda for a

  4  special meeting of a district school board under authority of

  5  s. 1001.372(1) 230.16 shall be prepared upon the calling of

  6  the meeting, but not less than 48 hours prior to the meeting.

  7         Section 900.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

  8  section 121.051, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  9         121.051  Participation in the system.--

10         (2)  OPTIONAL PARTICIPATION.--

11         (c)  Employees of members of the Florida community

12  colleges College System or charter technical career centers

13  sponsored by members of the Florida community colleges College

14  System, as designated in s. 1000.21(3) 240.3031, who are

15  members of the Regular Class of the Florida Retirement System

16  and who comply with the criteria set forth in this paragraph

17  and in s. 1012.875 240.3195 may elect, in lieu of

18  participating in the Florida Retirement System, to withdraw

19  from the Florida Retirement System altogether and participate

20  in a lifetime monthly annuity program, to be known as the

21  State Community College System Optional Retirement Program,

22  which may be provided by the employing agency under s.

23  1012.875 240.3195. Pursuant thereto:

24         1.  Through June 30, 2001, the cost to the employer for

25  such annuity shall equal the normal cost portion of the

26  employer retirement contribution which would be required if

27  the employee were a member of the Regular Class defined

28  benefit program, plus the portion of the contribution rate

29  required by s. 112.363(8) that would otherwise be assigned to

30  the Retiree Health Insurance Subsidy Trust Fund. Effective

31  July 1, 2001, each employer shall contribute on behalf of each


                                 1644

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  participant in the optional program an amount equal to 10.43

  2  percent of the participant's gross monthly compensation. The

  3  employer shall deduct an amount to provide for the

  4  administration of the optional retirement program. The

  5  employer providing such annuity shall contribute an additional

  6  amount to the Florida Retirement System Trust Fund equal to

  7  the unfunded actuarial accrued liability portion of the

  8  Regular Class contribution rate.

  9         2.  The decision to participate in such an optional

10  retirement program shall be irrevocable for as long as the

11  employee holds a position eligible for participation. Any

12  service creditable under the Florida Retirement System shall

13  be retained after the member withdraws from the Florida

14  Retirement System; however, additional service credit in the

15  Florida Retirement System shall not be earned while a member

16  of the optional retirement program.

17         3.  Participation in an optional annuity program shall

18  be limited to those employees who satisfy the following

19  eligibility criteria:

20         a.  The employee must be otherwise eligible for

21  membership in the Regular Class of the Florida Retirement

22  System, as provided in s. 121.021(11) and (12).

23         b.  The employee must be employed in a full-time

24  position classified in the Accounting Manual for Florida's

25  Public Community Colleges as:

26         (I)  Instructional; or

27         (II)  Executive Management, Instructional Management,

28  or Institutional Management, if a community college determines

29  that recruiting to fill a vacancy in the position is to be

30  conducted in the national or regional market, and:

31  


                                 1645

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (A)  The duties and responsibilities of the position

  2  include either the formulation, interpretation, or

  3  implementation of policies; or

  4         (B)  The duties and responsibilities of the position

  5  include the performance of functions that are unique or

  6  specialized within higher education and that frequently

  7  involve the support of the mission of the community college.

  8         c.  The employee must be employed in a position not

  9  included in the Senior Management Service Class of the Florida

10  Retirement System, as described in s. 121.055.

11         4.  Participants in the program are subject to the same

12  reemployment limitations, renewed membership provisions, and

13  forfeiture provisions as are applicable to regular members of

14  the Florida Retirement System under ss. 121.091(9), 121.122,

15  and 121.091(5), respectively.

16         5.  Eligible community college employees shall be

17  compulsory members of the Florida Retirement System until,

18  pursuant to the procedures set forth in s. 1012.875 240.3195,

19  the first day of the next full calendar month following the

20  filing of both a written election to withdraw and a completed

21  application for an individual contract or certificate with the

22  program administrator and receipt of such election by the

23  division.

24         Section 901.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (13) of

25  section 121.091, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

26         121.091  Benefits payable under the system.--Benefits

27  may not be paid under this section unless the member has

28  terminated employment as provided in s. 121.021(39)(a) or

29  begun participation in the Deferred Retirement Option Program

30  as provided in subsection (13), and a proper application has

31  been filed in the manner prescribed by the department. The


                                 1646

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  department may cancel an application for retirement benefits

  2  when the member or beneficiary fails to timely provide the

  3  information and documents required by this chapter and the

  4  department's rules. The department shall adopt rules

  5  establishing procedures for application for retirement

  6  benefits and for the cancellation of such application when the

  7  required information or documents are not received.

  8         (13)  DEFERRED RETIREMENT OPTION PROGRAM.--In general,

  9  and subject to the provisions of this section, the Deferred

10  Retirement Option Program, hereinafter referred to as the

11  DROP, is a program under which an eligible member of the

12  Florida  Retirement System may elect to participate, deferring

13  receipt of retirement benefits while continuing employment

14  with his or her Florida Retirement System employer. The

15  deferred monthly benefits shall accrue in the System Trust

16  Fund on behalf of the participant, plus interest compounded

17  monthly, for the specified period of the DROP participation,

18  as provided in paragraph (c). Upon termination of employment,

19  the participant shall receive the total DROP benefits and

20  begin to receive the previously determined normal retirement

21  benefits. Participation in the DROP does not guarantee

22  employment for the specified period of DROP.

23         (a)  Eligibility of member to participate in the

24  DROP.--All active Florida Retirement System members in a

25  regularly established position, and all active members of

26  either the Teachers' Retirement System established in chapter

27  238 or the State and County Officers' and Employees'

28  Retirement System established in chapter 122 which systems are

29  consolidated within the Florida Retirement System under s.

30  121.011, are eligible to elect participation in the DROP

31  provided that:


                                 1647

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The member is not a renewed member of the Florida

  2  Retirement System under s. 121.122, or a member of the State

  3  Community College System Optional Retirement Program under s.

  4  121.051, the Senior Management Service Optional Annuity

  5  Program under s. 121.055, or the optional retirement program

  6  for the State University System under s. 121.35.

  7         2.  Except as provided in subparagraph 6., election to

  8  participate is made within 12 months immediately following the

  9  date on which the member first reaches normal retirement date,

10  or, for a member who reaches normal retirement date based on

11  service before he or she reaches age 62, or age 55 for Special

12  Risk Class members, election to participate may be deferred to

13  the 12 months immediately following the date the member

14  attains 57, or age 52 for Special Risk Class members. For a

15  member who first reached normal retirement date or the

16  deferred eligibility date described above prior to the

17  effective date of this section, election to participate shall

18  be made within 12 months after the effective date of this

19  section. A member who fails to make an election within such

20  12-month limitation period shall forfeit all rights to

21  participate in the DROP. The member shall advise his or her

22  employer and the division in writing of the date on which the

23  DROP shall begin. Such beginning date may be subsequent to the

24  12-month election period, but must be within the 60-month

25  limitation period as provided in subparagraph (b)1. When

26  establishing eligibility of the member to participate in the

27  DROP for the 60-month maximum participation period, the member

28  may elect to include or exclude any optional service credit

29  purchased by the member from the total service used to

30  establish the normal retirement date. A member with dual

31  normal retirement dates shall be eligible to elect to


                                 1648

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  participate in DROP within 12 months after attaining normal

  2  retirement date in either class.

  3         3.  The employer of a member electing to participate in

  4  the DROP, or employers if dually employed, shall acknowledge

  5  in writing to the division the date the member's participation

  6  in the DROP begins and the date the member's employment and

  7  DROP participation will terminate.

  8         4.  Simultaneous employment of a participant by

  9  additional Florida Retirement System employers subsequent to

10  the commencement of participation in the DROP shall be

11  permissible provided such employers acknowledge in writing a

12  DROP termination date no later than the participant's existing

13  termination date or the 60-month limitation period as provided

14  in subparagraph (b)1.

15         5.  A DROP participant may change employers while

16  participating in the DROP, subject to the following:

17         a.  A change of employment must take place without a

18  break in service so that the member receives salary for each

19  month of continuous DROP participation.  If a member receives

20  no salary during a month, DROP participation shall cease

21  unless the employer verifies a continuation of the employment

22  relationship for such participant pursuant to s.

23  121.021(39)(b).

24         b.  Such participant and new employer shall notify the

25  division on forms required by the division as to the identity

26  of the new employer.

27         c.  The new employer shall acknowledge, in writing, the

28  participant's DROP termination date, which may be extended but

29  not beyond the original 60-month period provided in

30  subparagraph (b)1., shall acknowledge liability for any

31  additional retirement contributions and interest required if


                                 1649

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the participant fails to timely terminate employment, and

  2  shall be subject to the adjustment required in

  3  sub-subparagraph (c)5.d.

  4         6.  Effective July 1, 2001, for instructional personnel

  5  as defined in s. 1012.01(2) 228.041(9)(a)-(d), election to

  6  participate in the DROP shall be made at any time following

  7  the date on which the member first reaches normal retirement

  8  date. The member shall advise his or her employer and the

  9  division in writing of the date on which the Deferred

10  Retirement Option Program shall begin. When establishing

11  eligibility of the member to participate in the DROP for the

12  60-month maximum participation period, as provided in

13  subparagraph (b)1., the member may elect to include or exclude

14  any optional service credit purchased by the member from the

15  total service used to establish the normal retirement date. A

16  member with dual normal retirement dates shall be eligible to

17  elect to participate in either class.

18         Section 902.  Subsection (2) of section 145.131,

19  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

20         145.131  Repeal of other laws relating to compensation;

21  exceptions.--

22         (2)  The compensation of any official whose salary is

23  fixed by this chapter shall be the subject of general law

24  only, except that the compensation of certain school

25  superintendents may be set by school boards in accordance with

26  the provisions of s. 1001.47 230.303.

27         Section 903.  Subsection (2) of section 145.19, Florida

28  Statutes, is amended to read:

29         145.19  Annual percentage increases based on increase

30  for state career service employees; limitation.--

31  


                                 1650

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Each fiscal year, the salaries of all officials

  2  listed in this chapter and ss. 1001.395 230.202 and 1001.47

  3  230.303 shall be adjusted by the annual factor. The Department

  4  of Management Services shall certify the annual factor and the

  5  cumulative annual factors.  The adjusted salary rate shall be

  6  the product, rounded to the nearest dollar, of the salary rate

  7  granted by the appropriate section of this chapter multiplied

  8  first by the initial factor, then by the cumulative annual

  9  factor, and finally by the annual factor.  Any special

10  qualification salary received under this chapter shall be

11  added to such adjusted salary rate, which special

12  qualification salary shall be $2,000, but shall not exceed

13  $2,000.

14         Section 904.  Section 153.77, Florida Statutes, is

15  amended to read:

16         153.77  District bonds as securities for public

17  bodies.--All revenue bonds, general obligation bonds, or

18  assessment bonds issued pursuant to this law shall be and

19  constitute legal investments for state, county, municipal, and

20  all other public funds and for banks, savings banks, insurance

21  companies, executors, administrators, trustees, and all other

22  fiduciaries and shall also be and constitute securities

23  eligible as collateral security for all state, county,

24  municipal, or other public funds, subject to the restrictions

25  and limitations of chapters 18, 136, 237, 518, 655, 657, 658,

26  and 660-665, and 1011.

27         Section 905.  Subsection (22) of section 159.27,

28  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

29         159.27  Definitions.--The following words and terms,

30  unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning,

31  shall have the following meanings:


                                 1651

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (22)  "Educational facility" means:

  2         (a)  Property, limited to a structure suitable for use

  3  as a dormitory or other housing facility or a dining facility,

  4  that is operated in the public sector and used for or useful

  5  in connection with the operation of an institution for higher

  6  education, as defined in s. 243.20(8), which offers the

  7  baccalaureate or a higher degree and that is constructed in

  8  compliance with applicable codes as determined by appropriate

  9  state agencies.

10         (b)  Property that comprises the buildings and

11  equipment, structures, and special education use areas that

12  are built, installed, or established to serve primarily the

13  educational purposes of operating any nonprofit private

14  preschool, kindergarten, elementary school, middle school, or

15  high school that is established under chapter 617 or chapter

16  623, or that is owned or operated by an organization described

17  in s. 501(c)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code, or

18  operating any preschool, kindergarten, elementary school,

19  middle school, or high school that is owned or operated as

20  part of the state's system of public education, including, but

21  not limited to, a charter school or a developmental research

22  school operated under chapter 1002 228. The requirements of

23  this part for the financing of projects through local agencies

24  shall also apply to such schools. Bonds issued under the

25  provisions of this part for such schools shall not be deemed

26  to constitute a debt, liability, or obligation of the state or

27  any political subdivision thereof, or a pledge of the faith

28  and credit of the state or of any such political subdivision,

29  but shall be payable solely from the revenues provided

30  therefor.

31  


                                 1652

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 906.  Paragraph (h) of subsection (6) and

  2  paragraph (a) of subsection (12) of section 163.3177, Florida

  3  Statutes, are amended to read:

  4         163.3177  Required and optional elements of

  5  comprehensive plan; studies and surveys.--

  6         (6)  In addition to the requirements of subsections

  7  (1)-(5), the comprehensive plan shall include the following

  8  elements:

  9         (h)1.  An intergovernmental coordination element

10  showing relationships and stating principles and guidelines to

11  be used in the accomplishment of coordination of the adopted

12  comprehensive plan with the plans of school boards and other

13  units of local government providing services but not having

14  regulatory authority over the use of land, with the

15  comprehensive plans of adjacent municipalities, the county,

16  adjacent counties, or the region, and with the state

17  comprehensive plan, as the case may require and as such

18  adopted plans or plans in preparation may exist.  This element

19  of the local comprehensive plan shall demonstrate

20  consideration of the particular effects of the local plan,

21  when adopted, upon the development of adjacent municipalities,

22  the county, adjacent counties, or the region, or upon the

23  state comprehensive plan, as the case may require.

24         a.  The intergovernmental coordination element shall

25  provide for procedures to identify and implement joint

26  planning areas, especially for the purpose of annexation,

27  municipal incorporation, and joint infrastructure service

28  areas.

29         b.  The intergovernmental coordination element shall

30  provide for recognition of campus master plans prepared

31  pursuant to s. 1013.30 240.155.


                                 1653

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         c.  The intergovernmental coordination element may

  2  provide for a voluntary dispute resolution process as

  3  established pursuant to s. 186.509 for bringing to closure in

  4  a timely manner intergovernmental disputes.  A local

  5  government may develop and use an alternative local dispute

  6  resolution process for this purpose.

  7         2.  The intergovernmental coordination element shall

  8  further state principles and guidelines to be used in the

  9  accomplishment of coordination of the adopted comprehensive

10  plan with the plans of school boards and other units of local

11  government providing facilities and services but not having

12  regulatory authority over the use of land.  In addition, the

13  intergovernmental coordination element shall describe joint

14  processes for collaborative planning and decisionmaking on

15  population projections and public school siting, the location

16  and extension of public facilities subject to concurrency, and

17  siting facilities with countywide significance, including

18  locally unwanted land uses whose nature and identity are

19  established in an agreement. Within 1 year of adopting their

20  intergovernmental coordination elements, each county, all the

21  municipalities within that county, the district school board,

22  and any unit of local government service providers in that

23  county shall establish by interlocal or other formal agreement

24  executed by all affected entities, the joint processes

25  described in this subparagraph consistent with their adopted

26  intergovernmental coordination elements.

27         3.  To foster coordination between special districts

28  and local general-purpose governments as local general-purpose

29  governments implement local comprehensive plans, each

30  independent special district must submit a public facilities

31  


                                 1654

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  report to the appropriate local government as required by s.

  2  189.415.

  3         4.  The state land planning agency shall establish a

  4  schedule for phased completion and transmittal of plan

  5  amendments to implement subparagraphs 1., 2., and 3. from all

  6  jurisdictions so as to accomplish their adoption by December

  7  31, 1999.  A local government may complete and transmit its

  8  plan amendments to carry out these provisions prior to the

  9  scheduled date established by the state land planning agency.

10  The plan amendments are exempt from the provisions of s.

11  163.3187(1).

12         (12)  A public school facilities element adopted to

13  implement a school concurrency program shall meet the

14  requirements of this subsection.

15         (a)  A public school facilities element shall be based

16  upon data and analyses that address, among other items, how

17  level-of-service standards will be achieved and maintained.

18  Such data and analyses must include, at a minimum, such items

19  as: the 5-year school district facilities work program adopted

20  pursuant to s. 1013.35 235.185; the educational plant survey

21  and an existing educational and ancillary plant map or map

22  series; information on existing development and development

23  anticipated for the next 5 years and the long-term planning

24  period; an analysis of problems and opportunities for existing

25  schools and schools anticipated in the future; an analysis of

26  opportunities to collocate future schools with other public

27  facilities such as parks, libraries, and community centers; an

28  analysis of the need for supporting public facilities for

29  existing and future schools; an analysis of opportunities to

30  locate schools to serve as community focal points; projected

31  future population and associated demographics, including


                                 1655

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  development patterns year by year for the upcoming 5-year and

  2  long-term planning periods; and anticipated educational and

  3  ancillary plants with land area requirements.

  4         Section 907.  Paragraph (k) of subsection (2) of

  5  section 163.3191, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  6         163.3191  Evaluation and appraisal of comprehensive

  7  plan.--

  8         (2)  The report shall present an evaluation and

  9  assessment of the comprehensive plan and shall contain

10  appropriate statements to update the comprehensive plan,

11  including, but not limited to, words, maps, illustrations, or

12  other media, related to:

13         (k)  The coordination of the comprehensive plan with

14  existing public schools and those identified in the applicable

15  5-year school district facilities work program adopted

16  pursuant to s. 1013.35 235.185. The assessment shall address,

17  where relevant, the success or failure of the coordination of

18  the future land use map and associated planned residential

19  development with public schools and their capacities, as well

20  as the joint decisionmaking processes engaged in by the local

21  government and the school board in regard to establishing

22  appropriate population projections and the planning and siting

23  of public school facilities. If the issues are not relevant,

24  the local government shall demonstrate that they are not

25  relevant.

26         Section 908.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (3) of

27  section 195.096, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

28         195.096  Review of assessment rolls.--

29         (3)

30         (b)  When necessary for compliance with s. 1011.62

31  236.081, and for those counties not being studied in the


                                 1656

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  current year, the department shall project value-weighted mean

  2  levels of assessment for each county. The department shall

  3  make its projection based upon the best information available,

  4  utilizing professionally accepted methodology, and shall

  5  separately allocate changes in total assessed value to:

  6         1.  New construction, additions, and deletions.

  7         2.  Changes in the value of the dollar.

  8         3.  Changes in the market value of property other than

  9  those attributable to changes in the value of the dollar.

10         4.  Changes in the level of assessment.

11  

12  In lieu of the statistical and analytical measures published

13  pursuant to paragraph (a), the department shall publish

14  details concerning the computation of estimated assessment

15  levels and the allocation of changes in assessed value for

16  those counties not subject to an in-depth review.

17         Section 909.  Subsection (5) of section 196.012,

18  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

19         196.012  Definitions.--For the purpose of this chapter,

20  the following terms are defined as follows, except where the

21  context clearly indicates otherwise:

22         (5)  "Educational institution" means a federal, state,

23  parochial, church, or private school, college, or university

24  conducting regular classes and courses of study required for

25  eligibility to certification by, accreditation to, or

26  membership in the State Department of Education of Florida,

27  Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, or the Florida

28  Council of Independent Schools; a nonprofit private school the

29  principal activity of which is conducting regular classes and

30  courses of study accepted for continuing postgraduate dental

31  education credit by a board of the Division of Medical Quality


                                 1657

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Assurance; educational direct-support organizations created

  2  pursuant to ss. 1001.24, 1004.28, and 1004.70 229.8021,

  3  240.299, and 240.331; facilities located on the property of

  4  eligible entities which will become owned by those entities on

  5  a date certain; and institutions of higher education, as

  6  defined under and participating in the Higher Educational

  7  Facilities Financing Act.

  8         Section 910.  Subsection (4) of section 196.031,

  9  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         196.031  Exemption of homesteads.--

11         (4)  The property appraisers of the various counties

12  shall each year compile a list of taxable property and its

13  value removed from the assessment rolls of each school

14  district as a result of the excess of exempt value above that

15  amount allowed for nonschool levies as provided in subsections

16  (1) and (3), as well as a statement of the loss of tax revenue

17  to each school district from levies other than the minimum

18  financial effort required pursuant to s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6),

19  and shall deliver a copy thereof to the Department of Revenue

20  upon certification of the assessment roll to the tax

21  collector.

22         Section 911.  Section 196.1983, Florida Statutes, is

23  amended to read:

24         196.1983  Charter school exemption from ad valorem

25  taxes.--Any facility, or portion thereof, used to house a

26  charter school whose charter has been approved by the sponsor

27  and the governing board pursuant to s. 1002.33(9) 228.056(9)

28  shall be exempt from ad valorem taxes. For leasehold

29  properties, the landlord must certify by affidavit to the

30  charter school that the lease payments shall be reduced to the

31  extent of the exemption received.  The owner of the property


                                 1658

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  shall disclose to a charter school the full amount of the

  2  benefit derived from the exemption and the method for ensuring

  3  that the charter school receives such benefit.  The charter

  4  school shall receive the full benefit derived from the

  5  exemption through either an annual or monthly credit to the

  6  charter school's lease payments.

  7         Section 912.  Paragraphs (a), (b), and (d) of

  8  subsection (3) of section 200.001, Florida Statutes, are

  9  amended to read:

10         200.001  Millages; definitions and general

11  provisions.--

12         (3)  School millages shall be composed of five

13  categories of millage rates, as follows:

14         (a)  Nonvoted required school operating millage, which

15  shall be that nonvoted millage rate set by the county school

16  board for current operating purposes and imposed pursuant to

17  s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6).

18         (b)  Nonvoted discretionary school operating millage,

19  which shall be that nonvoted millage rate set by the county

20  school board for operating purposes other than the rate

21  imposed pursuant to s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6) and other than the

22  rate authorized in s. 1011.71(2) 236.25(2).

23         (d)  Nonvoted district school capital improvement

24  millage, which shall be that millage rate set by the district

25  school board for capital improvements as authorized in s.

26  1011.71(2) 236.25(2).

27         Section 913.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (2),

28  paragraphs (c) and (d) of subsection (3), paragraph (a) of

29  subsection (9), subsection (10), and paragraph (b) of

30  subsection (12) of section 200.065, Florida Statutes, are

31  amended to read:


                                 1659

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         200.065  Method of fixing millage.--

  2         (2)  No millage shall be levied until a resolution or

  3  ordinance has been approved by the governing board of the

  4  taxing authority which resolution or ordinance must be

  5  approved by the taxing authority according to the following

  6  procedure:

  7         (a)1.  Upon preparation of a tentative budget, but

  8  prior to adoption thereof, each taxing authority shall compute

  9  a proposed millage rate necessary to fund the tentative budget

10  other than the portion of the budget to be funded from sources

11  other than ad valorem taxes.  In computing proposed or final

12  millage rates, each taxing authority shall utilize not less

13  than 95 percent of the taxable value certified pursuant to

14  subsection (1).

15         2.  The tentative budget of the county commission shall

16  be prepared and submitted in accordance with s. 129.03.

17         3.  The tentative budget of the school district shall

18  be prepared and submitted in accordance with chapter 1011 237,

19  provided that the date of submission shall not be later than

20  24 days after certification of value pursuant to subsection

21  (1).

22         4.  Taxing authorities other than the county and school

23  district shall prepare and consider tentative and final

24  budgets in accordance with this section and applicable

25  provisions of law, including budget procedures applicable to

26  the taxing authority, provided such procedures do not conflict

27  with general law.

28         (3)  The advertisement shall be no less than

29  one-quarter page in size of a standard size or a tabloid size

30  newspaper, and the headline in the advertisement shall be in a

31  type no smaller than 18 point.  The advertisement shall not be


                                 1660

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  placed in that portion of the newspaper where legal notices

  2  and classified advertisements appear.  The advertisement shall

  3  be published in a newspaper of general paid circulation in the

  4  county or in a geographically limited insert of such

  5  newspaper.  The geographic boundaries in which such insert is

  6  circulated shall include the geographic boundaries of the

  7  taxing authority.  It is the legislative intent that, whenever

  8  possible, the advertisement appear in a newspaper that is

  9  published at least 5 days a week unless the only newspaper in

10  the county is published less than 5 days a week, or that the

11  advertisement appear in a geographically limited insert of

12  such newspaper which insert is published throughout the taxing

13  authority's jurisdiction at least twice each week.  It is

14  further the legislative intent that the newspaper selected be

15  one of general interest and readership in the community and

16  not one of limited subject matter, pursuant to chapter 50.

17         (c)  For school districts which have proposed a millage

18  rate in excess of 100 percent of the rolled-back rate computed

19  pursuant to subsection (1) and which propose to levy nonvoted

20  millage in excess of the minimum amount required pursuant to

21  s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6), the advertisement shall be in the

22  following form:

23  

24                 NOTICE OF PROPOSED TAX INCREASE

25  

26         The ...(name of school district)... will soon consider

27  a measure to increase its property tax levy.

28  Last year's property tax levy:

29         A.  Initially proposed tax levy.............$XX,XXX,XXX

30         B.  Less tax reductions due to Value Adjustment Board

31  and other assessment changes.....................($XX,XXX,XXX)


                                 1661

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         C.  Actual property tax levy................$XX,XXX,XXX

  2  This year's proposed tax levy......................$XX,XXX,XXX

  3         A portion of the tax levy is required under state law

  4  in order for the school board to receive $...(amount A)... in

  5  state education grants. The required portion has ...(increased

  6  or decreased)... by ...(amount B)... percent and represents

  7  approximately ...(amount C)... of the total proposed taxes.

  8         The remainder of the taxes is proposed solely at the

  9  discretion of the school board.

10         All concerned citizens are invited to a public hearing

11  on the tax increase to be held on ...(date and time)... at

12  ...(meeting place)....

13         A DECISION on the proposed tax increase and the budget

14  will be made at this hearing.

15  

16         1.  AMOUNT A shall be an estimate, provided by the

17  Department of Education, of the amount to be received in the

18  current fiscal year by the district from state appropriations

19  for the Florida Education Finance Program.

20         2.  AMOUNT B shall be the percent increase over the

21  rolled-back rate necessary to levy only the required local

22  effort in the current fiscal year, computed as though in the

23  preceding fiscal year only the required local effort was

24  levied.

25         3.  AMOUNT C shall be the quotient of required

26  local-effort millage divided by the total proposed nonvoted

27  millage, rounded to the nearest tenth and stated in words;

28  however, the stated amount shall not exceed nine-tenths.

29  

30         (d)  For school districts which have proposed a millage

31  rate in excess of 100 percent of the rolled-back rate computed


                                 1662

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  pursuant to subsection (1) and which propose to levy as

  2  nonvoted millage only the minimum amount required pursuant to

  3  s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6), the advertisement shall be the same

  4  as provided in paragraph (c), except that the second and third

  5  paragraphs shall be replaced with the following paragraph:

  6  

  7         This increase is required under state law in order for

  8  the school board to receive $...(amount A)... in state

  9  education grants.

10  

11         (9)(a)  In addition to the notice required in

12  subsection (3), a district school board shall publish a second

13  notice of intent to levy additional taxes under s. 1011.71(2)

14  236.25(2).  Such notice shall specify the projects or number

15  of school buses anticipated to be funded by such additional

16  taxes and shall be published in the size, within the time

17  periods, adjacent to, and in substantial conformity with the

18  advertisement required under subsection (3). The projects

19  shall be listed in priority within each category as follows:

20  construction and remodeling; maintenance, renovation, and

21  repair; motor vehicle purchases; new and replacement

22  equipment; payments for educational facilities and sites due

23  under a lease-purchase agreement; payments for renting and

24  leasing educational facilities and sites; payments of loans

25  approved pursuant to ss. 1011.14 237.161 and 1011.15 237.162;

26  payment of costs of compliance with environmental statutes and

27  regulations; and payment of costs of leasing relocatable

28  educational facilities. The additional notice shall be in the

29  following form, except that if the district school board is

30  proposing to levy the same millage under s. 1011.71(2)

31  236.25(2) which it levied in the prior year, the words


                                 1663

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  "continue to" shall be inserted before the word "impose" in

  2  the first sentence, and except that the second sentence of the

  3  second paragraph shall be deleted if the district is

  4  advertising pursuant to paragraph (3)(e):

  5  

  6                     NOTICE OF TAX FOR SCHOOL

  7                          CAPITAL OUTLAY

  8  

  9         The ...(name of school district)... will soon consider

10  a measure to impose a ...(number)... mill property tax for the

11  capital outlay projects listed herein.

12         This tax is in addition to the school board's proposed

13  tax of ...(number)... mills for operating expenses and is

14  proposed solely at the discretion of the school board.  THE

15  PROPOSED COMBINED SCHOOL BOARD TAX INCREASE FOR BOTH OPERATING

16  EXPENSES AND CAPITAL OUTLAY IS SHOWN IN THE ADJACENT NOTICE.

17         The capital outlay tax will generate approximately

18  $...(amount)..., to be used for the following projects:

19  

20             ...(list of capital outlay projects)...

21  

22         All concerned citizens are invited to a public hearing

23  to be held on ...(date and time)... at ...(meeting place)....

24         A DECISION on the proposed CAPITAL OUTLAY TAXES will be

25  made at this hearing.

26  

27         (10)  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph

28  (2)(b) and s. 200.069(4)(c) to the contrary, the proposed

29  millage rates provided to the property appraiser by the taxing

30  authority, except for millage rates adopted by referendum, for

31  rates authorized by s. 1011.71 236.25, and for rates required


                                 1664

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  by law to be in a specified millage amount, shall be adjusted

  2  in the event that a review notice is issued pursuant to s.

  3  193.1142(4) and the taxable value on the approved roll is at

  4  variance with the taxable value certified pursuant to

  5  subsection (1).  The adjustment shall be made by the property

  6  appraiser, who shall notify the taxing authorities affected by

  7  the adjustment within 5 days of the date the roll is approved

  8  pursuant to s. 193.1142(4).  The adjustment shall be such as

  9  to provide for no change in the dollar amount of taxes levied

10  from that initially proposed by the taxing authority.

11         (12)

12         (b)  Within 30 days of the deadline for certification

13  of compliance required by s. 200.068, the department shall

14  notify any taxing authority in violation of this section that

15  it is subject to paragraph (c). Except for revenues from voted

16  levies or levies imposed pursuant to s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6),

17  the revenues of any taxing authority in violation of this

18  section collected in excess of the rolled-back rate shall be

19  held in escrow until the process required by paragraph (c) is

20  completed and approved by the department. The department shall

21  direct the tax collector to so hold such funds.

22         Section 914.  Subsection (3) and paragraph (a) of

23  subsection (4) of section 200.069, Florida Statutes, are

24  amended to read:

25         200.069  Notice of proposed property taxes and non-ad

26  valorem assessments.--Pursuant to s. 200.065(2)(b), the

27  property appraiser, in the name of the taxing authorities and

28  local governing boards levying non-ad valorem assessments

29  within his or her jurisdiction and at the expense of the

30  county, shall prepare and deliver by first-class mail to each

31  taxpayer to be listed on the current year's assessment roll a


                                 1665

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  notice of proposed property taxes, which notice shall be in

  2  substantially the following form. Notwithstanding the

  3  provisions of s. 195.022, no county officer shall use a form

  4  other than that provided by the department for this purpose,

  5  except as provided in s. 200.065(13).

  6         (3)  There shall be under each column heading an entry

  7  for the county; the school district levy required pursuant to

  8  s. 1011.60(6) 236.02(6); other operating school levies; the

  9  municipality or municipal service taxing unit or units in

10  which the parcel lies, if any; the water management district

11  levying pursuant to s. 373.503; the independent special

12  districts in which the parcel lies, if any; and for all voted

13  levies for debt service applicable to the parcel, if any.

14         (4)  For each entry listed in subsection (3), there

15  shall appear on the notice the following:

16         (a)  In the first column, a brief, commonly used name

17  for the taxing authority or its governing body. The entry in

18  the first column for the levy required pursuant to s.

19  1011.60(6) 236.02(6) shall be "By State Law." The entry for

20  other operating school district levies shall be "By Local

21  Board." Both school levy entries shall be indented and

22  preceded by the notation "Public Schools:". For each voted

23  levy for debt service, the entry shall be "Voter Approved Debt

24  Payments."

25         Section 915.  Subsection (2) of section 201.24, Florida

26  Statutes, is amended to read:

27         201.24  Obligations of municipalities, political

28  subdivisions, and agencies of the state.--There shall be

29  exempt from all taxes imposed by this chapter:

30         (2)  Any assignment, transfer, or other disposition, or

31  any document, which arises out of a rental, lease, or


                                 1666

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  lease-purchase for real property agreement entered pursuant to

  2  s. 1013.15(2) or (4) 235.056(2) or (3).

  3         Section 916.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (2) of

  4  section 210.20, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  5         210.20  Employees and assistants; distribution of

  6  funds.--

  7         (2)  As collections are received by the division from

  8  such cigarette taxes, it shall pay the same into a trust fund

  9  in the State Treasury designated "Cigarette Tax Collection

10  Trust Fund" which shall be paid and distributed as follows:

11         (b)  Beginning January 1, 1999, and continuing for 10

12  years thereafter, the division shall from month to month

13  certify to the Comptroller the amount derived from the

14  cigarette tax imposed by s. 210.02, less the service charges

15  provided for in s. 215.20 and less 0.9 percent of the amount

16  derived from the cigarette tax imposed by s. 210.02 which

17  shall be deposited into the Alcoholic Beverage and Tobacco

18  Trust Fund, specifying an amount equal to 2.59 percent of the

19  net collections, and that amount shall be paid to the Board of

20  Directors of the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research

21  Institute, established under s. 1004.43 240.512, by warrant

22  drawn by the Comptroller upon the State Treasury. These funds

23  are hereby appropriated monthly out of the Cigarette Tax

24  Collection Trust Fund, to be used for the purpose of

25  constructing, furnishing, and equipping a cancer research

26  facility at the University of South Florida adjacent to the H.

27  Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research Institute.  In fiscal

28  years 1999-2000 and thereafter with the exception of fiscal

29  year 2008-2009, the appropriation to the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer

30  Center and Research Institute authorized by this paragraph

31  shall not be less than the amount which would have been paid


                                 1667

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  to the H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research Institute for

  2  fiscal year 1998-1999 had payments been made for the entire

  3  fiscal year rather than for a 6-month period thereof.

  4         Section 917.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (2) of

  5  section 212.04, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  6         212.04  Admissions tax; rate, procedure, enforcement.--

  7         (2)(a)1.  No tax shall be levied on admissions to

  8  athletic or other events sponsored by elementary schools,

  9  junior high schools, middle schools, high schools, community

10  colleges, public or private colleges and universities, deaf

11  and blind schools, facilities of the youth services programs

12  of the Department of Children and Family Services, and state

13  correctional institutions when only student, faculty, or

14  inmate talent is used. However, this exemption shall not apply

15  to admission to athletic events sponsored by a an institution

16  within the state university System, and the proceeds of the

17  tax collected on such admissions shall be retained and used by

18  each institution to support women's athletics as provided in

19  s. 1006.71(2)(c) 240.533(3)(c).

20         2.a.  No tax shall be levied on dues, membership fees,

21  and admission charges imposed by not-for-profit sponsoring

22  organizations. To receive this exemption, the sponsoring

23  organization must qualify as a not-for-profit entity under the

24  provisions of s. 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of

25  1954, as amended.

26         b.  No tax shall be levied on admission charges to an

27  event sponsored by a governmental entity, sports authority, or

28  sports commission when held in a convention hall, exhibition

29  hall, auditorium, stadium, theater, arena, civic center,

30  performing arts center, or publicly owned recreational

31  facility and when 100 percent of the risk of success or


                                 1668

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  failure lies with the sponsor of the event and 100 percent of

  2  the funds at risk for the event belong to the sponsor, and

  3  student or faculty talent is not exclusively used.  As used in

  4  this sub-subparagraph, the terms "sports authority" and

  5  "sports commission" mean a nonprofit organization that is

  6  exempt from federal income tax under s. 501(c)(3) of the

  7  Internal Revenue Code and that contracts with a county or

  8  municipal government for the purpose of promoting and

  9  attracting sports-tourism events to the community with which

10  it contracts.

11         3.  No tax shall be levied on an admission paid by a

12  student, or on the student's behalf, to any required place of

13  sport or recreation if the student's participation in the

14  sport or recreational activity is required as a part of a

15  program or activity sponsored by, and under the jurisdiction

16  of, the student's educational institution, provided his or her

17  attendance is as a participant and not as a spectator.

18         4.  No tax shall be levied on admissions to the

19  National Football League championship game, on admissions to

20  any semifinal game or championship game of a national

21  collegiate tournament, or on admissions to a Major League

22  Baseball all-star game.

23         5.  A participation fee or sponsorship fee imposed by a

24  governmental entity as described in s. 212.08(6) for an

25  athletic or recreational program is exempt when the

26  governmental entity by itself, or in conjunction with an

27  organization exempt under s. 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue

28  Code of 1954, as amended, sponsors, administers, plans,

29  supervises, directs, and controls the athletic or recreational

30  program.

31  


                                 1669

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         6.  Also exempt from the tax imposed by this section to

  2  the extent provided in this subparagraph are admissions to

  3  live theater, live opera, or live ballet productions in this

  4  state which are sponsored by an organization that has received

  5  a determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the

  6  organization is exempt from federal income tax under s.

  7  501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, if

  8  the organization actively participates in planning and

  9  conducting the event, is responsible for the safety and

10  success of the event, is organized for the purpose of

11  sponsoring live theater, live opera, or live ballet

12  productions in this state, has more than 10,000 subscribing

13  members and has among the stated purposes in its charter the

14  promotion of arts education in the communities which it

15  serves, and will receive at least 20 percent of the net

16  profits, if any, of the events which the organization sponsors

17  and will bear the risk of at least 20 percent of the losses,

18  if any, from the events which it sponsors if the organization

19  employs other persons as agents to provide services in

20  connection with a sponsored event. Prior to March 1 of each

21  year, such organization may apply to the department for a

22  certificate of exemption for admissions to such events

23  sponsored in this state by the organization during the

24  immediately following state fiscal year. The application shall

25  state the total dollar amount of admissions receipts collected

26  by the organization or its agents from such events in this

27  state sponsored by the organization or its agents in the year

28  immediately preceding the year in which the organization

29  applies for the exemption. Such organization shall receive the

30  exemption only to the extent of $1.5 million multiplied by the

31  ratio that such receipts bear to the total of such receipts of


                                 1670

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  all organizations applying for the exemption in such year;

  2  however, in no event shall such exemption granted to any

  3  organization exceed 6 percent of such admissions receipts

  4  collected by the organization or its agents in the year

  5  immediately preceding the year in which the organization

  6  applies for the exemption. Each organization receiving the

  7  exemption shall report each month to the department the total

  8  admissions receipts collected from such events sponsored by

  9  the organization during the preceding month and shall remit to

10  the department an amount equal to 6 percent of such receipts

11  reduced by any amount remaining under the exemption. Tickets

12  for such events sold by such organizations shall not reflect

13  the tax otherwise imposed under this section.

14         7.  Also exempt from the tax imposed by this section

15  are entry fees for participation in freshwater fishing

16  tournaments.

17         8.  Also exempt from the tax imposed by this section

18  are participation or entry fees charged to participants in a

19  game, race, or other sport or recreational event if spectators

20  are charged a taxable admission to such event.

21         9.  No tax shall be levied on admissions to any

22  postseason collegiate football game sanctioned by the National

23  Collegiate Athletic Association.

24         Section 918.  Effective July 1, 2003, paragraph (a) of

25  subsection (2) of section 212.04, Florida Statutes, as amended

26  by section 4 of chapter 2000-345, Laws of Florida, is amended

27  to read:

28         212.04  Admissions tax; rate, procedure, enforcement.--

29         (2)(a)1.  No tax shall be levied on admissions to

30  athletic or other events sponsored by elementary schools,

31  junior high schools, middle schools, high schools, community


                                 1671

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  colleges, public or private colleges and universities, deaf

  2  and blind schools, facilities of the youth services programs

  3  of the Department of Children and Family Services, and state

  4  correctional institutions when only student, faculty, or

  5  inmate talent is used. However, this exemption shall not apply

  6  to admission to athletic events sponsored by a an institution

  7  within the state university System, and the proceeds of the

  8  tax collected on such admissions shall be retained and used by

  9  each institution to support women's athletics as provided in

10  s. 1006.71(2)(c) 240.533(3)(c).

11         2.  No tax shall be levied on dues, membership fees,

12  and admission charges imposed by not-for-profit sponsoring

13  organizations. To receive this exemption, the sponsoring

14  organization must qualify as a not-for-profit entity under the

15  provisions of s. 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of

16  1954, as amended.

17         3.  No tax shall be levied on an admission paid by a

18  student, or on the student's behalf, to any required place of

19  sport or recreation if the student's participation in the

20  sport or recreational activity is required as a part of a

21  program or activity sponsored by, and under the jurisdiction

22  of, the student's educational institution, provided his or her

23  attendance is as a participant and not as a spectator.

24         4.  No tax shall be levied on admissions to the

25  National Football League championship game, on admissions to

26  any semifinal game or championship game of a national

27  collegiate tournament, or on admissions to a Major League

28  Baseball all-star game.

29         5.  A participation fee or sponsorship fee imposed by a

30  governmental entity as described in s. 212.08(6) for an

31  athletic or recreational program is exempt when the


                                 1672

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  governmental entity by itself, or in conjunction with an

  2  organization exempt under s. 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue

  3  Code of 1954, as amended, sponsors, administers, plans,

  4  supervises, directs, and controls the athletic or recreational

  5  program.

  6         6.  Also exempt from the tax imposed by this section to

  7  the extent provided in this subparagraph are admissions to

  8  live theater, live opera, or live ballet productions in this

  9  state which are sponsored by an organization that has received

10  a determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the

11  organization is exempt from federal income tax under s.

12  501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, if

13  the organization actively participates in planning and

14  conducting the event, is responsible for the safety and

15  success of the event, is organized for the purpose of

16  sponsoring live theater, live opera, or live ballet

17  productions in this state, has more than 10,000 subscribing

18  members and has among the stated purposes in its charter the

19  promotion of arts education in the communities which it

20  serves, and will receive at least 20 percent of the net

21  profits, if any, of the events which the organization sponsors

22  and will bear the risk of at least 20 percent of the losses,

23  if any, from the events which it sponsors if the organization

24  employs other persons as agents to provide services in

25  connection with a sponsored event. Prior to March 1 of each

26  year, such organization may apply to the department for a

27  certificate of exemption for admissions to such events

28  sponsored in this state by the organization during the

29  immediately following state fiscal year. The application shall

30  state the total dollar amount of admissions receipts collected

31  by the organization or its agents from such events in this


                                 1673

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  state sponsored by the organization or its agents in the year

  2  immediately preceding the year in which the organization

  3  applies for the exemption. Such organization shall receive the

  4  exemption only to the extent of $1.5 million multiplied by the

  5  ratio that such receipts bear to the total of such receipts of

  6  all organizations applying for the exemption in such year;

  7  however, in no event shall such exemption granted to any

  8  organization exceed 6 percent of such admissions receipts

  9  collected by the organization or its agents in the year

10  immediately preceding the year in which the organization

11  applies for the exemption. Each organization receiving the

12  exemption shall report each month to the department the total

13  admissions receipts collected from such events sponsored by

14  the organization during the preceding month and shall remit to

15  the department an amount equal to 6 percent of such receipts

16  reduced by any amount remaining under the exemption. Tickets

17  for such events sold by such organizations shall not reflect

18  the tax otherwise imposed under this section.

19         7.  Also exempt from the tax imposed by this section

20  are entry fees for participation in freshwater fishing

21  tournaments.

22         8.  Also exempt from the tax imposed by this section

23  are participation or entry fees charged to participants in a

24  game, race, or other sport or recreational event if spectators

25  are charged a taxable admission to such event.

26         9.  No tax shall be levied on admissions to any

27  postseason collegiate football game sanctioned by the National

28  Collegiate Athletic Association.

29         Section 919.  Section 212.0602, Florida Statutes, is

30  amended to read:

31  


                                 1674

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         212.0602  Education; limited exemption.--To facilitate

  2  investment in education and job training, there is also exempt

  3  from the taxes levied under this chapter, subject to the

  4  provisions of this section, the purchase or lease of

  5  materials, equipment, and other items or the license in or

  6  lease of real property by any entity, institution, or

  7  organization that is primarily engaged in teaching students to

  8  perform any of the activities or services described in s.

  9  212.031(1)(a)9., that conducts classes at a fixed location

10  located in this state, that is licensed under chapter 1005

11  246, and that has at least 500 enrolled students.  Any entity,

12  institution, or organization meeting the requirements of this

13  section shall be deemed to qualify for the exemptions in ss.

14  212.031(1)(a)9. and 212.08(5)(f) and (12), and to qualify for

15  an exemption for its purchase or lease of materials,

16  equipment, and other items used for education or demonstration

17  of the school's curriculum, including supporting operations.

18  Nothing in this section shall preclude an entity described in

19  this section from qualifying for any other exemption provided

20  for in this chapter.

21         Section 920.  Paragraph (q) of subsection (5) of

22  section 212.08, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

23         212.08  Sales, rental, use, consumption, distribution,

24  and storage tax; specified exemptions.--The sale at retail,

25  the rental, the use, the consumption, the distribution, and

26  the storage to be used or consumed in this state of the

27  following are hereby specifically exempt from the tax imposed

28  by this chapter.

29         (5)  EXEMPTIONS; ACCOUNT OF USE.--

30         (q)  Community contribution tax credit for donations.--

31  


                                 1675

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Authorization.--Beginning July 1, 2001, persons who

  2  are registered with the department under s. 212.18 to collect

  3  or remit sales or use tax and who make donations to eligible

  4  sponsors are eligible for tax credits against their state

  5  sales and use tax liabilities as provided in this paragraph:

  6         a.  The credit shall be computed as 50 percent of the

  7  person's approved annual community contribution;

  8         b.  The credit shall be granted as a refund against

  9  state sales and use taxes reported on returns and remitted in

10  the 12 months preceding the date of application to the

11  department for the credit as required in sub-subparagraph 3.c.

12  If the annual credit is not fully used through such refund

13  because of insufficient tax payments during the applicable

14  12-month period, the unused amount may be included in an

15  application for a refund made pursuant to sub-subparagraph

16  3.c. in subsequent years against the total tax payments made

17  for such year. Carryover credits may be applied for a 3-year

18  period without regard to any time limitation that would

19  otherwise apply under s. 215.26;

20         c.  No person shall receive more than $200,000 in

21  annual tax credits for all approved community contributions

22  made in any one year;

23         d.  All proposals for the granting of the tax credit

24  shall require the prior approval of the Office of Tourism,

25  Trade, and Economic Development;

26         e.  The total amount of tax credits which may be

27  granted for all programs approved under this paragraph, s.

28  220.183, and s. 624.5105 is $10 million annually; and

29         f.  A person who is eligible to receive the credit

30  provided for in this paragraph, s. 220.183, or s. 624.5105 may

31  


                                 1676

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  receive the credit only under the one section of the person's

  2  choice.

  3         2.  Eligibility requirements.--

  4         a.  A community contribution by a person must be in the

  5  following form:

  6         (I)  Cash or other liquid assets;

  7         (II)  Real property;

  8         (III)  Goods or inventory; or

  9         (IV)  Other physical resources as identified by the

10  Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic Development.

11         b.  All community contributions must be reserved

12  exclusively for use in a project. As used in this

13  sub-subparagraph, the term "project" means any activity

14  undertaken by an eligible sponsor which is designed to

15  construct, improve, or substantially rehabilitate housing that

16  is affordable to low-income or very-low-income households as

17  defined in s. 420.9071(19) and (28); designed to provide

18  commercial, industrial, or public resources and facilities; or

19  designed to improve entrepreneurial and job-development

20  opportunities for low-income persons. A project may be the

21  investment necessary to increase access to high-speed

22  broadband capability in rural communities with enterprise

23  zones, including projects that result in improvements to

24  communications assets that are owned by a business. A project

25  may include the provision of museum educational programs and

26  materials that are directly related to any project approved

27  between January 1, 1996, and December 31, 1999, and located in

28  an enterprise zone as referenced in s. 290.00675. This

29  paragraph does not preclude projects that propose to construct

30  or rehabilitate housing for low-income or very-low-income

31  households on scattered sites. The Office of Tourism, Trade,


                                 1677

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and Economic Development may reserve up to 50 percent of the

  2  available annual tax credits for housing for very-low-income

  3  households pursuant to s. 420.9071(28) for the first 6 months

  4  of the fiscal year. With respect to housing, contributions may

  5  be used to pay the following eligible low-income and

  6  very-low-income housing-related activities:

  7         (I)  Project development impact and management fees for

  8  low-income or very-low-income housing projects;

  9         (II)  Down payment and closing costs for eligible

10  persons, as defined in s. 420.9071(19) and (28);

11         (III)  Administrative costs, including housing

12  counseling and marketing fees, not to exceed 10 percent of the

13  community contribution, directly related to low-income or

14  very-low-income projects; and

15         (IV)  Removal of liens recorded against residential

16  property by municipal, county, or special district local

17  governments when satisfaction of the lien is a necessary

18  precedent to the transfer of the property to an eligible

19  person, as defined in s. 420.9071(19) and (28), for the

20  purpose of promoting home ownership. Contributions for lien

21  removal must be received from a nonrelated third party.

22         c.  The project must be undertaken by an "eligible

23  sponsor," which includes:

24         (I)  A community action program;

25         (II)  A nonprofit community-based development

26  organization whose mission is the provision of housing for

27  low-income or very-low-income households or increasing

28  entrepreneurial and job-development opportunities for

29  low-income persons;

30         (III)  A neighborhood housing services corporation;

31  


                                 1678

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (IV)  A local housing authority created under chapter

  2  421;

  3         (V)  A community redevelopment agency created under s.

  4  163.356;

  5         (VI)  The Florida Industrial Development Corporation;

  6         (VII)  A historic preservation district agency or

  7  organization;

  8         (VIII)  A regional workforce board;

  9         (IX)  A direct-support organization as provided in s.

10  1009.983 240.551;

11         (X)  An enterprise zone development agency created

12  under s. 290.0056;

13         (XI)  A community-based organization incorporated under

14  chapter 617 which is recognized as educational, charitable, or

15  scientific pursuant to s. 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue

16  Code and whose bylaws and articles of incorporation include

17  affordable housing, economic development, or community

18  development as the primary mission of the corporation;

19         (XII)  Units of local government;

20         (XIII)  Units of state government; or

21         (XIV)  Any other agency that the Office of Tourism,

22  Trade, and Economic Development designates by rule.

23  

24  In no event may a contributing person have a financial

25  interest in the eligible sponsor.

26         d.  The project must be located in an area designated

27  an enterprise zone or a Front Porch Florida Community pursuant

28  to s. 14.2015(9)(b), unless the project increases access to

29  high-speed broadband capability for rural communities with

30  enterprise zones but is physically located outside the

31  designated rural zone boundaries. Any project designed to


                                 1679

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  construct or rehabilitate housing for low-income or

  2  very-low-income households as defined in s. 420.0971(19) and

  3  (28) is exempt from the area requirement of this

  4  sub-subparagraph.

  5         3.  Application requirements.--

  6         a.  Any eligible sponsor seeking to participate in this

  7  program must submit a proposal to the Office of Tourism,

  8  Trade, and Economic Development which sets forth the name of

  9  the sponsor, a description of the project, and the area in

10  which the project is located, together with such supporting

11  information as is prescribed by rule. The proposal must also

12  contain a resolution from the local governmental unit in which

13  the project is located certifying that the project is

14  consistent with local plans and regulations.

15         b.  Any person seeking to participate in this program

16  must submit an application for tax credit to the Office of

17  Tourism, Trade, and Economic Development which sets forth the

18  name of the sponsor, a description of the project, and the

19  type, value, and purpose of the contribution. The sponsor

20  shall verify the terms of the application and indicate its

21  receipt of the contribution, which verification must be in

22  writing and accompany the application for tax credit. The

23  person must submit a separate tax credit application to the

24  office for each individual contribution that it makes to each

25  individual project.

26         c.  Any person who has received notification from the

27  Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic Development that a tax

28  credit has been approved must apply to the department to

29  receive the refund. Application must be made on the form

30  prescribed for claiming refunds of sales and use taxes and be

31  accompanied by a copy of the notification. A person may submit


                                 1680

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  only one application for refund to the department within any

  2  12-month period.

  3         4.  Administration.--

  4         a.  The Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic

  5  Development may adopt rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and

  6  120.54 necessary to administer this paragraph, including rules

  7  for the approval or disapproval of proposals by a person.

  8         b.  The decision of the Office of Tourism, Trade, and

  9  Economic Development must be in writing, and, if approved, the

10  notification shall state the maximum credit allowable to the

11  person. Upon approval, the office shall transmit a copy of the

12  decision to the Department of Revenue.

13         c.  The Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic

14  Development shall periodically monitor all projects in a

15  manner consistent with available resources to ensure that

16  resources are used in accordance with this paragraph; however,

17  each project must be reviewed at least once every 2 years.

18         d.  The Office of Tourism, Trade, and Economic

19  Development shall, in consultation with the Department of

20  Community Affairs, the Florida Housing Finance Corporation,

21  and the statewide and regional housing and financial

22  intermediaries, market the availability of the community

23  contribution tax credit program to community-based

24  organizations.

25         5.  Expiration.--This paragraph expires June 30, 2005;

26  however, any accrued credit carryover that is unused on that

27  date may be used until the expiration of the 3-year carryover

28  period for such credit.

29         Section 921.  Subsection (6) of section 213.053,

30  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

31         213.053  Confidentiality and information sharing.--


                                 1681

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  Any information received by the Department of

  2  Revenue in connection with the administration of taxes,

  3  including, but not limited to, information contained in

  4  returns, reports, accounts, or declarations filed by persons

  5  subject to tax, shall be made available by the department to

  6  the Auditor General or his or her authorized agent, the

  7  director of the Office of Program Policy Analysis and

  8  Government Accountability or his or her authorized agent, the

  9  Comptroller or his or her authorized agent, the Insurance

10  Commissioner or his or her authorized agent, the Treasurer or

11  his or her authorized agent, or a property appraiser or tax

12  collector or their authorized agents pursuant to s.

13  195.084(1), in the performance of their official duties, or to

14  designated employees of the Department of Education solely for

15  determination of each school district's price level index

16  pursuant to s. 1011.62(2) 236.081(2); however, no information

17  shall be disclosed to the Auditor General or his or her

18  authorized agent, the director of the Office of Program Policy

19  Analysis and Government Accountability or his or her

20  authorized agent, the Comptroller or his or her authorized

21  agent, the Insurance Commissioner or his or her authorized

22  agent, the Treasurer or his or her authorized agent, or to a

23  property appraiser or tax collector or their authorized

24  agents, or to designated employees of the Department of

25  Education if such disclosure is prohibited by federal law. The

26  Auditor General or his or her authorized agent, the director

27  of the Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government

28  Accountability or his or her authorized agent, the Comptroller

29  or his or her authorized agent, the Treasurer or his or her

30  authorized agent, and the property appraiser or tax collector

31  and their authorized agents, or designated employees of the


                                 1682

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Department of Education shall be subject to the same

  2  requirements of confidentiality and the same penalties for

  3  violation of the requirements as the department. For the

  4  purpose of this subsection, "designated employees of the

  5  Department of Education" means only those employees directly

  6  responsible for calculation of price level indices pursuant to

  7  s. 1011.62(2) 236.081(2). It does not include the supervisors

  8  of such employees or any other employees or elected officials

  9  within the Department of Education.

10         Section 922.  Paragraph (j) of subsection (4) of

11  section 215.20, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

12         215.20  Certain income and certain trust funds to

13  contribute to the General Revenue Fund.--

14         (4)  The income of a revenue nature deposited in the

15  following described trust funds, by whatever name designated,

16  is that from which the deductions authorized by subsection (3)

17  shall be made:

18         (j)  The Educational Certification and Service Trust

19  Fund created by s. 1012.59 231.30.

20  

21  The enumeration of the foregoing moneys or trust funds shall

22  not prohibit the applicability thereto of s. 215.24 should the

23  Governor determine that for the reasons mentioned in s. 215.24

24  the money or trust funds should be exempt herefrom, as it is

25  the purpose of this law to exempt income from its force and

26  effect when, by the operation of this law, federal matching

27  funds or contributions or private grants to any trust fund

28  would be lost to the state.

29         Section 923.  Subsection (2) of section 215.82, Florida

30  Statutes, is amended to read:

31         215.82  Validation; when required.--


                                 1683

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  Any bonds issued pursuant to this act which are

  2  validated shall be validated in the manner provided by chapter

  3  75. In actions to validate bonds to be issued in the name of

  4  the State Board of Education under s. 9(a) and (d), Art. XII

  5  of the State Constitution and bonds to be issued pursuant to

  6  chapter 259, the Land Conservation Act of 1972, the complaint

  7  shall be filed in the circuit court of the county where the

  8  seat of state government is situated, the notice required to

  9  be published by s. 75.06 shall be published only in the county

10  where the complaint is filed, and the complaint and order of

11  the circuit court shall be served only on the state attorney

12  of the circuit in which the action is pending. In any action

13  to validate bonds issued pursuant to ss. 1010.61-1010.619 part

14  I of chapter 243 or issued pursuant to s. 9(a)(1), Art. XII of

15  the State Constitution or issued pursuant to s. 215.605 or s.

16  338.227, the complaint shall be filed in the circuit court of

17  the county where the seat of state government is situated, the

18  notice required to be published by s. 75.06 shall be published

19  in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the

20  complaint is filed and in two other newspapers of general

21  circulation in the state, and the complaint and order of the

22  circuit court shall be served only on the state attorney of

23  the circuit in which the action is pending; provided, however,

24  that if publication of notice pursuant to this section would

25  require publication in more newspapers than would publication

26  pursuant to s. 75.06, such publication shall be made pursuant

27  to s. 75.06.

28         Section 924.  Subsection (7) of section 216.181,

29  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

30         216.181  Approved budgets for operations and fixed

31  capital outlay.--


                                 1684

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (7)  The Executive Office of the Governor may, for the

  2  purpose of improved contract administration, authorize the

  3  consolidation of two or more fixed capital outlay

  4  appropriations for an agency, and the Chief Justice of the

  5  Supreme Court for the judicial branch, except for projects

  6  authorized under chapter 1013 235, provided the original scope

  7  and purpose of each project are not changed.

  8         Section 925.  Subsection (3) of section 216.301,

  9  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         216.301  Appropriations; undisbursed balances.--

11         (3)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2),

12  the unexpended balance of any appropriation for fixed capital

13  outlay subject to but not under the terms of a binding

14  contract or a general construction contract prior to February

15  1 of the second fiscal year, or the third fiscal year if it is

16  for an educational facility as defined in chapter 1013 235 or

17  a construction project of the Board of Regents, of the

18  appropriation shall revert on February 1 of such year to the

19  fund from which appropriated and shall be available for

20  reappropriation. The Executive Office of the Governor shall,

21  not later than February 20 of each year, furnish the

22  Comptroller, the legislative appropriations committees, and

23  the Auditor General a report listing in detail the items and

24  amounts reverting under the authority of this subsection,

25  including the fund to which reverted and the agency affected.

26         Section 926.  Paragraphs (e) and (f) of subsection (1)

27  of section 218.39, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

28         218.39  Annual financial audit reports.--

29         (1)  If, by the first day in any fiscal year, a local

30  governmental entity, district school board, charter school, or

31  charter technical career center has not been notified that a


                                 1685

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  financial audit for that fiscal year will be performed by the

  2  Auditor General, each of the following entities shall have an

  3  annual financial audit of its accounts and records completed

  4  within 12 months after the end of its fiscal year by an

  5  independent certified public accountant retained by it and

  6  paid from its public funds:

  7         (e)  Each charter school established under s. 1002.33

  8  228.056.

  9         (f)  Each charter technical center established under s.

10  1002.34 228.505.

11         Section 927.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

12  section 220.183, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

13         220.183  Community contribution tax credit.--

14         (2)  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.--

15         (c)  The project must be undertaken by an "eligible

16  sponsor," defined here as:

17         1.  A community action program;

18         2.  A nonprofit community-based development

19  organization whose mission is the provision of housing for

20  low-income or very-low-income households or increasing

21  entrepreneurial and job-development opportunities for

22  low-income persons;

23         3.  A neighborhood housing services corporation;

24         4.  A local housing authority, created pursuant to

25  chapter 421;

26         5.  A community redevelopment agency, created pursuant

27  to s. 163.356;

28         6.  The Florida Industrial Development Corporation;

29         7.  An historic preservation district agency or

30  organization;

31         8.  A regional workforce board;


                                 1686

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         9.  A direct-support organization as provided in s.

  2  1009.983 240.551;

  3         10.  An enterprise zone development agency created

  4  pursuant to s. 290.0056;

  5         11.  A community-based organization incorporated under

  6  chapter 617 which is recognized as educational, charitable, or

  7  scientific pursuant to s. 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue

  8  Code and whose bylaws and articles of incorporation include

  9  affordable housing, economic development, or community

10  development as the primary mission of the corporation;

11         12.  Units of local government;

12         13.  Units of state government; or

13         14.  Such other agency as the Office of Tourism, Trade,

14  and Economic Development may, from time to time, designate by

15  rule.

16  

17  In no event shall a contributing business firm have a

18  financial interest in the eligible sponsor.

19         Section 928.  Subsection (1) of section 222.22, Florida

20  Statutes, is amended to read:

21         222.22  Exemption of moneys in the Prepaid College

22  Trust Fund or in a Medical Savings Account from legal

23  process.--

24         (1)(a)  Moneys paid into or out of the Florida Prepaid

25  College Trust Fund by or on behalf of a purchaser or qualified

26  beneficiary pursuant to an advance payment contract made under

27  part IV of chapter 1009 s. 240.551, which contract has not

28  been terminated, are not liable to attachment, garnishment, or

29  legal process in the state in favor of any creditor of the

30  purchaser or beneficiary of such advance payment contract.

31  


                                 1687

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Moneys paid into or out of the Prepaid College

  2  Trust Fund by or on behalf of a benefactor or designated

  3  beneficiary pursuant to a participation agreement made under

  4  s. 1009.981 240.553, which agreement has not been terminated,

  5  are not liable to attachment, garnishment, or legal process in

  6  the state in favor of any creditor of the purchaser or

  7  beneficiary of such participation agreement.

  8         Section 929.  Subsection (4) of section 250.115,

  9  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         250.115  Department of Military Affairs direct-support

11  organization.--

12         (4)  ACTIVITIES; RESTRICTIONS.--Any transaction or

13  agreement between the direct-support organization organized

14  pursuant to this section and another direct-support

15  organization or center of technology innovation designated

16  under s. 1004.77 240.3335 must be approved by the Adjutant

17  General.

18         Section 930.  Section 255.0515, Florida Statutes, is

19  amended to read:

20         255.0515  Bids for state contracts; substitution of

21  subcontractors.--With respect to state contracts let pursuant

22  to competitive bidding, whether under chapter 1013 235,

23  relating to educational facilities, or this chapter, relating

24  to public buildings, the contractor shall not remove or

25  replace subcontractors listed in the bid subsequent to the

26  lists being made public at the bid opening, except upon good

27  cause shown.

28         Section 931.  Section 255.0516, Florida Statutes, is

29  amended to read:

30         255.0516  Bid protests by educational boards.--With

31  respect to state contracts and bids pursuant to competitive


                                 1688

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bidding, whether under chapter 1013 235, relating to

  2  educational facilities, or under this chapter, relating to

  3  public buildings, if a school board, a community college board

  4  of trustees, or a state university board of trustees the Board

  5  of Regents uses procedures pursuant to chapter 120 for bid

  6  protests, the board may require the protestor to post a bond

  7  amounting to:

  8         (1)  Twenty-five thousand dollars or 2 percent of the

  9  lowest accepted bid, whichever is greater, for projects valued

10  over $500,000; and

11         (2)  Five percent of the lowest accepted bid for all

12  other projects,

13  

14  conditioned upon payment of all costs and fees which may be

15  adjudged against the protestor in the administrative hearing.

16  If at the hearing the agency prevails, it shall recover all

17  costs and attorney's fees from the protestor; if the protestor

18  prevails, the protestor shall recover from the agency all

19  costs and attorney's fees.

20         Section 932.  Paragraph (e) of subsection (1) of

21  section 265.2861, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

22         265.2861  Cultural Institutions Program; trust fund.--

23         (1)  CULTURAL INSTITUTIONS TRUST FUND.--There is

24  created a Cultural Institutions Trust Fund to be administered

25  by the Department of State for the purposes set forth in this

26  section and to support the following programs as follows:

27         (e)1.  For the officially designated Art Museum of the

28  State of Florida described in s. 1004.45 240.711, $2.2

29  million, and for state-owned cultural facilities assigned to

30  the Department of State, which receive a portion of any

31  operating funds from the Department of State and one of the


                                 1689

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  primary purposes of which is the presentation of fine arts or

  2  performing arts, $500,000.

  3         2.  For fiscal year 2001-2002 only, the provisions of

  4  subparagraph 1. relating to state-owned cultural facilities

  5  shall not be applicable. This subparagraph expires July 1,

  6  2002.

  7  

  8  The trust fund shall consist of moneys appropriated by the

  9  Legislature, moneys deposited pursuant to s. 607.1901(2), and

10  moneys contributed to the fund from any other source.

11         Section 933.  Paragraph (d) of subsection (5) of

12  section 265.603, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

13         265.603  Definitions relating to Cultural Endowment

14  Program.--The following terms and phrases when used in ss.

15  265.601-265.607 shall have the meaning ascribed to them in

16  this section, except where the context clearly indicates a

17  different meaning:

18         (5)  "Sponsoring organization" means a cultural

19  organization which:

20         (d)  Is primarily and directly responsible for

21  conducting, creating, producing, presenting, staging, or

22  sponsoring a cultural exhibit, performance, or event.  This

23  provision includes museums owned and operated by political

24  subdivisions of the state, except those constituted pursuant

25  to s. 1004.67 240.317.

26         Section 934.  Subsection (8) of section 267.173,

27  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

28         267.173  Historic preservation in West Florida; goals;

29  contracts for historic preservation; powers and duties.--

30         (8)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the

31  University of West Florida and its direct-support organization


                                 1690

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  are eligible to match state funds in the Trust Fund for Major

  2  Gifts established pursuant to s. 1011.94 240.2605.

  3         Section 935.  Subsections (4), (5), (7), and (9) of

  4  section 267.1732, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

  5         267.1732  Direct-support organization.--

  6         (4)  The university may authorize a direct-support

  7  organization to use its property (except money), facilities,

  8  and personal services, subject to the provisions of this

  9  section and s. 1004.28 240.299.  A direct-support organization

10  that does not provide equal employment opportunities to all

11  persons regardless of race, color, religion, sex, age, or

12  national origin may not use the property, facilities, or

13  personal services of the university.  For the purposes of this

14  subsection, the term "personal services" includes full-time

15  personnel and part-time personnel as well as payroll

16  processing.

17         (5)  The university shall establish policies and may

18  adopt rules pursuant to s. 1004.28 240.299 prescribing the

19  procedures by which the direct-support organization is

20  governed and any conditions with which a direct-support

21  organization must comply to use property, facilities, or

22  personal services of the university.

23         (7)  The direct-support organization shall provide for

24  an annual financial and compliance audit of its financial

25  accounts and records by an independent certified public

26  accountant in accordance with s. 251.981 and generally

27  accepted accounting standards. The annual audit report must be

28  submitted to the university for review and approval. The

29  university, the Auditor General, and others authorized in s.

30  1004.28 240.299 shall have the authority to require and

31  receive from the direct-support organization, or from its


                                 1691

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  independent auditor, any detail or supplemental data relative

  2  to the operation of the organization. Upon approval, the

  3  university shall certify the audit report to the Auditor

  4  General for review.

  5         (9)  Provisions governing direct-support organizations

  6  in s. 1004.28 240.99 and not provided in this section shall

  7  apply to the direct-support organization.

  8         Section 936.  Subsection (9) of section 282.005,

  9  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         282.005  Legislative findings and intent.--The

11  Legislature finds that:

12         (9)  To ensure the best management of the state's

13  information technology and notwithstanding other provisions of

14  law to the contrary, the functions of information technology

15  are hereby assigned to the university boards of trustees Board

16  of Regents as the agency responsible for the development and

17  implementation of policy, planning, management, rulemaking,

18  standards, and guidelines for the state universities State

19  University System; to the community college boards of trustees

20  State Board of Community Colleges as the agency responsible

21  for establishing and developing rules and policies for the

22  community colleges Florida Community College System; to the

23  Supreme Court, for the judicial branch; to each state attorney

24  and public defender; and to the State Technology Office for

25  the executive branch of state government.

26         Section 937.  Subsections (1) and (3) of section

27  282.103, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

28         282.103  SUNCOM Network; exemptions from the required

29  use.--

30         (1)  There is created within the State Technology

31  Office the SUNCOM Network which shall be developed to serve as


                                 1692

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the state communications system for providing local and

  2  long-distance communications services to state agencies,

  3  political subdivisions of the state, municipalities, state

  4  universities, and nonprofit corporations pursuant to ss.

  5  282.101-282.111. The SUNCOM Network shall be developed to

  6  transmit all types of communications signals, including, but

  7  not limited to, voice, data, video, image, and radio. State

  8  agencies shall cooperate and assist in the development and

  9  joint use of communications systems and services.

10         (3)  All state agencies and state universities are

11  required to use the SUNCOM Network for agency and state

12  university communications services as the services become

13  available; however, no agency or university is relieved of

14  responsibility for maintaining communications services

15  necessary for effective management of its programs and

16  functions. If a SUNCOM Network service does not meet the

17  communications requirements of an agency or university, the

18  agency or university shall notify the State Technology Office

19  in writing and detail the requirements for that communications

20  service. If the office is unable to meet an agency's or

21  university's requirements by enhancing SUNCOM Network service,

22  the office may grant the agency or university an exemption

23  from the required use of specified SUNCOM Network services.

24         Section 938.  Subsection (4) of section 282.105,

25  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

26         282.105  Use of state SUNCOM Network by nonprofit

27  corporations.--

28         (4)  Institutions qualified to participate in the

29  William L. Boyd, IV, Florida Resident Access Grant Program

30  pursuant to s. 1009.89 240.605 shall be eligible to use the

31  state SUNCOM Network, subject to the terms and conditions of


                                 1693

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the office. Such entities shall not be required to satisfy the

  2  other criteria of this section.

  3         Section 939.  Section 282.106, Florida Statutes, is

  4  amended to read:

  5         282.106  Use of SUNCOM Network by libraries.--The State

  6  Technology Office may provide SUNCOM Network services to any

  7  library in the state, including libraries in public schools,

  8  community colleges, state universities the State University

  9  System, and nonprofit private postsecondary educational

10  institutions, and libraries owned and operated by

11  municipalities and political subdivisions.

12         Section 940.  Section 282.3031, Florida Statutes, is

13  amended to read:

14         282.3031  Assignment of information resources

15  management responsibilities.--For purposes of ss.

16  282.303-282.322, to ensure the best management of state

17  information technology resources, and notwithstanding other

18  provisions of law to the contrary, the functions of

19  information resources management are hereby assigned to the

20  university boards of trustees Board of Regents as the agency

21  responsible for the development and implementation of policy,

22  planning, management, rulemaking, standards, and guidelines

23  for the state universities State University System; to the

24  community college boards of trustees State Board of Community

25  Colleges as the agency responsible for establishing and

26  developing rules and policies for the community colleges

27  Florida Community College System; to the Supreme Court for the

28  judicial branch; to each state attorney and public defender;

29  and to the State Technology Office for the agencies within the

30  executive branch of state government.

31  


                                 1694

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 941.  Subsection (1) of section 282.3063,

  2  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  3         282.3063  Agency Annual Enterprise Resource Planning

  4  and Management Report.--

  5         (1)  By September 1 of each year, and for the State

  6  University System within 90 days after completion of the

  7  expenditure analysis developed pursuant to s. 240.271(4), each

  8  Agency Chief Information Officer shall prepare and submit to

  9  the State Technology Office an Agency Annual Enterprise

10  Resource Planning and Management Report.  Following

11  consultation with the State Technology Office and the Agency

12  Chief Information Officers Council, the Executive Office of

13  the Governor and the fiscal committees of the Legislature

14  shall jointly develop and issue instructions for the format

15  and contents of the report.

16         Section 942.  Subsection (2) of section 282.310,

17  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

18         282.310  State Annual Report on Enterprise Resource

19  Planning and Management.--

20         (2)  The State Annual Report on Enterprise Resource

21  Planning and Management shall contain, at a minimum, the

22  following:

23         (a)  The state vision for enterprise resource planning

24  and management.

25         (b)  A forecast of the state enterprise resource

26  planning and management priorities and initiatives for the

27  ensuing 2 years.

28         (c)  A summary of major statewide policies recommended

29  by the State Technology Office for enterprise resource

30  planning and management.

31  


                                 1695

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  A summary of memoranda issued by the Executive

  2  Office of the Governor.

  3         (e)  An assessment of the overall progress toward an

  4  integrated electronic system for deploying government

  5  products, services, and information to individuals and

  6  businesses and state enterprise resource planning and

  7  management initiatives and priorities for the past fiscal

  8  year.

  9         (f)  A summary of major statewide issues related to

10  improving enterprise resource planning and management by the

11  state.

12         (g)  An inventory list, by major categories, of state

13  information technology resources.

14         (h)  A summary of the total agency expenditures or

15  descriptions of agreements, contracts, or partnerships for

16  enterprise resource planning and management and of

17  enterprise-wide procurements done by the office on behalf of

18  the state.

19         (i)  A summary of the opportunities for government

20  agencies or entities to share enterprise resource planning and

21  management projects or initiatives with other governmental or

22  private sector entities.

23  

24  The state annual report shall also include enterprise resource

25  planning and management information from the annual reports

26  prepared by the state universities and the community colleges

27  Board of Regents for the State University System, from the

28  State Board of Community Colleges for the Florida Community

29  College System, from the Supreme Court for the judicial

30  branch, and from the Justice Administrative Commission on

31  behalf of the state attorneys and public defenders.


                                 1696

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Expenditure information shall be taken from each agency's

  2  annual report as well as the annual reports of the state

  3  universities and the community colleges Board of Regents, the

  4  State Board of Community Colleges, the Supreme Court, and the

  5  Justice Administrative Commission.

  6         Section 943.  Section 284.34, Florida Statutes, is

  7  amended to read:

  8         284.34  Professional medical liability of the

  9  university boards of trustees Board of Regents and nuclear

10  energy liability excluded.--Unless specifically authorized by

11  the Department of Insurance, no coverages shall be provided by

12  this fund for professional medical liability insurance for the

13  university boards of trustees Board of Regents or the

14  physicians, officers, employees, or agents of any the board or

15  for liability related to nuclear energy which is ordinarily

16  subject to the standard nuclear energy liability exclusion of

17  conventional liability insurance policies.  This section does

18  shall not affect be construed as affecting the self-insurance

19  programs of the university boards of trustees Board of Regents

20  established pursuant to s. 1004.24 240.213.

21         Section 944.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (2) of

22  section 285.18, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

23         285.18  Tribal council as governing body; powers and

24  duties.--

25         (2)  The governing bodies of the special improvement

26  districts shall have the duty and power:

27         (b)  To contract with the district school board of any

28  district adjoining the local school district, when deemed

29  necessary by the tribal council, to provide public education

30  and educational programs for their members, notwithstanding

31  the provisions of s. 1001.42 230.23 that authorize school


                                 1697

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  boards to establish attendance areas for their districts or

  2  approve plans for attendance in other districts.

  3         Section 945.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (2) of

  4  section 287.042, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  5         287.042  Powers, duties, and functions.--The department

  6  shall have the following powers, duties, and functions:

  7         (2)(a)  To plan and coordinate purchases in volume and

  8  to negotiate and execute purchasing agreements and contracts

  9  for commodities and contractual services under which state

10  agencies shall make purchases pursuant to s. 287.056, and

11  under which a federal, county, municipality, institutions

12  qualified to participate in the William L. Boyd, IV, Florida

13  Resident Access Grant Program pursuant to s. 1009.89 240.605,

14  private nonprofit community transportation coordinator

15  designated pursuant to chapter 427, while conducting business

16  related solely to the Commission for the Transportation

17  Disadvantaged, or other local public agency may make

18  purchases. The department may restrict purchases from some

19  term contracts to state agencies only for those term contracts

20  where the inclusion of other governmental entities will have

21  an adverse effect on competition or to those federal

22  facilities located in this state. In such planning or

23  purchasing the Office of Supplier Diversity may monitor to

24  ensure that opportunities are afforded for contracting with

25  minority business enterprises. The department, for state term

26  contracts, and all agencies, for multiyear contractual

27  services or term contracts, shall explore reasonable and

28  economical means to utilize certified minority business

29  enterprises. Purchases by any county, municipality, private

30  nonprofit community transportation coordinator designated

31  pursuant to chapter 427, while conducting business related


                                 1698

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  solely to the Commission for the Transportation Disadvantaged,

  2  or other local public agency under the provisions in the state

  3  purchasing contracts, and purchases, from the corporation

  4  operating the correctional work programs, of products or

  5  services that are subject to paragraph (1)(f), are exempt from

  6  the competitive sealed bid requirements otherwise applying to

  7  their purchases.

  8         Section 946.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (9) and

  9  subsections (10) and (11) of section 287.055, Florida

10  Statutes, are amended to read:

11         287.055  Acquisition of professional architectural,

12  engineering, landscape architectural, or surveying and mapping

13  services; definitions; procedures; contingent fees prohibited;

14  penalties.--

15         (9)  APPLICABILITY TO DESIGN-BUILD CONTRACTS.--

16         (c)  Except as otherwise provided in s. 240.209(3) or

17  s. 337.11(7), the Department of Management Services shall

18  adopt rules for the award of design-build contracts to be

19  followed by state agencies.  Each other agency must adopt

20  rules or ordinances for the award of design-build contracts.

21  Municipalities, political subdivisions, school districts, and

22  school boards shall award design-build contracts by the use of

23  a competitive proposal selection process as described in this

24  subsection, or by the use of a qualifications-based selection

25  process pursuant to subsections (3), (4), and (5) for entering

26  into a contract whereby the selected firm will subsequently

27  establish a guaranteed maximum price and guaranteed completion

28  date.  If the procuring agency elects the option of

29  qualifications-based selection, during the selection of the

30  design-build firm the procuring agency shall employ or retain

31  a licensed design professional appropriate to the project to


                                 1699

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  serve as the agency's representative.  Procedures for the use

  2  of a competitive proposal selection process must include as a

  3  minimum the following:

  4         1.  The preparation of a design criteria package for

  5  the design and construction of the public construction

  6  project.

  7         2.  The qualification and selection of no fewer than

  8  three design-build firms as the most qualified, based on the

  9  qualifications, availability, and past work of the firms,

10  including the partners or members thereof.

11         3.  The criteria, procedures, and standards for the

12  evaluation of design-build contract proposals or bids, based

13  on price, technical, and design aspects of the public

14  construction project, weighted for the project.

15         4.  The solicitation of competitive proposals, pursuant

16  to a design criteria package, from those qualified

17  design-build firms and the evaluation of the responses or bids

18  submitted by those firms based on the evaluation criteria and

19  procedures established prior to the solicitation of

20  competitive proposals.

21         5.  For consultation with the employed or retained

22  design criteria professional concerning the evaluation of the

23  responses or bids submitted by the design-build firms, the

24  supervision or approval by the agency of the detailed working

25  drawings of the project; and for evaluation of the compliance

26  of the project construction with the design criteria package

27  by the design criteria professional.

28         6.  In the case of public emergencies, for the agency

29  head to declare an emergency and authorize negotiations with

30  the best qualified design-build firm available at that time.

31  


                                 1700

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (10)  REUSE OF EXISTING PLANS.--Notwithstanding any

  2  other provision of this section, there shall be no public

  3  notice requirement or utilization of the selection process as

  4  provided in this section for projects in which the agency is

  5  able to reuse existing plans from a prior project of the

  6  agency, or, in the case of a board as defined in s. 1013.01

  7  chapter 235, a prior project of that or any other board.

  8  Except for plans of a board as defined in s. 1013.01 chapter

  9  235, public notice for any plans that are intended to be

10  reused at some future time must contain a statement that

11  provides that the plans are subject to reuse in accordance

12  with the provisions of this subsection.

13         (11)  CONSTRUCTION OF LAW.--Nothing in the amendment of

14  this section by chapter 75-281, Laws of Florida, is intended

15  to supersede the provisions of ss. 1013.45 and 1013.46 235.211

16  and 235.31.

17         Section 947.  Subsection (1) of section 287.064,

18  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

19         287.064  Consolidated financing of deferred-payment

20  purchases.--

21         (1)  The Division of Bond Finance of the State Board of

22  Administration and the Comptroller shall plan and coordinate

23  deferred-payment purchases made by or on behalf of the state

24  or its agencies or by or on behalf of state community colleges

25  participating under this section pursuant to s. 1001.64(26)

26  240.319(4)(p). The Division of Bond Finance shall negotiate

27  and the Comptroller shall execute agreements and contracts to

28  establish master equipment financing agreements for

29  consolidated financing of deferred-payment, installment sale,

30  or lease purchases with a financial institution or a

31  consortium of financial institutions. As used in this act, the


                                 1701

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  term "deferred-payment" includes installment sale and

  2  lease-purchase.

  3         (a)  The period during which equipment may be acquired

  4  under any one master equipment financing agreement shall be

  5  limited to not more than 3 years.

  6         (b)  Repayment of the whole or a part of the funds

  7  drawn pursuant to the master equipment financing agreement may

  8  continue beyond the period established pursuant to paragraph

  9  (a).

10         (c)  The interest rate component of any master

11  equipment financing agreement shall be deemed to comply with

12  the interest rate limitation imposed in s. 287.063 so long as

13  the interest rate component of every interagency or community

14  college agreement entered into under such master equipment

15  financing agreement complies with the interest rate limitation

16  imposed in s. 287.063. Such interest rate limitation does not

17  apply when the payment obligation under the master equipment

18  financing agreement is rated by a nationally recognized rating

19  service in any one of the three highest classifications, which

20  rating services and classifications are determined pursuant to

21  rules adopted by the Comptroller.

22         Section 948.  Paragraph (f) of subsection (1) of

23  section 288.039, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

24         288.039  Employing and Training our Youths (ENTRY).--

25         (1)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section:

26         (f)  "Public school" shall have the same meaning as in

27  s. 1000.04(1) 228.041(1)(a).

28         Section 949.  Subsection (6) of section 288.8175,

29  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

30         288.8175  Linkage institutes between postsecondary

31  institutions in this state and foreign countries.--


                                 1702

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  Each institute is allowed to exempt from s.

  2  1009.21 240.1201 up to 25 full-time equivalent students per

  3  year from the respective host countries to study in any of the

  4  state universities or community colleges in this state as

  5  resident students for tuition purposes. The institute

  6  directors shall develop criteria, to be approved by the

  7  Department of Education, for the selection of these students.

  8  Students must return home within 3 years after their tenure of

  9  graduate or undergraduate study for a length of time equal to

10  their exemption period.

11         Section 950.  Subsection (2) of section 295.01, Florida

12  Statutes, is amended to read:

13         295.01  Children of deceased or disabled veterans;

14  education.--

15         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

16  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

17         Section 951.  Subsection (2) of section 295.015,

18  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

19         295.015  Children of prisoners of war and persons

20  missing in action; education.--

21         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

22  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

23         Section 952.  Subsection (2) of section 295.016,

24  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

25         295.016  Children of service members who died or became

26  disabled in Operation Eagle Claw.--

27         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

28  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

29         Section 953.  Subsection (2) of section 295.017,

30  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

31  


                                 1703

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         295.017  Children of service members who died or became

  2  disabled in the Lebanon and Grenada military arenas;

  3  educational opportunity.--

  4         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

  5  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

  6         Section 954.  Subsection (2) of section 295.018,

  7  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  8         295.018  Children of service members who died in

  9  Newfoundland air tragedy; educational opportunity.--

10         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

11  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

12         Section 955.  Subsection (2) of section 295.019,

13  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

14         295.019  Children of service members who died in U.S.S.

15  Stark attack.--

16         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

17  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

18         Section 956.  Subsection (2) of section 295.0195,

19  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

20         295.0195  Children of deceased or disabled military

21  personnel who died or became disabled in the Mideast Persian

22  Gulf military arena during hostilities with Iraq or in the

23  military action in Panama known as Operation Just Cause.--

24         (2)  The provisions of ss. 240.404, 295.03, 295.04, and

25  295.05, and 1009.40 shall apply.

26         Section 957.  Subsection (45) of section 316.003,

27  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

28         316.003  Definitions.--The following words and phrases,

29  when used in this chapter, shall have the meanings

30  respectively ascribed to them in this section, except where

31  the context otherwise requires:


                                 1704

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (45)  SCHOOL BUS.--Any motor vehicle that complies with

  2  the color and identification requirements of chapter 1006 234

  3  and is used to transport children to or from public or private

  4  school or in connection with school activities, but not

  5  including buses operated by common carriers in urban

  6  transportation of school children. The term "school" includes

  7  all preelementary, elementary, secondary, and postsecondary

  8  schools.

  9         Section 958.  Subsection (4) of section 316.027,

10  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

11         316.027  Crash involving death or personal injuries.--

12         (4)  A person whose commission of a noncriminal traffic

13  infraction or any violation of this chapter or s. 1006.66

14  240.265 causes or results in the death of another person may,

15  in addition to any other civil, criminal, or administrative

16  penalty imposed, be required by the court to serve 120

17  community service hours in a trauma center or hospital that

18  regularly receives victims of vehicle accidents, under the

19  supervision of a registered nurse, an emergency room

20  physician, or an emergency medical technician pursuant to a

21  voluntary community service program operated by the trauma

22  center or hospital.

23         Section 959.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (9) of

24  section 316.515, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

25         316.515  Maximum width, height, length.--

26         (9)  BUSES AND PRIVATE MOTOR COACHES.--

27         (b)  School buses which are subject to the provisions

28  of chapter 234 or s. 316.615 or chapter 1006 are exempt from

29  the provisions of this subsection.

30         Section 960.  Subsection (5) of section 316.6145,

31  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:


                                 1705

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         316.6145  School buses; safety belts or other restraint

  2  systems required.--

  3         (5)  The provisions of this section shall not apply to

  4  vehicles as defined in s. 1006.25(1)(b) 234.051(1)(b).

  5         Section 961.  Paragraphs (a) and (c) of subsection (1)

  6  of section 316.615, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

  7         316.615  School buses; physical requirements of

  8  drivers.--

  9         (1)(a)  All motor vehicles, with a seating capacity of

10  24 or more pupils, which are regularly used for the

11  transportation of pupils to or from school, or to or from

12  school activities, shall comply with the requirements for

13  school buses of chapter 1006 234.

14         (c)  A bus operated by an organization that holds a tax

15  exemption pursuant to 26 U.S.C. s. 501(c)(3) is exempt from

16  the color, pupil-warning-lamp-system, stop-arm, and

17  crossing-arm requirements for school buses in chapter 1006 234

18  if:

19         1.  The bus does not pick up pupils from home or

20  deliver pupils to home;

21         2.  The bus makes no intermittent stops to unload or

22  load pupils; and

23         3.  The bus is not operated by or under the purview of

24  the state or political subdivision.

25         Section 962.  Subsection (3) of section 316.70, Florida

26  Statutes, is amended to read:

27         316.70  Nonpublic sector buses; safety rules.--

28         (3)  School buses subject to the provisions of chapter

29  1006 234 or s. 316.615 are exempt from the provisions of this

30  section.

31  


                                 1706

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 963.  Subsection (2) of section 316.72, Florida

  2  Statutes, is amended to read:

  3         316.72  Buses simulating school buses in color and

  4  insignia; conditions of use.--

  5         (2)  Any educational, recreational, religious, or

  6  charitable organization may own, operate, rent, or lease any

  7  bus which has been painted the orange or yellow color known as

  8  "school bus chrome" and which has been equipped with the

  9  signs, lights, insignia, and other features which normally

10  characterize a school bus, as defined in s. 1006.25 234.051,

11  consistent with the provisions of this section.

12         Section 964.  Section 318.12, Florida Statutes, is

13  amended to read:

14         318.12  Purpose.--It is the legislative intent in the

15  adoption of this chapter to decriminalize certain violations

16  of chapter 316, the Florida Uniform Traffic Control Law;

17  chapter 320, Motor Vehicle Licenses; chapter 322, Drivers'

18  Licenses; chapter 240, Postsecondary Education; and chapter

19  338, Florida Intrastate Highway System and Toll Facilities;

20  and chapter 1006, Support of Learning, thereby facilitating

21  the implementation of a more uniform and expeditious system

22  for the disposition of traffic infractions.

23         Section 965.  Subsection (1) of section 318.14, Florida

24  Statutes, is amended to read:

25         318.14  Noncriminal traffic infractions; exception;

26  procedures.--

27         (1)  Except as provided in ss. 318.17 and 320.07(3)(c),

28  any person cited for a violation of s. 1006.66(3) 240.265,

29  chapter 316, s. 320.0605, s. 320.07(3)(a) or (b), s. 322.065,

30  s. 322.15(1), s. 322.16(2) or (3), s. 322.161(5), or s.

31  322.19, or s. 1006.66 is charged with a noncriminal infraction


                                 1707

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  and must be cited for such an infraction and cited to appear

  2  before an official. If another person dies as a result of the

  3  noncriminal infraction, the person cited may be required to

  4  perform 120 community service hours under s. 316.027(4), in

  5  addition to any other penalties.

  6         Section 966.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

  7  section 320.08058, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  8         320.08058  Specialty license plates.--

  9         (2)  CHALLENGER LICENSE PLATES.--

10         (c)  Fifty percent must be distributed to the

11  Technological Research and Development Authority created by s.

12  2, chapter 87-455, Laws of Florida, for the purpose of funding

13  space-related research grants, the Teacher/Quest Scholarship

14  Program under s. 1009.61 240.4082 as approved by the Florida

15  Department of Education, and space-related economic

16  development programs.  The Technological Research and

17  Development Authority shall coordinate and distribute

18  available resources among state universities and independent

19  colleges and universities based on the research strengths of

20  such institutions in space science technology, community

21  colleges, public school districts, and not-for-profit

22  educational organizations.

23         Section 967.  Subsection (1) of section 320.20, Florida

24  Statutes, is amended to read:

25         320.20  Disposition of license tax moneys.--The revenue

26  derived from the registration of motor vehicles, including any

27  delinquent fees and excluding those revenues collected and

28  distributed under the provisions of s. 320.081, must be

29  distributed monthly, as collected, as follows:

30         (1)  The first proceeds, to the extent necessary to

31  comply with the provisions of s. 18, Art. XII of the State


                                 1708

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Constitution of 1885, as adopted by s. 9(d), Art. XII, 1968

  2  revised constitution, and the additional provisions of s. 9(d)

  3  and s. 1010.57 236.602, must be deposited in the district

  4  Capital Outlay and Debt Service School Trust Fund.

  5         Section 968.  Section 320.38, Florida Statutes, is

  6  amended to read:

  7         320.38  When nonresident exemption not allowed.--The

  8  provisions of s. 320.37 authorizing the operation of motor

  9  vehicles over the roads of this state by nonresidents of this

10  state when such vehicles are duly registered or licensed under

11  the laws of some other state or foreign country do not apply

12  to any nonresident who accepts employment or engages in any

13  trade, profession, or occupation in this state, except a

14  nonresident migrant farm worker as defined in s. 316.003(61).

15  In every case in which a nonresident, except a nonresident

16  migrant farm worker as defined in s. 316.003(61), accepts

17  employment or engages in any trade, profession, or occupation

18  in this state or enters his or her children to be educated in

19  the public schools of this state, such nonresident shall,

20  within 10 days after the commencement of such employment or

21  education, register his or her motor vehicles in this state if

22  such motor vehicles are proposed to be operated on the roads

23  of this state.  Any person who is enrolled as a student in a

24  college or university and who is a nonresident but who is in

25  this state for a period of up to 6 months engaged in a

26  work-study program for which academic credits are earned from

27  a college whose credits or degrees are accepted for credit by

28  at least three accredited institutions of higher learning, as

29  defined in s. 1005.02 246.021, is not required to have a

30  Florida registration for the duration of the work-study

31  program if the person's vehicle is properly registered in


                                 1709

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  another jurisdiction.  Any nonresident who is enrolled as a

  2  full-time student in such institution of higher learning is

  3  also exempt for the duration of such enrollment.

  4         Section 969.  Subsection (3) of section 322.031,

  5  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  6         322.031  Nonresident; when license required.--

  7         (3)  A nonresident who is domiciled in another state

  8  and who commutes into this state in order to work shall not be

  9  required to obtain a Florida driver's license under this

10  section solely because he or she has accepted employment or

11  engages in any trade, profession, or occupation in this state

12  if he or she has a valid driver's license issued by another

13  state. Further, any person who is enrolled as a student in a

14  college or university and who is a nonresident but is in this

15  state for a period of up to 6 months engaged in a work-study

16  program for which academic credits are earned from a college

17  whose credits or degrees are accepted for credit by at least

18  three accredited institutions of higher learning, as defined

19  in s. 1005.02 246.021, shall not be required to obtain a

20  Florida driver's license for the duration of the work-study

21  program if such person has a valid driver's license issued by

22  another state. Any nonresident who is enrolled as a full-time

23  student in any such institution of higher learning is also

24  exempt from the requirement of obtaining a Florida driver's

25  license for the duration of such enrollment.

26         Section 970.  Paragraph (e) of subsection (1) and

27  paragraph (a) of subsection (2) of section 322.091, Florida

28  Statutes, are amended to read:

29         322.091  Attendance requirements.--

30  

31  


                                 1710

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR DRIVING

  2  PRIVILEGES.--A minor is not eligible for driving privileges

  3  unless that minor:

  4         (e)  Has been issued a certificate of exemption

  5  according to s. 1003.21(3) 232.06; or

  6  

  7  The department may not issue a driver's license or learner's

  8  driver's license to, or shall suspend the driver's license or

  9  learner's driver's license of, any minor concerning whom the

10  department receives notification of noncompliance with the

11  requirements of this section.

12         (2)  NOTIFICATION OF INTENT TO SUSPEND; SUSPENSION;

13  RECORD OF NONCOMPLIANCE.--

14         (a)  The department shall notify each minor for whom

15  the department has received notification of noncompliance with

16  the requirements of this section as provided in s. 1003.27

17  232.19, and the minor's parent or guardian, of the

18  department's intent to suspend the minor's driving privileges.

19         Section 971.  Subsection (5) of section 322.095,

20  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

21         322.095  Traffic law and substance abuse education

22  program for driver's license applicants.--

23         (5)  The provisions of this section do not apply to any

24  person who has been licensed in any other jurisdiction or who

25  has satisfactorily completed a Department of Education

26  driver's education course offered pursuant to s. 1003.48

27  233.063.

28         Section 972.  Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of

29  subsection (1) of section 322.21, Florida Statutes, are

30  amended to read:

31  


                                 1711

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         322.21  License fees; procedure for handling and

  2  collecting fees.--

  3         (1)  Except as otherwise provided herein, the fee for:

  4         (a)  An original or renewal commercial driver's license

  5  is $50, which shall include the fee for driver education

  6  provided by s. 1003.48 233.063; however, if an applicant has

  7  completed training and is applying for employment or is

  8  currently employed in a public or nonpublic school system that

  9  requires the commercial license, the fee shall be the same as

10  for a Class E driver's license.  A delinquent fee of $1 shall

11  be added for a renewal made not more than 12 months after the

12  license expiration date.

13         (b)  An original Class D or Class E driver's license is

14  $20, which shall include the fee for driver's education

15  provided by s. 1003.48 233.063; however, if an applicant has

16  completed training and is applying for employment or is

17  currently employed in a public or nonpublic school system that

18  requires a commercial driver license, the fee shall be the

19  same as for a Class E license.

20         (c)  The renewal or extension of a Class D or Class E

21  driver's license or of a license restricted to motorcycle use

22  only is $15, except that a delinquent fee of $1 shall be added

23  for a renewal or extension made not more than 12 months after

24  the license expiration date.  The fee provided in this

25  paragraph shall include the fee for driver's education

26  provided by s. 1003.48 233.063.

27         (d)  An original driver's license restricted to

28  motorcycle use only is $20, which shall include the fee for

29  driver's education provided by s. 1003.48 233.063.

30  

31  


                                 1712

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 973.  Paragraphs (c) and (d) of subsection (2)

  2  and subsection (6) of section 333.03, Florida Statutes, are

  3  amended to read:

  4         333.03  Power to adopt airport zoning regulations.--

  5         (2)  In the manner provided in subsection (1), interim

  6  airport land use compatibility zoning regulations shall be

  7  adopted. When political subdivisions have adopted land

  8  development regulations in accordance with the provisions of

  9  chapter 163 which address the use of land in the manner

10  consistent with the provisions herein, adoption of airport

11  land use compatibility regulations pursuant to this subsection

12  shall not be required. Interim airport land use compatibility

13  zoning regulations shall consider the following:

14         (c)  Where an airport authority or other governing body

15  operating a publicly owned, public-use airport has conducted a

16  noise study in accordance with the provisions of 14 C.F.R.

17  part 150, neither residential construction nor any educational

18  facility as defined in chapter 1013 235, with the exception of

19  aviation school facilities, shall be permitted within the area

20  contiguous to the airport defined by an outer noise contour

21  that is considered incompatible with that type of construction

22  by 14 C.F.R. part 150, Appendix A or an equivalent noise level

23  as established by other types of noise studies.

24         (d)  Where an airport authority or other governing body

25  operating a publicly owned, public-use airport has not

26  conducted a noise study, neither residential construction nor

27  any educational facility as defined in chapter 1013 235, with

28  the exception of aviation school facilities, shall be

29  permitted within an area contiguous to the airport measuring

30  one-half the length of the longest runway on either side of

31  and at the end of each runway centerline.


                                 1713

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (6)  Nothing in subsection (2) or subsection (3) shall

  2  be construed to require the removal, alteration, sound

  3  conditioning, or other change, or to interfere with the

  4  continued use or adjacent expansion of any educational

  5  structure or site in existence on July 1, 1993, or be

  6  construed to prohibit the construction of any new structure

  7  for which a site has been determined as provided in former s.

  8  235.19, as of July 1, 1993.

  9         Section 974.  Subsection (7) of section 364.508,

10  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

11         364.508  Definitions.--As used in this part:

12         (7)  "Eligible facilities" means all approved campuses

13  and instructional centers of all public universities, public

14  community colleges, area technical centers, public elementary

15  schools, middle schools, and high schools, including school

16  administrative offices, public libraries, teaching hospitals,

17  the research institute described in s. 1004.43 240.512, and

18  rural public hospitals as defined in s. 395.602.  If no rural

19  public hospital exists in a community, the public health

20  clinic which is responsible for individuals before they can be

21  transferred to a regional hospital shall be considered

22  eligible.

23         Section 975.  Paragraph (k) of subsection (3) of

24  section 380.0651, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

25         380.0651  Statewide guidelines and standards.--

26         (3)  The following statewide guidelines and standards

27  shall be applied in the manner described in s. 380.06(2) to

28  determine whether the following developments shall be required

29  to undergo development-of-regional-impact review:

30         (k)  Schools.--

31  


                                 1714

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  The proposed construction of any public, private,

  2  or proprietary postsecondary educational campus which provides

  3  for a design population of more than 5,000 full-time

  4  equivalent students, or the proposed physical expansion of any

  5  public, private, or proprietary postsecondary educational

  6  campus having such a design population that would increase the

  7  population by at least 20 percent of the design population.

  8         2.  As used in this paragraph, "full-time equivalent

  9  student" means enrollment for 15 or more quarter hours during

10  a single academic semester.  In technical area vocational

11  schools or other institutions which do not employ semester

12  hours or quarter hours in accounting for student

13  participation, enrollment for 18 contact hours shall be

14  considered equivalent to one quarter hour, and enrollment for

15  27 contact hours shall be considered equivalent to one

16  semester hour.

17         3.  This paragraph does not apply to institutions which

18  are the subject of a campus master plan adopted by the

19  university board of trustees Board of Regents pursuant to s.

20  1013.30 240.155.

21         Section 976.  Paragraph (e) of subsection (1) of

22  section 381.003, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

23         381.003  Communicable disease and AIDS prevention and

24  control.--

25         (1)  The department shall conduct a communicable

26  disease prevention and control program as part of fulfilling

27  its public health mission. A communicable disease is any

28  disease caused by transmission of a specific infectious agent,

29  or its toxic products, from an infected person, an infected

30  animal, or the environment to a susceptible host, either

31  


                                 1715

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  directly or indirectly. The communicable disease program must

  2  include, but need not be limited to:

  3         (e)  Programs for the prevention and control of

  4  vaccine-preventable diseases, including programs to immunize

  5  school children as required by s. 1003.22(3)-(11) 232.032 and

  6  the development of an automated, electronic, and centralized

  7  database or registry of immunizations. The department shall

  8  ensure that all children in this state are immunized against

  9  vaccine-preventable diseases. The immunization registry shall

10  allow the department to enhance current immunization

11  activities for the purpose of improving the immunization of

12  all children in this state.

13         1.  Except as provided in subparagraph 2., the

14  department shall include all children born in this state in

15  the immunization registry by using the birth records from the

16  Office of Vital Statistics. The department shall add other

17  children to the registry as immunization services are

18  provided.

19         2.  The parent or guardian of a child may refuse to

20  have the child included in the immunization registry by

21  signing a form obtained from the department, or from the

22  health care practitioner or entity that provides the

23  immunization, which indicates that the parent or guardian does

24  not wish to have the child included in the immunization

25  registry. The decision to not participate in the immunization

26  registry must be noted in the registry.

27         3.  The immunization registry shall allow for

28  immunization records to be electronically transferred to

29  entities that are required by law to have such records,

30  including schools, licensed child care facilities, and any

31  


                                 1716

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  other entity that is required by law to obtain proof of a

  2  child's immunizations.

  3         4.  Any health care practitioner licensed under chapter

  4  458, chapter 459, or chapter 464 in this state who complies

  5  with rules adopted by the department to access the

  6  immunization registry may, through the immunization registry,

  7  directly access immunization records and update a child's

  8  immunization history or exchange immunization information with

  9  another authorized practitioner, entity, or agency involved in

10  a child's care. The information included in the immunization

11  registry must include the child's name, date of birth,

12  address, and any other unique identifier necessary to

13  correctly identify the child; the immunization record,

14  including the date, type of administered vaccine, and vaccine

15  lot number; and the presence or absence of any adverse

16  reaction or contraindication related to the immunization.

17  Information received by the department for the immunization

18  registry retains its status as confidential medical

19  information and the department must maintain the

20  confidentiality of that information as otherwise required by

21  law. A health care practitioner or other agency that obtains

22  information from the immunization registry must maintain the

23  confidentiality of any medical records in accordance with s.

24  456.057 or as otherwise required by law.

25         Section 977.  Paragraph (d) of subsection (1) of

26  section 381.005, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

27         381.005  Primary and preventive health services.--

28         (1)  The department shall conduct a primary and

29  preventive health care program as part of fulfilling its

30  public health mission.  This program shall include, but is not

31  limited to:


                                 1717

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  School health services in accordance with chapters

  2  1003 and 1006 chapter 232.

  3         Section 978.  Paragraph (p) of subsection (5) of

  4  section 381.0056, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  5         381.0056  School health services program.--

  6         (5)  Each county health department shall develop,

  7  jointly with the district school board and the local school

  8  health advisory committee, a school health services plan; and

  9  the plan shall include, at a minimum, provisions for:

10         (p)  Maintenance of records on incidents of health

11  problems, corrective measures taken, and such other

12  information as may be needed to plan and evaluate health

13  programs; except, however, that provisions in the plan for

14  maintenance of health records of individual students must be

15  in accordance with s. 1002.22 228.093;

16         Section 979.  Subsection (9) of section 381.0302,

17  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

18         381.0302  Florida Health Services Corps.--

19         (9)  Persons who receive loan repayment assistance

20  under s. 1009.65 240.4067 shall be members of the Florida

21  Health Services Corps.

22         Section 980.  Subsection (3) of section 391.055,

23  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

24         391.055  Service delivery systems.--

25         (3)  The Children's Medical Services network may

26  contract with school districts participating in the certified

27  school match program pursuant to ss. 236.0812 and 409.908(21)

28  and 1011.70 for the provision of school-based services, as

29  provided for in s. 409.9071, for Medicaid-eligible children

30  who are enrolled in the Children's Medical Services network.

31  


                                 1718

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 981.  Section 393.0657, Florida Statutes, is

  2  amended to read:

  3         393.0657  Persons not required to be refingerprinted or

  4  rescreened.--Any provision of law to the contrary

  5  notwithstanding, human resource personnel who have been

  6  fingerprinted or screened pursuant to chapters 393, 394, 397,

  7  402, and 409, and teachers who have been fingerprinted

  8  pursuant to chapter 1012 231, who have not been unemployed for

  9  more than 90 days thereafter, and who under the penalty of

10  perjury attest to the completion of such fingerprinting or

11  screening and to compliance with the provisions of this

12  section and the standards for good moral character as

13  contained in such provisions as ss. 110.1127(3), 393.0655(1),

14  394.457(6), 397.451, 402.305(2), and 409.175(4), shall not be

15  required to be refingerprinted or rescreened in order to

16  comply with any direct service provider screening or

17  fingerprinting requirements.

18         Section 982.  Subsection (3) of section 394.4572,

19  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

20         394.4572  Screening of mental health personnel.--

21         (3)  Prospective mental health personnel who have

22  previously been fingerprinted or screened pursuant to this

23  chapter, chapter 393, chapter 397, chapter 402, or chapter

24  409, or teachers who have been fingerprinted pursuant to

25  chapter 1012 231, who have not been unemployed for more than

26  90 days thereafter, and who under the penalty of perjury

27  attest to the completion of such fingerprinting or screening

28  and to compliance with the provisions of this section and the

29  standards for level 1 screening contained in chapter 435,

30  shall not be required to be refingerprinted or rescreened in

31  order to comply with any screening requirements of this part.


                                 1719

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 983.  Subsection (5) of section 394.495,

  2  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  3         394.495  Child and adolescent mental health system of

  4  care; programs and services.--

  5         (5)  In order to enhance collaboration between agencies

  6  and to facilitate the provision of services by the child and

  7  adolescent mental health treatment and support system and the

  8  school district, the local child and adolescent mental health

  9  system of care shall include the local educational multiagency

10  network for severely emotionally disturbed students specified

11  in s. 1006.04 230.2317.

12         Section 984.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (4) of

13  section 394.498, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

14         394.498  Child and Adolescent Interagency System of

15  Care Demonstration Models.--

16         (4)  ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS.--

17         (c)  In order for children, adolescents, and families

18  of children and adolescents to receive timely and effective

19  services, the basic provider network identified in each

20  demonstration model must be well designed and managed. The

21  provider network should be able to meet the needs of a

22  significant proportion of the target population. The applicant

23  must demonstrate the capability to manage the network of

24  providers for the purchasers that participate in the

25  demonstration model. The applicant must demonstrate its

26  ability to perform the following network management functions:

27         1.  Identify providers within the designated area of

28  the demonstration model which are currently funded by the

29  state agencies included in the model, and identify additional

30  providers that are needed to provide additional services for

31  the target population. The network of providers may include:


                                 1720

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         a.  Licensed mental health professionals as defined in

  2  s. 394.455(2), (4), (21), (23), or (24);

  3         b.  Professionals licensed under chapter 491;

  4         c.  Teachers certified under s. 1012.56 231.17;

  5         d.  Facilities licensed under chapter 395, as a

  6  hospital; s. 394.875, as a crisis stabilization unit or

  7  short-term residential facility; or s. 409.175, as a

  8  residential child-caring agency; and

  9         e.  Other community agencies.

10         2.  Define access points and service linkages of

11  providers in the network.

12         3.  Define the ways in which providers and

13  participating state agencies are expected to collaborate in

14  providing services.

15         4.  Define methods to measure the collective

16  performance outcomes of services provided by providers and

17  state agencies, measure the performance of individual

18  agencies, and implement a quality improvement process across

19  the provider network.

20         5.  Develop brochures for family members which are

21  written in understandable terminology, to help families

22  identify appropriate service providers, choose the provider,

23  and access care directly whenever possible.

24         6.  Ensure that families are given a substantial role

25  in planning and monitoring the provider network.

26         7.  Train all providers with respect to the principles

27  of care outlined in this section, including effective

28  techniques of cooperation, the wraparound process and

29  strengths-based assessment, the development of service plans,

30  and techniques of case management.

31  


                                 1721

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 985.  Subsection (3) of section 395.602,

  2  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  3         395.602  Rural hospitals.--

  4         (3)  USE OF FUNDS.--It is the intent of the Legislature

  5  that funds as appropriated shall be utilized by the department

  6  for the purpose of increasing the number of primary care

  7  physicians, physician assistants, certified nurse midwives,

  8  nurse practitioners, and nurses in rural areas, either through

  9  the Medical Education Reimbursement and Loan Repayment Program

10  as defined by s. 1009.65 240.4067 or through a federal loan

11  repayment program which requires state matching funds.  The

12  department may use funds appropriated for the Medical

13  Education Reimbursement and Loan Repayment Program as matching

14  funds for federal loan repayment programs for health care

15  personnel, such as that authorized in Pub. L. No. 100-177, s.

16  203.  If the department receives federal matching funds, the

17  department shall only implement the federal program.

18  Reimbursement through either program shall be limited to:

19         (a)  Primary care physicians, physician assistants,

20  certified nurse midwives, nurse practitioners, and nurses

21  employed by or affiliated with rural hospitals, as defined in

22  this act; and

23         (b)  Primary care physicians, physician assistants,

24  certified nurse midwives, nurse practitioners, and nurses

25  employed by or affiliated with rural area health education

26  centers, as defined in this section.  These personnel shall

27  practice:

28         1.  In a county with a population density of no greater

29  than 100 persons per square mile; or

30  

31  


                                 1722

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         2.  Within the boundaries of a hospital tax district

  2  which encompasses a population of no greater than 100 persons

  3  per square mile.

  4  

  5  If the department administers a federal loan repayment

  6  program, priority shall be given to obligating state and

  7  federal matching funds pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b).

  8  The department may use federal matching funds in other health

  9  workforce shortage areas and medically underserved areas in

10  the state for loan repayment programs for primary care

11  physicians, physician assistants, certified nurse midwives,

12  nurse practitioners, and nurses who are employed by publicly

13  financed health care programs that serve medically indigent

14  persons.

15         Section 986.  Subsection (3) of section 395.605,

16  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         395.605  Emergency care hospitals.--

18         (3)  For the purpose of participation in the Medical

19  Education Reimbursement and Loan Repayment Program as defined

20  in s. 1009.65 240.4067 or other loan repayment or incentive

21  programs designed to relieve medical workforce shortages, the

22  department shall treat emergency care hospitals in the same

23  manner as rural hospitals.

24         Section 987.  Subsection (3) of section 397.405,

25  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

26         397.405  Exemptions from licensure.--The following are

27  exempt from the licensing provisions of this chapter:

28         (3)  A substance abuse education program established

29  pursuant to s. 1003.42 233.061.

30  

31  


                                 1723

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  The exemptions from licensure in this section do not apply to

  2  any facility or entity which receives an appropriation, grant,

  3  or contract from the state to operate as a service provider as

  4  defined in this chapter or to any substance abuse program

  5  regulated pursuant to s. 397.406.  No provision of this

  6  chapter shall be construed to limit the practice of a

  7  physician licensed under chapter 458 or chapter 459, a

  8  psychologist licensed under chapter 490, or a psychotherapist

  9  licensed under chapter 491, providing outpatient or inpatient

10  substance abuse treatment to a voluntary patient, so long as

11  the physician, psychologist, or psychotherapist does not

12  represent to the public that he or she is a licensed service

13  provider under this act. Failure to comply with any

14  requirement necessary to maintain an exempt status under this

15  section is a misdemeanor of the first degree, punishable as

16  provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

17         Section 988.  Subsection (4) of section 397.451,

18  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

19         397.451  Background checks of service provider

20  personnel who have direct contact with unmarried minor clients

21  or clients who are developmentally disabled.--

22         (4)  PERSONNEL EXEMPT FROM BEING REFINGERPRINTED OR

23  RECHECKED.--Service provider personnel who have been

24  fingerprinted or had their backgrounds checked pursuant to

25  chapter 393, chapter 394, chapter 402, or chapter 409, or this

26  section, and teachers who have been fingerprinted pursuant to

27  chapter 1012 231, who have not been unemployed for more than

28  90 days thereafter and who, under the penalty of perjury,

29  attest to the completion of such fingerprinting or background

30  checks and to compliance with the provisions of this section

31  and the standards contained in chapter 435 and this section,


                                 1724

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  are not required to be refingerprinted or rechecked in order

  2  to comply with service provider personnel fingerprinting or

  3  background check requirements.

  4         Section 989.  Paragraph (h) of subsection (2) of

  5  section 397.951, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  6         397.951  Treatment and sanctions.--The Legislature

  7  recognizes that the integration of treatment and sanctions

  8  greatly increases the effectiveness of substance abuse

  9  treatment. It is the responsibility of the department and the

10  substance abuse treatment provider to employ the full measure

11  of sanctions available to require participation and completion

12  of treatment to ensure successful outcomes for children in

13  substance abuse treatment.

14         (2)  The department shall ensure that substance abuse

15  treatment providers employ any and all appropriate available

16  sanctions necessary to engage, motivate, and maintain a child

17  in treatment, including, but not limited to, provisions in law

18  that:

19         (h)  Provide that the use, possession, or sale of

20  controlled substances, as defined in chapter 893, or

21  possession of electronic telephone pagers, by any student

22  while such student is upon school property or in attendance at

23  a school function is grounds for disciplinary action by the

24  school and may also result in criminal penalties being imposed

25  pursuant to s. 1006.09(1)-(4) 232.26.

26         Section 990.  Subsection (2), (4), and (7) of section

27  402.22, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

28         402.22  Education program for students who reside in

29  residential care facilities operated by the Department of

30  Children and Family Services.--

31  


                                 1725

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (2)  District school boards shall establish educational

  2  programs for all students ages 5 through 18 under the

  3  residential care of the Department of Children and Family

  4  Services and may provide for students below age 3 as provided

  5  for in s. 1003.21(1)(e) 232.01(1)(e). Funding of such programs

  6  shall be pursuant to s. 1011.62 236.081.

  7         (4)  Students age 18 and under who are under the

  8  residential care of the Department of Children and Family

  9  Services and who receive an education program shall be

10  calculated as full-time equivalent student membership in the

11  appropriate cost factor as provided for in s. 1011.62(1)(c)

12  236.081(1)(c). Residential care facilities of the Department

13  of Children and Family Services shall include, but not be

14  limited to, developmental services institutions and state

15  mental health facilities.  All students shall receive their

16  education program from the district school system, and funding

17  shall be allocated through the Florida Education Finance

18  Program for the district school system.

19         (7)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 1001.42(4)(n)

20  230.23(4)(n), the educational program at the Marianna Sunland

21  Center in Jackson County shall be operated by the Department

22  of Education, either directly or through grants or contractual

23  agreements with other public educational agencies.  The annual

24  state allocation to any such agency shall be computed pursuant

25  to s. 1011.62(1), (2), and (5) 236.081(1), (2), and (5) and

26  allocated in the amount that would have been provided the

27  local school district in which the residential facility is

28  located.

29         Section 991.  Subsection (3) of section 402.302,

30  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

31         402.302  Definitions.--


                                 1726

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (3)  "Child care personnel" means all owners,

  2  operators, employees, and volunteers working in a child care

  3  facility. The term does not include persons who work in a

  4  child care facility after hours when children are not present

  5  or parents of children in Head Start.  For purposes of

  6  screening, the term includes any member, over the age of 12

  7  years, of a child care facility operator's family, or person,

  8  over the age of 12 years, residing with a child care facility

  9  operator if the child care facility is located in or adjacent

10  to the home of the operator or if the family member of, or

11  person residing with, the child care facility operator has any

12  direct contact with the children in the facility during its

13  hours of operation. Members of the operator's family or

14  persons residing with the operator who are between the ages of

15  12 years and 18 years shall not be required to be

16  fingerprinted but shall be screened for delinquency records.

17  For purposes of screening, the term shall also include persons

18  who work in child care programs which provide care for

19  children 15 hours or more each week in public or nonpublic

20  schools, summer day camps, family day care homes, or those

21  programs otherwise exempted under s. 402.316.  The term does

22  not include public or nonpublic school personnel who are

23  providing care during regular school hours, or after hours for

24  activities related to a school's program for grades

25  kindergarten through 12 as required under chapter 232.  A

26  volunteer who assists on an intermittent basis for less than

27  40 hours per month is not included in the term "personnel" for

28  the purposes of screening and training, provided that the

29  volunteer is under direct and constant supervision by persons

30  who meet the personnel requirements of s. 402.305(2).

31  Students who observe and participate in a child care facility


                                 1727

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  as a part of their required coursework shall not be considered

  2  child care personnel, provided such observation and

  3  participation are on an intermittent basis and the students

  4  are under direct and constant supervision of child care

  5  personnel.

  6         Section 992.  Section 402.3057, Florida Statutes, is

  7  amended to read:

  8         402.3057  Persons not required to be refingerprinted or

  9  rescreened.--Any provision of law to the contrary

10  notwithstanding, human resource personnel who have been

11  fingerprinted or screened pursuant to chapters 393, 394, 397,

12  402, and 409, and teachers and noninstructional personnel who

13  have been fingerprinted pursuant to chapter 1012 231, who have

14  not been unemployed for more than 90 days thereafter, and who

15  under the penalty of perjury attest to the completion of such

16  fingerprinting or screening and to compliance with the

17  provisions of this section and the standards for good moral

18  character as contained in such provisions as ss. 110.1127(3),

19  393.0655(1), 394.457(6), 397.451, 402.305(2), and 409.175(4),

20  shall not be required to be refingerprinted or rescreened in

21  order to comply with any caretaker screening or fingerprinting

22  requirements.

23         Section 993.  Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (3)

24  of section 409.145, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

25         409.145  Care of children.--

26         (3)(a)  The department is authorized to continue to

27  provide the services of the children's foster care program to

28  individuals 18 to 21 years of age who are enrolled in high

29  school, in a program leading to a high school equivalency

30  diploma as defined in s. 1003.435 229.814, or in a full-time

31  career education program, and to continue to provide services


                                 1728

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  of the children's foster care program to individuals 18 to 23

  2  years of age who are enrolled full-time in a postsecondary

  3  educational institution granting a degree, a certificate, or

  4  an applied technology diploma, if the following requirements

  5  are met:

  6         1.  The individual was committed to the legal custody

  7  of the department for placement in foster care as a dependent

  8  child;

  9         2.  All other resources have been thoroughly explored,

10  and it can be clearly established that there are no

11  alternative resources for placement; and

12         3.  A written service agreement which specifies

13  responsibilities and expectations for all parties involved has

14  been signed by a representative of the department, the

15  individual, and the foster parent or licensed child-caring

16  agency providing the placement resources.

17         (b)  The services of the foster care program shall

18  continue for those individuals 18 to 21 years of age only for

19  the period of time the individual is continuously enrolled in

20  high school, in a program leading to a high school equivalency

21  diploma as defined in s. 1003.435 229.814, or in a full-time

22  career education program; and shall continue for those

23  individuals 18 to 23 years of age only for the period of time

24  the individual is continuously enrolled full-time in a

25  postsecondary educational institution granting a degree, a

26  certificate, or an applied technology diploma. Services shall

27  be terminated upon completion of or withdrawal or permanent

28  expulsion from high school, the program leading to a high

29  school equivalency diploma, the full-time career and technical

30  education program, or the postsecondary educational

31  institution granting a degree, a certificate, or an applied


                                 1729

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  technology diploma. In addition, the department may, based

  2  upon the availability of funds, provide assistance to those

  3  individuals who leave foster care when they attain 18 years of

  4  age and subsequently request assistance prior to their 21st

  5  birthday. The following are examples of assistance that may be

  6  provided: referrals for employment, services for educational

  7  or career vocational development, and housing assistance.

  8         Section 994.  Section 409.1757, Florida Statutes, is

  9  amended to read:

10         409.1757  Persons not required to be refingerprinted or

11  rescreened.--Any provision of law to the contrary

12  notwithstanding, human resource personnel who have been

13  fingerprinted or screened pursuant to chapters 393, 394, 397,

14  402, and this chapter, and teachers who have been

15  fingerprinted pursuant to chapter 1012 231, who have not been

16  unemployed for more than 90 days thereafter, and who under the

17  penalty of perjury attest to the completion of such

18  fingerprinting or screening and to compliance with the

19  provisions of this section and the standards for good moral

20  character as contained in such provisions as ss. 110.1127(3),

21  393.0655(1), 394.457(6), 397.451, 402.305(2), and 409.175(4),

22  shall not be required to be refingerprinted or rescreened in

23  order to comply with any caretaker screening or fingerprinting

24  requirements.

25         Section 995.  Subsections (1) and (2) of section

26  409.2598, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

27         409.2598  Suspension or denial of new or renewal

28  licenses; registrations; certifications.--

29         (1)  The Title IV-D agency may petition the court that

30  entered the support order or the court that is enforcing the

31  support order to deny or suspend the license, registration, or


                                 1730

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  certificate issued under chapter 231, chapter 370, chapter

  2  372, chapter 409, chapter 455, chapter 456, chapter 559,

  3  chapter 1012, s. 328.42, or s. 597.010 of any obligor with a

  4  delinquent support obligation or who fails, after receiving

  5  appropriate notice, to comply with subpoenas, orders to

  6  appear, orders to show cause, or similar orders relating to

  7  paternity or support proceedings. However, a petition may not

  8  be filed until the Title IV-D agency has exhausted all other

  9  available remedies. The purpose of this section is to promote

10  the public policy of the state as established in s. 409.2551.

11         (2)  The Title IV-D agency is authorized to screen all

12  applicants for new or renewal licenses, registrations, or

13  certificates and current licenses, registrations, or

14  certificates and current licensees, registration holders, and

15  certificateholders of all licenses, registrations, and

16  certificates issued under chapter 231, chapter 370, chapter

17  372, chapter 409, chapter 455, chapter 456, or chapter 559,

18  chapter 1012, or s. 328.42 to ensure compliance with any

19  support obligation and any subpoenas, orders to appear, orders

20  to show cause, or similar orders relating to paternity or

21  support proceedings. If the Title IV-D agency determines that

22  an applicant, licensee, registration holder, or

23  certificateholder is an obligor who is delinquent on a support

24  obligation or who is not in compliance with a subpoena, order

25  to appear, order to show cause, or similar order relating to

26  paternity or support proceedings, the Title IV-D agency shall

27  certify the delinquency pursuant to s. 61.14.

28         Section 996.  Subsections (1) and (6) of section

29  409.9071, Florida Statutes, as amended by section 2 of chapter

30  97-168, Laws of Florida, are amended to read:

31  


                                 1731

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         409.9071  Medicaid provider agreements for school

  2  districts certifying state match.--

  3         (1)  The agency shall submit a state plan amendment by

  4  September 1, 1997, for the purpose of obtaining federal

  5  authorization to reimburse school-based services as provided

  6  in former s. 236.0812 pursuant to the rehabilitative services

  7  option provided under 42 U.S.C. s. 1396d(a)(13). For purposes

  8  of this section, billing agent consulting services shall be

  9  considered billing agent services, as that term is used in s.

10  409.913(9), and, as such, payments to such persons shall not

11  be based on amounts for which they bill nor based on the

12  amount a provider receives from the Medicaid program. This

13  provision shall not restrict privatization of Medicaid

14  school-based services. Subject to any limitations provided for

15  in the General Appropriations Act, the agency, in compliance

16  with appropriate federal authorization, shall develop policies

17  and procedures and shall allow for certification of state and

18  local education funds which have been provided for

19  school-based services as specified in s. 1011.70 236.0812 and

20  authorized by a physician's order where required by federal

21  Medicaid law.  Any state or local funds certified pursuant to

22  this section shall be for children with specified disabilities

23  who are eligible for both Medicaid and part B or part H of the

24  Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), or the

25  exceptional student education program, or who have an

26  individualized educational plan.

27         (6)  Retroactive reimbursements for services as

28  specified in former s. 236.0812 as of July 1, 1996, including

29  reimbursement for the 1995-1996 and 1996-1997 school years,

30  subject to federal approval.

31  


                                 1732

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 997.  Subsection (1) of section 409.9071,

  2  Florida Statutes, as amended by sections 13 and 18 of chapter

  3  97-263, Laws of Florida, is amended to read:

  4         409.9071  Medicaid provider agreements for school

  5  districts certifying state match.--

  6         (1)  Subject to any limitations provided for in the

  7  General Appropriations Act, the agency, in compliance with

  8  appropriate federal authorization, shall develop policies and

  9  procedures to allow for certification of state and local

10  education funds which have been provided for services as

11  authorized in s. 1011.70 236.0812.  Any state or local funds

12  certified pursuant to this section shall be for children with

13  specified disabilities who are eligible for Medicaid and who

14  have an individualized educational plan that demonstrates that

15  such services are medically necessary and a physician

16  authorization order if required by federal Medicaid laws.

17         Section 998.  Subsection (21) of section 409.908,

18  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

19         409.908  Reimbursement of Medicaid providers.--Subject

20  to specific appropriations, the agency shall reimburse

21  Medicaid providers, in accordance with state and federal law,

22  according to methodologies set forth in the rules of the

23  agency and in policy manuals and handbooks incorporated by

24  reference therein.  These methodologies may include fee

25  schedules, reimbursement methods based on cost reporting,

26  negotiated fees, competitive bidding pursuant to s. 287.057,

27  and other mechanisms the agency considers efficient and

28  effective for purchasing services or goods on behalf of

29  recipients.  Payment for Medicaid compensable services made on

30  behalf of Medicaid eligible persons is subject to the

31  availability of moneys and any limitations or directions


                                 1733

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  provided for in the General Appropriations Act or chapter 216.

  2  Further, nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent

  3  or limit the agency from adjusting fees, reimbursement rates,

  4  lengths of stay, number of visits, or number of services, or

  5  making any other adjustments necessary to comply with the

  6  availability of moneys and any limitations or directions

  7  provided for in the General Appropriations Act, provided the

  8  adjustment is consistent with legislative intent.

  9         (21)  The agency shall reimburse school districts which

10  certify the state match pursuant to ss. 1011.70 236.0812 and

11  409.9071 for the federal portion of the school district's

12  allowable costs to deliver the services, based on the

13  reimbursement schedule.  The school district shall determine

14  the costs for delivering services as authorized in ss. 1011.70

15  236.0812 and 409.9071 for which the state match will be

16  certified. Reimbursement of school-based providers is

17  contingent on such providers being enrolled as Medicaid

18  providers and meeting the qualifications contained in 42

19  C.F.R. s. 440.110, unless otherwise waived by the federal

20  Health Care Financing Administration. Speech therapy providers

21  who are certified through the Department of Education pursuant

22  to rule 6A-4.0176, Florida Administrative Code, are eligible

23  for reimbursement for services that are provided on school

24  premises. Any employee of the school district who has been

25  fingerprinted and has received a criminal background check in

26  accordance with Department of Education rules and guidelines

27  shall be exempt from any agency requirements relating to

28  criminal background checks.

29         Section 999.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (2) of

30  section 409.9122, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

31  


                                 1734

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         409.9122  Mandatory Medicaid managed care enrollment;

  2  programs and procedures.--

  3         (2)(a)  The agency shall enroll in a managed care plan

  4  or MediPass all Medicaid recipients, except those Medicaid

  5  recipients who are: in an institution; enrolled in the

  6  Medicaid medically needy program; or eligible for both

  7  Medicaid and Medicare.  However, to the extent permitted by

  8  federal law, the agency may enroll in a managed care plan or

  9  MediPass a Medicaid recipient who is exempt from mandatory

10  managed care enrollment, provided that:

11         1.  The recipient's decision to enroll in a managed

12  care plan or MediPass is voluntary;

13         2.  If the recipient chooses to enroll in a managed

14  care plan, the agency has determined that the managed care

15  plan provides specific programs and services which address the

16  special health needs of the recipient; and

17         3.  The agency receives any necessary waivers from the

18  federal Health Care Financing Administration.

19  

20  The agency shall develop rules to establish policies by which

21  exceptions to the mandatory managed care enrollment

22  requirement may be made on a case-by-case basis. The rules

23  shall include the specific criteria to be applied when making

24  a determination as to whether to exempt a recipient from

25  mandatory enrollment in a managed care plan or MediPass.

26  School districts participating in the certified school match

27  program pursuant to ss. 1011.70 236.0812 and 409.908(21) shall

28  be reimbursed by Medicaid, subject to the limitations of s.

29  1011.70(1) 236.0812(1) and (2), for a Medicaid-eligible child

30  participating in the services as authorized in s. 1011.70

31  236.0812, as provided for in s. 409.9071, regardless of


                                 1735

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  whether the child is enrolled in MediPass or a managed care

  2  plan. Managed care plans shall make a good faith effort to

  3  execute agreements with school districts regarding the

  4  coordinated provision of services authorized under s. 1011.70

  5  236.0812. County health departments delivering school-based

  6  services pursuant to ss. 381.0056 and 381.0057 shall be

  7  reimbursed by Medicaid for the federal share for a

  8  Medicaid-eligible child who receives Medicaid-covered services

  9  in a school setting, regardless of whether the child is

10  enrolled in MediPass or a managed care plan.  Managed care

11  plans shall make a good faith effort to execute agreements

12  with county health departments regarding the coordinated

13  provision of services to a Medicaid-eligible child. To ensure

14  continuity of care for Medicaid patients, the agency, the

15  Department of Health, and the Department of Education shall

16  develop procedures for ensuring that a student's managed care

17  plan or MediPass provider receives information relating to

18  services provided in accordance with ss. 236.0812, 381.0056,

19  381.0057, and 409.9071, and 1011.70.

20         Section 1000.  Paragraph (d) of subsection (5) and

21  subsection (10) of section 411.01, Florida Statutes, are

22  amended to read:

23         411.01  Florida Partnership for School Readiness;

24  school readiness coalitions.--

25         (5)  CREATION OF SCHOOL READINESS COALITIONS.--

26         (d)  Implementation.--

27         1.  The school readiness program is to be phased in.

28  Until the coalition implements its plan, the county shall

29  continue to receive the services identified in subsection (3)

30  through the various agencies that would be responsible for

31  delivering those services under current law.  Plan


                                 1736

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  implementation is subject to approval of the coalition and the

  2  plan by the Florida Partnership for School Readiness.

  3         2.  Each school readiness coalition shall develop a

  4  plan for implementing the school readiness program to meet the

  5  requirements of this section and the performance standards and

  6  outcome measures established by the partnership. The plan must

  7  include a written description of the role of the program in

  8  the coalition's effort to meet the first state education goal,

  9  readiness to start school, including a description of the plan

10  to involve the prekindergarten early intervention programs,

11  Head Start Programs, programs offered by public or private

12  providers of child care, preschool programs for children with

13  disabilities, programs for migrant children, Title I programs,

14  subsidized child care programs, and teen parent programs. The

15  plan must also demonstrate how the program will ensure that

16  each 3-year-old and 4-year-old child in a publicly funded

17  school readiness program receives scheduled activities and

18  instruction designed to prepare children to enter kindergarten

19  ready to learn. Prior to implementation of the program, the

20  school readiness coalition must submit the plan to the

21  partnership for approval. The partnership may approve the

22  plan, reject the plan, or approve the plan with conditions.

23  The Florida Partnership for School Readiness shall review

24  coalition plans at least annually.

25         3.  The plan for the school readiness program must

26  include the following minimum standards and provisions:

27         a.  A sliding fee scale establishing a copayment for

28  parents based upon their ability to pay, which is the same for

29  all program providers, to be implemented and reflected in each

30  program's budget.

31  


                                 1737

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         b.  A choice of settings and locations in licensed,

  2  registered, religious-exempt, or school-based programs to be

  3  provided to parents.

  4         c.  Instructional staff who have completed the training

  5  course as required in s. 402.305(2)(d)1., as well as staff who

  6  have additional training or credentials as required by the

  7  partnership. The plan must provide a method for assuring the

  8  qualifications of all personnel in all program settings.

  9         d.  Specific eligibility priorities for children within

10  the coalition's county pursuant to subsection (6).

11         e.  Performance standards and outcome measures

12  established by the partnership or alternatively, standards and

13  outcome measures to be used until such time as the partnership

14  adopts such standards and outcome measures.

15         f.  Reimbursement rates that have been developed by the

16  coalition. Reimbursement rates shall not have the effect of

17  limiting parental choice or creating standards or levels of

18  services that have not been authorized by the Legislature.

19         g.  Systems support services, including a central

20  agency, child care resource and referral, eligibility

21  determinations, training of providers, and parent support and

22  involvement.

23         h.  Direct enhancement services to families and

24  children. System support and direct enhancement services shall

25  be in addition to payments for the placement of children in

26  school readiness programs.

27         i.  A business plan, which must include the contract

28  with a school readiness agent if the coalition is not a

29  legally established corporate entity. Coalitions may contract

30  with other coalitions to achieve efficiency in multiple-county

31  


                                 1738

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  services, and such contracts may be part of the coalition's

  2  business plan.

  3         j.  Strategies to meet the needs of unique populations,

  4  such as migrant workers.

  5  

  6  As part of the plan, the coalition may request the Governor to

  7  apply for a waiver to allow the coalition to administer the

  8  Head Start Program to accomplish the purposes of the school

  9  readiness program.  If any school readiness plan can

10  demonstrate that specific statutory goals can be achieved more

11  effectively by using procedures that require modification of

12  existing rules, policies, or procedures, a request for a

13  waiver to the partnership may be made as part of the plan.

14  Upon review, the partnership may grant the proposed

15  modification.

16         4.  Persons with an early childhood teaching

17  certificate may provide support and supervision to other staff

18  in the school readiness program.

19         5.  The coalition may not implement its plan until it

20  submits the plan to and receives approval from the

21  partnership. Once the plan has been approved, the plan and the

22  services provided under the plan shall be controlled by the

23  coalition rather than by the state agencies or departments.

24  The plan shall be reviewed and revised as necessary, but at

25  least biennially.

26         6.  The following statutes will not apply to local

27  coalitions with approved plans: ss. 125.901(2)(a)3., 411.221,

28  and 411.232. To facilitate innovative practices and to allow

29  local establishment of school readiness programs, a school

30  readiness coalition may apply to the Governor and Cabinet for

31  a waiver of, and the Governor and Cabinet may waive, any of


                                 1739

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the provisions of ss. 230.23166, 411.223, and 411.232, and

  2  1003.54 if the waiver is necessary for implementation of the

  3  coalition's school readiness plan.

  4         7.  Two or more counties may join for the purpose of

  5  planning and implementing a school readiness program.

  6         8.  A coalition may, subject to approval of the

  7  partnership as part of the coalition's plan, receive

  8  subsidized child care funds for all children eligible for any

  9  federal subsidized child care program and be the provider of

10  the program services.

11         9.  Coalitions are authorized to enter into multiparty

12  contracts with multicounty service providers in order to meet

13  the needs of unique populations such as migrant workers.

14         (10)  SCHOOL READINESS UNIFORM SCREENING.--The

15  Department of Education shall implement a school readiness

16  uniform screening, including a pilot program during the

17  2001-2002 school year, to validate the system recommended by

18  the Florida Partnership for School Readiness as part of a

19  comprehensive evaluation design. Beginning with the 2002-2003

20  school year, the department shall require that all school

21  districts administer the school readiness uniform screening to

22  each kindergarten student in the district school system upon

23  the student's entry into kindergarten. Children who enter

24  public school for the first time in first grade must undergo a

25  uniform screening adopted for use in first grade. The

26  department shall incorporate school readiness data into the

27  K-20 data warehouse for longitudinal tracking. Notwithstanding

28  s. 1002.22 228.093, the department shall provide the

29  partnership and the Agency for Workforce Innovation with

30  complete and full access to kindergarten uniform screening

31  data at the student, school, district, and state levels in a


                                 1740

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  format that will enable the partnership and the agency to

  2  prepare reports needed by state policymakers and local school

  3  readiness coalitions to access progress toward school

  4  readiness goals and provide input for continuous improvement

  5  of local school readiness services and programs.

  6         Section 1001.  Paragraph (f) of subsection (8) of

  7  section 411.203, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  8         411.203  Continuum of comprehensive services.--The

  9  Department of Education and the Department of Health and

10  Rehabilitative Services shall utilize the continuum of

11  prevention and early assistance services for high-risk

12  pregnant women and for high-risk and handicapped children and

13  their families, as outlined in this section, as a basis for

14  the intraagency and interagency program coordination,

15  monitoring, and analysis required in this chapter.  The

16  continuum shall be the guide for the comprehensive statewide

17  approach for services for high-risk pregnant women and for

18  high-risk and handicapped children and their families, and may

19  be expanded or reduced as necessary for the enhancement of

20  those services.  Expansion or reduction of the continuum shall

21  be determined by intraagency or interagency findings and

22  agreement, whichever is applicable. Implementation of the

23  continuum shall be based upon applicable eligibility criteria,

24  availability of resources, and interagency prioritization when

25  programs impact both agencies, or upon single agency

26  prioritization when programs impact only one agency.  The

27  continuum shall include, but not be limited to:

28         (8)  SUPPORT SERVICES FOR ALL EXPECTANT PARENTS AND

29  PARENTS OF HIGH-RISK CHILDREN.--

30         (f)  Parent support groups, such as the community

31  resource mother or father program as established in s. 402.45,


                                 1741

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the Florida First Start Program as established in s. 230.2303,

  2  or parents as first teachers, to strengthen families and to

  3  enable families of high-risk children to better meet their

  4  needs.

  5         Section 1002.  Subsection (2) of section 411.223,

  6  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  7         411.223  Uniform standards.--

  8         (2)  Duplicative diagnostic and planning practices

  9  shall be eliminated to the extent possible. Diagnostic and

10  other information necessary to provide quality services to

11  high-risk or handicapped children shall be shared among the

12  program offices of the Department of Children and Family

13  Services, pursuant to the provisions of s. 1002.22 228.093.

14         Section 1003.  Subsection (1) of section 414.1251,

15  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

16         414.1251  Learnfare program.--

17         (1)  The department shall reduce the temporary cash

18  assistance for a participant's eligible dependent child or for

19  an eligible teenage participant who has not been exempted from

20  education participation requirements, if the eligible

21  dependent child or eligible teenage participant has been

22  identified either as a habitual truant, pursuant to s.

23  1003.01(8) 228.041(28), or as a dropout, pursuant to s.

24  1003.01(9) 228.041(29). For a student who has been identified

25  as a habitual truant, the temporary cash assistance must be

26  reinstated after a subsequent grading period in which the

27  child's attendance has substantially improved. For a student

28  who has been identified as a dropout, the temporary cash

29  assistance must be reinstated after the student enrolls in a

30  public school, receives a high school diploma or its

31  equivalency, enrolls in preparation for the General


                                 1742

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  Educational Development Tests, or enrolls in other educational

  2  activities approved by the district school board. Good cause

  3  exemptions from the rule of unexcused absences include the

  4  following:

  5         (a)  The student is expelled from school and

  6  alternative schooling is not available.

  7         (b)  No licensed day care is available for a child of

  8  teen parents subject to Learnfare.

  9         (c)  Prohibitive transportation problems exist (e.g.,

10  to and from day care).

11  

12  Within 10 days after sanction notification, the participant

13  parent of a dependent child or the teenage participant may

14  file an internal fair hearings process review procedure

15  appeal, and no sanction shall be imposed until the appeal is

16  resolved.

17         Section 1004.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (1) of

18  section 440.16, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

19         440.16  Compensation for death.--

20         (1)  If death results from the accident within 1 year

21  thereafter or follows continuous disability and results from

22  the accident within 5 years thereafter, the employer shall

23  pay:

24         (c)  To the surviving spouse, payment of postsecondary

25  student fees for instruction at any area technical center

26  established under s. 1001.44 230.63 for up to 1,800 classroom

27  hours or payment of student fees at any community college

28  established under part III of chapter 1004 240 for up to 80

29  semester hours.  The spouse of a deceased state employee shall

30  be entitled to a full waiver of such fees as provided in ss.

31  1009.22 239.117 and 1009.23 240.345 in lieu of the payment of


                                 1743

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  such fees.  The benefits provided for in this paragraph shall

  2  be in addition to other benefits provided for in this section

  3  and shall terminate 7 years after the death of the deceased

  4  employee, or when the total payment in eligible compensation

  5  under paragraph (b) has been received.  To qualify for the

  6  educational benefit under this paragraph, the spouse shall be

  7  required to meet and maintain the regular admission

  8  requirements of, and be registered at, such area technical

  9  center or community college, and make satisfactory academic

10  progress as defined by the educational institution in which

11  the student is enrolled.

12         Section 1005.  Paragraph (e) of subsection (6) and

13  paragraph (e) of subsection (9) of section 445.004, Florida

14  Statutes, are amended to read:

15         445.004  Workforce Florida, Inc.; creation; purpose;

16  membership; duties and powers.--

17         (6)  Workforce Florida, Inc., may take action that it

18  deems necessary to achieve the purposes of this section,

19  including, but not limited to:

20         (e)  Providing policy direction for a system to project

21  and evaluate labor market supply and demand using the results

22  of the Workforce Estimating Conference created in s. 216.136

23  and the career education performance standards identified

24  under s. 1008.43 239.233.

25         (9)  Workforce Florida, Inc., in collaboration with the

26  regional workforce boards and appropriate state agencies and

27  local public and private service providers, and in

28  consultation with the Office of Program Policy Analysis and

29  Government Accountability, shall establish uniform measures

30  and standards to gauge the performance of the workforce

31  


                                 1744

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  development strategy. These measures and standards must be

  2  organized into three outcome tiers.

  3         (e)  Job placement must be reported pursuant to s.

  4  1008.39 229.8075. Positive outcomes for providers of education

  5  and training must be consistent with ss. 1008.42 239.233 and

  6  1008.43 239.245.

  7         Section 1006.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of

  8  section 445.0121, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  9         445.0121  Student eligibility requirements for initial

10  awards.--

11         (1)  To be eligible for an initial award for

12  lower-division college credit courses that lead to a

13  baccalaureate degree, as defined in s. 445.0122(5), a student

14  must:

15         (a)1.  Have been a resident of this state for no less

16  than 3 years for purposes other than to obtain an education;

17  or

18         2.  Have received a standard Florida high school

19  diploma, as provided in s. 1003.43 232.246, or its equivalent,

20  as described in s. 229.814, unless:

21         a.  The student is enrolled full-time in the

22  early-admission program of an eligible postsecondary education

23  institution or completes a home education program in

24  accordance with s. 1002.41 232.0201; or

25         b.  The student earns a high school diploma from a

26  non-Florida school while living with a parent or guardian who

27  is on military or public service assignment outside this

28  state.

29         Section 1007.  Paragraph (i) of subsection (1) of

30  section 445.024, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

31         445.024  Work requirements.--


                                 1745

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  WORK ACTIVITIES.--The following activities may be

  2  used individually or in combination to satisfy the work

  3  requirements for a participant in the temporary cash

  4  assistance program:

  5         (i)  Education services related to employment for

  6  participants 19 years of age or younger.--Education services

  7  provided under this paragraph are designed to prepare a

  8  participant for employment in an occupation. The agency shall

  9  coordinate education services with the school-to-work

10  activities provided under s. 1006.02 229.595. Activities

11  provided under this paragraph are restricted to participants

12  19 years of age or younger who have not completed high school

13  or obtained a high school equivalency diploma.

14         Section 1008.  Subsection (2), paragraph (i) of

15  subsection (3), paragraph (a) of subsection (4), subsection

16  (10), and subsection (18) of section 447.203, Florida

17  Statutes, are amended to read:

18         447.203  Definitions.--As used in this part:

19         (2)  "Public employer" or "employer" means the state or

20  any county, municipality, or special district or any

21  subdivision or agency thereof which the commission determines

22  has sufficient legal distinctiveness properly to carry out the

23  functions of a public employer.  With respect to all public

24  employees determined by the commission as properly belonging

25  to a statewide bargaining unit composed of State Career

26  Service System employees or Selected Professional Service

27  employees, the Governor shall be deemed to be the public

28  employer; and the university board of trustees Board of

29  Regents shall be deemed to be the public employer with respect

30  to all public employees of the respective state university

31  within the State University System as provided in s.


                                 1746

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  240.209(3)(f), except that such employees shall have the

  2  right, in elections to be conducted at each university by the

  3  commission pursuant to its rules, to elect not to participate

  4  in collective bargaining. In the event that a majority of such

  5  voting employees at any university elect not to participate in

  6  collective bargaining, they shall be removed from the

  7  applicable Board of Regents bargaining unit.  If, thereafter,

  8  by election conducted by the commission pursuant to its rules,

  9  a majority of such voting employees elect to participate in

10  collective bargaining, they shall be included again in the

11  applicable Board of Regents bargaining unit for such purpose.

12  The board of trustees of a community college shall be deemed

13  to be the public employer with respect to all employees of the

14  community college. The district school board shall be deemed

15  to be the public employer with respect to all employees of the

16  school district.  The Board of Trustees of the Florida School

17  for the Deaf and the Blind shall be deemed to be the public

18  employer with respect to the academic and academic

19  administrative personnel of the Florida School for the Deaf

20  and the Blind.  The Governor shall be deemed to be the public

21  employer with respect to all employees in the Correctional

22  Education Program of the Department of Corrections established

23  pursuant to s. 944.801.

24         (3)  "Public employee" means any person employed by a

25  public employer except:

26         (i)  Those persons enrolled as graduate students in the

27  State University System who are employed as graduate

28  assistants, graduate teaching assistants, graduate teaching

29  associates, graduate research assistants, or graduate research

30  associates and those persons enrolled as undergraduate

31  students in a state university the State University System who


                                 1747

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  perform part-time work for the state university State

  2  University System.

  3         (4)  "Managerial employees" are those employees who:

  4         (a)  Perform jobs that are not of a routine, clerical,

  5  or ministerial nature and require the exercise of independent

  6  judgment in the performance of such jobs and to whom one or

  7  more of the following applies:

  8         1.  They formulate or assist in formulating policies

  9  which are applicable to bargaining unit employees.

10         2.  They may reasonably be required on behalf of the

11  employer to assist in the preparation for the conduct of

12  collective bargaining negotiations.

13         3.  They have a role in the administration of

14  agreements resulting from collective bargaining negotiations.

15         4.  They have a significant role in personnel

16  administration.

17         5.  They have a significant role in employee relations.

18         6.  They are included in the definition of

19  administrative personnel contained in s. 1012.01(3)

20  228.041(10).

21         7.  They have a significant role in the preparation or

22  administration of budgets for any public agency or institution

23  or subdivision thereof.

24  

25  However, in determining whether an individual is a managerial

26  employee pursuant to either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b),

27  above, the commission may consider historic relationships of

28  the employee to the public employer and to coemployees.

29         (10)  "Legislative body" means the State Legislature,

30  the board of county commissioners, the district school board,

31  the governing body of a municipality, or the governing body of


                                 1748

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  an instrumentality or unit of government having authority to

  2  appropriate funds and establish policy governing the terms and

  3  conditions of employment and which, as the case may be, is the

  4  appropriate legislative body for the bargaining unit. For

  5  purposes of s. 447.403, the state university board of trustees

  6  shall be deemed to be the legislative body with respect to all

  7  employees of the state university. For purposes of s. 447.403

  8  the board of trustees of a community college shall be deemed

  9  to be the legislative body with respect to all employees of

10  the community college.

11         (18)  "Student representative" means the representative

12  selected by each community college or university student

13  government association and the council of student body

14  presidents. Each representative may be present at all

15  negotiating sessions that which take place between the

16  appropriate public employer and an exclusive bargaining agent.

17  The Said representative must shall be enrolled as a student

18  with at least 8 credit hours in the respective community

19  college or university or in the State University System during

20  his or her term as student representative.

21         Section 1009.  Subsection (5) of section 447.301,

22  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

23         447.301  Public employees' rights; organization and

24  representation.--

25         (5)  In negotiations over the terms and conditions of

26  service and other matters affecting the working environment of

27  employees, or the learning environment of students, in

28  institutions of higher education, one student representative

29  selected by the council of student body presidents may, at his

30  or her discretion, be present at all negotiating sessions

31  which take place between the Board of Regents and the


                                 1749

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  bargaining agent for an employee bargaining unit. In the case

  2  of community colleges and universities, the student government

  3  association of each community college or university shall

  4  establish procedures for the selection of, and shall select, a

  5  student representative to be present, at his or her

  6  discretion, at negotiations between the bargaining agent of

  7  the employees and the board of trustees.  Each student

  8  representative shall have access to all written draft

  9  agreements and all other written documents pertaining to

10  negotiations exchanged by the appropriate public employer and

11  the bargaining agent, including a copy of any prepared written

12  transcripts of any negotiating session. Each student

13  representative shall have the right at reasonable times during

14  the negotiating session to comment to the parties and to the

15  public upon the impact of proposed agreements on the

16  educational environment of students. Each student

17  representative shall have the right to be accompanied by

18  alternates or aides, not to exceed a combined total of two in

19  number. Each student representative shall be obligated to

20  participate in good faith during all negotiations and shall be

21  subject to the rules and regulations of the Public Employees

22  Relations Commission.  The student representatives shall have

23  neither voting nor veto power in any negotiation, action, or

24  agreement.  The state or any branch, agency, division, agent,

25  or institution of the state, including community colleges and

26  universities, may shall not expend any moneys from any source

27  for the payment of reimbursement for travel expenses or per

28  diem to aides, alternates, or student representatives

29  participating in, observing, or contributing to any

30  negotiating sessions between the bargaining parties; however,

31  this limitation does not apply to the use of student activity


                                 1750

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  fees for the reimbursement of travel expenses and per diem to

  2  the university student representative, aides, or alternates

  3  participating in the aforementioned negotiations between the

  4  Board of Regents and the bargaining agent for an employee

  5  bargaining unit.

  6         Section 1010.  Subsection (4) of section 447.403,

  7  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  8         447.403  Resolution of impasses.--

  9         (4)  If In the event that either the public employer or

10  the employee organization does not accept, in whole or in

11  part, the recommended decision of the special master:

12         (a)  The chief executive officer of the governmental

13  entity involved shall, within 10 days after rejection of a

14  recommendation of the special master, submit to the

15  legislative body of the governmental entity involved a copy of

16  the findings of fact and recommended decision of the special

17  master, together with the chief executive officer's

18  recommendations for settling the disputed impasse issues.  The

19  chief executive officer shall also transmit his or her

20  recommendations to the employee organization. If the dispute

21  involves employees for whom the Board of Regents is the public

22  employer, the Governor may also submit recommendations to the

23  legislative body for settling The disputed impasse issues;

24         (b)  The employee organization shall submit its

25  recommendations for settling the disputed impasse issues to

26  such legislative body and to the chief executive officer;

27         (c)  The legislative body or a duly authorized

28  committee thereof shall forthwith conduct a public hearing at

29  which the parties shall be required to explain their positions

30  with respect to the rejected recommendations of the special

31  master;


                                 1751

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Thereafter, the legislative body shall take such

  2  action as it deems to be in the public interest, including the

  3  interest of the public employees involved, to resolve all

  4  disputed impasse issues; and

  5         (e)  Following the resolution of the disputed impasse

  6  issues by the legislative body, the parties shall reduce to

  7  writing an agreement which includes those issues agreed to by

  8  the parties and those disputed impasse issues resolved by the

  9  legislative body's action taken pursuant to paragraph (d). The

10  agreement shall be signed by the chief executive officer and

11  the bargaining agent and shall be submitted to the public

12  employer and to the public employees who are members of the

13  bargaining unit for ratification. If such agreement is not

14  ratified by all parties, pursuant to the provisions of s.

15  447.309, the legislative body's action taken pursuant to the

16  provisions of paragraph (d) shall take effect as of the date

17  of such legislative body's action for the remainder of the

18  first fiscal year which was the subject of negotiations;

19  however, the legislative body's action shall not take effect

20  with respect to those disputed impasse issues which establish

21  the language of contractual provisions which could have no

22  effect in the absence of a ratified agreement, including, but

23  not limited to, preambles, recognition clauses, and duration

24  clauses.

25         Section 1011.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (5) of

26  section 450.081, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

27         450.081  Hours of work in certain occupations.--

28         (5)  The provisions of subsections (1)-(4) shall not

29  apply to:

30         (b)  Minors who are within the compulsory school

31  attendance age limit who hold a valid certificate of exemption


                                 1752

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  issued by the school superintendent or his or her designee

  2  pursuant to the provisions of s. 1003.21(3) 232.06.

  3         Section 1012.  Subsection (2) of section 450.121,

  4  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  5         450.121  Enforcement of Child Labor Law.--

  6         (2)  It is the duty of the department and its agents

  7  and all sheriffs or other law enforcement officers of the

  8  state or of any municipality of the state to enforce the

  9  provisions of this law, to make complaints against persons

10  violating its provisions, and to prosecute violations of the

11  same. The department and its agents have authority to enter

12  and inspect at any time any place or establishment covered by

13  this law and to have access to age certificates kept on file

14  by the employer and such other records as may aid in the

15  enforcement of this law. A designated school representative

16  acting in accordance with s. 1003.26 232.17 shall report to

17  the department all violations of the Child Labor Law that may

18  come to his or her knowledge.

19         Section 1013.  Subsection (4) of section 458.3145,

20  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

21         458.3145  Medical faculty certificate.--

22         (4)  In any year, the maximum number of extended

23  medical faculty certificateholders as provided in subsection

24  (2) may not exceed 15 persons at each institution named in

25  subparagraphs (1)(i)1.-4. and at the facility named in s.

26  1004.43 240.512 and may not exceed 5 persons at the

27  institution named in subparagraph (1)(i)5.

28         Section 1014.  Subsection (1) and paragraph (a) of

29  subsection (2) of section 458.324, Florida Statutes, are

30  amended to read:

31  


                                 1753

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         458.324  Breast cancer; information on treatment

  2  alternatives.--

  3         (1)  DEFINITION.--As used in this section, the term

  4  "medically viable," as applied to treatment alternatives,

  5  means modes of treatment generally considered by the medical

  6  profession to be within the scope of current, acceptable

  7  standards, including treatment alternatives described in the

  8  written summary prepared by the Florida Cancer Control and

  9  Research Advisory Council in accordance with s. 1004.435(4)(m)

10  240.5121(4)(m).

11         (2)  COMMUNICATION OF TREATMENT ALTERNATIVES.--Each

12  physician treating a patient who is, or in the judgment of the

13  physician is at high risk of being, diagnosed as having breast

14  cancer shall inform such patient of the medically viable

15  treatment alternatives available to such patient; shall

16  describe such treatment alternatives; and shall explain the

17  relative advantages, disadvantages, and risks associated with

18  the treatment alternatives to the extent deemed necessary to

19  allow the patient to make a prudent decision regarding such

20  treatment options.  In compliance with this subsection:

21         (a)  The physician may, in his or her discretion:

22         1.  Orally communicate such information directly to the

23  patient or the patient's legal representative;

24         2.  Provide the patient or the patient's legal

25  representative with a copy of the written summary prepared in

26  accordance with s. 1004.435(4)(m) 240.5121(4)(m) and express a

27  willingness to discuss the summary with the patient or the

28  patient's legal representative; or

29         3.  Both communicate such information directly and

30  provide a copy of the written summary to the patient or the

31  


                                 1754

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  patient's legal representative for further consideration and

  2  possible later discussion.

  3  

  4  Nothing in this subsection shall reduce other provisions of

  5  law regarding informed consent.

  6         Section 1015.  Subsection (1) and paragraph (a) of

  7  subsection (2) of section 459.0125, Florida Statutes, are

  8  amended to read:

  9         459.0125  Breast cancer; information on treatment

10  alternatives.--

11         (1)  DEFINITION.--As used in this section, the term

12  "medically viable," as applied to treatment alternatives,

13  means modes of treatment generally considered by the medical

14  profession to be within the scope of current, acceptable

15  standards, including treatment alternatives described in the

16  written summary prepared by the Florida Cancer Control and

17  Research Advisory Council in accordance with s. 1004.435(4)(m)

18  240.5121(4)(m).

19         (2)  COMMUNICATION OF TREATMENT ALTERNATIVES.--It is

20  the obligation of every physician treating a patient who is,

21  or in the judgment of the physician is at high risk of being,

22  diagnosed as having breast cancer to inform such patient of

23  the medically viable treatment alternatives available to such

24  patient; to describe such treatment alternatives; and to

25  explain the relative advantages, disadvantages, and risks

26  associated with the treatment alternatives to the extent

27  deemed necessary to allow the patient to make a prudent

28  decision regarding such treatment options.  In compliance with

29  this subsection:

30         (a)  The physician may, in her or his discretion:

31  


                                 1755

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         1.  Orally communicate such information directly to the

  2  patient or the patient's legal representative;

  3         2.  Provide the patient or the patient's legal

  4  representative with a copy of the written summary prepared in

  5  accordance with s. 1004.435(4)(m) 240.5121(4)(m) and express

  6  her or his willingness to discuss the summary with the patient

  7  or the patient's legal representative; or

  8         3.  Both communicate such information directly and

  9  provide a copy of the written summary to the patient or the

10  patient's legal representative for further consideration and

11  possible later discussion.

12  

13  Nothing in this subsection shall reduce other provisions of

14  law regarding informed consent.

15         Section 1016.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

16  section 468.1115, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         468.1115  Exemptions.--

18         (2)  The provisions of this part shall not apply to:

19         (c)  Persons certified in the areas of speech-language

20  impairment or hearing impairment in this state under chapter

21  1012 231 when engaging in the profession for which they are

22  certified, or any person under the direct supervision of such

23  a certified person, or of a licensee under this chapter, when

24  the person under such supervision is performing hearing

25  screenings in a school setting for prekindergarten through

26  grade 12.

27         Section 1017.  Section 468.607, Florida Statutes, is

28  amended to read:

29         468.607  Certification of building code administration

30  and inspection personnel.--The board shall issue a certificate

31  to any individual whom the board determines to be qualified,


                                 1756

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  within such class and level as provided in this part and with

  2  such limitations as the board may place upon it.  No person

  3  may be employed by a state agency or local governmental

  4  authority to perform the duties of a building code

  5  administrator, plans examiner, or building code inspector

  6  after October 1, 1993, without possessing the proper valid

  7  certificate issued in accordance with the provisions of this

  8  part. Any person who acts as an inspector and plans examiner

  9  under s. 1013.37 235.26 while conducting activities authorized

10  by certification under that section is certified to continue

11  to conduct inspections for a local enforcement agency until

12  the person's UBCI certification expires, after which time such

13  person must possess the proper valid certificate issued in

14  accordance with this part.

15         Section 1018.  Subsection (3) of section 468.723,

16  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         468.723  Exemptions.--Nothing in this part shall be

18  construed as preventing or restricting:

19         (3)  A person employed as a teacher apprentice trainer

20  I, a teacher apprentice trainer II, or a teacher athletic

21  trainer under s. 1012.46 232.435.

22         Section 1019.  Section 471.0035, Florida Statutes, is

23  amended to read:

24         471.0035  Instructors in postsecondary educational

25  institutions; exemption from registration requirement.--For

26  the sole purpose of teaching the principles and methods of

27  engineering design, notwithstanding the provisions of s.

28  471.005(7), a person employed by a public postsecondary

29  educational institution, or by an independent postsecondary

30  educational institution licensed or exempt from licensure

31  pursuant to the provisions of chapter 1005 246, is not


                                 1757

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  required to register under the provisions of this chapter as a

  2  registered engineer.

  3         Section 1020.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

  4  section 476.114, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  5         476.114  Examination; prerequisites.--

  6         (2)  An applicant shall be eligible for licensure by

  7  examination to practice barbering if the applicant:

  8         (c)1.  Holds an active valid license to practice

  9  barbering in another state, has held the license for at least

10  1 year, and does not qualify for licensure by endorsement as

11  provided for in s. 476.144(5); or

12         2.  Has received a minimum of 1,200 hours of training

13  as established by the board, which shall include, but shall

14  not be limited to, the equivalent of completion of services

15  directly related to the practice of barbering at one of the

16  following:

17         a.  A school of barbering licensed pursuant to chapter

18  1005 246;

19         b.  A barbering program within the public school

20  system; or

21         c.  A government-operated barbering program in this

22  state.

23  

24  The board shall establish by rule procedures whereby the

25  school or program may certify that a person is qualified to

26  take the required examination after the completion of a

27  minimum of 1,000 actual school hours. If the person passes the

28  examination, she or he shall have satisfied this requirement;

29  but if the person fails the examination, she or he shall not

30  be qualified to take the examination again until the

31  completion of the full requirements provided by this section.


                                 1758

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 1021.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (6) of

  2  section 476.144, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  3         476.144  Licensure.--

  4         (6)  A person may apply for a restricted license to

  5  practice barbering. The board shall adopt rules specifying

  6  procedures for an applicant to obtain a restricted license if

  7  the applicant:

  8         (a)1.  Has successfully completed a restricted barber

  9  course, as established by rule of the board, at a school of

10  barbering licensed pursuant to chapter 1005 246, a barbering

11  program within the public school system, or a

12  government-operated barbering program in this state; or

13         2.a.  Holds or has within the previous 5 years held an

14  active valid license to practice barbering in another state or

15  country or has held a Florida barbering license which has been

16  declared null and void for failure to renew the license, and

17  the applicant fulfilled the requirements of s. 476.114(2)(c)2.

18  for initial licensure; and

19         b.  Has not been disciplined relating to the practice

20  of barbering in the previous 5 years; and

21  

22  The restricted license shall limit the licensee's practice to

23  those specific areas in which the applicant has demonstrated

24  competence pursuant to rules adopted by the board.

25         Section 1022.  Section 476.178, Florida Statutes, is

26  amended to read:

27         476.178  Schools of barbering; licensure.--No private

28  school of barbering shall be permitted to operate without a

29  license issued by the Commission for Independent State Board

30  of Nonpublic Career Education pursuant to chapter 1005 246.

31  However, this section shall not be construed to prevent


                                 1759

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  certification by the Department of Education of barber

  2  training programs within the public school system or to

  3  prevent government operation of any other program of barbering

  4  in this state.

  5         Section 1023.  Paragraph (d) of subsection (1) of

  6  section 477.0132, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  7         477.0132  Hair braiding, hair wrapping, and body

  8  wrapping registration.--

  9         (1)

10         (d)  Only the board may review, evaluate, and approve a

11  course required of an applicant for registration under this

12  subsection in the occupation or practice of hair braiding,

13  hair wrapping, or body wrapping. A provider of such a course

14  is not required to hold a license under chapter 1005 246.

15         Section 1024.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

16  section 477.019, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         477.019  Cosmetologists; qualifications; licensure;

18  supervised practice; license renewal; endorsement; continuing

19  education.--

20         (2)  An applicant shall be eligible for licensure by

21  examination to practice cosmetology if the applicant:

22         (c)1.  Is authorized to practice cosmetology in another

23  state or country, has been so authorized for at least 1 year,

24  and does not qualify for licensure by endorsement as provided

25  for in subsection (6); or

26         2.  Has received a minimum of 1,200 hours of training

27  as established by the board, which shall include, but shall

28  not be limited to, the equivalent of completion of services

29  directly related to the practice of cosmetology at one of the

30  following:

31  


                                 1760

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         a.  A school of cosmetology licensed pursuant to

  2  chapter 1005 246.

  3         b.  A cosmetology program within the public school

  4  system.

  5         c.  The Cosmetology Division of the Florida School for

  6  the Deaf and the Blind, provided the division meets the

  7  standards of this chapter.

  8         d.  A government-operated cosmetology program in this

  9  state.

10  

11  The board shall establish by rule procedures whereby the

12  school or program may certify that a person is qualified to

13  take the required examination after the completion of a

14  minimum of 1,000 actual school hours. If the person then

15  passes the examination, he or she shall have satisfied this

16  requirement; but if the person fails the examination, he or

17  she shall not be qualified to take the examination again until

18  the completion of the full requirements provided by this

19  section.

20         Section 1025.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of

21  section 477.0201, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

22         477.0201  Specialty registration; qualifications;

23  registration renewal; endorsement.--

24         (1)  Any person is qualified for registration as a

25  specialist in any one or more of the specialty practices

26  within the practice of cosmetology under this chapter who:

27         (b)  Has received a certificate of completion in a

28  specialty pursuant to s. 477.013(6) from one of the following:

29         1.  A school licensed pursuant to s. 477.023.

30         2.  A school licensed pursuant to chapter 1005 246 or

31  the equivalent licensing authority of another state.


                                 1761

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         3.  A specialty program within the public school

  2  system.

  3         4.  A specialty division within the Cosmetology

  4  Division of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind,

  5  provided the training programs comply with minimum curriculum

  6  requirements established by the board.

  7         Section 1026.  Section 477.023, Florida Statutes, is

  8  amended to read:

  9         477.023  Schools of cosmetology; licensure.--No private

10  school of cosmetology shall be permitted to operate without a

11  license issued by the Commission for Independent State Board

12  of Nonpublic Career Education pursuant to chapter 1005 246.

13  However, nothing herein shall be construed to prevent

14  certification by the Department of Education of cosmetology

15  training programs within the public school system or to

16  prevent government operation of any other program of

17  cosmetology in this state.

18         Section 1027.  Subsection (9) of section 480.033,

19  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

20         480.033  Definitions.--As used in this act:

21         (9)  "Board-approved massage school" means a facility

22  which meets minimum standards for training and curriculum as

23  determined by rule of the board and which is licensed by the

24  Department of Education pursuant to chapter 1005 246 or the

25  equivalent licensing authority of another state or is within

26  the public school system of this state.

27         Section 1028.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (1) of

28  section 481.229, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

29         481.229  Exceptions; exemptions from licensure.--

30  

31  


                                 1762

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  No person shall be required to qualify as an

  2  architect in order to make plans and specifications for, or

  3  supervise the erection, enlargement, or alteration of:

  4         (c)  Any other type of building costing less than

  5  $25,000, except a school, auditorium, or other building

  6  intended for public use, provided that the services of a

  7  registered architect shall not be required for minor school

  8  projects pursuant to s. 1013.45 235.211.

  9         Section 1029.  Section 488.01, Florida Statutes, is

10  amended to read:

11         488.01  License to engage in business of operating a

12  driver's school required.--The Department of Highway Safety

13  and Motor Vehicles shall oversee and license all commercial

14  driver's schools except truck driving schools.  All commercial

15  truck driving schools shall be required to be licensed

16  pursuant to chapter 1005 246, and additionally shall be

17  subject to the provisions of ss. 488.04 and 488.05.  No

18  person, group, organization, institution, business entity, or

19  corporate entity may engage in the business of operating a

20  driver's school without first obtaining a license therefor

21  from the Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles

22  pursuant to this chapter or from the State Board of Nonpublic

23  Career Education pursuant to chapter 1005 246.

24         Section 1030.  Subsections (12) and (13) of section

25  553.415, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

26         553.415  Factory-built school buildings.--

27         (12)  Such identification label shall be permanently

28  affixed by the manufacturer in the case of newly constructed

29  factory-built school buildings, or by the department or its

30  designee in the case of an existing factory-built building

31  altered to comply with provisions of s. 1013.20 235.061.


                                 1763

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (13)  As of July 1, 2001, all newly constructed

  2  factory-built school buildings shall bear a label pursuant to

  3  subsection (12). As of July 1, 2002, existing factory-built

  4  school buildings and manufactured buildings used as classrooms

  5  and not bearing such label shall not be used as classrooms

  6  pursuant to s. 1013.20 235.061.

  7         Section 1031.  Subsection (5) of section 559.902,

  8  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  9         559.902  Scope and application.--This act shall apply

10  to all motor vehicle repair shops in Florida, except:

11         (5)  Those located in public schools as defined in s.

12  1000.04 228.041 or charter technical career centers as defined

13  in s. 1002.34 228.505.

14  

15  However, such person may voluntarily register under this act.

16         Section 1032.  Section 589.09, Florida Statutes, is

17  amended to read:

18         589.09  Use of lands acquired.--All lands acquired by

19  the Division of Forestry on behalf of the state shall be in

20  the custody of and subject to the jurisdiction, management,

21  and control of the said division, and, for such purposes and

22  the utilization and development of such land, the said

23  division may use the proceeds of the sale of any products

24  therefrom, the proceeds of the sale of any such lands, save

25  the 25 percent of such proceeds which shall be paid into the

26  State School Fund as required by s. 1010.71(1) 228.151, and

27  such other funds as may be appropriated for use by the

28  division, and in the opinion of such division, available for

29  such uses and purposes.

30         Section 1033.  Subsection (1) of section 627.733,

31  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:


                                 1764

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         627.733  Required security.--

  2         (1)  Every owner or registrant of a motor vehicle,

  3  other than a motor vehicle used as a taxicab, school bus as

  4  defined in s. 1006.25 234.051, or limousine, required to be

  5  registered and licensed in this state shall maintain security

  6  as required by subsection (3) in effect continuously

  7  throughout the registration or licensing period.

  8         Section 1034.  Subsection (2) of section 627.742,

  9  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         627.742  Nonpublic sector buses; additional liability

11  insurance coverage.--

12         (2)  School buses subject to the provisions of chapter

13  1006 234 or s. 316.615 are exempt from the provisions of this

14  section.

15         Section 1035.  Subsection (5) of section 627.912,

16  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         627.912  Professional liability claims and actions;

18  reports by insurers.--

19         (5)  Any self-insurance program established under s.

20  1004.24 240.213 shall report in duplicate to the Department of

21  Insurance any claim or action for damages for personal

22  injuries claimed to have been caused by error, omission, or

23  negligence in the performance of professional services

24  provided by the state university board of trustees Board of

25  Regents through an employee or agent of the state university

26  board of trustees Board of Regents, including practitioners of

27  medicine licensed under chapter 458, practitioners of

28  osteopathic medicine licensed under chapter 459, podiatric

29  physicians licensed under chapter 461, and dentists licensed

30  under chapter 466, or based on a claimed performance of

31  professional services without consent if the claim resulted in


                                 1765

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  a final judgment in any amount, or a settlement in any amount.

  2  The reports required by this subsection shall contain the

  3  information required by subsection (3) and the name, address,

  4  and specialty of the employee or agent of the state university

  5  board of trustees Board of Regents whose performance or

  6  professional services is alleged in the claim or action to

  7  have caused personal injury.

  8         Section 1036.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (7) of

  9  section 633.445, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         633.445  State Fire Marshal Scholarship Grant

11  Program.--

12         (7)  The criteria and procedures for establishing

13  standards of eligibility shall be recommended by the council

14  to the Department of Insurance.  The council shall recommend

15  to the Department of Insurance a rating system upon which to

16  base the approval of scholarship grants.  However, to be

17  eligible to receive a scholarship pursuant to this section, an

18  applicant must:

19         (b)  Have graduated from high school, have earned an

20  equivalency diploma issued by the Department of Education

21  pursuant to s. 1003.435 229.814, or have earned an equivalency

22  diploma issued by the United States Armed Forces Institute;

23         Section 1037.  Paragraph (e) of subsection (1) of

24  section 633.50, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

25         633.50  Division powers and duties; Florida State Fire

26  College.--

27         (1)  The Division of State Fire Marshal of the

28  Department of Insurance, in performing its duties related to

29  the Florida State Fire College, specified in ss.

30  633.43-633.49, shall:

31  


                                 1766

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (e)  Develop a staffing and funding formula for the

  2  Florida State Fire College.  The formula shall include

  3  differential funding levels for various types of programs,

  4  shall be based on the number of full-time equivalent students

  5  and information obtained from scheduled attendance counts

  6  taken the first day of each program, and shall provide the

  7  basis for the legislative budget request.  As used in this

  8  section, a full-time equivalent student is equal to a minimum

  9  of 900 hours in a technical certificate vocational program and

10  400 hours in a degree-seeking program.  The funding formula

11  shall be as prescribed pursuant to s. 1011.62 236.081, shall

12  include procedures to document daily attendance, and shall

13  require that attendance records be retained for audit

14  purposes.

15         Section 1038.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (2) of

16  section 732.402, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

17         732.402  Exempt property.--

18         (2)  Exempt property shall consist of:

19         (c)  Florida Prepaid College Program contracts

20  purchased under s. 240.551 and Florida College Savings

21  agreements established under part IV of chapter 1009 s.

22  240.553.

23         Section 1039.  Section 784.081, Florida Statutes, is

24  amended to read:

25         784.081  Assault or battery on specified officials or

26  employees; reclassification of offenses.--Whenever a person is

27  charged with committing an assault or aggravated assault or a

28  battery or aggravated battery upon any elected official or

29  employee of: a school district; a private school; the Florida

30  School for the Deaf and the Blind; a university developmental

31  research school; a state university or any other entity of the


                                 1767

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  state system of public education, as defined in s. 1000.04

  2  228.041; an employee or protective investigator of the

  3  Department of Children and Family Services; or an employee of

  4  a lead community-based provider and its direct service

  5  contract providers, when the person committing the offense

  6  knows or has reason to know the identity or position or

  7  employment of the victim, the offense for which the person is

  8  charged shall be reclassified as follows:

  9         (1)  In the case of aggravated battery, from a felony

10  of the second degree to a felony of the first degree.

11         (2)  In the case of aggravated assault, from a felony

12  of the third degree to a felony of the second degree.

13         (3)  In the case of battery, from a misdemeanor of the

14  first degree to a felony of the third degree.

15         (4)  In the case of assault, from a misdemeanor of the

16  second degree to a misdemeanor of the first degree.

17         Section 1040.  Section 817.566, Florida Statutes, is

18  amended to read:

19         817.566  Misrepresentation of association with, or

20  academic standing at, postsecondary educational

21  institution.--Any person who, with intent to defraud,

22  misrepresents his or her association with, or academic

23  standing or other progress at, any postsecondary educational

24  institution by falsely making, altering, simulating, or

25  forging a document, degree, certificate, diploma, award,

26  record, letter, transcript, form, or other paper; or any

27  person who causes or procures such a misrepresentation; or any

28  person who utters and publishes or otherwise represents such a

29  document, degree, certificate, diploma, award, record, letter,

30  transcript, form, or other paper as true, knowing it to be

31  false, is guilty of a misdemeanor of the first degree,


                                 1768

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083.

  2  Individuals who present a religious academic degree from any

  3  college, university, seminary, or institution which is not

  4  licensed by the State Board of Independent Colleges and

  5  Universities or which is not exempt pursuant to the provisions

  6  of s. 246.085 shall disclose the religious nature of the

  7  degree upon presentation.

  8         Section 1041.  Subsection (1) of section 817.567,

  9  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

10         817.567  Making false claims of academic degree or

11  title.--

12         (1)  No person in the state may claim, either orally or

13  in writing, to possess an academic degree, as defined in s.

14  1005.02 246.021, or the title associated with said degree,

15  unless the person has, in fact, been awarded said degree from

16  an institution that is:

17         (a)  Accredited by a regional or professional

18  accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department

19  of Education or the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary

20  Accreditation;

21         (b)  Provided, operated, and supported by a state

22  government or any of its political subdivisions or by the

23  Federal Government;

24         (c)  A school, institute, college, or university

25  chartered outside the United States, the academic degree from

26  which has been validated by an accrediting agency approved by

27  the United States Department of Education as equivalent to the

28  baccalaureate or postbaccalaureate degree conferred by a

29  regionally accredited college or university in the United

30  States;

31  


                                 1769

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (d)  Licensed by the State Board of Independent

  2  Colleges and Universities pursuant to ss. 1005.01-1005.38

  3  246.011-246.151 or exempt from licensure pursuant to s.

  4  246.085; or

  5         (e)  A religious seminary, institute, college, or

  6  university which offers only educational programs that prepare

  7  students for a religious vocation, career, occupation,

  8  profession, or lifework, and the nomenclature of whose

  9  certificates, diplomas, or degrees clearly identifies the

10  religious character of the educational program.

11         Section 1042.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of

12  section 877.18, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

13         877.18  Identification card or document purporting to

14  contain applicant's age or date of birth; penalties for

15  failure to comply with requirements for sale or issuance.--

16         (1)  It is unlawful for any person, except a

17  governmental agency or instrumentality, to sell or issue, or

18  to offer to sell or issue, in this state any identification

19  card or document purporting to contain the age or date of

20  birth of the person in whose name it was issued, unless:

21         (a)  Prior to selling or issuing such card or document,

22  the person has first obtained from the applicant and retains

23  for a period of 3 years from the date of sale:

24         1.  An authenticated or certified copy of proof of age

25  as provided in s. 1003.21(4) 232.03; and

26         2.  A notarized affidavit from the applicant attesting

27  to the applicant's age and that the proof-of-age document

28  required by subparagraph 1. is for such applicant.

29         Section 1043.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of

30  section 921.187, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

31  


                                 1770

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         921.187  Disposition and sentencing; alternatives;

  2  restitution.--

  3         (1)  The alternatives provided in this section for the

  4  disposition of criminal cases shall be used in a manner that

  5  will best serve the needs of society, punish criminal

  6  offenders, and provide the opportunity for rehabilitation.

  7         (a)  If the offender does not receive a state prison

  8  sentence, the court may:

  9         1.  Impose a split sentence whereby the offender is to

10  be placed on probation upon completion of any specified period

11  of such sentence, which period may include a term of years or

12  less.

13         2.  Make any other disposition that is authorized by

14  law.

15         3.  Place the offender on probation with or without an

16  adjudication of guilt pursuant to s. 948.01.

17         4.  Impose a fine and probation pursuant to s. 948.011

18  when the offense is punishable by both a fine and imprisonment

19  and probation is authorized.

20         5.  Place the offender into community control requiring

21  intensive supervision and surveillance pursuant to chapter

22  948.

23         6.  Impose, as a condition of probation or community

24  control, a period of treatment which shall be restricted to a

25  county facility, a Department of Corrections probation and

26  restitution center, a probation program drug punishment

27  treatment community, or a community residential or

28  nonresidential facility, excluding a community correctional

29  center as defined in s. 944.026, which is owned and operated

30  by any qualified public or private entity providing such

31  services. Before admission to such a facility, the court shall


                                 1771

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  obtain an individual assessment and recommendations on the

  2  appropriate treatment needs, which shall be considered by the

  3  court in ordering such placements. Placement in such a

  4  facility, except for a county residential probation facility,

  5  may not exceed 364 days. Placement in a county residential

  6  probation facility may not exceed 3 years. Early termination

  7  of placement may be recommended to the court, when

  8  appropriate, by the center supervisor, the supervising

  9  probation officer, or the probation program manager.

10         7.  Sentence the offender pursuant to s. 922.051 to

11  imprisonment in a county jail when a statute directs

12  imprisonment in a state prison, if the offender's cumulative

13  sentence, whether from the same circuit or from separate

14  circuits, is not more than 364 days.

15         8.  Sentence the offender who is to be punished by

16  imprisonment in a county jail to a jail in another county if

17  there is no jail within the county suitable for such prisoner

18  pursuant to s. 950.01.

19         9.  Require the offender to participate in a

20  work-release or educational or technical vocational training

21  program pursuant to s. 951.24 while serving a sentence in a

22  county jail, if such a program is available.

23         10.  Require the offender to perform a specified public

24  service pursuant to s. 775.091.

25         11.  Require the offender who violates chapter 893 or

26  violates any law while under the influence of a controlled

27  substance or alcohol to participate in a substance abuse

28  program.

29         12.a.  Require the offender who violates any criminal

30  provision of chapter 893 to pay an additional assessment in an

31  


                                 1772

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  amount up to the amount of any fine imposed, pursuant to ss.

  2  938.21 and 938.23.

  3         b.  Require the offender who violates any provision of

  4  s. 893.13 to pay an additional assessment in an amount of

  5  $100, pursuant to ss. 938.25 and 943.361.

  6         13.  Impose a split sentence whereby the offender is to

  7  be placed in a county jail or county work camp upon the

  8  completion of any specified term of community supervision.

  9         14.  Impose split probation whereby upon satisfactory

10  completion of half the term of probation, the Department of

11  Corrections may place the offender on administrative probation

12  pursuant to s. 948.01 for the remainder of the term of

13  supervision.

14         15.  Require residence in a state probation and

15  restitution center or private drug treatment program for

16  offenders on community control or offenders who have violated

17  conditions of probation.

18         16.  Impose any other sanction which is provided within

19  the community and approved as an intermediate sanction by the

20  county public safety coordinating council as described in s.

21  951.26.

22         17.  Impose, as a condition of community control,

23  probation, or probation following incarceration, a requirement

24  that an offender who has not obtained a high school diploma or

25  high school equivalency diploma or who lacks basic or

26  functional literacy skills, upon acceptance by an adult

27  education program, make a good faith effort toward completion

28  of such basic or functional literacy skills or high school

29  equivalency diploma, as defined in s. 1003.435 229.814, in

30  accordance with the assessed adult general education needs of

31  the individual offender.


                                 1773

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 1044.  Subsection (15) of section 943.10,

  2  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

  3         943.10  Definitions; ss. 943.085-943.255.--The

  4  following words and phrases as used in ss. 943.085-943.255 are

  5  defined as follows:

  6         (15)  "Public criminal justice training school" means

  7  any school defined in s. 228.041, or any academy operated by

  8  an employing agency, that is certified by the commission to

  9  conduct criminal justice training courses.

10         Section 1045.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (1) of

11  section 943.22, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

12         943.22  Salary incentive program for full-time

13  officers.--

14         (1)  For the purpose of this section, the term:

15         (c)  "Community college degree or equivalent" means

16  graduation from an accredited community college or having been

17  granted a degree pursuant to s. 1007.25(10) 240.239 or

18  successful completion of 60 semester hours or 90 quarter hours

19  and eligibility to receive an associate degree from an

20  accredited college, university, or community college.

21         Section 1046.  Paragraphs (b), (c), and (i) of

22  subsection (3) of section 944.801, Florida Statutes, are

23  amended to read:

24         944.801  Education for state prisoners.--

25         (3)  The responsibilities of the Correctional Education

26  Program shall be to:

27         (b)  In cooperation with the Department of Education,

28  pursuant to s. 229.565, Monitor and assess all inmate

29  education program services and report the results of such

30  evaluation in the annual report of activities.

31  


                                 1774

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (c)  In cooperation with the Department of Education,

  2  pursuant to s. 229.8075, Develop complete and reliable

  3  statistics on the educational histories, the city/intracity

  4  area and school district where the inmate was domiciled prior

  5  to incarceration, the participation in state educational and

  6  training programs, and the occupations of inmates confined to

  7  state correctional facilities.  The compiled statistics shall

  8  be summarized and analyzed in the annual report of

  9  correctional educational activities required by paragraph (f).

10         (i)  Ensure that every inmate who has 2 years or more

11  remaining to serve on his or her sentence at the time that he

12  or she is received at an institution and who lacks basic and

13  functional literacy skills as defined in s. 1004.02 239.105

14  attends not fewer than 150 hours of sequential instruction in

15  a correctional adult basic education program.  The basic and

16  functional literacy level of an inmate shall be determined by

17  the average composite test score obtained on a test approved

18  for this purpose by the State Board of Education.

19         1.  Upon completion of the 150 hours of instruction,

20  the inmate shall be retested and, if a composite test score of

21  functional literacy is not attained, the department is

22  authorized to require the inmate to remain in the

23  instructional program.

24         2.  Highest priority of inmate participation shall be

25  focused on youthful offenders and those inmates nearing

26  release from the correctional system.

27         3.  An inmate shall be required to attend the 150 hours

28  of adult basic education instruction unless such inmate:

29         a.  Is serving a life sentence or is under sentence of

30  death.

31  


                                 1775

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         b.  Is specifically exempted for security or health

  2  reasons.

  3         c.  Is housed at a community correctional center, road

  4  prison, work camp, or vocational center.

  5         d.  Attains a functional literacy level after

  6  attendance in fewer than 150 hours of adult basic education

  7  instruction.

  8         e.  Is unable to enter such instruction because of

  9  insufficient facilities, staff, or classroom capacity.

10         4.  The Department of Corrections shall provide classes

11  to accommodate those inmates assigned to correctional or

12  public work programs after normal working hours. The

13  department shall develop a plan to provide academic and

14  vocational classes on a more frequent basis and at times that

15  accommodate the increasing number of inmates with work

16  assignments, to the extent that resources permit.

17         5.  If an inmate attends and actively participates in

18  the 150 hours of instruction, the Department of Corrections

19  may grant a one-time award of up to 6 additional days of

20  incentive gain-time, which must be credited and applied as

21  provided by law.  Active participation means, at a minimum,

22  that the inmate is attentive, responsive, cooperative, and

23  completes assigned work.

24         Section 1047.  Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (9)

25  of section 948.03, Florida Statutes, are amended to read:

26         948.03  Terms and conditions of probation or community

27  control.--

28         (9)(a)  As a condition of community control, probation,

29  or probation following incarceration, require an offender who

30  has not obtained a high school diploma or high school

31  equivalency diploma or who lacks basic or functional literacy


                                 1776

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  skills, upon acceptance by an adult education program, to make

  2  a good faith effort toward completion of such basic or

  3  functional literacy skills or high school equivalency diploma,

  4  as defined in s. 1003.435 229.814, in accordance with the

  5  assessed adult general education needs of the individual

  6  offender.  The court shall not revoke community control,

  7  probation, or probation following incarceration because of the

  8  offender's inability to achieve such skills or diploma but may

  9  revoke community control, probation, or probation following

10  incarceration if the offender fails to make a good faith

11  effort to achieve such skills or diploma.  The court may grant

12  early termination of community control, probation, or

13  probation following incarceration upon the offender's

14  successful completion of the approved program.  As used in

15  this subsection, "good faith effort" means the offender is

16  enrolled in a program of instruction and is attending and

17  making satisfactory progress toward completion of the

18  requirements.

19         (b)  A juvenile on community control who is a public

20  school student must attend a public adult education program or

21  a dropout prevention program, pursuant to s. 1003.53 230.2316,

22  which includes a second chance school or an alternative to

23  expulsion, if the school district where the juvenile is

24  enrolled offers such programs, unless the principal of the

25  school determines that special circumstances warrant

26  continuation in the regular educational school program.

27         Section 1048.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (9) and

28  subsection (27) of section 984.03, Florida Statutes, are

29  amended to read:

30         984.03  Definitions.--When used in this chapter, the

31  term:


                                 1777

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (9)  "Child in need of services" means a child for whom

  2  there is no pending investigation into an allegation or

  3  suspicion of abuse, neglect, or abandonment; no pending

  4  referral alleging the child is delinquent; or no current

  5  supervision by the Department of Juvenile Justice or the

  6  Department of Children and Family Services for an adjudication

  7  of dependency or delinquency. The child must also, pursuant to

  8  this chapter, be found by the court:

  9         (b)  To be habitually truant from school, while subject

10  to compulsory school attendance, despite reasonable efforts to

11  remedy the situation pursuant to ss. 1003.26 232.17 and

12  1003.27 232.19 and through voluntary participation by the

13  child's parents or legal custodians and by the child in family

14  mediation, services, and treatment offered by the Department

15  of Juvenile Justice or the Department of Children and Family

16  Services; or

17         (27)  "Habitually truant" means that:

18         (a)  The child has 15 unexcused absences within 90

19  calendar days with or without the knowledge or justifiable

20  consent of the child's parent or legal guardian, is subject to

21  compulsory school attendance under s. 1003.21(1) and (2)(a)

22  232.01, and is not exempt under s. 1003.21(3) 232.06, s.

23  1003.24 232.09, or any other exemptions specified by law or

24  the rules of the State Board of Education.

25         (b)  Activities to determine the cause, and to attempt

26  the remediation, of the child's truant behavior under ss.

27  1003.26 232.17 and 1003.27(3) 232.19(3), have been completed.

28  

29  If a child who is subject to compulsory school attendance is

30  responsive to the interventions described in ss. 1003.26

31  232.17 and 1003.27(3) 232.19(3) and has completed the


                                 1778

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  necessary requirements to pass the current grade as indicated

  2  in the district pupil progression plan, the child shall not be

  3  determined to be habitually truant and shall be passed. If a

  4  child within the compulsory school attendance age has 15

  5  unexcused absences within 90 calendar days or fails to enroll

  6  in school, the State Attorney may, or the appropriate

  7  jurisdictional agency shall, file a child-in-need-of-services

  8  petition if recommended by the case staffing committee, unless

  9  it is determined that another alternative action is

10  preferable. The failure or refusal of the parent or legal

11  guardian or the child to participate, or make a good faith

12  effort to participate, in the activities prescribed to remedy

13  the truant behavior, or the failure or refusal of the child to

14  return to school after participation in activities required by

15  this subsection, or the failure of the child to stop the

16  truant behavior after the school administration and the

17  Department of Juvenile Justice have worked with the child as

18  described in ss. 1003.26 232.17 and 1003.27(3) 232.19(3) shall

19  be handled as prescribed in s. 1003.27 232.19.

20         Section 1049.  Section 984.05, Florida Statutes, is

21  amended to read:

22         984.05  Rules relating to habitual truants; adoption by

23  Department of Education and Department of Juvenile

24  Justice.--The Department of Juvenile Justice and the

25  Department of Education shall work together on the development

26  of, and shall adopt, rules as necessary for the implementation

27  of ss. 232.19, 984.03(27), and 985.03(25), and 1003.27.

28         Section 1050.  Subsection (1) of section 984.151,

29  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

30         984.151  Truancy petition; prosecution; disposition.--

31  


                                 1779

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (1)  If the school determines that a student subject to

  2  compulsory school attendance has had at least five unexcused

  3  absences, or absences for which the reasons are unknown,

  4  within a calendar month or 10 unexcused absences, or absences

  5  for which the reasons are unknown, within a 90-calendar-day

  6  period pursuant to s. 1003.26(1)(b) 232.17(1)(b), or has had

  7  more than 15 unexcused absences in a 90-calendar-day period,

  8  the superintendent of schools may file a truancy petition.

  9         Section 1051.  Subsection (3) of section 984.19,

10  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

11         984.19  Medical, psychiatric, and psychological

12  examination and treatment of child; physical or mental

13  examination of parent, guardian, or person requesting custody

14  of child.--

15         (3)  A judge may order that a child alleged to be or

16  adjudicated a child in need of services be examined by a

17  licensed health care professional. The judge may also order

18  such child to be evaluated by a psychiatrist or a

19  psychologist, by a district school board educational needs

20  assessment team, or, if a developmental disability is

21  suspected or alleged, by the developmental disability

22  diagnostic and evaluation team of the Department of Children

23  and Family Services.  The judge may order a family assessment

24  if that assessment was not completed at an earlier time.  If

25  it is necessary to place a child in a residential facility for

26  such evaluation, then the criteria and procedure established

27  in s. 394.463(2) or chapter 393 shall be used, whichever is

28  applicable.  The educational needs assessment provided by the

29  district school board educational needs assessment team shall

30  include, but not be limited to, reports of intelligence and

31  achievement tests, screening for learning disabilities and


                                 1780

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  other handicaps, and screening for the need for alternative

  2  education pursuant to s. 1003.53 230.2316.

  3         Section 1052.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (8) and

  4  subsection (25) of section 985.03, Florida Statutes, are

  5  amended to read:

  6         985.03  Definitions.--When used in this chapter, the

  7  term:

  8         (8)  "Child in need of services" means a child for whom

  9  there is no pending investigation into an allegation or

10  suspicion of abuse, neglect, or abandonment; no pending

11  referral alleging the child is delinquent; or no current

12  supervision by the Department of Juvenile Justice or the

13  Department of Children and Family Services for an adjudication

14  of dependency or delinquency. The child must also, pursuant to

15  this chapter, be found by the court:

16         (b)  To be habitually truant from school, while subject

17  to compulsory school attendance, despite reasonable efforts to

18  remedy the situation pursuant to ss. 1003.26 232.17 and

19  1003.27 232.19 and through voluntary participation by the

20  child's parents or legal custodians and by the child in family

21  mediation, services, and treatment offered by the Department

22  of Juvenile Justice or the Department of Children and Family

23  Services; or

24         (25)  "Habitually truant" means that:

25         (a)  The child has 15 unexcused absences within 90

26  calendar days with or without the knowledge or justifiable

27  consent of the child's parent or legal guardian, is subject to

28  compulsory school attendance under s. 1003.21(1) and (2)(a)

29  232.01, and is not exempt under s. 1003.21(3) 232.06, s.

30  1003.24 232.09, or any other exemptions specified by law or

31  the rules of the State Board of Education.


                                 1781

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         (b)  Escalating activities to determine the cause, and

  2  to attempt the remediation, of the child's truant behavior

  3  under ss. 1003.26 232.17 and 1003.27 232.19 have been

  4  completed.

  5  

  6  If a child who is subject to compulsory school attendance is

  7  responsive to the interventions described in ss. 1003.26

  8  232.17 and 1003.27 232.19 and has completed the necessary

  9  requirements to pass the current grade as indicated in the

10  district pupil progression plan, the child shall not be

11  determined to be habitually truant and shall be passed. If a

12  child within the compulsory school attendance age has 15

13  unexcused absences within 90 calendar days or fails to enroll

14  in school, the state attorney may file a

15  child-in-need-of-services petition. Prior to filing a

16  petition, the child must be referred to the appropriate agency

17  for evaluation.  After consulting with the evaluating agency,

18  the state attorney may elect to file a

19  child-in-need-of-services petition.

20         (c)  A school representative, designated according to

21  school board policy, and a juvenile probation officer of the

22  Department of Juvenile Justice have jointly investigated the

23  truancy problem or, if that was not feasible, have performed

24  separate investigations to identify conditions that could be

25  contributing to the truant behavior; and if, after a joint

26  staffing of the case to determine the necessity for services,

27  such services were determined to be needed, the persons who

28  performed the investigations met jointly with the family and

29  child to discuss any referral to appropriate community

30  agencies for economic services, family or individual

31  


                                 1782

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  counseling, or other services required to remedy the

  2  conditions that are contributing to the truant behavior.

  3         (d)  The failure or refusal of the parent or legal

  4  guardian or the child to participate, or make a good faith

  5  effort to participate, in the activities prescribed to remedy

  6  the truant behavior, or the failure or refusal of the child to

  7  return to school after participation in activities required by

  8  this subsection, or the failure of the child to stop the

  9  truant behavior after the school administration and the

10  Department of Juvenile Justice have worked with the child as

11  described in s. 1003.27(3) 232.19(3) shall be handled as

12  prescribed in s. 1003.27 232.19.

13         Section 1053.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (7) of

14  section 985.04, Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

15         985.04  Oaths; records; confidential information.--

16         (7)

17         (b)  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) or any other

18  provision of this section, when a child of any age is formally

19  charged by a state attorney with a felony or a delinquent act

20  that would be a felony if committed by an adult, the state

21  attorney shall notify the superintendent of the child's school

22  that the child has been charged with such felony or delinquent

23  act. The information obtained by the superintendent of schools

24  pursuant to this section must be released within 48 hours

25  after receipt to appropriate school personnel, including the

26  principal of the school of the child. The principal must

27  immediately notify the child's immediate classroom teachers.

28  Upon notification, the principal is authorized to begin

29  disciplinary actions pursuant to s. 1006.09(1)-(4) 232.26.

30         Section 1054.  Subsection (5) of section 985.316,

31  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:


                                 1783

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         985.316  Conditional release.--

  2         (5)  Participation in the educational program by

  3  students of compulsory school attendance age pursuant to s.

  4  1003.21(1) and (2)(a) 232.01 is mandatory for juvenile justice

  5  youth on conditional release or postcommitment probation

  6  status. A student of noncompulsory school-attendance age who

  7  has not received a high school diploma or its equivalent must

  8  participate in the educational program. A youth who has

  9  received a high school diploma or its equivalent and is not

10  employed must participate in workforce development or other

11  career vocational or technical education or attend a community

12  college or a university while in the program, subject to

13  available funding.

14         Section 1055.  Subsection (3) of section 985.412,

15  Florida Statutes, is amended to read:

16         985.412  Quality assurance and cost-effectiveness.--

17         (3)  The department shall annually collect and report

18  cost data for every program operated or contracted by the

19  department. The cost data shall conform to a format approved

20  by the department and the Legislature. Uniform cost data shall

21  be reported and collected for state-operated and contracted

22  programs so that comparisons can be made among programs. The

23  department shall ensure that there is accurate cost accounting

24  for state-operated services including market-equivalent rent

25  and other shared cost. The cost of the educational program

26  provided to a residential facility shall be reported and

27  included in the cost of a program. The department shall submit

28  an annual cost report to the President of the Senate, the

29  Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader

30  of each house of the Legislature, the appropriate substantive

31  and fiscal committees of each house of the Legislature, and


                                 1784

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1  the Governor, no later than December 1 of each year.

  2  Cost-benefit analysis for educational programs will be

  3  developed and implemented in collaboration with and in

  4  cooperation with the Department of Education, local providers,

  5  and local school districts. Cost data for the report shall

  6  include data collected by the Department of Education for the

  7  purposes of preparing the annual report required by s.

  8  1003.52(20) 230.23161(21).

  9         Section 1056.  The purpose of the Legislature in

10  revising this education code is to rearrange, renumber,

11  reword, reorder, streamline, consolidate, and update the code

12  consistent with current law and the new K-20 education

13  governance structure. It is not the purpose of the Legislature

14  in revising the education code to affect existing judicial or

15  administrative law.

16         Section 1057.  Effective upon this act becoming a law,

17  the Secretary of Education, in consultation with the

18  Commissioner of Education, may establish, abolish, or

19  consolidate bureaus, sections, and subsections and may

20  reallocate duties and functions within the Department of

21  Education in order to promote effective and efficient

22  operation of the department and to implement changes to the

23  state system of education initiated by the adoption of the

24  1998 amendment to Art. IX of the State Constitution as

25  implemented by the Legislature in chapter 2001-170, Laws of

26  Florida. Authorized positions and appropriations may be

27  transferred from one budget entity to another as required to

28  implement the reorganization. This section is repealed

29  December 31, 2002.

30         Section 1058.  Subsection (1) of section 187.201,

31  Florida Statutes, is repealed.


                                 1785

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.






                                          HB 2017, First Engrossed



  1         Section 1059.  Section 2 of chapter 2000-181, Laws of

  2  Florida, is repealed.

  3         Section 1060.  Part I of chapter 243 and chapters 228,

  4  229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 239, 240, 241,

  5  242, 244, and 246, Florida Statutes (2001), are repealed.

  6         Section 1061.  In editing the manuscript for the 2002

  7  Florida Statutes, the Division of Statutory Revision is

  8  directed to incorporate any amendments, by laws passed during

  9  the 2002 Regular Session of the Legislature or any 2002

10  Special Sessions of the Legislature, to provisions repealed by

11  this act into the parallel successor provisions created by

12  this act.  The division is further directed to transfer any

13  provisions enacted within part I of chapter 243 or chapters

14  228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 239, 240,

15  241, 242, 244, and 246, Florida Statutes, by 2002 legislation

16  to parallel locations in accordance with this act.

17         Section 1062.  (1)  Chapters 1000, 1001, 1002, 1003,

18  1004, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1008, 1009, 1010, 1011, 1012, and

19  1013, Florida Statutes, as created by this act, shall be

20  reviewed by the Legislature in the 2003 Regular Session of the

21  Legislature.

22         (2)  This section is repealed July 1, 2003.

23         Section 1063.  If any provision of this act or its

24  application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the

25  invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications

26  of the act which can be given effect without the invalid

27  provision or application, and to this end the provisions of

28  this act are declared severable.

29         Section 1064.  Except as otherwise provided herein,

30  this act shall take effect January 7, 2003.

31  


                                 1786

CODING: Words stricken are deletions; words underlined are additions.